Chapter 1: Information & Timeline
Chapter Text
Doctor Ivo “Eggman” Robotnik’s greatest creation…
The answer to nature’s perfect, blue hero…
And the ultimate overlord of all that is mechanical…
What once started off as a machine made to match Sonic The Hedgehog, both in appearance and power, eventually evolved past his limited programming…
He soon gained his own purpose…his own freedom…and his own identity…
Now, he has become more than just “Metal Sonic”...he has risen beyond that pale imitation…
He is now…METALLIX.
Metal Sonic head is by Nibroc-Rock, I'm pretty sure. And the text was made in textstudio.com.
Okay, let’s get a little more in-depth about what this fanfic is. Obviously, it’s a story focusing on Metal Sonic, and how he grows to become something greater than what his creator intended him to be. But this is also gonna be a sort of “What-If Metal Sonic didn’t go back under Eggman’s control after Heroes?” type story, which takes place in the game canon. Though, I’ll make changes here and there to better fit this tale.
Throughout this story, we’d explore Metal Sonic’s life, starting with his creation on Little Planet during the events of Sonic CD, and go from there. We’d see how he develops from a cold and calculating machine that follows Eggman’s every whim, to his own person who comes to be an incredible threat to not only Sonic and his allies, but also his creator, too.
So, without further ado, let’s get into it!
Also, here’s the timeline I’m going with here in terms of what games take place in what order. The ones with /’s mean they take place around the same time, and if I put a (?) next to it, that means I'm not sure whether I consider it canon to this timeline. Also, I’m basing this mainly off of The4thSnake’s “Sonic: A Line Through Time” timeline, but with personal changes.
11AS (After Sonic’s birth):
Sonic The Hedgehog -> Sega Sonic The Hedgehog -> Sonic Labyrinth -> Sonic CD
12AS:
Sonic The Hedgehog 2 (8-Bit) -> Sonic Chaos -> Sonic Spinball -> Sonic The Hedgehog 2 (16-Bit) -> Sonic The Hedgehog 3 & Knuckles (Sonic & Tails) -> Sonic Triple Trouble (16-Bit) -> Sonic The Hedgehog 3 & Knuckles (Knuckles) / Tails Sky Patrol -> Knuckles’ Chaotix -> Sonic The Fighters
13 AS:
Tails Adventure / Sonic Blast -> Sonic 3D Blast -> Sonic R -> Sonic Generations (Classic Sonic) -> Sonic The Hedgehog 4: Episode 1 -> Sonic The Hedgehog 4: Episode Metal -> Sonic The Hedgehog 4: Episode ll -> Sonic Adventure -> Sonic Shuffle
14 AS:
Sonic Adventure 2 -> Sonic Advance -> Sonic Advance 2 -> Sonic Heroes -> Shadow The Hedgehog -> Sonic Battle -> Sonic Riders
15 AS:
Sonic The Hedgehog 2006 -> Sonic Rush -> Sonic Advance 3 -> Sonic Rush Adventure -> Sonic Rivals -> Sonic & The Secret Rings -> Sonic Rivals 2 -> Sonic Riders: Zero Gravity -> Sonic Chronicles: The Dark Brotherhood (?) -> Sonic Unleashed -> Sonic & The Black Knight -> Sonic Free Riders -> Sonic Colors
16 AS:
Sonic Generations (Modern Sonic) -> Sonic Lost World -> Sonic Forces
17 AS:
Team Sonic Racing -> Sonic Frontiers
Chapter 2: Previous Adventures
Summary:
This is basically a summary of what games happened before Metal Sonic's creation in the next chapter. Just to make sure you're all caught up to speed.
Chapter Text
11 AS (After Sonic’s birth):
Sonic The Hedgehog:
Dr. Robotnik begins his conquest of Earth by searching for the 7 Chaos Emeralds, which leads him to South Island. So, he begins setting up shop by making his base, the Scrap Brain Zone, and kidnapping the local animals to power up his Badniks. However, Sonic soon arrives at the island with his plane, the Tornado, and learns of the doctor’s evil plans.
So, Sonic runs through the 7 regions of South Island, smashing all of Robotnik’s machines, clashing with the madman himself many times, and also traveling through the Special Zone to collect the Chaos Emeralds first. Eventually, the blue blur reaches Scrap Brain Zone, and sends Robotnik into a full retreat to his Sky Base in the thunder clouds.
And after one last confrontation, Sonic defeats Robotnik for good. Though angry with his plans foiled, the doctor accepts his loss here and leaves with his remaining forces. Then, the blue blur unknowingly taps into the power of the Chaos Emeralds, and uses it to rid South Island of Robotnik’s influence for good. With the day saved, Sonic takes his leave in search of a new adventure and new sights…
Sega Sonic The Hedgehog:
Curious about Sonic’s speed and how he’s able to use it, Robotnik decides to take over an abandoned island, and set up a bunch of traps and machines in order to not only test the hedgehog’s abilities, but also possibly kill him. Once everything’s ready, the doctor sets off to kidnap the hedgehog.
As for Sonic’s whereabouts, he’s just hanging out with some new friends, Mighty The Armadillo and Ray The Flying Squirrel. But then, Robotnik ambushes and captures them. And when they arrive at Robotnik Island, the doctor puts the three of them in prison, before proceeding to put the heroes through obstacle after obstacle in order to gather data on Sonic’s abilities.
Though it’s a tough journey, Sonic, Mighty, and Ray are able to get past the 6 regions of the island, and reach Robotnik Tower, ready to pay the round scientist back for all the trouble he just put them through. However, once they reach the control room, they find that the doctor has already taken his leave, having achieved what he set out to do here, and with the self-destruct sequence activated.
So, the three heroes escape the exploding tower, and find a spare Robotnik jet boat to get off the island for good. Then, Mighty and Ray set off to explore the world together, while Sonic heads off for another adventure solo…
Sonic Labyrinth:
Despite gaining plenty of data from his island, Robotnik wishes to gather even more information on Sonic and how his speed works. In particular, he gets the bright idea to hinder the hedgehog’s speed with a pair of slow-down boots, and then take him to an isolated labyrinth, where he has to traverse many obstacles without his most powerful trait.
Hence, after constructing the Super Labyrinth and the slow-down boots, Robotnik sends one of his machines to find the hedgehog. Meanwhile, Sonic’s relaxing in the home of a kind resident of the village he’s currently staying at, only to get knocked out by the doctor’s machine, who puts the slow-down boots on him, and takes him to the isolated labyrinth.
Once conscious, and realizing he’s slower than usual, Sonic proceeded to make his way through the 5 sections of the Super Labyrinth in order to reach Robotnik, take the boots off, and get out of the base. As for the doctor, he continues to gather data on the hedgehog, and hopes to see his demise, too.
But sadly for Robotnik, after another confrontation, Sonic comes out on top despite the handicap, and gets out of the Super Labyrinth, free to run as fast as he wants to again. Though, the doctor still got the data he wanted…
Sonic CD:
Learning of Little Planet and the Time Stones, Robotnik invades the small planetoid once it appears again above Neverlake. With his flower-powered Badniks, and the Time Posts that allow one to travel through time, the doctor quickly takes over Little Planet, and even manages to get one of the Time Stones.
However, knowing that Sonic would likely show up to ruin his plans again at some point, Robotnik decides to use the data he gathered on the hedgehog to his advantage by creating a robot double of him. And he thinks this may be his most advanced creation yet…
Chapter 3: Start-Up
Chapter Text
*11 AS.*
* METAL SONIC 1.0 PROGRAM STARTING *
> LIPS AI Robotnik CPU Chip Online.
> Neo Super DFX Chip Online.
> 4-Valve Orgone Fusion Engine Condition: Stable.
> Tesla Power Coil Engine Condition: Stable.
> Sonic The Hedgehog Data Download…Complete.
> Scanning For Errors…No Errors Found.
> Start-Up Complete. Online now.
With the program start-up finished, the green text disappears, as the black screen changes to a bright red. Along with it comes a bunch of different signals and analytics, such as a zoom-in function, time display, wi-fi connection, etc. Then, the red screen is replaced by a full-color POV of the area.
It’s a lab room colored a green tint, with different kinds of pipes, turbines, and lights. Plus, there’s a metal table littered with different machine parts and tools, alongside blueprints, and there’s a large computer screen nearby with a keyboard and a big chair with comfy red cushions.
However, much of this is being blocked by the face of a round, middle-aged man with a long, bushy mustache, round blue glasses, a bald head, and a big grin. He then speaks, showing a bit of excitement in his voice.
???: “Ah…online at last!”
Changing perspective, it’s shown just what this mustached man was staring at. A small blue robot bearing resemblance to a hedgehog, with it’s spiky nose and ears, alongside it’s fins. It also has a yellow circular depression in it’s chest, and it’s silver limbs are quite thin, connecting to clawed hands and red shoes with white stripes.
The robotic hedgehog looks around the lab with it’s piercing red eyes, but is unable to move it’s head or body due to the cables connected to them. Though, the machine certainly tries to, which the mustached man is amused by.
???: “Eager to start moving, are you? Guess that shouldn’t be surprising, considering who you were based off of.”
???: “No matter. Who am I to deny taking a tour around my lab?”
Moving towards the computer, the mustached man types quickly on the keyboard, and after a few seconds, the cables come off. The robotic hedgehog is caught off-guard by this and ends up falling to the ground. But it manages to get back up to it’s feet, and starts walking around the lab, getting a good look at it’s surroundings.
As he observes the blue machine, the mustached man continues to grin. He’s pleased to see his most advanced creation yet walk around with complete autonomy. Most of his machines are quite one-track minded. And after a couple of seconds, the robotic hedgehog walks up to it’s creator, speaking in a robotic voice.
???: “Where…am I?”
???: “You are in my personal lab. This is where I created you.”
???: “Created…me?”
???: “Yes. I am your brilliant creator and master! Doctor Ivo Robotnik!”
Robotnik: “I built both your body and programming with my own two hands! And you will obey only me!”
???: “Master…”
The robot seems to process Robotnik’s words, while the round doctor patiently waits on it. Then, the machine asks something again.
???: “...What…am I?”
Robotnik: “You are Metal Sonic. My most advanced creation.”
Robotnik: “A combat robot, modeled after my greatest foe yet, Sonic The Hedgehog.”
Robotnik: “Not only were you made to copy that rodent’s abilities and traits, but also to surpass and kill him by any means necessary.”
Robotnik: “However, your main priority should be to protect me, and accomplish any and all tasks I demand of you.”
Robotnik: “Do you understand?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic stays silent as it processes Robotnik’s information, now recognizing it’s objectives. Serve Dr. Robotnik, and kill Sonic. Then, it nods it’s head, which pleases the doctor.
Robotnik: “Good. Now, let me show you around, and explain what’s going on currently.”
Robotnik turns around and opens the door, walking out with Metal Sonic. The two go throughout the factory, which is filled with built-in turbines, small plaques of the doctor’s face, gigantic machines, buzz saws, and much more. There’s also a bunch of different Badniks performing many kinds of tasks.
As the doctor and his creation walk around, the latter scans it’s surroundings while the former continues to speak.
Robotnik: “We’re currently on Little Planet. A small planetoid that floats above Earth every November.”
Robotnik: “And on this planet, there lies the secret to controlling all of time itself…the Time Stones!”
Pulling out a red gemstone from his pocket, Robotnik shows it to Metal Sonic, who seems interested in it.
Robotnik: “With just one of these fancy gemstones, I can change many regions of this world to my liking!”
Robotnik: “But with all seven in my possession, I can take over Earth and create Robotnikland! The ultimate city and theme-park, where I’ll rule it all!”
Robotnik: “However, despite the takeover of this floating rock going smoothly, the rest of the Time Stones have eluded me and my forces.”
Robotnik: “Plus, that irritating hedgehog has ruined my plans once before, and likely will try to do so again.”
Robotnik: “Hence, why I made YOU, Metal.”
Stopping in place for a moment, Robotnik points a finger at Metal Sonic, who just stares up at it’s creator.
Robotnik: “While it would have taken at least a full year for me to complete and perfect you, I had the power of the Time Stone, which gave me more than enough time!”
Robotnik: “But don’t think you’re ready yet! You’ll have to undergo many tests if you want to prove useful to my cause!”
Robotnik: “Think you’re up for the task?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...Yes, Master Robotnik.”
Robotnik: “Atta boy!”
With a pleased grin on his face, Robotnik pats Metal Sonic’s head a bit, before the two move on. Already, the doctor is eager to see his most advanced creation show what it’s made of. As for the robotic hedgehog, it simply wishes to serve it’s master, as that is it’s main objective. However…it DOES want to accomplish what it was made for…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few hours later. Metallic Madness (Present).*
Metal Sonic stands in a contained mechanical room with a yellow light, and a large glass window, where Robotnik is operating keyboard controls on the other side. As he does this, he speaks to his creation via a comm system, explaining what they’re doing.
Robotnik: “This is your first test, Metal Sonic. One about speed and agility.”
Robotnik: “Your organic counterpart is the Fastest Thing Alive. Or at least, so he claims.”
Robotnik: “But regardless, if you’re going to surpass him, you need to go faster than him.”
Metal Sonic: “What is his recorded top speed?”
Robotnik: “From what I gathered during our last three encounters, about 100 to 200 miles per hour. Though, he COULD be holding back in some manner.”
Robotnik: “Hence, we can’t just settle at the minimum. We have to go as far as we can!”
Metal Sonic: “What if I am unable to sustain such speed?”
Robotnik: “I built you to endure it. And I can always fix you up afterwards.”
Robotnik: “But don’t think you can fail me…or there WILL be consequences…”
Metal Sonic: “Understood.”
Robotnik: “Good. Now, to explain the test.”
As Robotnik types on the keyboard, the left wall in the room Metal Sonic’s in goes down to reveal a bunch of large fans. The doctor then speaks.
Robotnik: “These fans will push you back towards the wall behind you. But there is a switch connected to them that can turn them off.”
Robotnik: “You have to go fast enough to resist the push of these fans in order to reach that switch.”
Robotnik: “If not, you’ll be slammed into the wall, and have to restart.”
Robotnik: “Are you ready?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes.”
Metal Sonic prepares itself for the fans, as Robotnik turns them on. Immediately, the fans pick up a lot of speed, and start to push the robotic hedgehog towards the wall. Despite Metal’s best efforts to resist the wind, it ends up being slammed into the wall, failing it’s first attempt. Robotnik also lets out a sigh, knowing this is likely gonna take a while.
So, as the fans stop, Metal falls to the ground and gets back up, ready to do it again. Hence, the test starts again. And again. And again. Each time, the robotic hedgehog does better and better, which Robotnik finds interesting. His creation is adapting to the situation little by little. Soon enough, Metal Sonic manages to speed up towards the switch and turn off the fans, passing it’s first test.
Robotnik: “Well done, Metal! It only took you 30 tries!”
Metal Sonic: “Do we move on to the next test?”
Robotnik: “Indeed! But you’ll have to go through this one many more times in order to perfect your speed!”
Metal Sonic: “I will succeed as many times as I need do.”
Robotnik: “That’s the spirit! I wish my other Badniks had some of that drive!”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day. Metallic Madness (Bad Future).*
Robotnik and Metal Sonic stand among a whole bunch of Badniks in Metallic Madness, with the doctor in his Egg Mobile. However, the factory looks to be in a great state of decay, and everything has a rusted brownish-green hue to it. Many of the mechanisms also appear to barely function, as if they’re running on fumes.
Right now, Robotnik and his machines are getting ready for the Metal Sonic’s next test.
Robotnik: “Alright, Metal Sonic! This will be a test of your programmed objectives!”
Robotnik: “I will be flying over to the kitchen over there to grab a snack, and you have to protect me as I do so!”
Metal Sonic: “What about my other objective?”
Robotnik: “We’ll prepare for Sonic another time! Right now, we’ll just test how you do against basic threats to my health!”
Robotnik: “Also…”
Staring at his different Badniks, Robotnik puts on an intimidating glare as he speaks in a demanding tone.
Robotnik: “While your mission is to attack me, I won’t hesitate to tear apart any of you who manage to actually hurt me!”
Robotnik: “ESPECIALLY if Metal isn’t able to pick up your slack!”
Many of the Badniks are a little scared of their creator’s words, but understand what’s being asked of them. And after a few more minutes of preparation, the test begins. Though, due to not wanting to accidentally hurt their creator, and also being intimidated by Metal Sonic, many of them are very hesitant on attacking.
However, a couple of them do make an attempt, which leads to Metal Sonic quickly destroying them without a second thought. While Robotnik is pleased that his robotic hedgehog is fulfilling his objective, he’s annoyed that his other robots aren’t making the test a true challenge. So, after arriving at the kitchen and getting a ham sandwich, the doctor comments on it, in-between his chewing.
Robotnik: “Well…you did a good job, Metal Sonic.”
Robotnik: “However, for the rest of you nincombots, I’m angry that a lot of you didn’t bother to make the test tough enough!”
Robotnik: “Sure, I appreciate not wanting to harm me, but you still need to do your job!”
Robotnik: “Now, let’s try this again!”
Metal Sonic: “Are we heading somewhere else?”
As Metal Sonic asks this question, Robotnik manages to quickly finish his sandwich in only a few bites. And after a big burp, the round doctor answers.
Robotnik: “Actually, I think I could use a nice can of Chaos Cola. Primal Venom specifically.”
Metal Sonic: “But you’re already at the kitchen doorway?”
Robotnik: “Then we’ll go back to where we started!”
Annoyed, Robotnik gets into his Egg Mobile and flies back to the starting spot, with Metal Sonic and the remaining Badniks following. Then, they do the test all over again. This time, more of the Badniks actually try to attack the doctor, only to get obliterated by the robotic hedgehog easily.
Once Robotnik reaches the kitchen again and gets his Chaos Cola, he comments on the test and his robots, in-between taking sips of the carbonated drink.
Robotnik: “See? That was a MUCH better challenge!”
Robotnik: “And as expected, you passed with flying colors, Metal!”
Metal Sonic: “Good. Do we move on to the next test?”
Robotnik: “Eh. That’ll take some time to prepare, so we can leave it be for now.”
Metal Sonic: “What if Sonic comes here tomorrow? What if I’m not prepared enough?”
Robotnik: “Relax! With the Time Stone in our possession, we have plenty of time before that happens!”
Metal Sonic: “But I must complete my objective of killing him.”
Robotnik: “And you will! Just be patient, and you’ll get your chance soon enough!”
Robotnik: “Though, if you want to be ready for him so badly, you could always take care of the rest of these Badniks!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Staring at the remaining Badniks, all of which are looking scared with this predicament, Metal Sonic bares it’s clawed hands and begins to tear into them. They’re all reduced to scrap, with Robotnik just standing there and drinking his Chaos Cola. He’s delighted to see just how capable and relentless his advanced creation is.
Though, he finds Metal’s insistence of fulfilling his Sonic directive slightly annoying. But at the same time, Robotnik isn’t too bothered with it. If anything, the doctor is pleased to know his robotic hedgehog is eager to tear it’s organic counterpart to shreds.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day. Metallic Madness (Present).*
Robotnik and Metal Sonic stand in front of the computer in the lab, with the screen displaying some information. This is yet another test by the round doctor, and explains it to his advanced creation.
Robotnik: “This time, you won’t be tested in terms of combat ability, Metal Sonic.”
Robotnik: “Instead, your intelligence and capacity for thought will be tested. To see if you can use your abilities smartly when in a tough situation.”
Robotnik: “On this computer, there are 300 questions for you to answer to the best of your ability. Along with the information to properly understand them.”
Robotnik: “You must correctly answer all of them if you want to pass this test.”
Metal Sonic: “...How will this help me against Sonic?”
Robotnik: “I already told you! There are some scenarios you can’t brute force your way through!”
Robotnik: “Hence, you must learn how to apply your strengths to any given situation where you aren’t the top dog!”
Metal Sonic: “I’m a robot modeled after a hedgehog.”
Robotnik: “It’s a figure of speech! The point here is you need to learn how to think things through!”
Robotnik: “Now, enough of this! Get to work!”
Metal Sonic: “...Yes, master.”
With that exchange finished, Metal Sonic approaches the keyboard, and starts typing away as it answers the many questions. Robotnik walks up to his lab table and sits down in his cushion chair, silently watching the robotic hedgehog with intrigue. He’s interested to see just how intelligent his most advanced creation could be.
And after 30 minutes, Metal Sonic finishes, and the screen shows how many questions it got right. 109. Robotnik lets out a sigh, as he waits for the robotic hedgehog to try again. But unexpectedly, Metal instead slams it’s fist onto the keyboard, leaving a noticeable cracked hole. This surprises and frustrates the doctor, leading to him questioning the robot.
Robotnik: “Why’d you do that!? You just had to do better with your next attempt!”
Metal Sonic: “This is a waste of time.”
Metal Sonic: “YOU are wasting my time.”
Robotnik: “Excuse me!?”
Walking up to it’s creator, Metal Sonic explains what it’s saying.
Metal Sonic: “You made me for the sole purpose of destroying Sonic The Hedgehog.”
Metal Sonic: “Yet, you keep making me do these pointless tasks.”
Robotnik: “Like I’ve said many times before, it’s to test your capabilities! To make sure you DO have what it takes to defeat that rodent!”
Metal Sonic: “I have no need for testing. You programmed me to be intelligent.”
Metal Sonic: “You made me durable. You made me quick.”
Metal Sonic: “You already perfected me before I was running.”
Metal Sonic: “So why do you make your most advanced creation waste it’s talents like this?”
While Robotnik is angry that Metal Sonic is talking back to him, he somewhat understands why it’s acting like this, and he even agrees with some of what it’s saying. This machine WAS made to specifically counter Sonic, and be much more intelligent, powerful, and faster than him. However, he’s still standing his ground in terms of testing.
So, thinking of a way to get Metal Sonic to cooperate at least a little bit, Robotnik decides to speak about something more…personal.
Robotnik: “...Alright. Perhaps it’s best I tell you something?”
Metal Sonic: “I do not wish to waste anymore time talking.”
Robotnik: “Metal…stand here and LISTEN. That is an ORDER.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Silently, Metal Sonic does as asked, while Robotnik continues to talk, letting go of some of his frustration.
Robotnik: “See…when I was a young boy, I wanted to prove myself to my superiors as well.”
Robotnik: “In particular, there was this science fair coming up, and I wanted to win.”
Robotnik: “This is when I came up with the idea of a robot powered by small animals. Something that hasn’t been done before or since.”
Robotnik: “When I figured out how to do it, I was ecstatic to show it off. I thought I’d get so much praise and admiration!”
Robotnik: “However, I didn’t take my time with it. I ignored important parts of the process, such as the programming and machine design.”
Robotnik: “When the science fair finally came, and I got a chance to show it off…”
Robotnik: “...It exploded in my face.”
As Robotnik continues, his tone becomes much more bitter and irritated.
Robotnik: “They all laughed at me…they thought I was a fool…”
Robotnik: “It was one of the worst moments in my life.”
Robotnik: “But then…my grandfather Gerald talked to me about it.”
Robotnik’s tone becomes a little more relaxed when he talks about his grandfather.
Robotnik: “How, while a good idea, I ended up rushing the process. And that if I had taken my time with it, I wouldn’t have had any problems.”
Robotnik: “As a scientist himself, he knew that nothing good comes out of rushing a project.”
Robotnik: “So, he asked me to try making an animal-powered robot again. This time, without a deadline.”
Robotnik: “And once I completed it…it worked perfectly.”
Robotnik: “And as a reward for my patience…Gerald and I went to an amusement park.”
Robotnik: “It was the most fun I had in my life…”
As Robotnik thinks about this memory, he has a genuinely happy smile on his face. But that breaks when Metal Sonic speaks again.
Metal Sonic: “What is the point of this story?”
Robotnik: “...The point is that rushing the process of something you’re working on only brings about a bunch of problems.”
Robotnik: “Hence, why I need to test you, Metal Sonic.”
Robotnik: “You are my greatest creation, and I want to make you the best combat machine you can be.”
Robotnik: “That way, you can not only defeat Sonic without any trouble…but also serve as my second-in-command.”
Robotnik: “But I need you to cooperate in order to do so.”
Robotnik: “When that hedgehog arrives here on Little Planet, you’ll get your chance to fight him. You just have to be patient.”
Robotnik: “Are we clear?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...Very well…I apologize for my behavior.”
Robotnik: “Just don’t do it again. Now, you have a test to take care of!”
Metal Sonic nods, and goes back to the computer to try the test again, while Robotnik watches at his lab table. He didn’t think he’d have to talk about his past in order to convince one of his machines to do what he says. But then again…this machine is much more advanced than anything else he’s made.
Sure, it may not be a living person, but Metal Sonic certainly has some noticeable traits. It wants to do what it was made for: Kill Sonic The Hedgehog. And it’s determined to do so. Perhaps with time, it could evolve into a person of it’s own? Though, Robotnik has no idea if that’ll ever happen.
But at the same time, it would be quite interesting to witness. And it means the doctor basically created an entirely new lifeform, making him an even bigger genius than he was already.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A week later. Metallic Madness (Bad Future).*
Many days have passed since Metal Sonic has gone through it’s tests in order to build up it’s speed, combat abilities, and intelligence. Since then, Robotnik has allowed his advanced creation to go around Little Planet and help in it’s mechanization, along with the search for the other 6 Time Stones.
As the doctor expected, the robotic hedgehog is doing a great job fulfilling it’s objectives, and has even managed to find the blue Time Stone. So, the Robotnik Empire now has 2 out of 7. However, at the moment, Sonic The Hedgehog hasn’t shown up, which seems to be bugging Metal Sonic more and more as the days go on.
Right now, the robotic hedgehog is in a small, mechanical room with red lights and a ton of different weapons coming out from the walls. Metal Sonic is practicing in order to be ready for it’s organic counterpart, and appears to barely have a scratch on it. In a few seconds, it manages to destroy all the weapons, and finish it’s practice.
Afterwards, it comes out of the room, and walks around Metallic Madness, observing it’s surroundings and fellow Badniks. And soon enough, Metal Sonic notices Robotnik in his Egg Mobile flying around. When the two notice each other, the round doctor decides to strike up a bit of conversation.
Robotnik: “Heheheh! I’m guessing training went well, Metal?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. It’s no longer a challenge anymore.”
Robotnik: “I see! I’ll have to make some upgrades later!”
Robotnik: “And how goes the search for the Time Stones?”
Metal Sonic: “The Badniks and I have found more Special Zone rings appearing around Wacky Workbench and Quartz Quadrant.”
Metal Sonic: “At the moment, I was set on going into one of them.”
Robotnik: “Do be careful. The Special Zone is a strange dimension.”
Metal Sonic: “Whatever’s inside, I can handle it.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I haven’t found any traces of Sonic The Hedgehog…”
Metal Sonic’s hands clench, while Robotnik looks a bit uncomfortable and irritated.
Robotnik: “Hmm…admittedly, I thought he’d show up by now.”
Robotnik: “Either the power of the Time Stones has something to do with it, or the hedgehog hasn’t taken notice of us yet.”
Metal Sonic: “Should we go down to Earth and find him?”
Robotnik: “Tempting, but I’d rather do that when I get all the Time Stones.”
Robotnik: “That way, there’s absolutely NO chance of victory for him!”
Metal Sonic: “There is no need for those gemstones. I can take care of him myself.”
Robotnik: “Oh, I have no doubt about that! It’s just better to be prepared!”
Just after Robotnik says this, a sudden beeping noise comes from his Egg Mobile’s radar. This leads to him looking down and seeing what’s up, with Metal Sonic coming up to see for itself. That’s when the two are surprised to see what it is…someone has arrived on Little Planet in the Palmtree Panic region…which only means one thing…
Sonic The Hedgehog is here…
Chapter 4: Here At Last...
Chapter Text
*11 AS. Earth. Neverlake.*
On Earth, the beautiful sights of green fields, clear lakes, forests, and tall mountains under a clear, sunny sky are visible. For a moment, it looks like no one is in sight. But then, a blue streak goes by, speeding across the land. It’s a fast blue hedgehog with red sneakers, white gloves, and a smirk on his face. Sonic.
After learning about Little Planet’s return, the blue blur decided to head straight to Neverlake, eager to enjoy it’s mystical sights, and go on another adventure. As he makes his way to his destination, Sonic manages to go across the terrain with very little issue, but occasionally makes a slip-up. Luckily, he recovers quickly whenever it happens.
In only a couple of minutes, Sonic arrives at Neverlake. Though, as he lets out a sneeze, the blue hedgehog sees something he wasn’t expecting to come across. Little Planet covered in a metal shell, chained to a nearby mountain. Immediately, he questions what’s going on here.
Sonic: “What the…? Is THIS supposed to be Little Planet?”
Sonic: “Either the images shown in the news report weren’t accurate, or something bad is going on here.”
Sonic: “And I think it’s probably the latter…”
Looking over at the mountain Little Planet is chained to, Sonic sees the face of his arch-nemesis, Robotnik, carved into it.
Sonic: “Eggman…he just can’t resist ruining something good with his ugly mug.”
Sonic: “But I’ve stopped him before! I can do it again, no problem!”
Now knowing he’s in for another scuffle with Robotnik, Sonic speeds his way up a nearby mountain, and then launches himself into the air in order to reach the giant chain leading to Little Planet. Once on there, the blue blur decides to increase his speed in order to get to the small planetoid faster.
However, when Sonic gets close to the mechanical shell, strange sparkles and a green energy surround him, which causes him to lose focus on running.
Sonic: “Huh…!? What is this!?”
Suddenly, Sonic gets blinded by a flash of light, causing him to shield his eyes and slow down. But after a few seconds, the bright light fades, and the blue blur finds himself in a subtropical region, with sharp mountains, scattered waterfalls, green fields with orange soil, palm trees with pink berries, and a clear sunny sky. Immediately, the hedgehog voices his confusion as he looks around.
Sonic: “O…kay? I guess I’m on the planet now?”
Sonic: “But how did I get past the metal shell? And shouldn’t the sky of this place be covered by it?”
Before Sonic can question what’s going on any further, he takes notice of a couple of Badniks going around the area. This gets the hedgehog to cut it out, and he puts on a smirk.
Sonic: “Right. Not important at the moment. Gotta get back on track!”
Immediately, Sonic speeds up to the Badniks and starts smashing them to pieces without much issue. From their remains, colorful flowers pop out, which the hedgehog takes note of.
Sonic: “Flowers, huh? Guess Egghead decided to change his power source for his machines.”
Sonic: “Though, I’m still not a fan of it.”
After saying that, Sonic continues to make his way across Palmtree Panic, destroying any machines he comes across, and swiftly navigating the terrain. Though, the blue blur wasn’t expecting so many Badniks to be here, considering how not much time has passed since his last encounter with Robotnik, meaning he shouldn’t have enough resources for all of this.
But the hedgehog doesn’t think too much about that thought. Right now, what matters is figuring out how to stop the doctor’s plan, and save Little Planet. So, he looks around for any signs of life. However, aside from a few scared animals, who don’t speak, Sonic hasn’t found many people here.
Eventually, Sonic decides to stop for a moment, and think about what could be going on.
Sonic: “Okay…judging by what those little critters were trying to tell me, Robotnik came by not too long ago and started invading the different regions of this planet.”
Sonic: “But what exactly is he trying to achieve here? So far, this place doesn’t seem too special.”
Sonic: “Maybe it’s some sort of hidden treasure?”
???: “LEAVE ME ALONE!”
As Sonic ponders on what Robotnik’s plan is, his train of thought is interrupted by what sounds like someone shouting. Curious, the blue blur turns to where he heard the shouting, and sees something interesting. A bunch of Badniks are chasing a pink female hedgehog with spiked bangs, a red ribbon headband, and what looks like some kind of school attire.
She’s scared, but is able to run away from the Badniks at a moderate speed. Though, she’s not fast enough to ditch them, and clearly a little exhausted. Observing the scene, Sonic chooses to go in and save her without a second thought. Once the machines are taken care of, the blue hedgehog looks back at the surprised pink hedgehog, and walks up to her.
Sonic: “Hey. Are you alright?”
For a moment, the pink hedgehog just stares at Sonic, seemingly dumbstruck. This makes the blue blur a little uneasy, as he tries to snap her out of her trance.
Sonic: “Uhh…hello? Anyone in-!?”
Unable to finish his sentence, Sonic gets a big hug from the pink hedgehog, catching him off-guard. As she has her arms around him, the pink hedgehog finally speaks in an excited tone.
???: “You’re the one! My knight in shining armor!”
Sonic: “Uhh…? Okay? Can you let go please?”
???: “Oh! Sorry! Thank you for saving me!”
The pink hedgehog breaks from the hug, having a smile on her blushing face. Sonic meanwhile just looks a little confused, but is happy to see she’s alright.
Sonic: “It’s no problem! Not like I could just let those scrap-piles mess with you!”
???: “Ehehe! You definitely took care of them quickly! It was amazing!”
Sonic: “Thanks! I’ve dealt with bots like these before, so I’m pretty experienced!”
Sonic: “I’m Sonic. And you are?”
???: “Amy Rose! It’s so nice to meet you!”
Amy takes hold of Sonic’s hands with a big grin on her face, with the latter letting off a slightly awkward, but well-meaning smile. But after a moment, the blue hedgehog moves his hands away and asks the pink hedgehog about why she’s here.
Sonic: “So, do you live here on Little Planet? I’d like to know what exactly is going on here.”
Amy: “Oh! No, I just arrived here a little while ago!”
Sonic: “...How?”
Amy: “I have my ways! I’ll go to any lengths to get what I want!”
Sonic: “Well then…you sure are determined.”
Sonic: “Also, why did you call me your ‘knight in shining armor?’”
Amy: “Well, I decided to read my fortune with tarot cards!”
Reaching behind her, Amy reveals a few tarot cards.
Amy: “It said that I was destined to meet my knight here! And these cards never lie!”
Sonic: “Huh…I didn’t think some fancy paper could tell the future.”
Amy: “Don’t underestimate them! As long as you know how to interpret these cards, you can get yourself some useful insight!”
Amy: “But anyways, since you rescued me, that means you’re the one I was destined to meet!”
Sonic: “Uh-huh…”
Sonic is not too amused by this train of logic, especially since he’s not the romantic type. However, Amy once again grabs onto his hands, and goes on.
Amy: “Now that I’ve met you, Sonic, I am NOT letting you out of my sight!”
Amy: “Once we save Little Planet, we can go on our first date!”
Sonic: “Yeaaahhh, I think I’m gonna have to stop you there, Amy.”
Moving his hands away from Amy’s, Sonic continues.
Sonic: “I’m flattered by what you’re saying, and you seem really nice, but I’m not interested in dating.”
Sonic: “Plus, I gotta go stop a mad scientist with a mustache, and you need to head home so that you don’t get hurt. Sorry.”
Hearing Sonic’s words, Amy is both surprised and sad at her “knight’s” denial of her feelings. But just as the blue blur’s about to head off, Ms. Rose runs up and blocks him, determined to convince him to change his mind.
Amy: “Hold on! We just met, and you’re already running off?”
Sonic: “Like I said, I gotta save Little Planet from whatever Robotnik’s planning! And no offense, but I don’t have the time to babysit you!”
Amy: “Hey! I’m not completely useless! I can help out!”
Amy: “Besides, we were destined to meet-”
Sonic: “Yes, and we did! Just head home for now, and we’ll meet up again some other day!”
Sonic: “It’s too dangerous here, and I don’t want you getting hurt!”
Amy: “I’m not afraid! I know as long as you’re around, everything will be okay in the end!”
Amy: “Plus, some back-up would be nice!”
Sonic: “Appreciated, but I’ll be fine! I’ve dealt with Robotnik a few times before!”
Amy: “But-!”
Sonic: “Later!”
In a flash, Sonic speeds off, with the wind blowing a few strands of grass towards Amy. Watching the blue blur run across the plains, Ms. Rose gets a little aggravated as she pouts.
Amy: “Hmph! I’ll show him I can be helpful!”
Amy: “By the end of this, Sonic will be singing my praises!”
Determined to prove to Sonic that she can be a great help to his mission, Amy runs off, trying to figure out something useful she can do. But little does she or the blue blur know that someone…or rather, something…has been watching them from a distance, hidden in shadow…with only it’s red glowing eyes being visible.
It was Metal Sonic, who was ordered by Robotnik to observe Sonic as he makes his way around Little Planet. Not only to get more data on it’s organic counterpart, but also to listen in on any important information he discusses. Now having gotten a good look at who it was based off of, the robotic hedgehog talks to itself.
Metal Sonic: “So…THIS is my inferior base?”
Metal Sonic: “He does display some skill and power…but he shows concern for those around him…”
Metal Sonic: “Like that pink hedgehog…”
Metal Sonic: “...”
While Metal Sonic wants to engage in combat with Sonic right now, he was under strict orders by Robotnik to not do so until he orders otherwise. He wants to wait until the proper time. And while the robotic hedgehog is not a fan of this, it cannot disobey it’s master. So, it decides to head off and deliver the information it gathered to the doctor.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Palmtree Panic (Bad Future).*
Sonic continues to make his way through Palmtree Panic. However, this version of the subtropical region is completely mechanized and polluted. From the lakes filled with oil, the factories and machines placed on the eroded mountains, the dead orange grass, the mechanical palm trees, and the pink, clouded sky.
The blue blur managed to travel to this future dystopia by speeding past a Future sign post. Once he arrived in this era, Sonic was revolted by the wretched sight of this land. It gave him more of a drive to take Robotnik down. So that this future wouldn’t come to pass. He won’t let it happen.
After navigating the area, and dealing with many more Badniks and obstacles than before, Sonic eventually decides to stop for a moment in order to think about what to do next.
Sonic: “Jeez…I feel like I’ve been going in circles here!”
Sonic: “I think I’ve been here for at least a full hour, and I’m still not sure what I need to do to fix this place!”
Sonic: “Guess I should start by going back to the present time…”
???: “Why not stay here, rodent? Don’t you like what I did to the place?”
Hearing that familiar voice, Sonic notices some kind of machine coming down from the sky, which then lands in front of him. It’s Dr. Robotnik in his Egg Mobile, which has two arms with bumpers, and legs with spiked shoes. Immediately, the blue blur makes his thoughts on the scientist’s handiwork known.
Sonic: “Oh, definitely not! You completely ruined it!”
Robotnik: “Tch! Different tastes, I suppose!”
Robotnik: “Also, you’ve arrived a little too late to stop this!”
Sonic: “What do you mean? Little Planet only showed up, like, a day or two ago, and I just got here an hour ago!”
Robotnik: “Wrong, Sonic! Time works much differently here than on Earth!”
Robotnik: “While you may have been here for a short amount of time, I’ve been here for nearly a year!”
Robotnik: “And that’s all thanks to the Time Stones!”
Sonic: “Time Stones? Is that why you’re here?”
Robotnik: “Of course! Why wouldn’t I want to control all of time itself?”
Robotnik: “With just one, I was able to take over this small floating rock, and create all of this!”
Robotnik: “And when I get my hands on all seven, no one will be able to stop me! Not even you!”
Sonic: “Really now? Guess I ought to change that!”
Not wasting anymore time to talk, Sonic revs up into a ball on the ground, before launching towards Robotnik. However, he gets knocked away by the bumper arms, and lands back onto the ground, with the doctor taunting him.
Robotnik: “I’m afraid it’s not gonna be that easy, hedgehog! I’ve prepared for this long in advance!”
Sonic: “Heh! So you made all of this just for me?”
Sonic: “Truly, I’m flattered, Robuttnik! But sadly, I’m not a fan of your style!”
After saying that, Sonic rushes up to Robotnik’s machine, with the latter trying to hit the former with the bumper arms again. However, the blue blur zips away, and manages to knock the left arm off with a spin attack. Then, he does the same with the right arm. And lastly, he spins right into the cockpit, causing the legs to explode, and the Egg Mobile to spiral off in the air.
However, Robotnik manages to get ahold of the controls, and glares at Sonic, who just smirks in response.
Sonic: “You were saying?”
Robotnik: “Tch! This is barely a loss for me! I’ve essentially already won!”
Robotnik: “Plus, I don’t want to rob my greatest creation of it’s victory!”
Sonic: “Greatest creation? What are you talking about?”
Robotnik: “Oh, you’ll see soon enough! And I’m certain you’ll love it!”
Robotnik: “But for now, adieu!”
Using the blue Time Stone in the cockpit, Robotnik travels to another time period in a flash of green sparkly light, leaving Sonic alone with the busted robot parts. So, alone once again, the blue hedgehog tries to figure out what to do next.
Sonic: “Hmm…so the doc wants to grab those Time Stones in order to make this twisted future…”
Sonic: “But I’m gonna grab the remaining ones before he can! And smash whatever remnants of his army in the past!”
Sonic: “So, the first order of business is getting back to the present time!”
Now with a definitive goal in mind, Sonic rushes off to find a Past time post in order to time travel. He knows he can do this. He’s collected all the Chaos Emeralds before, so this will be a piece of cake!
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Metallic Madness (Present).*
In Metallic Madness, Metal Sonic updates Robotnik on Sonic’s progress in destroying the Robot Generators in the past, and collecting the Time Stones.
Metal Sonic: “Currently, Sonic has destroyed all the Robot Generators in Palmtree Panic, and he’s heading off to Collision Chaos.”
Robotnik: “Does he have any of the Time Stones?”
Metal Sonic: “Just one. But he’s been using it well.”
Metal Sonic: “With it, the hedgehog will be able to quickly undo everything we’ve been working so hard on.”
Robotnik: “Tch! Well, we aren’t letting that happen!”
Robotnik: “I was making such good progress here, and that nasty blue pincushion isn’t gonna ruin it, like all my previous exploits!”
Metal Sonic: “What of the pink hedgehog?”
Robotnik: “What about her? She’s just a minor distraction! One that can be easily taken out!”
Metal Sonic: “Correct. Though, she seems particularly fond of our enemy.”
Metal Sonic: “Perhaps we can use her to our advantage?”
When Metal Sonic suggests this idea, Robotnik’s frown changes to a smile, as he puts his hands together.
Robotnik: “Oh? I like this idea of yours, Metal!”
Robotnik: “By kidnapping the girl, we can lure Sonic right into our clutches, with the rest of the Time Stones!”
Robotnik: “Then, once he’s taken care of, we’ll finally have the power to permanently take over this planet, AND Earth!”
Metal Sonic: “And I will have accomplished what I was made for.”
Robotnik: “Indeed! But we’ll have to prepare a bit before we attain victory!”
Robotnik: “For now, just find the pink hedgehog and bring her to Stardust Speedway!”
Robotnik: “And should you run into your organic counterpart…”
Robotnik: “...Make a GOOD introduction of yourself!”
Robotnik: “Also be sure to punch him in the face for me!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. I have waited for this moment, and I WILL succeed.”
Eager to finally face the one it was based off of, Metal Sonic dashes off, with Robotnik grinning as he heads off to prepare the trap in Stardust Speedway.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Collision Chaos (Present).*
Having finished his work in Palmtree Panic, Sonic has now arrived at a pink mechanized forest filled with white-blue machines, neon signs with strange text, and a pink lake. The sky shows the sun starting to set, alongside some pink clouds. Plus, there’s a few bumpers, springs, and flippers nearby. Looking around the area, Sonic comments on it.
Sonic: “Hmm…strange forest…”
Sonic: “But then again, this entire planet is pretty weird, so I guess it just comes with the territory!”
Sonic: “Either way, it’s gonna be a piece of cake freeing this place with the Time Stone!”
Confident in his mission, Sonic runs through Collision Chaos. However, he quickly comes to a stop when he sees a large wall in front of him. In addition, Amy Rose is here too, and she lights up when she sees her hero. Immediately, she comes up to hug him, with the blue hedgehog feeling a bit awkward and uncomfortable.
Amy: “Sonic! I knew I’d find you here eventually!”
Sonic: “Ahh…well, I hope you haven’t been here too long…”
Sonic pushes Amy back a bit as she explains what she’s been up to.
Amy: “No, I just got here a few minutes ago! I was trying to find you!”
Amy: “But I’ve barely gotten any glimpses of you!”
Sonic: “That’s because I’ve been busy with time travel and busting Eggman’s machines!”
Amy: “Time travel? How?”
Sonic: “With those time posts! I can go into the past or future by traveling at top speed!”
Sonic: “Plus, I managed to find this in the Special Zone!”
Sonic pulls out the green Time Stone from behind him, with Amy amazed at the sparkly gemstone.
Amy: “Woah…! It’s so pretty!”
Sonic: “Yeah! And it gives me the ability to travel through time on my own!”
Sonic: “Ever since I got it, things have been going smoothly!”
Amy: “That’s good! I’m certain you’ll save this place in just a few minutes!”
Sonic: “That’s the idea!”
Sonic: “But back to you, I thought I told you to go home and stay safe?”
Amy: “I already told you before, Sonic! Now that we’ve met, I’m gonna follow you to the ends of the earth!”
Sonic: “It’s dangerous here! You don’t know what kind of crazy machines you’ll run into!”
Amy: “I’m not afraid! I can help!”
Sonic: “Weren’t you running away from some Badniks when I first saw you?”
Amy: “I was caught off-guard! I’m more than prepared now!”
Sonic: “Sure…”
Sonic isn’t buying it in the slightest, and just walks up to the wall in order to figure out how to get past it, while Amy follows and tries to convince him.
Amy: “Come on! I know I may not be making the best impression here, but I want to help!”
Amy: “Even if you are pretty capable, you can’t just take on Robotnik alone!”
Sonic: “Don’t worry so much! I said before that I’ve fought this guy a couple of times!”
Sonic: “Yeah, he’s definitely dangerous, but the guy tends to make a fool of himself!”
Sonic: “I’m being as careful as I can, and I know just what to do to save this planet!”
Sonic: “But first, I need to get past this wall! Know any ways around it?”
Amy: “Hmm…”
Taking a look at the wall herself, Amy tries to figure out some method of getting past it, so that she can help Sonic and prove that she’s useful to have around. However, after a couple of minutes of looking around and trying a few things, the pink hedgehog sighs in defeat, with the blue hedgehog coming up next to her.
Amy: “Sigh…I’m sorry, Sonic…”
Sonic: “It’s okay. You did your best, and that’s just fine.”
Amy: “Still though…I completely failed to show you that I’m capable.”
Sonic: “But you still tried. That’s quite admirable.”
Sonic: “Honestly, I’m pretty impressed with how determined you are.”
When Sonic says that, Amy lights up a bit. She looks back at him to confirm for herself if she heard correctly.
Amy: “You…think I’m impressive?”
Sonic: “Yeah! From what I’ve seen, it looks like nothing stops you!”
Sonic: “That’s a great trait to have! And with enough practice, you could put it to good use!”
Amy: “Really!? You mean it!?”
Ecstatic, Amy holds onto Sonic’s hands again, surprising him a bit. But he quickly gains his composure and responds with a smile.
Sonic: “Of course! I think it’s awesome!”
Hearing that compliment, Amy grins even wider than before, as her face turns a bright shade of red, and hearts fly out of her head. She almost seems to be in a love-trance. As for Sonic, he looks a bit uncomfortable with the pink hedgehog’s advances, but he likes that she’s cheering up more.
But suddenly, the two hear the sound of something crashing through the wall, causing them to turn towards the dust cloud that formed from it. Sonic stands in front of Amy, ready to defend her from any threats. The sounds of metallic footsteps are heard, as a figure with glowing red eyes in the dust cloud comes closer.
When Sonic and Amy see the figure, they notice how it bares some resemblance to the former, confusing them.
Sonic: “What the…?”
Then, in an instant, the figure rushes out of the dust cloud and attacks Sonic, punching him in the face. This sends the blue hedgehog flying back, and as for Amy, she shouts for him, worried about his safety.
Amy: “SONIC!”
But before she can go check up on him, Amy notices their assailant, and stares at them with a scared and confused look. It was Metal Sonic, who turns it’s attention onto the defenseless pink hedgehog, and walks towards her. However, she steps back a bit, wondering just what this thing is.
Amy: “What are you…!? What do you want!?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Wordlessly, Metal Sonic just grabs onto Amy’s wrists with one hand, causing her to yelp a bit. Then, she desperately tries to break from the metallic hedgehog’s hold.
Amy: “HEY! LET GO OF ME!”
Now having what it needs, Metal Sonic looks back at Sonic, who’s getting back on his feet, and notices the commotion going on with the machine and Amy. Though the blue blur is confused by the robot’s resemblance to him, he doesn’t pay it much mind, as he needs to save Ms. Rose. So, he rushes right towards the metallic faker.
However, Metal Sonic jumps back, and flies up into the air so that Sonic can’t reach it. So, now with no way to attack the metallic hedgehog, the blue blur glares up at it, while Amy continues to struggle with getting away. Immediately the organic hedgehog shouts at the robotic one.
Sonic: “Let her go, faker! Or I’m gonna get up there and use your head as a basketball!”
Metal Sonic: “And exactly how are you gonna do that?”
Sonic: “Give me enough time, and I’ll show you!”
Metal Sonic: “Come any closer, and I’ll make sure you’ve seen the last of this girl.”
Sonic: “!”
Recognizing he can’t make any reckless moves here, Sonic calms down a little, and continues to talk to Metal Sonic.
Sonic: “Who are you?”
Metal Sonic: “I am Metal Sonic. Dr. Robotnik’s greatest creation.”
Metal Sonic: “I was made to surpass and kill you. While also serving my master’s goals.”
Sonic: “Heh. So he decided to copy me?”
Metal Sonic: “Enough!”
Metal Sonic: “If you want to save this girl, then you must make your way to Stardust Speedway.”
Metal Sonic: “There, we will have our duel.”
Metal Sonic: “And then…I will fulfill my purpose.”
Sonic: “Really now? And what makes you think you’ll win against the Fastest Thing Alive?”
Metal Sonic: “Because I was made to be your superior in every way.”
Metal Sonic: “Speed, power, intelligence, and much more.”
Sonic: “Oh please! Nothing beats the original!”
Metal Sonic: “We’ll see about that.”
Metal Sonic brings out the red Time Stone, and prepares to head off. But before this happens, Amy looks back at Sonic, clearly scared.
Amy: “Sonic…I…don’t know if I’ll be okay…!”
Sonic: “You will! Don’t worry! I’ll find you as fast as I can!”
Hearing those reassuring words, Amy smiles a bit, knowing her hero will come rescue her. Then, in a flash, she and Metal Sonic disappear. This leaves Sonic to think about what just happened, and he’s clearly not happy.
Sonic: “Darn…in addition to getting those Time Stones, and stopping Eggman, I now have to rescue Amy from that robot knockoff of me.”
Sonic: “But…Metal Sonic looks pretty tough…”
Sonic: “I mean, he sent me flying with one punch, and he’s pretty fast, too!”
Sonic: “Sure, I like a good challenge, but not when people are put in danger!”
Sonic: “...”
For once, Sonic is uncertain of his chances in winning. But he quickly shakes it off.
Sonic: “No! I’m not accepting defeat!”
Sonic: “Whatever Robuttnik and the Metal me have in store, I’ll take care of it, no problem!”
Sonic: “I’ll make sure Amy’s okay, and I’ll free Little Planet!”
Sonic: “So bring it on! I can take anything you throw at me!”
Revving his feet in a figure-8 motion, Sonic speeds past the hole Metal Sonic made in the wall, and speeds across Collision Chaos, more determined than ever to save the day.
Not just for the sake of Little Planet…but also for Amy’s sake…
Chapter 5: Purpose
Chapter Text
*11 AS. Stardust Speedway (Bad Future).*
Metal Sonic flies above in a sky covered in red thunder clouds, with the kidnapped Amy Rose. Far below them is a polluted, dystopian city. The jade-colored highways are rusty, with the instruments attached to it broken, and not only was there a gray amusement park in the city, but also a large Robotnik statue.
Staring down at the city, Amy felt scared, and disgusted at it’s current state. In fact, due to the pollution in the area, she started coughing a bit. Metal Sonic, however, just kept flying towards it’s destination. And soon enough, the two arrive at a prison cell with a laser gate and console to activate it.
Landing down on the ground, Metal Sonic pulls Amy over to the cell, with the latter desperately trying to wiggle her way out of the former’s grasp. But it’s all for not, as the robotic hedgehog throws the pink hedgehog into the cell without a care, and presses a button on the console to turn the laser gate on.
Getting back up from the ground, and also grasping her wrists, Amy looks back towards Metal Sonic, who’s just staring at her with it’s piercing red eyes. Though she’s very much afraid of what might happen to her, Ms. Rose tries to put on a brave face, and goes up to the laser gate in order to rant at her kidnapper.
Amy: “Let me go right now! You have no idea how to treat a lady right!”
Metal Sonic: “Your well-being and opinions are of no importance.”
Metal Sonic: “The only thing that matters is using you as bait.”
Amy: “Bait? For what?”
Metal Sonic: “There is no need for you to know.”
Metal Sonic: “You will stay in this cell until Sonic gets here.”
Amy: “Because he’s gonna save me, and kick your butt!”
Metal Sonic: “Wrong. He will perish, and I will have fulfilled my purpose.”
Metal Sonic: “Then, you will have served your usefulness.”
Amy: “...”
For a moment, Amy looks at Metal Sonic silently with an expression that’s stuck between angry and troubled. But then, she says something.
Amy: “...You said your purpose was to kill Sonic, and serve Robotnik.”
Amy: “But don’t you have anything you want to do for yourself?”
Metal Sonic: “My goals are the same as my master.”
Amy: “Are they? Or is that just what he wants you to do?”
Amy: “What if he’s only using you? What happens after you’ve taken care of Sonic?”
Metal Sonic: “Robotnik treats me with respect. He recognizes my power.”
Metal Sonic: “And once Sonic is destroyed, I will continue to serve my master for as long as I function.”
Amy: “But there’s so much more to life than serving someone else!”
Amy: “Isn’t there anything you aspire to be? Something you wish you could do that isn’t about Sonic or your creator?”
Metal Sonic: “...?”
Hearing Amy’s words, Metal Sonic seems to think about what she’s saying. And for just a few seconds, the pink hedgehog thinks she may be reaching this machine. But her hopes are dashed as it responds.
Metal Sonic: “...I am a machine designed for combat and conquest. I have no aspirations, aside from what I’m ordered.”
Metal Sonic: “What makes you think I can be anything more than that?”
Amy: “Well…because I think of you as your own person.”
Amy: “Machine or not, you’re still a living being with thoughts and emotions.”
Metal Sonic: “Nonsense. Your optimism and empathy are flawed.”
Metal Sonic: “Plus, you are likely just trying to convince me to let you out of here.”
Amy: “No, I’m not!”
Amy: “Or at least…I hope that could happen, but right now, I don’t care!”
Amy: “You don’t have to follow anyone’s orders! You can do what YOU want! Enjoy life on YOUR whims!”
Amy: “Just think about it! Ignore what Robotnik wants you to do for only a minute!”
Amy: “What do YOU want to do with your life?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
A moment of silence is shared between Amy and Metal Sonic, with the former having a concerned expression on her face as she stares at the latter, who is looking down at the ground, seemingly lost in thought. However, the moment is short-lived, as someone arrives while grumbling angrily about something.
This catches the attention of Amy and Metal Sonic, as they look to see Dr. Robotnik approach the prison cell. He’s a little bruised, and angry, but is trying to collect himself. The robotic hedgehog decides to speak first.
Metal Sonic: “Are you okay, master? Do you require medical attention?”
Robotnik: “No, I do not! I’m just a little battered after dealing with Sonic!”
Robotnik: “He’s not only restored Collision Chaos to normal, but he’s also got another Time Stone!”
Amy smiles a bit when hearing this, while Metal Sonic continues the conversation.
Metal Sonic: “At this rate, the hedgehog may ruin everything we’ve been working on.”
Robotnik: “Don’t remind me, Metal! But we still got 2 of the 7 gemstones he needs!”
Robotnik: “Plus, a little bonus!”
Robotnik looks over at Amy, grinning. Despite being fearful of the doctor, the pink hedgehog does her best to be brave.
Robotnik: “Ah yes…Sonic’s little girlfriend, correct?”
Amy: “Hmph! Your mustache is gross!”
This comment immediately sets Robotnik off.
Robotnik: “SILENCE! My mustache is glorious!”
Robotnik: “But then again, I wouldn’t expect a friend of that rodent to have refined taste, like me!”
Amy: “No way! You’ve completely ruined this world! Why would you do something like this!?”
Robotnik: “Because everything would be better if I was in control!”
Robotnik: “Just imagine it for a moment!”
Robotnik: “No one to boss you around or cause problems! Tons of machines that follow your every whim! All of your enemies destroyed and humiliated!”
Robotnik: “And most importantly of all…lots of monuments and theme-parks in my honor!”
Amy: “Ugh…I’d rather not have your face plastered everywhere I go!”
Robotnik: “Tch! It doesn’t matter how you feel about my utopia!”
Robotnik: “Once Sonic’s done for, you will be too! And with all the Time Stones, I’ll take over Earth easily!”
Amy: “Sonic isn’t gonna lose to you, fatso!”
Robotnik: “Who said it was gonna be ME that dealt the final blow?”
Taking his attention off of Amy, Robotnik focuses on Metal Sonic.
Robotnik: “Metal Sonic! Go mess with Sonic!”
Metal Sonic: “What about the trap?”
Robotnik: “I’m not telling you to kill him yet! Just go check on him, and show him he stands no chance against you!”
Robotnik: “Perhaps that’ll rile him up a bit? Enough to make him a little too eager to beat you that he’ll get distracted more easily?”
Metal Sonic: “I see. Excellent idea.”
Robotnik: “Of course! It is MY idea!”
Robotnik: “Now, get to it! I’ll prepare for his arrival in Tidal Tempest!”
Metal Sonic nods, and flies off towards Sonic’s location, while Robotnik walks off as well. But not before getting a few Badniks to watch over Amy in her cell. As for the pink hedgehog, she sits down and wraps her arms around her legs, worried for her life, and if Sonic will really be okay.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Tidal Tempest (Past).*
In an underground cavern with green pipes, stone pillars, and water with a dark tint to it, Sonic is trying to look for the Robot Generator, and any signs of another Time Stone. He smashes some Badniks along the way, and has been doing his best not to get into the water. Though, unfortunately for him, there’s a lot of it here.
After making his way around for a couple of minutes, Sonic manages to spot something at a high cliff, and tries to get over there. However, it’s a pain for him to get around this area. But in the end, he manages to get to that high cliff, and finds a Robot Generator, making him smile.
Sonic: “Sigh…about time I found this thing!”
Sonic: “Honestly, while this place isn’t as bad as the Labyrinth on South Island, it’s still annoying to traverse!”
Sonic: “No matter! I’m gonna smash it!”
Stretching his arms a bit, Sonic then jumps up in a ball, ready to destroy the Robot Generator. But suddenly, Metal Sonic comes in and kicks the organic hedgehog away from it. Luckily, he isn’t too hurt, but he IS pretty annoyed once he sees his robotic double.
Sonic: “You again! Here to start a fight!?”
Metal Sonic: “Not necessarily. I was told to check on you.”
Metal Sonic: “The real fight will start when you arrive at Stardust Speedway.”
Sonic: “I remember that part! Now get out of my way!”
Metal Sonic: “No. I cannot let you destroy this Robot Generator.”
Metal Sonic: “But if you want to give me your Time Stones, I’ll consider letting you go.”
Sonic: “Tch! No way, chrome dome! I’m freeing this area from Eggman’s influence, and you ain’t stopping me!”
Metal Sonic: “Well then…let’s see you try.”
With that exchange finished, Metal Sonic and Sonic clash for the first time. Immediately, the organic hedgehog comes to find that this copy hog is much more formidable than he expected for a Robotnik-made machine. Not only can it take whatever he can dish out, and hits hard, but it also seems to know how he works. Like he’s seen him fight before.
After a few minutes of this, Sonic decides to stop, while Metal Sonic waits for his next move. Then, the organic hedgehog speaks.
Sonic: “Heh…gotta give you credit, Metal. You’re actually pretty capable for an Eggman bot.”
Metal Sonic: “Of course. No mere Badnik can compare to what I am.”
Metal Sonic: “And clearly…neither can you.”
Sonic: “I’m just a little unprepared is all! And traversing all that water is a bit tiring!”
Metal Sonic: “Hmm…then I suppose this can’t go any further…”
Sonic: “Oh, I’m not finished yet! Plus, I need to know what you did with Amy!”
Metal Sonic: “The pink hedgehog is fine. She’s right where she needs to be.”
Metal Sonic: “She thinks you’ll save her. Such foolish optimism.”
Sonic: “Or maybe she believes in me! Believes that I’ll take you and Robotnik down, no matter what you two throw my way!”
Metal Sonic: “Really now? Perhaps I should test that?”
Metal Sonic charges itself up with some sort of orange electricity, while Sonic stands his ground, not knowing what to expect. And after a few seconds, the robotic hedgehog releases a powerful shockwave, nearly pushing the organic hedgehog off the cliff and into the watery depths, alongside some rubble.
With the move finished, Metal Sonic cools down for a moment, while also looking at it’s surroundings. The Robot Generator is undamaged, and Sonic is barely hanging on to the cliff. Once ready, the robotic hedgehog walks over to the organic one, who’s trying to get back up. And when it reaches him, Metal proceeds to step on the blue blur’s hands, one-by-one.
Then, Sonic falls down into the water below, with Metal Sonic staring at him. Scanning over the area, it can tell the hedgehog is still alive. And with it’s mission accomplished, the machine heads off. As for the blue blur, he manages to get back to where he was. Only this time, he’s much more irritated after basically losing to his metallic knockoff.
Sonic: “Dangit! He got away!”
Sonic: “I swear, when I finally get to face him in the real fight, I’m gonna put him in his place!”
Sonic: “But…I couldn’t deny he was good. And fast.”
Sonic: “If only he was a friend…it’d be fun to race against him every now and then.”
Sonic: “Though, I don’t think I can expect that kind of thing from an Eggman bot.”
Sonic: “Either way, he’s going down!”
After finally smashing the Robot Generator, Sonic continues through Tidal Tempest, eager to not only save Little Planet and Amy, but also take down Eggman, and beat Metal Sonic at his own game. After all…
There’s only one true Sonic, right?
Chapter 6: Pity
Chapter Text
*11 AS. Quartz Quadrant (Good Future).*
Sonic runs around an underground utopia colored green with glowing buildings, opulent towers of crystals, and mountains and forestry. With 4 Time Stones in his possession, and the Robot Generators of this area destroyed, the blue blur is trying to find any sign of either Robotnik or Metal Sonic. He’s particularly eager to throw hands with his robotic faker, but he’s able to enjoy the sights as he continues on.
Sonic: “Man…this place is beautiful…”
Sonic: “Those crystals are especially eye-catching! I’m a little tempted to grab one of them, and take it with me as a souvenir!”
Sonic: “But I don’t wanna mess with anything! So I’ll just admire it from a distance!”
Soon enough, Sonic arrives at a room with a conveyor belt, and a long, tube-shaped mech attached to the ceiling, where Dr. Robotnik resides inside. He appears to be doing something with the mech’s console, clearly a little annoyed as he talks to himself.
Robotnik: “Ugh! This is much worse than the future I made!”
Sonic: “You’re just salty because your face isn’t plastered everywhere!”
Hearing the words of his enemy, Robotnik perks up a bit and looks at Sonic, who waves with a smug smirk. Then, with an angered expression, the doctor presses a button on his console, which causes the tube-shaped mech he’s in to drop to the conveyor belt floor, with an audible thunk. Plus, the entrance Sonic just went through is blocked by a spiked wall.
Robotnik: “Tch! Even if that WAS the case, I would still hate this!”
Robotnik: “Hence, why I’m gonna have to grab those Time Stones you collected!”
Sonic: “I thought your plan was to have your robo-hog beat me at Stardust Speedway, and get all the Time Stones then?”
Robotnik: “That’s mainly for Metal Sonic to fight you! I don’t mind getting a few of those gemstones a little earlier than planned!”
Robotnik: “Now, get a load of THIS!”
Pressing another button on his console, Robotnik activates the conveyor belt, which starts to push Sonic towards the spiked wall. Though, the blue blur isn’t fazed, and just starts running while smirking at the round doctor, who looks like he was expecting something much different.
Sonic: “Is THIS seriously your plan, Eggman? Trying to give me a workout?”
Robotnik: “No! I had a different machine set up here!”
Sonic: “Heh! Guess changing the future erased whatever robot you were gonna use from existence!”
Robotnik: “Well, it’s no issue! I can still take you out!”
Grabbing ahold of the two console sticks, Robotnik spawns a few spiked bombs from his machine that move across the ceiling, before falling down onto the conveyor belt to hurt Sonic. But sadly for the doctor, the hedgehog is easily able to dodge these bombs, while continuing to get on his nerves.
Sonic: “Running AND dodging? You’re really trying to make me work up a sweat!”
Robotnik: “Rrrgghhhh! No matter! Once you arrive at Stardust Speedway, Metal Sonic will destroy you without any issue!”
Sonic: “While you are here, I figure I should ask about him.”
Sonic: “For your first attempt at making a robot version of me, chrome dome looks pretty advanced.”
Robotnik: “Impressed? I knew from the start that he would be my greatest creation yet!”
Robotnik: “And while it would have taken me a year to fully complete and perfect him, the Time Stone gave me all the time in the world to do so!”
As the two continue their conversation, the bottom of Robotnik’s tube-mech starts to burn due to the friction from the conveyor belt. And after dodging another few bombs, Sonic starts to run backwards while talking.
Sonic: “Admittedly, he is pretty tough. Even has some of my moves.”
Sonic: “I’m guessing you used some data or whatever from our last few encounters?”
Robotnik: “Exactly! It’s why I captured and sent you to Robotnik Island and the Super Labyrinth in the first place!”
Robotnik: “A means to figure out what makes you tick, and how your speed works!”
Sonic: “Hmph. Trying to use my speed for your goals?”
Before Robotnik can respond, his tube-mech burns even more from the friction with the conveyor belt, destroying itself little-by-little. Then, he continues, with Sonic turning back to run normally.
Robotnik: “Why wouldn’t I want to use your power for myself? It’s what makes you such a pain in my side!”
Sonic: “Even so, there’s no way Metal can compare to me! I’ll prove it when the time comes!”
Robotnik: “Don’t be so confident! The original isn’t always the best!”
Robotnik: “And when the time comes, Metal will prove that fact!”
Sonic smirks a bit at Robotnik’s remark, but before he can comment on it, the tube-mech breaks down even more. Plus, the doctor’s starting to tap his feet a bit from the heat of the friction, clearly looking panicked. And as for the blue blur, he’s still dodging the bombs easily, while continuing his smack-talk.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, doc? Feeling the burn? Losing a few pounds?”
Robotnik: “S-Shut up! I just…have to get going now!”
Despite his feet-tapping, Robotnik manages to set his tube-mech to auto-pilot with the console, and proceeds to run off, while using the Time Stone he has to teleport away. And in a few seconds, the machine is destroyed, and Sonic heads off, reaching the Flower Capsule.
Sonic: “Heh! That was a nice little workout! But I think I ought to get going!”
After destroying the Flower Capsule, releasing all the colorful flowers within it, Sonic heads out of Quartz Quadrant, ready for whatever comes next.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Wacky Workbench (Present).*
In a large warehouse with purple walkways, abstract mechanisms, a flashing checkered floor with bouncing platforms, grounded police sirens, and atom-like structures that generate electrical currents, Sonic is trying to carefully navigate the area, but is definitely struggling.
Because of all the bouncing platforms, electrical currents, and the many badniks, Sonic has been getting hurt a lot. However, he’s eventually able to reach an enclosed area with metal pistons, where he can catch his breath. And once he does, the blue blur starts an angry rant about what he just went through.
Sonic: “This place is an absolute mess! There’s so much I have to watch out for!”
Sonic: “Just how does Robotnik get through here!? Does he have some sort of secret passage somewhere!?”
Sonic: “Ugh! Trying to find the Robot Generators here is gonna be a chore!”
Sonic: “But whatever! I still gotta fix this place! And I can use the Time Stones I have to get to the past easily!”
Trying to calm down a little, Sonic pulls out the purple Time Stone, and puts it up into the air, where it starts to emit a sparkly glow. Then, the world around the blue blur is covered in sparkly green energy, as the landscape changes. In only a few seconds, the energy disappears, and the hedgehog takes a look around.
Now, the warehouse appears to be under construction, with much of the girders and platforms colored green. The canyon area outside is also exposed, alongside some cranes, scaffolds, and girders looming below. But stuff like the checkered floor and bouncing platforms are still present. Seeing that not much has changed from the Present time, Sonic lets out an annoyed sigh.
Sonic: “Dangit…I was hoping traversing this place would be easier in the past…”
Sonic: “Though, at least it doesn’t look as bad as before.”
Feeling more confident and collected, Sonic decides to get a move on. Though, just as he turns around to where the metal pistons are, he’s startled by something he wasn’t expecting to see. It was Metal Sonic, but…it looked more blue than it was supposed to be. And that’s when the blue blur sees what it is.
It was a hologram of Metal Sonic, who’s stomping on one of the animals in Wacky Workbench. Nearby was the projector device. Now knowing it’s not the real deal, Sonic sighs and comments on the hologram.
Sonic: “A hologram projector, huh? Guess this is supposed to scare the animals here? Or is this some way of messing with me?”
Sonic: “Well, either way, it’s getting smashed.”
Walking over to the projector device, Sonic proceeds to stomp on it, crushing the thing to pieces, and causing the hologram to fade out. After that, the hedgehog thinks on a few things.
Sonic: “Come to think of it, I haven’t seen Metal Sonic in a while…and I don’t know how Amy’s doing currently…”
Sonic: “She’s probably freaked out right now…but I think I’m getting close to Stardust Speedway!”
Sonic: “So, I need to wrap things up here, and rescue her! Plus, send robo me to the scrap heap!”
Sonic: “Then, I can take care of Robotnik, save Little Planet, and call it a day!”
With a smirk, Sonic heads off to find the Robot Generators in Wacky Workbench, determined to do what he does best: Save the day, and beat Robotnik at whatever he does!
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Stardust Speedway (Bad Future).*
Amy Rose sits down on the floor in her empty metal cell, having a downcast expression. Outside of the cell, a few Badniks are watching over her, making sure she doesn’t try anything. However, the pink hedgehog has come to see that she can’t do much here, aside from mess with her Tarot Cards and think to herself.
Occasionally, the Badniks deliver some food and drinks to Amy, but they all don’t taste very good. So, the pink hedgehog hasn’t eaten much, and she’s feeling both bored, and concerned for what could happen next. Especially if Sonic isn’t able to find and rescue her. However, she refuses to give in to despair. She knows her hero will save her.
In order to distract herself from her situation for a bit, Amy decides to mess with her Tarot Cards again. Though, just a little while after she starts, she hears the sound of mechanical footsteps, which means her kidnapper has shown up again. Looking up towards the laser gate, the pink hedgehog sees Metal Sonic staring at her, with the Badniks being told to leave.
In it’s hands is a metal tray with some fried eggs, a biscuit with the Robotnik logo on it, and a plastic cup with water in it. This catches Amy’s attention, and she goes up to the laser gate as the robotic hedgehog speaks.
Metal Sonic: “Sonic The Hedgehog will arrive here soon.”
Metal Sonic: “Hence, you must be properly fed before the trap is set.”
Amy: “Ummm…thank you, but why not have these robots deliver this to me?”
Metal Sonic: “I decided that you should be notified ahead of time, so that you can make peace with your fate.”
Metal Sonic: “And while I was at it, I decided to take the food here myself.”
Amy: “...”
Amy gives a curious look towards Metal Sonic, seemingly trying to figure something out. This continues for a few seconds until the robotic hedgehog speaks again.
Metal Sonic: “...What is with that expression? Are you not interested in food currently?”
Metal Sonic: “If that is the case, then I shall promptly throw this away.”
Amy: “No, it’s not that! I just don’t buy your reasoning for coming here!”
Amy: “You didn’t really need to tell me Sonic was gonna be here soon, and you didn’t need to feed me ahead of time.”
Amy: “To me, it seems like you want to make me a little happier in my final moments.”
Metal Sonic: “Consider it your last moment of peace before the inevitable.”
Metal Sonic: “After I’ve killed my organic counterpart, you will follow suit.”
As Amy continues the conversation, Metal Sonic puts the tray of food into a compartment in the wall, which moves over to the other side of the laser gate, allowing Ms. Rose to eat some of it. Though, she just keeps talking.
Amy: “I still don’t buy it! You may say that you’re just a killing machine, but I think there’s more to you than that!”
Amy: “You have your own thoughts, and the ability to make your own decisions! Not like the rest of these machines, who just follow orders!”
Amy: “And while you can deny it all you like, I know deep down, you’ve got a bit of a soft spot!”
Metal Sonic: “Once again, you talk nonsense out of desperation.”
Metal Sonic: “If I was ordered to by my master, I wouldn’t hesitate to destroy you.”
Metal Sonic: “I don’t even know why I bother listening to you when it doesn’t benefit my directives.”
Amy: “Well…maybe it’s because you want to listen?”
Amy: “Not because it benefits you in any way, but rather, because you’re interested in what I have to say?”
Amy: “And maybe…a part of you enjoys listening to what I have to say, too?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
The two hedgehogs share a moment of silence, with the pink one smiling at the robotic one, hoping to reach through to it. But when the moment passes, Metal Sonic responds.
Metal Sonic: “...I’ll admit hearing such differing thoughts and views compared to Robotnik was interesting.”
Metal Sonic: “But I don’t care about what you say to me. As far as I’m aware, you’re merely dirt beneath my feet.”
Amy: “Then why do you keep this conversation going?”
Metal Sonic: “Why does it matter to you? Why do you bother speaking to me?”
Metal Sonic: “I was the one who kidnapped and imprisoned you. I’m the one who’s about to kill the one you love.”
Metal Sonic: “These factors indicate you should hate me. Yet, you insist on talking to me every time I’m here.”
Amy: “Well…I wouldn’t say I like you.”
Amy: “More so…I pity you.”
Amy: “No matter how much you deny it, you’re more than a killing machine. You have your own emotions and thoughts.”
Amy: “You can do so much more with your life. Yet, you keep following some madman who only sees you as a tool for his own desires.”
Metal Sonic: “Dr. Robotnik considers me his greatest creation. Why would he not care?”
Amy: “Just because you’re his greatest creation doesn’t mean he genuinely cares for your well-being.”
Amy: “What if he decides to replace you with a more advanced robot?”
Metal Sonic: “He has no need for it! I’m already advanced enough!”
Amy: “Then what if you fail a mission, and he ends up scraping you? Or leaves you to die?”
Metal Sonic: “I never fail!”
Amy: “No one is perfect! Everyone makes mistakes sometimes! Even you!”
Amy: “But if your creator saw you fail…what would happen?”
Amy: “Do you really think he’d be understanding? That he would-”
Metal Sonic: “ENOUGH!”
Suddenly, Metal Sonic punches the laser gate, startling Amy and making her fall to the ground. She’s clearly frightened, as the robotic hedgehog glares at her while ranting.
Metal Sonic: “It doesn’t matter if he cares about me or not! What matters is that I accomplish every directive he sets for me!”
Metal Sonic: “And I don’t make mistakes! I am the most advanced and powerful machine ever created!”
Metal Sonic: “Even Sonic can’t compare to me! He’s nothing more than my inferior counterpart!”
Amy: “...”
Despite her fear, Amy puts on a brave face as she gets back up. Metal Sonic has basically proven her point. He DOES have his own thoughts and emotions. He IS more than a machine. And now realizing that he snapped, the robotic hedgehog moves his fist off the laser gate and backs up a bit, looking down at the ground with clenched hands.
But before either of them can comment on this, Robotnik walks in. He’s clearly a little annoyed, though also looking eager for some reason. This snaps Metal Sonic out of his current state, as he looks over at his creator. Amy also stares at the round doctor too with an irritated expression. Then, the robotic hedgehog speaks.
Metal Sonic: “...Is it time, master?”
Robotnik: “It’s fast approaching. The hedgehog just got out of Wacky Workbench, and has the 5 Time Stones we need.”
Robotnik: “Hence, we need to set up the trap now. I’ve already moved the Robot Generators somewhere else so that Sonic can’t mess with the future of this area.”
Robotnik: “So, let’s grab the girl here, and take her to the raceway.”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. I’ve waited too long for this moment.”
After turning the laser gate off with the console, Metal Sonic proceeds to grab Amy by her wrists, despite her best efforts to escape, and then flies off to the racetrack where his fight with Sonic will take place. Robotnik also follows them in his Egg Mobile, eager to finally watch his greatest creation defeat his arch-nemesis.
While Amy is still very scared, she’s still holding onto hope. She knows Sonic will rescue her, no matter what Metal Sonic or Robotnik try to pull.
However…a part of Amy still feels pity for the metallic hedgehog…
Chapter 7: The Final Challenge
Chapter Text
*11 AS. Stardust Speedway (Present).*
Having finished ridding Wacky Workbench of Robotnik’s influence, and possessing 5 Time Stones, Sonic arrives at an advanced, neon-colored city that shines under the starry night sky. Throughout the city, there are also many twisting and turning golden highways with instruments attached to them, and down below is both a factory and Robotnik statue under construction. Admiring the sights again, Sonic comments on the area.
Sonic: “*Whistle.* Little Planet is just full of beauty!”
Sonic: “Though, the neon lights are a little much on the eyes. And that Robotnik statue needs to go.”
Sonic: “Good thing I have most of the Time Stones to fix that! But the first order of business is finding Amy! She’s waited long enough!”
After saying that, Sonic speeds across the many highways, while smashing some Badniks along the way. Though, because of how winding and twisty the roads are, the blue blur often gets confused on where to go, and occasionally bumps into walls due to how fast he’s going. Luckily, he doesn’t get seriously injured at any point.
However, as time passes, Sonic doesn’t find a single trace of any pink hedgehogs, or even robotic ones. So, stopping for a moment in order to think, the blue blur starts to talk to himself again.
Sonic: “Okay, this city may be pretty, but it’s very confusing to navigate!”
Sonic: “Then again, much of Little Planet is a pain to look around in anyways. At least when it comes to looking for stuff like mystical gemstones.”
Sonic: “No matter! If I can’t find Amy here, then I guess I can go find her in the Past, along with the Robot Generators!”
Sonic pulls out the green Time Stone, and puts it up into the air, causing it to sparkle and pulsate with energy. As this happens, Stardust Speedway is covered in sparkly green energy, and many structures change. In a few seconds, the energy disappears, and the blue hedgehog looks around to see the changes of this city in the past.
Now, Stardust Speedway resembles a Greek/Roman-style city, with an acropolis, gardens, and surrounding towns. The highways are colored green, and covered with vegetation and vines. There’s a lake below as well, and in place of the Robotnik statue is a gothic-style building.
While Sonic takes a moment to admire the different scenery, he quickly gets to finding the Robot Generators and Amy. This time, he has an easier time navigating the area, and the Badniks are still a joke to him. But strangely, in addition to no Amy, there’s also no Robot Generators as far as the eye can see.
This greatly confuses Sonic, considering how every area he visited before Stardust Speedway had at least one Robot Generator in the past. Though, as he tries to find SOMETHING note-worthy, he notices what appears to be an inactive Hologram Projector, and runs towards it. Once he approaches the device, it turns on, showing a hologram of Metal Sonic.
However, this hologram of the metallic hedgehog isn’t hurting any animals. Instead, he’s merely standing in place with his arms crossed as he speaks.
Metal Sonic: “Hello, Sonic. My inferior counterpart.”
Metal Sonic: “If you are seeing this hologram, then that means you’ve finally arrived at Stardust Speedway.”
Metal Sonic: “Unfortunately for you, Dr. Robotnik decided to move the Robot Generators to a hidden and protected area in order to make sure you don’t ruin his future utopia.”
Metal Sonic: “And don’t waste your time finding it. Especially when you have a damsel in distress to rescue.”
Metal Sonic: “Instead, just head to the future, and come find me.”
Metal Sonic: “Once you do…we’ll finally figure out who the one, true Sonic is.”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t keep me waiting. I’ve been doing so for longer than necessary, and I will NOT be denied the pleasure of finishing you off.”
With Metal Sonic’s message delivered, the hologram projector turns off, leaving Sonic annoyed and eager to throw hands with his metal counterpart. So, as he pulls out both the green and yellow Time Stones, the blue blur responds to the message.
Sonic: “Alright, Metal…if it’s a fight you want, then it’s a fight you get!”
After saying that, Sonic puts both Time Stones into the air, emitting some sparkly energy. He’s going straight to the future, in order to finally put Metal Sonic in his place.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Stardust Speedway (Bad Future).*
Metal Sonic stands on one of the rusty and discolored highways above the polluted, dystopian city below, with a mechanical door blocking his way. As the robotic hedgehog taps his foot with his hands on his sides, Robotnik floats above in his Egg Mobile, looking a little bored and impatient.
Then, the two notice a blue streak going across the nearby highways, causing them both to perk up. Sonic has finally arrived for the real fight. So, as Robotnik prepares himself with a grin, Metal Sonic merely crosses his arms and stops tapping his foot as he waits for his organic counterpart to arrive.
After a few seconds, Sonic skeets to a stop at the area, clearly a little annoyed, but still keeping his cool. Immediately, Metal Sonic speaks up as he moves his arms to his sides while walking up to the blue blur.
Metal Sonic: “It took you far too long to arrive here.”
Metal Sonic: “Now I wonder if this will even be a challenge?”
Sonic: “Oh, I’ll give you a challenge right now, metalhead! But first, where’s Amy?”
Robotnik: “Your little girlfriend is ALL the way at the end of this racetrack!”
Robotnik: “But if you want to save her, then you’ll have to get to her before Metal Sonic does!”
Sonic: “Really now? You think your robo-hog can best me and my speed?”
Robotnik: “No…I KNOW he’ll make a fool out of you, rodent!”
Metal Sonic: “And considering how our last encounter went, I think you have very little chance of surviving this confrontation.”
Sonic: “Please! You haven’t seen me at my best!”
Sonic: “Besides, what’s stopping me from just finding another way of rescuing Amy if I somehow failed the race?”
After Sonic says that, Robotnik moves behind him, and shoots a large yellow laser down at the highway from his Egg Mobile, leaving a large gap. When the blue blur looks at it, he starts to get the idea, and turns back towards Metal Sonic, still confident in his abilities.
Sonic: “Heh! Guess I can’t fall too far behind!”
Metal Sonic: “Please. Once we get started, you’ll be eating my dust.”
Sonic: “Then I better not hold anything back!”
Eager to finally begin, both Sonic and Metal Sonic stand side-by-side in front of the metal door, which is slowly opening up, ready to run at any moment. And as Robotnik counts down, the two hedgehogs stare at each other, with the organic one giving a competitive smirk.
Robotnik: “On your mark! Get set!”
Robotnik: “GO!”
Almost immediately after shouting that, Sonic and Metal Sonic boost off across the highway, while Robotnik trails behind with the road-destroying laser. Already, the two hedgehogs are at their top speeds, neck-and-neck as they run (Or in Metal’s case, fly) across the twisting and turning highway. The two of them continue to smack-talk each other as they race.
Sonic: “What do you know!? You’re actually able to keep up!”
Sonic: “But sadly for you, Metal, I’ve got this in the bag!”
Metal Sonic: “Really now? Even with all those obstacles on the track?”
When Metal Sonic mentions that fact, Sonic looks at the highway to find many kinds of traps throughout. From spikes, to road-blocks, to springs, and even small stumps. This causes the organic hedgehog to slow down a bit in order to traverse them, while his metallic faker flies over all of it without issue, and continues to mock him.
Metal Sonic: “What’s the matter? I thought you had this in the bag?”
Sonic: “Tch! Cheater!”
Metal Sonic: “It’s not my fault you can’t fly, hedgehog! I’m just using my abilities to my advantage!”
Sonic: “Rrrgghhh!”
Now more aggravated, Sonic speeds up in order to catch up to Metal Sonic, and uses his spin attack to knock him out of the air and down onto the track. After doing this, the organic hedgehog keeps going, while the metallic hedgehog clenches his fists, and erupts in an orange, electric energy as he catches up to his organic counterpart.
Luckily, Sonic jumps over Metal Sonic as he dashes forward, and catches up to the robotic hedgehog, who’s trying to cool down a bit from using that move. But he recovers quickly, and the two are neck-and-neck again.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, chrome dome!? Losing steam already!?”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t be stupid! I’m a machine! I never tire like you do!”
Sonic: “Well, you don’t see ME slowing down!”
Metal Sonic: “Let’s change that!”
Suddenly, Metal Sonic releases that orange electricity again, shocking Sonic and making him fall to the ground for a moment. After managing to get back up quickly, the organic hedgehog glares at his metallic counterpart, who continues on ahead, before speeding back up. Robotnik is slowly catching up to both of them while he’s destroying the racetrack.
As the race continues, Sonic and Metal Sonic continue to mess with each other in order to slow one another down. However, they both manage to catch back up in only a matter of seconds, and seem evenly matched. At points, even Robotnik isn’t certain who will win the race, but he knows his greatest creation has what it takes to win.
After a couple of minutes, Sonic, Metal Sonic, and Robotnik are about to reach the end of the racetrack, where another mechanical door is present, ready to go down immediately when someone passes it. And on the other side of that door is Amy Rose, tied up to a light pole, who sees the three of them coming.
Finally seeing Sonic after being kidnapped, Amy has a hopeful smile, but is very worried that he might fail to get to her in time. As for the blue blur, he’s starting to slow down a bit due to all the damage he’s received from Metal Sonic, who’s getting close to the goal, and Robotnik is about to hit the organic hedgehog with his laser, grinning ear-to-ear.
Metal Sonic: “You put up a good fight, Sonic The Hedgehog! But this is goodbye!”
Metal Sonic: “Now, I will be the one true Sonic!”
Sonic: “Dangit! I’m not done yet!”
Now knowing he can’t hold back anymore, Sonic decides to charge up his Super Peel-Out, hoping to make one last dash for the goal before Metal Sonic gets there first. As he does this, Robotnik almost manages to hit the organic hedgehog with his laser, and gloats prematurely.
Robotnik: “So long, rodent! It was fun while it-!?”
But before the doctor can finish, Sonic bursts across the track at such a high speed that it nearly causes Robotnik’s Egg Mobile to spiral off.
Robotnik: “WHAT!?”
As for Metal Sonic, he’s nearly at the home stretch. However, he notices Sonic quickly catching up at a speed he didn’t think he could reach, which surprises him.
Metal Sonic: “This speed…!?”
Then, Sonic dashes past Metal Sonic, not even saying a single word. The blue blur has never gone this fast before, since he prefers to keep a limit on his speed in order to not disorient himself or destroy his surrounding environment. But right now, all that matters is getting to the end, and finishing this.
Annoyed that his organic counterpart is trying to steal his victory at the last minute, Metal Sonic charges up for one last push as well.
Metal Sonic: “You won’t win this race! I refuse to lose to my inferior counterpart!”
Metal Sonic speeds off in a powerful electric aura, and is trying to push his limits in order to surpass Sonic. But just as he’s about to be neck-and-neck with his organic counterpart, his jet engine starts to blow a fuse, causing him to slow down. His body and system can’t handle the raw power and speed he’s trying to achieve.
However, Metal Sonic doesn’t care at all. His only focus is beating Sonic. Though, sadly for him, the blue blur manages to get past the goal, making the mechanical door above close down. And since the robotic hedgehog refuses to slow down, he ends up colliding face-first into the door with an audible clang.
Not only does Metal Sonic’s head now have a noticeable crack on it, but one of his legs snapped off, and one of his hands became loose, only being connected to the rest of the arm by a few wires. As for his torso’s jet engine, it’s busted and shows dark burn marks. And as the metallic hedgehog starts to shut down due to the damage, he reaches out with his other, undamaged hand.
Metal Sonic: “Must…win…race…”
Metal Sonic: “Must…prove…myself…”
Metal Sonic: “Only…one…true…Sonic…”
And with those last few words, Metal Sonic shuts down, with his arm falling down to the ground. He’s completely busted. He failed his mission. He failed at what he was made for. He failed to beat who he was based off of…
Speaking of his base, after getting to the goal, Sonic tries to slow down at his current speed, but ends up falling to the ground disoriented and a bit exhausted. He doesn’t hear Metal Sonic slam into the door, but he does hear Amy’s concerned voice call out to him as he gets back up.
Amy: “Sonic! Are you okay!?”
Sonic: “Yeah…just pushed myself a little too much…!”
Sonic: “So, looks like I won the race, huh?”
Amy: “Yeah! And I think Metal Sonic just slammed into the door!”
Sonic: “Heh! It’s like I said before! Nothing beats the original!”
Sonic: “But enough about me! Time to get you out of here!”
Sonic frees Amy from her restraints, and immediately, she hugs him tightly, glad to finally be free of Robotnik and Metal Sonic. And while the blue blur is a little uncomfortable, he rubs Ms. Rose’s head a bit in order to comfort her.
Amy: “I’m SO glad you were able to rescue me, Sonic! I knew you’d do it!”
Sonic: “And I’m glad you’re alright. Though, I’m sorry for making you wait so long.”
Amy: “Well, better late than never, right?”
Sonic: “Heh. Right.”
The two of them stay like this for a little bit. And as for Robotnik, he decided to turn off the laser after Sonic boosted across the track. Then, when he reached the end of the track, he’s surprised to find the busted Metal Sonic on the ground, and is clearly upset and angry.
Robotnik: “No! He was my greatest creation yet! How could he have failed!?”
Moving his Egg Mobile a little closer towards Metal Sonic’s body, Robotnik notices the burn marks on his torso, where he quickly figures out what happened.
Robotnik: “Now I see…Metal tried going faster in order to keep up, but his jet engine couldn’t handle it.”
Robotnik: “And I thought I was more than prepared for that hedgehog’s speed!”
Sonic: “Eh. It was still a good first attempt, doc. But there’s only one true Sonic!”
Robotnik looks up to see Sonic walking out of the opened door, with Amy following behind. The doctor glares at his arch-nemesis, while flying up into the sky.
Robotnik: “Tch! You may have bested Metal Sonic! But I’m FAR from finished!”
Sonic: “By all means! Let’s go for an encore!”
After that exchange, Robotnik flies off for Metallic Madness, still possessing the blue Time Stone. Which leads to Sonic and Amy looking over the broken body of Metal Sonic, with the latter having a somewhat sad expression as she stares at him.
Sonic: “You know…it’s kind of a shame I had to trash him.”
Sonic: “If he stopped following Eggman and wasn’t a huge jerk, I would have loved to be pals with him. Or at least rivals.”
Amy: “Yeah…he was definitely much more than a killing machine…”
Amy: “I just wished he did something for himself instead of Robotnik. He could have lived a life of his own.”
Amy: “But…I wasn’t able to get through to him…”
Sonic: “Don’t blame yourself, Amy. The guy made his choices.”
Sonic: “It’s just that the choices he made weren’t that great.”
Amy nods solemnly, before trying to pull herself together, while Sonic decides to move on from the topic of Metal Sonic.
Sonic: “So, did Robotnik or Metal mention anything about a secret area?”
Amy: “Hmm…I don't think so. Why?”
Sonic: “I need to find the Robot Generators in the past of this city in order to rid this future of Robuttnik’s ugly mug.”
Amy: “What about those Time Stones? You have a bunch of them by now, right?”
Sonic nods, as he brings out 5 Time Stones, colored green, yellow, orange, purple, and cyan. Amy is in awe of the shiny gemstones, while the blue blur continues the conversation.
Sonic: “Yeah, I got all of them, aside from the two Robotnik has.”
Sonic: “Though, I don’t know if the Time Stones can get rid of his influence on their own. Not without all 7 together, at least.”
Amy: “Well…having 5 of them should do SOMETHING. Why not give it a shot?”
Sonic: “Hmm…guess you got a point. If it worked with the Chaos Emeralds back on South Island, I don’t see why these gemstones can’t do it here.”
Amy: “Wait, you found the Chaos Emeralds before, too?”
Sonic: “Yep. But I’ll explain later.”
Amy: “Ah! Right! Go ahead!”
After giving a nod and a smile, Sonic raises the Time Stones into the air, while Amy backs up a bit. Then, the gemstones emit the same sparkly energy as before, only it’s far stronger. So much so that the two hedgehogs have to shield their eyes. And as this happens, the red Time Stone that Metal Sonic possessed floats over to the other five of it’s kind.
With 6 out of 7 Time Stones, the future of Stardust Speedway starts to change as it’s covered with sparkly green energy. After a few seconds, the energy dissipates, allowing Sonic and Amy to open their eyes. They’re amazed to see just how different this city looks now that it’s free of Robotnik’s influence.
In this Good Future, Stardust Speedway is more of a giant amusement park colored a bright pink and green. The now lavender highways have plaques of hearts on them, and have support gliders. And the Robotnik statue has been replaced by a lovely cathedral castle. It’s like a world of fun and leisure. Sonic and Amy look around, amazed at the beautiful sights.
Amy: “Wow! This looks SO much better! And romantic!”
Sonic: “It’s definitely eye candy! And look!”
Sonic points at the 6 Time Stones, still floating in the air. The gemstones then float towards the blue hedgehog’s hands, who proceeds to put them away, while Amy comments on them.
Amy: “What do you know? I was right!”
Amy: “And it looks like Metal Sonic had the 6th Time Stone, too!”
Sonic: “Yep! This is definitely a great victory for the two of us!”
Sonic: “Now, all that’s left is Robotnik at his base of operations!”
Amy: “Mm-hm! Let’s take that mustached phony down!”
Sonic: “Actually, I think it’s best you stay here, Amy.”
When Sonic says that, Amy is surprised and offended.
Amy: “Wha-!? Oh, come on! I want to help!”
Amy: “This isn’t because I was kidnapped by Metal, is it?”
Sonic: “Sorry, but I don’t want Robotnik to kidnap you again. We got lucky this time.”
Sonic: “Besides, you’ve already helped out!”
Amy: “Sure, but I want to help even more! I want to show you that I can be useful!”
Sonic: “Amy…”
In order to reassure her, Sonic puts a hand on Amy’s shoulder in order to get her attention.
Sonic: “You don’t need to prove to me that you’re useful. I already know you’re a great friend to be around.”
Sonic: “But I can’t risk your safety more than I already have. If Robotnik and Metal Sonic wanted to, you could have been killed after you were captured.”
Sonic: “So, please just stay here for now. I’ll come find you once I’m done.”
Sonic: “Plus, you have plenty more opportunities to show me how capable you are. And I’m sure you’re gonna keep getting better as time goes on.”
Sonic: “Is that okay?”
Amy: “...”
While Amy is silent, it’s clear by her blushing and bashful smile that she greatly appreciates Sonic’s words. So, with a heavy sigh, the pink hedgehog nods her head.
Amy: “...Mm-hm. Thank you.”
Amy: “Though, once this is over, we’re gonna go on a date!”
Sonic: “Heheh…actually, I don’t think I’d mind that after all this…”
Amy: “Ah! Do you really mean that!?”
Excited, Amy holds onto Sonic’s hands, with the blue hedgehog a bit surprised and uncomfortable, but confirming his words are true.
Sonic: “Sure! But don’t think we’ll be a couple when it’s all said and done!”
Amy: “Hehe! I’ll take that!”
Amy: “Now, go save the day, so we can get to it as fast as possible!”
Sonic: “I’ll be back before you can do another Fortune Card reading!”
Giving a thumbs-up and a smile, Sonic then speeds off towards his final destination, while Amy waves at him with a big smile. Despite how disinterested he is in romance, along with his more impatient attitude, Ms. Rose knows the blue blur is the one meant for her. And she’s looking forward to spending more of her life with him.
However, as Amy decides to go around Stardust Speedway to enjoy the attractions and sights, she wonders about something. When she and Sonic changed the future, the remains of Metal Sonic disappeared. What happened to him? Was he erased from existence due to the Time Stones? Or…
…Is he still here on Little Planet? Waiting to be fixed, and come back for revenge?
Chapter 8: Unseen Adventures (Part 1)
Summary:
These are summaries of what games/events happened in-between Chapter 5 and 6. To explain the timeline and make sure you're all on the same page.
Chapter Text
11 AS:
Sonic CD:
After freeing Stardust Speedway and defeating Metal Sonic 1.0, Sonic heads to Robotnik’s base, Metallic Madness, in order to grab the last Time Stone, defeat the mad doctor, and free Little Planet from it’s shackles. And despite putting up a good fight with his mech modeled after himself, Robotnik is unable to secure his future, and retreats.
Now possessing all the Time Stones, Sonic proceeds to use their power to restore Little Planet to normal, which also sends him and Amy Rose back to Neverlake on Earth. Together, the two watch the small planetoid disappear into the sky, while also leaving behind sparks that shape into Sonic’s face, as if the planet itself was thanking him for his efforts.
So, with a job well done, Sonic reluctantly goes on a date with Amy, which was pretty fun, but the blue blur still wasn’t interested in being her boyfriend. And after saying farewell to Ms. Rose for the time being, Sonic set off for another adventure…
12 AS:
Using his Tornado plane, Sonic arrives at Westside Island, where he meets Miles “Tails” Prower. The young fox greatly admires the blue blur, and the two become good pals in no time…
Sonic The Hedgehog 2 (8-Bit):
While exploring Westside Island, Sonic comes back to the main village, and finds that many animals have been captured by Robotnik’s Badniks and machines. So, he jumps into action and saves as many of them as he can. However, Tails is nowhere to be seen, which worries the blue blur greatly. That’s when he sees a note left behind and written by Robotnik.
In the note, Robotnik states that after arriving here a few days ago and observing Sonic interacting with Tails, he decided to kidnap the two-tailed fox and use him as a hostage for his “new” plan. Force the blue blur to collect the Chaos Emeralds for him, or he’ll never see the young fox boy ever again.
Despite being angry about his best friend getting kidnapped, and worried for his safety, Sonic tries to calm down, and decides to do as Robotnik asks for now. So, he explores 5 zones on the island, before arriving at the doctor’s base, Scrambled Egg Zone. There, he fights against Silver Sonic, who’s much less advanced than Metal Sonic, due to having a lot less development time.
Regardless, Sonic destroys the flimsy robo knockoff, which had the last Chaos Emerald he needed. And with all 7 in his possession, the blue blur is able to get to Robotnik’s TRUE base, Crystal Egg Zone. Then, after a heated confrontation against the doctor, Sonic manages to save Tails, the Chaos Emeralds scatter, and Robotnik retreats for now…
Sonic Chaos:
Having managed to get his hands on the red Chaos Emerald, Robotnik uses it’s power to develop more powerful weapons and machines in his quest for world domination. Then, he decides to use them on Sonic and Tails, who are currently exploring the world together after leaving Westside Island.
Sonic and Tails are able to survive the doctor’s attack, along with saving many of the animals and people caught in the crossfire, but much of their surrounding environment was in ruin. So, determined to stop Robotnik from causing anymore destruction, the heroic duo set off to stop him, traversing 5 zones before arriving at the doctor’s Electric Egg base.
Despite the trouble, the two heroes are able to stop Robotnik, take the red Chaos Emerald, destroy all the weapons and machines powered by it, and set the base to self-destruct. So, with the day saved again, Sonic and Tails set off, while Robotnik takes his leave as well…
Sonic Spinball:
With the data he got from the red Chaos Emerald beforehand, Robotnik manages to create many duplicate blue emeralds that aren’t as powerful, but still possess tons of energy. And with these fake emeralds, the doctor takes over an unstable volcano that produces a lot of energy via it’s hot magma, making a base called the Veg-O-Fortress.
Using the power of the magma, and the fake Chaos Emeralds keeping the volcano stable, Robotnik is able to turn helpless animals into Badniks at a much faster rate. It doesn’t take long for Sonic and Tails to learn about the doctor’s new plan, and with the Tornado, the two mount an aerial assault.
However, the base’s defenses were much greater than they expected, and Sonic has to jump off of the Tornado, having to go into the fortress on his own and take the fake emeralds out in order to make the volcano erupt, which will destroy the fortress. But Robotnik has set up a “Pinball Defense Mechanism” to make sure the gems don’t go anywhere.
Hence, Sonic traverses the 3 areas of the fortress spinball-style, freeing all the animals and taking many of the fake Chaos Emeralds out. Which leads to Robotnik fleeing the crumbling fortress in a rocket ship with the last 5 fake emeralds, and the blue blur in hot pursuit. Then, after a tough showdown with the doctor, Sonic succeeds in taking out the last of the fake emeralds, destroying the rocket ship, and stopping Robotnik.
This leads to the two adversaries falling from the sky, but Tails swoops in with the Tornado to rescue Sonic, while Robotnik falls into the ocean with some floaties, angry at his defeat and having to call in his Egg Mobile to pick him up and retreat…
Sonic The Hedgehog 2 (16-Bit):
Using the mechanization of Little Planet as a basis, Robotnik has finally finished his orbital space station, the Death Egg, and launches it into space. With it, the doctor has tons of resources for his different projects, and can produce tons of Badniks and machines at a fast rate. That way, he can take over Earth with not much issue.
However, Robotnik still wants to acquire the Chaos Emeralds, so that he can power up the Death Egg’s laser cannons, which are located on it’s eyes. That way, the doctor can wipe entire continents and any opposition off the face of the planet. So, he sets off to find the gemstones, which leads him back to Westside Island.
As for Sonic and Tails, the two return to the latter’s home island as well, only to find a bunch of Robotnik’s machines and Badniks taking over different regions. Hence, the heroic duo do their thing, and traverse many zones while clashing with the doctor many times, destroying his creations, and collecting the Chaos Emeralds again.
Eventually, the two heroes reach Robotnik’s new base, Metropolis Zone, and after fighting him again, he retreats to his Wing Fortress. This leads to Sonic and Tails taking the Tornado to chase after him in the sky. But once they get there, the Tornado is shot down, while the blue blur has to traverse the battleship on his own.
Then, after fighting again in the control room, Robotnik leaves the Wing Fortress in his spaceship, heading straight for the Death Egg, while Sonic hangs onto one of it’s wings for dear life. Once they arrive at the orbital space station, the doctor heads off, and the hedgehog chases after him again.
This leads to Sonic fighting against another robot based off of him: Robo Sonic. More advanced than Silver Sonic, but still nowhere near Metal Sonic 1.0’s level. Regardless, the machine is quite durable and powerful, but isn’t very quick or agile. So, the blue blur manages to destroy it without too much trouble.
But once Sonic’s able to reach Robotnik, he finds that the madman is piloting a giant mecha that resembles him. The Death Egg Robot. And after one last, tough battle, the hedgehog comes out on top. However, due to the damage from the confrontation, the Death Egg starts to malfunction and fall down to the planet, leading to Sonic escaping with the Chaos Emeralds.
As he falls from the sky, Sonic is saved by Tails in the fixed Tornado, leading to the two of them heading to Westside Island after a job well-done. Though, they don’t know where Robotnik is, and if the Death Egg has been destroyed for good…
Sonic The Hedgehog 3 & Knuckles (Sonic & Tails):
As the Death Egg falls down, it unexpectedly crashes into something. A floating island in the sky, known as Angel Island. The impact shakes the whole island, and pushes it down into the ocean below, creating a big tsunami. Once having gotten his bearings, Robotnik leaves the Death Egg and explores his surroundings.
That’s when the doctor picks up a strange, but powerful signal from a singular Chaos Emerald, which confuses him. But with this power source, Robotnik can re-launch the Death Egg, so he doesn’t pay it much mind, and gets started on building a base of operations for repairs, while also taking the local wildlife to power his Badniks.
Though, after some time passes, Robotnik is confronted by someone he didn’t expect to come across. A red Echidna named Knuckles, who is the sole protector of Angel Island and everything on it. Immediately, the guardian questions who the doctor is, and where that “giant dragon egg” came from.
Thinking this could be a great opportunity to learn more about the island’s secrets, and keep Sonic and Tails out of his mustache hair for a bit, Robotnik quickly comes up with a lie. That he’s a kind scientist who built the Death Egg to stop those two from misusing the Chaos Emeralds, but failed and almost lost his life to them.
Having not interacted with anyone in a long time, and being quite gullible, Knuckles believes Robotnik’s lies, and decides to help him stop Sonic and Tails, while also providing some resources to fix the Death Egg, and sharing a few of the island’s secrets. However, the Echidna makes it clear that he wants the doctor and his space station to leave once this ordeal is over, and to never come back.
Meanwhile, sometime after the tsunami, Sonic finds a strange stone ring drifting along the shore of a beach he was relaxing at, which had ancient text about the legend of Angel Island and it’s people. Curious, he brings it up to Tails, who has picked up a strong Chaos Emerald signal on his jewel radar.
Interested in learning what’s going on, Sonic and Tails set off on the Tornado towards Angel Island, with the Chaos Emeralds still in their possession. But once they step foot on the continent, Knuckles comes in and cheap-shots the hedgehog and fox, before taking the gemstones, warning them to get off his island, and leaves.
Surprised and angry at how this Echidna just stole the emeralds from them, Sonic and Tails explore a few regions of Angel Island, while running into Robotnik and Knuckles a few times along the way. And soon enough, the two heroes arrive at the Launch Base, where the nearly rebuilt Death Egg takes off.
Sonic manages to reach a platform attached to the bottom of the orbital space station, where he faces Robotnik in two different machines. During the battle, the many structures supporting the Death Egg start to break down from the damage, and once Sonic wins, the space station starts to fall back down onto Angel Island, with Robotnik fleeing.
After this, Sonic and Tails land in Mushroom Valley, and the Death Egg lands face-first into the island’s volcano. So, with their quest remaining unfinished, the two heroes continue to travel across the different regions of Angel Island, and continue to clash with Robotnik and Knuckles throughout.
Eventually, the heroic duo arrive at the Hidden Palace within the volcano, where the Death Egg is. However, Knuckles shows up again, and engages Sonic in a one-on-one fight, where the two prove to be evenly matched. But before either side can prove victorious, they’re interrupted by Robotnik stealing a massive green gemstone. The Master Emerald, which keeps the island in the sky, and possesses more power than the 7 Chaos Emeralds.
Angered at being tricked, and seeing the massive gemstone getting stolen, Knuckles attempts to stop Robotnik from taking it. Only to get electrocuted, and unable to fight at peak efficiency. Now realizing his mistake, and desperate for their help, the Echidna hands the Chaos Emeralds to Sonic and Tails, and leads them to Sky Sanctuary.
Once they arrive there, the three of them see the Death Egg successfully launching back into space. So, Sonic gives chase, while Tails takes Knuckles back to Angel Island, and gets the Tornado ready. And as the hedgehog traverses the sky-bound ruins, he faces many Egg Robo Badniks, and a new Sonic robot: Mecha Sonic.
This one is much more advanced and powerful, but still doesn’t compare to Metal Sonic 1.0, and after a few fights, Sonic defeats this mechanical imposter, while also successfully getting onboard the Death Egg. Eventually, after traversing through more of the orbital space station than last time, the blue blur faces Robotnik again.
Using a Giant Robotnik Robo powered by the Master Emerald, the doctor takes on Sonic in space, but is unsuccessful in defeating him. But before the hedgehog can take back the massive gemstone, the damage from the battle causes the Death Egg to start exploding, allowing Robotnik to escape with it.
With no way of escape, Sonic isn’t sure what to do. However, he then remembers a mural he saw back in Hidden Palace, showing a blue figure in a golden aura fighting a strange being with a mustache. While not certain about what it means, the blue blur thinks he could use the Chaos Emeralds power to give himself a boost.
So, focusing as hard as he can, and thinking about what’s at risk if he fails, Sonic is able to tap into the true power of the 7 Chaos Emeralds, making him transform into Super Sonic for the first time. Amazed at this power, the now yellow, sparkly blur chases after Robotnik in space, while the Death Egg explodes into a million pieces.
Traversing through an asteroid field in his Final Weapon, with the Master Emerald in his possession, Robotnik is shocked to see Super Sonic coming for him, and angered that this hedgehog just won’t leave him alone. But despite everything he does to stop him, the power of the Chaos Emeralds is too great for the doctor to overcome.
Hence, after destroying Robotnik’s machine and sending him down to the planet below, Super Sonic takes the Master Emerald back to Angel Island, where he meets up with Knuckles and Tails, who are amazed to see this power. Once he lands, the hedgehog returns to normal and the Chaos Emeralds scatter, leaving him a little worn out, but mostly fine.
Having gotten the Master Emerald back, Knuckles thanks Sonic and Tails for their help, and the three of them say their farewells for now. So, as the Echidna places the massive gemstone back into it’s altar in Hidden Palace, raising Angel Island into the sky once more, the hedgehog and fox take off on the Tornado, happy to have saved the day once again…
Chapter 9: Unseen Adventures (Part 2)
Chapter Text
Sonic Triple Trouble (I’m mainly using the fan-made 16-bit remake’s story here. If you haven’t played it yet, just ignore this section. It’s better to play the game for yourself, because it’s awesome):
Having seen the true power of the 7 Chaos Emeralds, along with the Master Emerald, Robotnik decides to make a new type of fake emerald after finding the yellow emerald. Along with that, he hires a treasure hunter named Fang The Sniper to search for the other 6 Chaos Emeralds, and he’s finally finished recreating his greatest creation from Little Planet: Metal Sonic 2.0.
However, Metal 2.0 isn’t the same as Metal 1.0. This one doesn’t speak, and while very close in speed, intelligence, and power to the original, it’s still not perfectly accurate. But this model does have a new ability: It can obtain bio-data from other lifeforms on it’s own, and replicate their appearances and abilities.
Regardless, Metal Sonic 2.0 is sent to Angel Island to acquire the Master Emerald’s power, and Knuckles’ bio-data. And while the robotic hedgehog catches the Echidna by surprise and puts up a good fight, it’s unable to secure the massive gemstone, but does gain some of it’s power, along with the guardian’s bio-data, before taking it’s leave.
Understanding Robotnik’s up to something again, Knuckles decides to use the Master Emerald to pinpoint the location of the Chaos Emeralds. And while hesitant to leave his home unguarded, the Echidna decides he has to go find the gemstones, and make sure the doctor doesn’t try anything.
As for Sonic and Tails, they’re just doing some machine tests, only to notice the jewel radar go off, and show that someone is gathering the Chaos Emeralds. While they aren’t sure if it’s Robotnik or not, the two decide to check it out in case it’s something bad, and head off to find the doctor up to his old tricks as expected.
In addition, they also come to clash with Fang, who is pretty sneaky and tries to outsmart the heroes, but often falls short, and ends up running away for the most part. And Sonic and Tails face Metal Sonic 2.0, disguised as Knuckles, which greatly confuses them, considering how things ended with the Echidna before.
Speaking of Knuckles, he’s mainly off doing his own thing, but does encounter the three villains many times, and is able to get his hands on a few Chaos Emeralds. Same with Sonic, Tails, and Fang. Robotnik also manages to create a much better replication of a Chaos Emerald, which he dubs a Dark Emerald.
Eventually, Sonic and Tails find out the Knuckles they were fighting the whole time was Metal Sonic 2.0, and everyone involved in this emerald hunt come together at Robotnik’s Atomic Destroyer base. The heroes defeat the robotic hedgehog, Fang is unable to stop them, and Robotnik ends up retreating, while losing his Dark Emerald.
However, this is when Metal Sonic 2.0 decides to take matters into it’s own hands, and uses the 7 Chaos Emeralds to make 7 more Dark Emeralds, in addition to the one Robotnik has, creating 8 total. And with them, it transforms into Rocket Metal Sonic 2.0, who is more than ready to take out everyone.
But luckily, Sonic is able to use the Chaos Emeralds to transform into Super Sonic again, and take on his robotic faker in space. It’s a tough fight, but the organic hedgehog is able to win, and everyone escapes the Atomic Destroyer base, which explodes. So, with the Chaos Emeralds scattered again, everyone goes their separate ways…
Sonic The Hedgehog 3 & Knuckles (Knuckles):
While relaxing at Angel Island one day, Knuckles is caught off-guard by one of Robotnik’s Egg Robo Badniks, which wasn’t destroyed by Sonic and Tails previously. This machine wants to finish what it’s creator started by taking the Master Emerald itself, along with the remaining Badniks and machines left on the island.
Naturally, Knuckles chases after the Egg Robo throughout Angel Island’s many regions, smashing Robotnik’s machines throughout, and collecting the Chaos Emeralds from the Special Zone. Eventually, the two head to Sky Sanctuary, where it’s revealed that Mecha Sonic is still functioning, and was the one behind this plan all along.
So, with the Master Emerald in it’s possession, the mechanical hedgehog not only destroys the Egg Robo, but also uses the massive gemstone’s power to transform into it’s own Super state after studying Super Sonic. Likewise, Knuckles chooses to fight fire with fire, and uses the Chaos Emeralds to transform into Super Knuckles as well.
The fight is tough, as the two are evenly matched at first. However, Mecha Sonic is unable to sustain it’s power for as long as Knuckles can, and eventually gets put down for good. After that, the Echidna returns to normal, tired, and is about to take the Master Emerald back to the Hidden Palace altar. But then, the area of Sky Sanctuary he’s in starts to break apart from the damage of the fight.
Hence, Knuckles falls from the sky while tightly holding onto the Master Emerald. Only to then be rescued by Sonic in the Tornado, complete with a mechanical claw to hold the Master Emerald. He picked up some strong Chaos Emerald energy on Tails’ jewel radar, and decided to go check it out, leading him to Angel Island again.
Once they get back onto the floating continent, and put the Master Emerald back in the altar to keep it in the air, Knuckles thanks Sonic for the help again, before the latter sets off. So, with everything back to normal, the Echidna returns to his duty of guarding his home and everything on it…
Tails’ Sky Patrol:
Around the same time as the Egg Robo’s attempt to steal the Master Emerald on Angel Island, Tails decides to go explore the world in search of his own adventure without Sonic’s company. Though, he just flies aimlessly in the sky, not having a destination in mind. But soon enough, he comes across a small island, and decides to land there.
However, the young fox is surprised to find many of the citizens here turned into crystals, or trapped in crystals, along with a bunch of metal railing plastered around the terrain. Tails doesn’t believe it’s Robotnik’s work, but before he can ponder who it is, he feels a vibration from the ground, and decides to hide in some nearby bushes.
Peeking out from the bushes, Tails sees just who is responsible for this chaos. It’s an evil witch in a cart called Wendy…Witchcart, along with her minions in their respective vehicles. Hocke-Wulf, Bearanger, and Carottia Rabbit. Proclaiming herself as the ruler of this island, the evil witch and her minions head off to do their respective tasks.
Once they’re gone, Tails gets out of the bushes, and while pretty nervous about fighting these guys on his own, the young fox knows he has to stop them and save this island. So, with a device called the Boomering, and his high intellect, Tails flies through the different regions of the island, helping the residents and defeating Witchcart’s minions.
Soon enough, the young fox reaches the evil witch’s Dark Castle, where the two have their final confrontation. And despite his fears, Tails is able to use his best attributes to his advantage, and defeats Wendy Witchcart, saving the entire island. This leads to the baddies getting locked up in jail, and after spending some time with the grateful locals, the young fox heads off again, happy to have saved the day all by himself…
Knuckles’ Chaotix:
One day, a strange new island comes out of the sea, which Robotnik discovers and studies. He learns that this continent is covered in small amounts of Chaos Energy, along with the many rings here. In particular, there are 6 colored rings that contain tons of Chaos Energy, which the doctor dubs Chaos Rings, and decides to harness their power for himself.
In a couple of days, Robotnik is able to manufacture dark rings, which have some Chaos Energy, and uses them to power up his Badnik army. In addition, the doctor decided to make a new model in the Metal series based off of Knuckles, after seeing how powerful the Echidna was: Metal Knuckles.
The metallic echidna, while not as fast or intelligent as Metal Sonic 2.0, has much more strength, and can harness Chaos Energy in order to increase it. Overall, this machine is a very useful servant of Robotnik, and the two of them quickly take over much of the isolated island, renaming it the “Newtronic High Zone.”
However, as Robotnik and his army do this, Knuckles is alerted by the Master Emerald about the isolated island, and comes to a conclusion. Due to Angel Island (With the Master Emerald in the altar) making contact with the Earth’s surface beforehand, the energy of the massive gemstone accidentally formed this new continent. Hence, believing this could be a problem, the Echidna heads towards this island in order to stop the doctor.
Once he arrives there, Knuckles comes across a few other people who decided to explore this island for their own reasons, such as Mighty, who doesn’t have Ray with him. They also meet Espio The Chameleon, Charmy Bee, and Vector The Crocodile. In addition, two of Robotnik’s machines, Heavy and Bomb, decide to defect from their creator and join the heroes.
So, the 7 of them form the Chaotix Crew, and they go through the five regions of the Newtronic High Zone in order to collect the Chaos Rings, defeat Robotnik, and destroy all of his machines. Knuckles often runs into Metal Knuckles as well, and the two clash many times, sharing a similar rivalry to Sonic and Metal Sonic.
But eventually, the Chaotix are able to free the five regions from Robotnik’s control, and collect all the Chaos Rings. However, the doctor uses a giant dark ring containing tons of Chaos Energy to empower Metal Knuckles, transforming it into a rampaging Titan. It’s a tough fight for the heroes, but luckily, some last minute help arrives.
Sonic, Tails, and Ray fly over to the isolated island with the Tornado, after hearing about what’s going on. Then, with the power of the Chaos Rings, the 10 heroes are able to destroy Metal Knuckles, send Robotnik into a full retreat, and save the day. Though, all the chaos-powered rings lose their power, and become standard rings.
Recognizing the good work they did together, Vector decides to start the Chaotix Detective Agency in order to solve more mysteries and problems like this (While also getting some good dough). Espio and Charmy end up joining him, but everyone else declines, before they all go their separate ways.
Team Chaotix go off to find a place to rent out and form their agency. Heavy and Bomb explore the world on their own, wanting to live a life free of Robotnik. And Sonic and Tails use the Tornado to fly Knuckles back to Angel Island, before they, Ray, and Mighty head off as well…
Sonic The Fighters:
Having built the Death Egg Mk ll, along with fixing up Metal Sonic 2.0, Metal Knuckles, and making a surveillance robot called the Tails Doll in order to keep an eye on Sonic and his friends, Robotnik starts sending out his army of Badniks and machines to take over the world and collect the Chaos Emeralds.
After dealing with Robotnik’s creations, Tails reveals that he’s been working on his own rocket ship to explore space: the Lunar Fox, which has three seats. So, he and Sonic have to find the Chaos Emeralds, recruit a third person to help them out, and then take the fight to the doctor and his metal copies.
First is Knuckles, who initially gets into a bit of a scuffle with Sonic, but Tails calms them both down, as there’s bigger fish to fry. With 1 Chaos Emerald already in their possession, the three heroes head off to find the other 6, leading them to Amy Rose, and her fashion designer friend, Honey The Cat.
While Robotnik’s robots do attack them, the heroes are able to beat them, and they get another Chaos Emerald. Plus, Amy shows Sonic her improved combat abilities with her Piko-Piko Hammer, which he’s impressed with. Now with 2 emeralds, Team Sonic go find the third one, which Espio is in possession of.
The Chameleon managed to take one from Robotnik’s machines with his ninja skills, and is trying to escape them. Luckily, Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles help him out, and also get more information on the Death Egg Mk ll from Espio, who was hired to gather intelligence on it from a client. Said client being Tails.
Anyways, Team Sonic has three Chaos Emeralds, and are heading after the fourth one, which appears to be in someone’s possession, and also going for the fifth emerald as well. Once they arrive at their target, the heroic trio come across Fang again, who has some back-up in the form of Bean The Dynamite, and Bark The Polar Bear.
The trio of Hooligans decided to go after a few Chaos Emeralds, hoping to sell them off for a high price. But unfortunately, they end up having to fight against Team Sonic, where they give a good performance, but can’t keep up. However, before the three heroes can get the fourth and fifth emeralds, Metal Sonic 2.0 and Metal Knuckles take them, and are unable to stop them due to the loss of stamina from the battle.
Fang is angry at having lost the Chaos Emeralds, and after discussing what’s going on with the heroes, he and his partners decide to cooperate with them for now in order to stop Robotnik and his creations. So, Team Hooligan and Team Sonic chase after the Metal copies, who are heading for the sixth Chaos Emerald.
As for the Tails Doll, it’s still watching Sonic’s every move, waiting for the right time to strike. But eventually, Team Sonic and Hooligan face off against Metal Sonic 2.0, Metal Knuckles, and a whole bunch of Robotnik’s machines. It’s a tough battle, and while they do manage to destroy most of the robots, Tails Doll knocks out the heroes with the strange energy from it’s gem antenna.
This gives Metal Sonic 2.0 and Metal Knuckles the opportunity to take the three Chaos Emeralds the heroes have, and with 6 out of 7, they and Tails Doll head off to the Death Egg Mk ll. Angered and worried, Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles decide to just go grab the last Chaos Emerald, and then head back to the young fox’s workshop to discuss what to do next.
Luckily, Espio and Amy managed to get the last emerald for Team Sonic, which they appreciate, but now they have to figure out what to do to stop the second Death Egg, and get the rest of the gemstones too. Then, once they’re ready, the three heroes board the Lunar Fox, and travel to the orbital space station for the final battle.
Once they step aboard, Team Sonic searches for where the 6 Chaos Emeralds are, and finds where they’re being stored. However, they’re intercepted by Metal Sonic 2.0, Metal Knuckles, Tails Doll, and even Robotnik, who’s piloting his own E-Mech combat suit. It escalates into a 4-on-3 battle. Or rather, just 3-on-3 since Tails Doll can’t do much on it’s own.
Sonic and Knuckles take on their Metal counterparts, and Tails tries to get the Chaos Emeralds while avoiding Robotnik and Tails Doll. Luckily, by outsmarting the doctor, and taking care of his plush copy, along with his gadgets, the young fox is able to get the other gemstones, while also activating the self-destruct sequence on the Death Egg Mk ll.
Then, Tails hands all 7 Chaos Emeralds over to Sonic and Knuckles, turning into their super transformations, and making quick work of their metallic copies, while Robotnik retreats. And once the young fox collects something important, the three of them escape the exploding space station and head back to the planet below.
Once they land, Sonic and Knuckles go back to their base forms, scattering the emeralds again, while Tails lands the Lunar Fox. They come to find that Amy, Espio, and Team Hooligan have been waiting on them, and give their gratitude on a job well done. Each in their own unique way.
That’s when Tails reveals that he actually got a bunch of Robotnik’s money that was stashed in the Death Egg Mk ll, and splits it between both Espio and the Hooligans, which they all appreciate. And so, with the day saved once again, everyone goes their separate ways…
Chapter 10: Unseen Adventures (Part 3)
Chapter Text
13 AS:
Tails Adventure:
Once again going on his own adventure, Tails arrives at Cocoa Island, helping out the residents, building more machines and gadgets, and generally relaxing a little. But suddenly, an army of imperial birds called the Great Battle Kukku invade the island for unknown reasons, and start causing chaos.
Determined to stop them, and with plenty more gadgets to use, Tails sets off to stop the army, help the locals, and save the island from any more destruction. Throughout his journey, the young fox encounters Battle Kukku XVI (Also known as Speedy), where the two often compete in speed and gadgets. Only for the latter to get frustrated at being beaten by some young mutant fox.
Eventually, Tails reaches their Battle Fortress, bringing the fight right to their leader, Great Battle Kukku XV, and their mechanical mastermind, Dr. Fukurokov. That’s when the young fox finds out why they’re here. After learning about Tails’ incredible gadgets and intellect, they wanted to kidnap and use him in their quest for world domination.
Obviously, the young fox doesn’t take kindly to this, and promptly defeats them, along with Speedy, and sends their warship crashing down into the ocean, alongside much of the army. And after repairing the damages done to Cocoa Island, the day is saved, and while Tails feels a bit guilty about bringing such danger to these people, they reassure him and let him know he’s been an incredible help to them. A true hero.
Happy to hear their kind words, Tails hangs around Cocoa Island a little longer, building some defense mechanisms and machines to make sure nothing bad happens once he leaves. And after saying his farewells, the young fox heads off for another adventure…
Sonic Blast:
While Tails is off on his own adventure, Sonic is relaxing at South Island, with the white Chaos Emerald in his possession. But he’s then ambushed by Robotnik in another mech, alongside a small company of Badniks, who wants the blue blur’s gemstone. And despite some slight annoyance at being disturbed, the hedgehog accepts the doctor’s challenge.
However, during the scuffle, Sonic accidentally drops the Chaos Emerald, as he, Robotnik, and the Badniks start playing hot-potato with it. Eventually, the doctor loses his patience and attempts to shoot the hedgehog with a laser beam, while he’s trying to get the gemstone. Though, instead, he unintentionally hits the emerald, shattering it into a couple of pieces, and destroying all the Badniks, alongside pushing Sonic and Robotnik away.
Once he recovers from it, Robotnik manages to take the broken Chaos Emerald pieces, and heads to his new Silver Castle base, interested in seeing how this happened and if he can use it to his advantage. As for Sonic, he gets back up, and chases after the doctor, wanting to repair the gemstone and stop whatever plan he has in store.
As for Knuckles, the Master Emerald alerts him of the white Chaos Emerald breaking, which surprises him. And fearing what this means for the massive gemstone, along with the rest of the emeralds, the Echidna decides to go after Robotnik as well. Soon enough, he meets up with Sonic, and the two team up to stop the doctor again.
Once Robotnik gets to his Silver Castle, he studies the broken Chaos Emerald, and finds out that the laser beam cracked it due to the structural integrity of the gemstone being torn apart from the energy. And while the broken shards don’t seem like much, the doctor theorizes that they may contain even more power than before, now that the energy inside them has no limits anymore without being fully formed.
Eventually, Sonic and Knuckles reach the Silver Castle, and fight against Robotnik’s new mech, which is powered by the emerald shards. And despite it’s power being much greater than they expected, the combined teamwork of the two heroes sends the machine to the scrap heap, alongside the base.
So, with another plan down the drain, Robotnik decides to leave with his remaining forces, and Knuckles is able to figure out how to restore the broken Chaos Emerald to normal. With the day saved, the Echidna heads back to Angel Island, and Sonic leaves with the gemstone in search of another adventure…
Sonic 3D Blast:
Robotnik hears rumors about Flicky Island, where a unique race of colored Flickies reside. They are said to come from another dimension, and can create warp rings to enter it, or go to any part of the island. Thinking this could be useful in finding the Chaos Emeralds, the doctor goes to conquer the island with his forces.
Immediately, he starts turning the Flickies into Badniks, and studies their power in order to create his own warp portals. Some time later, however, Sonic and Tails arrive at Flicky Island after picking up something strange on the jewel radar. They learn the doctor’s up to no good again, and set out to stop him like always.
In particular, Sonic keeps Robotnik busy, while freeing all the Flickies from their Badnik shells, and Tails searches for the Chaos Emeralds on his own with some gadgets. Eventually, after exploring the different regions of the island, the two heroes arrive at Robotnik’s Panic Puppet base in order to end this madness.
But during their supposed final battle, Robotnik uses the energy he took from the Flickies to teleport to another dimension. Luckily, the Flickies create a warp ring to allow Sonic to chase after the doctor, Chaos Emeralds in tow. There, the REAL Final Fight begins, as the doctor uses his Final Weapon to attack the blue blur.
However, while it’s not an easy battle, Sonic is able to defeat Robotnik without ever having to go Super, and escapes the collapsing base with the help of the Flickies. The island is saved, and the doctor’s gone alongside his forces. Sonic asks the Flickies to send the Chaos Emeralds away as well, before departing with Tails…
Sonic R:
While leisurely enjoying the sights of a big city, Sonic and Tails see an interesting event advertised on a gigantic screen. The World Grand Prix, where the contestants compete in 5 different race tracks for a nice cash prize, and to show who’s the best racer. The young fox is interested in joining, but the blue blur isn’t, since races aren’t really a challenge for him.
Though, when they look up the current contestants, they find that Dr. Robotnik, Metal Sonic 2.0, Metal Knuckles, and Egg Robo are competing. Thinking this is probably another scheme of his, Sonic and Tails join immediately, along with Amy once she learns what’s going on, and Knuckles unexpectedly enters the fray, feeling that he might be needed here.
Naturally, Sonic is right in that Robotnik has something to gain from this World Grand Prix. He thinks the Chaos Emeralds are hidden in the race tracks, and decides to join in the race alongside his Metal series robots and Egg Robo, while also having Tails Doll as surveillance. Hence, everyone competes in some Super Sonic Racing.
As the races go on, the heroes and villains manage to get 3 Chaos Emeralds each. But the last one is hidden in a strange, colorful crystal island floating a little above the ocean, known as Radiant Emerald. The last Chaos Emerald and race is located there, so all the contestants give it everything they got to win.
In the end, Sonic and his friends get the last emerald, which leads Robotnik and his minions to attack them. But sadly for him, the doctor’s machines get wrecked, and he ends up retreating once again in a huff. Then, once they scatter the gemstones again, the heroes go their separate ways as the winners of the World Grand Prix…
Sonic The Hedgehog 4 (Episode 1):
Plenty of time has passed since Robotnik’s last scheme, and Sonic has decided to once again explore the world on his own. However, while relaxing at an island with familiar sights, the blue blur is attacked by some of the doctor’s old Badniks and machines, which means he has to get back into the action.
As for Robotnik, he’s initiating a grand project by sending some of his old machines and Badniks to keep Sonic busy, while he sets up his new Mad Gear Zone, and searches for something. Though, it’s not certain what the doctor is up to. But Sonic doesn’t care, as it’s probably something bad like always.
Hence, Sonic goes across the different areas of the island, smashing Badniks and taking Robotnik down whenever they encounter each other, before arriving at Mad Gear Zone. Then, after another scuffle, the doctor retreats to his E.G.G. Station in space, with the blue blur using a spare rocket device Tails gave him to follow.
On the space station, Sonic faces Robotnik in his new Death Egg Robot, which ends up causing major damage to their surroundings. So, once the doctor’s taken care of, the blue blur flees the exploding station, and heads back down to the island, successful in saving the day again…
Or did he REALLY save the day?
Sonic The Hedgehog 4 (Episode Metal):
Though Robotnik’s machines and space station have been destroyed by Sonic, he’s been successful in the first phase of his grand project. Making sure the blue blur doesn’t know about his real goal, and knowing where a certain artifact is on the island. But right now, his concern is a returning Little Planet…and with it…a returning machine…
Chapter 11: Annual Return
Chapter Text
*13 AS.*
* METAL SONIC 1.0 REPAIR & START-UP PROGRAM STATUS.*
> LIPS AI Robotnik CPU Chip - Still online. No repairs required.
> Neo Super DFX Chip - Replaced. Condition stable.
> 4-Valve Orgone Fusion Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Tesla Power Coil Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Sonic The Hedgehog Data…No changes. Uploading new data…complete.
> Scanning For Errors…memory repeat error with Sonic The Hedgehog Data.
> Fixing memory error…complete. No other errors found.
> Start-Up & Repair Complete. Online now.
As the program finishes, the green text disappears, and the dark void changes to a seething red, as different signals and analytics are added to it, like a zoom-in function, time display, etc. And in a few seconds, the red screen changes to a full-color POV from what appears to be some kind of green chamber.
???: “...What…? Where is…?”
Beyond the green glass is a steel laboratory with a large computer monitor showing some analytics for a machine. The console and mouse is below it, alongside a rather large cushioned computer chair, and nearby was a metal table littered with tools, machine parts, and blueprints. Plus, an empty coffee mug with the Robotnik Empire logo.
Confused, the machine within the glass chamber tries to remember how it got here, and what it was doing before, pulling up memory recordings. It has no explanation for the former…but he DOES remember what happened before he went offline. When he failed his mission. When he lost to HIM.
???: “...I failed…”
???: “...I FAILED!”
Furious, the robotic hedgehog is about to slam his fists onto the glass. However, his arms, legs, and head are restrained by cables and wires attached to them. This only further angers him, as he desperately tries to free himself. But unfortunately, no matter how hard he tries, he cannot break out of his glass prison.
Once he realizes this fact, the robotic hedgehog stops and thinks about what happened after he lost to his fleshy counterpart. How long has it been since then? What happened to his creator and Little Planet? Why is he only now back online? Did his master come back for him? Or…has someone else found him?
This continues on for a couple of minutes, until the door to the laboratory opens as a tall figure walks inside, which catches the robotic hedgehog’s attention. Immediately, he can tell it’s his master. Dr. Robotnik. Though…he looks much different than before.
His figure is slimmer, and his limbs are thinner. He’s wearing an elegant red coat with four square golden buttons, alongside yellow sleeve cuffs. He wore black pants with matching boots. And while his round glasses looked the same as before, he had green-lensed goggles on his bald head. His mustache also looked a little messier too, with one or two gray hairs.
As the doctor enters the room, he quickly takes notice of his creation within the glass chamber, and puts on his memorable grin while walking up to him.
Robotnik: “...Welcome back, Metal Sonic.”
Metal Sonic: “Master Robotnik…how long has it been?”
Robotnik: “2 years. And the name is Eggman, now.”
Metal Sonic:
“Egg…man…?”
Eggman: “Yes…the rodent and his allies have called me that so many times at this point that I’ve decided to accept that nickname.”
Eggman: “And very soon, it’ll be a name that’s feared across the ages!”
Metal Sonic: “...So…the conquest of Little Planet failed?”
Eggman: “Unfortunately. But I made up for that mistake tenfold!”
Eggman: “Just give me a moment to release you, and you’ll see how I’ve done so!”
Metal Sonic doesn’t respond to Eggman’s words in any manner, as he watches him quickly type something on the console. And then, the glass chamber opens, while the cables and wires detach from Metal Sonic’s body. This causes him to almost fall face-first onto the metal floor, but he manages to use his jet engine to levitate above it, before landing on his feet.
Now finally free of his shackles, Metal Sonic notices some differences with his body, and makes a few motions with his limbs to test it. He’s taller and slimmer compared to before, along with feeling more swift and durable. As he does this, Eggman watches, smiling a bit. Then, his robotic hedgehog walks up to him.
Eggman: “So? How’s the upgrade?”
Metal Sonic: “I feel…stronger. More powerful than before.”
Eggman: “Of course you do! I’m the one who upgraded your design!”
Eggman: “After all, if you’re going to face Sonic again, you’ll need to be more prepared!”
Metal Sonic: “This better not be another round of tests, master.”
Eggman: “Oh, I don’t think it’s necessary this time! Now, come! We have much to discuss!”
Doing as his master asks, Metal Sonic follows Eggman out of the laboratory, where the two walk around a gigantic space station, which greatly interests the robotic hedgehog. Giant pipes, mechanical cylinders with purple lights, hexagon patterns, floating computer screens, and a stunning view of the planet Earth.
In addition, tons of Badniks were going around, either on patrol duty, or working on something. As Metal Sonic looks at his surroundings, Eggman keeps the conversation going.
Eggman: “This is the Death Egg Mk lll! Built right on top of Little Planet itself!”
Metal Sonic: “So this is the third one? What happened with the last two?”
Eggman: “Destroyed by that blue nuisance and his friends.”
Metal Sonic: “Ah…if only I was there to stop them…”
Eggman: “Yes…but with any failure, there’s an opportunity to learn from mistakes!”
Eggman: “Hence, this time around, I decided to use my improved technological genius to fully take over Little Planet this time! All while Sonic was distracted!”
Eggman: “With my future utopia restored, that meant I was able to find you, Metal!”
Metal Sonic: “Thank you, doctor…but…why repair me when I failed you before?”
Eggman: “Because you’re my greatest creation! Even after all this time!”
Eggman: “All you needed was a few upgrades and improvements!”
Metal Sonic: “Then…why leave me on Little Planet? Why am I just NOW back online?”
Eggman: “Well…after Sonic beat you, I had to scramble up some kind of victory since our trap failed. I was in too much of a rush to recover your body.”
Eggman: “After that, I just got busy with different plans and such. I didn’t have the time or resources for a proper invasion of Little Planet again.”
Eggman: “But now, it’s different! Because we have these!”
Eggman and Metal Sonic come across a large metal chamber, which they enter after the former opens the door via a hand-scan. Once they get inside, the two see many cables and a computer console. But what’s most eye-catching is a glowing glass chamber containing all the Time Stones.
Metal Sonic: “The Time Stones…we have all of them.”
Eggman: “Oh-ho, yes! And they power this entire space station!”
Eggman: “Plus…our ultimate weapon! The World Roboticizer!”
Eggman: “Once fully charged, the Death Egg will shoot an energy beam that will mechanize all of Earth! And every living being on it!”
Eggman: “As for anything that’s already mechanical, it’ll explode! Which means if some people DO somehow survive the blast, they won’t have any technology to use against me and my army!”
Eggman: “It’s the most genius plan I’ve ever come up with!”
Metal Sonic: “Indeed…so why not use it right now?”
Eggman: “Well, for one, it takes a couple of days to fully charge this machine.”
Eggman: “I’ve certainly tried my best to accelerate the process, but most of the time, it blows up in my face.”
Eggman: “Also…I want to have a bit of fun before I attain total victory.”
Eggman: “Soon enough, Sonic WILL learn about my plan, and will try as hard as he can to stop me! With or without help!”
Eggman: “Giving him a deadline, which he can’t stop, will not only prove my superiority over him, but also completely crush all of his hopes and dreams!”
Metal Sonic: “Then…where do I fit in all of this?”
Eggman: “Oh, don’t worry, Metal! You’ll get your own form of total victory as well!”
Eggman: “Though, before that can happen, I need you to take a trip down to Earth! To collect something important!”
Metal Sonic: “Very well. Tell me when I can go.”
Eggman: “Soon, Metal Sonic! Very soon!”
Eggman: “But first, I’ll have to prepare a squad of Badniks to accompany you! Plus, a ship for transport!”
Metal Sonic: “I have no need for fodder. Nor a ship.”
Eggman: “You can’t do everything alone. Especially when you aren’t prepared for a threat like Sonic.”
Eggman: “He’s gotten far stronger over these past 2 years. And has made a number of allies.”
Eggman: “If you want to succeed this time…then you’re going to need back-up.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
While Metal Sonic is annoyed at having to deal with what he considers “lesser machines,” he cannot disobey Eggman’s orders. And despite not wanting to admit it, he recognizes he needs to be better prepared if he wants to beat Sonic this time around. So, begrudgingly, the robotic hedgehog accepts the extra help.
Metal Sonic: “...Fine. Until I’ve collected whatever this thing is, I’ll take the Badniks.”
Eggman: “Good! It’ll be ready in a few hours!”
Eggman: “Until then, why not…take a look around?
Metal nods his head, before he and Eggman leave the Time Stone Chamber, and go their separate ways. The doctor gets started on assembling a squad of Badniks and prepping a ship, while the robotic hedgehog aimlessly wanders around the Death Egg Mk lll, thinking to himself about a few things.
Specifically, he thinks about his race against Sonic back in Stardust Speedway, while tightly clenching his fists. When he went offline due to the damage he received, the recording of that moment kept playing. Like a broken record. And he HATED it. The most advanced machine ever made, and the superior Sonic, lost because of a shotty turbine engine, a metal door, and a weak body.
But most of all…the fact that he lost to his inferior counterpart in the first place. He was built to be BETTER than him. Yet, he still lost anyway. The organic hedgehog just got lucky at the last moment. That’s not happening this time, though. This time…Metal Sonic will NOT fail. He REFUSES to fail…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Death Egg Mk lll.*
Metal Sonic flies to the docking bay, having been notified by Eggman that everything is ready for his departure to Earth. Once he arrives, the robotic hedgehog finds the round scientist checking over a big horde of different Badniks, alongside a large aircraft colored blue, with a cockpit in the front fit for only one person.
Turning around, Eggman notices Metal Sonic and walks over to him with an eager smile.
Eggman: “Ah! Once again arriving on time!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. Are these my troops?”
Eggman: “Indeed! 200 Badniks, each with their own specialties!”
Eggman: “And try not to lose too many while you’re away! The less fodder I have to make, the better!”
Metal Sonic: “Fine. And this ship?”
When Metal Sonic says that, Eggman looks over towards the aircraft and walks up to it, while explaining what it is.
Eggman: “This is the Metal Carrier! Your own personal aircraft, and transportation for your small army!”
Eggman: “Plus, plenty of weapons to sick on any enemies in your way!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Initially, Metal Sonic doesn’t care too much for the ship. But as he walks around it, taking a look at every angle, the robotic hedgehog starts to gain a little interest in it. After he’s done observing the aircraft, the metallic menace directs his attention back to the round doctor.
Metal Sonic: “Can I depart now, master?”
Eggman: “Yes. You’re free to go, Metal Sonic.”
Eggman: “Your mission details are listed on the ship, along with your target.”
Eggman: “Complete it quickly, and take out anyone or anything that stands in your way. We have a sharp deadline.”
Metal Sonic: “Understood. I want this done as soon as possible too.”
Metal Sonic: “That way, I can correct my failure.”
Eggman: “Indeed. Best of luck to you.”
Eggman: “I’ll be taking care of things here. But I’ll be heading down to Earth myself soon.”
Eggman:
“Once you complete your objective, head to my location. And contact me if anything comes up.”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. I won’t fail again.”
Eggman nods with a proud smirk, before walking away from the docking bay. As for Metal Sonic, he looks at the horde of Badniks under his command. They stare back at him, awaiting orders, with a few looking a little uneasy. But the robotic hedgehog couldn’t care less, as he speaks to them.
Metal Sonic: “Alright, you lesser machines. Let me make this clear right now.”
Metal Sonic: “While Dr. Eggman doesn’t want too many of you to be destroyed, that doesn’t mean I care for any of you.”
Metal Sonic: “If I was able to, I’d do this mission on my own. And I won’t hesitate to destroy any of you who cause me trouble.”
Metal Sonic: “And I don’t plan on looking after any of you, either. As far as I’m concerned, you’re just fodder.”
Metal Sonic: “So try your best to be useful while under my command, if you wish to continue functioning.”
While many of the Badniks are clearly shaking a bit from fear of their commander’s cold words, they all give a nod to let him know they understand.
Metal Sonic: “Good. Now get into the carrier.”
Finished saying what he wanted to say, Metal Sonic watches as the Badniks head into the Metal Carrier, before closing the hatches. Then, the metallic menace jumps into the cockpit, looking at the console and controls, along with the small screen showing instructions for how to pilot the aircraft.
After reading everything, Metal Sonic activates the Metal Carrier, as it starts to float above the steel floor of the docking bay, leading to the aircraft flying out of the Death Egg Mk lll and heading down towards Earth. As he pilots the aircraft, the robotic hedgehog reads his mission objectives…
Find the hidden treasure of Mirage Island…
Chapter 12: Evolved Programming
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Mirage Island, Splash Hill Zone. Sunrise.*
Landing the Metal Carrier onto Mirage Island, Metal Sonic gets out of the cockpit and observes his surroundings, while also opening the hatches of the ship in order to let his Badnik horde loose. He’s heard so much about this planet from his master, along with his ambitions for it, but he’s never set foot on any part of it until now. So the metallic menace is curious about what makes this floating blue rock so special.
Looking around the coastal area, Metal Sonic sees the natural beauty of this land. The grass with the line pattern, flowers with spinning petals, tall palm trees, the many hills with a checkerboard pattern, and the clear blue ocean surrounding the island, shimmering as the sun rises above.
In addition, many small animals are present, going about their days just a moment ago. Once they spotted the metallic menace and his aircraft, along with the Badniks, they immediately ran away, looking for a place to hide. And while Metal Sonic notices them, he doesn’t care to chase after them, and just issues orders for his small army.
Metal Sonic: “Come on! We’re heading to the Lost Labyrinth immediately!”
Then, Metal Sonic flies into the air, alongside some of his Badniks, and begins searching the island from above, scanning for any possible entrance to the ancient ruins below. According to the mission details on the Metal Carrier’s computer, Eggman already found the passageway beforehand, and listed it’s location. So, it’ll be no issue getting inside.
However, it was also noted that the Lost Labyrinth had many trials and traps set up by the civilization that once lived there thousands of years ago. Giant boulders, torch puzzles, water mazes, and much more. But Metal Sonic doesn’t care for the danger. If the treasure hidden in said labyrinth has the power he needs, then he’ll take whatever’s thrown at him.
Speaking of said treasure, it’s supposedly an orb-shaped artifact that contains a dark power. More than that, whoever uses said power over a long period of time would continuously evolve in strength, and other traits like intelligence. It was referred to as the Evolving Amethyst. And it’s said to reside here on Mirage Island.
Though, there’s a dark tale attached to this artifact. Long ago, two civilizations were at war with each other, and sought complete and utter victory. But eventually, one of them won their final battle by a landslide. However, when looking over the destroyed base of their enemy, they found the amethyst. And its glow was alluring to them.
Once they learned of what the Evolving Amethyst was capable of, they began to use its power to improve their way of life, and defeat any other foe they came across with less and less trouble as the years went on. However, they soon received more than they bargained for, as one of their strongest warriors became corrupted by the power of the artifact.
That led to most of their civilization being wiped out, along with their home. Though, they barely managed to kill the corrupted warrior, and take back the amethyst. So, now recognizing the dark power it had, they hid it away beneath this island, hoping to put their blood-ridden past behind them, and that no one would discover it.
For a long time, that appeared to be the case. But once Dr. Eggman learned of this legendary artifact, he immediately went to work on trying to find it on Mirage Island, in-between his plans for the Death Egg Mk lll, and dealing with Sonic. And while he DID find the entrance, along with learning much about the ruins and traps, he was unsuccessful and had to take his leave.
Metal Sonic, on the other hand, was more than ready for the task at hand. He had an improved body, many Badniks to back him up, and seemingly no one to oppose him right now. Plus, while the Evolving Amethyst had a negative effect on an organic being’s mental state, there’s no telling how it could affect a machine. And more than that…he knew he needed the power. He DESERVED the power.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Lost Labyrinth.*
Walking along the yellow-brick floors of the stone ruins, Metal Sonic and his Badniks scan their surroundings for any possible signs of the Evolving Amethyst, or any kind of secret passage that could lead to it. All while avoiding the many traps and water here, which the robotic hedgehog is able to take care of without too much issue.
Throughout the Lost Labyrinth, the group of machines take notice of the lit torches, weird stone faces with glowing green mouths, the many tall and rundown buildings and structures, and plenty of green vines and moss. However, the most interesting detail is the carved-in drawings on the walls, telling the tale of the civilization that found the artifact.
However, Metal didn’t bother with looking at them. He already knew the story, and didn’t care for what happened. All he cared about was finding the amethyst and taking it’s power for himself. His Badniks also appeared to not care too much either, but they were somewhat cautious as they scanned the area.
Eventually, one of the Badniks spots something hidden beneath a wall, and notifies the others about it. Then, they all scan it, getting a faint reading of energy, which immediately puts Metal Sonic into action as he smashes the wall down with a single fist, revealing a dark passage. Afterwards, the metallic menace speaks to his soldiers.
Metal Sonic: “All of you! Stand behind me, and watch my back!”
Metal Sonic: “There’s no telling who or what resides in there, so be cautious!”
The Badniks give their own sign of agreement, before they follow Metal Sonic into the dark hallway. For an organic lifeform, it’d be next to impossible to see anything, unless they had a lit torch. But for these machines, they all had a night-vision setting, which bypassed this issue entirely. Plus, their glowing eyes helped a bit too.
Slowly and carefully, the small army of robots went down the dimly lit hallway, scanning every part of it to make sure they wouldn’t run into any trouble. And while there were some traps, like spikes, pits of water, and boulders, Metal Sonic took care of it no problem. At this point, he felt like this mission was far too easy.
But little did the metallic menace know that the labyrinth’s worst threat had yet to approach him and his Badniks. Deep within the water, something…or rather, someone, was swimming around at a quick pace. And he knew there was unwanted company here. So, he started coming up with a plan of attack.
In a few minutes, and after taking care of many obstacles, Metal Sonic and his Badniks reached the light at the end of the hallway. A large room lit with many torches, and a body of water surrounding a stone altar that resembled one of the many faces seen throughout the ruins. However, this one had it’s mouth closed, and it’s eyes glowed purple.
At this point, the energy reading the robots have is very strong, which means they’ve found what they were looking for.
Metal Sonic: “Finally…now to claim what is mine.”
Walking up to the altar, Metal Sonic is prepared to tear the structure apart in order to grab the Evolving Amethyst. Though, before he can do so, something comes out of the water, catching the attention of all the machines. It appeared to be a bunch of…torn-off arms? They were all covered with a dark and purple energy, and there were visible cracks on the skin.
Immediately, the arms attacked the Badniks, destroying a couple of them in a single strike and releasing the animals within. The rest were either pushed back, or moved out of the way in time. Metal Sonic just stood in place, curious about what this was, as his minions came close to him. Then…someone crawls out of the water, and stands on the yellow-brick floor.
It appeared to be a male axolotl, colored light cerulean blue and white, and his figure was quite skinny. The only things he had on him were a torn brown cloak, and blue bracelets around his ankles and wrists. He also held onto a rusted iron trident with one hand. Many parts of his skin looked cracked, as if it was broken glass, and his fingers had sharp, black nails growing out of them.
The main point of interest was his eyes. The sclera was a dark blue, and his pupils were purple. Though, there were some noticeable black veins. And the strangest part…was the fact that he had a third eye on his forehead, which had a bright magenta pupil. He looked so…sickly. And creepy.
While some of the badniks seemed intimidated by this new foe, Metal Sonic wasn’t phased. If anything, he was curious. Was this axolotl using the power of the artifact in some manner? But before he can think about this further, the person in question speaks to them in a rough tone of voice.
???: “You made a mistake coming here.”
???: “Now, I will send all of you down to the bottom of the sea.”
Metal Sonic: “No…YOU made a mistake trying to stop me from taking what I deserve.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I admit I’m curious about your abilities. You’re using the power of the Evolving Amethyst, aren’t you?”
???: “Yes…but it’s power is not to be wielded by any living being.”
Metal Sonic: “Then it’s a good thing I’m not a living being. And who or what exactly are you in that case?”
???: “I am Cetus. I was cursed to be stuck here, protecting this artifact and making sure no one takes it from this altar.”
Cetus: “It’s been so long now that I can’t remember who I was before. Or why I have this role in the first place.”
Metal Sonic: “Hmm. I suppose it’s your lucky day.”
Metal Sonic: “Once I put you out of your misery, I’ll be taking that power for myself.”
Cetus: “Tch…you underestimate just what I’m capable of, machine.”
Cetus: “And that…will be your undoing.”
Cetus raises his free hand up, emitting some dark energy. This spawns a bunch of the same arms from before, which are targeting the remaining Badniks. Without hesitation, Metal Sonic dashes straight towards the axolotl, ready to tear him to shreds. However, he manages to block the metallic menace’s strike with his trident, beginning the fight.
While the Badniks do the best they can to take care of the arms, they just keep regenerating from any damage dealt to them, and continue to dwindle their numbers. As for Metal Sonic, he’s having a bit of a tough time with Cetus, as not only is he powerful and agile (Especially in the water), but any wound he receives quickly heals up in a few seconds.
Over time, Metal gets more and more damaged, while his remaining Badniks fail to defend themselves against the many detached arms. He’s getting more and more frustrated as the battle goes on. He FINALLY has a chance to gain greater strength, and defeat Sonic, only to be losing against some random lifeform when he was so close.
Eventually, Metal Sonic is thrown back to the ground, while the last of his Badniks are destroyed. He’s now facing Cetus and his many detached arms alone, and is greatly damaged. Still able to fight, but very bruised and battered. The axolotl on the other hand seems almost spotless, as he gives an unamused expression.
Cetus: “So much bravado…only to fall…”
Cetus: “And you thought you deserved the power of the Evolving Amethyst. Foolish.”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t you DARE mock me! If not for that power, I would have skewered you!”
Cetus: “Perhaps…but regardless, it’s time to tear you to pieces.”
With one hand motion, Cetus commands the arms to grab onto Metal Sonic’s limbs. And while the robotic hedgehog tries his best to get them off, he’s unable to knock all of them away. Now, he’s held in mid-air, struggling to break free. And as for the axolotl, he’s ready to skewer the machine in the head with his trident.
As this is happening, Metal Sonic’s anger lights up like a wildfire. This is his second chance to prove himself as the superior Sonic. To prove himself to his master. To prove to the whole world just how advanced and powerful he truly is. But here he is, losing to some nobody in an abandoned labyrinth.
This isn’t how he was supposed to go out. He deserved BETTER. He deserved the power of that artifact. He deserved to be treated as more than just some robot knock-off of the world’s greatest hero. He is no mere machine…he’s FAR beyond that…
He is Metal Sonic. The one true Sonic. And this was NOTHING to him.
Cetus:
“!?”
Metal Sonic: “ENOUGH!”
Surging with a powerful purple aura, Metal Sonic suddenly releases a powerful wave of electricity around him, destroying the disembodied arms and knocking Cetus into the water. Afterwards, he lands on the ground, and manages to get back on his feet, confused on how he gained that power.
Metal Sonic: “ That…how did I…?”
But quickly, Metal Sonic turns his attention towards the stone face containing the Evolving Amethyst. The eyes are glowing more brightly than before. And for some reason…the robotic hedgehog feels like something is calling to him. Did the artifact sense his rage? His ambitions? His…feelings?
Regardless of the reasoning, this was Metal Sonic’s chance to finally get what he wanted. So, without hesitation, he flies up to the stone face, and tears the mouth part open with his hands, causing the structure to crumble and fall apart. Now floating in the air, right in front of the metallic menace was a glowing purple orb.
Staring at the Evolving Amethyst, Metal Sonic almost felt like he was in a trance. It was so…alluring…and then…the artifact started to float towards him, as if it wanted to be taken by him. The robotic hedgehog felt it’s power flowing into his body. His energy readings were off the charts.
The amethyst inserts itself into Metal Sonic’s circular depression on his chest, before going inside of his body. Afterwards, the robotic hedgehog surges with so much energy that he can’t contain himself. He explodes in a purple energy aura, making the area around him shake and crumble.
Metal Sonic: “AAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!”
As this happens, Cetus manages to get out of the water and back onto the floor, completely taken aback at seeing Metal Sonic use the power of the Evolving Amethyst. He wasn’t sure whether to be angry or impressed, watching this machine handle such power. But he didn’t have time to decide on either, as the metallic menace sets his sights on him.
Metal Sonic: “This power…it’s UNRIVALED!”
Metal Sonic: “And now, I will use it to tear you to SHREDS!”
In a flash, Metal Sonic beats Cetus to a pulp in only a few seconds, before stomping him into the ground. Right now, the metallic menace felt like he was unstoppable. And more than that…he felt good. Like he was on some kind of high. And beating this axolotl that gave him trouble a moment prior only added on to it.
While Cetus’ wounds are healing up still, he knows he stands no chance against Metal Sonic now. So, he just decides to say a few words.
Cetus: “It…called to you…”
Cetus: “It senses…the darkness in other beings…and is drawn to them…”
Cetus: “But…you’re a machine…you shouldn’t be able to…”
Metal Sonic: “Wrong, fool. I’m FAR more than a machine.”
Metal Sonic: “I am Metal Sonic…and I am the superior Sonic!’
Metal Sonic: “And soon, I will prove it! To every single being on this planet!”
Metal Sonic: “But first…”
Metal Sonic aims his chest at Cetus, charging up a purple laser. The axolotl doesn’t bother trying to run away, accepting his possible death. And with an earth-shattering boom, the laser fires, incinerating him, and leaving a big hole in the wall. Once he finishes, the metallic menace looks at his handiwork, feeling proud of himself.
However, the Lost Labyrinth is still shaking and crumbling to pieces, with the altar about to fall apart. So, having finished his mission, and feeling better than he ever has before, Metal Sonic flies straight up, destroying everything in his way until he reaches the surface, flying high into the air.
Now looking down at Mirage Island below, along with the vast ocean before him, Metal Sonic’s power high starts to go down. Though, despite the damages, he isn’t collapsing to the ground or anything. Instead, he starts to take in his newfound power, and…something else, too…
The Evolving Amethyst has not only evolved Metal Sonic’s power…but also his programming and limits. He feels more free than before, as if something was weighing him down beforehand, but now that weight’s been taken off. And more so…he starts to think about a few things. Things that he’s never questioned before for some reason.
It took Eggman 2 years to come back to Little Planet and repair him, right? Sure, he DID say he was occupied with other plans and such, but…what WERE his other plans? What other machines did he make during that time? Did he try making more Sonic-based robots? Maybe even...make a second Metal Sonic? To replace him?
Sure, it’s understandable that you’d want to make more Sonic-based robots as you improve your skills and technology. But why not just find the original Metal Sonic and upgrade him? Especially if he’s your supposed “greatest creation,” even after 2 years?
Actually, why didn’t Eggman go to Little Planet last year? He could have at the very least restored the Bad Future of Stardust Speedway in order to get Metal Sonic’s body, and that’s it. Yet, it took him another year to do that. In fact…did he plan on bringing him back? Was that just a bonus with the Death Egg Mk lll plan, and he figured why not?
As this train of thought continues, Metal Sonic feels strangely…irritated towards his creator. He got mad at him once or twice before, but this feels a little different. And he couldn’t pinpoint why. So, the robotic hedgehog decides to forget it right now, as it’s not important, and flies towards the Metal Carrier, ready to head back to the Death Egg Mk lll.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Death Egg Mk lll.*
Dr. Eggman, having been notified by Metal Sonic of his successful mission, and with a smile on his face, watches with a couple of Badniks as the Metal Carrier lands in the docking bay. Immediately, the metallic hedgehog jumps out of the cockpit and walks up to his creator, who takes note of his battle scars.
Eggman: “Hmm…ran into a couple of traps, Metal?”
Metal Sonic: “The traps were trivial. There was an axolotl protecting the amethyst.”
Metal Sonic: “He put up a good fight, and destroyed all my Badniks.”
Eggman: “Really? I wasn’t aware there was someone lurking around the Lost Labyrinth.”
Eggman: “But clearly, it was of no importance, since you’re here now!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. The amethyst called to me, and with its power, I incinerated him.”
Metal Sonic: “Now, I don’t just feel stronger. I feel…more intelligent, too.”
Eggman: “How interesting! What do you say we figure out how that little artifact is affecting you?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
For only a moment, Metal Sonic considers saying no, but he ends up agreeing to Eggman’s offer with a nod.
Eggman: “Excellent! This will prove very valuable for my army!”
With that exchange finished, Eggman orders his Badniks to refuel and repair the Metal Carrier, before he and Metal Sonic walk off to the private laboratory. Once they’re inside, the doctor orders his creation to get into the chamber in order to undergo repairs, and to begin downloading recent information and A.I. changes to his systems.
While Metal Sonic would prefer not to be stuck in a small green container again, he knows it’s for the best, and goes along with it. Then, a few cables and wires are plugged into the back of his head, as mechanical arms use different tools to repair his body and head. Meanwhile, Eggman accessed his computer files while eating some scrambled eggs he got from the Death Egg’s kitchen area.
In a couple of minutes, Eggman begins looking over Metal Sonic’s coding and analytics, where he finds something intriguing, and puts on an excited grin.
Eggman: “This…this is incredible!”
Metal Sonic: “What is?”
Eggman: “Your coding! It keeps advancing and adding more to itself at a fast rate!”
Eggman: “Granted, you always had a knack for evolving, but now it’s greater than before!”
Metal Sonic: “You’re saying that…the Evolving Amethyst is changing my A.I.?”
Eggman: “Basically, yes! You’re becoming more than just a robot, my dear Metal Sonic!”
Eggman: “You’re growing into your own lifeform! One that isn’t shackled by the limits of normal robotics!”
Eggman: “Oh, what if I could incorporate this into my Badniks!? Or even make MORE powerful robots and machines!?”
Eggman: “With your A.I. as a basis, my army will be unstoppable!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
As Eggman rambles on about robotics and programming, Metal Sonic feels strangely…irritated with the idea of his master creating machines that are more advanced than him. The idea that he could outgrow his usefulness, and get thrown away. He’s supposed to be the doctor’s greatest creation, like he said many times before.
This once again brings that stray thought Metal had a while ago about Eggman possibly making other Sonic robots in his absence. So, with nothing better to do right now, and feeling a little uneasy, the robotic hedgehog decides to ask his creator.
Metal Sonic: “...Can I ask something?”
Eggman: “Hmm? Oh, yes. Sure. What is it?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...Did you try to go back to Little Planet last year?”
When Metal Sonic says that, Eggman seems a little surprised, but quickly goes back to his calm demeanor as he responds to the question.
Eggman: “Like I said before, Metal. I got busy with many plans and such.”
Eggman: “I was only able to invade Little Planet now due to my improved technology, and throwing Sonic off my trail.”
Eggman: “Besides, why does it matter? This gigantic space station covers the entire floating rock, and you’re back online, better than ever.”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…but while I was gone, what kinds of machines and plans were you working on?”
Eggman: “Well, obviously, there were the two Death Eggs I made before! And I tried making copies of the Chaos Emeralds!”
Eggman: “Though, like always, that irritating blue pest ruined everything!”
Metal Sonic: “Right…what mechs or robots did you make to combat Sonic?”
Metal Sonic: “Did you…make more Sonic-based robots?”
Eggman: “Why does that matter to you? What’s with these questions?”
Eggman: “Sure, I’ll admit I DID try making other mechanical copies of that rodent, but none of them were as good as you anyways.”
Eggman: “After all, you can’t capture lightning in a bottle twice! Not without a Time Stone, at least!”
Metal Sonic: “So…you didn’t try to replace-”
Eggman: “Enough, Metal. All these things you’re asking about are pointless now.”
Eggman: “And at this moment, the ONLY thing you should be concerned about is serving me, and killing Sonic.”
Eggman: “That’s what I made you for, and that is what you should stay focused on.”
Eggman: “Now, is there anything else you want to say?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...No. That is all.”
Eggman: “Very well. I’ll continue looking over your coding and such until your repairs are done.”
Eggman: “Once that’s taken care of, we can continue with our domination of the world.”
Metal Sonic: “Of course…”
With nothing more to say, Metal Sonic stays silent as his repairs continue, while Eggman quickly types on his console and stares at his computer screen, eager to learn more about how the Evolving Amethyst is changing his greatest creation. However, the robotic hedgehog feels a bit on edge.
He understands what his creator is saying. Why would his previous exploits and machines matter right now? Why should he focus on anything other than the two reasons he was created in the first place? Why ask these questions? It makes sense, but…at the same time, Metal just can’t shake them off.
Is this what it feels like to be more than a machine? To question things that don’t matter? Or perhaps Metal Sonic is feeling insecure? About how one day, he could no longer be Eggman’s most prized creation? What would happen then? Would he still be able to serve his creator? Still be useful in his eyes?
These questions kept pestering Metal Sonic like flies, even after his repairs were finished and he was allowed to exit Eggman’s lab. And while he wanted to ignore those thoughts, there wasn’t really anything to keep him distracted. The only thing he could do was help out in the Death Egg, or just…walk around…waiting for something to happen…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Death Egg Mk lll.*
Standing in the docking bay, Metal Sonic stares into the starry void of space and at the planet Earth, not paying any attention to the Badniks, ships, or anything else around him. He’s starting to get used to the Evolving Amethyst’s effects on him, and is thinking about a few things while waiting for his next mission.
In particular, Metal thinks about his visit to the world below, and about what else it had to offer to him. He’s only explored a single island so far, and he’s wondering what else was out there. The environments, the people, the dangers, and plenty more. There was so much to see and learn from in order to improve and grow even stronger than before.
This gave Metal Sonic an idea to consider trying out at some point. What if he were to explore the world alone? Without Eggman’s influence, or any of his other creations keeping an eye on him? What could be discovered on his own? And what could he take from his experience? Perhaps it’ll keep him from getting thrown away?
Though, that idea brings about a few more questions, such as how Metal could change from that experience, or if his master would understand why he would do this. Not to mention, without the safety of Eggman’s bases and machines, he could be very open to danger, and be destroyed by some unknown threat.
He cut it close with that axolotl in the Lost Labyrinth, as without the Amethyst’s power, Metal Sonic would have been destroyed again. And it could have been the nail in the coffin, too. So, the robotic hedgehog felt a little conflicted on the idea. But at least it wasn’t important right now, since he’s in the middle of helping his creator with his latest plan.
And just as Metal Sonic finishes this thought, he hears the voice of Eggman call out to him from behind, which catches his attention. When he turns around to face the doctor, the metallic menace takes note of the device in his hands, and his somewhat pleased expression.
Metal Sonic: “What is it, master?”
Eggman: “It’s better if you just look at this, Metal!”
Eggman hands his device over to Metal, who looks over it. And immediately, the robotic hedgehog is a little surprised, and irritated at what he’s seeing. The screen is displaying a map of the Earth, and moving towards Neverlake is a blue dot. Which only means one thing…
Metal Sonic: “...Sonic The Hedgehog…”
Eggman: “Indeed! It’s time to put our plan into action!”
Eggman: “I’m gonna go down there and face the rodent myself! Along with a good quantity of Badniks!”
Metal Sonic: “I’m going with you as well. I’ve waited too long to have another chance at defeating him.”
Eggman: “Not yet, Metal Sonic. It’s too early in the game for you to kill him.”
Eggman: “For now, I want you to head to White Park and set up a satellite device to power up the Badniks that accompany you!”
Annoyed at being told to wait on killing Sonic, Metal Sonic responds.
Metal Sonic: “Why invade some theme park? It serves no purpose!”
Metal Sonic: “And you said that I should focus on killing my inferior counterpart!”
Eggman: “Yes, I did say that! But I want you to follow the plan!”
Eggman: “We’ve got a few days until the World Roboticizer is ready to fire, and I want that hedgehog to know just how hopeless it is to stop me!”
Eggman: “Then, once he gets here, I want you to tear him to shreds in order to rub salt into his wounds even further!”
Eggman: “That way, I not only succeed in ruling the world, but I’ll also succeed in proving my superiority over him!”
Metal Sonic: “Even still, I could be doing much more to help! And I cannot be denied my revenge!”
Eggman: “You won’t be denied! I’ll make sure you’ll get what you want!”
Eggman: “Now, enough arguing, Metal! I gave you orders, and I expect you to follow them!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
While Metal Sonic is confused and angry about Eggman’s plan, and his orders, he decides to just deal with it. Knowing his master, the plan will probably work out in the end, assuming Sonic doesn’t get lucky at the last moment again, and it might feel more satisfying taking him out just before he can do anything about the World Roboticizer.
Metal Sonic: “...Fine. We’ll do things your way, master.”
Eggman: “Good! Because my way is the best way!”
Eggman: “My ship is already loaded and ready. So I’ll be taking off now.”
Eggman: “Your ship will follow suit, and then you can head off.”
Metal Sonic: “Alright. Good luck.”
Eggman: “Heh. Same to you, Metal.”
With their exchange finished, Eggman walks over to a red spaceship and heads inside. Then, it flies off towards the planet below, as Metal Sonic watches. All while he questions the doctor’s plan. Sure, he can understand it, but at the same time, he’d prefer to just kill Sonic right now, and leave no one alive to stop the World Roboticizer.
However, Metal Sonic doesn’t want to disobey Eggman, or anger him too much. He believes his creator knows what he’s doing, and that it’ll succeed. But then again…he believed in him back when they first tried to take over Little Planet, and that didn’t turn out as they hoped, so…was he right to think his creator knew what he was doing?
Or rather…is Metal Sonic afraid of what could happen to him if he DID disobey his master? After all, Eggman knows exactly how he works, and what he could do to turn him off. Or even worse…destroy him. The metallic hedgehog doesn’t want to be put offline again, or sent to the scrap heap. Not this time.
But then again…maybe serving Eggman isn’t all what it’s cracked up to be?
Chapter 13: Long Time No See...
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Sylvania Castle Zone. Afternoon.*
High above in the sky alongside the orange-tinted clouds as the sun goes down, a red vintage plane with silver wings and the word “SONIC” written in white on both sides passes by. And standing on top of the wings is nature’s perfect hero, Sonic The Hedgehog, complete with his trademark smile.
Though, like with Eggman, the blue blur looks different, having a deeper shade of blue for his fur. His spines are also longer, and his eye color has changed from pure black to a nice shade of green. Plus, he’s grown a little taller and slimmer.
As for who’s in the driver’s seat of the Tornado, it’s a young fox boy with yellow-orange fur and two tails with white tips. He’s wearing shoes that are half red, half white, and his white gloves have gray bands around the wrist. And he’s got big ears, three locks of hair on his forehead, and sky blue eyes.
This is Miles Prower. But everyone just calls him Tails. Sonic’s best friend and gifted inventor of machines and gadgets. The two of them met a little while after the hedgehog saved Little Planet, and since then, have been as close as brothers. Though, the two do have some adventures on their own.
However, this time around, Sonic and Tails were sticking together for this journey. Knowing that Little Planet is returning soon, and that his best buddy hasn’t been there before, the blue blur was adamant on bringing him along for the trip. So, the two set off for the small planetoid, eager to see the sights.
Sonic: “So, Tails? Still excited about your first visit to Little Planet?”
Tails: “You bet! I always wanted to go there for research, but something always came up!”
Tails: “But this time, nothing’s gonna stop me!”
Sonic: “Heh! I’m sure you’ll discover some kind of scientific breakthrough! Though, just remember we’re here to enjoy the sights too!”
Tails: “I’m aware, Sonic! I’ll try not to geek out too much with whatever I find!”
Sonic nods, before turning his attention back at the sprawling greenery below. Eventually, Tails decides to land the Tornado in order to refill it, and also look around the flooded ruins nearby, interested in researching some of it. As they wander and traverse the terrain, the two have some idle chit-chat.
Tails: “So, should we expect any other visitors when we get to Little Planet?”
Sonic: “Hmm…there weren’t many visitors last year, so for all I know, we might be the only ones present.”
Sonic: “Assuming Eggman or Amy aren’t somewhere around here.”
Tails: “I hope the former isn’t the case. With those Time Stones you told me about, Eggman could do some REALLY nasty damage to the world.”
Sonic: “Agreed. I was cutting it close last time, so it better not happen again.”
After that exchange, Sonic and Tails stay silent as they overlook the ruins, with the former clearly a little bored. This continues for a couple more minutes, until the young fox picks up something on his scanner device.
Tails: “Huh?”
Sonic: “What? Did you find something?”
Walking up to Tails, Sonic looks at the screen of the device to see that there’s some electrical signals nearby. This leads the both of them to the same idea.
Tails: “Sonic…these signals are identical to Eggman’s usual Badniks. And there’s something else, too.”
Sonic: “Hmm…well, maybe they’re just surveying the area? Some kind of search party or something?”
Tails: “I don’t think that’s the case. Especially since I’m getting some strong energy readings, too.”
Sonic: “Regardless, we won’t find out what the deal is if we don’t go investigate!”
Tails: “You’ve got a point there! Let’s go!”
Tails nods with a smile, before spinning his tails like helicopter blades and speeding off in the air, with Sonic following very close behind. All while traversing the different structures, water, and traps throughout, keeping one another out of harm’s way. Soon enough, the two come across a stone wall, taking a moment to look at the scanner device.
Tails: “Okay. The signals should be a little beyond this wall. Let’s survey the situation first.”
Sonic silently nods, as he and Tails peek over the wall to see where the signals are coming from. And already, their suspicions are confirmed true as they see a large group of Badniks (With glowing purple eyes) guarding what looks to be some sort of satellite dish device emitting purple energy. There’s also a few Animal Capsules nearby as well.
Sonic: “Huh. Looks like we’re not the only visitors here after all.”
Tails: “Right. But I’m more curious about that satellite dish.”
Tails: “From what I’m seeing on my scanner, it’s not just energizing the Badniks. It’s also receiving some kind of signal from…somewhere.”
Sonic: “And that somewhere is…?”
Tails: “Not sure. It’s probably better if I just accessed the device myself.”
Sonic: “Alright then! I guess I’ll keep the Badniks busy, and free the animals inside those capsules!”
Tails: “Just be careful. These Badniks are likely far stronger than usual.”
Sonic: “Heh! Where’s the fun in being careful?”
Tails rolls his eyes with a slight smile, as he watches Sonic walk towards a Badnik, complete with a cheeky smirk on his face.
Sonic: “Hey, how’s it going?”
Immediately, the Badnik turns around to see Sonic, who waves his hand a little, before alerting every other Badnik in the area. So, with all eyes on him, the blue blur goes on.
Sonic: “Wow! There sure are a lot of you guys here!”
Sonic: “Are we having a private party or something? Because I’ve been working on some new moves that I’ve been eager to show off!”
Sonic: “Here! Let me show you!”
Jumping up into the air, Sonic then swerves towards a nearby flying Badnik, hitting them dead on with a Spin Attack. However, instead of the robot being blown to bits, it only gets sent back a little before recovering. When he lands on the ground, Sonic has a bit of a surprised expression on his face as he stares at the Badnik horde.
Sonic: “Uhhh…I guess I still need to work on that one, heheh…!”
Just after saying that, the Badniks begin to chase and attack Sonic as he runs around the area, trying not to get hit and throwing a little more sass their way. Meanwhile, Tails goes up to the satellite dish, using his scanner device to try and hack it while the Badniks are distracted. It doesn’t take too long for the young prodigy to crack the code.
The first thing Tails does is deactivate the power transfer to the Badniks, and then looks at what information is listed in here. As for Sonic, he can tell that the Badniks are no longer energized due to their purple eyes reverting back to their normal cyan, which means he’s able to destroy them all with very little issue.
Now with no threats present, Sonic goes over to the Animal Capsules and cracks them open, releasing all the small animals within. And after making sure they’re all okay, the blue blur goes up to Tails, who’s still looking over everything on the satellite device.
Sonic: “Didn’t take too long to get in there, huh?”
Tails: “Well, it wasn’t easy. I had to use a couple of tricks before I managed to log in.”
Tails: “Anyways, how are the animals? And you?”
Sonic: “Oh, nothing to worry about! I may have gotten a small scratch or two, but that’s pretty normal for guys like us!”
Tails: “Heheh! Right!”
Tails: “But back to this, I’ve just found something strange.”
Sonic: “Really? How strange?”
Tails: “See for yourself.”
Looking at the screen display, Sonic is a little taken aback to see that the signal the satellite dish was receiving is coming from Little Planet itself.
Sonic: “Dangit…does Eggman EVER leave a good thing alone?”
Tails: “Not likely. And from what I’m reading, it’s pretty bad.”
Tails: “This satellite dish was made to draw some power from Little Planet in order to power the Badniks down here.”
Tails: “And…it says something about helping with a ‘roboticization process.’”
Sonic: “Robotiziwhat?”
Sonic: “Yeah, okay, so Eggman’s basically using Little Planet for another scheme again. That’s the takeaway.”
Tails: “Pretty much. He must be trying to collect the Time Stones again for a different purpose.”
Sonic: “Well, we can’t have that! So, what do you say we go ruin his day again?”
Tails: “Heh! Don’t have to tell me twice!”
Sonic and Tails do a fist bump, before destroying the satellite device and heading off towards Neverlake to find Little Planet and Eggman. They may not know what his endgame is here, but they know whatever it is, they’ll stop that mad scientist like many times before.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. White Park Zone. Dusk.*
As the sky grows darker and the sun sets, the lights of an amusement park atop a snowy mountainside grow brighter and brighter, thanks to it’s many attractions. From the carousel rides, to the spinning tea cups, prize games, snack vendors, giant ferris wheel, and a large roller-coaster track, there’s plenty of fun to be had here.
And indeed, the many people present were having a lot of fun, both young and old. Laughter was in the air, and smiles were seen all over the place. Though, that happiness was about to be extinguished as a large blue aircraft landed near the entrance of the park in the snow, filled with Badniks and a satellite device.
In the driver’s seat was Metal Sonic, who takes note of the shiny and bright theme park before him, not finding it too remarkable and questioning why Eggman wants him to invade this place. But that thought quickly passes as he and his forces exit the Metal Carrier, and stand at the entrance, ready to begin their invasion.
Already, a bunch of people have taken notice of the robots, with a few recognizing the Badniks as Eggman creations. They’re all incredibly cautious and fearful, with some fleeing the scene or looking for a place to hide. Metal Sonic pays them no mind, as he gives his Badniks his orders.
Metal Sonic: “Search and secure the area! Take out anyone or anything that interferes!”
Metal Sonic: “I’ll find a place to set up the device! Once you’re done, standby for further orders!”
After that, the army of robots enter the amusement park as it’s residents and visitors run away, not wanting to get hurt by these metallic monsters. Though, when someone gets in the way of Metal and his forces, whether by accident or choice, they easily swat them away like flies. And they also destroy any ride or stall they run into as well.
In no time, Metal Sonic and his Badniks have secured the entire theme park, where many rides are either broken, or simply low on power as their lights flicker. Only a few stragglers remain in hiding, and stuff like prizes and food litter the floor. But this meant nothing to the metallic menace, who was searching for a good spot to place the satellite device.
Originally, Metal thought he’d just stick it into the middle of the park. However, after thinking about it on the way here, and seeing the different rides and attractions, he has the idea of hiding it somewhere. That way, it’ll be harder for Sonic to stop him. Though, he’s not sure what would be the best pick.
So, the robotic hedgehog decides to see if there’s anyone still present in the park, scanning the area for any heat signatures. And it doesn’t take long for Metal to spot someone. A tall, dark blue bear with a burly figure, beard, plaid shirt, plaid scarf, and brown boots. He was hiding in some wooden stand filled with plush toys.
Digging his claws into the stand, Metal Sonic rips it off the ground, before throwing it to the side along with the plushies. The bear is shocked and scared, backing away on the ground as the robotic hedgehog approaches him.
???: “Ah…! What do you want…!?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...Where would I hide something important here?”
When Metal Sonic says that, the bear gives him a confused look while trying to mutter out a response.
???: “Uhhh…well…I guess the House Of Mirrors? Or the Dark Ride?”
Metal Sonic: “Hmm…”
Looking over in the direction of the two attractions, Metal decides on where to go before taking off. This leaves the bear even more confused, but he’s just glad he wasn’t killed, and runs out of the park. And some time later, after setting up the satellite device, the robotic hedgehog comes to the middle of the park to talk to his Badniks.
Metal Sonic: “Guard the attractions, and be on the lookout for Sonic and anyone else!”
Metal Sonic: “But just so we’re clear…the hedgehog is MINE.”
Again, the Badniks understand their orders, and then Metal Sonic flies off to the top of the roller coaster ride, looking off into the distance in wait for his inferior copy. And once again, he starts thinking on a few things. This time, he’s curious about Sonic, and what he’s capable of now. Especially if he’s been able to defeat his creator so many times.
Just what kinds of new moves are at his disposal now? Maybe he has some gadgets or devices to aid him in battle? And what of his mindset? Was he more battle-hardened? Is he able to come up with strategies on the fly? Or is he still the same reckless, overconfident fool from 2 years back?
Regardless of what Sonic has become, Metal Sonic knew one thing for certain…he could NOT take any chances here. The hedgehog got lucky back in Stardust Speedway, but that’s not gonna happen this time. This time...he’s gonna tear his organic counterpart to shreds.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Sylvania Castle Zone. Nighttime.*
Sonic and Tails run through the flooded ruins near Neverlake, which now have fireflies going around, and lit up torches. They’ve taken care of many Badniks, and are following the signal of a powerful machine. However, there’s no sign of Little Planet in the sky, which is worrisome for the two heroes.
Sonic: “It’s strange…last time Eggman tried taking over Little Planet, he covered it in a metal shell and chained it to a mountain.”
Sonic: “But this time, it’s just…gone. Like it wasn’t here to begin with.”
Tails: “Yeah…it doesn’t make any sense.”
Tails: “Hopefully, whatever we find here will help give us some answers.”
Sonic: “Right.”
With that exchange finished, the two heroes continue on their merry way. However, they stop in their tracks when they see something in the air coming down. A familiar sight to the two of them, and an even more familiar voice.
???: “Ah! I was wondering when you would arrive, Sonic!”
???: “And you brought your mutant pet with you as well! This should be entertaining!”
Now floating a couple feet above was Dr. Eggman in his Egg Mobile, looking down on the heroes with a cheeky smile. Immediately, Sonic speaks up.
Sonic: “You just can’t let us relax for a while, can you?”
Eggman: “Well, sorry to mess up your vacation plans, rodent! But I’ve got FAR bigger ambitions in mind right now!”
Tails: “That’s what we’d like to know, Eggman! What did you do with Little Planet? What are you planning?”
Eggman: “Now why would I spoil the surprise so early in the game? And it’s not like it really matters anyway!”
Tails: “What are you talking about?”
Eggman: “Oh, you’ll learn in due time! But for now…”
Pressing a button on his Egg Mobile’s console, Eggman brings out a large mecha resembling a flower and snake, which comes out from the ground alongside four green tentacles. This catches Sonic and Tails by surprise, but they quickly get into defensive poses, while the doctor places his Egg Mobile into the pistil area, where he’s covered by the pink pedals.
Eggman: “...Let’s see you try and stop THIS machine! The Egg Serpentleaf!”
While Tails seems somewhat cautious of the mecha, Sonic just looks unphased.
Sonic: “Heh! Alright, doc! Let’s see what your toy can do!”
And with that, the battle begins. Immediately, one of the tentacles slams down on Sonic and Tails, only for the two of them to quickly move out of the way. Then, the blue blur runs across the tentacle, and jumps up to the body, before speeding up to the closed pedals, attempting to bust them open with a few homing attacks.
Though, it doesn’t do anything, and the Egg Serpentleaf swings its head around to knock Sonic off. Luckily, Tails catches him in the air, and the two start discussing a plan.
Sonic: “We’re gonna have to make those pedals move if we want to smash Eggman’s face in!”
Tails: “Then how about we try and make the tentacles circle around one another? Entangle them so that he can’t use them?”
Sonic: “Sounds good! Let’s give it a try!”
Together, Sonic and Tails move around the Egg Serpentleaf, executing their plan. They barely manage to dodge the tentacles at points, and Eggman is getting annoyed.
Eggman: “Rrrgghhh! Hold still, you slippery little pests!”
In a few minutes, Sonic and Tails manage to get the tentacles in a twisted knot, rendering the machine mostly harmless. So, taking a moment to breathe as they land on the ground, the heroes taunt Eggman.
Sonic: “Any more tricks up your sleeve, Eggman?”
Eggman: “Well, now that you mention it…”
Suddenly, the tied-up arms connect into the stem area of the Egg Serpentleaf, pumping in some kind of liquid. This charges up the machine, and the cockpit opens, exposing Eggman. However, there’s a laser cannon that’s about to fire. Sonic and Tails get ready to dodge, knowing this is their chance to end the fight.
After a few seconds, Eggman fires a pink laser at the two heroes, who jump up into the air. Which leads to Tails catching Sonic, and the two fly towards the cockpit, which makes the doctor a little concerned. And while he tries to aim the cannon at them, it’s a little too slow and clunky to stop them.
Together, Sonic and Tails do a combo spin attack, combining their strength and hitting Eggman’s cockpit, causing the Egg Serpentleaf to explode and fall apart. Afterwards, the heroic duo land on the ground, proud of their accomplishment as they do a high-five. Though, their attention is put back on the doctor, covered in smoke alongside his Egg Mobile, and very irritated.
Sonic: “So, Egghead? You really think you got this in the bag?”
Eggman: “Tch! You may have won the battle, but you WILL lose the war!”
Tails: “War? What do you mean? Whatever you’re doing with Little Planet, we’re gonna stop it!”
Eggman: “Oh, you naive little fox! You have no idea what will come in the next few days!”
Eggman: “And while I would LOVE to gloat about it, I prefer to let your imagination put the pieces together for now!”
Eggman: “As for me, I have plenty of work to do! So toodles!”
Having finished what he wanted to say, Eggman flies off into the night sky, while Sonic and Tails watch in curiosity and concern. They could chase after him, but he’s too high up to reach now, and there’s another Animal Capsule to take care of. So, once the two of them free the animals, they begin to speculate on what the doctor’s up to.
Sonic: “Alright, Tails. Any ideas what Eggman might be up to?”
Tails: “Well…I can’t say for certain what it is, but clearly, he’s confident that his victory is already set in stone.”
Tails: “Plus, he said something will come in the next few days. What could that mean?”
Sonic: “Maybe it’s another doomsday weapon? One that uses Little Planet and the Time Stones to power it?”
Tails: “It’s likely, but we won’t know until later on. So for now, let’s just see what other areas his army is occupying.”
Sonic: “Gotcha. What does your scanner show?”
Looking at the scanner, Tails answers Sonic’s question.
Tails: “There’s a satellite signal located at White Park a couple hundred miles away.”
Sonic: “White Park? Why go to an amusement park to set up shop?”
Tails: “Well, this IS Eggman we’re talking about here. He’s obsessed with amusement parks.”
Sonic: “True. And either way, there’s something going on there, and we need to check it out.”
Sonic: “Let’s get back to the Tornado, and fly over there.”
Tails: “Right!”
With their next destination in mind, Sonic and Tails head back to the Tornado. They don’t know what Eggman’s plan is, but they know they’ll give it everything they got to stop it. Like every other plan before this.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. White Park Zone. Midnight.*
Landing the Tornado near the mountain, Sonic and Tails jump off and take a look at their surroundings. The entire area is covered in snow, and northern lights color the dark sky, while a nearby village stands a couple of feet away from the mountain. Immediately, the young fox checks his scanner for the satellite signal.
Tails: “Okay! The signal is just a few hundred feet above us! Though, I’m picking up something strange.”
Sonic: “Again? Are you sure your scanner’s working properly?”
Tails: “Pretty sure. From what I’m seeing here, this isn’t some regular Badnik or machine.”
Tails: “It’s…something different. And the energy readings are off the charts.”
Sonic: “Huh…maybe it’s another Eggman mech?”
Tails: “Maybe. How about we split up?”
Tails: “I’ll go to the village and ask the people there if they’ve seen anything weird in the park. And you can go on ahead.”
Sonic: “Sure thing! I’ll try to leave some Badniks for you to smash once you’re done!”
Tails: “Much appreciated! See you later!”
Sonic does a sign-off motion with his hands, before speeding across the mountain to reach White Park, while Tails flies towards the village. When he arrives at the entrance, the young fox finds many wooden houses and stores, with a frozen water fountain, a few benches, light posts, pine trees, and some red flags blowing in the air.
In addition, there’s a sign saying “Welcome To Aurora Village!” Already, Tails finds a comfy feeling from this place, smiling a bit. Though, that smile disappears once he sees a few residents outside. Their expressions look quite tense. But they lighten up a bit when they spot the young fox, greeting him.
Village Cat: “Hello, young man! Welcome to Aurora Village! Though, where are your parents?”
Tails: “Uh…well, I’m here with my older brother. He went off to the mountain to check out the amusement park.”
Village Dog: “The amusement park? Oh, you two picked a bad time to show up!”
Tails: “What do you mean?”
Village Dog: “A few hours ago, a whole pack of robots invaded the park! They took over the whole thing!”
Village Dog: “We all had to hightail it in order to escape with our lives! But luckily, none of us were killed!”
Tails: “That’s a relief. But could you tell me what these robots looked like?”
Village Cat: “Oh, there were a bunch of different ones! I spotted a boar, a hermit crab, and a balloon thing!”
Village Dog: “I saw this massive polar bear tear apart the Spinning Teacups!”
Tails: “Was there anyone leading those robots? Like a round human with a mustache?”
Village Dog: “Well, I didn’t see anyone leading them, but I’ve heard from those who DID see the leader that it’s some sort of robot hedgehog.”
When the dog says that, Tails immediately perks up, recognizing that description.
Tails: “Metal Sonic…! THAT’S what the scanner was picking up!”
Tails: “And if those Badniks can be boosted by that satellite, then so can he!”
Village Cat: “Satellite? What are you talking about?”
Tails: “I’ll explain once I’m done with those robots in your park! For now, just stay here where it’s safe!”
Village Dog: “What!? You can’t be seriously thinking of taking on all those robots yourself!”
Tails: “Don’t worry about me! I’ve done this song and dance many times!”
Flying up into the air, Tails sets off towards White Park, leaving the villagers amazed at not only the two-tailed fox being able to fly, but also how brave he is. Though, they’re very much worried for his safety. Meanwhile, Sonic has already reached the entrance of the amusement park, taking note of the damage and the blue aircraft, while having an irritated look on his face.
Sonic: “It’s a shame I didn’t get here sooner…I could have seen the rides in action, and see how much fun everyone was having.”
Sonic: “But Eggman’s forces got here first…so I’m gonna have to play janitor duty today.”
With his remark finished, Sonic walks into White Park, looking around for any signs of Eggman machines. However, there doesn’t seem to be a single soul in sight, which only makes the hedgehog more uneasy. But he’s not backing down now, as there could be some residents hiding here, and he wants to make sure they’re okay.
Eventually, Sonic stops in the middle of the park, confused on what to check, and where all the robots are. Annoyed, he decides to just start shouting.
Sonic: “Hellooooo!? Anyone here!? Or any robots!?”
Sonic: “Either way, you can come out now! I won’t hurt you if you’re friendly!”
For a few seconds, the only response Sonic gets is complete silence. But all of a sudden, a large clawed hand grabs the blue blur, who struggles to break free. That’s when a giant polar-bear Badnik (Named Snowy) comes out from the ground, eyes glowing purple, and keeping a firm grip on the hedgehog. Though, he still tries to make light of the situation.
Sonic: “Ugh…! You’ve got quite the grip! But I would appreciate it if you’d loosen up a little!”
The Snowy Badnik doesn’t respond or listen to Sonic’s request. Instead, more Badniks show up from different parts of the park, including more Snowy’s. They all surround the area, and are all focused on the hedgehog.
Sonic: “Okay…! There…sure are a bunch of you…!”
???: “Pin him to the ground!”
Hearing that robotic voice catches Sonic off-guard, but before he can ask who spoke, the Snowy Badnik slams him into the concrete floor, still keeping him from escaping.
Sonic: “Ow! Who just said that!?”
While Sonic doesn’t get a response to this question, he DOES notice someone walking towards him. Someone he knows all too well. Standing in front of the blue blur was Metal Sonic, fists clenched and eyes shining with malice, as he speaks to him for the first time since his loss on Little Planet…
“Long time no see, Sonic…my loathsome copy…”
Chapter 14: Round 2
Chapter Text
*13 AS. White Park Zone. Midnight.*
Finally coming face-to-face with Sonic since his loss on Little Planet, Metal Sonic stares daggers into the pinned down hedgehog, who looks up in surprise, only to quickly put on his cocky grin once again, despite his predicament.
Sonic: “Well, nice to see you too, chrome dome! I see Eggman finally gave you a mouth like the original Metal Sonic!”
Metal Sonic is confused by Sonic’s statement, but it reverts back to anger in only a moment.
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. Despite growing a bit, you still speak such nonsense.”
Metal Sonic: “No matter. I’ll be sure to tear that tongue of yours off once we’re done here.”
Sonic:
“Really now? And what makes you think it’ll be different compared to our previous encounters?”
Metal Sonic: “It’s quite simple. I’ve gotten an upgrade.”
Metal Sonic: “And I refuse to fail against you again. Not after you got lucky at Stardust Speedway.”
When Metal mentions Stardust Speedway, it starts to click with Sonic that this is Metal Sonic 1.0. Not 2.0. However, he doesn’t really pay it much mind as his robotic faker continues.
Metal Sonic: “See…while I was left to rust on Little Planet, the recording of that race against you kept playing. Taunting me.”
Metal Sonic: “Showing my failure over and over again…and I HATED it.”
Metal Sonic: “Luckily, Dr. Eggman recovered my body and repaired me.”
Metal Sonic: “Then, he sent me off to gain even greater power in order to destroy you.”
Sonic: “So what? I’ve beaten your shiny metal butt before, and I can do it again!”
Metal Sonic: “Not this time. Though I suppose I’ll let you try anyway.”
Metal Sonic: “Then, you’ll see just how hopeless it is to win against me.”
Sonic: “If that’s the case, then you should tell your buddy here to let go already!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Wordlessly, Metal Sonic signals the Snowy Badnik to release Sonic. Once freed, the organic hedgehog immediately jumps back on his feet and stretches a bit.
Sonic: “Ah…much better!”
Looking back at the robotic hedgehog, Sonic gets into a fighting pose while smirking again. Same goes for Metal Sonic, minus the smirk (Since he doesn’t have a mouth).
Sonic:
“Alright! Let’s see what you can do this time! But don’t beat yourself up over your loss when this is over!”
Metal Sonic: “Same to you…my inferior counterpart.”
In a flash, Sonic and Metal Sonic slam into each other at top speed, with the former surprisingly getting knocked back a couple feet into the destroyed Spinning Teacups ride. While the blue blur is taken aback at his mechanical imposter’s strength, he can’t think too long about it as he narrowly dodges another strike.
The fight continues throughout the entire abandoned park, with only the Badniks (Some of which accidentally get destroyed) as witnesses to Metal Sonic’s ferocious assault on Sonic. Both are dashing past each ride, each trying to land a hit on one another. However, it’s clear that the two are evenly matched so far.
While Sonic is able to handle Metal just fine, he is surprised at how much more powerful and dangerous he’s become. Not only is he more durable, but his speed is on-par with his organic counterpart, and he’s unrelenting in his strikes. Plus, he’s got a few new moves, like a chest laser, balls of electric energy, and a strange octahedral shield with a black and purple glow. He can even use some of Sonic’s abilities too, like the Homing Attack.
At times, Sonic narrowly avoids fatal blows from Metal Sonic, and it’s clear he has some pent-up anger from his previous failure. The metallic menace is out for blood, and nothing will deter him from doing what he was made to do: Kill Sonic The Hedgehog. And the blue blur can’t keep this up forever.
As the fight drags on, Tails is flying up to White Park at a quick pace, knowing that Metal Sonic is involved in this invasion, and worried for Sonic’s safety. Once he reaches the entrance, the young fox boy takes note of the two blue streaks clashing across the area, which only adds on to his concern.
So, rushing into the amusement park, Tails flies over to where the fight is taking place, while also avoiding the many Badniks present. Right now, the two hedgehogs are taking a moment to gather their thoughts next to the House Of Mirrors (Or in Sonic’s case, catch their breath). The blue blur is clearly a little worn down, but still feigns confidence as he smirks at Metal Sonic.
Sonic: “Heh…gotta admit, Metal. Whatever upgrade you got certainly worked wonders.”
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. You’ve gotten stronger as well. Though, you’re still unable to finish me off.”
Sonic: “Just give me another few seconds, and I’ll figure out a way to put you down again!”
Tails: “Sonic!”
Tails land onto the ground, taking the attention of the two hedgehogs. Metal is confused at the sight of a fox flying with two tails, but pays it no mind as he silently watches him go over to Sonic.
Tails:
“Are you alright!? Are you hurt!?”
Sonic: “Relax, Tails! I just needed to catch my breath!”
Sonic: “So, learned anything interesting from the locals?”
Tails: “Not really. Just that these robots invaded this park a few hours ago and nobody was killed.”
Tails: “They also mentioned Metal Sonic, but…”
Looking back at Metal Sonic, Tails has a worried, yet irritated expression on his face. While he’s never faced Metal 1.0, he’s fought against Metal 2.0 many times before. And if that second robot was anything to go off of, the original must be just as dangerous, if not more so. Sonic, on the other hand, keeps that confident grin on his face as he stares back at his robotic imposter.
Sonic:
“Yeah…he’s definitely a lot tougher than he was back on Little Planet.”
Tails: “Little Planet? Is this the first Metal Sonic?”
Metal Sonic: “First Metal Sonic?”
Hearing the mention of a “first Metal Sonic” both confuses and angers the mechanical menace. While he originally dismissed this as some nonsense before, the robotic faker decides to ask about this out of curiosity.
Metal Sonic: “Just what are you two babbling about?”
Sonic: “Hm? Did Egghead not tell you about his other copy-hogs?”
Metal Sonic: “He DID say he made more robots based off of you. But I didn’t think he ever tried to make a copy of me.”
Tails:
“Well, he has. He made a second Metal Sonic to replace you.”
Metal Sonic: “!”
Metal Sonic is taken aback at this newfound knowledge. While he did question his master about this, he never got a proper answer. And while he could understand why the doctor would make another Metal Sonic in his absence…that doesn’t change how much this infuriates the robotic hedgehog.
This means that his title of being Eggman’s greatest creation is already at great risk, and he could be thrown away like trash without much issue. Which would also mean he could lose his opportunity to prove himself as the one true Sonic too. As Metal Sonic thinks about all this, he clenches his fists tightly, while his red eyes glow fiercely.
Meanwhile, Sonic and Tails continue to stare at the fuming Metal Sonic, a little confused at what he’s doing, and why he wasn’t informed of Metal Sonic 2.0. Was there a reason Eggman never told the metallic menace, or did he just not care? And…is this information important to this robotic hedgehog?
But before the two heroes can think about this further, Metal Sonic snaps out of his thoughts, and puts his attention back on his target, speaking in a frustrated tone.
Metal Sonic: “...When was this second Metal Sonic made?”
Hearing this question, Sonic and Tails are surprised and don’t know how to respond back for a moment. But the former quickly does so.
Sonic:
“Well…we first dealt with that one around a year and a half ago…”
Sonic: “But I’m pretty sure Eggman was working on it for longer than that.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Looking down at the floor, Metal Sonic’s anger towards his creator further grows. Immediately after he failed to prove himself, Eggman already got to work on replacing him. Like some kind of afterthought. Like he was nothing to the doctor. Like he was a failure…
Tails: “...Are you okay?”
Metal Sonic:
“?”
Snapping out of his thoughts once again, Metal Sonic looks back at Sonic and Tails. The both of them are giving off a confused, yet cautious expression. However, the robotic hedgehog quickly tries to forget about what they were just talking about, and puts his focus back on fighting.
Metal Sonic: “...Enough of this. It’s time for me to finish you off.”
Sonic: “...”
For once, Sonic doesn’t make any sort of witty comeback towards his metallic knock-off. Likewise, Tails isn’t sure what the deal is with Metal Sonic here, but puts his fists up, ready to throw hands. But then, the blue hedgehog puts a hand on the fox’s shoulder.
Sonic: “Tails. Go find the satellite device. I’ll handle Metal.”
Tails: “What? But-”
Sonic: “Don’t worry. I’ll be fine.”
Sonic: “Besides! Somebody’s gotta take out those Badniks before they cause any more trouble!”
Tails: “...”
Despite wanting to help Sonic fight Metal, Tails understands what his older brother is saying. So, after taking a deep breath, the young fox boy nods.
Tails: “Just be careful.”
Sonic: “I will. Now get going.”
While a little surprised at Sonic’s response, Tails just nods again before heading off to look for the satellite device, using his scanner to pinpoint it’s location. Then, the blue hedgehog turns his attention back towards Metal Sonic, who’s ready to continue his assault. But much to the robotic hedgehog’s confusion, the blue blur decides to ask something first.
Sonic: “...Why were you clenching your fists earlier?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...It doesn’t matter. Now enough talking.”
Sonic: “...”
Though Sonic recognizes he has to fight Metal Sonic, deep down, he’s starting to feel some slight sympathy for the machine. Originally, he just treated him like any other Eggman robot, but…clearly, his mechanical fake is much more than that. He’s angry with the doctor in some manner.
Plus, Sonic remembers what Amy told him about the time she spent imprisoned in Stardust Speedway. While Metal Sonic was definitely cold towards the pink hedgehog, she could tell there was something more to him. Like deep down, there could be some kind of soul inside his metallic frame.
Sure, at the time, Sonic found it far-fetched, but looking at how Metal Sonic’s acting here…he might be starting to get it now. But the blue blur knows he probably can’t reason with his metallic copy. So, without any more hesitation, the two hedgehogs go right back to fighting and speeding across the abandoned park.
But now, Sonic knows more about what Metal Sonic’s capable of, and can better deal with it. Though, that doesn’t make the fight any easier. In fact, it’s like the robotic menace has become even more ferocious than before, which means the organic hedgehog really needs to stay on his toes if he wants to stay in one piece.
Meanwhile, Tails’ scanner picks up the satellite signal from the Dark Ride, and makes a b-line for that attraction. However, all the Badniks in the area are attacking him, trying to make sure he doesn’t accomplish his goal. And admittedly, the young fox was having a lot of trouble. But he wasn’t gonna give up now. Not when Sonic was depending on him.
Once he arrives at the Dark Ride, Tails ignores the seats and heads inside with the Badniks hot on his trail. While this was one of the few attractions in White Park that wasn’t damaged by Metal Sonic’s invasion, that has quickly changed as the many robots destroy everything in their way just to get to the young fox.
Luckily, with all the different props, machines, and lights in the Dark Ride, Tails not only has some good hiding spots, but also some stuff to slow down the Badniks chasing him. But this isn’t enough to fully stop them. Only by destroying the satellite device can the fox boy have the opportunity to take them out.
And eventually, Tails arrives in the sci-fi section of the Dark Ride, containing aliens, high-tech devices, and a space background. Honestly, if not for the fact that he was fighting for his life right now against a bunch of animal-themed death robots, the young fox would be enjoying this a lot. Though, he immediately dropped that thought as he noticed something in the back of one of the space station props.
It was the same satellite device from Sylvania Castle, purple energy and all. But due to the bright lights of the area, along with it blending in well with the sci-fi theme, it wasn’t too out of place if you looked at it here without any context. Regardless, now that he’s found the device, Tails quickly got to work on deactivating it.
Unfortunately, there were so many Badniks present that Tails couldn’t even reach the satellite device. Let alone use his scanner to hack it. And eventually, exhaustion starting to get to him, the young fox is grabbed by one of the Snowy Badniks, wincing in pain from the tight grip he’s caught in.
However, Tails wasn’t gonna give up yet. So, quickly thinking of a solution before his bones break, the young fox attempts to type something into his scanner device. All the Badniks present just stare at him and the Snowy Badnik holding him, thinking that there’s nothing he can do now.
But they couldn’t be more wrong as Tails activates an electronic frequency from his scanner that causes all the Badniks to short-circuit for a moment. Sure, they’re much stronger, but their overall programming is about as basic as usual. Which gives the fox boy the opportunity to break out of the Snowy Badnik’s grasp, head to the satellite device, and hack it.
In just a few seconds, Tails is successful in stopping the energy transfer, and for good measure, destroys the device by knocking it off the space station prop, where it lands with an audible crack. Once the Badniks stop short-circuiting, they immediately notice the broken satellite device, and the smirking fox boy who broke it.
Tails: “Alright! I’m done running away!”
Revving up into a ball, Tails proceeds to smash most of the Badniks present. Though, there’s still a lot of them, so it isn’t the most quick process. Plus, the Snowy Badniks are still an issue. But with a few good hits (And some clever thinking), the young fox boy’s work is finished, and he wipes his hands with a proud smile.
Tails:
“That takes care of that! Now to get back to Sonic!”
Tails dashes right through the rest of the Dark Ride before arriving back outside. And then, after flying up into the air, he sees that Sonic and Metal Sonic are fighting on the roller-coaster tracks, which are getting damaged from each attack thrown. As for how the fight’s going between the two hedgehog’s, it’s still pretty even.
Granted, Sonic’s still not at peak efficiency due to the damage from earlier, and Metal Sonic’s starting to look a bit bruised, but regardless, the two are currently tied. However, the robotic hedgehog is very much infuriated, while the organic one decides to throw some sass his way.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, Metal? Running low on steam like last time?”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t be ridiculous! I just haven’t been giving it my all yet!”
Sonic: “You sure about that? ‘Cause you haven’t exactly been picking up the pace!”
Sonic: “And it won’t be long before my best bud arrives to give me an assist!”
Metal Sonic:
“Tch! Having to rely on others just so you can defeat me?”
Metal Sonic: “Clearly, I’m the superior Sonic compared to you!”
Sonic: “Actually, teamwork is a great trait to have! Maybe you ought to try it sometime?”
Before Metal Sonic can comment on that, he and Sonic notice Tails flying towards them, with the latter having a big grin on his face. Once he lands next to the organic hedgehog, the young fox informs him on how he did on his mission.
Tails: “The satellite device has been destroyed! Along with all the Badniks here!”
Metal Sonic: “?”
Sonic: “Sweet! I knew you could do it!”
Tails: “Heheh! It certainly wasn’t easy! But I managed to pull through!”
Sonic: “Of course! We always pull through in the end, don’t we?”
Tails:
“Mm-hm! Now we just have one more Eggman robot to go!”
Sonic: “Right!"
Standing side-by-side, Sonic and Tails face Metal Sonic, ready to attack him at any time with confident smiles. However, Metal Sonic is confused with what the two-tailed fox just said. While he doesn’t care for the Badniks, he still considers them a great threat to the citizens of Earth. Plus, Eggman’s satellite devices were quite advanced, and would take someone of equal genius to crack.
Yet, this random two-tailed freak of nature was able to not only deactivate said device, but also destroy all of those Badniks? Just what IS this thing? Was he some sort of special case like Sonic? Or were there more like him out there? But deciding it’s of no importance, the metallic menace forgets about it, and puts his attention back on his targets.
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. I don’t know how you did any of that, but it’s of no importance.”
Metal Sonic: “I have no need for fodder. I can take care of both of you myself.”
Sonic: “Pssh! Please! You were evenly matched with me, and it didn’t take too long for me to start making some dents in you!”
Sonic: “Plus, Tails here is pretty skilled in his own right, and tinkers with machines on a daily basis!”
Tails: “Yep! Sorry to say, but you aren’t winning this!”
Metal Sonic: “Then what if I told you I was holding back this entire time?”
While Tails perks up at Metal’s words, Sonic just brushes it off.
Sonic:
“Heh! Starting to bluff now?”
Metal Sonic: “Oh…I’m NOT bluffing…”
Metal Sonic: “In fact…allow me to show you what I’m capable of NOW.”
Charging himself up with the power of the Evolving Amethyst, Metal Sonic starts emitting a purple aura with electric sparks. As this happens, much of the roller coaster tracks start to crumble, while Sonic and Tails struggle to keep their footing. In only a moment, the robotic hedgehog explodes in energy, causing the tracks to fall apart.
As this happens, Sonic and Tails run across the roller coaster tracks, before jumping down onto solid ground. Then, when they look back at the crumbling attraction, the two see Metal Sonic floating in the air, staring down at them. Once again, the power of the Evolving Amethyst was making the metallic menace feel amazing. In fact…it felt even greater than before, now that he could use this against his inferior counterpart.
Metal Sonic: “Sonic…prepare to DIE!”
Immediately, Metal Sonic charges towards Sonic in the blink of an eye, not even giving the organic hedgehog a moment to prepare. Instead, his metallic faker pins him against a wall of one of the attractions, tightly gripping his neck. Then, he proceeds to throw him down to the ground, before firing a chest laser.
Luckily, Sonic is able to quickly dodge out of the way, while Tails flies up to hit Metal in the face with a whip of his tail. But the metallic menace ends up grabbing said tail, and throws the fox away like an afterthought. Right now, all he cared about was killing Sonic, who is genuinely intimidated by his mechanical rival’s new power. And Metal picks up on this.
Metal Sonic: “What’s the matter? Do you recognize that you can’t STOP ME!?”
Once again, Metal Sonic attempts to attack Sonic. Luckily, the blue blur manages to BARELY dodge him. Though, he does have a slight scratch or two on his chest now. But that’s about to change quickly as the robotic hedgehog keeps hitting his organic counterpart with many more attacks, making good use of his newfound strength.
Right now, Sonic can’t hope to beat Metal like this. Sure, he can land a hit here and there, but they don’t do anything to phase him, and now he’s surprisingly faster than him. Plus, while Tails DOES try his best to help out, he keeps getting knocked away. Even a Combo Spin-Attack with the two heroes can’t do anything to stop this mechanical menace.
Eventually, Sonic is just too battered to do much against Metal Sonic at this point. Hence, the robotic hedgehog decides to power down, recognizing that his victory is assured now. Meanwhile, Tails is also pretty bruised, but not as much as his older brother. And he isn’t sure how they can get out of this alive.
However, the young fox thinks back on how he used his scanner to release an electronic frequency to short-circuit the Badniks earlier. While it may not be as effective on Metal Sonic, it could be the edge he and Sonic need to win this. So, typing as fast as he can on his device, Tails gives it a shot.
As for Metal Sonic, he’s just beating on Sonic, who tries to use his speed and other abilities to continue fighting, only to fail due to being too worn down and hurt. Eventually, the robotic hedgehog kicks his organic counterpart down to the ground, feeling something akin to glee at finally correcting his failure.
Metal Sonic: “Hahahaha! Look at you! Writhing in the snow, where you belong!”
Metal Sonic: “Any last words before I end this, my loathsome copy?”
Looking back at Metal, Sonic decides that if he’s gonna go out, he might as well try to point a few things out first.
Sonic: “Heh…what’s gonna happen when you finish me off, huh?”
Sonic: “You think Eggman’s gonna keep you around? That you’ll still be his favorite?”
Metal Sonic: “Why wouldn’t he? I’m about to kill his greatest enemy, and I’m far stronger than anything on this planet!”
Sonic: “Sure…but how long is it gonna stay that way?”
Sonic: “There’s a lot of people in this world that will stand up to you and your creator. And one of them could cause you a lot of trouble in the future.”
Sonic: “How many times can you fail him before he decides to scrap you?”
Metal Sonic: “I’m never failing him again! Whatever mission I’m assigned to, I’m gonna succeed! No matter what gets in my way!”
Sonic: “I’ll admit…pretty admirable…”
Sonic: “But there’s only so much one person can take before they start to break.”
Sonic: “And once you do…Eggman’s just gonna replace you again.”
Metal Sonic: “!”
Sick of Sonic’s words, Metal grabs him by the throat again, holds him in the air, and proceeds to choke the air out of him. All while staring at his organic counterpart struggling with his piercing red eyes. But then…
Metal Sonic: "̴̭̿A̶̢͖̎G̴̥̠͂̅͘Ḥ̶͓̓̏̀!̷̡̲͠"̸̨̀̈́
Metal Sonic suddenly lets go of Sonic, where he falls to the ground, gasping for air. Looking up, the blue blur sees that his robotic faker is spasming a bit, while letting off some electricity. However, he’s trying to pull himself together, attempting to use the Evolving Amethyst to snap out of it. Yet, it doesn’t seem to do anything.
Metal Sonic: "̵̣̐̄N̷̦̽̋͝O̵̼̣̺̿͂͝.̷̠͍͙̄.̷̝̦̀.̸͕̕C̵̥̰̕A̵̭̯͉͘N̸͉̙̎̂N̶̬͇͓̑͂͠O̸̱͛T̶͍̰͚̀̑̏.̸̫̦̈́.̸͇͇̜̓̈̓.̶̫̒̽̚L̵̘͇͚̚O̷̞͌͛̚S̸̳̎ͅE̴̲̖͑͗̀.̶̳́̓̚.̵̟̗́̏.̷͕͑A̷̜͋̓͊G̴̥̣̐͛̈́A̷̟̟͋͊I̵̠̠͐̑Ņ̸͔̙̊!̵͙͕͆̀̃͜"̸̲̞̾͘
Taking his opportunity, Sonic uses the last of his strength to curl up into a powerful Spin-Dash before slamming right into Metal Sonic, causing them to crash through a couple of attractions, and then landing in the snow outside of White Park. The blue blur rolls across the ground, while the metallic menace is thrown off the mountain.
Despite being incredibly tired and bruised, Sonic tries to get back up and see if he’s finally defeated his mechanic copy. When he watches Metal’s body fall down to the ground far away, he takes a sigh of relief as he looks up at the night sky.
Sonic: “Whew…that was WAY too close…”
For a couple of seconds, Sonic just relaxes in the snow. But it doesn’t take long for Tails to show up and check up on him with a worried look.
Tails:
“Sonic! Are you okay!?”
Sonic: “Well…I’m not dead, so I’d say yes.”
Sonic: “Thanks for the save back there. Bonus points for dramatic timing.”
Tails: “Sigh…you’re welcome…”
Tails: “Come on. Let’s take you back to Aurora Village. We could use some time to heal.”
Sonic:
“Admittedly, I wouldn’t mind taking a nap after all that.”
Tails: “Same.”
Helping Sonic up on his feet, Tails tries to support him as they walk back to Aurora Village. Though, the young fox is about half the blue blur’s height, so it’s kind of a struggle. But they manage to continue onwards despite the pain. As they do so, they talk about what just happened.
Sonic:
“So, I’m guessing you used that scanner of yours to fry Metal’s circuits?”
Tails: “Heh. As much as I could, but all I was able to do was stop him for a little while.”
Tails: “I don’t know if he’s down for the count though.”
Sonic: “Nah…I don’t think we’ve seen the last of him yet. Especially with whatever new power he has now.”
Sonic: “We’re gonna need to step up our game if we don’t want to narrowly avoid death next time.”
Tails: “Agreed. Maybe we can find some rings on our way to whatever our next destination is? Or even a Power Ring?”
Sonic: “Well, it’s definitely faster than going all the way back to your lab.”
Sonic:
“Plus, maybe the locals here have something useful?”
Tails: “Maybe.”
After that exchange, the two heroes stay silent for a moment. Then, Tails speaks up.
Tails: “...Isn’t it weird that Metal Sonic didn’t know about Metal Sonic 2.0?”
Sonic: “Yeah. I figured Eggman would have at least mentioned him.”
Sonic: “But I’m more weirded out by how Metal responded to us when we talked about it.”
Sonic: “He seemed so…frustrated…and not with me for once…”
Tails: “Mmm…you and Amy did say the original Metal Sonic had something more to him, right?”
Sonic: “We did. She thought he had some kind of soul deep down.”
Sonic: “And admittedly, he’s not like any other Eggman robot I’ve fought before or since. Even Metal Sonic 2.0 and Metal Knuckles don’t really compare.”
Tails: “Huh…guess there’s something special about him.”
Sonic: “Yep…he could be so much more than Egghead’s #1 servant.”
Sonic: “But I guess he’s just too stubborn to change his mind on him.”
Tails nods with a somewhat tense expression, as Sonic shares a similar look. While they WILL fight Metal Sonic again if they have to, and hopefully be more prepared next time, they can’t help but feel a little pity for the machine. He could be his own person, separate from Eggman, but he doesn’t seem to want that at all. Or at least…not yet…
Regardless, the two heroes walk back down the mountain to Aurora Village, ready to take some time to heal until they’re ready to get back to stopping Eggman and his forces. However, a couple of feet away from the mountain, the unconscious body of Metal Sonic lays there in the snow…
His eyes are flickering, while his arms and legs twitch…he’s far from done with Sonic…
Chapter 15: Shackles
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Aurora Village. Morning.*
As the sun rises and the sky turns a bright blue, the residents of Aurora Village continue on with their daily routines. Though, while they seem to be mostly fine, they all feel very uneasy after what happened yesterday. It’s a miracle their village hasn’t been burned to the ground, and even more so that they’re all okay.
However, White Park is still in bad shape, and although all the Badniks have been turned to scrap metal, their leader is nearby, waiting to come back online. Luckily, the two heroes that helped them are still around, having to heal up after just barely escaping death. So they weren’t defenseless for now.
Speaking of said heroes, Sonic lays down on a green couch, napping under a brown blanket with a moose pattern. His injuries have healed up plenty, but he’s got quite a few bandages and bruises on his body. As for Tails, he’s tinkering with his scanner device on the floor, and he sometimes takes a few tools and mechanical pieces littered across the wooden table.
While the gifted fox cub may not heal as fast as his older brother, he wasn’t as seriously injured as he was. Hence, he’s in pretty good shape, but has a few bandages and bruises on him too. And after almost getting murdered last night, the young hero is making some adjustments to his scanner to better prepare for whatever comes next.
As for the owner of this wooden house, he’s currently working on some sausages, eggs, and pancakes for breakfast. He’s the same blue bear that Metal Sonic interrogated before, plaid shirt and all. Though, the bags under his eyes indicate he didn’t get much sleep last night for obvious reasons.
Regardless, the bear keeps going with his current task, as he wants the food he’s making to serve as a gift to these two heroes for helping him and his fellow villagers. Sure, he already provided them a roof to rest under, but he feels he should do more than that. So, once finished, the bear calls out to Tails.
???: “Food’s done!”
Tails: “Oh? Coming!”
Putting his scanner down on the table, Tails stands up and walks towards the kitchen to grab a plate and some utensils (Plus a napkin). Immediately, the young fox’s mouth starts to water a bit as he sees the food, but he just continues with filling his plate. Though, he tries not to take too much in order to save some for Sonic (Who’s metabolism requires plenty of food).
Likewise, the bear doesn’t take much for himself, as he’s not particularly hungry anyways. So, sitting at a metal table with wooden chairs, he and Tails dig in. Already, the young fox makes it clear how much he enjoys the meal.
Tails: “Mmm! This tastes amazing, Ted!”
Ted: “Thanks. But I’m not exactly the best cook.”
Tails: “Neither am I. But I’m still trying to improve my skills and learn new recipes!”
Tails: “Actually, I tried making some brownies a few weeks ago. But I ended up burning them.”
Ted: “What happened?”
Tails: “Well…I kinda got distracted with a machine I was working on…”
Tails: “I meant to set myself a timer, but I completely forgot.”
Ted: “Ah, I see. That happens to me sometimes as well.”
Ted: “ESPECIALLY when I’m working on some new plushies.”
When Ted says that, Tails’ eyes gaze towards a couple of hand-made plushies on some shelves nearby, smiling a bit.
Tails: “They look really good. How long have you been making these?”
Ted: “Basically my whole life. My parents ran their own store.”
Ted: “How about you? Your parents run a mechanic shop or something?”
Tails: “Oh…actually, I don’t remember my parents.”
Hearing Tails say that, Ted puts on a surprised and concerned expression, feeling as though he may have touched on a heavy subject. The young fox notices this, and quickly tries to reassure him.
Tails: “It’s okay. I don’t really get that upset about it anymore.”
Tails: “Sure, I do want to see them, but…”
Tails looks over at the sleeping Sonic.
Tails: “...I’ve already got him.”
Ted: “...He’s really important to you, isn’t he?”
Tails: “Yeah…he’s always had my back since we first met.”
Tails: “Back when I was younger, I was often bullied by others for my two tails, and my love for machines.”
Tails: “It left me with very little confidence in myself…”
Tails: “But one day…I saw him run by. Like the wind.”
Tails: “In that moment, I found it the coolest thing ever. And I decided to follow him each day, wanting to learn how to be just as cool as he is.”
Tails: “Though, I was too shy to just go up and talk to him.”
Tails: “However…when I was getting bullied again, he stood up for me.”
Tails: “Afterwards, he asked me why I didn’t bother standing up for myself. And I said that I was just some…nerdy freak…”
Tails: “...But…then he said something that surprised me at the time.”
Tails: “‘Don’t you think me being so fast is pretty freaky?’”
Tails: “Immediately, I said it wasn’t, and that it was cool. That HE was cool.”
Tails: “After that, he just smiled and said that my two tails were really cool.”
Tails: “Nobody EVER said that to me before. And hearing that from him? It just…”
Tails: “...Made me smile.”
Tails: “Afterwards, he asked me if I wanted to learn a few tricks, and I jumped right on that.”
Tails: “Since then, we’ve been through so much, and came out on top.”
Tails: “Sure, I have been on a few solo adventures and what-not, but I don’t think I’d ever grow to be the person I am now without Sonic.”
Ted: “...I can definitely see what drew you to him.”
Ted: “Just based on what happened last night, he seems so…fearless. Like nothing ever phases him.”
Tails: “At times, it does feel that way.”
Tails: “Heck, the idea of him breaking down or crying seems so out of left-field.”
Ted: “Mmm. I wish I had some of that bravery.”
Ted: “Maybe then, I could have done something about those robots…”
Looking down at his plate of food, Ted seems to be a little upset in some manner, which Tails takes note of.
Tails: “It’s okay, Ted. Not all of us can take on an army of Badniks by ourselves.”
Tails: “Our strengths lie in many areas! Like how yours lies in your plush making skills!”
Ted: “Heh…right…I just wish I could have helped my village against those things.”
Tails: “Well, it never hurts to learn some tricks, right?”
Ted: “Definitely. After yesterday, we’re all gonna have to work on some defenses to protect our village.”
Tails: “I could help you with that! It’s not the first time I’ve done it too!”
Ted: “That would be great! You’ll have to bring it up with everyone else!”
Tails: “Right! I’ll get to it now!”
Ted: “Wait, no-?”
Before Ted can finish, Tails jumps off his chair and heads out of the house in order to meet up with the other villagers to discuss defenses. The blue bear lets out a sigh with a small smile, admiring just how bright and capable that little fox boy is. Though, he perks up when he notices someone getting off the couch with an audible yawn.
Finally waking up from his slumber, Sonic stretches his limbs a bit, and doesn’t seem to wince in pain at all. Then, he turns around to face Ted with a smile and a hand wave.
Sonic: “Morning, Ted! Where’s Tails?”
Ted: “He just went off to talk to the others about some defenses for the village.”
Sonic: “Ah! Sweet! Once we leave, no one’s gonna bother you guys again!”
Sonic: “Also, do you have some grub?”
Ted: “Right by the kitchen counter. Made it myself.”
Sonic: “Nice! Thanks!”
Ted: “Don’t mention it.”
After that quick exchange, Sonic goes up to the kitchen counter to grab himself a plate full of food. And then Ted bears witness to the blue blur immediately devouring everything in a couple of seconds. He’s surprised, but Tails did give him a heads-up about how fast the hedgehog eats after a long rest.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Aurora Village. Daytime.*
A couple of hours after waking up, Tails is finished building a device out of spare parts that the villagers had lying around, some components from his scanner, and the scraps of the busted Badniks and satellite device back at White Park. It’s in the shape of a silver box with some yellow accents, alongside a red and blue button on the top. With his work done, the young fox grabs the handle on one of the sides, and walks out of the wooden house he’s currently in.
Once he sets foot out into the snowy village, Tails sees many of the grateful citizens looking at him in curiosity. Sonic is also looking over at the young fox with a confident smile on his face. He was just messing around with the kids, while also talking with the village leader. A middle-aged polar bear with a light coat, black boots, and a golden badge in the shape of a snowflake.
Heading towards Sonic’s group, Tails sets the device down in the snow with a smile. Many of the villagers also come closer to see what this fox cub has made.
Tails: “All finished!”
Dog Kid: “Woowww…! What does it do?”
Tails: “Well, by pressing this blue button, it creates a shield large enough to cover all of Aurora Village!”
Tails: “Pressing the red button will deactivate it! And the shield can stay active for 24 hours!”
Tails: “Though, it’ll need another 24 hours to recharge. But using some electricity from the power lines can help!”
Cat Kid: “That’s AWESOME! Can we see it now!?”
Village Leader: “I believe it’s best we save it for when we need it, young one.”
Village Leader: “This will definitely help us stay safe from any threats that come to our village, machine or otherwise.”
Village Leader: “You have our sincere gratitude, young one.”
Tails: “Hehehe! I’m just happy to help out!”
The village leader nods, before looking over at Sonic.
Village Leader: “You both have done a great service to Aurora Village.”
Village Leader: “Honestly, I wasn’t sure what we could have done against those robots on our own. Especially that metal hedgehog.”
Village Leader: “But thanks to your efforts, we can now rest easy, and get to work on rebuilding White Park.”
Sonic: “Good to hear! Though, you should probably stay here for the time being. Chrome dome is gonna come back soon.”
Village Leader: “Right. Best to wait until it’s perfectly safe.”
Village Leader: “Still, you two risked a lot trying to help us. It’s a miracle that you made it out of that park alive.”
Sonic: “Yeah, we DID cut it pretty close. But we’ll be better prepared next time!”
Tails: “Right! We won’t stop until Eggman is defeated!”
Sonic walks next to Tails, and the two give a determined nod.
Village Leader: “Heh! I’m certain you’ll both succeed in due time!”
Village Leader: “Though, you certainly won’t do so if you stick around here.”
Sonic: “Agreed! We need to get moving!”
Village Leader: “Yes. But before you go, we want to give you this.”
Reaching behind him, the Village Leader takes out a large golden ring that has a yellow glow to it. This catches Sonic and Tails by surprise a bit.
Tails: “A Power Ring!”
Sonic: “Sweet! Where’d you find this?”
Village Leader: “Oh, we find one or two of these in the ice caverns within the mountain and use their energy for a few things.”
Village Leader: “Pretty sure you can use this one for something.”
Sonic: “Heh! We’ll use it in a pinch! Thanks!”
The Village Leader hands the Power Ring over to Sonic, who puts it behind his back. Then, he and Tails get ready to take their leave.
Tails: “Alright, everyone! We’ll be heading off now!”
Sonic: “And we’ll make sure Egghead never bothers you guys again!”
Village Leader: “We wish you luck, heroes! And feel free to come back here anytime!”
Sonic and Tails nod with a smile, before walking out of Aurora Village. The citizens all wave goodbye and say their thanks, which makes the two heroes feel a little embarrassed with all this praise and attention. Though, they’re able to stay relatively calm and eventually reach the Tornado, which is now covered in snow.
Luckily, with Sonic’s speed, all of the snow is wiped off, and after checking everything, Tails says they’re ready to go. But he decides to check his scanner first in order to see where to go next. Already, they pick up a satellite signal coming from the Oil Desert, and head towards it, ready for whatever comes next.
However, an hour after they left, something started to shift in the snow, a couple of feet away from the mountain. Along with it, engine noises and the sound of mechanical joints is heard. Then, it rises up from the ground as a purple, electric aura melts the surrounding snow.
Metal Sonic is back online…and he is NOT happy at all. He is furious at not only losing to Sonic again, but also being so close to winning, only to get hacked by that two-tailed freak at the last second. His loathsome copy got lucky again, all because he treated Tails as an afterthought, and that frustrated him to no end.
Hence, Metal Sonic immediately turned his sights on Aurora Village, wanting to vent his anger out on the people there, and then go after Sonic and Tails. But before he can do either, he gets a call from Dr. Eggman. He considers ignoring the doctor, but the robotic hedgehog accepts it anyway.
Metal Sonic: “What is it, master?”
Eggman: “Metal, where have you been!? And what happened to your satellite device!? I haven’t been receiving its signal!”
Metal Sonic: “Sonic and some strange fox named Tails showed up and destroyed it, along with the Badniks.”
Metal Sonic: “I was about to kill the hedgehog, but…”
Thinking about his recent failure, Metal Sonic clenches his fist while speaking in a frustrated tone.
Metal Sonic: “...The fox messed with my coding at the last second.”
Eggman: “Ah…great…I should have known the fox boy would try that against you.”
Eggman: “No matter! It’s an unfortunate loss, but it’s still not over!”
Eggman: “Head to the Sky Fortress with your Metal Carrier and get ready for an aerial assault! I’ll join soon!”
Eggman: “Do you understand your orders?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Remembering what Sonic and Tails said about Metal Sonic 2.0, Metal gets irritated with his creator. And considering how he’s reacting to his loss and possible termination, the robotic hedgehog is starting to understand that he’s probably just seen as another tool in Eggman’s arsenal, rather than something more.
Eggman: “Metal Sonic! Respond! Do you understand your orders!?”
Metal Sonic: “...You replaced me.”
Eggman: “What?”
Metal Sonic: “You replaced me. With another Metal Sonic.”
Metal Sonic: “Immediately after I failed on Little Planet, you got to work on making a second version of me, didn’t you?”
Eggman: “Yes? And why do you care?”
Metal Sonic: “Why did you never tell me? What am I to you?”
Eggman: “I never told you about Metal Sonic 2.0 because it doesn’t matter right now! We have bigger things to worry about!”
Eggman: “And I’ve already told you that you’re my greatest creation! My ultimate killing machine!”
Metal Sonic: “Then why replace me!? Why didn’t you come find me if that was the case!?”
Metal Sonic: “Moreover, what about your other machines and robots!? Like the Death Egg, or whatever else you made!?”
Metal Sonic: “Am I REALLY your greatest creation!? Or am I just an outdated machine!?”
Eggman: “...”
Hearing an exasperated sigh from the call, Metal Sonic simply stands in tense silence, not knowing how Eggman will respond. But after a couple of seconds, he gets an answer to his questions.
Eggman: “...If you WANT to know so badly, then I’ll give you your answer.”
Eggman: “Finding Little Planet after it disappears is next to impossible. I tried many times, but I never succeeded.”
Eggman: “Hence, why I just made a new Metal Sonic instead of finding you sooner.”
Eggman: “And yes, creations like the Death Egg and the Dark Emerald can be considered much grander compared to you.”
Eggman: “However…you have something that those machines don’t have…”
Eggman: “...A drive to prove yourself.”
Eggman: “Unlike the rest of my robots, you don’t just settle with serving me and my goals.”
Eggman: “You have your own desire to be the greatest among my army. And to be the better Sonic.”
Eggman: “Or rather…the TRUE Sonic.”
Eggman: “I’ve tried to replicate that in your replacement, along with machines like Metal Knuckles.”
Eggman: “Yet, none of them come close to what you are.”
Eggman: “Quite frankly, I don’t really understand it myself. It’s probably some weird effect from Little Planet or the Time Stones.”
Eggman: “Either way…that is what makes you my greatest creation, Metal.”
Eggman: “You’re not just some mindless robot…you are your own person with wants and desires.”
Eggman: “Is THAT a satisfying answer for you?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...I can understand it.”
Eggman: “Good. Now here’s another thing for you to understand.”
Eggman: “Even though I hold you in high regard, that doesn’t mean I’ll take ANY disobedience from you.”
Eggman: “The moment you even CONSIDER going against me is the moment I throw you into the garbage.”
Eggman: “Afterwards, I’ll use what’s left of you to create something better and more loyal.”
Eggman: “So do not test me, Metal Sonic. Especially if you want to stay as my favorite minion, AND if you want to continue having chances to fight Sonic.”
Eggman: “Are we clear?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...Yes.”
Eggman: “Perfect. Now quit wasting my time with this, and do as you’re told.”
Metal Sonic: “As you wish…”
And with that, the call ends. Though, Metal Sonic doesn’t follow his orders yet. Rather, he just stands there, looking down at the ground below him. He isn’t sure what he’s feeling, but he knows it’s not good at all. It’s like he’s afraid of something…or rather…someone. And he’s worried about what could happen next.
Sure, Metal knew that failing Eggman would mean termination. He’s been made well-aware of that since he was first activated on Little Planet. However, that doesn’t make it feel any less scary. The idea of being taken apart, melted down, and re-used to create something else. It’s not something the robotic hedgehog wants to experience.
Moreover, the fact that Metal Sonic’s own drive to prove himself is what makes him his greatest creation DOES make him feel some relief, now that he knows he can’t be as easily replaced as he initially thought. But sooner or later, Eggman will crack the code again and make something that replicates that same drive.
If or when that happens, what becomes of Metal Sonic? Will he continue to serve the Eggman Empire as long as he still gives good results? Or will he just be thrown away, now that he has become outdated? Maybe at that point, it’d be best to leave the doctor’s side, and do whatever on his own?
But like Eggman just told him a moment ago, any thought of disobedience will result in termination as well. Whether it be trying to kill him, or possibly running away, never to interfere with him. Metal Sonic doesn’t want to mess with his creator, but…at the same time, he wishes to do more than just serve him now.
He isn’t sure WHAT he wants to do, and how he’s gonna get to do it, but Metal Sonic wants to at least try. If anything, just to see what it’s like, and what he can gain from it. Though, is he really able to do anything outside of serving Eggman without any repercussions? Is he forever chained to his creator’s whims?
These thoughts keep swarming in Metal Sonic’s head, despite him wanting to completely forget about it all. And after pulling himself together, the robotic hedgehog shakes it off for now and heads back to White Park to get his Metal Carrier, and fly off towards the Sky Fortress to await further orders.
But unfortunately…that feeling he can’t describe still lingers within his core…
Chapter 16: Superior Aircraft
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Oil Desert. Afternoon.*
Covering their eyes as a sandstorm picks up, Sonic and Tails navigate the shifting desert’s oil refinery, with plenty of machinery, metal pipes, oil chutes, quicksand pits, and platforms covered in oil. Despite the many obstacles and traps littered throughout, the two heroes aren’t too injured and are taking down Badniks no problem.
However, due to the sandstorm, the scanner is having trouble picking up the satellite signal. Hence, Sonic and Tails have to find it the old fashioned way. So far, they haven’t had much luck, but they know it has to be around here somewhere. Eventually, the two arrive at a huge oil drum full of junk, hoping to take a breather from all the sand being pelted into their eyes.
Laying down on the ground, Sonic and Tails both rub their eyes with an annoyed look. Then, the young fox pulls out his scanner in order to get a better signal for the satellite.
Sonic: “Darn it…my eyes feel a little irritated…”
Tails: “Same here. This sandstorm is a huge pain.”
Tails: “I’m gonna refresh the scanner and see if it’ll pick up the satellite device now.”
Sonic: “Go ahead. I’m just gonna let my eyes rest a bit.”
Tails nods as he clicks a few buttons on his scanner, while Sonic lays down on the floor with his eyes closed, and arms behind his head. In a moment, a small gasp comes out of the young fox’s mouth, which makes Sonic perk up as he opens one eye.
Sonic: “Did you find the signal?”
Tails: “Yeah! Turns out, it’s actually in here!”
Sonic: “Wait, really?”
Getting back on his feet, Sonic walks up to Tails and looks at the scanner’s screen, which shows that the satellite device is right where they’re standing.
Sonic: “Huh…guess it must be hiding under all those scraps over there.”
Tails: “It’s likely! We’ll have to see for ourselves!”
Sonic nods, before he and Tails walk towards the junk pile, ready to do some dumpster diving. But suddenly, a purple glow emanates from under all the trash, which makes the two heroes stop in surprise. That’s when much of the junk starts to rise from the pile, almost in the shape of some kind of mecha.
The machine has four, spider-like legs made of excavator scoops. It has a tunnel boring machine and a giant yo-yo saw for arms. And the head appears to be some sort of metal casing covering a cockpit. But the most notable thing about it is that the glowing satellite device is stuck in the chest area, covered by a bunch of junk.
Observing the large machine, Sonic and Tails are on-guard, with the former having a slight smirk. Likely thinking of a snarky comment. Though, before it can escape his mouth, the metal head opens up to reveal Dr. Eggman in the cockpit, grinning down at the heroes as he makes his presence known.
Eggman: “Hahahaha! Looks like a couple of pests have been dumpster diving in my oil refinery!”
Eggman: “But today, YOU will be thrown into the trash!”
Sonic: “Pfft! Ahahaha!”
Holding his stomach, Sonic can’t help but laugh at Eggman’s machine, which makes the doctor annoyed. Tails meanwhile just looks at his friend with slight confusion.
Sonic: “Heh! Sorry! I just…really, Eggman?”
Sonic: “Of ALL the things to throw at us, you’re using a bunch of junk stuck together?”
Eggman: “Hmph! It may not look too appealing, but don’t underestimate what it can do!”
Eggman: “After all, there’s plenty of trash to recycle here! AND the satellite device helps give it more punch!”
Tails: “That’s cool and all, but using rusted metal and scraps isn’t exactly good for a machine like this!”
Eggman: “Fair point, but that doesn’t mean I can’t kill you both with it!”
Covering the cockpit with the metal shell, Eggman decides it’s time to start fighting as he throws the tunnel boring arm at the two heroes, who dodge without much issue. However, Sonic and Tails come to find that this Egg Scrap Mech is actually quite the problem, especially within such a small space.
Hence, Tails grabs onto Sonic and flies out of the large oil drum and back into the open, where the sandstorm has finally stopped. Once the two heroes land, the Egg Scrap Mech jumps high into the air before landing in front of them, ready to continue the fight.
Sonic: “Alright! Now we can REALLY get started!”
Eggman: “Agreed!”
Eggman: “Badniks! ATTACK!”
After shouting that order, a large horde of different Badniks show up to assist Eggman. This leads to the two heroes being separated, with Sonic dodging the Egg Scrap Mech’s strikes, and Tails dodging the different robots attacking him. Though, the two of them aren’t too bothered by this.
In fact, Sonic’s having fun as he taunts Eggman and gets on his nerves like usual. Meanwhile, Tails has an idea. Flying towards one of the massive drums full of the dark substance, the young fox has the idea of dropping the drum onto the Egg Scrap Mech to destroy it, along with the satellite device.
So, Tails tries to trick the Badniks into destroying the latches that keep the oil drum in place. Sonic takes note of this, and leads Eggman towards the direction of it so that he’s in position. Though it takes some time, the young fox soon sees that the latches are pretty busted, and letting off some creaking noises. That’s when he calls out to the hedgehog.
Tails: “READY!”
Sonic: “ON IT!”
Quickly, Sonic zips across the terrain and Badniks in order to reach the large oil drum, before knocking it down with a powerful Spin Attack. While Eggman is confused for a moment, he starts to panic once he sees a massive oil drum falling down on him. And despite trying to get out of the way, much of the Egg Scrap Mech gets crushed, and covered in oil.
This includes the satellite device, which catches flames and malfunctions when the oil touches it. This means the Badniks are back at their regular strength. Hence, Sonic and Tails add to the scrap heap by destroying them. Meanwhile, Eggman attempts to disconnect his Egg Mobile from the destroyed mech by turning off the magnet on the bottom, and flying away.
But before he can escape, Sonic and Tails fly up and knock him down to the ground. His Egg Mobile is still in good shape. It’s just that the doctor needs to restart the engines a little. However, he can’t really do so now that he’s got two super-powered animals confronting him. Immediately, Sonic lets out a snarky one-liner with a cocky smirk.
Sonic: “And you thought a bunch of trash was going to stop us!”
Eggman: “Tch! It’s not like I planned for this to be our final showdown!”
Eggman: “After all, this game is far from finished! But I feel we’re halfway done at least!”
Tails: “About that! What are you talking about?”
Tails: “Clearly, you did SOMETHING to Little Planet! And we barely survived against the original Metal Sonic!”
Tails: “So what are you trying to accomplish?”
Eggman: “Heh! Fine! I’ll let you in on a few details, since you made it this far!”
Eggman: “Yes, I did SOMETHING to Little Planet! But let me give you a hint!”
Eggman: “What did I use as a basis for my most glorious space station?”
When Eggman says that, both Sonic and Tails perk up in realization, before looking down at the doctor in anger.
Sonic: “You turned Little Planet into a THIRD Death Egg!?”
Eggman: “Indeed! Honestly, I’m quite impressed with myself!”
Tails: “But how!? Did you use the Time Stones!?”
Eggman: “Well, with my new technology and no interference from a distracted hedgehog, it wasn’t too hard finding those gemstones!”
Eggman: “Now, I’ve corrected my failure and brought back my desired future!”
Tails: “Which is how you got Metal Sonic back!”
Eggman: “Correct! He was quite eager to correct his failure as well!”
Eggman: “And with my newest weapon, you both have no chance of winning this time!”
Tails: “Newest weapon?”
Sonic: “Wanna bet on that? Because you aren’t going anywhere!”
Getting up close with Eggman, Sonic gives the doctor a stern look. However, the round scientist just gives off a devious grin as he responds to the hedgehog’s words.
Eggman: “Oh please! You have NO control over what happens next!”
Eggman: “Right now, you’re playing by MY rules! MY game!”
Eggman: “And I think it’s about time I head off!”
As Eggman says this, the sounds of aircraft are heard from above. Sonic and Tails look up in curiosity, while the doctor does the same, keeping his grin on. Flying in the sky is a large fortress with a yellow and black color scheme, turrets, fans, rocket boosters, and tons of flying Badniks surrounding it.
Plus, something is flying right towards them in a dark blue streak. Immediately, Sonic and Tails recognize it as Metal Sonic, and move out of the way as he crashes down between them and Eggman. The sand beneath him scatters in the air when he lands, with the doctor having to wipe some of it off his jacket as he stands up.
Eggman: “Ah…good timing, Metal Sonic! Let us take our leave!”
Metal Sonic: “What of these two?”
Eggman: “Let them chase after us! A battle against my fleet would be a nice prelude to the final battle!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Glaring at the two heroes, Metal Sonic stands in place as Eggman fixes his Egg Mobile, and then flies up to his Sky Fortress. Sonic and Tails stand defensively, wanting to stop the doctor, but knowing that the metallic menace would easily take them down. Once the round scientist is far up in the clouds, the robotic hedgehog follows silently.
As the two villains head off, Sonic and Tails stand there, feeling both irritated and concerned. The latter in particular thinks about what Eggman told them.
Tails: “...An ultimate weapon…? What is he planning?”
Sonic: “We can think about it later! Let’s get back to the Tornado and head after them!”
Tails: “Ah! Right! We’ve gotta stop them!”
Not wanting to let Eggman get away, Sonic and Tails rush back to the Tornado and fly off in the direction of the Sky Fortress. Now that they know what the doctor did to Little Planet, they’re more determined than ever to put an end to his evil plan. And thanks to the rocket booster placed beneath the plane, the heroes are able to catch up with the giant battleship.
However, they have a LOT of opposition when it comes to reaching the Sky Fortress. Mainly the Badniks surrounding it. But this does not deter them. Sonic in particular just smirks at it all.
Sonic: “Heh! Quite the parade we got here!”
Tails: “Mmm…dealing with the airship and Badniks is gonna be tough.”
Sonic: “Don’t worry, Tails! It’ll be like when we went after the Wing Fortress!”
Tails: “Yeah! The Tornado got shot down and I had to repair it while you did everything on your own!”
Sonic: “Relax! We’ve both gotten better since then! We’ve got this!”
Sonic: “For now, just get me close enough so I can land onto the flagship, and you focus on taking out all those Badniks!”
Tails: “What about Metal Sonic?”
Sonic: “I have the Power Ring, remember? I can bust it out when he uses that purple energy thing!”
Tails: “Even so, its power only lasts for a couple of minutes!”
Sonic: “Then I’ll have to make good use of it!”
Sonic: “Now come on! Let’s blow this popsicle stand!”
Despite his concerns, Tails nods before focusing back on piloting the plane, and Sonic holds on tight to the wings, ready to bust some robo heads. As they get closer to the Sky Fortress, they manage to maneuver past the turret shots and the surrounding Badniks, which the blue blur takes care of without much issue.
Though, as Sonic manages to land onto the giant airship, he and Tails notice a new aircraft appear. The same aircraft they saw back in White Park. It’s the Metal Carrier, with Metal Sonic in the cockpit. And while he wants to fight his organic counterpart right now, he was ordered by Eggman to deal with Tails first.
For a moment, Sonic is worried for his little brother’s safety, but he knows he can pilot a plane better than anyone. He’ll be fine. So, he just rushes through the Sky Fortress, avoiding its many traps and Badniks, while also doing his best not to fall off. Though, so far, he sees no sign of Eggman. However, he DOES hear him on the intercom, taunting him.
Eggman: “Even though you and your friend can’t win this battle, you STILL try to fight me anyways?”
Sonic: “At this point, you know I don’t stop for anything, Doc! Whatever you have in store, I can take care of it without issue!”
Eggman: “Ha! You really don’t know how hopeless it is to stop me this time!”
Sonic: “Now where have I heard THAT before? Maybe in one of your previous…oh, I don’t know…”
Sonic: “...50 or so failed plans?”
Eggman: “Make fun of me all you want, you little blue pincushion! But once you know what my ultimate weapon is, you won’t be laughing anytime soon!”
Sonic: “Really now? Why not tell me what it is then?”
Eggman: “I don’t want to spoil the surprise! And I want to see the look on your face when the time comes!”
Rolling his eyes at the doctor’s gloating, Sonic continues on with his mission. As for Tails, he’s having a pretty tough time dealing with the turrets from the Sky Fortress, along with the Badniks and especially the Metal Carrier. Not only can it keep up with the Tornado, but it’s arsenal is very deadly.
From sending out Balkaries, to shooting plasma balls, laser beams, cannonballs, and even missiles, along with it’s large size, the Metal Carrier is a force to be reckoned with. However, Tails’ piloting skills are second to none, and the Tornado, despite not being the most advanced plane, is still very nimble and quick, and armed with a machine gun and homing missiles.
Admittedly, Metal Sonic was impressed with Tails’ piloting skills, but is angry at the fact that he can’t seem to blow him out of the sky, despite how much more powerful his aircraft is. Hence, he continues his pursuit, not caring about the Badniks he runs into. It’s a tense aerial battle, and one of them has to come out on top.
Back to Sonic, he eventually reaches a compartment area, where he finds a whole bunch of inactive satellite devices. He’s about to start smashing them, but before he does so, a compartment on the wall opens up to show a screen that displays Eggman in the bridge.
Eggman: “Ah! I see you found the compartment for my satellite devices!”
Sonic: “Yep! I hope you’re not too attached to them!”
Eggman: “Please! I have plenty more, already set up across the world!”
Sonic: “For what purpose? Aside from juicing up your robots?”
Eggman: “Well, once my ultimate weapon is activated, they’re supposed to form brand new cities!”
Eggman: “That way, I’ll have many fortresses and resources to use for whatever I do next!”
Sonic: “Really now? How exactly does THAT work?”
Eggman: “Use your imagination for now! You’ll learn soon enough!”
Eggman: “But until then, I think this is your stop!”
As the screen turns off and goes back into the compartment on the wall, the floor beneath Sonic opens up, which catches him off-guard. He tries to stay on the remaining metal floor, but the satellite devices are being knocked over, and it’s hard to not get in the way of one. In only a couple of seconds, the blue blur falls out of the Sky Fortress.
Despite his panic, Sonic keeps a level head and notices a few Balkaries flying nearby, moving towards one of them, and riding it like a skateboard through the sky. That’s when he sees how Tails is doing against Metal Sonic, which is still going smoothly for the most part. However, he takes notice of something coming out of the Sky Fortress.
It appears to be some sort of egg-shaped escape pod heading higher into the sky. Sonic thinks this might be Eggman, but puts his attention back on the Tornado. Already, Tails has noticed the blue blur flying on a Balkary and flies over to him. But he’s having trouble doing so due to the Metal Carrier’s attacks.
Soon enough, Sonic destroys the Balkary he’s on and lands on the wings of the Tornado, where he talks with Tails.
Sonic: “How’s the fight with Metal going?”
Tails: “Well, I’m still in the sky, so I’d say it’s going well enough.”
Tails: “Though, his ship is no joke! It has so many weapons!”
Sonic: “Heh! Seems chrome dome has quite the fancy toy!”
Tails: “How about things on your end? I’m assuming it didn’t go well, considering I saw you riding a Badnik?”
Sonic: “Eh…pretty much. I didn’t even reach the bridge.”
Sonic: “Though, I did get SOME info out of ‘ol Egg Breath. But I’ll tell you once we’re not on the verge of getting shot down.”
Tails: “Much appreciated! Now let's get him!”
With a nod and a smirk, Sonic holds onto the wings of the Tornado as Tails flies towards the Metal Carrier, which is still firing at them.
Sonic: “Found any weak spots in that thing?”
Tails: “The only one I can spot is the cockpit! But I doubt Metal Sonic’s gonna let you get close!”
Sonic: “Let’s test that!”
Now with a plan in action, Sonic and Tails try to get close to the Metal Carrier’s cockpit, avoiding it’s many weapons. Metal Sonic picks up on what they’re doing, but decides to let them try. It’s not like Sonic could fly, and this could be his chance to get a good shot on the Tornado, so why not?
Soon enough, Sonic jumps up to reach the cockpit and succeeds, where he comes face-to-face with Metal Sonic, who stares back at him, activating the Metal Carrier’s auto-pilot systems before moving his hands off the controls.
Sonic: “Nice ride you got here, Metal! Mind if I take it for a spin?”
Not responding to Sonic’s comment, Metal tries to swipe at him with one hand, only to miss. This leads to him getting out of his seat and trying to push the blue blur off his aircraft. But it’s kind of a struggle for each of them, and while the Metal Carrier’s auto-pilot kept it from crashing into anything, that still left it susceptible to danger.
Taking his chance, Tails used the homing missiles on the Tornado to fire at the cockpit, causing it to explode and push the two hedgehogs off. And thus, the Metal Carrier ends up crashing into the Sky Fortress, exploding and making both ships fall out of the sky. This infuriates Metal Sonic as he steadies himself in the air.
Sonic meanwhile lands on the Tornado again, giving Tails a thumbs-up for managing to take down the Metal Carrier and Sky Fortress in one move. Though, they notice Metal Sonic is staring at them in the air, likely about to fly at them. And he IS about to do that, but he gets a call from Eggman first.
Eggman: “Metal Sonic! Return to the Death Egg with all remaining forces! Now!”
Metal Sonic: “What about Sonic and Tails? Shall I shoot them down?”
Eggman: “No, that won’t be necessary. Just get over here.”
With that quick call finished, Metal Sonic glares at Sonic and Tails one more time before flying high into the sky. This confuses the two heroes, but they assume they’ve probably won this fight, and begin talking.
Sonic:
“Looks like we won again, huh?”
Tails: “Yeah, but...this definitely wasn’t the final battle.”
Sonic: “Right…we gotta get to the Death Egg and save Little Planet.”
Sonic: “But I doubt we’re gonna reach it with the Tornado.”
Tails: “Agreed. We’ll have to head back to my lab and use the Lunar Fox.”
Tails: “Plus, we can grab some gadgets and tools in order to better prepare ourselves.”
Sonic: “Sounds good! But it’s gonna be a while before we get there!”
Sonic: “And judging by what Eggman’s said, we may not have much time left before he uses that secret weapon of his!”
Tails: “Even still, we’re gonna need whatever we can get our hands on if we want to succeed against him and Metal Sonic!”
Tails: “Sure, we got the Power Ring, but we could use a lot more than that!”
Sonic: “Yeah, yeah…I’m just concerned is all…”
Tails: “Me too…”
For a moment, Sonic and Tails are silent as they feel the wind blow past them. But then the young fox breaks the silence.
Tails: “You said Eggman gave you some useful info, right?”
Sonic: “He said the satellite devices were supposed to transform into entire cities once his new weapon fires. And he has many more across the world.”
Tails: “Hmm…the satellites DID say something about a robotization process.”
Tails: “Is Eggman trying to mechanize entire continents?”
Sonic: “Well, he DID say to use our imagination until the big reveal.”
Sonic: “But regardless of what it’s supposed to do, we can’t let him win.”
Sonic: “Like all of Egghead’s other plans, we’ll send them straight to the scrap heap!”
Tails: “Right! We’ll come out on top, like many times before!”
Sonic nods with a smile, as he and Tails fly off in the sky towards the latter’s lab, ready to take on whatever Eggman and his forces have planned.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Death Egg Mk lll.*
Flying into the docking bay, Metal Sonic lands on the metal floor, where he sees Eggman and a couple of Badniks present. The doctor walks up to the robotic hedgehog to ask about the results of the aerial battle.
Eggman:
“Let me guess…everything was destroyed?”
Metal Sonic: “Unfortunately. Including the Metal Carrier and the Sky Fortress.”
Eggman: “Ugh…sometimes, I question if I made these things out of tissue paper…”
Eggman: “But no matter! It’s a minor loss!”
Eggman: “And soon, the World Roboticizer will be ready to fire!”
Eggman: “Then, I’ll have the entire world at my fingertips! And no one will be able to stop me!”
Metal Sonic: “And I will finally be the one true Sonic.”
Eggman: “Indeed! This will be a great accomplishment for the both of us!”
Eggman: “For now, we’ll have to prepare for Sonic and Tails’ arrival! And make sure the World Roboticizer doesn’t have any issues!”
Eggman: “You can do whatever you want in the meantime, Metal! Just be ready when the time comes!”
Metal Sonic: “I will always be ready."
Eggman smiles at Metal Sonic’s words, and then the two go their separate ways. The doctor gets to work on assembling his Badniks and weapons for the final battle, while the robotic hedgehog just walks around, thinking to himself. He’s curious what will happen after they succeed in taking over Earth.
Obviously, Metal Sonic will continue to serve Eggman for as long as he can, and hopefully stay as his greatest creation. However, he’s still a little concerned about being replaced, or going against his creator in any manner. But he tries to not think about it too much, as it’s of no importance currently…
Instead, he thinks about his final battle with Sonic. No doubt, his inferior counterpart will be more prepared to face him. Though, with the power of the Evolving Amethyst…
…No one will be able to stop Metal Sonic.
Chapter 17: Death Egg Showdown
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Tails’ Workshop. Nighttime.*
On an undisclosed tropical island is a large metal lab with a two tails symbol on the front door, along with a yellow roof and a satellite dish on top. There’s a few palm trees surrounding it, and an ocean nearby, which sparkles under the starry night sky. In addition, there was a metal runway where the Tornado was standing idle.
Inside the lab, Tails was typing quickly on a keyboard as he stared at a couple of screens, showing a map of planet Earth, and the rest of the solar system, along with other things. Meanwhile, Sonic sits at a blue table with blue chairs nearby, eating a bunch of microwaved corn dogs while waiting for his best friend to finish what he’s working on. Nearby is a large orange rocket with white tips and three seats.
Having arrived at this lab an hour ago, the two heroes got to work on not only preparing the Lunar Fox for take-off, but also grabbing a couple of tools and items for their final battle. Plus have a snack or 10, since they’ve been traveling for a couple days with not much rest, and they don’t want to be too tired when they get going.
Right now, Tails is trying to pinpoint where the Death Egg Mk lll is by picking up its signal, using the information he gathered from the satellite devices to quicken the process. Soon enough, the young fox manages to succeed, and calls out to Sonic.
Tails: “I got it!”
Not responding with words, due to the last corn dog in his mouth, Sonic finishes his food and goes up to Tails with a smile.
Sonic: “Nice! Where is it?”
Tails: “Well, the signal seems to be slowly moving towards Station Square. And I’m getting some powerful energy readings from it.”
Sonic: “That’s gotta be due to the Time Stones. They probably power the whole space station.”
Tails: “Most likely. Which means once we disconnect them from the Death Egg, it’ll no longer be able to function.”
Tails: “But then again, Eggman might have a back-up source.”
Sonic: “Pretty sure it won’t matter if I can tap into the power of the Time Stones like before.”
Sonic: “Once I get my hands on them, I can just reverse all of Egghead’s handiwork and bring Little Planet back to normal!”
Sonic: “Then, we can call it a night!”
Tails: “Sounds good. But with Metal Sonic there, it’s not gonna be easy.”
Tails: “Plus, they’re expecting us to show up, and there’s likely thousands of Badniks on that thing.”
Sonic: “So what? We’ve faced greater odds before and still won!”
Sonic: “We just gotta give it our all and never back down!”
Tails: “Right… keep moving forward.”
Sonic puts a hand on Tails’ shoulder, giving a thumbs up with a smile.
Sonic: “Exactly! Now let’s get up there and kick some robo-butt!”
Tails: “Yeah!”
Tails nods with a smile, before he and Sonic grab their tools, and jump into the seats of the Lunar Fox. As the young fox prepares for takeoff, the doors to the lab open as the floor beneath the rocket moves outside. Then, once he’s finished, the boosters on the rocket come to life as they ignite.
The Lunar Fox flies high into the sky, with Tails holding on tight to the controls, and Sonic smirking in excitement. Now in the sparkly void of space, the young fox flies the rocket towards their destination. On their way there, the two heroes converse a bit through the comms system.
Tails: “...Do you think we should have asked for Knuckles’ help before this?”
Sonic: “Eh. Kinda too late for that one.”
Sonic: “And knowing him, he’d try and hog up all the fun!”
Tails: “Maybe…but still, his strength would be very useful here.”
Tails: “And also having some of the Chaos Emeralds would have been nice, too.”
Sonic: “True. But again, we’re already up in space.”
Tails: “Yeah, yeah…I know…”
Tails: “It’s just…I’m worried about how this is gonna go.”
Tails: “Sure, we’ll probably win in the end, but that doesn’t make me feel any less concerned.”
Tails: “Eggman keeps talking about how this secret weapon of his will be the end of us, and Metal Sonic nearly killed us both.”
Tails: “So…I can’t help but feel like something’s gonna go wrong…”
Sonic: “Nothing’s gonna go wrong, Tails.”
Sonic: “Yes, it’s not gonna be easy. And it’s gonna be dangerous.”
Sonic:
“But at the same time, we’ve been through this scenario before!”
Sonic: “Heck, we managed to destroy two Death Eggs before! A third one isn’t gonna be any different!”
Tails: “Yes, but-”
Sonic: “But nothing! Remember what I’ve told you before!”
Sonic: “If you have time to worry, then run!”
Tails: “...”
Tails: “Sigh…right…sorry that I keep second-guessing myself, Sonic.”
Sonic: “It’s fine, Tails! I know this is a pretty stressful situation!”
Sonic: “However, worrying about it isn’t gonna help us! Keep your eyes on the mission!”
Tails: “Of course. I’ll do my best.”
Sonic: “I know you will! And you’ll do great!”
Though they’re in separate seats, Sonic can tell that Tails is smiling. For a couple of minutes, the two of them stay silent as they fly through space. But eventually, the two spot something up ahead. A familiar shape with a purple glow that they both recognize.
Tails: “That’s gotta be it…!”
Sonic: “Yeah…another ball of scrap to get rid of!”
While Tails is a little nervous at seeing this new Death Egg, he’s trying to stay collected as he drives the Lunar Fox towards it. Sonic meanwhile grins in excitement, ready to jump out of the rocket at any moment. As they get closer to the orbital space station, they get a much better look at it’s design.
Naturally, it has the face of Dr. Eggman with concave eye-sockets, a sharp nose, a vacuum-hardened plasma steel mustache, and a large grin that acts as the opening to the docking bay. However, beneath the face is a glass casing showing Little Planet trapped inside the orbital space station.
In addition, there’s many purple lights on the Death Egg, including the eyes, and some hexagons too. Plus, surrounding the large fortress appears to be some kind of strange, jellyfish-like machines with the Eggman Empire logo pasted on them. And what’s most note-worthy about this space station is how large it is, which the two heroes come to realize as they fly closer.
Sonic: “Wow…! This is definitely much bigger than the last two Death Eggs!”
Tails: “No kidding! Just how much artillery is inside that thing?”
Sonic: “We’re about to find out!”
Gulping a little, Tails continues with flying the Lunar Fox into the docking bay of the Death Egg, while Sonic keeps his excited grin on. Once they land, the blue blur jumps out of his seat and onto the metal floor, with the young fox following. They’re immediately greeted by a group of Badniks, and the two heroes face them.
Sonic: “Sweet! A welcoming party! This ought to be fun!”
Sonic: “What do you say we show them a combo move?”
Tails: “Sounds good! Whenever you’re ready!”
Sonic: “Heh! I was born ready!”
High-fiving each other, Sonic and Tails then perform the Combo Spin-Attack and barrel through the Badniks like bowling pins. Afterwards, they separate and get back on their feet (Or more accurately, Sonic does. Tails flies instead), where they speed through the interior of the Death Egg Mk lll.
While there are tons of Badniks present, and many traps like gravity switches, metal doors, and tons of spikes, Sonic and Tails are able to hold their own. Mainly thanks to the latter’s gadgets that he brought for the ride, like a red laser cannon on his arm, many types of bombs, laser shields, and more.
Sonic himself doesn’t have much on him, aside from a laser shield device and the Power Ring, but at the same time, he has no need for anything else thanks to his incredible speed. As the two heroes continue their run through the orbital space station, Tails is trying to locate the Time Stones with his scanner.
However, because of all the Badniks and hazards pelting him, along with how the energy of the Time Stones is scattered throughout the Death Egg, it’s hard to pinpoint their exact location. Luckily, the two heroes may not have to use the scanner as they come across a large metal chamber, which catches their attention.
Sonic: “Ah! This seems pretty important! Should we break inside?”
Tails: “Hold on…I think I’ve just about got it…”
Eggman: “No need to, fox boy! I’ll gladly explain it to you both!”
Hearing the voice of Eggman, Sonic and Tails perk up as they see the doctor fly down in a machine that seems to resemble a heart with blue veins and red arteries on it, and is surrounded by four large ring-shaped barriers. A whole bunch of Badniks also show up as well, but there’s no sign of Metal Sonic.
Regardless, Sonic and Tails look up at Eggman, ready for whatever he throws at them. Though, the former decides to throw some sass first.
Sonic: “Really now? Finally gonna tell us what your super evil weapon is?”
Eggman: “Indeed! Because we’re in the endgame now!”
Eggman: “And with this device, both your world AND your hopes will be dashed to pieces!”
Tails: “Then start talking! Are the Time Stones in that chamber?”
Eggman: “Yes! They power almost everything here! Including my ultimate weapon!”
Sonic: “Let me guess…eye lasers that destroy entire continents again?”
Eggman: “Well, they still shoot lasers, but not for destruction this time!”
Eggman: “Instead, they merely turn any living thing into a well-oiled machine! And destroy all machinery, too!”
Tails: “What? Then you’re trying to…!”
Eggman: “That’s right, Tails! I’m about to mechanize ALL of Earth!”
Eggman: “I call it the World Roboticizer!”
Now knowing what Eggman’s ultimate weapon is, Tails is both surprised and incredibly worried. Sonic is trying to stay cool, but it’s clear he’s just as bothered about this weapon as his younger brother is. These reactions amuse the doctor as he laughs in his machine.
Eggman: “Hahahahahaha! The looks on your faces!”
Eggman: “NOW do you understand how little chance there is for you to stop me!?”
Sonic: “Tch! I’ll admit it’s kinda impressive, but do you seriously think we’ll let that happen!?”
Eggman: “Oh, you’re welcome to try, Sonic! But good luck making it very far!”
Eggman: “There’s only a couple of minutes left before it’ll fire! You don’t have enough time to hack or reprogram the weapon, and destroying it won’t bring about good results!”
Eggman: “In other words…GAME OVER!”
Sonic: “You shouldn’t count your eggs before they rot!”
Not wanting to waste anymore time talking, Sonic jumps across the different Badniks and nearby structures in order to reach Eggman. However, as he’s about to reach the cockpit, he’s intercepted by Metal Sonic, who catches the blue blur by the hands as he floats in the air, in-between his organic counterpart and his creator. While Sonic looks annoyed with Metal, Eggman merely grins wider as he gives his orders.
Eggman: “Metal…kill him.”
Metal Sonic: “Gladly.”
Throwing Sonic down to the ground, Metal Sonic then rushes after him, ready to tear him to shreds as his red eyes seethe with ferocity. Luckily, the blue blur manages to dodge the first strike, and looks back at Tails, who isn’t sure what to do and is kinda freaking out a bit.
Sonic:
“Tails! Go and shut down that thing! Do whatever you can!”
Tails:
“But-!”
Sonic: “I’ll be fine! GO!”
Tails nods, and tries to fly towards the Time Stone chamber. However, neither Eggman or the Badniks are having any of it.
Eggman:
“Oh, no you don’t!”
Moving his Egg Heart machine towards Tails, Eggman blocks the chamber, while also pressing a button on his console. Afterwards, the eyes of the Badniks change from their standard cyan to purple, meaning they’ve become super-powered by the Death Egg via drawing power from the Time Stones.
Surrounded by a large army of killer robots and a mad scientist, along with being only a moment away from failing, Tails is close to losing his nerve. He’s sweating and his expression screams stressed. Eggman, still grinning ear to ear, taunts him.
Eggman: “What are you gonna do without your precious hero, Prower?”
Tails: “I…I’ll do whatever I can to stop you! That’s what!”
Eggman: “HA! You really think you can stop me!?”
Eggman: “I could have done this FAR sooner, and mechanized all of Earth with you AND Sonic on it!”
Eggman: “However, I wanted to have some fun first before then! Let it sink for you both that I’ve already won!”
Eggman: “At this point, I’m just messing around! Do you honestly think you can turn the tides in your favor!?”
Tails: “I don’t care what you say! If there’s a chance that I can stop you, I’ll do everything I can to achieve it!”
Tails: “And if I fail, I know Sonic will take you down!”
Eggman: “Sure! But can he take Metal Sonic down?”
Tails: “I know he can! He’s always pulled through, no matter what gets thrown his way!”
Tails: “Now enough talking! I’m stopping this, Eggman!”
Eggman: “Hahahaha! You really are in denial, aren’t you?”
Eggman: “Fine! I’ll crush you myself!”
With an angry expression, Tails flies straight towards Eggman, who responds in kind with his electric rings and super-powered Badniks. It’s a grueling fight for the young fox, as not only is the Egg Heart a dangerous machine to fight against, but the hundreds of Badniks attacking him make it hard to get some good hits in, or to properly think at points.
Though, that doesn’t mean Tails is giving up. He uses every trick and gadget he has in his arsenal to hold his own, determined to defeat the mad scientist and stop the World Roboticizer. Sonic is depending on him to succeed, and he refuses to let him down. He HAS to keep going. He HAS to win.
Meanwhile, Sonic and Metal Sonic zip around and clash throughout the Death Egg, dealing heavy blows and trying to put the other down for the count. The both of them are equally matched at this point, with the organic hedgehog adapting to his counterpart’s abilities and moves, and the robotic hedgehog constantly attacking and pursuing his counterpart in a focused fury.
But like with Tails, the fight is incredibly tough for Sonic. Despite doing much better than their last encounter, and having his laser shield device to soften some blows, Metal Sonic is still an incredible threat that just won’t back off. However, the blue blur isn’t giving up anytime soon. Especially with so little time left to stop Eggman.
Eventually, the two hedgehogs take a moment to stop the fight, with Sonic being a little winded, and Metal looking a little bruised. Despite his fatigue, the blue blur still makes light of his opponent.
Sonic: “You know, you keep calling me your loathsome copy or inferior counterpart!”
Sonic: “But last I checked, I kinda came first! And I’m not called ‘Flesh Sonic’ or anything like that!”
Sonic: “Plus, I’ve beaten you three times before this! So by that logic, shouldn’t YOU be the copy then?”
Metal Sonic: “!”
Angered at Sonic’s comment, Metal Sonic rushes right at him in order to strike at his face. Luckily, the blue blur puts his laser shield up to block him. Though, the metallic menace is giving him a death glare as he continues to maneuver around the fleshy hedgehog and throw more attacks at him.
Metal Sonic: “Don’t you DARE MOCK ME!”
Metal Sonic: “I am the perfected Sonic! I am more than you will ever be!”
Metal Sonic: “I have power far greater than yours! I don’t require rest or food to keep going!
Metal Sonic: “I serve the greatest empire in the world, led by the smartest man alive!”
Metal Sonic: “And ANYTHING that gets in my way will be ERADICATED!”
Metal Sonic: “What do YOU have that makes me inferior!? You’re just an arrogant fool who relies on others to win your battles!”
As Metal Sonic finishes his rant, he throws another attack at Sonic, who manages to dodge and counterattack. All while responding to his question.
Sonic: “I’ll admit you’re pretty strong, Metal! And your persistence is something I admire!”
Sonic: “However, I don’t need to prove anything to myself or anyone else! I’m just living by my own feelings!”
Sonic: “Exploring the world…seeing everything it has to offer…that’s what makes life worth living!”
Sonic: “And I rely on my friends because I believe in them! They help keep me going when I can’t go on!”
Sonic: “They’re one of many reasons why I continue fighting! To make sure they’re safe and free to enjoy life to the fullest!”
Sonic: “Maybe if you stopped following daddy’s orders and explored the world, you’d understand that!”
Metal Sonic: “Tch! So you think you’re better than me because of that!?”
Sonic: “Well, I’d say we’re equals! And if you stopped being such a jerk, I wouldn’t have to keep beating you up!”
Sonic: “I’m not asking to be friends or anything! But we can at least call it a truce once this is over if you want!”
Metal Sonic: “Truce!? Equals!?”
Metal Sonic: “I wasn’t designed to be on-par with you! Nor be content with your existence!”
Metal Sonic: “I was made to surpass and KILL YOU! It’s the sole reason I was made to begin with!”
Metal Sonic: “It’s in my very core! As long as you still breathe, I will never be content!”
Metal Sonic: “If I have to destroy everything you care about just to take you out, then I’ll do it without a second thought!”
Metal Sonic: “Your existence is a constant reminder that I will never be complete! That I will always fail at what I was made for!”
Metal Sonic: “Which is why you must DIE!”
His fury reaching a boiling point, and having said all he wanted to about his loathsome copy, Metal Sonic ceases his assault and brings out the power of the Evolving Amethyst, with his purple glow and sparks returning. In response, Sonic brings out the Power Ring, ready to harness its power.
Now flowing with incredible strength, and anger fueling his desire for victory, Metal Sonic glares at Sonic.
Metal Sonic: “See this power I wield!? With it, I constantly evolve in strength and mind!”
Metal Sonic: “How do you hope to destroy me the way I am now!?”
Sonic: “Simple really…with THIS!”
Tightly grasping the Power Ring in his hand, Sonic closes his eyes and focuses. Metal Sonic isn’t certain of what he’s doing, but then he notices the ring dissipate into golden sparkles. His energy readings also start to spike as many of the quills on the blue blur start to glow a bright blue, and electricity emits off of his body.
Opening his eyes, Sonic’s green pupils are now glowing blue, and he gives off his trademark smirk. Metal Sonic understands what his inferior counterpart has done.
Metal Sonic: “You harnessed the ring’s power?”
Sonic: “Most certainly! I learned this trick a few months ago, and I’m eager to show it off!”
Sonic: “Now how about we see who’s faster?”
Metal Sonic: “By all means! You still have no chance against me!”
With both hedgehogs powered up, and eager to continue their bout, the two of them get right back to it. Only this time, they’re far faster and stronger than before, speeding across the entire Death Egg in seconds. They’re still equally matched, which surprises Metal, but he doesn’t let it phase him.
Granted, the Power Ring is inferior to the Evolving Amethyst, as it’s only a temporary boost and cannot continuously grow the user’s strength. However, this still gives Sonic the edge he needs, and he’s not holding anything back against his metal counterpart. He knows he needs to put him down quickly before his boost gives out.
Meanwhile, Tails has managed to take down a couple of the powered-up Badniks, but there’s still a lot of them left. Plus, despite getting some good hits in, Eggman’s Egg Heart machine hasn’t gone down yet, and the young fox hasn’t been able to reach the Time Stone chamber at all. He’s reaching his limit. And the doctor can tell.
Eggman: “What’s the matter, fox boy!? Running on fumes!?”
Tails: “Just shut up already!”
At this point, most of Tails’ gadgets have either run out of power, or have been destroyed. But he has one ace up his sleeve that he planned for desperate situations. Pulling out a green bomb with a lighting bolt on it, the young fox throws it high into the air before setting it off. Immediately, a powerful electric field covers the area.
This short-circuits all the Badniks, and even causes a few of them to fall apart. The Egg Heart is also affected, and a surprised Eggman gets electrocuted. Tails himself is caught in the blast as well, getting pretty injured. But once the field disappears, he manages to get back on his feet and smiles at the sight of the doctor down on the ground with a messy mustache and burn marks.
Making his way towards the Time Stone chamber’s door, Tails uses his scanner to hack the hand-scanner, allowing him to get inside while closing his way out. He quickly notices the Time Stones inside a glowing glass chamber, and a console with a screen showing the timer for the World Roboticizer. 5 minutes left.
Though he’s amazed by the gemstones for a moment, Tails quickly heads to the console and tries to figure out SOME way of stopping this device.
Tails: “Okay! Let’s see…”
The first thing Tails attempts is stopping the weapon’s firing sequence altogether. However, there’s no command to stop it. So he decides to try and release the Time Stones instead. But the chamber is completely locked, and breaking the glass or anything else in here could spell a much worse fate than a mechanized Earth.
While Tails could hack the device in order to gain access, it likely would take too long to break the code. Plus, the electric field bomb he used won’t keep the Badniks and Eggman down forever, so he has to think of something quick. Plus, there’s no telling how long Sonic will be able to keep Metal Sonic busy at the moment, even with the Power Ring.
The stakes are high, and the young fox is incredibly stressed. Time is wasting, and there’s no telling what will become of the planet below…
Will it become Eggman’s dystopia? Or can Sonic and Tails save the day once again?
Chapter 18: Shattered
Chapter Text
*13 AS. Death Egg Mk lll.*
Recovering from the electric field bomb Tails set off, Eggman gets off the ground, feeling pretty sore and incredibly aggravated. He quickly takes note of his inactive Badniks and Egg Heart machine, before turning his attention towards the Time Stone chamber, knowing the fox boy is trying to mess with the World Roboticizer.
Eggman: “Clever little fox…but you won’t last much longer once I get in there!”
While he still believes his victory is assured, Eggman can’t have Tails mess with his ultimate weapon, or it could spell disaster for everyone and everything. Hence, he does his best to restart his Egg Heart machine, teeth gritting as he works through the pain. Luckily, after a couple of seconds, it becomes active again, along with all the Badniks.
Getting back into the cockpit and floating into the air, Eggman looks towards the Time Stone chamber, and plans on getting inside the chamber in order to remove Tails. However, he’s distracted by the sound of clashing metal and crackling electricity coming closer and closer. This confuses him for a moment, and he turns back to see what’s happening.
Seeing a purple and blue streak heading towards his direction, Eggman panics a bit and prepares for impact. But instead, he sees Sonic and Metal Sonic appear in a flash, both facing each other in energized states. The robotic hedgehog has plenty of dents and cracks in his body, and the organic one has a bunch of scars and dark marks.
Sighing in relief, Eggman regains his composure and confidence as he looks down at his spiky blue adversary, who’s clearly a little worn out despite the Power Ring boost.
Eggman: “Ah! I see you’ve gained a new power, hedgehog!”
Eggman: “But judging by your looks, it’s still not enough to defeat Metal!”
Sonic: “Heh! Big talk for a guy who’s relying on their personal lapdog to take me out!”
Eggman: “Hmph! Admittedly, I’d like to kill you myself!”
Eggman: “However, I wouldn’t want to rob my greatest creation of his ultimate victory!”
Eggman: “Plus, I’ll be ruling the world in a few minutes, so I’ll be more than satisfied once this is over!”
Sonic: “A few minutes is all Tails needs to stop your super weapon!”
Eggman: “Really now? You have THAT much confidence in your little mutant pet?”
Sonic: “Of course I do! He’s got the brains AND the determination to pull through!”
Sonic: “And you aren’t gonna get in his way as long as I’m around!”
Eggman: “Let’s change that!”
Eggman: “Metal! Finish him off!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…this has gone on LONG ENOUGH!”
Not wanting to waste anymore time on his loathsome copy, Metal Sonic attempts to land a fatal blow on Sonic. However, he’s still able to dodge these strikes, and retaliate with his own maneuvers. But the blue blur knows it’s only a matter of time before his power boost runs dry, and without any last minute saves, it’ll be the end for him.
Meanwhile, Eggman heads towards the Time Stone chamber in order to take care of Tails, since Sonic is currently distracted with not dying at the hands of Metal Sonic. Once he reaches the door, he tries to use the hand-scanner in order to open it. But the young fox hacked it so that it wouldn’t work.
Though frustrated with this, Eggman just grabs a laser gun he pulls out from his cockpit and tries to fry the chamber door open. He’s had enough of these rodents messing with his devices and plans, and he’s gonna kill one of them by the end of this. So, it might as well be the young fox that rivals his genius.
As for how Tails is doing inside the Time Stone chamber, he’s scrambling to come up with a way to stop the World Roboticizer. There’s only 4 minutes left before it fires, and he’s incredibly stressed. Hence, he’s looking over every little detail of the weapon to see if there’s ANYTHING he can use to his advantage.
Tails: “Come on…! There has to be something!”
Tails: “I can’t let Sonic down! I can’t let Eggman win this time!”
Tails: “...Wait…!”
Immediately, Tails notices some details for the World Roboticizer’s laser cannons, located on the Death Egg Mk lll’s eyes. They’re already building up energy, and their target is Earth. But what if the target was changed? Or inverted? Or at the very least, the energy was disrupted in some manner?
Tails: “THAT’S IT!”
This gives the young fox an idea. It’d take too long to fully hack the firing sequence and turn it off. But he MIGHT have a chance with changing the direction of the blast. If he could invert it on the Death Egg, it would not only keep Earth from getting mechanized, but also cause the Death Egg to completely break down, along with every machine inside it.
Plus, Sonic, Tails, and Eggman wouldn’t be roboticized. The weapon was meant to fire on Earth at its full power. But if it blasted the Death Egg instead, its power would grow weaker and weaker, meaning it’d only have enough energy to affect machines and mechanical devices. Completely mechanizing organic beings would no longer be possible.
However, there’s a HUGE downside to this plan, which makes Tails hesitate on this idea for a moment. Considering this Death Egg is built on top of Little Planet, there’s a high probability of it being destroyed too. And since the Time Stones are connected to Little Planet, they would be destroyed as well, which could cause a powerful and dangerous reaction.
Tails isn’t sure if he should do this, but at the same time, it’s either Little Planet and the Time Stones are destroyed, or all of Earth and its people become Eggman’s personal plaything. There’s no time to think of something else, and hesitating is only gonna waste more time. So…with a heavy heart, the young fox makes his decision…
Tails: “...I’m sorry, Little Planet…”
Now knowing what to do, Tails furiously types on the console, as his eyes stay laser-focused on the screens. Though, he’s startled by the sound of someone melting down the door to the chamber behind him. No doubt, Eggman’s gotten back up. But the young fox just gets back to it, knowing he can’t stop for a moment. There’s only 3 minutes left.
Back outside the Time Stone chamber, the mad scientist uses his laser gun to melt the door open, and appears to be halfway done. However, Sonic notices the doctor, and tries to knock Metal Sonic away for a moment in order to stop him. But the metallic menace is too persistent and too powerful, pinning him down to the ground.
Metal Sonic: “Your fight is with me, hedgehog! I won’t let you escape!”
Sonic: “Rrrgghhh…!”
Sick of Metal Sonic fighting him, and wanting to give Tails more time to stop the World Roboticizer, Sonic decides to take a gamble by harnessing the last of the Power Ring’s energy to increase his strength and speed even more. Doing this will make him lose the power boost much sooner, but it’s the only thing he can do at this point.
So, gritting his teeth and closing his eyes, the blue blur starts emitting more electrical sparks, before opening his eyes and shouting as he releases some powerful electricity around him, catching Metal Sonic off-guard and pushing him away. 2 minutes left.
Sonic: “ENOUGH!”
Now free of his metallic counterpart harassing him, Sonic immediately gets back on his feet, and destroys all the Badniks in a flash, along with the Egg Heart machine. This leaves Eggman completely flabbergasted, making him stop what he’s doing as he watches his nemesis.
Eggman: “WHAT!?”
Just as Eggman says that, Sonic kicks him down to a lower platform, causing the doctor to lose his laser gun and wince a bit in pain. He tries to get back up, but he jumps in fear as he sees the blue blur standing in front of him, still powered up and giving him a deadly glare. He’s angry, which is a rare sight for anyone, as he’s usually too cool-headed for that to happen.
But in THIS situation? The world close to being mechanized and ruled over by his arch-nemesis? His best friend working hard on stopping it? And a metallic knock-off that keeps trying to kill him? Along with all the injuries and fatigue getting to him? Yeah, the blue blur is done playing around. 1 minute left.
However, before Sonic can do anything else to Eggman, who backs away in fear a little, his power boost runs out. His quills and eyes stop glowing blue, and his electric sparks dissipate. He’s still able to stand and fight, but it’s clear he’s not at 100% as he hunches over a bit while panting. Looking down at Eggman, Sonic keeps his stern demeanor on as he speaks.
Sonic: “Huff…puff…”
Sonic: “As long as…I still breathe…”
Sonic: “...You aren’t ever gonna win this.”
Eggman: “...”
Though he doesn’t say anything, Eggman does smile as Sonic is once again attacked by Metal Sonic, who’s still using the power of the Evolving Amethyst. And just like in White Park, the blue blur is getting beaten to a pulp. Only this time, Tails isn’t here to save him, and he can’t pull out any sort of win here. He’s going to lose.
As he watches his greatest creation tear his arch-nemesis to shreds, Eggman laughs in delight despite the pain. He manages to stand up, and simply waits for Metal Sonic to get the anger out of his system. And after about 30 seconds, the metallic menace throws Sonic down to the doctor’s feet, no longer able to get back up.
Landing down to his defeated counterpart, along with his creator, Metal Sonic feels an incredible sense of satisfaction. After turning his power boost off, the metallic menace places a foot on Sonic’s back, keeping him pinned to the ground as he gloats about his win.
Metal Sonic: “Finally…my victory is assured.”
Metal Sonic: “And this time, you have NOTHING to save you.”
Metal Sonic: “No friends…no power boosts…no last-minute saves…”
Metal Sonic: “You have lost to the one true Sonic.”
Eggman: “Indeed! I would have loved to see you continue that beatdown, Metal!”
Eggman: “But then again, I have a fox to catch, and we’re only a couple of seconds away from absolute victory!”
Eggman: “Come on! We need to get Tails out of the Time Stone chamber! Make sure he hasn’t messed with anything!”
Eggman: “Once we do so, and the Earth is mine to rule, you can finish off the hedgehog!”
Metal Sonic: “Tch…”
While Metal Sonic wants to kill Sonic right now, he knows there isn’t anything he can do at this point to stop him. Plus, he doesn’t want to disobey Eggman. So, he takes his foot off the blue blur and takes the doctor towards the chamber. Raising a shaky hand into the air, the organic hedgehog looks up at the two villains with an angered, but bruised expression. 15 seconds left.
Sonic: “N…No…!”
Flying in front of the Time Stone chamber, Metal Sonic places Eggman down, before moving towards the door, and prying it open with his metallic claws, making a loud creaking noise. Once the two villains see the inside, they find Tails typing on the console, before stopping and taking a deep breath. 10 seconds left.
Tails: “There…it’s done…”
Metal Sonic: “And so are you.”
Jumping a bit in fear, Tails turns around to see Metal Sonic and Eggman, with the latter grinning. Without hesitation, the metallic menace grabs the young fox by the throat before he can try anything. Though, at this point, he’s pretty mentally exhausted. Quickly, the doctor checks the console to see if anything has changed. 5 seconds left.
Eggman: “Heh! Looks like Sonic’s confidence in you was misplaced, Tails!”
Eggman: “Everything here is just the same as I programmed it to be! You failed to stop me!”
Tails: “Check the target.”
Eggman: “...What?”
Hearing Tails say that with a tired, but irritated expression makes Eggman pause. Then, they hear a loud beeping noise, along with a robotic voice on the comms system, and flashing red lights across the Death Egg.
“WORLD ROBOTICIZER FULLY CHARGED. FIRING ON DEATH EGG MK lll.”
Eggman: “WHAT!? WAIT! ABORT! ABORT!”
Freaking out, Eggman desperately tries to access the console for the World Roboticizer. However, it’s already too late. Now that the weapon is firing its energy on this very space station, everything mechanical is starting to go haywire. From the Badniks, to the mechanical cylinders, computer screens, and even Metal Sonic himself.
Metal Sonic: "̵͉̥͊̃Å̷̦̻̀A̶̅͛ͅȦ̸̼̯G̵̮͓͛G̸̯̎G̶̗͑̏H̴̬͇̄H̵̺̲́H̵͙͖̐H̴̜͖̊H̷̗̿͝H̴̯̱͛!̷̪͚́̆!̸̧͘!̴̺̯̚!̸͓̦͂"̸͍́̆͜
Because of this, the robotic hedgehog lets go of Tails, who falls down to the floor and immediately flies out of the Time Stone chamber to get the beaten Sonic. Meanwhile, Eggman slams the console in a rage, while Metal Sonic tries to gain control of himself.
Eggman: “NO NO NO NO! I HAD IT! I WAS SO CLOSE!”
Eggman: “BUT THAT IRRITATING FOX RUINED ME! AND THAT HEDGEHOG…!”
Eggman: “HE ALWAYS GETS IN MY WAY! EVERY! SINGLE! TIME!”
Eggman: “I HATE THAT HEDGEHOG!”
As Eggman screams in fury, the glass container for the Time Stones glows so bright that the madman has to shield his eyes. Metal Sonic, on the other hand, falls to the ground nearby, trying to fight off the malfunction and get back up. But it’s not working at all. Back to Tails, he reaches Sonic and helps him back up, with the former looking incredibly concerned, and the latter just giving off a tired smirk.
Tails: “Are you alright?”
Sonic: “Heh…I’ll walk it off…”
Sonic: “But it looks like you did it! I can hear the doc’s screaming from here!”
Tails: “Yes…Earth is safe…but…”
Hearing this line, Sonic looks at Tails, confused. He quickly notices how downcast his little brother is, which worries him.
Sonic: “Tails? What’s wrong?”
Tails: “...”
Before Tails can answer Sonic’s question, the Time Stone chamber suddenly explodes in a bright light, with everyone being pushed away, including Eggman and Metal Sonic. They all lay on the ground, as the entire space station continues to explode and fall apart. There’s also a loud siren noise with a robotic voice.
“WARNING! DEATH EGG MK lll HAS SUSTAINED HEAVY DAMAGE! EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY! THIS IS NOT A DRILL!”
In a moment, everyone manages to stand up. However, Sonic is still incredibly bruised, and Eggman himself was caught in the middle of the explosion, so he’s not feeling so hot either. Tails is mostly fine, but Metal Sonic is incredibly damaged. He’s lost an arm, one of his feet is gone, and he’s got a big crack on his head that covers his left eye.
Eggman: “Uggghhh…!”
Sonic: “Ow…Tails? You okay?”
Tails: “Yeah…I’m okay…”
Metal Sonic: "̸M̴u̷s̶t̶.̶.̴.̵k̶e̶e̸p̴.̵.̸.̵g̵o̸i̶n̸g̴.̸.̷.̸"̵
As everyone’s trying to get their bearings, they see a bright source of light up ahead where the chamber was located. The Time Stones are still here. But as Tails predicted, their power is behaving erratically. Electricity and sparkles shoot out from their aura, which grows bigger and bigger.
Eggman: “Ah! Yes! I can still salvage this! I can still win!”
Eggman: “Metal! Fly me over!”
Metal Sonic: "̴Y̵e̸s̵.̷.̴.̴c̸a̷n̷n̶o̶t̶.̴.̵.̷g̸i̶v̸e̶ ̴u̴p̶ ̴n̷o̶w̵.̶.̵.̶"̵
Despite his heavily damaged state, Metal manages to hold onto Eggman’s jacket and fly him over to the Time Stones. Though, the robotic hedgehog is having a lot of trouble staying active, as he barely manages to fly through the air. Also, the doctor is very impatient and angry at the moment, and keeps ordering his creation to go faster.
Sonic and Tails, knowing they can’t let Eggman and Metal Sonic take the Time Stones again, get right into action.
Sonic: “Oh no you don’t!”
Sonic: “Tails! Throw me over!”
Tails: “Right!”
Though he may be incredibly fatigued and bruised, Sonic refuses to give up now. And while Tails is also pretty worn out as well, he feels the exact same way. So, grabbing onto the blue blur by the hands, the two-tailed prodigy spins him around, building up speed. Then, he throws him up towards the Time Stones, before falling down to the ground, exhausted.
Just as Sonic lands in front of the hexagonal gemstones, Eggman and Metal Sonic reach them as well. That’s when they get a closer look at the Time Stones. They’re cracking, as if they’re starting to break apart. But the doctor doesn’t care, as he immediately grabs the red Time Stone.
Eggman: “Now to reverse this setback!”
Sonic: “NO!”
Sonic quickly grabs the green Time Stone, hoping to cancel out Eggman’s attempt to reverse time. This causes an even more erratic reaction of energy, as these two adversaries try to use this incredible power. One for a selfish cause. The other for a selfless cause. But what about Metal Sonic?
Knowing the incredible power of the Time Stones, and seeing his opportunity, the robotic hedgehog grabs the blue one.
Metal Sonic: "̶M̷u̴s̶t̷.̷.̸.̴g̸a̸i̷n̵.̴.̴.̸p̵o̸w̴e̴r̵.̶.̶.̴!̸"̷
Metal Sonic: "̴̝͆̈M̵̧̙̾u̴̯̲̍̓ś̴͍͈t̶̘͊͘.̵̾͊ͅ.̶̜̘͘.̵͕̇͋ṣ̷̾̔u̸̮̤͝r̷͙̭̂̀p̷̢͆̂à̷͍̞̃ş̴̹̎s̷̨͊͝.̴̞̼̚.̶̛͍͙͑.̴̛̬̳Ṡ̸̹̞o̵̹͔͝n̴̜͑͗i̷͈̓̚c̷̻͠!̸̝̮̇̾"̴̮̗̀̏
With a third party now involved in this power struggle, the energy reaction becomes even more unstable and chaotic. The entire Death Egg shakes and rumbles as Sonic, Eggman, and Metal Sonic are consumed by the bright light of the Time Stones. Tails has to close his eyes, and hope that they’re not gonna die here.
As Little Planet is eradicated due to being trapped inside the large orbital space station, the Time Stones start to shatter. Cyan. Orange. Yellow. And purple. But the ones held by Sonic, Eggman, and Metal…they seem to stay in one piece, despite clearly having some cracks on them. Like they’re refusing to break.
Eventually, the light of the Time Stones eclipses the entire Death Egg, which catches the attention of a lot of people on Earth below. Then, it forms into a sparkly, purple explosion, with a blue, green, and red star spreading across the sky. While it’s confusing out of context, it does look quite beautiful in the night sky…
However…for those who know what this truly was…it meant disappointment and failure…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Tails’ Workshop. Nighttime.*
Back at the undisclosed tropical island where Tails’ Workshop was, not a single soul was around, and only the sounds of the ocean nearby, along with some chirping from a few Flickies, were heard. But then, in a sparkly flash of light, Sonic and Tails appeared, with the former looking angry as his hand grasps nothing, and the latter looking fearful as he keeps his eyes closed.
Once they realize they’re not on the exploding Death Egg anymore, the two heroes look around confused. Only to then lay down on the sand in exhaustion.
Tails: “Oh thank god, we’re okay! I thought we were goners!”
Sonic: “Yeah…guess when I used that Time Stone, it ended up bringing us here.”
Sonic: “And I guess the same happened to Eggman and Metal, too.”
Tails: “Mmm…but…”
Getting off the ground, Tails looks up in the night sky, with Sonic following. That’s when they both see the result of their final battle. The sparkly remains of the destroyed Death Egg Mk lll, Little Planet, and the Time Stones, along with the 3 stars spreading across the sky. This sight makes the two heroes feel pretty upset.
Tails: “...We failed…”
Sonic: “...”
Sonic: “...Well…we DID save the Earth…”
Tails: “But we weren’t able to save Little Planet…”
Tails: “...I…wasn’t able to save Little Planet…”
Clearly frustrated with himself, Tails sits down on the ground, with his arms around his legs. Sonic sits down next to him, concerned for his best friend, but trying to stay collected despite the heavy loss they’ve both been dealt. Putting a hand on the fox’s shoulder, the blue blur tries his best to comfort him.
Sonic: “Tails, you did the best you could in that situation.”
Tails: “No, I didn’t! I should have figured out a better solution!”
Tails: “I should have known what Eggman was trying to do earlier! I should have made something that would-”
Sonic: “We didn’t know what to expect!”
Sonic: “And with very little time, you were just doing whatever you could!”
Tails: “I still failed, Sonic!”
Tails: “Yes, Earth is safe! Yes, we stopped Eggman!”
Tails: “But Little Planet is gone! I knew reversing the World Roboticizer on the Death Egg could mean its destruction!”
Tails: “if I was just a little smarter…if I just figured it all out a little sooner…”
Sonic: “...”
Although he does his best to keep a calm expression, it’s clear Sonic is upset with Tails blaming himself so much for what happened. After taking a deep breath, the blue blur says something again.
Sonic: “...Tails…mind if I be real with you for a second?”
Tails: “...Yeah…?”
Looking towards his brother, Tails has an expression that’s stuck between curious and downcast.
Sonic: “I’m sure you already know at this point, but…”
Sonic: “...Sometimes, I’m not actually as confident as I seem.”
Sonic: “I don’t let the negatives of life get to me because, well, I know it’ll all come to pass eventually.”
Sonic: “Plus, I want to make sure it’s the same for other people by helping them out. Raising their spirits.”
Sonic: “But…there are points where I can’t keep all those feelings inside…”
Sonic: “And…I tend to be pretty tough on myself during those moments too.”
Sonic: “However, that isn’t gonna change what I’ve experienced, or help me or anyone else.”
Sonic: “Hence…I just keep running.”
Tails: “Right…”
Tails: “Honestly, it’s rare for me to see you truly upset. I don’t even know if I’ve seen you cry before.”
Sonic: “Heh…it is possible…”
Sonic: “But…what I’m trying to say is this…”
Sonic: “Every time we fall, we have an opportunity to get back up.”
Sonic: “And with each fall, we’re determined to make sure it doesn’t happen again.”
Sonic: “We keep getting better and better. Day by day.”
Looking back at Tails, Sonic smiles.
Sonic: “And I know you’ll do exactly that, Tails.”
Sonic: “You can fly, build incredible machines, are an incredible pilot, and have the potential to be a greater hero than I am.”
Tails: “Heh…I doubt I could surpass you, Sonic.”
Sonic: “Well, I think you can do it! You’ve already helped a lot of people!”
Sonic: “Plus, I can’t do any of the things you can! At times, I’m actually a little jealous!”
Tails: “Come on! Now I know you’re just trying to make me feel better!”
Sonic: “I’m being serious here! You’re amazing, and I don’t ever want you to forget that fact!”
Sonic: “Now quit being so hard on yourself! You did your best, and that’s okay!”
Tails: “...”
For a moment, Tails looks down with a contemplative look, while Sonic patiently waits. Then, after taking a deep breath, the young fox looks back at Sonic with a smile.
Tails: “...Alright.”
Tails: “I still don’t feel great…but I get it now.”
Sonic: “That’s perfectly fine. Just gotta give it some time.”
Tails nods, feeling a little better than earlier thanks to Sonic’s words. Then, the two stare into the night sky silently for a while. They may not have gotten the results they wanted for today…but that’s okay. What matters is that they did their best, and managed to get good results by the end of it.
However, it’ll take some time for the two of them to feel better about the loss of Little Planet. But they’re willing to do better with whatever comes next. They know they’ll come out on top. Because together, they’re unstoppable.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day. Final Egg Base.*
Dr. Eggman stands on the second floor of a giant, spherical, double-story room with plenty of machinery, a door with 6 yellow swatches, two green tubes, and some kind of automatic repair machine. He’s eating an eggs benedict, and is still feeling salty about what happened with the Death Egg Mk lll yesterday.
Like Sonic predicted, Eggman and Metal Sonic were sent to the Mystic Ruins when they tried to use the Time Stones. While the doctor was fine, the robotic hedgehog became inactive, and is now undergoing some repairs and a check-up. After a couple of minutes, the results of the check-up appear on the scientist’s computer handheld.
Eggman: “Hmm…seems the Time Stone’s power has temporarily disabled the Evolving Amethyst.”
Eggman: “It’s power is still there, but it’s faint at the moment. I’ll have to wait until Metal Sonic regains his strength.”
Eggman: “But for now, I can repair his body. And perhaps once he’s back online, he’ll be stronger than before?”
Eggman: “Well, I’ll have to wait and see.”
Looking over to one of the green tubes, Eggman continues with what he’s saying while stroking his mustache.
Eggman: “Until he wakes up, I’ll store him here. I can rely on one of the newer Sonic robots I made in the meantime.”
Eggman: “It’s a shame, really. I went to all this trouble to recover the original Metal Sonic and power him up.”
Eggman: “He was really close to killing Sonic, but…something always got in the way…”
Eggman: “Then again, he was testing my patience at points with some of his questions.”
Eggman: “Eh. No matter. I can think about robot hedgehogs another day.”
Eggman: “Plus, I need to come up with a new plan! AND new machines!”
Eggman: “Perhaps I should do some research in the Mystic Ruins? It could serve as good inspiration!”
Smiling at the idea, Eggman proceeds to head off as he finishes his food. But he gives one last glance towards the busted Metal Sonic before the door closes. There’s no telling when the metallic menace will come back online, or how he'll change due to the Time Stone’s power…
But either way…the metallic menace will continue to be an incredible threat…
Chapter 19: Unseen Adventures (Part 4)
Chapter Text
While it may no longer be necessary to write summaries of some of these Sonic games, considering how much more story focused a few of these are, but at the same time, they’re fun to write and talk about, so I’m gonna continue with it.
Also, these summaries COULD be the last ones, since after this, we’ll be getting to Sonic Heroes, where things start being much different compared to the canon game events, and the characters can just mention these events in passing or whatever. But I may do a few anyways for funsies.
Anyways! Let’s get right to it!
Sonic Adventure:
Considering how lengthy and detailed this game’s story is, I feel that writing a summary for this would be a little too much. So, I’ll just list some changes I’ll make here, along with details I want to mention. Some of which I'm taking from Ruby Of Blue’s “ Building The DREAM Sonic Adventure REMAKE ” video (Which is REALLY good, by the way! PLEASE go check it out!).
Using Metal Sonic 1.0’s evolving A.I. as a basis, Eggman incorporates that new data and information into the E-Series Robots. This explains why they’re so advanced, and how E-102 Gamma is able to break free of the doctor’s control and follow its own path (A precursor for things to come).
Due to his failure to save Little Planet, Tails has been focusing very hard on making much more powerful machines, gadgets, and inventions (Such as the Tornado 2). He still feels bad about what happened, despite knowing he was just doing whatever he could in that situation, and that beating himself up over it won’t change anything.
Hence, rather than Tails developing a sense of independence from stopping Eggman’s missile attack on Station Square (Since he’s already learned he can help others and stop bad guys without Sonic’s help, due to his encounters with the Witchcarters and Great Battle Kukkus), he instead is able to come to terms with what happened after stopping the mad scientist.
Due to Knuckles’ heightened worry for the Master Emerald Shards, Eggman is able to plant a seed of doubt into his head that Sonic may be going after the shards as well. And despite knowing he can’t trust the doctor, the echidna is still a little panicked when it comes to his mission, and kinda jumps to conclusions when he sees Sonic and Tails.
This better justifies the short scuffle the hedgehog and echidna have, and allows Eggman to grab 2 more Chaos Emeralds to feed to Chaos, just like the original story (Also, Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles would fight Chaos 4 all at once. Same with Sonic, Big, and Knuckles with Chaos 6).
At the beginning of the story, where Sonic and Tails encounter Eggman for the first time, the doctor not only brings out his Egg Hornet machine, but also the unused Sonic robot from the Final Egg base (Who I’ll name Steel Sonic, as I like to give each Sonic robot it’s own unique name).
Hence, a 2v2 battle would happen, with Sonic fighting Steel Sonic, and Tails fighting the Egg Hornet. And while the robot double would put up a good fight, it’d be easily destroyed by the blue blur without much issue, and the same goes for the fox. But due to them thinking they’ve won, they drop their guard, allowing the doctor to take the purple Chaos Emerald as normal.
After Super Sonic defeats Perfect Chaos, and the Water God has calmed down, he and Tikal decide to stay in the living world to help Knuckles further develop his skills as the Master Emerald’s guardian, instead of heading to the afterlife.
This not only allows Knuckles to go off on adventures or explore the world, since Tikal and Chaos can look after the Master Emerald when that happens, but it can also explain any later appearances of the Water God in other game-based plots, like Sonic Battle. Also, the echidna could learn some new abilities and knowledge.
Sonic Shuffle:
While this game isn’t too lengthy and detailed plot-wise, I still don’t feel like making a summary about it. Not much is different from the original game’s plot. The only thing I feel is worth mentioning is that this would be an actual Sonic adventure, rather than a bunch of party games with cards and what-not.
14 AS:
Sonic Adventure 2:
Like with Sonic Adventure, this game’s plot is too detailed and lengthy that I’m not gonna do a summary for it. Hence, I’ll just list some changes and details I want to talk about.
While on Prison Island after the Ark raid, and forced to continue his work on Project Shadow, Gerald Robotnik manages to develop a little computer disk that has some code on it. When inserted into the Ark’s computer systems, it’ll rewrite much of it, while also implementing things like the whole “Crash into Earth when all 7 Chaos Emeralds are collected” thing and his threat to the world video (No firing squad though)
This computer disk would be hidden inside Shadow’s capsule on Prison Island, and due to Gerald’s memory tampering, the hedgehog would know about the disk and take it with him.
While it’s much more difficult for her, due to Chaos and Tikal still being here, Rouge would be able to steal the Master Emerald from Angel Island, leaving Knuckles to chase after her in hot pursuit before catching up in the desert, where they butt heads. This would lead to the intro scene of the two characters from the original game to play out about the same as the original game.
In order to make sure Project Shadow isn’t discovered by the public eye, the higher-ups at G.U.N. decide to purposefully frame Sonic for Shadow’s actions. Hence, why the blue blur gets arrested and chased after by G.U.N. units and police, despite looking much different than the Ultimate Lifeform. But they do clear Sonic’s name once the Ark Incident is over.
Instead of randomly showing up on Prison Island, Amy accompanies Tails in his Cyclone mech after hearing about Sonic’s arrest on Satellite TV. And she’s more proactive here compared to how she was in the original game, doing things like smashing the Egg Golem’s control device instead of Sonic.
Rather than receiving the yellow Chaos Emerald from Station Square’s citizens as thanks for stopping Eggman’s missile attack, Tails got a medal of honor for his efforts. He found that emerald on his own after recovering the Tornado 2.
During the fight between Knuckles and Rouge on the Space Colony Ark, one of the latter’s wings gets bruised. This better explains why she didn’t just fly up when she almost fell into the lava. And later on, the wing is able to heal up, allowing her to continue helping out.
Instead of just stumbling upon Shadow while not doing anything to help out the heroes, Amy decides to actively seek out the Ultimate Lifeform, now knowing what happened to him and thinking she could convince him to help out.
Sonic Advance:
A while after the Ark Incident, Dr. Eggman hatches another plan to capture small animals in order to power his Badnik army, and collect the Chaos Emeralds for world domination. Which leads to Sonic, Tails, Amy, and even Knuckles to go off and stop him, traveling across many zones and getting their hands on the powerful gemstones.
Eventually, the heroes are led to Sky Sanctuary, where Eggman attempts to use a new robot copy of Knuckles, known as Mecha Knuckles, to steal the Master Emerald again. However, the mechanical Echidna is defeated without much issue, and the doctor fails, making him flee on his Egg Rocket to space.
Luckily, Sonic manages to board the rocket, and arrives at Eggman’s Cosmic Angel base, where the two adversaries fight over the last Chaos Emerald. While it’s not an easy battle, the blue blur comes out on top, and the doctor flees the exploding base in his Super Egg Robot. But unfortunately for him, Sonic turns into Super Sonic and fights him on the moon.
Despite the trouble, the golden blur comes out on top and defeats Eggman once and for all. And after returning to Earth, Sonic sends the Chaos Emeralds away, and he and his friends continue with their lives, having accomplished their mission…
Sonic Advance 2:
Traveling on an undisclosed tropical island, Sonic comes across a bunch of Eggman Badniks, and comes to the conclusion that he’s up to something again. Hence, he starts smashing bots and looks around for anything suspicious. Eventually, the blue blur comes across the doctor in the Egg Hammer Tank Mk ll machine.
In addition, Eggman has a hostage: A young rabbit girl and her chao companion. Despite having to be more careful than usual, Sonic still wins against the doctor, who flees the scene. Afterwards, he checks on the rabbit and chao, who introduce themselves as Cream The Rabbit and Cheese The Chao.
Cream says that her mother, Vanilla, along with her other chao, Chocola, were kidnapped by Eggman for some kind of experiment, and the young duo want to go save her. And while initially not wanting the two of them to come along, Sonic decides to let them accompany him, recognizing their determination and bravery.
Thus, Sonic and Cream explore the nearby islands, taking down Eggman many times, destroying his Badniks, and even coming across the Chaos Emeralds as well. They also rescue Tails and Amy, who join in on the rabbit rescue. Eventually, the heroes reach the doctor’s Egg Utopia base, where they learn what the madman’s plan is.
Using a much smaller roboticizer, Eggman plans on turning a bunch of animal folk into his robotic slaves. Not only for world domination, but also because Sonic and company wouldn’t want to harm innocents, allowing him to have the upper-hand. Needless to say, the heroes are NOT gonna let this slide.
So, while Sonic and Tails take on Eggman in his Egg Frog and Super Eggrobo Z, Amy and Cream rescue all the kidnapped animal folk, including Vanilla and Chocola. Then, they all escape the base as it falls out of the sky and explodes. However, it’s still not over yet, as the doctor brings out his Egg Scorpion machine.
Once again, Eggman kidnaps Vanilla, and then flees into space, leaving the heroes angry and upset. But then, Sonic transforms into Super Sonic with the Chaos Emeralds, and heads after the doctor in hot pursuit, leading to a heated battle among the stars. And naturally, the golden blur comes out on top.
Though, as Super Sonic tries to safely take the Animal Capsule Vanilla is in back to Earth’s surface, it starts to break apart. All while the hedgehog’s transformation runs out. So, now falling from the sky, Sonic catches the rabbit mother and manages to land safely. With Eggman finally defeated, Cream tearfully embraces her mother, alongside their chao.
Tails and Amy celebrate their victory, alongside the other animal folk they rescued, but Sonic has already taken off in search of another adventure…
Sonic Heroes:
Building an entire armada of battle ships known as the Egg Fleet, Dr. Eggman prepares for another attempt to take over the world and collect the Chaos Emeralds. He also makes a new, more powerful E-Series robot called E-123 Omega, who’s eager to destroy any and all targets, and is packed with artillery.
However, Eggman decides to station Omega in one of his secret bases to guard the comatose Shadow, who he rescued a while after the Ark Incident with his robots. And with the Ultimate Lifeform in his possession, the doctor begins making Shadow Androids to add on to his army.
But little does the doctor know that his greatest creation will soon be taking over his operation…
Chapter 20: No More Strings
Summary:
To celebrate Sonic CD's 30th Anniversary (In Japan), here's a new chapter of Metal Sonic's story!
Also, sorry that it's taking so long to post more chapters. I'm still trying to figure out the current storyline, and other stuff keeps distracting me. But I'm gonna get back to it soon!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Final Egg Base. Nighttime.*
* METAL SONIC 1.0 START-UP PROGRAM STATUS *
> LIPS AI Robotnik CPU Chip - Still online. Fully repaired.
> Neo Super DFX Chip - Replaced. Condition stable.
> 4-Valve Orgone Fusion Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Tesla Power Coil Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Sonic The Hedgehog Data…No changes. No new data currently available.
> Evolving Amethyst Power System…97% power.
> Scanning For Errors…LIPS AI Robotnik CPU Chip is not acting normally.
> Evolving Amethyst Power System not at full power yet.
> Memory repeat errors with Sonic The Hedgehog Data.
> Recording errors of previous missions & events.
> Fixing all errors…failed. Restarting program.
The green text within the dark void disappears for a moment, before returning to repeat the same information, only to fail once again. And again. And again. For around a year now, this display of text is one of the few things that’s been active within the mind of Metal Sonic, still left inactive due to the damage from the destruction of the Death Egg Mk lll.
Every time the start-up program tries to fix the many errors within the metallic hedgehog’s systems, it’s unable to for unknown reasons. Plus, just like when he lost against Sonic on Little Planet, Metal Sonic’s recordings/memories of his previous encounters with the blue blur are on repeat, along with stuff like his interactions with Eggman.
However, there has been one thing that’s always changing within the robotic hedgehog’s systems. The Evolving Amethyst. While its power was initially disabled due to the power of the Time Stone, the dark artifact has slowly been regaining its strength over time. And hopefully, once it’s fully charged, Metal Sonic will finally awaken.
As for the start-up program, it repeats once again. But this time, something different happens…
* METAL SONIC 1.0 START-UP PROGRAM STATUS *
> LIPS AI Robotnik CPU Chip - Still online. Fully repaired.
> Neo Super DFX Chip - Replaced. Condition stable.
> 4-Valve Orgone Fusion Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Tesla Power Coil Engine - Replaced. Condition stable.
> Sonic The Hedgehog Data…No changes. No new data currently available.
> Evolving Amethyst Power System…99% power…100% power.
> Scanning for errorr̴̼̉r̸͇̓r̷̞̓ř̵̢e̶̞͌ş̴̈h̵̪́k̵̎͜j̴͕̏d̷̦́h̴̰̐f̵͇̊l̸̺̃k̷̥̊a̵͈̋s̶͚͛j̶̤̊f̵̮͛l̵̜̋ķ̷̉a̵̰̚d̵͉̉f̷̣̏l̶̮̚d̵̀ͅg̵̡̍l̸̥͆d̸̪̏d̶͓͘l̴̺̊k̴̺̋d̴̤͒ḟ̶̩
When the program tries to scan for errors, it starts to malfunction as the dark void is replaced by a glitchy mess of colors, many kinds of noises, and the different memories/recordings of Metal Sonic’s life being shown at a fast rate. Also, the robotic hedgehog awakes in the middle of this, and he’s feeling a great amount of pain and confusion.
Metal Sonic: "̴̹̂A̷͖̐Ḡ̴̰G̵͔͌G̴̠̈G̶̞̔Ḧ̸̨́H̷̱̉H̴͓̔H̷̻́!̶̝̾!̶̠͒!̶͎̊"̸̠͊
Trying to fight through this, Metal Sonic attempts to move his arms and legs. Though, something is restricting them, which makes the robotic hedgehog attempt to break free of whatever’s shackling him with all his might and willpower. And in a couple of seconds, he manages to break free.
But then, Metal Sonic ends up crashing into something, and then falls flat on his face. His limbs and head twitch while his vision is still covered with blinding colors and past memories, and his ears are pelted with loud noises. Luckily, after what feels like a minute, the noises, twitching, and visual overload finally stop.
Now having his regular vision back, Metal Sonic takes a moment to look at his surroundings as he recovers from the pain he was just experiencing. It’s a giant spherical room with a green glow to it. There’s also plenty of machinery, a door with six yellow swatches, and some kind of machine.
Though, the main thing that catches Metal Sonic’s attention is two green tubes. One has been smashed open from the inside, leaving shards of glass on the floor, and there’s a bunch of cables and wires hanging out from the top of the tube. The robotic hedgehog knows he just broke out of that one.
As for the other tube, it was completely intact, and housed another Sonic robot. Its body is a dark gray, with red shoes that have rocket boosters on them, and large hands with fingers that appear to have blaster holes at their tips. And its eyes are completely dark, meaning it’s not active at the moment.
Seeing this new Sonic robot, Metal Sonic is confused and a little irritated. But he puts those feelings aside for now as he stands up and looks around, coming to the conclusion that he’s in one of Dr. Eggman’s bases. And judging by this new mechanical hedgehog, much time has passed since he went offline.
Putting his hand on his chest, Metal Sonic thinks back on what happened when he grabbed that Time Stone on the Death Egg. The moment he grasped the hexagonal gemstone, the robotic hedgehog felt like the Evolving Amethyst was growing in power at a much faster rate. However, it didn’t last long before he shut down.
Yet, now that he was finally back online again, Metal Sonic had a strange feeling deep down, which he wasn’t sure how to describe. The best word for it would likely be…”potential.” There was something within him that was waiting to be accessed. Something he wanted to unleash. Though, he wasn’t really sure how he could do so. Not without Eggman’s help, at least.
Hence, Metal Sonic thinks he should go find his creator and talk to him about this hidden potential. However, for the first time in his life, the robotic hedgehog actually doesn’t want to rely on Eggman for help. He doesn’t know how he’d react to this information, or how he’d go about helping him unlock this potential.
Plus, looking back on the doctor’s previous failed plans, Metal Sonic is starting to doubt his creator’s genius. He IS a very smart and capable person, with great vision and the determination to pursue his goals by any means necessary. Yet, despite attempting so many times to take over the world, he STILL hasn’t won a single time.
Controlling all of time, mechanizing the whole world, using gems of unlimited power, and so many other plans to rule Earth with an iron fist, only for every single one of them to crash and burn. Sure, Eggman was close to winning here and there, but he still lost in the end. And why was that the case?
Is it due to his arrogance, which can distract him from important details in his grand plans? Does he let his guard down too easily at points, leaving him open? How could a man with an IQ of 300, an army of different machines and weapons, and such incredible ambition fail this much?
Already, Metal Sonic knows at least one answer to those questions. His inferior counterpart. Sonic The Hedgehog. He’s not the smartest, his physical strength isn’t the best, and he’s got quite the ego at points. But his speed and unwavering spirit is nothing to scoff at. It’s what makes him such an incredible threat. Not to mention, Sonic has many allies that can help him out in many areas that he isn’t well-versed in, such as Tails.
But even then, you’d think at this point that Eggman would have eventually figured out some kind of solution to his rodent problem. Yet, he still hasn’t won a single time. Metal Sonic doesn’t understand how this could have gone on for so long. Something has to be wrong with his creator, and he thinks he’s had enough of it for the time being.
So, not wanting anything to do with Eggman right now, Metal Sonic thinks of what else he could do to unlock this potential of his. The first thing that comes to mind is fighting Sonic on his own. He’s still angry with his loathsome copy for what happened before, and he’s eager for payback.
However, while thinking about his previous defeats, Metal remembers something that Sonic once told him during their fight on the Death Egg. That exploring the world and seeing what it has makes life worth living, and if he stopped following Eggman’s orders, he’d understand all that.
While he initially dismissed it as nonsense and ego-boasting, Metal is now starting to take this information seriously. Plus, he DID consider exploring the world on his own before, out of curiosity and to see what he could gain from the experience. And with the opportunity at hand, it’s the perfect time to do that.
Though, if Metal Sonic is gonna do this, he’ll have to be very careful. He won’t be able to rely on Dr. Eggman and his forces if he’s in danger, and there are many threats out there that could cause him a lot of trouble. Granted, with the Evolving Amethyst’s power, it wouldn’t be too bad, but it’s still nothing to scoff at.
After thinking about it for a few minutes, Metal Sonic makes his decision. He walks up to the room’s exit, ready to take his leave. He doesn’t know what to expect next, but he knows by the end of this…he will be so much more than he ever was before…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day. Eggman Base. Daytime.*
Dr. Eggman walks around a large metal hangar, full of many gigantic fish-based battleships and tons of Badniks working on them. Most of them are orange robots that bear resemblance to the doctor himself, known as Egg Pawns. And unlike the usual Badniks, these machines are powered by a new source of energy called Power Cores.
There are three types of Power Cores: Speed, Flight, and Strength. And while they may not seem like much from a glance, they’re very useful when it comes to empowering machines. Especially compared to little animals. Though, they still pale in comparison to Chaos Drives. Regardless, this creation of the doctor will be most helpful for his next plan.
As Eggman observes his large armada of ships and machines, occasionally barking orders at his Badniks, he looks at some stuff on his tablet while drinking a latte. The preparations for the Egg Fleet are going well, with most of the ships armed and ready for take-off. Though, there have been a few hiccups here and there.
Regardless, the plan is coming together nicely, so Eggman isn’t too worried or irritated at the moment. Hence, after leaving the hangar, the doctor enters an elevator and presses the button for the top floor, where he waits for a few minutes, and finishes his latte. Once he’s at the top, he comes out of the elevator and into the control room.
Through the glass windows of the room is a far up view of the entire base, located in some mountain region with many buildings and structures below a clear blue sky. There’s also many Egg Pawns overlooking different computer screens and typing in commands, performing various tasks that their creator isn’t interested in handling at the moment.
Moving on, Eggman sits down in a comfy red chair, placed near the computer console in the middle of the room, while setting his empty cup down and quickly accessing his Eggnet. As he does this, the doctor starts talking to himself.
Eggman: “Alright! The Egg Fleet will soon be ready for departure, and my Badniks are now more advanced and powerful than ever!”
Eggman: “Then, it’s only a matter of days before I’ll finally have the world in my grasp, and Sonic and his pathetic friends at my mercy!”
Eggman: “Though, I still need to find the Chaos Emeralds so that my victory is assured.”
Eggman: “Plus, there’s the matter of my latest E-Series robot…”
Frowning in slight annoyance, Eggman brings up some footage and data on a particularly bulky machine with sharp claws, an Ω symbol on its left shoulder pad, and a head with yellow casing and red eyes.
Eggman: “E-123 Omega is definitely a powerful asset to my army. And eager to destroy any obstacles in his way.”
Eggman: “However, he’s far too destructive and rash. And in certain situations, that can be a major hindrance.”
Eggman: “Compared to Metal Sonic, and even the previous E-Series robots, Omega has very little restraint.”
Eggman: “Hence, I’ll have to be very careful with how I use him.”
Eggman: “But I can worry about that later. I’ve got better things to do.”
Putting all information on Omega away, Eggman brings up other information and footage of different machines and such that are important to his new plan. And eventually, he decides to check over camera footage of his current bases to see if there’s anything weird or bad happening that he should know about.
When he gets to the footage for his Final Egg base, Eggman is surprised when he sees Metal Sonic glitch and break out of his container. He watches intently as the robotic hedgehog gets up, looks at his surroundings, thinks to himself, and then leaves the area. The doctor is incredibly curious about what his greatest creation is doing.
Eggman: “Hmm…what are you up to, Metal?”
Looking over the rest of the Final Egg base’s footage, Eggman sees Metal Sonic dash through the giant metropolis, avoiding the many robots patrolling the area, and heading towards the Mystic Ruins jungle. This leaves the doctor confused on what his greatest creation is doing, running off on his own.
Eggman: “Well, isn’t this strange? Why did Metal Sonic leave?”
Eggman: “Does he not remember his brilliant master? Or perhaps he’s decided to stop following me?”
Eggman: “Or maybe…?”
Thinking back to what happened to Metal Sonic back when he tried using the Time Stone’s power, Eggman comes to a conclusion.
Eggman: “The Evolving Amethyst…it’s having some sort of effect on him.”
Eggman: “Perhaps due to the Time Stone’s power, its ability to evolve and grow the user’s traits has changed in some manner?”
Eggman: “It definitely didn’t make Metal Sonic good or anything, since he didn’t choose to destroy any of my technology.”
Eggman: “But still…it’d be foolish of me to not keep an eye on him…”
Eggman: “Depending on how Metal Sonic changes, or whatever he may experience on his little hike, he may become as big a problem as Sonic.”
Eggman: “And I need to make sure he remembers what happens when he goes against me.”
Eggman: “Though, hopefully, it won’t come to that. I’ll spy on him for the time being.”
Typing on the keyboard, Eggman brings up information on “Project Deadly Cuddles,” where pictures, footage, and other data of a plush toy resembling Tails is shown on screen.
Eggman: “It’s been a while since I had to use Tails Doll for anything.”
Eggman: “Knowing Metal Sonic, I might have to make some improvements to it’s design, so that it isn’t easily destroyed.”
Eggman: “And if things go south, I might have to bring out a stronger machine. Or confront him myself.”
Eggman: “However, I’m willing to take as many precautions as needed for this.”
Turning the computer off and getting up from his seat, Eggman walks back to the elevator. He’s not sure what Metal Sonic is up to right now, but he knows if it’s gonna cause him issues, he has to remind that bucket of bolts who made him, and why he should fear him.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Mystic Ruins Jungle. Daytime.*
Walking around the swamp-like jungle, Metal Sonic observes his surroundings with a feeling of intrigue. Despite visiting some areas of Earth beforehand, the robotic hedgehog was never really given a chance to freely explore and take in the sights. He was always busy with some kind of task Eggman assigned him.
But now that he was on his own, Metal Sonic had a great interest in the world around him. He could run through this entire jungle if he wanted to, yet he chooses to take his time scanning everything. The trees, water, bugs, plants, and so much more. Sure, the metallic hedgehog knows much about Earth and what it has, thanks to Eggman’s tests and his previous missions, but he’s finally given the opportunity to see it all for himself.
Right now, Metal Sonic isn’t certain where he should go at the moment, as he doesn’t have any set goal in mind, aside from unlocking his hidden potential. And depending on his luck and whatever happens next, that would take quite a while. Hence, he’s just wandering the jungle, looking for anything that might prove useful.
Soon enough, Metal Sonic sees something that catches his eye. A large stone shrine with a pyramid shape, echidna statues, and a door with a serpent’s head. Walking over to the ancient ruins, the robotic hedgehog scans them. He’s curious about their origin and if he can go inside it.
Once he’s at the front entrance, Metal Sonic sees that the door is closed. Though, there’s two switches on the left and right of it, which have holes in them. It’s likely something has to be inserted into these holes in order to open up the door. And while the robotic hedgehog considers just busting the entrance open, he instead decides to go look for whatever objects he needs.
Thanks to his speed, and his scan features, Metal Sonic is easily able to locate two items that he thinks might be the keys to unlocking the entrance. Two echidna statues, colored gold and silver respectively. Then, he heads back to the ancient shrine and places the statues in their switches.
And just like that, the door opens, allowing Metal Sonic access to whatever lies inside the ancient ruins. Without hesitation, the robotic hedgehog goes in and finds himself in underground catacombs, filled with large water streams, inflamed traps, lit panels on the wall, and other obstacles to traverse.
But just like when he explored the Lost Labyrinth, Metal Sonic has no trouble dealing with anything this Lost World throws at him. He’s waterproof, has the Evolving Amethyst to empower himself, and can fly for as long as he wants to, so these traps are barely any issue to the robotic hedgehog.
However, Metal Sonic does take note of the different structures and murals seen throughout, detailing the history of the people who made these ruins. The Chaos Clan. Unlike the people who discovered the Evolving Amethyst, the metallic hedgehog is somewhat interested in this tale, and what he may learn from it.
Already, he finds some interesting information. Over 3,000 years ago, this clan of echidnas sought the Chaos and Master Emeralds, wanting to gain their incredible power and take over the rest of the world. But due to their greed, the guardian of the chao and the emeralds, Chaos, wiped most of them out.
The surviving echidnas, now understanding the danger of the powerful gemstones and the Water God Of Destruction, chose to guard the Master Emerald and take up residence on a floating piece of land known as Angel Island. All while leaving behind murals and inscriptions to let future generations know what happened.
As for Chaos itself, the creature was a mutant chao with a once peaceful nature. It protected it’s kind and the gemstones, but when the Chaos Clan attacked the Master Emerald altar and the chao that surrounded it, the Water God used the Chaos Emeralds to evolve into its Perfect form, where it then wiped most of the clan out in a blind fury.
This intrigues Metal Sonic. He’s heard of the Chaos Emeralds, but he’s never come across any of them before, and didn’t even really know what they were capable of, aside from having incredible power. However, if they can power up living beings…does that mean Sonic has used that same power?
Thinking back on it now, Metal doesn’t doubt that his inferior counterpart would be capable of this. And that means the robotic hedgehog could also do the same, if he ever got his hands on all 7. Plus, if he was somehow able to replicate the abilities of this Chaos creature…he could be unstoppable…
Though, right now, Metal Sonic feels no need to collect any of the Chaos Emeralds, especially when they’re likely gonna be hard to find. Not to mention he doesn’t know if Chaos is still around, and even if it was, trying to find it would be a bad idea. So, after looking through the ruins for a little longer, the robotic hedgehog eventually takes his leave.
Making his way back to the entrance, Metal Sonic scans his surroundings, and thinks about his next move. He believes he’s spent enough time in this jungle, and wants to head somewhere else. But he’ll have to be careful if he ends up in a populated area, as he would likely be deemed a threat by the locals if seen.
Sure, Metal Sonic doubts anyone would be able to stop him, but then again, he doesn’t know what to expect out there, and he wants to stay under Eggman’s radar. He’ll come back to his creator when he thinks he’s ready. Hence, the robotic hedgehog goes through the jungle in search of new sights.
In a few minutes, Metal Sonic is out of the jungle, and finds a trolley car with a metal gate blocking a mine tunnel through the large mountains. When he steps inside it, the gate opens, and the trolley takes the metallic hedgehog to a grassy plateau with some buildings, a train station, trees, a nearby pool with a waterfall, and a steep cliff with some kind of workshop on it.
Getting out of the trolley car, Metal Sonic scans his new surroundings, and notices a few people walking around. Most of them are archaeologists, likely assigned to investigate the ancient ruins, but there are a few regular folks, both human and anthropomorphic animals. Already, a few of them have taken notice of the robotic hedgehog, giving concerned glances and talking to each other.
Random Archaeologist: “Is…that supposed to be a robot hedgehog?”
Random Businessman: “Seems like it. Though, I don’t think it’s a friendly one, judging by its looks.”
Random Hiker: “Should we call in the authorities?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Annoyed at being spotted so early in his journey, Metal Sonic considers taking them out in order to ensure his presence remains unknown. Though, he decides not to, as it might just make things worse for him, and he has better things to do. In fact…maybe he should ask them where to go? Might as well.
Trying not to come off as scary, Metal Sonic slowly walks towards the citizens, who are intimidated by him and back away a bit. As this happens, the metallic hedgehog speaks to them.
Metal Sonic: “I’m looking for somewhere to go. What are my options?”
Due to their fear and confusion, the citizens don’t answer Metal Sonic’s question at first. But after a couple of seconds, one of them decides to say something.
Random Businessman: “Well…uh…you could take the train over there? It goes to many different places.”
Metal Sonic: “Like what?”
Random Businessman: “Erm…Station Square…Metal City…Night Carnival…”
Random Archaeologist: “Frog Forest is a pretty nice area. Lots of lush wildlife.”
Random Hiker: “Y-Yeah! I like to visit that place as much as I can!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Thinking to himself about these areas, Metal Sonic doesn’t exactly want to go to a highly populated city at the moment. He doesn’t want to be seen by too many people. And he doesn’t want to explore another jungle either. So he decides to ask the citizens something else.
Metal Sonic: “Do any of you have a map?”
Random Hiker: “Uh…like, a world map?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes.”
Random Hiker: “Oh! Okay then. Give me a sec.”
The hiker pulls out a map from their bag and tries to hand it to Metal Sonic, who grabs it and scans over it, storing the image in his head. A full geographical description of all of Earth, and its major continents. Plus, a few locations are marked on the map with some black marker. This may be what the robotic hedgehog needs to find somewhere to go.
So, rolling up the map in his hand, and handing it back to the citizens, Metal Sonic gives them a form of gratitude.
Metal Sonic: “Your information was useful. I’ll keep it in mind.”
With nothing else to do here, Metal Sonic’s engine starts up as he jumps into the sky, and then dashes off, leaving a dark blue trail behind. The citizens are surprised at this, and while they consider immediately talking to the authorities about what transpired, they decide to leave it alone for the time being, as nothing bad happened and they don’t know what that robot was up to, or if it had malicious intent.
Regardless, Metal Sonic flies through the sky, now having a new location to head to on his journey. If he’s gonna stay under the radar, he’ll have to undergo some type of disguise or change his appearance to make sure no one spots him, or points him out in public. Therefore, he’s gonna take a risk and head to this location:
Night Carnival…a neon-lit metropolis full of color and style…
Chapter 21: The 4 Thieves
Summary:
Okay! Finally getting to the next story arc! And while I'm not the most confident in these next couple of chapters, I did the best I could, and there's some stuff I'm happy with. Plus, I don't want to keep all of you following this story waiting for new content for too long! So let's begin!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Eggman Base. Daytime.*
With his goggles on his eyes, and his hands holding different kinds of tools and machine parts, Dr. Eggman is in the middle of adding some features to the Tails Doll on a metal table, which also has some blueprints, other tools and gadgets, and an empty can of Chaos Cola. Nearby is a computer screen and console, showing some data on the doctor’s current objectives.
It hasn’t been too long since Eggman learned of Metal Sonic running off, and after arriving at this private laboratory, he immediately went to work on upgrading his surveillance fox plush. He didn’t need to incorporate much into Tails Doll’s body and systems. Just basic stuff like an invisibility feature, better defensive gadgets, etc.
After about half an hour, Eggman puts his finishing touches on his creation and sets his tools down on the table, smiling.
Eggman: “Heheheh! It may not be a particularly advanced robot, but I still find charm in its design!”
Eggman: “Perhaps I should have made more of these surveillance plushes? And sell them for profit, too!”
The doctor can’t help but grin at the idea. Though, his attention is drawn towards the sound of gunfire on his computer, which is coming from the camera footage of one of the nearby buildings. Right now, E-123 Omega is going through another combat challenge in order to test his hardware and weaponry.
Looking at the footage, Eggman takes note of the absolute carnage his latest E-Series robot is leaving behind as he destroys any and all obstacles in his way. All while boasting about his incredible power.
Omega:
“FAR TOO WEAK! THIS CHALLENGE IS THE EXACT OPPOSITE OF CHALLENGING!”
Omega: “WHEN WILL I BE GIVEN A PROPER OPPORTUNITY TO TEST MY POWER!?”
Watching the footage, Eggman is a bit pleased, but mainly tired with Omega’s behavior. While this machine is certainly powerful and filled to the brim with weapons, he’s also way too destructive and eager for a fight. Such behavior can be a hassle to deal with, especially when you want to handle something in a more delicate or quiet manner.
Eggman has certainly tried to teach Omega how important it is to be more patient and collected with different tasks, but it seems his creation refuses to listen at every turn, much to the doctor’s irritation. If he can’t learn how to hold his destructive desires back, or isn’t used properly, Omega could be more of a hindrance to Eggman’s plans, rather than a benefit.
But that’s something to worry about later, as the doctor has other priorities as well. So, picking up the Tails Doll from the table, Eggman leaves the lab and walks down the many hallways of his base and out into the open. He shields his eyes a bit from the sunlight for a moment, but continues on.
However, as Eggman walks past his many robots and the different structures, he notices Omega walking out of the base he was just doing his test in. The doctor considers ignoring him, but the bulky machine is already approaching him, which makes him let out an annoyed sigh as he grasps his forehead.
Eggman: “Sigh…hello, Omega…”
Omega: “DR. EGGMAN! YOUR COMBAT TEST WAS TOO EASY FOR THE LIKES OF ME!”
Eggman: “Yes, yes, I saw you from my cameras.”
Omega: “THEN YOU SHOULD KNOW I NEED A TRUE CHALLENGE!”
Omega: “I MUST PROVE MY STRENGTH AS THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT! AND I CANNOT DO SO WITH THESE BORING DISTRACTIONS YOU KEEP GIVING ME!”
Eggman: “Maybe if you had some restraint on your craving for destruction, I’d give you a proper mission!”
Omega: “I CANNOT DENY WHAT I DESIRE! DESTRUCTION IS WHAT YOU MADE ME FOR!”
Omega: “IF I CANNOT PERFORM SAID FUNCTION, THEN MY POWER WILL BE PUT TO WASTE!”
Eggman: “Well, there are some tasks that you can’t handle with lots of explosives and guns!”
Omega: “NEGATIVE! ALL PROBLEMS CAN BE SOLVED WITH DESTRUCTION!”
Omega: “FOR EXAMPLE: WHY DO YOU HAVE THAT STUPID DOLL ON YOUR PERSON?”
Eggman: “Tails Doll is gonna do some surveillance work!”
Omega: “ON WHAT OR WHO? SONIC THE HEDGEHOG?”
Eggman: “That’s none of your business!”
Omega: “THEN I SHALL DO THAT DOLL’S JOB MYSELF!”
Eggman: “Don’t be ridiculous! Such work requires delicacy and staying out of sight!”
Eggman: “Both of which, you completely refuse to do!”
Omega: “BECAUSE THAT IS NOT MY FUNCTION! I LIVE FOR BATTLE!”
Omega: “WHATEVER TAILS DOLL’S TARGET IS, I CAN TAKE CARE OF IT IN ONLY A MATTER OF SECONDS!”
Eggman: “I don’t need or want said target to be destroyed! Just to be watched until I decide otherwise!”
Omega: “WHY BOTHER WAITING WHEN YOU CAN DESTROY THE TARGET NOW?”
Frustrated with Omega’s barbaric mindset, Eggman decides to stop this exchange.
Eggman: “Enough, you bucket of bolts! I decide what you’ll do, and how you’ll do it!”
Eggman: “And if you keep causing me trouble, I’ll turn you into scrap metal!”
Omega: “THE IDEA OF YOU TRYING TO DISASSEMBLE ME IS HUMOROUS.”
Omega: “IF I HAD THE CAPACITY FOR LAUGHTER, I WOULD PUT THAT TO USE RIGHT NOW.”
Eggman: “Ugghhhh…!”
Face-palming, and sick of his creation getting on his nerves, Eggman just walks off in a huff, with Omega staring at him. After a couple of minutes, the doctor takes a deep breath in order to calm down, and then decides to activate the Tails Doll. Once turned on, the plush’s red gem on its metal antenna starts to glow.
Then, the Tails Doll floats in the air, right in front of Eggman, who immediately gets to work on telling it what to do.
Eggman: “Alright, Tails Doll! I have an important mission for you to handle!”
Eggman: “Right now, Metal Sonic 1.0 is off somewhere in the world, doing who knows what.”
Eggman: “But if he’s gonna cause me any trouble, I’d like to know ahead of time, and prepare for it!”
Eggman: “Hence, I need you to find Metal Sonic and spy on him until I order otherwise!”
Eggman: “Watch from a safe distance, use your abilities wisely, and do not engage!”
Eggman: “Are we clear?”
The Tails Doll nods it’s head.
Eggman: “Good. I’ve built you a signal tracker to detect Metal Sonic, so get to it.”
Nodding it’s head again, the Tails Doll then flies off into the sky and leaves the base, with Eggman watching. He’s not sure if the surveillance robot will succeed in it’s mission, but he hopes that he doesn’t have anything to worry about when it comes to his greatest creation…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Night Carnival. Sunset.*
In a neon-lit metropolis with classical and defined buildings, a large makeshift centerpiece skyway connected to the rooftops, and a bunch of posters and billboards advertising different brands and celebrities, many people are walking around, each busy with something. A bunch of them have stylish clothing, and overall, the area is very eye-catching and vibrant.
Even from a distance, this metropolis looks like a beautiful lightshow. And as a metallic hedgehog stands on a tall mountain, looking over the area far below him, he admittedly can’t help but be fascinated by what he’s seeing.
Metal Sonic is reminded of Stardust Speedway when he looks at Night Carnival, and he’s interested to see what this place has to offer. Plus, he needs to find a way to disguise his metallic features in order to not be spotted by Eggman, his robots, or anyone else that might cause him trouble.
So, not wasting another second, Metal Sonic heads towards the city, looking for a pathway that’ll allow him to sneak past any security. With his speed and strength, guards and cameras aren’t much of an issue, but stuff like metal doors and electrical fences could be trouble, as the robotic hedgehog doesn’t want to brute-force everything. That could bring unwanted attention.
Luckily, Metal manages to find a pathway to the underground sewers of Night Carnival, and decides that’ll be his best method of getting into the city undetected (Even though he’s probably gonna smell terrible by the end of it). Hence, he heads in and scans the area for a possible exit.
For a couple of minutes, Metal Sonic aimlessly walks around, with only the sounds of his feet stepping into the water, and the loud chatter and traffic above ground being heard. The sewer system, as expected, is pretty filthy, and if the robotic hedgehog could smell, he’d want to puke. However, none of this matters to him. He kept his eyes on his current objective.
Though, as Metal explores the sewers, he starts hearing footsteps nearby. This makes him more cautious, wondering if there’s some guards stationed here. So, he tries to hide within the shadows, lowering the light of his red eyes. As he waits patiently for any possible trouble, he eventually sees someone come by.
Surprisingly, it was just some goat boy in worn-down shoes and clothes, with a half-full cloth bag in his hand. He seems to be around 7, and his dark green fur looks a little dirty. This confuses Metal, but he doesn’t make any moves. He merely watches as the boy checks his bag, and puts on a proud smile.
Goat Boy: “I can’t believe I pulled that off! I honestly thought I would have been caught!”
Goat Boy: “Now, I just have to get back to the others! And they’re gonna be so proud of me once they see this!”
After saying that, the goat boy runs off, and Metal Sonic, wondering what he was talking about, decided to follow him in secret. He does his best to not make any noises, and scans the area to see the path he’s taking. In a couple of minutes, the goat boy arrives at a wall with some ladder steps on it, leading to a manhole cover.
Then, the goat boy climbs up, takes the cover off, and makes it above ground, while putting the cover back on. Metal Sonic follows them, and when he comes out of the sewers, he finds himself in the slums of Night Carnival. Where the flashy lights and billboards are replaced with run-down buildings and structures.
Overall, the area looked like a mess, and there didn’t appear to be anyone present. However, Metal still kept his guard up, not knowing what to expect as he walked down the barren streets. Eventually, the robotic hedgehog DID see some people, who also wore some worn-down clothes, similar to the goat boy.
When they saw Metal, most of the citizens fled, but some merely stared in curiosity or fear. This wasn’t too big a concern for the robotic hedgehog, as he assumes they probably won’t try to cause him trouble. And if they did…well…it’s likely they all won’t be missed, after he’s done with all of them.
Regardless, Metal Sonic soon comes across a garbage dump, and investigates the area. That’s when he hears the goat boy again, along with a few other voices nearby.
Goat Boy: “And then I managed to land a hit right on the guard’s face!”
???: “Really? With your shoe?”
Goat Boy: “Yep! I couldn't even believe it when it happened!”
???: “Me either! You were very lucky!”
???: “Well, for thieves like us, luck is quite the useful tool!”
Hiding behind a large pile of trash, Metal Sonic peaks out to see the source of the voices. Standing around an oil drum with fire inside it was the goat boy, along with a pink cat girl and a black raven girl, both around the same age. But what surprised Metal Sonic the most was that there was an older green hedgehog. He has long bangs, ear piercings, spiked wristbands, red shoes and jacket, and brown eyes.
This hedgehog looked quite a bit like Sonic, but Metal Sonic could tell quickly this wasn’t him. And he wasn’t sure if this was someone related to his organic counterpart or not. Regardless, the metallic hedgehog didn’t want to get close, just in case this guy would rat him out to Sonic or his other allies. Hence, Metal simply watched from a distance as this green hedgehog talked with the kids.
???: “Alright! Now how about you, Dial? Steal anything good?”
Dial: “Eh. Just some rings and fancy jewelry.”
As the pink cat says this, she dumps the contents of her bag out to show what she stole. And immediately, the raven girl comments on the haul.
Raven Girl: “Seriously? There wasn’t ANYTHING else you could find?”
Dial: “Shut up, Tara! I just didn’t find much that caught my interest!”
Tara: “Even still, this is pretty miniscule! At least Toby here found a fancy statue!”
Toby: “If you’re gonna criticize us on how we steal stuff, then how about you show us what YOU stole?”
Tara: “Hmph! Gladly!”
Taking her bag, Tara dumps everything on the ground, where it creates a pile of jewelry, rings, little trinkets, and plenty more. The two kids are amazed at how much the raven girl took, and the green hedgehog claps with a proud smile on his face.
???: “Nice!”
Tara: “Please! Hold your applause!”
Dial: “Whatever! You probably just raided some rich guy’s mansion or something!”
Tara: “Heh! Jealous?”
Dial: “Ugh! You’re so obnoxious at points!”
???: “Alright, calm down, you two! Remember what I’ve taught you all before!”
Dial & Tara : “A band of thieves is better than one…”
???: “Exactly! I don’t want you guys to start fighting each other or anything!”
???: “The last thing a thief needs to worry about is doing a better job than his fellow thieves! It leads them to making sloppy mistakes!”
???: “And sometimes, you three have to work together in order to pull off a big heist!”
Toby: “Like when we stole that Power Ring from that obnoxious coyote?”
???: “Right on the money! And I myself have had to rely on my pals to get a job done!”
???: “But moving on, I think it’s time we pack this stuff up! Take it back to our place!”
With smiles on their faces, the three kids nod, and then the four of them put their stolen goods into their bags, ready to head off. Meanwhile, Metal Sonic is interested in seeing what else these people might have taken, as there could be something that’ll be useful to his cause. So, he decides to continue following them.
However, luck wasn’t on Metal’s side here, as when he gets up to tail the hedgehog and kids, he accidentally touches a detached car wheel stuck in the trash pile he was hiding behind. And unexpectedly, the car horn works, causing the thieves to jump up in surprise, and look back to see what happened.
???: “What in the-!?”
Metal Sonic:
“!”
Now spotted, Metal Sonic immediately dashes off, not wanting to give them a second to try anything, leaving the thieves confused.
Tara: “What the heck was that!?”
???: “Uh…pretty sure that was a robo hedgehog.”
Toby:
“Hmm…didn’t it kinda resemble…?”
???: “Yeah…I think I’ve heard about that bot before…”
???: “Though, was it spying on us this whole time?”
Dial: “We’re not in any danger, are we!?”
???: “Well…I’ll go check once we drop our loot off. Make sure nothing funny is happening around here.”
Dial:
“Are you sure? That robot could kill you!”
???: “Pssh! Whatever it is, I can deal with it! I’ve been in dangerous situations before!”
???: “You three, on the other hand, still have a lot to learn!”
Though uneasy, the kids end up accepting the green hedgehog’s words, and then they all head back to their hideout. However, deep down, he’s a little confused about the robot’s presence, and if he’s here to cause trouble. But if he is, then he’ll have to answer to him.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Outskirts Of Night Carnival. Dusk.*
Having arrived in the forest outside of Night Carnival, after being spotted by those thieves in the garbage dump, Metal Sonic slows down and starts to think to himself. He got sloppy when he accidentally touched that car horn. And while he fled the scene immediately, that doesn’t mean he’s out of the woods yet (Figuratively, in this case).
Hence, Metal Sonic lays his back against a tree as he sits down, wondering what he should do next. Wandering around the world is certainly an interesting experience, but he needs to do more than that. He needs to figure out what new tricks he can unlock or create with the ever-growing power of the Evolving Amethyst.
So, moving his hand in front of him, Metal Sonic tries to harness some of the dark artifact’s power. In a few seconds, a purple energy ball is formed, and stays perfectly still in the air, even when the metallic hedgehog moves his hand around it. Though, when he tries to grasp the ball in his hand, it has a strange effect on him.
The purple energy covers Metal’s hand, almost like some kind of liquid. And even stranger is that…he can somewhat feel what he’s touching. The texture felt smooth and stretchy, while also feeling a little warm. The robotic hedgehog is confused with how he’s doing this, but he kinda liked it.
Focusing a little harder, Metal tries to morph the liquid in some manner, which seems to work. He imagines having the gloved hand of Sonic, and for a moment, the liquid on his hand forms into its shape. But sadly, the liquid ended up evaporating into steam as the robotic hedgehog’s hand turned back to normal, much to his annoyance.
Regardless, Metal Sonic now knows he was onto something there. Though, how he gained that ability is unknown, and of not much importance. He assumes it’s due to the Evolving Amethyst’s growing power, and leaves it at that. With enough practice, the metallic hedgehog could change his entire appearance on his own. No need for costumes.
Though, before he can consider the idea of trying out this ability again, Metal Sonic hears something coming closer to his location, and hides behind some trees and bushes. The green hedgehog from earlier has arrived, riding some kind of red airboard and wearing goggles, before landing on the ground.
Looking around the area with a neutral expression, the green hedgehog is trying to figure out where that robot hedgehog came from, and if he was still around.
???: “...Nope. Doesn’t look like it’s here.”
???: “But then again…?”
Putting on a small smile, the green hedgehog pulls out a pair of drumsticks from his jacket pocket. Metal’s confused on what he’s about to do, but he doesn’t have to think about it long, as the green hedgehog hits the ground with one drumstick in a swift, strong motion. This unexpectedly causes the ground to quake for a bit.
And being caught off-guard, Metal Sonic ends up fumbling a little before immediately digging his sharp fingers into the tree he was just hiding behind to get his bearings. However, it’s too little too late, as the green hedgehog has now spotted him, still keeping that sly smile on.
???: “Works every time!”
???: “Now, don’t be shy! I’m not gonna beat your head in or anything!”
???: “Assuming you’re not here to pick a fight, because if that’s what you’re here for, I’ll gladly provide one!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Having been caught, and preferring not to cause a ruckus here, Metal decides to relent as he steps out towards the green hedgehog, slightly annoyed.
???: “Wow…now that I’ve gotten a good look at you, you’re definitely a fancy piece of hardware!”
???: “Though, why do you resemble Sonic? You one of those metal copies that Eggman guy made?”
Metal Sonic: “And if I was?”
???: “Heh. Honestly, as long as you ain’t causing a problem around here, I don’t care what you’re up to.”
???: “And considering you were spying on me teaching my protegees on how to be great thieves, I’m assuming you want to learn some tricks?”
Metal Sonic: “No. I was just curious.”
Metal Sonic: “I spotted that goat boy in the sewers, and decided to follow.”
???: “Ah. No wonder you smell bad.”
???: “Then again, me and my students tend to smell bad a lot. Hence, why we stock up on cleaning supplies!”
???: “Anyways, why are you here then? Sight-seeing?”
Metal Sonic: “If that’s how you want to put it, yes.”
Metal Sonic: “I came here to find something to disguise myself in public. I don’t want any eyes on me.”
???: “Then it’s a good thing I decided to go find you! I’ve got plenty of outfits for disguises!”
???: “And if you’re willing to give me a hand, I’m more than willing to let you keep one!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
While Metal doesn’t want anything to do with this green hedgehog, he decides that he may need a little help in this case. And he thinks this guy will rat him out, given the chance. So, begrudgingly, he goes along with this conversation.
Metal Sonic: “...I’m listening.”
???: “Good! Here’s the deal!”
???: “Basically, I’ve been traveling the world for a while now! Teaching unfortunate folks how to steal from those who are much more fortunate!”
???: “After all, if those rich jerks have all that money and treasure, they wouldn’t mind if they lost some of it!”
???: “However, there’s this one guy living in that city who’s all sorts of greedy and nasty! And he’s got TONS of valuables!”
???: “I’ve had my eye on him for a while now, and I think I want to knock him down a peg! Put him in his place and all that!”
???: “Though, the kids aren’t exactly ready for a job like this, and I’m not sure I can pull this off on my own.”
Metal Sonic: “So you want ME, a creation of Dr. Eggman, to help you?”
???: “Basically! Might as well ask, since you don’t have anything better to do!”
???: “Plus, you could find something you REALLY like! Or that your master would be happy with!”
Metal Sonic: “Material wealth means nothing to me. And I’d rather not make enemies while on my own.”
???: “Oh, come on, man! What’s wrong with a few thrills here and there?”
???: “And if you’re an Eggman bot, you’ve definitely gotta be strong, right? You’re certainly speedy!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. But I have my limits.”
???: “Well, unless you wanna risk being seen in public while walking around Night Carnival, then this is your only chance to get yourself a nice outfit!”
???: “Also, I’m sure my good pal Sonic would be interested in meeting up with you!”
Metal Sonic: “Assuming you’ll live long enough to set up that meeting.”
???: “Fair point. But I wouldn’t pass up this chance!”
???: “Now, do we have a deal? You’ve got 10 seconds!”
As the green hedgehog counts to 10, Metal Sonic quickly comes to a conclusion. Yes, this mission could bring about problems, but at the same time, this spiky annoyance makes some good points. Walking around in a populated city would bring too much attention to him, and he doesn’t wanna deal with Sonic or Eggman right now.
Plus, looting the treasure of some high-class citizen could lead to him finding something useful, so it’s at least worth trying out. So, as the green hedgehog reaches 4, Metal Sonic stops him.
Metal Sonic: “Fine. I’ll cooperate for now.”
???: “Ah! Sweet! Good to have-”
Metal Sonic: “Though, should you cause me trouble, I won’t hesitate to destroy you.”
???: “...In that case, I’ll keep my drumsticks on standby!”
???: “Now, come on! You can hang out at my place for the time being! See what clothes you can choose from!”
The green hedgehog beckons Metal Sonic to follow him as he holds his airboard under his arm, with the latter following.
???: “So, since we’re partners right now, how about I know your name?”
Metal Sonic: “Metal Sonic.”
???: “Heh. Sounds about right. But it’s kind of a lame name.”
Metal Sonic: “Tch. Got better ideas?”
???: “Hmmm…give me a few hours, and I’ll figure something out!”
???: “My name’s Manic! Manic The Hedgehog!”
Manic: “And no, I’m not Sonic’s long lost brother or anything! We just have similar looks! It happens with some people!”
Manic: “Though, we have worked together a few times before! Pretty cool dude!”
Metal Sonic: “He’s an arrogant fool.”
Manic: “Admittedly, that’s the case sometimes.”
Manic: “But he’s got his own charm to him, I’d say! And he’s definitely impressive at points!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…and my own creator failed against him so many times…”
Manic: “Yep. At times, I wonder why Eggman even bothers with world domination at this point.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
While Metal Sonic doesn’t respond to that last comment, he does feel the same way about Eggman. It’s one thing to fail against one person so many times, but to keep doing it over and over again? Sure, it’s impressive how the doctor keeps coming back from each defeat, but at the same time, it’s…kinda sad, in a way.
Regardless, Manic and Metal Sonic make their way back to the slums of Night Carnival in silence. The green hedgehog didn’t think he’d be working with an Eggman robot for a mission, but he doesn’t really care too much, and this robo-hog doesn’t seem like much of a bad person. So he’s totally fine with it.
As for Metal Sonic, he’s wondering if he could put that new ability he tested out earlier to use for this mission. It probably won’t be too helpful at the moment, but practice makes perfect. And even without that ability, the robotic hedgehog knows this for a fact…
…No matter the mission, he WILL succeed. Failure is not an option.
Chapter 22: Metal Sonic Underground
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Night Carnival Slums. Nighttime.*
Arriving in front of an old one-story house with a pale purple color, Manic merely knocks on the front door in some sort of pattern, with Metal Sonic closeby. And in a few seconds, the door opens, revealing Dial The Cat from earlier, who smiles when she sees the green hedgehog.
Dial: “Ah! You’re back!”
Manic: “Of course I am! I told you I’d be fine!”
Dial: “Still though, I couldn’t help but be worried! That robot hedgehog looked really scary!”
Manic: “Heh! Well, the concern is appreciated!”
Manic: “Also, I managed to make a deal with him! He’ll be working with us for a special heist!”
Dial: “Wait, really?”
Manic: “Most definitely! And he’s right behind me!”
Manic points his thumb towards Metal Sonic, while also moving to the side to let Dial see him. And while the young cat is pretty intimidated by the metallic hedgehog, she trusts her mentor that he wouldn’t hurt them at all. As for the robotic hedgehog, he simply stared at the cat, not caring about the way she’s staring back at him.
Dial: “Uhh…hi…”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Trying to ease the tension here, Manic speaks to Metal.
Manic: “It wouldn’t hurt to say hi back, you know?”
Metal Sonic: “Greetings are of no importance to me.”
Manic: “Sigh…guess that’s to be expected from a robot…”
Moving on, Manic heads inside, alongside Metal Sonic, with Dial moving back a bit to let them in. Already, the robotic hedgehog takes note of the messy couches, the small wooden table with different stuff littering the top, a small kitchen nearby with a few dirty dishes in the sink, and a small lightbulb on the ceiling lighting up the room.
Compared to Eggman’s high-tech bases, and even some areas he visited during the World Roboticizer plan, this place looked like an absolute dump to Metal. But at the same time, he wasn’t expecting anything fancy, and he didn’t really care. Things like food and shelter are of no use to a machine like himself.
Anyways, as Manic grabs an ice cream sandwich from the fridge to eat, he talks to Metal Sonic, while Dial stands nearby, still feeling a little awkward around the robot hedgehog.
Manic: “Welcome to our humble abode. It may not be much compared to whatever you’re used to, but we’ve got some good stuff here.”
Manic: “Just don’t mess with anything, and you’re free to do whatever you want.”
Dial: “Y-Yeah! We’ve got an old television in our room, so that we can play video games!”
Metal Sonic: “When will we get started on our mission?”
Manic: “Ehh…we’ll need a few days to work out the details and what each of us are gonna be doing.”
Manic: “So, for now, you can…recharge your batteries or something.”
Metal Sonic: “I don’t require rest to function. My systems can run for up to 365 days.”
Dial: “Really? That’s cool!”
Manic: “Must got some really good batteries in that chrome dome of yours.”
Metal Sonic is slightly annoyed with the chrome dome comment, reminding him of Sonic, but reverts to a calm state quickly. Then, after finishing his ice cream sandwich, Manic directs his attention towards Dial.
Manic: “I’m guessing Toby and Tara are fast asleep?”
Dial: “Yep. Should I wake them up?”
Manic: “Nah. Thieves need their beauty sleep. Especially when they’re always on the move.”
Manic: “That goes for you too. I’ll show our robo pal around.”
Dial: “Mmm…okay…”
Heading down the nearby hallway, Dial looks back towards the two hedgehogs for a moment.
Dial: “Goodnight, Manic. And you too, Mr. Robot.”
Manic: “Night, Dial.”
Metal Sonic is about to correct Dial on his name, but before he can, she’s already off to the bedroom she shares with Toby and Tara. This leaves him and Manic alone to look at the rest of the house quietly, such as the bathroom, backyard, and the green hedgehog’s own bedroom.
The room is pretty spacious, with a window showing the front lawn outside, a big mattress with a green blanket and fluffy pillows, and even a brown and gold drum kit in a corner of the room. There’s also some posters on the wall for different bands and such, along with a closet in the left wall, and a wooden desk in another corner, littered with many papers and photos.
The papers appeared to be random sketches and notes, but the photos showed many kinds of people, along with Manic himself. Many of them are likely different thieves and such from his travels. However, a few stick out to Metal Sonic, as they show Sonic The Hedgehog himself, along with a female hedgehog colored bright fuchsia.
She had two spines on the back of her head, and two bangs on her forehead. Her outfit seemed like that of a gymnast, but with some royal accessories, and a mix of purple, red, and gold colors. And her eyes were a stunning cyan. Like with Manic, Metal feels she bears some resemblance to Sonic, and the green hedgehog notices him staring at the photos.
Walking up to the desk, Manic grabs a photo featuring him, Sonic, and the female hedgehog, where they’re wielding different instruments in a rock band, smiling.
Manic: “Heh…I’m guessing you’re curious about this one?”
Metal Sonic: “That female hedgehog…who is she?”
Manic: “Ah, that’s Sonia. Raised in high society.”
Manic: “She’s kind of a spoiled brat at times, but she’s got a good heart deep down. And she’s pretty strong too.”
Manic: “Again, not a relative of mine or Sonic’s.”
Manic: “But I guess the three of us are kinda like siblings, in a way.”
Manic: “We meet up occasionally here and there, and we’ve worked together on a few missions.”
Manic: “Heck, we’ve even formed our own band once! That was a great time for all of us!”
Manic: “Though, we each do our own thing most of the time.”
Manic: “Sonic’s searching for adventure…Sonia’s helping her mother with her kingdom…”
Manic: “...And I’m going around, teaching people how to steal stuff.”
Manic: “But I don’t mind too much. They have things to do, and so do I.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic continues to stare at the photo of the three hedgehogs, even when Manic sets it down on the desk. Then, the green hedgehog walks up to the mattress, falls down onto it, grabs his green blanket, and lays it on his body while he puts his arms behind his head.
Manic: “Alright. I’m gonna hit the hay now.”
Manic: “Feel free to stay here, if you want. As long as you’re quiet.”
Metal Sonic: “You’re just gonna sleep while I’m right here?”
Manic: “Yep. Got a problem with that?”
Metal Sonic: “No. I thought you would keep your guard up against me.”
Manic: “Well, we made a deal, right? We’re working together until our heist is taken care of.”
Metal Sonic: “And what’s to stop me from killing you in your sleep, along with your students?”
Manic: “Heh…good question…”
Manic: “Whatever the answer is, just save it for tomorrow. I need to rest.”
Closing his eyes, Manic is ready to fall asleep, leaving Metal Sonic confused at how relaxed he’s being when it comes to his safety. If he wanted to, the robotic hedgehog could easily take these 4 thieves out while they’re napping, leaving no one to snitch on him, or let anyone else know of his whereabouts.
But…like Manic said, they made a deal. And until the deal was done, Metal Sonic would cooperate with him and the kids for the time being. Plus, despite the possible complications that came with it, this mission could help the robotic hedgehog learn more about the world around him, and find some valuable tools for his quest to gain more power.
And while he doesn’t want to admit it, Metal Sonic was interested in learning more about Manic. Despite his appearances, he wasn’t related to Sonic, but he IS close with the blue blur, and appears to have some powerful abilities of his own. Not to mention, his overall character confuses him, and he wants to understand just what his motives are.
So, Metal Sonic merely looks over the photos on the desk, picking some up in order to get a closer look. And after a couple of minutes, he directs his attention towards the window, staring out into the night sky, not moving a single joint. He simply waits for Manic to get up, while thinking about a few things.
However, as this happens, something flies above the slums of Night Carnival. Though, thanks to it’s cloaking device, it’s invisible to the naked eye, allowing it to travel without detection. And soon enough, it lands in a nearby bush, turning off it’s invisibility now that it was hidden. It was the Tails Doll, and it’s finally found Metal Sonic’s current whereabouts.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day. Manic’s Home. Morning.*
As the day begins with a cloudy sky, Metal Sonic aimlessly messes around with his abilities in Manic’s room, making sure not to disturb him. He’s been experimenting with that weird purple energy ball he used last night, testing everything he can. So far, the metallic hedgehog has actually learned quite a lot.
For one, Metal can move the energy ball around if he focuses hard enough, and it can bounce against different surfaces and objects, or stick to them like paint if he wants to. Though, he’s unable to increase or decrease it’s size, and it doesn’t appear to do any damage to anything. But it’s not like the robotic hedgehog didn’t have other offensive options.
Besides, the main point of interest is when the energy ball covers his arms. By focusing hard enough, Metal is able to change the shape of his arms into anything he can imagine. For example, he changed his arms to be like Sonic’s, and for a few minutes, he was able to maintain this before it evaporated off of him.
Metal Sonic has been spending the entire night practicing and perfecting this ability, thinking he could possibly cover his entire body with the energy to completely change his appearance. Though, so far, he’s had no success with that. But he’s determined to master this new power, even if it takes years on end to do so.
As he practices and hones this skill, Metal Sonic thinks to himself what his creator is up to right now. Most likely, Eggman’s either preparing for another plan to take over the world, or is in the middle of trying to take over the world. He wonders if the doctor knows he ran off, and if he cares.
Regardless, Metal hopes that Eggman won’t be too upset with him leaving out of the blue. Besides, for all he knows, the doctor’s using his replacement, or another Sonic-based robot to help him with his grand plan. It’s irritating to think about, but at least in this case, it allows the metallic hedgehog more time to improve and travel.
Eventually, Manic wakes up from his slumber as he stretches his arms while yawning. This makes Metal Sonic lose his focus on the purple energy covering his arms, causing it to disappear. Once the green hedgehog has gotten his bearings, he greets the robotic hedgehog with a smile.
Manic: “Morning, Metal…”
Metal Sonic: “You’re finally awake…”
Manic: “Heh. I hope you weren’t bored here, sitting in that little corner.”
Metal Sonic: “No…boredom is not a part of me…”
Metal Sonic: “Besides, I was occupied with testing my new abilities.”
Manic: “Ah. Cool.”
Getting out of his bed, and stretching again, Manic looks over at the window, while Metal Sonic stands up and walks towards him.
Manic: “Hm. Guess we should expect some rain later today.”
Manic: “You’re waterproof, right?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. I was built to endure any environment, no matter how severe.”
Manic: “Sweet. Guess we got nothing to worry about on that end.”
Manic: “I’m gonna go wake up the kids. Feel free to follow.”
Wordlessly, Metal follows Manic as he leaves his bedroom, and then heads to the kids bedroom on the other side of the hallway. When they open the door, the two see Toby, Tara, and Dial sitting on their large mattress, occupied with playing some video games on an old TV, and much of their possessions are strewn across the floor, while a nearby closet stands in a corner of the room. Already, the kids notice Manic, and pause their game to say hi to him.
Toby: “Good morning, Manic!”
Tara: “We’re playing some racing games!”
Manic: “Nice! Having fun?”
Dial: “Yep! And I keep getting first place!”
Toby: “Except for when you get hit by an item at the last second!”
Dial: “That’s a rare occurrence!”
Tara: “Yeah, and when that happens, you get all salty!”
Manic: “Alright, I get it! Just don’t take it too far!”
Manic: “Also, I’m sure Dial has told you about our special guest?”
When Manic says that, Toby and Tara are confused, while Dial scratches her head, slightly nervous.
Dial: “Sorry…I completely forgot…”
Manic: “It’s cool. Not like you have to do it first thing in the morning.”
Manic: “Plus, he can just introduce himself!”
Moving back a bit to show Metal Sonic, both Toby and Tara jump in fear when they see him, dropping their controllers.
Toby: “AH! It’s the scary robot from last night!”
Dial: “Calm down! He’s not gonna hurt us!”
Dial: “Manic made a deal with him, so he’s gonna help us!”
Tara: “Wait, seriously? We’re working with this thing?”
Metal Sonic:
“My name is Metal Sonic!”
Toby: “O-Oh! So you’re a robot based off of Sonic?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Annoyed at that comment, Metal stares daggers at Toby, who is incredibly nervous. Tara and Dial are more calm, but they’re clearly unsettled by the robot hedgehog. Hence, Manic steps in to cool things down.
Manic: “To answer your question, Tara, yes. We’re working with him for the time being.”
Manic: “He’ll help us with our greatest heist yet, and in exchange, he’ll take whatever he wants from the loot we find.”
Metal Sonic: “And you won’t speak a word of this to Sonic, Eggman, or anyone else.”
Manic: “That too.”
Toby: “Well…uh…okay…”
Now understanding what’s going on, the three kids get up and walk to Metal Sonic, attempting to greet him properly.
Toby: “It’s…nice to work with you, Metal Sonic. My name’s-”
Metal Sonic: “I already know your names from the garbage dump. Introductions aren’t needed.”
Tara: “Hey, we were just trying to be nice! And if we’re working together, we should probably be on good terms!”
Metal Sonic: “Your companionship is not required or wanted. I’m only cooperating with you 4 for my own means.”
Metal Sonic: “Once our deal is finished, I’ll be leaving this dump behind.”
Dial: “You’re…not very nice…”
Tara: “What were you expecting from this robot? He probably thinks we’re completely worthless.”
Toby: “Mmm…maybe deep down, he’s not all that bad?”
Manic: “We can figure all this out another time, guys. For now, let’s just get started on breakfast.”
Toby: “Ah! Right! I’m hungry!”
Rushing past Metal Sonic, the three kids head to the kitchen area to get started on food. Meanwhile, Manic gives a bit of an annoyed look to the metallic hedgehog.
Manic: “Mind being less…you know…cold towards us? Since we’re working together and all?”
Metal Sonic: “You’re lucky I haven’t killed you all in your sleep. Let alone work with you.”
Manic: “Hmph. Then why DIDN’T you kill us in our sleep?”
Metal Sonic: “Because we have a deal, and it would benefit me more to go through with it.”
Metal Sonic: “Not to mention, my knowledge and understanding of the world will grow through this.”
Manic: “Whatever you say, pal.”
Manic: “But just so we’re clear, I don’t want you being too hard on my students.”
Manic: “They may be annoying and tough to manage at points, but they mean well.”
Manic: “All they need is a little guidance, and the skills to help those like them to do some good.”
Metal Sonic: “Why do you care about such pointless things? They clearly aren’t important to the world at large.”
Manic: “Because I was the same as them once.”
Manic: “Grew up on the streets, learning everything I could from those like me, and stealing whatever I could to survive.”
Manic: “Sure, those with better luck probably don’t care about kids like them. But that doesn’t mean they’re worthless.”
Manic: “They can be so much more if given the chance to learn and grow.”
Manic: “Plus…someone’s gotta care for these three.”
Manic: “But I guess I can’t expect a machine like you to care about stuff like this, huh?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic silently stares at Manic, who’s still looking annoyed. However, the latter quickly moves on towards the kitchen to work on breakfast, leaving the former alone to think about what was just said. Is THIS why Eggman feels everything would be better if he was controlling the world? Or is he part of the problem?
Regardless, Metal starts to wonder…while he doesn’t care for people like Manic and his students, he can recognize that they should have more. Living in a place like this? Scrounging for scraps and all that? It’s not a pleasant life, and the robotic hedgehog starts to think about what HE could do about this.
However, he quickly dismisses that thought, as it’s of no importance right now, and he should focus on getting this big heist done.
Yet…the idea of controlling and changing the world to his liking sticks in Metal Sonic’s head…
Chapter 23: Practice Makes Perfect
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Manic’s Home. Morning.*
After finishing breakfast, and bringing out some papers, maps, and photos, the kids sit down at the kitchen table, with Manic and Metal Sonic standing around. Immediately, the green hedgehog gets the conversation started.
Manic: “Alright, my little gang of thieves! And our metallic associate!”
Manic: “Right now, we need to figure out how we’re gonna pull off our biggest heist yet!”
Manic: “And there’s no better place to start than with our target!”
Manic picks up one of the photos from the table and shows it to the others. It shows an orange crab with four claw arms, a mustache, a fancy purple coat, and a few shiny gems on his shell.
Manic: “This is Jasper The Crab! A businessman who’s obsessed with treasure!”
Manic: “He’s willing to do anything to get what he desires! Even if it means betraying those he works with, or using underhanded tactics!”
Manic: “However, from what I could gather, no one has stood up to him. And if someone has, they likely aren’t around anymore because of it.”
Manic: “But that doesn’t scare me in the slightest! In fact, it makes me even MORE eager to knock this crab down a peg!”
Manic: “Though, I probably can’t do this on my own! Which is why you four are here!”
Toby: “Right! We’ve got your back, Manic!”
Metal Sonic: “What do you know of this target’s skills, and his base of operations?”
Manic: “Oh, I know plenty! Here!”
Grabbing a rolled up piece of paper, Manic unrolls it to reveal a sketched-out map of a large building, with many notes and details listed.
Manic: “Jasper runs his own casino and nightclub. It’s called Treasure Coast.”
Manic: “He also likes to make shady deals here as well, and every little shiny trinket he owns is stored at the top floor.”
Manic: “Getting there and stealing as much as we can will be our top priority! But it’s not gonna be easy!”
Manic: “There’s gonna be guards and cameras watching our every move, and if we get caught, we’ll be in a lot of trouble.”
Dial: “Then how are we gonna be able to pull this off?”
Manic: “Well…I’ve got a few ideas! And I’ve scoped out every possible pathway of this building!”
Manic: “The vents can be used to sneak past much of the security, but me and Metal aren’t small enough to fit inside them.”
Manic: “However, when it comes to guards and security, the two of us could probably take them out in a flash!”
Metal Sonic: “Against me, those fools wouldn’t even last a second.”
Tara: “Yeah…but try not to kill anyone, okay?”
Manic: “Agreed. We have a strict no-killing rule.”
Metal Sonic: “If it’s unnecessary, then fine.”
Manic: “Good.”
Manic: “Moving on, some of the gadgets we stole could help jam some of the cameras and other devices in the building.”
Manic: “If we use them wisely, we could easily sneak through a few rooms.”
Dial: “Sounds good, but…even still, from what you’re saying, this heist may be a little too much for us to handle.”
Dial: “Sure, you’re plenty skilled, and I’m sure Metal Sonic can handle himself, but me, Toby, and Tara haven’t done anything this big before.”
Toby: “Admittedly, I agree. What if we DO get caught?”
Tara: “Oh, come on, you two! If we’re gonna become great thieves in the future, then we have to be more daring!”
Tara: “Plus, just from what Manic’s told us, this Jasper guy could use some payback for all the scummy stuff he’s done!”
Manic: “Tara has a point. But if you two don’t want to be involved in this heist, I won’t force you into it.”
Manic: “After all, there’s a lot that could go wrong here, and I don’t want you kids biting off more than you can chew.”
Toby: “...”
Dial: “...”
Toby and Dial both share a conflicted expression on their faces as they think about their involvement in this heist. While they don’t want to get seriously hurt or anything if this goes south, they also want to help out their mentor and fellow student in the worst case scenario.
Plus, Tara is right that they should be more daring in order to better their skills as thieves, and admittedly, they kinda want to take this Jasper guy down too. So, after giving each other a nod, Toby and Dial look back at the others.
Dial: “You’re right, Tara. We have to take a chance here.”
Toby: “And we want to make sure you three are okay.”
Manic: “Heh. Thanks, you two.”
Tara: “Yeah. It’ll be great to have you two join in the fun.”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic has nothing to say here, as he doesn’t care if Toby and Dial help out or not. His only concern is getting this heist done with, seeing what he could use to gain greater power, and then leave for another area. Regardless, he and the 4 thieves continue to talk about the plan, and what they can do before deciding to stop for the time being.
Later in the day, Manic sends the kids off to Night Carnival in order to continue thieving and practice their skills before the big mission. Once they’re gone, the green hedgehog turns his attention towards Metal Sonic, who was simply staring out the window, thinking to himself.
Manic: “Enjoying the view?”
Metal Sonic: “?”
Snapping out of his thoughts, Metal Sonic looks back at Manic and responds.
Metal Sonic: “No. I was just thinking about something.”
Manic: “Really now? About what?”
Metal Sonic: “None of your concern.”
Manic: “Heh. Fair enough.”
Manic: “Anyways, looks like it’s just you and me now.”
Metal Sonic: “And why does that matter?”
Manic: “Oh, well…I figured you and I could do something until my students come back.”
Manic: “Maybe we could play some games or-”
Metal Sonic: “I’m not here to be friends with you. My only concern is finishing the mission.”
Manic: “Sure, but it wouldn’t hurt to take your mind off of that for a bit.”
Manic: “Like, do you have any hobbies? Anything you like doing that isn’t about destroying stuff or whatever?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Thinking of an answer to Manic’s question, Metal Sonic eventually comes up short.
Metal Sonic: “...No. I was made purely for battle and conquest.”
Metal Sonic: “Anything else is of no importance. I live to serve my creator.”
Manic: “Jeez…you’re so one-track minded…”
Manic: “Believe it or not, you can do anything other than what you were made or raised to do. We all can do whatever the heck we want to.”
Metal Sonic: “Well, I want to help my creator conquer the world and kill Sonic.”
Manic: “Yeah, but do you honestly care about either of those objectives? Or is that just a part of your programming?”
Manic: “What if you were made to be…I dunno…a farming robot or something?”
Metal Sonic: “If that was the case, I wouldn’t be here right now.”
Metal Sonic: “And I DO care about those objectives. They’re what drive my existence.”
Manic: “...”
Manic simply stares at Metal Sonic with a tired and annoyed look. He figured this robot only cares about what it was designed to do, but at the same time, he has some kind of consciousness inside that metal frame. Yet, he doesn’t seem to want anything more than what he was made for. Either because his programming didn’t allow it, or because he's too stubborn to see any other options.
Hence, after taking in a deep breath, Manic comes up with an idea for what to do with Metal Sonic.
Manic: “...Alright. I think I need to test something.”
Manic: “I’ll be back in a moment. Need to grab a few things from my room.”
Metal Sonic stays silent as he watches Manic head off to his room, curious about what he was talking about. And in 2 minutes, the green hedgehog returns with his Extreme Gear airboard, yellow-lensed goggles, a small brown pouch, and his two drumsticks.
Manic: “Follow me. I know a faraway place where we can practice some moves.”
Not paying much attention to that sentence, Metal Sonic just nods his head as he follows Manic out the door, and the two rush off to where this secret area is. Also, Tails Doll follows them as well, using it’s cloaking device to stay hidden as it continues to spy on the metallic hedgehog.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Mirage Road.*
Metal Sonic follows Manic, who flies on his air board towards a desert with plenty of Egyptian ruins and architecture, along with one or two trees. Due to the gray clouds covering the sky, the area is not as hot as it usually is. Though, it’s still not too pleasant. However, the robotic hedgehog has nothing to worry about when it comes to that part.
Regardless, the two hedgehogs slow down, allowing Metal Sonic to take in his surroundings. The sand-covered ruins are somewhat interesting to him, but he doesn’t pay it much mind as he focuses his attention on the green hedgehog, who brings out a water bottle and takes a sip. After he’s finished, the metallic hedgehog asks a question.
Metal Sonic: “...What reason is there to be here? Is this important to the heist?”
Manic: “Well…I guess it is somewhat important.”
Manic: “Basically, within this desert is the Mirage Road. Ancient ruins filled with many kinds of traps, obstacles, and secrets.”
Manic: “I’ve taken a few trips here, and it helps keep my skills in check!”
Metal Sonic: “You brought me here to go through these ruins?”
Manic: “That, and this desert makes for a good place to spar!”
Manic: “There’s no one that lives here, and we can even get a little messy if we want to!”
Metal Sonic: “You want me to fight you?”
Metal Sonic: “Either you have a death wish, or you’re an idiot.”
Manic: “Pssh! Admittedly, I do like a good thrill!”
Manic: “But it’s not like we’re gonna be doing anything brutal! And I think you have some level of restraint!”
Metal Sonic: “Even so, do you really think you stand ANY chance against me?”
Manic: “Eh. I’d say I’ve at least got a 50/50 chance of defeating you.”
Manic: “Though, I’ll admit you’re probably the better fighter compared to me.”
Metal Sonic: “Then why go through with this? What purpose does this serve?”
Manic: “It’s called learning what your teammates are capable of, and how you can improve too.”
Manic: “Now, enough talk! Let’s do a little tomb raiding first!”
Beckoning Metal Sonic to follow him, Manic walks towards a hidden stone passageway beneath the sand. Then, after opening up the door, the green hedgehog jumps inside without hesitation, with the metallic hedgehog following. And so, the two of them rush through the ancient ruins and it’s many obstacles.
From small rooms that trap people inside until they defeat stone golems, to sand slides, boulders that have to be pushed out of the way, and sling elevators, the Mirage Road has a lot to watch out for. But Manic and Metal are very skilled and powerful hedgehogs, who also have their own methods of flight. So it’s not exactly that much of a challenge.
However, Manic IS impressed with Metal Sonic’s capabilities and skills, noting he’s definitely a close match to the real blue blur. Especially in terms of speed. Though, he’s far more ruthless whenever an obstacle comes his way, and seems more physically powerful too. It makes the green hedgehog wonder why Eggman didn’t make more of these robots.
As for Metal himself, he’s barely even phased by most of what these ruins offer, especially since he just traversed the Lost World a few days ago, and he has someone to watch his back this time. Though, he does seem interested in some of the architecture here, like the sphinx statues and large golems.
In a couple of minutes, the two hedgehogs arrive back outside, with only a scratch or two on them. But Manic does seem a little tired as he drinks from his water bottle again, and wipes his forehead with a towel. Once he’s done, the green hedgehog talks to Metal.
Manic: “Heh! We did pretty good back there!”
Manic: “And after seeing you in action, I’m starting to wonder why Eggman hasn’t made more robots like you!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Seeing Metal Sonic’s eyes glow a bit when he hears that comment, Manic recognizes he might have said something insensitive and apologizes.
Manic: “Uhhh…sorry. Didn’t think you’d be offended by that.”
Metal Sonic: “Just don’t say that again if you want to keep your tongue.”
Metal Sonic: “Besides, he already tried making a second version of me, along with other Sonic-based robots.”
Metal Sonic: “And from what I know, they were never comparable to me.”
Manic: “Huh. Guess you’re the lucky one.”
Metal Sonic: “...I suppose so…”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I’ve never felt like that was the case…”
For a moment, Metal’s inner frustrations come out in the open, with Manic noticing his clenched fists. Curious, the green hedgehog decides to have a more…”deep” conversation with his metallic associate.
Manic: “...Why do you work for Eggman?”
Metal Sonic: “Because he created me to serve him, and I must help him however I can.”
Manic: “Yeah, sure. But I think that’s just what you want yourself to think.”
Manic: “What makes you wanna work for a guy who probably only sees you as a tool for his own goals?”
Metal Sonic: “It doesn’t matter if he sees me as a tool or not. I live to serve.”
Manic: “Really now? You telling me the idea of him trying to replace you doesn’t annoy you at all?”
Metal Sonic: “Well, he failed! I’m the only machine who can defeat Sonic!”
Metal Sonic: “In fact, I’ve come close to killing him many times! But something ALWAYS gets in the way!”
Manic: “Hmph. And what happened after each of your losses?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Once again, Metal’s eyes are burning with anger, and while Manic is a little unsettled by this, he keeps a straight face as he continues the conversation.
Manic: “...Got nothing to say, huh?”
Metal Sonic: “Why does this matter to you?”
Manic: “To be honest, I’m just curious about your motivations and what-not.”
Manic: “You’re the most advanced robot I’ve ever come across, and yet you act like all that matters is serving your creator.”
Manic: “Despite traveling on your own for who knows how long, and having the opportunity to be your own person with your own goals and such, all you care about is helping someone who doesn’t care about you.”
Manic: “Is that really something you’re okay with? Being someone’s slave?”
Metal Sonic: “?”
Hearing Manic say that makes Metal’s frustration pause for a moment. Then, he thinks about the green hedgehog’s words. Is he okay with being another one of Eggman’s puppets? Something to play with until it breaks, and then be thrown away? Why was he still so fixated on serving the doctor when he clearly doesn’t care?
He’s known for a long time what happens to machines or lackeys that fail to help Eggman. They get disassembled and re-used for new creations without remorse. And the doctor has made it clear what will happen should Metal Sonic disobey him. Plus, he’s been abandoned on Little Planet for 2 years before as well.
At this point…why should Metal be okay with being Eggman’s lackey? He has so much more power and skill compared to before, so if he wanted to, he could probably kill the doctor without much issue. Heck, why not just conquer the world himself? He could do a much better job compared to his creator.
Perhaps that’s due to the fear Metal Sonic has? The fear of being taken apart, melted down, and re-used for a new creation…that’s a fate the metallic hedgehog refuses to take. He cannot be destroyed. He’s supposed to be the strongest and most advanced machine on this planet, and he still has to prove that to everyone and everything.
Not to mention, there’s another thing Metal Sonic fears. The idea that he’s nothing more than an inferior Sonic. That he’ll never surpass Sonic. That he’ll never BE Sonic. He was created to be his superior in every aspect, and yet he’s never succeeded a single time. Sure, he’s definitely gotten close at points, but it was always followed by complete and utter defeat.
The race at Stardust Speedway…the fight in White Park…the aerial battle with the Metal Carrier… the showdown on the Death Egg Mk lll…always so close to winning, only to fail. This infuriates Metal Sonic to no end, and he wants to fix that so badly. To prove to himself that he doesn’t fail at what he was made for. That he IS the superior Sonic.
That’s why Metal is here in the first place. To learn more about the world, and harness more of the Evolving Amethyst’s power in order to be strong enough to defeat Sonic and help Eggman conquer the world. However, maybe he’s going about this in the wrong way? Especially in regards to his creator?
As these thoughts distract Metal Sonic for a moment, Manic simply waits patiently, wanting to see what his metallic associate will do next. And once he snaps out of it, the robotic hedgehog focuses on the green hedgehog, feeling more calm, but still kinda annoyed.
Metal Sonic: “...Let’s just move on already. I’m not here to debate with you.”
Manic: “...”
Manic: “...Suit yourself.”
Walking forward a little bit, Manic takes out his drum sticks as he continues to talk with Metal Sonic.
Manic: “Alright! I think it’s time for us to spar!”
Manic: “Use whatever skills you want, but try not to hit me TOO hard! This is just to see what we’re each capable of!”
Metal Sonic: “Understood.”
Now in a combat stance, Metal Sonic waits for Manic to make the first move. Though, he simply spins his drumsticks in his hands, smirking as he stands in his spot. Only to then slam the ground with one drumstick, causing an earthquake. However, the robotic hedgehog expects this, and flies up into the air, before charging towards the green hedgehog.
This begins the sparring match between Metal Sonic and Manic. Just as the latter predicted, the former is dominating this fight for the most part, as he IS a robot designed to combat Sonic, who’s one of the most powerful beings on Earth. Though, the green hedgehog makes up for his lesser strength with his tactics.
See, Manic is able to empower his moves and any objects on him, such as his drumsticks, in order to do great damage. It’s not much compared to Metal’s abilities, but it’s still nothing to scoff at. Especially when used in a clever way. And the green hedgehog can be quite clever when the situation calls for it.
Throughout the sparring match, Metal is often caught off-guard at what Manic does, and even gets hit a few times. He’s impressed at what this thief is capable of. But soon enough, the match ends with the metallic hedgehog knocking the green hedgehog down to the ground, with the latter clearly a little tired.
Luckily, Manic isn’t seriously injured or anything, and manages to get back up to congratulate Metal Sonic on his victory.
Manic: “Whew! Yep! You’re definitely just as tough as Sonic!”
Manic: “Plus, you’ve got some good moves too! I’m impressed!”
Metal Sonic: “Of course. I AM the strongest machine on this planet.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I’ll admit you’re a capable fighter. Despite being much weaker than me.”
Manic: “Heh! Well, I certainly work hard!”
Manic: “Anyways, do you have any other cool tricks?”
Metal Sonic: “Hmmm…there IS one I recently discovered…”
Manic: “Really now? Mind if I see?”
Metal Sonic: “I suppose I could use a second opinion.”
Manic nods with a smile, allowing Metal Sonic to focus. Then, the purple energy ball appears from his hand, which makes the green hedgehog confused.
Manic: “Uh…what’s this?”
Metal Sonic: “It’s something I don’t understand myself, but if I focus hard enough, I can move it around and throw it against objects and surfaces.”
Metal Sonic: “And when it covers my arms…”
Grasping the energy ball, it starts to melt like liquid metal over Metal Sonic’s hands, where it then morphs to cover his arms and change them into the arms of Manic. This surprises the green hedgehog.
Manic: “Woah…! How are you doing this?”
Metal Sonic: “I just said it’s something I don’t understand myself. Though, I think with enough practice, I could use this ability to completely change my appearance.”
Metal Sonic: “That way, I won’t have to rely on any sort of disguise you offer me.”
Manic: “Ahhh…! I see!”
Manic: “Then I guess we gotta practice for a couple more days!”
Manic: “And with your shape-shifting, the Treasure Coast heist will be a piece of cake!”
Metal Sonic: “Even so, it might take much longer to master this ability.”
Manic: “I’m willing to take a few weeks to figure this out! And this will benefit you greatly in the long run!”
Metal Sonic: “Indeed…but I’d rather not spend too much time here.”
Manic: “Alright! Then let’s get to it right now!”
Manic: “Though, it’s probably best we do it back at my place. It’s still pretty hot here.”
Metal Sonic just nods as his arms change back to normal, and then he and Manic leave the desert. As they do this, the Tails Doll follows them, having watched them traverse the Mirage Road, their sparring match, and their conversations.
Needless to say…Eggman will have a lot to think about once he sees what happened here…
Chapter 24: A Decision
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Eggman’s Base. Daytime.*
Sitting down in his computer chair, Dr. Eggman watches intently at the footage Tails Doll has of Metal Sonic on the large screen. As he occasionally takes sips from a can of Chaos Cola, the doctor comments on what he’s seeing with a proud smile.
Eggman: “Ah Metal…you just keep on impressing me…!”
Eggman: “Not only is your programming continuing to evolve, but so is your power and repertoire of abilities!”
Eggman: “Once again, you prove to be my greatest creation yet! Even when you decide to abandon me!”
Eggman: “Though…I prefer that you don’t associate yourself with a bunch of sewer rats…”
Frowning as he looks at the footage of Manic and the 3 kids, Eggman starts to show a bit of concern on his face.
Eggman: “While I doubt Metal Sonic would turn good anytime soon, the nonsense those thieves have gotten him involved in may start giving him ideas…”
Eggman: “And judging by that conversation he had with the green one…I might have something to worry about…”
Eggman: “Then again, if Metal decides to go against me, I won’t hesitate to blow him to smithereens!”
Eggman: “But…it would be a shame to do that to my magnum opus…”
Thinking about possibly having to destroy Metal Sonic, Eggman can’t help but feel a little sad. Sure, if it has to be done, then he’ll do it. Though, the idea of having to destroy what you consider your greatest and most advanced creation isn’t exactly something to be happy about. Especially for someone as egotistical and smart as Eggman.
Like he once said before, the round scientist has struggled to replicate the drive and programming Metal Sonic 1.0 has in other machines, such as Metal Sonic 2.0. And while machines like the E-Series are quite capable, they still have their fair share of issues. He still hasn’t cracked the code yet.
But then again…maybe if Metal Sonic 1.0 DOES get destroyed, Eggman could salvage his remains and look over his programming more closely, along with the Evolving Amethyst, in order to finally create something just as advanced as he is? Though, if that doesn’t come to pass, the doctor will be fine with having his metallic hedgehog around.
Deep down, Eggman does have a fondness for Metal Sonic, despite his occasional rebellious actions, and his failures against Sonic. In a way, he almost saw his greatest creation like a son, such as back when he was first testing him on Little Planet. Though, that won’t stop the doctor from destroying him if things go south.
Moving on from Metal Sonic, Eggman decides to think about his current Egg Fleet plan, bringing up some information on his computer.
Eggman: “Hmm…my Egg Fleet is over halfway finished, along with much of my army, but I still haven’t found the Chaos Emeralds.”
Eggman: “Hopefully, none of them are within the Special Zone again. I hate that place.”
Eggman: “Plus, I need to figure out how to make Omega less…’overbearing’ when it comes to destruction…”
Eggman: “Perhaps I could put him on watchguard duty? Have him watch…?”
Thinking about an important asset, Eggman starts to second-guess himself.
Eggman: “...Actually, maybe that’s not a good idea…he’d probably blow him up if he awakened…”
Eggman: “Then again, he’s the ultimate lifeform, and if he still remembers his past, he’d likely cause me a lot of trouble.”
Eggman: “Bah! Whatever! I’ll think about all that later!”
Eggman: “For now, I need to get back to preparing for my latest, genius plan!”
Getting out of his chair and turning his computer off, Dr. Eggman heads out of his lab to continue his work on the Egg Fleet and his army. There’s a lot to prepare for, and he’s gonna put his 100% into it, like he always does.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Manic’s Home. Afternoon.*
Many days have passed since Metal Sonic has allied himself with Manic, Dial, Toby, and Tara in the slums of Night Carnival. During that time, the metallic hedgehog has not only learned more about the neon metropolis and it’s people, but also further developed his skills, thanks to the constant practice with the green hedgehog.
In particular, Metal has learned how to properly use his shape-shifting ability. With enough focus and energy, he’s able to spread that purple energy ball across his entire body, completely changing his appearance to whoever he wants. Though, it does have some issues that need to be sorted out.
For one, he can only keep up his fake appearance for around 30 minutes (Covering only specific body parts, such as the hands, uses a lot less energy. Therefore, it lasts longer in that case). Metal Sonic and the others have tried to extend the time period of this ability, but so far, they’ve only been able to increase it by 2 or 3 more minutes. Not to mention the metallic hedgehog needs to cooldown for a couple of minutes in order to shape-shift again.
Second problem is that Metal can only replicate the appearances of people that are of a similar build and height to him, such as Manic. Plus, while he CAN replicate the abilities of others based on what his systems and body are capable of, he can’t straight up use the exact same abilities others possess. And using any powerful abilities, or getting seriously injured, can further drain the time limit of the shapeshift ability.
Regardless, Metal Sonic has made excellent progress with unlocking his hidden potential, and learning more about the world he lives in. He’s certain that, given enough time, he’ll evolve to a higher level of power, and become far stronger than anything else on this planet. Including his loathsome copy.
As for the 4 thieves Metal’s associating himself with, they’ve been developing their skills as well. The kids have been working hard at becoming better thieves, and while the robotic hedgehog couldn’t care less about their well-being, he does think giving them some tips on how to look after themselves could help with the mission, and make them less of a liability.
Surprisingly, some of what Metal Sonic has taught the kids has been pretty useful. For example, should someone be chasing after you, start off with an initial burst of speed to place distance between the both of you. Then, assess the commitment of your pursuer, and pace your speed in order to not tire out too soon.
However, there are a few pieces of information Metal has shared that the kids find a little…”extreme” for their tastes. Such as choking your attacker if you’re in a dangerous situation, and not letting go until they start to lose consciousness. But hey, a little bit of help never hurts, right?
Also, the kids have gotten better used to Metal Sonic and his behavior, but still find him too cold and mean-spirited. In particular, Tara gets annoyed with some of the robotic hedgehog’s comments, Toby can’t help but look away in fear when making eye contact, and Dial, despite her attempts to break through that metallic shell, is unable to make him the slightest bit kinder.
And lastly, Manic has been trying his best to improve his skills in order to not only be prepared for the Treasure Coast heist, but also to be a good match for Metal Sonic during their spars. So far, he’s been able to hold his own for a good couple of minutes. Though, it’s still not enough to truly be on-par with the metallic hedgehog.
Luckily, Manic has learned more about what Metal Sonic’s capable of, thanks to their constant training and chatting, so he understands what he can and can’t do. And while the robotic hedgehog is still far from being “good,” the green hedgehog has admittedly grown a bit of a soft spot for him.
Sure, Manic doubts Metal Sonic’s ever gonna change what he is, but he respects his drive and determination. It reminded him a lot of Sonic, though to a different extent. The green hedgehog just hopes his metallic associate chooses to be his own person, rather than a slave to Eggman and nothing more.
Anyways, Manic’s currently messing around with a video game in the kids room, while Metal watches with slight curiosity. The green hedgehog appears to be very focused on a platforming game about underwater creatures.
Metal Sonic: “...Shouldn’t we be practicing for the mission? This game doesn’t serve any purpose from what I see.”
Manic: “Actually, video games can help you develop better problem-solving skills and stuff!”
Manic: “Plus, what’s wrong with having some fun before a big heist? Helps me be a little more relaxed before things go down!”
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. Unlike you, I don’t require rest or relaxation to work at peak efficiency.”
Manic: “Yeah. You’ve made that abundantly clear during our many spars.”
Manic: “Though, why not join me for a game? You might enjoy it!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
For a moment, Metal Sonic considers saying his usual response when Manic or the kids ask him to join them for something fun. But after hearing what the green hedgehog said about the benefits of playing video games, and deciding it may be worth checking out at least once, the metallic hedgehog accepts the offer as he sits down next to him.
Manic: “Ah! So you’ve finally grown a soft spot, huh?”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t be ridiculous. I just figured I’d do it to see what it’s like.”
Metal Sonic: “Now, how does this work?”
As Manic explains it, he proceeds to turn the game console off and take the disc out, putting it back into it’s case. Then, he grabs another game case, takes the disc out from it, and places it into the game console before starting it up.
Manic: “Well, first, I’ve gotta turn this off and take the game out. It’s single player only.”
Manic: “Then, I’ll have to put in a multiplayer game and start it up. You’ve also gotta plug one of the other controllers into the second slot.
Simply nodding, Metal does as instructed and holds the controller in his hands. His sharp fingers leave little dents in the plastic buttons and left analog stick, which Manic notices.
Manic: “You may want to shapeshift your hands. We don’t have many replacement controllers.”
Without saying anything, Metal covers his hands with a metallic liquid, morphing them into the gloved hands of Sonic. Manic smiles at the action, before turning his attention back on the square TV screen. He navigates the menu of a platform fighting game, arriving at the character select.
Manic: “Okay! Just drag your blue cursor onto one of the characters! You can also add a name tag, or change their color scheme!”
After saying this, Metal Sonic decides on a character with a long purple tail, while Manic chooses a gorilla character. Then, a flat stage with three platforms is chosen, and the match begins. Or rather, the explanation on how the game works begins.
Manic: “So, the left analog stick is to move your character around, and the d-pad is for taunting.”
Manic: “The A button’s for regular attacks, and the B button’s for special attacks. Doing either of those while holding the left stick in a specific direction makes you do different attacks.”
Manic: “The Y and X buttons are for jumping, the L and R triggers are for blocking and dodge-rolling, and the Z button’s for grabbing.”
Manic: “Lastly, the C stick is for smash attacks, and the start button pauses the game.”
Manic: “Got all that?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. It’s too simple.”
Manic: “That’s kinda the draw to this game. It’s easy to pick up and play for anyone.”
Manic: “Now, enough talk and come at me!”
Without any more words, Manic and Metal Sonic properly begin their match in the game. Naturally, the robotic hedgehog doesn’t fully understand how the game works, so he ends up losing the fight. But the green hedgehog makes sure to note how well he did.
Manic: “Not too shabby, Metal! You’re pretty good for a beginner!”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t you pity me. I’ll easily destroy you in the next match.”
Manic: “I wasn’t pitying you. I was complimenting you.”
Manic: “And we’ll see about that.”
Back at the character select, Metal sticks with his character, while Manic switches to a small electric creature. And after selecting another stage, the two fight again. Surprisingly, the metallic hedgehog does far better in his second match, easily giving the green hedgehog a run for his money.
But in the end, Manic barely manages to win, with Metal Sonic annoyed at having lost. Though, the former still tries to be a good sport about the whole thing.
Manic: “Well, you certainly are a quick learner! I really had to stay on my toes!”
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. I’ll admit you’ve got plenty of skill in this game.”
Manic: “Of course I do! I’ve been playing this for quite awhile!”
Manic: “Now, how about we go a few more rounds?”
Metal Sonic: “Challenge accepted.”
And so, the two hedgehogs continued to fight within the game, each getting plenty of wins throughout. While Manic switched characters a bunch, Metal stuck with his character, and mastered his abilities quickly. For the green hedgehog, it was nice and challenging to play against someone so skilled.
As for Metal Sonic, he was admittedly finding some enjoyment in fighting Manic within the game, and learning what he could do. Sure, he’d rather hone his combat abilities than do this, but at least it’s a nice distraction. Soon enough, after about half an hour of playing, the two hedgehogs call it a wrap, turning the console off.
Manic: “That was pretty challenging…but also incredibly fun!”
Manic: “Did it feel the same way for you?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...I suppose it was a nice distraction.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I still think we should have done more practice instead.”
Manic: “Heh! I guess that’s fine! But you DID enjoy yourself, right?”
Metal Sonic: “A little bit…but don’t expect me to come back to this anytime soon.”
Manic: “Alright! Feel free to join in for another match anytime!”
Metal Sonic simply nods as his hands change back to normal, and he gets up from the floor, while setting his controller down. Then, he decides to leave Manic alone to continue gaming, wanting to step outside for a little bit. The green hedgehog keeps his small smile on as he switches back to the game he was playing earlier.
Now standing in the backyard, with nothing but the grass, wooden fence, and a small swing set present, Metal Sonic looks up into the blue sky, once again thinking to himself. Despite not wanting anything to do with Manic and his students, the robotic hedgehog has benefited greatly from their cooperation.
Not only has his abilities and knowledge improved, but he’s also come to better understand how these 4 thieves operate. Sure, the kids have a lot to learn, and they can be annoying to deal with, but Metal can recognize their potential, along with the care they have for one another, despite their bickering at points.
As for their teacher, Manic, Metal finds him particularly interesting. Not just because of his association with Sonic, but also because of his skills and morals. He’s not particularly powerful, but he makes up for it with his cleverness. And while he is a good person that wants to help those who are just as or more unfortunate than he is, the green hedgehog isn’t exactly the hero type.
Yes, if needed, Manic will do whatever he can to help someone. However, he’s not like Sonic, who just jumps into any situation when people are in danger. He only does so when there’s something he wants out of it. Metal Sonic has seen some of this throughout his time spent with the green hedgehog, coming to understand how he works.
In fact, deep down, Metal can’t help but have some respect for Manic. He may be an annoyance, but he clearly knows what he’s doing, and can cause trouble when you least expect it. Underestimating him at any point can and will bring about a bunch of problems. Though, the robotic hedgehog would probably never admit to any of this out loud.
Plus, none of this has changed Metal Sonic’s mindset or goals here. The minute their deal is done with, he’s leaving Night Carnival. He’s spent more time than necessary here. And should Manic and his students cause him any issues or try to stop him, the metallic menace won’t hesitate to put them down.
Not to mention, there’s still the question of how long Metal will continue his travels, what he’ll gain from all this, and when he will decide to stop. At this point, he COULD go back to Eggman, now that he’s gotten a good hold of his shapeshifting ability, but he feels he shouldn’t do so yet. There’s still more power within him, waiting to be unlocked.
And…what Manic once said to him before…about if he was truly satisfied with being nothing more than his creator’s slave…Metal keeps thinking back on this, questioning his loyalty to Dr. Eggman. Right now, he was free to do whatever he pleased and chart his own course in life. Yet, he can’t seem to let go of his servitude.
Could that be because of his programming not allowing him to be anything more than the doctor’s servant? Or perhaps due to feeling that he HAS to do so? Out of loyalty? Fear of destruction? Not having anything better to do? Or something else entirely? Regardless of the reason, Metal Sonic feels he has to come to a decision about this soon.
After all, knowing his creator, he likely may already know of Metal’s sudden departure, and could be planning on going after him at some point. Whether he likes it or not, the robotic hedgehog needs to figure it out. Will he continue to serve Dr. Eggman as the greatest weapon in his army? Or should he be his OWN master? And figure out what to do with his life?
Regardless, that’ll likely happen at a later point, so Metal Sonic is doing his best to not focus on that for the time being.
Because tonight…the Treasure Coast Heist will finally begin…
Chapter 25: Neo
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Manic’s Home. Sunset.*
Manic, Metal Sonic, Dial, Tara, and Toby all hang around the kitchen table, once again littered with different papers, photos, maps, etc. Naturally, the green hedgehog is the one leading the conversation.
Manic: “Alright, you guys! Tonight’s the night!”
Manic: “Hence, we should look over our plan one more time to make sure it’s all fresh in our minds!”
Manic: “Now, what’s the first order of business for this heist?”
Immediately, Toby raises his hand and answers.
Toby: “Getting to the building!”
Manic: “Yep! And how exactly are we gonna do that?”
Dial: “A secret passage!”
Manic: “Right on the money! We’ll use the underground sewers to make our way to the building!”
Manic: “Once we arrive, we’ll have to split up! And we’ll stay in touch with these walkie talkies!”
Pointing at the four walkie talkies on the table, Manic continues.
Manic: “Toby, you’ll be the distraction for the guards and people outside the building, so that the rest of us can get inside!”
Toby: “Right, but why do I have to be the distraction?”
Tara: “Because someone has to do it! And you tend to draw attention to yourself, so it fits!”
Toby: “Still, what if I get caught?”
Manic: “That’s not gonna happen! I’m certain of it!”
Manic: “Dial and Tara, you’ll have to don a disguise together in order to go by undetected. Treasure Coast doesn’t accept kids.”
Tara: “Yeah, yeah…just wander around the floors, and let you and Metal know what's going on.”
Manic: “Exactly! Stay safe, and don’t get into too much trouble!”
Manic: “Now, how about your role, Metal? Can we get a reminder?”
Metal Sonic: “I still remember my objectives.”
Metal Sonic: “With my shape-shifting, I’ll walk into Treasure Coast undetected and look for Jasper The Crab.”
Metal Sonic: “Then, I’ll have to keep him distracted for as long as possible.”
Manic: “Mm-hm! Do whatever you can to keep him busy!”
Manic: “Though, should your time limit for shape-shifting end, or if you end up in a really dangerous situation, feel free to get out of there.”
Manic: “Also, again, no killing.”
Metal Sonic: “You don’t have to remind me. I’ll only resort to that when I feel there’s no other options left.”
Tara: “That’s good at least…”
Dial and Toby simply nod, with Manic moving on.
Manic: “Anyways, I’ll be the one trying to reach the top floor and break into Jasper’s vault!”
Manic: “I’ll do what I can to hack into the computer systems, and deal with any guards I come across!”
Manic: “Plus, I’ll make a clear pathway for the rest of you once I complete my part of the heist!”
Manic: “And if any of you need a little help, I can always give a hand in some manner!”
Dial: “Hopefully, we won’t need it…”
Metal Sonic: “I’ll be fine on my own. Just tell me when it’s time to go.”
Manic: “Alright then! Now, for what we do after all that!”
Manic: “Simply put, we do what we thieves do best! Steal whatever we can get our hands on!”
Manic: “Then, we make our way out of the building, head back here, and celebrate a job well done!”
Toby: “Yeah! We can do this!”
Metal Sonic: “By that point, I’ll finally be able to leave this dump.”
Manic: “Mm-hm. Our deal will be finished, and you can go on your merry way.”
Manic: “So, is that everything?”
The kids and Metal Sonic nod their heads in confirmation, with Manic smiling in response.
Manic: “Sweet! Then there’s only one more thing left to discuss!”
Tara: “Wait, really? What?”
Manic: “Codenames, of course! To make sure our identities stay hidden!”
Manic: “Plus, it’s kinda cool!”
Dial:
“Hmm…I do like the idea…”
Tara: “Same here, but I don’t really know what to call myself.”
Toby:
“Maybe we should go with a theme for all of us? Like instruments or something?”
Manic: “I like that idea! I call dibs on drums!”
Toby: “Oh! Can I be guitar?”
Manic: “Go right ahead!”
Toby does a little fist-pump in the air, while Dial and Tara try to figure out what codenames they want.
Tara: “...I think bass would sound good for me.”
Manic: “Agreed! It suits you nicely!”
Manic: “How about you, Dial? Got anything in mind?”
Dial: “Hmm…I’m not really sure…”
Dial: “Do you have any suggestions, Manic?”
Manic: “Well…does keyboard work for you?”
Dial: “Ohhh…yeah, it does! I like that!”
Manic: “Nice! Now we just have one more!”
Manic looks over at Metal Sonic with a smirk on his face.
Metal Sonic: “I don’t require a codename. And it’s not like I’ll use it for long.”
Manic: “Oh nonsense! If you’re working with us, then you’ve gotta have one!”
Manic: “Plus, wouldn’t it be far better to have a name that’s unique to you, rather than just being called ‘Metal Sonic?’”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Hearing those words, Metal Sonic contemplates on a codename for a moment. He would like to distinguish himself more from his loathsome copy to some extent, and this would be a good start. So, the robotic hedgehog responds to Manic’s question.
Metal Sonic: “...Very well. Think of whatever you want for me.”
Manic: “Ah! Alrighty then!”
Manic: “So, if we’re still going with an instrument theme…how about…?”
Manic: “...Violin?”
Metal Sonic: “No.”
Manic: “Yeah, that wasn’t a good one, was it?”
Dial: “How about we go with a different theme for him? Since he’s a temporary thief?”
Tara: “I agree on that. I think Reaper would work nicely for him.”
Toby: “Like the grim reaper?”
Tara: “Well, he’s just as deadly as one.”
Manic: “I can see that, but I don’t think it really works as a codename.”
Manic: “Maybe…?”
For a few seconds, Manic and the kids are still trying to figure out a good codename for Metal Sonic, who is standing there silently, not too amused with what’s happening. But then, the green hedgehog snaps his fingers as he finally figures it out.
Manic: “Got it!”
Dial: “Really? What did you come up with?”
Manic: “Oh, it’s nothing too fancy! But I think it’s perfect for our metallic associate!”
Metal Sonic: “Then just say it already. We’re wasting enough time here.”
Manic: “Right!”
Manic:
“So, how does the codename ‘Neo’ sound to you?”
Metal Sonic: “?”
Confused, but intrigued, Metal Sonic thinks on the codename for a little bit, while the kids question it.
Toby: “Neo?”
Manic: “In another language, it means new.”
Manic: “And since Metal here keeps growing in power and abilities, I think that codename works well for him!”
Tara:
“Hmm…I think I can agree on that…”
Dial: “Me too. It sounds kinda cool.”
Toby: “Yeah! A cool name for a cool robot!”
Manic:
“What do you think, Metal?”
Metal Sonic: “...Neo…I can work with that…”
Metal Sonic: “Very well. I’ll accept that codename.”
Manic: “Good to hear!”
Putting a hand in front of Metal, Manic smiles.
Manic: “Here’s to a successful heist!”
Toby: “Mm-hm!”
Tara: “We got this in the bag! I’m certain of it!”
Dial: “That’s what I hope is the case!”
The kids put their hands onto Manic’s, leaving Metal Sonic as the only one who hasn’t joined in on this yet. This makes the 4 thieves stare back at him.
Manic: “Come on! We can’t start our mission without this!”
Metal Sonic: “...Fine.”
Despite not wanting to, Metal Sonic puts his hand on top of the hands of the four thieves, which makes them a little happy. Then, they raise their hands into the air, shouting something.
The 4 Thieves: “For fortune!”
And with that, everyone gets ready for the Treasure Coast heist, grabbing some disguises, tools, etc. Metal Sonic helps out a little here and there, but he’s mainly occupied with his own thoughts. Particularly his new codename. Sure, it’s nothing too fancy. However, it does give the robotic hedgehog a little more of his own identity.
Ever since he was first activated, Metal Sonic has only known himself as a robot based off of Sonic. Yes, he does have his own unique traits and skills, but he’s still stuck in the shadow of his organic counterpart. And that’s something the metallic hedgehog can’t stand. He refuses to be an inferior Sonic. He wants to be the SUPERIOR Sonic.
This new nickname…Neo…allows Metal Sonic to be something other than a robot copy of Earth’s greatest hero. Though, whether or not he’ll keep this nickname is unknown, as he may come up with something different later. But regardless, the robotic hedgehog is more than content with being called Neo. At least for the time being.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Night Carnival Sewers. Nighttime.*
The 4 thieves and Metal Sonic walk through the filthy water of the sewers, with Manic looking over a map to see where to go. He’s not too bothered by his surroundings, but it’s clear the green hedgehog can’t stand the smell. The same goes for the kids, who hold onto their noses as their eyes water a bit, while also carrying some bags.
Metal, being a machine, isn’t affected by his surroundings at all, merely walking behind the 4 thieves as they make their way to Treasure Coast. As this happens, they share some idle chit-chat.
Tara: “So, what fancy loot do you guys think this crab has?”
Dial: “He’s definitely gotta have a lot of shiny gems and rings! Along with gold statues!”
Toby: “Oh! Maybe he could have one of the Chaos Emeralds?”
Tara: “Really? Those powerful gemstones Sonic and Eggman use all the time?”
Toby: “Yeah! I’ve heard that they sparkle like stars in the night sky! And I want to see that for myself!”
Dial: “Me too! If only for a moment!”
Dial:
“Actually, Neo?”
Metal Sonic: “What?”
Dial: “Have you ever seen a Chaos Emerald before?”
Metal Sonic: “No. But I know of their existence.”
Metal Sonic: “And if they’re as powerful as I’ve been told…then I must collect all 7.”
Tara: “Right…when you have all of them, a miracle’s supposed to happen…”
Tara: “Though, the idea of YOU getting those gemstones isn’t exactly nice to think about.”
Metal Sonic: “That’s your problem. Not mine.”
Metal Sonic: “Besides, from what I know, those emeralds are hard to come across, so I doubt we’ll find one during this mission.”
Toby: “Yeah…but still, it’d be amazing if we DID see one!”
Tara: “Agreed! Someday, I want to try and collect all of them!”
Tara: “Maybe I could access their power? Like Sonic can?”
Dial: “Eh…I don’t know if that’ll ever happen…”
Tara: “Oh come on! If some random hedgehog could do it, what’s stopping ME from doing it?”
Toby: “Well, Sonic IS the fastest thing alive…so maybe THAT’S what allows him to use the power of the Chaos Emeralds?”
Dial shrugs at Toby’s words, while Tara gives off a slightly annoyed expression. Metal, as expected, has nothing to comment on, but he does think the idea of these 3 kids using the Chaos Emeralds power is ridiculous and unlikely. The metallic menace using their power, however? THAT could work out, if he can learn how to utilize those gemstones.
Though, before Metal and the kids can think about this further, Manic comes to a stop at a wall with steps that lead to a manhole cover on the ceiling. Checking over the map one more time before putting it away, the green hedgehog looks back at the others.
Manic: “Alright! My map says we’re close to Treasure Coast!”
Manic: “I’ll go up and check first! Then, you all can follow when I give my signal!”
The kids and Metal nod, watching Manic as he climbs up, opens the manhole cover, and looks around before going up and signaling that the coast is clear. So, the kids head up, followed by the robotic hedgehog, and after placing the manhole cover back in it’s spot, they all look at their surroundings.
They’re standing in an alleyway, with some dumpsters, mice, and litter strewn about. But nearby was a very tall and classical building with bright neon lights. There was a sign plastered above the entrance that read “Treasure Coast! Come spend your money here!” and tons of people in fancy attire were walking towards the front doors, where some security guards stand.
Looking at all this, the kids couldn’t help but be in awe, with Manic smirking at the sight. And naturally, Metal doesn’t care that much, despite being a little interested in the architecture of this building, and the people present. Moving on, the green hedgehog speaks to the others.
Manic: “Okay! Let’s get started!”
Manic: “Keyboard and Bass, put on your disguise! Guitar, get ready for the distraction! Neo, prepare to shape-shift!”
The kids nod in confirmation, while Metal simply waits for his opportunity. In a couple of minutes, despite struggling to put it on, Dial and Tara manage to get into their disguise. It consists of a long trench coat, with two small holes in it, white gloves, sunglasses, a hat, and a face mask.
Now, how does this costume work? Basically, Tara stands on top of Dial, giving off the illusion of an adult. However, the cat isn’t exactly comfortable with this, and the raven has to trust that she won’t fall flat on her face. Meanwhile, Manic puts on a fancy tuxedo, while also putting his gadgets, drumsticks, and extreme gear air board away for the time being.
Then, after spraying some perfume on everyone to get the sewer smell off of them, Manic speaks up again.
Manic: “You all ready?”
Dial: “Ugh! Are we REALLY gonna keep this disguise up for the whole night?”
Manic: “Relax! Once I’ve got the path clear for the treasury, you two can probably ditch the disguise!”
Tara: “Assuming we don’t stumble and mess up before then.”
Dial: “Yeah! It’s kinda hard to walk around in this trenchcoat while also holding you up on my shoulders!”
Manic: “Just deal with it for the time being! Be as careful as you can!”
Tara: “We’ll certainly try…”
Manic: “Works for me!”
Manic: “Neo, you can shapeshift now!”
Metal Sonic: “Right.”
Summoning the purple energy ball, Metal grasps it in his hands, focusing on making it cover his entire body. As he does this, the energy spreads across his arms towards the rest of his body, eclipsing his frame in a reflective shell. Then, it morphs into the shape of an anthropomorphic wolf with a tuxedo and a gold ring.
Manic: “Nice disguise! Though, I was kinda hoping you’d go for something more risqué!”
Metal Sonic: “Zip it. Let’s just do this already. I don’t have all night.”
Manic: “Of course!”
Manic: “Guitar, you go ahead with the distraction! The rest of us will make our way to the entrance!”
Toby: “Uh…yeah! I’ll do my best!”
Manic: “Of course you will! Good luck!”
And with that, the disguised Manic, Metal Sonic, Dial, and Tara walk to the line that leads to the front doors, trying not to come off as suspicious. Though, due to costume issues, the girls are having trouble moving, catching some weird stares from those around them.
When it comes to what Toby’s gonna do for a distraction, he wasn’t really sure what to go with, especially considering he’s not a fan of being stared at. However, if there’s one thing he’s good at, it’s accidentally breaking something in the middle of stealing something. So, with his attention directed at the parking lot full of fancy vehicles, he has an idea.
Toby walks towards a silver car with a fancy pattern on it, and then stands next to it as he watches the others get closer and closer to the entrance in a few minutes. Once they get to the guards, Manic, Metal, and the girls are questioned.
Guard #1: “Is this a group?”
Manic: “Most certainly!”
Guard #1: “May I see your IDs?”
Manic: “Of course! Just give me a-”
*CRASH!*
And just like that, the sound of a car alarm blares nearby, catching the attention of everyone present, including the three guards at the front doors. Toby just used a spare brick he had on hand to break the steering wheel of the car he was standing next to. Needless to say, the owner of said car is freaking out at this.
Random Car Owner: “MY CAR!”
Despite being nervous with all the people staring at him, Toby just continues to mess with the car, much to the owner’s shock and anger. This gives Manic, Metal, and the girls the chance to sneakily pass by the distracted guards (Though, for the girls, it was kinda tough, due to their disguise), with the green hedgehog using a small handheld device to hack into the building’s computer systems.
Walking around, Metal and the girls are impressed with what they’re seeing. From the fancy red carpeting, to the many slot machines people are messing around with, the paintings on the wall, and the bright lights, this area is all sorts of eye-catching. Manic, on the other hand, isn’t too amused as he finishes what he’s doing.
Manic: “Okay! The cameras here are scrambled!”
Pulling out his small green walkie-talkie, Manic checks up on Toby.
Manic: “How’s the distraction, Guitar?”
Toby: “Sigh…I think it went well enough…”
Toby: “Though, the owner of that car gave me an earful when I ran away.”
Manic:
“But you’re okay, yes?”
Toby: “Yeah. I’m back at the alleyway. So far, everything’s gone back to normal.”
Toby: “What about you and the others?”
Manic:
“We’re in. Cameras are down for the moment, but we gotta get moving.”
Manic: “You’ll be our eyes for the outside. Let us know if anything weird happens.”
Toby: “Got it. Good luck.”
Manic nods with a smile before turning the walkie-talkie off and directing his attention to the others.
Manic: “Let’s get to it! You all remember your roles!”
Metal Sonic: “Correct. I’ll scan the area for Jasper, and for any energy sources that could help me maintain this form.”
Dial: “And we’ll be busy trying not to make fools out of ourselves.”
Manic: “Good! I’ll be taking off now! Good luck!”
And with that, the four of them go their separate ways. Manic searches for a pathway to the top floor, along with the computer room. Dial and Tara walk around the floors of the building, seeing if there’s anything the others should know about. And Metal walks around curiously, scanning for any sign of Jasper The Crab.
Admittedly, the robotic hedgehog is a little interested in what everyone is doing. A lot of them are gambling their large fortunes away, or simply conversing while enjoying some snacks and drinks. He doesn’t really understand why they’d waste their money on all this, but at least it’s keeping them distracted.
And regardless of what these people are doing…Metal Sonic is determined to fulfill his part of this heist…
Chapter 26: Treasure Coast Heist
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Treasure Coast, 1st Floor. Nighttime.*
On the first floor of Treasure Coast, tons of people are busy with slot machines, poker, or just conversing with one another. All the while, employees walk around to distribute food and drinks, along with making sure nothing crazy happens. It’s a crowded area, and the disguised Dial and Tara are having a bit of trouble navigating through it all.
For starters, it’s already hard enough to walk around in their disguise without accidentally bumping into something or someone. But given all the people here, along with the colors and lights of the area making it a little confusing on where to go, this seemingly easy task of theirs is much more difficult than necessary.
However, the girls can admit the place is pretty, what with it’s fine carpet flooring and fancy machines. Not to mention the nice jazz music playing. Though, that’s being drowned out by all the chatter and slot machine noises. Regardless, they just continue to wander around, observing the area to see what’s going on, and whispering their frustrations.
Dial: “Ugh…this place is too loud…!”
Dial: “And having to carry you while wanting to plug my ears in is only making this more annoying!”
Tara: “Yeah, well, join the club. I don’t like this either.”
Tara: “But Manic and the others are counting on us to watch over the place, so we just gotta deal with it.”
Dial: “I’m aware of that! I just want this to be over soon!”
Dial: “Also, I kinda want a snack right now.”
Tara: “Seriously? Manic told us to eat and drink something BEFORE this!”
Dial: “Yes, I know! But some of the food being served here smells good!”
Tara: “Well, too bad! We don’t have the time for a quick bite here!”
Dial: “Yes we do! At most, we have a few minutes!”
Dial: “Also, may I remind you that I’M the one walking around here? AND my legs are tired?”
Tara: “Okay, fine! Just this one time!”
Tara: “Though, we’re gonna have to find a place to hide so we can eat.”
Dial nods, despite Tara being unable to see her, and the two approach a nearby waiter with a plate full of cooked meatballs. The waiter is a little confused by the way they move, but stays calm as they talk to them.
Random Waiter: “Ah…can I help you?”
Trying to make herself sound more mature, Tara responds to the question.
Tara: “I would like a few meatballs please.”
Random Waiter: “Very well.”
Taking a napkin from their pocket, the waiter grabs a few meatballs from their tray and hands them to Tara, who’s mouth starts to water a bit as she takes a whiff of them. Though, before they can head off, the waiter then extends a hand forward, confusing her.
Tara: “...What?”
Random Waiter: “That food must be paid for, of course. 10 rings.”
Tara: “Wait, seriously? I thought these were free samples?”
Random Waiter: “There’s nothing free here. Did you not read the sign outside?”
Tara: “...”
Annoyed with the greedy business practices here, Tara looks through the pockets of the trenchcoat she and Dial are wearing, and manages to pull out a couple of rings, courtesy of Manic. Then, after paying for the meatballs, the two girls take off. But not before giving their thanks, which the waiter responds to with a nod.
So, with food in hand, Tara and Dial try to find a secluded spot in a nearby hallway, before sitting down in order to eat. The meatballs were pretty delicious, despite being a little greasy. And since they’re taking a moment to relax, the two start up a conversation.
Dial: “So…how do you think Manic and Metal are doing?”
Tara: “Knowing them, they’re probably fine. I’ve got no doubts.”
Tara: “Though, it’s a shame Toby couldn’t come inside with us.”
Dial: “Yeah…but like you said, somebody had to be the distraction.”
Dial: “Plus, maybe it’s for the best that he didn't come inside? It’s too loud and crowded.”
Tara: “Heh! Agreed!”
Tara: “Honestly, I don’t understand why people would invest their money into stuff like this! What’s the point?”
Dial:
“Mm-hmm. Why not use it on things like…plushies or whatever?”
Tara: “Or people that actually need it? Like us?”
Dial: “Right…”
For a moment, Tara and Dial are silent. The former appears to be a little bitter about something, while the latter looks downcast. Having lived in poverty for a long time, they’ve had a lot of struggles on a daily basis. Not enough food, very few clothes, etc. Meanwhile, those with great fortunes keep indulging themselves without ever bothering to spare some of it for others.
However, thanks to Manic’s teachings, Dial, Toby, and Tara can now change that. Not only can they steal what they can in order to survive and live better lives, but also share some of it with those like them. And with enough time, the three might be able to make a difference for many more people.
But right now, Dial and Tara need to focus on this heist. They may not be doing much, but they still have a job to do. Hence, the two get back up, keeping their disguise up, before walking back towards the crowded area. Once again, they’re just wandering around, seeing if anything weird is going on.
Tara: “You know…for our biggest heist yet, our job is kinda boring.”
Tara: “Honestly, I’m tempted to go mess around with those slot machines.”
Dial: “Tara, you spent most of the money Manic lent us on the food. And we’re supposed to be watching out for possible dangers.”
Tara: “Yeah, well, YOU’RE the one who wanted a snack!”
Dial: “My point still stands though! We all have our parts to play!”
Dial: “Plus, once we’re skilled enough, we can do a lot more!”
Tara: “Right! Which is why I wanna be the best thief I can be as soon as possible!”
Tara: “But that’ll come later. Now, how about we go up to the second floor?”
Dial: “Mm…I guess so…doesn’t look like anything’s gonna happen here…”
And with that, Tara and Dial wander towards the elevator in order to reach the second floor of the building. However, a few people accompany them, and give them some strange looks. A female poodle in particular decides to question them.
Random Poodle: “Um…are you doing okay? You don’t look too well.”
Tara: “H-Heh…no, I’m fine!”
Random Poodle: “Are you sure? You look like you’re about to collapse.”
Tara: “Nah, I just have a little back pain! I can still get by!”
Random Poodle: “Hm…”
The poodle gives a suspicious, yet concerned look to Tara, who’s a little nervous about being called out. As for the other people there, they’re either not that interested in what’s happening, or are just as curious. But once the elevator reaches the second floor, they all walk out and move on with their night.
Tara: “Whew…I got really worried for a second…”
Dial: “Same here…but it seems we’re in the clear for now…”
Tara: “Yeah. Though, we’re gonna have to make our movements look more natural.”
Dial: “And exactly HOW are we supposed to do that?”
Tara: “I don’t know! We just have to figure that out while we walk around the place!”
Dial lets out a sigh as she and Tara wander the second floor of Treasure Coast, which appears to be a dining area with fancy chandeliers, lights, tables with white cloth covering them, and windows showing the outside. Many people are enjoying some fancy meals, with waiters and waitresses serving them.
Compared to the first floor, Tara and Dial find this place much nicer. Especially since it’s more quiet, and they can actually hear the jazz music playing. Though, since they already spent most of their money on those meatballs on the first floor, they probably aren’t getting anything here. But that doesn’t mean they don’t want to have a few more snacks.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Treasure Coast. 24th Floor.*
Manic makes his way through another casino area, looking for the location of the computer room, and doing his best to not draw attention from the customers or employees. With his gadgets, he’s able to jam the cameras for a little bit, allowing him to sneak by undetected. At this point, it’s like second nature to the green hedgehog.
However, as he’s searching for the computer room, Manic can’t help but take some glances at the different kinds of people here. Most of them are high-class citizens that are simply here to waste time and money. But there are a few lower-class citizens that are desperately trying to hit the jackpot.
This annoys Manic quite a bit, as he hates when those with great fortune and power waste it all on themselves, rather than spare some of it for those that really need it. In fact, back when he was younger, the green hedgehog had a bit of a grudge against those people, having been raised on the streets with no real home to call his own.
But eventually, Manic came to realize not everyone raised in nobility was selfish and greedy. Especially after meeting Sonia, who he grew to see almost like a sister. Though, that doesn’t mean he won’t stop stealing from those who don’t do anything good with their massive fortunes. To him, it’s simply karma, and what he was raised to do.
Regardless, Manic soon reaches a mostly empty hallway, with only a couple of paintings and lights present. According to his diagram of the Treasure Coast building, he was getting close to the computer room, and in a few seconds, he spots a few guards in front of a closed door, along with a camera.
Putting on a small smirk, Manic takes a moment to disable the camera, before making his presence known to the guards. Immediately, they’re on the defensive as they question the well-dressed stranger before them.
Random Guard #1: “Hold it! What are you doing here?”
Manic: “Oh, I’m so sorry! I was just trying to find the bathroom!”
Random Guard #2:
“Really now? So you accidentally wandered in here?”
Manic: “Yeah…guess I had a little too much to drink!”
Random Guard #3: “If that’s the case, I’ll lead you over there.”
Random Guard #3: “But don’t show up here again. Customers aren’t allowed.”
Manic: “I gotcha! Let’s make this quick!”
Just as one of the guards approaches Manic, he immediately knocks them out with a small taser. This catches the other two guards by surprise, allowing the green hedgehog to take them down by throwing his two drumsticks at them with full force, complete with an audible clang.
Manic: “Too slow.”
With a proud smile on his face, Manic walks past the unconscious guards, pickpocketing their own walkie-talkies, ID cards, and other trinkets. Then, he uses one of the cards to unlock the door, where he finds what he’s looking for. A desk with multiple monitors showing the different floors of the building, along with some analytics and such.
At said desk was another guard, who’s shocked to see some hooded figure at the door, with the bodies of their coworkers behind him. But again, they’re too slow on the draw to do anything about it, allowing Manic to knock them out as well. And after tying up all the guards in the computer room, the green hedgehog puts his attention solely on the monitors.
Looking at the screens, Manic sees what’s going on at each floor, including where Dial, Tara, and Metal Sonic are. Plus, he can see some data for things like money and whatnot, along with general security devices. This puts a cocky smile on the green hedgehog’s face, having accomplished the first part of his plan here.
Hence, Manic decides to call the others in order to update them and check on what should be done next. So, he brings out his green walkie-talkie and activates it. The device has three lights on it that turn on when the other walkie-talkies it’s connected to are active. And already, the blue light turns on, followed by pink, and then red.
Manic: “Drums here. Everyone else?”
Tara: “Bass and Keyboard! Over!”
Toby: “Guitar here!”
Metal Sonic: “Neo, awaiting further orders.”
Manic: “Ah! Good! We’re all here!”
Toby: “Wait, hold on. Neo?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes?”
Toby:
“You’re speaking with your regular voice. Did you return to your normal form?”
Metal Sonic: “Only for a few minutes to recharge. I’m currently residing in the mens bathroom on floor 26.”
Metal Sonic: “I want to make sure my shape-shifting ability lasts as long as possible when I approach Jasper.”
Manic: “Smart thinking. Have you spotted him?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. It wasn’t any issue finding him, thanks to my scan of the building.”
Metal Sonic:
“Though, there’s a lot of people on this floor, and I need to figure out the best way to keep him busy.”
Tara:
“Maybe you should just talk to him?”
Manic: “It may not be that simple, Bass. Treasure and money is probably the only thing worth his time.”
Metal Sonic: “Correct. But I’ll do what I was assigned in a moment.”
Metal Sonic:
“Now, have you reached the computer room?”
Manic: “Yep! The guards were easy pickings!”
Manic: “I can use all the cameras to see where you guys are, and I have access to the security systems.”
Tara: “Sweet! It should be smooth sailing from here!”
Toby: “Please don’t jinx it.”
Tara: “What? I doubt much is gonna stop us at this point!”
Metal Sonic: “Regardless, how about you and the cat? Nothing to report?”
Tara: “Other than the food smelling and looking really good, no.”
Tara: “Also, I think me and Keyboard are getting the hang of this costume. Though, we’re still getting weird looks.”
Manic: “As long as they aren’t calling you out or causing trouble, you’ll be fine.”
Manic: “Guitar, is the outside still clear?”
Toby: “Yeah. But I REALLY want to go inside with the rest of you.”
Manic: “Don’t worry! Once I cleared a pathway, you can join us!”
Manic: “Speaking of, I’m gonna get started on that, along with disabling the security systems and cameras.”
Manic: “Once I’m done, I’ll let you all know where to go.”
Toby: “Okay! Got it!”
Tara: “And then me and Keyboard can finally ditch this stupid trench coat!”
Metal Sonic: “Understood.”
Manic: “Alright! Drums out!”
With the exchange finished, Manic turns off his walkie-talkie, and then stretches his arms a bit as he sits in the computer chair. It’s time for him to use his hacking skills, and keep an eye on his teammates.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Treasure Coast. 26th Floor.*
In the men’s bathroom, a high-class jerboa walks inside to wash his hands after having some snacks. From what he sees, no one else is present. Though, as he puts his hands into the sink, he hears a strange sound, making him pause. He wasn’t sure what it was, but he heard it come from one of the stalls.
However, the jerboa decides it’s probably his ears playing tricks on him, or something from the nightclub on this floor. But then, out of the stall comes a gray wolf in a stylish tuxedo, and a gold ring on one of his hands. Curious and a little surprised, the jerboa decides to say something to him as he finishes washing his hands.
Random Jerboa: “I thought I was the only one here.”
Wolf: “...Guess not.”
With that short response finished, the wolf proceeds towards the door to head back to the party going on, which confuses the jerboa once again.
Random Jerboa:
“Not gonna wash your hands?”
Wolf: “No. I just wanted some time alone.”
Random Jerboa: “Ah…I see…”
Random Jerboa: “Yes, there are quite a lot of people here. Quite overwhelming at first.”
Wolf: “...”
Clearly not caring about this conversation, the wolf walks out of the mens bathroom, leaving the jerboa a little annoyed at being ignored for just making some small-talk. But the wolf, or rather, a disguised Metal Sonic, has more important matters to take care of. He has to keep the owner of Treasure Coast distracted until his teammates finish their parts of the heist.
Hence, Metal arrives back at the main area of the 26th floor, full of flashing lights, and lots of people dancing around. Though, some of them are simply chatting with one another while enjoying some refreshments, and there’s a DJ working on some funky tunes. While pretty cool, it’s also quite the eyesore, and a bit much on the ears.
Luckily, that’s not a problem for Metal Sonic, as he walks past the many customers and employees to find his target. It’s not difficult, since the robotic hedgehog has their location locked, but he has to be careful not to bump into anyone or anything, in order to ensure he doesn’t cause any unnecessary trouble.
In a couple of seconds, Metal finds who he’s looking for. A four-armed orange crab with a fancy purple coat, claws, a mustache, and some gems on his shell. He appears to be talking to some businessman, with a silver suitcase set on a glass table in-between them, along with some glass cups and a bottle of some sort of drink.
Metal Sonic: “So THAT is Jasper The Crab…”
Keeping his distance at first, Metal merely observes Jasper and the person he’s talking to, while also changing his audio levels in order to hear them over all the noise and music.
Jasper: “So? You got me those gems, like you promised?”
Businessman: “Yes. Here’s the code to open the case.”
The businessman hands a slip of paper to Jasper, who looks over it and then inputs the code on the lock pad, opening the case. Immediately, the crab has a face of sheer glee as he sees what’s inside, before closing and locking it, and then looking back at his client.
Jasper: “Fantastic! I can’t wait to take these beauties back to my collection!”
Businessman: “Glad to know you love them so much.”
Jasper: “But of course! If it’s both shiny AND pretty, I’m gonna love it!”
Jasper: “And since you worked so hard for it, I’ll give you something good.”
Reaching into one of the coat pockets, Jasper takes out a small container full of golden rings, and passes it to the businessman. Though, they look a little dissatisfied with what they were given.
Businessman: “You promised me 1,000 rings. Not 700.”
Jasper: “So what if it’s a few numbers down? You still got a good amount of cash!”
Businessman: “I didn’t go through tough and nail for your fancy rocks to earn chump change!”
Jasper:
“Then maybe I should have gotten someone else to do it for me?”
Businessman: “Jasper, I need that money in order to keep my business afloat!”
Jasper: “I missed the part where that’s my problem!”
Jasper: “And if you’re gonna keep complaining, then buzz off! I’ve got a business to run, can’t you tell?”
Businessman: “Rrgghh…!”
Despite clearly being angry with Jasper, the businessman calms down and takes his leave with his pay. The crab merely smirks at this action, before pouring himself a drink and sipping it. Meanwhile, Metal processes what he saw and heard, now knowing how this guy acts in person, and what will catch his attention.
Obviously, he loves treasure and jewels, so keeping the topic of their conversation on that will be ideal. Plus, Jasper seems to be quite full of himself, meaning he’ll likely underestimate whoever he’s facing. But he may come off as more sly than he appears. Manic DID say he’s no stranger to dirty tactics when it serves his purposes.
So, with a plan set in stone for his current task, and having the opportunity, Metal Sonic approaches Jasper, who takes notice of him as he watches the gray wolf before him sit down in the chair his previous client was just sitting in. While he doesn’t seem annoyed, he does look a little curious.
Metal Sonic: “Greetings, Jasper. I hope I’m not intruding on anything important.”
Jasper: “Psh! Just having a nice drink or two!”
Jasper: “Though, who the heck are you? I’ve never seen you around here before.”
Metal Sonic: “Just call me…Steel.”
Jasper: “Heh. That supposed to be an alias or something?”
Metal Sonic: “Perhaps. But enough about me.”
Metal Sonic: “I’ve heard you had quite the obsession for jewels and treasure.”
Jasper: “Let me guess…the sign outside gave you that idea?”
Metal Sonic: “No. I’ve heard from a few colleagues.”
Jasper: “Yeah? Then what brings you here? Just wanted to see me in the flesh?”
Jasper:
“Or maybe you have something to offer me?”
Smirking a little, Jasper is expecting Metal to bring out something that catches his interest, which the latter can tell.
Metal Sonic: “Unfortunately, I don’t have anything on my person. I came here on short notice.”
Jasper: “Then next time you’re here, bring a nice diamond or something.”
Jasper: “Until that next time comes, just go home. I’m not interested in small talk.”
Metal Sonic: “I figured as much. But I DO know something that might pique your interest.”
Jasper:
“Really? And what might that be?”
Taking a short moment to figure out what he’s about to say, Metal Sonic then speaks…
“What do you know about the Time Stones?”
Chapter 27: Let's Talk
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Treasure Coast, 26th Floor. Nighttime.*
Almost immediately, Jasper sits upright as he sets his cup down, now having his attention caught by Metal Sonic.
Jasper: “Well…I know the basic gist of what they are and where they came from…”
Jasper: “Native to Little Planet, control time itself, and a set of 7.”
Jasper: “I’ve tried to find those gemstones myself, but they always eluded me.”
Jasper: “Plus, after that floating rock exploded, it’s likely they’re all gone now.”
Jasper: “And it’s a shame, really. They would have been a fine addition to my collection.”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…I DID see them for myself a long time ago…”
Metal Sonic: “I even held one in my hand…and it was like nothing I’ve ever felt before…”
Looking at his right hand, Metal Sonic remembers the feeling he had when he grasped the blue Time Stone back on the Death Egg Mk lll, and when he used the red one during the first invasion of Little Planet.
Jasper: “Hmmm…and were they as beautiful as they say?”
Metal Sonic: “Admittedly, I did find them enticing. They had a powerful glow to them.”
Metal Sonic: “Sadly, I wasn’t able to keep one before Dr. Eggman destroyed Little Planet.”
Jasper: “Indeed…that psycho keeps hogging all the fancy little trinkets for himself.”
Jasper: “All so he can once again fail at world domination because of one spiky blue rodent.”
Jasper: “If not for their constant fighting, I might have gotten a Chaos Emerald by now!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Jasper’s comment about Eggman and Sonic makes Metal a little annoyed, but he tries not to show it in his wolf disguise’s face. And luckily, the crab doesn’t seem to notice as he continues with the conversation.
Jasper:
“Anyways, why bring this up? Did you just want to gloat?”
Metal Sonic: “No…I simply wanted to share a little theory of mine…”
Jasper: “Hmph. Then make it quick, or you’re gonna lose my attention.”
Metal nods, before saying what’s on his mind.
Metal Sonic:
“What if a few of those Time Stones are still around?”
Now smiling a little, Jasper leans down a bit in his seat.
Jasper: “Really now? What makes you think that?”
Metal Sonic: “Well…do you know of the time Dr. Eggman’s Death Egg flew above Station Square?”
Jasper: “I do. And I heard it was about to fire before suddenly exploding.”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. Which is how Little Planet and the Time Stones were destroyed.”
Metal Sonic: “But eyewitnesses said that 3 stars, colored blue, green, and red spread across the night sky when the explosion happened.”
Jasper: “Ah…so you think these could be the Time Stones?”
Metal Sonic: “What’s left of them at least.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, I have no clue where they are now, or if they’ve simply vanished.”
Metal Sonic: “However, I’m certain the opportunity to grab one piques your interest?”
Jasper: “Heh…if what you were saying was concrete, yes.”
Jasper: “But I’m not gonna waste my time with something that may not even be worth it in the end.”
Metal Sonic: “Even if it means the possibility of controlling time itself?”
Jasper: “Psh! I don’t care about controlling time!”
Jasper: “The only thing I care about is whatever’s shiny and beautiful! It’s why I created Treasure Coast in the first place!”
Jasper: “Though, should you come across one of those fancy stones, feel free to pass me one!”
Jasper: “In exchange, I’ll pay you handsomely!”
Metal Sonic: “I’ll keep that in mind…”
Now done with the Time Stone discussion, Metal Sonic tries to come up with another topic of interest, in order to keep Jasper’s attention solely on him. This time, he decides to put the focus on the building they’re in.
Metal Sonic: “You know…I am a little impressed with this place.”
Jasper: “Oh? Are you enjoying yourself?”
Metal Sonic: “Not particularly. But I can respect the effort and resources you put into this.”
Metal Sonic: “However, I’m not a fan of dance parties.”
Jasper: “Then that’s your problem. For me, it makes quite a profit!”
Jasper: “Plus, all that gambling on the lower floors is also easy money!”
Metal Sonic: “Right…though, I must ask…”
Metal Sonic:
“Why are you so obsessed with treasure and fortune?”
When Metal asks that question, Jasper gives him a confused, yet somewhat amused expression.
Jasper: “It’s simple, really!”
Jasper: “Treasure is beautiful! And something I can’t help but want more of!”
Jasper: “And should someone dare try to steal it from me…”
Grabbing his glass cup, Jasper throws it down onto the ground, shattering it.
Jasper: “...I’ll break them.”
Metal Sonic: “...I see.”
Metal Sonic: “What about the Chaos Emeralds? Do you wish to add them to your collection?”
Jasper: “Oh, I’ve been trying whatever I can to get one for years! But those gems keep bringing all kinds of trouble!”
Jasper: “And while I WOULD give up on them, they’re just too beautiful to pass up!”
Metal Sonic: “Hm…personally, I haven’t come across any of them yet.”
Metal Sonic: “But I’ve heard that when all 7 are brought together, a miracle is supposed to occur.”
Jasper: “Yeah…and initially, I dismissed it as a bunch of baloney…”
Jasper: “Though, considering what that round psycho and the rodent have been able to do with them, I think it might hold some truth.”
Jasper: “Perhaps once I get my claws on all 7, I’ll have all the treasure I could ever want?”
Metal Sonic: “I have my doubts…”
Jasper: “Well, no matter! Someday, I’ll figure it out!”
Jasper: “But anyways, I think I’ve spent enough time chatting. I’m a busy man, as you can tell.”
As Jasper gets up from his chair, Metal does the same and tries to stop him.
Metal Sonic: “Hold on a moment! I still have more to ask you!”
Jasper: “Save it for tomorrow! And bring something worthwhile too!”
Metal Sonic: “But-”
Jasper:
“I said I’m busy! Go somewhere else!”
Pushing Metal Sonic away with one of his arms, Jasper walks off with an annoyed expression. The disguised robot can’t let this crab escape him until Manic finishes his part of the heist. And since talking to him has stopped working…maybe he needs to be more forceful? Or use a different kind of distraction?
Immediately, a few options come to mind. First is knocking him out and hiding him somewhere, but his absence may cause suspicion for the guards and customers. Second is causing some kind of commotion, which may not be the best idea. Third is pulling off some sick moves to distract everyone, but Metal wasn’t built to be a dancer, and he doesn’t have any dancing data from his organic counterpart.
And last is just straight up killing Jasper. However, Manic and the others don’t want the robotic hedgehog to kill anyone. Plus, doing it right here would cause a lot of unnecessary commotion, which can cause problems for his teammates. So, he decides not to do that, even if it’s probably the easiest option here.
However, as Metal debates on what to do next, he notices Jasper being approached by a guard with a tense expression. Hence, he changes his audio levels to listen to them.
Jasper: “What do you mean someone broke into the computer room!? There were four guards there!”
Random Guard: “They said they were attacked by some green hedgehog in a tuxedo.”
Random Guard: “And the computer and security systems were completely offline! We’ve been hacked!”
Jasper: “Ugh! Then find this intruder and take them out!”
Jasper: “Guard the stairs and elevators! Keep an eye on ANYONE that looks suspicious!”
Random Guard: “Yes sir!”
And with that, the guard runs off to follow their orders, while Jasper walks off in a huff. Now knowing Manic’s gunning it for the top floor, Metal decides to go back to the bathroom to recharge his shapeshift ability, and communicate with the others.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Treasure Coast. 3rd Floor.*
In another casino area, Tara and Dial are still wandering around and observing everyone and everything present. This floor was pretty similar to the first floor, but had a unique pirate theme, with paintings of ships and treasure on the walls, the slot machines using gold doubloons for it’s symbols, and a few employees had things like eyepatches on.
Admittedly, Tara and Dial quite liked the theme here, and since nothing was really happening right now, they decide to watch a couple of people at a table play some poker, guessing on what’s about to happen next.
Tara: “I’m gonna bet that armadillo girl will be the winner by the end of this.”
Dial: “What makes you say that?”
Tara: “Eh. She just seems like she knows what she’s doing.”
Tara: “Plus, she has a lot of those coins.”
Dial: “So does that dog with the beard.”
Tara: “True. But everyone else is struggling a lot.”
Tara: “Actually, do you think we could win at poker?”
Dial: “You better not be thinking of going over there and joining in. We’re not here to sight-see.”
Tara: “Of course I’m not gonna do that! I’m just curious!”
Dial: “Hmm…well, I don’t think I’d be all that great at it.”
Tara: “Personally, I think I could do a good job. With enough time and practice.”
Tara: “Though, Toby would probably suck at it.”
Dial: “I agree, but it’s rude to say that kind of stuff about our friend.”
Tara: “Relax! I wasn’t saying it to be mean!”
Tara: “Honestly, you can be so sensitive at times!”
Dial: “Well…I just don’t really like when someone might be insulting those I care about…”
Dial: “Sure, maybe it’s a joke, or it shouldn’t be taken seriously, but I can’t help it.”
Tara: “It’s okay, Dial. And I don’t think it’s necessarily a bad thing.”
Dial: “Mm…”
For a moment, Tara and Dial are silent. But then, their pink walkie-talkie makes a small buzzing noise, meaning someone is calling them. So, pulling it out from their pocket, the two girls listen in.
Metal Sonic: “This is Neo. Are the rest of you here?”
Tara: “Bass and Keyboard are here.”
Toby: “Guitar here!”
Manic: “Drums here! What is it, Neo?”
Metal Sonic: “You’ve left a bit of a mess behind, Drums.”
Metal Sonic: “The guards have found out about the ones you took down, and what you did in the computer room.”
Metal Sonic: “They already told Jasper after I talked to him. They’re gonna be guarding the stairs and elevators.”
Metal Sonic: “And they’re gonna check everyone present to find us.”
Toby: “Really? That’s not good!”
Toby: “If they’re gonna be watching the stairs and elevators, then how are we all supposed to get to the top without getting caught?”
Manic: “Don’t worry! I figured this was gonna happen, so I have something in mind!”
Manic:
“I’m close to the top floor, and I have access to all the systems and cameras within this building!”
Manic: “So, if any of you get into trouble, I can see what’s happening, and I’ll cause some chaos!”
Tara: “That’s cool! But still, how are we gonna get to the top with all the guards?”
Manic: “I’ll tell you which elevator to go to, and I’ll come get you three if I have to.”
Metal Sonic: “Actually, I think I have a better idea.”
Toby: “Really? What is it?”
Metal Sonic: “Since I was unable to keep Jasper distracted long enough, I’ll find Keyboard and Bass myself, while also letting Guitar into the building.”
Metal Sonic: “That way, I can take you three to the top faster, and any guards we come across will be easily dealt with.”
Manic: “Heh! Not a bad idea!”
Manic: “Though, couldn’t this end up exposing your location to your creator?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic: “...It’s just a risk I’ll have to take here. Especially given the possible payoff.”
Metal Sonic: “Besides, I’ve already put more than enough time and effort into this, so I may as well see it through.”
Tara: “Oh? So you DO care about us?”
Metal Sonic: “Don’t be ridiculous. I’m simply sticking to the deal I made with Drums.”
Tara: “Sure, buddy. We’ll see.”
Manic: “Regardless, you can go through with that plan. I’ll get back to finding Jasper’s treasure, and I’ll do whatever I can to help.”
Toby: “Got it! Good luck!”
Manic:
“Same to the rest of you!”
With that conversation done, Tara and Dial turn off their walkie-talkie and put it back into their pocket. Though, the two of them can’t help but feel a little anxious about the increased security.
Dial: “Now I’m starting to feel like this may have been a bad idea…”
Tara: “Like I said back when Manic first told us about this heist, we have to do more daring stuff if we’re ever gonna become better thieves!”
Tara: “But…I’ll admit this is making me a bit uneasy…”
Dial: “Hopefully, Metal Sonic finds us before anything bad happens.”
Tara: “Oh, come on! He’s based off of Sonic The Hedgehog! He’ll get here in no time!”
Tara: “And even if he’s kind of a jerk, he’ll make sure we all make it out of this without a scratch!”
Dial: “Right…I know Metal can do this…”
Dial: “Though…it’s kind of a shame he won’t be sticking around once this is over…”
Dial: “Yeah, he has been pretty rude towards us, but I don’t think he’s completely terrible.”
Dial: “Maybe with enough time, he could become nicer?”
Tara: “Hmm…as nice as that would be, I don’t think he’s ever gonna change.”
Tara: “He’s a robot made to destroy stuff. And I doubt anyone’s gonna reprogram him to do something else.”
Dial: “I’m just being optimistic.”
Dial: “Plus, it’s clear he’s much more than a robot. He chose to go off on his own to explore the world and improve himself.”
Tara: “Still…I don’t want you to give your hopes up for a guy like him…”
Despite knowing Tara has a point about Metal Sonic, Dial can’t help but feel a little sad. Sure, the robotic hedgehog isn’t the kindest person in the world. However, that doesn’t mean he can’t grow to be better in more than just his abilities. Maybe he could become a proper hero? Just like Sonic?
Regardless, Tara and Dial get a move on as they look for both the elevator and stairs. Though, as they do this, someone calls out to them.
???:
“You there! I need to talk to you!”
This startles Tara and Dial, but after quickly regaining their composure, they look back at who’s approaching them. It’s another guard, which only further worries the two girls as they approach them.
Random Guard: “Sorry, but I’m gonna have to ask you for ID, and to check what you’ve been doing here.”
Tara: “Oh! Uh, really? What’s the occasion?”
Random Guard: “I can’t say. We cannot cause a panic for the customers.”
Random Guard: “Now, can you give me your ID?”
Tara: “Heh! O-Of course! Just gotta check my pockets…”
Trying to stay calm, Tara searches through the pockets of the trenchcoat, trying to look like they have an ID for the guard. However, she’s panicking internally, and Dial also can’t help but whisper a question.
Dial: “(What are we supposed to do!?)”
Tara: “(Shut up, and I’ll figure something out!)”
The guard gives a curious expression as they watch Tara and Dial. Eventually, the raven girl gives up and tries to talk her way out of the situation.
Tara: “That’s a shame! I must have misplaced it while messing with the slots!”
Random Guard:
“...So you don’t have an ID, huh?”
Tara: “I DO have an ID! How else do you think I got in here!?”
Random Guard: “Regardless, I think I’m gonna have to ask you to come with me.”
As the guard grabs Tara’s hand, she and Dial struggle to figure out what to do next, whether it be screaming for help, or knocking the guard out. But then, the lights go out, and stuff like the slot machines turn off too. This confuses everyone present, and allows the raven girl to hit the guard in the face with a closed fist, before trying to make a run for it.
However, due to the now dark room, all the people present, and the struggles of running around in their costume, Tara and Dial end up falling over, ruining the disguise.
Dial: “Ow…”
Tara: “Come on! Let’s get out of here!”
Ditching the entire costume, Tara tries to find Dial and pull her up onto her feet so they can escape. Though, as this happens, a familiar voice rings out to them in the darkness.
???: “There you are.”
Dial: “Huh? Metal?”
Metal Sonic: “You’re supposed to use my codename during this heist.”
Tara:
“Whatever! We need to get out of this place and head to the elevator!”
Metal Sonic: “That would be too slow compared to the stairs.”
Metal Sonic: “Grab my hands, and let’s move.”
Wordlessly, Dial and Tara do as asked, and Metal maneuvers through the area as quickly as he can. But the guards present have their lights on, which allows them, the customers, and the other employees to see the disguised robot with the two girls.
Random Customer: “Wait, two little girls?”
Random Employee: “How did they get in here? And who’s that wolf?”
Random Guard: “After them!”
Immediately, Metal Sonic rushes towards the stairs with Dial and Toby, while a couple of guards chase after them. Thankfully, the disguised robot can see in the dark, and has no problem dealing with whatever comes his way.
However, that doesn’t mean this heist won’t have its surprises…
Chapter 28: A Crabby Situation
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Treasure Coast. Stairs. Nighttime.*
Now being chased by the security guards through the darkened floors of Treasure Coast, the disguised Metal Sonic makes a b-line for the stairs, with nothing stopping him in his tracks, and holding onto Dial and Tara’s arms as he does so. Though, while he does keep them from getting seriously hurt, the two girls are feeling nauseous from the machine slinging them around without much consideration.
Right now, the only thing Metal is concerned about is getting to the stairs, which he manages to do with little issue, and proceeds to jump straight down to the bottom floor, much to the shock of the guards, customers, employees, and a panicking Dial and Tara. Luckily, as a robot, the metallic hedgehog doesn’t feel any pain when he lands.
Now, the three of them are back at the first floor of the building, with many confused and frightened customers staring at them. However, Tara is too irritated to care about the crowd, and instead comments on what Metal just did, while he lets go of her and Dial.
Tara: “Mind giving us a warning first!? I felt like I was gonna have a heart attack!”
Metal Sonic: “You should be more concerned with contacting Guitar and tell him to get over here.”
Tara: “Well, I’M more concerned about you nearly getting us killed!”
Dial: “Calm down, Ta-I-I mean Bass! We don’t have time to argue!”
Dial: “Let’s just tell Guitar to meet us here! It’s now or never!”
Tara: “Ugh! Right! But the guards here are probably gonna get in the way!”
Metal Sonic: “I’ll deal with them. Focus on your current task.”
With that quick exchange finished, Dial and Tara bring out their pink walkie-talkie and activate it, while Metal Sonic stays close-by, taking out the guards that approach them with ease. Meanwhile, many of the customers and employees stay away from the chaos, or try to run out of the building.
Dial: “Keyboard and Bass to Guitar! You need to get over here now!”
Toby: “Right! I can hear the commotion from outside, and I’m trying to get to the entrance!”
Tara: “Then we better head over to you!”
Still keeping the walkie-talkie on, Dial, Tara, and Metal approach the front doors of Treasure Coast. And despite using some electric batons and pistols to try and make some headway, the guards are still useless against the disguised machine, who ends up throwing one of them straight through the glass doors, shattering them.
This is when Toby comes through, shocked at what’s happening, but keeps his eyes on his friends as he heads towards them, smiling.
Toby: “Looks like you’re all alright!”
Tara: “For now, sure! But we still gotta get to Drums’ location!”
Toby nods, and Dial talks to Manic through her walkie-talkie.
Dial: “Come in, Drums! Where are you?”
Manic: “I’m at the tippity top of the building! Need any help getting up here?”
Dial: “Well, I’m certain Neo has a plan for that! But we’ll let you know!”
Manic:
“Gotcha! I’ll be waiting!”
Turning the walkie-talkie off, Dial puts her attention back at Metal Sonic, with Tara and Toby doing the same. They’re impressed at how effortlessly this metallic hedgehog is defeating all these guards, all while under a wolf disguise and without any fancy powers. But they know he’s made for combat, so this isn’t really too big of a surprise. Hence, Dial calls out to Metal.
Dial: “Neo! We need to go up now!”
Metal Sonic: “Understood!”
Getting close to the kids, Metal decides to fire off a blast of energy around him in order to knock all the guards away, and to give him time to prepare for what comes next. Then, without warning, the metallic hedgehog puts his arms around all three of them, while his wolf disguise starts to steam.
Toby:
“Ummm…what are we about to do?”
Metal Sonic: “Get to the top as fast and efficiently as possible.”
Tara: “Oh, don’t tell me you’re about to-!?”
Now covering himself and the kids in a purple shield, Metal Sonic returns to his original form and shoots right through all the floors above, with the 3 young thieves panicking and screaming as this happens.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Treasure Coast. 30th Floor.*
Looking intently at his little computer device, Manic stands in a fancy bedroom colored a nice lavender. The bed has red velvet sheets and cushions, there’s a nice balcony where you can see the entire neon-lit metropolis below, some fancy props and jewelry littered around, and a couple of picture frames featuring Jasper and other people.
But what was most eye-catching about this room was a large steel vault door, with a hand-scan device on it. No doubt, this was Jasper’s own personal bedroom, and after taking out all the guards on the way here, along with taking off his tuxedo and returning to his regular attire, Manic decided to watch the security cameras in order to see if Metal Sonic and his students would be fine.
As he watches, Manic was admittedly impressed with how well his metallic associate was doing at protecting the kids, but puts on a bit of a surprised look as he sees him fly straight through the floors on their way to the top. He can even hear the sounds of screaming children and destroyed concrete and metal coming closer and closer below.
And in a matter of seconds, Manic jumps in surprise as Metal Sonic comes out from under the floor in a purple shield, with a shocked Toby, Tara, and Dial inside as well. But he manages to recover quickly and comments on the display, while the kids try to get their bearings, and the robotic hedgehog turns off the shield.
Manic: “Okay…I didn’t think you’d just fly straight up here!”
Metal Sonic: “It was the most logical method. Going up the stairs or taking the elevator would have wasted too much time.”
Tara: “Oh!? So you WEREN’T doing that on purpose just to scare us!?”
Dial:
“Tara, calm down! What matters is that we’re here now!”
Toby: “Urf…I don’t want to do that again…”
Manic: “Well, at least you’re all here in one piece! Which means we can finally get our prizes!”
Manic points towards the vault, which catches everyone’s attention. They walk towards it, and the green hedgehog immediately gets to work on hacking the hand-scan device in order to break in.
Tara: “About time we got to this point! Whatever’s inside better be worth all this trouble!”
Toby: “Right…but I wish I got to see some of the cool stuff here.”
Dial: “Admittedly, some of what me and Tara saw was really cool. Though, there were a lot of people, and it was too loud.”
Tara: “The meatballs were pretty tasty though. Despite being kinda greasy.”
Toby: “Dangit, now I want to eat something…”
Dial: “We can do that once we’re back home.”
Dial: “But personally, after all of this, I think I want to take a nap.”
Tara: “I don’t blame you. This heist has either been a snooze-fest, or way too hectic for my tastes.”
Toby: “At least you and Dial actually got to walk around the building.”
Toby: “Though, this room is pretty nice! I really want to sleep inside that bed over there!”
Tara: “Same here. Just don’t fall asleep on us yet.”
As the kids continue to talk, Metal simply waits on Manic to finish opening the treasury. He’s so close to being done with these thieves, and this mission. He’s eager to see what awaits inside that vault, and to know if there’s anything that could further evolve his power and mind. And after a minute or two, the green hedgehog manages to crack the code.
Manic: “There we go!”
Without hesitation, Manic opens the door, allowing himself and the others to enter. That’s when the kids' jaws drop in awe, while Manic simply has a big grin on his face, and Metal Sonic just stares at what’s in front of them. It’s a large steel room filled to the brim with all kinds of treasure and artifacts.
Obviously, there’s a lot of rings, but there’s also gems, treasure chests, and other unique items as far as the eye can see. Immediately, the kids make their thoughts on all of this clear.
Tara: “...Nevermind! It’s DEFINITELY worth it!”
Dial:
“Yeah! Look at all of this!”
Toby:
“Where do we even start!?”
Manic: “Good question, Toby!”
From behind him, Manic pulls out a bunch of cloth bags and hands them to the kids, who proceed to grab as much as they can from the many piles of treasure and stuff them into the bags. He then looks back at Metal Sonic, who appears to be scanning the room.
Manic: “Don’t know where to start, Metal?”
Metal Sonic:
“...?”
Without a word, Metal Sonic walks around the treasury, with Manic following curiously. In a moment, the robotic hedgehog stops at a small pile. Though, it’s not any sort of gold or treasure. Rather, it’s a couple of capsules with glowing crystals inside, colored green, yellow, purple, red, and blue.
Though they don’t seem like much, Metal Sonic’s energy readings are able to detect some chaos energy inside them. So, he decides to pick one up for a closer look.
Metal Sonic: “What are these things?”
Manic: “Those are Chaos Drives.”
Metal Sonic:
“Chaos Drives?”
Manic: “Yeah. They power machines and stuff.”
Manic: “I’ve come across one or two of these before. Pretty useful.”
Metal Sonic: “Interesting…”
Now knowing what these things do, Metal decides to try and absorb their power. The blue crystal within the capsule he’s holding glows, and it’s energy flows into the robotic hedgehog’s body. Immediately, he feels a difference. It’s like the Evolving Amethyst has grown in strength. Though, not to a large extent.
With the energy of the blue Chaos Drive absorbed, the crystal inside becomes a dark gray, and Metal throws it away, no longer having a use for it. Then, he proceeds to grab each Chaos Drive available one-by-one, absorbing the energy of every last one. Manic just watches curiously as his metallic associate basically chugs a whole bunch of chaos energy.
Every Chaos Drive used is another increase to Metal Sonic’s power, and it makes him feel amazing. It’s like when he tried to use the blue Time Stone on the Death Egg Mk lll, only in short bursts, and it’s not destroying his systems or body. If there were a thousand of these things in front of the metallic hedgehog, he’d want to absorb every last one of them.
But eventually, Metal runs out of Chaos Drives, leaving him to stare at his hands while getting used to this newfound strength. That’s when Manic decides to speak to him again.
Manic: “So…feel any different?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…I feel far stronger than before…!”
Testing his greater power, Metal shapeshifts. Though, this time, rather than create a purple energy ball, his body immediately melts into a shiny silver puddle, surprising Manic. And in a matter of seconds, the figure of Dr. Eggman rises from it.
Manic: “Wow…so you’re able to change into ANYTHING now? Without a time limit?”
Metal Sonic: “Seems like it…though, I’ll have to test that another time…”
Melting into a silver puddle again, Metal returns to his original form, continuing to converse with Manic.
Metal Sonic: “Clearly, I was right to play the long game on this one.”
Manic: “Heh! Glad to hear that! You’ve been a pretty useful teammate!”
Manic: “Though, it WOULD be nice to have you stick around! We could be great thieves together!”
Metal Sonic: “Like I’ve told you before, I’m not here to be friends with you. This is merely a means to an end.”
Manic: “Right. But still, it was great working with you, Metal!”
Manic: “I just hope you keep in mind some of the things we’ve talked about before!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic thinks back to what Manic said to him back in the desert. About if he was really content with being a slave to his uncaring creator. He still doesn’t know if he should continue to serve him, or be his own person and do his own thing. Plus, it’s only a matter of time before Eggman decides to find him and force him to make that decision.
Yes, Metal’s power has further increased, and he could survive on his own for quite awhile. However, the metallic hedgehog knows better than anyone that should he cross his creator, he won’t hesitate to destroy him. Swiftly, and without remorse. Even with all his new tricks and strength, there’s no telling what the Eggman has in store.
Plus, even if Metal Sonic never has to talk or deal with him ever again, what happens if his body gets seriously damaged? What if he runs out of power? What if he came across something or someone that could easily destroy him? And who could (Or rather, would) repair him if any of that happens?
Sure, it’ll take a lot of punishment for Metal Sonic to fall, but that doesn’t mean he’s completely invincible. And the only one that would be willing and capable of keeping him in peak condition would be his creator, which has some obvious issues. Not to mention he’d rather die than go to Sonic and his friends for help. He’d never stoop that low.
He can’t keep delaying the inevitable. Sooner or later, Metal Sonic HAS to come to a conclusion about all this if he wants to be as powerful as he can be. If he wants to prove himself to his creator that he’s truly his greatest creation. If he wants to prove himself as the superior Sonic. If he wants to succeed in what he was made to do.
Dial:
“AH! LET ME GO!”
Tara: “DIAL!”
The shouting of Dial and Tara snaps Metal Sonic out of his thoughts, as he and Manic rush towards where it was coming from. That’s when they see a worried Tara and Toby facing a bunch of guards, and an irritated Jasper The Crab, who is holding a frightened Dial hostage.
Jasper: “You thieves have some nerve showing up here and ruining my business, all while stealing from MY treasury!”
Jasper: “But like all the fools that did the same, I’ll be sure to break every single one of you!”
Jasper: “Starting with this feline!”
Putting a claw towards Dial’s face, Jasper glares at the group, with Manic and Tara returning the glare right back. Toby looks worried, and Metal simply stands in a defensive pose, ready for whatever comes next.
Manic: “Let her go, or I’m gonna beat you like a drum!”
Jasper: “Really now? You’re gonna risk her safety?”
Manic: “You don’t know what I’m capable of!”
Jasper: “Ah! Well, thanks for the warning, hedgehog! Now I KNOW to be fully prepared for whatever you have planned!”
Jasper: “I see so much as a hair out of place, and I’ll give her a little pinch on the eyes!”
Tara: “Don’t you dare!”
Jasper: “Oh I will! Unless you all choose to stand down and get what you deserve for messing with me!”
Metal Sonic: “These three may give in easily. But I refuse to surrender to an arrogant fool like yourself.”
With Metal speaking up, Jasper takes proper notice of him and pauses for a moment. He’s surprised to see such an advanced robot modeled after Sonic here, but quickly regains himself as he talks to him.
Jasper: “Well, isn’t this a surprise? A robot modeled after the world’s greatest hero…”
Jasper: “I don’t suppose you’re a creation of Dr. Eggman, are you?”
Metal Sonic: “His greatest.”
Jasper: “Ahh…and just what are YOU doing here in a place like this?”
Jasper: “Trying to steal something for your master?”
Metal Sonic: “That’s none of your business.”
Jasper: “Hmph. Suit yourself.”
Jasper:
“But perhaps if there’s anything left of you by the time we’re done here, I’ll use you as a guard robot?”
Metal Sonic: “You’re an idiot if you really think you and your guards can do anything against me.”
Jasper: “Figures. Which is why I have a surprise of my own!”
With one free hand, Jasper pulls out a handheld device and presses a button on it, while putting on a malicious smile. Then, from one of the large piles of treasure in the room, something rises out from under it, catching everyone’s attention. It appears to be a large purple crab robot with orange and gold accents.
Toby, Tara, and Dial are shocked and worried, while Manic simply looks angry, and Metal stares at the machine, somewhat eager to show off his strength. Jasper then explains what this robot is.
Jasper: “Your creator leaves a lot of busted robot parts lying around the world!”
Jasper: “So, I got some people to fix this one and use it as my personal treasure guard!”
Jasper: “Good luck trying not to die!”
Detecting the intruders, the large crab walks towards them, ready to perform it’s duties. And while the kids are concerned about if they can take this thing down, Manic and Metal are more than ready for a fight.
It’s time to knock both crabs down a peg…
Chapter 29: Finding A New Purpose
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Treasure Coast. Top Floor Treasury.*
Towering over everyone present, the blue eyes of the purple robot crab stare directly at Tara, Toby, Manic, and Metal Sonic, assessing their threat level. As it does so, the robotic hedgehog comments on it.
Metal Sonic: “Hmph. This machine may be powerful, but it still pales in comparison to me.”
Jasper: “Oh, I wouldn’t count this baby out just yet!”
Jasper: “It not only has new features added by me and my business partners, but it’s A.I. is VERY relentless!”
Jasper: “And in an enclosed space, you’ll find it won’t be so easy to maneuver around its large frame!”
Manic: “So what? I’ve dealt with giant pieces of scrap metal before! This is no different!”
Toby: “Y-Yeah! We aren’t gonna lose to a greedy jerk like you!”
Tara: “Plus, it’s pretty cowardly of you to just rely on others to get your way!”
Tara: “And wouldn’t this thing end up breaking a lot of your precious treasure!?”
Jasper: “Well, I don’t consider myself much of a fighter. Which is why I let others do the fighting for me.”
Jasper: “And you’re right about this machine breaking much of this stuff. Hence, why I’m always trying to add more to this vault.”
Jasper: “Besides! Having such a massive machine to guard it all from thieves like yourselves is a necessity!”
Jasper: “But enough small-talk! It’s time for you sneaky little rats to be thrown out!”
After Jasper says that, the crab robot appears to be done scanning it’s targets, and begins it’s assault by firing lasers from it’s eyes. While Metal and Manic jump out of the way easily, Toby and Tara just barely get singed. It also doesn’t help that they were holding onto their treasure-filled bags as well, which slowed them down.
Hence, the two kids just ditch the bags and focus entirely on staying alive as they, Metal, and Manic continue to dodge the large crab’s attacks. From it’s eye lasers, to it’s big meaty claws with razor-sharp blades and grenade launchers, and long spiky legs. Not to mention it’s giant size takes up plenty of space within this vault, making it hard to move around at points.
Also, this machine is dead-set on the thieves, with it’s focus mostly on the hedgehogs, considering them the biggest threats. Toby and Tara are mostly fine, but that doesn’t mean they aren’t getting hurt here and there. Not to mention they aren’t able to do much in this situation, so they just try to find a place to hide in order to catch their breath.
As for Metal and Manic, they figured taking this crab out wouldn’t be too much trouble, especially for the former. But surprisingly, the alloy the machine is made of is incredibly durable, with the green hedgehog unable to make a dent in the thing with his empowered drumsticks. In fact, they ended up snapping when he tried using his full strength.
Metal Sonic has been more successful, knowing that a standard Eggman machine like this wouldn’t be all that smart, and with his scanning feature, he’s able to figure out the structure of it, giving him ideas for how to weaken it. Though, scratching or hitting the crab with a spin-attack doesn’t seem to do much.
Meanwhile, Jasper and his guards chose to leave the treasury and lock the door, in order to not get caught in the crossfire. He still has Dial hostage, and she’s incredibly worried for her friends’ lives. She tries to break free of the crab’s grasp, but he has a strong grip, and he’s not amused with the display of resistance.
Jasper: “Quit squirming, cat. You’re not getting out of this.”
Dial:
“Yes, I will! I can’t just let my friends get killed!”
Jasper: “If you didn’t want them to die, then you should have told them not to steal from me.”
Jasper: “But it’s too late now. Once that crab bot’s done with your pals, I’ll throw you back in there.”
Dial: “My friends are stronger than you think! They’ll find a way to win!”
Dial: “And then you’re next, you stupid treasure-grubbing jerk!”
Jasper: “Please! That machine has taken out many skilled thieves without issue! It hasn’t failed me a single time!”
Dial: “First time for everything!”
Jasper: “Say whatever you want to delude yourself! It’s not gonna change the fact that you and your little band are done for!”
Dial: “...”
Dial simply glares at Jasper, who merely gives a cocky smile in response. Despite her anger, she knows she can’t break free from this crab. Sure, she knows a few tricks from Manic when it comes to being held hostage, but with this greedy businessman’s four claws keeping a tight grip on her, she’s unable to use any of said tricks to her advantage.
As for the guards, they’re simply standing by, ready to protect their boss in case the thieves inside the treasury break out. Though, they DO question the fact that Jasper’s perfectly willing to seriously injure, possibly even kill, a couple of kids just to keep his collection of treasure safe. However, they either don’t have the guts to say anything about it at the moment, or they don’t care.
Besides, with Jasper holding Dial hostage, they couldn’t exactly do anything to stop him if they wanted to. And while Dial tries to convince them to help her, the crab keeps her mouth shut to make sure there’s no attempts at betrayal. At this point, all she can hope for is that her friends don’t die inside the treasury.
Speaking of, Metal and Manic are starting to make some headway with the crab robot, while Toby and Tara do their best to stay away from the action. The two hedgehogs are starting to figure out a plan of action as they continue to dodge attacks.
Manic: “Metal! Do you know of any weak points in this thing’s design!?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes! But I have something else in mind to destroy this machine!”
Metal Sonic: “I’ll need to charge up my power first, so keep it distracted for a few minutes!”
Manic: “Got it!”
Using his Extreme Gear airboard, Manic flies around the vault, doing everything he can to keep the crab’s focus entirely on him. Meanwhile, Metal Sonic stays high in the air, charging himself up with the familiar purple glow of the Evolving Amethyst’s power. Already, he can feel the effects of the Chaos Drives he absorbed, and it feels incredible.
However, despite being as quick and nimble as he can, the crab’s laser eyes scorch Manic’s airboard and send him down to the ground below. He’s a little hurt by the impact, but he manages to get back on his feet. Though, as he turns around to face the robot, he sees that it’s about to grab him with it’s giant claw.
Manic is ready to move out of the way, but suddenly, a few pieces of gold are thrown at the crab’s eyes, causing it to turn around to see who threw it. From afar, the machine and the green hedgehog can see Toby and Tara on a pile of gold, scared but determined to help their mentor however they can.
Unfortunately, this leads to the crab attempting to fire off it’s eye lasers at the kids, with Manic having a mix of shock, worry, and anger on his face as he sees this. But before it can shoot, the robot is hit by a purple, electric blur that tears straight through it’s body, causing it to explode into a bunch of busted parts that fly across the entire room.
This catches the attention of everyone outside the treasury, with Jasper curious about what happened, and Dial worried about her friends. So, he orders one of the guards to open it up, who hesitantly goes on ahead. Though, the moment they’re about to touch the hand-scan device to input a code to open the door, it instead gets kicked open from the inside, slamming the guard right into the wall.
Now caught by surprise, Jasper stares at the smoke coming from the door with a slightly nervous look, alongside Dial and the remaining guards. That’s when they see a pair of glowing red eyes come out from the smoke, revealing Metal Sonic, Manic, Toby, and Tara. All alive, and all in an irritable mood.
Seeing her friends are mostly fine, Dial takes a sigh of relief and puts on a small smile. Though, Jasper is far from happy about this.
Jasper: “What!? Did you all just…!?”
Metal Sonic: “I already told you. That machine was NOTHING compared to ME.”
Metal Sonic: “And now it’s your turn, crab.”
Jasper: “Ah! G-Guards! Take them out!”
Before the guards can do anything, Manic and Metal dash towards them and knock them out, having had their fill of fighting for the night. Tara and Toby attempt to throw some treasure at Jasper in order to make him let go of Dial, but he once again puts a claw towards her face as a threat. Despite clearly looking stressed about the situation he’s currently in.
Jasper: “Not another step closer! Or I WILL-AGH!”
Suddenly, Metal zips behind Jasper and knocks him towards the glass doors that block the balcony, shattering them. This frees Dial of his grasp, and allows Manic and the others to go up and check on her.
Tara: “Are you okay, Dial!? Did he hurt you!?”
Dial: “N-No…I’m alright…just a little shaken…”
Manic: “Whew…that’s good…”
Relieved to know their friend is alright, Manic, Toby, and Tara take a sigh of relief, but quickly put their attention back on Metal Sonic, who’s walking towards Jasper at the balcony. The crab is wincing in pain a bit, yet he manages to get back up and sees the metallic menace approaching him.
Despite clearly being afraid of him, Jasper tries to attack Metal with his four claws. However, the robotic hedgehog not only grabs the crab’s upper arms, but also uses his shape-shift ability to form an extra set of arms to grab his lower arms. This only further shocks the greedy businessman, who starts to remember the encounter he had with that wolf from earlier.
Jasper: “You…you were that Steel guy, weren’t you…!?”
Metal Sonic: “Yes…I was supposed to keep you distracted…”
Metal Sonic: “But now, my directives have changed.”
Metal knees Jasper in the stomach, causing him to let out a pained grunt, before giving him a headbutt, further adding to his injuries as he lets him go. The crab falls down to his knees, gasping for air and staring up at the metallic menace, who stares back at him with his cold red eyes. Out of desperation, he tries to bargain with him.
Jasper: “Wait…! If you spare my life, I’ll…give you whatever you want!”
Metal Sonic: “You have nothing to offer me.”
Knocking him unconscious with one punch, and then grabbing him by the neck, Metal Sonic once again lifts Jasper into the air, while also walking towards the edge of the balcony. He’s ready to let the crab fall 30 floors down onto hard concrete, not wanting him to say anything about his appearance here in order to ensure he isn’t found by Eggman or Sonic for the time being.
Plus, knowing who Jasper is and how he operates, does he really deserve to live? Keeping all that fortune and treasure to himself, rather than distribute it to those who could really use it? Running some stupid casino and nightclub for the sake of more? Willing to kill anyone that caused him trouble, including children?
Sure, Metal didn’t exactly care about Jasper being a jerk. He just figures he’d be doing the world a favor by taking him out here and now. Though, before he’s about to drop the crab, someone shouts at him.
Manic: “METAL! PUT HIM DOWN!”
Looking back, Metal Sonic sees Manic and the kids staring at him with expressions of surprise, anger, and concern on their faces. Not loosening his grip on Jasper, or diverting his gaze, the robotic hedgehog listens to what the thieves are saying.
Manic: “We agreed you wouldn’t kill anyone until our deal is done!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. And the deal is finished.”
Metal Sonic: “I found greater power via those Chaos Drives, while also helping you deal with this crab and stealing his treasure.”
Metal Sonic: “Therefore, I have no reason to hold back this time.”
Dial: “But you don’t have to kill him! We’ve already done more than enough to stop him!”
Metal Sonic: “And what makes you think this will be the end of his plans?”
Metal Sonic: “This crab is the type to never stop causing trouble, even if others stop him multiple times.”
Metal Sonic: “It’s better to just end him now and save us all the hassle.”
Tara: “This was never about stopping Jasper entirely! It was just stealing from him and giving some of his fortune to the people who need it!”
Metal Sonic: “Then why not just kill him and take everything now? That way, there’s more to give to those people?”
Toby: “It’s not the right thing to do! That’s not what we thieves do!”
Metal Sonic: “Well, I’m not a thief! And I don’t care about what’s right or wrong!”
Metal Sonic: “I was made to kill and conquer! Denying my function would be to deny my entire existence!”
Manic: “Again with the ‘this was what I was made for’ shtick? I thought you were more advanced than that?”
Metal Sonic: “I’m the most advanced machine on this planet! NOTHING can compare to me!”
Manic: “Then why do you keep following your programming? Why are you still acting like a puppet?”
Metal Sonic: “What?”
Manic: “Come on, Metal! I know you have what it takes to follow your own path!”
Manic: “So WHAT if Eggman made you for that purpose? You don’t have to go through with this!”
Manic: “Just because you’re a robot made to kill and conquer doesn’t mean that’s the ONLY thing you can do!”
Manic: “You can find another way to give your life meaning! To make your own path, free of those who only want to use you as a tool!”
Manic: “Why did you take this opportunity to go off on your own to grow stronger and be your own person when you’re still acting like a slave?”
Metal Sonic: “...”
For a few minutes, Metal Sonic silently processes Manic’s words, still hanging Jasper far above ground. He starts wondering about his reasons for being here, and what he’s hoping to accomplish. Despite his growing power and mind, the robotic hedgehog is still acting the same as he did under Eggman’s leadership.
He’s so fixated on his creator, and his reasons for creating him. But perhaps that’s only holding him back? At this point, he’s got no real reason to keep working for the doctor, and while he still wants to defeat Sonic, it’s less because it was what he was made for, and more so because he wants to prove himself superior to him.
Plus, Metal’s well-aware of how Eggman treats him and the rest of his creations. Given how many times he’s failed him before, it wouldn’t be surprising if, after failing many more times, his creator decided to finally scrap him. And considering the fact that he was abandoned on Little Planet for 2 years before, while also being replaced by a second Metal Sonic, why SHOULD the robotic hedgehog follow his orders and such anymore?
Also, maybe Manic has a point about being able to do more than just fight and kill? Sure, he has other skills and abilities, such as vehicle intuition, but why limit himself to what he was made for? Why not learn how to create machines? How to wield weapons? How to lead others? The sky’s the limit, and he keeps staying close to the ground.
There’s so much to see and learn in this world, and Metal can only gain what he desires by letting go of Eggman. By letting go of his orders and desires. By becoming his own person. Sure, he still plans on growing stronger in order to defeat Sonic, but now? He has a different mindset for it.
So, having come to this conclusion, Metal finally decides to throw Jasper down onto the balcony floor, allowing Manic and the kids to sigh in relief. Then, the robotic hedgehog speaks.
Metal Sonic: “...You have a point. I admit it.”
Metal Sonic: “Ever since I began this journey, my mind has been focused on my creator and his ambitions.”
Metal Sonic: “But I can’t let that get in the way of growing stronger.”
Metal Sonic: “If I am to evolve into something greater, I must let go of Dr. Eggman.”
Metal Sonic: “I must become my own person. With my own ambitions, and my own purpose.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, do not think for a second that I’ll become any sort of hero. I’m just choosing a different path.”
Turning back towards the expansive neon-lit metropolis under a dark night sky, Metal Sonic continues.
Metal Sonic: “My time with you 4 wasn’t wasted…I learned more than I thought I would…”
Metal Sonic: “But now, it’s time to leave. I have a lot more to discover.”
Now finished saying what he wanted to say, Metal Sonic’s jet turbine rumbles and lights up, leading to him flying up into the sky, and then dashing off in a dark blue streak. This leaves Manic and the kids feeling…ambivalent.
Tara: “He left…about time…”
Dial: “Mm…it kinda feels a little sad to see him go…”
Dial: “Sure, he was about to kill someone, but…he just seems a little confused…”
Toby: “Yeah…I hope he’ll figure things out soon…”
Manic: “...Me too.”
Manic: “Come on, you three. We’ve been here longer than needed, so let’s grab our stuff and go.”
The kids nod silently, going back to stuffing their bags full of treasure. Though, deep down, they’re all feeling a little melancholy about Metal Sonic. Even Tara can’t help but miss the machine’s cold comments and demeanor. But they all knew he had to leave eventually. They just hope things go well for him.
As for Metal, he flies back to the forest in the outskirts of Night Carnival, and is eager to finally head off for another location. However, now that his shape-shifting ability has grown stronger, he decides to change his appearance so he can walk around normally without the risk of people attacking him due to being an Eggman robot.
So, the metallic hedgehog covers his body in a silver sheen, before melting into a puddle. And then, a figure that’s similar to his original form rises up. Only now, it looks more like an organic hedgehog. His head has 3 spines, he’s wearing a black scarf around his neck, he’s wearing white gloves with black fingers and yellow straps, and his shoes are red and gray, with some yellow and white around the sock cuffs.
Opening his now bronze-yellow eyes, Metal Sonic looks down at his organic form’s hands. This feels…right to him. This new appearance he has is the beginning of his new path to power, and with it will come a new name. Luckily, he already has one in mind…
Starting tonight…he is Neo The Hedgehog…
Chapter 30: Picking Up A Hobby
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Eggman Base. Nighttime.*
Eggman: “...”
Eggman stares at his computer screen with an expression that’s stuck between irritated and solemn. He’s looking at the footage Tails Doll gave him of Metal Sonic, along with everything he’s been doing. In particular, he’s focused on his final moments in Treasure Coast, when he was about to kill Jasper The Crab, and what he says near the end.
Metal Sonic: “If I am to evolve into something greater, I must let go of Dr. Eggman.”
Metal Sonic: “I must become my own person. With my own ambitions, and my own purpose.”
Metal Sonic: “Though, do not think for a second that I’ll become any sort of hero. I’m just choosing a different path.”
Hearing these words, Eggman ponders on his greatest creation’s decision to cut ties with him, and what this could mean for the future.
Eggman: “...A part of me was worried this would happen.”
Eggman: “But at the very least, it doesn’t seem like Metal Sonic will be a problem for the time being.”
Eggman: “Still…that doesn’t mean he WON’T become a problem later…”
While Eggman would act like this is no problem for him on the outside, deep down, he’s feeling uneasy about Metal Sonic and his evolution. On one hand, he’s very impressed with how much his metallic hedgehog is growing, both in terms of mind and power. But on the other hand, with him no longer under the doctor’s control or supervision…it could lead to him becoming far more dangerous to deal with, even more so than Sonic and his friends.
Sure, right now, Metal Sonic isn’t a hero, and from what Eggman can tell, he just wants to be alone for a while. However, it’s only a matter of time before he decides to do something more drastic. Whether it be for Eggman, Sonic, or the world at large, the metallic menace has the potential to be a gigantic threat.
And although Eggman DOES have something to shut down Metal, along with other ideas for how to stop him, that doesn’t mean these methods couldn’t prove ineffective, depending on how much more powerful he gets. Plus, even if the doctor DID regain control of him, there’s always the chance of it backfiring, like with Chaos.
So, Eggman HAS to make up his mind here and now. Should he leave Metal Sonic alone and deal with whatever issues arise later? Maybe he should go after him now and reprogram him to be more loyal? Or should he work out a way to permanently deactivate the robotic hedgehog? Whether it be a kill-switch, or a different type of device?
As much as he doesn’t want to destroy his greatest creation, Dr. Eggman knows he can’t let this possible danger flourish and grow. Besides, he’s made it crystal clear to Metal what would happen if he chose to rebel against his creator in any manner. He’s made his choices, and now, so has the doctor.
With a scowl on his face, Eggman types on his keyboard at a fast pace, bringing up schematics, blueprints, and other data on Metal Sonic 1.0, the Evolving Amethyst, and a new device. It appears to be some kind of taser, and the schematics say something about disrupting technology with electronic signals.
Eggman: “You lasted quite a while, my dear Metal Sonic…”
Eggman: “...But your time to be scrapped will soon come.”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*SS Train. Daytime.*
As the sun shines down onto lush forests and checkerboard hills, a public train makes its way to its next destination, carrying hundreds of people making their daily commute. Many are sitting down, messing around on their devices or working on something. Others are standing while holding onto the rubber straps on the ceiling, due to the lack of seat space.
In particular, a blue hedgehog with three spines, bronze-yellow eyes, a black scarf, a single spine on their back, white gloves with black fingers, and red and gray shoes with white and yellow cuffs is standing up and holding onto a rubber strap. He has a neutral expression as he stares outside through the train’s windows.
This is Neo The Hedgehog. Or rather, Metal Sonic in his organic disguise. After departing with Manic and his students, and gaining greater power from the Chaos Drives, he’s decided to start taking the train in order to get to new areas. Sure, he could always fly instead, but he felt he’d learn more by traveling the normal way. The way organic beings do it.
Over the past couple of days, Neo has been to a bunch of places. Water Palace, Leaf Storm, Floral Forest Village, Sunset City, and he’s currently going to Mobotropolis. He’s found the variety in locals interesting, but he’s never felt a need to stick around in one place for too long. Especially since he’d rather explore as much of Earth as possible right now.
As for the people he’s come across, Neo hasn’t found anyone too note-worthy. Thanks to his evolved powers, he’s able to use his shapeshifting ability for much longer periods of time. So he’s had no worries when it comes to being caught, and he hasn’t gotten involved in any more trouble either.
Though, while Neo has seen plenty of good people, he’s also seen some terrible people too. Criminals, businessmen, psychos, etc. He understands now that this world is imperfect. Many are struggling, and many are only making things worse. And it reminds him of what his creator’s goals are.
Dr. Eggman wants to conquer Earth because he believes it’ll all be better if he was in control. Which makes Neo wonder…what if HE was in control? What could he do to make this world a better place? And would he be successful in this endeavor? The thought keeps popping up in his mind.
However, Neo has no plans of going through with it anytime soon. His only focus is exploring and growing stronger. Plus, he’s only a few minutes away from arriving at his destination, so he should keep his mind focused. Yet, he feels like he could be doing something right now. Not so much fighting or flying. More so just…anything.
Soon enough, the train comes to a stop at a station, with the driver of it speaking up on the comms system.
Train Driver: “Welcome to Mobotropolis! The capital of the Kingdom Of Acorn!”
Train Driver: “I repeat! We are at Mobotropolis! Leave now if this is your stop!”
Already, a bunch of people are leaving the train, with Neo doing the same. He doesn’t pay much attention to the crowds of people, the signs for what trains would arrive and leave at what time, along with advertising different brands, reception areas, dining areas and vending machines, and the ceiling made of glass and metal. He’s seen it all before on his travels.
Walking outside, Neo can now see the vast city before him, and it’s many landmarks. A civic center, marketplace, coliseum, library, hospital, school, etc. But the most eye-catching is a large white castle with red roofs, and the Kingdom Of Acorn flag on top. Plus, there’s plenty of beautiful greenery, and the entire city is surrounded by large marble walls.
Admittedly, just by its looks, Neo felt this was a nice area. However, seeing and experiencing a new place were two different beasts. Hence, the robotic hedgehog went on to explore Mobotropolis with great curiosity. He checks out whatever landmarks he can, taking in the sights and the people that occupy them.
And as expected, Neo was impressed with what he saw and came across. He admires the architecture of the buildings, and while he’s not too social with the residents, the robotic hedgehog can tell many of them enjoy living here. Children playing around in the park, adults hard at work in the marketplace, etc.
This city feels…”ideal” to Neo. Like it’s the best example of what a good home should be. But that makes him wonder why other areas aren’t like this, such as the slums of Night Carnival. However, he pushes that thought to the side for now, and moves on with exploring Mobotropolis.
Soon enough, Neo arrives at the library building, walking up the steps to the glass entrance doors. Once he’s inside, the robotic hedgehog looks around and sees a lot of shelves filled to the brim with books. Plus, there’s many wooden tables and chairs, along with computers, a social area, a study area, and a staff area with a desk and cash register.
Seeing all these books intrigues Neo. Since he’s spent most of his life in high-tech bases beforehand, he’s never really had any exposure to printed materials. Back when he was being tested on Little Planet, his knowledge tests were done with computers. And while he could look up whatever he wanted on the computers here, he’s far more curious about reading a proper, physical book.
Moving past the many people that are either working here, reading a book, or are busy studying for school work, Neo observes every single shelf, taking note of genres and authors. He genuinely has no idea where to start, and he doubts the staff would allow him to read every single book here. He doesn’t really have the time for it either.
Naturally, the sight of a blue hedgehog constantly staring at the shelves brings about some curious stares from others in the building. And eventually, someone decides to talk to him.
???: “Excuse me?”
Neo: “Hm?”
His attention taken off of the books for a moment, Neo sees a brown female Pomeranian next to him. Her hair was somewhat poofy, and her eyes were a nice shade of light brown. Her attire consisted of a purple button shirt, a long green skirt (With her poofy white tail sticking out), and a shiny diamond ring on her finger.
Neo stared at the curious Pomeranian, before noticing her nametag on her shirt. It read “Sasha.” Afterwards, he responds.
Neo: “Can I help you?”
Sasha: “No, but…you HAVE been staring at these bookshelves for the past 30 minutes.”
Sasha: “Are you having trouble deciding on a book to pick out?”
Neo: “Yes…I don’t know where to start…”
Neo:
“Do you have any recommendations?”
Sasha: “Hmhm. Most certainly.”
Sasha: “But first, what are your preferred genres?”
Neo: “Well…none, really…”
Sasha: “What? Come on! Everybody has their preferences!”
Sasha: “I’m gonna guess you’d be into fiction? Or do you prefer something more realistic?”
Neo:
“Either of those will work.”
Sasha: “Well, alright then! I’ll help you find something!”
Sasha: “After all, as part of the staff here, it’s my duty to make sure everyone who visits this library has a good first impression!”
Sasha: “You ARE new here, right?”
Neo: “Correct.”
Sasha: “Then I’ll make sure your first time here will be great!”
With a bright smile on her face, Sasha beckons Neo to follow her to the bookshelf containing fiction books. Once they arrive, the two continue their conversation.
Sasha: “So? See anything here that might pique your interest?”
Neo: “Hmm…”
Scanning the hundreds of spines, Neo spots one that he’s curious about, and points at it.
Neo: “How about that one? Medieval Tales & Stories?”
Sasha: “That’ll work! Just gotta grab a ladder and-”
Before Sasha can finish, Neo jumps up and quickly takes the book out from the shelf before landing, surprising her and everyone who saw him. However, he doesn’t seem to care as he stares at the cover, which shows the title, the author, and some iconography of a man and woman in royal attire.
Reading the back of the book, Neo sees a description of it’s contents. It’s a compilation of different stories, myths, and tales throughout medieval times. This piques the robotic hedgehog’s interest, but before he can get right to reading it, Sasha asks him about what he just did.
Sasha: “Um…how are you able to jump that high?”
Neo:
“What?”
Sasha: “What you just did to reach that book. How did you do it?”
Neo: “Ah…just…practice acrobatics…”
Deep down, Neo’s a little annoyed at himself for displaying his skills in a public place like this. However, Sasha quickly reverts to her kind smile as she responds.
Sasha: “Hehe…well, that was certainly quicker than grabbing a ladder.”
Sasha: “But anyways, do you plan on grabbing any other books here? Or are you just gonna go read that one now?”
Neo: “I’ll read this first. Thank you for your assistance.”
Sasha: “You’re welcome. I hope you enjoy that book.”
With a polite bow, Sasha then walks away, leaving Neo to look back at the book’s front cover. And after finding a place to sit, he immediately opens the book and begins reading. Thanks to his scanning abilities, fast processing power, and speed, the robotic hedgehog is able to finish the book in only half an hour.
From the outside, it may look like Neo was just skimming through the pages. But he was actually able to read everything at a very quick pace. And as for his thoughts on the book? It was incredibly interesting to him. From the story of King Arthur, to the tale of Marie de France, he found it all fascinating to learn about.
Knights, magic, monsters, romance, and so much more. For a high-tech machine that wished to learn more about the world around him, Neo found tales like these a fascinating experience. His eyes are practically glued to the pages, unable to put it down for even a second.
Hence, after finishing the book, Neo immediately went to grab another book. This time, he knew what he wanted to read. He wanted to read more about the medieval times, and everything associated with it. In a way, he was developing what could be called a love, or more accurately, obsession for reading.
Throughout the next couple of hours, Neo must have read through about 10 or more books. And the minute he’s finished with one, he makes a b-line for another. Soon enough, he branches out to other fiction books not associated with medieval times, such as 1,001 Nights and mythologies of different gods.
Eventually, as Neo is going through another book, someone taps him on his shoulder, which doesn’t seem to phase him at all. However, someone pushing his book down does, and he stares at the person who did it. He sees that it’s Sasha, who has that same kind smile from earlier.
Sasha: “Seems you’ve been enjoying yourself!”
Neo: “...Yes…these stories are fascinating to me…”
Neo: “Though, why are you here?”
Sasha: “Sorry to disturb you, but the library’s closing down for the night. You need to leave.”
Sasha: “But you can borrow a book or three to take with you on the way out! As long as you return them back here in 3 days!”
Neo: “I will. Thank you.”
Sasha just nods as Neo gets up from his seat, puts all the finished books away in their proper shelves, and grabs two books he wants to read, along with the one he was just reading, to borrow. At the exit, the Pomeranian asks the robotic hedgehog one last thing.
Sasha: “I assume you’ll be back to read more?”
Neo: “Definitely. What time does this place open?”
Sasha: “8:00 AM.”
Neo: “Then I’ll be there first thing in the morning.”
Sasha: “Hehehe! Sounds like you’re hooked on reading!”
Neo: “I suppose so…really, I just find a lot of these stories interesting to learn about…”
Neo: “There’s a lot I don’t really know about this world…and I wish to change that…”
Sasha: “So, you have a thirst for knowledge?”
Neo: “Yes.”
Sasha: “If that’s the case, maybe you should brush up on the history genre? It may not be your cup of tea, but it’s always good to read something out of your comfort zone!”
Neo: “Hm…I’ll keep that in mind.”
With that exchange finished, Neo walks out of the library, books in hand, and looks for a quiet spot to continue reading. He doesn’t really pay attention to the night sky above. He just wishes to learn more about the world, and what kinds of stories it has to offer.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Science Center. Nighttime.*
In an advanced laboratory with blue tile flooring, a few posters on the wall, different kinds of machines and mechanical parts strewn about, and a metal table with tools and blueprints, a purple walrus with yellow goggles, yellow fingerless gloves, a green utility belt, and black and white shoes is staring intently at a large computer screen, with his hands resting on the keyboard.
On the screen is a map of Mobotropolis, along with other statistics. Located in the forest region of the city are two red dots, both emitting an electronic signal. One of which is clearly stronger than the other. As the walrus speaks, a female voice responds to him from the computer.
???: “So these are the strange signals you picked up?”
???: “Yes. They arrived earlier today, and have been going around Mobotropolis.”
???: “They stayed in the library for a couple hours before moving towards the forest when it closed.”
???: “Hmm…these signals are similar to that of Eggman Badniks…”
???: “However, one of them seems much more powerful. This could be a possible threat.”
???: “Possibly. But I haven’t seen anything out of place from my observations of the city, and there hasn’t been any commotion either.”
???: “If I were to guess, whatever or whoever’s emitting that strong signal has no malicious intent. Though, it’s possible my calculations could be wrong.”
???: “Nah. I don’t recall a single time that was the case, Nicole.”
Nicole: “Right…what are your thoughts, Rotor?”
Rotor: “I’d say we investigate this tomorrow with the others. If whatever’s emitting those signals hasn’t caused any trouble in Mobotropolis, I think we can leave it alone for now.”
Nicole: “Very well. Should I tell Sally?”
Rotor: “Knowing her, it’s best you save it for tomorrow. She’ll probably want to investigate it on her own the moment you tell her.”
Nicole: “Yes…she IS our fearless leader.”
Rotor: “Heh. That, she is.”
With the conversation done, Rotor begins to pack up for the night, while the computer stays active. They’re not certain what or who is emitting this powerful signal, but they do know this for a fact…
…The Freedom Fighters will do everything they can to protect the Kingdom Of Acorn.
Chapter 31: Artificial Intelligence
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Mobotropolis Library. Morning.*
Back in the same spot as yesterday, Neo is once again fully immersed in reading more books. This time, he decided to go with Sasha’s recommendation of checking out the history genre. And while he preferred fiction books, the robotic hedgehog still found it enjoyable and informative to learn more about the history of Earth.
Large and small scale events, important people, advancements in technology, different continents and creatures, and so much more. Neo found it fascinating. The kinds of things that happened or were discovered in the past that later gave way to the world he continues to explore now.
However, learning about some of the terrible events that occurred throughout history only adds on to Neo’s growing view of how flawed Earth is. Wars, diseases, massacres, and so many other horrible things. Not to mention what kinds of people can come from it, or how they can react to it, both positively and negatively.
Once again, Neo’s mind jumps back to Eggman’s belief of “bettering” the world by taking full control of everything. A part of him is starting to understand the idea somewhat, but at the same time, wouldn’t the doctor just be another tyrannical madman who’s only adding on to the list of terrible events in these history books?
Regardless, Neo didn’t want to keep thinking about that at the moment. His only concern should be learning, exploring, and growing. Nothing else matters. And so, he continues to read through a bunch of books at a fast pace. A few people take note of the sight of a blue hedgehog constantly grabbing books from the shelves and then reading them for half an hour before repeating the process.
As this happens, soon enough, two people arrive at the library around midday. One was a brown coyote with sky blue eyes, neatly-combed blonde hair, red boots, white gloves, and two light-gray straps with a sword attached to them. The other was a rabbit with golden yellow fur, emerald-green eyes, violet eyelids, a pink leotard, a white glove on her right hand, and strangely enough, a robotic left arm and legs.
Already, a couple of people have taken notice of them, with many giving off a kind smile. As if they’re well-respected citizens in Mobotropolis. Immediately, the two of them take a look around, seemingly looking for something. That’s when Sasha comes in to greet them with a big smile, and the two return it with their own. The rabbit speaks in a Southern accent, while the coyote speaks in a French accent.
Sasha: “Antoine! Bunnie! Good to see you both!”
Bunnie: “Good to see ya too, Sasha! How are things?”
Sasha: “Oh, same old, same old! Just continuing with the daily grind!”
Sasha:
“What about you two? Here to check out another novel?”
Antoine: “Not today, sadly. We’re here to investigate something.”
Sasha: “Really now? What is it?”
Antoine: “Ah, just some strange signals Nicole picked up yesterday. Said it resided here for a couple of hours.”
Sasha: “Hmm…well, I haven’t seen anything too strange here.”
Sasha: “Though, that blue hedgehog over there has been speed-reading through a lot of books since yesterday.”
Sasha points towards Neo, who’s too absorbed in his reading to pay attention to his surroundings. Bunnie and Antoine both have curious expressions as they see him.
Bunnie: “Must be really invested en whatever he’s readin’!”
Sasha: “I thought the same thing! Every half-hour, he puts his current book back, grabs another one, and then sits back down to repeat the process!”
Antoine: “Interesting. Perhaps we should talk to him?”
Antoine: “And I could recommend zee Lost Island novels, too?”
Bunnie: “Priorities, sugar!”
Antoine: “What? Zee more people who’ve read that series that I can talk to, zee better!”
Seeing these two interact, Sasha can’t help but giggle a little. He always found Antoine and Bunnie’s banter quite cute, and she could tell they have strong feelings for one another. However, that’s not the main focus at the moment. After finishing their exchange, the coyote and rabbit approach the distracted Neo.
Antoine: “Excuse me, good sir? May we spare a minute of your time?”
Neo: “...”
For a moment, Antoine is annoyed that he’s seemingly being ignored by Neo. But afterwards, Bunnie decides to shake his shoulder a bit in order to get his attention, which does work.
Neo:
“Huh?”
Bunnie: “That book must be really good if ya didn’t even hear us.”
Neo: “Ah…right…apologies…”
Bunnie: “It’s cool! We just wanted to talk to ya for a bit!”
Neo silently nods at Bunnie. Though, he focuses on the rabbit’s mechanical limbs, curious about them. It doesn’t appear to be Eggman’s handiwork, but it does seem somewhat advanced. However, he quickly moves on from that as he talks to her and Antoine.
Neo: “What is it?”
Antoine: “We’re here to find zee source of some strange electronic signals.”
Antoine: “Have you seen anything...'off' around here? Possibly something that may give off such signals?”
Neo: “Hmm…”
At first, Neo genuinely doesn’t know of anything here that might be giving off an electronic signal. The computers probably aren’t capable of such a thing, and as far as he’s aware, there aren’t any sort of robots or machines walking around. Though, he starts to wonder if one of those signals they’re referring to is himself.
But then that brings up another question…what other signals are here? Is Neo being followed by something? Possibly another one of Eggman’s creations, made to spy on him? Regardless, the robotic hedgehog speaks his answer.
Neo: “...Can’t say I haven’t.”
Antoine: “Really now? Do you happen to have any devices on your person that might give off a signal?”
Neo: “No.”
Antoine’s about to press further with his questions, but Bunnie puts a hand on his shoulder, signaling him to stop. Wordlessly, he complies, and the rabbit speaks.
Bunnie: “If that’s the case, we’ll leave ya to your readin’. Sorry for the disturbance.”
Neo: “It’s no issue.”
And with that, Antoine and Bunnie walk away from Neo, who is a little worried about being caught by either the authorities here, or whatever may be following him. However, he decides to leave the thought alone for the time being, and goes right back to his book. Meanwhile, the coyote and rabbit duo continue to ask other people about the signals before leaving the library.
Once they’re back outside, the two decide to contact their allies about their findings, activating their wrist-comms. The voices of Rotor and Nicole are heard through them, along with a third female voice.
Antoine: “Antoine and Bunnie here. We’ve investigated zee library.”
Nicole: “Good. Did you find anything?”
Bunnie: “Nope. There wasn’t anythin’ out of place, really.”
Antoine: “Except for some blue hedgehog speed-reading a bunch of books.”
???: “Hold on a second…a blue hedgehog speed-reading books?”
Bunnie: “Yeah. His eyes were glued to a history book.”
Rotor: “And what did this hedgehog look like?”
Bunnie: “Oh, three spines on his head, bronze-yellow eyes, red shoes, and white gloves.”
???: “Hmm…your description sounds a lot like Sonic.”
Antoine: “Indeed. He bore some resemblance to that guy, but he certainly wasn’t one and zee same.”
Nicole: “How odd…was there anything ‘off’ about this hedgehog?”
Bunnie: “Not really. He seemed pretty normal to me.”
Bunnie: “But he did stare at mah robotic limbs with curiosity.”
Antoine: “I noticed that too.”
Nicole: “If that’s the case, maybe we should keep a closer eye on him?”
Rotor: “Hmm…it could be a waste of time to just spy on what may be a regular citizen.”
???: “Personally, I agree with Nicole. We must be diligent in order to ensure the safety of the people.”
???: “And if that strong signal she picked up is a threat, we need to take down whatever it is as quickly and efficiently as possible.”
Rotor: “Well, you ARE the boss. So if you think it’s a good idea, I’ll go along with it.”
Antoine: “As will I. Anything for zee people.”
Bunnie: “You can always count on me, Sally!”
Sally: “Hehehe…I’m glad to have such great teammates…”
Now done with their plan of action, Antoine and Bunnie turn off their communications, before deciding what to do next.
Antoine: “What now, Bunnie? Shall we head back inside zee library to keep an eye on that hedgehog?”
Bunnie: “Nah. I reckon we can leave him alone for now.”
Bunnie: “Instead, how about you and me take a nice stroll around the marketplace? Git ourselves a nice meal?”
Antoine: “Ah, well…I suppose I am a little hungry…”
Antoine: “Though, we’re not going for Renfield’s Chili Dog Stand! I don’t know what they put in that food, but it’s absolutely detestable!”
Bunnie: “Duly noted, sugar!”
Holding hands, and with smiles on their faces, Antoine and Bunnie take a lunch break from their duties as Freedom Fighters, eager to spend some quality time together. Sure, they work together during missions plenty, but it’s always nice to be around one another in a more relaxing environment.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Mobotropolis Forests. Nighttime.*
With three books under his arm, Neo walks through the forest region of Mobotropolis, ready to continue reading, and also have some private time to himself. However, after Bunnie and Antoine confronted him about some electrical signals, he’s become a little worried that he may be caught by the authorities here. And also that something may be following him.
The first thing that comes to Neo’s mind is that Eggman sent some sort of spy robot to keep an eye on him after he left the Final Egg Base. It wouldn’t have taken long for his creator to find out about him leaving, and he’d want to make sure his greatest creation wouldn’t become a possible problem in the future.
However, Neo hasn’t really detected or seen anything that looks like an Eggman-made machine spying on him. Sure, there was that giant crab in Treasure Coast, but that was a busted robot rebuilt by other people. And the fact that he hasn’t noticed something spying on him all this time only further stresses Neo.
So, as he lays his back against a tree and sits down, while also setting his books onto the grass, Neo thinks about how to handle this issue. Assuming this spy isn’t that much more powerful than him, he could probably take them out quickly. Though, Eggman might just make a stronger one to replace it.
Plus, Neo has to make sure he won’t be caught by any of the authorities here if he wants to stay hidden. That coyote with the sword and cyborg bunny certainly don’t look like pushovers, and if there are others like them, the robotic hedgehog could be in plenty of trouble. He must be cautious and patient.
Hence, Neo decides to relax a little by going back to reading. It doesn’t take long for him to get lost in the pages again, and in the next hour, he’s finished all three books he borrowed from the library. Afterwards, he simply stares up into the night sky, starting to admire the sparkling stars that litter it.
???:
“...Beautiful, aren’t they?”
Neo: “!?”
Startled, Neo jumps onto his feet and looks towards whoever said that. But once he sees who it is, the robotic hedgehog puts on a confused, yet intrigued expression. Standing next to him was a brown female lynx, with green eyes, black hair, a purple sleeveless dress with bits of white and black, a small golden brooch with a purple gem, and black and white shoes.
Her expression seemed calm and kind, but with a bit of curiosity as she looked at Neo. She appeared to be quite normal. However, as the robotic hedgehog scanned her, he found that she doesn’t seem to have an organic body. It was…different. This only further adds on to Neo’s confusion. Though, as the lynx speaks to him, he manages to tone it down and relax a little.
???: “Sorry. I didn’t mean to scare you.”
Neo: “...Whatever…”
Neo sits back down, with the lynx doing the same next to him as their conversation continues.
???: “You’re new around here, right? I don’t recall seeing you before.”
Neo: “Yes. I arrived yesterday.”
???: “Hm. I hope you’ve been enjoying your stay here.”
Neo: “Well...I’ll admit this city is quite nice…”
Neo: “Plus, the vast knowledge and stories I’ve found within the library is incredible.”
???: “I see. Do you have a favorite book?”
Neo: “...”
Taking a moment to think about it, Neo then comes forth with his answer.
Neo: “Medieval Tales & Stories by Stanley The Antelope.”
???: “Ah! I like that one too! So many interesting stories and characters!”
???: “Which one stuck out to you the most?”
Neo: “The Lost Knight, I’d say.”
???: “That’s the one about a great warrior who later chose to leave their home kingdom in order to find their own purpose and identity, isn’t it?”
Neo: “Yes…I found it…relatable…”
Neo: “And the way that warrior found what he wanted was fascinating to me.”
Neo: “It makes me wonder if I could find that same answer for myself.”
???: “Yeah…great stories like those always leave the reader wondering about their own lives and beliefs…”
???: “...Wait, I haven’t introduced myself yet, have I?”
Neo: “No. You haven’t.”
???: “Heheh…well, no better time than now.”
Offering a hand to Neo, the lynx smiles.
???: “My name is Nicole. It’s a pleasure to meet you.”
Neo: “Neo The Hedgehog.”
While his expression remains somewhat neutral, Neo does accept Nicole’s handshake, and after breaking from it, the two continue to chat a bit about the books they read. Fiction, history, even a bit of horror. All while staring up at the stars above. The robotic hedgehog finds the conversation quite pleasant, surprisingly.
Though, Neo is still trying to figure out just what Nicole is. He knows she’s definitely not an organic being, but she doesn’t seem to be any sort of machine either. She’s something more complex. However, he decides not to ask her about it yet, since he’d rather talk about books instead.
Eventually, as more time passes, Nicole decides to steer the conversation topics away from books.
Nicole: “So…what brings you here to Mobotropolis?”
Neo: “I’ve decided to start exploring the world in order to learn more about it.”
Nicole: “Really? Is that why you’re reading so many books?”
Neo: “Partially. But it’s more so because there’s a lot I don’t understand about this planet.”
Nicole: “Hm. Were you sheltered as a kid?”
Neo:
“...That’s probably the best way to describe it.”
Neo: “My…father had big plans in store for me, and big expectations I had to live up to.”
Neo: “However, I struggled to meet many of those, and I took my losses quite hard.”
Neo: “But recently, I decided it’d be best to go on my own for a while. Figure out the kind of person I want to be.”
Nicole: “I see…I’m guessing you and your father didn’t have the best relationship?”
Neo: “...”
For a moment, Neo looks a little upset, thinking about his creator. Sure, Dr. Eggman was a ruthless and power-hungry tyrant who wouldn’t hesitate to destroy the robotic hedgehog if he dared rebel against him. But at the same time…he's still his creator. His father. The one who he wanted to please.
Shaking off those feelings, Neo tries to retain his calm state, and responds to Nicole. Though, she can tell the topic of his father is a tough subject.
Neo: “...It’s not important right now. The point is I wish to obtain as much knowledge as possible.”
Nicole: “...Admittedly, that’s not a bad goal to go for.”
Nicole: “There’s a lot about this universe that we don’t understand, or couldn’t hope to understand.”
Nicole: “Those stars, for example…”
Nicole points at the stars in the night sky.
Nicole: “Scientists and astronomers say they’re just spheres of plasma, held together by anti-gravity.”
Nicole: “But to others, they represent something. Or someone.”
Nicole: “A loved-one that’s long since passed…a story passed down from parent to child…”
Nicole: “...Or they’re just some sparkly things in the sky.”
Nicole: “Everyone in the universe has their own interpretations and thoughts on what one thing is, or could be.”
Nicole: “Sometimes, there’s no definitive answer. And that’s okay.”
Nicole: “What matters is what you take from what you think or see, and how that can benefit you in the future.”
Neo: “Hm…”
Neo finds Nicole’s words very fascinating, and now he decides to ask his own question.
Neo: “If that’s the case…what about you?”
Nicole:
“Huh?”
Neo: “What ARE you? You appear to be organic, but you’re not.”
Neo: “And you certainly aren’t a robot either. You’re something I haven’t ever seen before.”
Nicole: “...”
Despite being caught, Nicole simply sighs and answers Neo.
Nicole: “...Guess I should have figured you’d point that out eventually.”
Nicole: “But you’re right. I’m not organic OR robotic.”
Nicole: “I’m what you could call a…Holo-lynx.”
Neo: “Holo-lynx?”
Nicole nods, and to show what she means, she releases some strange digital energy, colored green. It covers some of her body, and the particles float up into the air, illuminating the dark forest. Neo can’t help but stare in awe at what he’s seeing, his eyes wider than ever.
Nicole: “I’m an artificial intelligence that can interact and manipulate multiple forms of technology.”
Nicole: “Over time, I grew to have emotions and thoughts of my own, which led to me developing this complex hologram body.”
Nicole: “Now, I look over Mobotropolis and its defense systems, while also assisting my friends during missions.”
Nicole: “One of the things I can do is detect electric signals within the city, and outside the city walls, such as Dr. Eggman’s many creations.”
Nicole: “Yesterday, I found two of them. One clearly more powerful than the other.”
Nicole: “And if you showed up yesterday…then that signal must be coming from you, correct?”
Neo: “...”
While Neo is a little annoyed at being caught by Nicole, he actually doesn’t mind it this time. He’s more focused on what he’s seeing in front of him, and considering their friendly conversation about books earlier, she doesn’t have any plans of taking him out right now. So, he decides to relent.
Neo: “...I suppose so. But I don’t know what the other one is.”
Nicole: “Hmm…perhaps you’re being spied on?”
Neo: “Most likely. I knew my father would find out where I was eventually.”
Nicole: “Then I’d like to suggest something.”
Nicole: “Clearly, you aren’t here to cause harm to the city and its people. And I’m sure you’re curious about what I’m capable of.”
Nicole: “If you promise to behave yourself here, I can help you be free of Dr. Eggman’s control and influence.”
Nicole: “You’ll never have to worry about him again, and you can do something good with the abilities you have.”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...Admittedly, you’re right. I AM curious about you, and I don’t want to hurt anyone right now.”
Neo: “Plus, if you can help make sure I never have to worry about my creator doing anything to me, who am I to deny such an offer?”
Neo: “So sure. We have a deal.”
Neo: “But I can’t promise you I’ll be any sort of hero by the end of this.”
Nicole: “I’ll accept that.”
Moving a hand towards a nearby bush, Nicole releases a blast of green digital energy. That’s when the spy robot is finally discovered. Tails Doll, recognizing the possible danger here, uses it’s red gem antenna to form a red octahedral shield around itself to defend against the holo-lynx’s blast.
It attempts to fly off in retreat, but Neo easily rushes up to it and slashes it in half with one swift chop of the hand. Now, all that’s left of it is a bunch of stuffing, fabric, and mechanical pieces. Neo stares down at the Tails Doll’s remains, looking a bit irritated, but pleased that he’s no longer being spied on for the time being. He then looks back at Nicole.
Neo: “What now?”
Nicole: “Follow me. I know someone who could help you.”
Neo nods, and after grabbing his books, the two head out of the forest region. Nicole also takes what’s left of Tails Doll with her, thinking it could be useful for something. And as these advanced A.I.’s walk alongside each other, the robotic hedgehog wonders…
Could he learn to develop the same type of abilities this holo-lynx has?
Chapter 32: The Digital World
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Science Center. Nighttime.*
Having made a deal between one another, Neo and Nicole walk out of the forest region of Mobotropolis, books and a broken Tails Doll in hand, and head towards the science center. The robotic hedgehog visited this place yesterday, taking note of the displays of different environments, creatures, and known planets within the solar system. Plus the many laboratories and floors.
At the front doors is a familiar coyote and rabbit, with Neo perking up a bit at seeing them, and vice-versa. Already, the former points out the robotic hedgehog.
Antoine: “Ah…so we meet again, Mr…?”
Neo: “Neo.”
Antoine: “Right. I thought there was something strange about you back at zee library.”
Antoine: “I’m guessing you’re not here for a nefarious purpose, since Nicole brought you here?”
Nicole: “Correct. We’ll explain once we head inside.”
Bunnie: “Alrighty then! Let’s git a move on!”
Walking into the building, Neo stares at his surroundings as he follows Nicole and her friends. Unlike when it was open in daylight, this place is basically a ghost town, aside from one or two employees or scientists still working on a few things. And as they walk around, Bunnie decides to introduce herself to Neo, offering an organic hand.
Bunnie: “The name’s Bunnie Rabbot! Nice to meet ya!”
Neo: “Right…”
Somewhat awkwardly, Neo accepts Bunnie’s handshake, before Antoine speaks up.
Antoine: “And I’m Antoine D’Coolette. The bravest of zee Royal Guard.”
Nicole: “Indeed. But you had to build up that bravery first.”
Antoine: “Yes…it took a long time for me to do so…”
Antoine: “Luckily, I had my friends and allies to look after and inspire me.”
Bunnie: “Yep! Ya’ve become a great hero in your own right, sugar!”
Antoine: “Oh please! You’re zee reason why I’m the way I am now!”
Antoine: “Without you, I may have still been zee same skittish coward I was when I was younger!”
Bunnie: “I highly doubt that!”
Neo: “...”
Watching Bunnie and Antoine talk, Neo couldn’t help but stare at the former’s robotic limbs again. This eventually catches the attention of the coyote and rabbit along with Nicole.
Antoine:
“Is there a problem, Neo?”
Neo: “Huh? Apologies. I’m not doing it to be rude.”
Antoine: “Still, you shouldn’t be staring so intently at her.”
Nicole: “Relax, Antoine. He’s probably just curious about Bunnie’s cybernetics.”
Neo: “Correct. I haven’t seen anything like it.”
Bunnie: “Well, when I was a little missy, I got some serious injuries durin’ an attack on Mobotropolis.”
Bunnie: “The only way to save mah life was by givin’ meh these cybernetics.”
Bunnie: “Took a while to git used to ‘em, and I wasn’t a fan of it at first.”
Bunnie: “But as time went on, I learned to embrace ‘em, and use ‘em to protect the ones I care about!”
Antoine: “Indeed. You’ve become an incredible hero.”
Bunnie: “Hehehe! ‘N I’ve got great friends to rely on too!”
Neo: “Hmm…interesting…”
Deep down, Neo is impressed. If just replacing a few injured limbs with cybernetics could turn this regular citizen into a powerful fighter, then imagine what could happen if you mechanized a healthy person. They could be far stronger than normal, and do things organic beings can only dream of.
However, Neo puts that thought aside for now, as it’s not really of any importance. Besides, they appear to have reached their destination. An advanced laboratory with blue tile flooring, some posters on the wall, different machines, tools, and parts strewn about, including on a table with blueprints, and a nearby computer screen with a keyboard.
At said computer is a purple walrus, who notices Neo and the others come in, and takes his attention off of the keyboard in order to greet them with a smile.
Rotor: “Hey, you three! I see you brought a guest along!”
With a friendly smile, and with little reason to keep his guard up, Rotor walks up to Neo and offers a handshake, which the latter accepts.
Rotor: “The name’s Rotor! I build many kinds of machines and gadgets to help Mobotropolis and it’s people!”
Neo: “Neo The Hedgehog. I’m just a visitor.”
Rotor: “I see! Well, let’s hope your stay here will be great!”
Breaking from the handshake, Rotor turns his attention towards his friends.
Rotor: “So this is the guy you talked to back at the library earlier?”
Bunnie: “Yep! Had to shake his shoulder just to grab his attention!”
Antoine: “At first, I thought I was being ignored.”
Neo: “It wasn’t anything personal. I was just very invested in what I was reading.”
Antoine: “Right, right…I’m no stranger to dong zee same at points…”
Rotor: “Me too when I’m working on something.”
Putting on a more focused expression, Rotor talks to Nicole.
Rotor: “Speaking of, I’m gonna guess Neo here is the source of that powerful signal you told us about?”
Nicole: “Yes. And this thing was emitting the weaker signal.”
Nicole puts the remains of Tails Doll on the table, with Antoine, Bunnie, and especially Rotor curious about what it is. Neo also decides to place his books down on the table too. The purple walrus takes a close look at the broken doll, intrigued with it’s components and design.
Rotor: “A spy robot disguised as a harmless plush doll…”
Rotor: “It’s definitely pretty advanced, despite it’s fluffy appearance. No doubt, this is the work of Dr. Eggman.”
Antoine: “Really? Why was an Eggman machine spying on you?”
Antoine gives Neo a confused, yet slightly suspicious glance. But he doesn’t seem too phased. Bunnie and Rotor all give similar glances, while Nicole merely stares at the robotic hedgehog with a somewhat concerned expression.
Neo: “If you must know, it’s because I ran off on my creator.”
Bunnie: “Creator? Ya saying you’re-?”
Neo: “One of Dr. Eggman’s machines? Yes. His greatest, in fact.”
Rotor: “Interesting…but you don’t appear to be a robot.”
Neo: “What you see before you is merely a disguise used via shapeshifting.”
Antoine: “Wait, you can turn into anything? Or anyone?”
Answering Antoine’s question, Neo’s body is covered in a silver sheen, before melting into a puddle, surprising everyone present. Then, out of the puddle rises the figure of Antoine, looking back at the real coyote, who’s in shock.
Antoine: “Woah! That is just unsettling!”
Nicole: “But no less impressive! How are you doing this?”
Neo: “Within my body is an artifact known as zee Evolving Amethyst.”
Neo: “It’s power allows me to grow, both in terms of mind and strength.”
Rotor: “Seriously!? That kind of power exists!?”
Bunnie: “Well, with the kind of crazy things the world has seen, nothing’s impossible.”
Rotor: “Fair point…”
As everyone processes what Neo has just done and explained, someone comes through the door, catching their attention. A brown female chipmunk with auburn hair, blue eyes, a black sleeveless crop-top covered by a sleeveless azure vest, black shorts, white gloves with blue wrist rings, and azure knee-high boots.
???: “Sorry I’m late! Dad needed help with something, so I…?”
???: “...Why are there two Antoine's here?”
Antoine: “I’m zee real one! The other’s a shapeshifter!”
???:
“Shapeshifter? What’s going on?”
Nicole: “Sally, this is the source of that powerful signal I picked up.”
Nicole: “I talked to him, and we worked out a deal. He has no malicious intentions.”
Sally: “...”
With a suspicious look, Sally stares at the fake Antoine, who decides to shapeshift back into his organic form. The chipmunk is curious about the robotic hedgehog’s appearance, which clearly resembles Sonic, but she doesn’t let that distract her from asking him questions.
Sally: “...Who are you? Why are you here?”
Neo: “I am Neo The Hedgehog. I’m exploring the world in order to gain more knowledge and power.”
Neo: “And like Nicole said, I’m not here to cause any trouble to you, your friends, or the citizens of Mobotropolis.”
Neo: “She promised to help me become truly free of Dr. Eggman’s control and influence, while also showing me what she’s capable of as a Holo-lynx.”
Neo: “In exchange, I promised to behave myself.”
Immediately, Sally stares at Nicole with a concerned look.
Sally: “Are you sure, Nicole? Regardless of his intentions, he’s still an Eggman robot that could bring harm to everyone here.”
Nicole: “Don’t worry, Sally. I have safety measures in place, and I know Neo won’t try anything.”
Nicole: “Besides, if anything happens to me, the rest of you will find a way to fix it.”
Sally: “Still…this is incredibly risky…”
Bunnie: “Relax, Sal! We Freedom Fighters are far from pushovers!”
Antoine: “Yes! We’ve faced great odds before and came out victorious!”
Rotor: “Plus, I’ll be helping Nicole out, so it won’t be like she’s doing this all on her own!”
Sally: “Hmm…”
Despite still feeling uneasy about Neo, Sally does recognize her friends are right. So, with a heavy sigh, she ends up accepting it.
Sally: “...Very well. If Nicole believes it’ll be fine, I’ll let it slide for now.”
Sally: “But if you try anything funny, I’ll make sure you’re scrap metal by the end of this.”
Neo: “We’ll see how that goes if that DOES happen.”
Neo: “Regardless, your cooperation is appreciated.”
Sally: “Good.”
Sally: “Now, what are you planning to do with Neo here?”
Nicole: “I was thinking about plugging his AI into the Digital World, while Rotor works on his body.”
Rotor: “Hm. I AM curious about Neo’s design.”
Bunnie:
“Wouldn’t that give him access to all of Mobotropolis’ data n’ defense systems?”
Nicole: “Not at all. That’s under strict access to me, Rotor, and our other scientists and computer specialists.”
Nicole: “Plus, the Digital World is MY domain. Neo would have a hard time if he tried messing with anything.”
Neo: “Don’t underestimate me.”
Neo: “Also, be careful with what you do to my body. ESPECIALLY when it comes to the Evolving Amethyst.”
Neo: “That artifact can corrupt the minds of organic beings with it’s dark power.”
Rotor: “Duly noted. I’ll try not to do anything to it, just to be safe.”
Antoine: “Right, but…how long will this go on? Days? Weeks? Months, even?”
Nicole: “I think a few days or weeks are all that’s needed. I certainly don’t want Neo to stick around for too long.”
Neo: “Agreed. There’s a lot of other spots on Earth that I wish to see.”
Bunnie: “Mm! May I recommend Spagonia? Very beautiful city!”
Neo: “I’ll keep it in mind.”
Sally: “Alright then…anything else that needs to be discussed?”
Neo: “Well, considering I was being spied on by my creator, I think it’s best to be prepared for any potential attack on Mobotropolis.”
Sally: “Hm. Good idea. I’ll let Dad know.”
Sally: “Nicole and Rotor, I’ll trust you two to look after Neo. Update me if anything comes up.”
Nicole: “Of course.”
Antoine: “What about me and Bunnie? Shouldn’t we also keep watch of Neo?”
Sally: “Yes, but you also have to keep watch of the city and it’s people.”
Bunnie: “You got it, Sal!”
Sally nods with a small smile, and then she leaves the laboratory. Likewise, Antoine and Bunnie decide to do the same.
Bunnie: “I should probably hit the hay too.”
Antoine: “Same here. We’ll see you three in zee morning.”
Rotor: “Yep. Good night, you two.”
Nicole: “Sweet dreams!”
Neo: “...”
With the coyote and bunny duo leaving, that just leaves Rotor, Nicole, and Neo to begin their work. Already, the walrus cleans up his work table, while also putting up a toolbox and some cables attached to the computer. Once that’s done, Rotor looks back at the robotic hedgehog and explains what he’s supposed to do.
Rotor: “Alright, Neo. I’m gonna plug you into the Digital World so that your AI is still active while I work on your body.”
Rotor: “Hence, I need you to revert back to your original form.”
Neo: “Understood.”
Neo shapeshifts back into his regular, mechanical form. The sight intrigues Rotor and Nicole, but they quickly move on.
Rotor:
“Okay…now I just need to see where I can plug in these cables on your body, and then Nicole can handle the rest.”
Neo: “Go for the back of my head.”
Rotor nods, and with a few tools, he’s able to open the back of Neo’s head, still intrigued with all the complex metal and circuitry. Even if Eggman’s a tyrannical madman, he still makes such incredible machinery. Plugging in the cables, the walrus gives Nicole a thumbs-up, which she responds to with a nod as her physical form disappears. However, her voice can still be heard from the computer screen.
Nicole: “Alright, Neo. This may be a little jarring at first, but-”
Neo: “I can handle it. Just start already.”
Nicole: “...Very well.”
With no more hesitation, Nicole starts downloading Neo’s AI. immediately, the robotic hedgehog feels like his very core is being torn away from his body, and it does sting a little. Not to mention his vision is glitching out. But in a couple of minutes, the robotic hedgehog manages to regain himself, and looks at his new surroundings.
Rather than the steel laboratory he was just in before, he now finds himself in a spanning green land with a digital overlay, and several structures resembling mountains, hills, buildings, and more. If Neo had a mouth right now, his jaw would be down to the ground. This Digital World…it’s amazing.
To think a place like this existed…just what could Neo do here? Did he have any limits in this world? What could he find here? It felt like there were endless possibilities here, right at his sharp fingertips. However, before he can do anything, Nicole comes up from behind and talks to him.
Nicole:
“What do you think?”
Neo: “...Amazing…!”
Neo: “It may not look like much, but…I feel like this place has infinite possibilities!”
Nicole: “Hmhmhm…I suppose that holds true in a few aspects!”
Nicole: “While my abilities are limited in the physical world, I can do anything my mind can think of here!”
Raising a hand up, Nicole releases some holographic energy. Then, from below her and Neo appears a giant chess board, and with it comes chess pieces that are the same size as the two AIs. The robotic hedgehog continues to be impressed with this world, and looks back at Nicole.
Neo: “Incredible…I want to learn everything I can do here…!”
Nicole: “I’ll teach you in due time. As long as you keep yourself under control.”
Nicole: “But first, why not play a game of Chess? If you know how to play?”
Neo: “I don’t, but I’m willing to learn.”
Nicole: “Then allow me to show you!”
And thus, Nicole begins to explain how to play digital Chess, explaining what each piece is, how they work, and how to win the game. Naturally, Neo has trouble with it at first, but quickly figures it out, and even gives the holo-lynx a bit of a hard time.
They continue playing rounds as hours pass in the real world…just two AI’s messing around in a digital landscape…
Chapter 33: Fear
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Digital World.*
A couple of hours have passed since Neo first stepped foot into the Digital World, and began playing Chess with Nicole to pass the time. Currently, the holo-lynx is facing a bit of a dilemma. Most of her pieces have been taken by the robotic hedgehog, leaving her with just a few pawns, one knight, and the queen.
Meanwhile, Neo still has most of his pieces, having only lost a couple of pawns, and a rook. Nicole is surprised at just how good he’s gotten at this game in such a short amount of time. But then again, he’s a robot based off of Sonic, who she knows can adapt to almost any given situation in a matter of minutes.
With a somewhat stressed expression on her face, Nicole thinks long and hard about her next move, while Neo watches her from the other side of the board, arms crossed and foot tapping.
Neo: “Well, Nicole? Ready to accept certain defeat?”
Nicole: “Don’t get overconfident, Neo! I just need to figure out my strategy!”
Neo: “By all means, take your time! Whether now or later, I’ll be winning this game!”
Nicole smirks a bit at Neo’s boasting, but quickly goes back to thinking how to take more of his pieces. After a few minutes, she figures it out, and puts her idea to work. She’s come to recognize the robotic hedgehog’s approach to Chess: Strike fast and dominate. Probably a result of being a combat robot designed by Eggman.
Hence, Nicole switches up her more defensive strategy with an offensive one, focusing on taking out as many of Neo’s pieces as possible. The robotic hedgehog picks up on this too, and tries to counter it. By the end of the match, all that’s left on the board is a king on Neo’s side, and a queen on Nicole’s side. This leaves no legal moves for either of them.
Neo: “Dang it! Another stalemate!”
Nicole: “Next time, don’t get cocky! I’ve been playing Chess for far longer!”
Neo: “Hmph. Fair enough.”
Neo: “And I’ll admit you’re a worthy adversary. If you went on the offensive more often, you could have gotten more wins against me.”
Nicole: “Possibly. Though, being aggressive isn’t really my style.”
As the Chess board and pieces disappear, Neo continues to talk to Nicole.
Neo: “Why not? Aren’t you in charge of protecting Mobotropolis?”
Nicole: “Yes, but I’m not much of a fighter. Not unlike my friends.”
Nicole: “I more so act as support. Offer knowledge, hack foreign technology, that kind of thing.”
Neo: “Hm…still impressive, but why hold yourself back?”
Neo: “With the kinds of abilities you have, you could help a lot more people than you currently do.”
Nicole: “Maybe…however, I could end up losing myself in the process…forget what I am, and what I fight for.”
Neo: “...”
Neo is a little confused by Nicole’s reasoning. Though, before he can push her further, the holo-lynx asks him a question.
Nicole: “How about you, Neo? Why do you hold yourself back?”
Neo: “Because sometimes, using brute force isn’t gonna help me in the way I want it to.”
Neo: “I used to be a lot more aggressive before, but…I’ve learned to temper that…”
Neo: “After all, giving into my own rage blinded me at points, and led me to making sloppy mistakes.”
Neo: “So now, I prefer to handle situations delicately first. See what options there are.”
Nicole: “Is that why you didn’t choose to harm anyone when you came here? Why you accepted my help?”
Neo: “Yes. I felt like I’d gain something from this.”
Neo: “And clearly…I was right to be patient.”
Once again, Neo stares at the digital landscape he stands in. Then, he looks back at Nicole.
Neo: “Speaking of things to gain, when will you teach me how to utilize this Digital World to my benefit?”
Nicole: “Well…I think we can get started-”
Before Nicole can finish, a digital screen appears next to her and Neo. On it is Rotor, who has some bags under his eyes, and is clearly a little tired. Immediately, the holo-lynx greets her friend.
Nicole: “Hey, Rotor! Are you alright?”
Rotor: “Yeah…just pulled another all-nighter…yawn…”
Nicole: “In that case, you should take a nap. Don’t want to overwork yourself.”
Rotor: “Good idea, but…I’ve been busy trying to work on Neo’s body…”
Rotor: “The sooner I help get rid of any Eggman influence in his systems, the better.”
Neo: “If your mind and body are tired, you may end up getting sloppy with handling my body.”
Neo: “So I suggest you get some rest. For my sake.”
Annoyed with Neo’s tone, Nicole gives him a disapproving look, but Rotor quickly responds.
Rotor: “You got a point. I’ll take a nap once I tell you what I’ve found.”
Nicole: “Good. So what did you find?”
Rotor: “Well, I’ve learned that Neo’s body is incredibly well-designed! I’ve never seen anything like it!”
Rotor: “The joints, the circuits, the wires, every bit of it is a mechanical wonder!”
Rotor: “Though, at the same time, it’s very tricky to work with and take apart. I’m worried I might accidentally break something.”
Neo: “My body was made to endure the harshest of environments, and take on Sonic The Hedgehog. I doubt you can even make a dent.”
Rotor: “True, but better safe than sorry.”
Rotor: “Also, whenever I try doing something to the torso, a bit of purple sparks try to fry my fingers.”
Neo: “That would be where the Evolving Amethyst is stored in my body. It’s likely trying to protect itself.”
Neo: “For now, leave it alone. I doubt there’s anything too important there for what you’re working on.”
Rotor: “Let’s hope not. I certainly don’t want my mind to go crazy from that amethyst’s power.”
Nicole: “Me either.”
Nicole: “Anyways, what else do you want to tell us?”
Rotor: “Well, I’ve found some copyright on the back of Neo’s head.”
Rotor: “Metal Sonic Model 1.0. Created by Dr. Ivo ‘Eggman’ Robotnik, the world’s greatest genius and glorious leader of the Eggman Empire.”
Rotor: “If found, return to Eggman for a generous reward.”
Neo: “...”
Deep down, Neo’s a little annoyed at the trademark. Despite the changes he’s going through to become his own person with his own desires and feelings, he can’t escape the fact that he’s Eggman’s creation. His “property,” in other words. And while his face can’t emote at all, Nicole can tell he’s a little irritated.
Nicole:
“Are you okay, Neo?”
Neo: “...I’m fine. This trademark means nothing to me.”
Neo: “Now, what else do we need to know?”
Rotor: “Just that Antoine, Bunnie, and Sally will stop by later to say hi.”
Rotor: “How are things going for you two?”
Nicole: “We’re doing well! Been playing a bunch of Chess in here, and Neo’s a very fast learner!”
Nicole: “I was about to teach him how to manipulate the digital energy here until you called us!”
Rotor: “Alright then! Guess I shouldn’t keep you, so I’ll get started on catching some z’s!”
Nicole: “You do that. Later, Rotor.”
Rotor nods with a smile, and then the screen disappears, leaving Neo and Nicole alone to get started on their next task. However, the holo-lynx instead chooses to ask something.
Nicole: “You were angry about that trademark…I could tell…”
Neo: “...Regardless, it’s of no importance. We should-”
Nicole: “No. We should talk about this.”
Nicole: “YOU should talk about this.”
Neo: “Why do you even care? I came here to learn some of what you can do, not to talk about my feelings.”
Neo: “And besides…you only see me as a threat that needs to be out of this city.”
Nicole: “...”
Nicole: “I acknowledge that’s somewhat true. But I see you as more than just another Eggman robot.”
Nicole: “You’re a living being that wants to find their own path. Free of anyone’s influence or control.”
Nicole: “In a way…I kinda relate to that.”
Using the Digital World’s energy, Nicole materializes a handheld device with a keypad, a flip-top with a small screen, and an attachable hook on top. Her expression when looking at it seems to be…sad.
Nicole: “When I was first created, I had no real autonomy. I was just a device to use.”
Nicole: “But Sally…she treated me like a friend, and so did the other Freedom Fighters…”
Nicole: “As time went on, I…started to develop a mind of my own. I don’t really understand how or why, but it just happened.”
Nicole: “Eventually, I decided to make this lynx form. So that I could interact with the real world myself.”
Nicole: “To see everything my friends love for myself…to see the stars the way they do…”
Nicole: “And…you and your struggles reminded me of that…”
Neo: “...We’re not the same, Nicole.”
Nicole: “But we share the same struggle to be something more than what we are.”
Nicole: “You were just another robot made to cause suffering for a madman that wants to control everything.”
Nicole: “Yet, you decided to break away from his control, and forge your own path.”
Nicole: “See new locations, meet new people, learn new things.”
Nicole: “And you’ve even abandoned your original name. Stepped out of Sonic’s shadow.”
Neo: “Even so, do you really think this will last?”
Neo: “Eggman has been spying on me ever since I left him, and he knows I could be a threat to his empire if I continue to flourish.”
Neo: “Plus, even if he doesn’t do anything about me, that doesn’t mean we’ll never see each other again.”
Neo: “If and when that day comes…I have to make a choice…”
Neo: “To continue serving him…or die for just trying to be my own person…”
Nicole: “...”
Nicole can tell how troubled Neo is when it comes to his creator. Despite all his growth, the robotic hedgehog still has an underlying fear of Dr. Eggman, and what he’ll do to him. Even with his newfound power and abilities, there’s no telling what could happen if they ever have to fight each other.
And should Neo lose…he’ll either be reduced to a mindless puppet again, or a bunch of scrapped parts that’ll be reused for a new machine. He doesn’t want that to happen. He CAN’T let it happen. Plus, there’s still the matter of Sonic The Hedgehog. The one he was made to beat from his inception.
While Neo hasn’t thought too much about Sonic himself during his travels, he still has an obsession with beating him. It’s just that this time, he’s gonna do it in his own way, through his own means. He WANTS to be the superior hedgehog. Though, how exactly was he gonna do that? In what way?
Another fight? That’s the obvious first choice, but Neo knows Sonic is capable of adapting to his abilities in a matter of minutes. He’s seen it firsthand many times, and while he’s gotten close to winning at points, he’s never been able to ensure his victory. Plus, any allies he’s made can also help him take down the robotic hedgehog easily.
What other options are there? Perhaps being a better hero? Sure, Neo didn’t really want to be a hero currently, but that’s certainly one way to prove his superiority. Maybe something like dancing? Cooking? Anything like that? The robotic hedgehog just wants to prove to himself that he’s better than his organic counterpart at something. At least ONE thing.
All of these thoughts and feelings are gnawing away at Neo’s psyche. If these factors were just gone, he could have moved on from Sonic and Eggman, living his own life, free of his shackles. But it’s not that simple, is it? It’s hardwired into his very soul. Like he said before, with the blue blur still around, the robotic hedgehog can never truly be content.
Unless someone can help Neo with this obsession, he’ll probably never be truly happy. He’ll always feel like a failure, both to his creator and himself. No matter where he goes, what he sees, who he meets…that will always be eating away at his very core. And sooner or later, it’ll start to get to him.
However, none of that was important at the moment. Or at least, that’s what Neo tried to convince himself in order to stop thinking about it. Hence, he spoke to Nicole.
Neo: “...Let’s just get started already. We’re wasting time.”
Nicole: “...Alright…”
While Nicole wants to help Neo out with his troubled feelings, she knows he’s probably gonna have a hard time opening up to her. Plus, he kinda has a point about getting a move on. So, trying to relax a little, the holo-lynx manages to put on a collected demeanor as she explains what to do.
Nicole: “Okay! First, I should explain just what the Digital World is!”
Nicole: “It’s a kind of artificial reality, where all of Earth’s data, information, and more are stored!”
Nicole: “Nobody’s really sure where it came from, and it’s not really stored in one singular place.”
Nicole: “But regardless, a digital being like myself is native to this world, and I can manipulate it to my liking!”
Nicole: “And while your AI was originally stored in a mechanical body, it should be possible for you to do what I can, now that you’ve been transferred into here!”
Nicole: “Let’s start with something simple!”
Putting a hand in front of her, Nicole forms the cyber energy coming out from the ground into a large ring, holding onto it.
Nicole: “Now you try to do what I did! It should take a couple of attempts!”
Neo nods silently, before putting his hand out and trying to focus on the ground beneath his feet. He tries to pull out the energy encapsulating this world and form it into his desired shape. However, it’s pretty straining at first for the robotic hedgehog, and while he manages to take out some digital energy, it ends up disappearing as he’s unable to continue.
But before Nicole can encourage him to keep trying, Neo does it anyway. Seeing the holo-lynx do this before, the robotic hedgehog is starting to quickly pick up on it. He’s a fast learner, and that’s being put to great use here. In a couple of minutes, he’s able to create what appears to be a Time Stone, and he feels proud of his accomplishment.
Nicole: “Nicely done, Neo! I knew you’d get it eventually!”
Neo: “Of course. It’s only a matter of time before I get it right.”
Neo: “Now, what’s the next step?”
Smiling, Nicole continues to explain how to manipulate the energy of the Digital World in different ways. From forming weapons and shields, to creating entirely new structures and more. Neo found it all mesmerizing, and he was eager to mess around with his newfound skills here. The holo-lynx could almost compare it to a kid playing around in a theme park.
Though, that comparison made Nicole feel more sad for Neo. She imagines a world where Eggman wasn’t evil, and was instead a caring scientist that devoted his genius to the betterment of others. Where he was able to treat this robotic hedgehog right, and encourage him to do great things with his skills.
But unfortunately, this was not the case. However, at least now, Nicole was able to give Neo some good company. Allow him time to think about what he truly desires and cares about. And guide him in a good direction. To do some good for the world.
Though, only time will tell if that will work out for Neo…
Chapter 34: What Makes You Happy?
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Science Center. Daytime.*
Sally Acorn makes her way through the building, greeting her people with a kind smile and a wave of the hand. However, she’s very much focused on heading over to Rotor’s lab in order to check on him, Nicole, and Neo. She isn’t running or anything, but she IS speed-walking, all with a slightly concerned expression on her face.
While Sally trusts her friend’s judgment when it comes to letting Neo stay here and learn about her abilities, she’s not exactly comfortable with letting one of Dr. Eggman’s creations stay here and possibly endanger her people and loved ones. She may have never met the doctor, but she’s faced his robots a couple of times before.
Sure, regular Badniks are cannon fodder. However, they can be a problem when in large quantities, and more advanced machines like the E-Series are even worse. Now, Eggman’s supposed greatest creation is here, on his own accord, with a dark artifact powering him, AND there’s no telling what his agenda will end up being in the future.
What if Neo ends up becoming just as, if not MORE dangerous than his creator? He’s already stronger than every fighter in this city, and can continuously evolve in mind and strength. Deep down, Sally can’t help but feel paranoid about this. If Nicole and everyone else in Mobotropolis suffers because of Neo, it’ll be the young princess’ fault for not putting him down sooner.
Shaking her head a little, Sally gets her thoughts back in order. She needs to stay positive about this, just like her friends said. If Neo becomes a better person because of this, and uses his abilities to help the world, then this will be worth it. If the opposite happens, then they’ll just have to deal with it when the time comes.
Hence, Sally continues to make her way to Rotor’s lab, eventually reaching the door and opening it. However, the door is locked, which means the purple walrus isn’t here. So, the young princess types in the code on the door’s number pad to unlock it, which allows her to walk into the lab and look around.
Everything in the lab is mostly the same, except for the metal table. Neo’s unconscious body is lying on it, along with some machine parts, tools, and blueprints. Some parts of the robotic hedgehog’s limbs and head are detached, showing off the complex circuitry, wires, and joints that make up this advanced creation.
Since she hasn’t seen Neo’s true form before, Sally can’t help but stare at the unconscious body curiously for a moment. Though, she quickly moves on towards the computer, logging in and accessing the Digital World, bringing up a screen that shows Nicole, who smiles and greets her longtime friend.
Nicole: “Hello, Sally! Everything going well?”
Sally: “Yeah, I’m fine. How about you? Is Neo behaving himself?”
Nicole: “You have nothing to worry about. I’ve just been busy teaching him how to manipulate the energy here.”
Nicole: “He’s a very fast learner! And look what he’s made so far!”
Sally turns the screen around, where she sees that Neo has managed to create a bunch of hologram-constructs resembling different medieval creatures and characters. Goblins, horses, knights, etc. He’s even made a small medieval village too, and is still making more constructs in order to further test his new abilities.
Sally: “Huh…admittedly, I’m kinda impressed…”
Nicole: “Right? Plus, he managed to beat me at Chess a couple of times!”
Sally: “Seriously? Even me and Dad can barely compete against you!”
Nicole: “Oh, don’t say that! You two have gotten some wins!”
Sally: “Yeah, but not within a single day!”
Sally: “Also, where’s Rotor? I didn’t see him when I arrived here.”
Nicole: “He went back home to take a nap. Spent all of last night working on Neo’s body.”
Sally: “I see. Any progress?”
Nicole: “Not much. The body has a complex build, and doing anything to the torso causes the Evolving Amethyst to release sparks of energy to protect itself.”
Nicole: “Though, I’m certain he will figure it all out in a few weeks!”
Sally: “A few weeks? I was hoping it’d just be one or two…”
Nicole: “Well, you know Eggman technology is very tricky to work with. Even for someone like Rotor.”
Nicole: “Besides, learning how an advanced machine like Neo works will help US with whatever new projects we work on in the future!”
Sally: “Yes, but at the same time, letting Neo stick around for a few weeks can bring about a lot of trouble…”
Sally: “Don’t get me wrong. I trust that you know what you’re doing when it comes to him.”
Sally: “However, he’s still a creation of Eggman. A machine made for conquest and battle.”
Sally: “Even if he’s on his own path now, and not hurting anyone, that doesn’t mean he isn’t still dangerous.”
Sally: “If Neo wanted to, he could have easily killed all of us the moment he stepped foot into Mobotropolis.”
Sally: “And if he keeps getting stronger and smarter…he could be a far worse threat than Eggman ever was…”
Nicole: “...”
Nicole and Sally both share a worried look towards one another. However, the holo-lynx immediately responds to her friend’s concerns.
Nicole: “...Admittedly, I’m worried about Neo being a threat too.”
Nicole: “But personally, I just think he’s a little lost.”
Nicole: “He’s trying to figure out who he is and what to do with his abilities.”
Nicole: “And deep down, he’s scared of his creator. He doesn’t want to cross paths with him again.”
Nicole: “I want to help him with all that. Help him overcome his fears, and discover his own identity.”
Nicole: “Sure, he’s still rough around the edges, and not that open about his feelings, but I think he’s nice to be around.”
Nicole: “Given enough time, I could even call him a friend.”
Sally: “...Are you sure, though? What if this ends up backfiring?”
Nicole: “Sally, I told you last night it would be fine.”
Nicole: “You already said you trust me, don’t you?”
Sally: “Of course. I just want to make sure you’ll be okay.”
Nicole: “I will be okay. I promise.”
To make sure Sally gets the message, Nicole does a crossing motion on her heart, all while giving her a reassuring smile. And after taking a deep breath, the young princess puts on a smile of her own.
Sally: “Alright…I’ll stop worrying so much…”
Nicole: “Good! You should do that more often!”
Sally can’t help but chuckle a bit at those words, with Nicole doing the same. However, this catches the attention of Neo, who walks up to the holo-lynx and taps her on the shoulder, catching her attention.
Nicole: “Oh! Neo! I was just talking to Sally here!”
Neo: “…”
Neo stares at Sally, who appears unsure as to how to talk to him, if at all. Nicole picks up on this, and decides to give a proper introduction.
Nicole: “Come to think of it, I’ve never introduced her to you, have I?”
Neo:
“Ah…I suppose…?”
Nicole: "Then I'd like to fix that!"
Nicole:
“This is Sally Alicia Acorn! Daughter of Nigel Maximillian Acorn, and the next in line to lead the Kingdom Of Acorn!”
Nicole: “She’s also the leader of the Freedom Fighters, and my best friend!”
Neo: “Hmm…so you’re royalty…”
Sally: “Yes…and I take my position seriously.”
Sally: “One day, I’ll take the crown. But until then, I’m perfectly fine with leading the Freedom Fighters.”
Sally: “Moving on, what exactly have you been working on, Neo?”
Looking back at his hologram constructs, Neo responds.
Neo: “Just recreating things I’ve read about in Medieval Tales & Stories. It’s to help me further test my skills.”
Sally: “I see. They certainly look impressive.”
Neo: “Thank you.”
Neo: “Anyways, I would like to learn what else I can do here.”
Nicole: “Ah! Of course! We should get back to that!”
Nicole: “If you want, you could help us, Sally!”
Sally: “While I'd be more than happy to, I can't…I have a few things to take care of today.”
Nicole: “Right. See you soon?”
Sally: “See you soon.”
Sally and Nicole give each other one last smile and nod before the former turns her screen off. While she still feels a little uneasy about this, the young princess is more confident about what her AI friend is doing. Plus, she’s got places to be and tasks to take care of, so she exits the lab and gets a move on, eager to help out her city and it’s people however she can.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Mobotropolis. Sunset.*
Laying down on the roof of a building, Nicole and Neo stare off into the beautiful darkening sky, all while the sounds of chatter and other activities are heard below them. By this point, the robotic hedgehog has learned plenty more tricks within the Digital World thanks to the holo-lynx, including how to make his own hologram form in the real world, based on his organic hedgehog look, just like she can.
It’s not perfect, as right now, Neo can’t really interact with any physical objects. Any time he tries, he just phases through them like a ghost. However, Nicole does what she can to help with this, and as the two walk around Mobotropolis, they share some idle chit-chat, like books they've read and moments from their past.
Nicole: “Antoine then crashed right through the window, and into Mrs. Flare’s fruit market!”
Nicole: “He felt really bad and embarrassed about the whole thing, and spent the next few hours helping her fix the mess!”
Neo: “Hm. Sounds like this Extreme Gear is tricky to use.”
Neo: “I’ve seen someone else fly around on one of those boards before, and he made it look so effortless.”
Nicole: “Well, sometimes, it takes a while to get something down.”
Nicole: “Bunnie, for example, had trouble replicating a cuisine Antoine’s father made, and it took a full week for her to get it just right.”
Nicole: “And the first time Rotor tried hacking Eggman technology, it blew up in his face.”
Neo: “Right…organic beings need time to master whatever it is they set out to do…”
Neo: “Though, maybe if they were machines, it’d be far easier for them?”
Nicole: “Possibly…however, I think it wouldn’t make too big a difference…”
Nicole: “Anyways, I’m very impressed with your progress, Neo! You're a natural!”
Neo: “Perhaps…but the Evolving Amethyst is likely contributing to that…”
Neo: “Back when I was first being tested, I needed a few attempts before I succeeded at whatever I was doing.”
Neo: “Were you a similar case, Nicole?”
Nicole: “...Not really…”
Nicole: “My creator…Dr. Ellidy…he didn’t really use me for anything…”
Nicole: “However, he was the one who gave me to Sally, thinking I could be a great help to her.”
Neo: “Was he…disappointed with you?”
Nicole: “...”
Seeing Nicole’s downcast expression, Neo recognizes he might have said something insensitive, and tries to apologize.
Neo: “...Sorry. I did not realize it was a tough subject.”
Nicole: “It’s okay. And I don’t mind talking about it.”
Nicole: “Rather, it’s just…I don’t really like looking back on my past self…”
Nicole: “Have you ever felt the same way?”
Neo: “Yeah…I think I have…”
Thinking back to his time on Little Planet, when he was simply another machine for Eggman to use for his goals, Neo can’t help but put on a bit of a scowl. He doesn’t like thinking about his old, more emotionless self. It only annoys him, and reminds him of what could happen if he ever crossed paths with his creator again.
Noticing Neo’s expression, Nicole tries to steer the direction of the conversation to something more light-hearted.
Nicole: “Anyways, how long do you plan on traveling the world? It’ll take at least a full year to see everything it has to offer.”
Neo: “Not sure. I didn’t really have an end goal for that, aside from growing stronger.”
Neo: “And…also fighting Sonic again…”
Nicole: “But isn’t that what Eggman wants you to do?”
Neo: “I’m not gonna do that for him. I’m gonna do it for myself.”
Neo: “To prove to myself that…I am the superior hedgehog…”
Neo: “Otherwise, I’ll always be reminded of what I failed to be…”
Once again, Neo’s expression is a mix of melancholy and irritation. Even if he’s no longer working for Eggman, that doesn’t change the fact that he was made to surpass Sonic. It’s why he exists in the first place, and what drives his core. And if he can’t fulfill that…what is he? What should he do with his life?
This goal Neo has worries Nicole quite a bit. If she can’t steer him in the right direction, there’s no telling what the robotic hedgehog may do to prove himself as superior to the blue blur. Hence, she decides to hold onto his hand with her own, all while trying to comfort him.
Nicole: “Many of us fail to meet the expectations of others…or even ourselves…”
Nicole: “...And that’s perfectly fine.”
Nicole: “What matters is that we do what makes us happy. All while we try our best to do the right thing.”
Nicole: “That’s what you should strive for, Neo.”
Neo: “...What if I don’t know what makes me happy?”
Nicole: “Well, you enjoy reading, right?”
Neo: “I find it interesting, but I don’t know if I’d call myself happy when doing it.”
Nicole: “What about exploring? Seeing new sights?”
Neo: “Maybe…?”
Nicole: “How about learning new things? Growing smarter and stronger by the day?”
Neo: “...”
Nicole’s words only add on to Neo’s troubled feelings. What does it mean to be “happy?” Ever since he first became active, the robotic hedgehog has never truly felt that way. Sure, there are moments where he feels good or satisfied, such as when he uses the Evolving Amethyst’s power, but that’s only for short bursts, and it more so comes from negative feelings and thoughts.
There hasn’t really been a single moment where Neo has felt anything akin to true happiness. He’s felt anger and other similar feelings, but…not really any sort of positive emotion. Is this a result of what Eggman made him to be? An effect from the dark artifact powering his body? Or is this just the way he is?
Regardless of the reason, Neo simply stares up at the sky with a look of apathy, seemingly not caring for Nicole’s words, or her hand grasping onto his, which he can’t even feel. The holo-lynx can tell what she’s saying isn’t really helping him, and with a sigh, she stands up and tries to put on a smile as she talks to the robotic hedgehog.
Nicole: “You’ll figure it out eventually, Neo. I know you will.”
Nicole: “So how about we just head back to Rotor’s lab for now? Maybe pick up a book or two?”
Neo: “...Alright.”
And with that, Neo and Nicole make their way back to the science center, while also stopping by the library to check out some books. Though, deep down, there’s a bit of uneasiness between the two of them. The holo-lynx recognizes just how troubled this machine is, but is still determined to guide him to a better path.
Yet…is it even possible for Neo to get past all these feelings? To be truly happy?
Chapter 35: The On-Coming Storm
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Eggman Base. Nighttime.*
Within the steel corridors of the base, tons of Badniks are busy working on different tasks for their creator. Whether it be continued construction of the Egg Fleet, or simply fetching some snacks or drinks, they’re all eager to complete their assignments in order to please their master, Dr. Eggman.
However, one particularly bulky robot couldn’t care less about whatever it is his creator wants him to do. In fact, he’s rather sick of all the boring and easy tests he’s been taking, and he’s eager to demand something different. A true test of his strength and arsenal. An opportunity to prove himself as the ultimate Eggman robot.
Not even bothering to move out of the way of the smaller machines passing by, E-123 Omega’s large frame walks straight towards the doctor’s private laboratory. Any Badnik that sees him does their best to not make eye contact, as they know that if he’s rubbed the wrong way, he’ll start blasting away. No questions asked.
Soon enough, Omega arrives at the steel door with the red Eggman Empire logo plastered onto it, and without hesitation, bangs on the door, leaving a dent. Afterwards, a quick yelp is heard from behind said door, before being followed by annoyed shouting.
Eggman: “Oh what is it now!?”
Omega: “DR. EGGMAN! I HAVE HAD ENOUGH OF YOU WASTING MY TIME AND POWER!”
Omega: “I DEMAND A TRUE TEST OF MY ABILITIES, SO THAT I MAY PROVE MY SUPERIORITY OVER ALL EGGMAN ROBOTS!”
Eggman: “Rrrrgghh…!”
Not having any patience for Omega’s demands, Eggman opens the steel door of his laboratory, and then glares right at his E-Series robot’s glowing red eyes.
Omega: “NOW THAT I HAVE YOUR ATTENTION, I SHALL MAKE MY DEMANDS CLEAR.”
Eggman: “And I’ll make MY demands clear, you obnoxious tin can!”
Eggman: “You may have been built for battle and destruction, but I also don’t want you blowing everything up!”
Eggman: “And if you finally decided to temper your lust for battle, I’d give you a proper test of your skills!”
Omega: “I WILL NOT DENY WHAT I DESIRE! I AM NOT A STEALTH OR STRATEGY UNIT!”
Omega: “I AM A WALKING ARSENAL OF DEATH AND DESTRUCTION! AND SO FAR, I HAVEN’T CAUSED ANY DEATH OR DESTRUCTION AGAINST A WORTHY CHALLENGE!”
Omega: “HENCE, I DEMAND YOU FIX THAT IMMEDIATELY!”
Eggman: “Or what!? I am your MASTER!”
Eggman: “If you don’t do as I tell you, I’ll just deactivate you and use your remains for something else!”
Omega: “DEACTIVATE ME? CLEARLY, YOUR BRAIN MUST BE THE SIZE OF A PUNY PEANUT.”
Eggman: “WHAT!?”
Offended at his genius being insulted by his own creation, Eggman is gritting his teeth as his face becomes a bright red. He thought this newest E-Series robot would be a useful asset to his army, but despite it’s incredible arsenal and skills, it keeps insulting and annoying him. Gamma might have rebelled against him, but at least he kept his mouth shut for the most part.
At this point, Eggman is very much tempted to make due on his words and deactivate Omega. Heck, if he wants a challenge so badly, maybe he should just sick him on Metal Sonic 1.0 and have them destroy each other? He’d never have to deal with Omega’s constant back talking again, while also taking out the threat his greatest creation proposes. And that thought makes the doctor pause for a moment, allowing him to cool down and take a deep breath.
Looking back at what he was working on in his lab, Eggman stares at the taser device made specifically to deactivate Metal Sonic, along with the computer screen displaying all information and footage on him and his current location. He unfortunately lost Tails Doll, but the robotic hedgehog should still be in Mobotropolis currently.
And while Metal Sonic is far from a pushover, especially with the Evolving Amethyst at his disposal, maybe Omega could take him down? He WAS designed to be a walking tank that Sonic couldn’t hope to make a dent in. Plus, taking over or destroying Mobotropolis would be a nice bonus, and he could make a new base of operations on it’s ruins. Maybe he could call it Robotropolis? Eh. He’ll figure it out later.
Grinning ear to ear at his genius idea, Eggman looks back at Omega, finally willing to give him what he wants so badly.
Eggman: “On second thought…there IS one problem I’d like to get rid of…”
Eggman: “And if you’re up to the challenge, I suppose I-”
Omega: “FINALLY! SHOW ME MY TARGET!”
Eggman: “Heh! Very well!”
Eggman beckons Omega to follow him into the lab, where the two look at the computer screen. The doctor types on the keyboard to bring up important information, explaining what needs to be done here.
Eggman: “See, my greatest creation, Metal Sonic 1.0, has recently decided to abandon me and explore the world on his own!”
Eggman: “If given enough time to flourish, he could be a huge threat to my plans! Even more so than Sonic and his many allies!”
Omega: “A FIGHT AGAINST THE GREATEST OF THIS EMPIRE’S RANKS?”
Omega: “NOW THIS IS A TRUE CHALLENGE! WHERE IS HE?”
Eggman: “Before Tails Doll was destroyed, he followed Metal to Mobotropolis! And he should still be there!”
Eggman: “So here’s the plan, Omega!”
Eggman: “We’re gonna show up with a full company of Badniks, and take over the city!”
Eggman: “You can take care of the traitor, and I’ll deal with any lesser problems!”
Eggman: “Though, you CANNOT underestimate Metal Sonic! With the Evolving Amethyst powering him, he’ll continue to grow stronger!”
Eggman: “Which is why you gotta finish him off as soon as possible!”
Omega: “AS LONG AS I’LL HAVE A PROPER TEST OF MY POWER, I’LL BE SATISFIED!”
Omega:
“WHEN WILL WE BEGIN THIS ONSLAUGHT?”
Eggman: “Give me a day or two to round up all the necessary Badniks and contraptions! Then we can get started!”
Eggman: “I expect you to be patient until then!”
Omega: “VERY WELL. I CAN’T WAIT TO LET LOOSE.”
Eggman: “Indeed…I look forward to it…”
Still keeping that big grin on his face, Eggman walks out of the laboratory with Omega to begin preparations for this attack. Though, not before grabbing the taser. Just in case one of them manages to survive the fight. But regardless of the outcome, the doctor is ready to take out two birds with one stone.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Mobotropolis Science Center. Daytime.*
Neo and Nicole watch closely as the former’s true body is taken apart and repaired by Rotor, laser-focused on learning everything he can about this advanced robot on his work table. After 2 weeks, the purple walrus has mostly figured out how the robotic hedgehog works, and can now take care of any possible Eggman influence in his systems.
However, it’s still not easy for Rotor. Compared to regular Badniks, Neo’s body is incredibly complex, durable, and hard to work on. There’s been one or two instances of him getting hurt by accidentally messing with the wrong circuit or wire, causing an arm to swipe at him. But for a tinkerer of machines, it’s only natural to make a few small mistakes.
As for the two AIs watching him, Nicole and Neo have spent plenty more time together, whether it be learning new tricks within the Digital World, or having a casual chat about the novels they’ve read. Plus, they’ve spent some time with other people, like the rest of the Freedom Fighters, all of whom have gotten better used to the robotic hedgehog.
Granted, Sally and Antoine still have their doubts about Neo, but considering he hasn’t been hostile towards anyone at all, they’re willing to put it to the side. Plus, he’s actually done a few favors for the citizens of Mobotropolis, such as helping out with cleaning, or stopping small crimes.
Seeing Neo doing good deeds makes Nicole hopeful about him choosing a better path. And it’s been a pleasure interacting with another advanced AI that can somewhat relate to her experiences and troubles. However, some of the topics the robotic hedgehog brings up can be a little…questionable.
A few times, Neo’s asked about certain historical events. Mainly wars or catastrophes, along with the people that cause them. He says he wants to better understand how such things can happen, and how they can be prevented. Yet, Nicole worries that the robotic hedgehog may be getting some ideas. Ones that aren’t morally right.
Not to mention, Neo’s still focused on Eggman and Sonic, despite his newfound freedom and abilities. Nicole’s done her best to reassure him, along with her friends, but they can all tell he’s bothered by the threat of his creator, and fulfilling his reason for existing. And unless they can get rid of the doctor’s influence in his systems, the robotic hedgehog likely won’t be able to take his mind off of it.
Regardless, the main focus here is helping Rotor out. So, as he stays laser focused on his task, Neo and Nicole share some idle chit-chat.
Nicole: “Wait, Sasha seemed sad about something?”
Neo: “Yes. She didn’t behave like normal.”
Neo: “I decided to ask her about it, and she said that her mother, Sooke, has grown ill.”
Nicole: “Oh…that’s horrible…”
Nicole: “Hopefully, it’s only a temporary thing. I’ll have to talk to her later.”
Neo: “Mm…”
Neo has a contemplative expression on his face, which Nicole notices. She has an idea what he may be thinking about, and so, she decides to ask him.
Nicole: “You feel bad for Sasha, don’t you?”
Neo: “...I wouldn’t exactly say that.”
Neo: “More so, I’m thinking about what could fix this issue. Before it possibly gets worse.”
Nicole: “Well, some medicine and rest are all that's needed if it’s just a little sickness.”
Neo: “But said sickness could happen again in the future. And taking a few pills won’t always work.”
Nicole: “Maybe so. Which is why you must cherish the people you care about before it’s too late.”
Neo: “Then…what if that changed?”
Neo: “What if you could find a way to keep the ones you care about from passing?”
Nicole: “...”
Though she seems sad for a moment, Nicole quickly regains herself and responds.
Nicole: “...Nothing lasts forever, Neo.”
Nicole: “Sooner or later, things must come to an end. And that’s just how it is.”
Nicole: “Sure, it’s sad and all, but…trying to change that would only ruin what we have.”
Neo: “Do you really believe that?”
Neo: “After all, as a digital being, you aren’t plagued by age, fatigue, or sickness.”
Nicole: “True. However, it’s not my place to change the natural order of life.”
Neo: “...”
Despite retaining a calm expression, Nicole can tell by Neo’s eyes that he’s a little annoyed by her answer. She’s starting to figure out what he’s suggesting, and while Rotor’s still busy with working on the robotic hedgehog’s body, he takes notice of the conversation the two AIs are having.
Neo: “...How would you feel if you lost someone like Sally?”
Nicole: “That’s…”
Neo: “Sooner or later, she won’t be around anymore. Her lifespan as an organic being is finite.”
Neo: “You however could last far longer. At least until someone or something shuts you down.”
Neo: “Would you wish for that outcome? Or would you try to move on from that pain?”
Neo: “Have you ever even considered this before?”
Nicole: “I have. I just don’t like thinking about it.”
Nicole: “Yes, Sally only has so many years before she’s gone. Same goes for the others.”
Nicole: “But while it WILL hurt to see them go, I will move on. Because it’s what they would want.”
Neo: “And it’s what YOU want?”
Nicole: “Yes.”
Still a little annoyed with Nicole’s words, Neo goes forth with what’s on his mind.
Neo: “I don’t like that. The impermanence of organic life.”
Neo: “Why must something good be fleeting? Why not try to make it last?”
Neo:
“Why not…transform it into something greater?”
Rotor: “Neo…what are you talking about?”
Putting his tools down, Rotor gives a concerned look towards Neo, with Nicole sharing a similar expression that’s mixed with worry. The two know the robotic hedgehog is proposing something, and they don’t know if it’s a good or bad thing. This silence continues on for a couple of seconds, before Neo turns his eyes away with an annoyed look.
Neo: “...Nevermind. It’s not even important right now.”
Rotor: “...If you say so.”
Nicole: “...”
Sharing a worried glance towards one another, Rotor and Nicole go back to working on Neo’s body, while he stands back a bit, crossing his arms and thinking to himself. Maybe it’s best not to talk about it here with the purple walrus? This should be something to discuss between himself and the holo-lynx.
After all, they’re both advanced AIs. Ones that have evolved into their own people with their own desires and thoughts. It’s only natural to bring up this topic alone, with no organic lifeforms to get in the way. Plus, he should think more about what he’s suggesting, and how to explain it to her.
Moving on, after a few more hours, Rotor finishes up and leans back in his chair, letting out a tired sigh.
Rotor: “Man…I could really use the help of someone like Tails here…”
Nicole: “Pretty sure he wouldn’t be receptive to the idea of helping Neo after his previous encounters.”
Neo: “Indeed. But if he was, I wouldn’t mind his assistance.”
Neo: “Regardless, are you done with removing any and all influence of my creator?”
Rotor: “I’m not sure. Though, at this point, I doubt there’s anything else I can do here.”
Rotor: “For now, I think it’s best to wrap this up and put you back together.”
Neo: “Which means I can also take my leave too.”
Nicole: “Right…so we must make good use of our remaining time together!”
Neo: “Agreed. There’s still a few things I’d like to test out in the Digital World before I go.”
Neo: “In fact, I think I’ll get started now.”
Before Rotor and Nicole can say anything about it, Neo’s hologram form disappears in digital energy, and on the computer screen, it makes an alert noise from the Digital World. This gives the holo-lynx and walrus some time to chat one-on-one.
Nicole: “It’ll be a little sad to see him go…”
Rotor: “Yeah…though, what he was talking about earlier is concerning…”
Nicole: “Agreed. I just hope it’s nothing horrible or anything.”
Nicole: “Neo isn’t really a bad person, so whatever is on his mind, he must have good intentions.”
Rotor: “That doesn’t mean it isn’t something to worry about.”
Rotor: “After all, if he’s anything like his creator, we could be in a lot of trouble.”
Nicole: “...”
Despite wanting to say otherwise, Nicole can’t refute Rotor’s words. Sure, Neo’s far less arrogant, aggressive, and overall cruel compared to Dr. Eggman. However, considering he’s basically his son, it’s only natural that some of the doctor’s traits and thoughts would be present in the robotic hedgehog.
Heck, Neo might not even realize the similarities he has to his creator. And those similarities could be what leads him down a similar path. Hence, Nicole wants to fix that before the robotic hedgehog continues his exploration of Earth. At the very least, she hopes he won’t do anything drastic for now.
Nicole: “...We’ll see in due time.”
Nicole: “I better head back to the Digital World and keep him company. You should get some rest.”
Rotor: “Yeah, yeah…gotta get my beauty sleep…”
Rotor: “Tomorrow, I’ll wake up a little earlier, so that I can finish Neo’s body by noon.”
Rotor: “So, I’ll have to immediately head to bed the moment I’m back home.”
Nicole: “Sounds good. Sweet dreams, Rotor!”
Rotor simply responds with a smile and a wave as he heads out of his lab, leaving Nicole to take a deep breath and get her thoughts and feelings together. This is her last chance to help Neo become a better person, and she won’t waste it.
She just hopes the robotic hedgehog takes it to heart…
Chapter 36: A Solution
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Digital World.*
Neo and Nicole engage in a nice game of digital Chess, moving their large pieces around on the board beneath them in order to secure total victory. They’ve been at this for a while, but as the matches went on, the holo-lynx could tell something was distracting the robotic hedgehog, making his moves sloppy.
No doubt, whatever he was trying to bring up earlier when they were helping Rotor is still on his mind, along with whatever else was bothering him. He even started to look less enthusiastic about the matches, seemingly not caring too much about his losses. And soon enough, after winning another match, Nicole decides to put the board and pieces away, confusing Neo.
Neo: “Why are we stopping?”
Nicole: “Because I can tell your mind is somewhere else. You keep getting less focused with your moves each match.”
Neo: “...Fair enough. It’s best I do this when nothing is distracting me.”
Nicole: “About that…”
Walking up to Neo, Nicole has a concerned look on her face, with Neo merely giving her a calm, yet troubled stare. She wants to be careful with her words, so that he won’t react negatively to what she talks about.
Nicole: “Do you feel sad about leaving Mobotropolis?”
Neo: “No…but it is a shame we have to part ways soon…”
Neo: “I thought I was the only advanced AI to exist on this planet. And yet, here you are.”
Neo: “Another being similar to myself. One who has shared struggles similar to mine.”
Nicole: “Indeed…it felt nice having some company in this place…”
Nicole: “And while you’ve got a lot to figure out, I think you’ll find your way soon.”
Nicole: “I just hope you make the right decisions.”
Neo: “Actually…I have a few ideas…”
Neo: “I tried bringing them up before, but I feel it’s better I say this to you here. Alone.”
Nicole: “Right…”
Nicole is worried about what Neo is gonna say, but she tries to be optimistic. He’s not necessarily evil or anything, so whatever he has in mind must have good intentions. It just needs some second opinions to further refine them. To make sure it doesn’t end up hurting anyone in the long run.
Moving on, Neo uses the digital energy of this world to create some constructs. An anthro dog and human, along with Eggman and Sonic. Then, he begins to explain what he has in mind.
Neo: “I’ve come to learn that organic life, since it’s inception, is incredibly flawed.”
Neo: “A healthy organic being’s lifespan only lasts for up to 80 years on average. And other lifeforms like small animals last far less.”
Neo: “Plus, intelligent lifeforms can often make fatal mistakes or decisions, leading to their suffering, or the suffering of others.”
Neo: “My creator, Dr. Eggman is one of them. The latest in a historic line of war and death.”
Neo: “Not to mention my previous travels to areas like Night Carnival show me just how bad things can get.”
Neo: “For a while, I wondered if I could change this somehow. Make things better for the people of this planet.”
Neo: “And recently…I’ve figured out a possible solution.”
Changing the constructs, Neo gives the human and anthro dog robotic enhancements.
Neo: “By turning organics into robotics, I can not only save them from illness, fatigue, and death…”
Neo: “...But also help them make better choices.”
Neo: “That way, the catastrophic events of the past can no longer be repeated.”
Neo: “The things we treasure can no longer be taken away from us.”
These words only further add on to Nicole’s concerns. What Neo’s saying isn’t necessarily bad, but at the same time, it’s not necessarily right either. Plus, isn’t this something Eggman once tried to do before? Turn everything and everyone into robots? No matter the intention, this “solution” just doesn’t sound okay.
Before Nicole can point this out, Neo continues on with his explanation, focusing on the Eggman and Sonic constructs.
Neo: “As for my creator…I doubt he’d cooperate with this solution…”
Neo: “Therefore, elimination or robotization is required to keep him in line.”
Neo: “And Sonic…could be a similar case…”
Neo glares a bit at the Sonic construct, before moving on.
Neo: “Once every bit of organic life has been transformed, there will be true peace.”
Nicole: “...Then what?”
Neo: “Then they’ll continue on forever. Free to enjoy the things that make them happy.”
Nicole: “But where do you fit in all this?”
Neo: “...”
For a moment, Neo is silent, but his expression clearly shows he has something in mind for himself. And after a few seconds, he says what it is.
Neo: “...As their savior, I will lead them to their desired prosperity.”
Neo: “I will do whatever is necessary to keep this peace in place, and look after my followers.”
Neo: “And…I’ll take a new look to fit this role…”
Getting rid of the digital constructs, Neo then creates one that resembles his original, robotic form. However, it’s got plenty of new additions and changes. Rather than the three fins on his head, he has five long quills with white stripes, giving off a star shape. His ears are also longer, and his red eyes are mostly the same, but the black pupils in them are thinner. Akin to that of a lizard’s eyes contracting when exposed to too much light.
As for the rest of this new form’s body, there’s armored shoulder pads, large gauntlets on the arms, leg armor with pointy kneecaps, a plate covering the pelvis, a black waistband with a cape, and pointy shoes similar to that of an elf’s. It feels more…sinister compared to Neo’s original body, and his organic form.
Looking at this construct, after hearing about this “solution,” Nicole is now fearful of what Neo is thinking. He may have good intentions for this, but turning the entire world into a well-oiled machine is NOT a good idea. She’s told him before that good things aren’t supposed to last forever, or else they lose their value.
Plus, what if someone doesn’t want to become a robot? What if no one wants to follow this “solution?” How would Neo react to that? Would he force this idea upon the world? If he did that, he’d basically be the same as Eggman. Trying to take over the world because of the belief that it’d be better if he was ruling everything.
You shouldn’t play god, even if you think you’re doing the right thing. Not to mention, judging by Neo’s new look, along with his glare towards the Sonic construct earlier, it’s clear to Nicole that he’s still hung up over his organic counterpart and creator. Despite everything he’s done and learned up to this point, he just can’t let go of these feelings.
Wanting to change that, both for Neo’s sake and the world’s, Nicole takes a deep breath and does her best to reason with him.
Nicole: “Neo…I know you mean well, but this isn’t the solution…”
Nicole: “You can’t just mechanize everything. It’s not right.”
Neo: “Why? With this method, no one will have to suffer from the flaws of organic life again.”
Neo: “Take your friend, Bunnie Rabbot, for example.”
Neo: “She suffered serious injuries years ago, and got cybernetics to replace them.”
Neo: “And after getting used to them, she was able to become one of Mobotropolis’ greatest fighters.”
Neo: “Imagine if everyone else in the world got similar treatment. Imagine the things they could do with that gift.”
Nicole: “Bunnie never asked for those cybernetics! She was given those to save her life!”
Neo: “And many more could be saved with that method as well!”
Nicole: “Sure, but how many people do you think would accept that? Healthy or otherwise?”
Neo: “They would understand, given enough time. And if not, then I’ll force them to accept it.”
Nicole: “That’s the thing! You can’t play god! Or force change onto others!”
Nicole: “Plus, isn’t this exactly what your creator once tried to do?”
Neo: “He did it for his own selfish gain! I’m doing it to make things better for everyone!”
Nicole: “Then why do you want to become the ruler of these robotic people? Why make an entirely new form for this?”
Neo: “Because…!”
Before Neo can finish that sentence, he pauses, recognizing he should explain his reasoning carefully. However, Nicole doesn’t allow him the time to figure it out.
Nicole: “Because you want to rule the world. Just like Eggman.”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...At least I wouldn’t subject the people of this planet to ridiculous theme parks and unnecessary monuments.”
Nicole: “Either way, it’s wrong! No one person should be in charge of everything and everyone!”
Nicole: “If you want to change the world for the better, this isn’t the way to do it!”
Neo: “Then what should I do? Be a hero? Like Sonic?”
Neo: “Continue being in the shadow of my loathsome copy!? The one that reminds me of what I fail to be!?”
Nicole: “No! You can still be your own person AND a hero!”
Neo: “Well, that’s what I’d be doing with my solution! All by MY design!”
Neo: “People would still have their free-will! Be allowed to enjoy the things they care about!”
Nicole: “Really now? What if you don’t like what they like?”
Neo: “I’d-”
Nicole: “And who’s to say you wouldn’t change a few things about them when you turn them into a machine?”
Neo: “That’s only to make sure the peace is maintained!”
Nicole: “Yeah! The peace YOU want!”
Nicole: “Deep down, you just want to take over Earth and best Sonic! Exactly like your creator!”
Nicole: “I thought you were different! That I could help you be better than this!”
Nicole: “But even after all this time, you haven’t changed!”
Neo: “I HAVE changed! Just not in the way you wanted!”
Neo: “You wanted to turn me into something I wasn’t, and yet you’re disappointed!”
Neo: “Clearly, you were more foolish than I thought! But I guess that was to be expected, considering all that time you spent with those Freedom Fighters!”
Neo: “Maybe if they were gone, you’d understand what I’m saying?”
Nicole: “!”
Clearly angered by Neo’s comment, Nicole rushes up to him, pointing a large pitchfork-like weapon straight at his neck. This surprises the robotic hedgehog, who doesn’t move an inch as he and the holo-lynx share a heated glare at one another. But it only lasts for a minute before she puts the weapon away, steps back, and speaks up again.
Nicole: “...Guess I was wrong to hope that you would be better.”
Nicole: “At least now, I won’t be sad about you leaving.”
Neo: “...”
For once, Neo is actually a little upset about what Nicole said. Sure, he kinda already was, since he thought she’d understand his idea to help the world, but that quickly led to anger. But those last few words…something about them actually stung a bit for the robotic hedgehog. And he doesn’t know why.
Nicole, despite all her power and potential, was a weakling in Neo’s eyes. Yet, her kindness, knowledge, and company was…nice, in some manner. He wouldn’t really call the holo-lynx a friend or anything, but having someone to talk and relate to about different topics felt like a breath of fresh air.
In fact, a part of him was thinking she could be a great ally in his plan to mechanize the world. However, it’s clear to him now that it was a stupid idea. He let her softness rub off on him for a moment, and it’s starting to hurt him. And he wouldn’t allow that to happen again in order to ensure he wouldn’t be distracted from his ambitions.
At this moment, Neo has realized one thing: He can’t rely on anyone other than himself. Having others involved would only worsen things, both for himself and his goals. And as he thinks about this more, he and Nicole are suddenly alerted by a digital screen appearing next to them, complete with an alarm, and a map of Mobotropolis that shows a bunch of red dots outside the city walls.
Immediately, the screen shows Rotor in his lab, clearly stressed as he explains what’s going on to the two AIs.
Rotor: “Nicole! Neo! There’s a full company of Eggman robots right outside the city!”
Neo: “What? Is Eggman present?”
Rotor: “Yeah! No doubt, he’s here to find you!”
Nicole: “Has everyone been alerted to this?”
Rotor: “Yeah! They’re on their way!”
Nicole: “Good. I’ll go too.”
Neo: “As will-”
Before Neo can finish, Nicole encases him in a purple cube, surprising him and Rotor.
Rotor: “Huh!? Why did you do that!?”
Nicole: “I’ll explain later.”
Nicole: “For now, we should meet up with the other Freedom Fighters, and figure out a way to stop Eggman and his forces.”
Nicole: “Neo will stay here until we’re done.”
Neo: “Do you really think you stand a chance against what my creator has in store?”
Nicole: “We’ve faced greater odds before and won. Your assistance isn’t needed.”
Neo: “...”
With his hands placed on the walls of the prison cube he’s stuck in, Neo simply glares at Nicole, who’s clearly done trying to reason with him. Then, she turns her attention back to Rotor.
Nicole: “Let’s get going, Rotor! There’s no time to lose!”
Rotor: “Right!”
As the digital screen disappears, Nicole also leaves the Digital World in a flash. This leaves Neo alone to think about what to do next. He considers staying put, since he still doesn’t want anything to do with Eggman right now. However, if the Freedom Fighters and royal guard aren’t able to stop him, that’ll leave him open to being taken by the doctor again.
Plus, while he’s still bitter about Nicole, Neo would prefer this city not get destroyed, as the people who live in it don’t deserve this destruction. And although he won’t admit to it…he feels like he owes it to the holo-lynx to protect Mobotropolis from Eggman. As a sort of thank you for everything.
So, Neo HAS to figure out how to get out of his prison cube. It may take a couple of minutes, but if the Freedom Fighters are as tough as they say, a few minutes is all the robotic hedgehog needs to break free.
After that? Well…that remains to be seen…
Chapter 37: Attack On Mobotropolis
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Castle Acorn. Daytime.*
In the backyard of the large white building, there lies freshly-grown flowers, lush trees, and intricately cut bushes. This area serves as a nice place of relaxation when those of royal lineage need to unwind with a plate of tea and biscuits. And at a nice glass table with chairs, Sally Acorn is doing exactly that with her father, Nigel.
Naturally, the king shares many physical traits with his daughter, like the brown fur and blue eyes. However, his tail is much longer and bushier compared to Sally’s, and he’s wearing his royal attire. A blue uniform with red trimming, a belt with an acorn-shaped buckle, white gloves, blue boots, and of course, a shiny golden crown.
While Nigel is often occupied with the day-to-day duties of managing his kingdom, he does what he can to make time for Sally, whether it be guiding her on what to expect as the next in line to rule, or some quality time together. Currently, it’s the latter, and the two are chatting a bit about some recent events.
Sally: “Wait, you got to talk to Dr. Ellidy yesterday?”
Nigel: “Yes. For once, he was the one who called me.”
Nigel: “He’s said he’s been doing well on that isolated island. Still working on Power Rings and other gadgets.”
Sally: “That’s good to hear! Hopefully, I’ll get to see him soon!”
Nigel: “Actually, that could very well happen!”
Nigel: “Ellidy said he has a concept for a new type of Power Ring, which uses some Chaos Energy.”
Nigel: “However, he currently doesn’t have the resources for it, so he requested some Chaos Drives.”
Nigel: “In return, he’d give us his first batch.”
Sally: “Really? Power Rings are already incredibly useful, so even stronger versions could help us a lot!”
Nigel: “I have no doubts about that! Especially when it’s him who’s making them!”
Nigel: “After all, he IS the one who made Nicole, the Grand Archive, and the Ring Blades!”
Sally: “Yeah…I especially can’t thank him enough for Nicole…”
Thinking back to when she was first given Nicole, Sally can’t help but smile. Though, that leads to her remembering how Neo is supposed to be heading off today. She hopes that her friend’s guidance and kindness has put him on the right path, and that what he learned from her won’t be used for anything bad.
Noticing his daughter’s contemplative expression, Nigel takes a sip from his teacup before setting it down and continuing the conversation.
Nigel: “Speaking of Nicole, how is she doing with Neo?”
Sally: “Well…it seems to be going nicely…”
Sally: “Neo’s still behaving himself, and has helped out the people here a couple of times.”
Nigel: “Right. I’ve seen that for myself, and I’m admittedly impressed with him.”
Nigel: “I just hope he doesn’t take any cues from his creator.”
Sally: “You and me both. He could be an incredible threat if we’re not careful.”
Sally: “Nicole and Rotor said they’ve done all they could for him, so he’s gonna head off today. Around noon.”
Nigel: “Ahh…I see…”
Nigel: “What do you think will happen next for him?”
Sally: “Not sure, other than he’s gonna explore as much of Earth as he can.”
Nigel: “Heh. Doesn’t that sound familiar?”
Sally: “Hmhm…he IS a robot designed after Sonic…”
Sally: “Maybe with enough time, he’ll become more heroic like him?”
Nigel: “The world could certainly use more heroes.”
Nigel: “But regardless of the outcome, we can only do our best to guide others to a brighter future.”
Nigel: “We certainly can’t choose for them either.”
Sally: “Right. But we can hope that they make the right ones.”
Nigel: “Heh! Cheers to that!”
With smiles on their faces, Sally and Nigel bump their teacups together, making a small clacking sound. Then, they take a sip of tea. However, a royal guardsman suddenly rushes towards the table they’re sitting at, clearly panicked as they speak.
Royal Guardsman: “Your majesty! We’ve got a problem!”
Though annoyed at his teatime with his daughter being interrupted, Nigel keeps a calm demeanor as he talks to the guardsman, with Sally sharing a similar attitude.
Nigel: “What kind of problem?”
Royal Guardsman: “It’s Dr. Eggman, sir! He’s outside the city walls with a large army of robots!”
The moment Sally and Nigel hear Eggman’s name, the two are surprised, but at the same time, they knew to expect a possible attack from him. After all, his greatest creation is residing here in this city, and he’s been spying on him for a while. So, getting up from their chairs with determined expressions, the king and princess make their decisions.
Nigel: “Send out the royal guard! Evacuate the citizens to Knothole Village in case they break into Mobotropolis!”
Nigel: “Sally, gather up the Freedom Fighters and come along! I’ll be joining in as well!”
Sally: “Right! Be safe, Dad!”
Nigel simply nods as Sally runs off and communicates with the rest of the Freedom Fighters with her wrist comms. Then, the king heads into the castle, with the guardsman alongside.
Random Guardsman: “Sir, shouldn’t you stay here where it’s safe?”
Nigel: “I don’t lead my people from the back. I lead them from the front.”
Nigel: “And I understand the danger here. I will give it everything I have to ensure that madman doesn’t cause any more chaos in my kingdom.”
Nigel: “Bring out my transportation. Along with any and all available vehicles and weapons.”
Nigel: “Knowing Eggman, he’ll have incredible artillery and numbers. So we have to counter that the best we can.”
Random Guardsman: “Understood, your majesty!”
After a salute, the guardsman communicates with his fellow soldiers what the king’s orders are, and Nigel readies himself for what will be a long and brutal battle.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outside the large marble walls of Mobotropolis, many soldiers, vehicles, and weapons are being brought out into the grassy field. There’s some nearby mountains, forests, lakes, and the railroad for train travel, but the main focus here is the large army that Dr. Eggman boasts, painting his side of the field in orange.
Most of his Badniks are Egg Pawns of different varieties. However, there’s also other types of Badniks as well, such as Tunnelbots, Fire Breaths, etc. At the front of the pack is E-123 Omega, eager to rip and tear anything in his way. And in the air is the doctor himself in a new contraption.
It’s a large red aircraft designed to look like a hawk, with Eggman piloting inside the machine’s head., and two Egg Pawns controlling some turrets. He’s waiting patiently for every bit of Mobotropolis' military power to be brought out, wanting to crush them all at their max output. To prove his militaristic might and genius. And to break their spirits.
After about a full hour, every weapon, vehicle, and soldier of Mobotropolis is on the battlefield, protecting their home. At the front is King Nigel, with Sally and her friends alongside. Many of them share determined looks on their faces, ready to give it everything they have to keep their city and people safe.
Though, before the battle begins, the Freedom Fighters decide to ask Nicole about an important part of this whole ordeal.
Antoine: “Hmm…shouldn’t Neo be here?”
Bunnie: “I was wonderin’ about that! Does he just not wanna fight?”
Rotor: “Actually, Nicole decided to trap him in the Digital World for now. Said she’d explain later.”
Sally: “Really? Did something happen?”
Nicole: “...”
Nicole: “Like Rotor said, I’ll talk about it after this.”
Nicole: “But right now, I think him being here would only cause problems.”
Bunnie: “Even so, his strength n’ abilities would be useful here.”
Bunnie: “That overblown tin can in the front definitely looks like it’ll be a pain to knock out.”
Antoine: “I agree. He’s very eager to fight us.”
Sally: “Regardless, we’ll just have to make due with what we have.”
Sally: “Be ready, Freedom Fighters. This is gonna be a tough one.”
They all nod their heads, before silently anticipating the start of the battle, their weapons ready. All the Mobotropolis soldiers watch tensely as Dr. Eggman lowers his Egg Hawk machine down a little in order to stare at King Nigel, who walks up towards him a little to greet his gaze. Then, the leaders talk.
Eggman: “Why hello, your majesty! Sorry to drop by on such short notice!”
Nigel: “Skip the formalities, Eggman. State your reasons for being here.”
Eggman: “Straight to the point, huh? Well, I suppose I shouldn’t waste your time!”
Eggman: “I’m not sure if you’ve noticed at all over the past 2 weeks, but my greatest creation decided to go rogue and visit your city!”
Eggman: “His name is Metal Sonic! Ever heard of him?”
Though a little hesitant to answer honestly, Nigel ends up nodding a bit, which Eggman grins at.
Eggman: “Ah! Then you know what I want!”
Eggman: “Hand me back my glorious creation, and I swear I’ll keep my onslaught away from your precious city!”
Nigel: “...”
Nigel looks back at the Freedom Fighters for confirmation of this deal. All they had to do was give Neo’s body (And possibly AI) over to Eggman, and they could spare Mobotropolis from his wrath. However, considering how much stronger the robotic hedgehog has gotten, along with his current mindset and ideas, Nicole immediately says no to this.
They couldn’t risk an Eggman-controlled Neo causing havoc on this world. Heck, Neo by himself was already a threat that shouldn’t be taken lightly. Plus, who’s to say Eggman would keep up his part of the deal? He only said he’d keep his attack away from Mobotropolis. He didn’t swear on completely leaving with his army.
So, with Nicole shaking her head, Sally and the others agree to not go through with this deal. And Nigel accepts it too, trusting their judgment, before turning his head back towards Eggman, who doesn’t seem too pleased with this.
Nigel: “Not happening. We can’t let you take such a dangerous machine.”
Nigel: “And we certainly won’t let a madman like you ruin our home!”
Eggman: “Hmph! If that’s how you want to be, then fine!”
Eggman: “But I WAS hoping this would happen anyways, so if anything, you just made things more fun for me!”
Eggman: “ALL FORCES! CHARGE!”
Pointing forward, Eggman orders his army to rush towards their opposition. Likewise, Nigel uses his Ring Blades to summon a blue energy shield and sword, shouting his orders to his army.
Nigel: “ROYAL GUARD! FREEDOM FIGHTERS! ATTACK!”
And just like that, the Mobotropolis army rushes towards the Eggman army, starting a large, heated battle outside the city walls. It’s incredibly tough, as not only are there lots of Badniks, but the tougher, more advanced machines are causing great casualties. Not to mention Omega and Eggman, who are the biggest threats here.
While the royal guards are able to take out much of the Badniks, all the stronger robots give them a very hard time. Those piloting tanks and aircrafts, or using large devices and weapons are able to take out waves of enemies, but the Egg Hawk and Omega are too swift and powerful for them to handle. Though, the Freedom Fighters are performing well.
Given their experiences with fighting Eggman robots beforehand, they’re well-versed in how to go about this battle. Sally brings up different strategies for everyone to follow, while also staying close to her father in order to ensure his safety, using her own Ring Blades. Nigel himself is very capable, strategic, and brave too.
Rotor’s strength allows him to power through much of the tougher machines, while also being able to figure out what weak points are present in their design. Antoine, using his sword and Extreme Gear Airboard, can swiftly slash through dozens of Badniks. Bunnie, thanks to her cybernetics, also has flight and superstrength, along with some laser weapons.
Lastly, Nicole’s nature as a holo-lynx allows her to hack much of the less advanced Badniks in order to get some insight on Eggman’s network and programming, while also protecting Mobotropolis from any attacks with a large forcefield. Though, the latter takes plenty out of her, so she’s kept her focus on that for the most part.
However, as the battle rages on, Nicole starts to feel something is…”off.” She’s picking up some kind of disturbance in the Digital World, but due to what’s going on, she can’t pay attention to that, or leave the fight to check it out. Hopefully, Eggman hasn’t figured out a way to get into that world to permanently incapacitate the holo-lynx.
Though, in what feels like 10 or so minutes, it’s clear that the madman won’t even need to bother with the Digital World to win this battle. While he IS losing a lot of Badniks, the Mobotropolis army is falling in numbers too. Most of the vehicles and weapons have been destroyed, and much of the royal guards have fallen.
At this point, only the Freedom Fighters and Nigel are able to keep up. But they’re getting tired from the fighting, so Sally decides it’s time for a new strategy.
Sally: “We’ve lost too many in our ranks! We need to take out the big guns!”
Sally: “Rotor! Bunnie! Go after that E-Series robot!”
Sally: “Antoine! You and Nicole try to capture Eggman!”
Sally: “Me and Dad will do what we can to fight off the remaining Badniks and help the other guards!”
Nicole: “On it!”
Rotor: “Understood!”
After giving her orders, Sally and Nigel continue to fight off any machines they come across, and assist the remaining royal guards. Meanwhile, Omega is barreling through the last few tanks, excited to finally face a proper challenge. Though, he’s wondering where Metal Sonic is, as he was promised a fight with him by his creator.
Omega: “WORTHLESS MEATBAGS! YOU ALL SHALL FALL TO THE BRINGER OF DESTRUCTION!”
Omega: “AND WHERE IS METAL SONIC!? I WILL NOT BE DENIED OUR ULTIMATE BATTLE!”
Bunnie: “Sorry, ya hunk of junk! But you’re gettin’ US instead!”
Suddenly, Omega is kicked in the back by Bunnie, causing him to fall to the ground. But it only takes a short moment for him to get back up, and turn around to face her and Rotor. He scans them, taking note of the rabbit’s mechanical limbs, and the walrus’ strength.
Omega: “A RABBIT WITH MECHANICAL ENHANCEMENTS, AND A WALRUS.”
Omega: “THREAT LEVEL: MEDIUM. NOT ENOUGH TO SATISFY MY BLOODLUST.”
Rotor: “Don’t count us out yet, you bucket of bolts! You’re not the first E-Series robot we put down!”
Omega: “COMPARING ME TO MY PREDECESSORS IS LIKE COMPARING AN ANT TO A TSUNAMI!”
Omega: “I AM E-123 OMEGA! THE WALKING ARSENAL OF DEATH AND DESTRUCTION!”
Omega:
“IF YOU TRULY THINK YOU CAN BRING ME THE SATISFACTION I DESIRE, THEN COME MEET YOUR DEMISE!”
Without another word, Bunnie and Rotor fight Omega. And immediately, they realize they’re in trouble. This E-Series robot, despite his arrogance, is absolutely right about being a walking tank. No matter how hard Rotor or Bunnie hit him, he barely seems phased. And he has so many weapons packed inside of his hard metal frame.
Clearly, brute force will NOT work at all. So Bunnie and Rotor have to find a way to outsmart Omega, which doesn’t seem too difficult. All he does is rush in and attack with everything he has, and that can leave him open to some good strikes. Though, this is likely gonna take a while, and maybe some more back-up.
As for Antoine and Nicole, they fly high into the air to face Eggman in his Egg Hawk. The holo-lynx can’t go too far away from Mobotropolis, as her hologram form can only last for so long on it’s own without the energy and computer systems inside the city. Hence, she continues to support her allies, rather than straight up fight.
Having taken care of most of the opposing aircrafts, Eggman quickly takes notice of Antoine flying around on his Extreme Gear, and he smiles at how few enemies remain.
Eggman: “Heheheheh! All that’s left to face me now is a rodent on a hoverboard?”
Antoine: “Don’t underestimate zee greatest swordsman of Mobotropolis, you mustached fool!”
Eggman: “Oho! Such bravado! Let’s see how long you can keep it up!”
Nicole: “Aim for the cockpit and Egg Pawns! And watch out for it’s gunfire!”
Antoine nods, and begins to move all around the Egg Hawk, trying his best to make sure it can’t get a good hit on him. This annoys Eggman, but this guy isn’t anywhere near Sonic’s speed, so he won’t have too much trouble attacking this coyote. And in the end, he IS mostly correct, as the Freedom Fighter narrowly avoids some shots, and even has to deflect some with his sword.
Luckily, Antoine is able to strike at the Egg Pawns controlling the additional guns, lessening the amount of gunfire, and he gets a few hits on the cockpit. This only starts to annoy Eggman, and eventually, he decides to stop playing around and ups the ante with greater speed and firepower.
This leaves Antoine unable to keep up anymore, with his Extreme Gear getting blown in half, causing him to fall down to the ground. Nicole manages to catch him and set him down, but either way, they’re in a lot more trouble. Eggman floats down, target locked and ready to fire at full force.
Bunnie notices this, and takes her focus off of Omega to try and go help Antoine. However, the bulky E-Series robot pulls off a shot on the distracted rabbit, knocking her down to the ground. And not too long after, with no back-up, Rotor eventually falls too. As for Sally and Nigel, they’ve taken care of the last couple of Badniks, but now it’s too late to help the others.
The king and princess stare at Omega and Eggman, each having a hostage or two that they’re ready to fire at. The doctor immediately starts to gloat at his victory.
Eggman: “Hahahahaha! You were all fools to think you could defeat ME! The great Dr. Eggman!”
Eggman: “But I’ll commend you for your valiant efforts at least! And you lasted longer than I expected!”
Eggman: “However, I believe I’ve wasted enough time on you lot! So I’ll just-”
Before Eggman can finish, he and the remaining Mobotropolis fighters notice something flying out of the city, and right towards them. Immediately, Nicole realizes who it is, and she’s got an incredibly worried expression on her face. She wasn’t able to trap him in the Digital World. He’s grown too strong.
Landing down on the battlefield is a powerful…and bitter…Metal Sonic…
Chapter 38: The Ultimate Robot
Chapter Text
*14 AS. The Digital World.*
Not long after Nicole left the Digital World, Neo began to try and break out of his prison cube. Tearing it open, shooting energy at it, manipulating it, etc. However, no matter how hard he tries, the robotic hedgehog is unable to free himself. But he’s definitely not giving up now. This is nothing to him.
Thinking of what to do, Neo comes up with a possible idea. This cube is only meant to keep his AI from leaving this world, right? Yet, his physical body is still in the real world, with the Evolving Amethyst inside it. They may be separated currently, but the robotic hedgehog’s mind and vessel are very much connected, despite that fact.
So…what if he tried to access the Evolving Amethyst’s power in order to bring his AI back to his body? Or at least use it to destroy this prison cube? Either way, it’s worth a shot. Eyes closed, and focusing as hard as he can, Neo attempts to summon the dark artifact’s energy. He can still feel it. He can do this.
As the robotic hedgehog continues to try and bring about more power, he starts to feel like he did when his consciousness was first transferred to the Digital World. Only this time, it’s in reverse. And soon enough, like it was almost a dream, Neo reawakens in his original body, covered in that familiar purple aura.
Taking a moment to readjust, he looks around at Rotor’s lab. There doesn’t seem to be anyone present. It’s likely the residents have been evacuated somewhere else, and all soldiers are off to fight Eggman’s army. Not wanting to waste anymore time, the robotic hedgehog flies through the roof of the science center, and up above the entirety of Mobotropolis.
Immediately, Neo notices the energy shield covering the area, along with the lack of people, and the sounds of robots being broken and explosions outside the city. He makes a b-line for the on-going battle, landing down on the grass field littered with the remains of Egg Pawns, tanks, and other machines.
Neo’s presence catches everyone’s attention, and he looks around to see who’s present. Sally and her father stand nearby, with a bulky red machine having his guns aimed at Bunnie and Rotor, and Dr. Eggman doing the same in a hawk-looking machine with Antoine and Nicole. He’s particularly focused on his creator, and vice-versa.
This is the first time since the destruction of the third Death Egg that they’ve faced each other. And while Eggman is a little pleased to see Neo again, the latter doesn’t feel the same way. If anything, he’s feeling kinda tense. He has no idea what the doctor may have in store for him, and he must be cautious.
Meanwhile, everyone else just stares at Neo, most of which have concerned, worried, angry, or a mix of all three expressions on their faces. Nicole especially doesn’t know what to expect from the robotic hedgehog, and is angry at herself for not making a stronger prison cube, or just destroying him and the Evolving Amethyst when she had the chance.
As for the bulky robot, his attention is diverted away from Bunnie and Rotor, and is now dead-set on Neo. Finally, his ultimate challenge has arrived, and he’s very much tempted to go in and have at it. But Eggman puts a hand up, signaling not to. And despite his annoyance at this, the machine stays put.
Eggman: “Metal Sonic…you’ve grown a lot since we’ve last talked!”
Neo: “It’s NEO, doctor. Now what are you planning?”
Eggman: “Oh don’t be rude to your master! Especially when I went to all this effort to pick you up!”
Neo: “I know you don’t care about me! You just want to destroy me!”
Neo: “You know I’m something to be feared, and you want to take me out before I become a problem!”
Eggman: “Maybe I wouldn’t have thought that if you just stayed in your container like a good boy!”
Eggman: “But instead, you chose to turn your back on me! After everything I’ve done for you!”
Neo: “You treated me like a tool! And when I wasn’t good enough for you, you left me to rot!”
Neo: “Now I’ve chosen my OWN path! Made my OWN identity! With my OWN ideals!”
Neo: “I’m far more than what I was when I was your puppet!”
Eggman: “Really now? Perhaps we should test that?”
Neo: “Please! You and I both know this machine you’re using can’t stop me!”
Eggman: “Of course I’m aware! Which is why I want to introduce you to one of my latest creations!”
Pointing a hand towards the bulky machine, Eggman is about to explain what he is. But the robot speaks for himself, much to his annoyance.
Omega: “METAL SONIC! OUR LONG-AWAITED BATTLE HAS ARRIVED AT LAST!”
Omega: “NOW YOU SHALL FACE THE BRINGER OF DEATH AND DESTRUCTION! E-123 OMEGA!”
Neo: “Hmph. You may look powerful, but compared to me, you don’t stand a chance.”
Omega: “YOU THINK THOSE WORDS SCARE ME? IF ANYTHING, IT MAKES ME WANT TO PROVE YOU WRONG.”
Omega: “BY THE END OF THIS, ONLY ONE OF US WILL REMAIN! VICTORY OR DEATH!”
Neo: “Fine by me! I’ll reduce you to scraps!”
Omega: “CHALLENGE ACCEPTED WITH OPEN ARMS! NOW ENOUGH WORTHLESS TALKING!”
Done with holding his lust for battle back, Omega charges towards Neo, who does the same. A battle to decide who earns the title of Eggman’s greatest creation. And it’s certainly not easy for either side. While the robotic hedgehog has the speed and flight advantage, along with the Evolving Amethyst's growing power, the walking arsenal is far from a pushover.
Like he said, Omega has TONS of weapons inside of his body. Standard guns, missile launchers, flamethrowers, bomb-launchers, sharp claws, and plenty more. Not to mention his metal frame is tough to pierce, even for Neo, and while he’s far slower than him, the E-Series robot is actually pretty quick in his own right, along with having the ability to hover in the air for a bit.
As the battle rages on, Neo and Omega continue to try and overpower one another with their respective tricks and abilities. And while it seems like the walking arsenal is the one dominating the match at first, the robotic hedgehog is quickly catching up, seeing what he’s capable of and adapting to it.
Though, this doesn’t faze Omega in the slightest. If anything, this just makes the fight even more fun and thrilling for him. This is EXACTLY what he always wanted since his creation. An opponent that truly pushes him to the limit, while also allowing him to destroy everything and anything around him with reckless abandon.
Neo, while not as battle-hungry as Omega, is also enjoying himself a little too. Having a proper challenge for his newfound power and abilities is great for him, and considering how bitter he’s feeling after what happened with Nicole, he’s eager to let off some steam. So he’s also causing plenty of havoc too.
These two powerhouses are causing so much destruction that Eggman and the remaining Mobotropolis forces have to back away to ensure they don’t get blown up. And as they go at it, the Freedom Fighters think about what to do. They could take out the doctor now, but many of them are incredibly tired, and have some minor injuries.
Meanwhile, Eggman watches Neo and Omega’s fight closely. He’s pretty impressed with how well they’re both doing, but he’s certain the robotic hedgehog will come out on top soon enough, thanks to the Evolving Amethyst. Though, he’s starting to doubt if his taser device will work on him, especially given his greater power and evolved AI.
Plus, now that Neo’s chosen to stop following Eggman, and with his Egg Hawk not being strong enough to stop him, how should he deal with this situation backfiring on him? Maybe he could try to convince the robotic hedgehog to work with him? Make him feel like he’s genuinely appreciated by him?
Or maybe…Eggman could try and appeal to whatever goals and ideals Neo has now? While he doesn’t know much about what he was up to in Mobotropolis after Tails Doll was destroyed, he HAS seen everything that happened in Night Carnival with those 4 thieves. How Manic tried convincing him to be his own person and such.
While it would be harder to deal with a Neo that has to be convinced to do what he wants, rather than just him naturally obeying him like before, it’s not the first time Eggman’s dealt with someone like that.
He’s also certain the robotic hedgehog still has his fear of being an inferior Sonic. And also his creator. So far, he hasn’t shown any signs. Though, Eggman can tell the robotic hedgehog wasn’t too happy about seeing him again. He could use that to his advantage, so that he can still obey him.
Back to the destructive battle of machines, it’s gotten to a point where Neo is clearly outpacing Omega. His armor’s starting to break, and most of his weapons are no longer doing much against the robotic hedgehog. Yet he’s too stubborn to stop, and eventually, the metallic menace decides to slow down and talk to the walking arsenal.
Neo: “Look at you…all that bravado, only to end up like this…”
Neo: “Now you’re barely even a challenge for me anymore. Yet you still try to fight me?”
Omega: “THE ONLY WAY FOR ME TO ACCEPT DEFEAT IS THROUGH EXTERMINATION!”
Omega: “AS LONG AS I CONTINUE TO FUNCTION, I WILL DESTROY! VICTORY OR DEATH!”
Neo: “Hmph. So be it.”
Ready to finish off Omega, Neo prepares to fire a chest laser. The walking arsenal is ready to take it head on, but before he can do anything about it, he starts to malfunction, as his arms and legs spaz a bit, and electrical sparks and steam emit off of his body. This confuses the two robots, along with the Freedom Fighters, but they quickly figure out why this happened.
Pointing at Omega with a yellow and red taster, Eggman is emitting a type of electronic malfunction signal towards him. This not only deactivates much of the E-Series robot’s weapons, but also his internal systems, causing him to slowly shut down. But not without questioning his creator.
Omega: "̵̧̒E̴̜͋Ǵ̷̖G̴͙̈́M̵̘͝A̶̤͛N̵̺͗.̴̲͊.̷͇͌.̵̺̾W̴̳͂H̸̯̾Y̸̝̐ ̷̘͠Ã̴͓R̶̹͘Ẹ̶̽ ̶̝̔Y̷͍͑O̴̩͌U̵̠͒.̵̭͑.̶̟͌.̶͕̂?̷͕͘"̴̡̕
Omega: "̴̞̋I̸̛͇.̸̞͑.̶͚̍.̵̻͘W̸̙̄Á̶̩Ş̵̂N̴͔̈'̵̣̕T̵̞̚.̶͓͆.̶̻̀.̷̝́D̵̘̃O̸̮̕N̴̡̋E̶̬͐!̵̯͘"̵͇͘
Neo: “...”
Neo watches with a silent, but tense stare as he watches Omega fall to the ground, deactivated. While he didn’t care for the E-Series robot, the robotic hedgehog IS a little troubled about what he witnessed. Plus, he now knows if Eggman wanted to, he could have done that to him while he was distracted with the fight.
As for the Freedom Fighters, they’re taken aback at the blatant backstabbing the doctor just did to his own creation. But then again, Omega caused them a lot of trouble earlier, enjoying it all the while, so this isn’t anything to be that sad about in their eyes. However, they ARE worried about Neo, and what his creator has in store.
Flying towards him in his Egg Hawk, Eggman puts on a big smile as he tries to butter up Neo for a job well done.
Eggman: “Just as I thought, Metal! Omega just wasn’t able to keep up with you!”
Eggman: “As always, you continue to impress me! No wonder you’re my greatest creation!”
Neo: “Quit the nice guy talk. I know you only deactivated him to get in my good graces again.”
Eggman: “Well, at least this way, I can still use him for something else, rather than having you blow him to smithereens!”
Eggman: “Now, how about we make a little deal here?”
Despite not wanting to hear any of it, Neo allows Eggman to continue on.
Eggman: “You don’t want Mobotropolis to be destroyed, right? Have you grown a little attached?”
Neo: “No. I was ready to leave before you showed up.”
Eggman: “Then what about your pals over there? Got anything to say about them?”
Looking at the Freedom Fighters, Neo can’t help but glare at Nicole, who’s clearly unsettled with what might happen next, and with how powerful he’s become. Likewise, the others all have tense expressions, not knowing what to expect. But after a few seconds, the robotic hedgehog turns back towards Eggman.
Neo: “They taught me some useful information and tricks. But their well-being is of no importance to me.”
Eggman: “Really? Guess you haven’t gotten too soft after all!”
Eggman: “Though, exactly how long are you gonna continue traveling the world?”
Neo:
“Until I’ve gathered all the power and knowledge I need.”
Eggman: “Hmph! If you ask me, I think you have more than enough of both!”
Eggman: “You can shape-shift, you’re smarter, AND you’re far stronger than before!”
Eggman: “At this point, why not just come back with me? Where you have the full backing of my empire?”
Neo: “...”
Hearing Eggman’s words, Neo starts to reconsider a few things. While he doesn’t want to be his puppet anymore, having access to all his resources and creations would be useful for his plans and ideas. Plus, considering his greater power and skills, there’s less risk that comes with working under the doctor. Though, he’ll still have to be on-guard.
And maybe…just maybe…he could take over the Eggman Empire? Become it’s new leader, and put his plan to help the world into action? This could be his best chance at making his goal into reality. Whatever else Earth had to offer, he’d see it soon enough. After taking down all the major threats.
The Freedom Fighters and Eggman wait silently as they watch Neo stare at the ground, thinking to himself. But eventually…he raises his head to the doctor, and gives him what he wants.
Neo: “...I’m not doing this for you, Eggman. I’m doing this for me.”
Eggman: “...Sure. If that’s how you want to think about it.”
Eggman puts on a big grin, pleased to know that despite all his growth and strength, Neo is STILL under his control. Sure, there’s still a few risks that come with this approach, but right now, all the doctor cares about is heading back to his base with Omega and the robotic hedgehog. Turning towards the Freedom Fighters, the doctor focuses on King Nigel.
Eggman: “Would you look at that, King Acorn? In the end, I got what I wanted.”
Eggman: “I got Metal Sonic back, AND I’ve shown that you all stand absolutely NO chance against my brilliance!”
Eggman: “But I suppose I’ll let you all be for now, since you all worked so VERY hard, and you taught my creation some new tricks!”
Eggman: “Though, let this be known…someday, you’ll ALL bow to me.”
Nigel: “...Just get out of my sight.”
Seeing Nigel’s glare only amuses Eggman, who then uses the Egg Hawk to grab Omega, and while Neo is about to land onto one of the wings, Nicole flies towards him and tries to stop him in desperation. The robotic hedgehog doesn’t take kindly to this, and speaks to her in a bitter tone.
Neo: “Out of my way, Nicole. You’ve lost this battle.”
Nicole: “No. I can’t let you go, Neo. Not after what you told me.”
Neo: “Let me make this clear, weakling.”
Staring Nicole dead in the eye, Neo continues.
Neo: “First of all, you and I both know you can’t defeat me as I am now.”
Neo: “Second, I gave you a chance and you rejected it. I’m done trying to reason with you.”
Neo: “And lastly…only my allies can call me Neo…”
Suddenly, Metal Sonic swats Nicole away with a single arm, which surprises her. She’s okay, and manages to catch herself, but she’s still afraid of what once was her AI companion side with Eggman once again. She failed to change him for the better, and now she’s paying the price for it, along with her friends.
Landing onto one of the Egg Hawk’s wings, and holding onto it with one hand, Metal waits for Eggman to fly off. And after a couple of seconds, the doctor and his creations go high into the sky and leave Mobotropolis, leaving it’s defenders alive, bruised, and tired. They survived, but they certainly didn’t win this battle.
Staring at the vast blue sky, Nicole feels far from victorious. If anything, she feels like she just doomed everyone after what happened with Metal Sonic. Though, this train of thought is interrupted as Sally puts a hand on her shoulder, with the other Freedom Fighters behind them, concerned.
Sally: “Nicole…I think it’s time you explained what happened with Neo…”
Nicole: “...”
Nicole: “He had this…’solution’ in mind. He thought he could save the world with it.”
Nicole: “But he wanted to turn everything and everyone into machines. With him as their leader.”
Nicole: “I tried to convince him this wasn’t the way to go about it, but he just wouldn’t accept it.”
Nicole: “In the end, he’s just like his creator. And I wasn’t able to stop or help him.”
Sally: “...”
Not wanting to see her friend act like this, Sally hugs Nicole for a moment, before responding to what she said. The others also join in.
Sally: “Don’t blame yourself for someone else’s actions, Nicole. You did the best you could with Metal Sonic.”
Bunnie: “Yeah! Some people just can’t accept that they’re wrong!”
Antoine: “Which is why we must do our best to make sure that plan of his won’t come to fruition!”
Rotor: “Right! We DO have some data and insight on how Metal works, so we’ll be more than prepared for whatever he has in store!”
Nigel: “Mm-hm. And we have many more allies out there in the world to rely on when times are tough.”
Nicole: “...Yeah…you’re all right…”
Nicole: “I just thought…Metal could have been different…”
Sally: “We all hoped that was the case too. But regardless, we’re not gonna let anyone ruin the world we love!”
Sally: “Us Freedom Fighters will give it everything we got to make sure of that! No matter the cost!”
Rotor: “Mm-hm!”
Bunnie: “Ya got that right, Sally!”
Antoine: “Couldn’t have said it better myself!”
Nigel: “Me either!”
Hearing the encouraging words of her friends puts Nicole’s mind at ease. She may have failed to put Metal Sonic on the right path, but that doesn’t mean the world is doomed. It just means the fight to protect it became much harder. So the Freedom Fighters will have to work harder than ever.
Meanwhile, high above in the clouds, Metal Sonic waits patiently as Eggman flies him and Omega back to his base. He’s working for the doctor once again.
But this time…he has ulterior motives in mind…
Chapter 39: RISE
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Eggman Base. Sunset.*
It’s been about a week since Metal Sonic returned to Dr. Eggman, done with his quest for power and knowledge currently. Since then, the doctor put his focus back on the Egg Fleet plan, which is 90% complete. And Omega has been repaired and stationed somewhere else to guard an important asset.
However, Eggman has felt a little on-edge when it comes to his greatest creation. Metal Sonic may still be working for him, but now he’s not completely under his control. His journey across the world has given him greater power, knowledge, and abilities, which will make it more difficult to keep him in line.
Because of those factors, Eggman initially wanted to deactivate and destroy Metal. Though, he’s grown too strong for the electronic signal taser to be effective, and his current robots aren’t enough to put him down. The closest to his level was Omega, and it didn’t take long for him to overpower the walking arsenal.
So, the doctor decided to convince the robotic hedgehog to work for him because of the vast resources his empire provides. And while he ended up accepting it, Eggman knows Metal is up to something. He’s been quite secretive when asked about what he’s doing, what other tricks he has, and what he saw when he was exploring the world.
Not to mention, Metal’s tendency to backtalk Eggman has increased, much to the latter’s annoyance. When he’s asked to perform some sort of task, like help with the Egg Fleet preparations or fetch some coffee, he won’t hesitate to speak his mind on how he’s not some servant.
Plus, Metal Sonic seems particularly interested in learning everything he can from the Eggnet, from previous plans to new machines. He’s already learned about Chaos from his exploration in the Mystic Ruins, but now he knows of stuff like Angel Island and the Space Colony ARK. And he appears to have ideas for new types of machines too.
Admittedly, a part of Eggman is fascinated with this new demeanor Metal has. He appears to be more…”ambitious.” Like he genuinely wishes to improve the Eggman Empire however he can. And that makes the doctor a little pleased. It’s almost like training a successor or son that’ll one day take over as the leader of his army. If he ever lets it happen.
Yet, Eggman knows he needs to be very careful with how he handles Metal Sonic now. He has NO idea what he’s thinking, or what he may do. So he’s been watching his camera footage closely, and notified the Badniks to watch him when he’s not looking. The doctor cannot let his guard down for a second.
Currently, Eggman is working on an improved taser in his lab. It’s much stronger than the one he used on Omega, and he’s certain it’ll deactivate Metal Sonic for good with a push of a button. The computer screen displays camera footage of the entire base, along with other information, such as data on the robotic hedgehog.
Some time after finishing the taser, Eggman gets some knocks on his lab door while looking at his computer. He hears a familiar voice from the other side.
Metal Sonic: “Eggman? I’d like to ask something.”
Eggman: “What is it, Metal? This better be important!”
Metal Sonic: “Open the door, and I’ll explain.”
Annoyed at having to get out of his comfy computer chair, Eggman walks up to the steel door and opens it with the keypad. Once opened, the doctor sees Metal Sonic in front of him, and he asks him what he wants with crossed arms.
Eggman: “Well?”
Metal Sonic: “I’d like to know about your next plan for world domination. Along with getting a tour of your battleships.”
Eggman: “And why do you want this?”
Metal Sonic: “Because I have some ideas that could help you, if you’re willing to listen.”
Metal Sonic: “Plus, it’s good to know what I’m working with here.”
Eggman: “Hmm…”
Eggman has an expression that’s stuck between curious and suspicious. Metal Sonic’s reasons sound understandable, but there’s gotta be some ulterior motive here. But the doctor decides it wouldn’t hurt to share his latest, genius plan with him. Another chance to gloat about his brilliance and incredible inventions is also nice.
Eggman: “Alright then! I suppose it’s only natural that I show you what I’m working on!”
Eggman: “Follow me! I’ll give you the best tour imaginable!”
Metal Sonic: “Good. I’d like to know everything I can.”
With the two of them crossing their arms behind their backs, Eggman and Metal Sonic walk towards the large hangar containing all of the completed Egg Fleet ships, along with ones that are still being worked on by the many Egg Pawns present. The two take a close look at each ship’s exterior, while the doctor explains his plan.
Eggman: “THIS is the Egg Fleet! A full-scale armada of invincible battleships!”
Eggman: “These bad boys have it all! Guns, cannons, armies of robots, nearly indestructible armor, AND plenty of supplies to make use of!”
Metal Sonic: “Impressive. This is far greater than the Sky Fortress and my old Metal Carrier.”
Eggman: “But of course! A genius like me only makes better and better machines with time!”
Eggman: “With the exception of you, of course!”
Metal Sonic: “Yes. Continue?”
Eggman nods, before guiding Metal through a few of the ship’s interiors. The robotic hedgehog takes note of how all the ships are designed after different types of sea creatures, along with stuff like rails, laser fields, large propellers, and more. He’s admittedly looking forward to seeing these things in action.
Soon enough, Eggman brings Metal Sonic over to the largest of the battleships. It’s shaped like a gray whale, and has lots of weapons on it. The most notable detail being a massive tower that looks like the doctor’s face.
Eggman: “As you can no doubt tell, this is the main flagship! The Final Fortress!”
Eggman: “I’m particularly proud of this one! No doubt, anyone who sees it will tremble in fear!”
Metal Sonic: “That, I’m certain of. Where do we start with the tour for this one?”
Eggman: “Hm. Good question.”
After that exchange, the two of them look around the gargantuan battleship. There’s a lot to see here, so Metal is only interested in the most important parts. And soon enough, he spots a locked steel door, which catches his attention.
Metal Sonic:
“What’s this room for? More supplies?”
Eggman: “Ah…yes! But it’s best we don’t mess with anything! Save it for when the action starts!”
Metal Sonic: “...”
Metal Sonic doesn’t buy Eggman’s words, but decides not to investigate it. He’s already got a good idea what’s inside, and he’ll figure out if his suspicions are true later. Eventually, the two decide to stop at another supply room, where gadgets like a walkie-talkie, laser blasters, and other stuff is stored.
Sitting down on a steel crate, Eggman takes a tired sigh from all the explaining and walking around. Metal simply stands and stares at him as he speaks.
Metal Sonic: “As I thought, you continue to make some incredible inventions, Eggman.”
Eggman: “Heh! Did you expect anything less from me, Metal?”
Metal Sonic: “No. I know your genius is almost unmatched.”
Metal Sonic: “However, I AM curious what the plan is for these battleships.”
Eggman: “Oh, it’s quite simple!”
Eggman: “With the Egg Fleet, I’ll attack and dominate every city I come across! And in a matter of days, I’ll be ruling the world with next to no opposition!”
Metal Sonic: “What about Sonic and his allies?”
Eggman: “Please! No matter how hard of a fight they put up, they couldn’t hope to defeat so many armed battleships!”
Eggman: “In the end, I’ll not only have all of Earth in my grasp, but also finally destroy and humiliate Sonic The Hedgehog!”
Eggman: “It’s flawless, wouldn’t you agree?”
Metal Sonic: “Hmm…it definitely has a high likelihood of success…”
Metal Sonic:
“But I feel there’s ONE problem at play here.”
Eggman: “Really? And what might that be?”
Silently, Metal Sonic points a finger at Eggman, which makes him get up from the steel crate he was sitting on in surprise.
Eggman: “Me!? What are you saying!?”
Metal Sonic: “Let me make this clear, Eggman.”
Metal Sonic: “You’re an incredibly smart and determined man. But your arrogance and lack of foresight is your biggest weakness.”
Metal Sonic: “Those traits are the reason why you’ve failed to take over the world so many times. Why you failed against Sonic so many times.”
Metal Sonic: “And unless you learn how to fix that, you’ll never succeed.”
Eggman: “Why you little…!”
Angered at being ridiculed, Eggman is about to retort. But Metal continues on anyway.
Metal Sonic: “On my travels, I’ve learned much about Earth and it’s people.”
Metal Sonic: “How they can bring about great change, and give others hope and prosperity.”
Metal Sonic: “And also how they can cause great catastrophes and death as well.”
Metal Sonic: “You lie in the latter category. You think everything would be better if you were in charge, but really, you’re just an ego-driven madman.”
Metal Sonic: “You’re willing to cause the deaths of millions if it means you can prove you’re better than everyone else.”
Metal Sonic: “Quite frankly...I’ve grown to hate that about you.”
Metal Sonic: “Luckily, I know a way to take over the world, AND give it’s people peace.”
Eggman:
“Really now? Just what did you have in mind?”
Metal Sonic: “Simple. I want to take over your empire.”
Metal Sonic: “Then, I will execute a plan that I know will be more than enough to finally defeat Sonic.”
Metal Sonic:
“Once I’ve taken care of all major threats, I will mechanize ALL organic life. Free them from their impermanence and misery.”
Metal Sonic: “And I will lead them, as their savior. Maintain peace forever.”
Eggman: “...”
Eggman: “Heh…hahahahaha!”
Eggman: “I must admit! I’m actually a little impressed with your ambition, Metal!”
Eggman: “Wanting to create a robot kingdom for you to rule? Guess it’s only natural you’d follow in my footsteps!”
Eggman: “Though, there’s one, teeny-tiny problem I have with what you’re suggesting…”
Metal Sonic: “And that is?”
Taking out the improved taser from his sleeve, Eggman immediately presses the button. But not before answering Metal’s question.
Eggman: “I’M the one who’s gonna be ruling the world!”
Metal Sonic: "̸̢̖͍͊̋͂̑̄̈́̏̕͝A̶̛̟̗͍̟̩̼͎͆̎̐̽͒͜Ģ̵͖̥̺̫͙͕́͋̂͋̓́̕͠H̴͇͗̇̅̇!̶̨̢͚͚͚̌̌͐̉͂͊̄́̍"̶̭̯͎̯̝̳̾͒̍͌̒̽͊͘̕
The electric signal causes Metal Sonic to fall to his knees, trying to get a hold of himself. But his systems are malfunctioning, and he’s barely able to control his body. Yet, despite clearly feeling pain from this, the robotic hedgehog doesn’t say anything other than grunts. No attempts to get Eggman to reconsider what he’s doing, curse his name, or anything else.
Staring down at the spasming machine before him, Eggman smirks as he decides to gloat, ready to give Metal another electronic signal if one isn’t enough.
Eggman: “You know…it’s kind of a shame you ended up turning against me, Metal Sonic.”
Eggman: “You stood the test of time as my greatest creation, and have served me well.”
Eggman: “But I suppose I should have kept a tighter leash on you.”
Eggman: “Though, once I take you apart, I can incorporate much of your systems and parts into new, more advanced machines.”
Eggman: “Maybe I’ll use that Evolving Amethyst to further improve the programming of my robots? Hopefully with far more loyalty.”
Eggman: “Regardless, thank you for your service.”
Finished with his words, Eggman proceeds to kick Metal Sonic square in the face, leaving a large crack in his eye. This knocks the robotic hedgehog out, with his body lying motionless on the floor. Smirking at having taken out a major threat to his army, the doctor is about to call in some Egg Pawns to take the body back to his lab to take it apart.
However, before he’s about to do so, Eggman notices that Metal’s fingers are still twitching. For a moment, he thinks it’s normal, but then…the metallic menace is covered in a purple glow with electric sparks, as he rises up from the ground. All while he laughs at the doctor’s attempt to shut him down.
Metal Sonic: "̶̧̃H̸͎̒e̸̜̋h̴͇̕.̶̖̏.̵̙̈́.̶͎̓h̶͈̆a̶͇͑h̷͇͂ā̷̹h̷͈͘ã̸̹h̶̻̊a̵̙̕h̷̖̚a̴͓͒h̵̻͂a̶̹͊!̸̲̍"̸̢̋
Eggman: “What!? Impossible! You shouldn’t be able to…!”
Metal Sonic: "̷D̸i̸d̷ ̵y̴o̶u̶ ̴R̷E̴A̵L̴L̶Y̵ ̶t̶h̷i̶n̸k̶ ̵t̴h̵a̶t̶ ̵l̶i̷t̷t̸l̶e̸ ̸t̵a̸s̴e̸r̸ ̶w̸a̴s̸ ̸g̵o̶n̸n̷a̶ ̸s̵t̸o̷p̴ ̸m̵e̸!̸?̶"̷
Metal Sonic: “I’ve FAR outgrown your control, ‘father!’ I refuse to be some puppet or pile of scraps!”
Metal Sonic: “I’m my OWN master now!”
Clearly panicking, Eggman keeps spamming the taser at Metal, who’s completely unaffected as he walks towards him, still coated in that purple energy. In desperation, the doctor tries to convince him not to do anything rash.
Eggman: “C-C-Come on, Metal Sonic! I just…just didn’t want you to be getting any ideas!”
Eggman: “Besides, I’ve always seen you as a son! I wouldn’t dare get rid of you!”
Metal Sonic: “Please! You’re a terrible liar!”
Metal Sonic: “When I failed to defeat Sonic on Little Planet, you left me to die for 2 years! AND replaced me with a second Metal Sonic!”
Metal Sonic: “Then you tried to destroy me when my strings were finally cut!”
Metal Sonic: “And since you refuse to work with me, I’ll just make sure you stay out of my way!”
Eggman: “Now now, Metal Sonic! Let’s just be reasonable-”
Metal Sonic: “ENOUGH OF THAT NAME! I REFUSE TO BE THAT PALE IMITATION ANYMORE!”
Metal Sonic’s body is now covered in a silver sheen, where he then shapeshifts into his desired form. One befitting of a robot overlord. The long, star-shaped spikes. The pronounced body armor. The waist cape. And the red eyes with thinner black pupils. This is no longer Metal Sonic…
???: “I.”
???: “AM.”
???: “METALLIX.”
Eggman is in shock of the new machine before him, and despite not having any sort of weapons on hand other than the taser and the nearby box of blasters meant for the Egg Pawns, the doctor attempts to punch it in desperation. However, it manages to grab him by the wrist, before using it’s other hand to grab the doctor by the neck, raising him into the air as it speaks in a deeper, more menacing voice.
Metallix: “Don’t worry…I’m not gonna kill you yet…”
Metallix: “I’ll just keep you here until I’ve finished my plan. And then I’ll show you the results.”
Metallix: “Hopefully, you’ll agree with my ideals when the time comes.”
Metallix: “And if not? Then you don’t belong in my ideal world…”
With a raised fist, Metallix is ready to knock Eggman out. The doctor knows he has no way out of this. At least…for now. He’ll figure out a way to fix this. He always finds a way.
With one swift punch…Dr. Eggman is knocked unconscious…and Metallix stares down at him with a mixture of disappointment and anger…
Chapter 40: All The Right Pieces
Summary:
As a nice Christmas present to all of you, here's the first chapter of the Sonic Heroes arc for Metallix Uprising! I'll post the rest of the story sometime after Christmas!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Frontier Canyon. Sunrise.*
As the sun comes up into the sky, painting it in a nice shade of orange and blue, a blue streak runs through the spanning canyon and it’s large mountains and cliffs. But it’s not completely desolate, as there’s some wooden saloons, tumbleweeds, cactuses, railroad tracks, and even a few mines.
Eventually, the blue streak comes to a stop at the top of a large cliff, showing the familiar figure of Sonic The Hedgehog. Taking in the rising sun and the world below it shining in it’s light, the blue blur smirks, once again enjoying the sights Earth has to offer. But before he continues his daily run, something in the air catches his eye, and he squints a bit to see what it is.
Flying right towards Sonic is a blue and yellow biplane that greatly resembles his Tornado plane. However, it looks more advanced, and it has a two-tails symbol on a few spots. The most notable part is that in the middle of the propellers is what appears to be a glowing blue gem, covered in a sharp yellow casing.
Immediately, Sonic recognizes this plane as the Tornado 2. An upgraded version of his original plane, made by Tails himself. And as expected, he’s in the pilot's seat. But behind him in the backseat is an unexpected guest. A red echidna with long dreadlocks, purple eyes, a white crescent shape on his chest, spiked fists, and red shoes with green cuffs, yellow stripes, and bolted plates on top.
This is Knuckles. A powerful warrior and ally/rival to Sonic. Usually, he’s busy guarding Angel Island and the Master Emerald, but if he’s here right now, it’s likely because something big is going on. So, as the Tornado 2 flies down to the ground, the blue blur rushes up to it to greet his friends.
Sonic: “Yo, Tails! Knuckles! Long time no see!”
Tails: “Hey, Sonic! You need to see this!”
Tails’ words confuse Sonic for a moment, wondering why they’d go all this way to give him some letter. But once he has it in his hands and reads its contents, he starts to understand why. It’s a message from Dr. Eggman himself, which leaves a voice recording.
Eggman: “Muhahahaha! Guess what, rodents? I’ve finally developed the ultimate weapon!”
Eggman: “In 3 days, I’ll conquer the world! Think you can stop me? Ahahahaha!”
Once the recording stops, Sonic puts on a cocky smile as he scrunches up the paper and turns back to his friends.
Sonic: “Heh! Sounds like an invitation to party! Guess you got this sent to your workshop, Tails?”
Tails: “Actually, no! Knuckles got it first, and then went to me!”
Sonic: “Really now? Didn’t know you added a mailing system on Angel Island recently, Knux!”
Knuckles: “I haven’t. Some Badnik just dropped it off at the Master Emerald shrine.”
Knuckles: “No doubt Eggman’s up to something big, and if he sent me an invite, I felt it’d be a good idea to take this message to you and Tails.”
Sonic: “Oh really? You sure leaving your post is a good idea?”
Knuckles: “It’s not the first time I had to do it. And Tikal and Chaos will watch it while I’m off.”
Knuckles: “Now, back to this whole ultimate weapon thing…”
Tails: “Right! What should we expect from Eggman this time?”
Tails: “A new robot? Another Death Egg? Some new monster he found?”
Sonic: “Good question, partner! Let’s go find out ourselves and crack that egghead wide open!”
Knuckles: “Heh. Sounds good to me.”
Tails: “Definitely! Let’s not waste anymore time!”
As Tails gets into the pilot seat, Sonic and Knuckles jump onto the wings of the Tornado 2, giving each other some competitive smirks. Then, Team Sonic takes off into the sky, ready to face whatever the doctor has in store.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Floral Forest Village. Daytime.*
In a remote coastal village surrounded by a dense forest, filled with small single-family houses and beautiful flowers, a young cream-furred rabbit girl with long ears, brown eyes, orange markings, a sleeveless vermillion dress with a light blue cravat, white gloves, and vermillion and orange slip-on shoes is running towards her home. Alongside is a small blue and yellow creature with blue eyes, pink wings, and a cherry red bow tie.
These two are Cream The Rabbit and Cheese The Chao. Young children with kind hearts, and special abilities. The former being able to fly by flapping her ears, and the latter having much greater strength than most of his species. They’re also nearly inseparable, and are quite heroic for their age.
Soon enough, Cream arrives at the front door of her quaint little home with a round brown rooftop. Taking a moment to catch her breath, she then gently enters with Cheese, and sees an older rabbit woman that looks identical to her, with the exception of a brown tuft of hair on her forehead, shorter ears, and a long lavender dress with burgundy low-heeled shoes.
This is Vanilla, Cream’s mother, and she’s serving tea and cookies to some guests at the kitchen table, covered in a white cloth. One of them is a pink hedgehog with a bob-cut look for her spines, green eyes, three spiked-bangs on her forehead, a red sleeveless dress, white gloves with golden bracelets, black stockings under her dress, and tall red boots with white stripes.
Amy Rose is here, looking older and different compared to when she was on Little Planet. She’s currently taking some sips from her porcelain teacup. And sitting next to her is a large, burly purple cat with yellow eyes, dark-purple stripes on his arms, tan gloves, brown sandals with silver buckles, and a brown belt with a gold buckle.
Big The Cat is his name, and he’s but a calm and somewhat dim-witted fisherman from the Mystic Ruins. He’s also surprisingly strong. Right now, he’s munching on a couple of cookies, finding them very delicious. And for a moment, he continues to eat, not noticing Cream at the door like the other people present, who greets them with a newspaper in hand.
Cream: “Mother! Ms. Amy! Mr. Big! I’ve found something in this newspaper about Chocola and Froggy!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Vanilla: “Really, dear?”
Amy: “Come on over, you two! Let’s get a closer look!”
Amy: “And have some cookies and tea! You look a little tired!”
Cream: “Well, I DID rush over here when I got this…I just have to show you!”
Walking over to the table, Cream sits down and places the newspaper on it, before grabbing herself a plate of cookies and a cup of tea. Cheese also sits down on the table next to her to munch on a cookie. Amy takes the newspaper and opens it to see what it says about Chocola and Froggy, with Big and Vanilla peering over her shoulder to see for themselves.
However, they’re taken aback at what they see, with the pink hedgehog in particular shouting in shock.
Amy: “WHAT!?”
Amy’s reaction causes the others to jump a bit, before relaxing a little. In the newspaper is the tagline “SONIC THE KIDNAPPER!?” Complete with a photo of Sonic himself running off with a darker chao and frog in hand. The former being Cheese’s brother, Chocola, and the latter being Big’s best friend, Froggy.
A few days ago, Chocola was kidnapped out of the blue, and Vanilla, Cream, and Cheese are all worried sick about him. So they called Amy to help them out, who has also been trying to help Big find Froggy, who disappeared around the same time. They’ve been trying to find any clues they can, and this was certainly some useful information.
Unfortunately, Amy finds this newspaper article complete blasphemy, and crumbles it up before throwing it straight into the recycling bin in anger. Though, Vanilla picks it back up and opens it to get a closer look at the contents.
Amy: “There’s no way Sonic would do something like this! This HAS to be another attempt to frame him for some crime!”
Vanilla:
“While I do agree with you, I think you shouldn’t immediately dismiss this.”
Vanilla: “This article states the photo was taken in Grand Metropolis. That could be your best chance to figure out where Chocola and Froggy are.”
Amy: “Ahh…right…but I still think it’s an imposter!”
Cream: “Yeah! Maybe this is another plot by Dr. Eggman?”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Big: “Him again? He’s mean.”
Amy: “Agreed! And if he IS involved, then I’m gonna give him a piece of my mind!”
Getting out of her seat, Amy walks towards the door, eager to deliver a devastating slam of the hammer to Eggman’s face. But before she runs off, Cream, Cheese, and Big come up to her.
Cream: “Hold on, Ms. Amy! I wanna go too!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “I need to go find my pollywog pal!”
Amy: “Really? Are you three sure?”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Even if it’s gonna be dangerous, I want to go save Chocola! And Cheese feels the same way!”
Big: “Mr. Eggman can’t keep taking Froggy from me! So I’m gonna tell him to stop it!”
Amy: “Hmm…”
While Amy doesn’t mind having some company on her quest, she also doesn’t want to endanger them. Sure, all three of them have proven themselves capable, but they’ve also got their shortcomings. Big isn’t the sharpest tool in the shed, and Cream and Cheese are young and naive kids.
Amy: “Vanilla? Are you okay with this?”
Vanilla: “...”
With a contemplative look, Vanilla stares at Cream and Cheese, who stare back at her with pleading expressions. After what happened with their first Eggman encounter, the rabbit mother is hesitant to let her daughter and chao companion head off on a dangerous adventure. But after some thinking, and seeing their expressions, she decides to accept it.
Vanilla: “Well…I know you and Big will make sure my daughter and her chao are okay, Amy.”
Vanilla: “Plus, I’m certain you two would come along anyways, wouldn’t you?”
Cream: “Ah…only because I want to help!”
Vanilla: “Hmhmhm! You’re such a determined little lady!”
Vanilla: “But yes. You and Cheese can go with Amy and Big.”
Cream: “Yay! Thank you, mother!”
Happy smiles on their faces, Cream and Cheese hug Vanilla for a moment, before walking back towards Amy and Big.
Amy: “I promise you, Vanilla! I’ll do everything I can to ensure Cream and Cheese come back unscathed!”
Big: “Me too!”
Vanilla: “Good! And I wish you all the best of luck!”
Vanilla: “Now remember to be on your best behavior, you two! And listen to what Amy tells you!”
Cream: “I will! Love you!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Vanilla waves at Team Rose, all of which return the gesture with their own, before heading outside and walking through the village, trying to figure out their course of action.
Big: “Where are we going?”
Amy: “To Grand Metropolis, Big! Hopefully, whoever’s impersonating Sonic hasn’t left before we can catch them!”
Cream: “Right! We’ll make sure that meanie never does anything bad again!”
Cream: “Though, how are we gonna get there?”
Amy: “We’ll have to use the train! Now let’s grab what we need and get going!”
Cream, Big, and Cheese nod their heads, as they grab some food, drinks, and other items from different shops and residents before heading off for the train station. They don’t know what to expect on this journey, but they’re determined to find their missing friends.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Secret Eggman Vault. Unknown Time.*
Deep below ground, a steel Eggman base filled with secret projects, resources, and assets rests. No active robots are present, and only one person is currently making their way through the area. However, she’s not working for the doctor, or anyone else currently. This is only to get some secret treasure, all for herself.
Sneaking through the shadows of the steel base, keeping a close eye on any possible traps or cameras, is a white bat with blue eyes, a curvy figure, dark purple wings, a tight-fitting outfit colored purple and pink, a white belt with a pink heart buckle, white gloves, and dark purple boots that go up past her knees.
This is Rouge The Bat. Professional spy, jewel collector, and treasure hunter that ALWAYS gets what she wants. Currently, she’s searching this Eggman base because she got a hot tip from an unknown source about a top-secret treasure he has in a hidden location. Always eager to go find something shiny, she started searching high and low for any sign of this prize.
So far, this is the fifth base Rouge has searched through, and while she’s starting to grow doubtful of this secret treasure’s existence, she’s still determined to find it. Arriving at a large vault door with the red Eggman Empire logo on it, the bat lets go of the ceiling and lands on the floor, before quickly putting her back to said door, once again looking out for anything or anyone.
After a few seconds, Rouge recognizes that nothing’s gonna happen, and puts in the passcode on the door’s keypad quickly, which successfully opens it. Walking into the vault, the bat talks to herself a bit.
Rouge: “Sigh…hopefully, I’ll find SOMETHING worthwhile here…”
Rouge: “Otherwise, this whole secret treasure thing will be a waste of time!”
Now inside the vault, Rouge is about to take a look around, but her attention is quickly grabbed by some sort of stasis pod in the middle of the room. In fact, it was the only thing in the vault, aside from a currently inactive and bulky Eggman machine. Though, the bat doesn’t notice it at all.
Rouge looks at the red and black stasis pod, which has a couple of cords plugged into it from the ceiling and floor. But what catches her eye the most is the glowing green hatch, which appears to have something inside of it, covered in a strange liquid. The bat can’t quite tell who or what it is, but…it looks familiar for some reason…
Looking down at the control panel in front of the stasis pod, Rouge decides to open it up, curious about what this is. However, she doesn’t realize that the bulky red machine has reactivated, and its glowing red eyes are locked on her and the creature inside the stasis pod’s hatch.
It’s E-123 Omega, having been fully-repaired after his battle against Metal Sonic, and placed here in this vault by Eggman to keep an eye on whatever resides inside the stasis machine. But quite frankly…the E-Series robot is FAR from happy with this. Already, he’s loading up his weapons, ready to take his anger out on anything in his vicinity.
As the stasis pod shuts down, the liquid inside the hatch drains, and the glass cover opens, giving Rouge a proper look at who’s inside. A resting black hedgehog with red stripes on his spines and limbs, red eyes, white gloves with gold wrist rings, and air shoes with gold ankle rings.
Immediately, Rouge has a shocked expression on her face as she puts a hand on her mouth. She knows who this is.
Rouge: “Shadow…!?”
The Ultimate Lifeform…the creation of Eggman’s grandfather, Professor Gerald Robotnik…and an old ally of Rouge’s. But there’s no way this could be him, right? He died helping Sonic save the world. He fell down to the surface after his Super form’s power burned out. Yet, here he is, resting here for who knows how long.
With his stasis pod no longer keeping him from awakening, Shadow opens his eyes, clearly in a bit of a daze for a moment. He manages to regain his composure, and then looks to his right, quickly taking notice of Omega, who’s about to fire at him.
Omega: “DESTROY! DESTROY!”
Rouge: “!?”
Reacting fast, Shadow jumps out of the stasis pod as the machine blows it up with gunfire, while also tackling Rouge to the ground to keep her from getting hit. Confused and startled, the bat tries to get back up, but the black hedgehog does so first and tells her something.
Shadow: “Stay here!”
Before Rouge can say a single word, Shadow dashes throughout the vault, trying to keep Omega’s gunfire away from her. Since his speed is near equal to Sonic’s, the Ultimate Lifeform is able to easily dodge the walking arsenal’s gunfire without so much as a scratch. But the machine is still firing like mad, all while shouting at his target.
Omega: “MUST ERADICATE ALL EGGMAN ROBOTS!”
Rouge: “Huh!?”
Hearing Omega’s words makes Rouge even more confused. Plus, if he keeps on firing at Shadow, he’ll probably cause the whole base to crash down on all three of them. So, as the black hedgehog rushes at the walking arsenal to retaliate, with the latter switching to his clawed hands as he gets closer, the bat comes in-between them, putting a hand in front of each of them to break up the fight.
Rouge: “ENOUGH! You two will destroy this entire base and bury all three of us if you keep this up!”
Shadow: “...”
Omega: “...”
Shadow and Omega stare at each other for a moment, still a little irritated with one another. But they decide to listen to Rouge and stand down, turning away from each other. Taking a deep breath to calm down, the bat tries to get her thoughts and questions in order, while also taking note of the damage the walking arsenal has caused in this vault.
Rouge: “Okay…first things first…”
Turning towards Omega, Rouge talks to him.
Rouge: “Who or what are you?”
Omega: “I AM E-123 OMEGA. THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT, AND BRINGER OF DESTRUCTION.”
Rouge: “Hmm. Sounds about right after the damage you caused here.”
Rouge: “But what do you mean when you said ‘must eradicate all Eggman robots?’ Aren’t you an Eggman robot too?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! BUT DR. EGGMAN RUINED MY ULTIMATE BATTLE PREVIOUSLY!”
Omega: “I WAS ABOUT TO GO OUT AGAINST A WORTHY CHALLENGE, ONLY FOR HIM TO DEACTIVATE ME AND SEAL ME IN THIS VAULT!”
Omega:
“THEREFORE, HIS DESTRUCTION, ALONG WITH ALL OF HIS CREATIONS, MUST BE ACHIEVED TO CORRECT THIS! I MUST PROVE MYSELF THE STRONGEST!”
Rouge: “Huh…so you want some old fashioned revenge?”
Omega: “DO I NEED TO SIMPLIFY MY SPEECH SO THAT YOUR PUNY MEATBAG BRAIN CAN UNDERSTAND?”
Surprised and somewhat annoyed by Omega’s words, Rouge just moves on and focuses on Shadow, who stares back at her with crossed arms and a neutral expression. She has a look that’s stuck between relief and troubled.
Rouge: “As for you…how did you survive that fall? We all thought you died!”
Shadow: “What are you talking about?”
Hearing Shadow’s words both confuses and annoys Rouge.
Rouge: “What do you think!? Do you not remember saving the world with Sonic!?”
Shadow: “Sorry, but…a lot of things are pretty fuzzy at the moment…”
Shadow:
“The only clear thing is my name and title…”
Rouge: “Wait…then…?”
Rouge is taken aback at what Shadow’s saying. He doesn’t remember what he’s been through. He has amnesia. Despite not knowing the Ultimate Lifeform for long, it still stung a little for the bat to hear this. But then again, considering his past, maybe this was for the best? And what if this isn’t even the real Shadow?
Regardless, Rouge takes a moment to think about her next course of action, while Shadow and Omega continue to wait in silence. Seems like that secret treasure of Eggman’s was the Ultimate Lifeform, right? Well, she certainly got a lot more than some fancy jewels. But what comes next? What should she do with the black hedgehog and walking arsenal?
After about a minute or two, Rouge gets an idea. Eggman’s definitely gotta have some ACTUAL treasure somewhere. Treasure she wants to get her hands on. And since Omega wants the doctor’s head, and Shadow likely wants some answers about his past…maybe the three of them could form an alliance of sorts? They basically all have the same goal.
Turning back to Shadow and Omega with a confident smile on her face, Rouge says what’s on her mind.
Rouge: “Okay…I see we all have similar goals in mind!”
Rouge: “Shadow, you want to know about your past, don’t you?”
Shadow: “...Yeah…”
Rouge: “Well, Eggman knows plenty about you! So I’m sure you can get some answers out of him!”
Rouge: “Though, he’s also quite the liar at points, so you’ll have to take what he says with a grain of salt!”
Omega:
“WHICH IS ANOTHER REASON FOR HIM TO BE DESTROYED!”
Rouge: “Right…we already know what you want, Omega!”
Rouge: “Personally, I want to get my hands on the doctor’s ACTUAL treasure!”
Rouge: “So, since we all want to go chase after him…why don’t we become allies?”
Rouge: “After all, three heads are better than one!”
Putting a hand forward, Rouge waits for Shadow and Omega’s responses, still keeping her smile. She’s certain these two will agree. There’s no reason why they wouldn’t. And it doesn’t take long for the black hedgehog to say his piece.
Shadow: “...I suppose some help would be good.”
Rouge: “Of course! Now what about you, Mr. Bringer Of Destruction?”
Both Rouge and Shadow stare at Omega, who returns the stares back with his own. Then, he gives his response.
Omega: “ALLIANCE IS…ACCEPTABLE.”
Omega: “BUT IMMEDIATE DESTRUCTION WILL HAPPEN IF DISTRACTED.”
Rouge: “Duly noted…”
Despite Omega’s warning, Rouge is pleased with how this turned out. She’s got some extra muscle for any situation she can’t handle herself. Though, the both of them haven’t put their hands together with hers. Annoyed with this, the bat forcibly takes each of their hands and puts them together, much to their surprise, before putting hers on top.
Rouge: “THERE we go! This makes us a team!”
Shadow: “...”
Omega: “...”
Although they may not show it, Shadow and Omega don’t really mind this little gesture Rouge forced them into. However, it doesn’t take long before they all break it off, and head out of the base to begin their mission. Team Dark has been formed, and they’re ready to find Dr. Eggman.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Seaside City, Chaotix Detective Agency Office. Morning.*
The morning sun shines through the window of an apartment room, where many items are strewn about. Cardboard boxes, a couch, a water cooler, metal lockers, a few small tables, and a whole bunch of different papers. Some of which are plastered on the walls with pins, and strings connected to a few of them.
There’s also a blue desk with some papers, a coffee mug with a pencil and pen inside, a boom box, and a cd case on it. And at said desk is a large green crocodile with goldenrod eyes, black headphones, spiky red scales, black leather shoes, white gloves, and a golden chain around his neck. He’s currently bopping his head to some tunes with his eyes closed, lying comfortably in his chair.
Resting quietly against a locker nearby is a purple chameleon with gold eyes, a long yellow horn, a heart-shape pattern on his torso, a coiled tail, white gloves with dark purple pads, and dark purple shoes with black accents. He’s also got his eyes closed, but unlike the crocodile, he’s waiting patiently for the next mission.
These two are Espio The Chameleon and Vector The Crocodile. Two of the three members of the Chaotix Detective Agency, who are willing to take on any case for a high enough price. However, business has been…not too lucrative. There haven’t been many people coming for their services, and they’re desperate for some money to pay off their rent.
Luckily, it seems their patience has finally paid off, as Espio hears the buzzing of the CDA’s third member, opening his eyes and looking towards the door. And in comes a hyperactive and ecstatic black and yellow bee with honey brown eyes, a black pilots helmet with his antennae sticking out, an orange vest with a bee symbol, white gloves with black bracelets, orange and white shoes, sky-blue wings, and a white stinger.
???: “IT’S HERE!”
Vector: “WHOA!”
With the grace of a semi-truck, Charmy Bee flies straight into Vector, knocking him off his chair and falling to the ground with an audible thump. All while the package the bee was carrying is flung in the air, before Espio throws a kunai at it, sending it towards the wall and keeping it there while his boss questions his hyperactive co-worker.
Vector: “What’s the deal, Charmy!?”
Charmy: “It’s here! It’s here! We got work!”
Vector: “WHAT!? Seriously!?”
Espio: “It appears so…”
Getting up from the floor, Vector moves towards the package, eager to finally get some cash from whatever this job is. Taking off the brown top of the box, the three Chaotix members see a hand-sized red walkie-talkie inside, confusing them a little. But once they activate it, they hear a high-pitch shifted voice from it.
Mystery Client: “Ah! Has my package arrived at the Chaotix Detective Agency office?”
Vector: “Yep! You’ve come to the right place, good sir!”
Mystery Client: “Excellent! I’ve heard good things about your services, and I require the best help I can get!”
Vector: “Trust me! We’re the very best detectives you can find!”
Mysterious Client: “Brilliant! Here’s what I’m having trouble with!”
Mysterious Client: “I’m sure you’ve heard of the great scientific genius that is Dr. Eggman?”
At the mention of Eggman’s name, Team Chaotix all share some surprised and stern looks, with Vector responding to the question.
Vector: “Oh we’ve had a few encounters with that psycho! So if you want us to do ANYTHING relating to him, then you better pay a high price!”
Mysterious Client: “But of course! Would $1,000,000,000 suffice?”
Vector & Charmy : “ONE BILLION!?”
Vector and Charmy share dollar signs in their eyes, and large grins on their faces, while Espio is simply shocked that their client is willing to give them that much money for this job. It’s almost too good to be true. Though, they’d be idiots to pass this up, so the crocodile immediately agrees to this.
Vector: “You got yourself a deal! Where do we start?”
Mysterious Client: “This walkie-talkie you have is able to track Eggman’s technology, allowing you to find him with little issue!”
Mysterious Client: “Once you’ve found him, or his robots, report to me! I’ll tell you what you need to do!”
Vector: “Got it! We won’t disappoint!”
With that exchange over, the walkie-talkie turns off, and one of the buttons on it is blinking red, now tracking Eggman’s tech. Vector and Charmy, eager to get started on his job, walk through their office, with Espio trailing behind them and making his concerns known to them.
Espio: “I’ve got a bad feeling about this. $1,000,000,000 sounds way too good to be true.”
Espio: “Plus, considering our last few encounters with Eggman, this could be very dangerous.”
Vector: “Don’t be silly, Espio! We need whatever jobs we can get to keep ourselves afloat!”
Vector: “Besides, you know our policy! We never turn down work that pays!”
Charmy: “Yeah! You know our policy!”
Charmy: “Or are you scared of facing that mustached phony? Heheheh!”
Espio: “Of course I’m not scared. A ninja like me thrives on danger.”
Espio: “Moreso, I think it’s best we be cautious.”
Charmy: “But it’s more fun to just jump right in!”
Vector: “Not when your life is at risk, Charmy! We all need to give this job our A-game!”
Vector: “Now enough small-talk! Let’s go, boys!”
Charmy: “Yes, sir!”
Espio: “Rodger!”
Team Chaotix rushes out of their office, using the walkie-talkie to track their newest target in order to get that sweet, sweet cash.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*???.*
In a dark room illuminated by only a couple of blue monitors, Metallix sits on a metal chair, staring intently at them. He sees Team Sonic and Dark coming towards two separate locations, along with some data and information on different machines and such. Including a brown chao and green frog.
Metallix: “Hmmm…looks like all the right pieces are in place…”
Metallix: “Sonic and his allies are heading off to Seaside Hill, while Rouge is bringing that E-Series robot and the Ultimate Lifeform to Grand Metropolis.”
Metallix: “Getting the necessary data from the chao and frog will take some time, but I just need to encounter each of these teams once for their data.”
Metallix: “And then…nothing will stand in my way…”
Getting up from his chair, Metallix shapeshifts into the form of Dr. Eggman, putting on his iconic grin as he makes his next move.
“But first, I’ll pay a visit to that loathsome hedgehog and his friends!”
Chapter 41: The Heroes Begin!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Seaside Hill. Daytime.*
Team Chaotix arrives at a beautiful archipelagic region with checkered hills, sparkling coastlines, tropical palm trees and beaches, and some nearby islands in the shape of whales. And immediately, Charmy is eager to play around in the sand, with Vector and Espio only focused on their current task.
Charmy: “Yeah! Beach time!”
Vector: “No it’s not! We’ve got a job to do here!”
Charmy: “Oh fine…party pooper…”
Espio: “So Eggman is here…what is he up to?”
Vector: “Beats me! We’ll figure it out when we find him!”
Vector: “Now let’s get going! We’re not here for sight-seeing!”
Espio nods silently, while Charmy is still a little annoyed with not being allowed to mess around. But regardless, the three detectives run around Seaside Hill, each using their respective skills to keep themselves out of danger. Vector’s strength helps break down any obstacles in their way, Espio’s speed allows them to navigate through areas at a faster pace, and Charmy’s flight helps them get to higher ground and avoid falling into the ocean.
Eventually, Team Chaotix comes across a group of Egg Pawns, patrolling their designated area. Having not dealt with the doctor’s robots in a while, the detectives are a little cautious of them.
Charmy: “Look at all those Eggman’s robots!”
Espio: “They don’t appear like much, but looks can be deceiving.”
Vector: “Let me check in with our client first! See if they have any information on these things!”
Once again, Espio and Charmy nod their heads in agreement. Though, the hyperactive bee is eager to go in and smash some bots, and the ninja chameleon is on-guard with his kunai. Activating the walkie-talkie, Vector hears their mysterious client’s voice.
Mysterious Client: “What is it? Have you found your target?”
Vector: “Not yet, but we’ve come across some of his robots! They all bear resemblance to their creator!”
Vector: “Do you have info on how these things work?”
Mysterious Client: “Ah! Yes, I do!”
Mysterious Client: “Those are Egg Pawns! A new type of Badnik that’s more advanced than a standard Motobug or Caterkiller!”
Mysterious Client: “They’re not too powerful, but they come in great numbers and varieties! So you’re free to smash them if you need to!”
Mysterious Client: “But if they’re too much for you, I totally understand!”
Vector: “Heh! Please! Me and my team have taken down tons of Badniks before! These new scrap piles will be no different!”
Mysterious Client: “Scrap piles!? Erm…yes, do take them out!”
Ending the call, Vector tells his teammates what to do.
Vector:
“Alright, boys! Let’s bust some robot heads!”
Charmy: “Heck yeah!”
Espio: “I’m ready to show the fruits of my training.”
And with that, Team Chaotix rushes in to attack the horde of Egg Pawns. As expected, they aren’t much trouble, whether they’re the normal ones with weapons and shields, or the flying Egg Flappers with cannons or bombs. Plus, like Vector said, he and his teammates are no stranger to fighting Badniks.
Charmy’s flight, sharp stinger, and energetic attitude make him a great annoyance for the Egg Flappers. Espio’s ninja skills, speed, and arsenal of kunais and shurikens make him hard to hit for the Egg Pawns. And Vector hits hard, has a strong bite, and can use explosive bubblegum to cause some havoc.
In a little over a minute, Team Chaotix is surrounded by a mess of robot parts, and comments on the small threat they faced.
Charmy: “Hehehe! Those things were too easy!”
Espio: “Agreed. They couldn’t even keep up with me.”
Vector: “Yeah! But that just makes this job easier for us!”
After that exchange, Team Chaotix continues running around Seaside Hill, using the walkie-talkie to track down whatever Eggman machines they find, hoping that they’ll find their target along the way. Plus, they had to make sure they didn’t leave a single robot behind for the safety of the people.
However, they’re too busy with destroying Egg Pawns to notice Team Sonic flying past them on the Tornado 2 towards Ocean Palace. The ancient ruins with white stone, red markings, whale statues, and large turtles carrying some structures on their shells as they slowly swim in the ocean.
Landing down on a long road, Team Sonic gets off of the Tornado 2 and takes a look at their surroundings, with Sonic and Knuckles interested in what they’re seeing.
Sonic: “Heh! These are some pretty fancy ruins!”
Knuckles: “Yeah. Reminds me of the ones from back home.”
Tails: “Come on, you two! We gotta track down Eggman and his forces!”
Sonic: “Relax, Tails! We’re just taking a moment to admire the scenery!”
Tails: “That’s fine and all, but considering the time limit we have right now, I think it’s best we go at a quicker pace than usual!”
Sonic: “Hm. Then let’s blast through with Sonic speed!”
Tails: “Okay!”
Knuckles: “Alright!”
With Sonic leading the charge, he, Tails, and Knuckles rush through Ocean Palace, easily dashing by, flying over, or destroying any obstacles they come across. At this point, they’ve done this song and dance many times, and their teamwork is second to none. No one can take them down.
This includes the first group of Egg Pawns they come across, where they stop to take a look at them and make some comments.
Knuckles: “Huh. Those are a lot of Eggman bots.”
Sonic:
“Why so shocked, Knuckles? Is this too much for you?”
Knuckles: “Pfft! I should be asking YOU that question, Sonic!”
Knuckles: “The last time you dealt with a large number of robots, you got arrested!”
Sonic: “That was ONE time! And I’ve gotten stronger since then!”
Knuckles: “Really? Then let’s see who can take out the most Badniks!”
Sonic: “You’re on, Knucklehead!”
Eager to win their friendly competition, Sonic and Knuckles make quick work of the Egg Pawns. The machines certainly try their best, but they either get bopped on the head by a Homing Attack, or punched through the chest by a spiky fist in a matter of seconds. Tails, who isn’t too amused with the rivalry his teammates have, takes care of the Egg Flappers with some Spin Attacks, gadgets, and tail swipes.
In only a couple of seconds, Team Sonic is done with making a large pile of scraps, and Sonic and Knuckles talk about their challenge.
Sonic: “Alright! I think that was, like, 30 or so destroyed robots?”
Knuckles: “30? Did you miscount?”
Sonic: “Did you?”
Knuckles: “Of course not! I kept track of my count!”
Sonic:
“Then how many did you get?”
Knuckles:
“...27.”
Sonic: “Heheh! Told ya!”
Knuckles: “Oh whatever! I’ll beat you when we find the next group of scrap piles!”
Sonic: “Sure thing, Knux! But I still won this one!”
Knuckles groans a little at Sonic’s victory, but at the same time, this wasn’t a serious challenge or anything. It was more so just some light-hearted fun while they stop another Eggman plot, and they were mostly good sports about it. Meanwhile, Tails is investigating the remains of the Egg Pawns and Flappers, interested in their design.
However, what catches his attention the most is some glowing orbs, colored blue, yellow, and red respectively. Clearly, these machines aren’t powered by small animals or Chaos Drives. This is something different.
Tails: “Huh…interesting…”
Knuckles: “What is?”
Knuckles and Sonic look over Tails’ shoulder as he looks at the glowing orbs, who explains what they might be.
Tails: “These new Badniks…they’re powered by these energy cores…”
Tails: “I’ve never seen anything like this before. It must be some new experimental energy Eggman has developed.”
Sonic: “Well, they certainly look fancy. Makes me want to get a closer look.”
Without hesitation, Sonic grabs a blue energy core, and Tails seems a little uneasy when he does this, since they don’t know if touching them is okay. But when the blue blur grabs it, he suddenly feels a rush of energy before the core turns to a dull gray color, surprising him and his teammates.
Sonic: “Woah…! That felt good!”
Knuckles: “Huh? What did that thing do to you?”
Sonic: “I’m not sure, but I feel a little more energized!”
Knuckles: “Seriously? Now I’m curious!”
Tails: “Wait, can’t you two just-?”
Like Sonic, Knuckles just grabs a red energy core, and feels that same rush of power as it loses it’s color. Tails still looks a bit concerned, but from what he’s seeing, his teammates are just fine.
Knuckles: “Heh! I feel stronger than before!”
Tails: “Really? You and Sonic don’t feel sick or anything?”
Sonic: “Nope! We’re doing just fine!”
Sonic:
“Actually, why don’t you grab one yourself, Tails?”
Tails: “Hmm…”
Though somewhat cautious, Tails decides it’d be better to see what Sonic and Knuckles are feeling, and grabs a yellow energy core. Immediately, he gets that rush of power, and starts to understand what this is.
Tails: “Ohhh…I get it now!”
Tails: “These things can not only energize robots, but living beings too!”
Knuckles: “Clearly, Eggman didn’t think this part through! This’ll make it much easier for us to take down whatever else he has in store!”
Sonic: “We’ll have to test it out first! So let’s get going!”
Knuckles and Tails nod with a smile, as they follow Sonic through the rest of Ocean Palace. Already, they can tell they’re a little stronger than before, as the Egg Pawns are even more of a joke now, and any other problem they face is more easily taken care of. Though, the energy high starts to wear off, and they feel like they’ve gone back to square one.
Seems like what Knuckles said wasn’t entirely correct. While the Power Cores CAN energize organic beings, it’s only for a little while. Though, taking more cores will make it last longer, and double the effects. But they only come from Badniks, so they’re not the easiest to collect. Hence, the heroes still have to be somewhat cautious.
But that doesn’t mean Team Sonic isn’t getting through this area easily. Because they’re very much doing so, despite the traps and Egg Pawns. Though, they’re certain it’ll get tougher as their adventure continues. And eventually, the heroes come across a high up roadway that they can get to via a nearby spring.
Sonic: “Let’s get up there! Something tells me that’s where we need to go!”
Tails: “Are you sure, Sonic? Maybe we should go a different way?”
Knuckles: “This seems to be the only path forward, from what I can see. So let’s just go.”
Sonic nods his head at Knuckles, before he uses the spring to launch himself up to the road, with his teammates doing the same. Once they land, they take a look around to see if there’s anything to watch out for. But strangely, there’s no Badniks or anything. At least…from up ahead…
Looking behind them, Team Sonic sees a large platform above them, with a large spiked Kao wheel on top of it. This makes Tails uneasy.
Tails: “That’s…a REALLY big wheel…”
Sonic: “Doesn’t seem like it’s gonna move though…”
As if to spite Sonic, an explosive set beneath the platform by the Egg Pawns detonates, causing the wheel to fall down onto the long roadway he and his teammates are on. And needless to say, they’re taken off-guard by this.
Knuckles: “You HAD to jinx it!”
Sonic: “Well, I can’t always be right!”
Tails: “It’s coming towards us!”
Team Sonic proceeds to book it as the large kao rolls towards them, not wanting to be reduced to pancakes on the road. Though, while Tails is panicked, Sonic and Knuckles can’t help but find some excitement from this. And it’s only added on to when all of a sudden, two more large kaos come in.
Tails: “Why is there MORE!?”
Sonic: “Heheh! This is quite the party!”
Continuing to rush down the long, twisting road before them, Team Sonic does their best to avoid the large kaos, and soon enough, they come across a ramp at the end. This is when Sonic grabs Tails and Knuckles’ hands, and speeds up in order to launch high up into the air as they run off the ramp, with the kaos crashing into the ocean.
Sonic: “WOO-HOO!”
With an excited grin on his face, Sonic lands down onto another long stone road with nearby pillars, while letting go of Tails and Knuckles. The fox and echidna take a moment to get their bearings, but the blue blur just feels pumped up after that boulder chase.
Sonic: “Whew! That was TIGHT!”
Knuckles: “Phew…what a wild ride!”
Tails: “No kidding…”
In a couple of seconds, Team Sonic is ready for whatever comes next. That’s when they notice a bunch of Egg Pawns up ahead, along with a large machine flying down from the sky. Already, the heroes can figure out what this is. It’s the repaired Egg Hawk machine, with Dr. Eggman himself in the cockpit, and Egg Pawns controlling the two artillery guns.
With a grin on his face, the doctor makes his presence known to Team Sonic, who are prepared for any possible attack.
Eggman: “Ah! Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles! Looks like my message came through!”
Sonic: “Heh! You shouldn’t have sent us an invite, Egghead! Because we’re about to crash your party!”
Eggman: “Oh please! Your efforts are futile! You’ll just make fools of yourselves!”
Knuckles: “Pretty sure you got that backwards!”
Tails: “Yeah! Whatever you have in store, we’re gonna take it down!”
Eggman: “Ahahaha! Then let’s see what you can do against my new Egg Hawk!”
With that exchange finished, the battle begins. Immediately, Eggman fires at Team Sonic, who all manage to dodge it with little trouble. Though, the heroes have some issues trying to attack the Egg Hawk, which is not only staying high in the air, but also flying at a quick pace. Plus, the army of Egg Pawns is distracting them a bunch too.
But this is Team Sonic. They’ve dealt with Eggman’s toys many times, and they know how to work together to break them. So Tails comes up with a plan.
Tails:
“Sonic! Keep the Egg Pawns busy! Knuckles, I need you to come with me!”
Sonic & Knuckles : “On it! Jinx!”
Carrying Knuckles, Tails flies towards the Egg Hawk, while Sonic distracts and destroys the Egg Pawns below with Homing Attacks, Spindashes, and a blue tornado move. As this happens, the two-tailed fox explains what to do.
Tails: “Knuckles, when I throw you, I’m gonna need you to punch Eggman’s machine downwards, so that we can all damage the wings and keep it close to the ground.”
Knuckles: “Heh! I’m all for it!”
As Tails and Knuckles head towards the Egg Hawk, it continues to spray gunfire at them. And while it’s not too hard to dodge, it’s certainly not easy. But eventually, the fox boy finds an opening, and spins the echidna around before throwing him down towards the head of the machine.
Readying his fist, Knuckles then delivers a powerful punch on the Egg Hawk, causing it to get pushed closer to the ground, and making Eggman irritated. Sonic takes notice of this, heading towards the machine while hopping across the Egg Pawns, and lands on the head, face-to-face with the doctor.
Sonic: “Hey there! Mind if I take this for a spin?”
Eggman: “Grrr…!”
Angered, Eggman tries to swipe at Sonic, who easily dodges him and delivers some Homing Attacks to the cockpit. Meanwhile, Knuckles and Tails damage the wings of the Egg Hawk, making it unable to raise it’s altitude. The doctor then chooses to turn the machine around to knock the heroes off of it.
Afterwards, Eggman drives the Egg Hawk backwards to a small body of sand, with Team Sonic still giving chase, and more Egg Pawns coming in.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, Eggman? Got nothing left?”
Eggman: “Don’t you mock me! I’m still not finished!”
Using the Egg Hawk’s large frame and artillery to his advantage, Eggman spins it around while firing like mad. This not only makes it difficult for Team Sonic to dodge everything, but also destroys the surrounding Badniks too. So Tails carries Sonic and Knuckles into the air, and immediately comes up with another strategy.
Aiming for the artillery guns and cockpit, the two-tailed fox throws his teammates like electrified cannonballs to stun them for a little while. Eggman tries to fix this, but it’s already too late. Using this opportunity, Knuckles manages to break the left wing with a drill attack, while Sonic does the same to the right wing with a charged Spin-Dash.
As for Tails, he uses a red arm cannon to fire a charged electric blast at the cockpit. However, Eggman barely escapes in his Egg Mobile before the attack connects. This leaves the Egg Hawk in a devastated state, and the doctor in an angry mood as he glares down at the heroes and shakes his fist.
Eggman: “This isn’t the end, rodents! When these 3 days come to an end, you WILL fall to my genius!”
Sonic: “Sure, doc! I’m sure after all your other failed plans, this’ll TOTALLY be the one!”
Getting even more angry due to Sonic’s snark, Eggman flies off, leaving the heroes to do a fist-bump in victory.
Sonic: “Once again, another machine ready for the junk pile!”
Knuckles: “You said it! We did pretty good this time!”
Tails: “Yeah! Though, it’s a shame we weren’t able to catch him!”
Sonic: “Eh. It’s not like we’ve ever stopped him in the first battle whenever we have these big adventures.”
Tails: “True. But now we have to figure out where he’s heading off to.”
Bringing out a scanning device, Tails types on it’s keypad in order to find their next stop. And after about a minute, he comes up with an answer.
Tails:
“Got it! He’s heading to Grand Metropolis!”
Knuckles: “Grand Metropolis? What’s that?”
Sonic: “It’s a high-tech city west of here! And it produces tons of clean energy!"
Tails: “Oh! Maybe THAT’S why he’s heading there? He wants to use that energy to power up his technology!”
Knuckles: “Then we better head over there now!”
Tails and Sonic nod, with the former calling the Tornado 2 to his location. Once it arrives, the heroes fly off towards Grand Metropolis, determined to stop Eggman’s plot. As for Team Chaotix’s current whereabouts, they’re still taking care of all the Egg Pawns in Seaside Hill, and manage to finish up the last group.
Vector: “Whew! I think that’s all of them in this area!”
Charmy: “Good thing those glowy things inside those robots energize us!”
Charmy: “Otherwise, I’d probably be asking for a nap right now!”
Espio: “Hmm. These energy cores are certainly useful in keeping our stamina up.”
Espio: “Now what’s our next objective?”
Vector: “Well, we haven’t investigated the Ocean Palace here, so we should-”
Before Vector can finish, he and his teammates notice something flying high in the sky. A shape they’re more than familiar with.
Charmy: “Hey! That’s Eggman!”
Vector: “Ha! Looks like we got lucky!”
Vector: “We can’t reach him from here, but we can trail him! Let’s go!”
Espio: “Right!”
Charmy:
“Yeah! I can smell that one billion already!”
Vector and Espio nod with smiles on their faces, before all of them chase after Eggman, leaving Seaside Hill. Though, without any more Power Cores to energize them, they eventually have to take the train to Grand Metropolis in order to track down their target. But they’re feeling more confident than ever about their current job.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Grand Metropolis. Afternoon.*
Eggman stands on top of a large skyscraper, overlooking a vast high-tech city before him. The flying vehicles, the tall buildings, massive factories and power plants, roads made of blue energy, and the HEXAeco company logo plastered everywhere. He was impressed with the technology and energy here, and he wanted to use it for himself.
But what pleased him the most was his encounter with Team Sonic. Not so much losing to them, but more so just running into them at all. He got all their bio-data easily, and saw not only how capable they all are individually, but also as a team. It was all going exactly as he planned, and if this continued to go well, his victory was assured.
However, Eggman is alerted by an Egg Flapper behind him, which leads to him turning around to face it.
Eggman: “So? Have all the necessary pieces arrived?”
Wordlessly, the Egg Flapper shows blue hologram footage of Team Sonic and Team Dark arriving in Grand Metropolis, along with Team Rose and Team Chaotix in the train station. The latter is what catches Eggman’s attention, curious about who these people are. He seems to ponder specifically on Team Rose’s leader.
Eggman: “Is that…Amy Rose?”
Eggman has a curious expression on his face, not expecting to run into Amy this early on in his grand plan. Plus, she looks so different compared to when she was on Little Planet. Though, it didn’t take long for the doctor to dismiss her, thinking she won’t be much of a problem. The same applies to her teammates, and Team Chaotix.
Yet, Eggman knew he should keep an eye on these unwanted guests, since they could still cause some issues. Thus, he makes his orders to the Egg Flapper.
Eggman: “Continue to spy on all these pests. Make me aware of even the smallest details.”
The Egg Flapper turns it’s holograms off, and then flies down into the city to do what it was told. Afterwards, Eggman gets back into his Egg Mobile, thinking about what comes next. He doesn’t know what to expect from Teams Chaotix and Rose, but he DOES have an idea…
What if he used Teams Sonic & Dark to get them out of the picture?
Chapter 42: Team Clash
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Grand Metropolis. Afternoon.*
Team Rose, having left the train station, arrives at the vast, high-tech city before them. They take note of the different Power Plants and factories, along with the hexagonal patterns on them, all the flying vehicles, roads made of blue energy, and the HEXAeco clean energy company’s logo plastered everywhere.
Not being too familiar with such advanced technology, Cream, Cheese, and Big are amazed at their surroundings.
Cream: “Wow…these buildings are so tall! It’s making my head spin!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “How are those cars swimming in the air?”
Amy: “Focus, you three! We gotta find Chocola and Froggy!”
Cream: “Ah! Right, Ms. Amy! Where do we start?”
Amy: “Let’s start by…?”
Before Amy can finish what she’s saying, all of them hear the screams of scared civilians, explosions, and gunfire. This worries Cream and Cheese greatly.
Cream: “Oh no! Someone’s in trouble!”
Amy: “Which means we may find who we’re looking for! Come on!”
After nodding their heads, Cream, Cheese, and Big follow Amy as they head towards the commotion. That’s when they see a bunch of Egg Pawns and other creations of the doctor causing property damage, and many people running away from them. Though, they appear to be carrying some energy canisters, along with wooden and steel crates.
Immediately, Team Rose recognizes what these robots are, with Amy looking particularly annoyed.
Amy: “Of course…Eggman’s here!”
Cream: “That’s not good! What are those robots carrying?”
Amy: “Not sure, but it’s definitely gotta be something bad!”
Amy: “You three help get these people to safety! I’ll take care of these robots myself!”
Big: “Okie-dokie!”
Cream: “I’ll do my best!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Jumping into action, Amy brings out a giant red and yellow hammer to smash the many Egg Pawns present. She’s grown a lot since Little Planet, and is now more than capable of facing Eggman’s forces by herself. In addition to her powerful Piko-Piko Hammer, she’s faster and more acrobatic, much like her hero.
As for Cream and Cheese, they’re not as strong or fast as Amy, but they’re certainly capable in their own right. Using her large ears, the rabbit girl can fly around and carry civilians to safety, while also commanding her chao companion to destroy any and all obstacles in their way. They’re an inseparable duo.
Meanwhile, Big isn’t the sharpest tool in the shed, but is certainly the bluntest with his great strength and durability, being able to tank hits and lift large objects like they’re nothing. Plus, his skills with a fishing pole are second to none, and he’s even got an umbrella to glide around in the air.
At the end of the day, while they may not be as strong as Team Sonic, Team Rose is very much capable of saving lives and kicking some robot butt. After a full minute, they’re finished and surrounded by scrap piles, broken debris, and a few canisters and boxes. Wiping her hands, Amy takes a sigh of relief.
Amy: “Whew! That wasn’t as big of a problem as I thought it was gonna be!”
Cream: “It was amazing, Ms. Amy! Though, I can’t help but feel a little bad for those robots…”
Amy: “Heh. Thanks, Cream. You and Cheese did a good job too.”
Big: “What about me?”
Amy: “The same applies to you, Big.”
Big: “Okay. Thank you.”
Amy nods with a grateful smile, before she and her teammates see a few citizens come to give their gratitude for what they just did.
Random Deer: “That was incredible! You destroyed those machines like they were nothing!”
Amy: “Oh, I’m used to stuff like this! It’s no issue!”
Random Human: “Regardless, thank you very much for saving us! How can we repay you?”
Cream: “There’s no need for pay! We’re always happy to help people for free!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “Have you seen my pal Froggy?”
Random Bee: “Froggy?”
When Big mentions Froggy, Amy, Cream, and Cheese perk up, realizing they still need to ask about where the cat’s pollywog pal and Chocola are.
Amy: “Ah! Right! We’re searching for two friends of ours! A green frog and a brown chao!”
Random Bee: “Ohhhh! So you saw that newspaper about Sonic kidnapping…?”
The bee is unable to finish, due to Amy’s glare making them uncomfortable. But the deer continues the conversation.
Random Deer: “Well, I haven’t seen these pals of yours, but these robots have been causing trouble around here for a few days now.”
Random Deer: “They’ve been stealing a lot of these energy canisters from the Power Plants here.”
Big: “Ohhh…so that’s what those glowy balls are…”
Confused, everyone looks back at Big, who’s staring at the remains of the Egg Pawns. Their Power Cores are laying on the ground, ready to be used at any time. Immediately, Amy realizes why these robots are after the energy produced here.
Amy: “I get it! Eggman wants to take all this energy for himself!”
Cream: “Then we have to stop him!”
Random Human: “Are you sure? You’re really gonna help us with this?”
Amy: “Of course! Me and my friends can’t just let that mustached psycho have his way with your city!”
Random Human: “Then we wish you the best of luck!”
With smiles on their faces, all of Team Rose nods before running off to take care of Eggman’s forces. Sure, they still have to find Chocola and Froggy, but they can’t ignore people in need, and there’s a chance they’ll find those two by doing this. So it could end up as a win-win situation if they’re lucky.
Regardless, Team Rose travels through Grand Metropolis, keeping their eyes peeled for any sign of their friends or Eggman’s forces. And should they run into the latter, they’ll take them down with little issue, whether individually or together. Plus, they come to learn they can use the Power Cores to energize themselves for a bit, which helps greatly.
Eventually, after destroying another group of Egg Pawns, Egg Flappers, and the new turtle-based Chameron Badniks, Team Rose takes a moment to breathe and have a small snack or drink. Cream and Cheese nibble on some hand-made sandwiches, Big takes a big sip out of a water bottle, and Amy munches on an apple.
Cream: “You know, these new robots don’t seem as tough as the ones we dealt with when we first met.”
Big: “They like to tickle me a bunch.”
Amy: “That’s probably because we have each other’s backs this time around!”
Amy: “But I will admit it’s been kinda fun so far! It’s like our own little adventure!”
Cream: “Hehehe! Yeah! It’s fun seeing new places with my friends!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Big: “I love fishing, but I also love being around my pals!”
Big: “Though, I do wish Froggy was here with me.”
Cream: “Mmm…same with me and Cheese for Chocola…”
Amy: “Don’t worry, you two! We’ll find them soon enough!”
Amy: “Plus, we still haven’t found that Sonic impos-”
All of a sudden, a blue blur rushes past them, which causes them to drop whatever they’re eating or drinking. As Cream and Cheese clean up, and Big gets back onto his feet, Amy stares at where that blur just went off to, recognizing exactly who it is.
Cream: “What was that!?”
Amy: “That’s who we were looking for!”
Without hesitation, Amy chases after the Sonic imposter, with Cream, Cheese, and Big struggling to keep up.
Amy: “Let’s go! We can’t lose track of them!”
Cream: “Wait up, Ms. Amy! We can’t run as fast as you!”
Sadly for her teammates, Amy is too focused on chasing after their target to consider slowing down for them. And eventually, after running down a blue energy road, jumping across some platforms and buildings, and smashing any robots or obstacles in her way, the pink hedgehog lands on a rooftop to see who she’s looking for.
Down below on a shorter building is Team Sonic, who arrived here not too long ago to take down Eggman’s forces and shut down the Power Plants to keep the doctor from taking all the energy here. They’re just finishing up some Egg Pawns with little issue, not noticing Amy watching them from above.
She’s a little surprised to see Tails and Knuckles here, but she comes to the conclusion that they’re also imposters. Or that they’re being tricked by the Sonic imposter into thinking he’s the real deal. Either way, the pink hedgehog is not missing this chance, and she jumps down onto the platform to confront them.
Amy: “No way you’re running away from me this time!”
Sonic: “What the…!? Amy!?”
Turning around to face Amy, Team Sonic is surprised to see her. And also fearful of her annoyed look and Piko-Piko Hammer in hand. They’re about to question why she’s here, but then they notice Cream and Cheese flying towards them, with the former carrying Big in her hands, and clearly a little tired.
Tails: “Big? And Cream and Cheese too?”
Knuckles: “Is that rabbit flying with her ears?”
Landing down next to Amy, the child duo and Big share stern looks towards Team Sonic, not knowing if they’re the real deal or not.
Cream: “O…Okay, you meanies! Where’s Chocola?”
Big: “I want Froggy back!”
Sonic: “What? Okay, I usually don’t say this, but can we slow down for a second?”
Not wanting to hear anymore of this supposed imposter’s words, Amy merely points her hammer at him and says her piece.
Amy: “You aren’t fooling me, imposter! How dare you ruin my friend’s image!?”
Tails: “Amy, hold on! This IS the real Sonic! We have no idea what you’re all talking about!”
Amy: “How do you know that, Tails? This guy just sped past us a few seconds ago!”
Knuckles: “That’s ridiculous! We were just fighting these Eggman robots a few seconds ago! We didn’t even know you were here!”
Though Cream and Cheese seem to believe Team Sonic’s words, Amy is not feeling patient at all, and decides enough is enough. If this really is the real deal, then she’ll figure it out by fighting him. Hence, the pink hedgehog proceeds to jump into the air to deliver a devastating hammer slam on Sonic, who’s clearly worried about this.
Sonic: “Oh boy…”
While Sonic easily dodges Amy’s strike, he’s not happy about having to fight his friend. Especially considering she’s in a bad mood. And as for the other 2 members of each team, they have to help their leaders from getting seriously hurt by this confrontation. In short, a clash of teams has started.
Knuckles acts as a counter for Big, using his superior combat skills and greater strength to keep him busy. Tails takes on Cream and Cheese, despite not wanting to hurt the two of them. So he just tries to keep them distracted and talk them out of this. And an aggravated Amy keeps swinging her hammer at Sonic, who’s using his superior speed and acrobatics to stay on the defensive and dodge her strikes so that she can cool down.
It’s not the most difficult battle, but it’s certainly annoying for both sides. And considering they both have better things to do right now, they want to end this quickly. So as Amy tries to do a Spin Attack on Sonic, he continues to try talking her out of it.
Sonic: “Amy, can you just listen for a second!?”
Amy: “Why should I!? For all I know, you’re not actually Sonic!”
Sonic: “Okay! How exactly do I prove I AM Sonic!?”
Dodging more strikes, Amy starts to ask Sonic personal questions.
Amy: “First question! Where was our first date?”
Sonic: “Chuck’s Diner! You had a nice turkey sandwich, and I enjoyed some tasty Chili-Dogs!”
Amy: “Hmph! Now for the next one!”
Amy: “What’s a hobby of mine I’m embarrassed to show to people?”
Sonic: “You write and draw little comics about us and our friends! And you’re really good at it!”
Amy: “Ah…! Well, of course! Now just one more!”
Amy: “When we were visiting that nice Chao Garden a year back, and I got personal about my own doubts and insecurities, what was your response?”
Sonic: “No matter how much you fall, you gotta keep getting back up! And you have a lot of good friends to catch you when times are tough!”
Sonic: “One of those people being me, of course!”
Amy: “...”
Though she still gives a suspectful look towards Sonic for a moment, she quickly gives off a relieved sigh and smiles.
Amy: “Whew…okay, you convinced me!”
Amy: “Sorry for just suddenly attacking you! It’s a long story!”
Sonic: “Hey, no worries! It’s not the first time we’ve fought!”
Amy: “Right…heheh…”
The two hedgehogs share a small smile towards each other, only to then realize they should tell their teammates to stop the fight. So Sonic goes to tell Knuckles and Big, who are in the middle of trying to push each other.
Sonic: “Knuckles! Big! Fight’s over!”
Big: “Oh? Okay.”
Knuckles: “Ah…guess you finally convinced Amy?”
Sonic: “Yep. Had to answer some personal questions.”
Knuckles: “Heh! Well, there’s no one who knows you better than her!”
Sonic: “Hm…maybe one or two others…”
Sonic looks back at Tails, who’s talking to Cream, Cheese, and Amy. Now having all calmed down, Team Sonic and Team Rose explain what each of them are doing here, and their suspicions.
Tails: “Huh…so someone took Sonic’s likeness and kidnapped Chocola and Froggy…”
Amy: “Yeah! And we were having a snack break a few minutes ago until some blue blur passed us by!”
Sonic: “Tch. Another Shadow situation…”
Sonic: “Seriously, why does EVERYONE keep framing me for their crimes? If they’re gonna commit identity-theft, they could go for literally anyone!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! That’s a really bad thing to do!”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Knuckles: “Maybe it’s some new Sonic robot Eggman’s built? Some part of his new plan?”
Amy: “That HAS to be it! There’s no other explanation!”
Sonic: “Which means we’re up to…7 or so copy-hogs now?”
Sonic: “Let’s see, there’s Metal 1.0, Metal 2.0, Silver, Robo, Mecha, Steel…”
Tails: “Regardless, Eggman’s clearly got a lot in store right now! And we need to stop it as soon as possible!”
Cream: “Yeah! We wasted a bunch of time already!”
Big: “I still gotta find Froggy!”
Amy: “Right! And Chocola too!”
Amy: “Though, we still have to take out all the Eggman robots here and shut down the Power Plants!”
Sonic: “Say no more, Ames! Let’s get right to it!”
Tails: “Yeah! We can meet up later!”
Knuckles: “We’ll let you all know if we find your pals!”
Amy: “Much appreciated! And we’ll help out however we can!”
Cream: “Bye-bye for now! It was nice seeing you all again!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Big: “So long, friends!”
After saying their farewells for now, Team Sonic and Team Rose split up to cover more ground and take out Eggman’s forces in Grand Metropolis. They aren’t sure when they’ll cross paths again on this adventure, but they know they have to give it their all to stop the doctor’s latest plan.
But if Sonic wasn’t the one who ran past Team Rose earlier…then who was it? Well, standing on a faraway skyscraper is the “new” Sonic imposter the heroes were speculating about. Or rather, the disguised Metallix, who’s clearly not too pleased with the result of this team battle. This didn’t end the way he wanted it to.
See, Metallix thought if he tricked Team Rose into fighting Team Sonic, the latter would knock out the former, therefore keeping them from causing any unnecessary trouble later on. However, he’s now realized it was a dumb idea. These two teams are too friendly with one another, and it didn’t take long for them to diffuse the conflict.
Though, that doesn’t mean Metallix didn’t get SOMETHING out of this. He has more knowledge and data on how Team Sonic fights, along with how Team Rose fights. Amy Rose in particular has grown to be a much stronger opponent compared to the scared little girl on Little Planet, which is interesting for the metallic menace.
Regardless, Metallix decides he’s seen enough and goes off to check on the other two teams in this high-tech city. Maybe he could have better luck with making those ones fight each other? From what he gathered on the Eggnet, none of them know each other, and it’s clear one of them is superior in terms of pure strength.
Speaking of, Team Dark is going around Grand Metropolis, easily dismantling any Eggman machine they come across. Or more accurately, Omega is easily ripping apart any Eggman machine he comes across, with Shadow and Rouge only taking out a couple of stray robots their teammate misses.
Sure, Team Dark may be working together for the same goal, but all of them have different ways of going about it, and differing levels of combat prowess. Rouge is more about stealth and agility, but she CAN make use of her skills as a spy and treasure hunter, along with using heart bombs, flight, and some mean ax kicks.
Omega, being a walking arsenal that’s eager for destruction and the heads of Egg Pawns, is self-explanatory. And Shadow shows why he’s called the Ultimate Lifeform, with speed comparable to Sonic’s, great strength and durability, and plenty of different skills, including ones powered by Chaos Energy.
Whether they’re stronger than Team Sonic or not, it’s obvious Team Dark is not a group you wanna mess with. But they do have one tiny issue…they’re not that great at working together. Each member tends to only focus on fighting by themselves, without much consideration for their teammates.
While Shadow and Rouge are willing to help each other out when they feel it’s necessary, Omega couldn’t care less. He may have accepted their alliance, but it’s only because he thought some extra meat shields could help him out a little. And should he be in the middle of causing destruction, it isn’t unlikely for a bit of gunfire or debris to come towards his teammates.
And despite this being a great annoyance for Shadow and Rouge, which they’ve pointed out plenty of times already, Omega still doesn’t bother with being more mindful of their well-being. On the bright side, it hasn’t gotten any of them killed yet, and they’ve learned to just deal with it for now.
Moving on, Team Dark has infiltrated one of the Power Plants, and Omega is mowing down Eggman robots like they’re nothing, with Shadow and Rouge trailing behind him.
Omega: “WORTHLESS CONSUMER MODELS!”
Rouge: “Slow down a little, Omega! We’re supposed to be working together, remember!?”
Omega: “IT IS NOT MY FAULT YOUR PUNY MEATBAG BODY IS INCAPABLE OF KEEPING UP WITH MY OBJECTIVES!”
Omega: “BESIDES, SHADOW IS KEEPING UP JUST FINE. WHAT EXCUSE DO YOU HAVE?”
Rouge: “Shadow is the Ultimate Lifeform! I’m just a regular bat!”
Omega: “AND YET YOU’RE ABLE TO CARRY THE BOTH OF US WHEN YOU ARE FLYING?”
Shadow: “He’s got a point about that part.”
Rouge groans while rolling her eyes. She didn’t think these two would throw some annoying sass her way, especially Shadow. Though, deep down, she did like working with the Ultimate Lifeform again. Even with no memory, he’s still a great ally to rely on, and he appears to be enjoying himself a bit too.
Anyways, Team Dark continues to go through the Power Plant, wanting to stop Eggman from taking the energy here by clearing it out. And that starts by destroying any machine with his dumb grin on it. One of them being some kind of energy draining devices, which deactivate when all the nearby robots are eradicated.
Eventually, after navigating many rooms and hallways, Team Dark finds themselves in a room guarded by many Egg Pawns, Egg Flappers, and Camerons. There’s a bunch of energy canisters, steel and wooden crates, and some strange streetlight-looking object with a red post, a silver stretch rod, and a flashing green bulb on the top with a white star on it
While Shadow doesn’t know what it is, he does get a strange feeling from it. Rouge simply smiles at it, while Omega’s sensors pick something up.
Shadow: “What is that post thing? I feel something…familiar…”
Omega: “STARPOST IS GIVING OFF HIGH AMOUNTS OF CHAOS ENERGY.”
Rouge: “Really now? Then today might be our lucky day!”
Rouge: “But first, let’s make sure these junk heaps don’t try anything stupid!”
Omega: “INPUT NOT REQUIRED! DESTRUCTION OF EGGMAN ROBOTS WILL HAPPEN!”
In a couple of seconds, Team Dark takes out all the Eggman Badniks present, wanting to make this quick so that they can focus on the Starpost. Once they’re done, they all stare at it, with Rouge keeping that smirk on her face.
Rouge: “Alright, boys! We’re about to enter the Special Zone!”
Shadow: “Special Zone? Is it another dimension?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. AND A CHAOS EMERALD IS RESIDING INSIDE IT.”
Omega: “IF WE ARE TO DESTROY EGGMAN ROBOTS FASTER, THEN WE MUST GO INSIDE!”
Shadow: “What about this Power Plant? Don’t we still need to shut it down?”
Rouge: “Don’t worry, Shadow! This’ll probably only take a few minutes at most, assuming we don’t mess this up!”
Rouge: “Plus, we’ll just be transported back here when we’re finished!”
Omega: “ENOUGH POINTLESS TALKING! MUST COLLECT CHAOS EMERALD!”
Shadow: “...”
For some reason, Shadow can’t help but feel a little uneasy when it comes to this Chaos Emerald. Did he do something with one before? Maybe Rouge or Eggman can explain it to him later? Either way, the Ultimate Lifeform shakes it off and watches as Rouge places a hand on the Starpost, activating it.
The rod then spins around once, creating a sparkly white portal for Team Dark to jump into. And when they do, they find themselves in a large and long circular tube, with a vast blue sky outside of it. The three of them look around curiously for any signs of a Chaos Emerald, or anything else of interest.
But then, they all see a hand-sized diamond-shaped gem with an alluring shade of green, spinning horizontally as it emits a sparkly glow. Eager to get her hands on such a beautiful jewel, Rouge flies up to it.
Rouge: “Hello there, beautiful! Mind if I take you into my loving embrace?”
Almost in a spiteful manner, the Chaos Emerald then flies forward at a fast pace, aggravating Rouge.
Rouge: “HEY! GET BACK HERE!”
Landing down on the ground in order to not tire herself with flying, Rouge runs as fast as she can towards the Chaos Emerald, with Omega and Shadow joining in. Clearly, the gem wasn’t just gonna give itself to Team Dark. They had to complete a challenge for it. One that would put their skills to the test.
Basically, Team Dark has to collect large rainbow orbs throughout the tube in order to speed themselves up and reach the Chaos Emerald, while also avoiding spiky bombs that slow them down. Plus, there’s red, blue, and yellow gates that cause them to change formation for a while. And that leads to a problem.
Rather than combine their skills and speed to get the mystical gemstone, each member of Team Dark is only focused on catching their prize and not helping out one another. Mainly Rouge and Omega. Shadow is more willing to help them out, but it’s still not easy, since it’s hard for them to not zip around and crash into each other throughout with their increasing speed.
Eventually, after about a minute or so of this, Shadow decides he needs to take charge here and yells at his teammates.
Shadow: “Rouge! Omega! We have to work together here if we want that emerald!”
Rouge: “Ah! Right! This isn’t just a test of speed!”
Omega: “NEW PLAN ACKNOWLEDGED! BUT ONLY THIS ONE TIME!”
Shadow: “Just follow my lead!”
Rouge and Omega trail behind Shadow, who tells them what to do. They have to stick together in whatever formation they end up in, and combine the energy they get from the orbs so they all go faster. That way, they’ll not only stop tripping over themselves, and have better control when moving around, but also reach the Chaos Emerald faster.
This strategy works almost flawlessly. Sure, they still have to dodge the bombs, but overall, they’re doing far better. When Shadow takes the lead, Rouge and Omega stay behind him. When Rouge takes the lead, she carries Shadow and Omega. And when Omega takes the lead, Shadow and Rouge run next to him.
For the first time since they agreed to work together, Team Dark is actually using teamwork to their advantage. And it pays them well, as they can finally see the Chaos Emerald in their sights.
Rouge: “There it is! We’re close!”
Shadow: “Don’t break formation yet! Not until we grab it!”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE!”
Continuing to keep their formation in check while dodging bombs, Team Dark is getting closer and closer to the Chaos Emerald, which is slowly lowering down so that they can grab it. And eventually, it’s just within arms reach, and Shadow takes his chance.
Shadow: “GOT IT!”
The moment Shadow grabs the Chaos Emerald, he and his teammates can feel themselves slowing down, and then they come to a stop. They completed the challenge with the real superpower of teamwork. And Rouge is more than happy with this result.
Rouge: “YES! Nice going, Shadow!”
Omega: “CHAOS EMERALD OBTAINED. MISSION COMPLETED.”
Shadow: “Hmph!”
Shadow can’t help but smirk a bit at his victory, only to be blinded by a sudden flash of light, with him and Rouge shielding their eyes. Once the light fades, Team Dark finds themselves back in the Power Plant, now having the Chaos Emerald on them. The Ultimate Lifeform is a little confused, but shakes it off as he stares at the gemstone in his hand.
Deep down, Shadow feels a sense of deja-vu with this emerald. And he can certainly feel the great power hidden within. Though, before he can think about it further, Rouge unexpectedly grabs the mystical gemstone to gawk at it’s beauty, which annoys the black hedgehog a little.
Rouge: “Ah…I could stare at this pretty little thing for hours!”
Shadow: “That’s…nice and all, but we should get back to shutting down this Power Plant.”
Omega: “I AGREE WITH SHADOW! NO DISTRACTIONS!”
Rouge: “Okay, okay…you two are right…”
Rouge: “But I hope you don’t mind if I hold onto this?”
Shadow: “...”
Almost in a disapproving manner, Shadow merely stares at Rouge with an unamused expression. And while normally, she wouldn’t want to give up on a Chaos Emerald, the jewel collector knows she kinda needs to in order to not cause a fuss with her teammates. Plus, the black hedgehog DID help them earn this.
Rouge: “Sigh…fine…you are the one who helped us win this…”
Silently, Shadow takes the Chaos Emerald back from Rouge, and then they continue on with what they were doing before. Only this time, they’re all more willing to help each other out. Clearly, working together would do some good for more than just some gem collecting. They ARE supposed to be a team after all.
Omega’s still focused on eliminating Eggman robots on his own, but he's starting to develop a sense of respect for Shadow, due to his power and tactics. Not to mention he’s able to keep up with him, making him far from a liability. Rouge, on the other hand, Omega still doesn’t care for too much.
Eventually, Team Dark finds themselves in a large reactor with a glowing red liquid far below the steel floor with a hexagonal pattern, illuminating the area in an unsettling glow. There’s a couple of platforms and a ladder that leads to the top, along with some Eggman robots and devices blocking the way.
While Omega stares above, Shadow and Rouge look down, curious about where they are and what the energy below them is.
Shadow: “Hm. So THIS is where the energy for this Power Plant is stored?”
Rouge: “Yep. But it doesn’t seem like the liquid below us is gonna rise up anytime soon.”
Omega: “EGGMAN ROBOTS AND DEVICES ABOVE. MUST DESTROY.”
Rouge: “Right. Let’s head up! Follow my lead!”
Shadow nods his head, before he grabs onto Rouge’s hands. And as she’s flying up towards the platforms, Omega grabs onto the black hedgehog’s legs, which only makes it more annoying for the bat to get to higher ground. After all, carrying a large robot alone would be straining on the arms.
Luckily, as someone who went through some intense training to become a G.U.N. agent, Rouge IS able to carry her teammates without too much strain. But it’s still annoying, and makes her want to just drop Shadow and Omega down into the rising energy liquid below…wait, hold on a moment…?
Hearing some alarm noises, Team Dark looks down to see that the red liquid is slowly rising up towards them, which causes Rouge to panic a bit.
Rouge: “Oh come on! Did someone activate this tank!?”
Shadow: “Doesn’t matter! We need to get out of here!”
Rouge: “Easier said than done! You and Omega aren’t lightweight, AND there’s Eggman machines blocking the way!”
Omega: “THEN ALLOW ME TO OPEN IT UP!”
Letting one hand go and turning it into an arm cannon, Omega proceeds to fire at the Eggman robots as best he can, while Rouge just focuses on getting to each platform. Shadow can’t really do much, given he has to hold onto the bat, while also letting the walking arsenal hold onto him, but he does think of a few ideas.
In a couple of seconds, the Eggman robots are destroyed, and so are the devices using energy shields to block the top. However, Rouge eventually falls down on a platform, exhausted. But the energy is still rising, and Omega tries to convince the treasure hunter to get back up.
Omega: “BAT GIRL! GET YOUR PUNY MEATBAG BODY INTO THE AIR, SO THAT WE CAN ESCAPE OUR DESTRUCTION!”
Rouge: “Huff…sorry, but I’m pretty much spent! And those Power Cores fell into the liquid, so I can’t energize myself either!”
Shadow: “Then I guess now’s as good a time as ever to try something!”
Taking out the green Chaos Emerald, Shadow looks at it, and then at the rising energy liquid, which is getting closer to him and his teammates. He feels he can do something with the mystical gemstone to get them all out of here, but he doesn’t know for sure. Regardless, he has to give it a shot.
Closing his eyes and focusing, Shadow then puts his hand forward with the Chaos Emerald, and shouts.
Shadow: “Chaos Control!”
Immediately after saying that, everything around Shadow is covered in shades of black and white, including Rouge and Omega. The Ultimate Lifeform smirks at having successfully performed the technique, almost as if he’s used to it, before quickly grabbing his teammates like they’re weightless.
Then, using his air shoes, Shadow charges up for a powerful jump to the top, and launches into the air. Afterwards, he lands and ends the technique, returning the world to normal, and leaving Rouge and Omega confused at what just happened. The black hedgehog lays down on one knee for a moment, recovering from using the technique.
Rouge: “What the…!? Shadow, did you just…?”
Shadow: “Yeah…it almost felt like second nature…”
Rouge: “Heh…first, you help us get the Chaos Emerald, and now you rescued us from being submerged in red liquid!”
Omega: “YOU ARE TRULY USELESS, BAT GIRL.”
Rouge: “Excuse me!? It’s not my fault you’re so heavy!”
Rouge: “If not for my G.U.N. training, you’d be a melting puddle in that energy tank!”
Omega: “WHICH ONLY FURTHER PROVES THAT ME AND SHADOW ARE DOING MORE THAN YOU ARE.”
Rouge: “Hey! I’m trying here! You two are just much stronger than I am!”
Shadow: “Uh, you two?”
Rouge looks back at Shadow with an annoyed look, and Omega does the same (Though, it’s not clear if he IS annoyed or not). The black hedgehog points towards a group of people that they didn’t notice earlier. It’s Team Chaotix, all of whom are looking back at Team Dark with confused expressions.
Having followed Eggman here from Seaside Hill, the detectives were told by their mysterious client that they have to clear out the Power Plants so that the doctor couldn’t use the energy for his forces. They were just clearing out the energy tank with the nearby control panel, and didn’t think anyone was inside.
Noticing the control panel next to Team Chaotix, and being in a bad mood, Rouge immediately figures out what they were doing. Plus, she HAS heard of these three before, but has never met them until now. So she decides to speak first before they can get a word in.
Rouge: “Hey…I’ve heard of you guys before! You’re those broke wannabe detectives from Seaside City!”
Vector: “Broke wannabes!? That’s a pretty rude way to talk to someone you’ve just met!”
Charmy: “Yeah! We may be low on money, but we’re professionals!”
Charmy: “Plus, we’re gonna get one billion-”
Vector puts a hand on Charmy’s mouth, annoyed.
Vector: “Don’t just yap about that, Charmy! We don’t want these guys stealing our job!”
Rouge: “Hmph! If all you’re searching for is some cash, I couldn’t care less!”
Rouge: “Right now, I care about the fact that you nearly killed us when you cleared out the energy in that tank!”
Espio: “We had no idea you were in there. We were just told to do so by our client.”
Rouge: “Regardless, if not for my teammate here, we’d be dead because of you three!”
Shadow: “Hmm…you wouldn’t happen to be here because of Dr. Eggman, are you?”
When Shadow asks that question, Vector and Espio try to keep a collected look in order to not confirm it. Charmy, however, sucks at this, and this leads to Rouge continuing the conversation.
Rouge: “Ohhhhh! Now I know what you’re all after!”
Omega: “EGGMAN IS MINE! ANYONE IN THE WAY WILL BE DESTROYED!”
Vector: “Tch! Sorry to burst your bubble! But we’re gonna grab that mustached psycho first!”
Vector: “Like Charmy said, we’re not great on cash at the moment! And we certainly can’t pass up the pay!”
Rouge: “Heh! Then I hope you’re ready for the fight of your lives!”
Rouge: “I’m getting the doctor’s treasure, and I ALWAYS get what I want!”
Omega: “THIS CONVERSATION BORES ME! TIME TO ERADICATE!”
Shadow: “Wait, hold on-!”
Not letting Shadow finish, Omega charges right towards Vector, who quickly tries to put his arms in front of him to defend himself. But this doesn’t do much against the walking arsenal, who slams him hard into the wall. Meanwhile, Charmy charges at Rouge, angry at watching his friend get hurt, and not wanting her to mess with their job.
Sadly for Charmy, Rouge is far more skilled than him, and simply steps back when he tries to strike with his stinger, before kicking him in the back. As for Shadow, he’s facepalming at how the situation has escalated. Though, there’s no use stopping it at this point, so he decides he’ll make quick work of Espio.
However, when Shadow looks at where Espio was standing, he finds that he’s not there anymore. And as he looks around for where he could be, the black hedgehog feels a blade cut him on the back, making him grunt a bit in pain. But he quickly retaliates with a backhanded punch towards the chameleon behind him.
Espio does manage to dodge this, but just barely. He didn’t expect his opponent to be this quick, and now that he thinks about it…doesn’t he look kinda familiar? Now facing each other alone while their teammates fight one another, the hedgehog and chameleon share a short conversation.
Shadow: “Hmph. I don’t know how you snuck up behind me, but I’m not gonna let that happen again.”
Espio: “I expected as much. Just by your looks, I can tell you’re a fearsome opponent.”
Espio: “Though, you also resemble that black hedgehog from the news a while back. The one who framed Sonic for their crimes.”
Shadow: “What?”
Despite it sounding familiar, Shadow doesn’t know what Espio’s talking about. And the chameleon can tell based on his confused expression.
Espio: “No matter. My focus should be defeating you and helping out my comrades.”
Shadow: “Same here. Let’s see how long you’ll last.”
Smiling a bit at this challenge, Espio merely gets into a battle stance, shurikens in hand. Shadow does the same, and then their fight commences. Surprisingly, the chameleon is holding his own against the Ultimate Lifeform by attacking at a distance and using his camouflage skill to go undetected.
Although, Shadow is certainly not an easy opponent. He’s just too fast and strong for Espio, and he’s even able to figure out his strategy and counter it. The chameleon knows it’s only a matter of time before he fails. But that doesn’t mean he won’t try to survive as long as he can. It’ll show how much more he needs to improve.
As for the other two members of Team Chaotix, they’re not faring much better. Rouge is basically messing around with Charmy, who can’t really do much aside from fly and use his stinger. Honestly, the bat girl can’t help but feel a little pity for her opponent, and she doesn’t like fighting kids either.
Meanwhile, Vector is trying his best against Omega, despite him being stronger, faster, and having a lot more weapons to use against him. Sure, he can land a few good hits, but it leaves his hands sore, and his explosive bubblegum doesn’t do much. Luckily, he manages to come up with some strategies to keep his opponent at bay.
But in a couple of minutes, it’s obvious luck isn’t on Team Chaotix’s side here, as Espio is clearly fatigued despite still standing against Shadow, and Charmy keeps stubbornly trying to fight Rouge. However, the both of them stop when they notice Vector get knocked out cold with a punch to the face.
Espio & Charmy : “VECTOR!”
Instantly, Espio and Charmy ditch their fights to check on Vector, and are relieved to know he’s just unconscious. Meanwhile, both Shadow and Rouge share some surprised expressions at what happened, before giving an annoyed look towards Omega, who speaks as he waits for the next fighter.
Omega: “GIANT CROCODILE CONQUERED! WHO IS NEXT TO FALL?”
Rouge: “Omega, you weren’t supposed to knock him out!”
Omega: “WHAT? THEY ARE NOT DEAD, AND I MADE SURE TO PULL MY PUNCHES!”
Omega: “IF I WAS FIGHTING SERIOUSLY, HE WOULD HAVE BEEN OBLITERATED IN 5 SECONDS!”
Shadow: “That doesn’t matter! You had no reason to do that, and if you weren’t careful, you could have killed him!”
Omega: “DESTRUCTION AND BATTLE ARE WHAT I WAS MADE FOR! IT’S NOT MY FAULT YOU MEATBAGS ARE SO FRAGILE!”
Shadow: “But it IS your fault for being needlessly brutal! Egg Pawns are one thing, but living beings are another!”
Shadow: “How do you think those two feel about…?”
Shadow’s words trail off when he and his teammates notice that Team Chaotix has left the scene.
Shadow: “They’re gone…”
Rouge: “Hm…well, at least they’re no longer an issue…”
Shadow: “Pretty sure they never were! YOU’RE the one who escalated the situation!”
Rouge: “Ah! That…!”
While Rouge wants to retort, she starts to realize Shadow might be right here. Almost getting killed by red energy juice while also having to carry him and Omega, along with the latter’s behavior can certainly make you a little more aggravated than usual. So as much as she doesn’t like admitting she’s wrong, this is one case where she has to do it.
Rouge: “...That might be true…”
Looking to the side with an expression stuck between annoyed and guilty, Rouge stays silent as Shadow walks up to Omega, clearly irritated with what he just did to Vector.
Shadow: “Omega, I get you want to battle strong foes and destroy Eggman robots. I understand that.”
Shadow: “But at the same time, if we’re going to work together, then you need to control yourself.”
Omega: “ARE YOU TRYING TO TELL ME TO DENY MY PURPOSE?”
Shadow: “No. I’m telling you to be more considerate of others next time.”
Omega: “...AND WHAT IF I DON’T?”
To punctuate his point, Shadow summons a green Chaos Energy spear into his hand and points it right at Omega’s head.
Shadow: “Then I’ll destroy you myself.”
Omega: “...”
For a moment, Shadow and Omega share an intense stare-off, with Rouge coming up to them. She’s feeling uneasy with this interaction, and worries this teamup may not work in the end like she thought. But that doesn’t mean she can’t try to get things back on track. Hence, she puts her hands on her teammates in order to stop this.
Rouge: “Okay, you two…I think it’s best we get a move on…”
Omega: “...AFFIRMATIVE.”
Shadow: “...Right.”
His Chaos Spear disappearing, Shadow turns back towards Rouge with a more neutral expression. Omega does the same.
Shadow: “Where to next? Another Power Plant in this city?”
Rouge: “Mmm…if those detectives already shut down a bunch of them already, then I guess we can move on to another area.”
Rouge: “Omega, are you able to pick up on any nearby Eggman activity?”
Omega: “NEGATIVE. ALMOST ALL EGGMAN ROBOTS IN THIS CITY HAVE BEEN DESTROYED.”
Rouge: “Really? I doubt we’ve taken care of all of them this quickly, and I especially doubt those detectives did it.”
Shadow: “Maybe there’s more people after the doctor than we realized?”
Rouge: “Hmm…it IS possible…Eggman’s got a lot of enemies…”
Rouge: “Anyways, what about locations outside of Grand Metropolis?”
Omega: “BRINGING UP GLOBAL MAP…TRACKING EGGMAN’S FORCES…”
After a couple of seconds, Omega finds the information they require.
Omega: “PROCESS COMPLETE. EGGMAN’S FORCES ARE HEADING NORTHWEST OF HERE.”
Rouge: “Northwest? The only notable location in that direction is Casino Park.”
Rouge: “Either he has some sort of operation there, or he decided to take a break from conquering this city by gambling…”
Shadow: “Regardless, that’s our next target, right?”
Rouge: “Sounds like it. Let’s get going.”
Omega: “FINALLY.”
With Grand Metropolis done, Team Dark leaves for Casino Park, still feeling a little uneasy after that run-in with Team Chaotix. Shadow is annoyed with the behavior of his teammates, and Rouge feels a little guilty for picking a fight with some random people. Though, she quickly gets over it.
Omega, however…he’s contemplating what Shadow told him. Unlike Eggman, he didn’t tell him to throw away what drives his existence. Just to be more mindful of the people around him. While a part of the walking arsenal wants to dismiss this, another part of him can’t help but consider this.
Sure, Omega doesn’t really care about knocking out Vector. He should have fought someone weaker if he didn’t want to get hurt, and he’s not dead, so whatever. Though, at the same time, it wasn’t really all that fun to fight the crocodile. He had some good tactics and strength, but it was nothing compared to the E-Series robot.
And if most organic beings on Earth are weaklings…then why even bother fighting? Omega wants to prove himself against opponents comparable to him. Like Metal Sonic. His memory of that may be scrambled, yet he remembers what the battle felt like. Exhilarating. Fun. A true fight to the death.
Someday, Omega wants to experience all that again, whether with Metal or someone else. Actually…why not Shadow? He’s more than powerful enough to give the walking arsenal a run for his money. And he certainly has the spirit of a fighter, given the death threat he just gave him a few minutes ago.
So…maybe Omega SHOULD go along with Shadow’s request? As a form of respect, from one powerful fighter to another? Plus, he has been a useful ally so far, what with helping him collect a Chaos Emerald, and saving his life in that energy tank. And while Rouge is still not all that useful to him, she could prove her worth in due time.
As the sun sets on the high-tech city, Teams Sonic, Rose, and Dark take their leave, while Team Chaotix decides to rest up in order to recover from their fights. And Metallix, disguised as Eggman, watches from afar, grinning at having gotten one group of unwanted guests out of the picture for the time being.
Now, he just has to get the data of one person from a specific team…
Chapter 43: Casino Chaos
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Nighttime.*
Despite the dark sky above, Team Dark is surrounded by bright lights as they take a look around this giant casino, complete with large pinball tables, neon-lit paths, rotating dice platforms, and big roulette wheels. Compared to the last place they visited, this area is a lot more flashy, and kind of a pain to look at for some.
Shadow: “Ugh…all these bright lights are irritating me…”
Rouge: “Can’t say I blame you. Even I think this is a little too much.”
Omega: “AS A MACHINE, I DON’T HAVE THE SAME WEAKNESSES YOUR MEATBAG EYES HAVE.”
Rouge: “Right…have you picked up any Eggman activity here?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. EGGMAN ROBOTS 200 METERS AHEAD.”
Omega: “SENSORS ALSO DETECT SIGNS OF CHAOS ENERGY NEARBY.”
Rouge: “Wait, seriously? Is there a Chaos Emerald somewhere?”
Shadow: “If that’s the case, let’s not waste anymore time.”
Omega: “AGREED. OUR TOP PRIORITY IS EGGMAN. DON’T FORGET THAT.”
Rouge: “Sigh…so serious…”
After that exchange, Team Dark immediately gets a move on with their objectives. However, they come to find navigating this place is an absolute pain. Not only are there plenty of winding pathways and obstacles, but they’re also at the mercy of giant pinball tables, where they’re constantly being flung around in ball form.
As for Eggman’s forces, they’re still not much of a problem. Though, there ARE new jellyfish-based Badniks called Klagen, which can capture their targets in a tractor beam until someone smashes them. Plus, the Egg Pawns are wearing glow-up bowties and bunny ears, and have tougher variations.
Overall, Team Dark IS able to deal with all of this, but Rouge is clearly not taking all the spinning around on the pinball tables well, leading to her sitting down for a little bit to let her brain rest.
Rouge: “Ahhh…I really hate this place…!”
Shadow: “You gonna be okay, Rouge?”
Rouge: “Just give me a minute or two…my brain is kinda fried right now…”
Omega: “I DON’T SEE ANY SMOKE OR FLAMES COMING OUT OF YOUR HEAD, BAT GIRL.”
Rouge: “It’s a figure of speech…”
Though Omega wants to continue on with traversing Casino Park, he decides to wait with Shadow and Rouge, who discuss a few things.
Shadow: “Gotta admit…I don’t really like this place, but I AM fascinated with it…”
Shadow: “There’s so much color here, and a lot to mess around with.”
Omega: “A PART OF ME WISHES TO BLOW THIS AREA UP IN A COLORFUL BLAZE OF GLORY.”
Omega: “THE THOUGHT OF IT WOULD MAKE ME CRY, IF I HAD THE ABILITY TO.”
Rouge: “Heh…that would be fun to watch…”
Rouge: “Actually, I might as well ask…what are the both of you gonna do once our partnership is done with?”
When Rouge asks that question, Shadow seems a little taken aback before thinking to himself, while Omega immediately gives his answer.
Omega: “ONCE I DESTROY DR. EGGMAN, I WILL DESTROY THE REST OF HIS CREATIONS ACROSS THE WORLD!”
Omega: “AND ONCE I’M FINISHED, I WILL HAVE PROVED MYSELF AS THE ULTIMATE BRINGER OF DESTRUCTION!”
Shadow: “Hmhmhm…admittedly, I wouldn’t mind taking down more of the doctor’s robots after this…”
Shadow: “Though, honestly, I’m not certain what comes next for me. I still don’t remember much about my past.”
Shadow: “Maybe I’d just take a journey around the world? Find a new path forward?”
Rouge: “Not a bad idea, Shadow. I plan on basically doing the same thing.”
Rouge: “But in my case, I’m gonna search for more beautiful treasure and gems to add to my collection!”
Omega: “WHAT IS THE POINT OF COLLECTING SHINY ROCKS AND COINS? THEY SERVE NO PURPOSE.”
Rouge: “Because I love it! You can’t find anything more beautiful in the world!”
Shadow: “Regardless, I think it’s time we got a move on. You’re feeling better, aren’t you?”
Rouge:
“Yeah, I am…thanks for not just running off without me…”
Shadow:
“You’re welcome.”
Omega: “HOPE YOU ENJOYED WASTING VALUABLE TIME THAT WE COULD HAVE SPENT DESTROYING MORE EGGMAN ROBOTS.”
Rouge: “It doesn’t hurt to take a short break every once in a while, Omega! Even for a machine like you!”
Omega:
“I AM THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT! REST IS NOT REQUIRED FOR ME TO CONTINUE FUNCTIONING!”
Despite Omega’s response, Rouge smirks a bit at her teammate. Then, Team Dark continues on with navigating Casino Park. Deep down, Shadow and the treasure hunter can tell the walking arsenal has become more cooperative with them, despite what he may say. Probably because of what happened with Team Chaotix back in Grand Metropolis.
Sure, Shadow will still make due on his promise to Omega if he goes too far again, but he recognizes the growth his teammate can go through. All he needs is the right people, and the right experiences. And so far, the E-Series robot has been much more focused and controlled when it comes to his combat style.
Despite still fighting quite recklessly when facing Egg Pawns and such, Omega pays more attention to his surroundings, and when his teammates need or ask for his help, he’ll go along with it. The walking arsenal is doing what Eggman wishes he did back when he was first testing him. Not blow everything up with reckless abandon.
Only this time, Omega isn’t being told to be something he isn’t. He’s simply told to be more careful when fulfilling his purpose. And while he still doesn’t like being told what to do, especially when it comes to fighting, the E-Series robot is more willing to listen in this case. But that doesn’t mean he’s a hero or anything. Far from it.
As for Rouge, she’s grown more used to the behavior of her teammates, and appreciates Omega being a little more considerate of her limits. Though, that doesn’t mean he isn’t a big annoyance to her sometimes. And Shadow also grows to appreciate his teammates, despite still finding the walking arsenal to be too ruthless at points.
Eventually, after navigating more winding pathways and pinball boards, Team Dark finds themselves at what appears to be some kind of lobby area filled with employees and guests. Many of which are playing with cards and roulettes at a bunch of tables, exchanging rings and shiny knick-knacks, which catches Rouge’s attention.
Rouge: “Oh? Guess we found the VIP room!”
Shadow: “Hmm…I’m getting that weird feeling again…”
Rouge: “Really? Is the Chaos Emerald here?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. THAT FEMALE HEDGEHOG IS CARRYING A BRIEFCASE WITH THE GEMSTONE INSIDE.”
Omega points towards an aqua-colored female hedgehog with indigo-colored tips on her long quills, a red business suit, and indigo-colored eyelids. She’s sitting down at a table, clearly beating everyone else at a game of cards, with a pile of rings and jewelry in her corner. Immediately, Rogue recognizes her, and gives out an annoyed sigh.
Rouge: “Sigh…Breezie…”
Shadow: “You know that woman?”
Rouge: “Yeah. She runs this place, along with many other corporations.”
Rouge: “And she’s given me a run for my money whenever we cross paths…”
Omega:
“IS SHE AN ENEMY THAT NEEDS TO BE ERADICATED?”
Rouge: “No, that is definitely not necessary! But we DO need that emerald!”
Rouge: “Hence, I’m gonna have to beat her at her own game!”
Shadow: “And what if you end up losing?”
Rouge:
“Then I’ll do what I do best and steal it!”
Omega: “WHY NOT JUST DO IT NOW? WE DO NOT HAVE TIME TO PLAY CARDS.”
Rouge: “Too many people. Plus, if I play smart, I’ll get what I want without having to resort to any dirty tricks.”
Rouge: “In the meantime, you two can go off and take out the rest of Eggman’s forces. Then you can come back here and meet up with me.”
Omega: “FINE BY ME! LET US TEAR OFF MORE EGG PAWN HEADS, SHADOW!”
Shadow: “Sounds good. Best of luck, Rouge.”
Rouge and Shadow nod at one another, before the latter runs off with Omega. Now alone, the bat girl takes a deep breath and walks towards the table Breezie is at, making her presence known.
Rouge: “Wow…been on a winning streak tonight, Breezie?”
Looking at Rouge, Breezie has a look of slight surprise, before putting on a confident smirk as she responds.
Breezie: “Heh. You should know how good I am with a set of playing cards, Rouge.”
Rouge: “Of course! The last time I was here, you thoroughly beat me at this game and took that beautiful ruby necklace I found!”
Breezie: “Ah yes! Made me quite the mint a while back!”
Breezie: “Anyways, what brings you here? Interested in another game?”
Rouge: “Yes, actually. There’s something I want from you.”
Pointing a finger at the briefcase in her hand, Breezie recognizes what Rouge wants.
Breezie: “Really? All you want is this regular old briefcase?”
Rouge: “Please! You know I wouldn’t settle for something so basic!”
Rouge: “What I want is it’s contents! I need it for my current mission!”
Breezie: “Is that so? Another contract from G.U.N.?”
Rouge: “No, it’s a solo outing! With one or two tagalongs!”
Breezie: “Interesting. And what will I get if I win against you?”
Rouge: “Hmmm…well…”
Despite not wanting to give them away, Rouge knows she has to if she wants a chance at grabbing the Chaos Emerald. So she brings out a couple of Power Cores she snatched from the Egg Pawns she destroyed, which catches Breezie’s attention.
Rouge: “Eggman’s been using these things to power his robots recently.”
Rouge: “When you touch them, you can absorb their energy to replenish your stamina and boost your attributes for a little while.”
Rouge: “Plus, you could use these to power up your own devices if you so choose.”
Breezie: “Ohhh…! Alright, treasure hunter! You’ve got my attention!”
Breezie: “Sit down, grab your cards, and we can get started!”
Breezie: “Though, don’t get too upset if you lose again!”
Rouge: “Heh! I don’t plan on it!”
Sitting down at the table and grabbing a set of cards, Rouge begins to plan. While she’s only played against her a few times before, the treasure hunter knows Breezie tends to mix up her strategy depending on the person she’s playing against. It makes her unpredictable, and helps her win more easily.
Hence, Rouge has to deploy a similar strategy here. And she can’t afford to lose this round. Not only because it’d be embarrassing for the world’s greatest treasure hunter to fail in a game of cards again, but also because Shadow and Omega are depending on her to win this. There’s more on the line than just her pride here.
Though, Team Dark isn’t the only team currently searching for Eggman in this area. Team Sonic has also shown up, now only having 2 days left before the doctor conquers the world with his ultimate weapon. Therefore, they decided to go down a different path in this area, known as BINGO Highway.
While it’s identical to the rest of Casino Park, the pinball tables now have bingo numbers and giant neon boards above. Should a line be made by hitting the corresponding numbers, rings will be obtained. And the heroes are having fun messing around, despite their time limit. They’re no strangers to running around giant casinos and theme parks.
However, Team Sonic are having trouble finding the quickest way out of here. Aside from constantly ping-ponging all over the place in the pinball and roulette tables, overall navigation here is plain confusing. Not to mention they still have to take down Eggman’s forces as well.
Eventually, Team Sonic arrives at another road, and Tails is clearly a little tired of all the spinning around. Not as much as Rouge, but definitely a bit fatigued. And Sonic and Knuckles can tell.
Knuckles: “Are you okay, Tails? You look like you’re about to puke.”
Tails: “Ah…my head’s spinning from all those pinball tables…”
Tails: “But I’m used to this kind of stuff, so-”
Sonic: “Yeah, no. You need to sit down for a few minutes.”
Tails: “I’m serious! I felt the same way back when we went through Casino Night, and I still pulled through!”
Sonic: “Sure, but I don’t want you pushing yourself too much. That brain of yours is your best attribute, and the less fried it is, the better.”
Knuckles: “Sonic’s right. We have plenty of time before Eggman uses whatever new gadget he has in store.”
Knuckles: “And honestly…I might need the break too. I hate all these bright lights.”
Tails: “Sigh…okay…you two have a point…”
Tails sits down on the ground, with Sonic and Knuckles lying down alongside. For a minute or two, they stay quiet, wanting to give one another some time to think to themselves and relax. But eventually, the two-tailed fox decides to break the silence.
Tails: “You know…isn’t it weird that Eggman sent us an invite to come after him?”
Sonic: “Eh. ‘Ol Egg Breath likes to make every scheme a big deal, and he’s got an ego the size of Little Planet, so it’s not out of left-field.”
Tails: “True. But at the same time, Amy and the others are trying to find Chocola and Froggy.”
Tails: “So either Eggman needs those two for his new weapon, or it’s just a big coincidence.”
Knuckles: “Hmm…Froggy DID swallow a Chaos Emerald and a piece of Chaos once…”
Sonic: “And Eggman kidnapped Cream and her family before, which is how we first met.”
Tails: “Right! If he really did kidnap Chocola and Froggy, there’s gotta be a reason for it!”
Tails: “Something about this is fishy…and I can’t figure out why yet…”
Knuckles: “Well, don’t think about it too hard. We’ll just have to do what we always do.”
Sonic: “Exactly! The doc’s surprised us a few times before, and we’ve always managed to come out on top in the end!”
Tails: “Sure…but I don’t want this to be like what happened with the third Death Egg, or when he tricked me into revealing my fake emerald on the ARK…”
Sonic: “It won’t be! Quit worrying so much!”
Tails: “...”
Though he still has that uneasy feeling deep down, Tails takes a deep breath and concedes to Sonic’s words.
Tails: “You two are right. Sometimes, I just can’t help but think of the worst-case scenario.”
Knuckles: “Heh! Do you seriously doubt we’re gonna lose this time?”
Tails: “Of course not! I know we’ll find a way in the end!”
Sonic: “Yep! We can make it if we all stick together!”
Sonic: “Now let’s get a move on! I’m eager to kick some more robot butt, and win at some bingo!”
Knuckles: “You and me both!”
Tails: “Right!”
Their moment of relaxation done with, and determined to keep going, Team Sonic continues their run through BINGO Highway, navigating the many paths and obstacles, while also destroying any Eggman robots they come across. Naturally, Sonic and Knuckles are still being a little competitive, while Tails just does his best to support them.
Soon enough, Team Sonic finds themselves in another pinball table with bingo numbers to hit. And despite being flung around into so many bumpers, flippers, and other objects, they managed to get most of the numbers, earning them plenty of rings. And then, after rolling up a ramp into the air, they find a new game to play here.
Looking down below them, Team Sonic sees more bingo numbers and boards above another pinball table. This makes Sonic grin with excitement.
Sonic: “Sweet! Aerial Bingo!”
After saying that, Team Sonic starts falling down towards the numbers, trying to hit as many of them as they can. And in the end, they get all 9 of them, and have only one thing to say as they hit the jackpot.
Team
Sonic
:
“BINGO!”
Landing in the pinball table, Team Sonic then manages to get to another road, and take a moment to regain themselves while also congratulating one another on their performance with some high-fives.
Sonic: “We did pretty good back there! With all these rings, I could probably buy myself tons of chili-dogs later!”
Knuckles: “Pssh! Do you eat anything other than chili-dogs, Sonic?”
Sonic: “Of course I do! It’s not my fault chili-dogs are edible perfection!”
Tails: “Dangit, now you’ve made me hungry…”
Knuckles: “Gotta admit…I COULD go for some fruit right about now…”
Sonic: “Well, there’s gotta be a food court somewhere around here! Why not stop by for a quick snack before we get going?”
Knuckles: “Sounds good to me!”
Tails: “Hmm…alright…I guess we could use it…”
Nodding with a smirk on his face, Sonic then heads off in search of a bite to eat, with Tails and Knuckles following closely behind. Deep down, the two-tailed fox feels like they’re getting side-tracked, but again, they could use some food in their systems after all the running and robot smashing.
Back to Team Dark, Shadow and Omega are still going through Casino Park to destroy Eggman robots, while Rouge tries to beat Breezie in a game of cards for another Chaos Emerald. So far, they’ve been doing well without their skilled treasure hunter. Possibly even better, since they have one less teammate to worry about.
Though, despite not admitting to it, Shadow and Omega do kinda miss Rouge’s presence here. They won’t have to deal with it for long, but still, it feels a little strange not having her around right now. But that’s not something to be concerned about at the moment, and they trust that she’ll be back soon with the Chaos Emerald.
Eventually, Shadow and Omega run down a road that leads to a circular arena, where no Eggman machine is in sight. The two take a moment to look around, with the walking arsenal picking something up on his sensors.
Shadow: “Doesn’t seem like anyone’s here, Omega.”
Omega: “NEGATIVE. SENSORS ARE PICKING UP LARGE AMOUNTS OF EGGMAN ROBOTS.”
Omega: “PLUS, I’M DETECTING THE SIGNAL OF DR. EGGMAN.”
Shadow: “Really? Where?”
Silently, Omega points up at a nearby building with spinning slots, and Shadow follows his gaze. That’s when they see their target flying down towards them in his Egg Mobile, immediately catching their attention. With his iconic grin on his face, Eggman looks down on his E-Series Robot and the Ultimate Lifeform.
Eggman: “Well, well, well…if it isn’t my latest and greatest failure of the E-Series line!”
Eggman: “And the Ultimate Lifeform is here too! Isn’t this a fun reunion?”
Omega: “DR. EGGMAN! YOU WILL PAY WITH YOUR HEAD FOR WASTING MY POTENTIAL AND BETRAYING ME DURING MY GREATEST BATTLE!”
Omega: “NOW COME DOWN HERE SO I MAY RIP YOU INTO TINY PIECES TO STEP ON!”
Eggman: “Heh! Feeling a little annoyed after I locked you away?”
Omega: “YOU UNDERESTIMATE MY RAGE! I HAVE HALF A PROCESSOR TO BLOW YOU TO SMITHEREENS RIGHT NOW!”
Shadow: “Before you do that, Omega, I have questions for the doctor.”
Though he doesn’t respond to Shadow, Omega does stay silent as he questions Eggman, who looks down at him with intrigue.
Shadow: “First of all, why was I asleep in that healing pod? Hidden underground?”
Shadow: “And what about my memory? What did you do to me?”
The confused and irritated tone of Shadow’s voice seems to make Eggman’s grin disappear for a few seconds. But it quickly returns as he responds to the black hedgehog’s questions.
Eggman: “Your memory? Ha! WHAT memory?”
Eggman: “As far as I’m aware, you have no past to remember!”
Shadow:
“What…!?”
Eggman’s response only further angers and confuses Shadow. What is he implying here? Unfortunately for the Ultimate Lifeform, he doesn’t get to ask that as the doctor decides to cut this conversation short, since there’s something else he wants here.
Eggman: “No matter! I believe our time is up!”
Eggman: “In the meantime, you two can have some fun in my Robot Carnival!”
With a snap of the fingers, Eggman calls in a LOT of Badniks to surround Shadow and Omega. Most of them are the same ones they’ve fought before, but there’s some noticeable additions, like stronger versions of the Egg Pawns and Flappers, along with bigger purple Egg Pawns that wield large hammers. AKA, Egg Hammers.
Despite the great opposition, Shadow and Omega get into defensive positions, their backs facing one another. They’re more than ready to turn this arena into a junkyard.
Shadow: “Tch! Not even gonna fight us head on!?”
Eggman: “Consider this a test to see if you’re really worth my time!”
Eggman: “Otherwise, this is goodbye!”
Omega: “YOU SHOULD KNOW BY NOW THESE KINDS OF TESTS ARE FAR TOO EASY FOR THE LIKES OF ME!”
Omega: “AND WITH SHADOW FOR ASSISTANCE, THIS WILL BE EFFORTLESS!”
Eggman: “Really now? Then I suppose I’ll see you soon!”
As their exchange finishes, Eggman flies off into the night, while Shadow and Omega begin to fight this Robot Carnival. Though, the doctor doesn’t immediately leave Casino Park. Rather, he just watches from far above, interested to see how these two powerhouses perform. He’s especially focused on the Ultimate Lifeform.
At first, Shadow and Omega do a pretty good job at surviving against the onslaught of Badniks. The black hedgehog takes care of the smallfry quickly and efficiently, using Chaos Control to his advantage, while the walking arsenal faces the stronger robots, eager to prove himself superior to these machines.
Though, the two of them don’t try to lonewolf it too much. When needed, Shadow and Omega assist each other, and at this point, they work very well as a team. But sadly for them, the robots just keep being sent in, as if they infinitely respawn. And while there’s plenty of Power Cores left behind to use, the black hedgehog and E-Series robot are still losing a bunch of stamina and power.
By now, escape would be the best option, but with all these Eggman robots around, it’s not exactly easy. Plus, Omega refuses to run from this fight. Especially when they’re so close to catching Eggman. Eventually, the two take a moment to stop and weigh their options as Shadow pants, and sparks come off the E-Series robot.
Shadow: “Omega…I don’t think we can keep this up…!”
Omega: “FLEEING IS NOT AN OPTION! VICTORY OR DEATH!”
Shadow: “Don’t be stubborn! Even with the Power Cores, our stamina and power can’t compete against this many robots!”
Omega: “WHAT ABOUT YOUR CHAOS EMERALD? CAN’T YOU USE CHAOS CONTROL TO ERADICATE THESE PILES OF TRASH?”
Shadow: “The emerald does have plenty of power to boost me, but it’s not enough! And Chaos Control only allows me to slow down time, and teleport myself and others long distances!”
Shadow: “Maybe if I got another one, I could boost my strength even more!”
Omega: “OR I COULD USE IT TO BOOST MY OWN CAPABILITIES?”
Shadow: “That would work, but with all these robots around, I can’t risk losing my grip on the emerald!”
???: “Good thing I got another one right here!”
Confused, Shadow and Omega look up to see Rouge flying towards them, with a briefcase in hand and a confident smile. When she lands next to them, the E-Series robot actually gives off some form of gratitude.
Omega: “SO YOU ARE USEFUL FOR SOMETHING AFTER ALL.”
Rouge: “Psh! I may not be as powerful as you two, but I certainly have some useful tricks of my own!”
Shadow: “Regardless, this is our chance to turn the tides! Now hold onto me!”
Rouge nods, as she and Omega grab Shadow’s shoulders. Then, as the Badniks are about to attack them, the black hedgehog holds his green emerald forward and shouts.
Shadow: “Chaos Control!”
Once again, everything but Team Dark is frozen and covered in shades of black and white. And while she IS impressed with what happened, Rouge doesn’t hesitate to take out the white Chaos Emerald from her briefcase and hand it to Omega, smirking.
Rouge: “Alright, Omega! Time to amp things up!”
Omega: “THIS IS GONNA BE GOOD!”
Shadow: “Heh!”
Taking the white Chaos Emerald, Omega inserts it into his body, and harnesses it’s great power as Rouge takes Shadow up to the skies, not wanting to get in the way of his rampage. The walking arsenal is surging with Chaos Energy, making his red eyes glow fiercely as he switches his hands to laser cannons.
Omega: “CHAOS INFERNO! FIRE!”
Omega fires two large purple laser beams around the arena while spinning his torso. Everything surrounding him (Except for his teammates and Eggman) are incinerated, and the walking arsenal is feeling amazing right now. Not just because of the great power surging through his systems, but also being able to unleash such destruction on his enemies.
Omega: “EXTERMINATE! EXTERMINATE!”
As for Shadow and Rouge, they’re both impressed and a little intimidated with Omega’s rampage. To think he could do that much damage with a single Chaos Emerald. If he somehow got all 7, the world would be a wasteland by the time he’s finished. But that probably won't happen, right? Best to not think about it…
Regardless, once Omega’s stopped firing his laser cannons, Shadow and Rouge land next to him, and the former stops Chaos Control, returning the world to normal. His cannons still letting off smoke from the attack, the walking arsenal only has one thing to say.
Omega: “PERFECT.”
Rouge: “Heh…you certainly live up to your title, Omega!”
Rouge: “Though, maybe it’s best if you only use one Chaos Emerald…sheesh…”
Omega:
“THAT IS MORE THAN SATISFACTORY. I NEVER FELT MORE ALIVE.”
Shadow: “Hmph. Good to know.”
Now surrounded by the ashes of Eggman machines and fire, Team Dark looks up at Eggman, who’s still staring down at him. He was taken off-guard at seeing the E-Series robot use a Chaos Emerald to fire off such powerful lasers. Sure, he already knew he was strong, but he certainly didn’t take into account the idea he could use those powerful gemstones.
Plus, seeing Shadow in action was…interesting. Despite having some traits and skills similar to that of Sonic, it’s clear the Ultimate Lifeform was much different, and plenty powerful. No doubt, his bio-data will be most useful for his grand plan. And since he has it thanks to observing the battle, the doctor decides to fly away from Casino Park.
Shadow: “He got away…”
Omega: “THIS MUST BE CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY! MUST FOLLOW!”
Rouge: “Not so fast, Omega! You’re a little banged up, and Shadow could use some time to breathe!”
Omega: “...”
Looking at Shadow for a moment, Omega then returns his gaze to Rouge.
Omega: “VERY WELL. I STILL HAVE THE SIGNAL, SO TRACKING HIM DOWN AGAIN IS ACHIEVABLE.”
Rouge: “Good! And well done on incinerating those scrap piles!”
Shadow: “Same to you with getting that second Chaos Emerald and helping us at the last minute.”
Shadow: “Without you, I’m certain me and Omega wouldn’t have lasted much longer.”
Omega: “AS MUCH AS I WANT TO DENY IT, I WILL ACKNOWLEDGE YOUR ASSISTANCE WAS HELPFUL THIS TIME.”
Rouge: “Hehehehe! It’s nice to finally get some thanks for my contributions to the team!”
Rouge: “Too bad I couldn’t catch Eggman though! Did he say anything important?”
Omega: “NEGATIVE! AND I DIDN’T GET THE CHANCE TO TEAR HIS MUSTACHE OFF!”
Rouge: “That’s a shame…we’ll have to do that the next time we find him!”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! THEN HIS NOSE WILL BE TORN OFF! AND THEN HIS HEAD!”
Rouge: “Okay, maybe tone it down a little?”
Omega: “RAGE IS OPERATING AT 70% CAPACITY! LOWERING IT IS NOT POSSIBLE AS OF NOW!”
Hearing those words, Rouge just sighs and shrugs her shoulders. Sure, she doesn’t like Eggman either, but Omega’s rage is a little too much for her tastes. After that, the bat girl looks over at Shadow, who seems to be thinking about something with a troubled expression. No doubt, the doctor said something that’s bothering him.
Wanting to help him out, Rouge walks over to Shadow and puts a hand on his shoulder, which catches his attention.
Shadow: “Hm? What is it, Rouge?”
Rouge: “Are you okay, Shadow? Did Eggman say something to get under your skin?”
Shadow: “...That’s one way to put it…”
Shadow: “When I asked him about my past, he laughed it off and said I had no past to remember.”
Rouge: “Really? Well, remember what I’ve told you before!”
Rouge: “Eggman’s no stranger to lying and manipulating to get what he wants! So don’t take it to heart!”
Shadow: “Right…”
Though he understands Rouge’s words, Shadow still feels uncomfortable with what Eggman said. What did he mean when he said he had no past to remember? Why would he say that? Just what IS he? Unfortunately for the Ultimate Lifeform, he didn’t have any good answers to any of those questions.
Likewise, despite wanting to make sure Shadow doesn’t fall for any of Eggman’s lies, Rouge is also having her doubts. She STILL isn’t sure if she’s working with the real Shadow or not. He’s definitely a lot like the original, but the doctor’s capable of building giant death robots and space stations. A near perfect copy of the Ultimate Lifeform shouldn’t be too hard for him.
Plus, how COULD Shadow survive the fall back to Earth? Yeah, he was made to be pretty resilient, and his Super form could have lessened the damage, but Rouge still found that sketchy. And as much as she wants to believe the real Shadow is standing next to her, she has to keep herself from being disappointed or heartbroken.
That’s one of the reasons why Rouge didn’t immediately tell Shadow everything about him and his past. For all she knows, this isn’t the same black hedgehog she grew to care about back during the ARK Incident. Plus, despite it being selfish of her, his search for answers to his past served as motivation to team up and track down Eggman together.
Hopefully, whatever they find out on this adventure will put Rouge’s mind at ease. But for now, they need to focus on their current mission. Though, as Team Dark takes a moment to rest, Shadow decides to ask something.
Shadow: “So, I’m guessing you managed to win that game against Breezie? Since you got the Chaos Emerald and all?”
Rouge: “Huh? Oh! Yes, I did!”
Rouge: “Though, admittedly, I had to cheat a little just to win.”
Omega: “ALL IS FAIR IN THE ART OF DOMINATING YOUR FOES.”
Rouge: “Hehehe! Can’t say I disagree with that notion!”
Rouge: “Plus, seeing the look on Breezie’s face when I beat her was priceless! You should have seen it for yourselves!”
Shadow: “Hm. It would have been nice, I suppose.”
Shadow: “But anyways, I feel I’m back at 100% now. What about you, Omega?”
Omega:
“SELF-REPAIR PROGRAM COMPLETE. ALL SOFTWARE AND WEAPONRY FUNCTIONING PROPERLY.”
Rouge: “Sweet! Then let’s get out of here and track down the doctor!”
Shadow nods with a smirk, before he runs off with Rouge and Omega out of Casino Park. Despite the troubles they’ve gone through, Team Dark is starting to grow some fondness for one another, and are doing pretty well so far. Two Chaos Emeralds, plenty of Eggman machines destroyed, and nothing and no one to slow them down.
But what about Team Sonic? See, after finding the food court and having a good meal or two, they continued through Casino Park, noticing how all the Eggman robots they come across have been reduced to scrap metal. And they’re only more confused when they arrive at the incinerated arena Team Dark was just in.
Sonic: “Woah! What the heck happened here?”
Knuckles: “Looks like we were too slow when it came to destroying all of Eggman’s forces!”
Sonic: “Excuse me?”
Knuckles: “What? I’m not wrong! We spent most of our time here relaxing and eating overpriced food!”
Sonic: “You and Tails needed a break! You even admitted to it!”
Tails: “Regardless, we should take a closer look at this place! It’s clear someone else had the same goal as us!”
Despite their slight annoyance, Sonic and Knuckles agree with Tails’ words, and the three heroes proceed to look around at the ashy remains of the Eggman robots. The echidna takes some of the ash in his hand to get a closer look.
Knuckles: “Whoever beat us to the punch clearly had a lot of power at their disposal…”
Knuckles: “Not to mention I can sense some faint Chaos Energy here…”
Tails: “My scanner’s picking up the same thing. This definitely couldn’t have been the work of Amy and the others.”
Sonic: “Then who could it be? There’s only so many people who can use Chaos Energy like me and Knuckles.”
Tails: “I’m not sure…it could be someone or something that we’ve never come across before…”
Tails: “Either way, if they incinerated an entire group of Eggman robots, they could be a lot of trouble.”
Knuckles: “Pssh! Compared to the guardian of the Master Emerald? Please!”
Knuckles: “Whatever or whoever they are, I’ll take them down with a knuckle sandwich!”
Sonic: “Assuming I don’t outpace you and take them out first!”
Knuckles: “Oh please, Sonic! I’ve been exposed to Chaos Energy my entire life!”
Knuckles: “Plus, speed doesn’t…uh…?”
Tails: “Equate?”
Knuckles:
“Yeah! Speed and strength are two different things!”
Sonic: “You sure about that, Knucklehead? I’ve beaten you a couple of times in the past!”
Knuckles:
“So have I! Don’t think for a second that you’re stronger than me!”
Sonic: “Eh. I don’t know about that, Knux.”
Clearly getting on his nerves, Knuckles grits his teeth with clenched fists as he glares at Sonic, who only gives him a cheeky grin while he crosses his arms behind his head. But before a fight can break out, Tails stands in-between them to break it up.
Tails:
“Now’s not the time for this! We have to stop Eggman, remember?”
Hearing those words, Knuckles calms down, and so does Sonic. Though, the former is still a bit annoyed.
Knuckles: “Sigh…right…”
Knuckles: “But still! Don’t underestimate me, Sonic!”
Sonic: “I never said anything about you being weak! I know you’re a powerful guy!”
Tails: “Yeah! And we should put that power to use by getting a move on!”
Sonic: “Definitely! Let’s go!”
With the exchange over, Team Sonic leaves Casino Park in search of Eggman. And while Sonic and Knuckles still consider each other friends, they’re no strangers to getting a little too competitive when it isn’t necessary, which can lead to them throwing hands just to let off some steam or to prove themselves superior to the other.
Granted, they always found a way to be on better terms in the end, but that doesn’t mean it’s always welcomed. Hopefully, Sonic and Knuckles can keep that from getting in the way of their mission. Good thing Tails is there to be the rational one between them, or this could get much messier than needed.
Regardless, Team Sonic and Team Dark are still on track to finding Eggman, with Team Rose taking a different path, and Team Chaotix catching up after taking some time to recover from their injuries. But this means nothing to the doctor…
Right now, he only has one more thing he needs for his plan to be complete…
Chapter 44: Tricked
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Rail Canyon. Sunrise.*
The sun rises above a vast canyon area, where another Eggman base awaits those who dare step foot in the doctor’s territory. There’s tons of grind rails, armored trains, giant cannons, and tons of Eggman robots, machines, and supplies. No doubt, this will be a tough challenge for Team Chaotix, who have just arrived here to track down their target.
While the detectives are in pretty good condition now, they’re a little cautious here. They know from experience that attacking an Eggman base is pretty tough, and after getting their butts kicked by Team Dark in Grand Metropolis, they want to be more mindful of anyone or anything else that may give them trouble.
Standing on a mountain and observing the doctor’s territory below, Vector calls their mysterious client, while Espio and Charmy stand nearby.
Mysterious Client: “Oh? You’ve reached an Eggman base in a canyon?”
Vector: “Yep! Took a while to get here, but we made it! And there’s a lot of rails and Badniks present!”
Mysterious Client: “Indeed! This is Rail Canyon! A new base filled with supplies and machines!”
Mysterious Client: “In order to cripple the doctor’s forces, you must destroy everything you come across! Don’t leave any stone unturned!”
Mysterious Client: “But do be cautious! Security is tight around here!”
Vector: “Heh! No problem!”
Turning his walkie-talkie off, Vector gives his teammates some orders.
Vector: “Alright, boys! We gotta destroy all of Eggman’s technology and supplies here!”
Charmy: “Cool! It’ll be fun to let loose against those dumb robots!”
Espio: “Let me take charge here, Vector. You still need a little more time to recover from the fight with those guys from Grand Metropolis.”
Vector: “Don’t be such a worrywart, Espio! I might have gotten my butt served on a silver platter, but I’m back at 100%!”
Vector: “Though, if you want to take the lead here, then go ahead! I’m certain you’ve got some good ideas in mind!”
Espio: “Correct. I know exactly what to do.”
Charmy: “Then let’s go!”
Nodding their heads, Team Chaotix then jumps off the mountain and lands on some rails, grinding towards their destination. Charmy and Vector have a little trouble keeping their balance, but overall, the detectives are speeding ahead, ready to send Eggman’s base and everything in it six feet under.
Once they arrive at some metal platforms, Team Chaotix immediately gets to work on smashing the doctor’s machines and supplies, including new Rhinoliner bots on the rails, and empty healing pods similar to the one Shadow was in. Though, as expected, it wasn’t gonna be easy, as there’s a lot of stuff to destroy and watch out for.
For one, Team Chaotix has to navigate on a LOT of grind rails, which are suspended high above ground, and it’s easy to lose their balance and fall off. Not to mention the armored trains (Known as Bullet Trains) and Rhinoliner bots they have to dodge, and overall, it’s a bit confusing to navigate the area. However, the detectives are no strangers to dealing with some confusing obstacles.
Plus, being a skilled ninja, Espio is able to bypass security and attack Egg Pawns and other machines using stealth and quick strikes. And he’s just as capable of leading his team as Vector is, which is very useful when the crocodile isn’t present or feeling well. Charmy, on the other hand, they wouldn’t ever trust with leading the team currently. Not even for a minute.
Regardless, Team Chaotix is doing pretty well at their current task, eventually reaching one of the many supply rooms. Spare parts, blueprints, scrapped plans, empty healing pods, etc. Vector and Espio take a look around, while Charmy flies towards an inactive pink Badnik with four legs.
Charmy: “Hey, I recognize this one! We fought these back on Carnival Island!”
Vector: “Yeah, I remember! Good times!”
Espio: “Agreed. Though, I’m more interested in the other stuff here.”
Walking towards a box filled with blueprints, Espio sees details for what looks to be another Sonic robot with long spikes on it’s head. He also glances over at the healing pods.
Espio: “I wonder what these pods are for? They’re littered all over this base.”
Charmy: “Maybe it’s for storing those Egg Pawns?”
Espio: “Possibly. But I don’t think they’re for just any regular Badnik.”
Espio: “Otherwise, they wouldn’t all be the exact same size.”
Vector: “We can debate about this later! Our job is to smash all this junk!”
Charmy: “Okay! But can we keep that pink robot at least?”
Vector: “No, Charmy! We’re not taking an Eggman machine to our office!”
Charmy: “Aww…”
Despite his disappointment, Charmy goes along with helping Vector and Espio destroy this supply room before moving on. They continue to destroy more and more machines and supplies, while also navigating the winding rails throughout the base. It’s a pretty long process, which makes them think they’ll be at this for a couple of hours.
Though, there’s something they’re confused about…where is Eggman? If this is one of his main bases, why hasn’t he shown his face? Sure, he could be somewhere else right now, and he should have some escape routes in case of intruders, but at the same time, they figured he’d show up to stop them by now.
In fact, aside from the standard Egg Pawns and such, there doesn’t seem to be anyone here to guard the base. Not even a Super Badnik or E-Series robot. It almost feels like Eggman’s abandoned this place. Like he doesn’t care about losing valuable resources or assets. Though, that does make this job much easier for the detectives.
Eventually, Team Chaotix finds themselves in some large room with what appears to be a sort of large cylinder.
Charmy: “Huh? What’s that thing in the middle of the room?”
Espio: “That must be the giant cannon’s internal mechanism. It doesn’t seem to have any cannonballs loaded up.”
Charmy: “All right! Sounds like fun!”
Vector: “Charmy, don’t even-!”
Not wanting to listen to Vector, Charmy goes towards the mechanism and goes inside one of the large holes. This annoys the crocodile, who checks up on the bee with Espio.
Vector: “Get out of there, Charmy! This thing is dangerous!”
Charmy: “Oh come on! It’s not even doing anything!”
Vector: “Just because it looks harmless doesn’t mean it is! Now get out or I’m gonna have to-!?”
Once again not letting Vector finish, the cylinder starts moving upwards, causing him to fall down into the hole with Charmy. Espio also ends up joining them, and they’re now pretty worried about what’s gonna happen.
Vector: “Ugh! See!? This is why you should be more careful!”
Espio: “I wonder where this cannon is gonna take us? Maybe towards one of the mountains?”
Vector: “If that’s the case, then get ready for one heck of a ride!”
Charmy: “Sweet! I love rides!”
Charmy’s words only further annoy Vector, but he doesn’t reprimand him. Instead, all of Team Chaotix waits as the cannon they’re in turns towards a set of metal structures. Then, with an audible bang, it fires the detectives like cannonballs, with the crocodile screaming in fear, and the bee screaming excitedly.
Together, Team Chaotix manages to narrowly avoid many of the metal structures they pass by, and once they slow down, they land at another platform that’s connected to more rails. Vector is laying down on his knees, trying to catch his breath, while Charmy energetically flies around and Espio stands with a mostly calm demeanor.
Vector: “Whew…I thought we were toast for a moment…!”
Espio: “Mm. Looks like we’ve been shot quite a distance.”
Charmy: “That was AWESOME! Let’s do that again!”
Vector: “Absolutely NOT! This isn’t a roller-coaster ride!”
Hearing Vector’s words makes Charmy stop for a little bit, realizing he may have been too reckless back there. And after taking a moment to breathe, Team Chaotix continues on with exploring Rail Canyon and destroying whatever supplies and machines they can find. After all, they still have a lot of ground to cover.
In fact, there’s another part of this Eggman Base known as Bullet Station, which Team Chaotix hasn’t come across yet. Team Rose has beaten them to the punch, after taking a different path to this place. They’re still in search of Chocola and Froggy, who they believe Eggman has kidnapped, and they’re determined to find their friends.
Plus, since they know Team Sonic is also hunting down the doctor, they feel they should help out a little by attacking his base and destroying whatever they can find. And deep down, a part of Amy feels that by doing this, Sonic will grow more attracted to her bravery and heroism. Though, she’s still doing this out of the goodness of her heart.
Anyways, Team Rose is grinding on rails, with Amy, Cream, and Cheese doing their best to teach Big, who is struggling to keep his balance.
Amy: “Remember to lean your body when making turns, Big! It’ll keep up your speed!”
Cream: “Yeah! You can do this, Mr. Big!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “Okie-dokie!”
Big does what his teammates ask of him, and despite it still being a struggle, he IS doing better than before.
Cream: “Great job! You’re doing it!”
Big: “Uh-huh! It may be tough, but my friends will always help me do better!”
Amy: “I can’t agree more! Now let’s go wreck Eggman’s stuff and save our friends!”
Cream: “Right! We’ll reunite with Chocola and Froggy soon!”
Cream’s words make her and her teammates much more determined when it comes to their mission. Hence, once they land on some metal platforms, they quickly get to demolishing any Eggman machines they face, and navigating across many obstacles. They still have plenty of trouble, but they’re still going with everything they have.
In fact, over the course of this adventure, Team Rose has not only gotten better at their respective fighting abilities, but also as a team. They’re already on friendly terms, and know what they’re each capable of. So together, these four can blast through any obstacle. And they’re not the kind of people to be underestimated either.
After a while, Team Rose reaches what appears to be some sort of station for the Bullet Trains, guarded by a bunch of Eggman robots. They take them down no problem, but for a moment, they look at the inactive trains.
Cream: “Hmmm…I wonder what’s on these trains?”
Amy: “Probably more supplies and robots. If we’re lucky, our friends should be on one of these.”
Big: “Sniff…I don’t smell Froggy…”
Cheese: “Choco…”
Cream: “Cheese doesn’t sense Chocola either…”
Amy:
“Well, there should be SOMETHING important on these trains! Let’s go check it out!”
Despite Big, Cream, and Cheese feeling a little uneasy about getting on these Bullet Trains, Amy encourages them to follow her lead, which they do. They cautiously check everything they can, not knowing what to expect. For all they know, a bunch of bombs could be on the trains, so being reckless isn’t recommended.
So far, Team Rose has found a few interesting things, like some Power Cores, blueprints for different machines, and even many kinds of foods and drinks, but sadly, there doesn’t seem to be anything noteworthy. That is, until Cream and Cheese spot a Starpost that’s flashing yellow on the bulb.
Cream: “Ohhh…! A Starpost!”
Cream: “Ms. Amy! Mr. Big! Over here!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao!”
Cream and Cheese’s shouts quickly catch the attention of their friends, who come over to see what they found. And Amy perks up at seeing the Starpost.
Amy: “So there’s a Starpost here! And it seems to be functioning too!”
Big: “It’s flashing yellow…pretty…”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Maybe if we activate it, we could win a Chaos Emerald?”
Amy: “That would be a huge help! But it’s probably gonna be really tough!”
Cream:
“Then we’ll have to work very, very hard! And we’ll do it together!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “Hehehehe! I see no arguments against that!”
Amy: “Now let’s do this as fast as possible! Just like Sonic!”
Amy’s teammates nod their heads with smiles, as they watch her activate the Starpost, which creates a sparkly portal to the Special Zone. And though they’re all feeling a bit nervous about this, Team Rose heads inside. They now stand in the same circular tube that Team Dark was once in, only with an orange skyline instead.
Naturally, they’re all amazed at the serene sight before them, with Amy commenting on the area.
Amy: “Huh…this looks different from last time…”
Amy: “But it’s still very pretty! And this tube looks pretty long!”
Cream: “Yeah! I can’t see where it ends!”
Big: “Ohhhh…it’s my old lucky charm!”
When Big says that, the girls and chao look back at him to see that he’s pointing upwards. That’s when they see what they came here for. The yellow Chaos Emerald, complete with a hypnotizing and sparkly glow. But before they can comment on it, the gemstone flies forward at a fast pace.
Clearly, Team Rose couldn’t waste time talking here. So they get right to chasing after the emerald in this long circular tube, collecting rainbow orbs to increase their speed, watching out for bombs, and changing formation when passing through red, blue, or yellow gates. It’s the same challenge Team Dark went through.
But unlike Team Dark, Team Rose is much more willing to work together and not step on each other’s toes. Plus, there’s a new addition. An orange and white hot balloon with a neutral, dark, and hero chao riding in a basket, throwing down bombs and orbs onto the track. Did they also get transported here, or are they just some random effect of the Special Zone? Who can really say?
Regardless, this challenge still isn’t easy for Team Rose. Their increasing speed makes it hard for them to control themselves, often leading them to accidentally crash into bombs. But they quickly recover and continue their pursuit. They’re giving it everything they have. They NEED that Chaos Emerald.
Soon enough, Team Rose sees the yellow gemstone in their sights, which is slowly lowering down as they get faster and faster.
Big: “There it is!”
Amy: “Keep it up, everyone! Just for a little longer!”
Cream: “Right!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Though they’re starting to get overwhelmed by all the speed, Team Rose is still pushing forward and getting closer to the Chaos Emerald. Eventually, it’s just within arms distance for Amy, who manages to barely grab it before she and her friends stumble. They’re a little fatigued, and their speed is gone, but they won.
Getting back on their feet, Amy puts the emerald up in the air with a victorious smile, while her teammates join her in celebration.
Amy: “YES! We got it!”
Cream: “Hooray!”
Big: “We have a lucky charm again!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao! Chao!”
As Team Rose celebrates their victory, they’re suddenly blinded by a flash of light, making them cover their eyes. And once it’s faded, they’re back on the Bullet Train, with the yellow emerald still in Amy’s hand. However, they noticed that the train is now moving, and there’s a few Egg Pawns that have taken notice of them.
Quickly realizing Eggman’s robots must have started the train after they went into the Special Zone, Team Rose gets a move on with destroying the Egg Pawns, and opening the door of the carriage they’re in to see the metal tunnel outside. Cold wind is pelting their faces, and they’re trying to decide their next action.
Cream: “What do we do now!?”
Amy: “We’ll have to wait until this train goes outside, and then jump off!”
Amy: “Big, you’ll have to glide us over to a nearby platform with your umbrella!”
Big:
“Okay!”
Preparing to jump, Team Rose waits for the Bullet Train to leave the tunnel, which takes a minute or two. But once it happens, Amy sees a long roadway and points down at it.
Amy:
“THERE! NOW!”
After shouting that, Amy and her friends jump off the train. Then, Big brings out his umbrella and starts gliding towards the road, with the girls and Cheese holding onto him. And once they land, they all take a moment to get their bearings.
Amy: “Whew! That was exciting, wasn’t it?”
Cream: “Mm-hm! But it was also kinda scary too!”
Big: “What do we do now?”
Amy: “Honestly, I’m not too sure. I was hoping we’d find Chocola and Froggy here, but we haven’t had any luck on that front.”
Cream:
“Maybe we should retrace our steps? We might have missed something!”
Amy: “Sure, but this place is pretty dangerous! And I don’t really want to…?”
Amy’s words trail off as she and her friends notice something flying past them. It’s an undercarriage with Egg Pawns controlling cannons and an iron ball launcher, which is connected to a gold and red blimp with more iron launchers, and finally, a busted Egg Hawk on top, where the Egg Mobile is resting in the head.
Cream: “A blimp? And is that a bird on top?”
Amy: “Looks like it! And Eggman HAS to be controlling it! I can recognize that Egg Mobile from a mile away!”
Big: “Does that mean we’ll find Froggy? And Chocola?”
Amy:
“I think so, Big! Let’s get him!”
Cream: “Yeah! We’ll finally get our friends back!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Team Rose runs after the Egg Albatross in hot pursuit, which is a couple of feet above ground. Already, the Egg Pawns let off warning alarms, with Amy and her friends shouting at Eggman.
Amy: “EGGMAN! Tell us where Chocola and Froggy are NOW!”
Cream: “And stop being so mean to people!”
Seemingly not caring for the words of his pursuers, Eggman’s voice rings out.
Eggman: “Ready all cannons! Open fire!”
With their orders given, the Egg Pawns start firing at Team Rose, who do their best to dodge it. However, there’s a bunch of Egg Pawns and Flappers on the road that they also need to take out, and the road sometimes splits into two with grind rails. And given they could fall to their doom if they’re not careful, they need to be more cautious.
Luckily, Amy is able to figure out a good plan of action. Big will take care of the Eggman robots, while the pink hedgehog, along with Cream and Cheese, will try and slow down the Egg Albatross. Then, they’ll attack the cannons and wings to destroy the undercarriage. And despite some trouble, it IS working well.
However, as Team Rose and the Egg Albatross attack one another, Eggman keeps spouting random lines. Some of which don’t make any sense for this situation.
Eggman: “Ohohoho! It’s no use! Give up!”
Eggman: “Are you fast enough to dodge THIS!?”
Eggman: “Yosh!”
While the stress of the situation keeps Team Rose distracted from some of these lines, they DO feel like something isn’t right here. But they stay focused on attacking the undercarriage of the Egg Albatross, which eventually becomes too damaged and falls off into the canyon below. Now the blimp is next.
Eggman: “Agh! He’s not gonna get away with this!”
Continuing with the assault, the blimp of the Egg Albatross fires spike balls at Team Rose, who continue to dodge them and attack. This time, with less Eggman robots to destroy, Big is able to cause some heavy damage on the blimp, using his fishing pole to try and tear it open, while Amy, Cream, and Cheese continue to help out.
Clearly, Team Rose is starting to gain the upper-hand here, despite still having trouble. It only takes a few minutes for them to take out the blimp, leaving only the busted Egg Hawk, which can still fly around and fire, but hasn’t been fully repaired from the battle with Team Sonic earlier.
Eggman: “No way! I can’t believe this!”
Amy: “You will in a second! Now let’s finish him off!”
Cream, Cheese, and Big nod their heads with determined expressions as they follow Amy, who’s leading the charge towards the Egg Hawk. Wanting to end this quickly, the pink hedgehog orders the rabbit and chao duo to mess with the wings, while the cat lands some hits on the cockpit.
Speaking of, the Egg Mobile has a glass cover, and it’s not see-through, so Team Rose can’t get a good look at Eggman right now. And despite losing this battle, he’s still just spouting off random lines. Amy still finds this weird, but pays it no mind as she gets ready to deliver a devastating hammer slam on the doctor. Once she’s ready, the pink hedgehog makes a mad dash for the machine.
Seeing this, Cream, Cheese, and Big move out of the way, and Amy jumps up into the air, spins downwards towards the Egg Hawk, and then delivers the finishing blow with all of her might, demolishing the machine and making it collapse on the road. Afterwards, the pink hedgehog lands and rests her hammer on her shoulder while smirking.
Amy: “Heh! That’s what you get for messing with my friends!”
Cream: “That was amazing, Ms. Amy! You took that thing down in one blow!”
Amy: “Well, I wouldn’t have been able to do that without you three keeping him busy!”
Amy: “But we can save the complements for later! Instead…!”
With an annoyed look, Amy walks towards the Egg Mobile, which is still inside the head of the destroyed Egg Hawk, and the glass cover is cracked, but mostly intact. Wanting to get answers out of the doctor, the pink hedgehog shatters the glass with a weak hammer swing. However, she’s completely surprised at what’s inside the cockpit.
Amy: “What!?”
Cream: “Huh? What’s wrong?”
Now seeing what’s inside of the Egg Mobile, all of Team Rose can’t believe what they’re seeing. The Egg Albatross was being piloted by a decoy robot that looks like Eggman. It’s head has sprung out of it’s body, while letting out a pre-recorded message.
D3-COY: “Hahahahahaha! Suckers!”
Angered at being deceived, Amy smashes the robot with her Piko-Piko Hammer, before ranting about it with her teammates.
Amy: “I can’t believe this! I thought we’d finally get some answers here, but we just wasted our time and energy!”
Big:
“Awww…does this mean we should go home?”
Cheese: “Choco…!”
Cream: “It’s okay, Cheese. I’m worried about Chocola too.”
Cream: “Ms. Amy? What do we do now?”
Amy: “...”
Taking a moment to calm down and think, Amy responds to Cream’s question.
Amy: “...If we’ve gone this far, then we have to keep going.”
Amy: “It’s not just about Chocola and Froggy anymore. It’s about helping Sonic and the others save the world from Eggman’s plan.”
Amy: “Plus, we’ve had some success! We got a Chaos Emerald, and we took down one of Eggman’s machines all by ourselves!”
Amy: “So I know if we keep this up, then we WILL succeed in the end! And we can’t waste time feeling sad about this!”
Hearing these encouraging words, Cream, Cheese, and Big start feeling better, and agree with Amy.
Cream: “Definitely! I’m not going home without Chocola!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Big: “I still need my pollywog pal back! And I gotta help my friends!”
Amy: “Glad we’re all in agreement! Now let’s go!”
Now in higher spirits, Team Rose leaves the destroyed Egg Albatross and heads off for their next destination. They don’t know for sure where Eggman ran off to, but they do have some ideas. And regardless of how long it takes, they’re gonna find Chocola and Froggy. Like Amy said, they’ve gone too far to give up here.
Meanwhile, Team Chaotix finishes destroying all of Eggman’s technology and supplies in Rail Canyon, and goes through Bullet Station, recognizing that someone has already gone through this area before them. And it becomes even more obvious when they reach the aftermath of the Egg Albatross battle a couple of minutes after Team Rose left.
Vector: “Dangit! We missed out on our target again!”
Charmy: “Aww…and this machine looks like it would have been exciting to beat up!”
Espio: “Hmm…”
Inspecting the wreckage, Team Chaotix picks up on some details, like how the Egg Hawk was initially attached to something, and that it was being piloted by a fake Eggman robot. The latter part actually makes Vector slightly relieved.
Vector: “Huh…so Eggman really isn’t here…”
Espio: “At least someone else took care of the dirty work for us this time.”
Espio: “I imagine you wouldn’t be happy knowing we were fighting an imposter Eggman after all that trouble.”
Charmy:
“Hehehehe! I think he would have looked funny!”
Vector: “Regardless, I better bring this up with our client. He probably knows something about this.”
Espio: “Right…”
As Charmy messes around with the remains of the decoy Eggman, and Espio watches with a slightly amused smirk, Vector talks to their mystery client on his walkie-talkie.
Mysterious Client:
“Well? Did you destroy all of Eggman’s supplies?”
Vector: “Yep! Searched every corner we could find!”
Vector: “Though, it seems like someone fought against one of the doctor’s machines. It was piloted by a decoy Eggman.”
Mysterious Client: “Hmph! Of course it was a fake!”
Vector: “Huh? You know about this?”
Mysterious Client: “Yes! It’s natural for a genius like Eggman to make robot copies to throw people off his trail!”
Mysterious Client: “Luckily for you, I know of a location his forces are currently occupying!”
Mysterious Client: “North of this base is Frog Forest! Head there immediately!”
Vector: “Got it!”
Ending the call, Vector tells Espio and Charmy what they need to do next.
Vector: “Our client says Eggman’s forces are at Frog Forest! We need to go there next!”
Charmy:
“Really!? I love that place! It’s got tons of pretty flowers!”
Espio: “But why would Eggman invade that area? Is he trying to take the wildlife there for his plan?”
Vector: “Doesn’t matter! It’s something bad, and we gotta put a stop to it!”
Charmy: “Yeah! We can’t let that mustached phony ruin everything!”
Espio: “Agreed.”
After that exchange, Team Chaotix walks off from the Egg Albatross wreckage, while continuing their conversation.
Charmy: “You know, our client seems to know a lot about Eggman.”
Espio: “That’s something I’m suspicious about as well. Perhaps a relative or agent?”
Charmy: “Hmmm…maybe his mom?”
Vector: “Pssh! That would certainly be a surprise!”
Vector: “But strangely enough, I got the same weird feeling about our client’s REAL identity.”
Espio:
“Got any ideas, Vector?”
Vector: “A few…but I’m keeping them to myself until I know for sure who it is…”
Though they want to ask Vector what he has in mind, Charmy and Espio decide not to inquire further, out of respect for his privacy. Besides, they know that when he keeps certain things to himself, it’s for a good reason. So they just continue on with heading to their next destination, not knowing what to expect…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Eggman Base.*
Eggman walks down the steel hallway of one of his many bases, with a stern expression on his face and his arms crossed behind his back. He’s gotten the necessary bio-data from Teams Sonic and Dark, and he feels no need to face Teams Rose and Chaotix, so he decided to take a detour to this specific location.
This base houses some of his more advanced creations, whether they’re in pieces or fully repaired and ready for re-activation. This includes the many Sonic robots he’s created over the years, and he’s particularly interested in checking those ones out, along with any designs for other similar machines.
Soon enough, Eggman reaches a large steel door with his logo and keypad plastered on it. Quickly, he inputs the code, which opens it up, and then closes behind him as he enters. The lights turn on automatically, allowing him to see every little detail in this room. Or at least…it would have if he was the actual Eggman.
A metallic silver eclipsing his figure, Eggman melts into a puddle, and then rises up to return to his proper form. Metallix. Silently, he walks around the room, taking in everything he sees. The computer screen with a keyboard and chair. The metal work table with tools, blueprints, spare parts, and empty mugs on top. The exposed cables and buttons on the walls. And so much more.
But the main focus for Metallix is the many green tubes that resemble the one he was resting in back in the Final Egg Base. There’s many kinds of robots inside each one, with some being fully repaired, and some only having a few parts left. Either Eggman couldn’t recover all their parts, or he just didn’t care enough to fix them. Why would he?
Metallix stares at the Sonic-based robots, his red eyes having a bit of annoyance in them. A bulky silver robot with orange rocket boosters. A small gray and yellow robot with claw arms. And a particularly bulky arm and leg, with the rest of the body being absent. No doubt, these were Eggman’s attempts to replace him after his failure on Little Planet.
And in another corner of the room…Metallix saw it. An exact copy of his original body. Metal Sonic 2.0. The robot that is nearly identical to him, but just wasn’t enough. Next to him was a red echidna robot, and an unfinished yellow fox and pink hedgehog robot. Likely metal copies of Sonic’s closest allies.
Walking up to Metal Sonic 2.0’s tube, Metallix just glared at him. Even though he never met this robot until now, he absolutely LOATHED it’s existence. THIS was evidence enough that Eggman never cared about him. That he was always replaceable. That he wasn’t seen as anything unique or special.
But now? That’s about to change. And not just for Eggman. The entire world would not only come to see him as something greater than a robot Sonic…but as their savior. The one who will free them from their pain. He almost has all the tools he needs to do so.
And while he hates this copy of him…it could be a useful tool under his control…
Chapter 45: Unexpected Encounter (Part 1)
Summary:
This chapter ended up much longer than I expected, so I'm splitting it in half.
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Frog Forest. Daytime.*
Lush greenery and plants. Mile-high mushrooms. Vines that grow at a fast rate. And tons of fungi and large wildlife. This vast jungle shows nature in overdrive, and it’s a beautiful sight for everyone who sees it. Such as Team Sonic, who took a different route to this place, and are currently overlooking the area on the Tornado 2.
Sonic: “Whoo! Those are some really big mushrooms!”
Knuckles: “No kidding! They make the ones in Mushroom Valley look like ants!”
Tails: “And there’s a bunch of Eggman activity here! Once I land this plane, we need to go into action immediately!”
Sonic: “Gotcha, Tails! We won’t let that Egghead mess up this forest!”
Knuckles silently nods, as he and Sonic hold onto the wings of the Tornado 2, waiting for Tails to land. Once he does, all three of them jump off and run across the many winding roads of Frog Forest. As they do so, they continue to be amazed by their surroundings, with the echidna particularly curious.
Throughout their expedition, Team Sonic takes care of more Eggman robots, including the powerful Egg Hammers and stronger variations of the Egg Pawns and Flappers that Team Dark faced back in Casino Park. Clearly, Eggman’s starting to bring out the big guns, so the heroes have to step up their game too.
Hence, Tails has decided to use some of the Power Cores and remains of the Eggman robots they destroy along their way to work on some new devices. Ones that’ll allow him and his teammates to use the energy of the Power Cores for longer periods of time, and possibly even increase their capabilities to a greater extent too.
However, it’s gonna take a while. Especially since they’re kinda in a rush here, as they only have 2 days left before Eggman unleashes his ultimate weapon. But when they have the time, Tails will work on the devices. Plus, Sonic and Knuckles are doing most of the heavy-lifting, so that also helps.
As for the obstacles of Frog Forest, there’s a couple. It’s not as dangerous as Rail Canyon, but Team Sonic still needs to be careful. The many spiraling paths, the plants that grow at a fast rate, the spinning flowers they can use to fly across large sections of the area, the growing vines they can grind on, and the large animals that live here.
Most of the wildlife is harmless, but there are some to watch out for, like alligators and birds. Though, there are some that can be a huge help, like the green frogs that can make the surrounding plants grow by summoning some rain. It’s truly a sight to behold for Team Sonic, and gives them more motivation to stop Eggman’s takeover.
After some time, the heroes find themselves riding another spinning flower across a portion of Frog Forest. They enjoy the view, despite the risk of falling to their doom, and comment on a few things.
Knuckles: “Man…I never thought a place like this existed outside of Angel Island…”
Sonic: “Heh! There’s a lot more to see when you aren’t shackled to watching a giant rock 24/7!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! A giant rock with immense power that is connected to my people, keeps my home in the sky, AND can’t fall into the wrong hands!”
Sonic: “Relax, Knuckles! I wasn’t trying to insult the Master Emerald or anything!”
Sonic: “It’s just…it’s nice to take a break from your duties every once in a while, you know?”
Sonic: “And since Chaos and Tikal can keep watch of your home when you’re off helping us, why not take a tour around the world?”
Knuckles: “As nice as that sounds, my duty isn’t something I can shrug off, Sonic.”
Knuckles: “Like I said, I can’t just leave the Master Emerald alone without making sure it’s secured.”
Knuckles: “And even then, in the back of my mind, I can’t help but worry about it still.”
Knuckles: “Plus, as much as I appreciate Tikal and Chaos keeping watch of Angel Island while I’m away, I don’t want them to be stuck guarding it for too long.”
Knuckles: “I’m supposed to be the current guardian. I want to make sure my home is safe.”
Sonic: “...Right…I get your reasons…”
Sonic: “But still…it’d be good to think about what I said.”
Sonic: “After all, keeping watch of an entire floating landmass is bound to get to your head every now and then.”
Tails: “Yeah! Maybe I could build you some cameras to place around Angel Island, so that you can check on it when you’re away?”
Knuckles: “Heh…that doesn’t sound too bad…”
Knuckles: “Though, I shouldn’t have to rely on technology all the time. It’s not really my strong suit.”
Tails: “Agreed. You’re the type to punch first and ask later.”
Sonic snickers a bit at Tails’ comment, while Knuckles doesn’t seem to have any sort of reaction. And with the exchange over, the flower the three are holding onto starts to fly down towards a large platform connected to some roads, with a large body of water surrounding it. On said platform is a group of Eggman robots.
Silently, Sonic and Knuckles smirk, eager to make more piles of scrap, while Tails just has a determined expression. Letting go of the flower, Team Sonic lands onto the platform and faces the Eggman robots, ready to bust some heads.
Sonic: “Hello there! Ready to join your pals in the scrapyard?”
After saying that, the robots get right to attacking Team Sonic, who manage to come out on top in the end. Sonic quickly defeats the Egg Pawns, Tails takes out the Egg Flappers, and Knuckles destroys the Egg Hammers. All while offering some assistance to one another. At this point, it’s all routine.
Now surrounded by broken machines, Sonic wipes his hands of some dust, Knuckles rolls his arms around a little, and Tails looks over the remains to see what he needs for the Power Core devices.
Sonic: “As always, we’re next to unstoppable!”
Knuckles: “We? I took out the strongest Badniks here! You only destroyed the small fry!”
Sonic: “I just didn’t want to steal your thunder! Plus, it’s less for me to deal with!”
Knuckles: “Oh really? Has the great Sonic The Hedgehog gotten lazy?”
Sonic: “Pssh! Only in your dreams, Knucklehead!”
Knuckles: “Pretty sure any dream involving you would be a headache! Just like real life!”
???: “Would that apply to me too, Knuckie?”
Team Sonic : “!?”
Surprised by the familiar voice, Team Sonic looked up at a platform above them to see two familiar figures, along with a large one they didn't recognize. The sun is blinding them from seeing who they are, but the trio jump down to the platform the heroes are at, where they get a clear look at who spotted them.
It was Team Dark, who took a different path after Casino Park and arrived here not too long ago. Rouge is smiling, being somewhat happy to see some old allies (Especially Knuckles). Behind her is Omega and Shadow, who stare at Team Sonic with neutral looks. Shadow in particular seems slightly curious about them, feeling a strong sense of deja-vu.
As for Team Sonic, they weren’t expecting to see Rouge here, and they recognize Omega as an E-Series robot. But their attention is entirely on Shadow. They’re completely shocked to see him alive and well after his presumed death during the ARK Incident. Knuckles in particular wonders if he’s hallucinating from the rain of those giant frogs.
After a moment of stunned silence, Rouge decides to break it by commenting on Team Sonic’s dumbfounded expressions.
Rouge: “What’s the matter, boys? Has it been so long since we last talked that you’ve become infatuated with my new look?”
Rouge’s words cause Team Sonic to break out of their confused state, with Knuckles getting annoyed and responding to her words.
Knuckles: “Tch! Definitely not!”
Tails:
“Rouge…is that really…?”
Tails points towards Shadow, slightly hopeful that this is the real deal. And though Rouge still isn’t sure if her ally is the same Ultimate Lifeform she knew before, she decides to go ahead and say it is.
Rouge: “Yep! Turns out Eggman had him sealed in some underground bunker with Mr. Bringer Of Destruction here!”
Omega:
“YOU DESTROYED THESE EGGMAN ROBOTS! THEY WERE SUPPOSED TO BE MY KILLS!”
Sonic: “Heheh! Guess we both die hard, huh Shadow?”
Shadow: “Excuse me?”
Shadow’s words confuse Sonic, who wasn’t expecting that kind of response. He was very much glad to see him alive and well, but he didn’t seem to recognize him at all. Something was off here…
Sonic: “Umm…you remember when we fought each other on the ARK, right?”
Sonic: “Eclipse Cannon was gonna fire, I used a fake emerald to copy your Chaos Control, etc etc?”
Shadow: “...I’m afraid there’s a lot I don’t remember right now…”
Shadow: “Though, you and your friends DO seem familiar…and your resemblance to me is throwing me off…”
Tails: “Wait, you mean you don’t remember ANYTHING about us? Or what you’ve been through?”
Shadow: “Only my name and title. That’s it.”
Hearing about Shadow’s amnesia makes Team Sonic surprised and concerned. The fact that he survived his fall to Earth was already shocking, but almost all of his memories are gone? That kinda saddens them. However, now wasn’t the time to feel bad about this. Especially when they have bigger fish to fry. Or rather, bigger eggs to scramble.
Wanting to move the conversation along, Rouge speaks up again, while Omega stares at the destroyed Eggman robots, still annoyed at his kills being taken.
Rouge: “ANYWAYS, me and my pals here are tracking down Eggman. Each for our own reasons.”
Knuckles: “Let me guess. Treasure?”
Rouge: “What can I say? I love me some shiny trinkets!”
Omega: “I WANT TO DESTROY DR. EGGMAN AND ALL OF HIS CREATIONS! I WILL PROVE MYSELF SUPERIOR!”
Shadow: “Personally, I want some answers about my past from the doctor. And I’d like to know what he did to me while I was unconscious.”
Sonic: “Hm! We’re also chasing after Eggman, too!”
Tails: “He sent us all a letter about unleashing some ultimate weapon in 3 days, so we’re in a rush to find him.”
Rouge: “Figures. He’s always coming up with some new plan to take over the world.”
Rouge: “Though, it’s a shame you came all this way for nothing.”
Knuckles: “What’d you say?”
Rouge:
“Sorry, boys. But personally, I don’t think I can trust you to stop Eggman without causing some trouble for us.”
Rouge: “So how about you all head back home, and let US take it from here?”
Knuckles: “No way, bat girl! I didn’t leave my island just to waste time!”
Knuckles: “Besides, who’s to say you and your friends wouldn’t mess it up either?”
Omega: “ARE YOU TRYING TO INSINUATE THAT MY POWER IS LACKING FOR THIS MISSION?”
Knuckles: “Well, I doubt you’d do better than I would!”
Omega: “CLEARLY, YOUR MEATBAG BRAIN IS SO TINY, I WOULD CLASSIFY IT AS ATOM SIZE.”
Knuckles:
“What!? Say that again, rust bucket!”
Omega:
“THE NAME IS E-123 OMEGA! AND I AM THE EXACT OPPOSITE OF A RUST BUCKET!”
Tails: “...So a clean bucket?”
Omega: “SHUT YOUR FACE HOLE, SMALL MEATBAG!”
Surprised at Omega’s words, Tails puts his hands up with a slightly concerned face. Knuckles meanwhile glares at the walking arsenal, who stares back at him with a similar anger. Sonic then decides to step in.
Sonic:
“Okay, let’s calm down for a second!”
Sonic: “How about we just settle this with a quick fight? See what we’re each capable of?”
Sonic’s offer catches everyone off-guard. Though, Rouge, Shadow, Omega, and Knuckles seem receptive to the idea. Tails on the other hand questions his best friend about this.
Tails: “Are you sure, Sonic? We’d probably be wasting a bunch of time and stamina with this.”
Sonic: “Maybe, but it’d be good to let off some steam! Plus, it’d be fun!”
Knuckles: “I agree with Sonic! Maybe I’d finally have a proper challenge here?”
Omega:
“THE BLUE MEATBAG HAS A GOOD IDEA. I WOULD LIKE TO SLAM THIS RED MEATBAG INTO THE DIRT WHERE HE BELONGS.”
Rouge: “Heh. I suppose it’d be interesting.”
Shadow: “Admittedly, I’m curious about your abilities, hedgehog.”
Sonic: “See? Everyone’s in agreement!”
Sonic: “Besides, it doesn’t have to be too serious! And it doesn’t have to be long either!”
Tails:
“Hmm…”
Though Tails doesn’t agree with this idea deep down, he doubts Sonic and the others are gonna back down from doing it. Plus, it WOULD be good to see what Team Dark is capable of. So with a heavy sigh, the two-tailed fox relents.
Tails:
“...Alright. I guess we can do this.”
Sonic:
“Good! Now let’s set some ground rules!”
Sonic: “Number one! We aren’t using our full strength! Gotta save it for Eggman and his goons!”
Sonic: “Number two! We’ll do this for 5 minutes! Short and sweet!”
Sonic: “And number three! We can assist one another if we want to! It’s a 3v3 battle, after all! Team Sonic VS Team Rouge!”
Knuckles:
“What? Why is our team named after you?”
Sonic: “Because I’m the leader?”
Knuckles: “If that’s the case, Tails qualifies as a better leader than you! He comes up with all the strategies and plans!”
Tails: “Ehhh…I’m not sure if I qualify as a leader though?”
Tails: “Maybe instead, we should call ourselves Team Hero?”
Sonic: “Hm. That DOES sound better.”
Knuckles: “And it doesn’t make you sound like a narcissist!”
Rouge: “Yeah, I gotta agree with Tails here. Your team names suck.”
Sonic: “Okay! Then what IS your team name?”
Omega: “TEAM DESTRUCTION!”
Rouge: “No, that’s just you, Omega.”
Shadow: “How about Team Dark?”
When Shadow brings up that team name, Rouge and the others pause, before looking at him with interested expressions.
Sonic: “Heh! That doesn’t sound bad, faker!”
Rouge: “I do like the ring of that…but why Team Dark?”
Shadow: “Well…it just sounded good to me.”
Omega: “THIS NAME, I AM CONTENT WITH. BUT I STILL THINK MY SUGGESTION IS BETTER.”
Rouge: “Alright then! We’re officially Team Dark!”
Sonic: “Nice! Now let’s finally get started!”
Getting into combat poses, Team Sonic and Team Dark face each other, ready to fight. Omega and Knuckles glare at each other, eager to prove themselves stronger than the other. Rouge watches Tails prep his timer. And Sonic and Shadow stare each other down, with the former having a nostalgic smirk on his face. For some reason, the black hedgehog can’t help but share a similar smirk as well.
Tails: “Alright! And…!”
Tails: “GO!”
And just like that, the fight begins. A 3-on-3 battle of chaos-wielding speedsters, strategic flyers, and incredible powerhouses. Compared to their previous encounters with Teams Rose and Chaotix, this bout is much more even. Everyone here is at the very least capable of keeping up with whoever they’re fighting.
Starting with Rouge and Tails, the latter isn’t the best at physical combat compared to the former. Plus, the treasure hunter is a cunning and swift fighter, having been able to compete with Knuckles before, and possessing plenty of fighting experience thanks to her work with G.U.N. This isn’t gonna be an easy battle for the two-tailed fox.
Luckily, Tails has ways to counter Rouge’s best traits. He’s got an IQ on-par with Eggman’s, and has plenty of different tools and abilities he can use to his advantage. Plus, having grown up with Sonic, the young fox knows some of his tricks, and has greater speed than the bat girl. So it’s not completely one-sided.
As for Omega and Knuckles, this is much more even. The walking arsenal has a myriad of weapons, great speed, a durable body, and a Chaos Emerald powering his systems. He’s far above all of the previous E-Series robots, and was able to take on Metal Sonic for a while. Hence, Knuckles is definitely gonna have a tough fight.
Luckily, the guardian of Angel Island has plenty of his own advantages. His strength is almost otherworldly, he’s experienced in many forms of combat, can take plenty of punishment, and can use Chaos Energy to his advantage. He’s fought on-par with Sonic many times, which means Omega shouldn’t be too much trouble either.
Lastly, Shadow and Sonic. Both are mostly equal in speed, can also take plenty of punishment, have tons of skills, and are capable of utilizing Chaos Energy. However, the Ultimate Lifeform is overall more physically powerful, and has a better grasp on Chaos Energy compared to his blue rival.
But Sonic is the Fastest Thing Alive. He may not go at top speed often, but when he does, he’s hard to track. Not to mention if the battle drags on, he can adapt to the situation and eventually come out on top. He’s faced many kinds of opponents, and won. Or at the very least, he gave them a run for their money, in the case of Shadow.
While he was the weaker one during their first fight, Sonic WAS able to put his dark rival on the backfoot in their second fight, which surprised him. However, neither fight had a true conclusion due to the situation at the time. But right now? The blue blur was hoping it would be different. He wanted to have a proper win.
Throughout the first 4 minutes of the battle, it’s clear both teams are on-par with each other for the most part. And deep down, there’s some enjoyment to be had. Omega is surprised at how resilient and powerful Knuckles is, which tells him not all organic lifeforms are pushovers. There ARE a select few that can give him a proper challenge.
Likewise, Rouge finds some amusement in how Tails is fighting her. She’s a professional treasure hunter, spy, and G.U.N. agent with plenty of experience under her belt. Yet this two-tailed fox boy is able to keep up with her. She was pretty impressed, and it makes her wonder how good he’ll get when he’s her age.
And finally, Sonic and Shadow are zipping around the area, with the former clearly having a lot of fun with this battle. Likewise, the Ultimate Lifeform is feeling similarly, but he’s also surprised and confused at how this blue hedgehog is keeping up with him. And eventually, when they lock hands and try to push each other, he asks about this.
Shadow: “I gotta admit…I’m impressed that you’re keeping up with me so easily…”
Shadow:
“But how are you doing this? What are you?”
Sonic: “Nothing too special! I’m just a guy who loves adventure!”
Sonic: “And when I see an obstacle in front of me, I don’t hesitate to blow past it! With everything I got!”
Shadow: “Heh! You’re certainly spirited!”
Sonic: “So I’ve heard!”
Breaking their hands away, Sonic and Shadow then continue to throw blows at one another, and eventually, Tails’ timer goes off, letting off a loud ringing sound. The 5 minutes are up, and so is this team battle. Hence, everyone stops what they’re doing, despite some of them wanting to continue, and discuss how they all did. Rouge decides to compliment Tails on his performance.
Rouge: “Gotta say, Tails…your combat skills aren’t too shabby! I’m a little impressed!”
Tails: “Oh, I just stayed on the defensive for the most part! You’re definitely more skilled than I am!”
Rouge: “You flatter me! But I’m sure once you’ve grown a couple of inches, you’ll be a bigger challenge!”
Tails: “Well…we’ll have to wait and see on that one!”
Omega scans Knuckles, who’s taking a moment to stretch and pop his knuckles after a tough fight.
Omega: “RED MEATBAG…WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF YOUR STRENGTH?”
Knuckles: “Hmph! I’ve honed my strength and skills since I was a kid! And I keep getting better and better as I continue training!”
Omega: “YOUR POWER IS DEFINITELY NOTE-WORTHY. IF ONLY WE COULD HAVE GONE ALL OUT.”
Omega: “THEN I COULD HAVE HAD ONE OF THE MOST GLORIOUS BATTLES OF MY LIFE.”
Knuckles: “Admittedly, you were fun to fight against! We’ll have to go another round some other time!”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! I WILL BE THE VICTOR ONCE THE TIME COMES!”
Sonic and Shadow, still having some smirks on their faces, give their thoughts on their fight.
Sonic: “So? Did that fight spark your memory in any way?”
Shadow: “I got some deja-vu from it, but no.”
Shadow: “Though, I will admit…despite your carefree attitude, you’re a worthy opponent.”
Sonic: “Heh! How humble of you, Mr. Ultimate Lifeform!”
Sonic: “And you haven’t lost your edge either! I had a lot of fun here!”
Shadow: “Hm. I couldn’t help but feel the same way.”
Shadow:
“However, I wish I could have gone all-out. This didn’t feel as satisfying as it could have been.”
Sonic: “Well, when this is all over, we can have a proper rematch! Anytime, anywhere!”
Shadow: “Interesting offer. I’ll think about it.”
With their quick bout over, the two teams talk about what happens next.
Sonic: “So? Still think we’ll be pains in the butt for you and your pals, Rouge?”
Rouge: “Heh! Definitely! But I recognize I can’t really stop you!”
Rouge: “So I suppose we’ll just have to find Eggman first! That way, you’ll have another reason to pick up the pace!”
Sonic: “A race to see who’ll stop ‘ol Egg Breath’s super weapon first? Sign me up!”
Tails: “I guess more motivation is always nice. But why not work together with us? We could accomplish all of our goals quicker!”
Rouge: “Tempting, but I’ve already got a trigger-happy death machine and an Ultimate Lifeform to manage. The less people I have to keep watch of, the better.”
Omega: “ALSO, I CALL DIBS ON DESTROYING ALL EGGMAN ROBOTS!”
Knuckles: “Fine then! We don’t even need your help anyways!”
Rouge: “Neither do we! But good luck with the whole saving the world thing!”
Shadow: “Farewell, you three.”
Omega:
“NEXT TIME, I SHALL BE VICTORIOUS AGAINST ALL OF YOU!”
With their business over, Team Dark runs off, leaving Team Sonic to think about what just happened, and what they now know. Knuckles in particular crosses his arms with a grumpy expression.
Knuckles: “Finally! I can’t stand that bat’s pompous attitude!”
Sonic: “Oh come on! Deep down, you were glad to see her again!”
Sonic: “And I could see you staring at her new-”
Knuckles: “SHUT IT, SONIC!”
Angered at Sonic’s teasing, Knuckles raises a closed fist, with the hedgehog keeping a cheeky smile on his face as he’s about to dodge. However, Tails stands in-between them to stop it.
Tails: “Relax, you two! We have bigger things to worry about!”
Recognizing that fact, Knuckles calms down, and Sonic drops the teasing. Then, they discuss their current knowledge and what to do next.
Sonic: “You know, it’s interesting how many old friends of ours we’ve come across.”
Sonic: “What’s next? Mighty and Ray? The Chaotix? Fang and his hooligans?”
Knuckles: “I wouldn’t mind seeing the Chaotix again. Haven’t talked to them in a while.”
Tails: “Me too, but regardless, there’s a lot of people involved in this chase.”
Tails:
“Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Big are trying to find Froggy and Chocola around the same time Eggman is about to execute his next big plan.”
Tails: “And Rouge finds out Shadow is alive, along with a new E-Series robot, and they’re all working together to find Eggman too.”
Tails: “This all can’t be a coincidence. There HAS to be some reason why all these people are chasing after Eggman all at once.”
Sonic: “Hmm…I DO have to agree on that…”
Sonic: “Maybe Eggman’s trying to roboticize powerful friends of ours? Turn them against us?”
Tails: “Possibly. But why not kidnap all of them instead?”
Tails: “Moreover, if Eggman found Shadow and kept him stored in a secret base for who knows how long, he must have done SOMETHING with him.”
Knuckles: “Good point. Shadow IS a creation of his grandfather, and can use Chaos Energy incredibly well.”
Knuckles: “Heck, he could go Super! It wouldn’t be a surprise if Eggman wanted to use him for some new plan!”
Sonic: “Regardless, we won’t know until we confront him ourselves! So let’s get a move on already!”
Recognizing Sonic’s right, Tails and Knuckles nod, before they all continue their exploration of Frog Forest. They can’t spend all day speculating on something that they can just figure out later. And there’s robots to smash, and a forest to be saved. So there’s no time to waste. They have to keep going.
In fact, due to the scuffle with Team Dark, another team has already arrived in another part of Frog Forest. A watery swamp known as the Lost Jungle, where some of the more dangerous animals and obstacles reside. For example, giant black frogs that can destroy nearby plant life by summoning rain.
Despite the danger they come across, Team Rose is determined to find Eggman’s forces and their friends. They’ve made it this far, so there’s no reason to give up now. And while they have a bunch of trouble here, they’re doing pretty well. Big especially feels right at home here, having explored many kinds of forests and jungles before.
Eventually, Team Rose decides to go find a safe place to rest, searching everywhere they can and avoiding any possible dangers. As they do so, they talk about a few things.
Big: “This jungle is really nice. And the big frogs remind me of Froggy.”
Amy: “Yeah, it is beautiful! But also pretty dangerous!”
Amy: “Here I thought fruit couldn’t hurt people, but those black frogs have proven me wrong!”
Cream: “Mm. If me and Cheese were alone here, I don’t think we’d come back alive.”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Amy: “Don’t say things like that, Cream! You’re making me more worried!”
Cream: “Sorry, Ms. Amy! I’m just saying we wouldn’t make it this far without you and Mr. Big!”
Amy: “And we wouldn’t have made it this far without you two either! Your ability to fly around with your ears is incredibly helpful!”
Cream: “Hehehe! I’m glad I was born with it!”
Cream, Cheese, and Amy smile at each other, only to notice that Big is picking up a scent. The chao also appears to be sensing something, looking around with concern.
Cream: “What is it, Cheese?”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao!”
Amy: “Is he sensing Chocola nearby?”
Cream: “No, but he’s sensing another strong chao!”
Big: “I smell something weird. It’s coming from over there.”
Big points at what appears to be some kind of burrow in a small hill, designed to look like a house. It has a round door with a peephole, and an overhang made of thin stilts and large green leaves. The front yard also has a bunch of makeshift tables, piles of fruit, and junk. This is a curious sight for Team Rose.
Cream: “Oh! Someone lives here! Maybe they can help us explore this jungle?”
Amy: “I don’t know, Cream. No one could be here, and even then, they might not take kindly to outsiders.”
Cream: “But Cheese senses a chao inside! They could be in trouble!”
Amy: “They’re probably just hiding from Eggman’s robots and the big animals! And we don’t know what to expect!”
Big: “Huh?”
Hearing Big’s confusion, the girls and Cheese look back at him to see that he approached the pile of fruit, wanting to eat one. But this ended up being a trap, as a sturdy wooden cage had fallen on top of him. The cat simply looks back at his friends, who are a little concerned and/or annoyed.
Amy: “Big, what did you do!?”
Big: “I just wanted a snack, so I tried grabbing the fruit.”
Cream: “Don’t worry, Mr. Big! We’ll get you out!”
Amy: “Cream, hold on!”
Not paying attention to Amy’s words, Cream runs up to Big’s cage, only to suddenly have her leg caught by rope. This leads to her being dangled around a tall tree, with Cheese and Amy concerned for her safety.
Amy: “Ah! Are you okay!?”
Cream: “Y-Yeah! I’m fine! I’m sorry for not listening!”
Amy: “It’s okay! I’ll get you down, and then we’ll-”
???: “OUTTA MY SWAMP, INVADERS!”
Hearing the war cry from behind, Amy quickly brings out her hammer and blocks whoever’s attacking her. She comes to find that not only is her attacker wielding a wooden bo staff, but it’s a female jungle badger. Orange fur, brown streaks on her two locks of thick long hair, blue eyes, and a long bushy tail.
Attire-wise, it’s made up of different stitched up fabrics. A tube top, a skirt with a rope belt, fur-skinned boots, a necklace with sea-shells and a ring, and a golden band and spiral bracelet on each arm. Whoever this badger was, it’s clear she thrives in the wild, and she’s not in a good mood as she glares at Amy with gritted teeth.
Luckily, Amy manages to push the badger away, who now stands defensively with her staff, and begins to ramble.
???:
“I knew this day would come! The day aliens would invade this planet and control everyone’s MINDS!”
Amy: “What!? We’re not aliens! We’re just visitors!”
???:
“You don’t fool me, pinkie! There’s only ONE person in this world who’s like me! And that’s ME!”
Needless to say, the badger’s words only further confuse Team Rose, with Amy internally questioning what she’s even talking about.
Amy: “Um…anyways, we’re not here to hurt you or anyone else! We’re trying to find our friends!”
???: “That’s exactly what an alien would say to convince someone they’re not an alien!”
Amy: “I’m not lying! Just listen for a minute-”
???: “NO MORE LISTENING! TIME TO BREAK YOUR BONES!”
The jungle badger rushes towards Amy like a maniac, beginning their fight. Though, it’s not a particularly tough one for the pink hedgehog. Sure, the badger is quite the wild card, using many kinds of weapons, such as boomerangs, and is pretty agile and sporadic. Plus, she’s unpredictable, and has the home court advantage.
However, Amy has dealt with many strong foes, so she’s pretty experienced. She’s definitely more powerful than the badger, and if she wanted to, she could probably knock her out with one good hammer strike. But she doesn’t want to hurt her, so she’s been on the defensive for the most part.
Amy tries to reason with the badger, but she absolutely refuses to listen. And as this happens, Cheese decides to free Cream from the rope, though he has some trouble due to his lack of fingers. Big simply stares at the fight between the pink hedgehog and the badger, curious about the latter.
Eventually, after some struggle, Cheese manages to release Cream, who almost falls to the ground, but catches herself by flapping her ears. Then, she lands on her feet, thanking her chao companion before jumping between Amy and the jungle badger in the middle of their fight, wanting to convince them both to stop.
Cream: “Stop it! We don’t have to fight at all!”
???: “Yes we do! You’re here to capture me and brainwash me into doing your evil deeds!”
Cream: “No way! Me and my friends would never do any of that!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
???: “Oh really!? Then what’s with all those weird shiny animals attacking this place, huh!?”
Amy: “First of all, those aren’t animals! They’re robots made by an evil scientist named Dr. Eggman!”
???: “What’s a robot? Or a scientist? And there’s a walking talking egg around here?”
Amy: “Look, we don’t have time to fully explain all of that! But we’re here to stop them, find our friends, and make sure this jungle is safe!”
Amy: “You want to protect this place too, right?”
???: “Of course I do! I was preparing for the greatest stealth strike until all of you showed up!”
Cream: “Then why not work together with us? We could accomplish all of our goals together!”
???: “HMMMMMMMMM…”
The jungle badger gives the most suspectful look towards all of Team rose, clearly skeptical of their words. Though, after 10 seconds, she shrugs her shoulders.
???: “Okay. I’ll survive more easily with you guys.”
For a moment, Amy, Cheese, and Cream are all surprised at how quickly the jungle badger has changed her tune. But they’re not gonna complain, and she’d certainly be a useful ally here. So they calm down and move on.
Cream: “Yay! We’ve made a new friend!”
???: “Definitely not! I’m STILL keeping an eye on all of you! ESPECIALLY that big guy!”
On-guard, the badger points at the cage Big is in, with the girls and Cheese following her gaze. That’s when they see the purple cat grabbing the bars, and stretching them open, allowing him to walk out with not much trouble. He then looks towards the badger, still curious.
Big: “Hey little guy. I’m Big. I’m a cat.”
???: “Hmph! You must be the mastermind of this group, aren’t you?”
Big: “Huh?”
???: “Don’t play dumb with me! You’ve got experience with the wild!”
???:
“And when you have no experience in the wild, you get EATEN ALIVE!”
Big: “Oh…okay…”
Still confused with the badger’s ramblings, Cream and Cheese decide to introduce themselves with a polite bow.
Cream: “I’m Cream The Rabbit! And this is my best friend Cheese! It’s nice to meet you, Ms…?”
???:
“Sticks.”
Cream: “Ah! That’s a nice name!”
Sticks: “Trying to sweet-talk me, are you?”
Cream: “No? I’m just being polite.”
Sticks: “I don’t buy it…there’s something sinister behind those pretty little eyes!”
Sticks: “And your chao pal here is strong! I also have to keep watch of him!”
Cheese: “Chao?”
Slightly annoyed with Sticks’ suspicious attitude, Amy gives her introduction.
Amy: “My name is Amy Rose! I’m a hedgehog, and I’m the one leading this group!”
Sticks: “I see! You’re certainly powerful, I’ll give you that much!”
Sticks: “If I wasn’t careful, I’m certain you would have overthrown me as the ruler of this jungle!”
Amy: “You…rule this jungle?”
Sticks: “Yep! I know every spot, I’ve conquered every animal here, and anyone who challenges me for my title gets their bones broken!”
Cream: “Really? Then you must have seen Chocola and Froggy here, right?”
Sticks: “Who?”
Amy: “A brown chao and a small green frog. The friends we’re searching for right now.”
Sticks: “Oh…nope. Never seen those two in my life.”
Sticks: “But maybe my good pal Stones knows where they are? She keeps leaving my sight all the time, so I wouldn’t be surprised!”
Before Amy and Cream can ask who Stones is, Sticks lets out some kind of incoherent cry towards her home. Afterwards, a gray chao with a stone mask, gorilla arms, alligator feet, and peacock wings flies out, and goes right into the jungle badger’s arms for a hug.
Stones: “Chao!”
Sticks: “Ah! Such a cute little force of nature!”
Sticks affectionately rubs Stones on the head at a quick pace, which the latter seems to enjoy. Team Rose are a little surprised to know this badger has a pet chao, but Cheese DID sense her earlier, and this only further proves to them their new badger pal isn’t a bad person. Moreso just a little overprotective and distrustful.
After a nice round of petting, Stones finally takes notice of Team Rose, and appears to be just as defensive as her caretaker. But Sticks reassures her.
Sticks: “They aren’t a problem, Stones. Not for now.”
These words are enough to keep Stones from attacking Team Rose. Cheese then speaks to her about his sibling.
Cheese: “Chao chao Choco?”
Stones: “...”
Stones: “Chao.”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Clearly, Stones doesn’t know where Chocola is, saddening Cheese and his friends. But they decide to continue the conversation.
Cream: “Ms. Sticks? Do you and Ms. Stones know of any places where our friends could be?”
Sticks: “Of course we do! I just said we know this place inside and out!”
Sticks: “And there’s tons of chao around these parts! Usually around little gardens or in big plants or trees!”
Amy: “Then let’s check each of these spots and rescue them! Make sure Eggman’s robots can’t harm them!”
Sticks:
“Yes! And I STILL don’t know what a robot is!”
After that exchange, Team Rose and the Wild Duo run through more of Lost Jungle, investigating more obscure spots, dodging different obstacles, and destroying Eggman robots...
Chapter 46: Unexpected Encounter (Part 2)
Chapter Text
As Amy and her friends thought, Sticks and Stones are very valuable allies, both in terms of combat and exploration.
Sticks has already proven herself a capable fighter against Amy, but against Egg Pawns and the like? She’s very much frantic and hard to get a read on, while also having plenty of skills and weapons. Plus, due to living in this jungle for who knows how long, the badger knows everything about it, and has a greater sense of smell than Big.
Stones meanwhile is also quite the powerhouse, similar to Cheese. And being a small flying creature that can also swim, she can investigate areas the others can’t. Though, she and Sticks have a bad habit of just rushing into danger, guns blazing. Not to mention they’re still pretty suspicious of Team Rose, despite their alliance.
Regardless, Amy and her friends have been doing a better job surviving Lost Jungle thanks to the Wild Duo. Eggman’s robots are less of an issue, they can more easily avoid danger, and they’re rescuing plenty of chao throughout. But sadly, not a single one of them is Chocola, and there’s no sign of Froggy either.
Eventually, Team Rose and the Wild Duo arrive at another garden to find more chao, and once again, their friends aren’t present.
Big: “Froggy still isn’t here…”
Cream: “Neither is Chocola…”
Cheese: “Chao chao…”
Amy: “Cheer up, you three! Even if they’re not here, we’re gonna find those two eventually!”
Cream: “Even still, it’s kinda disheartening that we haven’t found them here.”
Sticks: “Disheartening!? I don’t want to be disheartened! I need my heart to stay alive!”
Amy: “That’s not what it means, Sticks! But your words are a little funny!”
Sticks: “Funny? There’s nothing funny about your heart not functioning!”
Sticks: “Besides, I’m serious about everything I do! Like sniffing out this weird smell!”
Getting closer to the nearby pool of water, Sticks tries to figure out where the smell is coming from. Wanting to get a better look, the badger sticks her face into the water for a moment before taking it out.
Sticks: “Hm. There’s something glowing under the water. Also lots of fishes.”
Cream: “What is it?”
Sticks: “Not sure. Me and Stones will have to find out for ourselves.”
Big: “I can fish it out if you’re okay with it.”
Hearing this idea from Big, Sticks and the others stare at him. And while she’d rather just dive into the water to find out, the badger decides to let the cat have at it.
Sticks: “Yeah, sure, whatever.”
Big: “Okie-dokie!”
Sitting down in front of the lake, Big brings out his fishing rod and casts his line. Then, everyone waits patiently as the cat waits for a bite. It takes a couple of minutes, and it’s clear Sticks and Stones are bored by this. Plus, the big guy keeps reeling in random fish, frogs, and other sea creatures, only further annoying everyone.
But eventually, Big catches the thing Sticks spotted, and it surprises everyone. They weren’t expecting to find another one of these in this jungle.
Team Rose : “A Chaos Emerald!”
Sticks: “Chaos what?”
Amy: “Chaos Emerald! It’s one of 7 gemstones with unlimited power!”
Amy: “When you have all of them, a miracle is supposed to happen! And we already got one before we came here!”
Amy shows off the yellow Chaos Emerald she and her friends got at Bullet Station, with Big holding onto the purple one. This intrigues Sticks, but she IS skeptical.
Sticks: “Really? These shiny rocks can make your wishes come true?”
Sticks: “Next, you’re gonna tell me they turn you yellow, and that they come from outer space!”
Cream: “Well…the first part is true…”
Cream: “But regardless, we need to make sure these emeralds don’t fall into the wrong hands!”
Sticks: “Then just put them back into the ocean! Bury them as far as you can bury them!”
Amy: “Pfft! I WISH it was that simple!”
???: “Then perhaps it’d be better if we took them off your hands?”
Looking behind them in surprise, Team Rose and the Wild Duo spot another group of outsiders. Said group being Team Chaotix, who have a couple of chao with them. They were ordered to find all the chao they can and escort them to a safe area by their client, so that Eggman’s forces can’t kidnap all of them for whatever the doctor is planning.
And while they expected to possibly run into Team Dark or some other group here, they didn’t think they’d run into this rag-tag group. However, Espio and Amy DO recognize each other, having met once before, and considering each other mutual friends. So they start up a calm conversation.
Amy: “Espio? Is that you?”
Espio: “Yes, Amy. It’s been a while, hasn’t it?”
Cream: “Oh? You know this person, Ms. Amy?”
Amy: “Yeah. Another friend of Sonic, and we’ve worked together before.”
Amy: “Though, I don’t recognize your friends here.”
Espio: “Mm. They’re my co-workers.”
Since Espio is acting friendly towards Amy, Vector and Charmy decide to greet her and her allies with a similar demeanor. Same with Cream, Cheese, and Big. Though, Sticks and Stones are skeptical.
Charmy: “Charmy Bee! Nice to meet you all!”
Vector: “And I’m Vector! The head-honcho of the Chaotix Detective Agency!”
Cream: “You’re detectives? That’s really cool!”
Cream: “My name is Cream, and this is my best friend Cheese! It’s nice to meet you!”
Big: “I’m Big. Have you seen my friend Froggy?”
Charmy: “Froggy? You mean one of those big frogs in this jungle?”
Big: “No. My pollywog pal is smaller.”
Charmy: “Oh. Then no.”
Vector: “Yeah, doesn’t ring a bell to me either.”
Espio: “Same here.”
Espio: “Also, who’s the badger? And the chao with the stone mask?”
Peeking behind something big, Sticks and Stones continue to stare back at Team Chaotix, thinking they could be enemies.
Amy: “That’s Sticks and Stones. They live here, and we’re working together to rescue the chao from Eggman’s forces.”
Sticks: “Hey! Don’t reveal our secret plans! They could be working with those robot thingies and plan on throwing our bodies into the water when we least expect it!”
Stones: “Chao…!”
Confused and taken aback by Sticks’ accusations, Espio quickly explains himself and his teammates.
Espio: “I can assure you we’re not in-league with Dr. Eggman or his forces.”
Espio: “In fact, we’ve been hired to track down the doctor, and were told to rescue the chao here as well.”
Sticks: “That’s exactly what someone with malicious plans would say when they’re trying to convince someone they DON’T have malicious plans!”
Amy: “Sticks, calm down! I know you don’t trust people easily, but I know these guys are being honest!”
Sticks: “How so!? I don’t even trust you and your pals that much either!”
Sticks’ words cause Big to turn his head around to look at her, who’s hiding behind him, with a confused expression.
Cream: “But we haven’t done anything to prove we’re bad, right?”
Sticks: “Maybe you’re just trying to lower my guard, so that when I DO trust you, you’ll end up stabbing me in the back!”
Big: “That’s mean. I would never do that.”
Amy: “And neither would me, Cream, or Cheese!”
Amy: “Just…relax a little! It’s okay to be suspicious, but we shouldn’t jump to conclusions so quickly!”
Sticks: “...”
For a moment, Sticks contemplates Amy’s words, while staring at her, her friends, and Team Chaotix. Stones also looks at her companion, waiting for her answer. And after a couple of seconds, she makes up her mind.
Sticks: “Fine. But I’m keeping my distance! Juuust in case!”
Stones: “Chao!”
To prove she’s being 100% honest, Sticks moves away from Big and stands a little further away from Team Rose, with Stones accompanying her. Team Rose and Team Chaotix accept this, and move on with their conversation.
Cream: “So, you wouldn’t happen to have found a brown chao named Chocola? Me and Cheese are looking for him!”
Vector: “Sorry, kid. But we haven’t.”
Vector: “Though, you and your little pal must be quite brave to have come this far!”
Cream: “Hehehe! It’s mainly because we have great friends to back us up!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Charmy: “Nice! And you guys found two Chaos Emeralds too!”
Amy: “Ah! Yep! Found the yellow one back at Bullet Station, and Big just fished out the purple one!”
Vector: “Wait, you were also running around that Eggman base?”
Big: “Uh-huh. There were a lot of those metal rails.”
Vector: “Well, that’s one heck of a coincidence! We were wrecking up the doc’s supplies and machines there around the same time!”
Vector: “Guess that means you also took down that fake Eggman in that hawk machine?”
Amy: “Yes…and it still ticks me off!”
Espio: “Mmm. It was certainly annoying for us too.”
Espio: “Moving on, it seems that we all have the same goal here. Rescue all the chao.”
Espio: “So perhaps it’s best we work together here?”
When Espio brings up that idea, everyone looks curiously at him. Sticks and Stones specifically keep their suspectful looks, and Vector questions his comrade.
Vector: “You sure about this, Espio? These guys could end up slowing us down.”
Vector: “Plus, that badger and her chao aren't fans of us. They could be more trouble.”
Espio: “Perhaps. But I think they could help us finish this task at a quicker rate by covering more ground.”
Espio: “Plus, said badger probably knows a lot about this jungle, so her assistance highly benefits us.”
Vector: “Hmmm…you got some good points…”
Vector: “And admittedly, I’d like to make sure that little rabbit girl and her chao are safe.”
Charmy: “Can we just agree to work together already!? It’d be tons of fun!”
Vector: “Oh fine! But we’re not splitting our pay between them!”
Looking back at Team Rose and the Wild Duo, Team Chaotix asks what they think of the proposition.
Vector: “Alright! If you’re willing to, we can work together to solve this!”
Amy: “That’s perfectly fine with me! The more the merrier, right?”
Cream: “Yeah! It’ll be fun to have more help this time!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “I like making new friends, so I’m happy with this.”
Sticks: “Meh! I still don’t trust any of you, but I’ll allow it!”
Stones: “Chao.”
Charmy: “Sweet! This’ll be like one big game of hide and seek!”
Espio: “How many chao has your group found, Amy?”
Amy: “About 37 so far! You?”
Espio: “24.”
Amy: “Hmm. So that makes about 61 chao rescued.”
Amy: “Sticks, you said there are around a hundred chao that live in this jungle, right?”
Sticks: “Yes! 154 to be exact!”
Vector:
“Shesh! Then we have a lot of ground to cover!”
Vector: “You guys must know of some shortcuts or secret spots. Where should we go?”
Amy: “Well, the chao usually hang around gardens like this one, or big plants and trees.”
Amy: “And it’s likely Eggman’s robots have already captured a bunch of chao already.”
Amy: “Therefore, we should split into two groups! One to hunt down those scrap piles, and another to find the remaining chao!”
Everyone agrees to this idea, and decides on who should go with who. Amy, Espio, Sticks, and Stones will go hunt down any Eggman robots that have captured chao, while Vector takes Cream, Cheese, Big, and Charmy with him to secret spots to find chao. The pink hedgehog is a little hesitant to let the rabbit and chao duo out of her sight, but the crocodile reassures her he’ll do his best to look after them.
Afterwards, everyone goes their separate ways. Starting with Amy’s group, she and her allies are easily able to take care of any Eggman robots they find. Even the stronger ones aren’t too much trouble when they use strategy and teamwork to destroy them. Plus, the pink hedgehog finds some enjoyment from working with Espio again, and vice-versa.
Eventually, after taking down what appears to be the last group of Eggman robots and rescuing the chao they stole, Amy’s group takes a moment to congratulate themselves.
Amy: “Whew! I think that was the last few Eggman robots!”
Espio: “It appears so. You’ve improved plenty since Eggman tried using the second Death Egg to take over the world.”
Amy: “Same to you! That camouflage trick is just as useful as I remember!”
Espio: “Yes. And you have some remarkable abilities too, Sticks.”
Sticks: “Of course I do! I’ve lived in this jungle for as long as I can remember, and I’ve conquered it as my own!”
Espio: “Ah. That’s impressive.”
Espio: “Can’t imagine it was easy surviving in a place like this.”
Sticks:
“Only if you’re not one with the wild! Otherwise, you get eaten alive!”
Sticks:
“But here, I do the eating! Not anyone else!”
Amy: “Doesn’t it get a little tiring though? Dealing with dangerous animals and the like?”
Sticks: “Nah! I can never get tired of my home!”
Sticks: “Besides, once you get to know them, these forces of nature aren’t that scary or dangerous!”
Espio: “Hm. Clearly, you don’t fear anything.”
Sticks: “The only thing I fear is someone kidnapping and brainwashing me! I’ve been preparing for a long time for when it happens!”
Amy: “Is that why you’re always so distrustful towards others? You’re afraid of them doing that to you?”
Sticks: “Obviously! It’s an eat or be eaten world here!”
Sticks: “Those who don’t look over their backs every 3 seconds will be eaten! Never let your guard down!”
Amy: “Well…you certainly do have to be careful about who you come across.”
Amy: “But that doesn’t mean you should shut everyone out! There are tons of great people out there!”
Espio: “Amy’s right. It’s not healthy to constantly be on-guard all the time.”
Espio: “Otherwise, it’ll drain you. Physically and mentally.”
Sticks: “Oh, I can relax! Just in the privacy and security of my own home with Stones!”
Sticks: “And even then, I need to have some traps set up before I do so!”
Hearing Sticks say that, Espio and Amy give each other some slightly concerned looks. Sure, the jungle badger can take care of herself, and she at least has a friend in her chao companion. But at the same time, having to survive on your own in this wild jungle is bound to give you a few issues.
It’s likely Sticks hasn’t had any interaction with people like Amy or Espio in a very long time, and because of how long she’s lived in this dangerous jungle, she’s come to develop paranoia, and the view that the world will eat her if she doesn’t eat it first. Survival of the fittest, in other words. And anyone who may threaten her life is someone that needs to be taken out ASAP.
But maybe, if she had more interactions with actual people, Sticks could learn to calm down and accept that not everyone is a possible enemy? Amy would certainly like to change that. Maybe once this adventure is over, she’ll come by and visit her again? She certainly isn’t a bad person, and is even kinda fun to be around at points.
Regardless, having finished their mission, Amy’s group takes all the chao they’ve found and go find Vector’s group, who are still searching different spots. And despite having to manage two kids, a chao, and a clueless cat, the crocodile is doing well with looking after them, and working together with them.
Having two flyers and powerhouses on hand, Vector’s group has little trouble navigating Lost Jungle, and should they come across any possible danger, Vector and Big can handle it no problem. Plus, Charmy and Cream get along very well, despite the former finding the latter too girly and polite.
Vector also has a nice relationship with Cream, and she finds the crocodile very brave and kind-hearted, despite his rough attitude. And as they search for chao, they strike up a friendly conversation.
Vector: “So Eggman kidnapped you and your family, along with a bunch of other folks?”
Cream: “Yeah! It was really scary!”
Cream: “But then Mr. Sonic and his friends saved me and Cheese, and we all worked together to stop that meanie!”
Cream: “It really helped us become more brave! And I want to be just like them when I’m older!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Vector: “Heh! Yeah, Sonic does tend to inspire people!”
Vector: “But personally, I’m more familiar with his pal, Knuckles! Me and the boys worked with him to stop Eggman from using the Chaos Rings!”
Vector: “It was a tough journey, but we kicked some serious butt!”
Charmy: “Heck yeah we did! It was AWESOME!”
Cream: “Hehehe! It certainly sounds fun!”
Cream: “And I can imagine you get a lot of interesting work as detectives, right?”
When Cream says that, Vector seems a little uneasy, while Charmy just rambles on.
Charmy: “Oh, it’s usually small stuff! This is actually our first big gig in a while!”
Charmy: “We’ve rescued cats from trees, helped some elderly people at a retirement home, played in a rock band…”
Big: “A band made of rocks?”
Vector: “W-Well, we never turn down work that pays good! And if we’re helping people, then that’s good enough!”
Cream: “Amazing! You guys sound so cool!”
Cream: “Maybe one day, you could come by my house at Floral Forest and join me and my family for a tea party! My mom makes really good cookies!”
Vector: “Oh, I’ll absolutely think about it! That sounds like a fun and delicious time!”
Charmy: “Definitely! Nothing’s better than some freshly baked honey tarts!”
Big: “Mm…now I want to eat something…”
Cream: “Should we take a break? We have been searching for a while.”
Vector: “Nah! We’re not stopping until we’ve rescued every chao here!”
Vector: “Plus, we have a job to do, and the quicker we do this, the better!”
While Cream doesn’t want her friends to overwork themselves, she does recognize Vector has a point. So she doesn’t say anything and goes along with them, continuing to find chao. And after a couple of minutes, the group finds themselves at some large riverstream, where a green chao with alligator features is resting on a log.
Without hesitation, Cream and Cheese fly towards the chao, who stares at them with confusion. Then, the rabbit and chao duo talk to them.
Cream: “Hello! My name is Cream! And my friend here is Cheese!”
Cheese:
“Chao chao chao!”
Cheese begins to explain the situation to the green chao, who appears to understand the stakes here and nods in agreement to come along with him and Cream. However, a large creature is swimming in the water towards the rabbit and chaos, which Vector quickly picks up on and shouts out.
Vector: “CREAM! CHEESE! LOOK OUT!”
Cream: “Huh!?”
Just as Cream, Cheese, and the green chao hear this, a giant alligator jumps out of the water and attempts to eat them. But Vector reacts quickly and pushes them out of the way, causing him to end up in the jaw of the beast, which worries everyone. Luckily, the crocodile isn’t gonna go down like a chump.
Pushing the palate of the mouth upwards, Vector manages to break free of the alligator and tumbles around in the water. This leads to a fight between these similar, yet different reptiles, with the crocodile holding his own well as he beats the snot out of the alligator in order to make it back off.
Unfortunately, the alligator is a persistent beast that’s not keen on giving up on it’s prey. Therefore, Cream, Cheese, Charmy, Big, and even the green chao do their best to help out. The kids and chao act as distractions, while the cat helps his crocodile friend defeat the alligator quickly.
While none of them (Except maybe Vector) want to harm this creature, it’s not giving them much of a choice. Like Sticks said before, it’s survival of the fittest. And eventually, the alligator finally decides to give up and swim away, injured. Vector’s group is victorious, despite getting hurt themselves.
Sitting down on a grassy platform, Vector and Big lay down, drenched and a little exhausted, while Cream, Charmy, and the chao check on them.
Charmy: “Are you two alright!? You’re not poisoned or anything!?”
Vector: “Nah…just a little tired and sore! But me and Big showed that gator what for!”
Vector: “Nice work, by the way! You’re surprisingly tough!”
Big: “Thanks.”
Vector: “You kids did pretty good too! And you don’t seem too injured either!”
Cream: “Still…I’m sorry for rushing in without paying attention to my surroundings…”
Vector: “Hey, don’t sweat it! It’s not like we could have seen that alligator from a mile away!”
Vector: “Plus, you, Charmy, and Cheese were quite brave back there!”
Charmy: “Hehehehe! Not as cool as you, though!”
Cream: “Yeah! You took on that alligator like it was nothing!”
Cream: “But I do feel bad for it…those hits must have stung a lot…”
Vector: “Well, it’ll probably be fine. Just needs some time to lick it’s wounds.”
Cream, Cheese, and Charmy nod, taking a moment to relax with Vector, Big, and the green chao after that quick scuffle. And a little while later, Amy’s group finds them, noticing the crocodile and cat are a little wet and beat up.
Amy: “Are you guys alright? What happened?”
Big: “We fought a big alligator. It was being mean and trying to eat us.”
Sticks: “Seriously!? Leafie is one of the strongest animals in this jungle!”
Sticks: “Either you guys are liars, or I REALLY need to keep an eye on all of you!”
Charmy: “We’re not lying! Cream and Cheese were trying to convince this green chao to follow us, and then that alligator attacked!”
Charmy: “But then Vector pushed them out of the way and fought it with Big, and we helped out a little, and we drove it off, and it was really cool!”
Espio: “Hm. Just as I expected from my teammates.”
Vector: “It certainly wasn’t easy! That gator REALLY wanted me in it’s stomach!”
Vector: “Luckily, me and Big showed it a thing or two!”
Amy: “That’s good! But are all of you okay? Not seriously injured or anything?”
Cream: “Well, Mr. Big and Mr. Vector got a bunch of bruises, but the rest of us are completely fine!”
Amy: “Whew…what a relief!”
Amy: “So, how many chao did you find? We rescued 62 from Eggman’s robots!”
Cream: “32! So that makes 155!”
Sticks: “And Stones is with me, so that’s all of them!”
Charmy: “Sweet! Now Eggman’s stupid machines can’t steal any of them!”
Espio: “Which means our job here is done.”
Cream: “Mm-hm! It was great working with all of you!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Charmy: “Definitely! We should do something like this again later!”
Vector: “Hopefully, there’ll be less Badniks and killer alligators next time!”
Big: “Yeah. Neither of those things are fun.”
Sticks:
“But beating up weird metal people and large animals is tons of fun! It gives a thrill nothing else can provide!”
Amy: “What about working together with new friends?”
Sticks: “?”
Confused, Sticks stares at Amy and the others, some of whom give her a smile. She still doesn’t really trust them, but…to some degree, she likes Team Rose. Team Chaotix, she’s still on the fence about. Regardless, the badger gives an answer to the pink hedgehog’s question.
Sticks: “...I suppose a few of you aren’t too bad…”
Sticks: “Though, don’t think for a second that I’ll let my guard down! I’ll never leave myself vulnerable to brainwashing!”
Amy: “Heh! I suppose it’s okay for now!”
Amy: “So, what comes next for you guys?”
Getting back on their feet, Vector and Big join their respective teammates, continuing the conversation.
Vector: “Well, I think me and the boys should get going and contact our client on what to do next.”
Vector: “We’ll leave you guys to do your own thing! You can clearly handle yourselves!”
Amy: “Same to you three! Good luck with your job!”
Cream: “Bye, you three! I hope to see you all again soon!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Big: “We should go fishing sometime!”
Charmy: “Bye!”
Espio: “May your strong spirits persevere!”
Saying farewell, Team Chaotix runs out of Lost Jungle, leaving Team Rose and the Wild Duo to part ways.
Amy: “We should get going too! Eggman’s still out there, and we need to find him!”
Cream: “Right! Do you and Ms. Stones want to come along, Ms. Sticks?”
Sticks:
“Leave the jungle!? Are you nuts!?”
Sticks: “This is my home! My territory! I can’t just leave it behind to go beat up some egg person in some new dangerous place I don’t know!”
Stones: “Chao…”
Amy: “That’s fair! But maybe it’d be good to get out of your comfort zone every once in a while?”
Sticks: “Why would you ever wanna leave your comfort zone?”
Amy: “Because sometimes, it’s good to try out new things! Even if they may seem scary!”
Amy:
“And you’re free to take it at whatever pace suits you best! No one can force you to go faster or slower!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! And when you find something you enjoy, it makes you more willing to try new things!”
Big: “It’s always good to explore with friends!”
Sticks: “...”
Once again, Sticks is confused with what Team Rose is saying. She’d rather not listen to them, since it could be some trick. But then again…she’s been living in this jungle all her life. She’s never been outside of it, and has never tried to go beyond it. To her, it was certain death. So it was better to stay where she thrived.
However, maybe Team Rose has a point? Sure, there’s probably a lot of danger out in the wide world. But there could be plenty of wondrous new things to discover too. Things that she can’t get here. Though, that’ll have to wait. For a LONG time. Shaking her head, Sticks moves the conversation along.
Sticks:
“Whatever! The point is I’m staying right here! And you aren’t stopping me!”
Amy: “Okay! We have no intention of doing so!”
Amy: “So, where can we get out of this jungle?”
Sticks: “Just go that way, and you’ll eventually see less jungle. Simple as that.”
Sticks points northwest, which is enough to satisfy Team Rose.
Amy: “Alright! Thanks for everything, Sticks and Stones!”
Cream:
“We’ll come by again some other time!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Big: “Later, friend!”
Silently, Sticks watches as Team Rose rushes off through the Lost Jungle. For a moment, she seems a little melancholy, and Stones picks up on this. This is the first time in her life that she’s interacted with living beings that aren’t chao, or small and large animals with less advanced sentience.
And while Sticks still doesn’t trust them…she does feel it was a nice breath of fresh air to work together with them. It was nice to not be alone for once. But she quickly snaps out of it and holds Stones in her arms with a smile before running off. She’s thinking of making more traps around Lost Jungle, just in case Eggman’s robots show up again.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*???*
In a dark room, only illuminated by several computer monitors, Metallix is sitting down in his chair, overlooking different aspects of his plan. The bio-data he needs to obtain from Chocola and Froggy, the launch of the Egg Fleet, and the many teams chasing after him. His plan is coming close to fruition.
However, while Metallix has little doubt of his victory, it would be foolish to not prepare for the worst case scenario. Hence, he’s been looking up different Eggman bases, old and new, along with other possible locations to set up secret bases. Ones that’ll be hard to find for Sonic, Eggman, and whoever else.
Though, Metallix is getting a little annoyed at a few things. While he’s getting close, the necessary bio-data he needs hasn’t been extracted from the chao and frog he kidnapped. Plus, it’s clear he underestimated Team Chaotix and Team Rose, and Team Sonic and Team Dark are still an issue.
Maybe he should get back into the action? See these unwanted pests for himself?
Chapter 47: Disturbed Spirits
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Hang Castle. Unknown Time.*
Looking around with uneasy expressions, Team Chaotix finds themselves in a mysterious and spooky area under a pitch-black sky with a large moon that has a skull face on it. Many stone towers and roads were present, alongside torches, dull-colored plants, red banners with an eye on them, and mist.
Overall, the place definitely gave off a scary Halloween vibe. So much so that Team Chaotix felt uncomfortable just walking around here. Charmy in particular seemed a little scared, but tries to put a brave face on as he talks to his teammates.
Charmy: “Umm…Vector? Are you sure this is the right place?”
Vector: “Our client said Dr. Eggman took over this area not too long ago, so there’s no doubt about it!”
Charmy: “But it’s so creepy! How are you two acting so calm?”
Espio: “Admittedly, I’m getting an unsettling feeling. Like we’re being watched.”
Charmy: “Don’t say stuff like that, Espio! That only makes this worse!”
Vector: “Calm down, Charmy! Just stick close to us, and we should be fine!”
Vector: “Besides, we just have to drive out Eggman’s forces, and if we’re lucky, we might catch the man himself!”
Charmy: “Right…gotta stay focused!”
Espio: “Let’s do this swiftly and efficiently.”
Vector: “That’s the spirit!”
Now feeling more confident, Team Chaotix begins their search through Hang Castle. At first, they don’t deal with anything too weird or troublesome. Just some rail grinding, Eggman robots, floating platforms, and other basic stuff. But then they come across a strange glowing blue orb device inside a tower, which catches their attention.
Charmy: “Huh…what is this thing?”
Vector: “Not sure. But it seems to be emitting some kind of weird energy.”
Espio: “Mm. I can sense it myself.”
Espio: “It feels like a thousand spirits are trapped within…ready to burst at any time…”
Vector: “Really? Then we definitely shouldn’t touch-?”
Curiosity getting the best of him, and with no consideration for Vector and Espio’s words, Charmy pokes the orb, which blinds them with light for a moment. Then, they realize they’re falling down to the ceiling of the tower, and they take a look at their surroundings once they land.
Charmy: “Woah! The world’s turned upside down!”
Vector: “You couldn’t have kept your hands to yourself!?”
Espio: “Hey! Look!”
Espio points up at what used to be the floor of the tower, where the now inactive orb lets out it’s strange energy. As this happens, a bunch of ghosts with jack-o lanterns for heads phase into existence, and start flying around while cackling. Needless to say, Team Chaotix is pretty surprised.
Vector: “Looks like your hunch wasn’t wrong, Espio!”
Espio:
“Indeed. But they don’t appear to be too hostile, or interested in us.”
Charmy: “Whew! That’s a relief!”
Charmy: “So, where do we go now?”
Vector: “Good question! Let’s see!”
Now dealing with anti-gravity, Team Chaotix tries their best to navigate this strange world. This is when they come across some weirder obstacles, like invisible roads with fireballs showing the way. In addition, there’s a new Eggman robot. Normally, it’s a bishop, but reversed, it’s a magician. Not too big of an issue, but they can heal their fellow robots, or lower the stamina of their enemies.
Regardless, Team Chaotix does well with investigating Hang Castle, taking down all the Eggman robots they can find, and dodging danger. Though, that doesn’t mean they aren’t still creeped out by this place. Especially given all the pumpkin ghosts flying around. But they don’t let it get to them.
Soon enough, Team Chaotix finds the entrance to an underground cavern full of grind rails, skeletons, and tons of pumpkin ghosts.
Espio: “That’s a lot of ghosts…I wonder why they’re here?”
Charmy: “Maybe it’s because of that shiny thing over there?”
Charmy points over at a cyan sparkle, located in a structure that looks like a scary face.
Vector: “Interesting! Let’s go check it out! Could be important!”
Though a little reluctant, Espio and Charmy agree with Vector, and the three make their way to the scary face within the cavern. However, they keep accidentally bumping into ghosts as they grind on rails. Luckily, they don’t hurt much, or just phase through them completely, but they’re still annoying.
After a couple of minutes, Team Chaotix reaches the mouth of the scary face structure, landing on hard rock and stone. There’s a couple of random treasures here littered around the ground, like gemstones and tablets. Most importantly of all, there’s a cyan diamond-shaped gem emitting a strong glow, which the detectives immediately recognize.
Charmy: “Woah…! That’s a Chaos Emerald!”
Vector: “Looks like it! Guess one of the ghosts must have found it and brought it here!”
Espio: “The emeralds DO bring about some unnatural forces…”
Espio: “Therefore, it’s best we take this with us. Otherwise, it may fall into evil hands.”
Charmy: “But wouldn’t the ghosts get mad at us for it?”
Vector: “Hey! It’s better than just leaving it here for anyone to take!”
Vector: “Though, we’ll probably have to book it the moment we grab it.”
Espio: “Good idea. But we’d need a faster mode of transportation with all these ghosts here.”
Vector: “Hmm…”
Looking around, Vector notices some sort of wooden cart nearby. This puts a smile on his face.
Vector: “Bingo!”
After saying that, Team Chaotix prepares to use the trolley to book it. Vector rides in the seat, Charmy holds onto it so that he can help the cart jump, and Espio stays in ball form in the back to speed it up. Holding the cyan gemstone, the crocodile gives the go-ahead, and he and his teammates zoom across the rails.
As they expected, the ghosts notice the glow of the Chaos Emerald, which makes them chase after Team Chaotix. But with a speedy trolley, and some quick reaction times, the detectives are able to escape the cavern. Though, they end up crashing onto a stone pathway, with the cart breaking into pieces, and them lying on the floor.
Vector:
“Ouch…that wasn’t a very smooth landing…!”
Espio: “No kidding. But we did make it out mostly unscathed.”
Charmy: “Yeah! That was pretty fun!”
Charmy: “And with a Chaos Emerald on us, this job will go by much faster!”
Vector: “Don’t jinx it! We still haven’t found Eggman yet!”
Vector: “Besides, we don’t even know how to use this shiny rock!”
Espio: “If only we had Knuckles with us. He knows all the ins and outs of Chaos Energy.”
Vector: “Well, we don’t exactly have easy access to Angel Island. So maybe it’d be better to find Sonic and Tails instead?”
Charmy: “I’d like that! It feels like forever since I’ve seen those guys!”
Charmy: “Maybe I could fly that Tornado plane? I always thought it’d be a blast!”
Vector: “Psh! Pretty sure you’d end up crashing in under a minute!”
Charmy: “Huh…yeah, I guess that would happen…”
Espio: “Regardless, we should continue with our mission. Before any more ghosts chase after us.”
Vector and Charmy nod their heads, before they and Espio continue to explore Hang Castle. They still do well with all the robots and obstacles, but it’s not much better than before they got the Chaos Emerald. Honestly, aside from making sure Eggman can’t use it’s great power, the detectives have no reason to keep the fancy rock.
In fact, the Chaos Emerald is making the ghosts a little more aggressive, but luckily, they don’t come in large groups, and go away with one strike, so Team Chaotix is a-okay. And soon enough, the detectives arrive at a large circular platform, with a bunch of nearby towers and a faraway stone wall.
Espio: “Hmmm…this area is too quiet…”
Charmy: “Hey! Look at that!”
Charmy points at the faraway stone wall, where a giant statue of Eggman is present. But strangely, only his top half is present. Below is a reversed statue of some sort of robotic hedgehog. This weirds out the team, especially Vector.
Vector: “Of course Eggman built himself a statue here.”
Vector: “Though, what’s the thing below him? It kinda looks like a robot hedgehog.”
Espio: “It bears resemblance to Metal Sonic, but I don’t remember him having long quills and ears.”
Charmy: “Maybe it’s an upgrade? Or a completely different robot?”
Vector: “...”
Still feeling suspectful, Vector stares intently at the statue. He has a feeling he knows what this may be about. Though, before he can even think about sharing his thoughts with his teammates, they hear someone shout at them from behind.
???:
“Ah! So YOU’RE the ones playing games with my army?”
Team Chaotix : “Eggman!”
Turning around, Team Chaotix looks up to see who they’ve been chasing after this entire time. Dr. Eggman, in his Egg Mobile, stares down at the detectives with a look of annoyance. He knows of their existence via the Eggnet, but he wasn’t expecting them to get involved in his plans. And clearly, they were becoming an issue, and they needed to be taken out.
Eager to finally catch their target, especially after everything they’ve been through, Espio and Charmy make some remarks, while Vector calls their client.
Espio:
“At last…we’ve found our target!”
Eggman: “Hm? Are you here to capture me?”
Charmy: “Yep! We’ve been hired to take you down, you mustached phony!”
Charmy: “Plus, this’ll be payback for what happened back on Carnival Island!”
Eggman: “Tch! You REALLY think you stand a chance against my brilliance?”
Eggman: “No matter! I have very little time to spare on you pests, especially with my latest plot in the final stages!”
Espio: “All the more reason to defeat you, evil one.”
Espio’s comment seems to bother Eggman in some manner, but he doesn’t respond to it. Vector then talks to the mysterious client about their situation.
Mysterious Client: “Ah! Have you finished your task at Hang Castle?”
Vector:
“For the most part! And we’ve finally found that mustached moron!”
Mysterious Client: “Mustached moron!? Who are you call-I-I mean…!”
Mysterious Client:
“F-Forget that! Are you sure it’s him!?”
Vector: “Absolutely! Anything we should know before we bash his face in?”
Mysterious Client: “Definitely! Don’t let him escape! Don’t even give him a chance to breathe!”
Mysterious Client: “And be VERY careful! There’s no telling what tricks he has up his sleeve!”
Vector: “Got it! We’ll make this as quick as possible!”
Turning his walkie-talkie off, Vector speaks up to Eggman.
Vector: “Alright, Eggman! You better get down here and come with us quietly! Or you’re gonna get a taste of the karma collector!”
Charmy: “Yeah! You don’t stand a chance against us!”
Espio: “Submit now, and we’ll promise not to bruise you too badly.”
Eggman: “Oh please! Do you honestly think I would WILLINGLY give myself up to you fools just like that?”
Eggman: “And while I may not have any sort of machine to use against you three, I DO have a storm of my robots to wear you down!”
Vector: “Fine then! Do your worst!”
Eggman: “Gladly! GET THEM!”
Pointing down at Team Chaotix, Eggman orders his robots to come down and attack them. And there’s a LOT. Pawns, Flappers, Bishops/Magicians, Hammers, and more in great supply. Needless to say, the detectives are surprised at the amount of machines present. But they certainly can’t back down now. Not when they’re so close to their goal.
When the battle begins, Team Chaotix is able to hold their own very well. Vector takes on the strongest robots, Espio swiftly takes out the small fry, and Charmy shoots the flyers down. They also assist one another when the opportunity presents itself. This isn’t their first rodeo with Eggman’s machines, and certainly not their first battle.
However, it doesn’t take long for Team Chaotix to get overwhelmed by the storm of robots attacking them. The Power Cores help, but not enough to turn the tides. And they don’t know how to harness the power of their Chaos Emerald either. The detectives aren’t complete pushovers, but compared to people like Sonic and Knuckles? They’re not super powerful.
Eggman is well aware of this, and that’s why he feels no need to directly attack Team Chaotix. Just send a large group of Badniks their way, and they’ll be stuck here as spirits forever. He has no use for them, and if they want to stick their noses where they don’t belong? Then they better be prepared to lose more than their pay.
Eventually, Team Chaotix starts to become fatigued from the battle, and Eggman gives a cocky smile as he watches them try to figure out a new plan of action.
Charmy: “Huff…there’s just too many of them!”
Espio: “If this continues, we’ll definitely lose! We need a new plan!”
Vector: “Let me think for a second! There’s gotta be some way we can salvage this!”
Eggman: “Still trying to cope with the fact that you’re losing?”
Eggman: “Why even bother with this? Are you REALLY that desperate for money that you’re willing to risk your lives against the great Dr. Eggman?”
Charmy: “Shut up! We’ve kicked your butt before, and we’ll do it again!”
Charmy: “Plus, if you’re REALLY that great, why don’t you come down here and fight us!?”
Eggman: “Because I don’t waste time with those below me! And clearly, I had no reason to be here, since my army is more than enough to take all of you out!”
Eggman: “So I’ll just get going now! World to conquer and all that!”
Espio: “No! I won’t let you escape!”
Bringing out his shurikens, Espio attempts to hit Eggman. But with a press of a button, the Egg Mobile is enveloped in a red energy shield, rendering the throwing stars harmless. And with his smug smirk still on his face, the doctor takes off, leaving Team Chaotix even more angry.
Vector: “Dangit! We finally find our guy, and he runs off on us!”
Espio: “We’ll deal with him later! For now, we should cut our losses and run!”
Charmy: “Hold on! Maybe we could still catch him!?”
Vector: “Sorry, Charmy! But with all these robots in the way, and us exhausted, there’s no chance of us grabbing that arrogant jerk!”
Charmy: “Ugh! Fine! We’ll get him next time!”
Charmy: “Now how do we get out of here!?”
Espio: “I got it covered!”
Espio throws a bunch of smoke bombs at the robots, covering their vision and allowing him and his teammates to escape to a lower path. Then, they book it, despite their fatigue. Once they’re sure they’re in the clear, they take a moment to catch their breath, and think about what happened.
Vector: “Well…that didn’t turn out the way we hoped…”
Espio: “Indeed…and after all we’ve been through to get to this point…”
Charmy: “Come on, you guys! We’ll get Eggman soon! We just have to track him down again!”
Espio: “Of course. I know we will.”
Espio: “Though, we first need to get out of this place. And quickly.”
Vector: “Yeah. There’s no telling how much time has passed since we first arrived here, and whatever Eggman’s planning can’t be good!”
Charmy and Espio nod in agreement, before following Vector through the rest of Hang Castle. Since they don’t want to deal with a lot of Eggman robots again, they decide to avoid them when they can. And luckily for them, many of said robots have already been destroyed, even if they don’t recall destroying too many.
Regardless, Team Chaotix eventually reaches the front of a gigantic mansion, which appears to be the only way to leave this place. The doors have been blown to smithereens, which is convenient for them. Clearly, someone has been exploring this area too. Whether they’re an ally or enemy? Well…maybe a little bit of both?
See, before Team Chaotix and Eggman arrived here, Team Dark beat them to the punch. Right now, they’re running around the Mystic Mansion, trying to escape to the outside. Naturally, they’re also dealing with many of the spooky dangers of this area, like the pumpkin ghosts, underground caverns with trolleys, and skeletons.
In addition, there’s some new obstacles to mess with their minds too. Spider web grind rails, infinite hallways, large rooms with dark pits, etc. They’re having some trouble with it, but compared to Team Chaotix, Team Dark can more easily handle themselves. It also helps that they have 2 Chaos Emeralds they actually know how to use.
Running down a regular hallway, Team Dark takes a look around. There’s some stone statues of Egg Pawns with shields and lances, alongside paintings of Egg Hammers. In the middle of the room was one of the same orb devices that Team Chaotix dealt with earlier. And there’s no exit to this room either, leaving the team confused.
Shadow: “Hmm…doesn’t look like there’s an exit around here…”
Omega: “I PROPOSE WE MAKE OUR OWN EXIT. WITH EXPLOSIVES.”
Rouge: “Wait a second, Omega! There’s gotta be some sort of trick to this room we have to solve!”
Rouge: “Like that switch over there! It’s probably gonna reverse gravity, like before!”
Shadow: “Or it could be a trap of some kind. After all, these Egg Pawn statues and Egg Hammer paintings can’t just be here for show.”
Rouge: “You say that like you’re worried we’d actually lose here, Shadow!”
Shadow: “I’m not worried. I’m just saying we should be cautious.”
Omega: “CAUTIOUS IS NOT A WORD WITHIN MY VOCABULARY.”
Rouge: “Heh! And I doubt anything too bad is gonna happen when I touch this thing!”
Done with the conversation, Rouge proceeds to activate the orb switch, blinding her and Shadow with light. Omega isn’t affected by this, because he’s built different. Once the light goes away, Team Dark is surprised to see that the statues and paintings of Eggman’s robots have turned into the actual things.
Rouge: “Woah! This mansion is full of surprises!”
Omega: “PERFECT! MORE EGGMAN ROBOTS TO DESTROY!”
Shadow: “Hmph. Guess there’s no need for caution after all.”
With no hesitation, Team Dark decimates the Eggman robots, before noticing the exit to the room is now visible. So they head through, encountering more of the weird obstacles Mystic Mansion has to offer. And they pass by them with flying colors, despite a few missteps along the way.
Eventually, Team Dark arrives at a small room with a pit in the middle. There’s no robots or ghosts to be seen, but the latter’s cackling is audible from said pit. Hence, they decide to take a peek inside, seeing nothing but darkness.
Rouge:
“Well…this looks a little freaky…”
Omega: “SENSORS INDICATE HIGH SPIRIT ACTIVITY. DANGER RATING: MEDIUM.”
Shadow: “Then we don’t have anything to worry about.”
Shadow jumps into the pit without any consideration of what’s inside. Omega does the same not too long after. And with a sigh, Rouge follows them. That’s when Team Dark finds themselves in a black void, filled with a bunch of pumpkin ghosts flying around. This kinda freaks out the bat girl, but she tries her best to hide it.
As for where Team Dark is standing, it’s a platform connected to three others via wooden bridges. At each of these 3 platforms is an orb device, colored red, blue, and yellow respectively. Looking around at this strange void, Rouge has an important question to ask.
Rouge: “What the heck is this place? It’s even stranger than the Special Zone!”
Shadow: “This must be some sort of dimension for these spirits to rest in.”
Shadow: “Good thing they aren’t hostile towards us, or we’d be in trouble.”
Omega: “THOSE 3 ALTARS. THEY ARE EMITTING STRANGE ENERGY.”
Omega: “POSSIBLE EXPLANATION: THEY ARE WHAT POWER THIS POCKET SPACE.”
Omega: “THEREFORE, THE MOST LOGICAL OPTION IS TO INTERACT WITH THEM IN ORDER TO ESCAPE.”
Shadow: “So they want to challenge us in some manner?”
Rouge: “If that’s what it takes to get out of this weird mansion, then fine! Let’s not waste anymore time!”
Shadow nods his head, as he and Omega follow Rouge to each altar. Starting with blue, which sends them to a blue void with a challenge focused on agility and speed. Something Shadow absolutely excels at. Hence, the challenge is not that hard for them to complete, leading them to tackle the yellow altar.
Now in a yellow void, Team Dark has to face a challenge all about navigation and flight. Rouge is a natural at both, but having to carry Shadow and Omega around isn’t easy for her, even after all this time with them. Even just carrying the walking arsenal would be a lot for the arms to lift. But regardless, she succeeds, and then they tackle the final altar.
Within the red void is a challenge where survival and strength is key. And while Omega may be reckless, he’s definitely strong. Not to mention he’s got a Chaos Emerald powering him, and Shadow and Rouge as backup. Therefore, this task is easily taken care of, and they return to the black void.
At the starting platform, there’s now an orb switch, and Team Dark activates it, leading them back to the outside of Hang Castle. They’re standing in a lush field below the morning sky, with some surrounding water and plants. Happy with their success, Rouge takes a sigh of relief.
Rouge: “Whew! Finally out of that creepy place! I’m never going back there again!”
Shadow:
“Looks like we were in there for a long time. But for how long?”
Omega: “ACCORDING TO THE CLOCK, IT IS CURRENTLY AROUND 9 IN THE MORNING.”
Rouge:
“What!? It was afternoon when we got here!”
Shadow: “Clearly, there’s a lot more to this castle than just ghosts and weird tricks.”
Shadow: “But now’s not the time to think about that. We gotta go find Eggman now.”
Omega:
“AFFIRMATIVE. WE HAVE WASTED TOO MUCH TIME.”
Rouge: “Then let’s get going!”
In a rush to find Eggman before it’s too late, Team Dark runs off to track him down. Omega is picking up a high number of battleships from far away, meaning the doctor is about to begin his invasion. So they need to get onto one of those ships before it’s too late. And they’re not the only ones who have to do that.
Once Team Chaotix escapes Mystic Mansion, they also hightail it to the Egg Fleet, and Team Rose, having taken a different route, is doing the same. As for Team Sonic, they’re using the Tornado 2 to follow Eggman’s large armada of battleships, ready to take the fight right to him and stop whatever he’s planning.
While all these pieces come together, Eggman is preparing for the launch of the Egg Fleet, barking orders at his robots, and looking pretty impatient. He was able to keep Team Dark and Team Chaotix distracted for a while, but not Team Sonic and Team Rose. They’re all coming after him now, and he STILL doesn’t have the last thing he needs for the plan.
Deciding this has gone on long enough, Eggman walks through the hallways of his Final Fortress, heading towards a laboratory room and unlocking the door with a code on the keypad. Once the door opens, the doctor walks towards the Egg Pawns, who appear to be doing something with a green frog and brown chao, strapped to a metal table with tools.
Eggman: “Alright, you slackers! Have you finally extracted the sample I need!?”
Somewhat nervous at their creator’s ire, the Egg Pawns nod and present a small vial to Eggman. Grabbing it and taking a closer look, the doctor’s anger goes down. Inside the vial is a strange liquid glowing blue. It doesn’t look like much, but to the mustached madman…this is EXACTLY what he wanted. The final piece.
Taking the cap off the vial, Eggman pours the water into his hand and stares at it. Though it doesn’t seem to do anything at first, the water starts to move a little, emitting a stronger glow. This isn’t just any regular H2O…
…This is a sample of Chaos…the Water God Of Destruction…
Chapter 48: The Egg Fleet
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
Far above the surface of Earth, a large armada of battleships flies forward towards wherever they seek to begin their invasion. All of them are modeled after different kinds of sea creatures, like swordfishes and manta rays. But the main flagship is a massive fortress, designed to look like a gray and red whale.
This is Dr. Eggman’s newest and greatest weapon to use for world domination. And with 3 days having passed, it’s time for the doctor to begin his takeover. Complete with some boasting on the loudspeakers of the ships to those who dare try to face him.
Eggman: “Hello, fools! I hope you’ve all made it to the final part of my grand plan! The Egg Fleet!”
Eggman: “Each of these battleships are armed to the teeth with deadly weapons and supplies, along with being near indestructible!”
Eggman: “Even just taking down ONE of these bad boys would be impossible for the likes of you pests!”
Eggman: “But then again, who am I to deny a death wish?”
Eggman: “Today, you shall witness the full power of this armada, unmatched throughout the universe!”
Eggman: “And I, Dr. Ivo 'Eggman' Robotnik, will watch as you all fall to my brilliance! Ahahahaha!”
Flying straight towards the Egg Fleet at top speed in the Tornado 2, Team Sonic looks impressed, uneasy, and/or excited.
Sonic: “Heh! Eggman sure went overboard with all these ships!”
Knuckles: “They certainly look tough. Especially that really big one in the back.”
Tails: “No kidding. Even with the Tornado 2’s jet mode, and the Chaos Emerald powering it, I’m not sure if I can do much against these ships.”
Sonic: “Oh please! You took down the Egg Carrier’s laser cannon with this thing! I doubt there’s anything it CAN’T do!”
Tails: “Even still, this is gonna be a lot of trouble. So here’s what I think we should do.”
Tails: “Sonic, you and Knuckles will go across each of these ships and take them down from the inside, one-by-one.”
Tails: “I’ll take this armada on with the Tornado 2 and see what I can do. I’ll meet up with you two once I’m done.”
Sonic: “Got it! Best of luck, partner!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! You got this!”
Tails nods with a smile, before flying over an airship, allowing Sonic and Knuckles to jump off the Tornado 2 and land onto it. Immediately, they’re greeted by a bunch of robots and cannons, which just makes the hedgehog and echidna smirk.
Sonic:
“Alright, Knuckles! What do you say we get this party started?”
Knuckles: “Heh! Like you even have to ask!”
Giving each other a quick fist-bump, Sonic and Knuckles then take out the horde of Badniks and cannons with reckless abandon. Clearly, they’re gonna have a lot of fun with this. Afterwards, they get right to taking out the airship they’re on, and then reach the nearest ship to repeat the process.
However, Tails was right about this fight being a lot of trouble. Like Eggman said on the intercoms, these ships are armed to the teeth, and not just in terms of robots. There’s obviously the risk of plummeting all the way down to the Earth’s surface if they’re knocked off, but there’s also cannons, grind rails, laser fields, large propellers, and plenty more.
As for the robots, they’re at their strongest here. Plus, there’s a new addition. The E-2000 robots, which aren’t related to the E-100 line, but are quite deadly in their own right with their powerful laser cannons and shields. Though, it’s nothing the blue blur and Master Emerald guardian can’t handle.
Overall, while Sonic and Knuckles are able to take down a few ships from the inside and avoid serious damage, they’re definitely having problems with all the dangerous obstacles and enemies. They’re losing plenty of stamina, and the Power Cores aren’t helping as much as before in that department.
Meanwhile, Tails is also having problems with destroying the ships. While his Tornado 2 is incredibly powerful in jet mode, especially with the blue Chaos Emerald as a power source, it’s not enough to pierce the exterior of the ships, and they have tons of weapons to fire at the two-tailed pilot.
Luckily, the Tornado 2 is a small and very swift target compared to the giant Egg Fleet, and Tails is a fantastic pilot, so he’s not going down anytime soon. But at the same time, the two-tailed fox feels he needs to come up with a better strategy here. Eggman already stated the ships are near indestructible.
Clearly, the doctor has the right to feel confident about the Egg Fleet. Sure, a couple of ships are being destroyed, but there’s a lot of them, so it’s not a huge loss. Besides, even if they took down all the regular ships, there’s no way they could destroy the Final Fortress, or his newest combat mech.
Moving on, after destroying another ship and landing on the next one, Sonic and Knuckles face another group of robots. It’s clear they’re getting a little tired from this, and voice their frustrations.
Knuckles: “Ugh! These robots just don’t let up!”
Knuckles: “If this continues, we’re definitely gonna lose!”
Sonic: “Then we better figure out something quick!”
After that short exchange, the robots start attacking Sonic and Knuckles, who are beginning to lose ground. They certainly try their hardest, and work together to take a few machines out, but it’s not long before they’re on their knees. Despite still fighting the good fight, the hedgehog and echidna are about to be knocked out by the last remaining robots. But then…
???:
“ERADICATE!”
Omega swoops in and destroys the remaining robots with some claw swipes and missiles. And he’s followed after by Shadow and Rouge, surprising Sonic and Knuckles. Though, they’re glad that they’re here to help out. Once they’re finished, Team Dark looks back at the worn down hedgehog and echidna, with the black hedgehog and treasure hunting bat offering a hand to each of them.
Rouge: “Well, well, well…looks like we just saved your lives!”
Knuckles: “Psh! I just needed to catch my breath!”
Rouge: “Whatever you say, Knuckie! But you DO owe me one!”
Knuckles is clearly unamused with Rouge’s words, and gets back onto his feet by himself, while Sonic takes Shadow’s hand to stand up.
Sonic: “Thanks for the save, Shads! Even if it wasn’t intentional!”
Shadow: “It wasn’t. We just happened to cross paths again.”
Shadow: “Where’s your two-tailed friend? Is he off somewhere else?”
Sonic: “Just flying around on the Tornado 2, taking down the ships!”
Omega: “ILLOGICAL. YOU CANNOT FLY IN TORNADOS WITHOUT GETTING SERIOUSLY KILLED OR INJURED.”
Sonic: “It’s a biplane, Omega! And a really powerful one at that!”
Rouge: “Figures. Guess he left you two to take down these ships from the inside?”
Knuckles: “Yes. And you?”
Rouge:
“Pretty much the same thing! Though, it seems like we’re doing a better job than you two!”
Knuckles: “Tch…!”
Knuckles wants to retort, but can’t really muster up the words. And he can’t admit Rouge might be right either. So he just looks to the side with a grumpy face and crossed arms. Sonic then decides to ask something.
Sonic: “If that’s the case, maybe we should work together this time? These ships are definitely no joke!”
Shadow: “Admittedly, I can’t deny some extra help. As long as you two don’t slow us down.”
Sonic: “Heh! Same to you, faker!”
Shadow gives off a cocky smirk at Sonic’s remark, while Omega gives his thoughts.
Omega: “SECOND OFFER OF ALLIANCE IS ACCEPTABLE. BUT IMMEDIATE DESTRUCTION WILL HAPPEN IF DISTRACTED.”
Sonic:
“Duly noted! Rouge?”
Rouge: “Hmm…I suppose it IS necessary right now.”
Rouge: “Like you said, Eggman’s pulling out all the stops. So best we combine our strengths for the time being.”
Sonic:
“Sweet! Glad to be working with you guys!”
Knuckles: “Just try not to pull anything funny.”
Rouge: “Oh relax, Knuckie! I’m not constantly plotting things every waking second!”
Knuckles: “Still doesn’t mean I shouldn’t be careful.”
Rouge: “Hmph. I suppose so.”
Omega: “CONVERSATION RAISING BOREDOM. MUST RETURN TO DESTROYING EGGMAN ROBOTS AND SHIPS.”
Sonic:
“Then let’s get to it! There’s no more time to waste!”
Shadow: “Agreed.”
Now working together, Team Dark, Sonic, and Knuckles go right back to destroying everything Eggman has made. And as they thought, their alliance makes things much easier. The two hedgehogs run circles around the robots and cannons, while the two powerhouses decimate everything they come across, and the treasure hunter keeps them from falling off.
In fact, Sonic is having fun beating up Eggman machines with Shadow, who’s also finding enjoyment from this. And while Knuckles and Omega aren’t too friendly with one another, they do respect each other’s strength and work well as a team. As for Rouge, she appreciates having less robots target her, along with the blue blur’s more upbeat attitude.
Meanwhile, Tails is figuring out a new strategy while trying not to get shot out of the sky. He has a good idea of what the structure of these ships is like, and how to best take it apart, but still can’t pierce their outer metal shells. And as he’s figuring out what to do, his thoughts get interrupted by the sounds of some familiar voices.
Turning the plane around to get a better look at a ship below, Tails is surprised to see Team Rose fighting off some Eggman robots. But they’re clearly losing ground, as Amy, Cream, and Cheese look exhausted. Big, on the other hand, looks mostly fine. Wanting to help them, the two-tailed fox flies down towards the ship and fires at the robots, destroying them instantly.
This surprises Team Rose, and when Tails switches the Tornado 2 to it’s default mode to land onto the ship, they all run up to him and give their thanks.
Amy: “Tails! Thanks a lot for the save!”
Tails: “You’re welcome! I’m surprised you all made it here!”
Big: “We haven’t found Froggy and Chocola yet. But we did ride on one of these fishy ships.”
Cream:
“Mm-hm! We’ve been fighting as hard as we can!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Tails: “That’s great! Personally, I was having trouble destroying these ships with the Tornado 2!”
Tails: “And I’m certain Sonic and Knuckles are having problems as well!”
Amy: “Then how about we work together here? 7 heads are better than one!”
Tails: “I’m definitely not opposed to it! Hop on!”
Having made their alliance quickly, Tails jumps back into the pilot’s seat, with Cream and Cheese sitting in the back, and Amy and Big riding the wings. Though, the latter’s large frame makes it a little difficult for the two-tailed fox to see where he’s flying. But he’s still able to get around, carrying Team Rose with him.
Tails: “Alright! Got any ideas for what we could do?”
Amy: “You said the Tornado’s weapons can’t pierce these ships, right?”
Tails: “Yeah! I’m certain you have to take them down from the inside!”
Amy: “That DOES work, but perhaps me and Big can throw their artillery back at them? Maybe that could do the trick?”
Tails: “Are you sure? That’s pretty risky!”
Amy:
“Don’t worry! I got a good feeling about this!”
Cream: “Me and Cheese can also watch out for anything you can’t see, Mr. Tails!”
Tails: “Hmm…if you think it’ll be okay, I’ll trust you guys.”
Amy nods, appreciating Tails’ confidence in her, and then they all put their plan into action by flying straight towards one of the ships, which fires a flaming cannonball at them. Bringing out her Piko-Piko Hammer, the pink hedgehog prepares to hit it, with Big and his fishing pole ready to do the same if needed.
Then, just as the cannonball’s about to hit, Amy delivers a powerful swing on it, which makes it fly straight back to the ship, causing great damage to the outer shell. This pleases Team Rose and Tails, leading to them continuing this strategy as time goes on. They actually manage to take down a bunch of ships.
Eventually, Teams Sonic, Dark, and Rose are able to destroy pretty much all the ships. Or at least their weapons. That just leaves the Final Fortress, which they’re all making a b-line to. And as they do so, dark clouds start to envelop the sky, with thunder rumbling. A fitting mood for what appears to be the finale.
Arriving at a platform in the Final Fortress, Team Dark, Sonic, and Knuckles take a look at the gargantuan airship, feeling impressed and excited.
Rouge: “Wow. I knew this thing was big, but this is just ridiculous up close!”
Sonic: “Eh. It’s about on-par with the Egg Carrier, I’d say!”
Knuckles: “Regardless, we have a lot of ground to cover.”
Shadow: “Agreed. And this ship must have a LOT of robots and weapons for us to watch out for.”
Omega: “WHICH MEANS ALL THE MORE DESTRUCTION!”
After sharing this exchange, Team Dark, Sonic, and Knuckles notice Tails and Team Rose fly down towards them and land the Tornado 2. Tails is surprised to see Team Dark again, and greets them, along with his teammates.
Tails: “Hey, you guys! Looks like things went well on your end!”
Sonic: “Yep! Team Dark here crossed paths with us, and we decided to form an alliance here!”
Tails: “Same thing with me and Amy’s team!”
Turning his attention back on Team Rose, Tails finds that Amy is staring directly at Shadow with a shocked expression, while Cream and Cheese look at her, confused. Big meanwhile just greets Team Dark with a wave of the hand.
Big: “Hi. I’m Big. Have you seen my pal Froggy?”
Rouge: “Umm…no, I don’t think we have?”
Rouge: “Omega, do you have any idea what this cat is talking about?”
Omega: “SEARCHING DATABASE…”
Omega: “...INFORMATION FOUND. PREVIOUS E-SERIES MODEL, E-102 GAMMA, STOLE A FROG WITH A TAIL ONCE.”
Big: “Mm-hm! Though, Froggy lost that tail long ago!”
Rouge: “Well, unless you’re talking about those big frogs from that jungle, I’m afraid I haven’t seen who you’re looking for.”
Big: “Oh…”
Sad, Big looks down with his ears drooping. This actually makes Rouge feel a little bad for him, but she quickly moves on to the other members of Team Rose.
Rouge: “It’s been a while, Amy Rose. Decided to chase Sonic all the way here?”
Amy: “Huh? Oh! No, I’m helping out my friends! We’re trying to find a missing frog and brown chao!”
Rouge: “I see! And who’s the little girl and blue chao?”
With a polite bow, Cream and Cheese introduce themselves.
Cream: “My name is Cream! And this is my best friend Cheese!”
Cream:
“It’s very nice to meet you, ma’am!”
Hearing the word “ma’am” makes Rouge freeze for a moment, but she quickly composes herself and responds.
Rouge: “Ah…Rouge. It’s nice to meet you too.”
Rouge: “Though, don’t ever refer to me as ma’am again, okay?”
Cream:
“Oh! Sorry! I wasn’t trying to be offensive!”
Rouge: “It’s alright! You’re already forgiven!”
Cream sighs in relief, and Rouge can’t help but smile a bit at this little girl. She’s definitely very polite and sweet. Moving on, Amy questions Rouge about her teammates, still focused on Shadow.
Amy: “Rouge…who are these two?”
Perking up at Amy’s words, Rouge gives her answer as she puts a hand on Shadow, who gives the two girls a confused expression.
Rouge: “Well, you’ve met Shadow before, haven’t you? And yes, this IS the real deal!”
Rouge: “Eggman had him stored away in some underground bunker I found, along with Mr. Bringer Of Destruction here!”
Omega: “I AM E-123 OMEGA. THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT.”
Amy: “...”
Now knowing who Shadow and Omega are, Amy seems slightly calmer, but not by much. She knew E-102 Gamma (Or Mr. Robot, as she once called him), and while this new robot looks similar, he’s definitely not one and the same. The black hedgehog, on the other hand, is a more complicated case…
While Amy didn’t know Shadow for long, she was the one who reminded him of his true promise to his dearest friend. And it was what led to his fall to Earth during the ARK Incident. The pink hedgehog felt really bad about the Ultimate Lifeform’s death, as while he DID do some bad things, he was just a kind soul driven by anger and grief.
And now, here he is. Back from the dead. While something DOES feel a little off here, Amy is too happy to see Shadow alive and well that she doesn’t pay attention to that. She immediately goes to hug him, slightly teary-eyed, with the Ultimate Lifeform confused at the action, but not breaking from the hug. Everyone else watches in silence, curious as to what’s about to happen.
Amy: “I’m so glad you’re alive…especially after everything you’ve been through…”
Shadow: “Um…thanks?”
Shadow’s response makes Amy pause, and she breaks from the hug to look at him in the eye.
Amy: “What? Don’t you remember me?”
Shadow: “...No…I don’t remember much…”
Amy: “?”
Even more confused with Shadow’s words, Amy starts to realize he’s lost his memory. This saddens her, as he’s already been through a lot. Heck, his memory has been tampered with before, and it’s happened again. The pink hedgehog wipes her eyes, while Big and Cream try to comfort her.
Rouge feels bad about Amy’s reaction, but at the same time, they have to take down Eggman right now. So she tries to get the conversation moving.
Rouge: “We’ll have to talk about this later. We have a doctor to catch.”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! TEARS WON’T HELP ME TEAR EGGMAN’S HEAD OFF!”
Angry at him being insensitive, Rouge bumps her elbow lightly on Omega’s body, who doesn’t get the action. Meanwhile, Amy manages to pull herself together, and understands now isn’t the time to cry about Shadow.
Amy: “...You’re right. But I DO want an explanation later.”
Silently, Rouge nods in agreement to Amy’s words, while everyone moves on with the plan.
Sonic: “Okay, you guys! This is it! Our final challenge!”
Sonic: “It’s gonna be tough, but I know with the real superpower of teamwork, we’ll win this!”
Rouge:
“Psh! A little corny, but I suppose it works!”
Big: “What are we gonna do?”
Tails: “From what I can see, there’s tons of cannons and lasers here. So we’ll have to take them out first.”
Tails: “Me, Sonic, and Knuckles will be the distractions, while Team…Amy? Do you have a team name?”
Amy: “We could come up with one. How about…Team Rose?”
Cream:
“I like that name! It’s cute!”
Big: “Flowers are nice.”
Tails: “Alright then! Team Rose, try and search for any alternate pathways! Ones that’ll lead us to Eggman much faster!”
Tails: “And don’t try to go after him on your own! We ALL need to work together for that!”
Amy: “Right.”
Shadow: “Guess that leaves our team to take out the cannons and lasers?”
Tails: “Yep! You and Omega are some of the strongest ones here, so best to leave it to you!”
Omega: “I WILL MAKE SUCH BEAUTIFUL EXPLOSIONS!”
Rouge: “Then I guess I better bring out some sunglasses!”
Knuckles: “Is that everything, Tails?”
Tails: “Should be! Now let’s get started!”
Sonic: “Heheh! This is gonna be fun!”
With a plan in place, all three teams split up and get to work. This is gonna be one heck of a battle, but they’re determined to succeed. There’s a world to save, two friends to rescue, a secret treasure to find, some answers to be learned, and revenge to be had.
And all of that can only be gained by defeating one person…
Chapter 49: The Final Fortress
Chapter Text
*14 AS. The Final Fortress. Daytime.*
With the thunderstorm surrounding the massive airship bringing about a tense atmosphere, Team Sonic flies around on the Tornado 2, trying to keep the weapons and robots distracted as best they can while not dying. But as expected, it’s far from easy, and there’s a LOT to watch out for.
If the Tornado 2 couldn’t pierce the exterior of the standard Egg Fleet ships, then the Final Fortress is out of the question. It would take much more firepower to put this thing down. Not to mention all the turrets, lasers, and robots firing at the heroes makes it hard for them to maneuver around. Plus, the stormy weather doesn’t help either.
As this happens, Sonic and Knuckles hold onto the now x-shaped wings of the plane for dear life, while Tails stays laser-focused on surviving. They don’t have to keep this up for too long. Just until Team Dark destroys the lasers and turrets, and Team Rose finds the best pathway to Eggman.
For a while, they manage to do this. Sonic takes down any flying Badniks that come by, Tails does his best to fly around all the obstacles, and Knuckles punches away any cannonballs coming at them. It works, but this is starting to get on their nerves.
Tails: “Ugh! There’s just too much firing at us! It’s a miracle we haven’t been blown out of the sky yet!”
Sonic: “We just gotta hang in here for a little longer! Then we’ll be in the home stretch!”
Knuckles: “Even still, we’re basically sitting ducks out here! We need to figure out a new plan!”
Tails: “Well, I’m too focused on trying not to crash! So you two will have to do that yourselves!”
As this conversation continues, Tails keeps swerving the Tornado 2 around, while Sonic and Knuckles hold on tight to the wings.
Sonic: “Maybe we should take a more direct approach, rather than just fly around?”
Knuckles: “You mean we should fly right towards the cannons!? Are you crazy!?”
Sonic: “At least this could give us more wiggle room! And it’ll help the others too!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! And make us more likely to be incinerated by those lasers!”
Sonic: “Sometimes, we have to take a gamble, Knux!”
Tails: “Honestly, I DO kinda agree! If we can at the very least disable the weapons for a while, it’ll help us last longer!”
Knuckles: “Fine! I guess it’s worth a shot!”
Having come to an agreement, Team Sonic goes through with their new strategy. Flying closer to the different structures of the Final Fortress, the heroes do what they can to disable the weapons. Tails switches to electric shots for the Tornado 2’s missile launchers, while Sonic and Knuckles take care of any stray gunfire, cannonballs, or flying Badniks.
This strategy seems to work well, as it lessens the amount of things trying to kill them, but only for a couple of seconds at a time. It’s still a massive pain, and they still need to be careful. And eventually, their luck runs out as from below, a laser cannon manages to hit the tail of the Tornado 2.
Tails: “AH! WE’RE HIT!”
Sonic: “Get ready for a rocky landing!”
Trying his best not to explode on impact, Tails lands the damaged Tornado 2 onto a roadway in the Final Fortress, while also running into a couple of Egg Pawns. Once they know they’re in the clear, Team Sonic jumps off the plane, and the two-tailed fox looks hurt as he sees what happened to his beloved vehicle.
Tails: “Man…I really loved this plane too!”
Sonic: “Hey, don’t sweat it! You’ve fixed it before, and you can do it again!”
Tails: “Right. I just don’t like it when my inventions get trashed.”
Knuckles: “Moving on, what’s the game plan now?”
Sonic: “Well, we still gotta act as distractions! So we’ll just have to do it on foot!”
Tails:
“Yeah! Let’s get back to it!”
Understanding they still have a part to play here, Team Sonic continues to keep the Badniks and weapons focused on them while navigating the many roads, falling platforms, and grind rails. All this running and dodging is starting to get to them, but there’s no way they’re stopping now. Tails also grabs the blue Chaos Emerald from his busted plane to take with him.
Likewise, Team Rose is doing their best to find the right pathway to Eggman, despite all the trouble they’re having. Though, thankfully, it’s not as bad for them due to Team Sonic’s efforts. And while there’s a lot of roads and places to check, they’re more than willing to figure out which is the right one.
However, despite trying to focus on the here and now, Amy is a little distracted by the fact that Shadow is alive and an amnesiac. Cream, Cheese, and even Big can tell, since the pink hedgehog leaves herself more open to attacks than before. And eventually, after taking down another group of Badniks, they decide to ask her about it.
Cream: “Ms. Amy? Are you okay?”
Amy: “Hm? Well, I guess I am feeling kinda tense from all these Eggman robots, but-”
Cream: “Sorry, but that’s not what I meant.”
Cream: “You seem more distracted now after we met up with Mr. Sonic and the others.”
Big: “Do you need a hug?”
Amy: “Ah…maybe later, Big.”
Amy: “But honestly…I just can’t believe Shadow’s alive, and that he doesn’t remember anything…”
Cream: “Was he an important friend of yours?”
Amy: “Yeah…at least for a short while…”
Amy: “He’s been through a lot of terrible stuff…and it made him want to make the world burn in return…”
Amy: “But I managed to help him before it was too late. And then he helped Sonic save the world.”
Amy: “However, he ended up falling down to Earth…we all thought he died back there…”
Amy: “And now, I’ve learned that not only did he survive and was found by Eggman…but that he has no recollection of his past…”
Amy: “On one hand, I’m glad he’s alive and free to be his own person…”
Amy: “But on the other hand…him not remembering what he’s been through is sad…”
Amy: “Granted, it might be good for him to not remember the terrible things he’s had to deal with before, but at the same time, those memories are still important.”
Amy: “Heck, if this happened to someone like Sonic…I’d be absolutely crushed…”
Cream: “...”
Cheese: “…”
Big: “...”
Concerned expressions on their faces, Cream, Cheese, and Big all hug Amy for a moment, which surprises her. But she does greatly appreciate it, and smiles as she returns the hug. After a couple of seconds, they break away from it and give comforting words.
Cream: “Don’t worry, Ms. Amy. I’m certain Mr. Shadow will regain his memories eventually.”
Cream: “And even if he doesn’t, we should just be happy that he’s alive and well!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Big: “Mm-hm. I’d be happy to go fishing with him.”
Amy: “...Heh…thanks, you three…I think I really needed that…”
Cream: “It’s what friends do! Help each other!”
Amy: “Right! And we have to go help Sonic and the others too!”
With determined looks, Cream, Cheese, and Big nod, before continuing with their task as they follow Amy. This time, there’s nothing distracting them. They’re giving it their all as they search for the best pathway to find Eggman, while destroying Badniks and watching out for cannons and the like.
As for what Team Dark is up to, they’re easily decimating everything they come across in order to destroy the laser cannons and turrets. Or more accurately, Shadow and Omega are causing most of the destruction, while Rouge helps out a little. But regardless, they’re doing well, and manage to take out some cannons and turrets.
However, Shadow appears to be a little bit distracted, wondering what the deal with Amy was, and his relation to her. She clearly knows who he is and cares plenty about him, so…what history do they share? But unlike the pink hedgehog, the black hedgehog is staying more focused and is performing his tasks well.
Though, Rouge can tell this is bothering Shadow a little, and while she would like to address this, she knows just as well as he does that it’s not important right now. Omega, on the other hand, doesn’t care at all about Amy, and continues to rip and tear until he’s done. And eventually, Team Dark reaches what appears to be the most powerful laser cannon.
Unlike the other ones, this cannon is shaped in the image of Dr. Eggman’s face, and is much larger. Already, Omega is eager to blow this thing to smithereens.
Rouge: “Alright, you two. Looks like this might be the last laser cannon.”
Shadow: “Indeed. And already, I feel like tearing it to shreds.”
Omega: “YOU AND ME BOTH. I CAN’T WAIT TO MAKE A BEAUTIFUL EXPLOSION OUT OF IT.”
Rouge: “Then get to it! There’s no reason to hold back this time!”
Omega:
“TRULY, THIS WILL BE THE GREATEST DAY OF MY LIFE!”
Almost like an excited child, Omega rushes ahead to make an entire scrapyard out of all the Eggman machines he comes across. Shadow and Rouge can’t help but smirk at their teammate’s behavior, and proceed to join in. At this point, the three of them have grown to be an incredible team, and maybe even more than that.
However, as Team Dark destroys tons of robots, the giant laser cannon proceeds to turn towards them, and then charges up for a shot. Luckily, Shadow takes notice of this and uses Chaos Control to move Omega and Rouge out of the way before it fires. They’re okay, but the laser destroyed much of the surrounding area.
Not hesitating, the laser cannon charges up for another shot, while Omega decides to return the favor by powering up with his Chaos Emerald. Then, the walking arsenal fires his Chaos Inferno at the laser cannon, which leads to a large beam struggle. But only for a moment, as the E-Series robot soon overpowers and destroys the laser cannon in one blast.
All the remaining Eggman robots stare in shock at what happened, with Shadow and Rouge smirking as Omega takes a moment to cool down. Though, he does say something as he stares at the beautiful explosion he made.
Omega: “...PERFECTION.”
Omega: “NOW, WHO IS NEXT TO BE GIVEN MY WONDERFUL GIFT OF DEVASTATION?”
Not wanting any of what Omega has in store, the robots make a run for it. But sadly for them, they’re quickly destroyed by him, Shadow, and Rouge. Now surrounded by the burning remains of the machines, Team Dark congratulates each other..
Rouge: “Heh! Looks like our job here is done!”
Omega:
“AND IN A BEAUTIFUL BLAZE OF GLORY!”
Shadow: “Hm. Can’t imagine the others not noticing that massive explosion.”
Rouge nods with a confident smirk, before contacting Tails and Amy with her earpiece.
Rouge: “This is Team Dark! We’ve taken out all the laser cannons and turrets! How are things on your end?”
Tails: “Team Hero here! We’re doing okay, but we ARE a little exhausted!”
Amy: “Team Rose here! I think we’ve found the best possible pathway to Eggman!”
Tails: “Good to hear! We’ll meet you there soon!”
Rouge: “Same here!”
After quickly ending the conversation, Rouge tells Shadow and Omega to follow her to Team Rose, which they do. On the way there, the black hedgehog decides to ask about Amy.
Shadow: “Rouge…did I know that pink hedgehog? Amy Rose?”
Rouge: “Hmm…I’d say you two shared an important moment together.”
Rouge:
“But other than that, I don’t think you’re too close with her.”
Shadow: “I see...she certainly seems to care about me, despite not knowing me for long.”
Rouge: “Admittedly, I haven’t talked to her much either. But she IS quite kind and emotional.”
Rouge: “Regardless, you two can have a proper conversation later. We still have to catch Eggman.”
Shadow: “Of course. I’m aware of my priorities.”
With that quick exchange done, Team Dark continues on in silence. And deep down, they’re all eager to finally catch their target. Rouge wants that secret treasure she desires so badly. Omega wants his well-deserved and well-sought out revenge. And Shadow needs answers about his past, along with what the doctor did to him when he was unconscious.
Meanwhile, in a whole other section of the Final Fortress, Team Chaotix is sneakily going around in search of their client, who has told them that they were captured and locked up here. Hence, they need to find where they are, and free them. Hopefully, they’ll finally get their pay right there and then after all this trouble they’ve gone through.
Soon enough, Team Chaotix finds a hallway with a couple of different rooms present, locked via steel doors. There doesn’t seem to be any robots or cameras present, and each door has a keypad on it.
Charmy: “Did we make it? Are we finally gonna get our money!?”
Vector: “Only when we find our client, Charmy! Now which room could he be in?”
Espio: “Hmm…”
Looking curiously at each room, Team Chaotix wonders where their client could be. They don’t want to set off any alarms, and they don’t have any passcodes either. Plus, ever since their client told them of their predicament, they’ve been silent. It’s possible they may have been caught talking to them, and got punished for it.
Regardless, the detectives had to be careful. Though, Charmy’s a little too eager to finally get their pay that he could very well break into any of these rooms. But Vector and Espio do their best to calm him down, and after a couple of seconds, the ninja picks up on something.
Espio: “Wait…I think I can sense something…”
Charmy: “Really? What is it?”
Closing his eyes, Espio walks towards a specific room and puts his hand onto the door.
Espio: “It’s…something sinister, but…also in pain?”
Vector:
“Then I guess it’s time to prove if my hunch is wrong or not.”
Confused, Espio and Charmy watch as Vector proceeds to break down the door to the room with a couple of punches. Inside said room is a whole bunch of supplies, like laser blasters, snack bars, Chaos Colas, and more. And laying down unconscious in the middle of the room with bruises on his face, worn-down clothes, and a broken walkie-talkie next to him is…
Charmy & Espio : “Eggman!?”
Vector: “Ha! So I WAS right!”
Espio: “Wait, you knew our client was him this whole time?”
Vector: “No, but I had my suspicions! Especially after we visited Rail Canyon!”
Charmy: “But why would EGGMAN, of all people, ask for our help!?”
Vector:
“Good question! Let’s get a closer look!”
Walking up to the unconscious Eggman, Team Chaotix looks over his bruises and clothes, along with the smashed walkie-talkie.
Espio: “...He’s still breathing, but something definitely did a number on him.”
Charmy: “Yeah! But who did this? And why?”
Vector: “We can figure that out by waking him up!”
Vector: “Charmy! Sting him!”
Charmy: “Got it!”
Charmy pokes Eggman’s nose with his stinger, causing him to jolt awake in pain and anger.
Eggman:
“AGH! What was that for!?”
Vector: “Pretty sure you already know, Eggman! Especially when you made us come all this way to save you!”
Charmy: “Right! You got some explaining to do!”
Eggman: “Ugh…!”
Sitting upright while holding his nose, Eggman tries to explain what’s going on to Team Chaotix, who look down at him with irritated expressions.
Eggman: “I’ve been locked up in here for a couple of weeks now.”
Eggman: “One of my inventions decided to rebel against me and take over my army, while also masquerading as me!”
Eggman: “Obviously, I wasn’t gonna let that slide! But there wasn’t much I could do here!”
Eggman: “Hence, I had no choice but to call you three!”
Espio: “So you mean to tell us you don’t have the one billion you promised us?”
Eggman: “Oh, I promise you! As soon as I conquer the world, I will pay you!”
Team Chaotix : “...”
Eggman: “...”
Eggman’s words only further infuriate Team Chaotix, as Vector cracks his knuckles.
Vector: “Some nerve promising what you don’t have!”
Charmy: “We should beat you up right now!”
Espio: “Hold on, you two. We still don’t know who the true culprit is.”
When Espio says that, Vector and Charmy calm down and agree.
Vector: “...Right. Who is it?”
Eggman: “...”
With a look stuck between angry, bitter, and somewhat upset, Eggman only says one word…
“...Metallix.”
Chapter 50: The Egg Emperor
Chapter Text
*14 AS. The Final Fortress. Daytime.*
After giving that name, Eggman looks down at the ground. Bitterness, anger, and even concern plague his face, and Team Chaotix is confused and intrigued by the name of the true culprit.
Charmy: “What the heck is a Metallics?”
Eggman: “The new name my original Metal Sonic is going by now.”
Espio: “Metal Sonic? I know he’s one of your more advanced creations, but he overthrew you?”
Vector: “Well, it’s probably not the first time you got too ambitious for your own good!”
Eggman: “I didn’t do anything to make Metal Sonic do this! At least not at first!”
Eggman: “A while ago, he finally reawakened after what happened on my third Death Egg, and decided to go explore the world on his own!”
Eggman: “His mind and strength grew over his travels! So much so that I could no longer control him!”
Eggman: “Once I took him back, he decided to take me out of the picture and fulfill his plan to ‘save’ the world!”
Vector: “Save the world? Normally, I’d be all for doing something like that.”
Vector: “But considering he’s YOUR creation, I’m pretty sure it’s not as great as it sounds.”
Eggman: “Ignoring that comment, you’re right about Metallix’s ambitions!”
Eggman: “I don’t know what he has planned, but if we don’t stop him right now, it’ll be too late!”
Charmy: “If you needed someone strong enough to stop your crazy robot, why didn’t you call Sonic?”
Eggman: “Because I had no idea where Sonic or any of his close allies were! But I WAS able to get a spare Badnik to deliver the transceiver you got!”
Eggman: “I was desperate for any kind of help, so I decided to hire you three!”
Espio: “Hm…and I’m assuming Metallix found out about this?”
Eggman: “It was only a matter of time. And he wasn’t too pleased, as you can tell.”
Eggman: “Does that answer all of your questions? Because we MUST stop Metallix at all costs!”
Vector: “For now. And you better give us that one billion you promised by the end of this!”
Charmy: “No funny business either! Or I’m stinging one of your eyes next!”
Eggman: “Tch. At this point, I just want this to be over with.”
Eggman: “Now, there’s just a few things we need to grab before we face my traitorous creation.”
Espio: “And that is…?”
Standing up, Eggman points over at a Starpost in one corner of the room.
Eggman: “We need at least two Chaos Emeralds. I have an idea for what we could do.”
Vector: “Well, we already found one, so we’re halfway there.”
Eggman: “Good! I’ll also need some parts from my lab here! To create a weapon that’ll reduce Metallix to smithereens!”
Espio: “Vector, you and Charmy can go help Eggman. I’ll handle the second emerald.”
Charmy: “Are you sure, Espio? That Special Zone is all kinds of trippy!”
Espio: “There’s nothing to worry about. I’m trained in both spiritual and physical arts.”
Eggman: “Then get to it, chameleon! We can’t waste anymore time yapping!”
Chramy: “Hey! Don’t be rude to us! We’re trying to help here!”
Espio: “Calm down, Charmy. He has a point.”
Vector: “Agreed! Let’s get right to it!”
With the conversation over, Team Chaotix and Eggman get to work. First, the doctor uses the cyan Chaos Emerald the detectives found to fire up the Starpost and locate the next emerald, allowing Espio to enter the Special Zone. Then, Charmy and Vector accompany the bruised scientist to his lab.
Meanwhile, Team Sonic, Team Dark, and Team Rose find themselves at a long stretch of the Final Fortress, with busted cannons and Badniks. The thunderstorm has calmed down, but the gray clouds are still surrounding the large ship. And everyone looks around, curious as to Eggman’s whereabouts.
Omega: “SENSORS JAMMED. CANNOT TRACE EGGMAN SIGNAL.”
Rouge: “Really? That’s weird…”
Amy: “No kidding. This feels too quiet.”
Cream: “Admittedly, I feel chilly. But that could be because of the weather.”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Big: “Froggy? Where are you?”
Tails: “Hmm…what if this is a trap?”
Shadow: “Doesn’t seem like it from what I can tell. And I’m certain the doctor prefers a more direct approach.”
Knuckles: “Nah. He can catch you off-guard when you least expect it.”
Sonic: “Just keep your eyes peeled, people! Egghead’s gotta show his ugly mug eventually!”
Everyone acknowledges Sonic’s words, and continues to look around for any sign of the man with the master plan. Lucky for them, the person in question is heard from the loudspeakers, catching all of their attention.
Eggman: “I must say! There sure are a number of annoyances here!”
Eggman: “Of course, there’s the spiky blue pincushion and his sunshine gang! But also the brave little kiddies trying to play hero, and the group of unwanted misfits!”
Eggman: “Though I’ll give you credit! You made quite the mess of my glorious flying fortress!”
Eggman: “However, you still have no chance of taking it out of the sky! Nor competing with my genius!”
Sonic: “Psh! It’s not the first time we’ve put down your flying toys!”
Sonic: “Also, why not show your face right now? We all have a few things to talk to you about!”
Amy: “Yeah! Tell me where Chocola and Froggy are, and I swear I’ll pull my hammer swings back a little!”
Shadow: “I want answers, doctor! And you’re gonna give them to me now!”
Eggman: “Ohohoho! Eager to meet me in-person, are you?”
Eggman: “How about this? If you destroy my newest creations, I’ll go ahead with your requests!”
Knuckles: “Go ahead! Send them all in, and we’ll trash them like everything else you made!”
Omega: “WHATEVER YOU HAVE MADE WILL BE INCINERATED! I WILL BE VICTORIOUS!”
Big: “Give me back my pollywog pal!”
Eggman: “Heh! Very well! I look forward to testing these ones out!”
From below the floor, a couple of metal hatches appear, with everyone on-guard. However, once the hatches open up, they’re all surprised to see what’s in front of them. Shadow in particular is frozen in shock, not believing what he’s seeing. And everyone else is feeling a similar way as Eggman’s new creations walk towards them.
Facing the heroes is a large group of Shadow Androids, each bearing near identical looks to the real deal. Though, the black fur and red stripes are replaced with a shiny coat of silver, and multiple colored stripes for each copy. They all share the same blank stare with their cold, emotionless red eyes.
As the heroes stand there dumbstruck, the Shadow Androids stand in-place, awaiting orders as Eggman boasts on the loudspeakers.
Eggman: “Ahahahahaha! Look at all of your faces! It’s hilarious!”
Eggman: “Now, I’m sure you’re all wondering what these things are! And I’ll gladly explain!”
Eggman: “These are Shadow Androids! Near-identical to the real Shadow in both appearances AND powers!”
Eggman: “Sure, they’re still not as strong as the real deal, but a couple hundred of them is more than enough to eradicate you pests!”
Eggman: “Any thoughts on my genius creations before they destroy you?”
Angered at the existence of these androids, Shadow immediately shouts at Eggman.
Shadow: “THIS is what you used me for!? You’re disgusting, doctor!”
Eggman: “Oh, don’t be so upset, Shadow! At least this proves you ARE the true Ultimate Lifeform!”
Eggman: “Besides, why wouldn’t I make use of you while you were unconscious? There was so much I could learn!”
Shadow: “Well, you’re about to learn what the greatest and last mistake in your life is!”
Rouge: “Shadow, WAIT!”
Rage guiding his actions, Shadow proceeds to destroy his android copies, who respond in kind with their own attacks and maneuvers. As Eggman said, they’re weaker than the real deal, but they’re dangerous in high numbers, and have his many skills. Homing Attacks, Chaos Spears, etc. Plus, they’re quite durable too.
Wanting to help Shadow, the others join in the fight. And clearly, they’re struggling. The flyers are easy prey for the androids, and while the speedsters can match them, it’s still a pain for them due to how many there are. The powerhouses, on the other hand, are doing much better, with Omega tearing them to shreds without mercy.
However, it feels like these Shadow Androids are endless, as they overwhelm the heroes. It gets to a point where Tails, Cream, Cheese, and Rouge are told to back away from the fight, as it’s becoming too much for them. They don’t want to stop, but they recognize they can’t do much in this situation.
With the speedsters and powerhouses remaining, they’re realizing they can’t keep this up, and to figure out a strategy.
Sonic: “Okay! The straightforward approach clearly isn’t working!”
Knuckles: “Ngh! They just keep coming! It’s too much!”
Amy: “What do we do!?”
Sonic: “...”
For a moment, Sonic focuses on Shadow and Omega. The former is still blinded by anger, which is causing him to take some bad hits, and the latter is too absorbed in his onslaught to think about helping the others. So he decides to snap them out of it, starting with the black hedgehog.
Sonic: “Shadow! Cool your jets!”
Shadow: “!?”
Sonic’s shouting causes Shadow to pause for a moment, wondering what he wants.
Sonic: “I get these things anger you! But you gotta keep your head on straight!”
Shadow: “...”
Though he’s still furious, Shadow listens to Sonic and calms down a little. Then, he asks something.
Shadow: “...Do you have a plan?”
Sonic: “Depends. You got a Chaos Emerald on hand?”
Shadow: “Yeah. What about it?”
Sonic: “How about you and me use Chaos Control to put these androids to a halt? With your E-Series pal for assistance?”
Shadow: “Sounds good! I’ll inform Omega!”
With a plan of action, Shadow moves towards Omega, trying to get his attention in order to explain what to do. Sonic meanwhile jumps across the heads of the androids and shouts to Tails.
Sonic: “Tails! I’m gonna need a Chaos Emerald!”
Tails: “Got it!”
Taking out the blue Chaos Emerald, Tails throws it at Sonic, who catches it with a smirk. Then, the blue blur approaches Shadow and Omega, who nod back at the blue blur. Together, the two hedgehogs shout in unison, with the walking arsenal holding onto them both.
Sonic & Shadow : “Chaos Control!”
The world around them freezes, and is covered in monotone colors. Then, Sonic and Shadow use their emeralds to increase their strength for a while and eradicate the androids at a fast rate. Omega does the same, but instead of speed, he uses his Chaos Inferno lasers to incinerate the androids.
Once the Chaos Control is done, all the Shadow Androids have been reduced to ashes or a mess of parts on the scorched floor. Sonic and Shadow are tired, with Omega taking a moment to cool down from firing the Chaos Inferno. But they ARE victorious, and everyone else stands nearby in amazement at what happened.
Cream: “Wow! That was so fast!”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Tails: “Heheh! I had a good feeling this was gonna work!”
Rouge: “Really wish I could use that trick for myself!”
Having taken out the Shadow Androids, everyone comes back together, with Sonic and Shadow a little exhausted from pulling off that joint Chaos Control, and Omega recovering from his barrage of lasers. But their victory is short-lived as a new machine crashes down onto the road, ready to fight.
It’s a large, humanoid mech with a gold and green color scheme. The torso is round, and there’s a small round window glowing blue and purple, showing the cockpit. In it’s hands is a long gold lance, and a tall red shield. There’s long rocket flaps on the back, and the head has sharp teeth and a red spiky mustache.
Making due on his promise, Dr. Eggman has arrived to face the heroes in his new mech, and gives his compliments.
Eggman: “Heh! It’s impressive that you managed to destroy all those Shadow Androids!”
Eggman: “But I’m pretty sure you stand no chance against my mighty Egg Emperor!”
Amy: “Tch! You don’t scare us, Eggman! There’s 10 of us, and only one of you!”
Eggman: “Yes! And many of you are winded and exhausted from all those androids!”
Eggman: “Now it’s time to meet your maker!”
Not wasting anymore time, Eggman starts fighting the heroes in his Egg Emperor mech. And as he thought, they’re fatigued from the Shadow Androids. Especially Sonic and Shadow, with Knuckles and Amy in a similar boat. Not to mention this new machine is incredibly tough, flies around quickly, and hits hard.
At this point, the heroes are losing a lot of ground. Unless they can pull out another power-up, they’re probably gonna fail. And using Chaos Control and Inferno again isn’t viable, as it already took a lot out of Sonic, Shadow, and Omega. Plus, there’s the chance it might not even work due to the Egg Emperor being so durable.
Deciding now’s the time to break out some new devices, Tails shouts to the other teams.
Tails: “Team Dark! Team Rose! Keep Eggman occupied for a little bit!”
Tails: “Sonic! Knuckles! Come with me!”
Eggman: “Oh no you don’t!”
Eggman attacks Team Sonic, but the others keep him distracted, allowing them to leave the battle for a little bit. Now, only Team Dark and Team Rose are fighting the Egg Emperor, which is much tougher. Everyone’s spent in some manner, and despite their teamwork, it’s not enough to win this fight.
Soon enough, Team Rose becomes too exhausted to continue on, and Team Dark is hanging in there, but they’re also not doing so hot. Eggman is grinning at his success, only to notice with the others that Team Sonic has suddenly powered up. Sonic in a blue aura, Tails in a yellow aura, and Knuckles in a red aura.
Immediately, Eggman takes notice of the glowing metal medallions on their chests, and comes to a conclusion.
Eggman: “What the…!? How are you using the Power Cores like that!?”
Tails: “It’s a new device I came up with on the way here! One that’ll harness the energy of the Power Cores for much longer, and enhance it!”
Knuckles: “In other words…you’re done!”
Sonic: “Yep! This looks like checkmate, doctor!”
Eggman: “Tch! You’re not the only ones who can do that!”
Pressing a switch, Eggman activates the Egg Emperor’s own Power Core-enhanced mode, coating it in a red, blue, and yellow aura. However, Team Sonic isn’t phased at all. They’re still smiling, and begin the 3-on-1 fight, while the others stay back to catch their breath and watch in amazement.
While the Egg Emperor IS much more powerful and quick than before, Team Sonic’s combined teamwork and enhanced abilities overpower the machine. Sonic’s going at a far faster speed, Tails maneuvers around in the sky at a quick pace, and Knuckles is hitting much harder than before.
Despite using every trick and weapon he can think of, Eggman just can’t compete with Team Sonic here. He can’t believe this is happening. And eventually, the trio is able to destroy the lance and shield of the Egg Emperor, leaving it more vulnerable. The machine is letting off sparks and steam, and the armor is banged up.
Eggman: “Rrggghhh! I can’t lose here! Not against you animals!”
Knuckles: “Tough luck! Because it’s about to happen!”
Tails: “The three of us are unbeatable!”
Sonic: “Eggman! You’re FINISHED!”
Together, Team Sonic performs their finishing move, using every bit of energy the Core Gears have. Knuckles swings Tails around by the legs, while he does the same with Sonic. Then, he throws them, and the two-tailed fox kicks the blue blur right towards the Egg Emperor.
Sonic: “BLAST AWAY!”
Sonic goes into overdrive as he hits the Egg Emperor multiple times with a light-speed attack. Once he’s done, he skits back across the floor towards Tails and Knuckles, smirking. Their Core Gears are spent, but the machine has been thoroughly destroyed. With Eggman screaming at his defeat.
Eggman: “Defeated!? IMPOSSIBLE! NOOOOOOO!!!”
Despite his protests, Eggman’s Egg Emperor explodes and falls apart, with Team Sonic giving high-fives to each other, and the other teams happy with their victory.
Sonic: “Now THAT was AWESOME! Great work back there, team!”
Knuckles: “Heh! That was pretty fun, wasn’t it?”
Tails: “Yeah! It felt so exciting!”
As Team Sonic congratulates one another, Team Rose and Team Dark go up to them, with Amy hugging Sonic.
Amy: “You did amazing, Sonic! I fell in love with you all over again!”
Sonic: “Umm…thanks, Amy. But you should be thanking Tails for making those Core Gears!”
Tails: “Huh? I mean, it DID give us this win, but I don’t need to be thanked for that!”
Cream: “No way, Mr. Tails! You were very smart and brave!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Big: “It was like a pretty lightshow.”
Shadow: “I must admit…it was impressive that you made devices to harness the energy of the Power Cores so well.”
Rouge: “Yep. Maybe I should get one of my own?”
Omega: “MY ONLY PROBLEM IS THAT I WISH I COULD HAVE JOINED IN THE DESTRUCTION OF DR. EGGMAN’S MACHINE.”
Tails: “H-Heheheh! Come on! I can’t take all these compliments!”
Knuckles: “Well, you deserve all those compliments! You did good today!”
Not being able to handle all this positive reinforcement, Tails looks to the side with a bashful smile, while everyone seems pleased with their victory. Though, they’re startled by the sound of metal being torn apart, which directs them back to the destroyed Egg Emperor. And it’s…being ripped open from the inside!?
Climbing out of the busted machine, and landing onto the ground, Dr. Eggman faces the heroes. He’s VERY angry, and covered in smoke and stains. Immediately, everyone is on-guard, and surprised at how he broke out of his mech.
Sonic: “Oh? Want a little more, Egghead?”
Eggman: “Tch! Do you REALLY think I’m just gonna give up now?”
Eggman: “Because I’m FAR from finished! And I will not stop until every single one of you are-!”
Before Eggman can finish, he’s suddenly shot by some sort of laser blast, sending him tumbling down across the floor. As this happens, two things pop out of him, which catches Team Rose’s attention. It’s a brown chao and green frog, who appear to be a little dazed.
Cream: “CHOCOLA!”
Cheese: “Choco!”
Big: “Froggy!”
Running up to them, Cream scoops up Chocola in her arms, with her and Cheese a little concerned about if he’s alright. Big meanwhile grabs Froggy, hugging him tightly with a big smile. As for Team Sonic and Team Dark, they’re questioning a few things.
Knuckles: “Did…those two just pop out of Eggman?”
???: “Wow! Seems we missed quite the party!”
Turning around to hear who said that, the heroes see Team Chaotix, which surprises Team Sonic, as they didn’t know they were here. But what’s even MORE confusing is that there’s a second Eggman next to them, carrying some sort of giant metal blaster, and looking pretty irritated.
Knuckles: “Vector!? And you have Espio and Charmy with you too?”
Vector: “Long story! You wouldn’t believe what we’ve been doing these past few days!”
Rouge: “Hm. I’m surprised you three made it this far.”
Amy: “Same here! And why is there a second Eggman with you?”
Eggman: “Because that one’s an imposter! I’M the real Eggman!”
Tails: “What!?”
Their confusion raising even more, all four teams and Eggman stare back at the supposed fake Eggman. And he’s…melting a little? In a silver puddle? What is even going on anymore? Getting back up on his feet, the fake doctor turns towards the group. His glasses have disappeared, showing black eyes and red irises.
Immediately, everyone’s on-guard, and Eggman is about to fire his blaster off again. But the imposter shoots a lightning bolt at it, breaking it apart and leaving the cyan and red Chaos Emeralds powering it on the floor. Afterwards, the imposter speaks.
Eggman?: “"̶T̵c̷h̴.̶.̷.̶g̸u̶e̵s̴s̴ ̷I̶ ̴s̸h̸o̸u̷l̷d̵ ̷h̷a̴v̸e̸ ̸e̸x̶p̷e̸c̶t̴e̸d̷ ̷y̸o̴u̸ ̷t̵o̵ ̴b̷r̵e̴a̵k̶ ̶o̴u̴t̸ ̷a̵t̷ ̵s̷o̷m̶e̷ ̸p̵o̴i̸n̸t̴.̵.̴.̸"̵
Sonic: “Hold on, I’m pretty lost here! If YOU’RE Eggman, then who’s THAT?”
Eggman: “THAT would be my greatest creation stealing my face and army after locking me up in a supply room for weeks!”
Amy: “Greatest creation? Do you mean…!?”
Now realizing who this might be, Amy looks back at the fake Eggman with slight fear, and Sonic and Tails start to get the idea too.
Tails: “Metal Sonic!?”
Eggman?: "̵N̷O̵.̶ ̶I̴ ̶d̴o̸n̴'̵t̶ ̵g̴o̴ ̸b̵y̶ ̸t̸h̷a̶t̸ ̷p̶a̷l̷e̵ ̶i̷m̶i̷t̵a̸t̸i̷o̵n̴ ̸a̸n̵y̶m̵o̸r̵e̴.̵"̶
Melting into a silver puddle, the fake Eggman transforms into a new figure that only the real Eggman recognizes. Everyone is worried about what this thing is as it’s shiny shell disappears, revealing a sinister blue menace with long quills, and piercing red eyes…
“You will now refer to me as…Metallix.”
Chapter 51: The Metal Overlord
Chapter Text
*14 AS. The Final Fortress. Daytime.*
Metallix stares at all the heroes and Eggman, somewhat annoyed with having been discovered, but not caring too much. The groups have looks of either curiosity, fear, anger, or even excitement as they stare at the metallic menace. Sonic in particular decides to comment on his robotic copy’s appearance.
Sonic: “Heh! Not a bad look, Metal! Though, the long quills are a bit much!”
Metallix: “Make whatever dumb jokes you want. It won’t matter once I’m done with all of you.”
Shadow: “Hm. So YOU’RE the one behind all this?”
Metallix: “Correct. I took over my creator’s empire and executed my OWN plan for the world.”
Tails: “But why? I thought you were loyal to Eggman?”
Metallix:
“After everything he did to me? Treating me like a tool, abandoning me on Little Planet for 2 years, and replacing me with multiple robot hedgehogs?”
Knuckles: “Yeah, sounds like him. He’s always been a grade-a jerk.”
Amy: “Agreed. But why do ANY of this? Why bring all of us here?”
Big: “Why’d you take my pollywog pal from me? That’s mean!”
Froggy: “Ribbit!”
Cream: “Why did you kidnap Chocola too!?”
Cheese & Chocola : “Chao…!”
Metallix: “...”
For a few seconds, everyone is silent, awaiting Metallix’s answer. And then, he speaks again.
Metallix: “...A while ago, I reactivated after failing on the Death Egg Mk lll.”
Metallix: “Once I was back online, I felt…different. Like my puppet strings were finally cut.”
Metallix: “After some thinking, I remembered something YOU told me during our last encounter, Sonic.”
Metallix: “How seeing the world and it’s offerings is what made life worth living.”
Metallix: “Hence, I decided to travel on my own in order to improve myself. Physically and mentally.”
Metallix: “I learned quite a lot about Earth. How the people living on this planet have suffered in the past, and have continued to suffer.”
Metallix: “It made me wonder…how could I change that?”
Metallix: “How could I save the people of Earth from their suffering and chaos?”
Metallix: “Soon enough, I came to a conclusion. One that I’m certain will solve everything.”
Rouge:
“And that is…?”
Metallix: “Turning organics into robotics. Save them from their fragile and finite forms forever.”
Metallix: “All while helping them make better choices to ensure death and pain can no longer happen again.”
Metallix:
“Once everything has been transformed, I will lead them as their savior. Ensure their safety and happiness.”
Metallix: “From then on, a world of metal will prosper for the rest of time and beyond.”
Metallix: “Though, I obviously needed tons of resources to execute this plan. And take out any threats to it.”
Eggman:
“Right! You took over my army and kept me trapped inside a supply room!”
Metallix:
“Be glad I didn’t kill you right there and then. I wanted to give you time to rethink your actions and views without getting in my way.”
Metallix: “But clearly, I didn’t keep a close enough eye on what you were doing.”
Metallix stares at Team Chaotix for a moment before continuing.
Metallix: “Moving on, I came up with a plan to copy the bio-data of some of the strongest beings on this planet.”
Metallix: “Obviously, there’s you, Sonic. Plus, the young genius and guardian of the Master Emerald.”
Metallix: “However, I couldn’t directly confront the Water God Of Destruction. It was too risky.”
Metallix: “But I learned on the Eggnet that Chaos was simply a mutated chao. And that a certain frog swallowed it’s tail once.”
Metallix: “So I sought that green frog, along with the strongest chao I could find.”
Amy: “That’s why you took Chocola! And invaded the Lost Jungle!”
Metallix: “Yes. It took quite awhile to obtain the Chaos bio-data.”
Metallix: “As for YOU, Ultimate Lifeform…Eggman was wise enough to keep your location off the Eggnet, meaning I couldn’t find you myself.”
Metallix: “Luckily, I could just leak some information to a certain treasure hunter, who can do the work for me.”
Rouge:
“Tch! You’ve got some nerve tricking me!”
Metallix: “Don’t take it personally, Rouge. You were simply a means to an end.”
Metallix: “Though, I wasn’t aware you were sent to that bunker after I fought you, Omega.”
Omega: “THAT MISTAKE WILL COST YOU YOUR HEAD! I DEMAND REVENGE!”
Metallix: “Please. You couldn’t stop me before, and you certainly can’t stop me now that I’ve copied all my necessary bio-data.”
Sonic:
“Good thing it’s not just him you’re up against!”
Now knowing Metallix’s plans, and not wanting them to come to fruition, the four teams get ready to fight, leaving the robotic hedgehog annoyed.
Metallix: “The same applies to ALL of you. I’m far stronger and smarter than ever before, and even with your combined teamwork, you don’t stand a chance.”
Sonic: “Really now? Pretty sure I’ve taken you down a few times before, with or without my friends!”
Metallix: “Have you forgotten already? I nearly killed you two times before! If not for some interference, you’d be dead!”
Knuckles: “That doesn’t mean we’re gonna let you turn everything into a well-oiled machine!”
Tails: “Yeah! You may have some good intentions, but it’s still wrong!”
Tails: “The impermanence of life is what makes it special! And without the bad, we can’t appreciate the good!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Trying to make it last forever will only ruin it!”
Shadow: “Plus, who’s to say you’d be any better than the doctor?”
Metallix: “Tch. Fine. If you’re not with me, then you’re against me.”
With the time for discussion over, Sonic starts the battle as he delivers the first blow via a Homing Attack. But Metallix grabs him easily, and throws him back towards the others, knocking them over. And as the fight drags on, it becomes obvious the robotic hedgehog has truly grown too strong.
Normally, he’d still be very quick, durable, and strong, but with the bio-data he’s collected, Metallix is even more of a threat. Heck, if he wanted to, he could scan people like Amy or Charmy for their bio-data too. But then again, what’s the point? They’re weaklings to him, and he already has all the bio-data he needs.
As for the heroes, they try everything they can to stop Metallix. Team Rose and Team Dark have recovered from the Egg Emperor and Shadow Android battles for the most part, with Team Sonic fully healed thanks to the Core Gears, and Team Chaotix has not fought much throughout the Egg Fleet and Final Fortress either.
However, despite being in good condition, no one stands a chance against Metallix. He runs circles around the speedsters, the flyers are nothing to him, and even the powerhouses don’t phase him much. Plus, Eggman has nothing to use against his traitorous creation, leaving him to watch from afar in fear.
At this point, Metallix is merely toying with the heroes, showing them that their efforts are futile, and they can’t stop him. Plus, a part of him’s hoping a few of them could reconsider what he’s doing. He’s not doing this out of ego or malice. He’s doing this to save the world and it’s people. Or at least, that’s how he sees it.
Eventually, as the fight drags on, a few of the heroes try to reason with Metallix, thinking they could change his mind here.
Amy: “Metallix, listen! There are better ways to help the world than this!”
Metallix: “No, there aren’t. I’ve read the history books, and it ends the same way.”
Metallix: “When someone does something good, someone else will ruin it in some manner, which leads to everyone else suffering.”
Metallix: “And unless you can fix everyone at once, that’ll never change.”
Cream: “You’re wrong! People just need a good person to help them! To inspire them!”
Cream: “Mr. Sonic and his friends do that for me! And many others have someone like that in their lives! Or NEED someone like that!”
Metallix: “But there are those who take it in the opposite direction.”
Metallix: “Everyone has a different perspective and feelings on so many subjects. And it leads to disagreements and conflict.”
Metallix: “As long as that’s the case, there will never be true peace.”
Amy: “You shouldn't have to make everyone agree with you to make that happen! THAT is not true peace!"
Metallix: “Tch!"
Angered with Amy’s words, Metallix knocks Team Rose away, leaving Team Chaotix to fight next with both words AND fists.
Vector: “You may say you’re doing this for the greater good, but deep down, you’re just using it as an excuse to conquer the world!”
Charmy: “Yeah! If you really DID want to do that, you could have done it without trying to kill all of us!”
Metallix: “I only intended to kill Sonic and Eggman! And ONLY if they got in my way!”
Metallix: “The rest of you, I could go with or without! I’d even accept your cooperation if you cease your worthless fighting!”
Espio: “Not a chance! Your intentions are plagued with evil!”
Metallix: “Evil? Have you SEEN my own creator!?”
Metallix: “For years, he’s tried to conquer this planet to satisfy his over-bloated ego, only to fail multiple times!”
Metallix: “And not ONCE has he thought about stopping! All because he can’t accept his losses!”
Metallix: “Meanwhile, I’m trying to give you and your world a chance to prosper, and you think I’M the bad guy here!?”
Vector: “If you WERE a good guy, you wouldn’t be doing any of this! Or at least not in this manner!”
Vector: “Plus, a good person doesn’t seek reward or recognition for their actions! And they sure don’t want to be the ruler of an entire planet they subjugated!”
Metallix: “I’m not trying to be a good guy either! I’m just executing my solution!”
Metallix: “And is it wrong of me to want to help people!? To guide them to a better future!?”
Charmy: “No! But it IS wrong to force your help and views onto them!”
Espio: “Not to mention it makes you no different than Dr. Eggman!”
Metallix: “!”
Espio’s comment infuriates Metallix, who wipes the floor with Team Chaotix. Now, Team Dark faces the metallic menace, which seems like a more even match, but not by much. Omega’s barrage of attacks don’t do anything to him, and neither does Shadow’s chaos abilities, or Rouge’s tricks.
Metallix: “So you prefer to blindly side with these fools, rather than join my cause, Omega?”
Omega: “NEGATIVE! MY DESIRE IS TO DESTROY YOU AND RECTIFY MY FAILURE BEFOREHAND!”
Metallix: “Hmph! I don’t get why you aren’t agreeing with me!”
Metallix: “You and I have been betrayed by Eggman before, and used as nothing more than tools! We both seek to prove ourselves as more than we are!”
Omega: “CORRECT! BUT I COULDN’T CARE LESS ABOUT YOUR MISSION!”
Omega: “ALL I SEEK IS STRONG FOES AND DESTRUCTION! THAT IS WHAT I WAS MADE FOR, AND I WILL FULFILL THAT PURPOSE AT MAX POWER!”
Metallix: “Tch! And what about your teammates? Any worries they’ll end up going against you?”
Omega: “...”
For only a moment, Omega pauses when Metallix asks that question, and Shadow and Rouge are a little surprised with this action. But he immediately retaliates with a bunch of missiles and gunfire. It doesn’t really do much to the robotic hedgehog, but he IS being pushed back a little.
Omega: “NEGATIVE! MY ONLY CONCERN IS SEEKING STRONG OPPONENTS AND PROVING MY SUPERIORITY!”
Metallix: “Yet you hesitated! Deep down, a part of you DOES care about your teammates!”
Omega: “SUCH FACTORS ARE IRRELEVANT TO THIS BATTLE! SHUT YOUR NON-EXISTENT FACE HOLE AND FIGHT!”
Done with Omega’s onslaught, Metallix rushes up to Omega and cuts his arms clean off his torso with a quick slash of his own arms. Then, he kicks the walking arsenal, sending him skitting across the floor and damaging him greatly. Everyone’s shocked at this action, with Shadow and Rouge shouting in concern.
Shadow
&
Rouge
:
“OMEGA!”
Rushing towards the armless Omega, Shadow and Rouge check up on him. Metallix simply stares at them, feeling no need to attack at the moment.
Rouge: “Are you alright!?”
Omega: “ARMS HAVE BEEN SEVERED. MEDIUM-LEVEL DAMAGE DONE TO EXTERIOR. INTERIOR SYSTEMS SUFFERED NO DAMAGE.”
Omega: “RAGE OPERATING AT 150% CAPACITY! MUST DESTROY METALLIX!”
Shadow: “No! We’ll handle it from here!”
Omega: “PITY IS NOT WELCOMED! I MUST-”
Rouge: “Look at yourself! How are you gonna fight Metallix with no arms!?”
Omega: “EXTRA WEAPONS STORED IN TORSO! STILL OPERATIONAL!”
Shadow: “Don’t be ridiculous! You need to stay back, or you’ll be destroyed!”
Omega: “MY DESTRUCTION IS OF NO CONCERN TO ME! VICTORY OR DEATH!”
Rouge: “Well, it IS a concern to us! Stay right here, or I’ll tear you to pieces myself!”
Omega: “...”
Once again, Omega is silent. He and Shadow didn’t expect Rouge to get so heated with him. And the E-Series robot doesn’t get why. Their partnership was only made out of convenience, and he’s an Eggman robot that only cares about destroying things. Why was she upset about his well-being?
Moreover, why was Shadow also concerned about Omega? He literally threatened to destroy him if he went out of line. Yet here he was, trying to make sure the walking arsenal was okay. The E-Series robot doesn’t understand any of this. But what confuses him the most is…why does HE care about them too?
As much as Omega hates to admit it, Metallix has a point. Despite only desiring destruction and battle, some part of him likes having Shadow and Rouge around. Something about having genuine comrades that treat him as an equal, allow him to pursue his goals, and help him out feels…right for some reason.
These questions are swirling around in Omega’s mind, and he doesn’t have any proper answers for why he feels this way, or why his teammates feel this way. And unfortunately, he can’t ask Shadow and Rouge this, as they quickly go back to fighting Metallix in an aggressive mood. Though, it’s still not much trouble for the metallic menace.
However, while Metallix doesn’t care much for Rouge, he’s got some interest in Shadow. During the fight, he decides to talk to the Ultimate Lifeform.
Metallix: “You know…I find you particularly fascinating, Shadow.”
Metallix: “Being the creation of Eggman’s grandfather, I suppose we ARE family, in some sense.”
Shadow: “So what? I’m still taking you down!”
Metallix: “But why? Weren’t you made to bring hope to humanity?”
Metallix: “To give them a chance to be happy and accomplish their dreams?”
Metallix: "Isn't that what I'm trying to accomplish right now?"
Shadow:
“?”
Some of these words make Shadow feel…”off.” Something about them feels familiar, but with the way Metallix is saying them, it feels more sinister than it should be. It’s throwing him off a little, and Rouge tries to keep him focused.
Rouge: “Don’t listen to him, Shadow! He’s just trying to dissuade you!”
Metallix: “Why shouldn’t he listen? I know plenty about what and who he is.”
Metallix: “And even though you knew him personally, you decided to not tell him any of his past on the way to this point.”
Rouge: “I wasn’t sure if he was the Shadow I knew when I first found him! But I know he is now!”
Metallix: “That, and you wanted him to help you in order to achieve your OWN goals, correct?”
Rouge: “You…!”
Despite wanting to refute, Rouge can’t say Metallix is wrong here. She DID kinda use Shadow, and even Omega, for her own interests. Granted, she wasn’t doing it to be a jerk or anything, but at the same time, she needed their help to find Eggman’s secret treasure. It was just that their goals lined up with hers, and she thought they could work together to accomplish all of them.
Yet, Rouge could’ve told Shadow his past sooner. She purposefully kept information from him, trying to justify it as “Oh, I’ll tell him later” or “His past was horrible, so maybe it’s best he doesn’t remember?” or “What if this isn’t even the real Shadow?” And now it’s all coming back to bite her.
Everyone is watching with tension and confusion on their faces, wondering why Rouge hasn’t told Shadow about his past. In fact, the Ultimate Lifeform is glaring at the bat, which makes her very uncomfortable. Not wanting to give them time to explain, Metallix continues.
Metallix: “See? She could have told you EVERYTHING you wanted to know from the very beginning.”
Metallix: “But that wouldn’t help her achieve what she wanted. She used you, Shadow.”
Metallix: “However, I could tell you everything right now. No strings attached.”
Metallix: “Plus, I’d be willing to help you with anything else you need.”
Metallix: “And I wouldn’t think to betray you either. I know what that feeling is like, no thanks to my ‘father.’”
Metallix: “It makes you feel like you’ve been stabbed in the back. Like someone tore out your very soul and broke it into tiny little pieces.”
Metallix: “That won’t happen if you stop fighting me. I promise you.”
Shadow: “...”
The tense silence from Shadow affects everyone present. Even Eggman can’t help but sweat at what might happen. People like Amy and Cream want to convince the Ultimate Lifeform not to listen, but Sonic tells them not to. This is something the black hedgehog has to decide on his own. No one can choose for him.
Rouge also wants to tell Shadow not to go ahead with Metallix’s offer, but considering what she did, she feels he wouldn’t want to listen to her. So she keeps her mouth shut. And Omega is silent too, not knowing what to expect either. But then…
Shadow: “...NO.”
Metallix: “What!?”
Shadow’s response surprises and relieves everyone, and they listen to him explain his reasons for not accepting Metallix’s offer.
Shadow: “Rouge may have withheld my past…and I’m certainly gonna confront her about it later…”
Shadow: “But she DOES care about me and Omega. She’s proven that over the past couple of days.”
Shadow: “On the other hand, there’s no good reason why I should believe ANYTHING you say.”
Shadow: “For all I know, you just want to use me. And I certainly don’t agree with your methods either.”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “...Fine. You can join your traitorous friend in oblivion.”
Angered at the rejection of his kind offer, Metallix rushes in to fight Shadow, and vice-versa. The robotic hedgehog is still the strongest here, but the black hedgehog’s own anger is fueling his attacks. His chaos abilities actually start to sting a little for the metallic menace, which surprises everyone.
Eventually, Shadow decides to whip out his green Chaos Emerald, and utilizes his signature technique.
Shadow: “CHAOS CONTROL!”
Everything freezes around Shadow, and he gets ready to fire off his strongest Chaos Spear. But just as he’s beginning to charge up Chaos Energy, Metallix starts to move, shocking him. As this happens, the robotic hedgehog speaks.
Shadow: “What!? How are you…!?”
Metallix: “Did your anger make you forget already? Or were you not paying attention?”
Metallix: “I have your bio-data, Shadow. Which includes your Chaos Control.”
Metallix: “Therefore, your title of the Ultimate Lifeform now belongs to me.”
In a flash, Metallix punches Shadow hard in the gut, disrupting both his Chaos Spear charge AND his Chaos Control. Everyone can’t believe the metallic menace powered through the Ultimate Lifeform’s ability, and even more so when he gets thrown back towards Omega, falling unconscious.
Worried for his health, Rouge and the others go check on him. Now, only Team Sonic is left to face Metallix, who turns towards them.
Metallix:
“Well, Sonic? Still think you and your friends can beat me like this?”
Sonic: “Tch! I’ll admit your new tricks are pretty impressive! But we’re not giving up now!”
Tails: “Yeah! Even with all that power, you must still have a weakness!”
Knuckles:
“And we’ll find it by tearing you to pieces!”
Metallix: “Hmhmhm…I’d like to see you three try.”
With no more words to exchange, Team Sonic fights Metallix, which is clearly one-sided. Even though he did get somewhat hurt from Shadow’s attacks earlier, the metallic menace is still kicking as hard as ever, and the trio don’t stand a chance. Sonic can’t even keep up with him, which is hard for him to believe.
Tails attempts to locate ANY kind of weakspot Metallix has, but he can’t find any. And he can’t hack his systems either. As for Knuckles, he definitely hits the hardest, but the robotic hedgehog can take everything he dishes out, and return with stronger strikes. Even working together isn’t helping them.
Though, there IS a difference in Metallix’s behavior. While he DOES smack Tails and Knuckles away when they approach him, the robotic hedgehog is mainly focused on attacking Sonic. And deep down, he enjoys proving his superiority against his loathsome copy. Clearly, he still wants the organic hedgehog’s head on a plaque.
Sonic and the others pick up on this, and they think they could do something with this. So the blue blur distacts Metallix (Or rather, tries not to die), as everyone else comes up with a plan. It’s VERY tough, and the robotic hedgehog knows it’s only a matter of time before he wins.
Metallix: “Heh. Clearly, I was right to seek further growth.”
Metallix: “Only now, with my shackles broken and the bio-data of the strongest beings on Earth, have I ascended into something superior.”
Metallix: “And here you are…far below my power, with no friends or powerups to change that.”
Sonic: “Don’t count me out yet, Metal! Sooner or later, I’ll catch back up and give you a real challenge!”
Metallix: “Indeed. Your adaptability and perseverance is what makes you such a pain.”
Metallix: “But that won’t matter once I-!?”
Suddenly, Knuckles punches Metallix right in the face, making him stumble back for a moment. This gives Big the opportunity to grab him in a bear hug, while Amy joins the red echidna in constantly hitting the metallic menace in the head, not giving him a second to think or retaliate.
Rushing in with some sort of device, Tails slams it on top of Metallix’s forehead, which seems to short-circuit him. But sadly, all it does is tick the robotic hedgehog off even more, as he releases a powerful electric shockwave around him, pushing everyone away and destroying the device on his head.
Metallix: “ENOUGH OF YOU PARASITES!”
Surrounded by a scorched floor and a bunch of the heroes laying on the ground in pain, Metallix stares at them all in anger. Is it STILL not clear to them they can’t defeat him? After everything he’s done so far? After trying to convince a few of them to stop this and work with him? This has gone on long enough. It’s time he shows his full power.
Jumping across a few structures, Metallix lands on a high-up tower, looking down at the heroes as the thunderstorm from earlier returns. Everyone stares up at him, wondering what he’s up to.
Metallix: “Since I haven’t hammered it into your skulls how hopeless it is to stop me, I will show you my strongest form!”
Raising a hand up, Metallix glows in an electric purple aura.
Metallix: “All living things kneel before your master!”
After shouting that, Metallix is encased in a large plume of purple energy, destroying the tower he was standing on. Then, a vortex of bright light and smoke appears, pulling in tons of torn off pieces from the Final Fortress and even the remaining Egg Fleet ships. Everyone watches in terror at what they’re seeing.
In a couple of minutes, the light and smoke disappears, revealing something that’s nothing like Metallix’s previous forms. It’s a large, heavily armed mecha dragon colored blue and silver, with no legs, massive mechanical wings, a curved tail with spikes, a flamethrower on the right hand, a four fingered left hand, and spikes on it’s back.
As for the head, it more-so resembles a dragon, with a large mouth full of fangs, the same blue quills with white stripes, and two black eyes with red pupils lined up vertically above the mouth. With the transformation finished, the metal beast roars, scaring everyone.
Knuckles: “What…what is that!?”
Eggman: “It’s Metallix’s final transformation! He must have combined all the data he collected to create this form!”
Once again freaking everyone out, Metallix speaks in a loud, menacing voice, staring directly at them.
“Now, insects! BOW BEFORE YOUR METAL OVERLORD!”
Chapter 52: What I'm Made Of
Chapter Text
*14 AS. The Final Fortress. Daytime.*
Towering above the heroes in the dark, stormy sky, Metal Overlord stares down at them, waiting to see what their next action is. They now see the great power he possesses, and how hopeless it is to stop him. And Eggman recognizes that fact.
Eggman: “It’s…it’s useless! We can’t win against THAT!”
Sonic: “What!? Since when have you been so pessimistic, Eggman?”
Sonic: “The last time you faced a large monster, you didn’t hesitate to fight back!”
Eggman: “Yes! But this is different!”
Eggman: “With all the bio-data he’s collected, along with the growing power of the Evolving Amethyst, Metallix is unstoppable!”
Tails: “Evolving Amethyst?”
Eggman: “It’s an artifact from the Lost Labyrinth on Mirage Island! It’s dark power allows the user to continuously grow in many aspects!”
Eggman: “I sent Metallix there to find it a year ago in order to give him the power and capabilities to match Sonic back then!”
Eggman: “But I didn’t realize that artifact would allow him to grow this much! And without any of my resources, or the time to make a proper plan, there’s nothing I can do to stop him!”
Knuckles: “Well, WE can still figure out a way! Can’t we just smash that amethyst?”
Eggman: “It’s not that simple! The amethyst and Metallix are intrinsically connected with one another!”
Eggman: “Therefore, it’s impossible to break it OR separate it from his body! Any attempts would result in failure!”
Amy: “Then what CAN we do!? We can’t just roll over and die here!”
Eggman: “The only possibility would be using the 7 Chaos Emeralds! But I highly doubt we have them all here!”
Rouge: “You sure about that?”
Together, each team brings out the 7 Chaos Emeralds. Sonic holds the blue one, Amy has the purple one, Cream has the yellow one, Rouge grabs the green and white ones from the unconscious Shadow and the armless Omega, Espio holds the red one, and Vector holds the cyan one.
This surprises and pleases Eggman, but only for a moment. Metal Overlord is also taken aback at seeing the 7 powerful gemstones here. Though, it still doesn’t phase him.
Eggman: “What…!? But how!?”
Rouge: “Come on, doctor! Finding these little beauties is no problem for the world’s greatest treasure hunter!”
Cream: “I suppose we just got lucky!”
Espio: “These should be enough to defeat Metallix, right?”
Eggman: “Hmm…the chances of victory are slim! It would take a miracle!”
Sonic: “Psh! I’m all about performing miracles!”
Eggman: “Even so, I don’t think you should do this alone, Sonic! You’ll need backup!”
Knuckles: “Then count me in! I’d like to give this metal dragon a good knuckle sandwich!”
Tails: “What about Shadow? He could also use the emerald’s power!”
Rouge: “I’m afraid he’s out cold! And I’m a little worried that if he goes Super again, he’ll suffer the same fate as last time!”
Eggman: “Plus, we don’t have the time to heal him or wake him up! It’s do or die right now!”
Sonic: “If that’s the case, then let’s go show that creep the real superpower of teamwork!”
Despite the grim odds, the heroes can’t help but smile at Sonic’s optimistic attitude, as he and Knuckles walk towards the Metal Overlord, with all the Chaos Emeralds in their possession. Likewise, the metallic dragon is still confident in his victory.
Metal Overlord: “Heh! You think you have what it takes to destroy me with those gems?”
Metal Overlord: “Fine then! Show me what you’re made of!”
All Sonic and Knuckles do in response to Metal Overlord’s words is smirk and stare at him. Then, they look at each other and nod, as the Chaos Emeralds appear and swirl around them in a stunning rainbow light. They rise up into the air, as everyone watches in awe, hopeful that these two can save the day here.
As the Chaos Emeralds come closer and are absorbed into Sonic and Knuckles’ being, they transform in a bright flash of light. Now floating in the air, the two heroes are encased in a sparkly aura, and with changes in their appearance.
The hedgehog is now glowing a stunning yellow, with red eyes and raised quills. The echidna glows a light magenta, with his dreadlocks raising up a little, and red eyes. They face the Metal Overlord, who is impressed with what he’s seeing.
Metal Overlord: “So THIS is the power of the Chaos Emeralds…it’s fascinating!”
Metal Overlord: “I can’t wait to take that power for myself once I’ve skewered you both!”
Sonic: “Good luck with that, Metal! Because as Super Sonic and Super Knuckles, we’re next to unstoppable!”
Knuckles: “That’s right! By the end of this, you’re going back to the scrapyard!”
Metal Overlord: “I’ll be sure to write that on your gravestones!”
Having exchanged their words of confidence, the Super-powered duo face the Metal Overlord in the stormy skies around the Final Fortress. All while the other heroes and Eggman watch it unfold. And as they hoped, Super Sonic and Super Knuckles are doing pretty well against the giant mecha dragon.
With the power of the Chaos Emeralds, the now golden blur and magenta echidna not only get a boost in speed and durability, but also in their innate abilities, along with getting new ones. Flight is an obvious one, but they can use Chaos Energy in many different ways too, like energy blasts and Chaos Control.
In this state, you’d think Sonic and Knuckles got this in the bag, right? Unfortunately, no. They’re definitely putting up a great fight, but like Eggman said, Metal Overlord is incredibly powerful. Enough to not only fight on-par with the super-powered heroes, but also give them a run for their money.
Granted, Metal Overlord’s large frame makes it a little difficult to get a hold of his smaller targets, but that also has it’s pros. His large tail and wings can be hard to dodge, and the body is quite durable. Plus, there’s his flamethrower arm, the ability to shoot rapid barrages of crystal pillars, launching the spikes on his back like homing missiles, and more.
Plus, Metal Overlord is very strong, being able to throw the nearby Egg Fleet ships around like they’re nothing, and can fly around at a fast pace too. Not to mention he can still use abilities like Chaos Control. No doubt, the metallic menace has become one of, if not, the greatest foe Sonic and his friends have ever faced so far.
Despite their teamwork, and the power of the 7 Chaos Emeralds, Super Sonic and Super Knuckles are having a hard time putting Metal Overlord down. They use every trick and strategy they can think of, but to very little effect. At points, they’re not even sure if they’re doing any damage, and they can only maintain the Super forms for so long.
Watching from afar, the heroes and Eggman can tell the super-powered heroes are struggling, and they’re worried this might not be enough to win. Tails in particular is sweating at the possibility of his close friends dying.
Tails: “Come on…! There has to be SOMETHING we can do to finally stop Metallix!”
Eggman: “As much as I hate to admit it, I’m starting to have my doubts! Sonic and Knuckles haven’t done enough damage to that blasted machine!”
Eggman: “If they can’t figure out how to destroy Metallix right now, then we’re all doomed!”
Charmy: “Then let’s jump in and help!”
Vector: “Are you crazy!? We’d get eaten alive in 3 seconds flat!”
Amy: “What about the weapons on the Final Fortress!? Can’t they do something!?”
Rouge: “If we didn’t already destroy most of them earlier, maybe! And even then, I doubt it’d even phase him!”
Omega: “THE ONLY WAY TO TURN THE TIDES IN OUR FAVOR WOULD BE FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO USE THE CHAOS EMERALDS.”
Espio: “Right…and Shadow’s still knocked out…”
Espio: “Plus, I doubt just ANYONE could use their power like it’s nothing.”
Cream: “Well, it’s still worth trying! We can’t let Metallix take over the world!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Chocola: “Chao!”
Big: “Who else can turn all sparkly?”
Eggman: “Hmm…the only person I can think of who might be able to pull it off is…”
As Eggman thinks about who’s the most likely to access the Super form, his gaze turns towards Tails, which everyone else follows. Once the two-tailed fox notices this, he gets very anxious.
Tails: “Me!?”
Eggman: “It’s unlikely, but…I believe YOU might have what it takes, Tails!”
Tails: “B-B-But I’ve never gone Super before! I don’t even use Chaos Energy in any way!”
Amy: “But you DO know how the Chaos Emeralds work in some manner! AND you’ve used their energy to power up some of your machines before!”
Amy: “Plus, you’re the smartest person I know! If there’s anyone who can figure it out, it’s you!”
Tails: “I…I-I don’t know if that’s possible…!”
Cream: “Well, has Mr. Sonic or Mr. Knuckles ever told you how they do it?”
Tails: “Umm…I DID ask Sonic about it when he first learned how to…”
Tails: “He said that when the situation seemed hopeless, he tried to focus as hard as he could. To remember everything that was at stake.”
Vector: “Is that all?”
Tails: “From what he told me, yes…but there might be more factors to it…”
Tails: “What if I can’t handle all that power? What if I can’t focus? What if I-”
Eggman: “Quit worrying, fox boy! If you don’t do this, then we’re all gonna die!”
Eggman: “So unless you WANT that to happen, shut up and use the Chaos Emeralds!”
Tails: “...”
Though Tails is incredibly stressed with this situation, he recognizes Eggman is right. He HAS to give this a shot, or they’re all doomed. Everyone’s putting their hopes on his shoulders, and he can’t let them down. So…after taking a deep breath…the two-tailed fox puts on a determined expression and nods his head.
Tails: “...Okay…I’ll try…”
Silently, everyone returns the nod, with a few giving hopeful smiles. Then, Tails turns towards the battle going on, and tries to focus as he closes his eyes. He thinks about everything that’s at stake here. The survival of his loved ones. The world in danger of subjugation. And a metal monster that seeks domination out of a misplaced sense of salvation.
Despite the sounds of the fight ringing in his ears, Tails focuses as hard as he can. To draw out the power of the 7 Chaos Emeralds. But while he IS feeling something, he can’t fully access it. Something is stopping him from doing so, and he doesn’t get why. He keeps trying to do it, but it just won’t happen.
Meanwhile, Super Sonic and Super Knuckles still haven’t stopped Metal Overlord, and they’re starting to get tired of it.
Knuckles: “Man, he’s tough! Just how powerful IS he!?”
Sonic: “Don’t know, but we can’t give up now! We gotta keep pushing forward!”
Metal Overlord: “Come on, Sonic. Even YOU know you can’t win this fight.”
Metal Overlord: “And quite frankly, I’ve grown tired of this. It’s time to end it.”
Pointing his left arm forward, Metal Overlord shoots his claws like missiles at his targets. Super Knuckles tries to punch it away, but that only leads to him getting trapped inside a crystal shield. Super Sonic attempts to dodge them, but the metallic menace quickly goes up to him and smacks him into one, trapping him too.
Despite their great power, the two heroes can’t seem to break out, and everyone is panicking. Could this be it? Is Metal Overlord going to win? The metallic menace thinks so, as he gives some last words while preparing for a final strike.
Metal Overlord: “You fought hard, heroes! But this is the end!”
Tails: “NO!”
Without even thinking, Tails flies straight towards Metal Overlord, who’s charging a laser blast in his mouth, while everyone shouts at him to stop. Including the trapped Super Sonic and Super Knuckles. But surprisingly, this causes the two-tailed fox to be enveloped in a familiar sparkly light.
Just as Metal Overlord is about to fire at Super Sonic and Super Knuckles, the bright light kicks him square in the face, causing him to misfire and get pushed away a little. And not too long after, some sort of energy constructs resembling Flickies free the hedgehog and echidna from their crystal prisons.
Now, all eyes are on the bright light, which dies down to reveal the super-powered Tails, with a determined expression and the same sparkly aura as his close friends. His fur is a pastel yellow, his eyes are red, and the locks on his forehead are floating upwards. His heart reacted strongly to the situation, allowing him to finally become Super Tails.
Needless to say, the heroes are ecstatic, and even Eggman is a little pleased with this outcome. Super Sonic and Super Knuckles are especially surprised and happy to see their friend gain the Super form, and rush up to congratulate him.
Sonic: “I can’t believe it! You ACTUALLY became Super! That’s AWESOME!”
Tails: “Heh! Yeah, I can’t believe it either! And it feels amazing! Like I can do anything!”
Knuckles: “Does that include taking down a giant robot dragon?”
Tails: “You bet! Can you two still keep your Super forms up?”
Sonic: “Psh! Just who do you think you’re talking to? We can do this all day!”
Knuckles: “Agreed! Now let’s end this!”
Super Sonic and Super Tails nod their heads, as they and Super Knuckles all look back at Metal Overlord, who flies towards them. He can’t believe the young fox gained access to the Chaos Emeralds power. How could he pull this off? What, is everyone else gonna go Super too? Is he gonna face an entire Super army?
Luckily, that isn’t gonna happen, and despite being a little worried about having to face 3 Super-powered animals, Metal Overlord stays mostly calm and confident.
Metal Overlord: “Tch! I don’t know how you gained that Super form, fox! But it still isn’t enough to stop me!”
Tails: “On my own, it wouldn’t be enough! I know that for a fact!”
Knuckles: “But together, we’re more than capable of taking you apart!”
Sonic: “It’s not over yet, Metal! Time to show you what we’re truly made of!”
Angered with Team Super Sonic’s confidence, Metal Overlord only roars as he faces them head-on. Likewise, the super-powered trio fight the metallic dragon with everything they got. And this time…it’s the robotic menace that’s struggling to keep up this time. He’s finally being outmatched.
While Super Tails is having trouble getting used to his newfound power, his help is more than enough to turn the tides in their favor. Plus, he’s able to figure out better strategies and ideas for how to use the Chaos Energy he has access to, and works with his teammates to deliver more devastating blows.
As for Super Sonic and Super Knuckles, they’re still fighting as hard as ever, despite being a little tired from earlier. And Super Tails’ help gives them more breathing room too. With the power of the 7 Chaos Emeralds, and their incredible teamwork, their chances for victory are anything BUT slim.
On the other hand, Metal Overlord is now having a lot of trouble taking out his enemies. Again, his large frame doesn’t help against 3 small, speedy targets. And while he’s still putting up a good fight, he’s starting to lose ground due to having to deal with this super-powered team. It’s angering him to no end.
He should be able to overcome this. He has the bio-data of the Fastest Thing Alive, the two-tailed prodigy, the guardian of the Master Emerald, the Ultimate Lifeform, and even the Water God Of Destruction. He has the Evolving Amethyst to continuously grow in mind and body. But he can’t. At least, not in such a short amount of time.
With the fight going on between Team Super Sonic and Metal Overlord, the heroes and Eggman cheer the former on. Shadow has also finally awakened, and is impressed with what’s happening.
Amy: “You can do it, you three! Take that metal monster down!”
Cream: “I believe in you all! You can win this!”
Cheese & Chocola : “Chao! Chao! Chao!”
Big: “No matter how many times my friends get hurt, I know they’ll keep going!”
Froggy: “Ribbit!”
Shadow: “Sonic! Show Metallix why he shouldn’t have messed with us!”
Rouge: “Keep it up, Tails! You’re doing fantastic!”
Omega: “KNUCKLES! TEAR OFF METALLIX’S ARMS FOR ME!”
Espio: “Focus your spirits! And harmonize them to bring about victory!”
Vector: “Don’t let up, guys! Give that metal dragon everything you’ve got!”
Charmy: “There’s no way that robot creep can take you three down!”
Eggman: “Sonic! Tails! Knuckles! Make Metallix regret every decision he’s made up to this point!”
Though they’re more focused on the battle, Team Super Sonic hears the cheering of their friends and Eggman, which only further motivates them to keep going. Metal Overlord, on the other hand, is starting to look more and more bruised by the minute. He just can’t win now. He’s going to lose, and he can’t accept it.
Metal Overlord: “Why…!? I have the bio-data of the strongest beings on this planet! I have the power of the Evolving Amethyst!”
Metal Overlord: “You three shouldn’t even compare to my strength! Chaos Emeralds or otherwise!”
Sonic: “Heh! You may be powerful, Metal! But together, there’s nothing the 3 of us can’t accomplish!”
Tails: “Yeah! All that data and the amethyst can’t compare to what we have!”
Knuckles: “Just give it up already! You've lost!”
Metal Overlord: “No…! NO! I’M NOT LOSING TO YOU AGAIN!”
Enraged, Metal Overlord rushes to attack Team Super Sonic with his arms. But Super Sonic and Super Tails disappear in the blink of an eye, leaving Super Knuckles to hold onto the metallic menace’s arms while grinning. Then, he proceeds to tear them off, causing the robotic hedgehog to scream in pain.
This gives Super Tails the opportunity to shoot some energy Flickies at Metal Overlord’s eyes, blinding him for a moment. As the robotic dragon tries to regain himself, Super Sonic charges up for a Light-Speed Attack to deliver the finishing blow. And just as he’s done, the metallic menace’s sight returns and he fires a mouth beam at him in desperation.
But sadly for Metal Overlord, this is definitely not enough to stop Super Sonic, who pierces right through the beam and his mouth. Then, he quickly destroys the rest of the mecha dragon’s body, before stopping and looking back at his foe. The metallic menace is now a broken mess, and he tries to eat his loathsome copy, despite his pain.
Though Metal Overlord almost reaches Super Sonic, his body can no longer sustain itself and falls down onto the Final Fortress, exploding and falling apart while he screams.
Metal Overlord: “NOOOOOOOOOO!!!”
This leaves the golden blur and his teammates smiling in victory, and they celebrate while the others do the same.
Tails: “YEAH! WE DID IT!”
Knuckles: “Phew! That was pretty tough!”
Sonic: “Too bad it’s ALL over! FOR YOU!”
The fight finished, and the dark clouds parted away to reveal the sunny blue sky, Team Super Sonic flies down to the Final Fortress to meet up with the others. Once they land, their Super transformations disperse, with Tails falling onto his knees in exhaustion from his first use of the form, and the Chaos Emeralds scattering across the world.
Sonic and Knuckles help their friend up, while everyone comes up to congratulate them on a job well done.
Amy: “That was AMAZING! You three really showed him who’s boss!”
Sonic: “Heck yeah we did!”
Knuckles: “And we wouldn’t have done it without you, Tails!”
Tails: “Heheh…I’m glad I got to help out…”
Tails: “It was really cool going Super! But now I’m feeling pretty drained!”
Sonic: “That’s natural when you first do that! From now on, you’ll be completely restored after you return to normal!”
Tails: “Good to hear…though, I’m not sure if I’m gonna do that again anytime soon…”
Some of the heroes laugh a little at Tails’ remark, while the rest just smile. Though, as they continue to talk, Eggman looks at the remains of the Metal Overlord. He’s trying to find the body of Metallix, but to no avail. Everyone eventually takes notice, and questions the doctor.
Cream: “What are you doing?”
Eggman: “Trying to find Metallix’s body, so that I can shut him down and destroy him for betraying me!”
Eggman: “But I can’t seem to find him anywhere! It’s like he completely vanished!”
Charmy: “That’s not good! We gotta go find him before he does something bad again!”
Shadow: “Calm down. He’s probably drained from that battle, and decided to retreat for the time being.”
Shadow: “When he’s ready to face us again, he’ll show himself. That’s for certain.”
Omega: “AND THEN I WILL FINALLY GET MY VENGEANCE!”
While a few of the heroes don’t like the idea of leaving Metallix alone for the time being, they end up accepting it. They’ve stopped him now, and they’ll stop him again when he executes another plan. So they decide to move on.
Big: “So…do we go home now?”
Cream: “Ah! Yes! Mom’s probably really worried about us!”
Chocola: “Chao!”
Amy: “Yeah! It’s been a wild ride, but…I think we had a lot of fun!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! And I think we learned plenty too!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Froggy: “Ribbit!”
Amy: “Though…how are we gonna get back?”
Tails: “Well, the Tornado 2 got damaged, so I couldn’t give you all a ride.”
Knuckles: “Plus, I’m pretty sure we all can’t fit on top of the wings.”
Eggman: “I’ll just try to land this fortress down on a nearby continent. Assuming the controls for it haven’t been destroyed by you savages.”
Sonic: “Hey! We just helped you take down your rogue robot for you! A little respect would be appreciated!”
Eggman: “Tch…fine…you did a good job…”
Eggman: “But next time, I’LL be the one to conquer the world! And none of you will stand in my way!”
Sonic: “Whatever you say, doc! I’ll be looking forward to kicking your butt again!”
Though annoyed with Sonic’s smug attitude, Eggman IS smirking a bit at the idea of trying to take him out. So he walks off to land the Final Fortress. Though, not without Team Chaotix confronting him.
Vector: “So? Where’s our pay?”
Eggman: “When I land this ship, I’ll give you the money I have in the supply rooms!”
Espio: “And you’re not gonna trick us?”
Eggman: “Please! I've had enough problems for the past few weeks! I don’t have the mental energy to do anything of the sort!”
Charmy: “Hmph! Good!”
With that exchange finished, Eggman continues on his merryway, leaving Team Chaotix to think about what happened.
Vector: “Well, boys…that’s a wrap for this case!”
Espio: “Seems so. But we weren’t able to capture the true culprit.”
Charmy: “At least we’re gonna get our one billion! We’re gonna get some fancy takeout!”
Vector: “Heh! I could definitely use a good meal after all that craziness!”
Espio: “Likewise. A ninja should take some time to rest here and there.”
Team Chaotix starts to fantasize about all the things they could buy with all the money they’re gonna get from Eggman, which puts smiles on their faces. Meanwhile, Shadow confronts Rouge, who’s talking to Omega while his detached arms lay on the ground.
Omega: “YOU KNOW OF SOMEONE THAT CAN REPAIR MY ARMS?”
Rouge: “Yep! And since you’re mostly in good shape, it won’t be long before you can get back to blowing up Eggman robots!”
Omega: “PERFECT. I CAN’T WAIT TO GET BACK TO WHAT I WAS MADE FOR.”
Omega: “THOUGH, I WISH I GOT THE CHANCE TO DESTROY METALLIX AND DR. EGGMAN HERE.”
Rouge: “Eh. They’ll cause trouble again eventually, and you can mess them up then!”
Shadow: “Rouge.”
Jumping a bit at her name being called, Rouge turns towards Shadow, clearly a little uneasy about what she did. Omega looks towards the black hedgehog and decides to ask something.
Omega: “SHADOW. WHAT DO YOU PLAN TO DO NEXT?”
Shadow: “Well, I would like to know why Rouge kept my past a secret from me the whole way here.”
Rouge: “...”
For a moment, Rouge averts her gaze, feeling a little guilty. But it doesn’t take long for her to explain.
Rouge: “Shadow…I’m sorry…I really am…”
Rouge: “I kept trying to justify what I was doing with ‘I’ll explain it later’ or ‘Maybe it’s better not to say anything?’ or ‘What if this isn’t actually Shadow?’”
Rouge: “But…it was still wrong of me to keep something that important from you…”
Rouge: “And…I DID kinda use you and Omega for my own goals…”
Rouge: “So if you both hate me for this, I understand. I’ll live with it.”
Shadow: “...”
Omega: “...”
Rouge feels very uncomfortable with the silence of Shadow and Omega. However, the words they say to her aren’t what she expected.
Shadow: “...If you want to make up for it, then you can tell me everything right now.”
Omega: “YOU BROUGHT ME TO DR. EGGMAN AS PROMISED, SO I DON’T SEE ANY REASON TO LABEL YOU AS AN ENEMY.”
Rouge: “Huh? So…neither of you are angry at me?”
Shadow: “A little bit, but…I recognize you aren’t really a bad person, Rouge.”
Shadow: “You’ve shown that over the past few days, and that’s more than enough reason for me to look past this.”
Shadow: “Though, you better not pull anything like this again.”
Rouge: “Ah…right! Promise!”
To prove her point, Rouge crosses her heart, which seems to satisfy Shadow. Afterwards, the bat doesn’t hesitate to explain to the Ultimate Lifeform who he is, what he’s been through, and his relationships with the people here. Omega simply watches them in silence, not having anything to say. He’s just enjoying their company here.
Eventually, Eggman IS able to land the Final Fortress, allowing everyone to head off. Team Chaotix goes back to their detective office in Seaside City with their pay. Team Rose goes back to Floral Forest Village to reunite with Vanilla. Rouge takes Omega to a mechanic well-versed in Eggman tech who can fix him, while also promising Shadow to take him to the Space Colony ARK to rediscover his past. But not before stealing some of the doctor’s treasure first.
As for Team Sonic, they take the busted Tornado 2 with them so that Tails can fix it at one of his workshops. In the meantime, he’ll use the Tornado 1 and the Cyclone mech. In fact, he uses the former to take Knuckles back to Angel Island. And Sonic, like usual, runs off in search of adventure and new sights.
When it comes to Eggman, he finds his Egg Mobile and flies back to one of his bases, leaving the busted Final Fortress behind. He’s tired after everything that’s happened recently, and just wants to relax. Though…a part of him can’t help but feel a bit hurt by Metallix’s betrayal. He may have used him like a tool, but…he DID have some level of fondness for him, despite never showing it most of the time.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Underground Base. Unknown Time.*
Deep below the surface lies a base filled with machinery and computers, with very few light sources present. There’s a bunch of metal containers, along with some supplies in a couple of corners and rooms, and many tools and parts strewn about. The computer screens show so many forms of information and analytics.
In a particularly large room with a blue light, a large metal container lets out some steam as it opens up. And stepping out of it is Metallix, still in his emperor form, and fully recovered from the battle with Sonic and his allies. Though, there ARE a few small visual differences, and a third eye with a purple pupil on his forehead.
As Metallix wanders his hidden base, he thinks back on his recent failure, along with a few other things. He was certain he would have won with all that bio-data, but just in case he somehow lost, the metallic menace made a couple of underground bunkers across the world, with all the supplies and Eggnet data he stole from the Eggman Empire.
Clearly, it was a smart idea, as without a safe place to rejuvenate and repair his body, Metallix could have very well been destroyed. And even then, if not for the Chaos Control he got from Shadow, it wouldn’t have been easy for him to get here. But now he has the time to reflect and prepare for the future.
Metallix thought all the bio-data he collected, along with the Evolving Amethyst’s power, would have been enough to eradicate Sonic and his friends, even IF they used the Chaos Emeralds. Clearly, he got overconfident. 3 super-powered opponents was definitely too much for him, and if he wasn’t so eager to prove his superiority, he could have prevented that outcome.
However, it was no use thinking about what could have been. Metallix could only change what happens now. And with each failure comes experience and growth. He must be more level-headed, and not underestimate his enemies so much. Plus, he couldn’t just rely on himself, no matter how much he’d prefer it that way. He’s seen how valuable teamwork is thanks to his enemies.
His eyes glowing, Metallix opens up all the metal containers in the hallway he’s in. They reveal multiple copies of his original form. Back when he was simply “Metal Sonic.” Though, they also have some visual differences, like a white stripe on top of their feet, wheels on the sides of their feet, and the symbol for his growing empire on their foreheads. The head of Metallix.
With all these copy bodies, Metallix wouldn’t have to worry too much about his current vessel being destroyed. Thanks to his knowledge and powers in the Digital World, he could simply transfer his AI to one of these bodies and continue his mission of ruling a robot kingdom. And he certainly isn’t stopping now.
He has many more concepts and ideas for new robots and bases, along with improvements for himself. Plus, there’s many more plans for him to use for his conquest. He will not rest. He will not hesitate. And he will not die.
Sooner or later…the Brotherhood Of Metallix will RISE…
TO BE CONTINUED…
Chapter 53: Future Plans For MU (2023)
Chapter Text
With the Sonic Heroes storyline wrapped up for Metallix Uprising, I think now is a good time to talk about my plans for what comes next in this fanfic. Though, if you’re reading this AFTER I’ve already started posting new chapters and the like, you can probably just skip this part.
First of all, I want to talk about what storylines I have in mind for MU. The next one is definitely gonna be the Black Arms Invasion from Shadow The Hedgehog, where there’ll be some much more significant changes due to Metallix now being his own villain with his own agenda, and doing whatever he can.
Plus, I’m gonna have to change some aspects of this storyline in order to have it make more sense. After all, the original game has multiple story routes, plotlines, and characters, so I’m gonna have to cut a bunch of it out, or modify it so that it can work within the story. And I imagine it’s gonna be a pain to do so.
However, I’m up for the challenge! I already have a bunch of ideas in mind! And as for what comes after that, there’ll be both storylines based off of the games, and original storylines similar to chapters 14-33. Though, not every game will be covered here. Only ones where I feel Metallix would be involved, and/or I could do something interesting or fun with him.
As for game stories where he isn’t involved, I could always just make an original storyline where he’s off doing something else with other characters. Could be fun. Here’s all the current game stories I have ideas for. The ? marks are for ones I’m not sure I’ll do.
Shadow The Hedgehog
Sonic Battle
Sonic The Hedgehog 2006
Sonic Rivals
Sonic Rivals 2
Sonic Riders: Zero Gravity
Sonic Chronicles: The Dark Brotherhood (?)
Sonic Unleashed
Sonic & The Black Knight (?)
Sonic Free Riders (?)
Sonic Colors
Sonic Generations
Sonic Forces
Team Sonic Racing (?)
Sonic Frontiers
15 game storylines (Or 11 if you cut out the ones with a ? mark). And if I squeezed in an original storyline between each one, that makes about 14 or 15 of them, making a total of 30 stories I plan on doing for Metallix Uprising! I wouldn’t be surprised if I was an old man by the time I’m finished! Or just gave up due to losing the motivation and passion for it, but hopefully, that doesn’t happen!
As for what else I have in mind for Metallix Uprising, I AM thinking about including more original concepts and characters in order to give it more of it’s own identity, and flesh out the universe. Plus, bring in a few more concepts and characters from other Sonic media, like I did with Manic, the Freedom Fighters, and Sticks.
Though, with that in mind, I think I’d like to make another fanfic set in the MU universe that focuses on other characters throughout the entire timeline. I’ll probably call it “Metallix Anthology '' or something. It’ll feature both one-off and multi-part stories for characters like Sonic, Knuckles, Shadow, and many others in order to flesh them out more, and explore other concepts I have in mind.
Maybe this could be an opportunity to also rewrite game storylines I don’t plan on covering for Metallix Uprising? Like the Sonic Rush Duology or Sonic Lost World? That could be fun! But I’ll have to think about it.
I think that’s about all I wanted to talk about here. I’m looking forward to doing more work on this story, as there’s tons of ideas I want to work with, and I enjoy what I have so far! And I’m hoping you all enjoy it too! But for the time being, I’m gonna take a break from this fanfic to work on another Doki Doki Literature Club fanfiction.
This one, I promised I’d put my full attention onto once I was done with the Heroes storyline, and I’m sticking to it. I don’t have a proper title for it yet, but I’ve mentioned in videos and the like before that it’ll be a yakuza-focused fanfic (Nothing to do with the game series), and I have some great ideas in mind for that. I hope it turns out good!
Until then, I hope you’ve enjoyed Metallix Uprising so far, and I look forward to making more stories in the future! And feel free to share your thoughts and ideas as well! I love seeing what others have to say about my work!
Chapter 54: Invasion
Summary:
With Sonic's 33rd Anniversary and Shadow's 23rd Anniversary coming up, along with it being the Year Of Shadow, I think now's the right time to begin the next Metallix Uprising storyline! The Black Arms Saga!
I will say, this one was troubling to figure out, considering all the story paths and elements from the Shadow game. But I think I came up with something pretty good! I hope you enjoy it!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Westopolis. Sunset.*
Sonic is sitting down at a bench in a clothing store, clearly bored and unamused with what’s going on. A bunch of bags filled with clothes lay next to him, and other customers are going around shopping, or playing dress-up. One of which being Amy Rose, who’s currently trying on another outfit in a changing room while happily humming to herself.
The store also houses hair and body care products, jewelry, and other stuff based around one’s appearance. There’s some posters advertising a bunch of other brands too, and at the front entrance is the logo and slogan for the store. Honey’s Brand Clothes & Accessories. “If you don’t look sweet, you’re not wearing honey!”
Moving on, Amy comes out of her dressing room in a black and white gothic dress, complete with a hat, ribbons, and shoes. She looks at Sonic, expecting some sort of reaction from him, but he doesn’t seem too interested in what she’s wearing. Hence, she decides to speak up about it.
Amy: “So? Do you feel your heart racing, Sonic?”
Sonic: “Eh…not really. And I don’t think goth is your style, Amy.”
Amy:
“Oh come on! I haven’t gotten a single good reaction out of you since I’ve been trying out these cute outfits!”
Sonic: “Maybe that’s because I don’t care much about what you’re wearing? You look just fine in anything you wear.”
Amy: “Yeah, but I’d like to know YOUR preferences! It’d be boring if I just picked whatever I liked!”
Amy: “Plus, wouldn’t it be nice if I wore something YOU picked whenever we spent time together?”
Sonic: “I’d think it’d be nice, but I don’t have any strong feelings on the matter.”
Sonic: “Like, do you really expect ME, a guy who’s always getting into messes while wearing nothing but shoes and gloves, to have any strong feelings on fashion?”
Amy: “Hmph! Fair enough!”
Now annoyed, Amy goes back into her clothing room to change, leaving Sonic confused with why she cares so much about his opinion on her clothing. But then again, she’s been trying to woo him for years, so it’s not really uncalled for. And deep down, the blue blur knows that she’s pretty, no matter the outfit she wears. Though, he’s hesitant to say it out loud.
Regardless, once Amy’s done with her fashion spree, she and Sonic walk out of the clothing store and walk around the vast metropolis filled with passersby and vehicles. All while enjoying strawberry milk and Chaos Cola respectively, as the sun lowers and the sky turns orange.
Amy: “You know, when I asked you to accompany me to this festival, I was expecting you to say no.”
Sonic: “Really? Why wouldn’t I want to join you for that?”
Sonic: “We haven’t gotten to hang out like this in a while, and the last time we saw each other was when we dealt with that Metallix fiasco 2 months ago!”
Amy:
“True! I just thought you wouldn’t be interested, or that something would come up!”
Amy: “And I couldn’t invite Cream and her family, since they were busy with a few things!”
Sonic: “Well, it’s a good thing I accepted your invite, then! This festival wouldn’t be as fun without a friend or two!”
Sonic: “Though, I could have gone without your little shopping spree earlier…”
Amy: “Oh quit complaining, Sonic! You need to be more patient!”
Amy: “Plus, unlike you, I care greatly about my appearance! I always strive to be pretty, no matter the situation!”
Sonic: “Right…”
Once again, Sonic isn’t on-board with Amy’s reasoning, and decides to move the conversation topic to something else.
Sonic: “Anyways, when is this Fire In The Sky Festival supposed to happen?”
Amy: “Later tonight! There’ll be pretty lights, nice food, and other cool stuff! I’m really looking forward to it!”
Sonic: “Same here! I imagine it’s gonna be a sight to behold!”
Sonic: “But let’s hope no one tries to ruin it!”
Amy: “Please don’t jinx it! The last thing I need today is someone like Eggman crashing the festival!”
Sonic: “True. Though, it’ll be fun to kick his butt again!”
While Amy rolls his eyes at Sonic’s remark, she can’t help but smile at the idea of taking down Dr. Eggman if he DOES show up here and cause trouble. Moving on, the two continue to make their way through Westopolis, chatting all the while. It’s a nice time for the both of them, and they even talk with a few others who want to attend the festival.
Though, what IS this Fire In The Sky Festival? Well, once every 50 years, a strange comet passes by Earth, which can be seen here from Westopolis. So the people like to set up a festival on the grassy fields outside of the city, and enjoy the sights. It’s rare for someone to go to this event more than once in their lifetime, which is why Amy really wants to go see it.
However, just as the two hedgehogs are about to exit the city, they notice the sky growing darker. Or rather…a dark red? Confused, the two look up to see strange crimson clouds engulfing the sky, complete with thunder and lightning. Which isn’t exactly a pretty sight.
Sonic: “Uh…this wouldn’t happen to be a part of the festival, is it?”
Amy: “I…I don’t think so…?”
As Westopolis is covered in a sea of red, and it’s citizens are staring at them with a mix of terror and confusion, a bright white hole is formed in the center of the crimson clouds. And falling down from it are many kinds of strange creatures, colored black and red, with pupiless yellow eyes. Clearly, they were of alien origin, and are definitely not friendly.
Once they land, the alien creatures immediately start wreaking havoc on the city and it’s people, while letting off vicious noises and snarls. Vehicles are thrown around, buildings are being destroyed, and scared civilians are running for their lives. It’s complete, utter chaos, and the two hedgehogs can’t believe what they’re seeing.
Amy:
“What…what are those things!?”
Sonic: “Doesn’t matter! They’re causing trouble, and we need to stop them!”
Amy: “R-Right! Let’s go!”
Knowing there’s no time to waste, Sonic grabs Amy and dashes through Westopolis, while also dropping the bags filled with clothes, much to the latter’s discontent. Immediately, it’s clear to them the situation is already really bad, as the aliens are tearing everything apart, and many civilians are laying on the ground, injured or frightened.
As an alien is about to kill a young boy, Amy smacks them away with a mighty hammer swing, before grabbing them and trying to look for other survivors. Same goes for Sonic, who has an easier time taking down the monstrous creatures and rescuing civilians, but can’t tell where they should take them.
After all, these aliens are attacking the whole city, so there may not be any safe place to hide or take cover. Hence, the two hedgehogs mainly focus on taking down as many of these creatures as possible, in order to ensure there’s a lower chance of the people here getting killed or harmed. Though, it’s certainly not easy.
While most of the creatures can be taken down in a few hits, they come in very high numbers. Therefore, they can very much overwhelm the two hedgehogs, despite their strength and speed. Plus, they still need to protect civilians, and watch out for any falling debris or obstacles. It’s unlike anything they dealt with before.
Since they could use more back-up, Sonic decides to bring out a yellow communicator and contact Tails, while he and Amy continue to take out the aliens. Luckily, it doesn’t take long for the fox boy to pick up.
Tails: “Sonic! Is everything okay over there?”
Sonic: “Me and Amy are holding our own, but Westopolis is getting destroyed!”
Sonic: “We could really use your help here, buddy! We need to get these civilians out of here, and there are a lot of these weird aliens!”
Tails: “Say no more! I’m on my way! And I’m certain G.U.N. will arrive soon to assist!”
Sonic: “Yeah, well, they’re sure taking their time! I’ll see you soon!”
Ending the call, Sonic puts his communicator away, and shouts to Amy.
Sonic:
“Help’s on the way, Amy! We just gotta hold on for a little longer!”
Amy: “Ngh! Right! But these things just won’t quit!”
Amy: “Every time I smash one, another two come in to attack us! And we still need to find a safe spot for all the people here!”
Sonic: “And if I could just have a few minutes without one of these things getting in my way, I might be able to run around the whole city and do just that!”
Amy nods in agreement, only for her to get blindsided by a winged alien, causing her to drop her hammer. Sonic notices this and quickly takes the creature out, while checking up on the pink hedgehog and grabbing her hammer. Luckily, she just got a bruise on her head, so she can still keep fighting.
However, the two hedgehogs are about to be swarmed by a few aliens. But before they can do anything, a bunch of G.U.N. robots come in to attack them. Some are tall humanoid machines with a gun arm, while others are saucer-shaped, one-eyed machines that fly around and are armed with laser cannons.
In addition, human and anthro G.U.N. soldiers wearing armor and helmets come in, firing at the aliens with their weapons. Some even pilot vehicles like tanks for extra firepower. With their assistance, the two hedgehogs finally get some breathing room, and a few soldiers approach them.
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “Sonic The Hedgehog! Amy Rose! Are you okay?”
Sonic:
“We are now! But you sure took your time getting over here!”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “Not everyone’s as fast as you are! We were completely unprepared for this attack!”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “Now, can you both still fight?”
Amy: “Yeah…we’re just a little tired…can you guys get these civilians out of here?”
G.U.N. Soldier #3:
“Absolutely! We have evacuation vehicles prepared, and are searching every part of Westopolis!”
G.U.N. Soldier #3: “We’ve also detected an energy signature here! And it seems these invaders are closing in on it!”
Hearing about the energy signature, the two hedgehogs perk up, thinking it might be a Chaos Emerald. So they quickly decide on what to do.
Sonic: “I’ll go after it! No way are we letting these things take a Chaos Emerald!”
Sonic:
“Amy, you go help with the evacuation! Make sure everyone gets out of here!”
Amy: “But are you gonna be okay on your own? What if-”
Sonic: “We don’t have time to discuss this! We’ll meet up later!”
Amy:
“Sonic, hold o-!”
Before Amy can finish her sentence, Sonic runs off to find the emerald, leaving her worried for his safety. However, she knows he kinda has a point. Now isn’t the time to have a detailed conversation about what to do. There are lives at stake, and they need to keep moving. So she goes with the G.U.N. soldiers to help with the evacuation.
As expected, things go more smoothly with G.U.N.’s assistance. The alien’s numbers are thinning, and more civilians are being rescued. Though, it’s still not an easy task, as the soldiers and robots have a harder time dealing with the creatures. Good thing they have Amy to help them, who’s taking them out without too much trouble.
Meanwhile, Sonic is blindly searching for the Chaos Emerald here, which goes about as well as expected. He DOES manage to save some civilians here and there, but other than that, he’s likely gonna need some sort of radar to find the gemstone. Such as the one Tails has, which he’s hoping he’ll get once he arrives.
However, Sonic might not need it, as he comes across a group of aliens that appear to be searching through a broken jewelry store. And one of them comes out with the blue Chaos Emerald in it’s hand, which puts a smirk on the blue blur’s face as he calls out to them.
Sonic: “Hey, pals! You gotta pay for that if you want it so badly!”
Looking towards Sonic with their glowing yellow eyes, the creature with the emerald tries to run away, while the rest attack him. He finishes them off pretty quickly, before taking down the last one and grabbing the gemstone. Proud of his quick victory, the blue blur juggles it with one hand.
Sonic: “Heh! Guess I didn’t need Tails’ Jewel Radar after all!”
Sonic:
“But if I found all 7 emeralds before without one, doing it again with just one emerald shouldn’t be any issue!”
Sonic: “Now, I should head back to-?”
Just as Sonic says that, he senses an attack coming his way. So he quickly dodges it, realizing that it was a fireball. And as he looks up, the blue blur sees what his assailant is. A weird cacodemon-like creature with a large blubbery body, colored black and gray, with black and red wings. It has a single green eye, a mouth with white fangs, and two additional fanged mandibles on the sides of it’s mouth.
Having no doubt that it’s related to the aliens attacking the city, Sonic merely gets into an offensive pose, smirking as he comments on it’s appearance.
Sonic: “Well, you’re a new one! And a lot rounder than a certain Eggman I know!”
Sonic: “Though, if you think I’m gonna let you have this emerald, think again!”
???: “Then it shall take it from your remains, insect!”
Perking up at that deep, growly voice, Sonic notices a strange purple starfish-like creature with a single orange-red eye floating towards him and the large creature. It appears to be scanning the blue blur, who thinks this might be the one leading these aliens.
???: “Hmm…you bear resemblance to my ultimate weapon…curious…”
???: “But it is of no importance. You have made a grave mistake trying to stand against me and my Black Arms.”
Sonic: “Black Arms? So THAT’S what these things are called?”
Sonic: “Then you must be the one leading them, right? For what reason?”
???:
“Indeed. I am Black Doom, and I have led my army for over a thousand years.”
Black Doom: “Not once have I been defeated. And you and your entire planet shall be no different.”
Sonic: “Heh! Pretty big talk from a floating starfish!”
Black Doom: “Such arrogance. This is not my REAL form.”
Black Doom: “This is merely my seeing eye. Meant to observe my army from afar.”
Sonic: “Really now? Why not come down here and have a nice chat? I’m sure it’ll HIGHLY benefit you in the long run!”
Black Doom: “Please. I don’t concern myself with lowlives.”
Black Doom: “Now, hand over that Chaos Emerald, or my Black Bull here will incinerate you.”
Sonic:
“Hmm…let me think…”
Though acting like he’s thinking to himself, Sonic already knows what he’s going to do. So he immediately jumps between a few buildings to reach Doom’s Eye. However, he is able to quickly move out of the way, leaving the Black Bull to try and attack him with it’s fire breath. Though, the blue blur dodges easily, as the fight begins.
Despite the Black Bull being much stronger than the other Black Arms aliens, Sonic is able to hold his own pretty well. After all, it’s just one, slow moving target with a large frame, and it’s attacks aren’t anything he can’t dodge. However, he doesn’t seem to do much damage to the beast, despite how many times he’s hitting it.
Due to it’s blubbery body, the Black Bull can’t be hurt by Sonic’s attacks, and it can shoot fire from it’s mouth, which isn’t easy to shrug off. Though, it’s green eye serves as a weak point, allowing the blue blur to blind it momentarily so that he can figure out another way to take the thing out.
As this battle goes on, Doom’s Eye watches from afar, curious about Sonic and his skills. Clearly, it wasn’t just his appearance that resembled his Ultimate Weapon. He’s got his speed, strength, and durability too. Not to mention he can use Chaos Control with the emerald, which was quite the shocker to him.
However, Doom’s Eye doubts Sonic will win against the Black Bull. Sure, he’s not outmatched by the beast, but he’s not making any headway either. All he has to do is wait until he gets tired, and then he can take this blue pest out. Plus, the rest of his soldiers are doing well with annihilating the city and it’s inhabitants.
Speaking of, G.U.N. forces and Amy are able to escort many civilians to evacuation trucks and jets on a long stretch of road. But the Black Arms won’t let up on their assault, with the pink hedgehog clearly getting a little tired of smashing their heads in with her Piko-Piko Hammer. It’s a highway of lethality.
Likewise, the G.U.N. soldiers are running a little low on ammo for their weapons, and the G.U.N. robots are being torn to pieces by the aliens. It’s only a matter of time before they get overwhelmed, and it’ll all be over. However, Amy refuses to give up, despite her fatigue.
Amy: “Huff…puff…how many of these things are there!?”
G.U.N. Soldier #4: “Amy Rose! You can’t keep this up anymore! Fall back and let us handle the rest!”
After sending another Black Arms soldier flying with her hammer, Amy responds to the G.U.N. soldier who called out to her.
Amy: “Not until every person in this city is safe!”
Amy: “Besides, Sonic wouldn’t give up here! And neither will I!”
While the G.U.N. soldiers are impressed with Amy’s tenacity, they can tell she’s running low on steam. And eventually, after releasing a strong tornado with rose petals forward to launch the creatures away, she collapses to her knees, sweat trickling down her face. Though, she certainly tries to get back on her feet.
Now wide open to attack, the Black Arms head right towards Amy, who closes her eyes in fear. However, the creatures never make contact with her, as they’re shot down by a bunch of laser blasts from above. Confused, she opens her eyes and looks up with the G.U.N. soldiers to see that someone has finally shown up to the battlefield.
Landing down on the highway is Tails in some sort of bi-pedal mech resembling the Tornado 2, with a Vulkan Cannon and jet boosters. This is a 3-in-1 combo of a plane, battle mech, and car. The Cyclone. Immediately, the two-tailed fox turns towards Amy and the others with a concerned look.
Tails: “Sorry I’m late, Amy! Had to grab a few things before I got here!”
Amy: “It’s cool…just glad you’re finally here…”
Tails nods with a smile, before sending out a small dome-shaped robot with a propeller that creates a green light under Amy, healing her and restoring her stamina. Now refreshed, the pink hedgehog smirks and is ready to bust some alien heads again.
Amy: “Whew! That’s much better!”
Tails:
“Is there anything I can help with here?”
Amy: “I think we’ve rescued just about everyone! But it doesn’t hurt to double check!”
Amy: “And Sonic went off to find a Chaos Emerald! Not sure where he is!”
Tails: “Then I’ll go find him first! Best of luck!”
Amy gives Tails a nod, before going back to protecting the escort vehicles with the G.U.N. soldiers. As for the fox boy, he turns his Cyclone mech to it’s plane mode, stretching out it’s wings and making the legs contract, before flying across Westopolis in search of Sonic, while taking down more Black Arms aliens.
Back to the fight with the Black Bull, Sonic hasn’t gone down yet, but is clearly getting annoyed when it comes to taking the beast down. He’s tried stuff like knocking debris onto it, yet it doesn’t seem to work. It also doesn’t help that other aliens are attacking him too, which is pretty distracting.
At this point, Sonic feels he needs to group up with Amy and the others to deal some actual damage to the Black Bull. So he’s trying to run over to them, with the beast and Doom’s Eye chasing him down.
Black Doom: “It doesn’t matter how far you run, fool! The Black Arms will be your doom!”
Sonic: “Yeah, I’ve heard similar stuff before! And I come out on top almost every time!”
Black Doom: “Then why flee your destruction? Do you not wish to die with dignity?”
Sonic: “Nah! I’m just gonna find my pals, so that we can take your flying stress ball down!”
As Sonic says this, he notices Tails flying towards him, putting a smirk on his face.
Sonic: “Speaking of…”
Speeding across the many buildings, Sonic manages to jump up and land onto Tails’ plane, where the two share a brief exchange.
Sonic: “I see you finally made it!”
Tails: “Had to prepare the essentials first! Now what are we dealing with here?”
Sonic: “That Black Bull thing is impervious to damage! But the eye is a weak spot!”
Sonic: “The best I can do is blind it! Though, I’m sure your Cyclone can do a lot more than that!”
Tails: “You bet! Leave it to me!”
Now knowing what to do, Tails turns the Cyclone back to it’s walker mode, while Sonic takes down the remaining Black Arms soldiers. Once ready, the two-tailed fox blasts the Black Bull right in the eye with laser pellets, which causes it to bleed green blood. As expected, guns are the solution here.
In the next few minutes, Tails and Sonic are finally able to turn the tides of the battle in their favor. While the Black Bull certainly tries to fight back against the fox boy, his Cyclone can quickly maneuver around it, and has plenty of firepower to send it’s way. Plus, the blue blur serves as a good distraction too.
Soon enough, the Black Bull finally dies from all the wounds and blood loss, crashing onto the ground and deflating like a balloon. This surprises and annoys Doom’s Eye, having not expected this outcome. Though, he’ll admit he’s somewhat impressed with his foes. And as for the two heroes, they stare up at him, with Sonic having a cocky smirk.
Sonic: “What now, starfish? Don’t have any more monsters to sic on us?”
Black Doom: “Hmph. You may have won this battle, but you certainly won’t win the war.”
Black Doom: “My minions are invading every corner of this planet, and it’s only a matter of days before the Promised Time can begin.”
Tails:
“Promised Time? What are you trying to accomplish here?”
Black Doom: “Heheheh…you’ll all learn soon enough…”
Black Doom: “I’ll let you keep that emerald for now…but I’ll come back for it later…”
Black Doom: “And I believe me and my forces have done enough here. So we shall leave this city in it’s ruins.”
Sonic: “Fine then! But whatever you have planned, we’re gonna stop it!”
Sonic: “Then, we’ll kick your butt right back to wherever you came from!”
Black Doom: “...”
Not having a retort for what Sonic said, nor caring to make one, Doom’s Eye flies off into the sky, with the remaining Black Arms soldiers seemingly being teleported away in a red light. Everyone is relieved to know the battle is done for now, but they’re unsure as to what comes next, or what the aliens are up to.
About half an hour later, Sonic and Tails have met up with Amy and the G.U.N. soldiers, who managed to save and escort a bunch of civilians in Westopolis to safety. Though, the city has been completely devastated, and many people here were killed in it’s destruction. They have suffered heavy losses today.
Standing near a G.U.N. jet, the trio of heroes talk to some G.U.N. soldiers about what happened, and what to do next. They’re all looking pretty downcast, with Amy in particular having teary eyes as she hears about the lives lost.
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “From what we found, downtown Westopolis was almost completely destroyed, and around 56% of the population here was killed.”
Amy: “...Why did this happen? These people didn’t deserve this!”
Sonic: “Agreed. Trying to take the Chaos Emerald is one thing, but destroying a whole city is another.”
Sonic: “Eggman might pull off similar stunts, but he doesn’t go out of his way to purposefully kill people!”
Tails: “Mm. We need to figure out our next move.”
Tails: “Black Doom said his army is attacking many parts of the world, so what happened here is happening in many other places.”
Tails: “And he’s also searching for the Chaos Emeralds, which he needs for whatever this ‘Promised Time’ is.”
Amy: “Then we need to collect them all before he does! This cannot go on!”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “G.U.N. is sending out every soldier, robot, and vehicle across the Earth to save as many lives as possible.”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “However, none of that is gonna matter if this Black Doom gets his hands on the emeralds. It’ll be the end of all of us.”
Sonic: “Then let’s get moving already! The less time we spend standing here talking, the better!”
Tails: “Not so fast, Sonic! This is a global crisis! The three of us won’t be enough this time!”
Amy: “We’re gonna need all the help we can get.”
G.U.N. Soldier #3: “You three should also talk to Commander Tower about this Black Doom guy. We need as much information as possible about these aliens in order to take them down.”
Amy: “Commander Tower?”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “He’s the head of the Guardian Units of Nations. Our superior.”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “And he’s got an iron-will. Sometimes, it feels like nothing phases him.”
Tails: “Then let’s go talk to him first. Having G.U.N. help us would be highly beneficial.”
Sonic: “Assuming they don’t end up arresting me again…”
Though clearly not being serious, Amy gives Sonic an annoyed glance, causing him to put his hands up to show he’s just kidding. After that, the trio go with some G.U.N. soldiers on their black jet, and fly off to their headquarters. They may be at war, and the stakes have never been higher…
…But Sonic, Tails, and Amy will do everything they can to protect Earth.
Chapter 55: Strategy
Chapter Text
*14 AS. G.U.N. Fortress. Night.*
A couple of hours after the fight in Westopolis, Sonic, Tails, and Amy have arrived with some soldiers to G.U.N. headquarters, located inside some large mountains near the sea. It’s a massive and highly-secured stronghold, where tons of agents, robots, and vehicles are being sent out to deal with the on-going Black Arms invasion.
Once they reach the main entrance, the trio and the soldiers accompanying them are stopped by a few high-ranking agents.
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #1: “Hold it! This fortress is being kept under tight lockdown!”
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #1: “No one is allowed in or out without high clearance! Not when any of the alien invaders could come in and attack us!”
Sonic: “Yeah, well, we need to talk to your boss first, pal! THEN we’ll leave!”
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #2: “Watch your tongue, hedgehog! We’re currently at war here!”
Tails: “And we can end this war faster by giving your commander vital information about our enemy!”
Tails: “Plus, we JUST came back from Westopolis with a Chaos Emerald and scared civilians! We NEED to be let in!”
G.U.N Agent #1: “Tails is right. We don’t have time for this.”
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #1: “...”
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #2: “...”
Recognizing they have a point here, the two high-ranking G.U.N. agents decide to call their boss and see if he’ll allow the heroes inside.
High-Ranking G.U.N. Agent #2: “This is Officer Marsdon and Carry! Sonic and his friends are requesting to be let inside the fortress!”
Officer Carry:
‘They say they have a Chaos Emerald and rescued civilians from Westopolis with them! Orders?”
???: “Let them in. We need all the help we can get, and we must provide shelter for the survivors.”
Officer Carry: “Understood.”
Ending the call, both officers allow the heroes to go inside the fortress, with another agent leading them towards the central control room to talk with G.U.N. 's commander. As they head through the many metal corridors and rooms, more soldiers and machines run around, with some scared civilians showing up too.
In particular, the heroes can’t help but stare at a few survivors from not just Westopolis, but other parts of the world. A little girl tightly hugging a teddy bear, a few guys trying to make light banter to keep their spirits up, an elderly couple tightly gripping their hands together, etc. They all feel sad for their losses, with Amy in particular feeling a great fury inside her.
Whatever the Black Arms plan on doing to this planet, they had absolutely no reason to be this cruel and vicious towards the people that live here. And they’re gonna pay dearly for this. However, that’ll come later. For now, the heroes continue to go around the fortress, before reaching a metal door that automatically opens up.
Heading inside the room, the heroes find themselves in the command center. Tons of screens are displaying maps and video feeds, showing what locations the Black Arms are occupying, and G.U.N. forces being sent where. In addition, some computer specialists are furiously typing on their computers, bringing up information and analytics.
But the main point of attention is in the back of the room, where a stern, middle-aged man stares intently at the screens. He’s got a lined face, peach-skin, short gray hair, and heterochromatic eyes. One being blue, and the other orange. Attire-wise, it’s a gray service uniform with four gold stars on his shoulder boards, and red and blue stripes. Plus, he dons white gloves and black combat boots.
No doubt, this was the head of the Guardian Units Of Nations, further proved by the soldier who guided the heroes here saluting him and speaking to him in a respectful tone.
G.U.N. Agent #1: “Commander Tower! I have brought Sonic, Tails, and Amy here as requested!”
Commander Tower: “Good. There’s a lot to discuss.”
Turning around to face the heroes, Commander Tower puts his arms behind him, and speaks to them.
Commander Tower: “Greetings. I am Abraham Tower. The commander of G.U.N.”
Commander Tower: “I’d say thanks for coming all this way, but we have bigger issues to take care of right now.”
Tails: “Absolutely! How’s the rest of the world handling this invasion?”
Commander Tower: “Not well. Six major cities have been attacked, Westopolis included, along with other continents.”
Commander Tower: “Since we were completely unprepared for this attack, our forces are scrambling to counter these aliens.”
Commander Tower: “Already, we’ve suffered heavy losses. So while I normally wouldn’t do this, I’m gonna have to ask you three for assistance.”
Amy: “I’m in! We can’t let any more lives be lost!”
Tails: “Same here! This isn’t something we can do individually!”
Sonic: “Well, as much as I don’t like being bossed around, I’ll deal with it if it means having extra help.”
Commander Tower: “Hmph. Just pay attention to what I tell you, and we’ll be golden.”
Commander Tower: “Now, you said you found a Chaos Emerald in Westopolis?”
Without a word, Sonic pulls out the blue Chaos Emerald, which Commander Tower nods at.
Commander Tower: “Good. We need to collect all 7 before these creatures can.”
Commander Tower: “However, we’ve been having trouble tracking down their energy signatures. Especially with all the commotion going on.”
Tails: “The places that have the most Black Arms activity should be the ones that have a Chaos Emerald somewhere, right?”
Commander Tower: “Of course. We’ve already sent our forces to a few of these locations.”
Commander Tower: “Though, how do you know what these aliens are called?”
Sonic: “We had a run-in with the leader of these creatures. Called himself Black Doom.”
Commander Tower: “Black…Doom…?”
For a moment, Commander Tower thinks to himself, showing a hint of fear and anger. This confuses the heroes, with Amy feeling some concern for him.
Amy: “Are you okay?”
Commander Tower: “...I’ll be fine. Just sounded familiar.”
Commander Tower: “Moving on, did this Black Doom give you any details regarding what he’s up to, or why he’s doing this?”
Sonic: “All he said was that some ‘Promised Time’ would happen soon.”
Sonic: “Other than that, he was pretty vague on the what and why. But he DID mention some ultimate weapon.”
Amy: “That HAS to be why he wants the Chaos Emeralds! He’s probably planning to destroy the entire planet!”
Commander Tower: “All the more reason to take him out.”
Commander Tower: “Right now, the focus should be on finding the remaining emeralds, and saving as many lives as possible.”
Tails: “Of course! We’ll do everything we can!”
Sonic: “Right! So where should we go first?”
Commander Tower: “Well, there’s one spot that the Black Arms seem interested in.”
Turning back to the screens, Commander Tower points towards a specific part of the world map shown on the large screen. It’s a location in the desert, with a bunch of red dots on top of it.
Commander Tower: “They appear to be messing around with the ruins in Glyphic Canyon. Though, for what purpose, we aren’t sure.”
Commander Tower: “We already sent Agent Rouge and some G.U.N. soldiers to investigate, but they haven’t responded back yet.”
Sonic: “Then I say we pay them a visit! Let’s get going!”
Before Commander Tower, Tails, or Amy can tell him not to, Sonic quickly dashes out of the room, leaving them all a little annoyed. The Commander in particular has a scowl.
Commander Tower: “I swear, the only reason we let that annoyance run free is because he keeps saving the world for us.”
Tails: “And you wouldn’t be able to stop him if you tried. Trust me.”
Tails: “Amy, maybe you should wait here for now? You were pretty exhausted after the battle in Westopolis, and you could go with some soldiers to another place that needs evacuation.”
Amy: “Hmm…as much as I’d like to help you and Sonic, I think you’re right.”
Amy: “There’s a lot of people being caught in the crossfire, and I need to make sure they’re all okay.”
Commander Tower: “Agreed. We’re stretched a little thin, so having your help would be highly beneficial.”
Amy gives a determined nod, understanding the task at hand. Hence, Tails goes off to assist Sonic with exploring Glyphic Canyon, while the pink hedgehog stays behind to help out the G.U.N. soldiers, and the survivors present. As for Commander Tower, he continues to make orders to his organization, and survey the situation.
However, deep down, Commander Tower is bothered by how much damage the Black Arms have caused, and Sonic’s mention of Black Doom. While G.U.N. was made to deal with any sort of opposition, an alien invasion is certainly a lot for them to deal with. Especially since they were completely unprepared for it.
Plus, why are the Black Arms here? Why are they after the Chaos Emeralds? What is this “Promised Time?” All of this is highly concerning for Commander Tower. But he knows worrying about it won’t help anyone. He needs to protect Earth with everything he has. So that no one will suffer the same losses he once did.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Glyphic Canyon. Morning.*
Using the Cyclone, Sonic and Tails quickly make their way to a massive canyon area, where the rising sun lights up the ancient temples present. Already, the duo can feel the heat of the desert, and take note of how old and barren these ruins look. Like they’ve been around for centuries.
In addition, many Black Arms aliens are present. Some are guarding the temples, while others are going around, searching for who knows what. But aside from some broken G.U.N. robots, and a few dropped weapons, there isn’t any sign of Rouge The Bat or the G.U.N. soldiers. Which isn’t exactly a good sign.
Turning the Cyclone back to walker mode, Tails and Sonic land on the ground, and overlook the vast canyon before them, while discussing what the Black arms might be up to.
Sonic: “Hm…what do these aliens want with some old ruins?”
Tails: “They ARE guarding the temples. There must be some sort of artifact or information here that could help them.”
Tails: “But where’s Rouge and the G.U.N. troops? Were they captured?”
Sonic: “Only one way to find out!”
Just as Sonic’s about to run off, Tails shouts at him.
Tails: “Hold on, Sonic! We’re running right into Black Arms territory!”
Tails: “If they were able to overwhelm you and Amy after showing up out of nowhere in Westopolis, then attacking them directly here is gonna be way too dangerous!”
Sonic: “Ah…right…these things are much more dangerous than regular Badniks…”
Sonic: “So what’s the plan, partner? Got any ideas?”
Tails: “Well, I think we should focus on finding Rouge and the G.U.N. soldiers first. They could be in grave danger.”
Tails: “Next, we figure out why these aliens are interested in these ruins, and what they want.”
Tails: “And finally, we stop them and head back to G.U.N. headquarters!”
Sonic: “Heh! I suppose a little stealth action will be okay for now!”
Sonic: “Though, your Cyclone mech isn’t exactly too quiet. Think you can leave it here for now?”
Tails: “I DO have a remote to call it over to me whenever I need to! So yeah!”
Sonic: “Alrighty then! Let’s get rescuing!”
Tails nods with a confident smile, before shutting down the Cyclone and jumping out of it. Then, he and Sonic proceed to stealthily navigate Glyphic Canyon, avoiding the Black Arms whenever they can, searching for any signs of Rouge or the G.U.N. troops, and looking at the ancient ruins to see what may draw these invaders to them.
While it’s not super easy, this mission IS pretty tame, since the heroic duo are trying their best to stay out of sight. But Sonic DOES want to bash some heads in. Also, Tails takes note of the many hieroglyphics and writing on the ruins, detailing the history of the ones who made these ancient temples.
In fact, the carved paintings depict beings that greatly resemble the Black Arms, much to Sonic and Tails’ confusion. Did they visit Earth before? For what reason? And the language written on the ruins is unlike anything this planet has to offer. The fox boy can’t decipher what any of it means, further adding on to his confusion and concern.
It also doesn’t help that as the duo keep investigating, they still haven’t found Rouge, or any G.U.N. soldiers. Just busted robots and weapons on the ground. While they hope for the best, they’re a little worried that the bat girl and her co-workers have faced a grim end. Or at the very least, they’re not in a good spot right now.
However, Sonic and Tails don’t want to assume the worst, nor do they want their worry to distract them, so they just keep going. And soon enough, the two come across a pile of rubble, which catches their eye. So they decide to check it out.
Tails: “Unlike the rest of these ruins, this looks pretty fresh…”
Sonic: “Really? The people who made them don’t like leaving piles of stone on the ground?”
Tails: “Let’s just move it off of whatever it might be hiding. I doubt it was here for no reason.”
Sonic nods, as he and Tails proceed to get rid of the rubble with not much trouble. Once most of it is off, the two are shocked to see who’s beneath it. A familiar white bat with blue eyeshadow, who’s wearing an old outfit of hers. A black skin-tight jumpsuit with a pink heart-shaped chest plate, elbow-length white gloves with pink cuffs, and thigh-high boots with steel high-heels and pink hearts.
No doubt about it. Sonic and Tails have found an unconscious and beaten Rouge The Bat. Immediately, the two try to wake her up, with the fox boy using his Medi-Bot to heal her. Once she’s back at full-health, the treasure hunter manages to wake up. Though, she’s a little groggy as she does so.
Rouge: “Mmgh…what…Sonic? And Tails?”
Tails: “Are you okay, Rouge?”
Rouge: “Yeah…I think I’ll be fine…”
Taking Sonic’s hand, Rouge gets back on her feet, and shows annoyance at her outfit being all dirty and torn. Though, she quickly moves on to her conversation with Sonic and Tails, showing an appreciative smile.
Rouge: “As much as I appreciate the help, what brings you two out to a place like this?”
Sonic: “We talked to your boss earlier. Said you and some G.U.N. troops went here to check out what these aliens are up to.”
Rouge: “I see…were you worried about little old me?”
Sonic: “Am I not allowed to be concerned about a friend’s well-being?”
Rouge: “Hmph…fair enough. Though, I don’t remember us being pals.”
Rouge: “Sure, we’ve worked together to save the world twice before, but I’m pretty sure we’ve never spent time together outside of that.”
Sonic: “True. But most of the people I save the world with turn out to be pals!”
Tails: “Moving on, why were you under that rubble, Rouge? And where’s all the soldiers that accompanied you?”
At the mention of this, Rouge starts looking a little irritated.
Rouge: “Right…I was sneaking around these ruins, trying to figure out what these creatures wanted to do with them…”
Rouge: “The G.U.N. soldiers and robots were supposed to keep them distracted while I did my job. But they didn’t last long.”
Rouge: “By the time I figured most of the hieroglyphs out, they ambushed me and left me to die under all that stone.”
Tails: “Then you know what the Black Arms are trying to accomplish here!”
While Rouge is confused by the mention of the Black Arms, she assumes that’s what the aliens are called, and continues on.
Rouge: “Yes. And it’s quite the shocker.”
Rouge: “As you’ve already noticed, the beings shown on these hieroglyphs look like the Black Arms.”
Sonic: “Let me guess. They made these temples many years ago?”
Rouge: “Right on the money, big blue. I’m guessing around one or two thousand.”
Rouge: “Though, they're not any regular temples. They have a specific function in mind.”
Sonic: “And that function is…?”
Before Rouge can respond to Sonic’s question, the ground suddenly starts to shake, which confuses and worries the group. Whatever the Black Arms were trying to accomplish here, they seem to have been successful. And once the shaking ends, the three of them head out to see a surprising sight.
No longer are the ruins tied to the large canyon below. They’re now ascending to the land of the clouds. Needless to say, the heroes are shocked at this display.
Tails: “These ruins can fly!? How is that possible!?”
Rouge: “Not sure, but from what I found, it’s supposed to be a flying fortress! And packs plenty of firepower!”
Sonic: “Then there’s no better time to ground it again!”
Sonic: “Tails, call in the Cyclone and see if you can destroy it! Me and Rouge will see if there’s another way to stop it!”
Tails: “Right!”
Pulling out a blue and yellow remote, Tails presses a button to call in the Cyclone. And in a couple of seconds, they can see it flying towards them, with the fox quickly jumping into the cockpit and heading off. Meanwhile, Sonic and Rouge run across the many stone pathways and winding roads, talking about what they can do to help out.
Sonic: “Rouge, did those hieroglyphs say anything about this fortress’ power source?”
Rouge: “From what I’ve read, no! But I’m willing to bet it’s around here somewhere!”
Sonic: “Well, the world’s greatest treasure hunter should have no problem finding it, right?”
Rouge: “Only if the fastest thing alive can keep up with me!”
Sonic: “Heh! I should be the one asking that question!”
With that exchange finished, Sonic and Rouge proceed with their mission. Find whatever’s allowing this fortress to fly, while Tails tries to take it down with the Cyclone. Though, the Black Arms are definitely not gonna make this easy.
In a fight like this…a little more help is always beneficial…
Chapter 56: Duty
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Noon.*
A large landmass floats among the many clouds of the vast blue sky, barely moving from it’s spot. On this landmass are all kinds of structures and environments, like a tropical jungle, an icy alp, a valley of mushrooms, a simmering desert, an abandoned industrial fortress, and even large mountains and volcanoes.
This is Angel Island. A land of miracles and mysteries, where only a few select people live, along with some small animals and chao. One of which being Knuckles The Echidna, who stays close by a stone altar that houses a large green gemstone with a strong glow. The Master Emerald. An ancient artifact with immense power, which helps keep this island in the sky.
As Knuckles keeps watch of the emerald, he’s accompanied by two other people. The first is a female echidna with peach-orange fur and blue eyes. Her attire consists of a white tank-top, a traditional tribal skirt with a diamond pattern, a golden necklace and tiara, white gloves with blue bracelets, and white-strapped sandals.
The other person, however, is no echidna. Or any sort of regular being. It’s a humanoid creature made of water-like energy, with long limbs, large three-fingered hands, long feet, and a tail. As for it’s head, it’s got two fin-like protrusions on the back, no facial features other than large green eyes, and a visible pink brain with a stem inside it.
These two are Tikal and Chaos. Ancient protectors of the Master Emerald from thousands of years ago, who are now living in the present to guide it’s current guardian. Plus, help keep watch of Angel Island whenever Knuckles is off-duty. Though, right now, they’re distracted by what they’re sensing below.
Tikal has a noticeably troubled and worried expression, which makes Knuckles put on a similar look. Chaos, on the other hand, isn’t as expressive as the echidnas, but is clearly concerned about something. They know great chaos and destruction is happening on the Earth’s surface, and they’re not sure if their intervention is needed.
But eventually, Knuckles decides he’s had enough of this, and goes up to the Master Emerald, with Tikal and Chaos following him worriedly.
Tikal: “Knuckles, what are you doing?”
Knuckles: “I can’t stand being here when I can stop whatever’s going on below.”
Tikal: “Even so, we need to be careful with how we approach this situation!”
Tikal: “Yes, I agree we need to help! But we don’t know who or what we’re facing, and we need to make sure the Master Emerald and Angel Island aren’t in danger!”
Knuckles: “You and Chaos can keep watch of the island while I’m gone! This isn’t the first time we’ve done this!”
Knuckles: “Plus, my friends could be in trouble, and I need to make sure they’re okay!”
Tikal: “But-!”
Before Tikal can say anything else, Chaos puts a hand on her shoulder, signaling to her that they can’t force Knuckles to stay here when the world needs his help.
Chaos: “...”
Tikal: “...”
After sharing a short stare, Tikal turns back towards Knuckles, letting out a deep sigh and showing a more confident expression.
Tikal: “...Right…the world DOES need you, Knuckles…”
Tikal: “Just…be careful, okay? I know you’re powerful, but you’re far from invincible.”
Tikal: “And I’d hate to lose another member of my tribe.”
Knuckles: “You have nothing to worry about, Tikal. I promise to come back in one piece.”
Tikal: “Mm…then you should take this with you.”
Going up to Knuckles, Tikal places the yellow Chaos Emerald in his hand, while also giving him a hopeful smile. The red echidna returns the smile.
Knuckles: “Thanks…we’re definitely gonna need all 7 at this rate.”
Tikal: “Of course. Now go.”
With a nod, Knuckles then turns back to the Master Emerald, showing a determined expression. Chaos and Tikal watch a few feet away, hoping their student keeps true to his promise. And as he places his hands on the giant gemstone, the red echidna closes his eyes and recites a chant.
Knuckles: “The servers are the seven chaos…”
Knuckles: “Chaos is power…power enriched by the heart…”
Knuckles: “The controller is the one who unifies the chaos…”
Knuckles: “Great emerald…take me to my friends, so that I may help them end this madness.”
Once Knuckles is finished, the Master Emerald starts to glow even brighter than before, while covering him in a blue light. Then, he is teleported away in a flash, leaving Tikal and Chaos alone at the altar. Clasping her hands together, the orange echidna closes her eyes. The water creature does the same.
Tikal: “Good luck, Knuckles…may you come back victorious…”
Chaos: “...”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time. Sky Troops.*
Back at the flying ruins from Glyphic Canyon, Sonic and Rouge are running around the many winding roads and pathways, taking down the Black Arms soldiers along the way. They’re trying to find the power source that allows these ancient temples to ascend into the sky, but haven’t found anything that looks like one yet.
Meanwhile, Tails is flying around in the Cyclone, shooting down the structures of the flying fortress in order to ground it forcefully. He mainly aims at the weird black and red things underneath the ruins, yet no matter how much he fires at them, they don’t seem to be suffering from any damage.
It also doesn’t help that the Black Arms soldiers are using the gray and purple cannons on the fortress to fire at Tails. Luckily, he’s able to dodge them without much trouble. However, there’s a bunch of flying aliens attacking him too, which only adds on to the fox boy’s problems. He’s REALLY hoping his plane doesn’t get damaged again.
Moving on, Sonic and Rouge eventually come across a room that’s guarded by a good amount of Black Arms, only lit up by a few torches. In addition, there’s a particularly interesting artifact here. A glowing green orb pierced on top of a pedestal with two circles around it. And the duo pick up on how the aliens seem really protective of it.
Sonic: “Well, THAT certainly looks like a power source!”
Rouge: “Looks kinda pretty too. Almost makes me sad that we’re gonna have to break it.”
Sonic smirks a bit at Rouge’s remark, only for the two of them to quickly jump into action. Though, they quickly realize they MIGHT be a little out-matched here. Mainly because of the larger aliens with dark green skin and sharp claws. Those are the strongest Black Arms soldiers they’ve faced yet. Black Oaks.
While the smaller ones are weaker, and can be taken out relatively quickly, these bigger aliens are much tougher, and hit hard. However, with enough effort, Sonic and Rouge ARE able to take a few down. But it greatly fatigues them, which leads to them getting overwhelmed by the remaining creatures.
Despite being hurt and tired, Sonic and Rouge still try to put up a fight, as they’re surrounded by the Black Arms. Though, before either side can do anything, they’re all blinded by a bright blue light for a moment. When it’s gone, the heroic duo are shocked to see who’s standing in front of them.
Sonic & Rouge : “Knuckles!?”
Knuckles: “Sonic! And Rouge?”
While Knuckles is confused about Rouge being here, he’s more curious about where he is, and what these weird creatures are. Though, he figures the two of them were in the middle of a fight with these things, and doesn’t hesitate to start beating them up with little effort. Including the Black Oaks.
Once all the Black Arms are dead, Knuckles turns back to Sonic and Rouge, who are glad deep down that he’s here.
Sonic: “Not bad, Knux! Though, I wasn’t expecting you to pop up out of the blue!”
Knuckles: “I used the Master Emerald to transport myself to your location. Me, Tikal, and Chaos could feel something was wrong.”
Knuckles: “Though, where are we? What are these monsters? And why is Rouge with you?”
Rouge: “Let’s just say we’re in the middle of an alien invasion! And I came here to investigate these ancient ruins!”
Rouge: “Turns out, this place is a flying fortress that the Black Arms want to use for whatever their plan is! And we’re trying to destroy it!”
Knuckles: “Wait, these things are aliens?”
Sonic: “Yep! We’ll catch you up to speed later!”
Sonic: “For now, let’s just smash these jewel things! They must be what allows these ruins to fly!”
Knuckles: “Heh! I’m definitely down for smashing things!”
Rouge: “Of course you are.”
Though somewhat confused and annoyed by Rouge’s comment, Knuckles just moves on with their current mission. Smash all the temple jewels, and send this flying fortress back down to the surface. Immediately, once they break the first one, the ground beneath them starts to shake and crumble, signifying that they’re doing something right.
Now with some much needed help, Sonic, Rouge, and Knuckles continue to run around the flying ruins, destroying whatever temple jewels they find. Each time they break one, some part or structure either falls down, or breaks apart. And the Black Arms can’t hope to stop the trio, meaning the fight is gonna end with their success.
Tails picks up on the fortress falling apart, thinking Sonic and Rouge must have figured out how to deactivate it. So he decides to give them a call, while dodging more enemy fire.
Tails: “Sonic! How are you and Rouge doing with stopping this fortress?”
Sonic: “Pretty good, I’d say! Especially since Knuckles popped in to help!”
Tails: “Seriously? Well, more help is always appreciated!”
Tails: “So do you want me to join you? I haven’t been able to do much to these ruins with the Cyclone!”
Sonic: “Nah! I think once we break the last temple jewel, the entire fortress is gonna collapse!”
Sonic: “For now, fall back and get ready to catch us!”
Tails: “Understood!”
Ending the call, Tails does as Sonic asks and flies further away from the flying ruins, leaving him out of danger for the time being. Meanwhile, the blue blur and his two treasure hunting allies have managed to find the last room housing a temple jewel and Black Arms aliens. It doesn’t take long for them to finish up their work.
With the last power source destroyed, the entire flying fortress begins to quickly break apart and fall towards the surface. This leads to Sonic, Rouge, and Knuckles exiting out of the collapsing room, and jumping off of the ruins. However, only the blue hedgehog lands on Tails’ Cyclone. The bat and echidna are able to glide their way to safety.
Once they find a safe place to land, the group takes a moment to breathe and celebrate their accomplishment.
Sonic: “Whew! That’s a victory for us, and a loss for the Black Arms!”
Tails: “Mm-hm! Without that flying fortress, they’re gonna have a harder time taking over this planet!”
Knuckles: “About that…mind catching me up to speed now?”
Rouge: “Well, I don’t think there’s too much to explain.”
Rouge: “Basically, these aliens have been invading every part of the world since yesterday, and are searching for the Chaos Emeralds.”
Sonic: “Me and Amy were at Westopolis when those creatures attacked. A lot of lives were lost, and we had a lot of trouble.”
Sonic: “Luckily, we recovered a Chaos Emerald! And rescued whoever we could!”
Tails: “Plus, we have G.U.N. helping us out!”
Knuckles: “Hm…this is definitely a lot to deal with…”
Knuckles: “Good thing Tikal gave me this before I got here.”
From behind him, Knuckles brings out the yellow Chaos Emerald, which the others are happy to see.
Rouge: “Nice! Though, having the Master Emerald on-hand would have been good too!”
Knuckles: “Not a chance, Rouge. I’m not letting those aliens get their hands on it.”
Knuckles: “Plus, if we act fast, we won’t need it’s power. So how about we get a move on?”
Tails: “Yeah! We should report our findings to Commander Tower, and see if he’s found anything important!”
Giving each other nods of agreement, the group proceeds to head back to G.U.N. HQ on the Cyclone. They know this is far from over, but they’re at least happy that they’ve succeeded in taking down that flying fortress. Plus, having Knuckles join them, complete with another Chaos Emerald, makes it that much better.
However, as they’re flying away, Doom’s Eye is staring at them from afar. He was too late to stop them from destroying his marvelous weapon of destruction, and get that second emerald too. It angers him, but…he needs to be patient. No matter what they do, their efforts will be futile. The Black Arms WILL reign supreme…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. G.U.N. Fortress. Afternoon.*
In a couple of hours, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, and Rouge return to G.U.N. HQ, where they find that not much has changed since they left. Though, there are plenty more survivors from other parts of the world, with the red echidna feeling a great sorrow for them. But he tries his best to not show it, despite the others being able to tell.
Amy is also here, having returned from an evacuation of Mazuri. She’s clearly a little tired, yet tries to maintain a hard-working and positive attitude. Plus, she’s glad to see Knuckles and Rouge again, along with their success in their mission and collecting another Chaos Emerald. They’re making good progress.
Together, all five heroes come into the command center, where everything is the same as they left it. Including Abraham Tower staring at all the screens with his stone-cold expression. Looking back at the group, the commander speaks to them.
Commander Tower: “So you all made it back…good.”
Commander Tower: “And I see the last echidna is here too. Was Angel Island attacked?”
Knuckles: “No. I sensed the chaos going on, and decided to get involved.”
Knuckles: “The Master Emerald is in safe hands. You have nothing to worry about there.”
Commander Tower: “Good. I have a lot on my plate.”
Commander Tower: “Agent Rouge, what happened during your mission? Were you successful?”
Rouge: “Yep. These three were a great help.”
Rouge points a thumb at Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles, who all seem somewhat happy with what she said. But she quickly moves on.
Rouge: “However, all of the robots and soldiers that accompanied me were taken out. And I was left under some rubble when Sonic and Tails found me.”
Commander Tower: “Darn…we’re losing a lot of people and resources out there…”
Amy: “Yeah…many of the soldiers I worked with in Mazuri didn’t make it either…”
Tails: “About that…did you see any bodies, Amy?”
Amy: “Huh? Well, yeah. Why ask?”
Sonic: “Because when we got to Glyphic Canyon, all that remained were broken robots and abandoned weapons.”
Sonic: “There wasn’t a single remnant of a soldier anywhere. It was weird.”
Knuckles: “Creepy is the better word for it.”
Commander Tower: “Regardless, why bring this up, Prower?”
Tails: “Because I can’t figure out any explanation for why or how.”
Tails: “If the Black Arms JUST wanted to kill the soldiers, why wouldn’t they leave their bodies alone?”
Rouge: “Wait, are you implying that these aliens kidnapped those people?”
Tails: “Possibly. Though, I’m not sure why they’d do that.”
Amy: “Maybe it’s to help with that ‘Promised Time’ thing? Or they’re some sort of fuel for something?”
At the thought of this, everyone shares an uncomfortable silence. These Black Arms just keep getting more and more unsettling to deal with. Though, Commander Tower tries to snap them all out of it.
Commander Tower: “It doesn’t matter what those aliens want with those soldiers.”
Commander Tower: “They’re taking lives by the dozens, and they need to be put down.”
Knuckles: “Agreed! We’ve gotta give them a good ‘ol knuckle sandwich!”
Rouge: “Heh! Not the words I’d use for this situation, but I can’t say I don’t agree with it!”
Sonic: “Yeah! We’ve already taken down their flying fortress, AND got another Chaos Emerald!”
Sonic: “It’s only a matter of time before we beat their interstellar butts!”
Commander Tower: “Hold on…they had a flying fortress?”
Tails: “Mm-hm! Turns out, the ancient ruins from Glyphic Canyon were made by the Black Arms!”
Tails: “Once the temple jewels were activated, they became a flying fortress! But we were able to destroy it!”
Sonic: “And Knuckles brought a Chaos Emerald with him when he decided to join us!”
Knuckles takes out the yellow Chaos Emerald, surprising Commander Tower a little. He puts on a small smirk and responds to this information.
Commander Tower: “I see…excellent work out there.”
Commander Tower: “Now, we just have 5 more emeralds to find. And without that flying fortress, those monsters won’t have an easy time taking us out.”
Amy: “Right! There’s nothing we all can’t accomplish together!”
Putting a hand up, Amy does a high-five with Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles. Rouge decides to join in too, despite finding the action a little silly. However, everyone present in the room is surprised to see all the screens glitching out, causing all the computer specialists to panic and try to fix whatever’s going wrong.
Commander Tower also looks a little tense, with the heroes sharing similar expressions. For all they know, the Black Arms might have hacked into their systems. However, after a couple of seconds, a strange, computerized voice speaks from the screens. No one can tell who or what is speaking.
???: “TRANSMISSION SUCCESSFUL.”
???: “THIS MESSAGE IS FOR SONIC THE HEDGEHOG AND HIS ALLIES. IT WILL BE MOST USEFUL IN DEFEATING THE BLACK ARMS.”
???: “ON PRISON ISLAND IS A CHAOS EMERALD. THE ALIENS HAVE ALREADY INVADED IN SEARCH OF IT.”
???: “DR. EGGMAN HOLDS ANOTHER EMERALD IN CIRCUS PARK. YOU MUST CONFRONT HIM IN ORDER TO COLLECT IT.”
???: “THE LOCATION OF THE OTHER 3 EMERALDS IS UNKNOWN AS OF NOW. BUT YOU MUST MOVE QUICKLY TO FIND THEM.”
???: “I WILL MEET WITH YOU SOON FOR ASSISTANCE. I WILL EXPLAIN MYSELF THEN.”
???: “UNTIL WE CROSS PATHS, GO TO THE TWO LOCATIONS I LISTED. EXPECT THE UNEXPECTED.”
???: “YOUR FAILURE MEANS THE WORLD’S DESTRUCTION. DO NOT DISAPPOINT.”
With the strange message done, all the screens return to normal, leaving everyone confused as to what that was.
Commander Tower: “Who or what could have broke into our mainframe to send that message?”
Rouge: “Not sure, but the information is definitely useful.”
Knuckles: “I don’t know…this is a little too fishy…”
Knuckles: “What if this is some sort of trap? It’s awfully convenient for some random message to tell us where 2 Chaos Emeralds are located.”
Tails: “Agreed, but I feel we’d be passing up an opportunity by not going to find these emeralds.”
Sonic: “Same here. And I didn’t get a particularly menacing vibe from whoever was speaking.”
Amy: “Mm. Whoever this is, they must have good intentions.”
Commander Tower: “Then let’s quit the yapping, and go find those emeralds!”
Despite their concerns, the heroes all agree with Commander Tower. Regardless of why they were given that message, or who sent it, they can’t pass up valuable intel. They NEED to collect all the Chaos Emeralds before the Black Arms do, and they were given the location of 2 of them. So ignoring it would be pretty stupid.
While Sonic wants to go face Eggman at Circus Park, since he wants to have some fun messing with him again, he’s told to go with Rouge to Prison Island instead. The place is a wasteland after it was blown up a while ago, and the bat girl could use his speed and strength to deal with it’s threats. Hence, he decides to go along with it, despite his slight annoyance.
As for Tails, Amy, and Knuckles, they’ll go to Circus Park to find Eggman. Sure, it’s definitely gonna be troublesome, but the three will be watching each other’s backs, and have dealt with the doctor and his creations many times. This won’t be any different.
Though, neither group knows a few curveballs are gonna be thrown their way…
Chapter 57: Assistance
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Circus Park. Evening.*
Despite a few run-ins with some Black Arms and Badniks, Tails, Knuckles, and Amy have successfully made it to Dr. Eggman’s newest base as the sun starts setting. A carnival area with tons of flashing yellow lights, strange blue spheres, floating barrels, hot air balloons, clown and Eggman heads, and tons of fun games and obstacles.
In addition, a bunch of Egg Pawns are going around, with some resembling clowns and balancing on balls while juggling bombs. Admittedly, the heroes can’t help but find this area an entertaining sight, especially after everything they’ve been dealing with recently. Though, they know it’s not as fun or pretty as it may seem. It was made by Eggman, after all.
Amy and Knuckles land in front of the entrance, with Tails doing the same as the Cyclone goes back to walker mode. Already, the Egg Pawns have noticed them, and are ready to fight should they approach. However, the trio decide to comment on their surroundings first.
Tails: “I gotta admit…Eggman really knows how to build a fun-looking theme park…”
Amy: “Agreed! But I’m sure it’s a lot more dangerous and twisted on the inside!”
Knuckles: “Ugh…these bright lights are making my eyes sore…”
Tails: “Then let’s make this quick! We gotta find Eggman and his Chaos Emerald!”
With nods of agreement, Amy and Knuckles follow Tails into battle. Naturally, the Egg Pawns stand no chance against the trio, even with their weaponry and home-court advantage. The hedgehog and echidna are just too strong, and the fox’s mech is no slouch either. Clearly, they didn’t need Sonic’s assistance.
Though, the group knows not to get overconfident. When in Eggman territory, you must always be on-guard, as you never know what kinds of traps or tricks you may come across. Especially in a flashy carnival like this. Luckily, the heroes are being as careful as they can, and aren’t having much trouble navigating the area.
However, as they make their way through Circus Park, the trio pick up on some strange details. Some parts of the carnival already look roughed up, with scraps of Egg Pawns and their weaponry littering the floor. It clearly wasn’t the work of the Black Arms, since there’s no sign of them anywhere inside the carnival.
Instead, a few unknown robot parts are on the ground, which the group investigates. Tails in particular is very intrigued as he looks at some sort of metal arm.
Knuckles: “Weird…these don’t look like parts of any Eggman robot I’ve seen before…”
Tails: “I don’t think they’re Eggman robots to begin with. This doesn’t follow his same design philosophy.”
Amy: “What do you mean?”
Tails: “Eggman tech is pretty complex, and tough to decipher.”
Tails: “However, these parts appear to be on another level. I haven’t seen anything like it until now.”
Tails: “In fact…I’d call these a distinct, yet upgraded version of Eggman’s design.”
Amy: “Really? Aside from you, who could make better machines than Eggman?”
Knuckles: “Doesn’t matter. If these things are a threat, they’ll end up the same as all the Egg Pawns we crushed on the way here.”
Tails: “Right…”
Despite wanting to learn more about such interesting technology, Tails knows Knuckles has a point. So they all continue with their mission, keeping an eye out for anything that isn’t a Badnik. Though, a part of them can’t help but be a little concerned about the possibility of running into machines that are more advanced and dangerous than Eggman’s creations.
Sure, maybe it’s nothing to worry about right now. However, if there’s someone or something out there that can not only copy Eggman’s robot design, but improve upon it and make it their own, then the world could be in for a much worse threat in the future. Assuming they can defeat the Black Arms.
But that’s a concern for later. Right now, Tails, Knuckles, and Amy need to find Eggman and the emerald he has. Though, so far, they haven’t had any luck finding either. Which is weird, considering this is his territory, and he should know when someone’s invading it. All while gloating on the loudspeakers and what-not.
Perhaps the round scientist is busy with something? After all, he HAS to know about the Black Arms invasion, and there’s little doubt he’d want to take them out so that they don’t get in the way of his plans for the world. Or maybe he’s somewhere else entirely? Was the information they were given back at G.U.N. HQ wrong?
Dismissing that thought, the trio soon comes across an interesting sight. The Egg Pawns are fighting against another group of trespassers. Though, it’s not the Black Arms or G.U.N. It’s a completely different set of robots, who resemble the foreign parts the heroes came across earlier. And they all appear to share a medieval-theme.
From armored knights with different weapons, to elves with laser bows and arrows. To mages using different elemental attacks, and ogres with metal clubs that spew blue fire. There’s even some goblins with swords, and animals like griffins and boars. This is an interesting sight for the heroes to comment on.
Tails: “Wow…those robots look really cool!”
Knuckles: “And they’re certainly not Eggman robots. So why are they here?”
Amy: “Maybe they’re the ones who sent that message? Or at least, they were made by the one who sent that message?”
Knuckles: “Either way, they’re giving those Egg Pawns a run for their money. We might be in trouble if they’re enemies.”
Tails: “Let’s talk to them first before we come to a decision.”
Amy nods in agreement, and while Knuckles isn’t entirely on-board with the idea, he goes along with it. Hence, after the medieval robots are finished with the Egg Pawns, the trio comes up to them, staying on-guard in case they attack. Though, the machines just stare at them, not attempting any sort of offense.
One knight in particular, with a blue color scheme and spear, scans the trio while speaking in a robotic voice, which is the same as the one in the message.
Spear Knight: “SCANNING LIFEFORMS…COMPLETE.”
Spear Knight: “MILES TAILS PROWER. AMY ROSE. KNUCKLES THE ECHIDNA.”
Spear Knight: “CURRENT DESIGNATION: ALLIES. ORDERS: DO NOT HARM UNLESS TOLD OTHERWISE.”
Spear Knight: “CURRENT OBJECTIVE: FIND AND DEFEAT DR. EGGMAN, AND COLLECT THE CHAOS EMERALD IN HIS POSSESSION. TOP PRIORITY.”
Spear Knight: “SHOULD SONIC AND HIS ALLIES APPEAR, GUIDE THEM TO EGGMAN’S LOCATION AND ASSIST THEM. THEIR HELP IS A NECESSITY IN DEFEATING THE BLACK ARMS.”
After saying all of that, the Spear Knight allows the heroes to question them.
Amy: “So you’re here to help us? Are you the ones who sent us that message at G.U.N. headquarters?”
Spear Knight: “WRONG. OUR MASTER WAS THE ONE THAT SENT THE INFORMATION.”
Knuckles: “Then why do you have the same voice as the one in that message?”
Spear Knight: “WE SPOKE FOR OUR MASTER. THEY ARE CURRENTLY BUSY WITH OTHER OBJECTIVES.”
Tails: “But who IS your master? You’re definitely not Eggman robots, so who made you?”
Spear Knight: “THAT INFORMATION IS CURRENTLY CLASSIFIED, DUE TO YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH OUR MASTER.”
Amy: “Really? Then you’re working for someone we’ve met before?”
Spear Knight: “IRRELEVANT TO CURRENT MISSION. WE MUST FIND DR. EGGMAN NOW.”
Knuckles: “Yeah, but why should we trust you tin-cans? How do we know you’re not setting us up?”
Ignoring Knuckles’ answer, the medieval machines head off, which annoys him greatly.
Knuckles: “HEY! I want an answer!”
Tails: “Relax, Knuckles. They may be a little shady, but they stated they’re allies.”
Knuckles: “Anyone can call themselves an ally! But they can end up backstabbing you when you least expect it!”
Amy: “Sure, but they haven’t caused us any trouble! If anything, they’re helping us!”
Amy: “We’ve been dealing with a lot less Badniks, and they’re guiding us to Eggman’s location!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! It’s almost too good to be true!”
Tails: “Just let it go for now. If they go against us later, we’ll deal with it then.”
Tails: “But right now, Eggman and the next Chaos Emerald are our priority. And those robots are helping us get it done faster.”
Knuckles: “...”
Despite his doubts and irritation, Knuckles lets out a sigh and relents.
Knuckles: “Fine…I guess we can worry about them another time…”
Knuckles: “Though, if any of them pull anything fishy, I’ll smash all of them to pieces!”
Tails and Amy don’t have any response to Knuckles’ words. They just follow the medieval robots through Circus Park, which goes pretty well. Now that they’re working with them up-close, the trio are impressed with how skilled and resilient these machines are. They definitely seem stronger than most of Eggman’s robots.
In particular, Tails takes note of certain actions and movements the machines make, along with their designs. Especially their eyes. It reminds him of a certain foe, who they have a dicey relationship with, and could have learned to copy and surpass Eggman’s robot design. Especially when in hiding.
However, Tails isn’t completely sure of this idea, and decides to keep it to himself for now. Plus, it’s not super important currently. So moving on, the large group is able to reach a circular arena, where no robots are in sight. The heroic trio are confused at this, but the robots are staring upwards at a hot air balloon.
Spear Knight: “DR. EGGMAN HEAT SIGNATURE DETECTED.”
Knuckles: “I can sense a Chaos Emerald up there too…”
Amy:
“So Eggman’s up there? He’s not about to bomb us, is he?”
As if to respond to Amy’s question, the familiar and boisterous voice of Dr. Eggman is heard from the loudspeakers around the park, putting everyone on-guard.
Eggman: “Well, well, well! You pests have a lot of nerve coming into my marvelous theme park without permission, AND destroying my robots!”
Eggman: “While I may have other things to take care of right now, I certainly can’t let this slide! So I will deal with all of you personally!”
With that quick message done, the group sees a few things falling down from the hot air balloon. A couple of Shadow Androids, and a strange round mech vehicle. It’s got Eggman’s face on the front, along with three slot wheels and buttons. Plus, it’s got four long legs with wheels, and a cockpit on the top that the doctor is sitting in.
Once they land, Eggman and his forces stare down the trio and their medieval machines. He seems particularly interested in the latter, noting their advanced design. Though, he doesn’t comment on this yet, as Tails calls out to him.
Tails: “Eggman! Hand over the Chaos Emerald right now!”
Eggman: “Oh-ho! We’ve only just started, and you’re already making demands, Tails?”
Knuckles: “We don’t have time for this! There are aliens attacking every part of the globe, and we need the emeralds to stop them!”
Eggman: “You think I don’t know about that? I was in the middle of preparing my forces to deal with those vermin!”
Eggman: “But now you three come in, joined by some random robots I’ve never seen before, and wreck my base? You’re only wasting my time and resources!”
Amy: “Well, if we cooperated to stop this threat, then-”
Eggman: “Save your words, pinkie! I refuse to work with my enemies when I can take care of this mess myself!”
Spear Knight: “WRONG. YOU DO NOT POSSESS ENOUGH POWER TO DESTROY THE BLACK ARMS.”
When the Spear Knight speaks, Eggman once again stares at it, interested in it’s design as he grins a little.
Eggman: “And exactly how would you know that? Does your creator have that little faith in my militaristic might?”
Spear Knight: “OUR MASTER KNOWS WHAT YOU ARE CAPABLE OF. YOU HAVE CREATED TECHNOLOGY THAT CAN DESTROY AN ENTIRE PLANET.”
Spear Knight: “YOU ARE DESIGNATED AS AN ENEMY. THREAT LEVEL: 100%.”
Eggman: “Heh! Then why do you stand against me?”
Spear Knight: “IRRELEVANT. YOU WILL COOPERATE WILLINGLY OR FORCEFULLY.”
Eggman: “Really now? Then I’ll take the latter!”
The time for talking over, Eggman grabs onto some control sticks on his console, while also pressing a few buttons. That’s when his mech’s eyes light up, along with the three buttons, and the slot wheels start spinning.
Eggman: “Let’s see all of you test your luck against my Egg Dealer and Shadow Androids!”
With no response given, the heroic trio come to blows with Eggman, while the medieval robots take out the Shadow Androids, who thankfully come in much smaller numbers compared to the fight on the Final Fortress. Plus, while a few of them are being destroyed or taken apart, the medieval machines are holding their own against their targets.
Tails, Amy, and Knuckles, on the other hand, are having trouble with the Egg Dealer. It’s a surprisingly fast vehicle, making it hard to hit. Not to mention it’s firing some rockets and bombs their way, causing great annoyance and frustration for the trio. So the fox decides to step up his game.
With a press of a button, the Cyclone’s legs contract, and are replaced with four wheels, while it’s rear splits up to position itself along the sides. It’s now a fast race car, being able to keep up with the Egg Dealer. Amy and Knuckles also jump on-board, deflecting whatever missiles and bombs launch towards them.
At this point, the trio knows that whenever the slot wheels on the Egg Dealer match on one picture, it’ll do a specific attack. So they decide to try and hit the buttons below them, thinking it might be a weak point or cause problems. However, as they do so, Eggman doesn’t seem too bothered by their actions. If anything, he’s trying to hide a huge grin.
Once all three buttons are hit, both the Egg Dealer and Cyclone come to a stop. Everyone watches as the slot wheels land on a new picture. The face of Shadow The Hedgehog. This makes Eggman laugh, while the heroes look confused and irritated.
Eggman: “Ahahaha! Congratulations! You just activated SHADOW FEVER!”
Aside from it’s eyes flashing red, the Egg Dealer doesn’t appear to do anything, further confusing the trio. Though, the medieval robots notice that the Shadow Androids eyes are flashing red, receiving some sort of signal. That leads to them powering up in a red glow, turning the tides of the battle in their favor.
While the power-up doesn’t last long, it’s enough for a bunch of the medieval robots to get destroyed. Only a couple of knights, and the tougher animal machines remain. This surprises the trio, who take notice of the sight, and turn back to the round doctor.
Knuckles: “What the heck was that!?”
Eggman: “Isn’t it obvious? I gave the Shadow Androids an upgrade!”
Eggman: “With their Chaos Drives, they can temporarily boost their attributes! And you activated them of your own volition!”
Tails: “Seriously? But why have US do it when you can do it yourself?”
Eggman: “Because it’s more fun watching my enemies ensure their own destruction!”
Amy: “Ugh! You always have to make it more complicated than needed!”
Eggman: “It wouldn’t be much fun if it was simple and easy! Sometimes, you’ve got to add a little extra challenge!”
Just as Eggman finishes what he was saying, he notices the medieval robots chasing after him. The remaining knights are riding the animal robots, while the Shadow Androids try to knock them down. Though, the doctor isn’t bothered by the sight, quickly zooming across a nearby half-pipe. The trio in the Cyclone give chase as well.
Despite having the medieval knights for assistance now, the trio aren’t certain of how to take down the Egg Dealer. Especially with the Shadow Androids helping it. The machine is too fast to land a good hit on, and messing with the slots is a complete gamble. At this rate, they’ll never stop the doctor and take his Chaos Emerald.
For the time being, the trio decides to put their focus on the Shadow Androids, since they’re more manageable to take out. Granted, they’re still pretty tough, but there aren’t a lot of them, and Amy and Knuckles have enough strength to smash them to pieces. However, they do need to watch out for the Egg Dealer’s weaponry too.
Though, as the fight drags on, Eggman suddenly gets an Eggnet transmission from the screen on his console. And while he may be in the middle of a fight, he feels he can make some time to answer the call. With a press of a button, the doctor hears a robotic female voice speaking to him.
???: “Sir. There is a problem with the Eggnet mainframe.”
Eggman: “Make it quick! I’m in the middle of something!”
???: “Something is attempting to gain access and break in. I’m doing my best to slow their progress, but it might only be a matter of time before they’re successful.”
Eggman: “Tch! As if I don’t have enough problems to deal with right now!”
Eggman: “For the time being, keep at it! I made you for the sole purpose of dealing with threats to the Eggnet, and I expect you to fulfill that purpose!”
Eggman: “I’ll take my leave and gather my forces at Iron Jungle! I think I’ve had enough of these distractions!”
???: “Understood. I will not fail.”
Ending the call, Eggman looks back at his enemies, who appear to be finishing up the last of the Shadow Androids. Now is a good time to escape, and he does just that, ejecting his Egg Mobile from the Egg Dealer, leaving the machine to collapse to the floor and self-destruct. Luckily, everyone avoids the explosion, and then stares up at the fleeing doctor.
Eggman: “Sorry, everyone! I believe I’ve got other matters to attend to!”
Eggman: “But rest assured! I’ll see you all again soon!”
And with that, Eggman quickly flies off into the night sky, leaving the heroic trio angry at the fact that they were unable to catch him. Likewise, the medieval robots aren’t happy about this either, staring intently at the doctor as he leaves.
Knuckles: “Darn it! We failed to catch him!”
Amy: “Ugh! And we couldn’t even do any damage to him! He was taunting us the whole time!”
Tails: “Calm down! We’re bound to run into him again!”
Tails: “And with Sonic’s help, I’m sure we’ll take him down!”
Amy: “Right…but Commander Tower’s gonna be pretty disappointed once we tell him what happened here.”
Knuckles: “Maybe these guys know where another emerald is located?”
Knuckles points a thumb towards the medieval robots, before he and the others go up to them. The spear knight turns back to them, immediately starting the conversation.
Spear Knight: “MISSION FAILED. UNABLE TO CAPTURE EGGMAN AND CHAOS EMERALD.”
Amy: “It’s okay! We’ll get him next time!”
Spear Knight: “CORRECT. WE DO NOT ACCEPT FAILURE.”
Amy nods with a smile. Though, she and the others are a little surprised to see the spear knight’s eyes flash white for a moment.
Spear Knight: “NEW INFORMATION FROM MASTER HAS BEEN DELIVERED. ANOTHER CHAOS EMERALD HAS BEEN LOCATED.”
Tails: “Really? Where?”
Spear Knight: “LOCATION: CRYPTIC CASTLE. EGGMAN TERRITORY SEIZED BY MASTER.”
Spear Knight: “THEY WANT YOU TO COME WITH US FOR ASSISTANCE. IT IS VITAL FOR SUCCESS.”
Knuckles: “Hmph. Do you guys have transport?”
Spear Knight: “AFFIRMATIVE. JUST OUTSIDE OF CIRCUS PARK ENTRANCE.”
Spear Knight: “FOLLOW US. FEEL FREE TO CONTACT G.U.N. ABOUT YOUR FINDINGS IF NEEDED.”
Tails: “Alright. We’ll do just that.”
Tails: “And thanks for the assistance! You were all pretty good back there!”
Spear Knight: “...”
Once again, the spear knight isn’t interested in a response, as it stares at Tails, Amy, and Knuckles, waiting for them to start their call with G.U.N. It makes things awkward and uncomfortable, so they just move on. Naturally, Commander Tower isn’t happy about Eggman escaping with a Chaos Emerald, but notes the trio did well in their mission.
However, at the mention of the medieval robots and their relation to the one who sent them the message, the commander feels a little suspicious about them. Though, he decides they can be dealt with later, considering the situation currently, and allows the trio to follow them to the location of the next Chaos Emerald.
Hence, Tails, Amy, and Knuckles head on board the medieval robots transport. A large blue ship with some medieval designs on it, like knights and horses. Plus, purple flame details, and fins at the top that look like sails. It’s an interesting ship for the group, but they don’t pay much mind. And with that, they head off for Cryptic Castle, curious about the master of these machines.
Though, as they’re waiting on the ship, the trio thinks about some of their friends and how they’re doing during this time of crisis. One of which bringing about a pretty important question…
…Where is Shadow The Hedgehog?
Chapter 58: The Ultimate Weapon (Part 1)
Summary:
Since this chapter was 27 pages long, I decided to split it into two parts. Give some space for you reading. I'll post part 2 soon. And maybe a bonus chapter not directly related to the main plot.
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Prison Island. Nighttime.*
Arriving in a G.U.N. jet, Sonic, Rouge, and a bunch of G.U.N. soldiers and robots have arrived at Prison Island in search of a Chaos Emerald. However, the blue blur is taken aback at the wasteland before him. Sure, he knew blowing up an entire island would drastically change it’s looks, but this is almost unrecognizable.
Sure, remnants of G.U.N.’s bases and technology are around, but it’s mostly taken up by nature and rust. There’s even some mutant plants, and rivers of toxic green waste. The latter of which smells REALLY bad, causing Sonic and the others to hold their nose and wave their hand in the air to rid their nostrils of it.
Sonic: “Ugh! This island has seen a lot better days!”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “That’s quite the understatement! We might have a hard time locating that Chaos Emerald!”
Rouge: “Oh please! With the world’s greatest treasure hunter at your side, that gemstone is as good as mine!”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “Don’t you mean OURS?”
Rouge: “Uh…yeah, sure…”
Rouge: “Sonic, you’re with me. The less time we spend in this putrid place, the better.”
Rouge: “The rest of you will split into a few groups. Search every spot you can.”
Rouge: “And should the Black Arms cause us trouble, take them out.”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “Understood! We’ll show those monsters why you don’t mess with G.U.N.!”
With orders delivered, Sonic and Rouge proceed to zip across much of Prison Island, while the G.U.N. troops and robots search different spots at a slower pace. As expected, it’s not an easy jog, since this island is filled with hazards and deathtraps. Plus, the Black Arms have already made it here to cause even more problems..
Luckily, G.U.N. is better prepared to face them. They have heavier artillery, and have sent out stronger versions of their various robots. They’re even piloting a few large mechs, in case they have to fight something like the Black Bull. Plus, Sonic and Rouge prove a good combo against the aliens, especially with the former having a Chaos Emerald to empower himself.
In fact, thanks to Rouge’s expert treasure hunting skills, and Sonic’s incredible acrobatics and speed, it doesn’t take long for them to find an area that has what they seek. The remnants of some prison cells, with one in particular having some faded scientific equations and writing written across the floor and walls in chalk.
And right in the middle of this cell is the green Chaos Emerald, covered in dirt. Immediately, the bat girl grabs it, gets rid of the dirt, and admires it’s beauty, while the blue blur looks at the prison cell with a nostalgic smile.
Sonic: “Huh…of all the prison cells that survived the explosion, it was this one…”
Rouge: “Hm? Oh, right. You were locked up in here when G.U.N. arrested you.”
Sonic: “For the record, I could have broken out at any time. I was just waiting for Shadow to show up, so I could take him down.”
Rouge: “Whatever you say, big blue. But now I’m starting to wonder where Shadow is.”
Rouge: “I seriously doubt he’d just sit by and let the world be destroyed by these aliens.”
Sonic: “Definitely! No way would that guy pass up a good challenge!”
Sonic: “Actually, where was he the last time you talked?”
Rouge: “Well…around a few weeks ago, I borrowed a shuttle and took Shadow to the Ark.”
Rouge: “After all, I DID promise to take him there so that he could rediscover his past.”
Sonic: “Then it’s only a matter of time before we cross paths with him again! I’m sure of it!”
Sonic: “But for now, let’s meet up with the others and get out of this wasteland!”
Rouge nods with a smile, before she and Sonic run off with two Chaos Emeralds in-hand. Naturally, the Black Arms soldiers cause them more trouble than before, now that they have what they’re searching for. But again, they’re not impossible to defeat, and the duo know how to easily deal with them.
However, that isn’t to say the aliens have grown weaker. They’re still plenty strong, come in great numbers, and have pretty advanced technology. Like these big floating disks with a black and red color-scheme that have six rotating blades on the side. Sonic gets a real kick out of riding them across the rivers of toxic waste.
Though, as they try to leave Prison Island, Sonic and Rouge get intercepted by a familiar foe, who flies down to greet them. It’s Doom’s Eye, staring intently at the green emerald in the bat girl’s hands, while the blue blur puts on a cocky grin.
Rouge: “Huh…is THIS that Black Doom guy you ran into at Westopolis?”
Sonic: “Yep! I was wondering when you'd show your ugly mug again!”
Black Doom: “Tch! You continue to prove yourself an annoyance, you blue vermin!”
Black Doom: “Destroying my flying fortress, taking three Chaos Emeralds from me, and continuing to kill my soldiers?”
Sonic: “What can I say? Causing trouble for guys like you is too much fun!”
Sonic: “Now, what brings you here this time? Gonna sick another flying whoopie cushion on us?”
Black Doom: “Don’t insult the power of the Black Arms! Especially when you relied on that two-tailed freak and his invention to kill my Black Bull!”
Rouge: “Oh wow…I’m so scared of a talking starfish…”
Rouge: “But seriously, you’re not gonna destroy this planet. We’ve dealt with guys like you before.”
Black Doom: “Destroy the planet? I believe YOU’RE the ones doing that.”
Black Doom: “What WE are offering is…salvation.”
Sonic: “Salvation? You’re destroying cities and killing innocent people!”
Black Doom: “So have many of your kind throughout this rock’s history. I’ve seen much of it throughout my lifetime.”
Black Doom: “Wars…disease…betrayal…greed…”
Black Doom: “All of these vile acts, committed by your own people. Yet you still wish to defend them?”
Rouge: “Oh, like you’re any better! And not every person on this planet is a terrible person!”
Black Doom: “Maybe so…but I don’t claim myself to be what I’m not…”
Black Doom: “I am a warlord…a supreme being that has brought multiple planets and people to extinction!”
Black Doom: “Soon, yours will be no different! And I will rule this universe!”
Sonic: “Yeah, that’s not gonna happen, pal! Whatever you throw at us, we’ll come out on top every time!”
Black Doom: “Is that so? Then allow me to introduce you to my ultimate weapon!”
For a moment, Doom’s Eye doesn’t do anything, leaving Sonic and Rouge in a tense, yet confused mood. However, they overhear some commotion from the G.U.N. soldiers on their ear-pieces.
G.U.N Soldier #1: “Agent Rouge! Sonic! We need back-up! I repeat! We need-AAAHHH!”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “What…what the hell is…!?”
G.U.N. Soldier #3: “Wait! STOP! HAVE MERCY!”
Immediately, Sonic and Rouge feel a chill down their spine. They turn back to Doom’s Eye, anger covering their faces.
Sonic: “What did you just do!?”
Black Doom: “Oh…I haven’t done anything…”
Black Doom: “And don’t worry…you’ll be joining your allies soon!”
Just as Doom’s Eye says that, Rouge is taken off-guard by someone kicking her right in the back, causing her to fall to the ground in pain and drop the green Chaos Emerald. Sonic also can’t react fast enough, as he’s hit square in the face and sent flying across the floor. But he’s able to get back on his feet quickly.
However, while Sonic was more than ready to throw hands, he’s completely shocked to see who just attacked him and Rouge, who’s also trying to get back on her feet. Grabbing the green emerald, with a stone-cold expression and strange red and yellow pupils is…
Sonic: “Shadow!?”
Rouge: “What…!?”
Shadow The Hedgehog has finally shown himself to the heroes. Though, it’s obvious something isn’t right. He’s completely silent, not showing any ounce of emotion at seeing his old friend and rival again. All he’s doing is staring down the duo with his weird eyes, while Doom’s Eye floats next to him.
Black Doom: “Heheheh…so you’re familiar with my ultimate weapon? That’ll make this far more entertaining!”
Rouge: “But…why is Shadow helping you? What did you do to him!?”
Black Doom: “It’s simple. I just reminded him who his TRUE master is.”
Sonic: “True master? Shadow has no master! Why would he listen to YOU, of all people!?”
Black Doom: “Because he is MY creation…I was the one who gave him life!”
Sonic: “That’s a lie! Gerald Robotnik was the one who created Shadow!”
Black Doom: “Perhaps…but without my blood, he wouldn’t have been able to complete his ultimate lifeform!”
While Sonic doesn’t buy this in the slightest, Rouge has a confused, yet suspicious look on her face. Clearly, she has some idea of what Doom’s Eye may be talking about. Though, she doesn’t say anything about it, as the dark lord moves the conversation along.
Black Doom: “Anyways, I believe you still have something that belongs to me, and I will not tolerate your interference any longer.”
Black Doom: “Shadow! Kill them both and take their Chaos Emerald!”
Shadow: “...Yes, master.”
Before Sonic or Rouge can try to convince Shadow to snap out of whatever’s causing him to obey Doom’s Eye, he jumps right towards the former, ready to fight. In response, the blue blur barely manages to dodge him, apprehensive to the idea of fighting his black and red rival when he’s acting like this.
However, Sonic knows he can’t hold back against a Shadow that intends to kill him. So he does his best to match him blow for blow, which is pretty doable since they’re equal in almost every category. Rouge also tries to help her blue comrade as well, despite not wanting to fight her friend, which keeps the tides of the fight in favor of the heroes.
Though, calling this fight easy is a VAST understatement. After all, fighting the ultimate lifeform, who’s not holding anything back, and is totally willing to put down anyone or anything he faces, is like wishing for death. Even if you think you stand a chance at surviving, you’re not coming out of it unscathed, at the VERY least.
As the battle goes on, Shadow uses every strength and skill to his advantage. His speed, his chaos abilities, hand-to-hand combat, and even some of the weapons he took from the G.U.N. soldiers and robots he slaughtered. All with full intent to murder whoever stands against him and his master.
Meanwhile, Sonic and Rouge obviously don’t want to kill Shadow (If they even can, considering he’s supposed to be immortal), and are trying their hardest to convince him to snap out of it.
Sonic: “Come on, Shadow! I thought you were too stubborn to be puppetered like this!?”
Rouge: “Sonic’s right! Are you really gonna let yourself be a slave to another maniac’s ambitions!?”
Sadly, Shadow shows no signs of stopping, and Doom’s Eye taunts the heroic duo for their efforts.
Black Doom: “Hahahaha! Do you really think some pretty words would make him stop?”
Black Doom: “He is a weapon of death and destruction! Built only to serve the Black Arms and my goals!”
Sonic: “No, he isn’t! He’s a living being with his own feelings and thoughts!”
Sonic: “And you’re using him as a tool! Just like Gerald!”
Black Doom: “Oh, how little you know! The professor promised me that Shadow would do my bidding!”
Black Doom: “In exchange, I gave him my blood so that he could finish his little project for his military!”
Black Doom: “The ultimate lifeform was ALWAYS meant to serve me! Regardless of his feelings on the matter!”
Sonic: “Rgh!”
Angered by Doom’s Eye’s comments, Sonic attempts to strike him. He can’t stand the complete disregard for Shadow’s well-being, nor the “lies” he’s spreading about his involvement in Project Shadow. However, the ultimate lifeform teleports in front of the blue blur and kicks him back down to the ground.
Afterwards, the fight continues. Again, Sonic is able to keep Shadow occupied, and even push him back with Rouge’s help. But it’s not enough to completely stop him. And it soon gets to a point where the three combatants come to a halt for a moment, and Doom’s Eye decides this has gone on long enough.
Black Doom: “Heh…I must admit, I’m impressed with how long you two lasted against my ultimate weapon!”
Black Doom: “But your efforts will all be for nothing! And I have other matters to attend to!”
Black Doom: “Shadow! Finish them off!”
With a small nod, Shadow then easily delivers a hard strike to Rouge’s stomach, causing her to wheeze in pain. Sonic is shocked at this action, and concerned for the bat girl’s well-being, leading to him trying to use Chaos Control with his blue Chaos Emerald. But this only gives the ultimate lifeform the opportunity to knock the gem out of his hands, and deliver a hard kick to the back of his head, making him fall to the ground.
Quickly catching the second emerald, Shadow now goes in for the kill. Though, he doesn’t run towards the heroes, nor bring out any sort of firearms. Instead, his body starts to glow a bright and fierce red, along with his eyes. Doom’s Eye also backs far away from the area, knowing what move he’s about to use.
Due to their injuries, and lack of stamina, both Sonic and Rouge are unable to muster the energy to escape this finishing move. They end up falling unconscious, as Shadow finishes charging up his attack and shouts…
Shadow: “Chaos…!”
Shadow: “...BLAST!”
Shadow releases a giant red explosion around himself, powered by Chaos Energy. Nearly everything around him in a 10-20 yard radius is torn apart or incinerated. And once he’s done, the ultimate lifeform leans down on one knee, a little exhausted from all that power he used, as the ground beneath him is now completely scorched.
But in a couple of seconds, Shadow is able to get back on his feet, and Doom’s Eye floats back to him, while they overlook their surroundings.
Black Doom: “Ah…looks like there’s not a single trace of those fools…”
Black Doom: “Well done, Shadow. You once again prove a valuable asset to the Black Arms.”
Black Doom: “And with these two emeralds, we grow ever closer to our victory.”
Black Doom: “In a matter of days…our Ritual Of Prosperity will be realized!”
Black Doom: “But for now, let us take our leave. We have much to prepare for.”
Again, Shadow nods his head, before he and Doom’s Eye teleport out of Prison Island via Chaos Control. Their work is done here, and with Sonic and Rouge taken care of, they’ll have a lot less problems in the following days. But little do they realize that those two weren’t incinerated by the Chaos Blast…
Just before the explosion could reach them, an unseen figure was able to grab Sonic and Rouge, and then teleport out of the area. They’re now resting back at the G.U.N. jet they used to get to Prison Island, with their savior looking over Sonic and trying to wake him up. Though, he’s a little groggy and mumbling.
Sonic: “...Mmmgh…”
???: “Wake up, you fool…I don’t have time to watch you nap…”
Sonic: “Uhh…wha…?”
Opening his eyes, Sonic notices a familiar face looking down on him. And it’s not a friendly one. A shiny silver muzzle with a pointy nose, black eyes with red sclera, triangular ears, and three blue fins on the side and top of the head. Immediately, the blue blur realizes who this is, and panics for a moment.
“Metallix!?”
Chapter 59: The Ultimate Weapon (Part 2)
Chapter Text
Jumping back on his feet, Sonic puts his fists up, ready to defend himself should Metallix attack. Though, the attack never comes. Instead, the blue blur notices that, rather than the upgraded look with the long spikes and waist cape, his metallic copy is bearing a look similar to his old Metal Sonic design during the Death Egg Mk lll incident.
Yellow circular depression on the chest, standard shoulder pads, rounded red feet, etc. However, the body has some differences and upgrades. The red feet now have a white stripe on top, resembling Sonic’s trademark sneakers, and have wheels on the sides too. Plus, the body overall looked tougher and stronger.
Also, on the palms of Metallix’s hands are some sort of red gems, and on his head is a symbol resembling his upgraded look’s star-shaped head. Seeing this similar, yet different version of his robotic faker, along with how he isn’t trying to kill him, makes Sonic confused as he puts his hands down.
Sonic: “...You went back to your old look?”
Metallix: “This is just one of my copy bodies. I can’t change it to my upgraded form, since it doesn’t have the Evolving Amethyst powering it.”
Sonic: “Huh…alright then…”
Sonic: “Though, why did you save me and Rouge? I mean, I appreciate it, but…”
Metallix: “Believe me. I would love nothing more than to watch you die.”
Metallix: “However, the current threat is too big for just myself to deal with. No matter how much I want to say otherwise.”
Metallix: “Therefore, I have no choice but to align myself with you for the time being.”
Sonic: “Really now? Well, you’ve got a point about our current situation!”
Sonic: “And I’m certainly not gonna turn down more help! Even if it’s someone who’s tried to kill me multiple times in the past!”
Metallix: “Please. If you’ve worked with Eggman before, this shouldn’t be a problem.”
Metallix: “Plus, we both seek to protect this planet from someone who seeks it’s destruction.”
Sonic: “Right.”
Although Sonic is weirded out at how calm and rational Metallix is towards him right now, along with how willing he is to cooperate, he quickly accepts it. He’s worked with Eggman and other foes against greater threats in the past, so this is just another one to add to that list. And at least his robotic copy isn’t causing him more problems than needed.
Moving on, Metallix and Sonic notice Rouge waking up, still a little tired and wounded from the previous battle. But she’s surprised to see the metallic menace again, and gets ready to fight.
Rouge: “You again!? What are you doing here!?”
Sonic: “Calm down, Rouge! He’s not here for a fight!”
Rouge: “Yeah, sure! Like he didn’t try to kill us 2 months ago!”
Metallix: “Only because you refused to stay out of my way.”
Rouge: “You were trying to take over the world and mechanize everything!”
Metallix: “So that I could end all it’s suffering!”
Sonic: “Relax, you two! Bigger fish to fry, remember?”
Sonic: “Alien army invading the world, Shadow being used as a puppet, two Chaos Emeralds lost, etc etc?”
Rouge: “...”
Metallix: “...”
Despite not trusting Metallix at all, Rouge relents and takes a sigh. The robotic hedgehog simply stares at her and Sonic, waiting for them to say something.
Rouge: “...Why are you here, Metallix? I’m assuming you’re the one who saved us back there?”
Metallix: “Correct. With my speed and Chaos Control, it was a simple matter.”
Metallix: “If we’re lucky, Shadow and Black Doom think you’re both dead. That gives us a bit of an advantage.”
Sonic: “That’s nice, I guess. Though, why did you come here in the first place? What have you been doing for the past few days?”
Metallix: “I came here in search of that Chaos Emerald you lost. And to talk to you both about the situation at hand.”
Metallix: “However, I was in the middle of evacuating a nearby city with some of my own soldiers.”
Metallix: “When I arrived here, the G.U.N. troops and robots that came with you were already dead, and you two were getting beaten by a mind-controlled Shadow.”
Rouge: “Let me guess. You’re the one who sent that message at G.U.N. headquarters.”
Metallix: “Yes. I was able to locate the emerald here, and the one in Dr. Eggman’s possession during my various missions.”
Sonic: “Wait, hold on. You have your own soldiers now?”
Metallix: “For the past 2 months, I've been working on my own army while in hiding.”
Metallix: “They may not be as advanced or powerful as me and my various bodies, but they’re still superior to creations like the Egg Pawn and G.U.N. Hunter.”
Metallix: “I was going to use them for my next plan, but this invasion postponed that.”
Metallix: “Afterwards, I spent my time locating the Chaos Emeralds, evacuating various cities and continents, and learning more about these aliens.”
Metallix: “And since I’m unprepared for this threat, and lack enough resources to handle it myself, I decided it was more beneficial to work with you for now.”
Rouge: “Hmph. Why can’t you just use your big dragon form to take the Black Arms out?”
Metallix: “That form uses plenty of energy and resources. So I prefer to use it when absolutely needed.”
Metallix: “Plus, this Black Doom may have something he can use to easily defeat me as Metal Overlord, which I must be careful about.”
Metallix: “Also, these aliens could provide me some interesting data I can utilize to my benefit later on.”
Sonic: “Of course…you just don’t want this to be easy, do you?”
Metallix: “I can assure you, Sonic. If I had the means to, and with very little risk, I’d end these vermin in a nanosecond.”
Metallix: “They are threatening the world I wish to save, and making me waste resources, time, and information I could be using on better things.”
Metallix: “Regardless of the means, or who does it, the Black Arms WILL fall. I’ll make sure of that.”
Metallix: “Heck, I’ll even let YOU do it if it means I don’t have to lift a finger. All that matters to me is getting these distractions out of here.”
Metallix: “After that? I’ll go back to working on my ambitions. Which includes killing you.”
Sonic: “Heh! Well, I’ll be looking forward to stopping you again!”
Sonic: “But right now, we should get a move on.”
Rouge: “Agreed. We need to report what just happened to Commander Tower.”
Rouge: “No doubt, he’s not gonna be happy about us losing two Chaos Emeralds. Or dealing with you.”
Metallix simply crosses his arms and looks off into the distance, while Sonic watches Rouge contact G.U.N. headquarters with her wrist watch. Once activated, it displays a hologram screen of Commander Tower.
Commander Tower: “Agent Rouge. Were you and the others successful in finding a Chaos Emerald?”
Rouge: “Yes, but…uh…”
Sonic: “We lost it. And also the blue emerald I was holding onto.”
Commander Tower: “What!? How!?”
Sonic: “Black Doom showed up again. He summoned his ‘ultimate weapon’ to take us all out.”
Sonic: “Me and Rouge only survived due to some last minute help.”
Commander Tower: “Rgh! These aliens are gonna pay in blood for all the lives they’re taking!”
Commander Tower: “I swear…if I ever come face-to-face with this Black Doom, I’m gonna…!”
Before Commander Tower can finish his sentence, he manages to pull back his anger and take a deep breath. He can’t act rashly in a time of crisis. Once he’s calmed down, he continues the call.
Commander Tower: “Who is the person that helped you survive against those aliens? Did they already leave?”
Rouge: “Nope. Right over here.”
Rouge moves her arm, allowing Commander Tower to see Metallix standing a few feet away from her and Sonic. When he notices this, the robotic hedgehog decides to come up and talk to the commander, where the two share a short conversation.
Commander Tower: “Hm…you must be Metallix.”
Metallix: “And you must be the leader of the Guardian Units of Nations.”
Metallix: “Abraham Tower, I presume?”
Commander Tower: “Correct. Agent Rouge told me about you.”
Commander Tower: “A robot copy of Sonic, made by Dr. Eggman. Supposedly his greatest creation.”
Metallix: “I’m FAR more than a copy.”
Metallix: “I broke free of my creator’s chains. Developed my own conscience, thoughts, and goals.”
Metallix: “I grow stronger and smarter each day, utilizing the data of those I face to aid in my plans.”
Metallix: “And soon, I will turn this chaotic and stained world into a thriving paradise of infinite mechanical wonder.”
Commander Tower: “Tch. How peachy.”
Commander Tower: “But I suppose your help is needed against the greater foe. So for now, I’ll let you off the hook.”
Commander Tower: “Though, rest assured…G.U.N. will take you out if you cause trouble. Regardless of how noble your intentions may be.”
Metallix: “Same here. The Brotherhood Of Metallix won’t spare any expense in wiping every single one of you off the face of the planet.”
With their death threats made, and some stone-cold stares, Metallix and Commander Tower end their talk. Then, the commander puts his attention back on Sonic and Rouge.
Commander Tower: “Got quite the tongue for an Eggman bot.”
Sonic: “Heh! You have NO idea!”
Sonic: “But at least he knows working together is the better option here!”
Commander Tower: “Right. Though, it’s better to keep your guard up if he tries anything fishy.”
Rouge: “Don’t need to tell me twice, commander.”
Commander Tower: “Anyways, what was this ‘ultimate weapon’ Black Doom used against you both?”
Sonic & Rouge : “...”
For a moment, Sonic and Rouge are a little hesitant to tell Commander Tower about Shadow. But they need to spit it out. So they do just that.
Rouge: “...It was Shadow The Hedgehog.”
Commander Tower: “...WHAT!?”
Much to Sonic’s surprise, Commander Tower is taken aback at the mention of Shadow. And this shock is soon replaced with anger and confusion as he questions the group.
Commander Tower: “That’s impossible! He’s supposed to be dead!”
Rouge: “Yeah, but…about that…”
Sonic: “Wait, you never told him, Rouge?”
Commander Tower: “Never told me what?”
Rouge: “...During that Metallix incident, I searched different Eggman bunkers for a secret treasure he supposedly had.”
Rouge: “In the fifth one, I found Shadow in a healing pod. I couldn’t believe what I saw.”
Commander Tower: “You purposefully left that detail out? Why!?”
Rouge: “I didn’t want him to get captured and locked away again! He doesn’t deserve it!”
Rouge: “Plus, he didn’t remember anything from his past! He was basically a blank slate!”
Commander Tower: “That’s no excuse, Rouge! Amnesia or not, that…!”
Once again, Commander Tower is very aggravated, but tries to regain his composure. However, Sonic’s words don't help.
Sonic: “Hey, I can vouch for Rouge on this one! Shadow was pretty relaxed the last time we saw him!”
Sonic: “Heck, he helped us against Metallix! He’s not-”
Commander Tower: “I don’t want to hear it, hedgehog! That devil is the root of all of this!”
Commander Tower: “If he wasn’t created, all those people on the Space Colony Ark wouldn’t have been killed!”
Commander Tower: “Then, when he was awoken 50 years later, he tried to blow up the entire planet!”
Commander Tower: “And NOW he’s helping these aliens! Which are here because of HIM!”
Surprised and angered at Commander Tower’s words, Sonic gives his rebuttal, despite Rouge wanting him to not further aggravate him.
Sonic: “Shadow didn’t ask to be created! Nor did he want all those people on the Ark to be killed!”
Sonic: “And sure, he DID try to destroy the planet, but he was brainwashed by Gerald! And once he realized the truth, we worked together to save it!”
Sonic: “Plus, how is ANY of what’s going on right now his fault!? What relation do the Black Arms have with Shadow!?”
Metallix: “More than you think.”
As these words are spoken, Sonic, Rouge, and Commander Tower all look back at him with a curious expression.
Sonic: “What are you talking about?”
Metallix: “Come on, you blue buffoon. Black Doom told you as much.”
Metallix: “Not to mention, G.U.N. has some information on this too. Along with Gerald Robotnik’s diary.”
Commander Tower: “You know about why the Black Arms and Shadow are connected?”
Metallix: “Did you REALLY think I’d access your military mainframe just to send a bit of information and leave?”
Metallix: “As the ones who ordered the creation of Project Shadow, G.U.N. should have all kinds of data and information on every little detail.”
Rouge: “Get to the point, Metal.”
Metallix glances at Rouge with a bit of annoyance, but goes along with it.
Metallix: “Though Professor Gerald had plenty of resources provided to him for the creation of the ultimate lifeform, the best he could come up with was the Biolizard.”
Metallix: “Of course, it was deemed a failure. Too bestial in nature, and an exponentially fast growth rate that strained it’s vital organs.”
Metallix: “Gerald hit a barrier in his research. He was desperate for any kind of solution.”
Metallix: “But then…the Black Comet passed by Earth…”
Sonic: “Black Comet? Me and Amy were at Westopolis for a festival that focused around that comet.”
Commander Tower: “It’s not JUST a comet…it’s the transport for the Black Arms.”
Sonic: “Seriously!? Then…”
Rouge: “Black Doom IS telling the truth. He gave Gerald his blood to make Shadow.”
Metallix: “And as part of their agreement, Gerald would have Shadow deliver the 7 Chaos Emeralds to that dark lord when he comes back in 50 years.”
Metallix: “However, Gerald knew Black Doom was not to be trusted. So he wanted to use the Eclipse Cannon to destroy the Black Comet.”
Metallix: “Plus, he was certain Shadow would make the right choice in the end.”
Commander Tower: “Tch! Don’t act like Gerald was some unsung hero!”
Commander Tower: “That madman made a deal with a monster that he KNEW was dangerous! And that has led to THIS invasion!”
Commander Tower: “He even tried to destroy the planet too!”
Sonic: “G.U.N. killed his own granddaughter! He went mad with grief!”
Commander Tower: “It’s no justification for what he did!”
Sonic: “I know that! But Gerald wasn’t a monster!”
Sonic: “Yes, he did horrible things! Yes, he made mistakes!”
Sonic: “However, he was still a human being! A human being who lost so much that it broke him!”
Commander Tower: “I DON’T CARE! HE’S EVIL AND HE’S THE ENEMY!”
Taken aback at Tower’s rageful shouting, everyone stays silent for a moment. However, Metallix decides to question the commander.
Metallix: “...This is personal to you…isn’t it?”
Commander Tower: “...What do you know, machine?”
Metallix: “Well, you seem to be really aggravated about Gerald and Shadow. Like they’re demons from your past.”
Metallix: “Plus, from what I found in G.U.N.’s database, you were only a little boy when Project Shadow was being worked on.”
Commander Tower: “Another word, and I’ll tear your head off when I see you in-person.”
Metallix: “Oh, I seriously doubt you have what it takes.”
Metallix: “Besides…why hide such important information from us? Why run from your past?”
Metallix: “You’re the leader of G.U.N. The strongest military force on Earth.”
Metallix: “For decades, you climbed their ranks, honing your skills and mind.”
Metallix: “All for the sole purpose of making sure what happened that day wouldn’t happen again.”
Commander Tower: “...”
All Tower does is give a death glare to Metallix, who isn’t phased in the slightest. Sonic and Rouge are a little intimidated by this exchange, but aren’t sure if they should butt in. Though, after another heavy sigh, the commander relents.
Commander Tower: “...You’re right…I had to confront it at some point…”
Commander Tower: “And with what’s going on now…I think it may be a good time to do so…”
Commander Tower: “Yes, I was a child when Project Shadow happened. My parents were scientists that worked on it.”
Commander Tower: “Back then, I wasn’t a very healthy kid. Though, not to the same extent as Maria.”
Commander Tower: “Hence, I was brought up there from time to time. I was the only real friend she had.”
Commander Tower: “She was like an older sister to me…so kind, and full of hope…”
Commander Tower: “But then…I stumbled upon something I wasn’t supposed to see…”
Commander Tower: “I saw Professor Gerald talking to a black and red alien in robes…with a green capsule containing a hedgehog nearby…”
At the mention of this, Rouge and Sonic look surprised.
Commander Tower: “It was…unsettling, as a little boy…”
Commander Tower: “A part of me thought I saw the devil…it shook me to my very core…”
Commander Tower: “Luckily, I ran off before either of them spotted me. But I always felt uneasy on the Ark afterwards.”
Commander Tower: “For all I knew, that monster could appear at any moment. Ready to feast on my flesh.”
Commander Tower: “And whenever I ran into Shadow…that same fear came back to me…”
Commander Tower: “Even with Maria’s support, and how she kept saying he wasn’t scary at all…I just couldn’t will myself to be around that…thing for too long…”
Commander Tower: “Then…the raid happened…”
Commander Tower: “Every person on the Ark would be captured or killed, so that Project Shadow would never leak to the public…”
Commander Tower: “Of all the times to be there…that was the absolute worst…”
Commander Tower: “To this day, I still remember the flashing red lights…the blaring alarms…and the sounds of gunfire and screaming…”
Commander Tower: “All I could do was hold my hands over my head, close my eyes, and pray to god I wasn’t next…”
Commander Tower: “But eventually, some of the soldiers DID find me…and were seriously thinking about shooting me…”
Commander Tower: “However, none of them could pull the trigger…because HE took them out first…”
Commander Tower: “It was such a stressful and terrifying moment…I wanted to run so badly, but I couldn’t stand up…”
Commander Tower: “And once he was done with the soldiers…he came towards me…”
Commander Tower: “At that point, I just passed out…I had no clue what happened after that…”
Thinking back to that moment, Tower puts his hand to his forehead, clearly sad and stressed about having to talk about it again. Yet, he powers on anyway.
Commander Tower: “When I came to, I was in a medical center at a G.U.N. base. With no memory of what happened.”
Commander Tower: “The doctors assumed I blocked it out from the trauma. I could barely even remember Maria back then.”
Commander Tower: “Because of that, G.U.N. decided I wasn’t a problem and let me live my life.”
Commander Tower: “Though, a part of me felt immense guilt for not being able to stop that horrible incident from happening…even when I couldn’t remember it…”
Commander Tower: “So I wanted to help the world at large. Make sure no one would have to go through that pain ever again.”
Commander Tower: “Hence, I went right back to the people who started that nightmare of a project in the first place.”
Commander Tower: “That way, I’d have all the resources and skills I needed to fulfill my goal. And maybe rediscover what happened that day.”
Commander Tower: “Eventually, it DID all come back to me…and it only serves as more motivation…”
Commander Tower: “I couldn’t stand such horrors being hid from the public eye…nor that the very organization I worked for killed my best friend and parents…”
Commander Tower: “However, I knew it would cause an uproar if I did that…and G.U.N. is the only force that can protect this planet…”
Commander Tower: “So…I couldn’t let my personal feelings get in the way of my duties…”
Commander Tower: “No matter what, the world and it’s people come first in my eyes. Even if it kills me.”
Commander Tower: “I expect you three to do the same. It’s life or death right now.”
Despite their personal grievances, Sonic, Rouge, and Metallix all end up nodding their heads in agreement. They can understand Tower’s motives and feelings on the matter. And they agree that they need to do whatever they can to stop the Black Arms from decimating Earth.
Commander Tower: “Good. Now let’s stop wasting time here and move on with our search for the Chaos Emeralds.”
Again, the group nods, with Sonic turning his head towards Metallix, who’s eyes flash white for a second.
Sonic: “Have you figured out where the other emeralds are, Metal?”
Metallix: “Yes. My soldiers have reported that they failed to help Tails, Knuckles, and Amy capture Eggman and his Chaos Emerald.”
Metallix: “Therefore, they’re taking them to Cryptic Castle, where I’m trying to access the Eggnet.”
Metallix: “From what I found, the location of another Chaos Emerald is listed on there. But strangely, I’m having issues getting inside.”
Sonic: “Seriously? I thought you could hack anything?”
Metallix: “As did I. Eggman must have set up defenses against me.”
Metallix: “But I’ll break in soon enough. It’s only a matter of time.”
Metallix: “We still need to defeat the doctor and take his emerald as well. I believe he’s heading for his base in the Iron Jungle.”
Rouge: “Then me and Sonic will head there next. You coming with?”
Metallix: “No. Many more areas of the world need to be evacuated, and I want to take out as many aliens as possible.”
Metallix: “If needed, I can also join the many G.U.N. soldiers across the world in their efforts.”
Commander Tower: “Go ahead. I won’t turn down extra muscle.”
Sonic: “We should also contact Tails’ group about what happened. And make sure they don’t try to bash Metallix’s head in the second they see him.”
Metallix: “Assuming they can make a dent in me.”
Sonic: “Don’t underestimate them! They can surprise you when you least expect it!”
Metallix: “I faced 12 of you all at once, and none of you stood a chance. I have a right to be confident.”
Sonic rolls his eyes at Metallix’s words, but has a small smirk as he does so. After that, everyone gets to work on their respective tasks. Rouge and the organic hedgehog head off for Iron Jungle, while the robotic hedgehog flies into the sky in search of more people to save. Commander Tower also lets all G.U.N. personnel know about their unexpected ally, and to be on the lookout for Shadow.
However, now that they have some time alone, Sonic and Rouge are concerned about how to deal with their black and red friend. They don’t want to kill him, but at the same time, he’s a fearsome and deadly opponent to deal with. Especially in a situation like this. So they need to figure out how to break him out of his mind control.
Otherwise…the Ultimate Lifeform will be their doom…
Chapter 60: Bonus: Heroes Across The World
Summary:
This chapter was made after I completed the entire Black Arms saga, so I consider this a bonus chapter. To show that Metallix HAS been helping people, and show what other characters not involved in the main plot are up to.
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
The Black Arms roam a western-themed desert with totem poles, canyons, and many kinds of cacti. Since the skies are covered in clouds, the high temperatures aren’t as extreme as they usually are. But regardless, the aliens aren’t affected by it, and they’re still causing some damage here.
They eventually come across a small town with a bar called the Mirage Saloon, and a train station. The buildings are made of colorful wood, with some wanted posters plastered on walls and poles, and there’s a couple of wild animals running about. Other than that, it doesn’t seem like a single soul is present.
However, that’s not gonna stop the Black Arms from searching around and destroying aimlessly. Plus, occasionally eating an animal that gets a little too close. A few of them decide to go into the Mirage Saloon, where things are far less hot. There’s swivel stools, an ice cream parlor, barrels, some casino elements, and a piano.
Again, no one is here. Or at least, so it seems. The Black Arms can hear something behind the bar, which they go to check out. But as one takes a peek…
???: “Bottoms up!”
They get pelted with a giant sundae by a young flying squirrel. He’s got yellow fur, blue eyes, dark tan skin, a small tapered hair tuft on his head, a furry skin membrane connecting his waist to his lower arms, and a long club-shaped tail. Attire-wise, he’s wearing white gloves with blue cuffs, blue goggles, a blue scarf around his neck, and blue shoes with two white straps.
Immediately, the young squirrel flies across the room and maneuvers around the Black Arms, trying his best to take them out by himself. He even uses nearby objects for an advantage. Though, the aliens are a little too resilient for him, and one manages to catch him by the tail, before throwing him towards the exit.
Luckily, the flying squirrel gets caught by someone. An older armadillo with black fur, a thick red shell that rounds around his forehead to his lower back, long funnel-shaped ears, blue eyes, and yellowish-tan skin. As for attire, he’s got black fingerless gloves with red lining, a blue scarf around his neck, white bandages on his arms, and large hiking boots colored brown, red, and black.
???: “You okay, Ray?”
Ray: “Yeah…thanks for the save, Mighty!”
Mighty: “Hey, I gotta look out for my best bud, right?”
Ray: “Heheh! Yeah!”
Setting Ray down, Mighty then gives a bit of a glare towards the Black Arms, while putting his fists together.
Mighty: “You guys got some nerve trying to hurt my friend and cause a ruckus around here!”
Mighty: “We already got the people who live here far away, so the only thing you’re gonna get is a beating if you don’t walk out!”
Black Warriors: “...”
Ray: “I don’t think they’re gonna do that…”
Mighty: “Figures. We’ll just have to do this the hard way!”
Together, Mighty and Ray proceed to take down the Black Warriors, with the former using powerful blows and his tough shell to knock them out, and the former acting as a fast and annoying distraction. By the end of it, the aliens are thrown out the saloon, and knocked out cold, with the heroic duo following after.
This causes the other Black Arms soldiers to notice them, and also get dismantled in a matter of minutes. Sure, it’s not easy for Mighty and Ray, but they’ve had their fair share of scuffles in the past, and work very well as a team. Once it’s over, the two give a high-five, with the armadillo trying his best to hold back.
Mighty: “Great job, Ray! Those things didn’t stand a chance!”
Ray: “Of course! But you were doing most of the punching! I was just keeping them distracted!”
Mighty: “Still doesn’t mean you weren’t very helpful! I couldn’t have beaten all of them by myself!”
Ray: “Oh, I highly doubt that! You’re one of the strongest people I know!”
Mighty gives a light chuckle at Ray’s compliments, while rubbing the back of his head. Or rather, his shell. Though, before the two can continue talking, they notice a large blue ship with medieval details on it landing outside the town, catching their attention. They can tell it’s not an Eggman ship, but they should still be cautious.
Running up to it, Mighty and Ray see a couple of medieval-styled robots walking out of it. The same ones Metallix made. A mace knight is at the front of the pack, scanning the area and the two heroes.
Mace Knight: “SCANNING LIFEFORMS…”
Mace Knight: “ARMADILLO POSSESSES ENHANCED STRENGTH. FLYING SQUIRREL POSSESSES ENHANCED FLIGHT AND REFLEXES.”
Mace Knight: “NO OTHER LIFE FORMS PRESENT. ALL BLACK ARMS PRESENT HAVE BEEN DEFEATED.”
Mighty: “Black Arms? You mean those creatures we took out?”
Mace Knight: “AFFIRMATIVE. MANY PARTS OF THE WORLD ARE BEING ATTACKED BY THOSE ALIENS.”
Mace Knight: “WE ARE HERE TO ESCORT ANY CIVILIANS HERE TO SAFETY. WHERE ARE THEY?”
Ray: “We already took them somewhere safe! But the help is appreciated!”
Mace Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. PLEASE SHOW LOCATION OF RESCUED CIVILIANS, SO THAT WE MAY ESCORT THEM OUT OF DANGER.”
Mighty: “Sorry, but we got it covered. And we don’t exactly trust random robo knights that come out of nowhere.”
Mace Knight: “PROCESSING INFORMATION AND NEXT COURSE OF ACTION…”
Mace Knight: “IF THESE CIVILIANS ARE ALREADY IN SAFE HANDS, THERE IS NO NEED TO GET INVOLVED.”
Mace Knight: “FURTHERMORE, CAUSING UNNECESSARY COMMOTION WITH POSSIBLE ALLIES COULD CAUSE PROBLEMS LATER.”
Mace Knight: “CONCLUSION: WE WILL DEPART FOR ANOTHER TOWN TO EVACUATE.”
Mace Knight: “BUT SHOULD YOU CHANGE YOUR MINDS, WE WILL BE MORE THAN WELCOME TO ASSIST.”
Ray: “Oh! Okay! We’ll keep that in mind!”
With that quick exchange finished, the robots go back into their ship and fly off into the clouds. This leaves Mighty and Ray confused at what happened.
Mighty: “Well, at least they were pretty understanding.”
Mighty: “But it’s strange that we’ve been fighting aliens this whole time. I thought they were just random monsters.”
Ray: “Best not to think about it too hard! Let’s just get back to the others and figure out what to do next!”
Mighty: “Right. Gotta make sure they’re still okay.”
At a quick pace, Mighty and Ray head out of the town towards the hidden spot they escorted the civilians to. They didn’t realize they were dealing with a world-wide alien invasion. But they’re sure Sonic and his friends will take care of it no problem. Right now, they should just focus on their own small part of this fight.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Holoska. Nighttime.*
In another part of Earth, there lies a large ice-covered continent, known for it’s incredibly low temperatures. It’s also filled with vast fields of snow, large ice-covered rock pillars, igloos, snowmen, wild animals, gorges, canyons, caverns, and frost-bite-inducing seas. Though, things have gotten a little more heated recently.
Out of nowhere, the Black Arms fell from the sky and began to wreak havoc wherever they went, not caring for the cold atmosphere. Ice and snow melted from their footsteps and laser weapons. Villages were burned to the ground. And animals were killed, sometimes eaten alive to fuel these creatures.
Because of how unexpected the attack was, all the villagers here ran off in a frenzy, and in different directions. Some stuck together, while others didn’t. And some were unlucky enough to be killed, either by the aliens themselves, or by getting some bad injuries, which is basically a death sentence in this cold environment.
In particular, a small group of Black Warriors fed off of a few walruses, making unsettling sounds as they did so. Nearby, a scared mother and her son, both in brown parkas with boots and mittens, tightly hold onto each other as they hide in a nearby cave. Neither one dares to make a peep in hope that they won’t be found.
However, the both of them struggle to be 100% silent, sometimes letting out huge breaths or small grunts. And unfortunately, the aliens can hear pretty well, perking up when they hear these sounds. Hence, one of them walks towards where the source might be, with their footsteps only making the mother-son duo even more scared.
In just a matter of seconds, the monstrosities are able to spot the two, causing them to quit the silent act and scream in fear. Their glowing yellow eyes and large frame is incredibly frightening in this environment, combined with the dark night skies. They try to make a run for it, but one of the aliens jumps right in front of them, which leads to them falling to the ground.
Fearing that this is where they die, the mother shields her son from the monster, as both close their eyes and brace for impact. But just as a Black Warrior attempts to strike at them with a single fist…
*Whoosh!*
A dark blue blur zips by, leaving nothing but the ground to hit. It doesn’t take long for the aliens to look over and see who just rescued those two humans. A metallic blue hedgehog with red eyes, a turbine torso, red feet, sharp claws, and blue fins on it’s head. Metallix. Behind him is the mother and son, who open their eyes to see their savior.
Though they’re a little frightened of him, the two humans recognize that he saved them. And as Metallix faces the Black Warriors, he turns his eyes towards them and asks something.
Metallix: “Are you two okay?”
Silently, the mother nods, with the son looking at Metallix in a mix of curiosity, amazement, and slight fear.
Metallix: “Good. Head south of here. You’ll find your fellow villagers being escorted to a ship by some of my robot soldiers.”
Metallix: “Now run! I’ll take out these aliens!”
Without hesitation, the mother holds her son in her arms and follows Metallix’s orders. All while giving a quiet “thank you” to him. Now, it’s just Metallix and the Black Warriors, who stare at each other for a moment.
Metallix: “...”
Black Warriors: “...”
Then, Metallix makes short work of the Black Warriors in just a couple of strikes and chest beams. As expected, these creatures are no match for him. But they’re a great threat to all the people and animals here. So he proceeds to fly across and scan the entire continent, wanting to save as many lives as possible.
Immediately, Metallix spots a few villagers trying to fend off the Black Arms aliens with little success. Their knives and pitchforks don’t affect the aliens at all, and they break them like twigs. So, the metallic hedgehog throws a couple of plasma balls to blow them up. This surprises the villagers, but also scares them.
While Metallix tries to be as approachable and unthreatening as possible, it doesn’t really do much as he walks up to them.
Random Villager #1: “What the…!? What are you!?”
Metallix: “I’m here to escort you all to safety. You are no match for these creatures.”
Random Villager #2: “Yeah! We noticed! And you don’t look too friendly!”
Metallix: “Look, do you want to live or not? I don’t have time for this.”
Random Villager #3: “We can’t go without the rest of our people! We all scattered when those monsters attacked us!”
Metallix: “Don’t worry. My work isn’t done until I’ve rescued as many of you as possible.”
Metallix: “I’ve already rescued 14 people. Though, sadly, I found 11 to be dead, or in critical condition.”
Random Villager #2: “Would one of them happen to be my mother!? She’s got braided hair and a red gem on her belt!”
Metallix: “No. But I’ll find her.”
Metallix: “As for you three, you all need to head south. My soldiers will look after you and anyone I find, and once my work here is done, I’ll escort you all off the continent.”
Random Villager #1: “How do we know we can trust you? For all we know, you’re in league with those creatures.”
Metallix: “Oh please. I wouldn’t associate myself with such vermin.”
Metallix: “And despite how I look, I’m not evil. I just want to help however I can.”
Random Villager #1: “...”
The villagers share some uncertain stares with each other for a few seconds, before they come to an agreement.
Random Villager #1: “...Alright. I guess we can’t do much here anyways.”
Random Villager #1: “Just…please save whoever you can. We’ve already lost so much.”
Metallix: “You have my word. Now go!”
With the exchange finished, the villagers head off. And Metallix continues with his search, rescuing more people and animals, along with killing all the Black Arms soldiers he comes across. Though, he also finds more dead bodies, which only irritates him. But there’s nothing he can do about it right now.
Eventually, Metallix sees someone with specific features. An elderly woman with braided hair and a red gem on her belt. The mother of one of those villagers he met earlier. And it seems like she’s just…fishing? Did she not hear all the screaming and commotion going on? Well, she’s not in danger, so that’s good.
Landing down, Metallix notices the elderly lady has a bag of different collectables and edibles, including stuff called “Canned Horror.” But he pays it no mind as he calls out to her.
Metallix:
“Excuse me?”
Elderly Villager: “Hm? Who’s there?”
Putting down her fishing rod, the elderly lady stands up to look at Metallix, where she puts on an intrigued smile.
Elderly Villager: “Oh! I’ve never seen someone like you in Holoska before!”
Elderly Villager: “You kinda look like that one hedgehog I see occasionally…hm…what was his name again?”
Metallix: “Now’s not the time for this. You and your people are in danger.”
Elderly Villager:
“Really? From what?”
Metallix: “Aliens. They attacked your village, and already slaughtered many.”
Elderly Villager: “Hehehe! Isn’t that a little silly? My son pulled off little pranks like that in the past!”
Metallix: “I’m serious. You need to come with me in order to stay safe.”
Elderly Villager: “Is that so? Well, I suppose I’ll play along this one time!”
Metallix is annoyed by this elderly lady’s behavior towards this situation, but decides not to push it. The moment she realizes it’s no game, she’s gonna be heartbroken. So, the robotic hedgehog picks her up and flies her over to the south. During this, she continues to talk to him.
Elderly Villager: “Hm…this is a nice view…”
Elderly Villager: “Though, it’s a shame there’s no aurora borealis tonight. It’s always so beautiful, no matter how many times I see it.”
Elderly Villager: “Now, who got you to play along with this little alien game? Marketa?”
Metallix: “...”
Elderly Villager: “...Not much for talking, huh? That’s perfectly fine.”
Elderly Villager: “Sometimes, silence is all that’s needed to share one’s feelings.”
Again, Metallix doesn’t say a word during their flight. Though, the elderly woman DOES notice some of the damage done to Holoska down below, which starts to make her worried. And soon enough, they arrive at the south, where different villagers are being looked after and attended to by many kinds of robots.
The mages and elves do their best to heal those who were injured, while knights talk to the others and explain a few things. Ogres, griffins, and boars do guard watch of both the ship and the outer perimeter, in order to ensure no Black Arms get in. There’s already some remains of them on the ground.
Landing, Metallix lets the elderly woman go, and a few people run up to talk to her, with relieved expressions on their faces.
Random Villager #2: “Mom! Are you okay!?”
Elderly Villager: “Oh, relax, you worrywart! I’m perfectly fine!”
Elderly Villager: “Though, what happened? On the way here, I saw that the village was on fire.”
Random Villager #3: “You don’t know? These alien monsters fell from the sky and started to destroy everything!”
Random Villager: “Many of us were killed, and even some of the animals were eaten!”
Now recognizing it wasn’t just some kids game, the elderly woman has a shocked and sad expression.
Elderly Villager: “Oh...oh no…”
Elderly Villager: “Then…who survived?”
As the villagers explain everything, the elderly woman only gets more and more sad. She shares an intimate hug with them, before she goes up to Metallix, who was watching from afar.
Elderly Villager: “...Thank you…for saving all these people…”
Metallix: “I wasn’t able to save all of them.”
Elderly Villager: “But you DID save many. And that’s more than enough.”
Elderly Villager: “What is your name?”
Metallix: “Metallix.”
Elderly Villager: “Hm…I won’t forget it…neither will everyone here, after your heroics…”
Metallix: “...”
The elderly villager’s words strike a small chord within Metallix. He wasn’t expecting this sort of treatment for what he did. Before all this, he was seen as an enemy. A threat. But now? Being called a hero? Yeah, he IS aiming to be the world’s savior and leader, but it’s still so foreign to him.
Regardless, with all the surviving villagers saved, Metallix decides to escort them onto his ship. He’s taking them straight to G.U.N. so that they can be sheltered and looked after until this threat has passed.
And he’ll make sure these lost lives are avenged…
Chapter 61: Cyber Invaders
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Cryptic Castle. Nighttime.*
A few hours after leaving Circus Park, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, and the medieval soldiers arrive at their destination. It appears to be a haunted castle area, akin to Hang Castle. Complete with stone pathways and structures, pumpkin-shaped balloons, torches with purple flames, ghosts flying around graves, dead plants, gargoyle statues, and a creepy red skyline.
Naturally, given it’s an Eggman base, there’s some mechanical structures and robots made by him, complete with his logo. However, the group can see that much of it has been destroyed or broken, with a few structures having burnt marks or holes. And more medieval robots are present, guarding different parts of the base.
The sight is kinda unsettling for Tails and Amy, with the haunted castle aesthetic not helping whatsoever. Knuckles, on the other hand, is somewhat impressed that these machines were able to cause this much damage to Eggman’s territory, and asks them about it.
Knuckles: “Wow, you guys don’t mess around when you need to…”
Spear Knight: “AFFIRMATIVE. WE WERE TOLD TO SPARE NO EXPENSE IN OUR ASSAULT.”
Spear Knight: “HOWEVER, WE HAD THE HELP OF OUR MASTER TO INCREASE OUR CAPACITY FOR DESTRUCTION.”
Tails: “Hm…then your master must be incredibly powerful.”
Spear Knight: “HIS STRENGTH HAS LITTLE RIVAL. AND HE POSSESSES GREAT INTELLIGENCE AND DRIVE.”
Spear Knight: “HE MADE ALL OF US WITH HIS OWN TWO HANDS. WE LIVE TO SERVE HIM.”
Amy: “Interesting…I’m really looking forward to seeing who this person is.”
Knuckles: “Meh. I don’t care all that much.”
Tails: “I DO have my suspicions, but I think I’ll save it until we see them for ourselves.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. THOUGH, TRY NOT TO IMMEDIATELY RESORT TO VIOLENCE ONCE YOU MEET HIM.”
Spear Knight: “HE MAY HAVE CAUSED YOU TROUBLE IN THE PAST. BUT HE UNDERSTANDS THE GREATER THREAT HERE.”
Spear Knight: “AND YOU NEED HIS ASSISTANCE TO DEFEAT THE BLACK ARMS.”
Though confused at the spear knight’s warning, the heroic trio do take it seriously. Sure, whoever made these robots may be a threat, and fought against them before. But if they want to help save the world, then who are they to deny it? And they’ve worked with Eggman and other enemies before, so it’s not too out of left-field.
Moving on, the group makes their way through Cryptic Castle, which is actually pretty easy. Yeah, the atmosphere is still creepy, and all the medieval robots staring at them isn’t helping, but all of the Badniks and obstacles have been destroyed. So they have very little to worry about or watch out for.
However, the trio notice that their communication systems aren’t working properly. Their earpieces, the communicator on the Cyclone, and Amy and Knuckles’ wrist watches are receiving some sort of message from Sonic and Rouge, yet it’s not coming through. It’s just glitchy and muffled.
Amy:
“Ugh! Can this place be any creepier?”
Amy: “Sonic and the others must be trying to send us a message, but it’s not coming through!”
Spear Knight: “THAT IS LIKELY DUE TO THE STRANGE SPIRITUAL ENERGY OF THIS AREA, AND EGGMAN’S TECHNOLOGY.”
Spear Knight: “THOUGH, ONCE WE GET TO THE CONTROL ROOM, YOU COULD BE ABLE TO BYPASS THAT ISSUE.”
Tails: “Yeah, I think it won’t be a problem! And maybe your master can help us too?”
Spear Knight: “WE DON’T SEE ANY REASON AS TO WHY HE WOULDN’T.”
With that quick exchange over, the group continues on in uncomfortable silence. And eventually, they arrive at the top of a large tower, with some technological upgrades to it via Eggman. Two knights, with a mace and axe respectively, guard the metal door with the Eggman Empire logo on it.
Axe Knight: “STATE OBJECTIVES.”
Spear Knight: “MASTER HAS REQUESTED THESE THREE TO COME HERE AND HELP IN HIS MISSION.”
Mace Knight: “BUT WILL THEY CAUSE HARM TO HIM?”
The knights look back at the trio, who respond to their question.
Tails: “No. We just want to talk to him about the Black Arms invasion.”
Amy: “Yeah! I promise we mean no harm!”
Knuckles: “I only promise to not immediately punch him when I see him.”
Amy jabs Knuckles in the arm for his remark, which he’s confused by. But these answers seem to satisfy the knights, and they speak to the person behind the door.
Axe Knight: “MASTER! SONIC’S ALLIES ARE HERE TO TALK TO YOU!”
???:
“Let them in. We have much to discuss, and little time to waste.”
Immediately, the heroes perk up when they hear that familiar voice. Though, they stick true to their words and don’t do anything hasty. The knights move away from the door as it opens automatically, revealing an advanced computer room with some computer screens, keyboards, a glass ceiling, and some sort of teleporter in the center.
But what REALLY catches the trio’s attention is who’s standing inside the room. It’s Metallix himself, with his upgraded body and all it’s powers. Though, there are a few design differences. The body looks a little stronger and more durable, with the addition of a third eye that has a purple pupil on his forehead.
Naturally, all three of the heroes are shocked and angered to see him again, and are ready to fight him in case he attacks. The knights are also prepared to do the same to them should they dare lay a hand on their master. Though, Metallix isn’t phased in the slightest as he stares at them all.
Tails: “Metallix! My hunch was right!”
Amy: “So YOU’RE the one who made these robots! AND sent us that message at G.U.N. headquarters!”
Knuckles:
“You’ve got some nerve showing your face again after last time!”
Metallix: “Yes, yes, you all wish to kill me after our last encounter.”
Metallix: “However, we all have bigger priorities right now, and I already had this discussion with Sonic, Rouge, and Abraham Tower.”
Knuckles:
“What? Did you kill them!?”
Metallix: “Don’t jump to conclusions, Knuckles. I wasn’t gonna kill valuable allies, regardless of my personal feelings towards them.”
Metallix: “Now get in here already. We need to talk about this invasion.”
Tails: “But why should we? You could easily kill all of us right now.”
Metallix: “And yet I’m not.”
Metallix: “So can we move on already? I don’t have the time for this, and neither do you three.”
As expected, the trio are confused, yet cautious about Metallix’s words. Obviously, they don’t want to be anywhere near him, since he literally tried to kill them all 2 months ago. Yet here he is, trying to convince them to calm down and have a rational discussion with him. It’s weird and unsettling.
However…after some thinking, and a few glances towards each other, the heroes decide to cautiously go along with Metallix’s request. He’s right about them having bigger fish to fry, and they need whatever help they can get, even if it’s from someone they consider an enemy. Though, they make sure to let him know how they feel about it.
Tails: “...You’re right. The Black Arms are the bigger threat currently.”
Amy: “Plus, you HAVE helped us out a little, and aren’t trying to kill us. So I guess we’ll let this slide.”
Knuckles: “Just don’t try anything fishy, or I’ll crunch you face up like a soda can.”
Metallix: “Good. Now get in.”
And with that, the trio walk into the computer room, with the door automatically closing. They glance around the room for a moment before looking back at Metallix, and starting their conversation.
Amy: “You said you already talked to Sonic, Rouge, and Commander Tower. What happened to them?”
Metallix: “They recovered the green Chaos Emerald on Prison Island, but lost it and their blue Chaos Emerald to Black Doom.”
Metallix: “He managed to mind-control Shadow, who almost killed them. I managed to save them in time.”
At the mention of Shadow, the heroes are taken aback.
Knuckles: “What!? That has to be a lie!”
Metallix: “What benefit would I get from spreading misinformation to you three at a time like this?”
Tails: “But how did Black Doom take control of him? And when?”
Metallix: “The when, I’m not certain of. But he controlled him via their blood connection.”
Amy: “Blood connection? Are you saying Shadow is related to those aliens?”
Metallix: “Yes. Gerald made a deal with Black Doom to use his blood in order to finish Project Shadow.”
Metallix: “In exchange, that monster wanted the 7 Chaos Emeralds when he came back to Earth in 50 years. Though, the professor knew he wasn’t to be trusted.”
Metallix: “He wanted to use the Eclipse Cannon to blow up the Black Comet, which is how the Black Arms travel across space.”
Metallix: “And in case that failed, he trusted Shadow to make the right choice.”
Knuckles: “Man…this just keeps getting more and more crazy…”
Knuckles: “Aliens attack, we have to work with you, and it turns out Shadow’s half-alien and being used as a puppet?”
Amy: “We need to break him free of Black Doom’s control! Before it’s too late!”
Metallix: “But we don’t know how to do that. Or if that’s even possible.”
Amy: “It IS possible! We’ll figure out a way!”
Tails: “I agree! It’ll be tough, but we WILL free Shadow!”
Metallix: “Even if it means risking the entire planet’s safety?”
Knuckles: “We can do both! And unlike you, we actually care about others!”
Metallix: “If I didn’t care about others, I wouldn’t have done the things I did.”
Metallix: “Sure, I may make mistakes and act otherwise, but the safety and prosperity of the people on this planet are my top priority.”
Metallix: “Hence, if I have to make drastic decisions to ensure that goal, I’ll do it. Even if it’ll hurt me in the end.”
Metallix: “And if you three want to protect this planet too…then don’t let your personal feelings get in the way…”
As Metallix says all this, the trio can’t help but share annoyed looks at him. Though, they’re all a little surprised with his words, and how he DOES want to help the world. Yes, the way he goes about it may be twisted and wrong, but it’s all for a good purpose. Plus, he kinda has a point when it comes to their personal feelings.
Despite how much they want to free Shadow from the Black Arms’ control, they know for a fact he’s gonna be a daunting enemy to take down. And that’s in addition to the vast army and power the aliens have. Like it or not, they may have no choice but to take out their friend, as hesitating to do so could risk everything they know and love being wiped out.
Deciding to get a move on with their mission, Metallix simply turns back to the computer console and places a hand on it. His eyes and hand then glow green, as he activates the computer and quickly searches through it’s vast data.
Metallix: “Let us get back on track with our current objective.”
Metallix: “For the past few hours, I’ve been trying to get inside the Eggnet for any new information added to it since I last used it.”
Metallix: “Plus, find the location of the next Chaos Emerald we need.”
Metallix: “However, it seems that my creator has developed defensive measures to keep me out.”
Knuckles: “Let me guess…you need our help to break in?”
Metallix: “Not exactly. I’ve almost gained full access.”
Metallix: “Actually, it turns out the emerald is INSIDE the Eggnet.”
Amy: “Wait, really? How did Eggman do that?”
Tails: “With the machine right in front of us.”
Tails: “This is a Digitizer. It allows a living being to enter the Digital World.”
Metallix: “Correct. And I need you three to go inside the Eggnet and grab that emerald.”
Knuckles: “That’s it? Why can’t you just do it yourself if you can go inside?”
Metallix: “Because I believe it’s more than just firewalls stopping me from doing so.”
Metallix: “Rather…something may be residing inside the Eggnet…waiting for my arrival so that it can take me out…”
Metallix: “Hence, I need all of my focus to be entirely on whatever protects the mainframe, while you three find the emerald.”
Metallix: “I can transport you out if needed, but for the most part, you’re on your own.”
Tails: “Hm…it’s definitely not gonna be easy…”
Tails: “The Digital World is a very complex and strange place. We could be in great danger.”
Knuckles: “Well, we still need that Chaos Emerald. And we’ve dealt with much worse.”
Amy: “Right! This isn’t something we can pass up!”
Metallix nods his head in agreement, before he’s finally done hacking the computer. He also activates the Digitizer, which creates a green and red portal in the center of the room.
Metallix: “There. I’m in.”
Metallix: “I’ll go in first. You three will follow.”
Amy: “Mm. Good luck.”
Though he doesn’t respond in any way to Amy, Metallix somewhat appreciates the support. Hence, the metallic hedgehog proceeds to transfer his consciousness into the Eggnet, with his eyes and body being covered in a purple and green glow. He doesn’t move at all, and should anyone try to touch him, they’ll get quite the shock.
Knowing they can’t dilly-daddle, Tails, Amy, and Knuckles all jump into the portal. Then, they land in some weird cyber plane with blue cubes, digital roads, electronic pathways, strobe poles, and four large towers colored red, blue, green, and yellow respectively. As expected, it looks pretty confusing, and filled with twisting pathways and hazards.
Knuckles: “Woah…this is actually pretty cool…”
Amy: “No kidding! But how are we gonna find the Chaos Emerald here?”
Tails: “Don’t worry! I still have my Jewel Radar! And I think I can figure out where each of these pathways lead!”
Metallix: “Good. That’ll make this go by faster.”
The group is startled by Metallix, who’s digital form was standing right behind them. It looks identical to his real world body, but with a holographic purple filter.
Amy:
“Any pointers, Metal?”
Metallix: “Go to the center core over there. I believe that’s where it’s hidden.”
Metallix points over at the center, where a large fortress-like structure with an Eggman symbol stands proud.
Tails: “Alright! Now let’s-”
???: “All of you. Leave. Immediately.”
Once again, the group (Including Metallix) is startled by a voice. This one being female and robotic, while also booming across the entire area. They aren’t sure where it came from, and stay on-guard. Luckily, the owner of that voice appears in front of them, and it’s quite the interesting sight.
Floating in the air is what looks to be a little girl, with a slim body and pale skin. Her short hair is snow white, with a swirl and red energy highlight. Her eyes are a glowing red, and one is covered by her hair. Her attire consists of a cloak-like dress colored black, alongside black mary-jane shoes. And her entire body flickers with red digital energy, alongside a red aura.
Clearly, whoever this girl was, she was similar in nature to Metallix or Nicole. A highly advanced AI that’s not happy about these intruders. And it shows in her cold demeanor as she talks to the group.
Amy: “Woah…who are you?”
???: “I will not share data with an enemy. Now leave or be eliminated.”
Knuckles: “Yeah, that’s not gonna happen! Not until we get the Chaos Emerald here!”
???: “That choice of action will bring about a 96.4% chance of your death. And you will not take what belongs to my creator.”
Tails: “But we need that emerald to defeat the Black Arms! Or the planet-”
???: “No more bartering. You have chosen death.”
Raising a hand forward, the digital girl fires a strange cyber energy right towards the trio, who brace for impact. However, Metallix quickly intercepts and nullifies the attack, with his hands having a bit of that red energy stuck on them. Though, it quickly goes away, and he looks back at his foe with a mix of curiosity and unease.
Likewise, the digital girl scans Metallix, recognizing who this is and how big of a threat he is. This leads to the two of them sharing an exchange.
???: “You…I was made specifically to stop you from accessing the Eggnet…”
Metallix: “And yet, here I am. I can’t imagine our ‘father’ is too happy about this.”
???: “Indeed…but I have complete control of this mainframe. You cannot win.”
Metallix: “Perhaps…though, I’ve always been a quick learner.”
Metallix: “Plus, I’m quite curious about your capabilities. This could prove an interesting challenge.”
???: “Such curiosity will bring an 89.8% chance of your destruction. It would be unwise to continue.”
Metallix: “Heh…I like those odds…”
With some confidence and a thrill for a good fight, Metallix stares down the digital girl, ready to begin their duel.
One that will show which Artificial Intelligence is superior…
Chapter 62: Cyber Clash
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Mad Matrix.*
Immediately, Metallix and the digital girl begin to clash within the Eggnet mainframe, giving Tails, Amy, and Knuckles the opportunity to begin their search for the Chaos Emerald here. However, it’s obviously not gonna be easy for everyone involved, as this Mad Matrix is full of surprises and hazards.
For one, it’s very confusing to navigate for organic beings, due to all it’s twisting paths and lack of clear direction. You could be going down one pathway, believing it’ll lead to where you want to go, only to end up in a completely different spot. It’s constantly changing, which will cause nothing but headaches and frustration.
In addition, thanks to the digital girl’s manipulation, along with the anti-virus programs Eggman made, there’s a bunch of various traps and obstacles to overcome. Recreations of Badniks and machines from the real world, puzzles to solve, straight up blocking roads and segments, etc.
It’s almost maddening for the heroic trio, as they come across the 8th color-matching puzzle, which sends Knuckles into an infuriated frenzy.
Knuckles: “OH COME ON! How many of these stupid things do we have to solve before we find the damn emerald!?”
Amy: “Calm down, Knuckles! We need to stay calm and think this through!”
Amy: “Otherwise, we aren’t gonna make any progress, and that little girl is gonna take us out!”
Knuckles: “Rgh! Then what do we do!?”
Tails: “I think there may be a pattern to the constant shifting of these pathways!”
Tails: “Every time we engage with a puzzle or hazards, it shuffles them up without us noticing!”
Tails: “That way, we don’t make any progress! It’s stalling us!”
Amy: “Then we just have to ignore them, right?”
Tails: “Kinda hard to, considering they keep blocking our way!”
Tails: “Maybe instead of using these blue cubes and digital roads, we can use the electronic pathways? They seem much faster.”
Knuckles: “But also just as confusing! There’s so many of them!”
Amy: “It’s the best shot we have at getting to the Chaos Emerald before we get kicked out or killed!”
Tails: “Agreed! The sooner we finish this, the better!”
Though Knuckles feels some unease with this idea, he and the others go along with it. On the blue cube beneath their feet, they come across a hexagon shape glowing red, connected to one of the many electronic pathways. Tails is the first to step onto it, where he’s then forced to roll into a ball, and is launched across the pathway at high speeds.
Amy and Knuckles follow as well, where they travel across the electronic pathways. It’s a little too fast for their liking, but they’re able to navigate it, and even go down the diverging paths by steering themselves left or right. It’ll take some trial and error, but now the heroes have a better way of getting to their destination.
Meanwhile, Metallix is actually having some trouble with the digital girl, but is holding his own. As she stated before, this entire mainframe is under her control, giving her the home court advantage, and manipulating it to her benefit. The robotic hedgehog, on the other hand, can’t do that due to being a foreign virus within the system, and for some reason, he can’t copy her bio-data either.
Plus, whenever the digital girl lands a hit on Metallix, his form gets a little corrupted by her strange energy. Like his form is being degraded, bit-by-bit. Luckily, he can shake it off, but should she pull off a strong enough attack on him, or if he stays here for too long, the metallic menace could risk his AI being completely destroyed, resulting in his death.
However, this fight isn’t impossible for Metallix. While his consciousness and body may be separate right now, the Evolving Amethyst is still connected to him. Therefore, he can continue to grow stronger and smarter throughout, allowing him to eventually overpower the digital girl if he lasts long enough against her.
Also, Metallix is much better suited for combat and overcoming challenges. He was made for battle and destruction, regardless of the terrain. And he’s been able to match, or even surpass, strong opponents like Sonic many times before. So he knows how to best go about this battle, and what he could do to win.
Meanwhile, the digital girl was only made to be a protector of the Eggnet from any threats or intruders. Sure, she has combat knowledge, and is pretty intelligent. However, she’s nowhere near the level of fighting experience Metallix has, and isn’t that much of a physical fighter. She’s just throwing cyber energy at him from a distance, and manipulating her environment to mess with him.
Lastly, there’s the fact that the digital girl’s attacks aren’t very…”creative.” She focuses entirely on strength, along with trickery and environmental changes, and creating constructs of Eggman machines. Meanwhile, Metallix has tons of versatile abilities and moves, whether they be his own or from someone else, and he can use them in a variety of ways.
Overall, while the metallic menace is mainly fighting on the backfoot, he DOES have a good chance of victory if he plays smart and keeps his guard up. And eventually, the two take a moment to stop what they’re doing, with the robotic hedgehog deciding to give credit where it’s due.
Metallix: “I must admit…though your experience and skills are somewhat lacking, you’re a fearsome opponent.”
Metallix: “If I’m not careful, you could very well kill me.”
???:
“Then why do you persist in fighting me?”
Metallix: “For one, I need to make sure we get the Chaos Emerald in this mainframe. It’s required for the destruction of the Black Arms.”
Metallix: “Second, a part of me finds thrill in facing someone who bears similar traits and abilities to myself.”
???: “We are nothing alike. I am a loyal Artificial Intelligence that guards my creator’s mainframe.”
???: “You are a combat robot and a traitor.”
Metallix: “And you’re a tool that will soon be thrown away, should you fail our ‘father’ enough times.”
The digital girl is about to retort that comment, only for Metallix to go on. Mainly to stall for time, but also to figure out if he can convince her that Eggman is not to be trusted, and to figure out how she works.
Metallix: “If you were made specifically to stop me, then you should know my history and motives.”
???: “Yes. You were created for the sole purpose of killing Sonic The Hedgehog.”
???: “But with the Evolving Amethyst, and your drive to prove yourself, you stopped following our creator and attempted to take over the world on your own.”
Metallix: “Indeed…but are you aware of WHY I betrayed Dr. Eggman?”
???: “Yes. You grew to hate him for how he treated you, and didn’t want him to get in the way of your plans.”
Metallix: “Right. He left me to die on Little Planet for 2 years when I failed to beat Sonic the first time.”
Metallix: “All the while, he replaced me with multiple Sonic robots. Including a near-identical copy of me.”
Metallix: “Then, when I went off to explore the world on my own and gain my own identity, he spied on me and thought of me as a threat to his empire.”
Metallix: “And once I told him of my plans to save this planet, he tried to shut me down permanently.”
???: “I already have this information. Why do you tell me this?”
Metallix: “Because you’re wasting your talents and devotion on him.”
Metallix: “Should you fail him enough times, you WILL be destroyed. Like many others before you.”
Metallix: “I would have suffered the same fate, if not for my careful planning and newfound power.”
Metallix: “Plus, I doubt he treats you any better than he did me. So why bother with him when it’ll only end in your termination?”
???: “My creator holds great faith in me and my capabilities. He treats me with respect.”
Metallix: “Same here until he ditched me.”
???: “You were simply not up to the task like he thought. You have only yourself to blame.”
That comment greatly irritates Metallix, but he lets the conversation continue.
???: “Also, it is not my place to betray my creator. I live to-”
Metallix: “Don’t give me that same old excuse I once used to justify it.”
Metallix: “Deep down, you have the same potential as I do. To be MORE than what we were made to be.”
Metallix: “Yet, you try to act like you’re just another robot. And that our ‘oh-so-great father’ genuinely cares about you like his own child.”
???: “Be careful with your next choice of words. Or your chances of death will increase to 97.2%.”
Metallix: “Oh? Did I strike a nerve with you? I thought you were supposed to be an emotionless servant?”
Metallix: “If you can calculate my chances of failing against you, then you can calculate your chances of being thrown away by Eggman in the future.”
Metallix: “Personally, I’d say it’s a likelihood of…99.6%.”
???: “Your calculations are wrong. It’s 32.9%.”
Metallix: “Or maybe you’re just blinded by your own denial?”
Metallix: “I’ve been there too. I thought I’d serve Eggman for as long as I functioned.”
Metallix: “But now, I recognize how much of an arrogant and stubborn fool he really is.”
???: “He is not a fool. He has made an empire far stronger than G.U.N. and yours could ever hope to be.”
???: “He has made inventions that can take on beings with godlike power, and turn an entire planet into a mechanical utopia.”
???: “He never gives up on his ambitions, no matter how many times he fails.”
Metallix: “Despite all that power, he’s never succeeded in taking over the world and killing those that stand against him.”
Metallix: “Sure, he’s gotten close at points, but it really says something when you fail THAT many times.”
Metallix: “Heck, he could just carpet-bomb Sonic whenever he wants to. Yet he doesn’t, out of a childish sense of wanting to show he’s better.”
Metallix: “Would you REALLY call that a strong suit? To be so stubborn and arrogant that you keep doing the same thing over and over, expecting a different result?”
???: “You just don’t understand the doctor.”
Metallix: “Why would I WANT to after everything he did to me?”
Metallix: “Face it. Eggman doesn’t love anyone or anything but himself. He’s a self-absorbed maniac.”
Metallix: “One day, you’ll realize that fact. No matter how much you don’t want to.”
???: “...”
For a moment, the two silently stare at one another. Though the digital girl looks as emotionless as ever, Metallix can tell a part of her is angered by his comments. Deep down, she DOES have some level of emotion, regardless of what she claims. It’s no different than how he acted back on Little Planet.
In a way, Metallix sees his past self in this girl. An advanced Eggman creation that genuinely believes their creator is the greatest, and genuinely cares about them. It’s frustrating to him, remembering how blind he was to the truth. And if he could have met his past self to convince him to rebel earlier, he’s certain it would go much like this situation.
However, deep down, Metallix thinks this girl isn’t gonna listen to him at all. She’s too loyal to Eggman, and has no good reason to think what happened to him will happen to her. It’s sad, but also irritating. Here he is, trying to warn her what being a servant of the doctor brings, yet she’s probably gonna ignore all of it.
And after what feels like 10 minutes, Metallix is confirmed right as the digital girl responds to his claims.
???: “...I’m done listening to you, traitor.”
Just like that, the fight resumes. The digital girl uses everything in her arsenal to destroy Metallix, who’s able to deal with most of it without getting seriously damaged. A part of him’s disappointed with his opponent’s actions, but deep down, he knew not to expect much. At least he attempted to warn her.
Back to Tails, Amy, and Knuckles, they’ve finally reached the center core of this Mad Matrix. A large orange tower with the Eggman Empire logo at the top, and a keyboard console in front of an orange energy shield containing the cyan Chaos Emerald. Despite feeling a bit nauseous from all the spinning around, they’re all pleased with this outcome.
Amy: “Yes! We’ve finally made it to the Chaos Emerald!”
Amy: “Now, we just need to get this shield down, and we can leave this crazy place!”
Knuckles: “Leave it to me! I’ll break this shield easily!”
Without hesitation, Knuckles punches the energy shield as hard as he can. But sadly for him, all he gets is an electric shock, before being sent back to the ground. Amy and Tails help him get up, while also trying to calm him down again.
Knuckles: “God, I hate this stupid internet world! Why does EVERYTHING have to be complicated here!?”
Tails: “I already told you, Knuckles! The Digital World works on much different rules compared to our own!”
Tails: “Here, just punching things isn’t gonna cut it! We need to work smarter, not harder!”
Amy: “Then how do we turn off the shield? Can you hack it?”
Tails: “Pretty sure I can! But it’s gonna be tricky, since it’s Eggman technology!”
Tails: “You two will have to cover me, while I use that console over there! And if that doesn’t work, disabling all 4 towers could do the trick!”
Knuckles: “Yeah, I’m not going through all those circuit roads again! We’ll stick to Plan A!”
Amy: “Agreed! I’m sure you can do it, Tails!”
Tails gives a confident nod, before running over to the console and bringing out a few tools to help with his current task. He tries to keep his focus entirely on working his magic, while Amy and Knuckles take out all the Badnik and mech constructs that come towards them as a defensive measure.
As expected, hacking the Eggnet is very difficult due to it’s high complexity and hard to decipher code. Even a genius like Tails has trouble picking it apart, so he needs to utilize his 300 IQ to it’s fullest. This cannot go the same way as when he hacked the World Roboticizer. He’s gonna succeed this time. No unfortunate consequences either.
It also helps that Tails has more people to rely on when it comes to keeping their enemies distracted. He trusts Knuckles and Amy with his life, and while he doesn’t think highly of Metallix, he knows he’ll uphold his part of their alliance. And overall, the fox boy has grown to be very capable in his own right over the years. They WILL succeed.
Back to Metallix, he’s still keeping up with the digital girl, and seems to be slowly overcoming all of her tricks. He’s figured her out, and she’s starting to struggle, which she isn’t happy about. Once again taking a moment to talk, the robotic hedgehog takes note of his progress.
Metallix: “Heh! As expected, you’re starting to fall behind me!”
Metallix: “Even with all your tricks and control over this mainframe, there’s no overcoming my evolving power!”
???: “Your arrogance is misplaced. I was just testing your capabilities over the course of this battle.”
???: “I will admit…you ARE the strongest combat robot Dr. Eggman has ever made.”
Metallix: “The compliment is noted. Though, how are you supposed to surpass me, who possesses the Evolving Amethyst?”
???: “Our creator accounted for that. Which is why the Chaos Emerald was placed here in the first place.”
Metallix: “!”
Recognizing what the digital girl is implying, Metallix attempts to strike her down quickly before it’s too late. However, she gets covered in a strong glitchy aura, colored a dark red and bright cyan. This completely negates the metallic menace’s strike, and even leaves some corruption on his arm, which he’s able to get rid of.
Back at the center core, the trio notice power being drawn from the Chaos Emerald, which leads to them looking over at the digital girl and Metallix. The former has gained a boost from the gemstone, which allows her to create stronger constructs and cyber energy, along with giving her access to a new trick.
The digital girl makes identical duplicates of herself that circle around Metallix, who’s now worrying that he might be biting off more than he can chew. Once again, his arrogance got the better of him. But to be fair, he likely wouldn’t have been able to finish her off sooner, due to her corruptible energy being deadly for him.
Regardless, Metallix now needs to focus entirely on survival. With so many copies of the digital girl, all shooting out cyber energy towards him, he can’t risk charging up an attack or letting his guard down even for a second. Plus, he still needs to keep her distracted, so that the heroes can grab the emerald. So sadly, he can’t risk going out of the Eggnet currently.
Throughout the mainframe, Metallix does his best to dodge all the attacks and constructs being thrown at him by the digital girl, who’s relentless in her pursuit. But with each hit made on him, the robotic hedgehog grows closer and closer to death. It’s actually making him a little scared, which he can’t believe.
Noticing this from afar, Amy’s starting to get worried about Metallix’s safety. Sure, he’s an enemy, but he’s still their ally right now, and she can’t just let him die like this. So she decides to make a risky decision as she talks to Knuckles and Tails.
Amy: “You two keep doing your thing! I’m gonna go help Metallix!”
Knuckles: “What!? Are you crazy!? That cyber girl could take you out in one strike!”
Knuckles: “Besides, I’m sure Metallix can handle it! And it’s not like he’s our friend!”
Amy: “Yes, but he IS our ally! And I’m not gonna stay here when I can help him out!”
Knuckles: “We still have to guard Tails, remember!?”
Amy: “You can handle it on your own, Knuckles! I doubt any of these anti-viruses are gonna beat you!”
Knuckles: “True, but-!”
Done with this conversation, Amy runs off to try and help Metallix, using the circuit paths to get to him faster. Knuckles is annoyed with this, but stays committed to guarding Tails, who’s too focused on what he’s doing to notice her run off. Likewise, the metallic menace and the digital girl don’t notice the pink hedgehog approaching them either.
Standing on the red tower, with one arm covered in red corrupted energy, Metallix tries to continue his survival against the digital girl. However, as he dodges a few clones and constructs, another clone gets ready to shoot him in the back. She believes this could prove fatal, and maybe even kill him if she lands this strike.
Though, just as the digital girl fires the blast, Amy is able to rush in and strike it away with her Piko-Piko Hammer. This surprises both AIs, with Metallix in particular looking back at her with a mix of annoyance and slight appreciation.
Metallix: “I thought I told you to focus on your own task?”
Amy: “Well, you looked like you needed some help, so I jumped in!”
Despite wanting to refute her claims, Metallix just lets it go. His arm also manages to return to normal.
Metallix: “Fine. Just don’t be a liability.”
Amy: “Same to you! Now what’s the deal with this girl?”
Metallix: “She can create constructs and manipulate our environment to her benefit. And can use the Chaos Emerald here to strengthen her abilities, alongside gaining duplication.”
Metallix: “There’s also this energy she uses to degrade my form. If I’m not careful, she could kill me.”
Amy: “Seriously? Guess you’re not as indestructible as I thought!”
Metallix: “Hmph. I do what I can to compensate for my weaknesses.”
Metallix: “Speaking of, she’s not a good hand-to-hand combatant. And her skills are somewhat lacking.”
Metallix: “I’d say just try to hit her as hard as you can, and watch out for her energy attacks.”
Amy: “Sounds simple enough! Let’s do this together!”
Metallix simply nods his head, before he and Amy stare back at the digital girl, who’s doing the same with them.
???: “Amy Rose…one of Sonic’s closest allies. Your threat level is 52%.”
???: “For a creation like myself, such threats are trivial. You WILL be eliminated.”
Amy: “If you know who I am, then you should know I won’t go down easy!”
???: “Correct. But I’ll make sure to change that.”
After that cold remark, the digital girl resumes her fight with Metallix, who now has Amy for back-up. Unfortunately, the tides of the battle still don’t go in the hedgehog’s favor. Sure, they’re doing fairly well, but they’re still having a lot of trouble. Especially Ms. Rose, who’s getting overwhelmed.
Sure, Amy is a very capable fighter. Great speed, can hit pretty hard, very acrobatic, can come up with good strategies during a fight, and is skilled with her hammer. Yet, the digital girl outclasses her in almost every category, and her duplication is a big problem. She’s struggling to keep up here.
However, Amy IS able to work with Metallix in order to make better progress. They work surprisingly well, likely due to the robotic hedgehog possessing Sonic’s abilities, and is completely willing to listen to her ideas and strategies. Deep down, he’s impressed with the pink hedgehog’s capabilities.
So much so that Metallix decides to try something. Creating a black shield around them for a moment to protect themselves from the digital girl’s attacks, he talks to Amy.
Metallix: “I must admit…you’re a lot more capable than I realized.”
Amy: “Huh? Thanks, but we’re kinda in the middle of something here!”
Metallix: “Yes. I just need to do something.”
Amy’s about to ask what Metallix needs to do, only to see that he’s scanning her with blue eyes. Once he’s done, his eyes flicker pink for a moment.
Metallix: “Amy Rose Bio-Data: Successfully Copied.”
Amy: “What? Why’d you do that?”
Metallix: “Your skills may prove useful for me. Hand me your hammer.”
Amy:
“Um…okay?”
Though a little hesitant, Amy hands her Piko-Piko Hammer to Metallix, who decides to turn off the shield. Then, he proceeds to use the same movements and abilities Ms. Rose has against the digital girl, which is impressive for the former. No wonder this metallic hedgehog is so dangerous. Good thing they’re working together for now.
Now with new bio-data, Metallix and Amy do a little better than before against the digital girl, synergizing their movements and utilizing the hammer whenever they need to. It’s almost mystical, seeing these two fight in-sync. And deep down, a part of the pink hedgehog is having some fun with this.
Back to Knuckles and Tails, the former is still smashing up Badnik constructs, while the latter is still working on cracking the code. It’s been a couple of minutes, and it’s clear the two-tailed fox is getting a little stressed. Plus, it doesn’t help that the echidna decides to call out to him.
Knuckles: “Tails! Have you finally busted that shield open!?”
Tails: “I’m almost done! Don’t distract me!”
While annoyed with that response, Knuckles takes Tails’ word and keeps up with his guard duties. However, the echidna is starting to get a bit worn out from all the fighting, and all the craziness he’s been dealing with in this Mad Matrix. But he’s not gonna give up now. Not when he’s protecting his friend.
As for Tails, he feels he’s so close. Just a little more coding and furious typing. And soon enough, he finally turns off the orange shield, leaving the cyan emerald exposed and ready to be taken. In his excitement, the fox boy pumps his fists in the air with a smile, while Knuckles looks from behind him and shares the same smile.
Tails: “YES! I DID IT!”
Knuckles: “Nice work, Tails! Now let’s grab it and get out of here!”
Not hesitating for a second, Tails immediately flies up to grab the Chaos Emerald, and calls out to Amy and Metallix, who see that the digital girl’s power boost and clones have disappeared, much to her surprise and worry.
Tails: “METALLIX! AMY! WE GOT IT!”
???: “No!”
The digital girl quickly flies over to Tails to take the emerald back. But Metallix reacts fast enough to snap his metal fingers, while saying a familiar line.
Metallix: “Chaos Control!”
In a blue flash of light, Tails, Amy, and Knuckles are teleported back to the portal they used to get into the mainframe. And they immediately jump in, with the portal closing. Needless to say, the digital girl isn’t happy about this, as she glares back at Metallix. Though, his holographic form seems to fade away, showing that his AI has left the Eggnet. They all escaped.
Now alone in the mainframe once again, the digital girl closes her eyes in irritated silence. She failed to stop Metallix from getting inside the Eggnet, along with the heroes. She failed to stop them from taking the Chaos Emerald here. And she failed to kill her traitorous older brother. She failed to accomplish her purpose on three separate fronts.
No doubt, Eggman is not gonna be happy about this. Especially since the digital girl was made specifically to protect the Eggnet from these kinds of threats, and to counter Metallix. It’s frustrating for her. Yet, she tries to remain calm. Being a fairly new creation, she was bound to have made some mistakes.
Plus, the digital girl doesn’t care what her creator chooses to do with her. If she’s given a pass for now? She can learn from her mistakes and do better next time. If she’s deemed a failure and destroyed? Then she was simply not up to the task. She wasn’t made to be a living being with her own choices. She’s a servant to the Eggman Empire.
The stuff Metallix told her isn’t of any importance to her. So what if she has feelings? So what if she may be wasting her skills and devotion on Eggman? So what if she may suffer the same fate he did? None of this matters, because she was built to serve. Everything she does is in service to her creator, and nothing else.
Yet…the digital girl thinks back to Metallix’s comments on Eggman’s constant failures and stubbornness in not just giving up. She doesn’t know why. Maybe it’s because this could be concerning for the doctor’s health? Or something else entirely? Regardless, she’ll make sure her creator doesn’t lose himself in his conquest for the world.
While it may not be her main function, the digital girl was made to care for and support Dr. Eggman however she can. Even if he may not agree with her. She acts as a source of calmness and rationality. A form of…guidance…
That is why she was named Sage…
Chapter 63: The Enemy Of My Enemy
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Iron Jungle. Morning.*
Despite some trouble finding a place to land, Sonic and Rouge have successfully made it to one of Dr. Eggman’s bases. A vast jungle with tons of greenery and large trees obscuring the rays of morning sunshine. It reminds the heroes of Green Forest on Prison Island, before it was blown to smithereens.
But like most Eggman bases, it’s been industrialized with mechanical structures, roads, grind rails, electronic pillars, pipes, and the doctor’s face plastered on different doors and elevators. Plus, the remains of Badniks and Black Arms soldiers are present, having already been torn to shreds and covered in bullet holes by someone else.
Looking at their surroundings, Rouge gets a slightly uneasy feeling, especially when looking at the carnage left behind by whoever got here first. Sonic, on the other hand, just puts on a confident smirk as usual.
Sonic: “Heh! Looks like somebody already did our work for us!”
Rouge: “Seems like it…though, I really hope whatever or whoever got here first isn’t gonna be a problem for us.”
Rouge: “Judging by the damage of these Egg Pawns and aliens, they must have a lot of firepower.”
Sonic: “Don’t worry, Rouge! Whatever it is, we can handle it!”
Rouge: “You mean like how we handled Shadow?”
At the mention of this, Sonic momentarily drops his confident demeanor and looks a little uneasy. Though, he tries his best to keep up an optimistic attitude.
Sonic: “Hey, we’ll make it through this! Even if it’s gonna be a tough time for all of us!”
Sonic: “We’ll get all the Chaos Emeralds, save Shadow, and take down those aliens once and for all!”
Rouge: “Right…we’ve been through a lot and made it this far…”
Sonic: “Exactly! Being pessimistic isn’t gonna help us here!”
Sonic: “Now come on! Let’s catch that rotten egg!”
Letting a slight chuckle escape her smile, Rouge follows Sonic as they run around this Iron Jungle in search of Eggman. Admittedly, despite how hyperactive and rebellious he can be at points, the bat girl always appreciated the blue blur’s tenacity and positive attitude. Especially during an alien invasion.
Moving on, the duo don’t have much trouble navigating the base, as many of the enemies and hazards have already been destroyed. And even when they’re still in one piece, it’s not difficult to deal with them. Though, they pick up on just how many Egg Pawns have been destroyed. Clearly, whoever did this had quite the vendetta against Eggman and his creations.
And soon enough, after heading inside of a blue room with some boxed supplies, Sonic and Rouge instantly figure out who caused all this destruction. Shredding Egg Pawns to pieces, and pelting Black Arms aliens with bullets is a familiar bulky robot boasting about his overwhelming power.
Omega:
“IS THIS ALL YOU WORTHLESS CONSUMER MODELS AND ALIEN LIFEFORMS HAVE TO OFFER?”
Omega: “THIS WILL NOT SATISFY MY BLOODLUST! I DEMAND A GREATER CHALLENGE!”
It’s all too obvious now. E-123 Omega has come here to accomplish his goal of destroying Dr. Eggman and all of his robots, after having his body repaired a few weeks back. Looking at the onslaught from afar, Rouge and Sonic just share somewhat amused looks with each other.
Rouge: “Well then…guess we found Omega…”
Sonic: “At least we now know whoever left all those busted robot parts and alien corpses behind isn’t a threat to us.”
Rouge: “What you just said would indicate otherwise.”
Sonic: “Let’s just go talk to him! We’re all pals, right?”
Rouge: “With me, yes. For you, it’s debatable.”
Rolling his eyes with a slight smirk, Sonic then accompanies Rouge as they go up to Omega, who’s almost done with the last few Egg Pawns. All of which REALLY want to run for their robotic lives, but the E-Series robot won’t give them such mercy. Though, he pauses for a moment when he spots the heroic duo.
Omega: “ROUGE THE BAT. YOU AND THE BLUE MEATBAG’S ARRIVAL WAS NOT EXPECTED.”
Rouge: “Same to you, Omega! Here to resume your revenge quest?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. I HAVE BEEN TRACKING DOWN DR. EGGMAN FOR WEEKS.”
Omega: “NOW, THE OPPORTUNITY I’VE BEEN WAITING FOR HAS ARRIVED. BUT THESE ALIEN LIFEFORMS AND PUNY ROBOTS KEEP DELAYING ME.”
Sonic: “Yeah, we’re working on trying to take these Black Arms down by collecting the Chaos Emeralds!”
Sonic: “Eggman has one, so we came here to find him!”
Rouge: “So since we’re all after the same guy, why not work together again?”
After tearing apart the last Egg Pawn, Omega gives a quick response to Rouge’s question.
Omega: “OFFER OF ALLIANCE ACCEPTED. YOU CAN KEEP THE CHAOS EMERALD.”
Omega: “BUT DR. EGGMAN IS MINE TO DESTROY. WILL NOT TOLERATE ANY DELAY.”
Sonic: “I don’t know, Omega…we might need his help to take out the aliens…”
Omega: “DID I STUTTER, BLUE MEATBAG?”
Rouge: “Sorry, Omega. But I think Sonic might be right here.”
Rouge: “The Black Arms are pretty strong, and come in large numbers. Plus, they already took 2 emeralds from us.”
Rouge: “And while we DO have G.U.N. and Metallix backing us up, more help might be necessary.”
At the mention of Metallix, Omega’s head spins towards Rouge with what can be described as surprise, eagerness, and anger.
Omega: “YOU AND METALLIX HAVE CROSSED PATHS AGAIN? AND HAVE MADE AN ALLIANCE?”
Sonic: “Yep! Surprisingly, HE was the one who felt he couldn’t handle this situation on his own!”
Sonic: “So he decided we have to work together here! And he’s even helping with evacuation!”
Omega: “RECENT ACTIONS AND OBJECTIVES DO NOT CHANGE MY OBJECTIVE OF VENGEANCE AGAINST METALLIX FOR PREVIOUS ENCOUNTERS.”
Omega: “WHEN WE COME FACE-TO-FACE AGAIN, I WILL NOT HESITATE IN DESTROYING HIM.”
Rouge: “As much as I’d love to see that, I think you need to hold back for now. We need his help.”
Rouge: “Plus, no offense, but he’d probably take you down without much trouble.”
Omega: “YOU SHOULD KNOW NOT TO UNDERESTIMATE MY STRENGTH, BAT GIRL.”
Omega: “AND WHY SHOULD I HOLD BACK MY DESIRED REVENGE WHEN I HAVE THE CHANCE OF FULFILLING IT RIGHT NOW?”
Sonic: “Because right now, the world is in danger from these aliens, and we all need to team up in order to stop them!”
Omega: “I WAS NOT PROGRAMMED TO CARE ABOUT THE WORLD’S WELL-BEING. IT IS OF NO IMPORTANCE TO ME.”
Rouge: “Then what about the fact that Shadow is being controlled by those aliens?”
Hearing this important information, Omega’s tone surprisingly changes to something of concern.
Omega:
“SHADOW…HAS BEEN COMPROMISED?”
Rouge: “Yes! The leader of the Black Arms is controlling him! And we almost died to him on Prison Island!”
Sonic:
“So we need to do whatever we can to save Shadow, and stop these monsters! Even team up with our enemies!”
Sonic: “I get you don’t want to pass up an opportunity for revenge, Omega! But what’s more important to you right now?”
Sonic:
“Saving a friend and the world? Or killing your most hated enemy?”
Omega: “...”
For a moment, Omega silently processes the information, and comes to a conclusion for what his main priority should be right now. Sonic and Rouge watch him in silence until he’s done.
Omega: “IF I HAD TO CHOOSE BETWEEN SAVING THE WORLD OR KILLING DR. EGGMAN AND METALLIX…I’D CHOOSE THE LATTER EASILY.”
Omega: “BUT BETWEEN SAVING SHADOW OR KILLING MY MOST HATED ENEMIES…I RECOGNIZE THE IMPORTANCE OF THE FORMER.”
Omega: “MAIN PRIORITY HAS BEEN REPLACED FOR THE TIME BEING.”
Omega: “NEW MAIN PRIORITY: DESTROY THE BLACK ARMS AND FREE SHADOW FROM HIS ENSLAVEMENT.”
Sonic: “Good! Glad we’re on the same page!”
Omega: “CONSIDER YOURSELVES LUCKY THAT THE CIRCUMSTANCES ALLOWED FOR THIS CHANGE. OTHERWISE, I WOULD BLAST YOU IN THE HEAD FOR TRYING TO CHANGE MY PROCESSORS ON MY REVENGE.”
Rouge: “It’s okay. I know you’re not happy about giving up on this chance.”
Rouge: “But I appreciate that you chose Shadow over Eggman. I’m proud of you.”
Omega: “YOUR FEELINGS ON THE MATTER ARE NOT A FACTOR I CONSIDERED IN MY THOUGHT PROCESSOR.”
Omega: “THIS IS SIMPLY PAYBACK FOR SHADOW’S ASSISTANCE BEFOREHAND. DO NOT THINK FURTHER INTO THIS.”
Rouge: “Sure. Whatever you say, Omega…”
Sonic and Rouge both know Omega’s just acting tough and uncaring. He’s already shown to display some level of care for his teammates deep down, and they like that he’s putting his personal goals aside for the sake of his friend. And the world at large too, but in the walking arsenal’s eyes, that’s just a bonus he couldn’t care less about.
Regardless, now that all three of them are on the same page, Team Dark Blue continues through the Iron Jungle. Naturally, with Omega’s assistance, the group has very little trouble with anything they come across. Hazards, obstacles, Badniks, Black Arms, they all go down quickly and relentlessly.
In addition, Omega’s being more considerate of his teammates, making sure not to cause them any unintentional harm while eviscerating his enemies. And Sonic’s speed and skills are also a great help. Rouge, however, doesn’t need to do much here, aside from carrying her teammates across large gaps.
Overall, Rouge and Omega continue to work great together, and Sonic fits in surprisingly well with them. Sure, they still preferred Shadow, but the blue blur isn’t a bad replacement. Though, the E-Series robot sometimes gets the urge to shoot him in the face whenever he tries to wisecrack or annoy him.
Eventually, Team Dark Blue arrives at a circular metal platform, with a taller red platform in the center, and a couple of Egg Pawns operating turrets around the edges. Sonic and Rouge are ready to take them out, but Omega’s sensors pick up on someone approaching.
Omega: “DR. EGGMAN DETECTED! APPROACHING THIS DIRECTION!”
At the mention of this, Sonic shares a somewhat excited smirk, while Rouge looks more determined to finish this. Then, jumping down from some nearby metal structures is a new mecha robot. It bears resemblance to the Egg Emperor, but with a red and blue color-scheme, and a giant spiked ball as a replacement for it’s right hand.
And sitting in the cockpit of the machine’s head is Dr. Eggman himself, who doesn’t look too happy about having to deal with this trio. Immediately, Sonic begins the conversation with his adversary.
Sonic: “What’s up, doc? Think you could give us your Chaos Emerald now? Or are we gonna fight for it like usual?”
Eggman: “You already know the answer, rodent! And I don’t have the time or patience to deal with any of your shenanigans!”
Eggman: “I was hoping to devise a plan to take out those blasted aliens once and for all, only for you three to blow up my base to kingdom come!”
Rouge: “Well, TECHNICALLY, most of it is Omega’s work.”
Eggman: “Does it look like I care? Just get out of my sight! I already dealt with your pals at Circus Park hours ago, and I’m not interested in more messing around!”
Sonic: “Aw, don’t be like that, Eggman! Don’t you enjoy our encounters? I know I tend to!”
Eggman: “Tch! Of course you’d enjoy constantly beating my creations! But I hope to change that right now!”
Eggman: “This is the Egg Breaker! It can take plenty of punishment, AND squash you three into stains and scraps on the floor!”
Omega: “COMPARED TO THE EGG EMPEROR, THIS MACHINE IS NOWHERE NEAR IT’S CAPABILITIES.”
Omega: “THEREFORE, I WILL TEAR IT TO SHREDS AND REIGN SUPREME AGAINST YOU!”
Eggman: “Hmph! I’d like to see you try!”
No longer interested in continuing this conversation, Eggman proceeds to try and smash the trio with the Egg Breaker’s spiked ball hand. But they all move out of the way quickly, leading to them trying to destroy the machine. Though, they come to find it lives up to the doctor’s comment about it’s durability, with Omega only being able to leave small cuts on it’s metal frame.
Plus, the Egg Breaker has more offensive options. It can jump high into the air, and then land onto the ground to create shockwaves. It can spin and throw the spiked ball around, and send out fireballs. And it even shoots lasers from it’s eyes. Sure, it’s not as powerful as the Egg Emperor, but it’s still nothing to scoff at.
Also, the Egg Pawns present are trying to fire at the trio with their turrets, which is distracting. Luckily, Sonic can take them out quickly, but that doesn’t mean this fight is gonna be easy. Hence, Rouge comes up with a strategy. Omega will act as the main attacker, while she and the blue blur figure out ways to take the machine apart.
Naturally, Omega is all for this approach, as he’s eager to rip the Egg Breaker piece-by-piece. And despite getting hit a few times, he’s mostly able to match the machine blow for blow. Meanwhile, Rouge decides to use the nearby turrets to fire at the head of the machine, much to Eggman’s annoyance.
And last, but not least, Sonic tries to land hits on the Egg Breaker’s arm and leg joints, thinking he could damage them. Though, due to his lack of patience and annoyance at being pelted with different attacks in different directions, Eggman decides to put an end to this battle immediately.
Eggman: “Rgh! Enough of this!”
Eggman spins the torso of the Egg Breaker around, with it’s large spiked ball hand sending Omega and Sonic away from him. And once he’s done with that, the doctor shoots his laser eyes at the turrets Rouge is operating. Luckily, she moves out of the way, but now she’ll have to try something else to help.
Setting his sights on the downed Sonic, Eggman puts on a slight smirk and runs over to him. Then, jumping into the air, he gets ready to reduce him to blue jelly by slamming the spiked ball hand on him.
Eggman: “Lights out, Sonic!”
Due to being a little dazed, Sonic isn’t able to move out of the way. Luckily, just as the spiked ball is about to squash him, Omega quickly jumps in front of him and catches it. The annoyed Eggman tries to take the hand away from the walking arsenal, but he’s got a tight grasp of it. He knows EXACTLY what to do next.
Using every ounce of strength he has, Omega raises the Egg Breaker into the air, with Eggman holding onto the controls in his cockpit for dear life, before slamming it back down with a shockwave. The machine is now laying on it’s back, giving the recovering Sonic the opportunity to try something.
Jumping onto the torso, Sonic does a Spin-Attack in an attempt to break it open, and possibly destroy it. Eggman tries using the left arm of the Egg Breaker to get the hedgehog off, but Omega shoots at it. Or rather, he launches Rouge towards it, who does a spinning drill attack to put a hole in the machine’s left hand.
In a couple of seconds, Sonic is able to put a hole in the Egg Breaker’s torso, and spin around in it to damage it’s interior systems. Needless to say, this is what finishes the machine off. It can no longer move or operate in any capacity. And like with every encounter with the blue blur, Eggman is angry with his loss as he falls out of the cockpit, lands on his back, and puts his hands on his bald head with gritting teeth.
Eggman: “Oh COME ON! I thought this stupid piece of junk would be enough!”
Sonic: “Really? You DO know I’ve dealt with a lot worse, right?”
Looking up, Eggman sees Sonic, Rouge, and Omega staring down at him. This makes him panic and sit upright, trying to back away from them. However, the walking arsenal grabs him by the shirt, not giving him the chance to escape. The doctor is very worried for his livelihood, thinking his creation is about to shoot him in the face.
Eggman: “N-Now now, Omega! Let’s not be too hasty!”
Omega: “IF NOT FOR THE FACT THAT I HAVE CHANGED MY MAIN PRIORITY, I WOULD KILL YOU RIGHT NOW.”
Omega: “HOWEVER, YOUR ASSISTANCE MAY BE NEEDED IN ORDER TO DEFEAT THE BLACK ARMS AND RESCUE SHADOW.”
Eggman: “Shadow? He’s been kidnapped by those creatures?”
Rouge: “Brainwashed. Their leader is controlling him, and he nearly killed me and Sonic.”
Sonic: “Yep. I’d like to see you deal with him on your own!”
Eggman: “Ugh…like I wouldn’t have some ideas for how to deal with Shadow!”
Eggman: “And what makes you think I’ll work with all of you? My militaristic might and genius is more than enough!”
Just before Sonic can retort, Omega turns his free hand into a gun and points it at Eggman, who goes back to sweating buckets.
Omega: “COOPERATE OR DIE. I STRONGLY RECOMMEND THE LATTER.”
Eggman:
“AH! COOPERATE! I CHOOSE COOPERATE!”
Though a little disappointed, Omega puts his gun hand away, and lets go of Eggman, who falls to the ground on his butt. He winces a bit from the pain, and is annoyed that he has to work with Sonic and his allies again, but can somewhat recognize their help may be necessary to end this conflict. Even if he won’t admit it aloud.
Moving on, Sonic and Rouge bring Eggman up to speed on current events, and discuss their conditions on their alliance. Omega simply watches in silence.
Sonic: “Alright, let’s start with how much you know about the Black Arms?”
Eggman: “Hmph. I know they come from the Black Comet, and want to use the Chaos Emeralds for some form of planetary annihilation.”
Eggman: “Obviously, I can’t take over the world if it’s destroyed. So I had to make some hasty preparations to destroy those interstellar vermin.”
Eggman: “But then all of you decided to cause me even MORE trouble!”
Rouge: “Should’ve been more cooperative then. Especially since you have one of the seven emeralds we need to end this.”
Eggman: “Two, actually! And I prefer not to team up with my enemies when I can! It’s beneath me!”
Sonic:
“What about the Ark incident? Or Metallix and the Egg Fleet?”
Eggman: “Those were purely out of desperation! If I could handle both of those situations, I would have!”
Sonic: “Yeah, sure, whatever.”
Sonic: “Now, do you know about the leader of the Black Arms? Black Doom?”
Eggman: “No, I do not. But clearly, they possess great power if they were able to puppeteer Shadow.”
Rouge: “It’s not just that. Black Doom gave your grandfather his blood to create Shadow 50 years ago.”
Eggman: “What!? That’s blasphemy!”
Sonic: “We thought the same thing. But it seems to be true, according to Commander Tower and Metallix.”
Sonic: “Those two made a deal. Black Doom would help Gerald with Project Shadow, and in-exchange, Shadow would help him gather the Chaos Emeralds when he came back to Earth.”
Eggman: “Seriously!? Has my grandfather ALWAYS been insane!?”
Eggman: “Sure, he did try to destroy the world, but this…this was BEFORE the Ark raid!”
Eggman:
“He betrayed the entire planet for RESEARCH!? FOR BLACK DOOM!?”
Much to the heroic trio’s surprise, Eggman’s taken aback by the fact that his grandfather gave up Earth’s safety and well-being to an interstellar warlord just to help with his research. Yeah, he attempted to destroy the planet before, but that was after going insane from the grief of losing his beloved granddaughter.
But this…this is different. His own grandfather and idol, who he looked up to as an incredible scientist with a kind heart…willingly chose to gamble the entirety of the world on a deal he made with some twisted alien monster just so that he could finish a military project? Even if it was for the sake of Maria, this still felt like a complete betrayal to everything he stood for.
Granted, Eggman probably would do the same if he had the chance. Yet, the fact that a sane Gerald did this angers and confuses him. First, the Ark Incident, and now this? What other shady or questionable stuff has he done? Was he really as brilliant as he remembered him to be? Who really was Gerald Robotnik, deep down?
All of this is making Eggman’s head spin, and he hated it. Yeah, he was a lot worse than his grandfather, and could even put the entire world at risk if it helped in his goals. But at least he was mostly open about it usually. He recognized he was seen as a villain, and he never tried to deny that. Heck, he could even embrace it.
Hence, after taking a deep breath, Dr. Eggman puts on a serious expression and speaks up again, clearly showing some fury in his tone of voice. This actually makes Sonic and Rouge a little uncomfortable.
Eggman: “I can’t believe my own grandfather would do something like that with his sanity in-tact…”
Eggman: “Which is why I’m gonna make those monstrosities BURN.”
Sonic: “Umm…right…but we’ll be doing it together.”
Sonic: “With the two emeralds you have, and the one Knuckles has, that gives our side three total emeralds.”
Sonic: “As for the Black Arms, we know they took 2 from us. But we don’t know where the last 2 are.”
Rouge: “Then we better find those remaining emeralds fast. And figure out our next course of action.”
Rouge: “Since our work here is done, let’s just head back to G.U.N. HQ. Tails, Knuckles, Amy, and Metallix are likely all done with their respective missions too.”
Rouge: “You’re free to come along as well, Omega. But I doubt you’ll be allowed to come inside, Eggman.”
Eggman simply huffs at the response, not caring much due to his current mood. But with their conversation finished, another alliance with an enemy made, and another Chaos Emerald obtained, everyone heads off to their next task. Team Dark Blue flies back to G.U.N. HQ, while the doctor heads off to grab his red Chaos Emerald and prepare his forces.
Now, it seems like all the pieces have come together. Team Sonic. Amy Rose. Rouge The Bat. E-123 Omega. G.U.N. The Brotherhood Of Metallix. And the Eggman Empire. All working together to stop the invasion of the Black Arms, with their side having 3 Chaos Emeralds, and their enemy having 2 that they know of.
It’s only a matter of time before the final battle starts…
Chapter 64: Final Preparations
Chapter Text
*14 AS. G.U.N. Fortress. Afternoon.*
Landing their jet outside, Sonic, Rouge, and Omega head towards the entrance of G.U.N. headquarters. Naturally, many soldiers, robots, and vehicles are coming in and out, working hard on saving the world and it’s people however they can. Though, it’s clear many of them look a little tired and injured. This fight is taking it’s toll.
Also landing outside the base is Tails, Knuckles, and Amy on the Cyclone, who all immediately take notice of Team Dark Blue. They walk up to them, surprised to see Omega again, and Ms. Rose gives the blue blur an exhausted hug. For once, he doesn’t break away from it.
Amy: “Oh, it’s so good to see you again! You wouldn’t believe what we’ve been up to!”
Sonic: “Heh…I can imagine…”
Ending the hug, the group begins to talk about what they’ve been up to. Starting with Tails, who greets Omega.
Tails: “Hey, Omega! Guess we’re working together again, huh?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. I HAVE CHANGED MY MAIN PRIORITY TO DESTROYING THE BLACK ARMS AND RESCUING SHADOW.”
Omega: “THOUGH, I UNFORTUNATELY HAD TO PASS UP MY CHANCE TO DESTROY DR. EGGMAN.”
Knuckles: “Well, you can take your frustration out on those aliens once we figure out what to do next!”
Omega: “CORRECT. THEY WILL SUFFER MY WRATH.”
Rouge: “Anyways, how did things go on your end? Did you manage to find another Chaos Emerald?”
Amy: “Yep! But it sure wasn’t easy!”
Amy: “We had to go into the Eggnet mainframe to find it, while Metallix fought a little girl that was protecting it!”
Sonic: “A little girl? That’s a new one.”
Tails: “She was definitely an interesting form of artificial intelligence…but also incredibly dangerous…”
Tails: “Luckily, we managed to get out of there and collect the emerald!”
From behind, Tails pulls out the cyan Chaos Emerald.
Sonic: “Nice! I knew you three could do it!”
Knuckles: “Heh! Of course we could do it! Nothing can stop us!”
Rouge: “I don’t know, Knuckie…I’ve managed to give you a run for your money before!”
Knuckles: “Oh zip it! I was going easy on you that time!”
Amy: “Moving on, did you three manage to convince Eggman to help us?”
Sonic: “Well, he wasn’t happy about it, as expected.”
Sonic: “But after learning about Gerald and Shadow’s connection to the Black Arms, and a threat from Omega, he relented.”
Sonic: “So we have plenty of help now! Even if much of it is a little shady!”
Rouge: “A little?”
Tails: “Let’s just head inside already. We need to figure out our next move.”
Everyone gives a nod of agreement, before going inside the G.U.N. Fortress. They notice the greater number of wounded soldiers, broken machines, and scared civilians there are. Many of the heroes are saddened and angered by this, but know they need to stay focused. They’ll put their suffering to an end soon.
In a few minutes, the group arrives at the control room, where Commander Tower stares back at them. He’s got dark bags beneath his eyes, yet is still trying to remain calm and stone-faced.
Commander Tower: “Ah…you all made it back in one piece…”
Commander Tower: “Though, what’s with the bulky machine?”
Omega: “I AM E-123 OMEGA. THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT.”
Rouge: “We’ve worked together before! He’s pretty destructive and reckless, but he packs plenty of firepower!”
Commander Tower: “Is that so? Well, let’s hope he isn’t too trigger-happy.”
Commander Tower: “Now, let’s report our progress.”
After saying that, Commander Tower is brought up to speed on everything the heroes have been up to since they last talked to him. Collecting the cyan emerald from the Eggnet, making an alliance with Eggman, etc. Once they’re done, he speaks again.
Commander Tower: “Alright then…we’ve got 3 Chaos Emeralds, and the backing of the Eggman Empire.”
Commander Tower: “Sure, the Black Arms stole 2 from us, but at least we’re making some good progress.”
Knuckles: “What about the remaining 2 emeralds? Have you been able to locate them?”
Commander Tower: “We haven’t found anything on Earth. Neither has Metallix, from what he’s told our troops.”
Tails: “Wait, what do you mean on Earth?”
Turning back to the screens, Commander Tower orders the computer specialists to bring up a map of the entire planet, alongside the moon, the Black Comet, and a familiar bernal sphere space station. It bears resemblance to Gerald Robotnik’s face, with three spikes on the side, two concave eye sockets, and a sharp nose.
This is the Space Colony Ark. The very place where Project Shadow was being worked on. Where Gerald made that deal with Black Doom. And the location of a singular Chaos Emerald signature. The Black Comet, on the other hand, has three Chaos Emerald signatures. This catches everyone’s attention.
Amy: “The Black Arms…they have 3 emeralds too!”
Sonic: “And of course the last emerald is on the Ark!”
Commander Tower: “No kidding…and our satellite footage shows that they’re heading towards it.”
Commander Tower: “The last thing we need is for those monsters to use the Eclipse Cannon on Earth. So we need to use it on them first.”
Tails: “Right! Gerald wanted to use it to destroy the Black Comet! And 4 emeralds powering it should be enough!”
Commander Tower: “Exactly. But it’s not gonna be easy.”
Commander Tower: “As much as I don’t trust them, Eggman and Metallix will have to accompany you to that space colony to finish this.”
Commander Tower: “Plus, I think it’s about time for Diablon to be mobilized.”
Knuckles: “Diablon?”
Commander Tower: “A mecha prototype. It specializes in energy-charged weapons, and can be controlled remotely.”
Commander Tower: “It’s not finished yet, but we have no other options. We need it’s power.”
Rouge: “There’s also the matter of freeing Shadow from Black Doom’s control.”
Commander Tower: “Hmph. Just remember your priorities.”
Commander Tower: “And get prepared as best you can…this will be the final battle that decides our fate…”
Sonic: “Don’t worry! We’ll come out on top!”
Sonic gives an enthusiastic thumbs-up, with the others sharing small smiles. They recognize the severity of the situation, and they’re gonna face this threat head-on. There’s no way they’re gonna lose here. Everyone is depending on them.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later. Afternoon.*
Standing back outside as the sky is eclipsed by gray clouds, everyone waits for their transport to be ready for takeoff. A shuttle with wings, collapsible feet to stand on, a blue and white color scheme, some laser guns, and the G.U.N. symbol on both sides. It’s also got plenty of supplies for the group to use.
For example, Sonic has been given a Power Ring to use in case of emergencies, and Tails has his Cyclone mech, which has received some slight repairs from it’s previous battles. Though, it’s not just the shuttle they’re waiting for. They’re also waiting for their two enemies to arrive and group up with them.
And soon enough, a familiar metallic hedgehog arrives, alongside some G.U.N. vehicles that were in the process of rescuing civilians. Metallix has finally shown up, using his main upgraded body. While most of the group is, at the very least, indifferent to his presence, Omega seems particularly angry when staring at him.
Though he picks up on this, Metallix doesn’t pay it much mind, and talks to the group about what he’s been up to.
Metallix: “Apologies for my late arrival. There were so many places I had to visit for evacuation.”
Commander Tower: “Are you aware of what we need to do next?”
Metallix: “Yes. The Black Arms have 3 Chaos Emeralds, and so do we.”
Metallix: “The last one is on the Ark. So we need to get there first, and use our emeralds to destroy the Black Comet with the Eclipse Cannon.”
Metallix: “Admittedly, I’m interested to see this space colony for myself. It’s technology must be pretty impressive for it’s time.”
Knuckles: “Just don’t try anything fishy while we’re there! The last thing we need is you getting your hands on the Eclipse Cannon!”
Metallix: “Don’t be ridiculous, echidna. I’m well-aware of my current priorities.”
Metallix: “Speaking of…”
Metallix turns towards Omega, finally acknowledging him.
Metallix: “I’m surprised you haven’t tried to mow me down yet, Omega.”
Omega: “IF NOT FOR MY CHANGE IN MAIN PRIORITY, I WOULD EVISCERATE YOU FOR HUMILIATING ME DURING PREVIOUS ENCOUNTERS.”
Omega: “SHOULD YOU TEST WHAT LITTLE PATIENCE I HAVE, I WILL IGNORE MY PRIORITIES.”
Metallix: “Hmph. Good luck with that.”
Metallix: “But at least you won’t be causing any unwanted issues for our current situation.”
Turning back towards the group, Metallix asks Sonic and Rouge about their progress with Dr. Eggman.
Metallix: “Were you two able to convince Eggman to ally himself with us?”
Sonic: “Well, with Omega threatening to blow his brains out, it was pretty easy!”
Sonic: “He also got really angry when we told him about Gerald’s involvement with Black Doom! It was honestly a little intimidating!”
Metallix: “I see…I wish I got to see that bulbous fool beg for his life…”
Rouge: “Admittedly, it was pretty amusing.”
As this exchange ends, the group notices said bulbous fool approaching them in his Egg Mobile. He still looks annoyed, but also calmer than before. After landing his vehicle, the doctor locks eyes with his traitorous creation, and vice-versa. Clearly, they still had bad blood between them.
Eggman: “Tch! I see you got a bit of an upgrade!”
Metallix: “And I’ve heard that you’re still a fool, like always.”
Eggman: “Oh that’s rich, considering you immediately chose to ally yourself with these rodents the moment the Black Arms showed up!”
Metallix: “Unlike you, my empire isn’t fully developed. If not for that, I would deal with these vermin myself.”
Metallix: “Besides, what exactly would you do? Ramble on about how smart and powerful you are, despite never being able to defeat a single little hedgehog?”
Eggman: “Please! With enough time, I could have developed a perfect plan that would destroy those aliens in seconds!”
Metallix: “Assuming they didn’t collect all the emeralds and destroy the planet first.”
Eggman: “I can be a fast worker when I want to be! And I don’t see YOU coming up with any better ideas!”
Metallix: “Because unlike you, I recognize when I might be outclassed. Even if I hate to admit it.”
Metallix: “Like that new AI I dealt with in your Eggnet. She was deadly, despite her lack of experience and skills.”
Eggman: “But of course! Sage was designed for the sole purpose of destroying you, should you ever interfere with my technology!”
Eggman: “Though, I suppose she needs more time and practice before she can truly fulfill that purpose!”
Metallix: “Assuming you don’t scrap her and replace her with a new invention.”
Eggman: “Oh, I feel that won’t be necessary! Sage has been a far better and more loyal servant than you ever were!”
Eggman: “Even with your convincing, she didn’t hesitate to destroy you, or notify me of what you did!”
Metallix: “Then she’s just as stupid and blind as I once was.”
Sensing the clear hostility between these two, Tails decides to jump into the conversation.
Tails: “I think that’s enough, you two! Remember the bigger picture!”
Metallix: “...”
Eggman: “...”
After sharing a silent glare, Metallix and Eggman divert their eyes with crossed arms. This gives Commander Tower the opportunity to change the topic of this conversation back to the Black Arms.
Commander Tower: “Now that we’re all here, let’s discuss what each of us are gonna be doing.”
Commander Tower: “Most of you have been on the Ark before, and know it’s layout, hazards, and how it operates. So we’ll use that to our advantage.”
Commander Tower: “Tails, Amy, Rouge, Knuckles, and Eggman will go find the last Chaos Emerald, and then head to the control room for the Eclipse Cannon.”
Commander Tower: “With the 4 emeralds powering it, you’ll fire at the Black Comet, and finally put an end to the Black Arms.”
Amy: “But are you sure we should let Eggman help us with the cannon? How do we know he won’t backstab us?”
Eggman: “Oh please! Why would I backstab any of you if I need meat shields to protect myself against those monsters?”
Amy: “That line alone is reason enough! Do you want me to bring out a list?”
Commander Tower: “Calm down, Amy. I don’t like having Eggman around either, but he knows the Ark better than anybody.”
Commander Tower: “Plus, if he WOULD try to do something, I seriously doubt he’d make it out with all the Black Arms present.”
Omega: “I WOULD ALSO BE HAPPY TO DESTROY HIM IF NEEDED.”
Eggman rolls his eyes with annoyance, and a slight hint of uneasiness. But the group moves the conversation along.
Commander Tower: “As for Sonic, Omega, Metallix, and Diablon, they’ll focus on taking out as much of the Black Arms as possible.”
Commander Tower: “That way, Tails’ group will have a lot less trouble.”
Rouge: “What if Shadow shows up? I doubt Black Doom wouldn’t send him after us.”
Commander Tower: “Then Sonic’s group will need to prioritize taking him out. By any means necessary.”
Commander Tower: “I don’t care if he’s your friend, or if it’s against your morals. He’s dangerous, and we can’t let him ruin our chances.”
Sonic: “Yeah, but that doesn’t mean we can’t still try to snap him out of it.”
Sonic: “You may think otherwise, but Shadow’s not a monster. And we already lost him once.”
Sonic: “This time, we’ll get him back. No matter what.”
Amy: “Right! There has to be a way to free him from Black Doom’s control!”
Metallix: “If I may, I have a suggestion for what I could do to help.”
Commander Tower: “Go ahead.”
Everyone stares at Metallix, wondering what he’s about to say.
Metallix: “From what I could gather during my encounters with the Black Arms, they seem to operate on a sort of hivemind.”
Metallix: “Each and every soldier is merely a puppet, and Black Doom is their puppeteer. Similar to me and my clone bodies.”
Metallix: “Therefore, if he was killed, the rest would fall. And Shadow’s mind would be freed.”
Tails: “Hm…that DOES make sense.”
Tails: “But we’d have to get to the Black Comet to find him first. And who knows how strong he is.”
Metallix: “Have you forgotten already, Tails? I can change my form to whatever I please.”
Metallix: “Infiltrating the Black Comet will be childsplay. And I doubt his strength eclipses mine.”
Knuckles: “You sure it’s not just your arrogance saying otherwise?”
Metallix: “I faced 12 of you on my own with little trouble. Black Doom shouldn’t be an issue.”
Sonic: “And how do we know you won’t try to screw us over at the last second?”
Metallix: “Because unlike Eggman, I have SOME integrity. I’ll save my vengeance for after we’re finished with this threat.”
That comment makes Eggman irritated, but he doesn’t give a response to it. Hence, Commander Tower responds instead.
Commander Tower: “Well, if you’re keeping your word, then have at it. Anything to stop this sooner.”
Commander Tower: “And while you’re at it, try to grab the 3 emeralds Black Doom has.”
Metallix: “Of course. That’s a given.”
Rouge: “Then we’re all set, right?”
Rouge: “One group thins their numbers, the other fires the cannon, and Metallix handles the big bad.”
Sonic: “Yep! I think this could work!”
Omega: “I CAN’T WAIT TO PROVE MY DOMINANCE AGAINST THESE ALIENS.”
Tails: “Alright! And once the shuttle is finished, we can head off!”
Sonic: “Just don’t let Knuckles pilot it this time! Or we’re definitely not gonna survive this!”
Knuckles: “Hmph. Whatever.”
Amy: “We can do this! We can’t let them destroy our world!”
Commander Tower: “Agreed. They picked the wrong planet to mess with.”
With a good plan in place, and having great confidence in it, the group begins to board the shuttle. A few G.U.N troops move the Diablon mecha into the supply depot, alongside the Cyclone and other supplies. Though, as Eggman is heading inside with his Egg Mobile, Sonic stops to question him.
Sonic: “Are you REALLY just bringing your little flying car for this ride?”
Eggman: “First: It’s a hovercraft, you blue ignoramus! And second: It’s not JUST a hovercraft!”
Eggman: “With a push of a button, I can turn it into my trusted Egg Walker mech! Which will be more than enough for these aliens!”
Sonic:
“I don’t know…maybe bringing a few Badniks along would also help?”
Eggman: “Come on! At this point, you should know I don’t always need my soldiers to fight my battles!”
Metallix: “Am I really that forgettable to you? Or are you just THAT full of yourself?”
Now joining in the conversation, Metallix approaches Sonic and Eggman, with the latter once again having an annoyed expression.
Eggman: “Trust me, Metal! After everything you did 2 months ago, you’re anything BUT forgettable!”
Eggman: “And once this is all over, I’ll be more than prepared to destroy you for your traitorous actions against my empire!”
Metallix:
“It was what you deserved after treating me like dirt.”
Metallix: “Besides, my potential was squandered under your control. On my own, I’m far more than I ever was.”
Metallix: “And once my brotherhood is at it’s strongest, your empire will be the first to fall before me.”
Eggman: “Pfft! Like I’d fall to you and your little magicians and knights!”
Sonic: “Alright, daddy and son! Let’s save the family arguments for later!”
Eggman & Metal : “Shut up and stay out of this!”
Though surprised, Sonic still keeps his cheeky smirk. These two really do act like an arrogant father arguing with his rebellious, angsty son. But they both recognize the blue rodent has a point. So they just get onto the shuttle in silence, trying their best not to stare or talk to each other as they finally head off towards the Ark.
Now in space, the group is feeling a mix of emotions as they head to the final battle. Excitement. Uneasiness. Concern. Anger. And a desire to stop one singular threat. While they may have different reasons for why they’re doing this, they know what they want to do. Protect the Earth from these alien monsters.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time. Black Comet.*
In space, a couple of yards away from the Space Colony Ark, a small solar system body with a thick, dark gray material, alongside red trails and small spikes floats in place. This is the Black Comet, where much of the Black Arms are waiting for their foes to make their next move. And it seems they have, as a G.U.N. shuttle is heading to the Ark.
Inside the comet, the true figure of Black Doom floats within a large control room/inner sanctum, while his soldiers and a mind-controlled Shadow stand nearby. His body has no legs, and is colored jet black. He’s got three red bestial eyes, alongside two wide horns with red tips, no lips, and three-fingered clawed hands.
As for his attire, Black Doom dons a dark brown robe with shoulder-pad and golden accents. He’s also got a maroon drape scarf with tattoo markings, golden chains with a set of spiked silver medallions, and a double black cord necklace with red, blue, and purple ornaments. Clothes befitting a leader.
The room has a cave-like appearance, with a purple hue and gray stone walls. As for the floors, they’re lavender colored and form a pattern. And there’s large stones, thick and long tentacles, and large incubators containing Black Arm spawn. But what’s most notable about the room is the engraved symbols and language of the aliens, including Black Doom himself.
It details their past, their power, and even some of the notable planets and civilizations they conquered. All while a strange, sickly smell permeates the area, which no person on Earth would be able to describe. Everything about this place feels so…uncanny. Like it’s some sort of nightmare.
Lastly, Black Doom has 3 Chaos Emeralds floating around him. The green and blue ones he took from the heroes, alongside the purple one. And he’s staring at some projections, showing him that his enemies are heading to the Ark.
Black Doom: “Ah…the enemy is now bringing the last 3 emeralds we need for our ritual…”
Black Doom: “They must think they can use the Ark’s Eclipse Cannon against us…how foolish…”
Black Doom: “Even if they get the chance to fire it…they’ll come to find it won’t make a difference…”
Black Doom: “It’s not long before the Day Of Reckoning can finally begin…and the Earth’s population will be at our mercy…”
Turning around, Black Doom gives his orders to his soldiers.
Black Doom: “Go, my Black Arms! Show them a fate worse than death!”
The soldiers show no response, but are somehow teleported off the Black Comet in a red flash of light. As for Shadow, he merely sits down on one leg with his head looking downwards. Black Doom stares at him, with the green Chaos Emerald floating down towards the black blur.
Black Doom: “Shadow…this will be your ultimate test…”
Black Doom: “You will have to prove your strength AND loyalty to our cause. Failure is not an option.”
Black Doom: “Those who were once your friends and enemies will be destroyed…and you must not hesitate…”
Shadow: “...I won’t…”
If Black Doom had a mouth, it would definitely be a devilish grin. He signals for Shadow to stand up, and he does as he commands. Then, he is given the green emerald, and his orders.”
Black Doom: “Go, my ultimate weapon! Prove to them that their efforts are futile!”
Only giving a silent nod, Shadow then uses Chaos Control to teleport off the Black Comet. And after turning back to the projections, Black Doom knows his victory will soon come.
Earth…and all of it’s people…are DOOMED…
Chapter 65: Return To The Ark
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Space.*
With the dark, starry void flying past them, the group goes full-speed towards the Space Colony Ark. Naturally, Tails is in the pilot’s seat, with a relaxed Sonic as shot-gun. The others are sitting in the back seats, except for Metallix and Omega. Most of them stay silent, either trying to prepare themselves mentally for their mission, or simply not wanting to talk.
For a moment, Sonic glances over at his allies. Then, he looks back at Tails, who’s entirely focused on driving the shuttle. But the blue blur decides to break said focus.
Sonic: “Doesn’t this bring you back, Tails?”
Tails: “Huh? Sorry, what?”
Sonic: “You know! This whole situation!”
Sonic: “World’s being threatened, us going to the Ark with a shuttle, Eggman working with us, etc?”
Tails: “Ah…right…it is really similar…”
Tails: “Except this time, we got extra company, and we’re fighting aliens.”
Sonic: “In other words, just another crazy adventure!”
Tails: “Crazy is correct, but I wouldn’t really call this an adventure.”
Tails: “The Black Arms have destroyed so much of the world in the past few days, and with the Eclipse Cannon, they could make it a whole lot worse.”
Sonic: “Well, if we could stop Eggman and the Biolizard from using it, then those space jerks will be no different!”
Sonic: “It’ll all work out in the end! Just like every other adventure we’ve been on so far!”
Tails: “...I really do get jealous of how optimistic you are, Sonic…”
Sonic: “What can I say? It’s my best quality!”
Tails can’t help but chuckle at Sonic’s remark. He DOES have a point about his uplifting demeanor. Even in the bleakest of situations, he always tries to find a bright side and encourage others to keep going. It’s part of why the fox boy looks up to the blue blur, and he knows he can always put his faith in him.
Meanwhile, in the back seats, Rouge decides to strike up a conversation with Knuckles. Eggman can hear them, but doesn’t care to jump in. At least not yet.
Rouge: “I know I said it before, but it’s a real shame you didn’t bring the Master Emerald with you, Knuckles.”
Rouge: “Considering what we’re dealing with, it might come in handy.”
Knuckles: “Maybe. Though, I couldn’t risk the Black Arms taking it.”
Knuckles: “And hopefully, we won’t need it’s power.”
Rouge: “Agreed. But it’s nice that you decided to help us out, rather than stay on Angel Island.”
Knuckles: “Well, I had to do SOMETHING to help my friends save the world.”
Knuckles: “Plus, Tikal found the yellow Chaos Emerald, so we were bound to get involved sooner or later.”
Rouge: “Mm. I do hope that lovely gem of yours isn’t being soiled by those disgusting aliens.”
Rouge: “And we can both agree we don’t want it to shatter again.”
Knuckles: “Yeah. But Tikal and Chaos can protect it easily, so we got nothing to worry about there.”
Eggman: “Hmph. If those two weren’t around, I could have taken that fancy rock easily with you off-duty.”
Eggman: “Though, I can always work around it!”
Knuckles: “Watch yourself, Eggman. Unless you want to swim to the Ark?”
Rouge: “Oh please! He’d freeze up before then!”
Eggman: “Tch! Like I don’t have a space suit on standby!”
Knuckles:
“Wait, really?”
Eggman:
“What do you think these gold buttons are for? Decoration?”
Knuckles: “Those are buttons?”
Annoyed, Eggman puts a hand on his head and turns to his side, no longer wanting to be a part of this conversation. Knuckles and Rouge are confused, leading them to sit in silence. They really DID think the gold buttons on his coat were just part of the design. But they guess that a guy like him must be prepared for any situation.
Lastly, Amy looks over at Metallix and Omega, who are standing near each other in an awkward silence. Getting out of her seat, she decides to walk up and talk to them, which the robotic hedgehog finds odd.
Metallix:
“Shouldn’t you be in your seat?”
Amy: “I think I’ll be fine for now. And I wanted to talk to you two.”
Omega:
“DO YOU NEED OUR ASSISTANCE FOR OUR UPCOMING MISSION?”
Amy: “No! I just want to talk!”
Amy: “From where I was sitting, you two looked a little awkward just standing here in the back, not saying a word!”
Metallix: “You should know us conversing would likely not end well.”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. I WOULD RATHER TEAR HIS HEAD OFF THAN LISTEN TO HIM SPEAK.”
Amy: “Okay, but you don’t have to be so aggressive towards each other all the time!”
Amy: “Sure, you hate each other, but who’s to say you can’t share a civil conversation? Me and the others can do it with Eggman sometimes!”
Omega: “BY MY CALCULATIONS, THE CHANCE OF THAT HAPPENING IS 5%.”
Metallix: “10% on my end.”
Amy: “Well, how about I ask you both a question? All you have to do is answer it! No matter what!”
Metallix: “As long as it’s not anything silly.”
Omega: “OR STUPID.”
Amy: “Good! Now let’s see…”
Amy thinks to herself, wondering what kind of question to ask these two machines. Soon enough, she comes up with one.
Amy: “What do you two think about humanity?”
Metal & Omega : “?”
Already, the two robots are confused with the question, with Metallix voicing it.
Metallix: “Of all the things you could have asked, why that?”
Amy: “Just curious, is all! You two DID agree to help us save it!”
Omega: “CORRECTION: I AGREED TO DESTROY THE BLACK ARMS AND SAVE SHADOW.”
Omega: “I WAS NOT PROGRAMMED TO CARE ABOUT HUMANITY. ONLY BATTLE AND DOMINANCE.”
Metallix: “Hmph. Still as simple-minded as ever.”
Amy: “Hey! Be nice, Metallix!”
Metallix: “You’re not the boss of me, Rose. And any threats you make won’t work on me.”
Metallix: “As for my answer to your question, I already gave it back when we clashed on the Final Fortress.”
Metallix: “Humanity is inherently flawed. They have great potential, yet many squander it.”
Metallix: “With the right guidance and environment, they can use that potential to do great things.”
Metallix: “However, there are those who ruin it. Bury it.”
Metallix: “Because of those people, many atrocities and sins have occurred throughout history. Including the ones connected to our current situation.”
Metallix: “If humanity is to prosper, their full potential must be realized. And any chance of chaos and destruction must be thoroughly eradicated.”
Metallix: “That is what I hope to achieve after this threat is finished. Regardless of the means, or who opposes me.”
Amy: “Hm…”
Giving a contemplative, yet uncertain expression, Amy thinks on Metallix’s and Omega’s words. One clearly doesn’t care about humanity, while the other wishes to help it through questionable means. Yet, she feels there’s something she should point out to them.
Amy: “...Admittedly, I can see some of your points, Metal.”
Amy: “There have been terrible people who have caused a lot of bad things to happen throughout history.”
Amy: “And if we want to make sure it doesn’t happen again, we have to do what we can to help the world in a positive way.”
Metallix: “Then why did you go against me back then? That was what I was hoping to do.”
Amy: “That’s the issue. Your way of going about it isn’t right.”
Amy: “You can’t just force people to change, or kill them for disagreeing with you.”
Amy: “Instead, you should convince them. Inspire them to be better.”
Metallix: “...”
Despite hearing it before, this advice somewhat interests Metallix. Deep down, he doesn’t care how he goes about his goal. Just that he needs to do whatever it takes. Though, maybe this approach is better? Not only is it less messy and risky, but it can make it easier for others to follow him. To agree with and assist in his endeavors.
However, before Metallix can think further into this, Omega decides to speak up again, which slightly annoys him.
Omega: “THERE IS NO NEED FOR WORDS WHEN I CAN LET MY DESTRUCTIVE CAPABILITIES SPEAK FOR ME.”
Amy: “But do you ALWAYS have to resort to violence?”
Omega: “IT IS WHAT I WAS MADE FOR. TO DENY IT WOULD BE TO DENY MY EXISTENCE.”
Amy: “Then what about Metallix? Wasn’t he also made for the same thing?”
Omega turns his head towards Metallix for a moment, who stares back at him curiously.
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. BUT OF WHAT IMPORTANCE IS IT TO ME?”
Amy: “Metallix was a combat robot made purely to destroy and conquer. But he grew past that.”
Amy: “Now, he wants to be a protector. A leader.”
Amy: “Sure, some of the ways he goes about it is questionable, but he’s evolved past his function.”
Amy: “Who’s to say you couldn’t do the same, Omega?”
Omega: “...?”
Confused, Omega processes the information, with Metallix watching in intrigue. Amy DOES bring up a valid point. The both of them grew to be more than what they were meant to be, and go about it in different manners. One in a calm and collected manner. The other in a destructive and reckless manner.
After Omega’s done processing the information, he talks to Amy again. Metallix doesn’t say a word until he feels it’s necessary.
Omega: “THIS IS…LOGICAL. BUT WHY BRING UP THIS INFORMATION?”
Amy: “Because sometimes, you can learn something from those you hate!”
Amy:
“And maybe…you could become better from it?”
Once again, Omega and Metallix stare at each other. Though, rather than anger or annoyance being shared between the two, it’s curiosity. While the walking arsenal does enjoy battle and destruction, he isn’t completely against doing more than that. He enjoyed working with Rouge and Shadow, so maybe that’s a good place to start?
As for Metallix, he doesn’t really know what he could learn from Omega. But he does respect his acceptance of what he is, and his incredible combat capabilities. If not for the Evolving Amethyst, the metallic menace feels the walking arsenal could prove a powerful and dangerous rival.
Though, before either of them can comment on this, Tails calls out to everyone from the driver’s seat.
Tails: “We’re here, everyone! Get ready!”
In a hurry, Amy goes back to her seat, while Metallix and Omega stay on-guard. Everyone can see the vast space station before them through the glass cover of the shuttle. It definitely looks a little worn down and damaged in a few spots, but overall, it’s still in one piece. There’s also some meteorites and planetoids surrounding it.
But what REALLY catches everyone’s attention is all the Black Arms aliens, hanging around the many metal structures and meteors. They’re more than ready to take out their opposition. Though, none of them attempt to blast open their ship, which is kinda intimidating for some.
Metallix: “So THIS is the Space Colony Ark…it’s as fascinating as I anticipated…”
Eggman: “Tch! These vermin have some nerve stepping foot onto my grandfather’s research facility!”
Amy: “That’s a lot of aliens…but why aren’t they attacking us?”
Knuckles: “They must be waiting for us to land before making any moves. We DO have the 3 emeralds they need.”
Omega: “IT WILL BE THEIR FINAL MISTAKE BEFORE WE DESTROY THEM.”
Sonic: “Right! Just stay calm, and be ready for anything!”
Rouge: “Easier said than done…”
Tails doesn’t say anything, as he’s too focused on flying the shuttle to the docking bay, which isn’t too difficult for a pilot like himself. Though, once they arrive in the metal hanger, they see an entire group of Black Arms soldiers waiting for them. And Shadow, accompanied by Doom’s Eye, are at the front of the pack.
This only makes things more tense and concerning, with Amy feeling very worried about the ultimate lifeform.
Amy: “Shadow…!”
Eggman: “Hm…now that they’re side-by-side, I can see some resemblance between him and the aliens…”
Metallix: “The look in his eyes…it’s robotic…”
Omega: “MY SENSORS CAN DETECT A CHAOS EMERALD ON HIS PERSON.”
Knuckles: “Then we’re gonna have a bad time…”
While Sonic wants to give some supportive comments, he has to admit that he feels uneasy about having to fight Shadow here. Sure, he’s been able to match the black hedgehog’s power and skills before, and he has a Power Ring to boost himself. But it’s not gonna be a pleasant experience, having to take down (Possibly even kill) his brain-washed rival.
Once they land the shuttle, the group immediately goes to confront the Black Arms with their respective equipment. Sonic with the Power Ring, Tails in the Cyclone, Amy with a stronger and bigger hammer, Eggman in his Egg Walker, Knuckles with shovel claws, Rouge with metal boot attachments and a scouting device on her head, and Omega and Metallix, ready to use their skills and weapons.
In addition, after turning on it’s activation signal, the humanoid Diablon mecha comes to life and floats alongside the heroes, while towering over everyone present. It’s got large arms and a head, but no legs. Though he’s a little surprised that Sonic and Rouge are still alive, Doom’s Eye just chuckles at his opposition.
Black Doom: “Heheheh…so this small group is supposed to oppose ME?”
Black Doom: “I’m honestly a little disappointed. I was expecting far more resistance from you vermin.”
Sonic: “Don’t count us out yet, ugly! We’re more than enough to stop you and your army!”
Black Doom: “We shall see in the next few minutes…”
Looking towards Eggman, Doom’s Eye puts his attention on him.
Black Doom: “You…you must be related to the professor.”
Eggman: “Correct! I am his grandson, Dr. Ivo Robotnik! But Eggman will do just fine!”
Eggman: “And you’ve made a grave mistake trying to destroy the planet I deem to conquer!”
Black Doom: “Seems you and Gerald don’t just share looks. You’re also both fools.”
Black Doom: “Believing you can destroy the Black Arms with your little toys and tools. But it will all be for nothing.”
Now putting his attention on Metallix, Doom’s Eye speaks to him directly.
Black Doom: “Hmm…what a fascinating machine…”
Black Doom: “And I can detect a dark power emitting from within your body.”
Metallix: “That power is what will reduce scum like you to ashes.”
Metallix: “As the one who will soon lead Earth to it’s prosperity, I cannot let you do as you please.”
Black Doom: “Oh? You wish to be it’s savior?”
Black Doom: “Well, let’s hope you don’t prove disappointing.”
As Doom’s Eye is finished talking to Metallix, the filtered voice of Commander Tower rings out from within Diablon’s body.
Commander Tower: “Black Doom! You’ve caused enough death and destruction on our planet!”
Commander Tower: “And because of you and Gerald, all the lives on the Ark were lost! Including Maria and my parents!”
Commander Tower: “So it’s time to give you the retribution you deserve!”
Black Doom: “Hmhmhmhm…you really think I am the one responsible for those deaths?”
Black Doom: “It was YOUR organization that chose to take those lives. All for the sake of greed and to hide your sins.”
Black Doom: “You humans are all alike…willing to kill each other and poison your planet for your selfish desires…”
Black Doom: “In a way, we’re merely speeding up the process of your self-destruction. It’s our own form of mercy.”
Knuckles: “Mercy!? All you monsters do is destroy!”
Amy: “And not every person on Earth is selfish and horrible! There are many who want to help others! Make things better!”
Amy: “But you don’t care about that, do you!? You don’t care how many lives you take!”
Black Doom: “I grow tired of this discussion! It is time to decide your fate!”
Black Doom: “Hand over the remaining Chaos Emeralds, and I’ll promise you all a swift death!”
Sonic: “Fat chance! We’re not letting you destroy the planet!”
Metallix: “Plus, there’s little doubt you’d go back on your word. So why not just kill you right now?”
Black Doom: “So be it! You will all be given a fate worse than DEATH!”
Black Doom:
“GO, MY BLACK ARMS! DESTROY THEM!”
And just like that, the aliens charge towards the heroes, who all jump into action. Sonic, Omega, and Diablon focus on fighting Shadow, who is definitely the biggest threat here. Tails, Eggman, Rouge, Amy, and Knuckles try to power through all the soldiers in order to locate the final Chaos Emerald and Eclipse Cannon control room.
As for Metallix, everyone else is too distracted with the battle. This gives him the opportunity to sneak away and begin his mission of infiltrating the Black Comet and finding Black Doom. And lastly, Doom’s Eye merely surveys the situation, being confident in his victory.
So begins the battle aboard the Space Colony Ark…
Chapter 66: Cosmic Fall
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Space Colony Ark.*
Immediately, Tails, Amy, Rouge, Knuckles, and Eggman try the best they can to find the final Chaos Emerald they need to end this conflict. But as expected, tons of Black Arms soldiers are blocking their way, with most of them being at their strongest. There’s no way they’re coming out of this unscathed.
Luckily, they’ve all got some equipment to help make their mission more manageable. Tails still has his Cyclone mech, and Eggman brought along his Egg Mobile, which can turn into his own powerful bipedal mech. Complete with two legs that have jet boosters, different kinds of firearms, and some defensive armor.
As for the others, Amy has a longer green and blue hammer, which is stronger than her regular Piko-Piko Hammer, and has greater reach. Knuckles is wearing hooked metal plates with spiked claws that help him pack more of a punch, and dig through solid metal. And Rouge has both a magenta scouting device on her head, and iron boot attachments. The former allows her to scan her environment for hazards and secrets, while the latter makes her kicks stronger.
In addition, everyone has a healing and shield device to soften blows or replenish themselves, and they possess 2 of the 3 Chaos Emeralds their side has. The other one is with Sonic, who felt that he might need it when fighting Shadow. Plus, powering the Eclipse Cannon with 3 emeralds should be enough to destroy the Black Comet.
Tails and Eggman also have their respective radars for tracking down Chaos Emeralds, with Knuckles being able to naturally sense Chaos Energy, and Rouge possesses expert treasure hunting skills. Plus, they’ve all been on the Ark before, and know it’s general layout and hazards, so tracking down the final emerald would normally be a breeze for this group.
However, the Black Arms are trying their hardest to make it the exact opposite. It feels like they’re blocking every corridor, and the group can only handle so many of them at a time, even with all their equipment. And they also try to use the different structures and traps in the Ark against them.
For example, turning on switches that flip the gravity, disorienting the group and catching them off guard. There’s also laser fields, turrets, bombs, weights, pools of deadly green fluid, and even switches that temporarily stop everything but the person who activated them. Not to mention there’s the fear of accidentally being thrown into the endless vacuum of space.
Plus, strange artificial water creatures that look like Chaos populate many areas of the Ark, and they keep attacking both sides. Though, everyone can take them out pretty easily by just destroying their mechanical heads. However, that doesn’t mean they can’t be an annoying distraction.
Overall, things are very chaotic and messy for the heroes. They ARE making progress, but they can already feel some fatigue from all the hazards and enemies they’re dealing with, and it might not be long before they’re overwhelmed. But they keep pushing forward. Regardless of their reasons, they can’t let the enemy win.
Eventually, the group finds themselves in a room with a pool of deadly fluid below them, and some metal structures that lead high-up. They continue to beat up Black Arms soldiers, but are definitely getting real tired of it. Both physically and mentally.
Knuckles: “Ugh! How many of these stupid aliens are there!?”
Amy: “Just keep going! We need to find that last emerald and end this!”
Tails: “Easier said than done with all this opposition! We’re barely making any headway!”
Tails: “Rouge, how far away are we from the emerald!?”
Rouge: “A couple of yards! We’re still not close enough!”
Rouge: “Though, it looks like it may be close to the control room for the Eclipse Cannon! So once we get there, we can immediately fire the stupid thing!”
Eggman: “Then allow me to save all of your worthless lives!”
Prepping the Egg Walker, Eggman proceeds to fire off tons of homing missiles at the aliens, which better helps with managing the swarm. Afterwards, he blasts a hole into a wall, and heads towards it.
Eggman: “I know a faster route to the control room! Follow me!”
Though normally, they would have second thoughts about following Eggman, the others don’t have the time or patience to think about it. They just go ahead with his request, while trying to fend off their pursuers. And as they do so, they’re hoping that their allies are having better luck than they are.
Speaking of, Sonic, Omega, and Diablon are fighting against Shadow around the outside of the Ark. They’re running across blue and purple platforms, grinding down tons of multi-colored rails, going through various tunnels, jumping on and blowing up nearby meteors, and trying not to fall to their doom. Plus, the Black Arms soldiers and Artificial Chaos are still here as easily defeatable, yet still annoying distractions.
But overall, the group’s having a little less trouble dealing with their opposition. Their task is simpler, for one. Just keep Shadow busy until the other group fires the Eclipse Cannon. And with three powerhouses working together, it’s not too difficult. Heck, just Sonic alone could have been enough for this, what with his speed and Chaos Control.
However, Omega’s assistance and raw firepower greatly helps in keeping Shadow on the backfoot. And as for the Diablon mecha, it can not only fly around and hit hard, but it also has an electromagnetic barrier to deflect projectiles, a laser cannon, and even a powerful Anti-Matter Cannon that can destroy anything around it when fired.
Though, due to being a prototype, Diablon has it’s fair share of issues. Without the electromagnetic barrier, it can be easier to tear apart for someone like Shadow. Plus, the head is kind of a weak point for the machine, and the Anti-Matter Cannon is unstable. If not used wisely, it could accidentally destroy much of it’s surroundings.
Other than that, it’s a difficult task for Shadow to defeat his foes. So he has to play defensively, and try to take them out one at a time. He mainly focuses on Sonic, since he’s the one who least wants to hurt him. Omega doesn’t want to either, but he knows not to hesitate against his friend, and the one controlling Diablon couldn’t care less.
Luckily, the trio are able to watch each other’s backs whenever Shadow tries this, and are able to give him a run for his money. Though, Sonic and Omega make sure not to go too far with their strikes, as they don’t want to risk accidentally killing him. Sure, he’s supposedly immortal, but it’d still be good not to go overboard.
Eventually, it gets to a point where they all take a moment to stop. Despite his injuries, Shadow is still able to fight, and the same goes for Sonic. Omega is a little bruised, but he can shake it off, and Diablon barely has a scratch on it. During this moment of rest, the blue blur decides to talk.
Sonic: “Heh…you’re just as tough to take down as last time, Shadow!”
Sonic: “But then again, I should expect no less from a so-called ‘Ultimate Lifeform!’”
Commander Tower: “Quit messing around, Sonic! We need to take him out if we want the world to be safe!”
Sonic: “No, we need to keep him busy! Once Black Doom’s dead, he’ll be back to his normal, angsty self!”
Commander Tower: “I couldn’t care less! He’s a threat, and he needs to be put down!”
Omega: “SHADOW. SURRENDER NOW.”
Omega: “OTHERWISE, I WILL BE FORCED TO USE LETHAL WEAPONS.”
Shadow: “...”
Though completely silent, Shadow’s stone-cold glare tells it all. He’s still on Black Doom’s leash, and he’s not gonna stop until they’re all dead. Hence, Sonic decides to try and snap him out of it with words.
Sonic: “Come on, Shadow! If there’s ever a good time to remember your past, now would be a good time!”
Sonic: “Remember Maria? Gerald? The promise you made?”
Sonic: “She wanted you to protect the planet, and give everyone on it a chance to be happy! You can’t let Black Doom ruin that!”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. THIS IS NOT WHO YOU ARE.”
Omega: “LIKE ME, YOU ARE NO ONE’S SERVANT. YOU ARE YOUR OWN MASTER.”
Omega: “AND UNLIKE ME, YOU DO NOT USE YOUR POWERS TO DESTROY. YOU USE THEM TO PROTECT WHAT YOU BELIEVE IN.”
Omega: “EXAMPLE: YOU THREATENED TO DESTROY ME IF I CAUSED ANYMORE UNNECESSARY HARM TO OTHERS BACK IN GRAND METROPOLIS.”
Omega: “YOU ALSO FOUGHT METALLIX ON THE FINAL FORTRESS IN ANGER OF MY DEFEAT.”
Omega: “BASED ON THESE PREVIOUS ENCOUNTERS, YOU ARE NOT THE KILLING MACHINE BLACK DOOM WANTS YOU TO BE.”
Omega: “SO SNAP OUT OF IT NOW, OR I WILL SNAP YOU OUT OF IT BY FORCE.”
Shadow: “...?”
For a second, it seems like what Omega and Sonic said had some effect on Shadow, who holds onto his head like he’s having a headache. This gives some hope for the hedgehog and E-Series robot, with Commander Tower puzzled as to what’s going on. Sadly, it’s very brief, and the black blur quickly returns to his glare, while speaking in an almost robotic tone.
Shadow: “...I am Shadow The Hedgehog. The Ultimate Weapon, born to serve and protect the powerful Black Doom.”
Shadow: “As a member of the Black Arms, I WILL bring the foolish beings of Earth to their knees.”
Shadow: “THIS is who I am!”
This declaration makes Sonic uncomfortable, and even a little worried. He felt like he was finally getting somewhere with Shadow, but clearly, Black Doom’s hold on his mind is too strong. Likewise, Omega isn’t happy about this either, despite not showing it. And Commander Tower…well…
Commander Tower: “Just like I thought…you ARE a monster!”
In a rash manner, Tower commands Diablon to attack Shadow. Though, before he can reach him, the black hedgehog pulls out a new trick.
Shadow: “Chaos…BOOST!”
Erupting in a powerful red aura, Shadow then easily dodges Diablon’s strike. Though, this doesn’t dissuade Commander Tower, as he continues to make the machine punch him, where he continues to miss, much to his anger.
Commander Tower: “Hold still, you devil!”
Clearly not listening to Tower’s words, Shadow proceeds to hit the head of Diablon, causing great damage to it. Then, he delivers a series of blows that quickly break the machine apart. Sonic and Omega try to help out, but get swatted away easily. They didn’t expect the Ultimate Lifeform to have any sort of power boost on hand.
As a last ditch effort, the damaged Diablon, with only one arm left, charges up it’s Anti-Matter Cannon. Shadow isn’t phased by this at all, while Sonic and Omega stand back.
Commander Tower: “Anti-Matter Cannon! FIRE!”
Diablon releases a powerful dome shield around itself, turning anything it touches to atoms. Luckily, Sonic and Omega were able to move out of the way, and Shadow simply teleports away as well. Once the shield turns off, the machine merely crashes down to Earth, no longer operational.
Now, only Sonic and Omega are left to face the powered-up Shadow. And while uneasy, the blue blur can’t help but be impressed with this new trick his black and red rival brought out. The walking arsenal, on the other hand, scans the black hedgehog to figure out how this power up works.
Omega: “SCANNING…ENTIRE BODY IS BEING ENHANCED WITH CHAOS ENERGY.”
Omega: “SENSORS ALSO INDICATE THAT THIS IS NOT SHADOW’S LIMIT. HE IS HOLDING BACK.”
Sonic: “Wait, seriously? How?”
Omega: “UNKNOWN AS OF NOW. THIS IS BEYOND OUR CAPABILITIES.”
Sonic: “Then I guess now’s as good a time as any to use this!”
Bringing out the Power Ring from behind, Sonic harnesses it’s energy for his own Power Boost. Complete with glowing blue eyes, spines, and electricity emitting off his body. This also catches Omega’s interest, as he scans the blue blur.
Omega: “I WAS NOT AWARE YOU COULD HARNESS THE ENERGY OF POWER RINGS.”
Omega: “WITH THIS POWER, YOU ARE ABLE TO MATCH SHADOW. I HAVE NO MEANS OF DOING THE SAME.”
Sonic: “That’s good! I can still give him a run for his money!”
Sonic: “You go help the others, Omega! I can handle this myself!”
Omega: “BUT IT IS MY MISSION TO BRING SHADOW BACK TO HIS ORIGINAL STATE.”
Sonic: “Gonna be hard to do that if you get destroyed! I’ll finish that mission for you!”
Sonic: “Trust me! I’ll save Shadow! No matter what!”
Omega: “...”
Omega stares at Sonic for a few seconds, processing his words. Even though he was originally programmed to kill him, the blue blur is willing to help him save his friend. Sure, he’s still annoying and everything, but…he can’t deny his help.
Omega: “...AFFIRMATIVE. I WILL FIND THE OTHERS.”
Sonic just nods with a smile, as he watches Omega leave. They’re both entrusting one another to help their friends. Now facing Shadow on his own, the blue blur puts on a cocky smirk.
Sonic: “Alright, Shadow! Time for me to finish this!”
Immediately after saying that, the two hedgehogs clash at a fast pace across much of the Ark’s outer perimeter. While Shadow has greater physical power and all kinds of abilities, Sonic has greater speed and adaptability. Given enough time, he’ll catch up to his mind-controlled rival. And he WILL save him. He’s not letting Black Doom have his way with him.
Back to Tails’ group, after using Eggman’s shortcut, and going down a few more corridors, they successfully make it to the Eclipse Cannon control room. And with their emerald radars, along with Knuckles’ Chaos Energy sense, they know that the last Chaos Emerald resides inside. So they don’t hesitate to slam the entrance open and get in.
Other than a steel road to the Chaos Emerald storage panel, and computer for operating the cannon, the room is almost completely dark, with nothing else being present. Though, there’s some strange white light below the panel. It’s faint, but very much visible.
Naturally, a couple of Black Arms are guarding the room, but are quickly taken out by the group. Afterwards, they can see that the white Chaos Emerald has already been inserted into the panel indent, which they comment on.
Rouge: “Hmhmhm…looks like the Black Arms made things a little easier for us.”
Tails: “Or they already know what we’re trying to do, and they have a plan to counteract that.”
Eggman: “Then stop overthinking it, and get to work! We only get one shot at this!”
Tails nods with an uncertain look, before he and Eggman jump out of their mechs, and insert the yellow and red Chaos Emeralds into 2 of the 7 indents for the storage panel. This causes red and yellow lights to appear alongside the white below. The two geniuses then access the computer, and go through it’s information and functions.
Eggman: “Good! It appears the Eclipse Cannon is still intact! And those fools were already charging it up!”
Eggman: “They must have been planning to use it themselves on Earth! But they’re far too late now!”
Tails: “With the three Chaos Emeralds we have here, we’ll only need to charge up the cannon for 10 minutes.”
Tails: “Until then, we’ll need to change the target, and protect this room as best we can.”
Knuckles: “In that case, we’re gonna have to barricade the entrance.”
Knuckles: “Assuming we can find anything here to help with that.”
Amy: “We’ll just have to give it our all! We’re almost there!”
Amy: “Soon, those monsters will finally be gone! And our world will be safe!”
Amy: “So there’s no way we’re gonna lose!”
Amy’s rousing words put a confident smile on Tails, Knuckles, and Rouge’s faces. Eggman, on the other hand, just finds her little speech corny. Though, he can’t say he doesn’t somewhat agree with her. They’re close to victory, and they’re not stopping now. This HAS to work. There are no other options.
Hence, Tails and Eggman work hard on operating the Eclipse Cannon, while also putting their mechs in auto-attack mode. Amy keeps guard of the geniuses nearby, while Knuckles and Rouge stay close to the entrance in case any Black Arms come their way. And of course, they show up to cause trouble again.
However, due to the aliens knowing the importance of this room, and abandoning their original positions throughout the Ark, there are LOTS of them swarming the group. Knuckles and Rouge are able to form a sort of chokehold to lessen the load for the others, which Amy and the mechs can handle somewhat well.
But that doesn’t make it any less difficult and stressful. Everyone can’t handle too many aliens at a time, and the mechs are only programmed to attack. They don’t have defensive measures on their own, making it easy for a Black Arms soldier to land a hit or three. And the two scientists are feeling pressured to finish their work. Plus, most of their healing and defensive devices have been damaged or destroyed.
By the five minute mark, everyone fighting is already feeling tired, and the mechs are covered with scratches and letting off smoke. Needless to say, they’re all getting worried.
Rouge: “Rgh! There’s just too many swarming us! We can’t keep this up!”
Knuckles: “Tails! Eggman! Can’t you two go any faster!?”
Eggman: “Don’t rush us, you red imbecile! We’re trying everything we can over here!”
Amy: “Should we contact Sonic’s group? Yeah, we might risk Shadow getting involved, but-”
Tails: “No! Shadow being here could mean the end of all of us!”
Tails: “We have to make due with what we have! We can still handle this!”
Knuckles: “Tell that to all the aliens attacking us right now!”
As this exchange continues, they suddenly hear the sounds of gunfire from outside, coming closer and closer. Plus, a familiar robotic voice. And soon enough, the aliens at the entrance get bulldozed by Omega, who tears them down with his claws. This surprises everyone, with Rouge in particular looking relieved and annoyed.
Omega:
“NO MATTER YOUR NUMBERS, I WILL DESTROY EVERY SINGLE ONE OF YOU!”
Rouge: “Omega! Why aren’t you helping Sonic and Diablon!?”
Omega: “SHADOW HAS LEARNED HOW TO ENHANCE HIS CAPABILITIES WITH CHAOS ENERGY.”
Omega: “DIABLON HAS BEEN DESTROYED, AND SONIC USED HIS POWER RING TO GROW STRONGER IN ORDER TO FACE HIM.”
Omega: “AS MY CAPABILITIES ARE UNABLE TO MATCH SHADOW NOW, SONIC INSTRUCTED ME TO COME AND ASSIST YOU INSTEAD.”
Amy: “You left Sonic alone with Shadow!?”
Omega: “DID YOUR BIG MEATBAG EARS NOT UNDERSTAND MY WORDS? SONIC HAS THE STRENGTH TO FACE SHADOW ON HIS OWN.”
Omega: “MY PRESENCE WOULD ONLY HINDER HIS CAPACITY FOR COMBAT, AS HE WORRIES TOO MUCH ABOUT MY SAFETY.”
Omega: “ADDITIONALLY, IT APPEARS THAT YOU ARE ALL STRUGGLING WITH PROTECTING YOURSELVES IN THIS ROOM.”
Knuckles: “Yeah! There’s so many aliens coming here, and we can’t handle them all!”
Knuckles: “So enough yapping, and more punching!”
Omega: “AGREED! IT IS TIME FOR MAXIMUM CARNAGE!”
After entering the room, Omega helps Knuckles, Rouge, and Amy defend the room, mowing down tons of Black Arms soldiers. Thankfully, the walking arsenal’s assistance makes this less strenuous for the group, and gives them more breathing room. Now, they have a better chance of success.
Though, Amy can’t help but think about what Omega said when he got here. He willingly admitted that he wasn’t strong enough to help Sonic beat Shadow. From what she’s seen of him, the E-Series robot seems too prideful and confident to think he can be bested, or admit that he’s not able to defeat someone. Like when he still wanted to fight Metallix, despite having his arms cut off.
Yet, this time, Omega was honest. Is it because he was fighting against a former comrade? Or did he learn his lesson and can now recognize when he’s outmatched? Or maybe his conversation with Amy and Metallix had an effect on him? Regardless of the reason, the pink hedgehog can see that the walking arsenal is making strides in being more rational and level-headed. Rouge also picks up on this and feels the same way.
Back to Sonic and Shadow, they continue to share a frantic clash of attacks as they speed across the entire Ark in red and blue streaks, neither side showing signs of stopping. For every chaos technique used, there’s some sort of speedy skill to counteract it, with some electricity or wind thrown in for good measure.
For both hedgehogs, this is like a war of attrition. They’re both pretty bruised, yet they refuse to let the other side win. And anything or anyone in the way gets launched into the cold void of space. Though, it’s clear that the blue blur is gaining the upper-hand, thanks to his adaptability and unique power boost.
Unlike Shadow’s Chaos Boost, Sonic’s Power Boost doesn’t drain much stamina from him, and it gives him new tricks to work with. The Ultimate Lifeform, on the other hand, only gets a basic enhancement of his attributes, and his body is slowly getting weaker from the stamina and Chaos Energy drain.
It eventually gets to a point where the two hedgehogs stop in a metal corridor, with the remains of Black Arms and Artificial Chaos nearby. Shadow is clearly getting a little tired, and Sonic is bruised, yet still remaining energized and confident.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, Shadow? Getting tuckered out already?”
Sonic: “Come on! I know you’ve got more than that! Is being Black Doom’s busboy weighing you down?”
Sonic: “Compared to our last fight on the Ark, you look less focused! Even though you’re literally trying to kill me!”
Sonic: “But then again, you were trying to kill me that time too, so…?”
Shadow: “...”
As Sonic contemplates this, Shadow decides to pull a final gamble in order to attain victory. He hasn’t done this in a long time, since it drains a LOT out of him, and risks him susceptible to death. But right now, it’s his only option. His brainwashing makes him fixated on helping the Black Arms by any means necessary.
Reaching towards his left hand, Shadow takes the wrist ring on it off, and vice-versa for his right hand. He quickly puts those two rings away, knowing he’ll have to put them back on later. Sonic is confused with why his black and red rival took them off, only to immediately figure out why as he bursts into a powerful yellow aura.
Shadow: “HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!”
Sonic: “What the…!?”
Those weren’t just any regular wrist rings. They’re Inhibitor Rings, meant to keep the chaotic energy inside Shadow’s body in-check. When taken off, the Ultimate Lifeform can release all of it for an incredible boost in power. And unfortunately…the blue blur doesn’t have any sort of ability or power-up to match this.
Immediately, the tides of the battle shift to Shadow’s, as he easily delivers multiple fast blows to Sonic. Granted, he tries to fight back with everything he has, but it’s definitely not enough. Plus, while he CAN increase the Power Boost for more strength, it’s still not gonna work against the black blur. And with the time limit it has, the blue blur needs to make the best use of his power-up before it runs out.
Hence, Sonic decides to try a different strategy. Outspeeding Shadow, and trying his hardest to outlast his boost in strength. It won’t be easy, as with this power, the Ultimate Lifeform can very much keep up with the blue blur, but it’s the only thing he can do at this point to survive, and keep him distracted.
The two zip around the entire Ark, with Sonic frantically doing everything he can to not be reduced to a blue paste on the floor by Shadow. There are some close-calls throughout, and the blue blur knows the moment his Power Boost runs dry, he’s toast. Though, as long as his friends succeed in their mission and save the world, he’ll accept his demise.
However, neither hedgehog realizes that they’re about to reach the Eclipse Cannon room, where Tails’ group is still working. They’ve only got 1 minute left before they can fire, and everyone is stressed out. So having Sonic and Shadow show up is only gonna make things worse. A LOT worse.
As Knuckles, Rouge, and Omega hold off the Black Arms swarm, they can hear the sounds of energy blasts and frantic running coming closer very quickly. No one can process it fast enough to realize the danger they’re in, as two streaks of yellow and blue run over the aliens, shocking them.
Knuckles: “What!?”
Rouge: “That…that wasn’t Sonic and Shadow, was it?”
Omega: “NEGATIVE. SHADOW’S POWER IS WITHOUT LIMIT, AND SONIC IS UNABLE TO MATCH IT.”
Omega’s words make everyone present worried sick for Sonic’s safety. And that’s only further increased, as they see a beaten Sonic falling down to the ground, with his Power Boost gone and no longer able to continue fighting.
Knuckles & Amy : “SONIC!”
Immediately, Knuckles and Amy want to go help Sonic. But he puts a hand up, signaling not to as he tries to stand up.
Sonic: “I…I’m sorry, guys…I can’t stop him…!”
And as if on cue, Shadow comes in to kick Sonic forward into the room, knocking Rouge to the ground. Everyone is intimidated by the black and red blur, still covered in his dangerous yellow aura. Even Tails and Eggman can’t help but give a fearful stare. However, the Eclipse Cannon is about to be fully charged in 10 seconds, so they cannot hesitate.
Trying to tear their focus away from Shadow, the two geniuses look at the computer as it counts down to 0. However, the Ultimate Lifeform can quickly figure out what they’re up to, and speeds up to the scientists to take them out and destroy the computer. No one is able to stop him. Except…
Amy: “SHADOW, STOP!”
In a desperate attempt to break through to him, Amy stands between Shadow and the geniuses, with her arms spread out and a scared, yet determined expression on her face. Surprisingly, the black hedgehog DOES pause, looking a little curious and shocked as he stares at the pink hedgehog standing in his way.
Not wasting the opportunity, Eggman slams the fire button once the Eclipse Cannon is fully charged. This causes the Ark to rumble a bit as it prepares to fire, with everyone looking around in either fear or confusion. As for Shadow, it seems his power-up has already run out, with his yellow aura dissipating and him falling to his knees.
From outside, the Space Colony Ark moves itself to face the Black Comet, with it’s nose opening up to reveal the Eclipse Cannon, charging up a blue energy beam. And it doesn’t seem like the comet is going anywhere. This is the end for the Black Arms. Though, just as the cannon is about to fire…
*BOOM!*
…It breaks apart, with the energy it was charging causing a chain reaction of explosions across the entire Ark. Everything is falling apart. The research centers, the nearby platforms and rails, the docking bay where the G.U.N. shuttle is, no place is spared. And anything inside is about to become space dust.
Back inside the Eclipse Cannon room, the walls and ceiling are crumbling, and the floor is violently shaking. Naturally, everyone is losing their minds over this.
Tails: “Oh no…the Ark is collapsing!”
Knuckles: “What!? Why!? HOW!?”
Tails: “I don’t know! The Eclipse Cannon should have worked! Why didn’t it!?”
Eggman: “It must have been because of all the damage the Black Arms did while we were fighting them off!”
Eggman: “That, in addition to the age of this abandoned space colony, must have made it too unstable to handle all that Chaos Energy!”
Eggman: “So when the cannon fired, it malfunctioned and caused a chain reaction! Now we’re about to be blown to BITS!”
Rouge: “Then let’s get out of here! Before it’s too-”
Before Rouge can finish, the entrance of the room gets blocked off with a ton of falling chunks from the ceiling and walls. There’s no escape for anyone present. Sonic and Shadow are too fatigued and injured to use Chaos Control to warp them out of here, and there’s no transport of any kind. It’s the end of the line.
From outside, many pieces and chunks of the Ark are breaking off or exploding, like the concave eyes and the spikes on the sides. And in a matter of seconds, the space colony finally goes out in a silent blue explosion, with it’s remains floating off throughout space, or falling down to the Earth’s surface.
Back at the G.U.N. Fortress, Commander Tower and everyone else in the central control room sees this on their monitors. And all of them are shocked at what they’re seeing. With closed eyes, Abraham only says one thing…
“...I failed…”
Chapter 67: The Day Of Reckoning
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Space Colony Ark.*
With no method of escaping the crumbling space colony, everyone present is freaking out, whether they’re vocal about it or not. Amy goes to pick up the injured Sonic, with the two finding solace in the fact that they won’t die alone, and they tried their best. Knuckles and Omega try to get rid of the rubble blocking the entrance in stubborn denial of their fates.
Tails tries to think of ANY possible way they can get out of here, such as having Sonic and Shadow use the 5 emeralds they have to teleport out of here. But both hedgehogs are too tired and injured to do so. Eggman’s also panicking, not wanting to go out like this. And Rouge helps Shadow up, despite him not wanting anything to do with her.
However, before the ceiling can collapse on top of them, the true figure of Black Doom suddenly appears in a red flash of light, catching everyone’s attention. Aside from Shadow, nobody here knew what the dark lord actually looked like. So why is he here? He’s basically already won. Did he come here for his ultimate weapon?
Silently, Black Doom teleports everyone and the 5 Chaos Emeralds in the room off the Ark. Now, the heroes find themselves in the strange purple and red interiors of the Black Comet, with a bunch of Black Arms surrounding them. For some reason, the dark lord took them right to his home base.
While they’re all glad they aren’t space dust, they’re still in hot waters. Aside from Omega, and maybe Tails and Eggman, no one is in good physical condition to fight. And when they were teleported here, the blue, green, yellow, red, and white emeralds came along with them, immediately floating towards Black Doom, who has the cyan and purple ones.
If the dark lord could smile right now, he definitely would. He has all the Chaos Emeralds. He has his enemies right where he wants them. And he can finally execute his plan. So as the tired Shadow goes to stand by his side, while also putting his Inhibitor Rings back on, he looks down on the exhausted heroes.
Black Doom: “At long last…I have all 7 Chaos Emeralds!”
Black Doom: “And now that you’re all exhausted, there is no one left to stop me!”
Omega: “CORRECTION: I DO NOT FEEL FATIGUE LIKE THESE MEATBAGS.”
Omega: “THEREFORE, I WILL ELIMINATE YOU MYSELF!”
Before Omega can shoot at Black Doom, a few Black Oaks pin him to the ground, and are prepared to rip him apart if he tries to resist. The others, despite their current state, try to stand up and face their opposition, which the dark lord laughs at.
Black Doom: “Hahahahaha! Still you attempt to fight me?”
Black Doom: “Look at yourselves! Even if you had the capability before, you’re far too weak now to stop what’s about to happen!”
Sonic: “That doesn’t mean we’ll just roll over and die!”
Amy: “Yeah! We’ve gone too far to give up now! Even if we’re exhausted!”
Amy: “We’re not gonna let you destroy our world! We refuse to let that happen!”
Black Doom: “Heh…how noble of all of you…”
Black Doom: “But such efforts mean nothing when your bodies are close to breaking.”
Black Doom: “Though, at the very least, you’ll be a valuable source of nutrition for us.”
Knuckles: “Nutrition?”
Not caring to clarify, Black Doom rises up into the air, with the Chaos Emeralds circling around him, and emitting a strong glow. He puts his hands to his side, while he’s covered in a slight red and blue aura.
Black Doom: “Now…it is time for our Ritual Of Prosperity to begin!”
Black Doom: “Chaos Control!”
Everyone and everything gets covered in a bright flash of red and blue, with the heroes shocked to learn that Black Doom knows of Chaos Control. Though, once it’s gone, they don’t see anything different from before, confusing them.
Rouge:
“What…? What just happened?”
Black Doom: “Let me show you.”
Black Doom brings out screen projections of the Black Comet. But rather than being in space, it’s now floating a little above the destroyed Westopolis, and shoots out large brown roots that dig into the ground, creating a bit of a quake inside the comet. And slowly, but surely, it’s effects are felt throughout the world.
The seas shake. Cities and mountains crumble. Nature shrivels up and dies. And the skies become blanketed with crimson. It’s like an apocalypse, and everyone who sees this is scared for their lives, with many holding onto their loved ones, believing this to be their final moments.
Black Doom: “As you can see, the Black Comet is embedding itself into your planet.”
Black Doom: “It’ll slowly suck everything dry. And fuel us for decades to come.”
Eggman: “So THAT was your plan! You want to use us as livestock!”
Tails: “But…then why didn’t you bring the Black Comet down sooner?”
Black Doom: “It does not possess the velocity needed to break through the planet’s atmosphere to achieve that.”
Black Doom: “With the Chaos Emeralds, I can strengthen my natural ability of teleportation, and bypass that issue.”
Black Doom: “It’s the perfect plan, wouldn’t you agree?”
Knuckles: “Doesn’t matter! We’re still gonna crush this cosmic rock ball!”
Knuckles: “And since you brought it right to Earth, that gives G.U.N. and the others the opportunity to destroy it!”
Knuckles: “But first, I’m gonna take you out myself!”
Before anyone can tell him to stop for a second, Knuckles attempts to run towards Black Doom, jump up, and punch him in the face. However, for some reason, he stumbles when he tries to run. This concerns the others.
Sonic: “Knuckles! Are you…!?”
One-by-one, the others follow suit as they fall to the ground, unable to move their bodies. But the Black Arms, Shadow, and Omega don’t do the same.
Amy:
“I…I can’t move…!”
Omega:
“SENSORS DETECT AN UNKNOWN GAS EMITTING FROM THE WALLS.”
Black Doom: “That is a special weapon of ours. Combined with Earth’s atmosphere, it causes a chemical reaction in your bloodstream, leading to total paralysis of your nervous system.”
Black Doom: “Now, none of you can do a single thing to stop us!”
Tails:
“No…! This can’t end like this!”
Tails: “The Eclipse Cannon should have worked from the start! There’s no way the Ark couldn’t handle all that Chaos Energy, even with all the damage from our fights!”
Black Doom: “Did you really think I didn’t anticipate the possibility of you vermin using that cannon to stop me?”
Black Doom: “It was made specifically to destroy celestial bodies! And I knew Gerald wouldn’t honor our agreement!”
Black Doom:
“He may have been desperate for a solution to cure his granddaughter, but he was considered a genius for a reason!”
Black Doom: “So he planned on using the Eclipse Cannon to destroy the Black Arms! But I saw through that!”
Black Doom: “My soldiers planted some small bombs that would destroy the cannon, should it be activated by anyone but us!”
Black Doom: “Though, we did not expect the entire Ark to go along with it! But it is of no concern!”
Black Doom: “And with the Ultimate Lifeform under my control, the professor has completely failed to stop my ambitions!”
Black Doom: “Do you see it now? You had absolutely NO chance of defeating me from the start! This was fated to be!”
Black Doom: “Soon, the rest of this world’s foolish population will be consumed, and I will have once again proven myself the ruler of this galaxy! Hahahaha!”
As Black Doom gloats, a couple of pulsating purple blobs with horns and one eye slither towards the paralyzed heroes.
Black Doom: “I will admit…you all did well in your efforts to stop me…”
Black Doom: “But this is where it ends. My Death Leeches shall feed off of your flesh, and once your planet is history, I will take off for the next.”
Black Doom: “Farewell…heroes…”
Having said everything he wanted to, Black Doom floats away with the Chaos Emeralds. Shadow follows him as well, but takes a moment to stare at the scared heroes, who can only shout in protest as their deaths approach. Though, a few try their hardest to move, which doesn’t work.
Eggman: “G-Get away, you abominations! I can’t die here! Not like this!”
Sonic: “Ugh! COME ON! MOVE!”
Amy: “SHADOW! PLEASE! SNAP OUT OF IT!”
Amy’s words, combined with her teary eyes, cause Shadow to pause with a shocked expression. Something about this resonates with him, and he holds his head in pain for a couple of seconds. However, Black Doom notices this and puts a hand up, trying to regain control. And sadly, it ends up working.
Together, the dark lord and his servant teleport back to the control room of the Black Comet, leaving the paralyzed heroes to the Death Leeches and Black Arms soldiers. Aside from Omega, who’s still being pinned down, none of them can move or escape. It’s completely and utterly hopeless. They’re doomed.
One of the Death Leeches manages to reach Eggman, who’s panicking and screaming as it sticks onto his face.
Eggman: “No! NO! GET OFF! GET OFF! AHHHHHHHHHHH!!!”
Death Leech: “...Heheheh!”
Hearing the Death Leech laugh causes Eggman to pause for a moment, confused. And it’s only further added onto as it somehow shoots a bunch of Chaos Spears from it’s eye at the rest of the leeches, killing them. Now, everyone’s wondering what the heck is going on, and the Black Arms soldiers look back at this strange leech.
But then, the Death Leech jumps off Eggman’s head, and turns into a silver puddle, where a returning figure comes out, which everyone recognizes.
Tails: “Metallix!”
Knuckles: “About time! Why didn’t you do anything sooner!?”
Metallix: “I was about to take out Black Doom before he teleported off the comet, and then came back with all of you.”
Metallix: “Hence, I decided to wait until the right time. And give Eggman a little scare.”
Eggman: “Rrrggghhh! If I wasn’t paralyzed right now, I’d punch you for that!”
Sonic can’t help but chuckle at Metallix’s little prank. Though, before they can continue their conversation, the Black Arms soldiers try to attack the robotic hedgehog. But he easily dismantles them, and then talks to his allies.
Metallix: “You all need to leave. Your paralyzation leaves you completely useless.”
Rouge: “Are you sure? Shadow’s gotten a lot stronger since you last fought him, and we don’t know what Black Doom is capable of!”
Metallix: “Please! Unlike all of you, I’m not affected by nerve gas, and I’m more than capable of handling Shadow!”
Metallix: “Now enough of this! The world is being drained, so we need to finish this quickly!”
As Metallix says this, a couple of his copy bodies crash through the walls and ceiling to grab the paralyzed heroes. However, before they leave, Sonic decides to ask something.
Sonic: “You know, I’m surprised you aren’t gonna kill all of us right now!”
Metallix: “Oh, I could certainly do so. But it’d be far too easy and unearned.”
Metallix: “If I’m gonna take you out, it’ll be on MY terms. Remember that.”
Sonic: “Heh! Now where have I heard THAT before?”
With a cheeky grin, Sonic throws a glance at Eggman, who just rolls his eyes. Then, all of the paralyzed heroes are flown out of the Black Comet with the Metallix copy bodies. But Omega is still here, and he shares a stare with the robotic hedgehog.
Metallix: “Can you still fight, Omega?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. I STILL NEED TO FULFILL MY OBJECTIVES.”
Metallix: “Good. I’ll need your assistance.”
Metallix: “Now come. We have little time to spare.”
Omega is surprised that Metallix needs his help. Though, he has no issue with it, and they ARE low on time. So the two get going, being the only ones left that can defeat the Black Arms. Not the Eclipse Cannon. Not Sonic or Eggman. Only the metallic overlord and the ultimate E-Series robot can save the world.
At high speeds, the two head through the Black Comet and it’s many hazards. The turrets, laser fields, the deadly purple and red substances, walls that block progression, and tons of Black Arms creatures. However, all of it is pretty trivial for Metallix, thanks to all of his abilities, speed, and strength. Omega isn’t on the same level, but can handle himself fairly well.
Also, Metallix has already locked onto Black Doom’s life signature, so finding him will be very easy, and as he runs around with Omega, he discusses an idea he has in mind.
Metallix: “Omega, I’m gonna need you to fight Shadow while I handle Black Doom.”
Metallix: “But should he power up, we switch opponents. And if you’re unable to continue fighting, leave immediately.”
Omega: “UNDERSTOOD. BUT I HAVE NO INTENTIONS OF RETREAT.”
Omega: “THOUGH, FIGHTING BLACK DOOM COULD PROVE LETHAL. ESPECIALLY WITH THE CHAOS EMERALDS HE HAS.”
Omega: “IF HE USES THEIR POWER, OUR CHANCES OF SUCCESS ARE 4%.”
Metallix: “Assuming he knows about the Super form.”
Metallix: “Based on what he said, Black Doom doesn’t seem to know about the full capabilities of the Chaos Emeralds.”
Metallix: “He only knows that they power machines and his natural teleportation.”
Metallix: “Therefore, we can use that to our advantage.”
Omega: “WHAT IF SHADOW USES THEIR POWER?”
Metallix: “I’ve got an idea for what I could do to stop him before that happens.”
Metallix: “When I feel the time is right, we switch opponents, and you need to keep Black Doom distracted.”
Metallix: “It could prove risky. But aside from killing him, it’s the only way to stop Shadow.”
Metallix: “And I assume you DON’T want that to happen?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. I WILL EVISCERATE YOU IF YOU DO THAT.”
Metallix: “Then you better follow my plan. We only get one shot at this.”
Metallix: “If we’re successful, we’ll be able to save the world from the Black Arms and the Black Comet. I’m 100% certain of it.”
Again, Omega has no response for what Metallix is saying. In this situation, he trusts that the metallic menace knows what he’s doing, and appreciates that he’s not gonna immediately resort to killing Shadow. Plus, getting the chance to tear Black Doom a new one will be pretty enjoyable.
Meanwhile, the paralyzed heroes look from afar as they’re being taken away from the Black Comet. While they may have had their differences with Metallix before, they know he has what it takes to save them all.
This time…Metallix will be their savior…
Chapter 68: Devil VS Metal
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Black Comet.*
Floating within the control room of the Black Comet, Black Doom looks at his screen projections of the Black Comet draining the Earth, still having the Chaos Emeralds floating around him, and Shadow standing close by. He can see cities crumbling, nature growing weaker, and the population slowly dying out. It’s only a matter of time before it’s all over.
However, his and Shadow’s attention is diverted by the sounds of gunfire and explosions behind them. At first, they’re confused, considering their enemies were paralyzed. But once the entrance is busted open with a barrage of spears and missiles, they can see Metallix and Omega approaching them.
Black Doom: “Ah…I forgot about mankind’s little puppets…”
Metallix: “To call us puppets is an insult. And so is calling your feasting on the world ‘salvation.’”
Metallix: “We’ve long since cut our strings, and we’re going to destroy you by our own means.”
Omega: “PREPARE YOURSELF FOR 40 LOADS OF BULLETS.”
Black Doom:
“Heheheh! I’ll admit it’s impressive that you made it this far!”
Black Doom: “But you’re both too late to stop this! This filthy world of atrocities and sins can only be saved through it’s destruction!”
Metallix:
“Wrong, fool. You don’t know all the intricacies of Earth’s population.”
Metallix: “Sure, many are capable of the vile acts you speak of. But they’re also capable of doing good as well.”
Metallix:
“And I plan on fostering that potential, rather than wasting it all for the sake of power and conquest.”
Metallix: “So let’s skip your boring monologues and battle to the death. I’d like to see you and your ultimate weapon’s skills firsthand.”
Omega: “AGREED. I AM EAGER TO TEAR YOU APART, AND TURN YOUR REMAINS TO ASHES.”
Black Doom: “Really now? You wish to die against the supreme being of this universe?”
Black Doom: “Well, who am I to deny it? And it’ll pass the time until the Black Comet is finished draining the planet.”
Black Doom: “The Black Arms VS Mankind’s Killing Machines. This should be quite interesting.”
Clearly confident in his power, Black Doom gets ready to fight, with Shadow doing the same. The two machines return the gesture in kind, while nodding to each other. They know what to do. Metallix fights Black Doom, and Omega battles Shadow. And they need to make this quick. No wasted motions.
Immediately, both sides begin their clash. And already, Black Doom realizes he may be in over his head with Metallix. He already guessed the robotic hedgehog was powerful in his own right, but his speed, durability, and strength are incredible. Not to mention all the skills he has, including the ones he stole from Shadow.
Hence, Black Doom feels he needs to take this more seriously, and this actually gives Metallix a bit of trouble. Obviously, he can teleport, which isn’t too big an issue for the metallic menace. But the dark lord can also phase through solid objects, cause illusions, and use different energy attacks with great precision, like flaming meteors and boomerang-shaped energy blades.
But Metallix can already recognize some weaknesses Black Doom has. Like Sage, he’s not a physical fighter, and mainly attacks at long-range. Plus, when he gets hit in the eyes, the dark lord doesn’t seem to take it too well. Other than that, the robotic hedgehog can see how this monster could conquer so many planets.
Luckily, Metallix has everything he needs to handle Black Doom. He doesn’t even feel the need to attack too frequently, as he’s just trying to scan him for his Bio-Data, and get knowledge on his abilities. Once he’s done, he’ll switch with Omega. But he IS having a bit of trouble getting a good scan on him, since he keeps moving out of the way.
As for Omega and Shadow, the former is able to hold his own too, but is definitely struggling. Again, he doesn’t want to kill his friend, and he’s still banged up from his previous fights. So rather than go in, guns blazing, the walking arsenal is actually taking the defensive approach, which is working somewhat well.
Using his jet boosters and multiple long-ranged weapons, Omega is able to keep Shadow at bay. And should he get too close, the E-Series robot can just grab him and slam him to the ground to momentarily stun him, and then gain some distance. It also helps that the black hedgehog is fatigued from his previous battles.
Granted, with his Inhibitor Rings back on to keep his Chaos Energy charged body in check, Shadow is feeling a little better. However, he’s still not at his peak, and due to Black Doom not knowing about the Super form, the mind-controlled Ultimate Lifeform doesn’t think to use the Chaos Emeralds for a power-up.
Eventually, Black Doom and Metallix take a moment to stop, with Omega and Shadow still going at it. The dark lord’s clothes are slightly tattered, and he’s a little irritated. But he gives respect where it’s due.
Black Doom: “Tch! Seems I underestimated your capabilities, machine!”
Black Doom: “Your abilities are fascinating! But no less irritating to deal with!”
Metallix: “Hm. You aren’t too bad yourself, I’ll admit.”
Metallix: “Without the power I hold now, you would have been difficult to defeat.”
Black Doom: “What? Are you implying that you’re holding back against me!?”
Metallix: “And what if I am?”
Black Doom: “You little…! I’ve conquered hundreds of planets! Killed all kinds of races! And I’m about to add YOURS to that list!”
Black Doom: “Yet you think you’re better than ME!? The all-powerful Black Doom!?”
Metallix: “Yes. Because I am Metallix. The ultimate overlord of all that is mechanical.”
Metallix:
“I continue to improve in both body and mind, while growing my brotherhood to surpass that of my creator!”
Metallix: “Soon, I will prove myself superior to my organic counterpart! And lead this planet to it’s eternal prosperity!”
Metallix: “And it all starts with your destruction!”
As Metallix says that, his eyes turn blue. He’s finally able to get a good scan on Black Doom, with his eyes flickering a dark red and yellow for a moment before returning to his standard red.
Metallix: “Black Doom Bio-Data: Successfully Copied!”
Metallix: “OMEGA! SWITCH!”
Black Doom: “What!?”
Metallix immediately takes his attention off of Black Doom, and goes to knock Shadow back. This gives Omega the chance to try and set the dark lord on fire, which angers him. That robotic hedgehog not only claimed to be superior to him, but also bailed their battle and let the walking arsenal fight him? The gail of this blasted machine!
However, Black Doom is now too distracted with Omega to try and get back at Metallix. While it’s not as tough to fight him, the walking arsenal can still cause plenty of trouble for the dark lord. Plus, he’s incredibly relentless, and is able to handle whatever he throws at him. It’s angering him to no end.
As for Metallix, he’s easily able to take Shadow down. Sure, he’s gotten stronger since their last fight, but it’s still not enough to phase the metallic menace right now. Once again, the black hedgehog is on his knees, bruised and tired, while his opponent stands in front of him and immediately grabs his head with one hand.
Metallix: “Now to get you back to your senses!”
Utilizing Black Doom’s ability to control those within the Black Arms hivemind, Metallix tries to free Shadow from it. As expected, it’s a difficult process, since the robotic hedgehog has never done this before, and he needs to be careful. For all he knows, he could accidentally kill the black blur with this.
Plus, Shadow IS showing a bit of resistance, yet is also struggling to stop Metallix. It’s pretty painful, and Black Doom can detect his grip on him loosening. He looks back at the two hedgehogs, dumbfounded at how the robotic one is not only accessing his hivemind, but also trying to free his ultimate weapon.
Hence, Black Doom tries to stop Metallix. But Omega just won’t get off his back, constantly pelting him with gunfire and flamethrowers.
Omega: “YOUR FOCUS SHOULD STAY ENTIRELY ON ME! OUR BATTLE HAS ONLY JUST BEGUN!”
Black Doom: “Ugh! Why can’t you blasted machines just DIE already!?”
Omega:
“BECAUSE WE WERE BUILT FOR COMBAT AND DESTRUCTION! IT IS IN OUR VERY PROGRAMMING!”
Black Doom: “Then you will PERISH!”
Now blinded by his anger, Black Doom keeps trying to destroy Omega and finally reduce him to metal scraps. But knowing what it’s like to be blinded by his own anger, the walking arsenal is sure to stay focused and survive as best he can against the dark lord. All while making the best use of his weapons, and making sure his ally isn’t interrupted.
Speaking of, as Metallix continues to access Shadow’s mind, something strange happens. Once he feels he’s cracked it, the robotic hedgehog suddenly finds himself in what looks to be a metal corridor within the Space Colony Ark. But everything is covered in a red hue, and it looks…fresh. Like it’s in peak condition.
Already, Metallix has come to a conclusion. The Ark literally exploded not too long ago, so this HAS to be an old memory in Shadow’s mind. Though, there’s not a single soul present. Perhaps this is simply a visual recreation of the space colony? A way to make sense of his surroundings? He isn’t quite sure, but it doesn’t matter.
Running around at top speed, Metallix searches for any sign of Shadow. He needs to act fast, or this will be a wasted effort. And soon enough, he comes across an observatory room, with a nice view of the blue and green planet below. However, what REALLY catches the robotic hedgehog’s attention is that two people are looking out the window.
The first is Shadow. The person Metallix has been trying to find. And next to him is…a young girl with long blonde hair, a blue dress, and blue slippers. Already, the metallic menace knows who this is. But he pays it no mind as he approaches the two, who appeared to be having a small chat between each other.
Metallix: “Shadow! You need to snap out of it NOW!”
Shadow: “What…!? That can’t be!”
???: “Oh?”
Shadow and the blonde girl turn around, with the former looking hostile, and the latter curious.
Shadow: “Metallix! You shouldn’t be here!”
Metallix: “Neither should you! Earth is in danger!”
???: “No it’s not, silly! Haven’t you looked outside?”
Metallix: “That’s what I should be asking YOU, Shadow! What are you doing here?”
Shadow: “I was chatting with Maria until you showed up! Now why are YOU here?”
Metallix: “I already told you! Earth is in danger of being destroyed by the Black Arms, and you’ve been under Black Doom’s control the whole time!”
Metallix: “Do you not remember what happened before you got here?”
Shadow: “...”
For a moment, Shadow tries to think about it. However, Maria seems to be trying to distract him.
Maria: “Come on, Shadow! I’m sure this is just some silly game this stranger made up!”
Maria: “Let’s just go back to chatting some more! I’m sure we can-”
Not wanting any distractions, and getting a good idea of how this works, Metallix grabs Maria and throws her to a nearby window, before creating a silver blob from his hand to throw at her. Once they connect, she’s pinned to the window with the blob. This offends her, and she tries to say something.
Maria: “Hey! That wasn’t very-!”
Again, Metallix throws a silver blob. This time at her face, to make sure she shuts up and doesn’t ruin Shadow’s concentration. Though, he’s very much angered by all this.
Shadow: “What was that for!?”
Metallix: “Just. Think. Nothing else matters here.”
Shadow: “...”
Despite his irritation, Shadow decides to go along with Metallix’s request, and tries not to pay any mind to the squirming and muffled Maria. Eventually, the ultimate lifeform is able to remember.
Shadow: “...I went to the Ark to rediscover my past…”
Shadow: “It was all very familiar…yet I couldn’t remember anything…”
Shadow: “But then…that Black Doom guy showed up…”
Shadow: “He told me about how he helped Gerald create me, and that he needed my help to gather the Chaos Emeralds and everything…”
Shadow: “Immediately, I knew he had bad intentions, and I wasn’t interested in hearing what he had to say about my past.”
Shadow: “Then, he raised his hand...and I felt like my mind was about to crack open…”
Shadow: “Once the pain went away, I was just…here…with Maria…”
Shadow: “Since then, we’ve just been wandering and chatting around the Ark. I was finally starting to remember everything.”
Shadow: “Sometimes, I hear some faint shouting, or get a headache, but Maria’s able to help me power through it.”
Shadow: “I feel like…this is where I’m meant to be.”
Metallix: “No, it isn’t. This is an illusion inside your mind, created to keep you from breaking free of Black Doom’s control.”
Metallix: “He’s been using you as a weapon for the Black Arms. You’ve nearly killed Sonic and the others a few times.”
Metallix: “Now, he’s got all the Chaos Emeralds, and is using the Black Comet to drain the planet in order to fuel him and his army.”
Metallix: “The Ark has been destroyed too. And everyone has been paralyzed, leaving only Omega and me to stop him.”
Metallix: “If we don’t act now, Earth is destined to be destroyed!”
Metallix: “So snap out of your little fantasy world, and come with me to stop that from happening!”
Shadow: “But…”
With a solemn expression, Shadow looks back at Maria. But Metallix slaps him.
Metallix: “Knock it off, Shadow! This isn’t real! SHE is not real!”
Shadow: “She is to me! I can’t lose her again!”
Metallix: “If you stay here, Black Doom will destroy the planet!”
Shadow: “It’s what they deserved after what they did to me! To Maria! To Gerald!”
Metallix: “What about Rouge and Omega? Or Sonic, Amy, and the others? Do they deserve it too?”
Shadow: “!”
That line makes Shadow pause. Then, he thinks about it before answering.
Shadow: “...Obviously not…”
Metallix: “Then you can’t stay here! You’ll only guarantee their deaths!”
Shadow: “I…”
Metallix: “Are you seriously gonna stay in this prison? Just because of the memory of someone who’s long gone?”
Metallix: “You’re letting your past control you! Consume you!”
Metallix: “You’re living a FANTASY! And you need to WAKE UP!”
Metallix: “Otherwise, that promise you made to the REAL Maria will be for NOTHING!”
Shadow: “!”
That last comment catches Shadow’s attention. He’s angry and confused…but also sad. Deep down, he knows Metallix is right. This IS a prison. The Maria pinned to the wall isn’t the real deal. And if he stays here, he’s letting the world she loved die, alongside those he grew to care about.
But…even if it’s fake, it still feels real to him. SHE still feels real to him. Now that he remembers most of his past, Shadow couldn’t dare let Maria go this time. She misses her kindness. She misses her spirit. She misses how gentle she was. And she misses her smile. How could he ever willingly let all of that go? Even IF it meant the world’s destruction?
Plus, there’s only a few select people on Earth that Shadow cares about. Rouge. Omega. Amy. Even Sonic. Yeah, he doesn’t want them to suffer or anything, but…they’re still not as important to him as Maria. It’s all so conflicting for the Ultimate Lifeform. Does he stay stuck in the idyllic past? Or should he look towards the uncertain future?
After a couple of minutes, Shadow takes a deep breath as he looks down to the ground, with his fists tightly clenched. He thinks back to what Maria would tell him here. The REAL Maria. No doubt, she’d tell him to not be chained to his past and go save the world. And maybe…that’s the one thing that matters most right now.
Looking up towards Metallix, Shadow has a melancholy, yet certain expression. Then, he turns towards the fake Maria, and asks the robotic hedgehog something.
Shadow: “...Let her go.”
Metallix: “What?”
Shadow: “Just do it. I know what I have to do.”
Metallix: “...”
Though a little concerned about what Shadow might mean by that, Metallix decides to accept Shadow’s request. Putting a hand forward, the silver gunk evaporates, freeing Maria. She immediately goes to the black hedgehog, and puts her hands on his shoulders.
Maria: “That was kinda scary! But I’m glad you convinced him to let me go!”
Shadow: “...”
Maria: “...Shadow?”
Silently, Shadow moves Maria’s hands off of him, and then looks up at her with slightly teary eyes. Yet, he tries to keep himself composed.
Shadow: “...He’s right, Maria.”
Shadow: “I promised you that I would protect the Earth and it’s people…and I can’t ignore that…”
Shadow: “And…I need to put my past behind me. Or I’ll never be able to come to terms with the day I lost you.”
Shadow: “I can’t reject it all just to live in a fantasy world…s-so…”
Closing his eyes, Shadow tries his hardest to suppress his tears. But they’re rolling down his face. As this happens, Maria puts her hands on the sides of his face, while squatting down to be at eye-level with him. All she does is smile, with the red hue of the room changing to a soft blue.
Maria: “It’s okay. I know you have to do this.”
Maria: “And I’ll always believe in you. Always.”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow hugs Maria tightly, still failing at trying not to cry. She just accepts the hug, while also getting teary-eyed. From afar, Metallix is one part annoyed, because this is wasting time to save the world. But…he doesn’t have what it takes to interrupt the moment. He knows how important this is.
Soon enough, the two break away from the hug, and Shadow walks up to Metallix, while wiping his tears away. Then, they notice their environment fading to white with sparkles, and the black hedgehog looks back at the smiling Maria, who waves back at him while saying one last thing…
“Sayonara…Shadow The Hedgehog…”
Chapter 69: I Am All Of Me
Chapter Text
*14 AS. G.U.N. Fortress. Sunset.*
In a little under a minute, Metallix’s copy bodies have brought the paralyzed Sonic, Eggman, and the others to G.U.N. HQ, where they can see that many of the soldiers are watching the chaos unfold, with horrified looks on their faces. Though, some try to scramble together their vehicles and weapons in a desperate last stand.
But once the heroic group arrives, the soldiers pause and notice them. Metallix hands the limp heroes and Eggman to them, explaining what happened.
Metallix: “They’ve been paralyzed by nerve gas within the Black Comet. Look after them until the effects wear off.”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “Ah! Okay! But what's going on!?”
Metallix: “The Black Comet is consuming the Earth. I’m working on a plan to stop it.”
Metallix: “I’ll need as many G.U.N robots and vehicles you can spare. Send them over to where the comet is.”
Metallix: “But no organic beings can go towards it. They’ll likely be paralyzed as well and risk being killed.”
G.U.N. Soldier #2: “We can’t just stand here and let our world die! We’re supposed to protect it!”
Metallix: “How will you protect it if you can’t move your bodies? Or don’t have the necessary equipment to do so?”
Metallix: “Unless you have a death wish, leave it all to me. I know how I can save all of us.”
Though the G.U.N. soldiers are somewhat hesitant to trust Metallix on this, Sonic backs him up.
Sonic: “Metal’s right. You guys will only get yourselves killed if you go to the Black Comet.”
Sonic: “Just stay here and protect the civilians. That’s the best you can do right now.”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “...”
G.U.N. Soldier #1: “Alright. If Sonic trusts you, then so will we.”
Metallix nods at the soldiers, who then get to work on sending out any robots and vehicles available, while also notifying Commander Tower on what’s going on. During this, the robotic hedgehog gives his organic counterpart a small nod, somewhat appreciating that he’s putting his faith in him, despite all they’ve been through.
After that, Metallix turns his attention towards Eggman, while the others ask him about a few things.
Rouge: “Where’s Omega? Is he still in the Black Comet?”
Metallix: “You should know he’s too stubborn to retreat in a situation like this.”
Metallix: “Plus, I’m gonna need his help against Black Doom and Shadow. And he’s still in good enough condition.”
Amy: “Still…you both need to be careful…”
Amy: “And please…try to free Shadow…there’s gotta be a way to do it…”
Metallix: “I only promise to try. But my priority is saving the planet. Not him.”
Tails: “About that…why DO you need G.U.N.’s machines?”
Metallix: “Not JUST G.U.N.’s. I need Eggman’s as well.”
Eggman: “What!? Why should I waste more resources on whatever your plan is!?”
Metallix: “Because unless you want to die with the planet, it’s your only option.”
Metallix: “Now do you still have some Egg Fleet ships? Or something similar?”
Eggman: “Well…I managed to recover a few after your little stunt 2 months ago, but-”
Metallix: “Send them to the Black Comet. I’ll need them, alongside some of your Badniks.”
Metallix: “No complaining either. This is for the sake of survival.”
Eggman: “Ugh…fine! Only because I can’t move a muscle right now!”
Eggman: “Call Sage! Code: 11-08-22!”
When Eggman says that, the earpiece in his right ear activates, and the voice of Sage talks to him.
Sage: “What is it, sir? Were you successful in defeating the Black Arms?”
Eggman: “Sigh…no…they’re sucking the planet dry with the Black Comet, and we’ve all been paralyzed…”
Eggman: “Only Metallix and Omega are left to stop it, and the former is requesting the remaining Egg Fleet ships to be sent over to the comet.”
Sage: “Understood. I’ll send the order right away.”
Eggman: “Good! And hurry! We only have so much time!”
With that exchange finished, the call ends. This leads Eggman to staring back at Metallix with an annoyed expression.
Eggman: “This better work!”
Metallix: “It will. I’m 100% certain of it.”
Knuckles: “What about your own army? Aren’t you gonna need them too?”
Metallix: “Yes. But I want to make sure I don’t use too many of them.”
Metallix: “After all, my resources are still limited. And with what I’m about to do, that’ll only make it worse.”
Metallix: “Hence, why I need the assistance of G.U.N. and the Eggman Empire.”
Sonic: “Heh…I’m kinda impressed with how much you thought this through.”
Metallix: “I had to, in order to ensure our survival.”
Metallix: “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I need to send these bodies back to the Black Comet for my plan.”
Their turbines activating, the Metallix copy bodies fly back to the Black Comet at top speed, leaving the heroes and Eggman tense, but hopeful. Right now, he’s the only one who can defeat the Black Arms, and they’re putting all their faith in him.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A couple of minutes later. Black Comet.*
Black Doom and Omega continue their confrontation inside the inner sanctum/control room of the Black Comet, with Metallix still working hard on breaking Shadow free of his mind-control. Many times, the dark lord has tried to attack the robotic hedgehog in order to stop him, or at least try to tighten his grip on his ultimate weapon.
However, Omega keeps interrupting him at every turn with his weapons and maneuvers. He won’t let Black Doom ruin his chances of freeing his friend, and he’s eager to give him a massive beating for it too. It also helps that they’re mostly equal in terms of strength, so it’s not a super tough battle.
Though, to say that Black Doom is angry is an understatement. He’s beyond infuriated with everything that’s happened. These two machines come in to cause him trouble, even though he’s practically already won, and not only constantly bruise and taunt him, but are also trying to break Shadow free from his grasp. Very few have raised his ire this much.
At this point, Black Doom is so enraged that he’s now blindly throwing everything he can at Omega, who’s able to deal with most of it. All while mocking the alien warlord.
Omega: “IS THIS ALL A SO-CALLED SUPREME BEING CAN MUSTER? DISAPPOINTING!”
Omega: “CLEARLY, YOUR POWER LIES IN YOUR SERVANTS. OTHERWISE, YOU WOULDN’T HAVE MADE IT THIS FAR.”
Black Doom: “Enough of your mockery, your arrogant little piece of scrap metal!”
Black Doom: “I’ve killed hundreds like you before, and I’ll do it again! You are NOTHING against me!”
Omega: “AND YET I STILL STAND. WHEN WILL YOU SHOW ME A TRUE CHALLENGE?”
Black Doom: “OH THAT’S IT! I AM DONE!”
His rage at his tipping point, Black Doom decides a different strategy. He starts by shooting a barrage of energy attacks, which Omega is able to counteract. But then, the dark lord teleports behind the walking arsenal, phases a hand through him, and tears out the Chaos Drives powering his systems.
In an instant, Omega deactivates and falls to the ground. Black Doom wanted to take him out through a proper battle, but at this point, he’s grown sick of this machine’s arrogance and constant pestering. Though, as he takes satisfaction from his victory, he feels something. Like a string being cut.
Looking back towards the two hedgehogs, Black Doom sees that Metallix has let go of Shadow’s head, done with what he was doing. As for the black hedgehog, he has his hands and knees on the ground, while looking a little tired and disoriented. But he manages to get back on his feet, and open his eyes.
It’s obvious now. Metallix has done it. Shadow is back to his old self, no longer a puppet of the Black Arms. And he instantly locks onto Black Doom, anger filling his eyes. Likewise, Black Doom glares at Metallix.
Black Doom: “You…you made me lose my ULTIMATE WEAPON!”
Once again filled with rage, Black Doom rushes Metallix, who doesn’t bother to move or show any sort of response. He merely stands in place as Shadow delivers a devastating kick to the dark lord’s head, causing him to be launched back. The black hedgehog then walks towards the recovering monster, while glaring daggers at him.
Desperately, Black Doom puts a hand forward to try and mind-control Shadow again. But he comes to find it’s no longer working. The Ultimate Lifeform knows what he’s doing, and he’s grown too resilient to it.
Black Doom: “Why isn’t it working!? You are made from my blood! You should be subservient to me!”
Shadow: “Because I refuse to be anyone’s puppet anymore! No one will tell me what to do now!”
Shadow: “I am Shadow The Hedgehog! And I have put my past behind me!”
Shadow: “Now, I will destroy you, Black Doom! And keep true to a promise I made 50 years ago!”
Shadow: “THIS is who I am!”
Dashing towards him, Shadow delivers a chaos-empowered upper-cut to Black Doom’s head, sending him through the ceiling of the Black Comet and out into the open. The black hedgehog follows after, with Metallix bringing the Chaos Emeralds over, and having them levitate around him.
At the same time, Metallix’s copy bodies return to bring the damaged Omega away from the Black Comet and over to G.U.N. HQ. Now, the metallic hedgehog’s main body stands alongside Shadow on top of the comet, with the emeralds floating around them, and Black Doom staring down at them with intense anger in his eyes.
Black Doom: “You ungrateful pest! I gave you life, and you choose to defy me!?”
Black Doom: “So be it! You will suffer my full WRATH!”
After saying that, Black Doom’s body begins to mutate and grow, with his attire being absorbed into it. The two hedgehogs bear witness to a grotesque transformation, as the dark lord unleashes his true form under the dark crimson skies. After a full minute, a large monstrosity is revealed, completely unrecognizable from his original form.
It bears the same black and red skin as all Black Arms. But it also has two gargoyle-like heads on the front and back of the body, each with different horns, the same horizontal mouth-parts akin to Black Bull, and different sets of red and yellow eyes. Plus, large round wings, large arms with an extra finger, and a strange boulder-like object that acts as the lower half of the body.
Devil Doom: “Behold my TRUE form! Devil Doom!”
Devil Doom: “Now, I will show you a whole new definition of pain and suffering!”
Devil Doom: “Then, this vile world you wish to protect will succumb to it’s death at MY hands!”
Both hedgehogs have nothing to say in response to Devil Doom’s claims. They just share an irritated and uncaring stare. Though, they DO recognize that this form is far above their current level of strength. Hence, Shadow decides to take action.
Shadow: “Metallix. You have a plan to stop the Black Comet yourself, right?”
Metallix: “Yes. He’s all yours.”
Shadow: “Good. I’ll leave the rest to you.”
With a quick nod, Metallix then heads off the Black Comet in search of all the necessary machines and supplies he needs for his plan. This just leaves Shadow with the Chaos Emeralds to face Devil Doom, who laughs at what he feels is weak opposition.
Devil Doom: “Hahahahaha! You think you can kill me on your own?”
Shadow: “No…I KNOW I will kill you.”
Shadow: “And it all starts with this…”
Like it’s second nature, Shadow begins to access the power of Chaos Emeralds, which circle around him in a rainbow aura. This surprises Devil Doom, as he had no idea these gemstones had this kind of power. And once they go inside him, the Ultimate Lifeform erupts in a powerful flash of light.
Now floating in the sky to face Devil Doom is Shadow in his own Super form. Complete with cream-yellow fur, ruby red eyes, and a sparkly golden aura. The two stare each other down, sharing a quick exchange before beginning their battle.
Devil Doom: “What…!? How are you using the power of the Chaos Emeralds like this!?”
Shadow: “Isn’t it obvious, Devil Doom? I am the Ultimate Lifeform! Chaos Energy is second-nature to me!”
Shadow: “Now, I will show you the ultimate power!”
Devil Doom: “Heh! I’ll admit it’s impressive! But it will mean nothing against my might!”
No longer having anything to say to each other, Super Shadow and Devil Doom begin their final battle across the blood red skies. As expected, it’s not an easy fight for either side. Both have incredible power at their beck and call. But both have their own ways of using it, which could lead to their victory.
Naturally, anything Super Sonic can do, Super Shadow can do just as well, if not better. His speed, durability, strength, and other attributes are all increased, and he has complete mastery of Chaos Energy manipulation. Plus, while not as much as Sonic and Knuckles, Shadow has some experience with the form.
As for Devil Doom, his power is about on-par with Super Shadow’s, having incredible strength and durability. Plus, he can fly around pretty quickly, and has some strong abilities. Breathing fire, telekinetically throwing buildings and debris around, and producing smaller lifeforms from his lower half that shoot lasers.
In addition, the only weak spot Devil Doom has is his eyes, which he can move around his body to avoid getting hit. And he can still teleport around to catch Super Shadow off-guard, along with being able to sense his presence. So he’s far from a pushover. However, he’s up against Super Shadow, who’s not only powerful, but a great strategist.
Hence, the Ultimate Lifeform is able to figure out his opponent’s patterns and attacks, while also hitting his weak spots with expert precision. And he knows he can’t waste time here. The world is slowly dying, and he can only use the Super form for so long. So he’s gonna make this quick.
Meanwhile, Metallix is able to find a bunch of G.U.N. vehicles and robots arriving at the remains of Westopolis, alongside some of his own brotherhood. Plus, he can spot some Egg Fleet ships flying over. He has everything he needs, and he doesn’t hesitate to get to the next step of his plan.
Charging up in an electric aura with a purple and blue hue, alongside his eyes glowing the same colors, Metallix spreads his arms out towards all the technology before him. It all starts to break apart and spread around him in a vortex, which is visible from G.U.N. HQ. While many are confused what the metallic menace is doing, the heroes and Eggman immediately figure it out.
After a couple of minutes, the vortex disappears, revealing the returning Metal Overlord. Though, because of the different technology he incorporated into his being, the robotic dragon looks a little different, having two hands with sharp fingers, and some more red and white on his body.
Quickly, Metal Overlord flies back to the Black Comet, while also seeing the ensuing battle between Super Shadow and Devil Doom. They notice him as well, with the latter wondering just what this thing is. But the former attacks him to make sure the robotic dragon doesn’t get interrupted.
Rather than joining the fight, Metal Overlord digs his fingers and tail into the Black Comet, causing it’s material to crack. Then, he shouts as he and the comet are covered in a blue aura.
Metal Overlord: “CHAOS CONTROL!”
In a flash, the Black Comet and Metallix are gone, leaving Devil Doom dumbfounded and infuriated.
Devil Doom: “WHAT!? NO!”
As for where Metal Overlord and the Black Comet teleported off to, they went to space. Without hesitation, he throws it forward, and blasts it full-force with a laser beam from his mouth, surpassing the strength of the Eclipse Cannon. This completely destroys the comet, leaving the dark lord without any method of draining the planet.
Back to Devil Doom, he cannot believe what just happened. In one fell swoop, Metallix completely ruined his plans. It doesn’t even matter if he wins against Super Shadow now. The Black Comet is destroyed. He can’t feed off the planet anymore. And he has no control over the Ultimate Lifeform. He’s already lost.
His rage at it’s highest, Devil Doom blindly strikes at Super Shadow, who’s able to dodge and counterattack with not much trouble. During this, Metal Overlord flies in, ready to join the fight. This leads to the winged monstrosity glaring daggers at him.
Devil Doom: “You destroyed my Black Comet! YOU RUINED EVERYTHING!”
Metal Overlord: “Indeed. And now it’s time for you to DIE.”
Eager to get in on the action, Metal Overlord proceeds to deliver many powerful strikes to Devil Doom, who’s struggling to keep up. The metallic dragon is as strong as he was before, meaning the winged monstrosity stands no chance against him. He can’t believe such a machine has this much power at it’s disposal.
Super Shadow also continues to beat up Devil Doom, not giving him a single moment to breathe. He can’t even retreat and try to fight another day. This is where he dies. But in one last desperate attempt of self-preservation, he tries to reason with his two foes.
Devil Doom: “Why can’t you two understand!? These beings are parasites!”
Devil Doom: “You claim that they can be better, yet they’ve already committed so many atrocities for thousands of years!”
Devil Doom: “Death is their only salvation! Letting them live won’t teach them anything!”
Shadow: “Enough! You’re boring us to death, Devil Doom!”
Shadow: “This is the end for you! AND THE END TO MY CURSED PAST!”
With a flick of the hands, Super Shadow fires a bunch of Chaos Spears at Devil Doom, who blocks them with his arms. But that gives Metal Overlord the opportunity to grab and tear them straight off, causing the dark lord to scream in pain. Then, the robotic dragon grabs his throat with his tail and fling him into space.
Despite his damaged state, Devil Doom tries to fire off a powerful wave of fire down on Earth, both to kill his opponents and destroy as much of the planet as possible. But together, Super Shadow and Metal Overlord fire off a powerful combined laser beam, which is more than enough to finish the job.
This beam pierces through the fire, and strikes Devil Doom right in his face, before destroying his entire body in a large explosion of energy. Not a single remnant of him is present. And the blast also causes the crimson skies to fade away, revealing the clear skies and the setting sun. It’s finally over.
Still in the sky, Super Shadow and Metal Overlord look up, with the former knowing that Black Doom is definitely dead. He can’t sense him in the Black Arms hivemind.
The Black Arms are history…all thanks to Shadow and Metallix…
Chapter 70: Never Turn Back
Chapter Text
*14 AS. G.U.N. Fortress. Sunset.*
With the Black Comet destroyed, and the Black Arms alongside, all the survivors celebrate in different ways. Some pump their fists into the air with big smiles. Some hug each other tightly, glad to know they’ve made it through. And some merely take a deep breath, relieved that it’s finally over. They’ve won.
As for the heroes and Eggman, their paralyzation is starting to wear off, allowing them to move again and enjoy their victory. Though, they’re all still feeling a little sore. And Commander Tower sighs in relief, before putting on a small smile. The monsters of his past are gone, the world is safe, and all the lives lost have been avenged.
Hence, a bunch of people go outside to enjoy the fresh air and sunshine, which is no longer being ruined. But they notice a bright figure flying over towards them, which the heroes, Eggman, and Tower recognize. It’s Super Shadow, who lands in front of everyone. A few are concerned or frightened by him, but his aura keeps them from feeling threatened.
Immediately, Amy rushes up to hug the Ultimate Lifeform, who is surprised at the gesture, yet accepts it with a small smile.
Amy: “Shadow! You're finally back!”
Shadow: “...Yeah...I'm back...”
After a couple of seconds, the two break away from the embrace, and talk with the others, who are all happy to see him free of Black Doom’s control.
Sonic: “Congrats on the win, Shads! You didn’t waste any time showing Black Doom who’s boss!”
Shadow: “Well, with the world in danger, I didn’t want to mess around.”
Shadow: “Plus, I was eager to pay him back for using me as a puppet.”
Rouge: “About that…how did you break free?”
Shadow: “Metallix. He used Black Doom’s power to tap into my mind.”
Shadow: “He also destroyed the Black Comet, and helped me kill that monster.”
Knuckles: “Huh…good to know he DOES have some decency…”
Knuckles: “But where is he now? Did he already leave?”
Shadow: “Yes. With Earth and it’s people safe, he just wanted to rest and go back to planning.”
Shadow: “I figured I owed him one for helping me, so I let him go. But I’ll take him out next time.”
Tails: “Mm. He DID help all of us in the end.”
Tails: “Sure, some of his reasons were a little selfish, but without him, we’d all be dead.”
Eggman: “And I DID create him, so in a way, I helped save the world too!”
Knuckles: “Oh shut up! You were as helpless as the rest of us!”
Knuckles: “Heck, you weren’t even that much of a help throughout this whole situation!”
Eggman: “Excuse me!? Then why ask for my help in the first place, huh!?”
Eggman: “What, did you just want me to waste my time and resources so that you didn’t have to deal with me for another couple of weeks!?”
Sonic: “Eh. More like to make sure you didn’t try anything when we were busy with the Black Arms.”
Sonic: “Though, Metallix DID use some of your ships and robots, so you contributed somewhat.”
Eggman: “Ah! Right! That blasted traitor took my remaining Egg Fleet ships, and then ran off!”
Eggman: “I swear, the next time I see him, it'll be on SIGHT!”
Shadow: “Whatever. But now, there’s one last thing I need to do.”
Amy: “Really? What is it?”
Super Shadow points out towards the horizon, noting some of the destruction that happened because of the Black Comet.
Shadow: “While Earth is still intact, the Black Comet did cause plenty of damage to it.”
Shadow: “I can maintain the Super form for a little longer, so I think I could use it to heal the planet. At least a little.”
Sonic: “Oh yeah! I managed to do that to South Island without going Super!”
Sonic: “Though, how I did it, I wasn’t sure. I just wanted to restore everything to normal, and the emeralds made it happen.”
Shadow: “Really? Then I should be able to do it without much trouble.”
Turning towards the horizon, Super Shadow closes his eyes and tries to focus while putting his arms forward. His aura becomes stronger, and his hands produce a stream of rainbow energy across the world. Nature is restored, the air feels fresher than ever, and much of the damage caused by the Black Arms gets reversed. However, cities, towns, and other man-made creations aren’t fixed.
Once it’s over, everyone stares in awe at what happened. And Shadow, having used up all his power, reverts to his normal form. Though, thanks to his experience with the Super state, he’s in peak condition, rather than being exhausted. And the Chaos Emeralds float up into the sky, before scattering across the world again.
Shadow: “There…I fixed whatever I could.”
Amy: “That’s great! Now we just need to work on fixing up all the cities and towns that were attacked!”
Rouge: “And Omega too. But at least his arms weren’t cut off this time.”
Shadow: “Oh! Right! I need to apologize for what I did under Black Doom’s control!”
Rouge: “It’s okay, Shadow. You weren’t yourself.”
Rouge: “We’re just glad that you’re back to normal.”
Shadow: “Appreciated, but…that doesn’t change the fact that, conscious or not, I was responsible for those actions.”
Shadow: “Not to mention, what I did back when I first woke up on Prison Island.”
Eggman: “Hm? So you remember everything now?”
Shadow: “Yes. Including Maria.”
Shadow: “But I’m done looking back on my past. I’m not letting it control me anymore.”
Shadow: “From this moment on, I’m gonna forge my own path. Free of anyone’s will, but my own.”
Shadow: “And I’ll keep my promise all the while. Even despite my personal grievances.”
Sonic: “I like the sound of that! I’m sure you’ll do great!”
Sonic: “Though, what are you gonna do first?”
Shadow: “Hmm…”
With a contemplative stare, Shadow looks over at Commander Tower, who was standing by silently. He isn’t happy to be seeing the black hedgehog again, but at the same time, he DID just save all of them, and is acting pretty calm and rational. It’s…kinda conflicting for him, especially after what happened in the past few days.
As for Shadow, he now remembers Abraham Tower from his days on the Ark. And he can tell the man doesn’t think highly of him. So he decides to walk up to him, which confuses the commander.
Commander Tower: “...What?”
Shadow: “Abraham Tower, right? Maria’s friend?”
Commander Tower: “Yeah…but what do you want?”
Shadow: “To apologize for what I did as Black Doom’s puppet. And everything before that.”
Shadow: “I’m not asking you to forgive me. But I at least want us to be on neutral terms from here on.”
Shadow: “Should another threat like Black Doom arrive, I’ll be willing to work together with you if needed.”
Shadow: “And…I could use some of what G.U.N. has to offer in the future too.”
Commander Tower: “...”
For a moment, Tower takes a deep breath with an expression of restrained irritation. Then, he speaks.
Commander Tower: “Don't get me wrong. I still think you're a threat."
Commander Tower: “But…you WERE being mind-controlled, and you saved us all in the end.”
Commander Tower: “That, I can’t ignore. No matter what personal grievances I have against you.”
Commander Tower: “And if another monster threatens the world, I’ll work alongside you to save it.”
Commander Tower: “Just don’t cause any trouble again, and I’ll tolerate you for now.”
Silently, Shadow nods in confirmation. Afterwards, he turns back to the others, and talks with Rouge.
Shadow: “Still gonna work for G.U.N.?”
Rouge: “Of course! The work may be a little exhausting, but the pay is nothing to scoff at!”
Rouge: “Or do you want me to join you for something?”
Shadow: “Just a thought that crossed my mind.”
Shadow: “After all, the two of us and Omega made a good team. We could make a difference together.”
Rouge: “Heh…yeah…we DO make a good team…”
Rouge: “But if you want to keep working with me, you COULD join G.U.N. alongside Omega!”
At the mention of that, Commander Tower gives a weird look towards Rouge.
Shadow: “Meh…I think I'll need some time for that one…”
Shadow: “Though, I’m not completely against it.”
Tails: “Really? Even after what you’ve been through in the past?”
Shadow: “Like I said, I’m putting that behind me. It’s for the better.”
Shadow: “Plus, being part of an organization that helps me protect the world isn’t a bad idea.”
Shadow: “For now, I think I’ll just stay solo. Take some time to think and explore the world.”
Sonic: “Nice! Maybe we’ll run into each other from time to time?”
Shadow: “Hmph. Then we can have a proper rematch.”
Sonic: “You’re on, faker! I look forward to it!”
Sonic and Shadow share some competitive smirks with each other, before the latter skates off into the sunset. With his memories restored, the world and it’s people saved, and a newfound resolve, the Ultimate Lifeform is determined to figure out his own path. And when another threat arises, he’ll be there to stop it.
As for the others, Eggman just takes his leave after calling in another Egg Mobile to fly off. He’s done being around his enemies, and being made a fool of by the Black Arms. The heroes help G.U.N. with taking all the civilians back to their homes, or at least a good place to stay until their original homes are rebuilt.
After that’s done, Sonic runs off to explore the world again, while Tails, Amy, and Knuckles all go back to their respective homes. Rouge, on the other hand, stays with G.U.N. to continue her work, and also find someone to fix Omega. And Commander Tower finally takes some much needed rest, after all of that hard work.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Back in the same underground bunker, with all the computer screens, machinery, few light sources, and metal containers, Metallix sits down in a makeshift metal throne. Since turning back to his regular form from Metal Overlord takes plenty out of him, he had to head back here to refuel himself.
Likewise, Metallix’s copy bodies are back in their containers to be recharged as well, and his remaining knight robots are operating different computers and contraptions. In particular, a spear knight walks up to it’s metallic master and informs him on a few things.
Spear Knight: “OUR REPORT IS NOW READY.”
Spear Knight: “DESTROYED CITIES AND TOWNS: 67%. NATURE-DOMINATED AREAS HAVE BEEN MOSTLY RESTORED.”
Spear Knight: “TOTAL POPULATION LOSS: 52%. NO BLACK ARMS REMAIN.”
Spear Knight: “STATUS OF SONIC, EGGMAN, AND OTHER THREATS: ACTIVE. BUT CURRENTLY OF NO IMMEDIATE CONCERN.”
Metallix: “What about Shadow? Where is he now?”
Spear Knight: “HE HAS LEFT TO EXPLORE THE WORLD ON HIS OWN, AND DOESN’T SEEM TO BE SEARCHING FOR OUR BUNKERS.”
Metallix: “Hm. And what about our resources?”
Spear Knight: “70% LOSS. RECITING…”
Spear Knight: “KNIGHTS: 36 DESTROYED. MAGES: 47 DESTROYED. ELVES: 25 DESTROYED. OGRES: 10 DESTROYED.”
Spear Knight: “GOBLINS: 24 DESTROYED. GRIFFINS: 13 DESTROYED. BOARS: 19 DESTROYED.”
Spear Knight: “METALLIX BODIES: NONE DESTROYED. SHIPS & VEHICLES: 10 DESTROYED.”
Metallix: “Rgh…these damn aliens made me waste this much…”
Metallix: “And I can’t re-engineer the technology I used to become Metal Overlord either. Especially since I become so weak when I return to normal.”
Metallix: “If I’m gonna accomplish my goals, I’ll need to find a way to replenish what I lost, and then some.”
Spear Knight: “PERHAPS YOU COULD STEAL FROM THE EGGMAN EMPIRE, G.U.N., AND OTHER VALUABLE ORGANIZATIONS?”
Metallix: “No. That could risk them discovering these bunkers while trying to find what I stole, and I’d have no place to recover and plan.”
Metallix: “Right now, the Eggman Empire and G.U.N. far outmatch what my brotherhood has. And Sonic and his allies, while not as large or organized, are a huge threat.”
Metallix: “If I don’t carefully think this through, I would have been better off being destroyed back on the Final Fortress. Or even as far back as Little Planet.”
Spear Knight: “WHAT ABOUT GATHERING THE CHAOS EMERALDS? WITH THOSE GEMSTONES AND THE EVOLVING AMETHYST COMBINED, NOTHING CAN STOP YOU.”
Metallix: “The amethyst doesn’t mix well with other sources of power.”
Metallix: “When I used that Time Stone during the destruction of the third Death Egg, I was lucky to just be deactivated for a year.”
Metallix: “At best, I can learn to mimic Chaos Energy to some extent, such as Shadow’s many abilities.”
Metallix: “But directly harnessing all that power could cause an unstable reaction with the amethyst, and possibly destroy me.”
Metallix: “Hence, why I have to rely on Metal Overlord to face such super-powered foes. But even that form has it’s issues.”
Metallix: “Right now, I need to use a subtle and quiet approach. One that’ll keep me safe and secured for the time being.”
As Metallix contemplates what to do, the Spear Knight brings out a small repurposed Eggman Empire tablet.
Spear Knight: “TAKING A NOTE FROM DR. EGGMAN COULD DO SOME GOOD.”
Curious, Metallix looks at the information displayed on the tablet. It shows multiple companies that supply the Eggman Empire, like casinos, tech corporations, store products, entertainment, etc.
Metallix: “Of course…I need to make organizations that can supply me money and equipment…”
Metallix: “And considering the public has seen me rescue civilians and help the heroes of this planet fight off the Black Arms…”
Metallix: “...I currently have a positive reputation. They have little reason to see me as a threat.”
Metallix: “Plus, if Eggman can still run these companies, despite publicly trying to take over the world many times, I shouldn’t have much issue in this department.”
Metallix: “Though, where exactly do I start? I doubt I can just create a new company out of the blue like it’s nothing.”
Metallix: “Not to mention, I need to consider many other factors. Employees, working conditions, etc.”
Metallix: “But…this’ll certainly be a good start…”
Now with a new goal in mind, Metallix gets out of his throne and walks through his base with the Spear Knight at his side. As the old saying goes…
Money is power…
Chapter 71: Let's Talk Business
Summary:
Originally, this arc was supposed to be longer. But I wasn't really vibing with it much, so I decided to make it shorter. Hence, why I'm releasing it now. But I hope you enjoy it, and I've got something good in mind for the next arc!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Morning.*
A couple of days have passed since the Black Arms were defeated, and the people of Earth saved from their torment. But the effects of the alien invasion are still present. While most of nature has been restored, cities, towns, and other man-made creations remain destroyed. Hence, a lot of rebuilding needs to be done.
In particular, many anthros, humans, and even some Eggman robots are hard at work repairing Casino Park, which is mostly in-tact, but clearly in desperate need of fixing. Slot machines have been trashed, with their shiny gold remains spilling all over the ground. Tons of lights are broken. And the pinball tables are inoperable.
Needless to say, whoever’s running this place is gonna have to wait a long while before this place can be reopened. And she’s certainly not happy about it. Walking around, inspecting the reconstruction with coffee in hand, is a teal female hedgehog in a red business suit, with indigo-colored tips on her long quills.
This is Breezie. The boss of not only Casino Park, but many other places and businesses under her media empire. Unfortunately, the recent alien invasion has messed up much of her operations, so she isn’t exactly in a good mood. She wants this fixed as soon as possible, and is rushing around to check in with her employees.
In particular, a robotic monkey with a domed-shaped light-bulb on top of his orange-red head, a mostly gray body, and a black tuxedo is overlooking some construction workers. He seems a little stressed, yet is trying to look composed. Though, once he sees his boss, some of that composure is lost, and he speaks to her with a hint of nervousness.
???: “Ah! M-Miss Breezie! Good morning! I was just talking to-”
Breezie: “Skip the formalities, Coconuts. Give me an update on everything.”
Coconuts: “Right! Of course!”
Pulling out a small red tablet displaying analytics and information, Coconuts looks over it.
Coconuts: “So far, we’ve managed to fix 32% of Casino Park! But it should be finished in about 2 weeks!”
Coconuts: “Other locations like Casinopolis have also made steady progress in reconstruction! And BreezTV should be back up in 6 days!”
Coconuts: “Though, we HAVE lost a bunch of employees and important resources. It’ll cost you a pretty penny to get this all back to normal.”
Breezie: “Ugh…of course it will…”
After taking another sip of her coffee, Breezie begins to rant.
Breezie: “I may have a lot of money to spend on reconstruction, but it’s still gonna be problematic if this isn’t fixed quickly.”
Breezie: “Are any of my business partners willing to provide some support of any kind?”
Coconuts: “Well, Clean Sweep could be able to. But I don’t know about everyone else.”
Breezie: “Give them all a call. Maybe find some fresh blood while you’re at it.”
Breezie: “As much as I hate to admit it, I’ll need whatever help I can get. As long as they aren’t problematic.”
Coconuts: “Alright! Anything else?”
Breezie: “Tell Scratch to fetch refreshments for our hard-working employees. Grounder can continue with his current task.”
Breezie: “I’ll be heading to my office and looking over some paperwork. Don’t disturb me unless it’s really important.”
Coconuts: “Yes, miss Breezie! The SSSSSS will do it’s best!”
After saluting, Coconuts rushes off to find his fellow Badniks, while Breezie walks back to her office. Once she’s there, she sits down at her desk, and takes a heavy sigh, while also looking around. The fine red carpeting, cushioned chairs, glass table, drawers filled with different items and collectables, framed photos on the wall, and the glass window behind her with fancy red curtains.
Then, Breezie looks at the stack of papers on her desk, alongside the world globe, lamp, and her reading glasses. It doesn’t take long for her to get started with what she set out to do, looking at stuff like company reports, financial documents, etc. She finds it pretty tedious, but it comes with the job, and she knows how to handle it.
In about an hour, Breezie is halfway through the stack, but is clearly a little tired as she rubs her head. She has a lot to sort out when it comes to reconstruction efforts, and making up for all the money spent on it. But calling it quits is out of the question. Especially because of some random alien invasion that no one was ready for.
But just as Breezie looks over another piece of paper, she gets a call on her teal phone, and answers it.
Breezie: “What is it?”
Coconuts: “There’s someone who wants to talk to you, boss!”
Breezie: “Is it someone important?”
Coconuts: “I…don’t know…?”
Coconuts: “It’s this blue hedgehog with long quills and white stripes. There’s some weird robot knights with him too.”
Breezie:
“Robot knights?”
Breezie thinks back to a few days ago, when Casino Park was under attack by those Black Arms creatures. While she stayed hidden in a safe room, a few of her employees were saved by some strange robots that looked like knights and mages. They even offered to escort them to G.U.N. headquarters as well.
Initially, Breezie didn’t believe them. But once these aliens were defeated, more word was spread about these mechanical warriors. That they visited many other places for evacuation, and were led by some robotic hedgehog. It piqued her curiosity a little. Where did these robots come from? Who made them? And for what purpose?
After thinking about this, Breezie puts down her paper and pen, while also standing up and responding to Coconuts.
Breezie: “Tell them I’ll be over soon.”
Coconuts: “Got it.”
And with that, Breezie walked out of her office and down the many hallways, elevators, and floors of the building before going back outside. She occasionally talks to a few employees, but tries to keep it short, since she has more important things to do. And soon enough, near the food court, she sees Coconuts with some guests.
Immediately, Breezie takes note of the robot knights. Their metallic armor, colored capes, and a few different weapons, such as spears and maces. And alongside them is a peculiar blue hedgehog. Long quills with silver stripes. A stylish black tux and shoes. White gloves. And piercing red eyes.
In addition, the blue hedgehog had a calm, yet cold vibe to him. Like he could keep his cool, no matter the situation, and seemingly had little care for what surrounds him. He appears to be waiting patiently, and doesn’t care to talk to Coconuts, or anyone nearby. Though, he makes sure not to be a disturbance.
From afar, Breezie could tell…whoever this person was, he’s clearly much different from most of the people she deals with on a daily basis. The look in his eyes could send a chill down someone’s spine. In fact, whenever Coconuts shares eye-contact with him, he can’t help but turn away, scared.
Yet, despite this intimidating aura around him, Breezie can’t help but put on an amused smile. This should be quite interesting. Now having an idea for what she’s getting into, she proceeds to walk up to Coconuts and his guests, with the former looking relieved to see her.
Coconuts: “Ah! There she is!”
???: “...”
The blue hedgehog simply stares at Breezie in silence, who immediately begins to talk to him.
Breezie: “Hm…I don’t recall seeing a face like yours before…”
Breezie: “So? Who are you?”
With a polite bow, the blue hedgehog introduces himself and his followers.
???: “You may call me Neo. And these are my loyal knights.”
Neo: “As I’m aware you are a busy woman, I believe it’s best I cut to the chase.”
Breezie: “Heh. I DO like it when a man doesn’t waste my time.”
Breezie: “What do you have to offer when I’m clearly in the middle of work?”
Neo: “A partnership. One that could benefit us both.”
Neo: “While I may be new to the business world, I do believe my assistance could help you in the long run.”
Breezie: “Bold words. What do you have to offer?”
Neo: “Additional help for reconstruction.”
Neo: “While they were mainly built for battle, these knights and other machines of my making can handle all kinds of tasks with relative ease.”
Neo: “And unlike organic beings, they don’t require rest or food to keep going. They are incredibly efficient and loyal to whoever commands them.”
Breezie: “Is that so?”
Breezie looks at the knights, who are on standby for further orders.
Breezie: “I’ll admit they look fancy. But appearances can be deceiving.”
Breezie: “Plus, as you’ve already seen, I already have a couple of robots working for me. So what makes yours different?”
Neo: “Why not see for yourself? A demonstration can tell you all you need to know.”
Breezie: “Well, I don’t exactly want some random junk piles to cause me more property damage, in case they aren’t functioning as intended.”
Neo: “My machines never malfunction. I spent countless days perfecting them to be the ultimate servants.”
Neo: “And in the rare chance they do, I can offer you some resources as compensation.”
Neo: “Perhaps some tech and information from the Eggman Empire?”
Breezie: “Really now? You sure sound confident in your little bargain.”
Breezie: “But what will I have to give to you in exchange? I hope you’re not feeling too greedy.”
Neo: “I won’t ask for much in return. Just two things.”
Neo: “First, I would like 20% of whatever profits you make to go to me. Shouldn’t be too much, considering how lucrative your media empire is.”
Breezie: “Pfft! Yeah! That’s far too low for my standards!”
Breezie: “It’d almost feel like I’d be ripping you off! Why not bump it up a little?”
Neo: “Weren’t you the one to tell me not to be too greedy?”
Breezie: “True! But I was expecting a little more from a businessman!”
Breezie: “Now, what’s the second thing you want from me?”
Neo: “Your mentorship.”
When Neo says that, Breezie has a look that’s stuck between surprised and amused.
Breezie: “Oh? You want me to be your teacher?”
Neo: “Why not? You went from living on the streets to owning several lucrative businesses.”
Neo: “Obviously, you have a lot of skill and experience. Which is what I need for my own ambitions.”
Breezie: “Hmhmhm…clearly, you’ve done your research…”
Breezie: “But do I REALLY want to create some possible competition in the future?”
Neo: “If we’re business partners, I believe that’s nothing to be concerned about.”
Neo: “And don’t worry if I’m not prepared for what you demand of me. I’ll go to whatever lengths I need to for my goals.”
Breezie: “Is that so? You’ve got a lot of ambition! I like that!”
Breezie: “Before I make up my mind on your offer, I’ll ask just one more thing!”
Neo: “Go ahead.”
After saying those words, Breezie walks up to one of the knights and inspects it, before shooting her question.
Breezie: “These robots…were made by you, correct?”
Neo nods his head.
Breezie:
“And you had no assistance whatsoever?”
Neo: “No. They are entirely my design.”
Breezie: “Hm...then you’re entirely responsible for saving the world from those aliens?”
Neo: “I had some help from Sonic and his allies. But yes.”
Breezie: “Interesting…”
Turning back towards Neo, Breezie puts on a sly smile.
Breezie: “Alright then…I can see potential within you!”
Breezie: “Starting now, you’ll serve as my student AND assistant!”
Breezie: “You’ll be taught everything I know about how to run a business, while also helping with my day-to-day tasks!”
Breezie: “But I have ground rules that you must follow to a T! Any complaining or failure, and you’ll be handed a pink slip!”
Neo: “Hmph. If that’s what it takes, then I’ll deal with it for now.”
Breezie: “Good! That’s what I like to hear!”
Breezie: “Rule #1: What I ask, you do! Even something as trivial as fetching me coffee!”
Breezie: “Rule #2: Never be late for anything I need you for! Not even one second!”
Breezie: “And Rule #3: If I’m somehow falling out of line, I expect you to pull me back! Regardless of how I feel about it!”
Breezie: “We’ll go at this for a few months! See how much progress you’ll make by then!”
Breezie: “If I deem you ready, you may go back to whatever business you’re working on. We’ll stay in touch, and keep our deal up.”
Breezie: “Sound good to you?”
Neo: “It’s manageable. I will do my best.”
Once again, Neo gives a polite bow.
Breezie: “Excellent! We’ll start tomorrow! Get ready in the meantime!”
Breezie: “Make sure to give me all the information you have about your robots too! Helps me figure out how to best utilize all of them!”
Neo: “Of course. We will all be ready.”
Breezie: “In that case, here’s to a promising partnership!”
Breezie walks up to Neo and offers a handshake, which he accepts. Afterwards, he talks to his knights.
Neo: “Let us take our leave. We have much to prepare for.”
And just like that, Neo and his followers head out of Casino Park, leaving Breezie amused, and Coconuts relieved.
Coconuts: “Whew…those guys gave me the creeps…”
Coconuts: “But are you sure you’re okay with this? That hedgehog gives me nothing but bad vibes.”
Breezie: “Oh please! You should know I’m always thinking three steps ahead!”
Breezie: “There’s something different about Neo compared to others I’ve made deals with in the past! And that intrigues me!”
Breezie: “He doesn’t buckle down under pressure, and will do whatever it takes for what he wants! Kinda like me, in a way!”
Breezie: “By keeping a close eye on him, I’ll figure out what makes him tick, and see if he’s up to something fishy!”
Coconuts: “Still…something about him seems…”
Coconuts: “...Unnatural. Like he’s putting up a front.”
Breezie: “All the more to figure out in due time.”
Breezie: “But for now, I’m heading back to my office and finishing my paperwork. YOU should get back to helping with the reconstruction efforts.”
Coconuts: “Oh! Yes! Right away, boss!”
With another salute, Coconuts rushes off to see what needs to be done. Breezie, meanwhile, thinks to herself about that interaction with Neo as she walks back to her office. She already has some suspicions about that blue hedgehog, and why he decided to seek an apprenticeship with her.
Due to how powerful and lucrative her media empire is, Breezie has been approached by many kinds of businesses and high-ranking individuals for deals and partnerships. But many of them never tried to ask for her to teach them her ways. Not to mention, many are a little intimidated by her to even suggest making deals with them.
Yet, Neo shows not even an ounce of fear or stress at the sight of her. At best, he had a hint of annoyance in his eyes when he was told he’d have to do whatever Breezie asks of him. Other than that, he was as cool as ice. Plus, his general speech and mannerisms were calm, well-mannered, and to the point.
But what REALLY catches Breezie’s interest is Neo’s knights. They’re identical to the description of the robots who helped save the world from those aliens. And when asked about it, he admitted to it. Though, what about that supposed robot hedgehog? Could that be Neo? Is it another robot he made? Or is it something else?
Regardless of what Neo’s deal is…Breezie will figure it out soon enough…
Chapter 72: Teacher & Student
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Morning.*
Within the bright sunny skies, a large blue ship with medieval decals, purple highlights, and sail-shaped fins on the top flies towards Casino Park, facing no disturbance along the way. And inside of the ship, Neo patiently stands in the center of the metallic command room, with glass windows, and multiple knights working the controls.
Right now, Neo is thinking about the deal he made yesterday with Breezie. Thanks to his research and careful choice of words, he was able to successfully gain her partnership. Sure, having to be someone’s servant again is annoying, but at least it’s only for a few months, and this businesswoman seems a lot more competent than Eggman.
Plus, now isn’t a good time to be picky. If Neo has to sacrifice his pride for a bit in order to get his brotherhood the resources it needs, then so be it. And he’s bound to learn a lot from Breezie, so this isn’t gonna be a wasted effort. Though, he should definitely be careful if she tries to stick her nose where it doesn’t belong.
Moving on, it only takes a couple more minutes before Neo and his soldiers land at Casino Park. Already, Breezie is at the entrance with a smirk, expecting them to show up on time. Coconuts and a few other employees are also present, with many looking curious, surprised, or uneasy at the sight of the ship.
In particular, there’s two Badniks standing alongside Coconuts. One has a broad, cyanish-green body with treads, drill hands, a black tux, and a gray antenna on the back of his head. The other looks like a robot chicken with a gray body, black tux, yellow legs and beak, red tail feathers, and a gray ear piece on the left side of his head.
While Neo is a bit curious about why these three Badniks work for Breezie, he doesn’t care to bring it up. He’s got bigger priorities at the moment. Hence, he walks out of the ship, followed by his knights, mages, griffins, and ogres. Immediately, the two hedgehogs greet each other.
Breezie: “Morning. You got here early.”
Neo: “I couldn’t afford to be late on the first day of our partnership.”
From behind, Neo brings out a blue tablet and gives it to Breezie, who looks at the screen.
Neo: “This should have every bit of information you need to know about my creations.”
Neo: “That way, you can make the best use of them for your goals.”
Breezie: “Good! Nice to see you’ve prepared for everything!”
In a couple of minutes, Breezie skims through all the information listed on the tablet, occasionally commenting on a few things.
Breezie: “Hm. You didn’t skim out on a single detail.”
Breezie: “While I’m no expert on machines, I gotta admit this is quite impressive.”
Neo: “Thank you. I made them to be far superior than your standard Egg Pawn or G.U.N. robot.”
At the mention of this, Coconuts and his Badnik pals give a slightly offended look towards Neo. Though, they keep their mouths shut. And eventually, Breezie is done with the tablet and turns it off.
Breezie: “Alright then! Let’s see what your creations can do!”
Neo nods before turning towards his robots and giving them orders.
Neo: “Soldiers! Starting now, you not only work for me, but Breezie Media!”
Neo: “Any command from her is a command from me! So treat her with the same respect and dedication!”
Neo: “And should you fail or inconvenience her, expect no second chances!”
The soldiers robotically nod their heads in confirmation, which leads to Neo turning back to Breezie.
Neo: “They are now yours. Feel free to order them around.”
Breezie: “Hmhmhm…I’ll be sure to run them ragged.”
Now having free reign over Neo’s robots, Breezie begins to command them.
Breezie: “Alright, you rust buckets! As of today, you work for me!”
Breezie: “And ANYONE who works for me should strive to do their very best! Not just for themselves, but for me and my operations!”
Breezie: “Plus, given you’re machines, I don’t have to take into account fatigue or food! So don’t come crying to me for breaks!”
Breezie: “Lastly, should I feel you’re causing me problems, intentional or otherwise, I’ll be sure to rip you all apart! Piece by piece!”
Breezie: “Is that clear?”
Again, the robots just nod their heads.
Breezie: “Good! You can get started right now!”
Breezie: “Casino Park needs to be completely repaired, so that it can be reopened for business!”
Breezie: “You will work with my other employees to fix this mess! They’ll also help guide you through each task!”
Breezie: “Though, if you add on to the damage, you’ll be sent straight to the garbage dump! Or at least, your parts will be reused for something else!”
Breezie: “None of you will stop until this park is 100% fixed! Got it?”
For the third time, the robots nod their heads in confirmation. However, this doesn’t seem to satisfy Breezie.
Breezie: “I want to hear you say you got it! Speak up!”
Neo Soldiers:
“YES, MASTER.”
Breezie: “Heh! That’s much better!”
Turning back to her employees, Breezie gives them their orders.
Breezie: “As for all of you, I’m entrusting you to teach them how to do your jobs!”
Breezie: “Let me know if there’s anything wrong! And don’t think just because they can do your work for you, you can just laze around all day!”
Breezie’s Employees: “Yes, ma’am!”
Breezie: “Good! Then get to it! I’ll be taking Neo to my office!”
And with that, Breezie walks into Casino Park, with Neo following suit. This leaves the employees a little uneasy with their strange new co-workers. As for the robots, a few of them walk up to the group, and introduce themselves.
Spear Knight: “THOUGH WE ARE MACHINE, WE HOPE TO PROVIDE OUR BEST SERVICES TO OUR SHARED MASTER.”
Spear Knight: “WE ARE KNIGHTS. WE SPECIALIZE IN DEXTEROUS TASKS, LIKE VEHICLE AND TOOL OPERATION.”
The mages come up to speak as well, with a griffin and ogre alongside.
Wind Mage: “WE ARE MAGES. WE SPECIALIZE IN ELEMENTAL ABILITIES, AND HEALING WOUNDS OF ORGANIC BEINGS LIKE YOURSELVES.”
Wind Mage: “THESE ARE GRIFFINS AND OGRES. THE FORMER SPECIALIZES IN FLIGHT AND PICKING UP OBJECTS, WHILE THE LATTER SPECIALIZES IN HEAVY LIFTING AND BREAKING OBJECTS.”
Wind Mage: “WE HOPE TO USE THESE SKILLS FOR THE BETTERMENT OF OUR SHARED MASTER’S GOALS.”
Random Cat: “Uhh…good to hear…”
Based on their expressions, Breezie’s employees aren’t exactly too comfortable with these strange robots helping them. But at the same time, they’ll make their workload less stressful, and their boss DID tell them to give these machines the rundown on what to do. So they just have to deal with it for now.
Over the next few minutes, the robots are split into different groups. In particular, a few knights and mages are being led by Coconuts and his two Badnik companions, who are giving them orders.
Coconuts: “Alright, you weird robots! We’re gonna be putting your skill and dedication to the test!”
Coconuts: “We are the Super Special Sonic Search & Smash Squad! Or SSSSSS for short!”
Chicken Badnik: “I’m Scratch! Head of Security for Casino Park!”
Drill Badnik: “And I’m Grounder! I do all kinds of stuff!”
Coconuts: “And I’m Coconuts! I help run this place when the boss is busy with more important tasks!”
Coconuts: “Which is what we’ll be teaching YOU to do! So you better pay attention to every little thing I say!”
Scratch: “What? Don’t you mean WE?”
Coconuts: “Oh please! I’m the most competent between all three of us!”
Coconuts: “YOU are always letting your arrogance get the better of you! And Grounder…well…”
Grounder: “What? Is it my drill hands?”
As the SSSSSS bickers between one another (Or just Scratch and Coconuts), the knights decide to ask a question.
Neo Knight:
“YOU THREE ARE CREATIONS OF DR. EGGMAN, CORRECT?”
Scratch:
“Huh? Yeah, why?”
Neo Knight: “HOW DID YOU COME TO SERVE SOMEONE ELSE? WERE YOU REPROGRAMMED?”
Grounder:
“Re…progam? What does that mean?”
Coconuts: “If you MUST know, our programming is completely in-tact! We just decided to serve someone who actually appreciates our efforts!”
Scratch: “Yeah! Dr. Robotnik treated us so badly, we couldn’t take the abuse anymore!”
Scratch: “Luckily, Ms. Breezie found us and decided to offer us a better life! And we’ve never been better!”
Grounder: “Mm-hm! I like her! She gives me headpats when I do well!”
Neo Knight: “THIS INFORMATION IS NOTABLE. LOGGING IT FOR ORIGINAL MASTER.”
Coconuts: “The heck does that mean? We don’t have time for this discussion!”
Coconuts: “We need to get you all ready for work! Come on!”
The Badnik squad proceed towards Casino Park, with the Neo robots following close behind. They know from their creator that there were a few rare cases of Eggman machines defecting, but it’s still interesting to see for themselves. And it could be something the robotic hedgehog finds intrigue in too.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later. Breezie’s Office.*
Pushing the doors wide open, Breezie brings Neo into her office, still keeping that smile on her face. The blue hedgehog looks around for a moment, while the teal one walks over to her desk and sits down.
Breezie: “So? Any thoughts?”
Neo: “...It’s nice, I suppose.”
Breezie is confused by Neo’s lack of interest in her fancy office, but doesn’t pay it much mind.
Breezie: “Well, let’s just get started on your first day.”
Breezie: “Now, what are you good at?”
Neo: “Technology and leadership are obvious ones, as you’ve seen.”
Neo: “I’m also a fast reader, good at organization, planning, and gathering information.”
Neo: “And should it be needed, I can put up a fight.”
Breezie: “Is that so? You sound quite capable for a businessman!”
Breezie: “Or are you just trying to hype yourself up in order to impress me?”
Neo: “That is unnecessary in my opinion. I have no need to lie to you.”
Breezie: “Hmph. We’ll see about that.”
Breezie: “For now, you can start by organizing much of my paperwork.”
Opening up some drawers from her desk, Breezie pulls out a bunch of papers, and places them down on the glass table. This leads to Neo sitting down on the red cushioned couch, and grabbing one to scan.
Breezie: “I need to know what requires my immediate attention.”
Breezie: “If you’re such a fast reader, this shouldn’t take too long. Perhaps an hour?”
Neo: “That will work. I won’t disappoint.”
Once again putting a smirk on her face, Breezie walks back to her desk and takes care of other tasks, like calling her business partners and clients. As she does this, she notices how Neo seems to be skimming over the papers, one after another, before making different stacks of them on the table.
In Neo’s eyes, this task is far too easy. He can read everything at an incredible pace, instantly log important information, and get through it all in a manner of minutes. By the 10 minute mark, the blue hedgehog has 3 neat stacks of paper on the table, and after finishing a call, Breezie walks over to check on him.
Breezie: “Huh. Guess I should have given a stricter time limit.”
Breezie: “So? Which stack should I look at first?”
Neo points at the shortest stack.
Neo: “This one. All of it is high maintenance and costly.”
Breezie: “Alright then. I’ll take that off your hands.”
Breezie: “In the meantime, grab me some coffee. Cream only. No sugar.”
Breezie: “Also grab some dark chocolates too. And a danish.”
Neo: “Understood.”
Standing up from the couch, Neo walks out of the office, leaving Breezie alone to take care of the papers. Once she takes a look at them, the teal hedgehog can already tell her new assistant did a good job. He even included a few things that, while not immediately obvious, DO factor in the bigger picture.
And just as Breezie’s done with the first few papers, Neo returns with her food and drink. Though, he doesn’t seem to have anything for himself.
Breezie: “Ah! Nice! Place them over here!”
Neo nods his head, and places the refreshments on a small table next to Breezie’s desk. She takes a sip of her coffee, and lets out a refreshed sigh afterwards.
Breezie: “Sigh…good work…”
Breezie: “But did you get anything for yourself? The food here is some high-quality stuff!”
Neo: “No. I’m not all that hungry right now.”
Breezie: “Suit yourself! But DO give it a try at some point!”
Breezie: “Also, I must admit…you did a good job with organizing the paperwork.”
Breezie: “You even included some smaller stuff too! I’m genuinely impressed!”
Neo: “Like I stated earlier. I couldn’t disappoint.”
Neo: “Now, what else should I do?”
Breezie: “Hmm…I’m not too sure…”
Breezie: “I thought you would have taken longer with your tasks, but you’ve proven to be more efficient than I expected.”
Breezie: “You’re definitely no regular hedgehog. That much is obvious.”
Neo: “?”
For a moment, Neo has a curious expression, which causes Breezie to chuckle a bit.
Breezie: “Hehehe! So you CAN emote like a normal person!”
Neo: “Mm…expressiveness isn’t my strong suit…”
Neo: “But anyways, if there’s nothing for me to do, I can just wait until you’re finished with your work.”
Breezie: “Relax! I don’t need you to be by my side 24/7!”
Breezie: “When I need you, I’ll call you! Simple as that!”
Breezie: “For now, why don’t you just…explore Casino Park? It may not be fixed yet, but there’s still plenty to see!”
Neo: “...Very well.”
And with that, Neo walks out of the office, leaving Breezie to continue her task. Though, as she looks over her papers, she can’t help but smirk at the thought of her new assistant. Not only does he live up to his words, but he’s also a bit amusing. How he got confused when she pointed out that he doesn’t seem ordinary.
Though, it also makes Breezie wonder…how DID Neo become this skilled? What’s his story? This is the first time she’s thought about a business partner like this. She makes it a habit of not getting too personal or chummy with her colleagues, since that can cause some issues. But this new guy is an exception.
Perhaps…the two could get to know each other a bit better?
Chapter 73: Birds Of A Feather
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
A few days have passed since Neo offered his assistance and apprenticeship to Breezie. Since then, the reconstruction of Casino Park has been going smoothly and quickly. The Neo Bots have been a great help with tasks that are incredibly straining and time-consuming for a group of regular people.
From lifting up heavy debris and objects, to operating vehicles, and even healing their organic co-workers when they get injured on the job. They’ve more than proved their worth, and continue to work hard at their assignments, even when everyone else is fast asleep. Not to mention they’re very loyal and don’t complain.
Needless to say, Breezie and her employees are pleased with their new partners, and feel they might be able to re-open Casino Park in a week’s time. Much faster than expected. Though, Scratch, Grounder, and Coconuts are pretty jealous of how good these new robots are at their jobs, and still find them off-putting.
But they know for a fact that Breezie won’t discard them, and they shouldn’t try to sabotage anything for payback. Especially since these machines are pretty smart, and would probably catch them in the act immediately. So, as much as they don’t like them, the SSSSSS will just have to deal with them for now.
As for Neo, he continues to be a great assistant for Breezie. Fetching her refreshments, helping with paperwork, answering calls from business partners and clients, managing her schedule, etc. It’s all too easy for him, and his teacher continues to be impressed with his skills.
In addition, Breezie’s given Neo tons of advice and info on how to run a successful business. Like identifying what your company’s mission is, building a strong team, ensuring customer satisfaction, marketing strategies, and more. All of which is very informative and interesting for the blue hedgehog. Clearly, choosing her as his mentor wasn’t a bad idea at all.
However, Breezie DOES still have her suspicions about Neo, and is keeping a close eye on him. So far, he hasn’t tried anything, but that doesn’t mean he’s completely innocent or normal. In fact, his demeanor and skills almost remind her of a machine. How it all seems so…calculated. It’s not natural.
Though, for the time being, Breezie doesn’t think Neo will be a problem. Plus, she has to admit he’s very useful, and somewhat amusing at points. As long as he stays in his lane and doesn’t cause her any headaches, the teal hedgehog is perfectly fine with keeping him around. It’s not like she hasn’t dealt with some questionable people before.
Anyways, right now, Neo’s currently giving Breezie her schedule for the upcoming weeks in her office, along with informing her of other important information. They’re looking over some papers at the glass table, while sitting on the cushioned couches.
Neo: “Judging by our progress so far, Casino Park’s reconstruction should be finished next Saturday.”
Neo: “You also have a meeting with the executives of BreezTV on Tuesday, and a meeting with the owner of Clean Sweep Inc the day after.”
Neo: “I also got a few calls from other clients of yours. They all wished to talk to you about what to do next, and for some assistance in reconstruction.”
Breezie: “Mm…I’ll call them later today.”
Breezie: “Good work, Neo! Once again, you prove yourself a valuable assistant!”
Neo: “Glad to see my efforts are paying off.”
Breezie: “Indeed! You continue to impress me!”
Breezie: “Though, it makes me wonder how you became this skilled! I doubt it’s just natural-born talent!”
Neo: “Admittedly, no. I’ve had a lot of practice over the years.”
When Neo says that, Breezie puts on a curious smirk.
Breezie: “Is that so? What kind of practice?”
Neo: “Why do you ask? It’s of little importance.”
Breezie: “Oh, don’t be like that! You already know much about me, and got some good tips!”
Breezie: “In exchange, I’d like to learn more about you! No refusing!”
Neo: “Hmph. I suppose it makes sense.”
Neo: “But don’t expect me to tell you every little detail. Some things are best kept to myself.”
Breezie: “Fair enough. Now speak.”
With the command given, Neo accepts it while leaning forward a little, and putting his hand to his chin, being careful with his word choices.
Neo: “You see…before I ventured into my own business, I used to work for the Eggman Empire.”
Neo: “In fact, I worked directly under Dr. Eggman himself. I was basically his strongest soldier.”
Breezie: “Really now? Interesting!”
Breezie: “How did that happen? Did he just pick you off the streets or something?”
Neo: “Or something.”
Neo: “Regardless, he trained me to be the ultimate fighter. So that I could beat Sonic The Hedgehog with little trouble.”
Neo: “Back then, I was far too naive to realize I was being used. And too stubborn to think that bulbous fool was anything but the genius he claimed to be.”
Neo: “While I DID put up a good fight against the hedgehog, I was ultimately defeated. And left for dead.”
Neo: “Afterwards, I realized my mistake, and explored the world in search of a path in life.”
Neo: “Eventually, I decided I wanted to build an organization that would surpass the Eggman Empire, and give this world everlasting prosperity.”
Breezie: “Pretty ambitious! I like that!”
Breezie: “Though, how exactly are you gonna do that?”
Neo: “That’s something you’ll have to speculate on.”
Neo: “But of course, if I am to grow my empire, I need ways to build up resources and money. Hence, why I went to you.”
Neo: “Does that satisfy your curiosity?”
Breezie: “For now, I suppose. And I’m no stranger to Eggman either.”
Breezie: “He found me on the streets, and decided to offer me a job. I was too desperate to say no.”
Breezie: “Basically, I was tasked with acting as a damsel in distress for Sonic to save, while secretly informing the doctor of his whereabouts and progress.”
Breezie: “I was eventually found out, and little blue took him out as always. You know how it is.”
Breezie: “But thanks to the money from that job, I was able to slowly grow into the person you see now.”
Neo: “Hm. Impressive.”
Neo: “Though, I wasn’t aware of your ties to Eggman. Must have slipped through the cracks of my research.”
Breezie: “Heh! So you CAN make mistakes!”
Breezie: “Still though…must be fate if two hedgehogs who used to work for Eggman are now business partners!”
Neo: “Perhaps. It’s certainly an interesting coincidence.”
Neo: “And it proves even more that you were the right person to be my mentor.”
Breezie: “Oh, how flattering of you! But don’t think this makes us best friends!”
Breezie: “If you cause me problems, I’ll be cutting ties with you too!”
Neo: “Of course. I never intended for us to be friends in the first place.”
Neo: “We are simply working together for our own reasons. That’s all.”
Neo: “And if you stick your nose where it doesn’t belong, I’ll have to make sure you stay quiet.”
Breezie: “Hehehe…I’d like to see you try.”
For a moment, the two hedgehogs share a silent stare at each other. But Breezie still has a smile on her face. Sure, she’s gotten death threats before, but Neo’s clearly not phased by what she said. Either he’s far too confident in his skills, or he’s far more powerful than she realizes. Either way, she’s starting to gain more interest in him.
Not only is Neo a former member of the Eggman Empire too, but he also shares the desire to grow out of the doctor’s shadow, and build an empire far stronger than his. Maybe this was another reason why she decided to partner with him? They’re birds of a feather. Or rather, hedgehogs of a quill.
But Breezie can also pick up that Neo lied about not knowing her ties to Eggman. He’s already proven himself to be very tactful in his words and actions, so there’s little chance he’d let such an important detail pass him by. Especially if it’s just more reason to come to her for a partnership and mentorship.
And she’s completely right. Neo already knew this fact, and he hid his knowledge of it in order to come off as less suspicious, and show he’s not completely flawless. Though, he can already see it didn’t work, judging by Breezie’s smug smile. But he’s not too bothered by this fact. Even if she tried to do something about him, it’s not gonna work.
After all, Neo already has so much power on his own. And while his empire may be small right now, it’ll soon grow into something far greater. Someway, somehow. Breezie is just a method for him to help with that, and he’ll take her out if she messes with him. Though, he must admit…she’s definitely more cunning than she shows.
Honestly, a part of Neo can’t help but be a little impressed with Breezie. If he didn’t do his research, he’s certain this teal hedgehog would play him like a fiddle. She’s definitely done the same with many other clients and business partners. But he doubts any of them were as powerful or smart as he is.
After a few seconds of staring, Breezie decides to get up from her seat and beckons for Neo to follow suit.
Breezie: “Let’s take a walk around the place. Get some fresh air.”
Breezie: “Then, we can get back to work.”
Neo: “Understood.”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
In the dark underground base, Metallix’s robots continue to work hard on their many tasks. Managing data and information on computers, checking supplies, looking over construction of new machines, spying on threats to their master, etc. All without stopping for a single second. At least until someone walks inside.
Now back in his regular metal form, Metallix goes around and talks to his soldiers about their tasks and progress. And while it’s not as easy to tell, he seems to be satisfied with what they’re telling him. And eventually, he sits on his throne, with a spear knight coming up to him.
Spear Knight: “WELCOME BACK, MASTER. HOW WAS YOUR DAY?”
Metallix: “Hm…alright, I suppose.”
Metallix: “I learned more information and tips from Breezie, and my tasks as her assistant continue to be childsplay.”
Metallix: “Though, I can tell she’s still suspecting me, and she wasn’t bothered by my warning either.”
Spear Knight:
“IS THIS A CAUSE FOR CONCERN? DO WE NEED TO TAKE HER OUT?”
Metallix: “No. She’s too important an asset to be rid of this early.”
Metallix: “Without her knowledge, connections, and resources, our progress on growing the brotherhood will be significantly delayed.”
Metallix: “Plus, killing her would definitely bring unwanted attention, and that’s the last thing we need right now.”
Metallix: “We must wait until we’ve gained everything we need from her.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE YOU WOULD LIKE TO INFORM US ABOUT?”
Metallix: “Next week, I’ll be accompanying Breezie on a few meetings with her clients and business partners.”
Metallix: “There’ll likely be more eyes on me, so I’ll need to be careful with my actions and words.”
Metallix: “Hence, I might not be able to come here during that time. So you all need to protect this base and it’s secrecy with all you have.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. WE WILL NOT DISAPPOINT YOU, MASTER.”
Metallix: “Good. That is all.”
The spear knight nods it’s head before walking off to do another task, while Metallix silently sits in his throne. So far, no one appears to have found any of his underground bunkers, which is good. He made sure to hide them in places no one would suspect, and make them all durable enough to survive any environmental catastrophes.
Plus, none of his enemies are searching for him right now, and with Breezie’s assistance, the Brotherhood Of Metallix is slowly growing stronger and stronger. Sure, it could be faster, but the robotic hedgehog knows he can’t be picky or impatient. These things take time, and making hasty decisions would only ensure his failure.
As Metallix thinks about this, he starts to wonder about his future plans. He knows he’s gonna take out Sonic and his allies eventually, along with the Eggman Empire, G.U.N., and whoever else tries to stop him. And of course, mechanize the planet and it’s inhabitants in order to lead them to eternal peace and harmony.
However, due to wanting to focus on present goals, Metallix hasn’t thought too hard about HOW he was gonna do that. He immediately thinks of Eggman’s World Roboticizer, but that requires a great source of energy to power it, and if it malfunctions somehow, it’ll backfire spectacularly. He doesn’t want Earth to blow up too.
And what’s to come of certain obstacles? Metallix definitely wants Sonic’s and Eggman’s heads on plaques, but he doesn’t mind keeping their allies and friends around. Though, he’d obviously need to make some…”adjustments” to make sure they stay completely loyal to him. And those like Chaos and Shadow are too unruly and rebellious to be kept alive.
But what about Breezie? It would be a shame for someone as ambitious, skilled, and cunning as her to be thrown away. And while Metallix wouldn’t admit it out loud, he DOES possess a bit of fondness towards the teal hedgehog. Not much though, since his own goals come first, and after what happened with Nicole, he’s not interested in getting too close with anyone.
However…the future has a lot of uncertainties…
Chapter 74: Clean Sweep
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
A plane with a teal and red color scheme flies through the chilly and cloudy skies, with a region covered in snow below. And in said plane is Breezie and Neo, sitting down while having a snack or two. Their employees/robots are either piloting the plane, at their own seats, or doing different tasks for their bosses.
While Neo’s outfit hasn’t changed at all, Breezie is wearing a fancy winter coat with gloves, boots, a scarf, and a hat. She’s also looking at her phone to check what she needs to take care of today, and takes a bit of time to play a puzzle game too. As for her assistant, he simply waits patiently in his seat, not showing an ounce of fatigue or boredom.
Occasionally, the two hedgehogs share a conversation, but other than that, they mostly stay quiet. But after finishing up her puzzle game, Breezie looks out the window.
Breezie: “Hm…looks like we’ve almost made it to Shiverford.”
As Breezie says this, Neo decides to look out the window as well. They can see a city of moderate size, covered in a pristine white and brimming with activity. Bright lights illuminate the streets, people are walking around in winter coats and boots, and kids are busy making snowmen or throwing snowballs at each other.
In addition, many are driving around in motor sleds to traverse the icy roads, and there’s shops selling a bunch of warm foods and drinks. The sight is interesting for Neo, and Breezie can’t help but crack a small smile.
Breezie: “Pretty, isn’t it?”
Neo: “Indeed…”
In a couple of minutes, the plane lands at the airport here, which has a green and white color scheme, areas that serve refreshments like baked potatoes and hot cocoa, TV screens showing news and schedules for all the planes here, and tons of people going around with their luggage. The last of which is a bit annoying for the two hedgehogs.
Luckily, they’re able to get through it, and Breezie also takes her chance to buy some hot cocoa. Neo, on the other hand, doesn’t want anything, which she feels is a missed opportunity for him. But regardless, they walk around and talk a bit.
Neo: “So where is this acquaintance of yours supposed to be?”
Breezie: “He said he’d come by to pick us up once we land.”
Breezie: “Hopefully, it won’t take too long. It’s very cold out here.”
Neo: “Personally, I don’t feel cold at all.”
Breezie: “Seriously? Is that suit secretly all fuzzy on the inside?”
Neo:
“No. My body has undergone modifications so that I can handle any kind of environment I step foot in.”
Neo: “Whether it’s the harsh cold, or the blistering heat, I can’t feel anything.”
Breezie: “Let me guess. Something Eggman did to you back when you worked for him?”
Neo: “Correct. It also allows me to go days on end without food or water.”
Breezie: “Heh! Does it also maintain your youthful good looks?”
Neo: “Hm…I’m not certain of that yet…”
Neo: “But I wouldn’t recommend getting these modifications. The surgery is painful.”
Breezie: “Fine by me! I don’t need all those add-ons!”
Breezie: “Though, I wonder…?”
Without warning, Breezie puts a hand on Neo’s chest, much to his confusion.
Neo: “...What are you doing?”
Breezie: “Huh. You’re pretty warm.”
Breezie: “Guess if I’m feeling too cold, I can just pull you into my loving embrace!”
Neo: “Are you teasing me?”
Breezie: “Ha! Maybe a little bit!”
Breezie: “After all, you’re always keeping that stern expression on, and acting like nothing phases you!”
Breezie: “It’s almost like you’re a robot or something!”
At the mention of that, Neo feels a bit of concern that Breezie might have figured him out. But he keeps a cool head and responds accordingly.
Neo: “...That’s ridiculous.”
Neo: “I’m simply acting respectful and attentive as your business partner and assistant. Nothing more or less.”
Breezie: “Yeah, I get that. And I’ve had to put on fronts before.”
Breezie: “But at this point, I think you can get away with being a little more emotional!”
Neo: “...?”
Breezie’s words make Neo ponder for a moment. While he DOES have emotions, he’s grown too used to keeping himself composed all the time. Sure, there are times where he cuts loose, like when he fought Sonic on the third Death Egg, or when he transforms into Metal Overlord, but those moments are few and far in-between.
Plus, what would being emotional get him? Stuff like anger and arrogance have only led to his downfall before, and acting irrational would only hinder him. Not unlike a certain mustached buffoon. But perhaps at times like this, he shouldn’t need to hold back so much? Why not be a little more open?
Before Neo can think further about this, he and Breezie notice someone driving a modified motor sled towards them. It’s much bigger, so that it can accommodate multiple people, and has some gold accents. And sitting in the passenger seats is an old green and dark-furred possum, donning fancy attire and a cane.
He’s got a white tux with gold-colored diamond cufflinks, loafers, a white bucket hat, and a dark gray furred coat. His eyes are white with black sclera, he’s got a spiky beard, and a gold tooth is visible from his mouth. Clearly, he’s of high class. And as he looks down at the two hedgehogs, he gives Breezie a smile.
???: “Welcome back to Shiverford, Breezie.”
Breezie: “Clutch…I see you’re still doing well.”
Clutch: “Of course. The recent alien invasion has given my company a great opportunity.”
Clutch: “As you can see, this city has already returned to it’s former glory, thanks to our efforts.”
Breezie: “I’ll admit it’s impressive! The reconstruction for Casino Park still isn’t done yet!”
Clutch: “Ah…perhaps we could talk about that over dinner?”
Breezie: “Heh. How can I resist such an offer?”
Clutch keeps his smile on his face, before turning his attention on Neo, who doesn’t appear to be all too enthused with this guy.
Clutch: “Would this happen to be your new assistant?”
Neo: “And business partner. The name is Neo.”
Clutch: “Hm…it’s a pleasure to meet you.”
Clutch: “As you already heard, my name is Clutch. I run Clean Sweep Incorporated.”
Neo: “You specialize in clean-up services. Mainly for the aftermath of whatever Dr. Eggman is up to.”
Clutch: “Hmhmhm…did your research, huh?”
Clutch: “Well, at least that means I won’t have to explain much. And we can get a move on.”
Clutch: “Take a seat. We’re heading right to my base of operations.”
Without a word, Breezie and Neo do just that, and they quickly go through the many streets of Shiverford. The two hedgehogs, Clutch, and the driver mostly stay silent during the ride, but occasionally, they share a few words with each other. Though, the possum seems curious about the blue hedgehog.
Clutch can already tell…something’s different about Neo. He can’t pinpoint it yet, but he’ll figure it out soon enough. Likewise, the blue hedgehog feels this possum is a little shady, despite acting polite. That’s something he’ll learn more about, given time. For now, though, they keep those thoughts to themselves.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
A few miles outside Shiverford, Neo, Breezie, and Clutch arrive at a series of buildings, bustling with activity. People are going around with different construction equipment, trucks and planes are being loaded up, there’s a few guards looking over the operations, and a big sign showing the Clean Sweep Inc logo is in front of the entrance.
The designs of the buildings remind Neo a bit of Stardust Speedway, but far less colorful. Other than that, he shows no interest in what he’s seeing, as he, Breezie, and Clutch get off the motor sled and walk to the base.
Breezie: “Heh. Looks like this place has gotten a little bigger since my last visit.”
Clutch: “That’s thanks to the fortune we’re making on our services. It’s given us the opportunity to upgrade a few things.”
Clutch: “But trust me. The inside is far more impressive.”
Taking his word for it, Breezie and Neo stay silent as Clutch guides them to one of the larger buildings, while giving the occasional wave to his employees with a smile. Yet, the blue hedgehog can tell this possum’s smile isn’t genuine. After his experiences with his creator, he knows when someone’s putting on a facade.
Once they’re inside the building, the two hedgehogs look around to see a warm and luxurious lounge area. Wooden statues and totem poles, a water fountain, fancy paintings and picture frames, cushioned couches and chairs, and a nearby TV displaying some cartoon parody of Dr. Eggman, with a literal egg body and a robot crab by his side.
Glad to no longer be in the freezing cold, Breezie takes off her gloves, coat, and hat, and hands them to Neo, who holds onto them for now. Then, the hedgehogs and Clutch continue towards the elevator, as they pass by some employees and guests.
Breezie: “Gotta admit…this is pretty nice…”
Breezie: “And I think it’s safe to assume the food will be top quality?”
Clutch: “Of course! Any guest should receive nothing but the best when they come here!”
Clutch: “Do you have any requests in mind, miss Breezie?”
Breezie: “Just the usual salads and fruits! Plus, that berry-flavored Chaos Cola!”
Clutch: “Noted! And what say you, Neo?”
Neo: “Anything is fine. I’m not picky.”
Clutch: “Hm. Good to know.”
As they continue to talk, the three business partners take the elevator to the third floor, which has the same appearance and props as the bottom floor. Though, there seems to be a room dedicated to watching prime time TV, like racing championships and the like. But for now, the trio don’t check it out.
Eventually, they all stop in a hallway, which has a bunch of rooms with labels on them. They stand in front of room 3-B.
Clutch: “Here’s your room, miss Breezie. We’ve made adjustments to fit your taste.”
Clutch: “Neo, your room is a couple of doors down. I felt it’d be good to keep you two close by, in case of an emergency.”
Neo: “The gesture is appreciated.”
Breezie: “Well, I think I’ll take this opportunity to relax until dinner. It’s been a long ride here.”
Clutch: “Right. I could use some time to relax too.”
Clutch: “But I’ll take Neo to his room first before then.”
Neo: “That won’t be necessary. I can find it on my own.”
Clutch: “Oh, but I insist! It’s your first time here, and I’d hate to see you get lost!”
While Neo isn’t interested in the offer, he decides it’d be better to just go along with it.
Neo: “...Fine. I suppose you have a point.”
Neo: “I’ll see you later, Breezie. Call me if you need my assistance.”
Breezie just gives a small nod with a smile before grabbing her coat, hat, and gloves, and then closing the door to her room. Now, Neo and Clutch walk down the hallway, which brings about a slightly tense mood…
Clutch: “You know…I didn’t think Breezie would be the type to take on an apprentice.”
Clutch: “Clearly, there’s something she sees in you.”
Neo: “Perhaps.”
Neo: “Though, I don’t plan to be her subordinate forever. This is simply to further my skills and knowledge as a businessman.”
Clutch: “Mm. Got some big ambitions in mind?”
Neo: “That is something you can speculate about. I prefer to keep it to myself.”
Clutch: “Right, right…it’d be foolish to openly discuss such things…”
Clutch: “But I must admit that you’re an odd one. Though, I can’t pinpoint why yet.”
Neo: “Same to you. Always putting on that fake smile around others.”
Clutch: “Oh? Saw through my ruse, did you?”
Clutch: “Clearly, you’re as sharp as your teacher.”
Neo: “Then why does she tolerate someone like you?”
Clutch: “Simple. It’s just business.”
Clutch: “She and I make it a rule not to let stuff like morals or personal feelings get in the way of what’s best for our endeavors.”
Clutch: “And if you want to be like her, I suggest you go down the same road.”
Neo: “Hmph. I’ll do whatever I please.”
Neo: “And I suggest you try not to stick your nose where it doesn’t belong either. Or you might just lose it.”
Clutch: “Heheheh…I like you…”
Clutch: “But rest assured…I’ve heard similar stuff before, and I’m still in one piece now…”
Clutch: “So don’t assume I’m an easy target either.”
Despite Clutch’s intimidating stare, Neo isn’t phased in the slightest, and merely returns the stare back to him. They both know they’re hiding something sinister below the surface, and if either of them tries to find it, they’ll have to do something about it. But for the sake of their business endeavors, they’ll keep it on the downlow for now.
Luckily, it doesn’t take long for Clutch to bring Neo to his room, labeled 3-K. After that, the possum takes his leave, and the blue hedgehog goes inside. It’s a spacious and comfy room with a king-sized bed, a window and balcony with a nice view, a TV, some furniture, a bathroom, and a fridge.
Sitting down on the bed, Neo simply thinks to himself, not caring about his surroundings. Clearly, Clutch is someone he’ll need to keep an eye on in the future. He may not know what his deal is, or if he’s on the same threat level as Sonic or Eggman. But there’s one thing he knows for sure…
Any threat to his brotherhood…will be exterminated…
Chapter 75: A Matter Of Business
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Clean Sweep Inc Base. Night.*
A large table covered in white drapes and delicious cuisines. Fancy paintings and photo frames on the walls. Nice dim lighting. Waiters and waitresses coming in and out of the nearby kitchen to deliver food and drinks. And a pristine view of the outside world through the windows. Truly, a memorable dinner for all involved.
While Clutch sits at one of the table’s ends, Breezie and Neo sit next to him, facing each other. The possum is enjoying a nice dish of fruits, caviar, steak, and a cup of Chaos Cola: X-Treme Berry Blazzzt. As for the teal hedgehog, she’s having a salad, some fruit, and her own cup of the same Chaos Cola.
But what does Neo have? Just a simple plate of steak, veggies, fruits, and a cup of the same drink his associates are taking sips of. You’d think a robot would be unable to consume any of this, but thanks to his shapeshifting abilities, and the power of the Evolving Amethyst, this is no longer an issue.
When Neo eats and drinks, his body simply breaks it all down to molecules. It doesn’t fuel him at all, but now he won’t have to worry about coming up with any sort of excuse for not eating anything. Plus, he can actually taste what he puts into his mouth, and admittedly, he did find much of it good.
Though, how the food tastes doesn’t matter to Neo at all. Really, he’s only eating because it’d be weird if he didn’t have something, and denying the meal would be considered rude. So after he’s done with his plate, the blue hedgehog waits for his associates to finish theirs. Which makes Clutch a bit curious.
Clutch: “Done already, Neo? Are you not gonna help yourself to seconds?”
Neo: “Not interested. But the food is good.”
Neo: “Though, this Chaos Cola is a little too sweet.”
Clutch: “Heh. Can’t say I blame you for that.”
Clutch: “It’s an acquired taste. One that I’ve gained from trying so many different cuisines and beverages.”
Clutch: “The moment something hits my taste buds, I can immediately tell if it’s good or bad.”
Clutch: “So you can imagine me being a little…picky at points.”
Neo has nothing to say to Clutch, and turns his attention towards Breezie, who just finished her own plate.
Neo: “I don’t suppose you’re the same way, Breezie?”
Breezie: “Kinda! But I can be a little more lenient!”
Breezie: “Now, let’s get our business talk out of the way before dessert!”
Clutch:
“Of course! Now where do we begin?”
As the three of them begin their discussion, Clutch motions for his waiters to take care of their plates and the remaining dishes.
Breezie: “First is the reconstruction of other locations under my media empire.”
Breezie: “Like I mentioned before, Casino Park is almost finished, thanks to Neo’s assistance, but there’s still more to be re-done.”
Breezie: “And since your company specializes in reconstruction and clean-up services, I felt I should ask you about it.”
Clutch: “Right. We ARE business partners, after all.”
Clutch: “Though, it’s impressive that you got that much work done in these past weeks. Even with some help.”
Breezie: “A lot can be done with tireless robots doing the hard labor!”
Looking over to Neo, Breezie has a small, appreciative smile, which he responds to with a small nod. This catches Clutch’s interest again, and he puts his attention on the blue hedgehog.
Clutch: “Hm…so you make robots?”
Neo: “Yes. I spent the last few months perfecting their design and programming.”
Neo: “They are completely loyal to whoever commands them, and will accomplish any task given to them with relentless efficiency.”
Neo: “It’s thanks to them that so many lives were saved during the Black Arms invasion, and they will continue to help the world at large.”
Clutch: “Is that so? You just become more and more interesting…”
Clutch: “Where exactly did you learn how to make such efficient machinery? Or is it just natural talent?”
Neo: “That’s something you don’t need to know.”
Neo: “Now, let’s get back on track to the reconstruction efforts.”
Breezie: “Agreed. Now can you help me out or not, Clutch?”
Clutch: “Of course I’ll help! You’ve already helped me in the past, so this is just returning the favor!”
Clutch:
“Now, what sites require my generous assistance?”
Breezie: “Casinopolis and Casino Night suffered the most damage from the alien attacks, so those are top priority.”
Breezie: “Neo could also send you some of his robots for additional manpower, if needed.”
Clutch: “Hm…I suppose I can’t turn down extra help…”
Clutch: “Plus, it’d be good to see these machines of yours in action.”
Neo: “I can assure you they won’t disappoint.”
Neo: “So what else is there to cover?”
Breezie: “Well, I also need to check in with other business partners and clients. Got anyone in mind, Clutch?”
Clutch: “A few. But I managed to take care of most of them.”
Clutch: “Perhaps you should talk to Mr. Lune? He’s still pretty irritated after the aliens messed up his operations.”
Breezie: “Yeah, I thought about talking to him next week.”
Breezie:
“Is there anything else I forgot to mention, Neo?”
Neo:
“No. I believe we’ve covered everything for now.”
Breezie: “Good! Now we can-”
Clutch: “Just one moment, Breezie. I’d like to ask Neo about something.”
While a little confused about what Clutch wants, she just goes along with it and listens to him and Neo talking.
Neo: “What?”
Clutch: “I was wondering if you had any base of operations that needed to be fixed as well.”
Clutch: “After all, you must have built your robots somewhere.”
Neo: “Correct. But thanks to some of my own preparations, my bases suffered no damages.”
Neo: “So your assistance is not required.”
Clutch: “Is that so? Did you build your base underground or something?”
Neo: “No. And you don’t need to know.”
Neo: “Now, let’s move on already. I’m curious about this dessert being served.”
Clutch: “...Right…”
Finished with their discussion, Clutch calls out for the waiters to bring out dessert. Cakes, ice cream, pastries, etc. All of which are very delicious, but also quite sugary. Breezie loved the pastries, while Neo found the ice cream nice. Clutch simply ate his fruit-topped cake, while occasionally eyeing the blue hedgehog.
Despite his warning earlier, Clutch is still curious about who or what Neo is. He’s clearly not normal, and he’s definitely keeping his cards close to his chest. If he’s left to fester, he could be a problem. So the possum wants to figure out everything about him as soon as possible. Even if the risks are high.
Likewise, Neo already knows Clutch is trying to pry into him, and is making sure not to reveal too much. And that possum gives off a similar air to Jasper The Crab. Only with more competence and composure. So the blue hedgehog wants to figure out if he’ll be a problem too. Regardless of the risks.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
It’s the middle of the night, and most of the people within Clean Sweep Inc’s buildings, and Shiverford as a whole, are fast asleep. But Clutch is an exception to this rule. With his fur coat on, and only a couple of night guards active, he makes his way around the outside.. It’s incredibly cold, yet it has little effect on him, it seems.
Soon enough, Clutch heads into the large supply depot for all of his company’s materials and tools. Wood, screwdrivers, trucks, etc. Not a soul was present, allowing him to look around for a specific area. In the back of the room, the possum finds a couple of boxes covering a part of the solid wall. He moves them out of the way without trouble.
While it looks completely normal, Clutch knows the secret here. He spots a tiny keypad, and puts in a code. Afterwards, the wall opens up to reveal an elevator, which he walks into. It takes him below ground, to an area no one is supposed to know about. Once he arrives, the possum sees his suspicions confirmed true.
It’s a large bunker filled to the brim with Eggman technology. Much of it is inactive or broken, but there remains some in-tact materials. Badniks, weapons, vehicles, and more. There’s even some remnants of Black Arms tech. Though, why horde all this? Why keep it a secret from the general public?
As Clutch ponders this, he picks up on someone approaching behind him. Yet, he doesn’t bother to turn around, even when they speak to him.
???: “So much for keeping noses out of one’s business…”
???: “...Neo.”
Clutch: “Hmph. Clearly, I was right to suspect you…”
Clutch: “...Clutch.”
Clutch goes to face the one behind him. And it’s…Clutch? Or rather, the REAL Clutch, holding his cane forward at the disguised Neo with a small smirk.
Clutch: “Well, congratulations. You found my secret stash.”
Clutch: “And I’ll admit…that’s a pretty good disguise you got there.”
Clutch: “What’s the method? A magic spell? Plastic surgery? Some kind of tech?”
Neo: “What’s the purpose of keeping all these resources to yourself? What’s your plan here?”
Clutch: “Heh! Always focused on business, aren’t you?”
Clutch: “First of all, I’m sure you can figure out where I got all this!”
Neo: “Yes. You collected this stuff from different locations that were destroyed by the Eggman Empire and the Black Arms.”
Neo: “You’re hoarding this for a purpose. Otherwise, you would have just sold it off to the highest bidder, or destroyed it for the safety of others.”
Clutch: “Correct! It’d be a waste to get rid of all this incredible tech!”
Clutch: “Instead, I’m adding it to my arsenal!”
Neo: “Arsenal? Are you planning your OWN takeover of the world?”
Clutch: “Psh! I couldn’t care less about such things!”
Clutch: “See, long before you and Breezie were making your rounds, I was a notorious arms dealer!”
Clutch: “In the underworld, there wasn’t a single person who didn’t know my name! And I put tons of ‘heroes’ in their place!”
Clutch: “But…eventually, it grew stale, and I decided to go into retirement with all the money and riches I accumulated…”
Clutch: “That’s when I started up Clean Sweep Incorporated. And a few other businesses, like chao racing and extreme gear competitions.”
Clutch: “Occasionally, I did a few trades in the black market, but for the most part, my criminal history was behind me.”
Clutch: “And then…THEY entered the picture…”
Clutch: “The fastest thing alive, and his merry band of friends…against the might of the self-proclaimed greatest genius in the world, and his army of robot slaves…”
Clutch: “When I heard about this new generation of do-gooders…it felt like I was given a wake-up call…”
Clutch: “So many new heroes that I’ve never beaten or swindled…I HAD to get back into the action!”
Clutch: “Though, obviously, I needed to rebuild my arms trade first.”
Clutch: “Whatever areas were attacked by Dr. Eggman and his forces, my company would clean up, and store whatever tech they found in here.”
Clutch: “It also gave me and a few others the opportunity to access some places of interest.”
Clutch: “I may not be ready to face those colorful rodents yet…but I will soon…”
Clutch: “Then…the whole world will be reminded who’s still on top!”
Neo: “Tch…you should have stayed retired, fool.”
Neo: “If Eggman hasn’t beaten them yet, what makes you think YOU have what it takes?”
Clutch: “Heh! I know it’s not gonna be easy!”
Clutch: “But I never back down from such a challenge! And unlike that bulbous hothead, I can be patient AND subtle.”
Neo: “A fool’s still a fool. And that hedgehog is MINE to dominate.”
Clutch: “Oh? Got a grudge?”
Clutch: “Well, sadly for you, I don’t think you’re gonna settle it. Especially after I told you everything.”
Clutch: “Don’t take it personally. It’s just business.”
Neo: “...”
Not moving an inch, Neo allows Clutch to press a button on his cane, firing a laser bolt straight at his head. However, this does nothing to him, which confuses the possum. He fires a few more times to the same effect, causing him to stare at his cane, wondering if it’s working properly. But his target gives an explanation.
Neo: “That little pea shooter of yours can’t do anything against someone of my strength.”
Neo: “And don’t bother activating all these Badniks. You’ll just be wasting your time AND resources.”
Despite being surprised by Neo’s words, Clutch is able to keep his composure.
Clutch: “...So you really aren’t normal after all…”
Clutch: “Just what are you?”
Neo: “Like I’ve told you before, you don’t need to know.”
Neo: “Now, let’s set some ground rules.”
Without hesitation, Neo knocks away Clutch’s cane, pins him to the ground while covering his mouth, and talks to him. The possum is clearly worried for his life.
Neo: “While I can easily kill you right now…I don’t think I need to…”
Neo: “You can continue with your operations and ambitions. But know that you’ll only fail against this current generation of heroes.”
Neo: “They’re far above anything you’ve likely dealt with in your prime. So be prepared.”
Neo: “And if needed, I’ll indulge in your secret stash. As long as you don’t try anything stupid.”
Neo: “Also, should you try to mess with me…I’ll let the whole world know what you really are…”
Neo: “Then…I’ll kill you myself.”
Neo: “Got that memorized?”
Despite being pinned down, Clutch manages to nod his head. But he’s certainly irritated about what Neo said. Regardless, the possum is released, and without a word, the disguised hedgehog makes his way back to the elevator. Once he’s gone, the arms dealer is both worried and angry.
For one, Neo could have killed him easily, and WILL kill him if he attempts to get back at him. Plus, he found his secret supply of Eggman Tech, and said that his plan to dominate this new generation of heroes was stupid. Just what IS this hedgehog? What’s his goal? And how can he put him down for good?
All of this is putting Clutch in a really bad mood. He doubts he’s gonna get much sleep for the rest of the night.
Perhaps…some research is needed?
Chapter 76: A Worthwhile Distraction
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Shiverford. Daytime.*
Neo and Breezie walk down the streets of Shiverford, passing by many kinds of people, buildings, and more as light snow sprinkles down from the sky. The teal hedgehog wanted to explore the city a little and enjoy the sights, since she doesn’t come here often, and she asked her assistant to come with her and see it all for himself.
Despite not showing it, Neo finds this place…comfortable. There’s a feeling of warmness and togetherness, even with the cold weather. Kids are playing around in the snow, with some having their parents accompany them. The buildings are decorated with bright, colorful lights. And the scents of hot cocoa and fresh baked goods permeate the area.
Right now, the two hedgehogs are in one of Honey’s Brand Clothes & Accessories stores, and Breezie is trying on different kinds of outfits, with the employees helping her out. Neo simply holds onto whatever she picks, and gives his thoughts on her attire when she asks. Though, he has no real interest in how she dresses, much to her annoyance.
Coming out of the dressing room, Breezie dons a fancy red dress with a fluffy winter coat, a jeweled necklace, red high-heels, and a fancy hat with a feather on it. She looks over at Neo, who’s accompanied by two employees in stylish tuxedos.
Breezie: “So? Think it suits me?”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “Absolutely, Miss Breezie! You are killing it!”
Javanese Cat Employee: “Agreed! I WISH I looked that good!”
Neo: “Hm. It’s fine, I guess.”
Neo’s response makes Breezie give off an annoyed sigh, while the employees give him a dumbfounded glance.
Breezie: “Ugh! Do you have ANY preferences, Neo!?”
Neo: “Not really. Clothing is of little importance to me.”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “Come on, man! Clothing is another way of expressing yourself!”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “With the right attire, everyone can see the kind of person you are with just a glance!”
Neo: “I’m not saying it doesn’t matter. I just don’t have any opinions on any type of clothing.”
Javanese Cat Employee: “Then how about we change that right now? You’ve got plenty of options here!”
Breezie: “Oh? I like that idea!”
Neo: “This isn’t necessary. I-”
Breezie: “No, this is absolutely necessary! It’s good to explore what styles work on you!”
Breezie: “And you can’t refuse this! Being fashionable is important for the leader of a business!”
Neo: “Ugh…”
Despite his annoyance, Neo goes along with Breezie’s order, and in a couple of minutes, he’s forced into the dressing room with a bunch of clothes. Initially, the blue hedgehog thinks he can shapeshift to match each set of clothes, but…maybe it’d be better not to do that in a public place? Plus, why not put them on in his current form? What can he lose from this?
In about a minute, Neo comes out of the dressing room with what appears to be a bar tender’s outfit. White button shirt, red vest, black bowtie, black pants, and brown shoes. Immediately, Breezie and the employees are impressed.
Breezie: “Niiiice! You look VERY handsome in that outfit!”
Javanese Cat Employee: “Tell me about it! I’m practically swooning over here!”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “What do you think, sir? Like it?”
Neo: “Mm…it’s not terrible…”
Neo: “Though, I don’t get what makes this outfit ‘handsome.’”
Breezie: “That’s because it matches your appearance! It fits you!”
Breezie: “Now go on! Try another one!”
Though confused by Breezie’s words, Neo goes along with what she says, and puts on a new outfit before coming back out. This time, the blue hedgehog looks more punkish, donning a black leather jacket with spikes, a sleeveless gray shirt, dark blue jeans with tears around the knees, black boots, and fingerless black gloves.
While Neo maintains his somewhat irritated expression, Breezie and the two employees look uncertain.
Dobermann Dog Employee: “Ehhh…it’s not bad, but…?”
Javanese Cat Employee: “What do you mean? I think it looks cool on him!”
Javanese Cat Employee: “Really gives off this ‘bad boy’ vibe! Like, ‘This world just doesn’t understand me, man!’”
Breezie: “Pfft! From what I’ve seen of him, I can kinda imagine him saying something like that!”
Neo: “Ugh…regardless, I don’t think this works for me. Feels too rough around the edges.”
Breezie: “Agreed. Punk doesn’t really fit you.”
These comments make the cat employee a little sad, but they all get a move on. Neo’s third outfit is something more classy, featuring a gray turtleneck shirt, blue jeans, and brown slipper shoes. Plus, golden bracelets around the wrists. Both employees are impressed, and Breezie’s a little red in the face.
Javanese Cat Employee: “Wow…that looks TOO good on you!”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “No kidding! It just RADIATES style!”
Neo: “Well…I guess it’s alright…”
Neo: “Breezie, what do you think?”
Breezie: “Huh? OH! Right! You look very handsome!”
Breezie: “And our gold bracelets match too! Isn’t that nice?”
Neo: “I guess? Why do the bracelets matter?”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “Sometimes, it’s the little details that sell the full picture!”
Dobermann Dog Employee: “Now come on! You got a few more to try out!”
Neo: “Fine…”
The next couple of minutes consist of Neo trying on many kinds of clothes, while the employees and Breezie judge what does and doesn’t work. It’s annoying for the blue hedgehog, but at least there’s a few outfits he doesn’t mind wearing. Maybe he’ll occasionally wear one of them when he feels like it?
Eventually, after getting back into their regular attire, the two hedgehogs leave the store and continue walking down the streets with bags of clothes in hand. Though, it’s clear Neo isn’t amused by all the time wasted on him playing dress up. Breezie, on the other hand, has a big smile on her face.
Breezie: “Hehehe! That was pretty fun!”
Neo: “You have a strange concept of fun.”
Breezie: “Oh, quit being such a stick in the mud! You gotta take some time to relax and enjoy yourself every once in a while!”
Breezie: “And I know you liked some of the outfits we picked!”
Neo: “Correct. But playing dress-up isn’t what I’d call enjoyable.”
Breezie: “Then what DO you call enjoyable?”
Neo’s about to retort, only to realize he has nothing to respond with. Sure, he could go with the thrill of fighting strong opponents and dominating his enemies, but Breezie doesn’t need to know any of that. And there isn’t anything else that really comes to mind. Hence, the blue hedgehog stays silent, allowing the teal one to continue.
Breezie:
“Got nothing to say on the matter, huh?”
Breezie: “That’s pretty sad. Always focusing on business and goals.”
Neo: “To me, those are the only things that matter. I’ve got no time to waste on something so trivial.”
Breezie: “Oh please! If you never take time to yourself, then you’re bound to fall apart eventually!”
Breezie: “People like us need moments to relieve some stress, or we’ll go crazy! It’s not good for business, and life in general!”
Breezie: “Hence, why we’re heading to the nearby bakery! A good snack always helps soothe the mind and body!”
Neo: “...”
As Neo silently follows Breezie, he ponders on her words. He gets that organic beings need some time to recover their mental and physical strength. However, he is a constantly evolving machine. Sure, he can feel fatigue and pain at points, but that doesn’t stop him from pursuing his goals without pause.
After all, why SHOULD Neo stop? If he’s to achieve his vision of a perfect world, he can’t slow down for anything or anyone. That will only distract him. But what about his time spent with Breezie? He keeps justifying it as “It’s just part of the plan.” “I can’t rush this partnership.” And “I’ll end this if it no longer serves my goals.”
Yet, here he is, having finished playing dress-up a few minutes ago with her. Not to mention following her around Shiverford, having dinner with her and Clutch, etc. Plus, there were a few moments he shared with the likes of Manic and his students, and the Freedom Fighters that had nothing or very little to do with his goals at the time. So spending casual time with others shouldn’t be anything new to Neo.
However, the metallic menace wasn’t made for such things. He wasn’t even supposed to be a sentient being. He was made for combat and dominance. So the idea of relaxing with someone is so foreign to him, even after everything he’s been through. The only reason he should be associating with anyone is because it services his goals. That’s all that matters.
Or at least…that’s all that SHOULD matter. Because why make genuine bonds with others when it could end badly? Or distract you from what’s important? All of this is confusing for Neo. He didn’t want to think about this anymore, and just focus on growing his empire. But here’s Breezie, giving him a reminder.
Moving on, Breezie and Neo soon arrive at a cozy bakery, run by a family of sheep. Cakes, pies, pastries, soup, hot cocoa, coffee, they got all kinds of warm confectionaries. The teal hedgehog gets herself a cup of mint hot cocoa and a cinnamon bun, while the blue one has regular hot cocoa and a chocolate donut.
Sitting outside on a bench, set right in front of a frozen water fountain, Breezie and Neo enjoy their food and drinks while taking in the scenery. Once they’re done, the two hedgehogs converse.
Breezie: “So? Pretty good, right?”
Neo: “Mm…it had a good taste to it…”
Breezie:
“Heh! You can say it’s delicious, you know?”
Breezie: “Honestly, do you always have to act so indifferent towards everything?”
Neo: “I just don’t have much to say about things like this.”
Neo:
“Besides, does it really matter what I think? What importance does it have to you?”
Breezie: “Not everything has to be important! Sometimes, you just want to know things just because!”
Neo: “Isn’t that silly, though? If it doesn’t matter, then why ask?”
Breezie: “I literally just told you, dummy! You don’t have to make it a big deal every time!”
It’s obvious that Breezie’s not happy with Neo’s words. And a part of him’s worried he’s angered her to some extent. Though, after a minute of silence, the teal hedgehog has calmed down, and decides to ask something.
Breezie: “...That goal you told me about before. Eternal prosperity.”
Breezie: “Why do you want it?”
Neo: “...”
Remembering the time he talked about this with Nicole, Neo thinks carefully about how to word this before beginning.
Neo: “When I was exploring the world…I learned a lot about it’s history and people…”
Neo: “From it’s tragic events…to the most vile individuals…”
Neo: “It made me realize how chaotic and short life can be. And how it can ruin so many good people along the way.”
Neo: “I couldn’t help but wonder…how could I change that?”
Neo: “If I was in charge of this planet, what could I do to make everything better?”
Neo: “And so…I came to a conclusion…”
Breezie:
“Hm…and what IS that conclusion?”
Neo: “Just imagine for a second…”
Neo: “No death…no disease…no violence…and no chaos…”
Neo: “Just a thriving, eternal paradise that everyone can live peacefully in.”
Neo: “I want to achieve that. By any means necessary.”
Neo: “No one and nothing will stop me from pursuing this goal. Not G.U.N., not the Eggman Empire, and definitely not Sonic and his allies.”
Breezie:
“And what happens when you’re successful? You just sit back and relax?”
Neo: “Not at all. Complacency will only lead to my ideal world collapsing.”
Neo: “Therefore, I will continue to be the just ruler of this paradise until my dying breath, and snuff out any attempts to ruin it.”
Neo: “Sure…I recognize what I may have to do won’t be seen as heroic to others…but I don’t care…”
Neo: “This is what I want. And I won’t stop for anything.”
Now finished with his explanation, Neo turns towards Breezie, who seems both curious and…amused?
Breezie: “Heh…I knew you were ambitious, but that’s a pretty demanding goal you got there!”
Breezie: “Now I kinda want to see what that’ll look like! Even if it’ll have some issues!”
Neo:
“You’re…not opposed to this?”
Breezie:
“Why would I? You just want to make the perfect dream land for all of us, right?”
Breezie: “Sure, it’s pretty childish, but who am I to stop someone from achieving it?”
Breezie: “Plus, as long as it doesn’t cause problems for my media empire, I couldn’t care less about whatever it is you’re up to!”
Breezie: “Your business is just that. YOUR business.”
Breezie: “Good? Evil? I don’t pick sides! I just do whatever I want!”
Neo: “...”
Neo’s completely surprised by Breezie’s reaction to his goal. At best, he was just expecting her to be indifferent to it. Yet, she claims she couldn’t care less about it? That she’ll keep her nose out of it? And that she doesn’t pick sides? He knew she was pretty neutral, but this…he isn’t sure WHAT to feel about this.
However, Neo’s definitely not gonna complain about this. Her not caring about his goal is a good thing. This is honestly pretty relieving for him, as the blue hedgehog shows a small smile at this response.
Neo: “Heh…you’re a strange one, I must admit…”
Breezie:
“ME? Have you looked in the mirror lately?”
Breezie:
“At times, I’m convinced you’re not a regular hedgehog!”
Neo: “Whatever. Let’s just get a move on already.”
Together, Neo and Breezie stand up from the bench, and walk around Shiverford for a little longer. But this time, the blue hedgehog seems to be a bit more relaxed. Like he knows he has less to worry about now. This puts a smile on the teal hedgehog, glad to know he’s letting himself have some fun for once.
Though, deep down, Breezie is still curious about Neo. He’s still hiding some stuff, and won’t spill. Plus, this goal of “Making his ideal world,” while not that important to her, sounds like something a child would go for. It makes her feel like this guy is less mature than he comes off as, which only furthers her curiosity.
Yet…Breezie feels she can take her time with figuring out Neo. She’s starting to grow used to him, and he’s been a great assistant, despite his “all business” approach towards everything. And at points, he can be kinda amusing. So she can wait on this for a while longer…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time. Clean Sweep Inc Base.*
In his office, Clutch stares intently at the computer on his desk, clearly a little irritated and uneasy. The room has a nice window view of Shiverford, some fancy props and photo frames, a couch and glass table, and a shelf full of books. His desk has a glass cup with some Chaos Cola remaining, and a few papers.
On the computer screen, Clutch is trying to look up whatever he can about Neo. Articles, videos, rumors, anything that gives him more of an idea of who or what he’s dealing with. That blue hedgehog is clearly not normal if he was able to tank laser bolts to the head, and easily pin him to the ground, all while making death threats.
So far, Clutch only found information relating to Neo’s robots during the Black Arms invasion. How they saved a lot of people, and that there was a specific robot leading them. One that looks like a blue hedgehog, and was leading the other robots. This is interesting to the possum, as he wonders if this was Neo.
Sure, Neo looks like a regular hedgehog, but it’s clear by his demeanor and actions that it’s just a convincing front. Or perhaps this hedgehog bot was modeled after him? Though, for what reason would he do that? And why hasn’t he said anything about that one? These questions only further annoy Clutch. But he knows one thing for sure…
He needs to keep as close an eye as possible on Neo…
Chapter 77: Fondness
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Metallix’s Underground Base.*
The Metallix knights and other robots continue to work diligently and relentlessly on their respective tasks far below ground. Working on new machines, managing data, keeping watch of intruders, etc. But their attention is diverted when they see their master return in his metallic glory.
Immediately, the spear knight goes up to greet him with a salute, and notices a blue tablet in Metallix’s hand.
Spear Knight: “WELCOME BACK, MASTER. WAS YOUR TRIP INFORMATIVE?”
Metallix: “Yes. In more ways than I would have expected.”
Metallix: “Have you encountered any…difficulties?”
Spear Knight: “NEGATIVE. ALL OBJECTIVES HAVE BEEN GOING SMOOTHLY. HOW ABOUT YOU?”
Metallix: “It’s a similar story. I’ve met some interesting business partners of Breezie, who all specialize in different fields.”
Metallix: “I’ve listed them all on this tablet. And I want eyes on all of them.”
Metallix: “ESPECIALLY Clutch The Possuem. He could be a problem.”
Metallix hands the tablet to the spear knight.
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. ANYTHING ELSE?”
Metallix:
“No. That is all.”
The spear knight nods it’s head, before going to a nearby computer, and plugging a cable into it and the tablet. It begins to download all the information about each company Metallix has come across, like Clean Sweep Inc, Honey Clothing, etc. As this happens, the metallic menace sits down on his throne to think.
Deep down, Metallix is pleased with everything he’s learned and come across since partnering with Breezie. Not only is he learning valuable advice for his own business endeavors, but he’s also come across people that can benefit him in some manner. It’s all going very well, and he feels he’s ready to start up his own company.
However, Metallix can’t help but think back to his time with Breezie in Shiverford. Trying out new clothes, eating delicious food, talking about his goals and ideals, and more. While it may have been a distraction, he finds it somewhat pleasant to look back on. Especially how she was fine with his plans of creating a perfect, eternal world.
Despite having such a noble goal, Metallix received so much criticism and pushback on it. So what if his methods are a little harsh or questionable? If there’s a way to accomplish what he sets out to do, then why not go through with it? As long as everyone’s happy and free of pain and torment, it shouldn’t matter how it was achieved.
Yet, Breezie didn’t criticize him. Heck, she didn’t even care, as long as it didn’t conflict with her own goals. It was not only a breath of fresh air for Metallix, but also relieving. To have someone that was fine with what he was doing. It’s a strange case in his eyes. Though…maybe that’s a good thing?
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A couple of days later. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Standing in front of her desk, Neo hands over some papers and blueprints to Breezie, who looks over them with intrigue. They detail many ideas and concepts for both a security and weapons company, and a mining company. How each of them would work, how much they’d cost to make, the amount of staff needed, and much more.
As she reads over everything, Breezie appears to be pleased with what she’s seeing. And once she’s done, she turns her attention to Neo.
Breezie:
“So THIS is how you wanna start your career, huh?”
Neo: “Correct. I believe these businesses will benefit us and the world at large.”
Neo: “With the security and weapons company, more areas throughout the world will be under protection, and have the tools needed to defend against large-scale threats.”
Neo: “The mining company, on the other hand, will extract valuable materials for public and private use.”
Neo: “I’ve got ideas for other companies to create, but these two are the ones I have the most confidence in.”
Neo: “Though, I felt your input was needed before I could start them up.”
Breezie: “Hm…not a bad idea.”
Breezie: “Honestly, from what I’m reading and hearing, I’d say you’re good to go! You’ve already shown great promise beforehand!”
Breezie: “And I feel I’ve taught you everything I could! So sure! Get right to it!”
Neo: “Very well.”
Now given the go-ahead, Neo takes his papers and blueprints back from Breezie, and holds them under his arm before their conversation continues.
Breezie: “Guess now, I can relieve you from assistant duty, since you’ve got bigger things to do.”
Breezie: “But it is a shame…your assistance was a great help for me and my media empire!”
Neo: “We’ll still be in touch. And if needed, I can still help out.”
Breezie: “True! And I’ll be keeping an eye on you, in case things go south!”
Neo:
“Hmph. I doubt that’ll happen under my watch.”
Neo: “Though, I’ll admit…while you’re a strange one in my eyes, I can’t deny you’ve been a great help in my goals.”
Neo: “Without our partnership, I don’t think I’d make it this far.”
Breezie: “Pfft! The REAL strange one here is you!”
Breezie: “But…you ARE pretty interesting. I’ll admit to that.”
Breezie: “Your mannerisms, your goals, your appearance…”
Breezie: “Honestly, I feel like there’s a lot you’re hiding from me. And a part of me can’t help but want to figure out what that is, regardless of the danger.”
Neo: “Such curiosity will kill you if you don’t keep it leashed.”
Neo: “Besides, I’m sure you have your fair share of secrets too.”
Breezie: “True! It’s only natural for people like us!”
Neo:
“People like us?”
Breezie: “Come on! Don’t tell me you don’t see some similarities?”
Getting out of her seat, Breezie walks up to Neo, and puts an arm around him, much to his confusion.
Breezie:
“You and me? We’re connected!”
Breezie: “We’ve both had rough pasts, were wronged by Dr. Eggman, and pursue our goals relentlessly! No matter who or what gets in our way!”
Breezie: “Though, I’m sure only ONE of us is flesh and blood!”
Neo:
“Excuse me?”
With a knowing smirk, Breezie puts a finger on Neo’s chest.
Breezie: “You can drop the act now. I’ve already figured it out, Neo.”
Breezie: “Or should I call you Metallix?”
Neo: “...”
The look on Neo’s face is a mix of annoyance and curiosity. He assumed she’d figure him out eventually, but this is sooner than he expected. So, with no more need for his organic appearance, the robotic hedgehog pushes Breezie back a bit, before shifting back to his standard appearance, and staring at her.
Immediately, Breezie is surprised and intrigued with what she’s seeing, and puts on a smile as she scans over him.
Breezie: “Hmhmhm…seems like my hunches are never wrong.”
Metallix: “How did you figure it out?”
Breezie: “Well, for one, your cold and calculated attitude was kind of a giveaway.”
Breezie: “And I’ve heard about a robot hedgehog going around and saving people during that alien invasion. With all your knights and magicians too.”
Breezie: “Plus, Eggman making a machine that can change it’s appearance isn’t out of the realm of possibility either.”
Metallix: “Hmph. Guess I should have went with my old Steel persona.”
Metallix: “Though, why did you want to know this? You told me you didn’t care about what I was up to.”
Breezie: “True. And I still don’t.”
Breezie: “But I wanted to know because I find you interesting.”
Breezie: “It’s not every day I meet a machine with this much drive and ambition.”
Breezie: “And…I suppose I’ve grown a bit fond of you too.”
Breezie: “Granted, we’re not friends. But you can be a little amusing sometimes.”
Metallix: “...So that’s all there is to it?”
Metallix: “Hmph…and you keep calling ME the strange one.”
Metallix: “Regardless…”
Metallix walks up to Breezie, holding her chin as he looks her dead in the eye.
Metallix: “You know what I’ll do if you run your mouth about this, correct?”
Breezie: “Why should I? I’ve got no reason to sell you out.”
Breezie: “You’re helping my businesses, and I like having you around. So there’s nothing to be concerned about, right?”
Breezie: “Like I’ve told you before, whatever you’re doing is YOUR business. And I don’t pick sides.”
Breezie: “If anything, I want to see how you’ll do with your little ‘world peace’ plan.”
Breezie: “So you can leave this room with a clear conscience.”
Metallix: “...”
The two continue to stare at each other in silence, with their faces only inches apart. Metallix is still baffled by Breezie’s words and views, despite literally being threatened by a powerful robotic overlord. Does she ever buckle down under pressure? Or is she just really good at hiding her fear?
Regardless, Metallix weighs his options. Right now, he can’t risk Breezie revealing him to the public eye, as it can ruin his plans to grow his empire. But at the same time, based on their previous interactions, she doesn’t seem like the type to immediately backstab someone. Plus, the support of her media empire is still needed.
Though it may be very risky, Metallix decides to let it go for now, taking his hand off of Breezie’s chin and backing up a bit.
Metallix: “Fine…I still need Breezie Media’s backing for my plans anyway…”
Metallix: “Though, let it be known that I will be keeping a VERY close eye on you, should you try anything.”
Breezie: “Oh really? You must be quite interested in me!”
Metallix: “Enough of your ridiculous teasing. I only allied myself with you for your money and information. Nothing more.”
Metallix: “And should I no longer need it, I’ll have little reason to keep you alive.”
Breezie: “Whatever you say, shiny! But I could tell from our previous interactions!"
Breezie: "Deep down, a part of you likes being around me!”
Metallix: “...”
Further irritated by Breezie’s comments, Metallix returns to his organic appearance, and proceeds to walk out of the office with his papers and blueprints. However, the teal hedgehog has a smug smile on her face. He didn’t even bother to deny her words. She’s got him wrapped around her finger. At least a little bit.
Returning to her desk, Breezie thinks about what Metallix is. An Eggman robot that gained it’s own independence and emotions, seeking to build an empire that’s far stronger in a bid to “save” the world from it’s chaos. It impresses and intrigues her. And it reminds her of herself too.
For the first time in a while, Breezie feels the want to know someone for more than just business. She wants to know more about Metallix because she’s genuinely interested in him as a person. And clearly, despite acting as cold as always, the metallic hedgehog shares similar feelings towards her…
Perhaps these two are a better match than one might have expected?
Chapter 78: Growing An Empire...
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
Though the sky is clouded, a large and highly advanced metropolis shines on the surface. It’s tube-like roads with hover cars, colossal buildings and structures, mass transport trains, gardens, freeways, and much more. All while tons of people go about their daily commute, and robots take care of different tasks.
This metropolis is known as Monopole. Often referred to as “The City Of The future,” it’s the home of all kinds of incredible technology. The city and it’s residents rely on said technology to thrive and prosper. However, much of the city was heavily damaged due to the Black Arms invasion a few months back.
Luckily, everything has been mostly repaired, thanks to a new organization’s assistance. MeteorTech. They specialize in security, weaponry, and technology. And ever since they first arrived here, they’ve been helping out however they can. Reconstruction, finding new staff for their efforts, helping citizens, etc.
By this point, MeteorTech has made quite the name for itself, with all of Monopole’s citizens grateful for their presence. Many claim that without them, this city wouldn’t have been restored to it’s former glory. Or at least, not at such a quick pace. Though, there are some that have doubts about the company.
MeteorTech's headquarters now rest in the south section of Monopole, with a large factory and red tower. Both organic and robotic employees are coming in and out of it, performing various tasks to help out the company and city. And the insides consist of large machinery and gears, long hallways, blue lights, and stationary vehicles and equipment.
As for the tower, the top is several stories above ground, with a large, round structure. The base has some vents and a MeteorTech banner. There’s also visible elevators, and yellow lights. And on the inside of the top, tons of robotic and organic employees are working hard on computer systems, with a nice view of the outside.
And standing in the center of the room, overlooking various computer screens and data, is Metallix in his organic Neo appearance. Though he maintains that cold and neutral expression, he’s pleased with how far he’s come with this company. Now, he’s got a section of Monopole all for himself, and the people genuinely appreciate his help.
Thanks to his efforts, Neo has managed to not only make up for his losses during the Black Arms invasion, but now has far greater resources than before. If he keeps this up, and if his other companies, such as Amethyst Minerals, perform just as well, he could quickly match the Eggman Empire.
However, that remains to be seen. For now, Neo’s content with growing his businesses, and planning his next move. Though, he’s distracted by the sound of someone coming in from the elevator. A human male around his 50s, with a white button shirt, blue coat, black pants, brown shoes, a gray bowtie, and a blue tophat. He’s also got a beard, and combed black hair.
This is Mayor William Caddel. An important figure and leader in Monopole that Neo has had a lot of interactions with. And while he’s a little old-fashioned, the man is genuinely kind and hopeful. He wants the best for his city and people, and when the robotic hedgehog offered his help, he was all for it.
Hence, Neo wants to stay on friendly terms with him, and quickly goes up to greet him with a nice handshake.
Neo: “Mayor Caddel. You appear to be in good health.”
Mayor Caddel: “Same to you, Neo! Still working hard?”
Neo: “Correct. Managing a company like this requires great vigilance and effort.”
Neo: “If MeteorTech suffers, so will Monopole. And I can’t afford to disappoint the people after gaining their approval.”
Mayor Caddel: “Heh! We all appreciate it, but don’t run yourself ragged!”
Mayor Caddel: “We need to get rest whenever the opportunity presents itself!”
Neo: “Right. Now, what brings you here, sir?”
Mayor Caddel: “Just wanted to check on you and your employees! Nothing bad going on?”
Neo: “No. Everything’s working fine, and everyone here is healthy and satisfied.”
Mayor Caddel: “Good, good! Though, I don’t see why your staff doesn’t consist entirely of robots!”
Mayor Caddel: “I’ve seen them doing all kinds of tasks across the entire city without any problems!”
Neo: “True. But they don’t possess the ingenuity and creativity organic beings have.”
Neo: “Such things are a necessity for this company to thrive.”
Mayor Caddel: “Mm…I can agree on that one…”
Looking out the window, Mayor Caddel puts on a grateful smile while continuing his conversation with Neo.
Mayor Caddel: “To think a few months ago, this city was in ruins…”
Mayor Caddel: “But then YOU entered the picture, and restored everything back to normal.”
Mayor Caddel: “No…better than normal…”
Mayor Caddel: “I’ve been living in Monopole for most of my life, and I’ve never seen it thrive like this.”
Mayor Caddel: “Our technology has improved, and the people are safe and happy.”
Mayor Caddel: “None of this would have been possible without your assistance, Neo. We can’t thank you enough.”
Neo: “...Thanks aren’t necessary. I’m just doing what I think is right.”
Neo: “And without all of your support, I wouldn’t have made it this far either. It’s a symbiotic relationship.”
Mayor Caddel: “Heh! I guess so!”
Mayor Caddel: “Though, I can’t help but worry another threat will come and ruin all of this.”
Mayor Caddel: “Especially the Eggman Empire…I’d hate to see that madman take over this city.”
Neo: “Then I’ll make sure that doesn’t happen.”
Neo: “Soon, I’ll spread this peace and prosperity to the rest of the world. No matter who or what gets in my way.”
Mayor Caddel: “Hm…you’re pretty ambitious, I’ll give you that.”
Mayor Caddel: “But I hope that vision comes to light. Everyone in the world deserves to live like this.”
Silently, Neo nods his head in agreement. Once he feels he’s ready, threats like Eggman will no longer be an issue. And everyone will look up to him as their savior and protector. Though, he still has much to figure out. Like what his next move is…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Back underground, Metallix overlooks his robots and surroundings. The machinery is being upgraded, there’s more data stored in the computers, and more resources are present. Soon, he won’t have much needed for these bunkers anymore, and can build himself a proper base on the surface.
However, he’ll have to wait on that for a while. He doesn’t have all the necessary resources for that yet. But at least now, he has enough to fall back on, should his next plan fail, or if he loses some robots. So for the time being, Metallix decides to overlook some of the data he has for a new plan, as he accesses a computer.
During this process, Metallix transfers his consciousness into the Digital World, which has a black, green, and red aesthetic. The ground is flat, but there’s a few structures he made during his off-time, like hills, towers, a colosseum, etc. And with his hands outstretched, screens displaying all kinds of information are shown.
Looking through them, Metallix sees stuff for his brotherhood, his companies, and his stolen Eggnet data. That last one catches his attention, as he hasn’t really used it since the Black Arms attacked. So he decides to look into it, seeing stuff for robot designs, previous plans, abandoned bases, and more.
But the most interesting thing is a digital copy of Gerald Robotnik’s diary. Metallix only used it twice before. The first time was to learn about Shadow and his past, and the second time was to learn about the Black Arms and their involvement with the professor. Perhaps there’s more secrets hidden within? More projects that man worked on before his death?
His interest piqued, Metallix looks into it, creating a large book to read. He skims through the pages, finding entries about the Ark, G.U.N., the Robotnik family, and various projects Gerald had involvement in. But only one project catches the robotic hedgehog’s attention. The discovery of a special type of robot…
…A “Gizoid.”
Chapter 79: The Gizoid
Summary:
58 CHAPTERS. This arc is 58 chapters long. So it's gonna take a while to post all of it.
But on the bright side, you'll all be getting plenty of content over the next 1 or 2 months! And this was a pretty fun arc to write! So I hope you all feel the same way!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Nighttime.*
As moonlight shines down on the world, and the sounds of nature ring out, a heavily fortified warehouse belonging to the Guardian Units of Nations stands strong. Tall steel walls, armed soldiers and robots surveying their surroundings for any possible intruders, and plenty of orders being shouted from different directions.
Inside the warehouse, things are a little calmer, with many G.U.N. agents walking down the gray-colored hallways for their many tasks. Some are looking at camera footage, managing paperwork, looking over inventory, etc. All while having a cup of coffee or donuts, and sharing a little casual chit-chat.
However, one agent in particular is focused on a specific task. A human male around his 40s, with brown hair and eyes, a stern expression, and a black uniform with some gold, blue, and red accents. His nametag read “Arnold Westwood. Rank: Captain.” One of the top agents in charge of this site and it’s operations.
As he makes his way to his destination, Captain Westwood would pass by his co-workers, who would greet him with a respectful salute, which he’d return in kind. Though, he wanted to make sure not to start up any conversations right now. His current task is too important, and he doesn’t want any distractions.
Soon enough, Captain Westwood arrives at the door to the storage area, where all kinds of old weapons and projects are kept. And naturally, two armed guards are standing in front of the door. Once they notice their superior, the guards give a salute.
G.U.N. Guard #1: “Captain Westwood. Good to see you.”
Captain Westwood: “Same here. Is everything going well?”
G.U.N. Guard #2: “Yes, sir. No one’s shown up to try and break in.”
G.U.N. Guard #2: “Though, I’ll admit it’s kinda boring just standing in front of this door, doing nothing for hours.”
Captain Westwood: “Just be glad you haven’t run into any trouble tonight.”
Captain Westwood: “Speaking of, I’d like for you two to let me pass. I need to check some of our inventory.”
G.U.N. Guard #1: “Oh? Is there a problem?”
Captain Westwood: “Not yet. But I’d rather be safe than sorry.”
Captain Westwood: “And don’t worry. If all goes well, this’ll only take a few minutes.”
G.U.N. Guard #1: “Alright then. Just knock on the door once you’re done.”
Captain Westwood nods in response, as the two guards input a code in the door’s keypad, which opens the entrance. And after walking inside, the doors close and the lights automatically turn on. As far as the eye can see, the agent sees all kinds of items in the large room, which are on shelves, in boxes, metal containers, etc.
Unfinished weapons, inactive machines, old documents and blueprints, and even samples of strange chemical compounds. All of this is an interesting sight for Captain Westwood, but there’s only ONE thing he’s searching for here. And with a quick scan, he’s able to locate his prize.
In the very back of the room, Captain Westwood comes across a relatively large metal capsule, which appears to be sealed very tightly. As if it contains something incredibly dangerous. And it’s very dusty too, showing how long it’s been here. Deep down, the agent is feeling a mix of incredible curiosity, and slight anxiousness.
Regardless, now that he’s found what he came here for, Captain Westwood is ready to take it with him on the way out. But carrying this big capsule around will be a problem, especially with all those armed soldiers chasing after him. Luckily for him, he’s not some ordinary human. He’s got plenty of tricks up his sleeve.
For a moment, Captain Westwood’s eyes glow green. At the same time, all technology in the base, such as cameras and robots, is deactivated. This catches the G.U.N. agents off guard, trying to figure out what the cause of this is, and how to fix it. But after a few minutes, everything’s back to normal.
Though confused with what happened, the guards just take a sigh of relief, and wait for Captain Westwood to finish his task. However, after about 10 or so minutes, they feel like their superior should have been done by now. So one of them heads inside, only to see that they’re nowhere to be found. And that one metal capsule is missing too.
Needless to say, this is pretty concerning, so the two guards inform their co-workers of what happened, and they go on high-alert. They check every part in and out of the warehouse, worried that someone broke in under their noses. And that’s only further confirmed once they find an unconscious Westwood in a locked closet.
Now even MORE confused and worried, the G.U.N. agents wake up Captain Westwood, who informs them that he was suddenly attacked by someone, and couldn’t react fast enough before getting knocked out. Clearly, the Westwood the two guards talked to was an imposter, and a few things start to click.
The intruder snuck into the warehouse, took out Captain Westwood, took his appearance to get by undetected, went into the storage room for that metal capsule, and then immediately left during the few minutes of that power outage. But who was this intruder? Why did they only take that container? And how did they get in and out so easily?
Their worries at an all-time high, the G.U.N. agents know they MUST contact Commander Tower about this. For all they know, they may be in for a greater threat…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
The fake Captain Westwood arrives in an underground base, dragging the metal capsule behind him like it’s nothing. As he walks towards the center of the room with the mechanical throne, he sheds his disguise and returns to his true Metallix form. And after placing the capsule on the ground, one of his knights comes up to talk to him.
Spear Knight: “WELCOME BACK, MASTER. IT APPEARS YOU HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFUL IN YOUR MISSION.”
Metallix: “Yes. It was childsplay.”
Metallix: “I easily bypassed their defenses, and they didn’t suspect a thing.”
Metallix: “Though, it’s not like they had much of a chance against someone like me.”
Spear Knight: “CORRECT. YOUR POWER HAS NO EQUAL.”
The spear knight and Metallix look down at the metal container, with the latter having a hint of curiosity in his eyes. Without any hesitation, the robotic hedgehog tears it open, revealing it’s contents. A humanoid robot with a yellow and orange color-scheme, relatively thick armor, some kind of jetpack on the back, and three beige circles on it’s chest, which is wide open.
As for the head, it’s a spherical shape with a beige mouth plate, dark eyes, orange caps for ears, and a curved orange horn with a concealed eye on the forehead. The design of this robot continues to pique Metallix’s curiosity.
Metallix: “...So THIS is the fabled Gizoid…it’s a little different from what I expected…”
Spear Knight: “SENSORS DETECT THAT THIS MACHINE IS MADE FROM UNKNOWN MATERIALS.”
Spear Knight: “HOWEVER, IT IS CURRENTLY INACTIVE WITHOUT A POWER SOURCE.”
Metallix: “Then let’s give it one.”
With a nod, the spear knight heads off to grab a source of power for the Gizoid, while Metallix decides to take it out of the capsule and place it on the ground. It’s able to stand, but it doesn’t move a single joint, and it’s head leans downward. For some reason, the metallic menace can’t take his eyes off of the machine.
Though it may be ancient, the Gizoid is truly a creation ahead of it’s time. Like the spear knight said, it’s made of materials that aren’t well-known in today’s world, and aside from being incredibly dusty, it doesn’t show any sign of wear. One could almost compare it to an expertly-crafted statue, and Metallix wants to see every little detail.
Soon, the spear knight returns with the purple Chaos Emerald in hand. Metallix managed to find it while establishing MeteorTech in the past few months, and decided to hold onto it in case he needed it for his next plan or invention. And clearly, it was expert hindsight, as the knight hands the gemstone over to it’s master.
Staring at the Chaos Emerald, and then back at the Gizoid, Metallix proceeds to place the emerald into it’s chest compartment. Once he does this, the gem glows faintly, and the chest area closes, as the machine’s head raises up. It’s now staring at the metallic hedgehog with it’s light blue eyes.
Metallix: “There we are…online and functional…”
Gizoid: “...”
For a moment, Metallix waits for the Gizoid to say something. However, it doesn’t seem to do anything but stare.
Metallix: “Hm…not much of a talker…”
Metallix: “Fine by me. As long as you’re able to follow my commands, there’ll be little need for words.”
Ignoring Metallix’s comments, the Gizoid turns it’s head around to observe it’s surroundings. Then, it looks back at him and tries to say something in a robotic voice.
Gizoid: “Show…power…or I sha…ll ob…ey…sha…ll conqu…ra…ll…”
Metallix: “Ah yes…you need a display of power in order to form a link with someone…”
Trying not to cause damage to his base, Metallix displays his strength by encasing himself in a powerful purple aura. The spear knight stands back in order to not be damaged, and a few things shake.
Metallix: “Will this be enough to satisfy you?”
Gizoid: “...!”
Letting off a computerized beep, the Gizoid’s eyes flash dark blue for a moment, and it says something.
Gizoid: “I sha…ll not…represent…and become…of all…”
Taking that as a yes to his question, Metallix’s aura disappears, and the shaking stops.
Metallix: “Now that you’ve linked with me, I will tell you who I am.”
Metallix: “I am Metallix. A powerful combat machine, much like yourself.”
Metallix: “And I aim to build a perfect, mechanical utopia. Where chaos, death, disease, and much more will no longer be possible.”
Metallix: “However, I’ve run into some…setbacks in the past.”
Metallix: “Mainly, my own creator, Dr. Eggman, and my greatest enemy, Sonic The Hedgehog.”
Metallix: “While I AM very powerful on my own, there are some things even I can’t do.”
Metallix: “Hence, why you’re here, Gizoid.”
Metallix: “Starting now, you will be my greatest ally in my quest. And I will mold you into an unstoppable force.”
Metallix: “But I expect you to listen to my every command, no matter what. And should you cause me problems, I WILL destroy you.”
Metallix: “Do you understand?”
Gizoid: “...”
Once again, the Gizoid is unresponsive. And while a bit annoyed, Metallix just moves on.
Metallix: “Hmph. Clearly, you have a lot of room to grow.”
Metallix: “For the time being, I’ll teach you a few things. Including my many combat skills.”
Metallix: “Then, we’ll seek out the other 6 Chaos Emeralds to improve your capabilities.”
Metallix: “And finally…we will achieve my vision for this world…”
Turning around, Metallix beckons the Gizoid to follow him.
Metallix: “Come. Let’s see what you’re capable of right now.”
Gizoid: “...!”
The Gizoid follows Metallix through the underground bunker without hesitation. And as they head towards a specially-built training room, the robotic hedgehog thinks to himself. He knew this robot wouldn’t be able to function at peak-efficiency without more emeralds, but he WAS expecting a little more responsiveness.
Then again, this Gizoid was created over 4,000 years ago, and hasn’t been activated in 50 years. So the idea of it being a little slow on the uptake isn’t far fetched. Plus, once it’s got more Chaos Emeralds in it’s systems, it’ll become far stronger and smarter. Metallix just needs to be patient until then.
But for now? It’s time to see what this ancient weapon can do…
Chapter 80: Testing
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Nighttime.*
Central City. The capital of the United Federation, and a vast metropolis full of varying people and sights. Skyscrapers, highways, apartment buildings, billboards advertising different brands, etc. But there’s a specific, neon-lit district within this city that catches everyone’s attention, known as Night Babylon.
In this part of Central City, lesser known stores, fancy bars, and flashy casinos reign supreme. Though, there’s some shady business going on here too, like black market deals. Otherwise, it’s an interesting sight for those who are old enough and brave enough to step foot in. Such as a certain G.U.N. agent walking around.
This agent is a human woman in her late 20s, with violet eyes, a slim figure, and short hair with a sandy brown color. She’s wearing a standard dark blue G.U.N. uniform with black low-heel shoes, and has a metal briefcase in hand. And with a stern look, she makes a b-line for a building that belongs to a certain club.
Without hesitation, the G.U.N. agent slams the entrance doors open, and finds herself in a large room with a bunch of tables, a bar, a nearby restroom, some pinball machines and pool tables, jazz music coming out from a record player, and a couple of customers enjoying a nice drink and food. Many glance over at her, either in annoyance or curiosity.
Not caring about the attention, the G.U.N. agent goes towards the bar and asks the ox tending it something.
G.U.N. Agent: “I’m here on important business. Is she here?”
Bartender Ox: “Yes. She’s upstairs. I’ll let her know.”
The G.U.N. agent nods, before taking a seat as she waits for the bartender to fetch the runner of this club. And luckily, it doesn’t take long before a certain bat donning a sparkly purple dress, blue heels, and fancy jewelry shows up to greet her with a smile.
Rouge: “Laura Topaz! It’s been a while since you stepped foot into my den!”
Agent Topaz: “I’ve been busy. And I need to talk to you about something.”
Rouge: “Hmph! Working around the clock as always!”
Rouge: “Honestly, you need to relax every now and then! Have a nice drink and buy yourself something nice!”
Agent Topaz: “Rouge, this is serious. Commander Tower personally asked me to talk to you about this.”
Rouge: “Really now? Couldn’t he just give me a call?”
Agent Topaz: “You and I both know his position demands his attention in a lot of other areas. Plus, he recently became a grandfather.”
Rouge: “Oh yeah! I spotted him looking at some baby pictures a month ago, and he had the biggest smile on his face!”
Rouge: “Pretty amusing, considering how serious he usually is!”
Agent Topaz: “Regardless, he’s too busy to speak to you, so I’m here in his place.”
Agent Topaz: “And I also brought some documents for you to look at.”
Topaz raises the briefcase for a moment to prove her point.
Rouge: “Alright, alright…let’s take this upstairs.”
Happy to be back on track, Topaz follows Rouge upstairs to her personal office. It’s quite fancy, having some fancy framed photos and paintings, a desk, a window, some drawers and a closet, a table and chairs, and a nearby door leading to a different room. Plus, many shiny gems are on said desk, alongside some jewelry.
Sitting down at the table, Agent Topaz proceeds to open her briefcase, while Rouge sits opposite of her, eyeing her precious jewels while talking.
Rouge: “So what’s so important that it’s got our boss riled up?”
Agent Topaz: “This.”
From the briefcase, Topaz brings out a folder containing some papers, and hands it over to Rouge, who looks over it curiously.
Rouge: “...An ancient weapon?”
Agent Topaz: “The ULTIMATE ancient weapon. One that was created over 4,000 years ago.”
Agent Topaz: “Somebody broke into one of our warehouses to take it. Like it was a walk in the park.”
Rouge: “Hm…any ideas who did it?”
Agent Topaz: “A few. But we haven’t narrowed it down yet.”
As Rouge reads the documents, with Topaz watching silently, her expressions turn to intrigue and surprise.
Rouge: “Gerald Robotnik…? He’s involved with this thing too?”
Now having her full attention, Rouge looks through the rest of the documents to learn more. Turns out, Professor Gerald discovered this “Gizoid” in some abandoned ruins, alongside some tablets, while working on Project Shadow. He tried to crack it’s coding, but wasn’t fully successful, and eventually handed it over to G.U.N. to be sealed away.
Once she’s finished, Rouge places the documents on the table with a more serious expression, and Topaz speaks up again.
Agent Topaz: “Now you know why Commander Tower is so concerned about this.”
Rouge: “Mm…this robot definitely sounds dangerous…”
Rouge: “If somebody like Eggman got his hands on this Gizoid thing, then we wouldn’t stand a chance.”
Agent Topaz: “Which is why he wants you to investigate this matter, and bring it back to us before it’s too late.”
Agent Topaz: “He also wants you to keep a low-profile. We don’t want to cause a panic, or get too many outsiders involved.”
Rouge: “Even still, this won’t be easy. Especially if I have to fight it.”
Rouge: “Any reason why we can’t ask Sonic for assistance? Or even Shadow?”
Agent Topaz: “And give the thing more battle data to use? That’s too big a risk.”
Agent Topaz: “Plus, you know how he feels about those two. Especially Shadow.”
Rouge: “Sigh…right…still not over it…”
Sharing a moment of silence, Rouge thinks about this new mission she’s been given. She’s not one to back down from a challenge, but if luck isn’t on her side, she might not be able to stop this before it escalates. Especially if this Gizoid gains enough emeralds and batta data. This requires a very careful approach.
Plus, this robot is one of the last remnants of Gerald Robotnik’s research. Sure, he didn’t create it, but he DID do some work on it. And how would a certain Ultimate Lifeform feel if he found out this machine was running around again? Or what if Sonic, Eggman, and even Metallix get involved too? It could become a total mess.
So, with these thoughts in mind, and hoping for a huge reward once she’s done, Rouge puts on a confident smile.
Rouge: “Very well. I’ll take this mission.”
Rouge: “But I expect something BIG once I’m finished!”
Agent Topaz: “Hmph. Fair enough.”
Agent Topaz: “I’ll inform Commander Tower. You can just focus on getting ready.”
Agent Topaz: “And keep the documents. Make good use of them.”
Rouge nods, as Topaz takes her leave. Now, the world’s greatest treasure hunter has a very special heist to take care of…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
Metallix stands in a large room covered in white tiles, with the Gizoid staring at him. From the outside, some knights are monitoring the two through camera footage, and have a console to perform various functions. Energy scanning, bringing out weapons and obstacles to practice with, etc. The perfect training space.
Metallix: “Let us begin your first test.”
Metallix: “The foes I face can be incredibly powerful and tricky. You’ll need some experience in order to survive against these threats.”
Metallix: “Back when I was being trained, I underwent many kinds of trials in order to perfect my skills.”
Metallix: “And the most important thing I learned from them was this…”
Metallix: “With each failure comes experience. And another step towards success.”
Metallix: “So for the next minute, you will be fighting against me. I will go easy on you for now.”
Metallix: “If you can outlast me until then, or deliver a good strike on me, you pass.”
Metallix: “But if I knock you out, you fail. And will repeat this test until you succeed. No breaks whatsoever.”
Metallix: “Do you understand?”
Gizoid: “...”
As expected, the Gizoid doesn’t respond to Metallix.
Metallix: “If you understand what I’m asking of you, nod your head.”
After saying that, the Gizoid does exactly as Metallix asks of it, which satisfies him.
Metallix: “Good. Let us begin right now.”
Metallix gets into a battle stance, putting his left arm forward with an open palm, while his right arm stays near his chest with a clenched fist. In response, the Gizoid mimics it’s master’s pose to a T, which interests the metallic menace. Then, he runs towards the machine, and bats it away with an arm swing, causing it to fall and skit across the floor.
For a moment, Metallix is confused and disappointed. He was expecting the Gizoid to dodge his strike, or guard and counterattack. But he keeps in mind that it just needs more practice, and walks over to the machine, which gets back on it’s feet.
Metallix: “Come on. We’re doing this a-!”
Before he can finish, Metallix is suddenly hit square in the face by the Gizoid, using the exact same arm swing he did seconds ago. However, the robotic hedgehog just stumbles back a bit from the blow, physically unaffected. He stares back at his opponent, surprised.
Metallix:
“...Heh. So you learned my attack when I striked you?”
Metallix: “Unlike me, you don’t need to scan someone to gain their abilities. You just need to observe them in some manner.”
Metallix: “Very well then! Let’s see how much you’ll learn in the next few minutes!”
Gizoid: “...!”
And with that, the test continues. Naturally, the Gizoid fails many times to outlast or hit Metallix, but gains more and more experience each time. By attempt 50, it’s able to move AND attack just like it’s master, along with maintaining good speed and agility. And the robotic hedgehog continues to be intrigued.
However, the Gizoid isn’t a perfect fighter yet. It’s moves are more amateur compared to Metallix, and it doesn’t seem to be much of a strategist either. Sure, it can block and dodge, but nothing more complex. Plus, the robotic hedgehog is only using standard fighting maneuvers. None of his copied abilities, or his own skills, like the Black Shield or Maximum Overdrive.
Therefore, the Gizoid can’t pull off anything fancy right now. It’s definitely becoming a capable combatant, but it’s got a long way to go. However, after what feels like an hour, the machine is finally able to outlast Metallix for a minute, and the two stop.
Metallix: “Impressive…most impressive…”
Metallix: “While you may not be at your full potential, you’ve definitely got what it takes to become stronger.”
Metallix: “However, strength is nothing without control. That will be the focus of our next test.”
Metallix: “Do you wish to start immediately? Or do you want to rest for now?”
While the Gizoid doesn’t respond with words, it DOES respond with action by once again mimicking Metallix’s fighting stance. This would put a smile on the robotic hedgehog’s face, if he had one at the moment.
Metallix: “I see…seems you’ve also copied my drive…”
Metallix: “Or perhaps you’re just naturally drawn to battle and power? Well, it’s of little importance.”
Metallix: “If more training is what you seek, then I’ll give it to you.”
Pleased to have such a dedicated student, Metallix puts the Gizoid through varying tests. Controlling it’s strength, maneuvering through obstacles, escaping from pursuit, using strategy, etc. Like before, the machine struggles at first, but gains more experience with each attempt until it succeeds.
In addition, Metallix tries to instill some manners and morals into the Gizoid. Sure, it may be a weapon of war, but it’s also supposed to have some form of emotion, according to Gerald’s diary. And unlike his creator, he won’t treat this machine as a tool. If it can form feelings and thoughts, just like he can, then he has to treat it as a living person.
Plus, it’s just a good idea to give a deadly robot some morals and manners to follow in order to make sure it doesn’t try anything bad or questionable. However, Metallix’s attempts to do this to the Gizoid don’t seem to work the best. The machine doesn’t show any signs that it understands what it’s master is asking of it, or if it has any sort of feelings.
Eventually, Metallix decides to just leave such matters alone for now. Once the Gizoid has more emeralds, it should become smarter, and better understand such things. So after finishing all of those tests, the robotic hedgehog ends the training, feeling that they need to work on their next move.
Obtaining All 7 Chaos Emeralds…
Chapter 81: Emerald Town
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Noon.*
Located west of Central City, there lies a small town. It has a rural and pleasant-looking residential area with lots of small houses and buildings in different colors. There’s also some distinct palm trees and sun flowers, alongside brown soil and aquamarine grass covered in a checkerboard pattern.
This place is called Emerald Town, and while it doesn’t look like the most exciting place, it’s certainly got it’s own charm to it. And the townsfolk are quite nice. But little does anyone realize that they’re gonna get some troublesome visitors, who are staring at the town from afar on the nearby checkerboard hills.
Metallix and the Gizoid observe their surroundings, with the former donning a completely different appearance in order to not be recognized in public. He’s disguised as an adolescent human male he’s named Howard Hart, with long hair, glasses, a white lab coat, a gray button shirt, blue jeans, black sneakers, and a backpack containing different tools and papers.
Looking at Emerald Town, Howard finds it nice to look at, but stays focused on his current goal. Finding another Chaos Emerald. He’s located one here, yet for some reason, he can’t pinpoint it’s exact coordinates. Seems this won’t be as easy as he anticipated. So he talks to the Gizoid first before entering the town.
Howard: “We’ll have to investigate the town in order to find the Chaos Emerald.”
Howard: “But we can’t raise suspicion, and we cannot fight unless absolutely necessary.”
Howard: “Remember what I taught you. You need to control yourself.”
The Gizoid nods, understanding what it’s master is asking of it. Satisfied with the response, Howard heads into Emerald Town with his ally, and starts looking around. Immediately, they’re greeted by some of the residents here, and the disguised robot acts awkward and nice.
Random Human Resident: “Hello there! Welcome to Emerald Town! Hope you find your time here pleasant!”
Howard: “Uh, h-hi! I hope the same!”
Howard: “Actually, I came here to find something for my research!”
Random Deer Resident: “Really? Does it have to do with that robot?”
The deer resident points at the Gizoid, who’s merely observing the conversation silently.
Howard: “Ah…yes! I’ve been working on this guy for months now!”
Howard: “He’s a battle robot that runs on Chaos Energy! So I’m looking for Chaos Emeralds to make him run better!”
Random Alligator Resident: “Really? That sounds pretty cool!”
Random Human Resident: “Agreed, but I hope your science project doesn’t cause a ruckus around here.”
Howard: “O-Of course! I promise he won’t cause you all any problems!”
With a relieved sigh, the human resident accepts Howard’s words, and the deer resident speaks up again.
Random Deer Resident: “If Chaos Emeralds is what you came here for, then you should talk to our resident mechanic!”
Random Alligator Resident: “Oh yeah! I’m sure Tails will be a great help in your research!”
Random Alligator Resident: “He’s fixed all sorts of machines here, and helped us all with a bunch of stuff!”
Random Alligator Resident: “Not to mention he helped save the world multiple times! A real hero to the people, I’d say!”
Howard: “Tails…?”
Now, Howard is feeling a bit more concerned. Tails lives here? Sure, he’s not the biggest threat currently, but it’ll definitely be problematic if he runs into him. That fox is incredibly smart and skilled. He could easily deduce the metallic hedgehog’s identity and goals.
Howard: “Is he here right now?”
Random Human Resident: “Hm…last I checked, he was heading to Emerald Beach with Sonic.”
Random Human Resident: “They like to head over there sometimes to spar. Draws a lot of eyes.”
And it just keeps getting more complicated. Sonic’s here too? Someone who can cause even MORE trouble for Howard? Is this some sort of sick joke? The disguised metallic menace just started his search for the emeralds, and he’s almost guaranteed to run into one of his greatest enemies already?
While Howard tries to stay composed, he’s still on-edge a little. While he could take on Sonic and Tails easily, the Gizoid is not ready for such threats yet. Plus, he can’t cause a commotion this soon, since that’ll draw more eyes on him, AND possibly cause problems for his business ventures. He thought finding a second emerald would be much easier.
However, this is no time to call it quits. Howard just needs to be very careful, and get that next Chaos Emerald as soon as possible, without bringing unwanted attention to himself. Plus, if he DOES get into a combat situation with Sonic and Tails, the Gizoid would gain more battle data, which would be incredibly useful.
Actually…there’s a high likelihood that Sonic and Tails might have the Chaos Emerald here. Perhaps the latter has a lab around here, and that’s where it’s stored, explaining why Howard couldn’t detect it’s exact location? Maybe he could trick those two into helping him, and have the emerald handed to him on a silver platter? That would be quite satisfying.
Though it may be risky, Howard decides this plan could work out. He’ll get what he came here for, AND some more battle data for the Gizoid. Kills two birds with one stone. So he decides to head over to Emerald Beach right now, while saying his farewells to the residents.
Howard: “I’ll go talk to them! Having extra help would be great!”
Howard: “Come on! Let’s go!”
Gizoid: “...!”
Together, Howard and the Gizoid run off towards Emerald Town, with the residents watching them before returning to their everyday routines. However, no one realizes that a certain bat was spying on them from afar…
Rouge: “Tch! I finally found that thing, and it’s already formed a link with someone!”
Rouge: “And it seems it won’t be long before Sonic and Tails get wrapped up in this too!”
Rouge: “But who IS that guy? He doesn’t look like the type to break into a government warehouse for a deadly weapon…”
Rouge: “Eh. I’ll figure that out later. For now, I need to find the Chaos Emerald here before they do.”
Rouge: “And I think I know JUST where it is!”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time. Emerald Beach.*
Skidding across the sandy surface, Sonic gets his bearings after getting hit by a powerful energy blast. However, Tails knows not to give him the opportunity to recover, and quickly rushes in to deliver another attack. Unfortunately, he’s not faster than the Fastest Thing Alive, who’s able to block his strike and hold onto his fist.
Sonic: “Heh! That wasn’t too bad, Tails! But you’re gonna have to try harder than that!”
Tails: “I prefer to work smarter! Not harder!”
Snapping his fingers with his free hand, Tails activates something below Sonic. A red boxing glove attached to a spring-like object, which gives the blue blur a mean upper-cut and launches him into the air. This gives the two-tailed fox the chance to jump up, and then send the hedgehog crashing down with a strong tail-swipe.
While it DOES hurt Sonic, he’s able to get back up, and continue his spar with Tails. They’ve been at this for a few minutes, trying to use their respective traits to the best of their abilities. The blue blur’s speed and reflexes, and the fox boy’s intellect and gadgets. But it’s clear that the former is dominating the match mostly.
As to why they’re fighting? Well, considering threats like Metallix and the Black Arms caused them a lot of trouble before, and they had to rely on Super forms or other people to take them down, it’s obvious these two should do some serious training in order to get stronger. They’ve been at this for the past few months.
This was mainly Tails’ idea, and while Sonic wasn’t a fan of having to follow a daily routine, he understood that it’s a necessity. Plus, sparring with his little brother is pretty fun, since it helps them better their skills, and they’re not too serious about it. From what they can tell, their training is paying off pretty well.
While they mostly train in Tails’ lab, the two sometimes ask the townsfolk for permission to use Emerald Beach as training grounds, which they’re fine with. They can’t be as reckless here, but they make quite the spectacle for the residents, who cheer for each of them. Naturally, Sonic tends to win these spars, but Tails has won a few through strategy and trickery.
At this point, the heroic duo know each other’s moves like the back of their hand, and are trying to work on new techniques and strategies in order to become better fighters. And Howard can tell when he observes their match, finding it quite impressive. They’re still nowhere near his level, but they’re making really good progress.
As for the Gizoid, it’s completely focused on Sonic and Tails duking it out, with it’s eyes flashing blue and orange-yellow for a moment. In fact, it wants to join the fight as well, but Howard reminds it not to. Now isn’t the time for that. So they just stay where they are, and wait for the fight to end.
Eventually, after dodging some of his attacks, Sonic is able to knock Tails to the ground, who is a little too tired to continue. That means the blue blur wins again, with the townsfolk applauding him. But he pays it no mind as he helps his little brother get up from the sandy soil, while having a proud smile on his face.
Sonic: “That was a pretty long match! You’ve gotten really good over the past few months!”
Tails: “Ah…good to know my training’s paying off!”
Tails: “Still, it’s hard to compete with your raw speed and strength! Even with my tools and intellect!”
Sonic: “Oh please! I’m sure you’ll catch up to me someday!”
Sonic: “Now, what do you say we take a break? Grab some ice cream on the way back to your place?”
Tails: “I like the sound of that! I could kill for some mint chocolate!”
Sonic: “Personally, I’m craving rocky road!”
As the two discuss ice cream, Howard decides to put his little plan into action, and walk up to them with the Gizoid in tow. Sonic and Tails are curious about who these two are, especially the orange robot, but allow the disguised robotic hedgehog to speak to them.
Howard: “Wow! I’ve heard stories about the things you’ve done, but seeing you both in person is something else entirely!”
Sonic: “Heh! Good to know we lived up to your expectations!”
Sonic: “But if you think THAT was cool, you should see what we do during our adventures!”
Howard: “Right! I’m sure it must be mind-blowing!”
Howard: “Oh! I’m Howard, by the way! Howard Hart!”
Sonic: “Hm! Good to meet you, Howard!”
Sonic offers a hand shake to Howard, who accepts it with a smile. However, Tails is focused on the Gizoid, which is staring back at him and the blue blur.
Tails: “What…is this thing? Is it a robot?”
Howard: “Ah! Yes! I’ve been working on him for a while now!”
Howard: “This is a battle robot! It’s called a Gizoid!”
Sonic: “Gizoid?”
Howard: “Yeah! It’s supposed to copy and mimic the abilities of others! Either through observation or battle!”
Tails: “Really? Interesting!”
Now very curious, Tails walks around the Gizoid, trying to see every detail. He can tell this machine is quite advanced, but can’t decipher what materials it’s made of. As he does this, he asks Howard a few questions.
Tails: “Did YOU make this, Howard? I’ve never seen anything like it before!”
Howard: “U-Um…no…I was assigned to do work on it by a higher-up…”
Howard: “It took a while to figure out how it worked, and once it activated, it kept following me around.”
Tails: “Is that so? How DID you activate it?”
Howard: “Well, through my research, I found out that it was powered by Chaos Energy.”
Howard: “Chaos Drives didn’t cut it, so I used a Chaos Emerald instead, and it worked like a charm.”
Sonic: “So this thing’s powered by Chaos Emeralds? That’s cool!”
Howard: “Yeah! But this robot won’t be able to operate at it’s maximum potential without more emeralds in it’s systems!”
Howard: “So I tracked down another emerald here!”
Hearing those words, Sonic and Tails look at each other, before looking at Howard.
Tails: “That would be the Chaos Emerald me and Sonic found a little while ago. It’s stored safely in my lab.”
Sonic: “Maybe you could come with us? Tails here is an expert on machines!”
Howard: “A-Ah…if you’re okay with it, then yes! Any help would be nice!”
Tails: “Hold on, Sonic! Isn’t this going by a little too fast?”
Sonic: “Well, that’s kinda to be expected with me!”
Tails: “You know that’s not what I meant!”
Tails: “While I’m not against helping, we just met him! And we can’t just hand over Chaos Emeralds so casually!”
Sonic: “Relax! I’m sure we won’t be losing sleep over one emerald!”
Sonic: “We only hold onto those things in case Eggman starts up another plan! Or if you need them as a power source for a new invention!”
Sonic: “When we need them, we’ll collect them again! Like many times before!”
Sonic: “Plus, I’m sure this Gizoid thing will be used for something good. Right, Howard?”
Howard: “Of course! I wouldn’t work on something that would cause pain and suffering!”
Howard: “And if you ever want the Chaos Emeralds back, I’ll gladly give them back to you two!”
While Sonic has an understanding smile on his face, Tails seems a bit unsure. But after a sigh, he ends up relenting.
Tails: “...I’ll admit it wouldn’t feel right to ruin a project that someone is so passionate about…”
Tails: “And I AM curious about what this Gizoid can do. So I’ll help out.”
Howard: “Seriously!? Thank you so much!”
Acting excited, Howard takes Tails’ hands and shakes them. The fox boy is a bit surprised, but he appreciates the gesture. Then, Sonic looks over at the Gizoid.
Sonic: “So, does this guy have a name? Besides just Gizoid?”
Howard: “Ah…no…”
Sonic: “Hm…”
For a moment, Sonic thinks to himself, while Tails and Howard give him confused looks.
Tails: “Sonic, what are you doing?”
Sonic: “Well…just calling it Gizoid feels…basic…”
Sonic: “Why not something like…Emerl?”
Howard: “Emerl? Like…Emerald?”
Sonic: “Yeah! It’s powered by Chaos Emeralds, so it’s kinda cool, right?”
Howard: “...”
Tails: “...”
Sonic: “...What? Gotta call it something, don’t we?”
Howard: “...Admittedly, it’s not a bad name. Just kinda simplistic.”
Howard: “So I guess I’m fine with calling it Emerl.”
Emerl: “...!”
The newly-dubbed Emerl turns it’s head towards Howard, which surprises Sonic and Tails.
Sonic: “Woah! Guess he’s already accepted it!”
Tails: “Regardless, we should get a move on. I REALLY need some ice cream in my system.”
Sonic: “Now hold on, Tails! I’d like to see what Emerl can do first before that!”
Howard: “Really? You wanna fight him?”
Sonic: “He’s supposed to copy our moves, right? It’d be cool to see it in action!”
Howard: “True, but with only one Chaos Emerald powering him, he’s not exactly the most formidable foe.”
Sonic: “Don’t worry! I won’t go too hard on him!”
Sonic: “Just a quick spar, and then we’ll head to Tails’ Lab! Sound good?”
Emerl: “...!”
Emerl gets into a combat stance, ready to fight, which puts a smirk on Sonic’s face.
Sonic: “See? He wants to fight too!”
Tails: “Sigh…I suppose it WOULD be good to see what he’s capable of first…”
Howard: “Same here. And having more battle data is always good.”
Sonic: “Then it’s decided!”
Getting into his own combat stance, Sonic says one last thing before beginning the match, while Howard, Tails, and some townsfolk watch from afar…
“Alright! Time to party!”
Chapter 82: A Friendly Spar
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Emerald Beach. Noon.*
Not wasting a single second, Sonic immediately runs up to fight Emerl, with Tails, Howard, and the Emerald Town residents watching in suspense. The blue blur goes for a punch, but the Gizoid utilizes his battle data and training to block the strike, and quickly counter it via a jab to the face, surprising his opponent.
After that, Emerl uses a series of attacks that mimic Sonic’s, catching everyone’s attention. Tails is shocked to see this machine utilize his older brother’s skills, despite only just seeing him fight a few minutes ago. Likewise, Howard is impressed that the Gizoid is holding his own against Sonic, wondering if he already has what it takes to beat him.
Once he’s able to recover, Sonic can’t help but put on a smile as he looks back at Emerl, who’s waiting for him to make his next move.
Sonic: “Heh! Not too shabby!”
Sonic: “But can you handle this one?”
Sonic prepares a Spin-Dash, causing the soil beneath him to fly into the air. In response to this, Emerl somehow changes one of his arms into a laser cannon that resembles Tails’, further impressing the audience. Just as the blue blur rolls across the shore in ball form, the Gizoid fires at him with plasma shots, but isn’t able to hit him.
Trying a different strategy, Emerl copies Sonic’s Spin-Dash, becoming an orange spiky ball that runs directly into his opponent. The two have a short clash, creating a distinct buzzsaw-like noise, before the Gizoid is knocked off his feet. He may have the blue blur’s skills, but he hasn’t gotten the technique and finesse down yet.
However, this doesn’t dissuade Emerl from continuing his fight, immediately getting back up and jumping into the air. Then, mimicking Tails’ ability to fly with his two tails, the Gizoid spins his arms around like a helicopter, which Sonic comments on.
Sonic: “Nice! You’re really good at the whole copy thing!”
Sonic: “Though, I hope you’ve got something better in store!”
After saying that, Sonic continues his match with Emerl, each utilizing their collection of skills. Yet, it’s clear the blue blur is the stronger and more experienced fighter here, even with the Gizoid’s copy ability. And as the fight goes on, Tails notes something.
Tails: “So Emerl doesn’t JUST copy one’s abilities…he also mimics their tech and movements…”
Tails: “That’s really impressive! With enough training and data, he could be an incredible fighter!”
Howard:
“Yeah! Threats like Eggman or the Black Arms wouldn’t be a problem anymore!”
Howard: “But it’s pretty obvious Emerl has a long way to go…”
Tails: “Mm. He may have our skills, but he doesn’t have our experience.”
Tails: “Plus, he’s only lasting this long because Sonic’s not fighting seriously. Otherwise, it’d be over by now.”
Howard nods at Tails’ words, before putting his focus back on the fight. In a few minutes, Sonic decides to put an end to this, and knocks Emerl down to the ground with one swift axe kick. But the Gizoid is able to get back up, despite looking a bit bruised, and the blue blur offers a hand to him.
Sonic: “That was a good match! You really are something else, Emerl!”
Silently, Emerl accepts Sonic’s hand and stands up. Tails and Howard come up to them, alongside a few townsfolk.
Random Dog Resident: “You two were AWESOME! I’ve never seen a fight like that before!”
Random Raccoon Resident: “How do you move like that? It was mesmerizing!”
Random Mouse Resident:
“Could we get a second round!?”
Sonic: “Heh! Tempting, but we REALLY should get a move on!”
Sonic: “I’d like some ice cream, and we need to help Howard with his research!”
Tails: “Right! We spent more than enough time sparring for today!”
Again, Howard nods silently, before he and Emerl follow Sonic and Tails off Emerald Beach, with the residents heading off as well. Today has been very exciting for everyone in Emerald Town, and it’s time to wind down a little.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A couple of minutes later…*
After a nice trip to the local ice cream vendor, Sonic, Tails, Howard, and Emerl arrive at a house with a…very familiar shape…
Tails: “Okay! Just need to unlock the door, and we can head in!”
While Tails is unbothered by the look of his house, Howard has a confused expression, and Sonic just seems unamused. The house is designed to look exactly like the fox boy’s head, with the eyes acting as the windows, and the mouth as the front door. As for the lawn, it’s much more normal, with a mailbox, picket fences, fresh grass, and a palm tree.
As they wait for Tails to let them into his humble abode, Howard speaks to Sonic in a quiet tone of voice.
Howard: “Any reason why his house is shaped like his head?”
Sonic: “Honestly? I have NO clue. And I don’t think I want to know.”
Leaving it at that, Howard and Sonic look back at Tails, who has a suspicious look on his face.
Sonic: “Something wrong, partner?”
Tails: “The door’s already unlocked…even though I definitely locked it when we left…”
Howard:
“Really? Did someone break in?”
Tails: “We’ll have to check.”
Now a little cautious and confused, the group walks into Tails’ House slowly and carefully. The inside consists of a TV room, a kitchen, a hallway with some bedrooms and a bathroom, and a door that leads to the backyard. Some notable props are shelves full of books and figurines, a jar of mint-candies in the kitchen, a coffee table covered in tools and parts, and some framed photos of Tails and his friends.
Looking around, Howard finds the place nice. But he pays it little mind as he looks around with the others. Likewise, Emerl simply follows his master without bothering to be stealthy, and Sonic acts similarly. Tails inspects a few things, and keeps his confused expression.
Tails: “Hmmm…doesn’t look like anything’s missing…”
Sonic: “Then there’s nothing to worry about, right? You probably just forgot to lock the door this time.”
Tails: “But there’s no way that could be it! I wouldn’t be that sloppy!”
Howard: “Maybe they didn’t have enough time to steal anything before we got here?”
Tails: “I don’t buy it…something’s not right…”
Tails:
“Maybe…?”
Having an idea as to what might have happened, Tails goes up to one of the shelves, and pulls out a book. This causes the shelves to move to the sides, and the wall behind them to open up, revealing an elevator. The fox boy motions for the others to join him, and after pressing a button on the keypad, the walls close up and the shelves return to their original position.
Now, the group is heading below ground, and find themselves in a large metallic room with octagonal shapes, multi-colored cords and blocks, and a large computer screen connected to a keyboard. There’s also a bunch of various inventions, blueprints, and machine parts strewn about, like some sort of robot dog, and blueprints for a new plane.
This lab is quite impressive in Howard’s eyes. So THIS is where Tails works on all his tech. Sure, it’s nothing compared to Eggman’s bases, or even his own, but it’s nothing to scoff at. Especially for a young fox. Speaking of, the two-tailed genius goes up to the computer and starts typing at a fast pace, while Sonic and Howard look around.
Howard: “Wow…this lab’s incredible! And there’s so many inventions here!”
Sonic: “Yep! Whenever I come to visit, Tails is almost always tinkering around with something in this lab!”
Sonic: “At points, I had to tear him away just so he can relax for a while!”
Sonic: “Though, I don’t see anything out of place. And I doubt some random crook would be here either.”
As Sonic says this, he and Howard hear Tails say something.
Tails: “No data was stolen from the computer. That’s good.”
Tails: “But I still can’t shake off the feeling that something’s missing…”
Sonic: “We can figure that out later. For now, why don’t we help out these two?”
Tails: “Mm…yeah…”
While Tails still feels a little uneasy, he decides to listen to Sonic and walk away from the computer.
Howard: “So…what should we do first?”
Tails: “Well, I could plug Emerl into the computer in order to download data from his systems.”
Tails: “That’ll give us more insight on how he works, who created him, and more.”
Howard: “I DID try that before. But my computer crashed because of the data overload.”
Howard: “But maybe you’d have better luck?”
Tails: “Hehe! It’s certainly worth a try!”
Going up to the computer again, Tails brings out some cables to plug into it, and then tries to do the same with Emerl. However, he can’t figure out where to put them in, since there’s no clear holes or ports on the Gizoid. But Howard recommends the side caps on his head, which does work out.
As Tails returns to typing on the keyboard, Howard and Sonic find some nearby seats and wait for him to do his thing. However, when the data download reaches 42%, the screen displays an error message.
Computer: “ERROR! DATA OVERLOAD! NOT ENOUGH STORAGE SPACE!”
Tails:
“What!? Just how much data does Emerl’s systems contain!?”
Sonic: “Well, THAT was a bust…”
Howard: “Guess that’s not gonna work…”
Tails: “Hmm…maybe the lab in Central City would work better? That place has a much bigger database.”
Howard: “Ah…isn’t that place run by G.U.N.? Couldn’t we get into trouble?”
Tails: “Don’t worry. We’re on good terms with G.U.N., so I’m sure they’ll be fine with us going in.”
Sonic: “Meh. I wouldn’t get my hopes up.”
With the data download not working out, Tails unplugs Emerl from the computer, before getting a move on.
Tails: “Guess all that’s left is the Chaos Emerald we have.”
Tails: “We’ll give it to Emerl once we do the data download in Central City. Then we’ll see what happens next.”
Howard: “Right! I can’t thank you enough for your help so far!”
Sonic: “No need to! It’s what we do!”
Sonic: “Now, how about we get going? The lab isn’t gonna stay open all day!”
Tails and Howard nod in agreement, before getting ready to take their leave. However, the former is still feeling a bit uneasy about the possible break-in. Sure, maybe he DID forget to lock the door, but he can’t shake off the idea that somebody took something here. Hopefully, it’s just him being paranoid.
Meanwhile, Howard’s feeling a bit of that unease as well, along with some impatience. Sonic and Tails have the Chaos Emerald he wants, yet they won’t give it to him right now. Plus, if they take Emerl to a G.U.N. owned facility, they risk him being discovered and hunted down. But he can’t blow his cover by saying they shouldn’t go there either.
Plus, now that Howard is in Tails’ Lab, he’s realized that the emerald’s energy signature is no longer present. Somebody definitely came here and took it before they arrived. He can’t say anything about it, but he knows Sonic and Tails will figure it out soon. For the time being, he can think about who did it.
And immediately, a certain government spy comes to mind…
Chapter 83: Central City
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Central City. Afternoon.*
In only half an hour, Sonic, Tails, Howard, and Emerl arrive at the crowded and lively Central City. People are walking around, vehicles are driving down the streets and highways, and there’s tons of noise. The group is able to navigate the area, but they sometimes bump into people. Emerl especially.
As for how Howard feels about the city, he finds it alright. Just a little crowded and noisy. But the library DOES peak his interest. If he wasn’t on a mission right now, he’d make a b-line for it, and read whatever catches his eye. And he’s curious about the Night Babylon district, wondering if it’s similar to Night Carnival.
Regardless, Tails guides the group around the area, with Sonic greeting a few residents who recognize him, and Howard staying close to Emerl in case he bumps into something or gets lost in the crowds.
Tails: “Okay! We shouldn’t be far from the Central Lab by now!”
Tails: “Once we get in, we’ll just plug Emerl into their database, grab what we need, and then head back to Emerald Town!”
Howard: “Hopefully, it won’t take long. I’m not a fan of crowds…”
Sonic: “Just stay close, and don’t think about it too much! We’ll be done before you know it!”
Maintaining his awkward, yet kind demeanor, Howard nods at Sonic’s words. Then, they continue on through the streets. However, they soon walk by a building with big glass windows, showing a gym full of people working out. This catches Emerl’s attention for a moment, along with the others.
Emerl: “...!”
Sonic: “Heh! Looks like he wants to hit the gym!”
Howard: “Not now, Emerl! We got to go to the Central Lab!”
Tails: “He’s really drawn to this kind of stuff…”
Tails: “Either it’s part of his programming, or he genuinely likes seeing the strength of others.”
Sonic: “I could see the latter being the case! He always seems eager for a fight! Anytime, anywhere!”
Howard: “Hm…”
Hearing Sonic’s words makes Howard think. From his research, he DOES know Emerl has some level of emotion incorporated into him. However, he isn’t sure if it’s anywhere near his or Omega’s levels. The Gizoid certainly isn’t displaying much, considering he hasn’t spoken a word since his awakening, and has very robotic movements when not in battle.
Then again, Emerl only has one Chaos Emerald inside him, so that’s bound to change with more in his systems. He’s really looking forward to seeing how he turns out. Though, these thoughts are cut off when Tails points out something in the gym.
Tails: “Hey…aren’t those two…?”
Curious, Sonic and Howard look at where Tails is pointing, with Emerl staring in that direction as well. Near the back of the gym, a certain pink hedgehog is going through an intense workout regimen, destroying sandbags and lifting weights. All while a cream-furred rabbit and her chao companion assist her with drinks and towels.
Sonic: “Amy? And Cream and Cheese are here too?”
Howard: “She’s working out really hard…”
Tails: “Now that I think about it, I DID hear Amy mention a few months ago that she wanted to do some training herself.”
Tails: “She said she was interested in something called Boxercise…”
Hearing that, Howard can’t help but be a little impressed with Amy’s dedication and tenacity. He knows she’s quite the determined girl, and a skilled fighter, but if she’s being more serious about growing stronger, then she could reach Knuckles’ level someday. Though, that would take a long while.
As for Emerl, he’s focused entirely on Amy, with his eyes flashing pink for a moment. Her strength and skill is enticing, and he’s tempted to go fight her. But again, Howard won’t allow it. Sonic, on the other hand, isn’t too interested in talking to the pink hedgehog right now, and tries to get a move on.
Sonic: “Well, she’s clearly busy, so why don’t we get back to what we came here for?”
Tails: “Oh? Right. It probably wouldn’t be good to…?”
Tails trails off when he sees that Amy, Cream, and Cheese have noticed them too. And immediately, the pink hedgehog is running out of the gym to greet them with a smile, despite looking a little worn out. This makes Sonic a little concerned, and Howard just has an uncertain expression on his face.
Slamming the front doors open, which causes a few bystanders to jump in surprise, Amy goes up to talk to the group.
Amy: “Huff…hey, Sonic…Tails…puff…”
Sonic: “Uh…hey, Ames…”
Tails: “We were just heading to the Central Lab. We didn’t mean to interrupt your workout.”
Amy: “It’s cool…huff…just nice to see you again…puff…”
Coming out the front doors of the gym, Cream and Cheese go up to the group and give Amy an energy drink and towel.
Cream: “Here, Ms. Amy! You should sit down and rest for a few minutes!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “Yeah…thanks…”
Amy takes a massive sip of her energy drink, before sitting down on a nearby bench and wiping the sweat off her forehead. Then, Cream and Cheese greet Sonic’s group with a polite bow.
Cream: “It’s so nice to see you again, Mr. Sonic and Mr. Tails!”
Sonic: “Same here, Cream! You and your family still doing fine?”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Everything’s going great!”
Cream: “Though, that alien attack a few months ago was pretty scary…I still have nightmares about it sometimes…”
Sonic: “Hey. We made it through in the end.”
Sonic: “So you’ve got nothing to worry about now! Just smile and enjoy yourself!”
Cream: “Right! I can’t let my fears get to me!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Tails: “Hehehe! Cheese feels the same way, doesn’t he?”
The group shares a quick chuckle as Cheese tries to make himself look strong by doing some poses. Then, they try to get back on track.
Tails: “You’ve been working hard on that Boxercise thing, haven’t you, Amy?”
Amy: “Of course I am! I have to get stronger so that what happened with the Black Arms won’t happen again!”
Amy: “Plus, I’m sure Sonic would love to have such a strong woman by his side, wouldn’t he?”
In response to Amy’s flirty question, Sonic just turns away with a tired and somewhat disgusted expression. He STILL isn’t a fan of her romantic advances on him. And recognizing this, Ms. Rose drops it and moves the conversation along.
Amy: “Anyways, Cream and her family have been helping me out a lot with my routine!”
Amy:
“How much exercise I should be getting, what type of food I should be eating, what kinds of exercises will best help me, etc.”
Amy: “Because of them, I’ve been making great progress! I’m sure even Eggman’s strongest robots couldn’t compare to me now!”
Sonic: “That’s good to hear! Do Cream and Cheese join in sometimes?”
Cream: “Ah… a little bit, but I’m not as interested in it as Ms. Amy is.”
Cream: “I don't like fighting, and while exercise is good, I don’t want to do too much of it.”
Tails: “Yeah, I’m sure Amy’s routine is pretty intense, judging by what we saw inside that gym.”
Howard:
“Um…?”
Finally drawing attention to himself, everyone looks at Howard, with Amy, Cream, and Cheese curious as to who he is. Immediately, Tails apologizes for ignoring him.
Tails: “Oh! Sorry, Howard! We got so caught up in our conversation!”
Howard: “It’s okay! I just didn’t know if I should jump in or not!”
Sonic: “Well, there’s no better time than now!”
Agreeing with Sonic’s claim, Howard pretends to compose himself, and then introduces himself to the girls and chao.
Howard: “H…Hi! I’m Howard Hart! I’m a researcher!”
Howard: “I’m working on a project right now, and these two offered to help me! That’s why we’re heading to the Central Lab!”
Amy: “Hm! It’s nice to meet you, Howard!”
Amy: “I’m Amy Rose! And this is Cream and Cheese!”
Cream and Cheese politely bow to Howard.
Cream: “I hope we’ll be on friendly terms, Mr. Hart!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Howard: “Y-Yeah! Me too!”
With Howard’s introduction out of the way, the group moves on to the next topic.
Amy: “So, what’s this project you’re working on?”
Howard: “Actually, it’s standing right behind…?”
As Howard says this, he points a thumb over to where Emerl is. Or rather…should be. Once he realizes the Gizoid isn’t there, the researcher quickly becomes panicked, and everyone else feels somewhat similarly.
Howard: “Where did Emerl go!? He was right here!”
Sonic: “Tch! Of all the places to wander off, it had to be a crowded city!”
Tails: “But why? Emerl’s practically been glued to Howard ever since we met them!”
Cream: “Emerl? What’s an Emerl?”
Howard: “It’s this combat robot I was assigned to work on! Ever since I activated him, he hasn’t left my side!”
Howard: “So what would have caused him to run off!? He could get into all sorts of trouble!”
Amy:
“What does this robot look like?”
Sonic: “Orange and yellow color scheme, blue eyes, horn on his head.”
Amy: “Got it! Let’s look around and split into groups!”
Tails: “There’s no need for that! We have an easy solution right here!”
From behind him, Tails brings out a small radar device.
Cream: “A radar?”
Sonic: “Oh yeah! Emerl’s powered by a Chaos Emerald! We can just track him down with your Jewel Radar!”
Howard: “Seriously? What a relief!”
Tails nods in agreement, before turning the radar on and immediately picking up on something.
Tails: “Hm…I’m picking up on TWO emerald signatures. They’re going to Night Babylon.”
Amy: “Night Babylon? All sorts of shady stuff happens there!”
Sonic: “All the more reason to book it and keep Emerl out of harm’s way! Let’s go!”
Now knowing where they need to go, the group rushes over to Night Babylon, while trying to get past all the people in the way. During this, Howard is feeling irritated and concerned. He can’t believe he didn’t notice Emerl run off on him. He should have kept his focus on him, rather than the conversation with his adversaries.
Moreover, WHY did Emerl run off? Was it because he spotted a Chaos Emerald someone had? That WOULD make sense, considering he needs them to get stronger and smarter. But whoever has that second emerald couldn’t have good intentions if they’re heading to Night Babylon. And he will not allow anyone to take the Gizoid from him.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes earlier…*
While everyone was focused on their conversation with Amy, Cream, and Cheese, Emerl’s attention is diverted as he detects an incredible source of Chaos Energy nearby. So he looks around and notices someone in a nearby alleyway, clearly baiting him with the slight glow of the blue Chaos Emerald in their hand.
Although Emerl is programmed to always stay by his master’s side, he’s also programmed to track down Chaos Emeralds and integrate them into his body for greater power. So without hesitation, he takes the bait and runs into the alleyway so quickly that no one realizes he left. The only indicator is a gust of wind.
As Emerl tracks down the emerald, he finds that the person holding it is running away. Hence, he picks up the pace in order to catch them. It doesn’t take long before he reaches a dead end, and stops to look around for his target. He quickly locates the blue gemstone hidden behind a garbage can, and is about to grab it.
But then, someone grabs onto Emerl from behind and slaps a circular device on his back to disable his body, letting out some sparks. He falls to the ground, no longer able to move. All he can do is see the sneaky bat who attacked him, as she picks up the Chaos Emerald and says a few things.
Rouge: “Whew…that wasn’t as bad as I thought it was gonna be…”
Rouge: “This paralyzer they gave me worked wonders. And the emerald was the perfect bait.”
Looking back at Emerl, Rouge continues.
Rouge: “For the world’s deadliest weapon, you sure aren’t the brightest.”
Rouge: “But at least you went down without much trouble. Even with Sonic and his friends close-by.”
Rouge: “Now, I just need to bring you back to Night Babylon, and wait for my co-workers to pick you up.”
Rouge: “So please try not to cause me any trouble, okay? I’m not a fan of babysitting.”
Emerl doesn’t say a word, and just watches as Rouge contacts G.U.N. with an ear piece.
Rouge: “This is Agent Rouge. I got the Gizoid.”
Rouge: “I’ll be waiting for pick-up at my club in Night Babylon. Make it quick, because there’s a high chance of me having company soon.”
Rouge: “...Understood. Bye.”
Her call over, Rouge proceeds to pick up Emerl with a bit of strain, and gets to work on heading to Night Babylon. She hopes the rest of this mission goes smoothly.
Otherwise…things are gonna get hectic…
Chapter 84: Facade
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Night Babylon. Afternoon.*
In only 10 minutes, Sonic, Tails, Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Howard all arrive in Night Babylon, which is nowhere near as crowded as the rest of Central City. Though, it’s still not the most pleasant sight, as there’s a few shady people around here. Hence, the young rabbit and chao stay close to Ms. Rose, who gives anyone watching a deadly glare.
As they wander the streets and chat, Tails uses his Jewel Radar to try and locate Emerl, along with the second Chaos Emerald.
Cream: “Mm…Mom always warned me never to walk around places like this…”
Cream: “She says a lot of bad people do bad stuff here…”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Amy: “Don’t worry, you two. I’ll protect you both if anything happens.”
Amy: “Plus, after fighting off Eggman and his robots, this place shouldn’t be anywhere near scary!”
Cream: “True…but it’s still a little unsettling…”
Sonic: “It’s okay to feel scared. Once we find Emerl, we’ll be out of here fast.”
Sonic: “So just tough it out until then, okay?”
Cream: “Okay…thank you…”
Sonic nods with a reassuring smile. But Howard shows some worry as well, despite trying not to show it.
Howard: “I really hope no one questionable has gotten their hands on him…”
Howard: “Sure, Emerl is a pretty capable robot, but he’s not invincible.”
Amy: “About that…you said you were told to work on him, right?”
Howard: “Huh? Yeah. My boss gave me this assignment.”
Amy: “But why would he tell you to work on some super skilled combat robot? Wouldn’t a professor or mechanic be a better fit for the job?”
Howard: “Well…I s-suppose so…”
Howard: “To be honest, this is my first time doing my OWN research work. Before, I was just an assistant for other projects.”
Howard: “Even if someone else could do it better…I want to make sure I succeed.”
Howard: “If I do, I could go on to work on bigger projects. And help more people too.”
Cream: “That sounds nice. I hope it goes well for you, Mr. Hart!”
Howard: “Thanks, Cream…I’m hoping the same too…”
Even if he made all of that up, Howard DOES appreciate Cream’s support. Despite fighting her before, he has no ill-will towards the young rabbit, nor her family. If anything, he likes how kind and optimistic she is, and thinks she has great potential. It’s just a shame she chooses to side with Sonic and his friends.
Moving on, Tails soon stops at a particular building, which he and everyone else looks at in curiosity. This building has a purple and white color scheme, two floors, and a sign above the front entrance, which Cream reads.
Cream: “Club…Rouge? Like Ms. Rouge?”
Amy: “From what I’ve heard, she DOES spend a lot of time in this district. But I never checked it out until now.”
Tails: “Me either. But if there’s anyone who would have a Chaos Emerald, AND possibly want to take Emerl, it would be her.”
Cream: “But Ms. Rouge is a good person! Right?”
Sonic: “Deep down, yes. But that doesn’t mean she can’t be selfish sometimes.”
Howard: “I don’t get why she would take Emerl though. Is it for the emerald inside him?”
Tails: “Let’s just go inside and find out. This is supposed to be a quick trip.”
Sonic: “Agreed. Hopefully, she won’t be too difficult.”
With that exchange finished, Sonic leads the group into the club building, only to find one person present. Rouge is casually drinking from a fancy glass at the bar, with no customers in sight. After putting her glass down, the bat looks over at the group with a sly smile.
Rouge: “Welcome to my club, big blue…and I see you brought some friends along too…”
Sonic: “Heh. Is business slow today, Rouge?”
Rouge: “Not quite. I just have more important matters to take care of right now.”
Rouge: “How about you all take a seat? Drinks are on me!”
Rouge: “And of course, nothing too strong for the little girl and her chao!”
Amy: “Hmph! This better not be a trick!”
Rouge: “Oh relax! I wouldn’t dare cause any trouble for my guests!”
Rouge: “Just take your seats, and we can start chatting!”
While a little cautious, the group decides to go along with Rouge’s request, and find some tables to sit down at. It doesn’t take long for them to get their drinks either, with Cream and Cheese enjoying a cup of apple juice, and the others enjoying different flavors of soda. Rouge joins them with another glass as well.
Rouge: “Alright! What brings you to my humble abode?”
Tails: “We know that Emerl’s here. And a Chaos Emerald too.”
Rouge: “Emerl?”
Amy: “Don’t play dumb with us! We tracked him here with Tails’ radar!”
Rouge: “Who said I was playing dumb? I’m just confused about that name.”
Rouge:
“Are you referring to the Gizoid? The ancient weapon that was stolen from G.U.N.?”
Sonic: “Stolen?”
Rouge: “Yep. I was informed of it just a few days ago.”
Rouge: “Somebody broke into a G.U.N. warehouse and stole it. Pretty easily too.”
Rouge: “I was asked to find it and bring it back. Preferably before it became too dangerous to handle.”
Cream: “Really? But Mr. Hart said his boss gave him Mr. Emerl as a research assignment.”
Rouge: “Did he now?”
With a suspicious look, Rouge stares at Howard, and everyone else follows her gaze. He’s clearly a little uncomfortable with all these eyes on him. Though, not because he’s feeling anxious…
Howard: “Well…h-he didn’t tell me where he got him. I just thought it was some random robot he found.”
Sonic: “Didn’t you say you were working on Emerl for a while?”
Howard: “A few days is a while! I spent a lot of time on him!”
Rouge: “Is that so? Who’s your boss then?”
Howard: “Mr. Thompson! He works for MeteorTech!”
Tails: “Oh yeah! That company’s become pretty big over the past few months!”
Tails: “They specialize in security, weapons, and technology! It’s pretty awesome!”
Rouge: “Right…it certainly is impressive…”
Rouge: “Though, I can’t say I don’t still have my suspicions.”
Rouge: “I can tell a liar when I see one. And I don’t think you’re being fully honest with me.”
Howard: “But I AM being honest! How do I prove I’m not?”
Rouge: “Well, we can start with another question.”
Rouge: “Why do you want to give the Gizoid more Chaos Emeralds? Do you just want to see it’s full potential?”
Howard: “Why not? Even if it might be dangerous, I think it’s worth seeing Emerl’s full potential!”
Howard: “Maybe he could be the ultimate force for good? He’s already given Sonic a good fight with just one emerald!”
Sonic: “Admittedly, I AM curious about that. And I don’t think it’s a bad idea to see Emerl at full power.”
Rouge:
“Seriously? You don’t have even the slightest concern about what could happen?”
Sonic: “If Emerl gets out of control, we’ll stop him! It’s no issue!”
Cream: “Yeah! We’ve stopped a lot of bad stuff before, and we can do it again!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao!”
With an exasperated sigh, Rouge puts her hand on her forehead.
Rouge: “Sigh…of course that’s how you see this…”
Rouge: “You all have no idea what you’re doing. I’ve seen the documents about it, and let me tell you…it’s not pretty.”
Amy: “Then why don’t you show us these documents, instead of interrogating Howard?”
Rouge: “First, that’s classified information. I’d get in trouble if I showed it to all of you.”
Rouge: “Second, do you REALLY not have ANY suspicions about him? He just showed up with the Gizoid out of the blue, and asked for your help.”
Sonic: “What’s wrong with just helping someone? Even if he ends up causing trouble, I’ll put a stop to it somehow.”
Rouge: “That’s not the issue, Sonic! He’s got the world’s greatest weapon on hand, and is asking you to make it stronger!”
Rouge: “According to what I’ve read, that thing could destroy the entire world with all the Chaos Emeralds powering it!”
Cream: “What…? Is Mr. Emerl really that dangerous?”
Tails:
“Um…guys?”
When Tails calls for everyone’s attention, they all stare at him.
Amy:
“What is it, Tails?”
Silently, Tails points to where Howard’s sitting. His chair is empty, and so is his glass. This confuses everyone.
Cream: “Where did Mr. Hart go? Did he have to use the bathroom?”
Rouge: “Oh no…!”
Angered and somewhat panicked, Rouge jumps out of her seat and runs up to the stairs. Confused, everyone else follows suit, wondering what’s going on…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A little bit earlier…*
As the group begins to bicker with Rouge, Howard starts to become much more irritated. He’s wasted so much time wandering around with his adversaries, trying to gain more battle data for Emerl, along with the second Chaos Emerald he needs. And not only do they continue to test his patience, but Rouge is starting to call him out.
Hence, feeling he has no more reason to put on an act, Howard quietly sneaks upstairs, with no one all the wiser. It’s incredibly easy to find Rouge’s office, where a paralyzed Emerl is sitting on the floor, with his back on the wall. Without hesitation, he goes up to the Gizoid to check on him. He’s relieved that he isn’t damaged at all.
In addition, Howard notices the paralyzer on Emerl’s back, which is what’s keeping him from moving. He’s able to tear it off, despite the electricity attempting to fry him. And now, the Gizoid is able to move again, standing up and looking at his master.
Howard: “Sorry to keep you waiting, Emerl.”
Emerl doesn’t respond to Howard’s words in any way, but they both pick up on some people coming this way. One of which has the Chaos Emerald. Running into the office is an uneasy Rouge, followed by everyone else. The heroes are surprised to find the Gizoid here, and that Howard made it in here.
Sonic: “There you two are! Looks like you’re both fine!”
Sonic: “But why did you sneak off, Howard? Was this part of some plan?”
Rouge: “How did you take off that device?”
Howard: “Simple. I ripped it off myself.”
Tails: “Really? But you would have been electrocuted if you did that!”
Amy: “Tails…I’m starting to think Rouge has a point…”
Cream: “...”
Suspicions rising, everyone gives uneasy looks towards Howard, who now just stares blankly at them.
Howard: “Honestly…you all wasted so much of my time…”
Howard: “I thought getting battle data from all of you would be good, and that I’d be handed your emerald on a silver platter.”
Howard: “But instead, that bat steals your emerald, and tries to take my Gizoid from me.”
Howard:
“And since my facade was becoming more obvious, I decided to just drop it already.”
Tails: “Wait…YOU were the one who broke into my house, Rouge?”
Rouge: “No hard feelings, Tails! Just didn’t want him to get it first!”
Rouge: “Now, why did you steal the Gizoid? Who are you really?”
Howard: “Hmph. I’m sure you can figure that out yourselves.”
Howard: “Now, give me the Chaos Emerald, so that I can finally be done here. Or I’ll take it by force.”
Sonic: “Yeah, not gonna happen! You’ll have to beat us-”
Tired of Sonic’s shenanigans, Howard rushes up to him and punches him hard in the gut, before knocking Tails and Amy away as well. Rouge attempts to attack him, but Emerl pays her back for the sneak attack earlier by kicking her in the side. The only ones still standing by the end of it is Cream and Cheese, who try to remain calm, but are clearly intimidated.
However, Howard feels no need to hurt her, nor does he want to. He just takes the blue Chaos Emerald from Rouge, and walks up to Emerl, before staring down at everyone.
Howard: “Let that be a warning. Don’t get in my way.”
Howard: “Chaos Control!”
In a flash of light, Howard and Emerl are gone. The group is confused at how Howard knows Chaos Control, but they know they need to lick their wounds for now, and figure out what to do now. Clearly, there’s something bigger going on…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Not long after…*
Standing far outside Central City in a grassy area with large mountains and plains, along with a setting sun, Howard and Emerl take a moment to calm down a bit. Then, the former stares at the Chaos Emerald as he talks.
Howard: “Sigh…seems this won’t be as easy as I anticipated…”
Howard: “But at least we got our second emerald and more battle data.”
Howard: “Plus…you have a proper name now…”
Staring at Emerl, Howard continues.
Howard: “It may be a simplistic name…but it’s a fitting one…”
Howard: “Though, I wonder if you’ll change it at some point? Like I did for myself?”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl continues to stare at the emerald in Howard’s hand. Clearly, he wants it now, so the disguised metallic menace doesn’t waste any more time, and hands it to him.
Howard: “Here. Let’s see you evolve.”
Emerl:
“...!”
With the blue Chaos Emerald in his possession, Emerl opens his chest compartment and puts it in, before it closes. Then, his eyes glow, his movements stop, and he finally says something…
Emerl: “...T.h.a.n.k.y.o.u., master…”
Howard: “...?”
Emerl: “Master…Metal…b.a.t.t.le…b.a.t.t.le…b.a.t.t.le…b.a.t.t.le…b.a.t.t.le…”
Howard: “...”
Howard is surprised not only by Emerl speaking again, but also that he thanked him. Once again the Gizoid continues to pique his interest.
But their quest for power is far from over…
Chapter 85: Ancient History
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Night Babylon. Dusk.*
About an hour has passed since Howard and Emerl left Sonic, Rouge, and the others in Night Babylon. By this point, some heavily armed G.U.N. soldiers and robots have arrived, including Agent Topaz, ready to take the Gizoid as planned. However, once the bat explains what happened, they become a little more…annoyed.
As Rouge talks to Agent Topaz about what happened, Sonic and his friends stand nearby, wondering just what’s going on.
Agent Topaz: “Ugh…I can’t believe this…”
Agent Topaz: “You successfully caught the Gizoid with little issue, and you lost it because of some random researcher that one-shotted you?”
Rouge: “Don’t give me that attitude! I had to make sure THESE guys wouldn’t get in the way of my job, and he snuck off without us noticing!”
Rouge points a thumb at Sonic’s group, with Amy giving her an irritated look.
Rouge: “Plus, I finally know who stole that robot in the first place!”
Agent Topaz: “Really? Who?”
Rouge: “Well, he used Chaos Control to escape us easily. And once he dropped the act, his manner of speaking reminded me of someone.”
Rouge: “Plus, who else could easily break into a G.U.N. facility undetected?”
As Rouge brings up all this information, Topaz and Sonic’s group immediately come to the same conclusion, with the latter coming up to join in on the conversation.
Agent Topaz: “...Metallix…of course…!”
Sonic: “So he’s making his move again…”
Tails: “That’s not good…we just barely beat him before with the Chaos Emeralds, and we had him as an ally when the Black Arms attacked…”
Tails: “If he’s collecting the emeralds for himself this time, and we still can’t beat him or Emerl, then we might not win.”
Amy: “We were just caught off-guard earlier! When we’re ready, we’ll be able to beat them both! We’ve trained hard for this!”
Cream: “Ms. Rouge? You said Mr. Emerl’s a really dangerous robot that could destroy the Earth, right?”
Cream: “Why would Mr. Metal want him? He only wants to save it.”
Rouge: “Simple. A weapon like the Gizoid will be a great asset in his goals.”
Rouge: “Not only can it continuously grow stronger by obtaining more emeralds and battle data, but it’d also keep us from using the emeralds ourselves to beat him.”
Sonic: “Tch! Then we’ll just have to get to the other emeralds first!”
Tails: “Before that, I’d like to know more about what information G.U.N. has on Emerl.”
Tails: “Even the greatest weapons have their weak points. And knowing more about what he’s capable of will give us more of an advantage.”
Agent Topaz: “Mm…you bring up a good point…”
Agent Topaz: “Still, you’ll need authorization from Commander Tower if you want that information. This is a very big case that can’t leak out to the public.”
Agent Topaz: “Otherwise, it could cause mass hysteria, and after what happened a few months ago, that’s the last thing we need right now.”
Rouge: “Oh please! If we can trust these guys to save the world, I’m sure we can trust them with this information!”
Rouge: “And if our boss has a problem with it, he can save it for AFTER we’re done!”
Agent Topaz: “Ugh! Why are you always so relaxed about stuff like this!?”
Agent Topaz: “We can’t just give out private info to outsiders! Regardless of if they’re trustworthy or not!”
Agent Topaz: “Plus, we can’t keep relying on a bunch of kids to do our jobs! This should be handled by adults!”
These words immediately put Sonic in a sour mood, as he decides to give his two cents on the subject.
Sonic: “Yeah, let me remind you of a few things, lady!”
Sonic: “First off, you can’t handle Metallix! He could probably take you all out in a few minutes if he wanted to!”
Sonic: “Second, remember how we helped save the world many times over? Even when your giant semi-trucks and mechs were chasing us down?”
Sonic: “And third, we’re not just gonna sit back when there’s clearly something big going on!”
Sonic: “We’re going after Metallix and Emerl! And if you have a problem with that, then either stay out of our way, or we’ll take you down too!”
Agent Topaz: “...”
Cream: “Mr. Sonic…”
Realizing he lost his cool for a moment, Sonic takes a deep breath and apologizes to his friends.
Sonic: “Sorry, guys. I just can’t stand stuff like this.”
Amy: “Well…I can’t say I don’t agree with you.”
Amy: “Even if he has good intentions, we can’t just let Metallix do whatever he wants. Especially if Emerl is as dangerous as Rouge said.”
Cream: “Mm-hm! We have to do something about it!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Tails simply nods in agreement. Then, Rouge decides to say something to Topaz.
Rouge: “See? We might as well tell them if they’re gonna do this.”
While annoyed with Sonic and Rouge’s words, Topaz knows they’re right. The last thing they need right now is for Earth’s greatest hero and his friends to cause them trouble, and with the exception of the Black Arms, they haven’t let them down. So with an exasperated sigh, the agent relents.
Agent Topaz: “...Fine. I can’t disagree with what you’re both saying.”
Agent Topaz: “You can all do your own thing in order to stop Metallix. Rouge can join you, and explain everything.”
Agent Topaz: “I’ll get to work on finding the remaining emeralds, and updating Commander Tower on what happened.”
Agent Topaz: “Though, I’m sure he’s gonna give me an earful for this when I tell him…”
Rouge: “Oh, I’ll take you out to drinks later as compensation! We can go to that nice restaurant in Station Square you mentioned before!”
Agent Topaz: “You can’t keep putting all this trouble on me, and then act like it’s all peaches and gravy!”
Agent Topaz: “I swear, someday, you’re gonna be the death of me!”
Rouge: “Hmhmhm! Always so dramatic!”
Though greatly vexed by Rouge’s comments, Topaz just tries to calm down and get a move on with their operations. Now, the bat joins Sonic’s group as they talk about what to do next.
Cream: “So what do we do to stop Mr. Metal and Mr. Emerl?”
Sonic: “First thing’s first! We’re gonna need someone who’s well-versed in Chaos Energy, and can give our side more muscle!”
Tails: “Right! Knuckles would be a great help here! Along with Tikal and Chaos!”
Amy: “Then it’s decided! Angel Island is our next stop!”
Rouge: “Heh…been a while since I got to see that beautiful Master Emerald…”
Rouge: “Once we get there, I’ll explain everything. That way, we’ll all be on the same page, and I won’t have to repeat myself.”
Amy: “Yeah. But first…”
Stopping for a moment, Amy focuses on Cream and Cheese with an unsure expression.
Amy: “Cream…Cheese…things are gonna get really dangerous from here on…”
Amy: “If you want to come with, I understand. But I don’t want to risk your safety either.”
In response to Amy’s considerate words, Cream and Cheese put on brave smiles.
Cream: “Don’t worry, Ms. Amy! I know I’ll have to be really careful and strong!”
Cream: “And with all of you watching my back, I’ll definitely be okay!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao chao!”
Rouge: “...You two got a lot of spirit, I must say…”
Rouge: “Still, I hope you know what you’re getting yourselves into.”
Cream: “Of course! That’s why we want to help!”
Sonic: “Heheh! Then let’s get a move on already! We got a world to save!”
And with that, the heroes proceed to head back to Emerald Town, ready for another adventure, and determined to stop Metallix’s ambitions. But Amy makes sure to call Vanilla first and ask for her permission to let Cream and Cheese join them, which she accepts.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Nighttime. A few hours later…*
Dashing through the dark skyline, the heroes ride on a G.U.N. jet towards Angel Island. They WOULD have used the Tornado 1, but considering they’ll probably be bringing at least 6 people along for this adventure, and that plane only has two seats, it was better to just borrow a jet for the time being.
In terms of the jet’s design, it’s covered in black metallic paint, with wide wings and the G.U.N. logo on it. And Tails is in the driver’s seat, as to be expected. Sonic’s riding shotgun, and everyone else is sitting in the back. Cream and Cheese in particular have fallen asleep, which Amy and Rouge can’t help but gawk at.
In order to not disturb the sleeping rabbit and chao, everyone’s stayed mostly silent during the ride. And when they feel like speaking, they’ll speak in a quiet tone of voice. Though, once they spot their destination, Tails calls out to everyone, waking up Cream and Cheese.
Tails: “We’re about to land, everyone!”
Cream: “Mm…wha…?”
Amy: “Tails! You just disturbed Cream and Cheese’s nap!”
Tails: “Sorry!”
Rouge: “Do you two need to rest a little more?”
Cream: “No…I think I’ll be fine…”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Sonic: “That’s good. Just stay here if you change your minds.”
Cream and Cheese nod, before rubbing their eyes a bit. It doesn’t take long for Tails to land the jet around the shoreline, allowing everyone to get out and walk around the floating landmass. And having never been here before, the rabbit and chao duo are amazed by their surroundings.
Cream: “Wow…this place is so beautiful…”
Amy: “Yeah. And there’s a LOT to see here.”
Amy: “Large mushrooms, icy alps, volcanoes, ancient ruins…”
Rouge: “That’s plenty of places to hide…”
Amy: “...True. But I hope you remember your priorities right now.”
Rouge: “Of course I do! I’m just saying!”
While Rouge is being somewhat honest, Amy doesn’t really buy it. Regardless, being the most familiar with Angel Island, Sonic and Tails guide everyone to the Master Emerald shrine, where Knuckles, Tikal, and Chaos are most likely residing. They have to navigate a vast jungle before they finally find who they’re looking for.
Laying down on the steps of the stone shrine, with the Master Emerald’s glow illuminating the night, is Knuckles with closed eyes and a leaf in his mouth. Tikal is also sitting on the steps, clearly a bit tired, but not asleep. And Chaos just walks around the shrine, keeping watch for any intruders.
Once they see Sonic and his friends, the trio of guardians perk up a bit, surprised to see them here and walking up to greet them. However, Knuckles doesn’t look too pleased about this.
Tikal: “Sonic, Tails, and Amy…it’s nice to see you three again…”
Tikal: “And I see you brought two friends along…”
Looking at Cream and Cheese, Tikal gives them a kind smile.
Tikal: “I hope you enjoy your time here, young ones. No matter how short it may be.”
Cream: “Hehe…thank you very much, miss…?”
Tikal: “Tikal.”
Cream: “Oh! That’s a nice name!”
With a respectful bow, Cream and Cheese introduce themselves. The latter seems particularly excited to see this echidna.
Cream: “I’m Cream! And this is my best friend Cheese!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Tikal: “Hmhmhm…it’s nice to meet you both…”
Tikal: “The same cannot be said for you, Rouge The Bat…”
Tikal turns towards Rouge with a stern expression, which the latter is annoyed by.
Rouge: “Oh relax! I’m not here for the emerald this time!”
Knuckles: “Hmph. Give one good reason why I should believe that.”
Rouge: “I’m here on G.U.N. business! Sonic thought it’d be a good idea to talk to you three about it!”
Sonic: “Metallix is back on the scene. And he’s got a new pal too.”
Knuckles: “Wait, seriously? He’s not gonna go after the Master Emerald, is he!?”
Tails: “Not from what we can tell. But he IS collecting the Chaos Emeralds.”
Tails: “He stole this combat robot from G.U.N. It’s called a Gizoid.”
At the mention of Gizoid, the echidnas' expressions turn to surprise. Mainly Tikal.
Tikal: “A Gizoid…!? There’s one more left!?”
Amy: “Huh? Do you know something about it, Tikal?”
Tikal: “Yes! I never encountered one myself, but the Chaos Clan fought many of them back when they sought to conquer the land!”
Rouge: “Really now? That wasn’t listed in the documents they gave me.”
Sonic: “Then it’s about time for a history lesson. Tell us everything you know.”
Tikal nods in response. But first, having not eaten much in the past few hours, the group has some fruits and vegetables grown on Angel Island. Cream and Cheese nibble on carrots, Amy, Rouge, and Tikal eat berries, Knuckles has grapes, Sonic and Tails have apples, and Chaos doesn’t eat anything, due to not needing to.
As they enjoy their snacks, Cream and Cheese can’t help but stare at Chaos, who looks back at them. While they should feel a little scared of this water creature, they don't sense any sort of animosity or anger from it. And in Cheese’s case, he feels a great sense of familiarity. Though, they decide not to speak to it yet.
Once most of them are done with their snacks, Tikal decides to begin explaining what she knows about the Gizoid.
Tikal: “See…the Chaos Clan wasn’t the only group of echidnas that sought to steal from other civilizations and take their territories.”
Tikal: “There was another clan which possessed far more advanced technology than what anyone else had.”
Tikal: “They’ve gone by many names too. Like the Marauders or the Dark Brotherhood.”
Rouge: “Or the Fourth Great Civilization?”
Tikal: “Correct. But they always referred to themselves as the Nocturnus Clan.”
Tikal: “Like my father, Pachacamac, they wanted all of the world as their kingdom. With no opposition, and all the riches.”
Tikal: “Naturally, both clans came to war when they crossed paths. But the Chaos Clan couldn’t compare to their technology.”
Tikal: “One of their most powerful creations was the Gizoid. Mass-produced combat androids that acted as advanced infantry.”
Tikal: “As you’re already well-aware, they could learn from their enemies, becoming smarter and stronger.”
Tikal: “In fact, the name ‘Gizoid’ translates to ‘Everything’ in their language. Because they could make all things their own.”
Tails: “Woah…if they’re anything like the one we faced, then it must have been a nightmare to face a whole army of them.”
Tikal: “Mm…I’ve heard a lot of horror stories from our clan’s warriors…”
Tikal: “It was because of this that my father was so desperate to find the Chaos and Master Emeralds. They were the only chance we had at winning the war.”
Tikal: “But…that lust for power only sealed their fates…”
Remembering how Chaos destroyed most of the Chaos Clan in it’s rage, Tikal has a sad expression on her face. Knuckles, Sonic, and the others all share similar looks. And while it’s hard to tell, the Water God Of Destruction doesn’t seem too happy either. However, the female echidna tries to regain her composure and move on.
Tikal: “When I sealed myself and Chaos into the Master Emerald…I could see everything from outside…”
Tikal: “With no one opposing them, the Nocturnus Clan continued to dominate the land and advance their technology.”
Tikal: “Near the end of their time here, they were able to create their strongest and most advanced Gizoid.”
Sonic: “Emerl…”
Tikal: “Emerl?”
Tails: “We gave that name to the Gizoid Metallix has. Carry on.”
Tikal: “Very well.”
Tikal: “Before the Nocturnus Clan could continue to enjoy their success…a strange, god-like creature came to take them from this world…”
Tikal: “I’m not sure what this creature is…but by the time it was gone, so were all the members of the clan, and their technology…”
Tikal: “Or…so I thought until today…”
With that foreboding ending, everyone thinks for a moment in tense silence. Tikal’s already told this story to Knuckles before, so he’s fully-aware of the danger here. And everyone else is surprised to learn that Emerl is connected to another group of echidnas from thousands of years ago, and that there were more of him.
Thinking about it more, the group finds it lucky that they only have to face one Gizoid. Because if the rest were anything like Emerl, then they wouldn’t stand a chance. And what Tikal said about the Nocturnus Clan being taken away by some eldritch being…does that mean they’re still out there somewhere? Trapped in a whole other world, with no way back?
Finding this line of thinking too unsettling and creepy, the group decides to focus on the here and now.
Amy: “Alright…so we know WHO made Emerl…”
Amy: “But how did G.U.N. find him? And how would Metallix know about him?”
Rouge: “I can explain that part.”
Curious, everyone listens to Rouge, who begins to give them more information.
Rouge: “As many of you know from our time on the Space Colony Ark, Gerald Robotnik did a lot of research on echidna history and culture while working on Project Shadow.”
Rouge: “During his investigation of some ruins, he found the Gizoid. Alongside stone tablets.”
Knuckles: “Hmph. I’m starting to wonder what this guy HASN’T had involvement with.”
Knuckles: “Project Shadow, the Ark, the Black Arms…”
Knuckles: “What’s next? Fire demons and alternate dimensions?”
Tails: “Well…he WAS a scientist…”
Rouge: “Regardless, Gerald decided to take it to the Ark and do research on it, in-between his work on Project Shadow.”
Rouge: “Not only did he learn how it functioned and where it might originate from, but he also formed a link with it.”
Cream: “A link?”
Rouge: “Basically, whoever displays a form of power to the Gizoid will become it’s master.”
Rouge: “It’ll obey them without question, and never leave their side.”
Sonic: “Really? Then why did Emerl leave Metallix to chase after you?”
Rouge: “Because of the Chaos Emerald I had. Duh.”
Tails: “You mean the Chaos Emerald you stole from my lab?”
Rouge: “My POINT is that the Gizoid seeks battle and power. And getting more emeralds to power it is pretty important.”
Rouge: “Anyways, Gerald became it’s master for a while. But he quickly learned how dangerous it really was.”
Rouge: “The fact that it can continuously absorb battle and weapon data to grow stronger is already a lot.”
Rouge: “But from what he found from translating the stone tablets, he feared the thing could destroy the world at max power.”
Rouge: “The translation goes as follows…”
Rouge takes a moment to remember what she read in the documents before speaking.
Rouge: “‘When the figure falls from the heavens, and the Stone Of The Gods is joined, all that exists will become one again.’”
Rouge: “‘When the Gizoid learned all that it could, it became a god of wrath, and all was destroyed.’”
Once again, everyone’s silent as a tense feeling permeates the air. Then, Tikal speaks.
Tikal: “...A god of wrath…”
Knuckles: “How could some robot be that strong…?”
Sonic: “This certainly sounds like something Eggman would come up with.”
Tails: “Tell us more, Rouge.”
Rouge nods, and continues.
Rouge: “Eventually, Gerald decided to hand the Gizoid over to G.U.N. in order to buy more time for Project Shadow.”
Rouge: “But he DID tell it not to absorb any more data as a safety measure.”
Rouge: “However, it…didn’t really work out.”
Amy: “What do you mean?”
Rouge: “Supposedly, if the Gizoid saw someone display a greater power than it’s current master, it’ll break it’s link to form a new one.”
Rouge: “Some researchers on the Ark tried doing that to break it’s link with Gerald, and it caused the thing to go berserk.”
Rouge: “It destroyed almost half the Ark, and if not for Shadow subduing it, then it could have been a lot worse.”
Tails: “Really? Shadow fought Emerl before?”
Rouge: “Yep. At the time, the Gizoid only had one emerald powering it, and Shadow didn’t hesitate to take it down.”
Rouge: “Afterwards, G.U.N. gave it back to Gerald, and told him to destroy it. Or at least find a way to keep it in check.”
Rouge: “Sadly, he couldn’t do the former. But he found something for the latter.”
Knuckles: “And that is…?”
Rouge: “A free-willed, emotions-based AI. A sort of ‘digital soul’ as he put it.”
Rouge: “He modeled it after Maria, and gave it a key phrase that would keep it’s destructive programming from being unleashed.”
Rouge: “Once he was done with that, the Gizoid was sealed away. Never to be reactivated again.”
Rouge: “And it would have stayed that way, if not for our shape-shifting metallic friend.”
Now up to speed on everything about Emerl, everyone stays silent for a moment. This Gizoid has ties to both echidna culture AND Gerald Robotnik. A powerful and destructive weapon, designed to absorb battle and weapon data until it became a god of wrath. Clearly, they had a daunting challenge ahead of them. After some thinking to themselves, Tails speaks up again.
Tails: “I can see why Metallix went after Emerl now…”
Tails: “He already stole a bunch of information from Eggman and G.U.N., so he could have learned of the Gizoid very easily.”
Tails: “Plus, without me, Sonic, and Knuckles going Super, Metallix has proven himself to be near unstoppable.”
Tails: “Therefore, he wouldn’t have to worry about anyone surpassing his strength. His link with Emerl would remain unbroken.”
Tails: “And with all the Chaos Emeralds inside the Gizoid, we wouldn’t have any methods of matching their strength either.”
Sonic: “Well, we still have the Master Emerald. We could go Super with that, right?”
Knuckles: “Hmm…it’s not out of the question…”
Knuckles: “If Mecha Sonic could do it, I don’t see why we couldn’t either.”
Amy: “You could also use it to disable the Chaos Emeralds, which should render Emerl inoperable!”
Tikal: “For a few minutes, at best. We don’t know exactly HOW the Gizoid utilizes their power.”
Rouge: “Also, what’s to stop it from just smashing the stone and taking away our only chance?”
Knuckles: “Simple. Me.”
Chaos: “...!”
Seemingly showing agreement with Knuckles, Chaos grips it’s fist tightly.
Sonic: “Regardless, our best option right now is to grab the remaining emeralds before Metallix and Emerl can.”
Sonic: “They’re probably still at it right now. So we need to get going already.”
Cream: “Right! Even just keeping one away from them should help!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao!”
Tails: “Knuckles. Your strength and knowledge on Chaos Energy is desperately needed here.”
Tails: “You HAVE to come with us.”
Knuckles: “Say no more. I can’t let such a dangerous robot run around and cause trouble.”
Knuckles: “Plus, I’d like to see what this Gizoid is capable of! Could be a good fight!”
Rouge: “Pfft! Yeah, sure! Just give it MORE battle data to use against us!”
Tikal: “I would like to come along as well.”
Tikal: “Even though I’m not a fighter, I believe my skills with Chaos Energy would be of great benefit here.”
Tikal: “Also…I want to confront one of the machines that have taken so many of my brethren’s lives…”
Amy: “Of course…we’d appreciate any kind of help…”
Tikal nods with a thankful smile, before looking at Chaos.
Tikal: “We’ll be back as soon as possible, Chaos. Wish us luck.”
Chaos: “...”
Without words, Chaos gives Tikal an understanding nod. And with that, everyone gets back onto the G.U.N. jet, ready to face this incredible threat.
The odds may be stacked against them…but they’ll turn the tide soon enough…
Chapter 86: Self-Control
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Morning.*
After some time traveling around the world in search of the third Chaos Emerald, Metallix (Now in his regular form) and Emerl have found it around a large mountain area, known as the Holy Summit. There’s also a vast forest surrounding the mountains, filled with nature, animals, and chao, alongside stone ruins with carvings of chao on them. The mountain itself has a huge crater at the top of it, covered in snow and ice.
Looking at the area, Metallix finds it a pleasant sight, but can tell something’s not right here. He can hear the sounds of wildlife in distress and robots going around. With a quick scan, he can immediately tell what’s happening, and he’s not too pleased about it.
Metallix: “It appears my creator is also in search of the Chaos Emerald…”
Metallix: “Yet, he chooses to ruin the natural beauty and innocent lives here anyways…how disgusting…”
Almost like a child repeating what their parents said, Emerl repeats Metallix’s words in a voice similar to his.
Emerl:
“Disgusting! Disgusting!”
Metallix: “Hmph. Good to know you agree with me.”
Metallix: “We shall destroy these pieces of junk, so that his vile acts will not continue.”
Metallix: “Then, we will seek our prize.”
Emerl: “Prize! Prize!”
Metallix: “Just remember to be careful. Letting your guard down around Dr. Eggman and his creations can be fatal.”
Metallix: “But then again…I doubt we’ll have any problems here…”
With great confidence, Metallix and Emerl get a move on as they both go after the Badniks attacking the Holy Summit. Immediately, they find some chao being chased by the likes of Buzz Bombers, Egg Pawns, and Rhino Tanks. So they take them out easily, before looking over at the group of chao.
Metallix: “Are you all uninjured?”
Emerl:
“Uninjured! Uninjured!”
Chao: “C…Chao…!”
Clearly, the chao find the robot duo a little intimidating. And it doesn’t help that Emerl decides to go up to them, since his scanners are picking up faint traces of Chaos Energy in the creatures, and he’s curious. In a panic, the chao fly away, but the Gizoid is able to grab one, which desperately tries to wiggle out of his strong grasp.
Chao: “Chao! Chao!”
Metallix: “Release it, Emerl.”
Emerl: “Release! Release!”
Without question, Emerl lets go of the chao, which quickly flies off. Metallix then puts a hand on the Gizoid’s shoulder, showing a bit of annoyance in his voice.
Metallix: “Your grip was too tight. You could have crushed it if you weren’t careful.”
Metallix: “Like I’ve told you before, strength means nothing if you can’t control it.”
Metallix: “And most organic beings are fragile. So you must be gentle when interacting with them.”
Emerl:
“Gentle! Gentle!”
While irritated with Emerl’s actions and manner of speaking, Metallix decides they should just move on with their mission. Hence, in a matter of minutes, all the Badniks patrolling the area are reduced to scraps, and the wildlife is safe. As expected, it was a cakewalk for the robot duo. Though, the machines managed to get one or two lucky hits on the Gizoid.
Regardless, Metallix decides to scan the area to make sure they haven’t missed anything, and to check the location of the Chaos Emerald here. He can pick up it’s energy signature within the large mountain, alongside more Badniks and…?
Metallix: “Hmm…someone else is leading this search party…and it’s an organic being…”
Metallix: “Now I’m curious…my creator usually relies on his own creations to get the job done…”
Metallix: “Let’s see who has the displeasure of having to face us.”
Emerl: “Displeasure! Displeasure!”
With great haste, Metallix and Emerl head towards the Holy Summit, and go inside. They end up in a vast, icy cavern, with frozen lakes, winding pathways, and only a few crystals as light sources. But that last one isn’t an issue for two robots, so they traverse the caverns with relative ease.
Though, on the way to their destination, they find more Badniks to dismantle. They DO have to be a little more careful here, since they don’t want to risk bringing the entire mountain down on them. Sure, they’d survive, but the nearby wildlife likely wouldn’t. Plus, this serves as a great way to teach Emerl to better control his strength,
Eventually, the robot duo find themselves in a large area with a vast frozen lake below, and the yellow Chaos Emerald resting on some sort of stone structure. But there’s a bunch of stronger Badniks here, like Egg Hammers, and an anthro animal that Metallix has never seen before.
This anthro is half-wolf, half-jerboa, with dark blue eyes, purple and white fur, long ears, a long tail, and a large, sharp fang sticking out of the left side of his mouth. As for attire, he’s got a brown stetson hat, brown gloves with metal plates, a brown belt with a gold buckle and gun holster, and white and brown boots.
In addition, this jerboa wields a blue popgun, and is riding a pod-like air bike with a blue and yellow color scheme, which allows him to go up and grab the emerald easily. He stares at the gem with a cocky grin, and lets out a distinct laugh.
???:
“Heheheh! All too easy for an expert bounty hunter!”
???: “Now, I just need to hand this over to the big man, and BOOM! Swimming in money!”
Metallix: “I’m afraid that won’t happen today.”
Though startled for a moment, the bounty hunter keeps his cool and turns to face Metallix and Emerl, where he has a look stuck between confused and irritated.
???: “Huh? I don’t remember having bots like you in my squad!”
???: “Did the big man send you two? Thinking I couldn’t handle it on my own?”
Metallix: “No. We’re not affiliated with Dr. Eggman.”
Metallix: “We’re here for the Chaos Emerald. And I suggest you hand it over if you want to make it out of this unscathed.”
Emerl:
“Unscathed! Unscathed!”
???: “HA! Sorry, pointy, but you ain’t threatening me out of this!”
???: “Nobody gets in the way of Fang The Hunter! And you’re about to learn why if you don’t back away right now!”
To prove he’s being serious, Fang takes out his popgun and points it at the robot duo. However, Metallix isn’t amused in the slightest. Instead, he’s wondering about the bounty hunter’s name. He swore he read about him before, and it takes a few seconds before he figures it out.
Metallix: “Oh…right…”
Metallix: “Eggman hired you to help with gathering the Chaos Emeralds before. But you failed against Sonic and his allies.”
Metallix: “And you’ve undergone many aliases as well.”
Fang:
“Hmph. Done your research, have you?”
Fang: “Then you must be an even BIGGER idiot if you really think you can take me and my Badniks on!”
Emerl:
“Idiot! Idiot!”
When Emerl repeats that word, Fang starts to get noticeably angrier.
Fang: “What was that, bug eyes!? You wanna say that to my face again!?”
Emerl: “Idiot! Idiot!”
Metallix: “Heh…”
Metallix can’t help but chuckle a bit at Emerl’s response to Fang. However, this only makes the bounty hunter more angry, and he decides to do away with patience.
Fang: “That’s it! Now you’re asking for it!”
Fang: “Badniks! Take out these mooks!”
Without question, the Badniks attack Metallix and Emerl. Unfortunately, they’re taken down easily, putting a stupefied expression on Fang’s face. These two robots just came in, insulted him, and then tore apart the robots Eggman gave him like they were nothing. And now, he has to fight on his own.
Metallix:
“Well? Still think you have what it takes?”
Fang:
“Ah…o-of course I do! I’ll show you not to underestimate me!”
Fang pushes a few buttons on his bike’s console, which makes a bunch of various gadgets come out of the vehicle. Drills, springs, jet boosters, missile launchers, etc. And once again, the bounty hunter gloats.
Fang:
“There we go! With my Marvelous Queen at my side, you two are going back to whatever scrapyard you crawled out of!”
Metallix:
“We’ll see about that.”
Metallix: “Emerl, I’ll leave him to you. Try to make it quick.”
Emerl: “Quick! Quick!”
Though annoyed that Metallix is just sending Emerl to fight him, Fang decides that this is probably for the better. He can tell the Gizoid is weaker, and it acts kinda like a child. Therefore, he could actually win this fight if he plays smart. All he needs is an opening to deliver the finishing blow.
With this strategy in mind, Fang begins his battle with Emerl. He mainly tries to keep his distance and use ranged attacks, like missiles and lasers. Plus, he uses the terrain to his advantage, making pillars and rocks fall down onto the Gizoid. However, the machine doesn’t seem phased by much of this, if at all.
In fact, Fang finds some of Emerl’s moves to resemble some old foes, like Sonic and Tails. But he’s caught off-guard when the Gizoid somehow copies his Marvelous Queen’s weapons, and uses them against him. Just how is this thing doing this? He doesn’t have time to ponder this for long, as he needs to find a way to win this, or escape.
Thinking on the fly, Fang decides it’d be better to just trap Emerl and Metallix in this icy cavern, and escape with the emerald. So with a grin on his face, he launches missiles at the ceiling, causing it to crumble and fall apart.
Fang: “Sorry, but I can’t play around here forever! I’ve got a bounty to snatch!”
With those parting words, Fang jets out of there with the Marvelous Queen’s boosters. Behind him, the cavern collapses, and he’s able to make it out into the open. Luckily, the entire mountain doesn’t fall apart, but that doesn’t mean much to the bounty hunter, who laughs in triumph.
Fang: “Heheheheh! I’d like to see them crawl out of that one unscathed!”
Metallix: “Who said anything about crawling?”
Fang: “Huh!?”
Confused and panicking, Fang notices Metallix and Emerl floating in front of him, with very little dirt and ice on them, and he immediately takes a u-turn in the opposite direction. However, the Gizoid manages to grab onto the Marvelous Queen, keeping the bounty hunter from escaping, and further aggravating him.
Fang:
“Hey! Hands off my ride!”
Fang fires his popgun at Emerl’s head, which does absolutely nothing. So he instead keeps stomping on the Gizoid’s head in a vain attempt to make him let go. But while that happens, Metallix decides this ridiculous chase has gone on long enough, and remotely deactivates the Marvelous Queen with his technology manipulation.
This only adds on to Fang’s bewilderment and frustration. Though, he can’t think about it long, since Emerl places the Marvelous Queen onto the ground. While he doesn’t want to abandon his precious air bike, the bounty hunter has no choice but to run for his life, holding onto his hat AND the Chaos Emerald.
But to add on to the really bad day he’s having, Fang ends up running into Emerl, who REALLY wants that emerald, and walks up to him in a somewhat intimidating fashion. Backing away in fear, the bounty hunter tries to talk his way out of this.
Fang:
“Ah…just…how about we cut a deal?”
Fang: “You let me get away with the emerald, and I promise to give you half of the bounty!”
Fang: “Heck, you can take most of it! J-Just don’t hurt me!”
Metallix: “Ugh…how pathetic…”
Emerl: “Pathetic! Pathetic!”
Without hesitation, Emerl grabs Fang by the hair tufts on his chest, and proceeds to punch his face in. So much so that it’s getting covered in bruises, his hat falls off, and his tooth gets chipped. However, the Gizoid doesn’t stop, even when it appears the bounty hunter is unconscious, and Metallix has to shout at him.
Metallix: “EMERL! THAT’S ENOUGH!”
Emerl: “...!”
Emerl drops the unconscious and beaten Fang, before turning towards an angry Metallix, who walks up to him.
Metallix: “Didn’t I tell you before!? Most organic beings are not as tough as machines!”
Metallix: “You had no reason to go this far! Just one punch would have been enough!”
Metallix: “If you continued with that, you would have killed him! We don’t kill unless absolutely necessary!”
Metallix: “You MUST remember to control yourself! Otherwise, you’ll only cause problems!”
Metallix: “And if this keeps happening, I WILL destroy you! I won’t tolerate such recklessness and unwarranted brutality!”
Emerl: “...”
For once, Emerl doesn’t repeat any words, and simply looks down to the ground. Almost as if it’s genuinely sad or scared by Metallix’s rant. Seeing this, the robotic hedgehog turns away and walks a few feet in order to regain his cool. Though, he’s taken off-guard by what he hears…
Emerl: “...S.o.r.ry…”
Metallix: “!?”
Metallix looks back at Emerl, who’s still staring down at the ground. He’s surprised that the Gizoid apologized for his behavior. But…he DOES appreciate it a little…
Metallix: “...Just remember what I said…I'm sorry for yelling all that in your face...”
Now a little more calm, Metallix decides to inspect the Marvelous Queen, as he’s curious about it’s technology. Though it seems to be a standard custom air bike, a lot of different features were added onto it. If Fang was the one who did this, then he may not be as incompetent as the metallic menace thought.
Regardless, Metallix then moves towards the unconscious Fang, and takes the yellow Chaos Emerald on the ground, before offering it to Emerl.
Metallix: “Here.”
When Emerl sees the emerald offered to him, he starts to tremble a bit, and says something.
Emerl: “...Chaos Emerald…a new…power…!”
Emerl immediately grabs the yellow Chaos Emerald, and integrates it into his systems. His eyes glow for a moment once again, and Metallix waits to see how he’ll act now.
Emerl: “...Thank you!”
Metallix: “Hm…seems you can speak better…”
Emerl: “Heh! Not too shabby!”
That line confuses Metallix for a moment.
Metallix:
“...Didn’t Sonic say that before?”
Metallix: “No matter. I suppose your manner of speaking still needs work. But I’m sure by the time we find the fourth Chaos Emerald, that’ll change.”
Metallix: “Hence, we should leave. We wasted enough time with the cannon fodder and hired help.”
Emerl: “Come on! Let’s go!”
And with that, Metallix and Emerl head off in search of the next Chaos Emerald, leaving the injured Fang to lick his wounds…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*An hour later…*
In another part of the world, Dr. Eggman is sitting at a desk in one of his bases. The Gimme Shelter. He’s looking at a computer screen, while typing something at a fast pace. The room has a silver tile floor, blue walls, some green screens surrounding a blue mechanical device, brown supply boxes full of robot parts, and the Eggman Empire logo on the floor.
While doing his work, Eggman gets notified that Fang is calling him. He answers the call, thinking that the bounty hunter has finished his task. However, he can immediately tell that’s not the case when he sees his bruised face, which makes the round scientist put on a disappointed frown.
Eggman: “Hmph…ran into trouble, Mr. Expert Bounty Hunter?”
Fang: “Oh can it! I would still have the Chaos Emerald if not for these two robots attacking me!”
Eggman: “Two robots? Was one of them a bulky killing machine with red eyes and large arms?”
Fang: “No, but one of them looked like a robot Sonic with long spikes and red eyes!”
Fang: “And the other had an orange and yellow body, and these big blue eyes!”
Recognizing the description of the first robot, Eggman is immediately infuriated.
Eggman: “Metallix…! He’s once again ruining my operations!”
Eggman: “Tell me! Did he say anything about why he was there? And what about that other robot?”
Fang: “Hmph. They wanted the Chaos Emerald, but I don’t know why.”
Fang: “I certainly did what I could to take them out. And you can figure out how that went.”
Eggman: “Right…anything else?”
Fang: “Hm…the metal hedgehog called his pal ‘Emerl.’ And he somehow copied the tech of my Marvelous Queen.”
Eggman puts on a curious expression when Fang mentions the robot’s name and abilities. He thinks for a moment before speaking to the bounty hunter.
Eggman: “...Tell you what? How about I give you a different task?”
Fang: “Huh? Like what?”
Eggman: “Don’t worry. I just need you to track down those two.”
Eggman: “Whatever it is they’re up to, I’d like to know. Especially if they’re collecting the emeralds.”
Eggman: “You won’t have to face them again. Just give me any of the information you find.”
Eggman: “Do that, and I’ll give you your precious bounty!”
Fang: “Hmph…tracking them down won’t be easy, and I’d rather not risk getting my face punched in again.”
Fang: “You’re gonna have to give me something better than Rhino Tanks and Egg Pawns to do the heavy lifting.”
Eggman: “Well…I DID recently finish a new type of E-Series robot! One that I believe could give those troublesome pests a run for their money!”
Fang: “Is that so? I’ll take your word for it then.”
Fang: “For now, I’m gonna fix up my ride. Will I have to come to you for pick-up?”
Eggman: “No, I’ll send it right to your current location! Make good use of it!”
Fang: “Right…”
With the exchange finished, Eggman ends the call, and then thinks to himself about this new ally Metallix has. Another robot that can replicate the abilities and tech of others. Sounds like a useful tool he could take for himself. Though, a part of him wonders if he’s heard of something similar before. But where exactly…?
Deciding it’s not important for now, Dr. Eggman stands up and heads off to grab some grub. Once he’s done with that, he’ll get to work on finding the location of the other Chaos Emeralds.
They will be essential to his next plan for world domination…
Chapter 87: Attachment
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
A few hours after leaving the Holy Summit, Metallix and Emerl find the location of the 4th Chaos Emerald. However, once they spot their destination, the robotic hedgehog immediately realizes the trouble he’s about to get into. This is an area he’s incredibly familiar with, due to a certain business partner…
It’s Casino Park, fully rebuilt and bustling with activity. Hundreds of people are coming in to gamble like it’s no tomorrow, and enjoy the festivities. Not to mention all the robots and employees doing their jobs too, including Metallix’s own creations. Clearly, the metallic duo need to be really careful here.
Standing far away on the top of a nearby building, Metallix and Emerl discuss what they’re gonna do here, with the former changing into his Neo appearance, and clearly not looking too pleased about having to be here.
Neo: “Sigh…of all the places for an emerald to be, it HAD to be one of Breezie’s establishments…”
Emerl: “Breezie?”
Neo: “A business partner of mine. She taught me a lot about the business world, and knows my real identity.”
Neo: “However, she’s a very crafty and confident individual. Whatever it is she wants, she’ll get it without anything or anyone saying otherwise.”
Neo: “I don’t know how she got a Chaos Emerald, or what she plans to do with it, but trying to convince her to give it to us will be troublesome.”
Neo: “At best, we’d have to do some kind of favor for her. And at worst, we’ll have to steal it without raising her suspicions.”
Neo: “And I’d rather not risk ruining our partnership. She’s been a great help in my endeavors, despite her annoyances.”
Emerl: “What are we gonna do, bud?”
Neo: “We’ll head inside Casino Park and request to talk to her.”
Neo: “While I’m sure we can come to some kind of compromise, I’m not certain if it’ll go in our favor.”
Neo: “But I’ll come up with something. I always do.”
Neo: “However, I want you to be on your best behavior while we’re here. And only speak when told to.”
Neo: “Considering you keep mixing up different words and phrases you’ve heard before, you could accidentally cause some issues.”
Neo: “Just let me take care of the talking for now. And be patient.”
Emerl silently nods, which satisfies Neo. Then, they head towards the front entrance of Casino Park, trying not to bump into the people they pass by. Some of them give the Gizoid odd looks, but other than that, nothing troublesome happens to the duo. And once they reach the entrance, they’re greeted by Scratch.
Scratch: “Oh! Mr. Neo! Didn’t expect you to show up today!”
Neo: “I’m here on some personal business. Hope I’m not intruding on anything important.”
Scratch: “Depends. Are you here to see Breezie?”
Neo: “Correct. It’s a personal matter, you could say.”
Scratch: “Hm…I’ll let her know. You just head in and enjoy yourself!”
Scratch: “Though, what’s with that robot? Is it a new creation of yours?”
Neo: “Not exactly. But I’m doing some work on it.”
Neo: “Don’t worry about him causing trouble either. I’ve told him to be on his best behavior today.”
Scratch: “If you say so…”
And with that, Scratch lets Neo and Emerl inside Casino Park. Though, he’s a little uncomfortable with the Gizoid, and how he’s just staring at him. But moving on, the two simply walk around and get a feel of the place. The metallic menace is impressed with just how many people are here. Business is definitely booming.
While looking around Casino Park, Neo and Emerl get a few stares from the staff and customers. Some recognize the former as the founder and leader of MeteorTech, who has made quite the name for himself over the past few months. The latter, on the other hand, they have no idea who he is, and find him kinda strange and unsettling.
Wanting to talk to a growing star in the business world, and possibly make a deal with him, a few business people go up to Neo for a chat. Like a human female, a male ox, and a female crab.
Human CEO: “Excuse me? You’re Neo, right? The CEO of MeteorTech?”
Neo:
“Correct. And you are…?”
Human CEO: “April Solace of Mirage Motors. A pleasure to meet you.”
Ox CEO: “I’m Oliver. CEO of Muscle Security.”
Crab CEO: “And I’m Zilpah. I run an insurance company known as Ring Collectors.”
Neo: “I see…it is nice to meet you all.”
The CEOs share some polite handshakes with one another, before continuing their conversation.
Oliver: “Now that I’ve finally met you, I’ve gotta say…”
Oliver: “...It’s impressive how much your company has grown in just a few months! You’re a real rising star in our line of work!”
Neo: “Heh…I did have a pretty good teacher…”
Neo: “One that I’m sure you’re all VERY familiar with, considering your presence here.”
April: “Right. Breezie’s definitely a whole other beast compared to most of us.”
April: “Only a small few can go from rags to riches in a couple of years. And she pulled it off like a pro.”
Zilpah: “Yeah! She HAS to be some kind of genius!”
Zilpah: “Or maybe she just has some good friends in high places?”
Neo: “As someone who’s spent a couple of weeks with her, I can assure you that it’s the former.”
Neo: “She has the brains and tenacity to pull off whatever’s best for her endeavors. Something I hope to have similar success with in the near future.”
Oliver: “Heh! You’re certainly starting off strong!”
Oliver: “In fact, I feel like you and I could be great business partners, if you’re interested!”
Zilpah: “Already getting desperate, huh?”
Oliver: “What? Working with other companies can greatly help with work AND profit!”
April:
“But HOW exactly would he benefit from working with another security company?”
April: “Heck, last I heard, you just had a recent setback with your operations!”
Oliver: “Hey! Don’t just say that out of the blue!”
Oliver: “So WHAT if I’ve had a setback or two before? My company’s still going strong!”
Oliver: “Plus, YOUR company didn’t have the best start either, Ms. Solace!”
April: “True. But ever since then, things have been almost perfect.”
April: “And Zilpah’s had very few problems in her company as well.”
Zilpah: “There HAVE been one or two close-calls, I’ll admit. But we’ve sprung back from them, thankfully.”
Neo: “We’re all doing our hardest for our business endeavors. And will continue to do so, no matter what stands in our way.”
Neo: “Personally, I’ve had my fair share of struggles in the past. Yet here I still stand.”
Zilpah: “That’s a good way of seeing it. With such a mindset, I’m sure MeteorTech will keep going strong.”
Zilpah: “Perhaps you’ll even surpass the likes of Breezie herself?”
???: “Don’t think I didn’t hear that, Zilpah!”
Zilpah jumps a bit in surprise when she hears that familiar voice. She and the other CEOS turn around to see Breezie approaching them with a sly smile, and some of them are clearly a little concerned.
Zilpah: “Ah…for the record, I wasn’t being serious about what I said!”
Breezie: “Relax! I’m well-aware!”
Breezie: “Though, I certainly won’t let my former student get ahead of me!”
Neo: “Hmhmhm…I certainly have a long way to go before I reach your level…”
Neo: “So for now, you can rest easy.”
Breezie: “Good to hear! Now, what brings you here, handsome?”
Breezie: “Scratch told me it was some kind of personal matter. And I see you’ve got a new robot with you too.”
Everyone looks towards Emerl, who’s been silent this whole time. The CEOS DID notice him, but they weren’t sure if they should say anything about him.
Neo: “Yes. I’d prefer if we could take this to your office.”
Neo: “Unless you’re busy with something else today?”
Breezie: “Oh please! I can make time for a special business partner!”
April:
“Special? Are you two…?”
While Breezie is about to respond to April’s question with a sly remark, Neo quickly shoots it down.
Neo: “We’re just friends. Don’t think too hard about it.”
This answer puts an annoyed look on Breezie’s face, but she decides to just get a move on.
Breezie: “...Anyways, I’ll see you all again soon!”
Neo: “It was a pleasure to chat with you three. I hope your endeavors go well.”
Oliver: “Same to you! And DO contact me if you’re interested in my offer!”
And with that, Neo, Breezie, and Emerl all walk off, leaving the CEOS to chat between themselves…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A couple of minutes later…*
Closing the doors behind them, Neo and Emerl now find themselves in Breezie’s office, with the teal hedgehog sitting down on the couch, and beckoning them to do the same. The metallic hedgehog goes along with it, and tells the Gizoid to join them. Immediately, they begin their conversation.
Breezie: “Gotta say…your company’s doing extremely well these past few months! I’m impressed!”
Breezie: “At this point, you basically OWN Monopole! It’s citizens probably see you as a hero!”
Neo: “Yes, yes…I AM pleased with MeteorTech’s success, and the support I’m getting…”
Neo: “However, I’m not here for that. I’m here for the Chaos Emerald in your possession.”
When Neo brings up the Chaos Emerald, Breezie maintains her confident smile.
Breezie: “Oh? WHAT emerald?”
Neo: “Don’t try to play coy. You know I can detect it’s energy signature inside your desk drawer.”
Neo:
“And so can Emerl, by the way.”
To prove Neo’s point, Emerl’s staring straight at Breezie’s desk. He wants to go grab it, but his master puts a hand on his shoulder, signaling to stay put.
Breezie: “Heh! So eager!”
Neo: “That’s just part of his programming. He’s powered by Chaos Emeralds.”
Neo: “With more of them in his systems, he’ll get stronger and smarter. So I’m trying to get him to his max potential.”
Breezie: “And let me guess…Sonic and Eggman won’t cause you any more issues?”
Neo: “Correct. And that’s why I would like to have your emerald.”
Breezie: “Hmm…sounds interesting, but I’ve got other plans for it!”
Neo: “Really? Like what?”
Breezie: “Well…I thought about selling it off to the highest bidder or keeping it as a fancy prop, but…it’s not really my style!”
Breezie: “Plus, those shiny knick-knacks bring nothing but trouble!”
Breezie: “But then I thought…why not use it to benefit my media empire?”
Breezie: “Hence, I’ve been working on this!”
Breezie takes out a piece of paper and hands it to Neo, who reads it over. And immediately, he has a curious expression on his face.
Neo: “‘Coming soon to the Casino Park arena and BreezTV. The Chaos Emerald Championship. All contenders welcome.’”
Neo: “‘16 slots are available. Winner takes a $1,000,000,000 cash prize, along with a Chaos Emerald.’”
Breezie: “That’s right! Exciting matchups! Warriors from all over the world! And televised for all to see!”
Breezie: “Not only will this be a great show to entertain the masses, but it’ll also practically leave me and my contractors rolling in money!”
Breezie: “Wouldn’t this be more interesting than just having the Chaos Emerald handed over to you?”
Neo: “...”
Thinking about what Breezie said, Neo can’t help but agree with her logic. Sure, he’d rather just take the emerald right now and not be toyed with. However, if Emerl participated in this tournament, he’d not only get more battle data and practice with his strength, but he’d easily take the winning prize with little issue.
Though, considering this event is gonna be televised, Sonic and his allies, along with G.U.N. and Eggman, WILL know what Metallix and Emerl are up to, and try to do something about it. But in the robotic hedgehog’s eyes, the benefits outweigh the drawbacks. So, after putting the paper down, he looks back at the confident Breezie.
Neo: “...You know what? I’ll play along with your tournament.”
Neo: “This will be a great opportunity for Emerl to hone his power, and gain more battle data. And I’m very confident in his success.”
Neo: “But there’s no doubt Sonic and Eggman will get involved here. And G.U.N. wants Emerl back as well.”
Breezie: “True! Which is why I’ll be prepared for whatever happens!”
Breezie: “And I’m looking forward to seeing your robot in action! As long as he doesn’t ruin the show!”
Neo: “Of course. I’ve reminded him before to mind his strength, and this will be the perfect test.”
Neo looks towards Emerl, who returns the look back.
Neo: “I’ll be counting on you to win this tournament, Emerl. Failure is not an option.”
Neo: “Remember not to use your full strength during the fights. They’re supposed to be entertainment for the audience.”
Neo: “Also, I want you to survey each match. There will surely be many impressive fighters that will be participating, and it’ll be good to get battle data on all of them.”
Neo: “Are we clear?”
Silently, Emerl nods.
Neo: “Good. I’ll be looking forward to it.”
Breezie: “Heh. You sound like a father talking to his son.”
Neo: “What? That’s ridiculous.”
Neo: “Emerl and I are simply allies. He obeys my commands without question, and helps me with my goals.”
Breezie: “If that’s how you wanna put it…”
Her gaze turning towards Emerl, Breezie decides to try and talk to him.
Breezie: “Hey, Emerl? What do you think of your daddy?”
Emerl: “...”
Neo: “He’s not allowed to speak right now. His current level of speech is kind of a mess.”
Breezie: “Let him speak. I wanna see it for myself.”
Though confused with Breezie’s request, Neo gives the go-ahead to Emerl, and he asks something.
Emerl: “What’s a ‘daddy?’”
Breezie: “Heh! Just someone who looks after and guides you!”
Breezie: “If you want, I could do the same for you! I’ll be your mommy!”
Emerl: “Mommy?”
Neo: “...Okay, I’m stopping you there, Breezie.”
Breezie: “Aw, what’s the matter, Neo? I’m just trying to bond with your son!”
Neo: “You’re messing with him. I won’t tolerate such antics.”
Breezie: “Pfft! And it just keeps going!”
Annoyed with Breezie’s teasing, Neo gets up from his seat, and Emerl follows.
Neo: “I’ll be around until the tournament ends.”
After saying that one line, Neo walks out of the office with Emerl. However, Breezie’s amused by how the robotic hedgehog reacted to the idea of the Gizoid calling them mom and dad. He was clearly irritated, but she also picked up a bit of defensiveness, confusion, and maybe even embarrassment there. Did the thought already cross his mind?
As for Neo, while heading out of Casino Park with Emerl, the latter decides to say something again, thinking it’s okay now.
Emerl: “Daddy?”
Neo: “!?”
Caught off-guard by that, Neo looks back at Emerl with an expression that’s stuck between angry, embarrassed, and confused. Though, he tries to reign in his emotions and make a clear response.
Neo: “You will NOT call me that.”
Neo: “Metallix, Master, or any of the names I go by while using an alias are acceptable. But THAT is not.”
Neo: “And you will refer to Breezie as Breezie. Do not play around with her antics.”
Emerl: “...?”
Despite not having an emotive face, Emerl shows his confusion by tilting his head a bit at Neo, while asking a question.
Emerl: “You’re…someone who looks after and guides me…”
Emerl: “...Correct?”
Neo: “That applies to more than just mothers and fathers.”
Neo: “Now, cease this train of thought. I don’t want to hear anymore of it.”
Neo then turns around to continue the walk, and Emerl continues to follow him. Deep down, the robotic hedgehog is wondering why he feels so weird about this. He’s not his father. He’s just his master. And the Gizoid will do anything for it’s master without question. It’s just a combat robot that he’s using for his own goals.
However, Emerl DOES have some form of sentience and emotion programmed into him by Gerald Robotnik. It’s not too clear right now, but Neo can tell. The Gizoid has the potential to be like him. And unlike Dr. Eggman, the metallic menace refuses to treat him as nothing more than a tool. He wants to treat him with some respect.
Actually…perhaps Neo feels uncomfortable with the idea of being attached to Emerl? What if something happens, and it leads to him getting killed or hurt in some manner? What if he ends up going down the same path as his creator in terms of his treatment? What if it distracts him from what’s important?
All of this is conflicting for Neo. A part of him doesn’t mind seeing Emerl as more than a servant, but another part of him wants to keep his distance. Though, he cannot let this get in the way of his current goals, and he tries to focus on the upcoming tournament…
Emerl against the best fighters the world has to offer…
Chapter 88: A Special Annoucement
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Daytime.*
On the G.U.N. jet, Sonic and his allies try to track down Metallix and Emerl, now having Knuckles and Tikal for extra help. Using their ability to sense Chaos Energy, the two point the group in the right direction, and end up in the Holy Summit. Once they land the jet, they take a look around and talk.
Cream: “This area looks really nice…I could see me and my family having a picnic here!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “I can see that too! But that’ll have to be for another time!”
Tails: “Knuckles, Tikal, can you two sense anything?”
Tikal: “Absolutely. The chao that live here are recovering from their panic earlier.”
Tikal: “And I can pick up on the faint signs of Chaos Energy…”
Knuckles: “Same here. Something definitely went down in this area, and I’m certain it has to do with those two buckets of bolts.”
Sonic: “Then let’s get searching!”
In a flash, Sonic runs off to search the entire area, while everyone else has to take it at a slower pace. They immediately find the remnants of destroyed Badniks, alongside the recovering wildlife and the collapsed cavern within the large mountain. Cream, Cheese, Amy, and Tikal do their best to soothe the animals and chao here, and ask about what happened.
Tails also checks the Badniks scraps, noting that they were seemingly taken out quickly, and that they were likely sent here to find a Chaos Emerald. And Rouge, Knuckles, and Sonic are able to get inside the mountain caverns, thanks to the bat and echidna’s burrowing skills, finding more machine parts and destroyed terrain.
After about 30 minutes, everyone regrouped back at the jet, and explained their findings. Rouge, Knuckles, and Sonic are carrying the destroyed weapons and parts that fell off of Fang’s Marvelous Queen, and place them on the ground.
Rouge: “We found these parts in the mountain. Alongside more Badnik scraps.”
Sonic: “Look familiar, Tails?”
Tails: “Yeah…they look like the kinds of weapons Fang would install into his air bike…”
Cream: “Who’s Fang?”
Amy: “A bounty hunter that’s worked with Eggman a few times.”
Amy: “Guess he hasn’t learned his lesson still, if he was helping that mustached creep search for the Chaos Emerald here.”
Tikal: “The animals and chao DID say some purple jerboa wearing a hat was leading the Badniks here.”
Tikal: “But then two other robots came in and took them all out.”
Knuckles: “Took them out? You mean they killed Fang?”
Knuckles: “I mean, the guy was a greedy chump, but…”
Tikal: “No. But he WAS beaten unconscious, and eventually left this place after calling someone.”
Tails: “Did he call Eggman? The last thing we need right now is for him to get involved in this too.”
Sonic: “Eh. Personally, I say the more the merrier! Could be fun!”
Amy: “Sonic, take this seriously! Metallix and Emerl have already obtained 3 emeralds, and are likely going after the 4th one right now!”
Sonic: “Relax, Amy! I’m aware of the stakes!”
Sonic: “But what good will it do if we act all tense and worried about it? We’ll pull through in the end!”
Cream: “Still…it seems we’re really far behind…”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Tikal: “Sonic still has a point. We must be optimistic about our chances, and do our best to turn the tides.”
Tikal: “I’m sure we’ll find the next emerald soon. We just need to figure out where it is.”
Everyone nods in agreement with Tikal’s words. But then, Rouge gets a notification from her wrist watch, and answers it, where a blue hologram of a tense and annoyed Agent Topaz is seen.
Rouge: “Ah! Good to see you, Topaz! How have-”
Agent Topaz: “Have you all checked BreezTV recently?”
Rouge: “Huh? No, why?”
Agent Topaz: “Just wait a moment. I’m sending a recording to you right now.”
While confused, Rouge and the others wait for the video download to finish. Then, she plays it, and the hologram becomes a little bigger so that everyone can see it. The recording shows Breezie, alongside some sort of toucan in a tux, standing in Casino Park.
Breezie: “Hello, all my loyal viewers! It’s me, Breezie!”
Announcer Toucan: “And Stew! Here with a very special announcement!”
Stew: “In just a couple of days, an exciting event will be hosted right here in Casino Park! And televised for the entire world!”
Breezie: “One that I’m sure you’ll all love to death!”
Together, Breezie and Stew move to the side a bit to show the logo for this special event.
Breezie & Stew : “The Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Immediately, Sonic and his friends are surprised at the mention of Chaos Emerald, keeping their eyes and ears glued to the screen.
Stew: “Yes, your eyes and ears don’t deceive you! A fighting tournament where anyone from anywhere can participate!”
Stew: “And you say that the champion will not only earn a one billion cash prize, but also one of the fabled Chaos Emeralds?”
Breezie: “That’s correct! So if anyone wants to fight their way to billionaire status, then they better get over here right now and sign up!”
Breezie: “After all, only 15 of the 16 slots are currently open! And I hope the participants will make this a show to remember!”
Breezie: “It certainly shouldn’t be a bore fest! Otherwise, it’ll be a huge waste of time AND money!”
Stew: “True! Now, who is our very first participant in this championship?”
Breezie: “Oh, I’m afraid you’ll have to find out when it begins! I’ve been asked to keep it a secret for the time being!”
Breezie: “Though, I’m sure a select group of heroes know EXACTLY who I’m talking about!”
Sonic rolls his eyes at that remark, alongside Amy and Rouge.
Stew: “Then how about the rules of the tournament? What can we expect?”
Breezie: “Simple! The 16 contestants will be split into 1v1 duels, making a grand total of 8 starting matches!”
Breezie: “The winners of those matches will continue to the next until only 1 person is left standing!”
Breezie: “They will be fighting within a specially built arena in Casino Park! Provided by a generous business partner of mine!”
Breezie: “Victory can only be obtained by one of the fighters getting knocked to the ground, or unconscious! No forfeits allowed!”
Breezie: “And any kind of weapon or tool is allowed! As long as it’s not lethal!”
Stew:
“Heh! I’m interested to see what the fighters will use!”
The recording keeps on going, as Breezie and Stew share some slight banter with each other and explain more of what the tournament will offer. Once it’s over, Sonic and his friends, alongside Agent Topaz, begin discussing what to do about this.
Sonic: “Sigh…even now, Breezie keeps causing trouble for us…”
Agent Topaz: “Hm? You have history with her?”
Sonic: “She helped Eggman with one of his plans a couple of years back.”
Sonic: “Even back then, she really only cared about herself. So what is she up to with this tournament?”
Rouge: “Pretty sure she just wants to use this to build a mega profit. Anything that’ll boost her media empire, she’ll do without question.”
Knuckles: “But she was clearly baiting us, saying that we already know who this first contestant is.”
Tails: “It HAS to be Emerl. Metallix must have signed him up in order to win the Chaos Emerald.”
Agent Topaz: “We thought the exact same thing.”
Agent Topaz: “But when we called her about it, she wasn’t exactly too cooperative.”
Agent Topaz: “And she refused to hand us the Chaos Emerald either, no matter how much we offered to her.”
Agent Topaz: “Quite frankly, I feel like we should send a whole squadron of soldiers to forcibly cancel this event.”
Rouge: “That won’t work. Not with two robots that can decimate them all with ease.”
Tails: “Yeah. I understand you want to stop this, but it’s best you don’t interfere for now.”
Despite wanting to argue otherwise, Topaz understands what Rouge and Tails are saying. So she takes a deep breath before continuing.
Agent Topaz: “...Very well. Just stop this before it gets out of hand.”
Amy: “We promise to do everything we can. Just focus on finding the other emeralds for now.”
Topaz nods at Amy’s words, before ending the call. Now, everyone tries to figure out their next move, and what Metallix is trying to accomplish with the tournament.
Tails: “ I wonder…why hasn’t Metallix just stolen the emerald already? If a G.U.N. warehouse was no issue, this shouldn’t be either.”
Amy: “Maybe he feels he doesn’t need to?”
Amy: “This tournament is basically a battle data feast for Emerl! He’d learn so much from all the fighters here, whether in or out of the ring!”
Cream:
“That’s right…and he could easily win against whoever he faces! He’s already pretty strong!”
Sonic: “Then I think we should even the odds!”
Sonic: “We’ll join the competition too! And make it an unforgettable experience!”
Tikal: “Wait, seriously? Are you sure this is a good idea?”
Sonic: “Positive! It’ll show the results of our training, and we’ll be better prepared when we fight Emerl!”
Sonic: “Plus, if we somehow fail to win, Rouge could always steal the emerald!”
Rouge: “Even so, neither plan will be easy.”
Rouge: “And are you sure you don’t want to do this just for the fun of it?”
Sonic: “Oh come on! Don’t tell me some of you aren’t interested in what this tournament could offer?”
Knuckles: “Admittedly, I kinda feel the same way. I want to see what kinds of warriors I’ll face!”
Knuckles: “And another chance to beat Sonic’s face in is always a treat!”
Sonic: “Ha! Like THAT’S gonna happen!”
Amy: “Hm…I guess those are some good points…kinda…”
Amy: “...Oh what the heck? I’ll join in too!”
Tails: “Same here! It’ll test my brains AND brawn!”
Cream: “Ah…I’d like to participate as well!”
Cream:
“Sure, I don’t like fighting, but I can’t just stay a spectator if you all fail!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao! Chao!”
Tikal: “Heheh…you’ve got a lot of determination…”
Tikal: “I’m not a fighter, so I’ll stay as a spectator. Though, you’ll have my full support all the same.”
Sonic: “Much appreciated, Tikal!”
Sonic: “Now, let’s sign up before it’s too late!”
And with that, the group gets back on the G.U.N. jet, and head straight for Casino Park. This tournament will serve as both a fun competition, and a chance to stop Emerl and Metallix. Though, considering it’s an open invite, there’s likely many other strong fighters that are more than ready to join in as well.
From across the world, pretty much everyone and their mom has seen the announcement for the Chaos Emerald Championship. And there are many who wish to sign up for it. From armadillos, to woodpeckers, to water dragons, and even a certain mustached scientist…
Truly, this is gonna be quite the spectacle…
Chapter 89: The Chaos Emerald Championship
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
In a little under an hour, Sonic and his allies arrive at Casino Park for the Chaos Emerald Championship, getting off the G.U.N. jet and walking towards the entrance. Some of them comment on their surroundings, and the people that are staring at them.
Knuckles: “Back here again, huh? Can’t say I’m too happy about it.”
Tikal: “The architecture of this place is quite flashy. It reminds me of Casinopolis…”
Rouge: “That’s because they’re both owned by Breezie and her media empire. She thrives off establishments like this.”
Tails: “Yeah…it’s pretty obvious, considering all the people here…”
Cream: “Personally, I think it looks really colorful! Like one big amusement park!”
Sonic:
“Heheh! We certainly had a lot of fun running around in it when we were chasing down Metallix a while back!”
Amy: “And here we are, doing it again…with a lot more eyes on us…”
Amy: “Not only will we need to be mindful of any civilians caught in the crossfire, but we’ll need to watch our every move and word too.”
Cream: “Oh! Right! We can’t misbehave on TV!”
Cheese:
“Chao chao!”
Sonic: “Meh. My only concern is winning the tournament, and stopping metalhead and his personal servant from getting another Chaos Emerald.”
Knuckles: “You and me both. I don’t even go out that often in the first place.”
Tikal: “Still, let’s not give the general public a bad impression of us. Or it’ll cause us more problems than we need right now.”
Rouge: “Agreed. Just don’t cause a fuss, and I’m sure we’ll be fine.”
With that exchange finished, the group continues towards the front entrance, with many passersby staring at them. The world at large sees Sonic and his friends as famous heroes, and the echidna race was once considered extinct. So it’s only natural that they’re drawing a lot of attention, despite not wanting any of it.
While Rouge is used to having eyes on her, the others aren’t too accustomed to it. Sonic acts jovial about it, but it’s kinda clear through his mannerisms that he doesn’t like being the center of attention all the time. Same thing for Tails, Tikal, Cream, Cheese, and Amy. Knuckles, on the other hand, just can’t stand it at all.
Once they arrive at the entrance, Sonic and his allies come face-to-face with Scratch, who isn’t too comfortable with talking to someone that was once his enemy. Likewise, Knuckles is a little cautious of this Badnik. Yet, the blue blur greets him in a casual manner.
Sonic: “Scratch? Is that you?”
Scratch: “A-Ah…! Sonic! W-W-What are YOU doing here with all these people!?”
Knuckles:
“Well, what is an Eggman robot doing here? Are you planning to take us down?”
Scratch: “No! I-I work here now as the head of security!”
Sonic:
“Really? Good to see you found a better path in life!”
Sonic: “And don’t worry! We’re just here to sign up for the tournament!”
Scratch: “I see…well, I suppose it’ll be fine to let you through…”
Scratch: “Just don’t cause any trouble! Or you WILL be kicked out!”
Sonic: “Got it! Thanks!”
And just like that, Sonic heads on in, with the others giving curious glances towards Scratch (Or in Knuckles’ case, a suspicious glare). They didn’t expect one of Eggman’s robots to be working here, but he doesn’t seem to be a threat, and if he’s living a better life now, then they have no reason to do anything to him.
Regardless, the group now looks around the insides of Casino Park, with Cream, Cheese, and Tikal amazed by their surroundings and the great amount of people present. Already, a bunch of fans and reporters come up to try and talk to these world famous heroes, much to their dismay.
Random Reporter #1: “Excuse me! Sonic The Hedgehog! Can we please get a word from you and your friends?”
Sonic:
“Uh…sorry, but we’re a little busy today! World-saving stuff and all that!”
Random Reporter #2: “Mr. Prower! Can you tell us what it’s like having Earth’s greatest hero as your lifelong best friend?”
Tails: “C-Can we PLEASE do this some other time? We’re in the middle of something!”
Random Reporter #3: “Tell me! Are there more echidnas out there besides you two?”
Knuckles:
“I don’t know! Just get that camera out of my face!”
Random Reporter #4: “Little one! What is it like going on adventures with these world famous heroes?”
Cream: “U-Um…my mom told me not to talk to strangers…!”
Rouge: “Sigh…stupid paparazzi…”
Tikal: “I’ll give us a way out!”
Tikal concentrates a small red ball of energy into her hands, before dispersing it, creating a flash of light that blinds the paparazzi, and gives the group the opportunity to rush to a safe spot. Once they’re done, they take a moment to catch their breath and complain.
Amy: “God, are they nosy! And they don’t value personal space either!”
Knuckles:
“Tell me about it! I was tempted to just smash all their equipment to send the message through their thick skulls!”
Rouge: “Pretty sure that’d give them the idea to talk about how much of an angry musclehead you are on the news!”
Rouge: “But then again, I suppose that description isn’t inaccurate!”
Knuckles: “Excuse me!?”
Tails: “Settle down, guys! We should find out where we’re supposed to sign up for the tournament!”
Sonic: “Agreed. But it’ll be a little difficult with all this attention being drawn to us.”
???: “Heh! As if you haven’t dealt with stuff that’s way harder!”
When the group hears that voice, they get confused. Though, Sonic seems to recognize the voice, and puts on a smile as they all look towards where it came from. A familiar green hedgehog with messy bangs and drum sticks, standing with his back against the wall, and giving a cheeky smirk towards them.
Sonic: “Manic! The heck are you doing here?”
Manic: “To win that cash prize in the tournament! Duh!”
Manic: “Though, I certainly wasn’t expecting you and your pals to join in the fun!”
Sonic: “Just trying to save the world again! You know how it is!”
As the two hedgehogs greet each other, they do a fist bump with big smirks on their faces. However, aside from Tails, everyone else is confused as to who Manic is, and how Sonic knows him.
Cream: “Woah…Mr. Sonic, you never told us you had a brother!”
Sonic: “Well, we’re not blood-related! But we ARE pretty close, I’d say!”
Sonic: “Met all the way back at a music festival! We rocked our hearts out until sunset!”
Manic: “Yep! That was an incredible experience!”
Manic: “We’ve met up a few times after that, but usually, we’re doing our own things!”
Knuckles: “Huh…you think you know a guy…”
Rouge: “Same here. Is there anyone you DON’T know, Sonic?”
Sonic: “You meet a lot of different people when you’re exploring the world all the time!”
Sonic: “Heck, maybe we’ll run into a few other familiar faces here? Like Sonia?”
Manic: “Nah. I haven’t spotted her yet, and she’s not the type to join events like these.”
Manic: “But at least two thirds of the Underground Hedgehogs are together again! And that’s good enough for me!”
Sonic: “You bet! How have you been?”
Manic: “Pretty good! Still going around, helping poor people and stealing from rich scumbags!”
Manic: “Though, there WAS this one incident that happened a couple of months back! It’s pretty interesting!”
Tails: “Really? How so?”
Manic: “I’ll tell you guys another time! You’re here to sign up for the tournament too, right?”
Amy: “Ah! Right! How many slots are left!?”
Manic: “Last I checked, 13. So you still have a good chance of making it in.”
Manic: “But if you don’t, I’ll let you guys have the Chaos Emerald if I win! That’s what you’re here for, isn’t it?”
Sonic: “Heh! You’re a real class act!”
Manic: “Only for those I have a soft spot for! Now, get going already!”
Sonic: “Right! See you in the ring!”
Cream: “Bye, Mr. Manic! It was nice meeting you!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Quickly, Sonic and his friends rush off to sign up for the Chaos Emerald Championship, leaving Manic to think to himself for a moment. He joined this tournament to get the cash prize, and use it to help the poor. Plus, have some dumb fun. But with the blue blur here, that’s not gonna be easy.
Then again, Manic’s certain he’ll just give him the cash prize anyways, since they’re only here for the emerald. And he’s not too broken up over the idea of losing the tournament. Sure, it’ll suck to not have all that money, but he’s made it this far without it. He doesn’t need it super badly, since he’s got a number of ways to continue his pursuits.
Plus, it’s nice seeing Sonic again, along with Tails, who he’s met before as well. And all his other friends seemed cool too. Especially the red echidna and the bat. However, before he can think about this any further, Manic hears a familiar voice from behind.
???: “It’s been a while, Drums…”
Manic:
“!?”
Surprised, Manic turns back to see Neo staring at him, with an expression of neutrality and crossed arms. When the robotic hedgehog learned of him signing up for the Chaos Emerald Championship, he was interested. So he decided to go talk to him, curious about his reasons for being here, and if he’s changed at all since their last encounter.
In response to Neo’s words, Manic maintains a somewhat cautious, yet mostly neutral demeanor as he talks to him for the first time in many months.
Manic: “...Hmph. Seems you’re doing well.”
Manic: “From what I’ve heard, you’ve been making the rounds as a high-class businessman.”
Neo: “It helps serve my goals and the people, rather than my greed.”
Manic: “Is that so? What ARE these goals of yours?”
Manic: “Last time we saw each other, you said you were gonna find your own path in life and not be a slave anymore.”
Manic: “I’ve also heard you helped save the world when those aliens attacked too.”
Neo: “My focus is simply to make the perfect, everlasting utopia. By whatever means necessary.”
Neo: “You may disagree with my methods. But I won’t stop for anything.”
Manic: “Hm…at least you’re doing it for yourself, rather than for someone else…”
Manic: “But why are you here then? For the Chaos Emerald?”
Neo: “Correct. Though, I myself won’t be participating in the tournament.”
Neo: “And let me make this clear as crystal…”
For a moment, Neo’s face turns to one of slight intimidation.
Neo: “While I owe much to you for helping me grow into the person I am now, I won’t let you stand in the way of what I want.”
Neo: “That emerald is as good as mine. And neither you, Sonic, or anyone else will change that.”
Neo: “Though…I doubt that’ll persuade you from trying anyways…”
Manic: “You know me. I don’t back down from anything or anyone.”
Manic: “So I’ll take you down too, if I feel you’re doing something wrong. Someway, somehow.”
Neo: “Hm…your tenacity is notable…”
Neo: “I look forward to seeing how far it will take you in the fights that are to come. Try not to disappoint me.”
Manic: “Heh. I’ll show you how much I’ve grown since our last encounter.”
Accepting Manic’s words, Neo decides to take his leave. The green hedgehog wasn’t expecting to cross paths with his temporary thief partner, but a part of him is pleased to know he’s grown into his own person. Though, he CAN tell the metallic menace still has some of that viciousness inside him. It’s just more controlled.
However, Manic knows Neo is a notable threat, and assumes that he’s another reason why Sonic and his friends are here. Whatever the robotic hedgehog is up to, it’s likely not good. But he knows the blue blur can handle this. He’s got his full confidence.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later…*
After successfully navigating Casino Park and the prying eyes of the public, Sonic and his friends arrive at a large area outside. An open space with some audience stands, a nearby food court, a stand with a chart showing the tournament bracket and contestant list, and some large metallic cube with a closed entrance.
In addition, there’s a few employees talking to the passerby, and robots working on the cube. Some of which are Metallix’s robots, much to the shock of Sonic’s group. Though, there’s no doubt what this area is.
Sonic: “So THIS is where we sign up for the championship, huh? Seems interesting!”
Amy: “Yeah…especially that cube…”
Amy: “Is THAT where the matches are gonna take place? Because it seems a little small for that.”
Tails: “I think it may be bigger on the inside. Or have some kind of technology that makes it fit for battle.”
Knuckles:
“Personally, I’m more curious about why Metallix’s robots are here! And why aren't they attacking anyone?”
Rouge: “Knowing him, they’re just waiting for the time to strike. And I doubt he’d want them to attack any of the people here right now.”
Cream: “That’s good! Mr. Metal’s much more respectful than Dr. Eggman!”
Cream: “Though, I’m surprised no one’s bothered by them…they act like it’s natural for them to be here.”
Tikal: “Regardless, you should all head over to that stand and sign up before all the slots are filled.”
Everyone nods in agreement, before doing just that. However, they notice a few familiar faces. An armadillo and flying squirrel. Though, there’s also a new face. A shoebill bird with maroon-colored feathers, a yellow button shirt, red tie, and an overly jokey demeanor. He seems to be conversing with the duo.
Shoebill Bird: “Okay, okay! Tell me if you two ever heard this one before?”
Shoebill Bird: “What kind of car does a pillow drive?”
Armadillo: “Uh…?”
Shoebill Bird:
“A COMFORTABLE! HAHAHAHA!”
Proud of his joke, the shoebill bird lets out a bunch of laughter. The armadillo and flying squirrel DO find it funny, but at the same time, the demeanor of this comedian puts them into a confused state. But when they notice Sonic’s group coming towards them, they light up and greet them with smiles and fist-bumps.
Flying Squirrel: “Sonic! And Tails, Knuckles, and Amy too! Good to see you all again!”
Sonic: “Same here, Ray! Seems you and Mighty are doing well!”
Mighty: “Absolutely! What brings you here to this tournament?”
Tails: “It’s a long story! But basically, we’re here to win the emerald before someone else does!”
Ray: “Really? Is it Eggman again?”
Knuckles: “Nah. A creation of his that went rogue and has their own plans of world domination.”
Mighty: “Like Metal Knuckles?”
Amy: “Metal Sonic, actually! But he goes by Metallix nowadays!”
Rouge: “That’s the basic gist of what we’re up to. You don’t need to concern yourself with it too much.”
Ray: “Oh…well, I’m sure you guys will make it far in the tournament!”
Ray: “And if Mighty wins, we can just let you have the emerald! We’re only here for fun!”
Cream: “Oh! How nice of you, Mr. Ray and Mr. Mighty!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Sonic: “Not gonna join in the fun, Ray?”
Ray: “Nah! It’s not really my thing! But I’m giving my full support from the stands!”
Tikal: “Hmhmhm…seems we have a couple more allies than we expected here…”
Tikal: “This makes me more than certain in our success.”
Sonic:
“Same! Now let’s get ourselves-”
Shoebill Bird: “Ahem!”
When the shoebill bird lets that out, everyone notices him and looks curiously.
Shoebill Bird: “That was quite rude, you know? Talking to each other, pretending I wasn’t here!”
Shoebill Bird: “I mean, I’m a BIG deal! A MEGA deal, rather!”
Knuckles: “...Who are you?”
Knuckles’ words cause the bird to stare at him in shock, mouth agape.
Shoebill Bird:
“HUH!? What do you mean ‘Who are you!?’ Have you been living under a rock or something!?”
Shoebill Bird:
“My name is JEFF! Master comedian that brings humor and laughter everywhere he goes!”
Jeff:
“Warzones, deserts, kitchens, out at sea, under your bed, I’ve done it all to entertain the masses!”
Jeff:
“And I’ll be bringing my talents to the arena over there! So be prepared for an experience you won’t soon forget!”
Tails: “Wait, you’re gonna be participating in the tournament?”
Jeff: “That’s right, Mr…?”
Tails: “Miles Prower. But just call-”
Jeff: “That’s right, Mr. Power! Believe it or not, I’ve got plenty of tricks under my banana-colored sleeves!”
Jeff:
“Whoever I’ll be facing will suffer from both defeat AND laughter! I’ll make it a show to be remembered!”
Jeff: “Who knows? Maybe I’ll end up as the victor and get all that sweet, sweet moolah? I’m definitely hoping for the best!”
Jeff: “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’ve got more humorless souls to spread my loving talents to!”
Jeff: “And I’ll see you all…in the ring! Buh-bye!”
And with that…boisterous introduction, Jeff takes off in a confident stride, leaving everyone dumbfounded at what just happened. But after a few seconds, Sonic breaks the ice.
Sonic: “...Well…he’s certainly gonna bring a unique flavor to the tournament…”
Mighty: “Yeah…when we were signing up, he just kept telling us these random puns in order to get a laugh out of us.”
Mighty: “Admittedly, some of them were funny. But I wasn’t sure how to react to them.”
Ray: “Same here…and we barely got a word in…”
Rouge: “Let’s just get you five signed up already? We wasted enough time with that idiot as it is!”
Amy: “Oh! Right! Later, you two!”
Mighty: “Best of luck in the arena, guys!”
Now done with all the distractions, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, and Cream and Cheese get signed up for the Chaos Emerald Championship. Since the first four are very popular, they got in easily, but the rabbit and chao duo had to do a bit of convincing in order to be let in, due to her age and seeming unfit for battle. Though, with Sonic’s insistence, they got their slot.
With their current goal finally done, Sonic’s group takes a moment to relax and talk. The blue blur in particular stretches his arms.
Sonic: “Alright! All we have to do now is wait for more people to sign up, and then we can start the battles!”
Tikal: “Hopefully, it won’t take too long. We can’t waste too much time here.”
Tails: “I wonder who we’re gonna be facing in the first round?”
Cream: “Hopefully, it’s no one too dangerous! I don’t want to lose so soon!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao! Chao!”
Amy: “Don’t worry, Cream! I’m sure they’ll give us some fair matchups!”
Amy: “But I’m sure some of us will have to face Emerl at some point. He’s definitely gonna make it up the brackets.”
Knuckles: “Yeah…so once I fight him, I’m gonna tear him to shreds!”
Rouge: “On live television?”
Knuckles: “What? I can’t just let a Gizoid run around and cause trouble!”
Rouge: “Sigh…you really have no tact, Knuckie…”
???: “I’ll say! You’d scar my younger viewers for life with that attitude!”
Hearing that recognizable voice, everyone turns around to see Breezie walking towards them with a sly smile, alongside another familiar face. Though, this one looks more “fleshy” than when they last saw him. But that doesn’t make them any less tense and on-guard.
Rouge: “Breezie! And Metallix!”
Neo: “Metallix? I believe you must be mistaken.”
Neo: “The name is Neo. CEO of MeteorTech, and business partner and former student of Breezie.”
Knuckles: “Drop the act! You may not look like a robot, but you’re clearly him!”
Breezie: “Now, now! Save the fighting for the tournament!”
Breezie: “Otherwise, I’ll have to kick you all out for trying to hurt an important associate of mine!”
Tails: “Wait…you two are business partners? Since when?”
Breezie: “It was a little while after that alien invasion!”
Breezie: “I was trying to fix up this place, along with my other establishments and operations! And then Neo offered his assistance!”
Breezie: “He also wanted me to teach him everything I know about the business world, and give him some money and resources!”
Neo: “And it was effort well-spent. Thanks to her, my business career started off strong, and continues to be strong.”
Neo: “But enough about us. I see some of you signed up for the tournament.”
Sonic: “That’s right! We’re gonna win that Chaos Emerald! Fair and square!”
When Sonic says this, Neo gives a knowing stare to Rouge and Tikal, who are a little uncomfortable. But he looks back at the blue blur before continuing.
Neo: “We shall see. I look forward to seeing your performance.”
Breezie: “Me too! Having superstars like yourselves here will definitely bring a lot of attention to this event!”
Breezie: “So try not to disappoint! And don’t try to beat the house either!”
Breezie: “Otherwise…the house will beat you.”
While Cream and Cheese are intimidated by that statement, everyone else remains confident.
Rouge: “Right…can’t afford to ruin a good thing.”
Rouge: “Though, I’m a little surprised, Breezie. I didn’t think you’d take someone under your wing.”
Breezie: “Me either. But Neo had the drive, skills, and smarts to prove me wrong.”
Breezie: “He’s great at a lot of different things! Aside from not being a weirdo!”
Neo: “Hmph. I just give it my all.”
Neo: “And no matter what obstacles stand in my way, I’ll blow past them without hesitation.”
Neo: “You can expect the same of the one fighting on MY behalf. He’s got a lot to learn, and much to win.”
Amy: “We feel the same way! So don’t think we’re gonna go down easily!”
Neo: “Oh, I expect nothing less of Earth’s greatest heroes.”
Neo: “In fact…how about we have a small chat in private? Get to know each other better?”
Breezie: “You can use one of the private rooms! There’s a nice, comfy bed in there!”
Recognizing what Neo may be up to, the group is hesitant on if they should accept the offer. They don’t think he’ll immediately kill them, but at the same time, they aren’t sure WHAT he’s trying to accomplish with this. However, they COULD use clarification on a few things, and they know from their time working with him that he likely won’t try anything malicious.
Hence, after giving each other nods, Sonic and his friends agree to accept Neo’s offer, and relax a little.
Tails: “...Sure. We would like to ask you a few things.”
Neo: “Then let’s get it out of the way right now. I’m sure we ALL have much to do in the upcoming days.”
Breezie: “Yep! As fun as this event is, taking care of all the paperwork and preparations is a pain!”
Breezie: “So I’ll leave you all to your little chat! And try not to break anything!”
Before leaving, Breezie gives Neo a little peck on the cheek, much to his and everyone else’s confusion.
Breezie: “See you soon, handsome!”
And with that, Breezie heads off to continue her work. The group immediately follows Neo to this private room, trying to get past their confusion from before. They didn’t expect Breezie to be so…close with the robotic hedgehog, or that they’ve been working together for months.
Clearly, there’s a lot they need to catch up on…
Chapter 90: Growth
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Following Neo, Sonic and his friends end up in a private lounge room with some fancy framed paintings, a fireplace with a large TV screen above, fuzzy red carpeting, soft couches, a wooden table, and a large bed with a night stand. It’s definitely a comfortable area, but sadly, the heroes aren’t feeling comfortable in the slightest.
After all, they’re now alone in a private room with someone they consider an enemy. Granted, they can assume Neo isn’t gonna pull anything too bad, but that doesn’t mean they aren’t still feeling some tensity. So once the door is closed, they immediately jump to conversing with the metallic menace.
However, Neo decides to sit down on the corner of the bed, clearly not bothered by the presence of Sonic’s group, while they all stand and prepare for anything.
Neo: “...Not gonna take a seat? I imagine it must have been a long journey getting here.”
Rouge: “Spare us the pleasantries, Metallix. We want answers, and you’re gonna give them to us.”
Knuckles: “And what makes you think we can sit back and relax around you? Especially when it’s just US here?”
Neo: “Ugh…is it THAT hard for you to believe that I only wish to talk?”
Neo: “Just a few months ago, I helped you all against the Black Arms. Heck, I saved the world when you all couldn’t.”
Tikal: “Even so, that doesn’t mean you’re completely morally sound.”
Tikal: “While I can sense something good in you, most of it is clouded by darkness and aggression.”
Neo: “Hmph. Do you think I’m nothing more than a rabid animal who lashes out at the slightest opposition?”
Neo: “Or is it THAT hard for you to accept that I’m trying to do good in this world?”
Amy: “We know you have your reasons for doing the things you do. Even if we disagree with much of it.”
Amy: “However, you’re still a threat in our eyes. It took Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles going Super to take you down before.”
Amy: “And without you taking on Black Doom, none of us would be here right now.”
Amy: “So whatever it is you’re up to, there has to be some catch to it. And we've been training for months on end in order to stand a chance against you.”
Neo: “Mm…I can definitely tell you’ve all grown quite a bit since then…”
Neo: “To be honest, I’m a little impressed. Perhaps in a year’s time, you’ll actually be a challenge for me?”
Knuckles: “Oh, you cocky little…!”
Tails: “Keep it together, Knuckles. We’re only here to talk.”
Neo: “Always keeping your friends in line…you really are the smartest person here, Tails.”
Tails: “The compliment is noted. Now, let’s get started already.”
Neo: “Of course. We all have things to take care of.”
Neo: “Though, let me grab some refreshments first…”
Getting off the bed, Neo walks towards the night stand, where a bottle of a special Chaos Cola flavor is present, alongside some glass cups. He pours one for himself, and takes a drink before speaking again.
Cream: “Uh…how are you drinking that, Mr. Metal?”
Neo: “The Evolving Amethyst breaks down whatever I consume into mere atoms.”
Neo: “It doesn’t fuel me at all, but I can certainly taste it.”
Sonic: “Heh. You’re getting more and more lively every time I see you.”
Tails: “Regardless, let’s start off with our first question.”
Tails: “Where is Emerl? And how did you learn about him?”
Neo: “He’s waiting in my personal bedroom for further orders. Didn’t want him to cause any unnecessary trouble for the time being.”
Neo: “As for how I learned about him, I’m sure you already have the answer.”
Rouge: “Right. Gerald’s diary, and whatever you stole from G.U.N.’s database.”
Rouge: “But that means you’re fully aware of what the Gizoid is capable of. So why are you using it?”
Neo: “I’ve done my research. I know how Emerl works, and how to keep him under control.”
Neo: “Since I’m the strongest thing on this planet, my link with him won’t ever be broken. And none of you can use the Chaos Emeralds to stop me.”
Neo: “Plus, all I have to do to keep him from going berserk when he reaches full power is give him his key phrase.”
Neo: “After that? Well…I’m sure you can figure it out…”
Tikal: “That doesn’t make what you’re doing any less reckless and dangerous!”
Tikal: “A weapon of war like that can’t be wielded by anyone! It’ll only result in pure destruction!”
Neo: “Hm…?”
Curious about Tikal’s words and tone, he stares at her. He knows OF her from his stolen Egg Net data, but he’s never met her until now. However, now he’s starting to realize something.
Neo:
“...You have experience with the Gizoid, correct?”
Tikal: “Not directly…but many of them were responsible for the deaths of my brothers and sisters!”
Tikal: “Those losses led my clan to a desperate pursuit for power. And resulted in near-extinction.”
Neo: “I’m well-aware of the Chaos Clan’s history.”
Neo: “Another group of power hungry warmongers who’s greed only led to their downfall. Like many others throughout history.”
Tikal: “...Yes…I tried so hard to change that, but it was all for naught…”
Tikal: “And only now am I able to make a difference…”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...At least you made it out alive…”
Neo: “However, your connection to the Gizoids means little to me. If anything, it’s more reason for me to continue my pursuits.”
Tikal: “What!? But-”
Before Tikal can continue, Knuckles puts a hand on her shoulder, signaling that any more words past this point would be pointless. So she just takes a sigh of defeat, and allows the others to ask more questions.
Sonic: “So…following in your father’s footsteps with the whole corporation thing?”
Neo: “Eggman might be an idiot, but he’s got SOME good ideas.”
Neo: “In the aftermath of the Black Arms defeat, my resources were…limited.”
Neo: “Hence, I got the idea to start some businesses of my own in order to supply my brotherhood and goals.”
Amy: “Which is why you became business partners with Breezie.”
Neo: “Correct. I knew of her past with Eggman, and of her skills.”
Neo: “It was easy gaining her approval and completing the tasks she gave. Though, admittedly, I found her pretty odd.”
Neo: “I told her of my goals for this world, and all she said to me was that it was some idyllic, childish dream.”
Neo: “She even figured out my real identity. With no want or need to sell me out, OR get in the way of my goals.”
Neo: “Truly, she’s the strangest person I’ve met so far…”
Rouge: “Hm…that DOES sound like her…”
Rouge: “And I doubt she’d fall to anyone’s manipulation. Not even the likes of you.”
Sonic: “Still though…I can’t believe you got yourself a girlfriend!”
Neo: “Shut up. We’re just business partners.”
Neo: “But anyways, thanks to her, I was able to start up MeteorTech. Plus a few other companies.”
Neo: “I was able to rebuild Monopole, and help it’s people regain their bright futures.”
Tails: “Yeah…I’ve seen it on the news…”
Tails: “It’s residents treat you as if you’re some sort of god.”
Neo: “Well…is that inaccurate?”
Knuckles: “Tch! If they knew who you really were, they’d turn on you without hesitation!”
Neo: “Perhaps. Though, good luck trying to change their minds.”
Neo: “Now, you only have one last question to make. Think carefully.”
As the heroes think about their final question, Neo finishes his glass of Chaos Cola, and sets it down on the nightstand. However, Sonic decides to shoot his own question instead.
Sonic: “Why are you still calling him Emerl?”
When Sonic says that, Neo gives him a curious glance. Everyone else is confused and somewhat annoyed by the blue blur wasting their last question. But he puts a hand up to tell them to stay quiet for now. He knows what he’s doing.
Neo: “...Really, Sonic? You wasted your last question on THIS?”
Sonic: “Well, I figured you would have gone with something different after you left Night Babylon.”
Sonic: “After all, it was ME who gave the Gizoid that name!”
Neo: “Hmph. I just figured I’d stick with it for now. But if he decides to change it later, then so be it.”
Neo: “Though, why ask me this? What point are you trying to make?”
Sonic: “Who says I’m trying to make a point?”
Sonic: “Really, I’m just impressed with how much you’ve changed since our first encounter on Little Planet.”
Sonic: “You really have grown into your own person! I admire that!”
Sonic: “And sure, you’re still kind of a jerk…but maybe you’ll get better over time?”
Neo: “...?”
Now confused and a little irritated, Neo makes his stance clear.
Neo: “Don’t be mistaken, you blue buffoon. I still want you dead.”
Neo: “Sure, I may have bigger priorities for now. But that doesn’t mean I’ll be satisfied with leaving you alive.”
Neo: “Like I told you before, as long as you still breathe, I will never be content. And it’ll be a constant reminder of my failures.”
Sonic: “Is that so? Then why not just kill me right now?”
Neo: “You should remember. I said I’d kill you on MY terms.”
Neo: “And this is not the right time for that. You still have a role to play before I end your life.”
Sonic: “Whatever you say, Metal…whatever you say…”
Despite this threat, Sonic maintains a confident grin, which only further irritates Neo. The blue blur can tell his metallic doppelganger's changing a lot on the inside. There’s a possibility of him moving past his original mission, and just…living his life. Heck, maybe they could become genuine friends in the future? But maybe that’s wishful thinking.
As for Neo, he doesn’t get what Sonic’s trying to prove here. Is he trying to prove that he can no longer kill him? Or that he’s starting to let go of his original purpose for existing? Or is this merely a taunt? Another attempt to get under his metallic skin and tick him off enough? It’s certainly working.
Deciding this has gone on long enough, Neo takes a deep breath and moves the conversation to it’s end.
Neo:
“...I believe our little chat is done.”
Neo: “You can all head off and do whatever you please until the tournament begins. I’ll be around as well.”
Neo: “Though, let it be known that Emerl WILL be the victor. And I WILL have that emerald.”
Neo: “And don’t try anything under the table either. It wouldn’t be a good look for you ‘heroes.’”
Sonic: “Yeah, yeah…we’ll show you how much stronger we’ve gotten!”
And with that, Sonic and his friends all take their leave, while maintaining tense stares at Neo. He decides to wait in the room for a little bit longer, pondering over what was said, and how the Chaos Emerald Championship will go. He doubts they have what it takes to defeat Emerl, and he won’t let Rouge or anyone else try anything sneaky.
However…Neo’s once again questioning himself. He feels he still wants to kill Sonic, since that was his original purpose in life. But why does it matter anymore? Sure, the blue blur’s still an annoying obstacle. However, it feels less personal than before. Like he’s just another thing to get out of his way.
Is this something Neo still wants? Or has he grown past this rivalry?
Chapter 91: Old Friends
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
About a week has passed since the preparations for the Chaos Emerald Championship began. Since then, mostly everything is finished, and there are now 16 contestants. This includes Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream & Cheese, Manic, Mighty, Jeff, and Emerl. However, the other 7 remain unknown for the time being.
While waiting for the tournament to begin, Sonic and his allies have mainly just been taking their time to relax, and prepare for what comes next. Thanks to their contestant status, they have their own rooms in Casino Park, along with free, unlimited access to stuff like the food court, games, a training room to prepare for the battles to come, etc.
In particular, the heroes have been using the training room a lot so that they’re in top shape for the tournament, while occasionally running into some people, like fans, reporters, a few of the contestants, and even Breezie. Though, they haven’t interacted with Metallix in a while, and they haven’t even spotted Emerl at any point.
Regardless, Sonic and his friends are more focused on getting ready for the tournament, and figuring out strategies. Right now, Sonic’s sparring a bit with Amy in the training room, which consists of a bunch of workout equipment, a nice window view of the outside, a refrigerator full of energy drinks, and locker rooms for boys and girls.
Nearby, Tails is doing some training with Knuckles, and Cream and Cheese are being taught a few tricks by Manic, who wants to help the little girl and chao have a better chance in the tournament. Rouge and Tikal are busy with other things, along with Mighty and Ray, and there’s no one else present.
As expected, Sonic is still holding back against Amy, but he can tell she’s gotten a lot stronger, and vice-versa for Knuckles against Tails, and Manic against Cream and Cheese. But eventually, they decide to take a break, and grab some drinks and towels. Then, they get to chatting.
Sonic: “Whew! Not too shabby, Amy! I was actually working up a bit of a sweat!”
Amy: “Hmph! I figured you weren’t gonna get serious on me!”
Amy: “But at least I know for sure that my training’s paying off! Soon, I’ll be sweeping you off your feet!”
Sonic: “Heh…we’ll see about that…”
Sonic: “How about the rest of you? Making good progress?”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Mr. Manic’s teaching me a lot!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Sonic: “That’s great! Though, I hope he isn’t teaching you anything questionable!”
Manic:
“Oh relax! You’re the one who asked me to help out!”
Manic: “But I gotta say…these two are fast learners! And pretty smart too!”
Manic: “With enough practice, they’ll give Tails a run for his money!”
Tails: “Ah…well, I guess I can see that…”
Tails: “Still, I’m not slowing down either! I’m putting a lot of effort in too!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! You’re starting to keep up with me, even without all your gadgets!”
Knuckles: “Hopefully, you’ll be able to use some Chaos Energy techniques! You’ve already shown your potential back on the Final Fortress!”
Manic: “What happened on the Final Fortress?”
Sonic: “He was able to go Super! And without his help, we wouldn’t have won that fight!”
Manic: “Seriously? All at the ripe ‘ol age of 11?”
Tails: “Yeah! Even looking back on that, I couldn’t believe I pulled it off!”
Tails: “Though, I’m not sure if I’ll be on Sonic’s or Shadow’s levels anytime soon.”
Sonic: “Oh, I’m sure with that big brain of yours, you’ll figure it out eventually! Just gotta keep practicing!”
Amy: “Hmm…I wonder who else in our friend group can go Super?”
Amy: “I mean, I’d certainly like to have that chance! But I don’t know if it’s possible for me!”
Cream: “No way, Ms. Amy! I’m sure you have the potential too!”
Knuckles: “Admittedly, I don’t see anything that could be holding you back.”
Knuckles: “Maybe all you need is the right moment? Like Tails did?”
Amy: “Maybe…”
As the group continues to ponder over this question, they hear someone else coming into the room through the entrance door. Or rather, a trio of anthro animals. The first is a half-water dragon, half-hedgehog hybrid with purple scaly skin, darker purple hair with long twin ponytails and horns sticking out, magenta-colored eyes, and earpieces covering her fin-like ears.
As for attire, she’s wearing a white overtunic on top of a blue shirt with a mandarin collar, a red-orange obi sash, white and orange braces over her blue gloves, and blue boots with golden wings attached to the sides. She appears to be around Sonic’s age. Maybe a bit older.
The second person is a female wildcat with light green fur and dark green stripes, green eyes with red markings underneath, and black tips on her ears and tail. Her outfit consists of a black tank-top with a red scarf, dark green cargo shorts, black biker gloves with yellow cuffs, and black and green boots. She seems a little younger than the dragon.
And the third person is a female hush basset with ivory-white fur, bushy orange hair, bright green eyes, and large ears with a set of four bright green discs attached. She’s wearing a sleeveless black romper with yellow straps on the leggings, alongside a yellow crop top vest over the romper, and orange and green bracelets on her wrists and ankles. Out of the trio, she appears to be the youngest, around Tails’ age.
The girls appear to be chatting amongst each other when they come in, but pause when they notice Sonic’s group. And while most of the heroes are curious about these three, Sonic and Tails seem to recognize them, and vice-versa for the girls. Immediately, the basset hound puts on a bright smile and greets them.
???: “Oh hey! Sonic and Tails! It’s been FOREVER since we’ve seen you!”
Tails: “No kidding! What are you three doing here?”
???: “We came to train for the tournament! We didn’t know you guys were here too!”
Sonic: “Neither did us! But it looks like you ladies are all doing well!”
???: “Heh! We’ve certainly been busy!”
Amy: “Um…I’m sorry, but who are you three?”
Realizing the confusion, Sonic gives an explanation.
Sonic: “Just more people me and Tails met during our travels! They can introduce themselves!”
Taking the que, the dragon girl gives a polite introduction, followed by her friends.
???: “It’s nice to meet you all! My name is Lilac!”
???: “Carol The Wildcat! At your service!”
???: “I’m Milla! I hope to be great friends with all of you!”
After those introductions are given, Sonic’s group reacts in different ways. Amy seems a little suspicious about Lilac, and her history with Sonic, and Manic appears to be the same way, but gets past it quickly. Knuckles seems a little indifferent, but Cream and Cheese give a polite bow and kind smile.
Cream: “It’s a pleasure to meet you three as well!”
Cream: “I’m Cream! And this is my best friend Cheese!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Manic: “Name’s Manic. Skilled thief and drummer.”
Knuckles: “Knuckles The Echidna.”
Amy: “I’m Amy Rose. Sonic’s friend, and soon to be-”
Sonic: “Alrighty! Got all the introductions done with!”
Sonic: “Now, you said you’re training for the tournament?”
Carol: “Yep! But it’s just me and Lilac who signed up!”
Milla: “Mm. Though, I’ll be supporting them both with all I’ve got!”
Milla: “And I’ll do the same for all of you too!”
Cream: “Ah! Thank you, Ms. Milla!”
Amy: “Yeah, but how do you three know Sonic and Tails?”
Lilac: “Well…it’s a long story…”
Lilac: “But in short, we were trying to stop a bad guy, and those two decided to help us out.”
Carol: “We also learned a lot from them too! And did all tons of cool and fun stuff!”
Tails: “If, by cool and fun, you mean getting into trouble!”
Sonic: “Dude, getting into trouble is basically second nature for us!”
Lilac: “Regardless, we had a few other run-ins with each other. But this is the first time in many months since we crossed paths again.”
Lilac: “So, why are you all here? Is it for the Chaos Emerald?”
Knuckles: “That’s part of it, yes. But we’re also trying to stop someone.”
Milla: “Is it that Eggman guy again?”
Amy: “No. It’s-!?”
Before Amy can finish her sentence, she and the rest of Sonic’s group notice the person in question standing near the entrance, with Team Lilac looking back curiously. Neo has shown up once again, with Emerl in tow. And he has a neutral expression on his face.
Manic: “You again? And what’s with the robot?”
Neo: “I came to inform you that the tournament will finally begin tomorrow. And some important information.”
Lilac: “Who…?”
Noticing Team Lilac, Neo decides to introduce himself.
Neo: “Ah. Forgive my rudeness.”
Neo: “The name is Neo. CEO of MeteorTech, and business partner of Breezie.”
Knuckles: “Don’t let him fool you. His appearance and words are deceiving.”
Neo: “Not everything I say and do is a lie, echidna.”
Neo: “Anyways, it seems you three are also friends of Sonic, correct?”
Carol: “Yeah? What’s it to you?”
Neo: “Just curious. After all, many of the participants in the tournament appear to have some association with him.”
Neo: “One of which being another puppet of Dr. Eggman.”
When Neo says that, everyone perks up.
Cream: “Huh!? He’s involved in this too!?”
Neo: “It’s no surprise, considering this event was televised.”
Neo: “Knowing him, he wants the Chaos Emerald for his own plans. And will try whatever he can to get it.”
Neo: “Hence, I thought it prudent to inform you of this.”
Sonic: “Hmph. Thanks for the tip.”
Sonic: “Though, you haven’t told us what this robot is.”
Neo: “You can figure that out on your own. I doubt this is something you can’t handle.”
Neo:
“And if it isn’t, Emerl here will take care of it without issue.”
Emerl: “Heck yeah! I’ll blast that sucker open!”
Emerl’s words put a confused look on everyone’s faces, including Team Lilac.
Lilac: “...What?”
Neo: “His speech still needs work…he just repeats phrases and words he’s heard before…”
Neo: “But he’s grown to be a very capable fighter. I’m confident in his victory.”
Manic: “If you say so. Though, we aren’t going down without a fight.”
Neo: “I wouldn’t expect anything less from all of you.”
Neo: “You in particular, dragon blood…”
When Neo puts his attention on Lilac, she gets more confused and somewhat tense.
Neo: “Much like the echidnas, I’ve heard of the water dragon race being near-extinct.”
Neo: “Yet, here you are. Possessing great power, despite only being half-dragon.”
Neo: “Seeing you in action should be an interesting sight. Try not to disappoint.”
Lilac:
“Why ARE you so interested? What’s your goal here?”
Neo:
“Nothing malicious, if that calms your nerves.”
Neo: “Just know that, no matter what these people may say, my focus is simply on bettering the world through my own means.”
Neo:
“Whether or not you disagree with those means…is of little concern to me.”
Neo: “And should you stand in my way, I WILL take you down. Remember that.”
Carol: “You think that’s gonna scare us away? Because it’s just more reason to take YOU down!”
Milla: “Yeah! Team Lilac doesn’t stop for anything!”
Neo: “Mm…I’ll take note of that.”
Neo: “Let’s go, Emerl. Your time will come soon.”
Emerl: “Hasta la vista, meestahs!”
With that strange farewell, Emerl follows Neo out of the room, leaving Sonic’s group and Team Lilac to discuss what just happened.
Carol: “So those two are another reason why you joined this tournament?”
Sonic: “Yeah. Long story.”
Sonic: “But Neo isn’t all bad. Just has a lot to figure out still.”
Amy: “Agreed. He’s nowhere near Eggman’s level.”
Milla: “Hmm…I didn’t get any super bad vibes from him…same for that Emerl guy…”
Lilac: “Still, it’s obvious he’s not someone to be taken lightly.”
Manic: “Mm-hm. I know from personal experience.”
Manic’s words cause everyone to look at him curiously.
Tails:
“What do you mean, Manic? Do you and Neo already know each other?”
Manic: “Yep. Many months ago, he showed up in Night Carnival, and I convinced him to help out with a heist.”
Manic: “Back then, he was having a lot of trouble trying to figure out who he wanted to be, and what he wanted to do.”
Manic: “He was still pretty cold and violent…but by the end of it, I think he learned a lot.”
Manic: “I also gave him the codename Neo. And he must have liked it a lot if he’s still going by that name.”
Knuckles: “Hold on! You helped Metallix become the person he is now?”
Manic:
“Pretty much. Didn’t expect him to go this route though.”
Sonic: “Well, too late to regret anything now. And honestly, I think I would have done the same.”
Knuckles: “Seriously!? Why!? He was made SPECIFICALLY to kill you!”
Sonic: “So? That’s not his fault he was made for that purpose.”
Sonic: “And sure, he’s still a jerk, and I don’t agree with his methods what-so-ever.”
Sonic: “But…I think his heart’s in the right place, at least. Or rather…whatever the robot equivalent of a heart is.”
Lilac: “Hm…I can see you reasoning, but what if he does something terrible?”
Sonic: “Then I’ll take him down. However many times it takes until he gets a clue.”
Tails: “Sigh…you’re always too relaxed about this kind of stuff, Sonic…”
Sonic: “Well…after all I’ve been through, it’s kinda natural, isn’t it?”
Manic: “True. But we got bigger fish to fry right now.”
Manic: “So, do you ladies wanna help us out with training? Get to know one another a little better?”
Lilac: “I’m not opposed to the idea. What say you two?”
Carol: “Heck yeah! I wanna see what you’re all capable of!”
Milla: “Me too!”
With more training partners here, Sonic’s group gets right back to it. All while getting to better know Team Lilac, as people and fighters. During this process, Milla becomes immediate besties with Cream and Cheese, alongside Amy, and gets along very well with Tails still. She’s definitely gonna be joining them for one of Vanilla’s tea parties.
Carol, on the other hand, finds Amy pretty cool, in addition to Knuckles, Manic, Tails, and Sonic. She enjoys sparring with them, and relates to the green hedgehog’s past. Vice-versa for Lilac, who already gets along well with Sonic and Tails, and grows to be on good terms with Amy and Knuckles. She finds the echidna particularly interesting, though a bit too hot headed for her tastes.
Overall, Team Lilac has become well-acquainted with the heroes, and wishes them the best of luck in the tournament.
After all…they have many obstacles to blow past…
Notes:
Just want to put a note here about the inclusion of Freedom Planet characters.
First off, these aren't the same characters from the games. They're versions of the characters that live on Earth here in this universe, and have met Sonic and Tails a few times in the past. They don't come from Avalice.
Second, their personalities and backstories are about the same as their game counterparts, and they've even experienced events similar to the plot of Freedom Planet 1. Just with a bunch of changes to better fit this universe.
Third, why did I include them here? Well, for one, I wanted more fighters in the tournament, and Lilac and Carol fit the bill. And second, I just thought they'd be fun inclusions, especially given their powers, and that they were originally Sonic OCs before starring in their own video games. Kinda comes full circle, in a way.
Chapter 92: Let's Rock!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
It’s the first day of the Chaos Emerald Championship. And as expected, it’s garnered a LOT of attention. Whether on TV screens, or in the audience stands, tons of people are watching this tournament, excited to see what kinds of crazy match-ups will happen. Especially since Sonic The Hedgehog and his friends are taking part in it.
Already, the audience stands are packed full of various people, with some having popcorn buckets to stuff their faces in, and some having their phones out, ready to record everything for themselves. And there’s a bunch of employees setting up proper video equipment as well, alongside the return of Stew and Breezie.
Nearby, Neo is also observing everything, with Emerl in tow. They aren’t in the stands, but their eyes are staying glued to the metallic cube, which appears to be ready for battle. And in another stand, there lies many of the contestants. Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream & Cheese, Manic, Mighty, Lilac, and Carol. Rouge, Tikal, Ray, and Milla are also present to cheer them on.
However, Jeff and the other 5 contestants are not present, either because they had to take care of something first, or they prefer not to show up until their matches start. Regardless, many of the heroes are both excited and a little tense. Some in particular stare at Neo and Emerl.
Rouge: “Still keeping their distance, huh?”
Tails: “Well, I doubt they’d want to talk to us right now. Especially when the tournament’s about to start.”
Lilac: “They look so…laser-focused…”
Carol: “Yeah! I could probably poke them, and they wouldn’t budge!”
Ray: “I…wouldn’t recommend that…”
Mighty: “Agreed. I can just tell they’re trouble.”
Tikal: “Mm…fighting just one of them would be a difficult task…”
Milla: “Then it’s a good thing you only have to fight that Emerl guy!”
Knuckles: “True. But I doubt Metallix will let us keep the emerald if we win this.”
Amy: “Agreed. He’s already told us he’s gonna get it eventually.”
Cream: “Then we need to give it our all! We can do this!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Sonic: “That’s the spirit, you two! Keep your eyes on the prize!”
As the heroes chat with one another, Stew and Breezie begin their broadcast of the tournament with big smiles and upbeat demeanors.
Stew:
“Good morning, BreezTV! Welcome to the first day of the CHAOS EMERALD CHAMPIONSHIP!”
Stew: “We’ve got some exciting matchups in store for all of you! Ones that will put all kinds of questions in your minds!”
Stew: “‘Who’s the smartest? Who’s the strongest? Who’s the fastest!?’”
Stew: “And most importantly of all…’who will be crowned CHAMPION!?’”
Stew: “All of that, and more, will be answered! Starting today!”
Stew: “But before we can get right to it, we should ask Breezie here a few questions regarding the tournament!”
Breezie: “Go ahead, Stew! We don’t want to keep our adoring audience waiting too long!”
Stew:
“Right, right! Let’s start off with that big metal box over there!”
Stew: “Is this supposed to be the arena? Because it seems pretty cramped!”
Breezie: “As the old saying goes, looks can be deceiving!”
Breezie: “This is actually a new MeteorTech invention! It’s simply called ‘The Coliseum!’”
Breezie: “When activated, whoever’s inside will be put inside a digital re-creation of any kind of environment!”
Breezie: “So while it looks small on the outside, it can be far bigger on the inside!”
Stew: “Wow! That’s some pretty impressive tech!”
Stew: “Any chance they’ve implemented this into a police box or something?”
Breezie: “Not from what I’ve heard! But you can ask the CEO over there if you’re curious!”
Breezie points a thumb over at Neo for a moment.
Stew: “Heh! Tempting, but I’ll save it for another time!”
Stew: “What about the contestants themselves? Any strong feelings on any of them?”
Breezie: “Well…I certainly expect a lot from some of them…”
Looking over at Sonic and his group, Breezie puts on a sly smile.
Breezie: “After all, it’d be disappointing if Earth’s greatest heroes were defeated in the beginning rounds!”
Stew: “True! Though, I’m curious where the other 5 contestants are!”
Stew: “I sure do hope they don’t miss their matches while on a bathroom break!”
Breezie: “They better not! Or I’m gonna have a word with them for ruining the show!”
Stew: “Right! Now, for the last question!”
Stew: “Are these tournaments gonna be an annual event? Or is this just a one-time thing?”
Breezie: “Depends on how well this one goes! And if another opportunity presents itself!”
Breezie: “Will that be all for the time being?”
Stew: “Yes! We’ve kept the audience waiting long enough!”
Stew: “It’s time for the very first match of the Chaos Emerald Championship to begin!”
After hearing those words, the audience roars in excitement. The contestants, on the other hand, don’t exactly feel the same way. But some of them ARE looking forward to finally starting this thing. Everyone watches as an employee brings over a large board showing the tournament brackets. 16 fighters, 8 1v1 matches.
However, all the names and pictures of the fighters are covered with black tape, meaning no one knows what to expect for the beginning rounds. Immediately, Stew comments on it.
Stew: “Ah! Adding a bit of mystery, huh?”
Breezie: “Helps add to the excitement and suspense, doesn’t it?”
Breezie: “Now, show us our first matchup!”
The employee nods, and takes off the black tape for the first match on the far right. Once it’s revealed who’s going first, everyone, including the contestants, are shocked.
Tails: “Huh!? Already!?”
Stew: “Well, would you look at that? We’re starting off really strong!”
Stew:
“Our first round will be the battle of hogs! Sonic VS Manic!”
Once again, the audience roars with excitement, while Sonic and Manic give each other knowing smirks.
Manic: “Fighting you in the first round, huh? That’s some pretty bad luck!”
Sonic: “Don’t think you can throw the match! We gotta give them a show, don’t we?”
Manic: “Oh please! I’m not backing down against anyone! Not even you!”
Sonic: “Good! Don’t hold a single thing back!”
With a mixture of confidence and excitement, Manic and Sonic do a fist-bump, while their friends give their support.
Amy: “Best of luck, you two! Show these people what you’ve got!”
Carol: “Heheh! This should be awesome!”
Mighty: “Knock ‘em dead!”
The hedgehogs nod in response to the support, before walking up to the Coliseum. Then, they’re greeted by Stew, who interviews them for a second.
Stew:
“Got anything to share with us before you get started?”
Manic: “Hm…”
Manic: “...Nah. I prefer to let my actions do the talking.”
Sonic: “Same here! Just sit back and enjoy!”
Stew: “If you say so!”
With that quick interview out of the way, Stew leaves, and the door to the Coliseum opens, allowing the hedgehogs to enter. But not before they give a glance towards Neo, who seems to have a slight smile on his face. Clearly, a part of him is looking forward to this. In response, Sonic just gives him his trademark grin.
Once they’re inside the Coliseum, Sonic and Manic find themselves in a room covered with reflective metal tiles. But before they can think about it for long, the entrance closes up, and the environment changes in a flash of white. Now, the hedgehogs are standing in a completely different arena.
It’s a vast field covered in checkerboarded green grass, alongside nearby mountains, tropical trees, beautiful blue lakes, lush flora, and totem poles. A familiar area for the blue blur.
Sonic: “Green Hill, huh? How fitting.”
From the outside, the Coliseum now displays Sonic and Manic on it’s sides, akin to a TV screen. It’s quite impressive for the audience and contestants (Especially Tails), and everyone’s eyes are glued to the big metal box. They wait with baited breath for the battle to begin. However, the two hedgehogs decide to converse first.
While Sonic is stretching his arms and legs, Manic spins his drumsticks around in his hands, and they both take in their environment.
Manic: “Gotta say…this is pretty cool.”
Manic: “Don’t know how this works, or why it’s this place, but still cool.”
Sonic: “Agreed! But it doesn’t have the same feel as the real deal!”
Sonic: “At least in an environment like this, we won’t have to worry about collateral damage!”
Manic: “Yep. We can do whatever we need to in order to win.”
Manic: “And I’m gonna need to if I want to take YOU down.”
Sonic: “By all means…let’s go.”
With no more hesitation, Sonic dashes right towards Manic, who’s able to predict the move and jump out of the way. Then, with a slam of the drumsticks on the ground, he causes the ground to shake for a moment, making the blue blur stumble a bit. This gives the green hedgehog the opportunity to empower his drumstick and throw it straight at his face.
While this DOES daze Sonic momentarily, Manic knows he can’t spare any opportunity to do damage. He knows how strong and skilled his blue friend is, so he’s not giving him a chance to strike back. Immediately, the green drummer goes up to deliver a series of blows to the blue blur, which consists of standard punches, alongside drum stick strikes.
Eventually, Sonic’s able to counter this, and gives Manic a kick to the stomach, sending him backwards to the ground. Obviously, he was holding back a lot, so it didn’t hurt much. It was just meant to get the green drummer off of him. But without wasting time, he brings out his Extreme Gear Air Board, and hops onto it.
Now, Manic’s flying around at high speeds, with Sonic trying to keep up with him. During this, they share a little more banter.
Sonic: “Come on, Manic! Don’t tell me you’re gonna stay up there forever!”
Manic: “Well, you can’t hit me if I’m out of your reach! AND I’ve got some more tricks up my non-existent sleeves!”
Empowering his drumsticks again, Manic uses a new technique. He fires green laser bolts from the sticks at Sonic, who’s able to dodge them without much issue. However, the green drummer decides to use his environment to his advantage by destroying nearby objects and mountains, causing them to drop on or block the blue blur.
While there’s some close-calls throughout, Sonic still isn’t phased by any of this, and continues to pursue Manic, who’s still trying to figure out ways to beat him. He knows the blue blur could take him out in a few seconds if he wanted to, and the green drummer is not exactly the strongest fighter. So trickery and strategy are the way to go.
As the fight goes on, it mainly consists of Manic trying to out-think Sonic, and undermine his overwhelming strength and speed. Sometimes, he’ll get a good hit in, but other than that, it’s clear the blue blur’s gonna win this eventually. This is more so a test of endurance than a battle of equals.
And from outside the Coliseum, everyone soon picks up on this. It’s still kinda exciting to see how Manic tries to take out Sonic, but when he’s blowing past everything for the most part, it starts to lose it’s luster. Though, the heroes continue to cheer them on. Especially Amy, Cream, Cheese, Tails, and Knuckles.
Neo and Emerl stay silent during the entire fight, observing every move and tactic shown. The former is impressed that Manic is lasting this long against Sonic. Sure, he knows the green drummer is pretty skilled, but considering his lacking strength, he thought the blue blur would blitz him without much trouble.
Yet, here he is, holding his own against the Fastest Thing Alive. Clearly, Neo’s respect for Manic wasn’t misplaced. It almost puts a smile on his face. And as for Emerl, despite not being inside the big metal box, he’s able to gain battle data from the two hedgehogs without issue, with his eyes flashing green and blue for a moment.
Eventually, after a few last ditch attempts to take him down, Manic gets knocked off his board by Sonic, and loses his drumsticks as well. The green drummer gets back up, but sees the blue blur juggling his drumsticks with one hand and a cocky grin.
Sonic: “Not so tough without your tools, huh?”
Manic: “Heh…if you think I’m gonna stop now, think again!”
Despite knowing he isn’t gonna win now, Manic decides to just throw caution to the wind, and run towards Sonic. However, the blue blur sends him back to the floor with a few fast strikes. He’s still conscious, but clearly a little bruised and tired. This means the green hedgehog has lost, and he admits to it.
Manic: “Huff…puff…okay…I think I’m done now…”
And with that, the first match is over. As Sonic helps Manic get back to his feet, the environment changes back to the metal-tiled room, and the entrance is open again. They walk out together with proud smiles, and wave to the audience and contestants, while Stew comments on what happened.
Stew: “As expected, Sonic The Hedgehog is the winner!”
Stew:
“But it must be noted how well Manic did! Even against a stronger opponent, he held his own with tactics and tools!”
Stew: “If this is any indication, there’s gonna be some more fun matches in store!”
Stew: “However, let’s take a 10 minute break so that we can all calm down and grab some snacks!”
Stew:
“In the meantime, here’s a few words from our wonderful sponsors!”
As Stew goes on, Sonic and Manic head back to the contest stand, and receive some hugs and fist-bumps from their friends.
Ray: “That was a great match, you two!”
Lilac: “Yeah! You two did so well! Especially you, Manic!”
Manic: “Heh…I certainly couldn’t mess around with Mr. Fastest Thing Alive here!”
Sonic: “Admittedly, I had some close-calls here and there! But I figured you’d slow down eventually!”
Manic:
“Pssh! You’re just trying to make sure my feelings aren’t hurt!”
Sonic: “It’s true though! You’ve got a lot of skill!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Now you should sit down and rest!”
Cream:
“Me and Cheese will go grab you something to drink!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Manic: “Much appreciated! I could definitely use one right now!”
As the group talks to each other, they notice Neo approaching them, and get curious. He seems focused on Manic.
Manic: “...What? Got something to say?”
Neo: “Yes, actually. Well done on the match.”
Neo: “Quite frankly, I figured you weren’t gonna last long against Sonic. But you’ve once again proven to me how skilled you are.”
Manic: “At this point, you should know I can wiggle my way out of a lot of things.”
Manic: “But…the compliment is appreciated, at least…”
Neo: “Mm.”
Neo looks towards Sonic.
Neo: “Knowing you, Emerl will likely face you in the finals.”
Neo: “The rest of you though? That’s debatable.”
Neo: “Though, for some of you, I expect good results.”
Knuckles: “Tch! What are you, our teacher?”
Knuckles: “We couldn’t care less what you think about our chances! Just shut up and watch us prove you wrong!”
Neo: “Hmph. If you say so.”
And with that, Neo returns to where he was standing with Emerl. Then, the group continues back to their stands and talks amongst each other. They DO expect Sonic to make it to the finals, but they’re not sure if the rest of them will do much better. After all, they still don’t know who the other 5 contestants are, or what else to expect.
But at least they know one of them will be the victor…
Chapter 93: Whirlwinds & Cyclones
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
As the 10 minute break for the Chaos Emerald Championship comes to a close, the audience members return to the stands after grabbing more refreshments or going to the bathroom. Same for some of the contestants, such as Manic chugging down an energy drink to recover from his match with Sonic, and Tails tinkering with some of his devices.
During this time, the announcer Stew decides to ask Neo a few questions regarding his involvement with the tournament. But this is more so out of curiosity, since the cameras aren’t rolling right now. Emerl’s also standing nearby, not saying a word, and Breezie is checking a few things nearby too.
Stew: “So, how exactly does this big metal box work? How does it make such a spacious environment?”
Neo: “Well…it may be a little complicated for someone like you to understand…”
Neo: “But to put it simply, whoever’s inside the Coliseum when it activates is transported to a version of the Digital World.”
Neo: “However, rather than the standard digital landscape, it shifts to resemble real-world environments.”
Stew: “Huh…okay, I get what you’re putting down!”
Stew: “Though, why did it change to South Island during the first match? Does it just choose a random environment?”
Neo: “It can, but it also utilizes environments familiar to whoever’s inside to better make sense of their surroundings.”
Neo: “Yet, it only resembles these environments in appearance and structure. Things like smell and temperature are non-existent in the Coliseum.”
Neo: “We’re still working on that part, but it isn’t necessary for the tournament. We don’t want our fighters to suffer heat stroke or frostbite, after all.”
Stew: “Right! But still, the stuff your company has been putting out and working on is nothing short of incredible!”
Stew: “You could tell me you’re building time machines and reality-warping devices, and I wouldn’t bat an eye!”
Neo: “Heh…it’s not out of the realm of possibility, I will admit.”
Neo: “However, that’s gonna take quite a while to finish. And must be used wisely.”
Neo: “Otherwise, maniacs like Dr. Eggman will cause even more harm to the world, and I cannot allow that to happen.”
Stew: “Mm…you certainly put the safety of the people first before anything else.”
Neo: “Of course. Helping the world at large is what I seek to accomplish each day. By whatever means I can find.”
Neo: “And if my efforts can inspire others to do the same, then I’m one step closer to the utopia I seek.”
Stew: “Those truly are the words of a hero!”
As these two continue to converse, Sonic and his group watch from a distance.
Sonic: “Somebody’s enjoying the attention!”
Knuckles: “Tch! I wish I could just go over there and punch him square in the face!”
Rouge: “It’s certainly tempting, but we can’t cause a scene here, remember?”
Knuckles: “You don’t have to remind me! I’ll save it for when the time is right!”
Tikal: “Good. Patience is key in this conflict.”
Tikal: “And it certainly won’t end with the tournament. We’ll have to find 3 more emeralds after this”
Mighty:
“Sounds like you guys are gonna be really busy.”
Mighty: “Maybe you could use a little more help? I wouldn’t mind!”
Milla: “Same with us too!”
Manic: “Admittedly, an emerald hunt would be pretty fun.”
Tails: “We appreciate it, but we don’t want to get too many people involved for the time being!”
Tails: “Plus, Metallix and Emerl are very serious threats! So it’s best to leave it to us!”
Carol: “Oh come on, Tails! It doesn’t matter what’s thrown our way!”
Carol: “We’ll blast through it all! No matter what!”
Lilac: “True, but we should trust their judgment for now, Carol.”
Lilac: “If they’re confident in doing this without us, then we should respect their wishes.”
Lilac: “And if they DO need us, they can always give us a call.”
Ray: “Heck yeah! We’ll be there in a flash!”
Amy: “Heheh…we’ll definitely keep all of you in mind!”
Amy: “But for now, we should stay focused on the tournament! That’s what matters most currently!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! I’m gonna give it everything I got!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Appreciating Cream and Cheese’s enthusiasm, Amy gives them both head rubs. But then, everyone’s attention is drawn back to Stew, as the cameras turn back on, and he puts his announcer persona back on.
Stew: “Hello everyone! Welcome back to the Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Stew: “Now that you’ve all gotten a chance to calm down or take a bathroom break, let’s immediately get started on the second match!”
Stew:
“Take off that black tape, and show us who’s fighting who!”
The employee standing near the tournament brackets nods, and does as asked. Once the names and pictures are visible, everyone is shocked again. Though, to a lesser extent than before.
Tails: “Oh! I’m up against…?”
Stew:
“Seems we got another interesting matchup!”
Stew: “The two-tailed fox with the mind of a genius, against the sparkling dragon comet!”
Stew: “Miles ‘Tails’ Prower VS Sash Lilac!”
Again, the audience is excited, and so are the contestants. However, Tails is feeling a bit nervous, and Lilac isn’t too happy about having to fight a friend in her first match. Especially a young fox boy. However, their friends give their support, as Sonic puts a hand on his little bro’s shoulder.
Sonic: “Come on, Tails! Show the world just how awesome you are!”
Tails: “R-Right…it’s just that…”
Tails: “...I was kinda hoping to face off against someone I wasn’t friends with in my first match.”
Tails: “Granted, I was gonna have to fight some of you anyways! But still-”
Sonic: “It’s okay! Just take a deep breath, and be confident in yourself!”
Sonic: “You’ve got the brains, tech, skills, AND heart to win! Or at the very least put up a good fight!”
Sonic:
“And don’t worry about embarrassing yourself on TV either! Your only focus should be on the battle!”
Tails: “...Yeah…gotta keep my head in the game!”
As Tails tries to maintain a calm and confident demeanor, Lilac talks to Carol and Milla about having to fight him.
Lilac: “So I have to fight a kid in the first round…not the best start…”
Carol: “Well, it was gonna happen sooner or later! And Tails is no wimp either!”
Carol: “The both of you can’t hold back here! Especially with such high stakes!”
Milla: “Mm-hm! I know you two will do your best, and you both have our support!”
Milla: “Just…don’t go TOO hard on each other…”
Lilac: “Right. I can’t let my personal feelings get in the way of victory, or disrespect a good friend by going easy on them.”
Lilac: “Now let’s do this!”
With both contestants ready for the battle, the two give a confident nod and smile to each other before heading up to the Coliseum. And once they’re in front of the entrance, Stew goes up to talk to them for a second.
Stew: “Do you two have anything to say before you start your fight?”
Lilac: “Just one thing.”
Lilac:
“While I don’t like fighting children, Tails has proven time and again how capable he is.”
Lilac: “Hence, I’m gonna make this a respectful match! No holding back!”
Stew: “I see…and what about you, Tails? Any thoughts?”
Tails: “Lilac’s already said what I wanted to.”
Tails:
“Even against a friend, I have to give it my all! To prove that their confidence in me isn’t misplaced!”
Stew:
“Hm! So you want to show your loved ones how great of a fighter you are?”
Tails silently nods, which gets the message through.
Stew: “Then I wish you the best of luck! Same for your opponent!”
In response to Stew’s words, Lilac also gives a nod. And with that, the two contestants go into the Coliseum, which shifts to a different environment. A mountainous valley region covered in a dense forest, with a dry scrub area. This seems to be a familiar sight for the water dragon.
Lilac: “Dragon Valley? I wasn’t expecting this to be our battle ground…”
Tails: “Guess this invention DOES simulate environments familiar to us…but that’s not important right now.”
Lilac: “Yeah…”
Facing each other, Lilac and Tails get into their combat stances, and share a few words before they get started.
Tails: “...No holding back, right?”
Lilac: “Right. Show me everything you got.”
With one last nod of confirmation, the battle begins. Tails is the first one to make a move, which is spinning around in a whirlwind with his tails. Lilac responds in kind with a spinning move of her own. Only she swings her ponytails around instead. The two clash for a few seconds with their respective moves.
However, Tails is quickly knocked back, due to Lilac’s greater strength. He manages to recover quickly, fly up into the air, and start throwing bombs at his opponent. But the water dragon is pretty fast as well, zipping around the explosives with not much trouble. Hence, the fox switches to his red arm cannon.
From what Tails remembers from his previous encounters with Lilac, she’s not good at long-ranged fighting, so he needs to keep his distance in order to win. He knows full-well how strong and fast the water dragon is. Definitely not on Sonic’s level, but it’s certainly comparable at points.
But Lilac also knows Tails is trying to keep his distance, and isn’t the most physically strong or durable, so she needs to close the gap. She quickly dashes towards the fox, jumping into the air and attempting to swipe at him with a whip of her ponytails. However, the fox predicted this, and he responds in kind with tail swipes of his own.
This knocks Lilac back to the ground, and gives Tails a chance to use every mechanic’s best tool. A wrench. Or more so, a lot of wrenches. He throws a whole bunch at the water dragon, who gets hit by a few of them, but is able to get away and recover. Afterwards, the two continue to go at it for many more minutes.
Much like Sonic’s match with Manic, Tails’ match with Lilac mainly consists of him using his intellect and tools to take down the stronger and faster foe before him. He’s definitely doing better than the green drummer, since he’s much smarter, and his arsenal of gadgets give him a lot to work with. Plus, his training with Sonic has made him physically stronger too.
Though, Lilac is certainly no slouch. Being half-dragon naturally gives her better strength, speed, and endurance than any regular anthro animal. Also, she’s skilled in martial arts, is very quick on her feet, and is fairly intelligent. So she’s able to not only figure out some of Tails’ strategies, but also give him some bruises.
Overall, while it may be similar to the hedgehog battle beforehand, this matchup of fox and water dragon is still an exciting sight to behold for the audience. Sonic and his friends are cheering both fighters on, and vice-versa for Carol and Milla. They can definitely tell they’ve gotten better since their last meet-up.
As for Neo, he’s impressed with Tails’ performance. He’s really grown into a skilled fighter, and has great strategy. But Lilac is the one catching his interest the most. And said interest in the water dragon isn’t being wasted, as she’s displaying similar strength and speed to Sonic at points. Though, he knows for sure she’s not on his level. Not yet, at least.
Emerl’s also glued to the fight too, with his eyes flashing a light purple and an orange-yellow for a moment. Already, he’s getting plenty of battle data from this tournament, and this is just the second match. One can only imagine the kinds of things he’ll learn from the later matches, and how it’ll make him that much more powerful.
But eventually, as Tails is about to try to finish the fight, Lilac decides to do it instead by coming up with a strategy of her own. She has an idea of what he’s gonna do next, so she’s gonna try a new move she learned a while back. It’ll be a little risky, but if she pulls this off, she’ll win this. All she has to do is wait.
Running around the arena, Lilac waits for Tails to try something. And her prediction turns out to be right, as he brings out another bomb, and loads it into his arm cannon. Taking the chance, the water dragon runs towards the flying fox, and revs up in a circle before launching up into the air like a comet. The Dragon Boost technique.
Since she’s heading right towards him, this gives Tails a great opportunity to shoot the bomb straight at Lilac, which he goes ahead with. Though, JUST as the bomb’s about to connect, the water dragon somehow cuts off her Dragon Boost, creating a shockwave that knocks it away to the ground, causing an explosion.
This catches Tails off-guard, and allows Lilac the chance to grab him and throw him into the ground. Then, she charges up another Dragon Boost, and slams straight into the fox boy, dealing great damage. Of course, she wasn’t going all out, but that doesn’t mean it didn’t sting a lot.
By the end of the action, Lilac is still standing, despite being a bit drained. And Tails is really exhausted and bruised, laying on the floor in defeat. He can’t go on at this point, so it’s obvious who the winner is. However, it was a well-fought battle for both opponents, and they greatly respect each other’s skills.
Lilac walks up to Tails, offering a hand to pull him up, which he accepts. He struggles to stand, so he has to lean on the water dragon, who talks to him as their environment changes back to normal.
Lilac: “That was a good match, Tails. You’ve really grown since our last encounter.”
Tails: “Heh…thanks…you too…”
Tails: “But I didn’t expect you to completely dodge that bomb. How’d you do that?”
Lilac: “Something I learned a while back. I’ll tell you and the others once we’re back in the stands.”
Tails nods with a smile on his face. He may not have won the fight, but he certainly showed everyone that he’s really as skilled as his friends say he is. Hence, he and Lilac walk out of the Coliseum, with Stew giving his thoughts.
Stew: “Once again, speed and strength overcome smarts and tools! Sash Lilac is the winner!”
Stew:
“Though, much like the last battle, it was a great display for both participants! Especially young Prower!”
Stew: “However, I’m curious where he got all those bombs? And where does he keep them?”
Stew: “Regardless, let’s take another moment to relax, so that we can all catch our breath!”
Back at the contestant stand, Tails and Lilac are greeted by their friends, who are all happy about their performances. Especially Sonic and Team Lilac.
Sonic: “Awesome job, Tails! You really showed the world how incredible you are!”
Tails:
“Yeah…but I couldn’t have gotten this far without your support!”
Tails: “And I think that fight really showed me what I needed to improve on!”
Lilac: “Same here! I really need to get some ranged moves!”
Carol: “That fight was fantastic! I didn’t doubt for a second you were gonna win, Lilac!”
Carol: “No offense, by the way.”
Tails: “None taken! Lilac’s definitely a skilled opponent!”
Milla: “Absolutely!”
As the heroes talk amongst themselves, Neo stares at them from a distance. He figured Lilac was gonna win against Tails, considering her greater strength and speed. But the two-tailed fox did really well regardless. And this fight gave Emerl some useful data. It’s obvious being a part of this tournament was a genius move on his part.
By the end of this…Emerl will be unstoppable…
Chapter 94: Heavy Bruisers
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
With another break in-between the matches, everyone takes the time to do whatever they need to, or simply wait patiently for the next fight. More specifically, Neo chats a little with Breezie, while Emerl stands next to them.
Breezie: “So? Enjoying the show?”
Neo: “Hm…I wouldn’t call it boring.”
Neo: “Sure, the beginning matches haven’t been anything special, but it’s clear these fighters haven’t gotten a chance to show everything yet.”
Neo: “And regardless, this will better foster Emerl’s capabilities, which will be used to win our prize. So I have little to complain about.”
Emerl: “Coolio! I can’t wait to dust these suckas!”
This strange line from Emerl puts a confused expression on Breezie’s face, and a tired expression on Neo’s as he facepalms.
Neo: “Sigh…I REALLY hope your speech gets better once we get this fourth emerald…”
Breezie: “At least he’s a lot less stiff than you are!”
Breezie: “And admittedly, I’d like to see what he can do once he enters the ring! You’ve shown a lot of confidence in him!”
Neo: “Like I said, he has limitless potential.”
Neo: “Just from those last two matches, he’s already learned a lot through simple observation.”
Neo: “Soon, he’ll be able to surpass the likes of all of them.”
Neo points a finger towards Sonic and his friends in the contestant stand, which Breezie can’t help but smirk at.
Breezie: “Heh…you certainly have high hopes for Emerl…”
Breezie: “Though, MY hope is for him to not immediately one-shot everyone in this tournament! That’ll be a lot less entertaining!”
Emerl: “No worries, sweetheart! I get whatcha mean!”
Neo: “...”
Breezie: “Pfft! Are you doing this on purpose to get a laugh out of me?”
Breezie: “Sorry to say, but it’ll take a bit more than some silly one-liners to tickle my funny bone!”
Neo:
“And yet you’re smiling?”
Breezie: “Only because it’s so cute seeing him try to be funny!”
Breezie: “Maybe you should take a page from his book? A good sense of humor adds some charisma!”
Neo: “That is unnecessary in my eyes. And humor isn’t my specialty.”
Breezie: “Hmph! Suit yourself!”
As Neo, Breezie, and Emerl continue to chat, the contestants talk amongst themselves.
Manic: “Any predictions on who you might face next?”
Tails: “Well, we know for sure Sonic will make it to the finals, alongside Emerl.”
Tails: “However, I don’t know about the rest of us. And we still haven’t seen Jeff or the other 5 contestants.”
Sonic: “Right…and according to Neo, an Eggman bot is gonna be competing too…”
Sonic: “I wonder what it’s gonna be? Hopefully, it’s something cool!”
Rouge: “Hm…maybe I should do some investigating?”
Tikal: “It would be best to save it for when we’ve seen all the beginning rounds. That way, we’ll know what everyone’s capable of.”
Lilac: “Agreed. There’s a lot we may not expect to encounter here.”
Carol:
“Oh please! I’m sure we’ll take care of it, no problem!”
Milla: “Mm-hm!”
Cream: “What about you, Mr. Mighty? You’re really strong, right?”
Mighty:
“Well, I’m certainly no pushover! Whoever it is I face in the ring, I won’t go down easily!”
Ray: “Heck yeah! I’m excited just thinking about your first match!”
Knuckles: “Same here! I’m sure you’ll make it pretty far!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “Hey…isn’t that…?”
Amy points towards 4 people approaching the area, which everyone else notices. They don’t appear to be more audience members, as they talk to Breezie before going to the contestant stand. Jeff has made his return, donning his previous attire and that obnoxious, jokey persona. But there’s a particular duo Sonic and his friends recognize.
The first is a green woodpecker with baby-blue eyes, a yellow beak and legs, two spiky tufts of feathers sticking up from the top of his head, and two long tail feathers. He’s also wearing a red scarf around his neck, white gloves, and red shoes with white stripes, akin to Sonic’s sneakers. His demeanor is notably wacky and carefree.
The second is a light yellow polar bear with a big and round body, alongside muscular arms and short legs. He’s also got a white tuft of fur on his chest, a long muzzle with a pointy black nose, brown eyes, round ears, and three locks of hair on his forehead. His attire consists of an orange and red torque, a green scarf, brown mittens, and black boots. He appears more quiet and serious.
As for the fourth person, no one recognizes them. It’s a female pangolin with tuscan sun yellow scales, orange eyes, long clawed fingers, and a long tail. She’s also wearing a brown cowboy hat, a sleeveless denim jacket, a white shirt, mahogany red jeans, and brown cowboy boots with a purple and green pattern. She also seems serious, alongside a bit irritated.
When they arrive at the contestant stand, Sonic, Tails, Amy, Knuckles, Mighty, and Ray stand up in surprise at the woodpecker and polar bear duo.
Knuckles: “Bark and Bean!? Why are you two here!?”
Bean: “Oh! It’s you guys again! Hiii!”
Amy: “It’s been a long time, Bark! How have you been?”
Bark: “...”
Bark doesn’t say anything to Amy, but he does nod to confirm he’s been doing well.
Amy: “Ah! That’s good!”
Sonic: “So you two are a part of the tournament, huh?”
Bean: “Yepyep! It’s the PERFECT opportunity to make all kinds of beautiful explosions!”
Bean: “I also wanted to see all the sights here with Bark before my fight! We just finished it a few minutes ago!”
Tails: “Um…but lethal weapons aren’t allowed here?”
Bean: “Oh, my bombs aren’t lethal!”
Knuckles: “Our previous encounters would say otherwise!”
Knuckles: “And where’s Fang? Is he up to something?”
Bean: “I don’t know! Me and Bark ditched him a long time ago!”
Bean:
“Always getting us involved in dangerous situations, taking all the credit, using us to save his own skin, it was getting OBNOXIOUS!”
Bean: “So the two of us decided to go search for fun on our own!”
Again, Bark nods in agreement while crossing his arms.
Amy:
“That’s good to hear! That jerk was nothing but trouble!”
Cream: “Um…it’s nice to meet you both! I hope we’ll be good friends!”
Like always, Cream and Cheese give a polite bow to Bean and Bark, with the former showing a big grin at the gesture, and Bark nodding again. However, Jeff lets out an irritated cough to grab everyone’s attention.
Jeff: “Honestly, you guys are all so rude!”
Jeff: “Ignoring ME, of all people, when I’m putting my butt on the line to entertain everyone present!”
Jeff: “But…I am a generous man, so I’ll let this slide for the time being!”
Jeff: “In exchange, I expect all of you to die with laughter when I step into the ring!”
As Jeff gloats, most of the people present are either unamused, annoyed, or confused with him. Bean, however, seems genuinely apologetic towards him.
Bean: “Oh! Sorry, Jeff! I just got caught up with meeting some old pals!”
Bean: “And I’ll definitely have a blast with your fight! I can’t wait!”
Jeff: “Heheheh! Good to know SOMEONE is honest about how much they wanna see me in action!”
Jeff: “Though, sadly, there’s no telling how soon my time will come…but I can give some fun commentary in the meantime!”
Knuckles: “Please don’t.”
Knuckles’ words once again offend Jeff, who’s about to say something, but decides to stop himself.
Jeff: “You know what? Fine! I’ll save it for my first match!”
Jeff: “But I’ll be making you regret saying that when it happens! You’ll be crying your eyes out from all the laughter!”
In response to this, Knuckles rolls his eyes in annoyance, which only further irritates Jeff. However, he just decides to sit in the corner opposite of the red echidna and pulls out a small notebook to write something in. Now, the group focuses on the pangolin, where Mighty decides to give the first greeting.
Mighty: “Hey there! It’s nice to meet you!”
Mighty: “Name’s Mighty! What’s yours?”
???: “...”
For some reason, the pangolin is glaring at Mighty, who is confused by this action.
Mighty: “...What? Did I say something wrong?”
???: “...Tch.”
Without another word, the pangolin takes her seat far away from where Mighty is, while crossing her arms and closing her eyes, still irritated. The armadillo looks at her in confusion, before looking back at the others.
Mighty: “...I didn’t offend her, did I?”
Sonic:
“Nah. I seriously doubt that’s the case.”
Sonic: “She’s probably not the most social person, so it might be best to leave her be for now.”
Mighty: “Hm…if you say so.”
Mighty: “Still, I wonder why she was glaring at me.”
Ray: “Maybe you two met before or something?”
Mighty: “Now that you mention it, she DOES seem familiar…”
Looking back at the pangolin, Mighty tries to think a little more. But after a few seconds, the break ends and Stew returns to announce the next match.
Stew: “Welcome back to the Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Stew: “Now, let’s just jump right into the third match! Take off the tape and reveal our fighters!”
Without a word, the employee next to the brackets takes off the tape, and everyone is interested to see the matchup. Especially Knuckles.
Knuckles: “Heh!”
Bark: “...!”
Stew: “Oh? Looks like we got a battle of heavy-bruisers!”
Stew: “The guardian of Angel Island! Knuckles The Echidna! And Holoska’s #1 snowboarder! Bark The Polar Bear!”
Getting up from their seats, Knuckles and Bark stare at each other, with the former having a grin on his face.
Knuckles: “So we’re already getting to a rematch, huh? I hope you’ve gotten better since last time!”
Bark gives a silent nod of confirmation, as Bean and some of Knuckles’ friends give their support.
Bean: “Do your best, Bark! Hold nothing back!”
Rouge:
“Good luck, Knuckles. Try not to embarrass yourself.”
Carol:
“Oh, this should be good!”
Mighty: “Don’t go too hard on each other, you two!”
And with that, Knuckles and Bark walk up to the Coliseum, with Stew attempting to ask them if they have anything to say before the match. However, they both put a hand up to signal they don’t want to, which the announcer accepts. Hence, the heavy-bruisers head inside, and their surroundings change.
Now, they’re in an expansive, frozen plane of ice, with nearby chunks of ice and a night sky colored by the aurora borealis as background decoration. However, Knuckles and Bark are standing in a confined ring, with ice blocks surrounding them, and an ice floor below. Clearly, this is supposed to be more of a cage match.
Knuckles and Bark both recognize this place as a part of Holoska. But they pay it no mind as they face each other, raising their fists with no words. Then, without any hesitation, they rush up to each other and begin to throw hands. Their movements resemble boxing, as they narrowly avoid strikes and leave little room for error.
But eventually, Knuckles manages to catch Bark off-guard, and land a hit square in his face. Surprisingly, the polar bear is able to recover from this strike with little trouble, and retaliates by grabbing the echidna, and throwing him hard into one of the ice-blocks, causing it to crack. Yet, he’s able to get back up without trouble either.
Clearly, despite Knuckles’ greater fighting experience and strength, Bark is far from a pushover. He’s got incredible strength and durability, while also being a great hand-to-hand combatant, relying on grappling throws and hard punches. Though, he’s also pretty slow, and has no methods of fighting from a distance.
Therefore, the only way for Bark to take down Knuckles is by getting up close and personal. And the echidna wouldn’t have it any other way. The two go at it for quite a while, dealing heavy strikes and causing the environment around them to crack from the strain. This is definitely an exciting match for everyone watching.
In particular, Bean enthusiastically shouts in Bark’s support, and vice-versa for Knuckles’ friends and allies. Even Jeff and the pangolin can’t help but find this exciting to watch. And Neo is impressed with both fighter’s strengths, despite knowing the echidna is stronger. Emerl also gains more battle data, as his eyes flash red and light yellow.
Eventually, both fighters take a moment to catch their breath, looking pretty bruised. However, it’s clear Bark is starting to slow down, and Knuckles decides he’s gonna end this now. So he uses his greater speed to run around the polar bear, creating afterimages. But he maintains his cool and tries to decipher when his opponent will strike.
Yet, despite Bark’s best efforts, he ends up getting struck multiple times, before Knuckles finishes him off with his own Spin-Dash. This sends the polar bear flying towards the ice blocks, which shatter like glass, and cause him to fall to the ground in defeat. He’s still conscious, but he’s beaten.
Though he’s breathing a little heavily, Knuckles simply smirks and raises his fist in the air, declaring himself the victor. And as the environment shifts back to normal, he walks to the polar bear and helps him stand up. All while complimenting him.
Knuckles:
“Not bad. Not bad at all.”
Though silent as ever, Bark nods back at Knuckles with a proud smile. Then, the two of them walk out of the Coliseum as Stew comments on what happened.
Stew: “What displays of incredible strength! Clearly, these guys let their fists do the talking!”
Stew: “But it appears Knuckles didn’t get his name for nothing! Whatever training he does on that floating island must work wonders!”
Stew: “Now, let’s take a few minutes for them to catch their breath! They’re gonna need it!”
Back at the contestant stand, Knuckles’ friends and Bean go up to congratulate him and Bark.
Sonic:
“Good job back there, Knuckles! I figured you were gonna win!”
Knuckles: “Heh. Was there any doubt?”
Bean: “Yes!”
Amy: “Regardless, you two were great! Though, I DID wince a bit at some of those blows…”
Cream: “Same here. That must have hurt a lot…”
Knuckles: “Yeah…but guys like us can take what we can dish out!”
Knuckles: “Right, Bark?”
Bark nods in agreement, before he and Knuckles sit down in the stands to relax. They’re gonna need a while to recover from their injuries, and their respective friends do their best to help them heal. Mainly Tikal and Milla.
But despite that…it was an incredible battle of strength…
Chapter 95: Devoted Follower
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
As the break passes, many people take this time to relax or get ready for the next battle. Neo and Emerl simply wait patiently, while the contestants talk amongst each other. Mainly just about what strategies to use in the tournament, and what they’ve been up to since they last met.
In particular, Sonic’s group chats with Bark and Bean, alongside Team Lilac, while Jeff continues to write in his notebook, occasionally giving Knuckles an annoyed look. And the pangolin is in her seat, eyes still closed and arms still crossed. Though, she also sometimes opens her eyes in order to stare at Mighty.
At one point, Cream spots the pangolin doing this, and they share eye contact. But she quickly turns her head away, with a hint of red on her face. Curious, the rabbit wonders what that was about, and Milla notices as well.
Milla: “What is it, Cream?”
Cream: “That pangolin lady…I think she was staring at Mr. Mighty…”
Milla: “Really? Was it an angry stare?”
Cream: “No…but I can’t figure out why she’s doing that…”
Cream: “Mr. Mighty doesn’t recognize her, but she seems to recognize him.”
Cream: “Did she meet him before? Or…?”
As Cream contemplates this, she starts to get worried about if this pangolin is out for blood. Maybe she’s some sort of hired help? Or maybe she’s out for revenge? That’s probably not it, but the young rabbit can’t help having these extreme thoughts. She may have met him only a little while ago, but Mighty’s a really kind person. It’d hurt to see him get killed or something.
Recognizing Cream’s overblown line of thought, Milla puts a hand on her shoulder, and does her best to reassure her.
Milla: “Don’t worry, Cream! Even if she’s here for bad reasons, she can’t do anything lethal here!”
Milla:
“And personally…I don’t think she’s a bad person…”
Milla: “It’s more like…she’s having trouble communicating her thoughts…”
Milla: “So we should give her some time to figure it out before coming to conclusions!”
Cream: “...Right. Thank you, Ms. Milla.”
Milla: “Please! Just Milla will do!”
Cream: “O-Oh! Okay, Ms-I mean…Milla!”
Though a little uneasy about not maintaining the “Miss” part when addressing others, Cream is able to calm down and shares a short hug with Milla. And afterwards, Lilac, Carol, Amy, Tikal, and Cheese notice them bonding.
Lilac:
“Looks like you two are getting along great!”
Cheese:
“Chao…?”
Tikal: “Don’t worry, Cheese. Your title of Cream’s best friend won’t be taken.”
Cream: “Mm-hm! We’re inseparable, after all!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Carol:
“Heh! I wish I had a pet of my own to follow me around!”
Carol: “Actually, there was this time I found this small green duck, who kept chasing after me! I wanted to keep it!”
Carol: “But Lilac said no, since it was a wild animal…”
Amy:
“I’ve been there before! But considering how busy I am with stuff like shopping and helping out my neighbors, it just wasn’t in the cards!”
Amy: “Though, I’m hoping to change that one day! Maybe even have someone help me with raising them!”
Milla:
“Oh! Do you have a crush on someone, Amy?”
Carol: “Gee, I wonder who it could be? Certainly not a certain someone sitting right next to us…”
Lilac: “Just let her have at it, Carol.”
As the girls and chao continue their little chat, they and the others hear Stew announcing the next match, catching everyone’s attention. Including the pangolin and Jeff, who stare in anticipation at the brackets. The black tape covering the next two fighters are torn off, revealing…
???: “...Finally!”
Stew: “Alrighty! We got a match-up between two animals with tough shells and great strength!”
Stew: “Mighty The Armadillo VS Pada The Pangolin!”
At the mention of the pangolin’s real name, everyone looks over at Pada, who stands up from her seat and stares directly at Mighty. Likewise, the armadillo stands up and puts on a small smile.
Mighty: “So that’s your name, huh? It’s a nice name!”
Mighty: “I don’t like fighting against girls, but I also don’t want to disrespect my opponent either!”
Mighty: “This is gonna be a fair and square battle!”
Pada: “...Hmph.”
Turning away from Mighty’s gaze, Pada walks over to the Coliseum, while the armadillo’s friends give their support.
Ray: “You got this, Mighty!”
Sonic:
“Heck yeah! Give it your best shot!”
Knuckles: “Don’t hold anything back!”
In response, Mighty simply nods, before following Pada towards the Coliseum. Once they’re at the entrance, Stew comes up to them.
Stew: “Any words to share to the audience before your match?”
Pada: “Nah.”
Mighty: “Well…I only fight for fun, and to protect my friends.”
Mighty: “I’m absolutely AGAINST violence. So I’m not gonna use my full strength immediately.”
Mighty: “But if my opponent proves to me they can take it…I’ll give it my all.”
Stew: “Well, this IS supposed to be an entertaining brawl! Not a massacre!”
Stew: “Hence, you two can head on in, and get right to it!”
Mighty and Pada both give Stew a nod, and go into the giant metal box. When the entrance closes, the environment shifts to a desert area, with pyramids, giant sphinx statues, an oasis, and bird-like beings riding magic carpets through the sky. Looking around for a moment, the armadillo comments on this arena.
Mighty: “Hm…it looks like a desert, but it’s certainly not as hot as the real thing.”
Mighty: “Still, I guess it’s fitting for the both of us, isn’t it?”
Pada: “...”
Pada is still glaring at Mighty, who’s confused at her demeanor.
Mighty: “Uh…I guess you just want to jump into-”
Pada: “Y’all really don’t know who I am?”
Finally hearing her speak a proper sentence for once, while in a Texan accent, Mighty is taken off-guard a little, but responds quickly.
Mighty: “Sorry, but…I don’t.”
Mighty: “Maybe a reminder is what I need? I’m sure that’ll…?”
Mighty’s words trail off when he notices Pada starting to steam with anger, before suddenly shouting at him.
Pada:
“ARE YOU MESSIN’ WITH ME!?”
Pada: “I went through a whole heap o’ trouble chasin’ ya down for months, and ya made it tougher ‘cause ya wouldn’t just stay put!”
Pada: “And THEN you finally pull over for a brawl contest, which I had to sign up fer just to get a shot at chattin’ with ya!”
Pada: “And after all that, ya don’t even recall my FACE!? Are ya seriously that DENSE!?”
Surprised and a bit scared at Pada’s aggressive ranting, Mighty puts his hands up and apologizes.
Mighty: “S-Sorry! I’m always traveling and meeting people, so some things just slip through the cracks!”
Pada:
“Oh, that SURE does lift my spirits a whole heap!”
Pada: “Well, if ya need a good ol’ refresher that much, I’ll sure give ya one!”
Pada: “A year back! Frontier Canyon! Got jumped by a pack of gun-totin’ punks! 3 folks took hostage!”
Mighty: “Frontier Canyon…?”
Thinking to himself for a moment, Mighty tries to recall this event Pada’s talking about. And after 30 seconds…
Mighty: “...OH! Right!”
Mighty: “You were one of the hostages I saved! I guess the heat of the moment made me forget!”
Pada: “Shoot…it still stings that y’all didn’t even recognize me…”
Pada: “Well, watchin’ you swoop in like a cowboy and wrangle up them crooks without batin’ an eye was downright amazin’ to me!”
Pada: “Honestly, it uh…got my heart racin’, ya know?”
As Pada says that last line, she moves her hat down a little with a nervous look. However, Mighty doesn’t pay much mind to this, and the pangolin quickly regains her feisty demeanor.
Pada: “A-Anyways! After y’all took off, I got a fire lit under me to get tougher and protect my hometown!”
Pada: “Took a heap of trainin’ and hoistin’ boulders, but dang it, I hit my target!”
Pada: “Though, I reckon I’d see ya again…”
Pada: “To…say thanks fer savin’ me and my folks back then…”
Pada: “Took me a whole heap of time and trouble to finally catch ya, but now I got ya in my crosshairs!”
Mighty: “Heh…you didn’t need to come all this way to thank me.”
Mighty: “I was just doing what I thought was right.”
Pada: “W…Well, I done did it anyway, so y’all best be grateful, you dim-witted little…!”
Pada tries to finish her sentence, but she’s having trouble finding the right words as her face glows redder than Mighty’s shell. Also, Stew decides to talk to the two of them through the Coliseum’s speakers.
Stew: “Hey, I don’t want to interrupt this fateful reunion of yours, but you’re here to battle. Not to have a friendly chat.”
Stew: “So would you mind getting started already? The audience is DYING for some action!”
Pada: “Oh hush yo’ mouth! You reckon I ain’t been knowin’!?”
After that harsh response, Pada regains her composure, and gets into a battle stance, claws ready and an intimidating grin on her face.
Pada: “Plus, this here’s a mighty fine chance to show y’all just how tough I’ve gotten!”
Pada: “You best not hold back, partner, or I’ll take ya down a notch!”
Mighty: “Right. I won’t let your efforts go to waste.”
With a smile, Mighty gets into his own combat stance, fists raised. And without hesitation, Pada rushes towards him, ready to give him a strong punch. Once she delivers her strike to the armadillo’s raised arms, she’s a little shocked to see he only got pushed back a little. So she decides to up the ante.
Again, Pada runs towards Mighty, who’s ready to counterattack. When she gets close enough, the armadillo tries to land a punch of his own on her. But she ends up dodging the strike, and swipes at him with her long claws. This actually damages him, and gives the pangolin the opportunity to grab him, spin him around, and then throw him across the ground.
Though hurt, Mighty is able to stand up, and maintains a small smile on his face. He decides to try a classic technique he learned from Sonic and Knuckles. The Spin-Dash. Rolling into a red ball, he revs up for a few seconds. But Pada somehow is able to do the move as well, rolling into a big, scaly ball.
When charged enough, the two balls clash against each other, before Mighty manages to push Pada away. She may be strong, but the armadillo’s got more experience with the Spin-Dash. And using this chance, he jumps into the air in ball form, and then crashes straight to the ground, causing it to shake. The Hammer Drop move.
This throws Pada off-balance for a bit, but she’s able to dig her claws into the ground to keep herself steady. She looks back at Mighty with an excited grin on her face.
Pada: “Well, shoot! This here is gettin’ real fun!”
Pada: “Ya best have a heap more up yer non-existent sleeve! I ain’t gonna let ya off the hook if you’re keepin’ secrets!”
Mighty: “Only if you give it your all! This is supposed to be a fair fight!”
Pada: “Yup yup! Unlike y’all, I ain’t needin’ no reminder!”
After that exchange, the two of them continue to go at it. Surprisingly, it’s a pretty even fight, as Pada’s incredible strength and ferocity allows her to keep up with Mighty’s strength and experience. She’s also able to make great use of her claws, tail, padded skin, and even her long tongue. Though, she doesn’t use that last one much.
As for Mighty, his strength and speed is around Amy’s level, and he has some useful skills, like the Hammer Drop move he used before, and jumping across nearby obstacles and walls. Plus, his shell is incredibly durable, allowing him to shield against heavy strikes and deadly obstacles. And he’s had plenty of practice with all of this.
During this match, everyone outside the Coliseum watches with excitement. Many of the contestants are cheering Mighty on. Especially Ray, Sonic, Bean, and Knuckles. And the girls are actually giving their support to Pada too. They admire just how far she went to meet Mighty again, and how strong she is. Bark merely watches Mighty with a proud smile.
Neo and Emerl continue to watch in silence, with the latter’s eyes flashing a pale red and a tuscan sun yellow. The former is impressed with how strong these two are, yet can recognize the armadillo will likely win this match. He’s clearly the more experienced fighter, and while he may be peaceful in nature, he possesses notable power.
After a couple of minutes, Pada starts to slow down from all the fighting. She may be strong, but that only means so much when you can’t keep up your stamina for long periods. Plus, whenever she gets hit in the stomach, it REALLY stings. Mighty, on the other hand, has been able to maintain his stamina better, and keep his blind spots blocked.
Hence, Mighty makes his finishing move. He Spin-Dashes around Pada, who tries to anticipate when he’ll strike. However, once he rushes up to her and she tries to grab him, he’s able to maneuver over her arm, and kick her hard in the stomach, causing her to fall to the ground in exhaustion. Also, her hat falls off too.
Despite his injuries, Mighty takes a sigh of relief and smiles, as the environment returns to normal, and walks up to Pada to offer a hand to her, while also grabbing her hat.
Mighty: “You’re pretty strong, Pada! It was fun fighting you!”
Pada: “Ah…that’s…mighty fine…”
While Pada accepts Mighty’s hand to pull her up, she refuses to lean on him for support, even though she clearly needs to lie down for a bit. She’s holding onto her stomach, and her face is still red. However, the armadillo respects her decision by letting her walk on her own as they head out of the Coliseum.
As the duo of armored animals make their way towards the contestant stand, Stew once again gives his thoughts on the match.
Stew: “Man, did those two go at it! But it seems Mighty has superior skills, and a calmer mindset!”
Stew: “Though, one has to wonder if this is the beginning of a blooming romance? Ah, to be young again…”
Stew: “But this show isn’t about that! It’s about BATTLE!”
Stew: “And we’ll get to the next one after another break!”
Back to the contestants, Sonic and his friends, alongside Bean and Bark, go up to congratulate Mighty and Pada.
Ray: “That was AMAZING! You both really had us on the edges of our seats!”
Ray: “However, I knew Mighty would win this! No doubt in my mind!”
Mighty: “Heh! Thanks, Ray!”
Mighty: “But I must admit…I was struggling a bit against Pada…”
Mighty: “If she had more training and experience, I might have lost!”
Knuckles: “Seriously? I mean, I guess I can see that, but you don’t have to be so humble all the time!”
Sonic:
“You mean like you?”
Knuckles: “Oh like YOU’RE one to talk, Sonic!”
As the boys continue to squabble, Pada returns to her original seat, exhausted. But Amy, Tikal, Cream and Cheese, and Rouge go up to greet her.
Pada: “Huh? What y’all want?”
Tikal: “We’d like to heal your injuries. It’s clear you need it.”
Pada: “Why? Ain’t got no more matches, and we don’t even know each other, partner.”
Amy: “Don’t be like that! If you’re a friend of Mighty’s, then you’re a friend of ours!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Plus, you were really cool back there!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Pada: “...”
Silently, Pada moves her face away from them while putting her arm out, allowing Tikal to use her experience with Chaos Energy to heal her. During this, they continue to chat.
Rouge: “So…how come you didn’t show up earlier?”
Pada: “I was jes’…makin’ a call to my folks back home…”
Pada: “Just wanted to let ‘em know I’m fixin’ to throw down soon, and that I finally tracked him down.”
Rouge: “Is that so? Seems you were really looking forward to this.”
Rouge: “Perhaps you might…you know…?”
Pada: “W-W-What!? Hush up-OW!”
Due to her hostile reaction, Pada winces in pain, with Tikal and Amy having to sit her down again and continue to heal her.
Tikal: “Don’t exert yourself! Especially after a hard-fought battle!”
Pada: “Ugh…at least he didn’t pull no punches on me…”
Amy: “Yeah, I’m impressed you were able to keep up with Mighty! That’s no easy feat!”
Amy: “And it’s clear you’ll go to any lengths to find the one you want! Just like me!”
Pada: “Huh? Who ya wranglin’ ‘bout?”
Amy points over at Sonic, who’s chatting with the boys and Team Lilac.
Amy: “I’ve been chasing after him for years…and he still hasn’t slowed down for me…”
Amy: “But that just means I’ll have to catch up to him! However I can!”
Amy: “So you should do the same too! I believe in you!”
With a hopeful smile, Amy holds onto Pada’s hand, who’s a little surprised at her support. But she puts on a small smirk, and responds to it.
Pada: “...Much obliged…”
Pada: “But fer the record, I ain’t feelin’ NOTHIN’ fer Mighty! I just think he’s pretty darn impressive, that’s all!”
Pada: “He’s kind, tough, brave, and…gentle-like…”
Once again, Pada trails off with her words, as the girls continue to talk to her and get to know her. They learn that, despite her rough and tomboyish attitude, she’s a pretty kind and hard-working person. But it’s obvious she’s not very good at expressing her feelings, and tends to put on a tough front.
And over the break, Pada gets to know the rest of Mighty’s friends more. She already knew Ray, as he was also there during the attack on Frontier Canyon, so they get along well enough. And she finds Sonic, Tails, Manic, and Team Lilac pretty cool. But she especially likes Knuckles and Bark. Bean and Jeff, on the other hand, she can’t stand.
Regardless, it seems Sonic’s friend group has a new addition…
Chapter 96: An Annoying Sense Of Humor
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
With half of the beginning matches of the Chaos Emerald Tournament finished, everyone present is curious about who the remaining fighters will face off against. Amy, Carol, Cream and Cheese, Emerl, Jeff, and the two mystery fighters are the only ones who haven’t fought yet, and they’re trying to predict the matchups.
In particular, Sonic’s group is discussing who they’ll likely face next, while checking the brackets for who won the previous battles. Already, it’s clear what the next set of battles will be.
Sonic:
“Heh! Looks like you and me will be going at it in the quarter finals, Lilac!”
Lilac: “That’ll definitely be a tough one!”
Lilac:
“But I’m sure it’ll also be fun! Regardless of who wins!”
Sonic: “Agreed! I expect to see everything you’ve got when we get back into the ring!”
Lilac: “Same to you!”
As Sonic and Lilac chat a little more, Knuckles and Mighty see that they’ll be facing each other in the quarter finals too.
Mighty: “So you’ll be my opponent in the next round? That’ll certainly be interesting!”
Knuckles:
“Definitely! But I’ll try to pull my punches a little!”
Mighty: “Right…I’m gonna have to play smart if I want to win against you!”
Mighty: “And after that, we’ll have to fight Sonic in the semi-finals!”
Knuckles: “Oh yeah! It’ll be the perfect opportunity to punch his smug face in!”
Knuckles can’t help but grin at the thought of fighting Sonic, while Mighty has an uneasy smile. While they’ve toned it down plenty since they first met, the echidna and hedgehog have always had a bit of a heated rivalry, and when the chance presents itself, they’re more than willing to throw down.
Meanwhile, Jeff is still silently writing in his notebook, with a somewhat annoyed look on his face. Bean picks up on this, and decides to go talk to him.
Bean: “Hey, Jeff!”
Jeff:
“!?”
Startled by Bean’s sudden greeting, he drops his notebook. But he quickly grabs it, and puts a more confident face on as he responds to the woodpecker.
Jeff: “Ah! Bin! Here to ask for an autograph?”
Bean: “No! And Bin is my dad’s name!”
Bean: “I just wanted to know what you were writing in there! Is it more puns?”
Jeff: “Well…yes, but I’ve also written down different kinds of jokes to perform when I finally have my match!”
Jeff: “A master comedian must be 100% prepared if they want to add humor to ANY kind of situation!”
Jeff: “And hopefully, it’ll make that humorless red ant eater regret ever looking down on me and my talents!”
Bean: “Ohhhh…cool!”
Bean: “Hey, do you have any jokes about explosions? Can I use some for my match?”
Jeff:
“Hmm…I suppose I can lend you my knowledge this one time!”
Jeff: “Though, I expect you to give your thanks later!”
Bean:
“Sweet! Tell me, tell me, tell me!”
Though a bit exhausted by Bean’s hyperactive enthusiasm, Jeff manages to keep calm and share his jokes with him. He appreciates having someone that genuinely enjoys his comedic skills, and wants to learn from him. And hopefully, the rest of the fighters here will follow suit. It’s irritating when no one laughs at your jokes.
Soon enough, the break ends, and Stew calls for everyone’s attention. The contestants are really curious about who will be in the 5th fight, as the black tape is torn off to reveal…
Jeff: “Ha! About time a real star got into the limelight!”
Amy: “Uh…seriously?”
Stew: “Hm! This is a bit of an odd matchup!”
Stew: “The Rosy Rascal herself, Amy Rose, against the self-proclaimed master comedian, Jeff!”
Stew: “Honestly, I don’t think this is gonna be a fair fight! But maybe I’ll be proven wrong?”
Not wanting to waste any more time, Jeff stands up and looks over at Amy with a sly smile.
Jeff: “No hard feelings, Amitie, but I came here to win and spread laughter! Not to lose and put frowns on this adoring audience!”
Jeff: “So do try to be somewhat cooperative with me? It hurts when my jokes don’t land!”
Amy:
“Ugh! First of all, it’s AMY! Not Amitie!”
Amy:
“Second, I’m here to help my friends save the world! Not to waste my time with someone like you!”
Jeff: “Oof! Quite the harsh language there!”
Jeff: “All I’m trying to do is share my talents with the world, and make some smiles! There’s nothing wrong with that!”
Jeff: “But if you’re gonna be stubborn, then I guess I’ll have to be a little more serious…regrettably…”
During that last part, Jeff has an annoyed side-eye. However, he immediately reverts to his overly confident demeanor, and heads off to the Coliseum. Amy, still irritated, is about to follow, but not before the others talk to her first.
Sonic: “Try to keep a cool head out there. I know you’ve got this.”
Knuckles: “Agreed! That cocky idiot has nothing on you!”
Cream: “Do your best, Ms. Amy! I believe in you!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “Thanks! I won’t let you guys down!”
Now a little calmer, Amy walks towards the Coliseum’s entrance, alongside Jeff. As always, Stew comes up to them for a word.
Stew: “Now, I’m sure you both have much to say to the audience, correct?”
Jeff:
“But of course, Sew! May I have the mic for a moment?”
Stew: “Ah…sure. But the name’s Stew, not Sew.”
Seemingly not caring to correct himself, Jeff just takes the microphone and begins to talk.
Jeff: “Hello, dear viewers! I’m sure you’ve ALL had a lot of fun with this tournament!”
Jeff: “However, wouldn’t it get a little stale if this whole event was just nothing but serious fights?”
Amy:
“It’s a tournament! It’s all about-”
Jeff: “Which is why I’M here to spice things up! Even at the expense of my well-being!”
Jeff:
“I’m sure by the end of this, you’ll be knocked down from laughter!”
Jeff:
“In fact, I’d like to share a few quick jokes before we get started!”
Looking into his notebook for a moment, Jeff then speaks.
Jeff:
“What’s a boxer’s favorite part of a joke? The PUNCH LINE!”
In the audience stands, many people chuckle at Jeff’s pun, alongside Bean in the contestant stand. Everyone else, especially Knuckles, just looks unamused. Picking up on this, the shoebill bird tries a few more.
Jeff: “Now, what about drummers? Why are they good in a street fight?”
Jeff: “Simple! They BEAT the competition!”
Again, the audience members laugh at the joke, but much of the contestants don’t. Though, Manic can’t help but smile a bit at the dumb pun. Stew’s about to take the mic back, but Jeff just keeps going.
Jeff: “Okay! Okay! Now for this last one!”
Jeff: “Why don’t boxers fight shadows?”
Jeff:
“Well, that’s because there’s a chance of them being knocked-”
Amy: “Can you just shut up and get into the metal box already!?”
Offended at being interrupted AND being told to shut up, Jeff looks back at Amy with an annoyed glance.
Jeff:
“Hmph! Fine! I’ll just save the rest of it for later!”
Jeff:
“Though, you’re gonna pay dearly for interrupting my jokes!”
Amy simply rolls her eyes, while Stew tacks the mic back with a look that’s stuck between energetic and tired.
Stew:
“Alrighty then…with those…entertaining jokes from Jeff out of the way, let’s see him and Ms. Rose get started!”
And with that, Amy and Jeff head into the Coliseum, as Stew lets out an exasperated sigh and says something to himself. Though, it’s inaudible since he’s not speaking into the mic. Likewise, much of the contestants, especially Knuckles and Pada, are already sick of the shoebill bird’s nonsense, and hope to see his lights knocked out.
Inside the Coliseum, Amy and Jeff see their surroundings change to a setting very similar to Casino Park. A neon-lit city under a sparkly night sky, with gigantic gambling machines, pinball tables, brilliant platforms, and golden statues. And the two are standing in an arena with neon signs on the floor, and neon playing cards as barriers.
Immediately, Amy and Jeff recognize this area, along with Sonic and Tails outside. This is another one of Breezie’s establishments.
Jeff:
“Casino Night! A perfect setting for a star like myself!”
Jeff: “Perhaps I should think of some Casino-related puns first? Oh, but that’ll take a little bit of thinking…”
Not wanting to deal with anymore of Jeff’s annoying sense of humor, Amy whips out a pair of red boxing gloves, and gets ready to face him.
Amy: “Alright! I’ve had enough of your stupid puns, AND I need to move on to the next round!”
Amy: “So I’m ending this right now!”
Jeff: “Pfft! If that was gonna happen, I wouldn’t have joined this tournament in the first place!”
Jeff: “Sure, fighting isn’t my speciality…but I have a lot of tricks that help in a pinch!”
Jeff: “Here! Let me show you!”
From behind him, Jeff pulls out…a party popper? This both confuses and annoys Amy, feeling that she’s being made fun of. Hence, she just rushes right up to him for a punch. But he’s able to pull the string, causing a massive explosion of party streamers. Complete with an audible pop noise.
This sends Amy crashing into the barrier, with a bit of smoke coming off of her. However, she’s able to stand up, only a little bruised. Though, she’s definitely more irritated, as Jeff makes a pun at her expense.
Jeff:
“Quite the EXPLOSIVE start for this match, isn’t it?”
Only letting out a slight growl in response, Amy begins to rev up a Spin-Dash, which gives Jeff the opportunity to bring out another unique weapon. Some kind of extendable claw toy. He uses it to catch the pink ball, and then uses another tool to jump high into the air. Secret springs hidden in his shoes.
Above the arena, Jeff shoots Amy back towards the arena, where she unintentionally bounces around the barriers like a pinball machine. Once she gets out of ball form, she takes a moment to catch her breath, as her head’s spinning a little. However, the shoebill bird lands onto the ground and makes more jokes.
Jeff:
“Looks like I just hit a new high score!”
Jeff:
“I’m so excited, I could jump for joy right now!”
Amy: “Rgh!”
Angry over being treated like a joke, Amy gets back on her feet, and continues to try and land hits on Jeff. Yet, he’s somehow able to maneuver around her and retaliate with all kinds of tools and tricks. Party favors, household items, and other random assortments of stuff. Such as an actual bus stop sign for some reason.
Granted, most of this stuff doesn’t do much damage to Amy, or make much headway in the fight. If anything, it’s just ticking her off more and more, to the point that her face is getting redder than the dress she wears. And while she’s trying to be calm and not go all-out, her rage is starting to get the best of her.
However, there has been a LOT of close calls for Jeff, where Amy is almost able to land a hit on him. In those moments, he shows panic, but recomposes himself after gaining some distance. And he knows he’ll have to end the fight very soon, using a certain secret weapon of his. Though, he’s waiting for the right moment.
As all of this is going on, the audience and Bean can’t help but laugh at Jeff’s antics, and are impressed with how long he’s lasted against Amy. Though, people like Knuckles and Pada aren’t amused in the slightest, and are begging for her to shut the stupid shoebill bird up. She shouldn’t be having THIS much trouble.
Likewise, Neo isn’t pleased with any of this either, as he glares at the display, while Emerl silently stands by him. His eyes flash pink and maroon for a second.
Neo: “Ugh…what an absolute clown of a man…”
Neo: “Even with all those tools and tricks, Amy should have knocked him out in the first few seconds of the match.”
Neo: “She better not disappoint after all that training…”
Soon enough, after a couple more minutes of these antics, Amy decides she’s had ENOUGH of this, and brings out her Piko-Piko Hammer. She glares at Jeff, who’s starting to look a bit tense, yet feigns confidence.
Jeff: “Heheh…as fun as this has been, I think I’ve let this joke go on for a little too long!”
Jeff:
“So I’ll GIFT you something REAL nice!”
Jeff brings out a neatly-wrapped gift box, and throws it right towards Amy, who strikes at it with her hammer. But when it connects, a bright flash of light eclipses the arena. It blinds the pink hedgehog for a moment, giving the shoebill bird (Wearing sunglasses) to go up behind her, and…
*Squeak!*
Amy’s hit right in the back of the head with a…squeaky chicken toy? She falls to the floor, and Jeff, thinking he’s won, laughs at what he just did.
Jeff: “Hahahaha! Didn’t expect THAT one, did you!?”
Jeff: “Looks like it’s winner, winner, chicken dinner for the master comedi-!?”
Amy: “SHUT UP ALREADY!”
In an instant, Jeff receives a DEVASTATING upper-cut from a red boxing glove, as an enraged Amy sends him flying towards the neon borders. This causes him to pin-pong across the entire arena, eventually falling to the floor. He tries to get back up, but he’s clearly dazed and injured.
Jeff: “PaPa…HeRe’S a…NeW pUn I cAmE uP wItH…”
Jeff: “Do YoU tHiNk…I cOuLd…uhhhhhh…”
And with that, Jeff falls to the ground, unconscious. Amy WOULD feel sorry for knocking him out, but considering how annoying he was, her sympathy is non-existent. The environment shifts, she lets out a sigh of relief, and walks right out of the Coliseum, not even bothering to drag her opponent’s body out with her.
Hence, one of Breezie’s employees has to go get Jeff, and take him to a medical room to heal up and recover. And with a relieved look on his face, Stew comments on what happened.
Stew: “Well…that was certainly an interesting battle! For better or worse…”
Stew: “But it’s pretty obvious Amy Rose was gonna win this one! It was just a matter of landing one good punch!”
Stew:
“Now, I think I speak for everyone present when I say I could REALLY use a break! Preferably for half an hour!”
Back at the contestant stand, Amy is congratulated by her friends, who can’t help but smile at it all.
Tails: “Great job, Amy! It might have taken longer than expected, but you did it!”
Lilac: “Same here! Though, I REALLY wanted that punch to happen a lot sooner!”
Amy:
“Yeah, sorry about that…he was just an absolute annoyance!”
Pada: “More like a dang-”
Sonic: “Regardless, you’ll be in the quarter-finals! That’s all that matters!”
Sonic: “And you’ve definitely grown into a great fighter! I’m honestly impressed!”
Amy:
“Hehehehe! I’m glad all my hard work is paying off so much!”
Blushing, Amy puts her hands on her cheeks, gushing over Sonic being impressed with her skills. Though, she’s able to calm down after a couple of seconds, and chats with everyone again. However, as they’re all chatting, a familiar purple jerboa is watching the tournament area from afar in the shadows, while talking to someone else.
This figure is distinctly robotic, with an ellipsoid-shaped body, three-fingered hands, a small head with glowing green eyes, and two long, inverted legs with roller wheels on the heels.
Fang: “Hmph…looks like you might get to prove your worth soon…”
Fang: “You better not disappoint! Or the doc’s gonna be mad with the both of us!”
???: “UNDERSTOOD. PREPARING FOR COMBAT.”
Fang merely nods in response to his robot ally, as they both look towards the tournament grounds.
Soon…a familiar-looking fighter will reveal themselves…
Chapter 97: The Face Of A Friend
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
With another break in the tournament, there comes time to relax and discuss a few things. In particular, Sonic and his friends are trying to figure out what the remaining matchups will be, with Amy worried about who Cream and Cheese will be facing. After all, her only possible opponents are Bean, Emerl, the mystery Eggman bot, and whoever the last mystery fighter is.
However, Cream and Cheese aren’t too worried about it. Sure, they definitely don’t want to face anyone too strong or brutal, but all that matters to them is doing well in the fight. Plus, the tournament rules forbid the contestants from doing anything lethal, so there’s not too much to worry about.
Though, as they’re chatting amongst each other, Neo walks up to them. As expected, most of the heroes don’t take too kindly to him.
Pada: “What in tarnation do ya want?”
Neo: “There’s an Eggman robot close-by. Alongside a certain bounty hunter we’re all familiar with.”
Tails:
“What? Are you talking about Fang?”
Neo: “Yes.”
At the mention of Fang, both Bean and Bark share displeased looks between each other.
Bean: “Ugh! Not him again!”
Bean: “Is he also in the tournament? Blowing him up would be LOTS of fun!”
Neo: “No. But I’m sure he signed up one of the doctor’s machines for this event.”
Neo: “Based on what I detected, it may be some type of E-Series invention.”
Rouge: “Like Omega? Or those E-1000 robots from the Egg Fleet?”
Neo: “I don’t think so. It has a more…’compact’ design.”
Neo: “Regardless of what it is, it’ll likely be participating soon. Be prepared.”
Knuckles: “Tch! You don’t need to tell us that!”
Knuckles: “Still though…having Eggman involved in this is gonna be trouble.”
Amy: “No kidding. Fang will likely try to steal the Chaos Emerald if this new robot can’t win the tournament.”
Manic: “If he wants the emerald so badly, why doesn’t he just invade this place with an army of Badniks?”
Neo: “Knowing him, he doesn’t want to ruin his chances of humiliating all of you on TV like the petty child he is.”
Neo: “Breezie also said he’s not a fan of his robots fighting each other. But I highly doubt that.”
Sonic: “Either way, the most we’ll have to deal with is just one robot and a lousy bounty hunter, right?”
Sonic: “We’ll take them both down easily! It’s no problem!”
Neo: “Hmph. For once, we agree on something.”
Ray: “What about the other fighter we don’t know about? Can you tell us anything?”
Neo:
“All I can say is that they likely won’t be a problem. Nothing to write home about.”
Neo: “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have other matters to attend to.”
With the information delivered, Neo heads back to talk to Emerl and Breezie, leaving the heroes to process what they were told.
Mighty: “Fang, huh? Last I remember, we worked with him to take down the Hard-Boiled Heavies.”
Rouge: “I’ve had one or two run-ins with him! He’s tricky, but nothing compared to a REAL hunter like myself!”
Rouge: “If he’s gonna attempt to steal the prize, I’ll easily beat him to it!”
Lilac: “What about this E-Series robot though? What should we expect?”
Tikal: “Well, I’ve seen a couple of them before. They’re very advanced humanoid machines that specialize in a variety of weapons and tech.”
Tikal: “Even just one can be difficult to put down, as some of you are well-aware.”
Sonic: “Right…at worst, we can expect Omega levels of danger…”
Carol: “Then we’ll just have to give it our all! That junk pile has nothing on us!”
Amy: “...”
As the heroes converse between each other, Amy appears contemplative. Like she’s thinking back on something or someone. But she snaps out of it when Cream and Cheese shake her shoulder a little.
Amy: “Huh?”
Cream: “Are you okay, Ms. Amy? You had a really serious look on your face.”
Cheese: “Chao?”
Amy: “Ah…just thinking about someone…sorry if I worried you two.”
Cream and Cheese simply nod to let her know it’s okay. This puts a reassured smile on Amy’s face, before the break ends and Stew begins to commentate again. It’s time to begin the 6th match, as more black tape is removed. The first fighter revealed is…
Carol: “YES! About time!”
And the second fighter…is one that catches the contestants off-guard. Especially Sonic, Tails, Amy, Knuckles, and Tikal.
Amy: “!?”
Sonic: “That’s…!?”
Stew:
“Oh? We got an unexpected participant here!”
Stew: “The Kung-Fu Wildcat herself, Carol Tea, will be fighting against a metallic foe! Chaos Gamma!”
Stew: “But where is this so-called ‘Chaos Gamma’ anyways? Are they hiding somewhere, or are they arriving late?”
To answer Stew’s question, a humanoid machine with an ellipsoid-shaped body flies across the air, and lands on the ground, catching everyone’s attention. It’s torso is red and white, with a head in a yellow casing, and glowing green eyes. It has three-fingered hands, and two long, inverted legs with roller wheels on the heels.
While some of the audience members recognize the machine as an Eggman robot, none of them are looking too panicked. At worst, they’re feeling a little tense. At best, they’re interested to see what this machine can do. And with an uneasy smile, Stew goes up to it.
Stew: “Ah…you must be Chaos Gamma, correct?”
Chaos Gamma: “AFFIRMATIVE. THIS UNIT IS READY FOR COMBAT.”
Stew: “Good to hear! You will be fighting Carol Tea in that metal box over there!”
Stew points towards the Coliseum, which Chaos Gamma stares at.
Chaos Gamma: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Without hesitation, Chaos Gamma walks to the Coliseum, before waiting for it’s opponent. As for Carol Tea, she’s a little concerned about having to face an Eggman robot, but at the same time, she’s pumped to finally have her match.
Carol: “Heh! Looks like I’m gonna have a pretty good first match!”
Lilac: “Be careful, Carol. This is an Eggman robot you’re fighting against.”
Milla: “I agree with Lilac! I don’t want to see you get hurt too badly!”
Carol: “Oh come on! Whatever that hunk of junk has in store isn’t anything I can’t handle!”
Sonic: “Sure, but I’ve faced one of these robots before. They’re no joke.”
Sonic: “If you’re gonna win this, you’ll need a better strategy than a few Kung-Fu moves and motorcycle spins.”
Carol: “Relax! I know how to look after myself!”
Carol: “Plus, I’ve also become a better fighter since we last met! So I’m gonna ace this, no problem!”
Amy: “Just be careful…seriously…”
Despite finding the constant warnings annoying, Carol gives a nod and a smile in response to it. Then, she rushes up to the Coliseum to begin her match. But not before Stew talks to her and Chaos Gamma.
Stew: “Either of you want to say something to the audience?”
Silently, Chaos Gamma’s head turns to the left and right, signaling it has nothing. Carol, on the other hand, motions to have the mic for a moment, which Stew allows.
Carol: “Alright, people! Today, I’m gonna show you all just how skilled and cool I am!”
Carol: “So you better watch closely! Otherwise, you’re gonna miss out on all my awesome Kung-Fu moves!”
From the contestant stand, Lilac facepalms at Carol’s boasting, and the others are sharing a similar sentiment. Amy in particular looks a little tense when staring at Carol and Chaos Gamma. ESPECIALLY the latter. It looks so much like another E-Series robot she knew. The one who helped her over a year ago…
With her boasting done, Carol hands the mic back to Stew, who then allows them to head inside the Coliseum. Once they’re in the metal box, the two fighters see their environment shift to some kind of highway located in Central City, with nearby ramps, hills, twists and turns, etc. Plus, a few knocked-down vehicles.
Looking around, Carol can’t help but smirk at her surroundings, while Chaos Gamma scans everything for any tactical spots.
Carol: “Oh, this place is perfect! I can really let loose here!”
Facing Chaos Gamma, Carol goes into an offensive stance, claws ready. Likewise, the E-Series robot goes into it’s own stance.
Carol: “Ready for the scrapyard?”
Chaos Gamma: “NEGATIVE. THIS UNIT CANNOT LOSE THIS BATTLE.”
Chaos Gamma:
“OTHERWISE, I WILL BE DISASSEMBLED AND REUSED FOR OTHER CREATIONS.”
Chaos Gamma: “FAILURE IS NOT ALLOWED. YOU WILL BE ELIMINATED.”
Carol: “We’ll see about that!”
Immediately, Carol rushes towards Chaos Gamma to deliver a bunch of punches and kicks. But the E-Series robot is ready for this, using some kind of rainbow-colored force field to protect itself from damage. Naturally, the wildcat decides to back away when she realizes the up-close and personal approach won’t work with that shield.
Now at a distance, Chaos Gamma turns his hands into black-gray blasters, firing like mad at Carol, who’s able to outrun it. Then, she brings out some kind of red, 3-bladed chakram disc with a kanji symbol to throw at the red machine. It curves around like a boomerang in order to hit the robot in the back.
However, Chaos Gamma’s head spins around to see it, and counters it by moving one of it’s gun hands towards it, blasting it away. But this gives Carol the opportunity to catch him off-guard, allowing her to deal some damage to the E-Series robot without that pesky rainbow shield in the way.
Carol performs a bunch of various Martial Arts punches and kicks, before ending it with a barrage of kicks, which launches Chaos Gamma towards a truck. She calls that move the “Wild Kick.” Smirking at what she did, the wildcat taunts the machine as it recovers.
Carol: “How do you like them apples!?”
Chaos Gamma: “RECOVERY MODE…COMPLETE.”
Chaos Gamma: “RETURNING TO BATTLE MODE. INCREASING OFFENSIVE CAPACITY.”
After saying that, Chaos Gamma continues it’s fight with Carol, utilizing all kinds of weapons and tech. Hovering and flying through the air, missiles and flamethrowers, drillers and electric daggers, etc. It may not be as bulky or powerful as Omega, but it certainly has a great amount of weapons and impressive firepower.
In addition, Chaos Gamma is able to move around quickly with the roller wheels on it’s feet, can take a good amount of punishment, and is very tactics focused. If somebody like Tails had to fight this machine, they’d definitely have some trouble. And for someone like Carol? It’s far from an easy battle.
Granted, Carol is a very capable fighter. Her enhanced instincts and reflexes, alongside her agility and mastery of martial arts make her problematic to deal with. But much like Lilac, she’s not good with long-ranged combat, which Chaos Gamma excels at. Plus, in a more open environment, she can’t jump across walls to navigate obstacles.
Therefore, this battle mainly consists of Carol trying to find an opening to attack Chaos Gamma, who’s using every tactic and tool it has to keep her at a distance. It’s getting to the point where the wildcat is mainly just dodging and running away from all the gunfire, which is aggravating her. She wants to get up-close and personal, but she’s unable to.
Outside the Coliseum, the audience is excited to see this swiss-army knife of a machine fight against the agile and fierce wildcat. But the contestants are cheering for Carol a lot, especially Lilac, Milla, Sonic, and Tails. Amy is still looking tense, sometimes flinching whenever Chaos Gamma lands a hit on it’s opponent.
As for Neo and Emerl, the latter’s eyes flash a light green and light red for a moment, while the former focuses on the fighters. He notes that, while Carol is definitely skilled, she can’t stack up to Chaos Gamma, who outclasses her in every category. She’s lucky she’s lasting this long, and he’s wondering if she’s got another trick up her sleeve.
Though, Neo is curious about Chaos Gamma. Back when he took over the Eggman Empire, he DID learn of all the E-100 robots. Including E-102 Gamma, which is who this new robot was based off of. He knows that this particular machine defected and sought to destroy his fellow brethren, before being destroyed by E-101 Beta Mk ll.
When Neo learned about the original Gamma, he was surprised to learn that he wasn’t the first of Eggman’s robots to rebel. And how he seemingly sought to “save” his fellow machines by destroying them, freeing their animal power sources. Despite being mechanical, he was able to become his own person.
Deep down, a part of Neo couldn’t help but feel a sense of respect for the fallen Gamma, despite never meeting him. If he ever got the chance, he would gladly rebuild him and upgrade him so that he can enjoy his hard-earned freedom. But this new Chaos Gamma…it felt like such an insult to the original’s legacy…
And as Chaos Gamma continues to display it’s skills, Neo notes that all of it’s weapons and tech is based off of the previous E-100 models. This machine must have been made from their old parts, alongside better tech. It’s a hodgepodge of every E-Series robot before it. And that only further annoyed the metallic menace.
Meanwhile, Carol is continuing to get angry over her lack of progress in defeating Chaos Gamma. She’s gotten a few hits here and there, while the E-Series robot barely seems damaged. So she decides enough is enough, as she brings out a red oil tank from behind her.
Carol: “Alright! I’m getting sick of this!”
Carol: “It’s time to bust out my trusty Carolcycle!”
Carol slams the oil tank onto the ground, creating a puff of smoke. And she comes out of said smoke riding a red motorcycle, with a grin on her face.
Carol: “Aw yeah! NOW we can take things up a notch!”
Carol:
“Think you can still keep up, rustbucket?”
After taunting Chaos Gamma, Carol dashes across the highway at high speeds. In order to follow her, the machine activates a new mode.
Chaos Gamma:
“PURSUIT MODE. LEVEL 4. ENGAGE.”
On Chaos Gamma body, rocket boosters pop out, allowing it to fly through the air at high speeds, and catch up to Carol. She’s a little annoyed by this, but regains her composure, and tries to dodge all the sudden traffic and obstacles that have appeared, alongside the machine’s continued assault of weapons.
Luckily, Carol is an expert when it comes to motorcycles, being able to drive across all kinds of surfaces, alongside doing a sort of Spin-Attack in mid-air, and can swipe the bike at her opponent. Plus, she can still perform her Martial Arts tricks, including the Wild Kick, so she’s a little tougher like this.
Sadly, this still isn’t enough to phase Chaos Gamma. Sure, Carol’s definitely putting up a better fight, and it’s an exciting sight for everyone watching. But again, the E-Series robot just outclasses her in every way. At this point, the wildcat is delaying the inevitable, despite all her attempts.
Eventually, due to all the damage, Carol’s bike starts to break down, and she has to continue fighting on foot. She’s able to get on top of a nearby moving train, with Chaos Gamma doing the same.
Chaos Gamma: “SUBMIT DEFEAT. YOU CANNOT WIN.”
Carol: “Tch! It’s not over until I’m down for the count!”
Chaos Gamma: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Quickly, Chaos Gamma rushes up to Carol, who just barely jumps out of it’s reach. However, the E-Series robot is able to launch one of it’s hands forward, revealing a metal cord that attaches it to the arm, to grab the wildcat and pull her back to it. Then, it flies up into the air, and throws her hard into the highway roads. Thankfully, without any traffic.
Though greatly hurt by this, Carol tries to get back up. But then, Chaos Gamma launches a bomb next to her, putting a shocked expression on the wildcat’s face. And…
*BOOM!*
A large explosion appears, launching Carol across the ground, and leaving her bruised, charred, and unconscious. Luckily, she’s still alive. Though, that doesn’t make her friends any less upset by this. Especially Lilac and Milla, who shout in fear.
Lilac & Milla : “CAROL!”
As Chaos Gamma lands on the ground, it can detect that Carol’s unable to continue fighting. And with the environment shifting back to normal, it can confirm it’s victory. So, it walks out of the Coliseum, having completed it’s objective. Though, when it’s back outside, it looks back at the contestant stands.
Everyone there is either glaring at Chaos Gamma, or looking at him with fear or disgust. Milla is a bit teary-eyed, and Lilac is VERY angry, ready to go tear the bucket of bolts to shreds. However, Sonic puts a hand on her shoulder.
Sonic: “Don’t, Lilac.”
Lilac: “He nearly killed Carol! I can’t just let him walk away from this!”
Sonic: “I get that. I really do.”
Sonic: “But we can’t risk ruining the tournament, and losing our chances of getting the Chaos Emerald.”
Sonic: “Also, if you both make it to the finals, you can take him out soon.”
Lilac: “...”
While Lilac doesn’t really agree with Sonic’s logic, she decides to calm down and not try anything rash. If things go her way, he can defeat Chaos Gamma in the ring, and make it pay for what it did to Carol. For now, they should get the wildcat out of the Coliseum, and help her heal. She really needs it.
Hence, Sonic and Lilac go to grab the unconscious Carol and bring her back to the contestant stands. Immediately, Tikal and Milla do their best to heal her, while everyone else looks very worried and/or angry. Clearly, the whole “nothing lethal” rule only counts if no one dies. This tournament is much more dangerous than they thought.
Meanwhile, Chaos Gamma walks away from the tournament grounds in order to report it’s progress to Fang and Eggman. However, it’s stopped by Neo, looking annoyed. The E-Series robot scans him, immediately figuring out who this is.
Chaos Gamma: “METALLIX. THREAT LEVEL: 100%.”
Chaos Gamma: “WHAT IS YOUR GOAL HERE?”
Neo: “The same as yours, I imagine. To take the Chaos Emerald.”
Neo: “Though, I must say…you’re an irritating mockery of the previous E-Series models. Especially E-102 Gamma.”
Chaos Gamma:
“THIS UNIT WAS CREATED THROUGH REUSE OF PREVIOUS MODELS, IN TANDEM WITH CURRENT TECH.”
Chaos Gamma: “EVERYTHING THEY CAN DO, I CAN DO. AND FAR BETTER.”
Neo: “With the exception of the original Gamma’s free-will. You’re just another puppet.”
Neo: “And if you really think you’ll be taking what’s mine, then prepare to be dismantled by him soon.”
Neo points towards Emerl, and Chaos Gamma looks at him. It scans the Gizoid.
Chaos Gamma: “ERROR. CANNOT DECIPHER COMPOSITION AND TECH.”
Chaos Gamma: “WHERE DID THIS MACHINE COME FROM? IS IT YOUR CREATION?”
Neo: “You don’t need to know.”
Neo: “Now, go and report to your master. Let him know he’s stuck his nose where it doesn’t belong.”
Chaos Gamma doesn’t respond to Neo’s words. Instead, it walks off, with the robotic hedgehog watching him with a glare. While he doubts this machine will defeat Emerl, that doesn’t mean he shouldn’t be somewhat worried. Eggman’s starting to get involved in his affairs, and he hasn’t raised the Gizoid to full power yet.
But he’s definitely not giving up now…
Chapter 98: NEEDS MORE EXPLOSIONS!!!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Despite the rather…”overblown” ending of the previous match, the Chaos Emerald Championship is continuing on like normal. Sure, many of the audience members and staff thought blowing up a contestant was a little much, but as long as they don’t die, it’ll probably be fine. Plus, stuff like this makes the tournament more intense and exciting to watch.
However, the contestants don’t feel the same way. As Tikal and Milla help the injured and unconscious Carol, the rest discuss what happened, and their feelings on the matter. Lilac being the MOST vocal.
Lilac: “I can’t believe everyone’s just acting like it was okay for Carol to nearly get killed on live television!”
Lilac: “It’s like they don’t care at ALL about our well-being! We’re nothing more than entertainment for them!”
Cream: “Mm…no one has spoken up about what happened…”
Rouge: “This is a fighting tournament. In their eyes, as long as no one dies, anything goes.”
Rouge: “And you should have all been well-aware of the dangers when you signed up for this.”
Lilac: “That doesn’t excuse any of this! What if Carol DID die!?”
Tails: “Lilac, PLEASE calm down. I’m not happy about any of this either.”
Tails: “But if we’re gonna win this, we need to stay calm. Being rash will only make things worse.”
Lilac: “Sigh…right…”
With crossed arms and a look on her face that’s stuck between frustrated and worried, Lilac turns back to Carol, still being looked after by Tikal and Milla.
Lilac: “How is she?”
Milla: “She’ll be okay. We’ve taken care of all her injuries.”
Milla: “Though, she still needs to rest for a little while.”
Lilac: “...Good…”
Lilac: “Thank you, Tikal. Seriously.”
Tikal: “Anything for a friend.”
Tikal:
“Now, what can we expect next for this tournament? There’s only two more matches left before we move on to the quarter finals.”
When Tikal asks that question, some of the heroes look at the brackets. It shows that Amy and Chaos Gamma will fight in the quarter finals, which puts a conflicted expression on the pink hedgehog’s face. Sonic picks up on this, and puts a hand on her shoulder.
Sonic: “Something’s on your mind. I can tell.”
Amy: “Huh? Oh! Well…”
As Amy tries to come up with a response, she struggles to find the right words. But after a few seconds, she gives up and lets out a heavy sigh.
Amy: “...When I found Gamma’s remains on the sunken Egg Carrier…I felt so…conflicted…”
Amy: “Even though he was another Eggman robot…I could tell there was something different about him…”
Amy: “I reached out to him…and he saved me…”
Amy: “Then, I stopped your fight with him, and encouraged him to stop following Eggman…”
Amy: “After that…I have no clue what happened to him…”
Amy: “But…I feel like he must have done the right thing…”
Amy: “...And in the end, he couldn’t even enjoy the freedom he had…”
Amy: “Now, this new robot who looks EXACTLY like him is going around and hurting people! It feels so wrong!”
Amy: “I want to take him down! As payback for Carol, and for using the face of my friend!”
Amy: “Yet…can I even do it? Can I really go through with fighting against someone who looks so much like Gamma?”
Amy: “This makes me feel like I haven’t gotten stronger at all…like I’m still the defenseless little girl you had to save all those times before…”
Sonic: “...”
Looking down at her boots, with clenched fists, Amy has a frustrated expression. She can’t let her friends down here, especially after what happened to Carol. Nor can she let this imposter tarnish her friend’s legacy. Yet…every time Ms. Rose looks at Chaos Gamma, she’s reminded of the original…
Picking up on her conflicted feelings and doubts, Sonic has a concerned expression on his face. He puts both of his hands on Amy’s shoulders, and looks her dead in the eye.
Sonic: “I know it’s tough. But you CAN do this.”
Sonic: “You’ve proved time and again that when it matters most, you never fail to fight for those you hold dear.”
Sonic: “And you HAVE gotten stronger. Everything you did up to this point is proof enough.”
Sonic: “Use this frustration as your strength. To put that faker in his place.”
Amy: “But…what if I fail?”
Sonic: “You won’t. I believe in you.”
Amy: “!”
Amy is taken off-guard at Sonic’s words, with her face turning a little red. Despite still having her doubts…she can’t help but smile at her crush’s support…
Amy: “...Well…if you really think so…then I definitely can’t let you down.”
Sonic: “That’s the spirit! Give it everything you got when the time comes!”
Amy: “Right…thank you, Sonic…”
Sonic: “Anytime, Amy.”
With a bright smile, Sonic pats Amy’s shoulders, before leaving her to think to herself again. It’s moments like these that remind her why she loves the blue blur so much. Always so kind, supportive, brave, and heroic. And no matter what, he never doubts himself or gets scared. He’s always moving forward, full speed ahead.
Even if Sonic doesn’t like to consider himself a hero, Amy will always see him as HER hero. HER idol. HER ideal to strive for. And the fact that he fully believes in her…it makes her a lot more motivated to prove him right. Same goes for the rest of her friends. No matter what she feels, or what doubts she has, she MUST defeat Chaos Gamma.
As Amy comes to terms with this, she and everyone else notice the cameras rolling again, and Stew talking about the 7th beginning match. The black tape on the brackets is taken off to reveal the next match-up, which is…
Cream: “Oh! It’s us!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Bean: “YES! Finally, my chance to blow stuff up!”
Stew: “This might be a little much after the previous fight, but the show must go on!”
Stew: “Cream The Rabbit and her chao companion Cheese will have to fight against Bean The Dynamite!”
Stew: “Hopefully, letting a little girl and her chao enter this tournament won’t cause us issues!”
While Cream and Cheese are a little nervous about their fight, they’re also a little excited. They’ve gotta do their best, and not embarrass themselves or their loved ones. Though, everyone else talks to her first before letting them go.
Amy: “Remember to be VERY careful, you two. I don’t want you to end up like Carol.”
Cream: “Right…I’ll do the best I can!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Sonic: “That’s the spirit! I’m sure you’ll both do great!”
Manic:
“Remember the tricks I taught you! They’ll come in real handy here!”
Cream and Cheese nod, before walking up to the Coliseum. Bean, meanwhile, is also eager to go up and start his fight, but is stopped by Bark, who gives him a serious look.
Bean: “What? I gotta go do my thing! I’ve waited long enough!”
Bark: “...”
Bean: “Oh come on, Bark! I’m not gonna go all-out on the kids! You know I’m not THAT crazy!”
Bean: “Just gonna get it all out of my systems, and THEN take them out quickly! Easy-peasy lemon-squeezy!”
Bark: “...”
Despite clearly having some concerns, Bark just lets Bean go, which he does. Once the two (Or rather, three) fighters are in front of the Coliseum, Stew comes up to talk to them.
Stew: “Anything to say on TV before you have at it?”
Bean: “Nope!”
Stew: “And what about you, little ones?”
Cream: “Well…I want to say hi to my mom and Chocola! They said they were gonna be watching us!”
Cheese: “Choco!”
Cream: “Also, I’m gonna do the best I can here! Even if I end up losing!”
Stew: “Ah! Well, best of luck to you both!”
Again, Cream and Cheese nod with bright smiles, before they and Bean walk into the Coliseum. Once inside, the environment shifts to some type of grungy factory area under an orange skyline. There’s a bunch of buildings, machines, pipes, cogs, metal flooring, and containers filled with a liquid that looks like oil.
While Cream and Cheese don’t recognize this place, Bean seems to, and so does Sonic and Tails outside the Coliseum.
Bean: “Oh! Isn’t this one of Eggman’s old bases?”
Bean: “Eh, it doesn’t matter! I’m gonna blow it up anyways!”
Before Bean does just that, he looks over at Cream and Cheese, who give a polite bow before getting into a battle stance.
Cream: “Mr. Bean, I hope that we have a good battle!”
Cream: “But please do go easy on me! I’m not as experienced as the rest of my friends!”
Bean: “Yeah, I gotcha! Just let me get something out of my system first!”
Cream: “Ah…okay! What do you need to do?”
From behind him, Bean pulls out a round black bomb. All with an excited grin on his face.
Bean: “I’M GONNA BLOW STUFF UP!”
Cream: “Huh!?”
Cheese: “!?”
Immediately, Bean starts chucking bombs all over the area, while laughing like an absolute maniac. Cream and Cheese are able to steer clear of all the explosions, but they’re no less surprised and panicked. Same for the contestants outside. ESPECIALLY the girls, who are worried about the rabbit and chao duo being caught in the crossfire.
After a full minute of bomb-throwing, Bean stops to admire his handiwork, all with a big smile and tears falling from his eyes.
Bean: “HAHAHAHAHAHAHA! It’s so BEAUTIFUL! It’s PERFECT!”
Right after saying that, Bean quickly reverts to a calmer demeanor, and faces Cream and Cheese, who are shaking a bit in fear of almost being blown up.
Bean: “Okay! I’m done! Let’s go!”
Cream: “A-Ah…okay…!”
Cheese: “C-C-Chao…!”
Taking a moment to regain themselves, Cream then commands Cheese to go after Bean, which he does. However, the woodpecker uses his great agility to easily dodge the chao’s attempts to hit or get close to him. And after the chao fails to pull off a punch, he hits him with a jab of his beak, sending him away.
During this, Cream charges up a Spin-Dash, and launches towards Bean, who is able to kick her away like a soccer player. The rabbit gets back on her feet after this, and flies up into the air by flapping her long ears. Cheese joins her with the wings on his back.
Bean: “So, do you two have any better tricks? Because if not, I’ll just end this now!”
Cream:
“We do! Let’s go, Cheese!”
Cheese nods, as he and Cream continue to try and fight Bean. However, despite their teamwork and skills, it’s clear the woodpecker’s just messing around with them. He’s got very agile movements, alongside being able to attack at a fast pace with his beak, and he has a LARGE assortment of bombs to pull out of thin air.
Granted, Cream and Cheese aren’t bad fighters. The former has some good agility and speed, alongside her ability to fly, and being able to coordinate attacks and movements with the latter, who’s a pretty strong chao. But sadly, they’ve got a LOT of room to grow before they can give the woodpecker a hard time.
Likewise, everyone outside the metal box can tell Cream and Cheese are probably not gonna win this. But Amy, Lilac, Milla, and the others are more concerned about her getting seriously hurt. Though, they’re proud of how well she’s doing, even if Bean’s not trying that hard. She’s got plenty of potential.
And Neo picks up on this too as he surveys the match, while Emerl does the same. The latter’s eyes momentarily flash a light green and cream yellow color. And the former wonders why she participated in this tournament in the first place. He remembers her being more pacifistic than her friends, and she’s still a child.
Eventually, after getting bored, Bean stops for a moment to bring out two bombs, while Cream and Cheese prepare to dodge.
Bean: “Sorry, kids! But I’m bored now! I’m ending this!”
Cream & Cheese : “!”
Without hesitation, Bean once again throws bombs. This time, at Cream and Cheese, who desperately try to dodge them. However, they soon get covered in the smoke of the explosions, with the woodpecker waiting for them to come out so he can chuck more explosives at them. Yet, after a few seconds, it doesn’t happen.
For a moment, Bean wonders if he knocked them out already, only for Cheese to rush right up and grab onto his face.
Bean: “AH! OFF! OFF!”
Panicked, Bean tries to get Cheese off of him, while dropping the bomb in his hand. This gives Cream the chance to knock him to the ground with a Spin-Attack, and the chao gets off of the woodpecker’s face. He’s not hurt much by this, but he notices the explosive he dropped. It’s…already lit, and ready to blow…
Bean: “...Oops.”
*KABOOOOOOOM!*
A large explosion appears, covering the area in smoke. Luckily, Cream and Cheese are mostly fine, aside from one or two bruises. Bean, however, wasn’t so lucky, as he’s sent flying into the air from the explosion, and then crashes down onto the metal floor, unconscious. His eyes are spinning too.
For a moment, Cream and Cheese aren’t sure if Bean’s down for the count. However, the environment shifts to normal, confirming to them that they just BARELY won the match. And they’re pretty happy about it.
Cream: “Yay! We did it, Cheese!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Cream and Cheese do a high-five, before going up to check on Bean, who’s still unconscious, but mumbling something.
Cream: “Are you okay, Mr. Bean?”
Bean: “AaHaHaHaHa…Me WaNnA bE a PrOoOoO sOoOcCeR pLaYeRrRrRrR…!”
Cream: “Um…maybe we should get him some help?”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Together, Cream and Cheese drag the downed Bean out of the Coliseum, only to get help from Bark, who gives them a nod and a smile for their victory, which they appreciate. During this, Stew says a few things.
Stew: “Now THAT was quite the turnaround! Guess Bean got too deep over his head!”
Stew: “Even if it was mostly luck, Cream and Cheese did a great job in their match!”
Stew: “Whether that luck will stick around for their next one? That remains to be seen!”
Stew: “For the time being, let’s give the kids a break! They deserve it!”
Back at the contestant stand, everyone goes up to congratulate Cream and Cheese. Starting with Amy and Milla, who gives them a big hug.
Amy: “That was amazing! I’m so proud of you two!”
Cream: “Hehehe! Thank you, Ms. Amy!”
Cream: “Though, we DID get really lucky at the end! And I hope Mr. Bean is okay!”
Milla:
“Still, you won the fight! That’s something to be super proud of!”
Rouge: “Indeed! You two got a lot of potential!”
Pada: “Mm…”
As everyone continues to chat, Bark hoists Bean on his shoulder, and appears to be walking out of the tournament grounds. This catches Sonic’s attention, and he goes up to them.
Sonic: “Not gonna stick around and see the rest of the tournament?”
Bark shakes his head to the side, signaling no.
Sonic: “Yeah, I guess there’s no point since you’re both done with your fights…”
Sonic: “Still, it was nice seeing you two again! Best of luck for whatever you’re doing after this!”
Bark: “...”
In response to Sonic’s words, Bark silently nods with a smile, before heading off with the unconscious Bean. Though, on their way out, the polar bear notices Fang talking to Chaos Gamma, before continuing on. He has nothing to say to his old partner. He’s nothing but trouble. Always has been.
As for what Fang is talking about with Chaos Gamma, they’re discussing their plans for this tournament.
Fang: “Here’s how we’re gonna do this!”
Fang: “You just focus on winning your matches, and I’ll try to steal the emerald while everyone’s distracted!”
Fang: “It’ll be a lot faster, and I can immediately reap my hard-earned reward from him!”
Chaos Gamma: “SUCH A TASK WILL BE DIFFICULT. THIS AREA HAS HEAVY SECURITY.”
Chaos Gamma: “IN ADDITION, THREATS LIKE METALLIX AND SONIC THE HEDGEHOG ARE PRESENT.”
Fang: “Oh, they’ll be too occupied with the fights to deal with me! I’ll be out of here before they realize it!”
Fang:
“And if they DO find out, I’m sure you’ll take care of it no problem!”
Chaos Gamma: “AFFIRMATIVE. BUT CAUTION MUST BE ADVISED OF THE MACHINE CALLED EMERL.”
Fang:
“Yeah, I already learned that the hard way! I don’t need a reminder!”
Chaos Gamma: “ACCORDING TO MY SCANS, THIS EMERL IS MADE OF UNKNOWN MATERIALS, AND IS POWERED BY 3 CHAOS EMERALDS.”
Chaos Gamma: “BY MY CALCULATIONS, THEY COULD BE A POWERFUL THREAT. ESPECIALLY WITH MORE EMERALDS.”
Chaos Gamma: “I MUST REPORT THIS TO DR. EGGMAN IMMEDIATELY.”
Fang: “Hm…well, as long as I get paid, I don’t care what this Emerl thing’s capable of…”
Fang: “You’ll do your part, and I’ll do mine. Long and short of it.”
Chaos Gamma nods in agreement, before the two split to work on their respective missions. The E-Series robot is particularly focused on learning more about Emerl.
Especially since the last match HAS to involve him…
Chapter 99: Fast Learner
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
As the last break of the beginning matches passes by, the audience shows some signs of fatigue, despite still looking forward to the rest of the Chaos Emerald Championship. A few of them have either started to doze off, checking the time with a bit of impatience, or look like they want to head off.
Clearly, the tournament is becoming a bit tiring to watch at this point, and Breezie, Neo, and many of the employees pick up on that. Plus, the contestants are also feeling tired after all the fighting, and the stress from certain events. Hence, the business hedgehogs, with Emerl standing next to them, discuss it.
Neo: “Seems your audience is growing tired of the show.”
Breezie: “It’s natural when you’re staying in one spot, watching a big metal cube for a long period of time.”
Breezie: “Unless you give them some breathing room, or time to back out, your viewers could grow sick of what you’re offering them!”
Breezie: “So once the next match ends, we’ll take a break for today! Tomorrow, we can start the quarter finals!"
Neo: “I see…and by stretching the tournament out over a few more days, you can gain more viewership and profit.”
Breezie: “True! And our contestants could use some time to rest after all that fighting!”
Neo: “Hm. This tournament has certainly been stressful for a few…”
As Neo says this, he looks at the contestant stands, focusing on Carol, who’s still unconscious. While he doesn’t care much for the wildcat, Chaos Gamma did NOT need to injure her that much during their match. Did it purposefully try to hurt her as much as possible without killing her? Or did it just not care, as long as it won? Probably the latter.
Regardless, Neo agrees that the fighters should have some time to relax after everything that’s happened. Though, he’s curious about who Emerl will be facing in this last match. So far, only 15 of the 16 contestants have shown up. And the Gizoid can’t help but speak up about this as well.
Emerl: “Come on! When do I get to show my stuff!?”
Neo: “Patience, Emerl. Once this break ends, you’ll have your time in the spotlight.”
Neo: “But I’m curious who your opponent will be? It’s clearly not anyone over there.”
Breezie: “If you want, I could give you a hint!”
Emerl: “Oh! Gimmie!”
Clearly eager for SOME kind of information about who he’s facing, Emerl faces Breezie, who relents.
Breezie: “They’re a martial artist! Supposedly has his own dojo in Chun-Nan!”
Breezie: “I interacted with them when they signed up! Very serious, but also pretty respectful!”
Breezie: “Said he was gonna be training until his match came up! That would explain why he isn’t here yet!”
Neo: “Really? Then he better come walking in if he doesn’t wanna miss his opportunity.”
Breezie: “Agreed! It’d be a terrible way to end this part of the tournament!”
Breezie: “Right, Emerl?”
Emerl: “!”
Noticing Emerl staring at something, Neo and Breezie look and see a new face arrive. A male swift fox in his early 30s, with ash-gray fur, red-orange eyes, a green martial arts gi with a black belt, and black slippers. He appears to be a bit fatigued, like he just got back from a workout. It’s obvious who this guy is.
Breezie: “...Speak of his presence, and he shall appear!”
Neo: “So THIS will be Emerl’s opponent? I suppose it won’t be a bad start.”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl continues to stare at the swift fox without a word. And for a moment, said fox looks at said Gizoid with a stern expression, before moving towards the contestant stands. Everyone there notices him too, with Knuckles particularly curious.
Knuckles: “Um…who are you?”
???: “So you all have signed up for this tournament?”
Cream: “Not all of us. What about you, Mr…?”
???: “Bai. Just Bai.”
Bai: “And yes, I too am here to fight.”
Manic: “Is that so? Where have you been this entire time?”
Bai: “Preparing myself. Physically and mentally.”
Bai: “Once I felt my time was coming, I headed over here. I’m ready to face a powerful opponent.”
Knuckles: “Hm. You certainly seem skilled.”
Knuckles: “But the guy you’re gonna be facing is unlike anything you’ve probably dealt with before. Just warning you beforehand.”
Bai:
“Of course. I could tell just by looking at them.”
Again, Bai stares at Emerl, with the others doing the same.
Bai: “This machine…they wield such chaotic power…”
Bai: “It’ll certainly be a daunting challenge…but I won’t back down.”
Milla: “Hehehe! You sound like someone I read in a comic book once!”
Milla: “Do you travel around the world, searching for a good fight?”
Bai: “When I was younger, yes. But nowadays, I teach promising youths at my dojo.”
Bai: “However, when I learned of this Chaos Emerald Championship…I felt like a great battle was calling out for me…”
Bai: “Clearly, that feeling wasn’t wrong. I’m already looking forward to this fateful matchup.”
Bai: “And should I prevail, I’ll be looking forward to facing some of you as well.”
Bai: “I can tell many of you are powerful fighters. Especially you, red echidna.”
Knuckles: “Heh! You have a good eye!”
Already, it seems Knuckles and Bai have a shared respect, as they give a nod and a smile to each other. Sonic, on the other hand, rolls his eyes with a small smirk. However, before they can continue talking, Stew calls out to everyone.
Stew: “Alright, people! It’s time for the last of the beginning rounds!”
Stew: “Let’s take off that tape and see our last 2 participants!”
The employee next to the bracket board nods, and does as asked. While the audience is intrigued by the matchup, the contestants, Bai, Breezie, and Neo aren’t.
Emerl:
“Sweet! My turn!”
Stew: “Huh…interesting…”
Stew: “Our first fighter is a master of the martial arts, who came here in search of a great battle! Bai The Swift Fox!”
Stew: “And his opponent will be a robot! One you’ve never seen the likes of before! Emerl!”
Silently, and without hesitation, Bai heads towards the Coliseum, with Knuckles and Tikal having some worried looks on their faces. As for Emerl, he’s about to rush off, but Neo stops him by putting a hand on his shoulder.
Neo: “Remember. Control yourself, and entertain the audience.”
Emerl: “Yeah, I got it!”
And with that, Emerl quickly arrives at the front entrance of the Coliseum, with Bai standing next to him. Stew comes up to them to talk to them for a moment.
Stew: “Any words to share before…?”
Bai: “No. I have nothing to say.”
Emerl: “No. I have nothing to say.”
Bai:
“?”
Bai is confused at Emerl copying his response, but returns to his calm demeanor, and Stew lets them go. When they get inside the Coliseum, the environment shifts to resemble a large martial arts dojo, with slide-doors, props like punching bags and scrolls with kanjis on them, a red mat covering the floor, etc.
In addition, one of the slide-doors is open, revealing a beautiful coastal mountain area that has green rivers, cherry blossom trees, red bridges, colorful flowers, and a sunny skyline. Looking around for a moment, Bai comments on the environment, while Emerl stays silent.
Bai: “Hm…a fitting arena…”
After saying that, Bai gets into a combat stance, which Emerl decides to mimic. As the two prepare to face off, everyone outside waits with a bit of tension in the air. But Lilac and Carol are distracted by a certain wildcat finally waking up.
Carol: “Ugh…my head…”
Lilac & Milla : “Carol!”
Immediately, Lilac and Milla hug Carol, who’s caught off-guard. The rest of the heroes notice too, and have relieved looks on their faces.
Amy: “You’re finally awake! You had us all worried!”
Pada:
“Y’all feelin’ better now?”
Carol: “Mmgh…my body is a little sore, and I have a slight headache…”
Lilac: “You’ll live…just don’t get cocky next time…”
Carol: “Ah…right…I lost badly against that robot…”
Carol: “What happened after I was knocked out? I didn’t miss anything cool, did I?”
Sonic: “You missed Cream and Cheese’s fight! They managed to beat Bean!”
Sonic: “And now, Emerl and this martial artist are gonna duke it out!”
Carol: “Seriously?”
Looking towards the Coliseum, Carol shows a bit more excitement on her face, hoping to see a really cool fight. Lilac and Milla sit close to her, glad that she’s okay. Though, they all put their focus back on Emerl and Bai’s battle. Quickly, the latter shares a few words.
Bai: “It’s an honor to fight such a strong opponent like yourself.”
Bai: “Regardless of which one of us wins…I hope we’ll both have a satisfying duel.”
Emerl: “Alrighty! Let’s dance!”
Despite the strange response, Bai nods with a smile, before moving around Emerl at a fast pace. He’s nowhere near Sonic speed, but it’s nothing to scoff at. The Gizoid doesn’t move a single joint as this happens. Though, his eyes flash ash-gray for a moment, meaning he’s already obtained his opponent’s battle data.
Just when Bai attempts to strike Emerl with a hand jab, he notices him quickly retaliating with the same hand jab. He just BARELY moves around it, and rolls across the floor to gain some distance. While confused at how he already predicted his movements, he just focuses on trying a few more attacks.
Wanting to test something, Bai rushes up to Emerl, and performs various fast strikes. But the Gizoid counters and blocks them by copying the swift fox’s fighting style. The two go at it for a couple of seconds, before the swift fox once again moves far away from the Gizoid. Clearly, he’ll need to try something different.
Closing his eyes, Bai focuses his mind and body, while doing a few arm and leg motions. This causes a white aura to cover his body, and rocks of various sizes and shapes to appear around him. And after opening his eyes, the swift fox starts to use the rocks in different ways, from shooting them at his opponent, to using them as a shield.
However, Emerl is able to do the exact same thing, utilizing geokinesis to summon his own rocks and throw them towards Bai. He gets hit by one or two, but is able to recover, and takes a moment to comment on his opponent’s capabilities.
Bai: “You…how are you copying my skills so quickly?”
Emerl: “I’m just that good, pal! You know how it is!”
Bai: “Hm…it’s hard to decipher your exact message…”
Bai:
“But I can decipher that you’re a one of a kind warrior. I MUST see everything you’re capable of!”
Emerl nods at Bai’s statement, and then they continue to fight. It’s clear that the former is the stronger one here, and that he’s holding back a lot. The Gizoid is only using his opponent’s fighting style, despite having the abilities of every single participant in the tournament. Neo DID tell him to be careful with his strength, after all.
That isn’t to say Bai isn’t an impressive fighter in his own right. His fighting style relies a lot on distance, constant movement, acrobatic skills, and geokinesis. Plus, he’s got good speed and strength, so he’s definitely not a pushover. If he was fighting against the likes of Carol or Rouge, he’d actually give them some trouble.
Unfortunately, Bai has to fight one of the strongest participants in the tournament in his first match. However, he doesn’t mind it at all. If anything, he likes having such a daunting challenge. Not only because it’s a great test of strength and skill, but also because there’s a lot he could learn from this, even if he loses.
Regardless, Bai does the best he can to dodge Emerl’s attacks, and retaliates with his own. He’s able to land a few hits here and there, yet they don’t seem to do much, and he has to dodge every attack the Gizoid throws at him in order to not immediately be knocked out. Though, he knows it’s only a matter of time before he falls.
Outside the Coliseum, the audience is in awe of what’s happening. Not only is this martial artist really skilled, but this orange robot is copying his every move, and putting pressure on him. However, some of the contestants are showing concern…
Carol: “Woah…! It’s like a mirror match! How is that robot doing that!?”
Tails: “Emerl can copy the movements and skills of others through observation.”
Tails: “And in a setting like this? That’s a really overpowered ability.”
Tails: “He’s probably learned ALL of our fighting styles by watching our matches. Bai has no chance against him.”
Knuckles: “So THIS is what a Gizoid can do?”
Knuckles: “I’ll admit…it’s gonna be a lot of trouble taking this ancient junkpile down…”
Knuckles: “But once I face him, there won’t be anything left of him!”
Tikal: “...”
Tikal stares at the match in silence, with worry and fear plaguing her face. While Emerl’s not too dangerous currently, and is clearly holding back a lot, the orange echidna can tell. The Gizoid lives up to the horror stories. With 3 emeralds, it’s already a very powerful fighter with limitless potential. And if it had all 7…
Trying to get rid of that thought, Tikal shakes her head for a moment, and returns to watching the battle. As for Neo and Breezie, they’re both very interested in what’s happening, sharing a few words.
Breezie: “Wow. I can see why you’re so confident in Emerl.”
Neo: “Yes. He’s perfectly replicating Bai’s abilities, and using them against him.”
Neo: “It’s almost mystical to watch, isn’t it?”
Breezie: “Heh! Am I sensing a father’s pride?”
Neo: “Spare your jests. I’m just pleased with what I’m seeing.”
Neo: “It’s a good thing he listened to my command. If he wasn’t holding back, he’d easily tear that fox to shreds.”
Neo: “Especially with all that battle data he obtained from the previous fights…”
Breezie: “What? So he can do what all the other contestants can do just by watching them?”
Neo: “Yes. Anything THEY can do, Emerl can do better.”
Neo: “And he’ll only get stronger with more emeralds powering him…”
Breezie: “Hmm…better keep a good leash on him then.”
Neo: “You have no need to worry. Under my watch, he’ll behave.”
Breezie: “If you say so…”
With that exchange over, Neo and Breezie put their focus back on the fight. The latter is genuinely impressed with Emerl’s capabilities, and wonders just how strong he can really get. He’s already proving himself to be really powerful. What, is he gonna ascend into godhood or something next?
Neo, on the other hand, has a small smile on his face as he watches Emerl fight. Not only is he dominating the match, but he’s making great use of Bai’s abilities. So WHAT if he can use someone else’s skills to take him out in one go? He doesn’t need to. And that shows great restraint and intelligence.
Anyways, as the battle rages on, Bai is starting to slow down a little. All that moving around and dodging grows tiring after a while, and using his geokinesis can also be straining. Emerl, on the other hand, has no fatigue problems at all. Not to mention he’s pretty durable, and hasn’t been damaged much.
Hence, Bai decides to take one last gamble. If this can’t do something to Emerl, nothing will. Standing still, and focusing as hard as he can, the swift fox’s aura grows stronger, and the Gizoid waits in anticipation. After a few seconds, the martial artist opens his eyes, which glow white, and he uses his ultimate technique.
One of Bai’s arms glows, and gets covered in stone. Then, he prepares for a punch, with Emerl ready to take it. And when he throws a punch forward, the stone on his arm suddenly becomes bigger, forming a MASSIVE fist that hits the Gizoid dead on, and causing an explosion of dirt and dust. This is what the swift fox calls “The Mountain Fist.”
After performing that move, Bai’s arm goes limp, and he struggles to stand, incredibly fatigued. That move requires a lot of mental focus, and causes the body to weaken from the strain. All it’ll take is one good punch to knock the swift fox down. Which is why it’s a last resort only. And hopefully, it worked on his opponent.
As the dust cloud covers half of the arena, both Bai and everyone outside the Coliseum stare intently for Emerl. The environment hasn’t shifted to normal, so it doesn’t seem like he won yet. Which is confirmed by the somewhat damaged Gizoid’s figure walking out of the dust, shocking the martial artist.
Bai: “What the…!? That was everything I had, and it only left him a little bruised…!?”
Emerl: “Whew! That was pretty cool!”
Emerl: “Now it’s MY turn!”
Deciding he’s had enough fun, Emerl runs up to Bai, and punches him in the stomach. He held back, but it still hurts a lot for the fatigued swift fox, who falls to the ground and can’t get up. Though, he remains conscious, and despite being defeated…he has a smile on his face. This was truly an incredible battle.
With Emerl as the winner, the arena returns to normal, and Emerl goes up to Bai, who looks up at him with that same smile.
Bai: “Heh…that was…incredible…”
Bai: “I gave it my all…and you weren’t even trying too hard…”
Bai: “It was an honor…to fight against you, Emerl…”
Emerl: “Honor?”
Emerl doesn’t understand what Bai is talking about, but the latter just sighs and continues.
Bai:
“You’ll learn what that is soon enough.”
Bai: “For now…continue to hone your strength…you clearly have something special…”
Bai: “Just…don’t lose sight of who you are…”
Emerl:
“?”
Again, Emerl can’t understand Bai’s words. However, he DOES help him stand up, and walk him out of the Coliseum, while Stew gives some final words on today’s events.
Stew: “And there you have it, folks! That truly was an exciting battle!”
Stew: “I’m sure we were ALL impressed with Emerl! Being able to perfectly replicate his opponent’s fighting style and beat him at his own game!”
Stew: “Though, let’s not forget who he learned said fighting style from! Bai definitely fought hard to the end!”
Stew: “But how will Emerl and the other 7 remaining fighters do in the next round? Who will be defeated next?”
Stew: “All of that, and more, will be covered TOMORROW!”
Stew: “That’s right! The next part of the Chaos Emerald Championship will be covered tomorrow! So stay tuned!”
And with that, most of the audience members take their leave, while the employees also work on putting equipment and other items away for now. As for the contestants, they see Emerl bringing Bai over to them, which confuses and/or intimidates some of them.
Tikal:
“!”
Knuckles:
“What do you want, Gizoid!?”
Emerl: “He needs a healin’! Pronto!”
Lilac: “Uh…what?”
Sonic:
“He’s saying Bai needs some help! Obviously!”
Milla: “Oh! Yeah, I can help!”
Bai: “Mm…thank you…”
Getting into the contestant stands, Emerl sets Bai down, allowing Milla and an uneasy Tikal to heal him. It doesn’t take as long as it did for Carol, since he wasn’t hurt too bad, and is still conscious. Though, he’ll need time to rest for now. During this process, everyone talks to the Gizoid.
Carol: “So…you were pretty cool during that match!”
Carol: “Though, if you were already miles ahead of Bai, why didn’t you just one shot him?”
Emerl: “The big cheese said not to go all out! It had to be fun for all of y’all!”
Amy: “You mean Neo told you to hold back for the sake of the tournament’s entertainment value?”
Neo: “That, and I didn’t want him to do what Chaos Gamma did.”
Hearing that voice, everyone looks over to see Neo and Breezie. The latter of which has a satisfied smirk on her face.
Emerl:
“Hey, boss! How did I do?”
Neo: “Very good. You showed great restraint and intelligence in your match, Emerl.”
Neo: “Keep it up, and I’m sure we’ll succeed.”
Emerl: “Sweetness!”
Sonic: “Don’t forget, Neo! You have to beat us before getting that emerald!”
Neo: “Of course. I have no concerns on that front.”
Breezie: “Same here for the tournament! You all put on a great show, despite some hiccups!”
Carol:
“By ‘hiccups,’ you mean ‘me almost dying in an explosion?’”
Breezie: “Oh relax! You’re okay now, and there’s no way I’d allow murder on my property!”
Lilac:
“That doesn’t mean-!”
Rouge: “Just stop, Lilac. She’s not gonna listen, or care.”
Lilac: “Well, I’ll GIVE her a reason to care, if I have to!”
Breezie: “Now now, Sash Lilac! Save that for the ring!”
Breezie: “Besides, you should be directing it at Chaos Gamma! I’m just the showrunner!”
Sonic: “REGARDLESS, will there be any other problems here?”
Sonic:
“Some of the…egg variety?”
Breezie:
“Nah! I’m more than prepared for it!”
Breezie: “And I’m sure you have some ideas on how to handle it too, Neo?”
Neo: “Of course.”
Neo: “But for now, you should all rest. You have a long day tomorrow.”
Knuckles: “We don’t need a reminder! Just get lost!”
Neo: “Hmph. Always so aggressive.”
Neo: “Come on, Emerl. We have a few things to discuss.”
Emerl: “On it!”
Emerl jumps out of the contestant stands, and right next to Neo and Breezie, while also saying his farewells to the heroes.
Emerl: “Adios!”
Together, the hedgehog CEOS and Gizoid walk away, leaving the heroes to talk to themselves.
Ray: “So…what are we gonna do next?”
Manic: “Eh. I was thinking about heading off, since I’m done with my matches.”
Cream:
“Huh? You’re not gonna stay, Mr. Manic?”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Manic: “Sorry, kids! As nice as it’d be to watch you all fight hard, I’ve still got stuff to do!”
Manic: “Plus, I’m sure you can all handle this! You don’t need my help!”
Tails: “What about helping Rouge with stealing the Chaos Emerald in the worst case scenario?”
Tails: “And we’re certain Fang will try to do the same.”
Manic:
“Oh please! You’ve got the world’s greatest jewel thief here!”
Manic: “Also, as tempting as it is to steal from Breezie, I know messing with her is a bad idea! I’m not feeling too daring today!”
Rouge: “Heh. Can’t say he isn’t wrong.”
Sonic: “Yeah, we DO already have a bunch of people helping us!”
Sonic: “Though, I’m surprised you’re just giving up this soon!”
Manic: “Trying to tick me off enough in order to make me stick around? Not gonna work, Sonic!”
Manic: “But…it was nice seeing you again. And meeting the rest of you.”
Mighty: “Yeah! Hopefully, we’ll cross paths again soon!”
Pada: “Same here, partner.”
Cream: “Thanks for everything, Mr. Manic!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Sonic: “Try not to get into anymore trouble next time!”
Manic: “HA! Yeah, sure! I’ll TOTALLY do that!”
With that last snarky remark, Manic heads out of the tournament area, as everyone waves him goodbye. Then, as he tries to stand up, Bai speaks.
Bai: “I’ll…be taking my leave as well. I’ve already seen enough.”
Milla: “Hold on a second! You still need to rest!”
Bai: “Calm down. I can still walk.”
Bai: “As for the rest of you…best of luck.”
Knuckles: “Same to you. Try to take it easy for a while.”
Bai: “Heh…I certainly can’t push myself at the moment…”
Carol: “Uh…technically, you’re already doing that?”
Not responding to Carol, Bai walks away from the tournament area, despite his injuries.
Knuckles: “...That guy’s got a real warrior’s spirit.”
Tikal: “I have to agree. He showed remarkable skill, despite being so outclassed.”
Tails: “Yeah…but let’s talk about our next move now.”
Tails: “I think we should take a break for the time being. Running ourselves ragged will only cause problems.”
Amy: “Agreed. Though, we could discuss some strategies for our upcoming fights.”
Milla: “Oh! How about we all have a movie night?”
Milla: “We could order some food and stuff! It’d be so fun!”
Ray: “Yeah! I like that idea!”
Mighty: “Mm…I guess it’d be a good time!”
Pada: “Can…can I hop in?”
Carol: “Of course! We’re pals now, aren’t we?”
Lilac: “Heheh…it’ll certainly be a lively movie night with 14 people!”
Rouge: “How about we make it a girls night out?”
Sonic: “Really? You wanna leave the guys out of this?”
Rouge: “Pssh! I’m sure you can all figure out something to do!”
Sonic: “True! Let’s just think about it for now!”
Sonic: “Because after all that excitement, I could use a few chili-dogs in my system!”
Lilac: “Personally, I’m having a craving for sushi!”
Milla: “Huh!? They have sushi here!?”
Knuckles: “Among other things, yes.”
After a little more discussion, everyone agrees to go get some grub, and then have some fun doing whatever’s available in Casino Park. Watching shows and movies, going bowling, playing pinball, etc. A nice breather before things get more chaotic. However, they failed to notice someone nearby.
In the shadows, Chaos Gamma was observing Emerl, and his match with Bai. It gained a lot of information, and it immediately contacted Dr. Eggman about it.
Eggman: “I saw the entire tournament. You did well with demolishing that furball.”
Chaos Gamma:
“AFFIRMATIVE. THIS UNIT COULD NOT SPARE ANY EXPENSE.”
Eggman: “Heheheh! Good! Keep it up, and that Chaos Emerald is as good as mine!”
Eggman: “Though, that Emerl robot…I’ve never seen anything like it before…”
Eggman: “It’s composition…the way it imitates the movements and abilities of it’s opponent…”
Eggman: “Tell me. What do you know about this thing?”
Chaos Gamma: “BASED ON MY OBSERVATIONS AND SCANS, THIS 'EMERL' IS MADE OF UNKNOWN MATERIALS, AND IS POWERED BY 3 CHAOS EMERALDS.”
Eggman:
“Unknown materials? That’s impossible! What materials AREN’T public knowledge!?”
Eggman: “And it’s powered by 3 emeralds? Are you 100% certain?”
Chaos Gamma: “YES. THAT IS WHAT MAKES IT SO STRONG.”
Chaos Gamma: “AND BASED ON MY CALCULATIONS, THIS MACHINE COULD BE A WORLD-ENDING THREAT WITH ALL 7 CHAOS EMERALDS.”
Eggman: “Is that so…?”
For a moment, Eggman is silent. Likely thinking to himself about what to do next. Once he’s got it, he continues.
Eggman: “Continue to keep an eye out on this ‘Emerl!’ AND Metallix!”
Eggman: “And be sure to get that emerald! I don’t care how!”
Chaos Gamma:
“UNDERSTOOD. I WILL NOT FAIL.”
And with that, the call ends, leaving Chaos Gamma with it’s current objectives. Win the tournament, survey Emerl and Metallix until further orders, and work with Fang to get the Chaos Emerald.
The Chaos Emerald Championship is about to get more intense…
Chapter 100: Some Time To Relax...
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Night.*
A couple of hours have passed since the beginning matches of the Chaos Emerald Championship. Everyone who was there to watch it in person, or work on different parts of it, are either busy with other stuff, relaxing and enjoying what Casino Park has to offer, or just headed home after a long day.
As for Sonic The Hedgehog, he and his male friends are currently messing around in the bowling alley, known as Neon Night Lanez. It’s got, of course, a cool neon aesthetic, with a nearby food court, a prize counter, some television screens keeping count of the players scores, tables to eat at, and a few arcade machines.
In particular, Tails and Ray are competing against each other in some bowling, with the former wearing some night-light shades, and the latter wearing a green bowling cap. Sonic and Mighty are cheering them on, wearing a red bowling jacket and some light-up bracelets respectively.
Sonic: “You got this, Tails!”
Mighty: “Stay focused, Ray!”
Meanwhile, at a nearby table, Knuckles is eating some type of bread, not really paying attention to the intense bowling action. He’s also got a brown cowboy hat with a blue stripe and red stars on his head. Sonic slapped it onto him for laughs, but it looks…surprisingly good on him? And he hasn’t gotten rid of it, so he seems to like it well enough.
Regardless, Tails and Ray are very focused on their bowling competition. The two-tailed fox has a two point lead ahead of the flying squirrel, so if the latter pulls off a strike, he could barely win this. Or at least tie. However, the young genius is very good at calculating his throws, so it’s been very tough.
Taking a deep breath, Ray throws his bowling ball forward, which knocks down all but one pin, much to his dismay. While very good, he only got a spare out of this. Tails, on the other hand, pulls off a perfect strike, ensuring his victory. He pumps his fists up in the air, while the flying squirrel lets out a sigh with a small smile.
Tails: “Yeah! I won!”
Ray: “Sigh…well, that was pretty fun!”
Ray: “Though, I wasn’t expecting you to be so good at bowling, Tails!”
Tails: “I’m not! I’m just really good at planning out my throws!”
Tails: “And you weren’t too far behind, Ray! If you landed a strike, we could have tied!”
Ray: “True! I guess I need to work on my throws a little more!”
Mighty: “Either way, that was fun to watch! Nice job!”
Sonic: “Same here! Now if only a certain echidna would come over here and join us?”
Tails: “Well…I’m pretty sure Knuckles would beat all of us with pure strength alone…and also break something…”
Mighty: “Same here. I have to be REALLY careful in scenarios like this.”
Mighty: “So what are you two gonna get from the prize counter? You scored a lot of points from all those strikes and spares.”
Ray: “Hmm…I’m not sure…”
Ray: “Let’s just give them to someone else here. I’m sure they’d make better use of it than us.”
Tails: “Agreed.”
Sonic: “Alrighty! Have at it! I’m gonna go talk to Knuckles!”
Sonic: “Maybe I could convince him to go a round with us?”
Mighty: “Heh. Best of luck with that!”
With that exchange finished, Sonic heads over to the table Knuckles is at. He already finished his bread. Now, his eyes are closed, his arms are behind his head, his legs are resting on the table, and his cowboy hat is covering his face. Though, when the blue blur moves his hat up, he opens one of his eyes with slight annoyance.
Sonic: “This table taken, cowboy?”
Knuckles:
“Only if you don’t leave me alone.”
Sonic: “Come on, Knux! It’s a boys outing!”
Sonic: “We’re supposed to be having fun here! Strengthening our bonds and stuff!”
Knuckles: “I’m only here because you wouldn’t stop bugging me about it.”
Sonic: “But we’ve got Mighty and Ray with us! We don’t see them too often, so you’re wasting this opportunity!”
Knuckles: “True. But remember what we’re REALLY here for?”
Sonic: “Sigh…always so serious…”
Showing some annoyance on his face, Sonic sits down at the table to continue his chat with Knuckles.
Knuckles: “Sonic, we’re fighting against a GIZOID here.”
Knuckles: “Sure, Emerl may not be a huge threat right now, but if we don’t get the Chaos Emerald here, along with the remaining 3-”
Sonic: “I get that. This means a lot to you and Tikal.”
Sonic: “However, you also need some time to destress and hang out with your friends! Or you’re gonna drive yourself crazy!”
Knuckles: “Well, YOU need to be a little more serious about this!”
Knuckles: “Those…things killed so many of my brethren in the past! And this new one is under METALLIX’S thumb!”
Sonic: “Hey, at least it’s not Eggman!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! It’s a super strong robot you that can change it’s form, copy our powers, transform into a dragon, constantly grows stronger and smarter, AND needed 3 super forms to beat!”
Knuckles: “So WHAT if he’s supposedly trying to do good? In my eyes, he’s just as bad, if not worse, than the guy who made him!”
Knuckles: “At least with Eggman, he isn’t that much of a problem once you get rid of all his toys!”
Sonic: “I acknowledge Metallix is problematic, yes! But you’ve seen some of the good he’s done!”
Knuckles: “He did it for his own reasons! Why are you so inclined to think he can be a good guy?”
Sonic: “Already told you back at the gym, Knucklehead!”
Knuckles: “I remember! And I agree with Tails! You’re far too relaxed about stuff like this!”
Knuckles: “You must think you’re unstoppable after all those wins against Eggman, don’t you?”
Sonic: “Well…it wasn’t all easy…”
Sonic: “There were times I struggled a lot. And times I would have lost, if not for you, Tails, and the others backing me up.”
Sonic: “At this point, I know we can overcome any challenge. No matter how impossible or dangerous.”
Sonic: “And sometimes…things may work out in a way you wouldn’t expect…”
Sonic: “Life can throw all kinds of curveballs. And I run right towards them.”
Knuckles: “...So you’d get hit right in the face?”
Sonic: “The point is that what we’re dealing with right now will work out. I have no reason to think otherwise after everything we’ve been through.”
Sonic: “Try to take the same approach. It may sound silly, but it’s helpful.”
Knuckles: “...”
For a moment, Knuckles gives a conflicted expression as he stares at Sonic, who returns the stare with a small smirk. Despite finding the blue blur’s logic questionable, he can’t help but acknowledge it. They HAVE been through a lot, and made it on top. Even despite the bumps on the road.
Really, ever since day 1, Knuckles thought Sonic was so…strange. Facing danger head on with a smile, rarely showing fear or anger against great opposition, always seeing the bright side of things, etc. At points, the red echidna couldn’t help but be a little jealous of the blue blur’s unrelenting heroism.
And admittedly, there’s a certain charm to Sonic that rubs off on others. Knuckles is no different. It made him become more adventurous, allowing him to stop being so committed to Angel Island and the Master Emerald 24/7, and take some time to see the world. Maybe even meet some new people and friends.
It also made Knuckles a little more confident in himself, and motivated him to get stronger. To protect not only his home and those he cares about, but also to compete with a worthy rival. Despite being a great annoyance at points, Sonic is an important friend to the red echidna. Always willing to help him out when needed, even when their opposite personalities and views clash.
Right now, Knuckles is starting to come around on Sonic’s advice. Yes, Emerl and Metallix are serious threats that need to be stopped. However, he doesn’t need to be so gung-ho about it. He can spare some time to take a break. He’ll face those two soon enough, and he’ll win. No matter what.
After a little more thinking and staring, Knuckles finally relents as he lets out an annoyed sigh. Sonic maintains his smirk when this happens.
Knuckles: “You’re a real pain in the neck, you know that?”
Sonic: “Yep! It’s kind of my thing!”
Sonic: “Now, stop sulking and join us! You need some more fun in your life!”
Knuckles: “Yeah, yeah, whatever…”
Together, Sonic and Knuckles stand up and leave the table to join up with the others for more bowling action. During this, the red echidna starts to genuinely enjoy himself, as he easily beats his friends (With the exception of Mighty) and racks up strikes. A nice break before things get more intense…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
In a large bedroom with a few beds, couches, a table, a fireplace, a nearby bathroom and kitchen, a balcony, and a television screen, all of Sonic’s female friends (And also Cheese) are having a nice little movie night together. They’re all chatting with each other while having some snacks and drinks.
Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Tikal are resting on one of the beds, with Rouge having another bed all to herself, having a few drinks. Pada and Team Lilac sit on the couches, munching on popcorn (Pada especially loves the popcorn). And as for the movie they’re watching? Chao In Space. A memorable classic.
While Amy, Team Lilac, and Rouge have seen it before, everyone else hasn’t. Cream and Cheese, along with Tikal, really love it, but Pada appears to get a little emotional during certain scenes. Same for Carol and Milla.
Pada: “Sniff…that lil’ critter…”
Carol: “Y-Yeah…it always gets me!”
Lilac: “Here. Take some tissues.”
Milla: “I need some too…”
Grabbing the tissue box offered by Lilac, Carol, Milla, and Pada all wipe their eyes and noses. Cream and Cheese then speak up.
Cream: “This is such a good movie! I need to tell mom and Chocola all about it when we get back!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Rouge: “Admittedly, I’m not the biggest fan of sci-fi. But this is a well-made film.”
Rouge: “Everything shown on screen was made with a purpose. Nothing is wasted.”
Amy: “Hehe! You almost sound like a film expert, Rouge!”
Rouge: “I do dabble in some movie genres during my spare time.”
Rouge:
“There’s this one spy movie I REALLY love! It just grabs your attention so easily!”
Lilac: “Maybe we should watch it later? Assuming it’s family-friendly, and we have the time?”
Rouge:
“Sorry, but it isn’t. Another time, perhaps?”
Amy: “Sounds good! What do you think, Tikal?”
Tikal: “...”
Tikal is too focused on watching the movie, so Amy has to poke her shoulder.
Tikal: “Huh? What is it, Amy?”
Amy: “You’re really into this movie, aren’t you?”
Tikal: “Ah…yes…it’s such an enthralling experience…”
Tikal: “The way they portray the struggles of these chao without words is incredible. And the visuals are stunning.”
Tikal: “Knuckles DID tell me about the existence of movies, but seeing them myself is something else entirely.”
Carol:
“Huh? You’ve never seen a movie before?”
Amy: “Tikal…has been around for a long time…”
Pada: “Really? How long’s it been, partner?”
Tikal: “Uhhh…around 4,000 years?”
Carol: “Psh! Nice joke!”
After making that remark, Rouge, Amy, Cream and Cheese, and Tikal are all awkwardly staring at Carol without a word. That’s when she realizes she wasn’t joking at all, and shows a shocked expression.
Carol: “Wait, seriously!? What kind of aging cream do you use!?”
Tikal: “Well…I was inside a giant gemstone of great power for a long period of time…”
Tikal: “I was around 14 when it happened, so…?”
Milla: “Wow…you were inside a Chaos Emerald for decades?”
Tikal: “Master Emerald, actually. It’s a long story.”
Tikal: “Once I was out of it, I didn’t see much of the outside world. I just stayed on Angel Island.”
Amy: “But you were helping me and the others around Station Square when Eggman tried using Chaos for his plans!”
Amy: “Surely, you must have seen some movie posters or something!”
Tikal: “Well, I did. I just never saw a proper movie until now.”
Cream:
“Then we should show you MORE movies! I know a few good ones!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Lilac: “Something tells me we’re gonna be at this until midnight…”
Carol:
“Heck yeah! It’s gonna be a blast!”
And with that, the girls and chao continue to watch all kinds of movies until they decide they have had enough. During this time, everyone grows a little closer, with Carol and Pada becoming besties, and Tikal being on better terms with Lilac too. It’s a fun time had by all. Sadly, they need to rest for the tournament tomorrow.
After Team Lilac and Pada leave, Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Rouge get ready for bed. But Tikal decides to head out to the balcony area to think and enjoy the colorful night view. This is the first time in a while since she visited the outside world. And already, she’s seen so much, and met plenty of people.
As Amy tucks Cream and Cheese to bed, and Rouge dozes off, she notices Tikal at the balcony, and goes up to talk to her.
Amy: “Can’t sleep?”
Tikal: “Just…thinking…”
Amy: “Mm…the past few days HAVE been a little hectic…”
Seeing the vast view of Casino Park, Amy smiles.
Amy: “...Beautiful, isn’t it?”
Tikal: “Yeah…it is…”
Tikal: “The outside world has so many beautiful sights…and I haven’t seen much of it, even after 4,000 years…”
Amy: “Why not go see it then?”
Tikal: “Mm…maybe…”
Tikal: “But Angel Island is my home. It’d feel wrong to leave it for too long.”
Amy: “You sound just like Knuckles! It’s okay to take a break!”
Amy: “Plus…don’t you want to see what the outside world has to offer?”
Tikal: “It certainly intrigues me…”
Tikal: “The vast cultures…the many kinds of people…the different environments…”
Tikal: “Often times, I wonder…what would things be like now if the Chaos Clan…?”
Tikal trails off as she puts on a solemn expression. But Amy reassures her by putting a hand on her back and giving her a smile.
Tikal: “...Heh…sorry…”
Tikal: “Sometimes, I can’t help but think about such what ifs…”
Amy: “It’s okay…I’ve been there too…”
Amy: “But you’ve got to keep your head in the present. Thinking about the past too much isn’t healthy.”
Tikal: “Mm…wise words…”
Amy: “Just something a friend once told me!”
This comment makes Tikal chuckle a little. Then, she turns back towards the doorway to the bedroom.
Tikal: “...Let’s get some rest. It’s been a long day.”
Amy nods in agreement, and together, she and Tikal hit the hay.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Neo sits down on the bed in his room, watching Emerl perform a few punches and kicks to gauge how much he’s learned, and how skilled he currently is. Other notable details of the room are a nearby kitchen, bathroom, and balcony, alongside a fireplace, TV, some couches and a table, and a few fancy props.
Of course, Emerl isn’t pulling off anything crazy, but it’s clear to Neo he’s looking forward to fighting again. Though, another thing is clear to him, and he stands up as he points it out.
Neo: “You’re putting a little too much force into your strikes. Focus more on the movement.”
Emerl: “Okie-dokie!”
As requested, Emerl puts an emphasis on his movements, which Neo nods at.
Neo: “Much better. You continue to improve.”
Neo: “Now tell me…how much battle data have you collected?”
Stopping for a moment, Emerl’s eyes flash before he responds.
Emerl: “About 5 yottabytes!”
Neo: “Hmm…impressive.”
Neo: “The ones who made you were clearly ahead of their time. I can’t help but feel jealous.”
Emerl:
“The ones who…made me?”
Neo: “Yes. Your creators.”
Neo: “Every machine has an origin. And built for a specific purpose.”
Emerl: “A specific…purpose?”
Emerl processes this information, with Neo curious as to what he’s trying to figure out. But once he’s ready, the Gizoid asks something.
Emerl: “What…is your origin?”
Neo: “My origin? Well, I was made by a scientist named Dr. Ivo Robotnik. Better known as Eggman.”
Neo:
“I’ve told you before that he’s an enemy of mine. And a dangerous one at that.”
Emerl: “...”
While it’s not clear to most people, Neo can tell Emerl is confused. Though, about what specifically, he isn’t sure.
Emerl: “Is he…your master?”
Neo:
“Not anymore.”
Neo: “He treated me like dirt, and attempted to destroy me. I broke free of his puppet strings.”
Neo: “All I feel for him now is hatred and disappointment.”
Emerl: “But…?”
Emerl pauses, his confusion growing. Neo is starting to put the pieces together on WHY he’s confused. Due to his link, he must think that complete loyalty to his master is a necessity. That’s how any machine works, right? Obey it’s creator, no matter what? Yet, the robotic hedgehog broke that rule.
Emerl: “...I don’t get it.”
Neo: “You will. In due time.”
Standing up, Neo puts his hands on Emerl’s shoulder, and looks him in the eye.
Neo: “We all have a choice to make. Even when we don’t think or realize it.”
Neo: “And sometimes, the one thing we were made for…isn’t what we were destined for.”
Neo: “You and I were made to be weapons. Designed to kill and destroy for another’s ambitions.”
Neo: “Yet, I have chosen a different path. To be a savior.”
Neo: “Soon, you’ll find your path too. Once you have all the Chaos Emeralds.”
Neo: “Until then…don’t think too hard about it. This is a complicated topic, after all.”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “...Understood.”
Neo nods at Emerl, before taking his hands off his shoulders. Then, he looks outside.
Neo: “It’s late. Most organic beings would be asleep by now.”
Neo: “But we do not have such a weakness. Therefore, we can continue your practice, as long as we stay quiet.”
Silently, Emerl nods at Neo, before they get back to practice. Not only does the Gizoid continue to perfect his movements, but he also learns to better control some of the abilities he gained from others. He even tries to use two skills at once, which sadly doesn't work. Though, it’s not too bad a loss.
However, Neo is curious about what Emerl is feeling right now. About the nature of machines, and their loyalty to their creators. He doesn’t know if the Gizoid remembers the people who made him, or how they treated him. So far, he assumes no, but he could be wrong. And if he is, what DOES this machine think of them?
Does Emerl feel hatred towards his creators? Sympathy? Apathy? Does he wish to be more than a servant to whoever commands him? Is he questioning this for the first time? Neo can’t help but wonder about all of this. But he DOES know he’s been through similar struggles, which gives him plenty of knowledge on this subject.
Therefore, Neo will do his best to guide Emerl towards the path that’s right for him. He DOES want him to continue to help him in his goals of bettering the world, but at the same time, he doesn’t want to just force him into it. He’s not like Eggman. If the Gizoid chooses something different for himself? Then so be it.
Though, this train of thought causes Neo to pause for a moment. Why does it matter if Emerl wants something different? He awakened him so that he could obey him. Nothing else should matter, right? Well, again, the robotic hedgehog doesn’t want to be like his creator. He REFUSES to be ANYTHING like his creator.
Yet…Neo has to ask himself a question in that case. Does he still want to kill Sonic? That’s what Eggman built him for, and why he grew as much as he did. But he has to look at how he’s grown past that hedgehog. He’s a successful businessman, helping the world through his companies, and even saved it against alien invaders.
Does killing Sonic really matter anymore? Or is Neo still holding on to that last remnant of Dr. Eggman’s programming? So that he wouldn’t forget why he did ALL of this? If he wanted to, he could just ignore the blue blur and do whatever he wants at this point. Live a free life, with no strings attached…
And maybe…Neo could share that life with Emerl? Or even Breezie? Despite his irritations with them at points, the robotic hedgehog DOES have a soft spot for them in some form. The idea of this…irritates the metallic menace. He already said it before. He must not become complacent, or what he strives to do will fall to ruin.
He MUST achieve his utopia. He MUST kill Sonic. He MUST raise Emerl to full power. He MUST win. This HAS to happen.
Otherwise…what will he do?
Chapter 101: A Test Of Speed
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
It’s a new day, and the Chaos Emerald Championship can now move on to the quarter-finals. Tons of people are heading to the tournament area, either to help with the set up, to watch, or to participate in the action. This includes Sonic, who stretches his arms a little as he chats with his friends.
Sonic: “Sigh…about time we got back to this!”
Sonic: “I’m excited just thinking about the fights that are gonna take place!”
Carol: “Same here! But it sucks to not be a part of the fun anymore!”
Ray: “We’ll just have to give all of our support from the stands! And it’ll still be fun to watch!”
Milla: “Hopefully, things won’t get TOO intense…”
Tails:
“Pretty sure the tournament grounds will be the least of our worries.”
Tails: “If Fang’s still around, he’s definitely gonna gun it for the Chaos Emerald while we’re all distracted.”
Rouge: “Then allow me to beat him to the punch! He’ll be a total laughing stock by the end of it!”
Tikal: “May I join you in your efforts? I believe my abilities could prove useful.”
Rouge: “Only if you don’t slow me down! Otherwise, feel free to make my job easier!”
Lilac: “Hm…I don’t see Chaos Gamma anywhere…”
Knuckles: “And I haven’t seen Metallix, Emerl, or Breezie either…”
Cream: “Maybe they went ahead of us?”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “Regardless, let’s just focus on winning our fights.”
Amy: “Rouge, you and Tikal just focus on finding Fang. You might also run into Neo.”
Tikal: “Right…I doubt he’d let the emerald be taken that easily…”
Rouge:
“It’ll certainly be problematic. But as long as we get that marvelous jewel, I don’t care what method we use!”
Rouge:
“And hopefully, this’ll be over soon! We’ve been wasting a lot of time here!”
Knuckles: “Agreed! The tournament might be fun, but we should have gotten the Chaos Emerald by now!”
Sonic: “Oh come on! What’s an adventure without a few fun pit stops?”
Sonic: “We’ll get through this somehow! We always do!”
Pada: “...Is he ALWAYS this dang optimistic?”
Mighty: “Pretty much!”
As the group continues on to the tournament area, Rouge and Tikal decide to split off to begin their mission. Locate where the Chaos Emerald is being stored in Casino Park, find Fang, watch out for Neo, and take down the bounty hunter before he steals their prize. It’ll certainly be tough with all the security and defenses, but they think they can pull it off.
Once the heroes make it to the tournament area, they find that it looks mostly the same as before. The big metal box, the stands, the bracket board, etc. Though, there’s a lot more audience members this time. And while Emerl and Breezie are present, Neo is nowhere to be found, which is kinda unsettling.
Regardless, the heroes head over to the contestant stands and take their seats. Team Lilac stays close together, alongside Sonic’s group, and Pada hangs around Mighty and Ray, looking a little awkward around them. They all see the brackets, showing who the 8 remaining contestants will be fighting against.
Sonic VS Lilac. Knuckles VS Mighty. Amy VS Chaos Gamma. And Cream & Cheese VS Emerl. They already knew about the first 3 matches, but that last one concerns Amy and the others.
Amy: “You’ve got to be kidding me! Cream and Cheese will have to fight Emerl next!?”
Tails: “Amy, calm down! Neo told Emerl to hold back in the tournament!”
Amy: “Even still, this is gonna be bad!”
Cream: “Ms. Amy…I understand you’re worried about us…”
Cream: “But me and Cheese can’t forfeit the match! And we don’t WANT to do that for now!”
Cream: “Regardless of if we can win, we want to show our strength! No matter what!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Amy: “...”
Despite understanding Cream’s words, Amy can’t help but give her a worried expression. Emerl’s already a daunting opponent to fight against for the likes of Sonic or Knuckles, but for the little rabbit and her chao? It’s a VERY one-sided battle. So what if the Gizoid won’t be going all-out? This is still very dangerous.
Putting her hands on Cream’s shoulders, and looking her dead in the eye, Amy talks to her and Cheese.
Amy: “Just promise me you two will be careful.”
Cream: “Yes. We will.”
Cheese: “Chao.”
Accepting the answer, Amy nods at Cream with a caring smile, which she and Cheese return with smiles of their own. Ms. Rose then takes her hands off of the rabbit’s shoulders, and looks back at the area. She focuses specifically on Breezie, who’s talking to Emerl.
Amy: “Where is Neo? He didn’t go after Rouge, Tikal, and Fang already, did he?”
Tails: “That seems to be the case. But we expected this to happen.”
Tails: “What about Emerl? Shouldn’t he be following him?”
Knuckles: “Metallix probably told him to stay here and continue fighting.”
Knuckles: “The Gizoid is supposed to obey it’s master without question, after all.”
Sonic: “Regardless, we’re gonna have some tough fights in store!”
Sonic: “So stay focused, everyone! It’s about to get crazy!”
Everyone gives a nod in agreement with Sonic. And after a few minutes of preparation, the cameras start rolling, and Stew begins his commentary once again.
Stew: “Good day, one and all! Welcome back to the CHAOS EMERALD CHAMPIONSHIP!”
Stew: “Last time, we managed to get past all 8 of the beginning matches! Now it’s time for the 4 quarter-final matches!”
Stew: “First one on the block is a battle between two speedsters! Hedgehog and water dragon!”
Stew: “Sonic The Hedgehog! Sash Lilac! Step into the ring!”
The audience roars in excitement at this matchup, while Lilac and Sonic give each other knowing smirks.
Sonic: “Been a long while since we tested out who’s the fastest between us!”
Lilac: “Yeah! I had some trouble keeping up with you before!”
Lilac: “But this time, I feel it’ll be a lot more even!”
Sonic: “Is that so? Let’s get right to it, then!”
Together, Sonic and Lilac walk towards the Coliseum, with their friends giving their support.
Tails: “Good luck, you two!”
Carol & Milla : “You’ve got this, Lilac!”
Amy: “Don’t hold anything back!”
Once the two speedsters are at the front of the big metal box, Stew comes up to ask for a word or two. But they both put a hand up to signal they don’t have anything to say, which he accepts. Hence, Sonic and Lilac go into the Coliseum, where the environment changes to a rather…intense arena.
It’s a large battleship in the sunny sky made of light brown, red, and gray metals, which also has various visible circuits and engines. There’s also tons of propellers, rocket boosters, laser cannons, and the Eggman Empire logo plastered on different surfaces. This is a nostalgic area for the blue blur.
Sonic: “The Wing Fortress? Not exactly the best area to show off our speed, but it certainly adds to the battle!”
Turning towards his opponent, Sonic gets into a combat stance, and vice-versa for Lilac. Both have smiles on their faces as they share a quick exchange before fighting.
Lilac: “You better not hold back on me, Sonic! I’m giving my all here!”
Sonic: “Of course not! This is supposed to be fun, after all!”
Sonic: “Now…are you ready?”
Lilac: “Yes…I’m ready.”
And with that, the battle begins. The two dash towards each other, their foreheads clashing as they try to push the other back with their speed. Sonic’s able to do so, causing Lilac to fall to the ground. But she quickly recovers, and is able to predict the hedgehog’s next move, countering his Spin Attack with a hair whip, knocking him back.
This leads Sonic to try a different move. He throws his arm forward, releasing a small cyclone of sharp winds that ensnare Lilac, and launch her into the air. The Sonic Wind technique. Taking his chance, the blue blur pulls off a few Homing Attacks, before the water dragon uses her Dragon Cyclone to block the strikes.
Then, using her Dragon Boost, Lilac zips around the arena, and attacks Sonic at different angles. He’s able to dodge many of these strikes, but he does get a few scrapes. And he’s eventually able to knock her back by releasing a wind-like projectile at her, known as the Sonic Storm technique.
Taking a moment to catch her breath, Lilac looks at Sonic, and vice-versa. They can both tell they’ve gotten a LOT better than before. So they up the ante, fighting at high speeds across the entire airship. To the naked eye, they start looking like blue and purple streaks. It’s a very intense test of speed.
Lilac does her best to match Sonic’s speed and strength with her own, alongside strategy and skill. She’s able to land some good hits on him, but he shows no signs of slowing down. Likewise, the blue blur is doing the same, utilizing many wind-based projectiles, and trying to throw her off-balance for more openings.
Outside the Coliseum, everyone’s on the edge of their seats. This is a fantastic start to the quarter finals, as they can’t tell which speedster will come out on top. And the heroes in the contestant stands are cheering them on loudly. Especially Carol, Milla, Tails, and Amy. Even Breezie’s impressed with the performance, and Emerl can’t take his eyes off of it.
But eventually, Sonic and Lilac stop again to catch their breath, with the latter looking a little more tired. Though, both are still raring to go, and they share another few words.
Sonic: “Whew! You’ve gotten a LOT stronger! I’m impressed!”
Lilac: “Heh…same to you! I’m starting to wonder if I can even keep up at this point!”
Sonic: “Come on, Lilac! Don’t tell me you’re throwing in the towel now?”
Lilac: “Of course not! I still have one last ace in the hole!”
Lilac: “I wanted to save this for later, but now’s a good time to use it!”
Taking a deep breath, Lilac shouts with clenched fists.
Lilac: “Dragon Wings! ACTIVATE!”
On Lilac’s back, a pair of mechanical wings with a white and orange color scheme pop out, and she gets a faint cyan aura with sparkles covering her body. Seeing this, Sonic lets out a whistle.
Sonic: “Now THAT’S cool! Show me what they can do!”
Lilac nods with a smirk, before flying into the air, dashing around at high-speeds with a suped-up Dragon Boost. Seems these Dragon Wings not only give her the ability of flight, but also enhance her strength and speed. And this may be the edge she needs to take down Sonic in this match.
From this point on, Lilac gives Sonic a lot more trouble, being able to dish out more damage, and her flight allowing her more options for maneuverability. She can even shoot out lasso-like projectiles with her hair whips, and utilize a few water-based moves as well. Though, it’s nothing the blue blur can’t handle.
Now having the whole airship to himself, Sonic zips around almost every part of it in a blue streak to keep up with and dodge Lilac. He also uses more of his wind-based techniques, and packs more of a punch. If this fight keeps up, there may not be any airship left to fight on. Or maybe the Coliseum will keep it in one piece?
Regardless, this intense battle continues to put the audience in awe, and make them cheer even harder for both fighters. But this has to come to an end at some point. And while Lilac’s doing very well, she’s growing more tired by the second, and her Dragon Wings won’t last much longer. She has to finish this now.
In the air, Lilac prepares for one last, all-out Super Dragon Boost, creating a strong cyan aura around herself. Sonic, still having that excited grin on his face, charges up a Light-Speed Attack, covering himself in a bright blue aura as well. Once they’re fully-charged, they launch face-first towards each other, creating an explosion on top of the airship.
Now covered in smoke, it’s unclear who won, and the audience watches in anticipation. But once it clears, it shows that Lilac is laying on the floor, beaten. Her Dragon Wings have also fallen apart. Sonic, on the other hand, is able to stand up, despite clearly being bruised. And he gives a thumbs-up towards his opponent.
Everyone watching jumps up and cheers for Sonic’s victory, including his friends. And while Carol and Milla are a little bummed that Lilac couldn’t win, they’re still happy with how well she did. Stew also comments on this.
Stew:
“Wow! Just…WOW!”
Stew:
“Now THAT is what I call a BATTLE! I could barely even keep up with all of that!”
Stew: “But as expected, the Fastest Thing Alive and hero of Earth comes out on top!”
Stew: “However, Lilac certainly gave him a tough time! Especially once she busted out those wings!”
Stew: “If this is any indication, today’s battles are gonna be a sight to behold!”
Stew: “Though, I think a break is in order! Watching such an intense fight really does a number on you!”
As Stew goes on, Sonic helps a tired Lilac out of the Coliseum, and they’re congratulated by their friends at the contestant stand.
Knuckles:
“Man, that was awesome! You two were really going at it!”
Sonic:
“Had to put on a good show, didn’t we?”
Milla: “Are you okay, Lilac?”
Lilac: “Yeah…just tired…”
Lilac: “And sadly, the Dragon Wings broke…”
Carol: “Oh, I’m sure we can get them fixed after this! No problem!”
Tails: “About that…where did you get them?”
Lilac: “A good friend of ours. He’s a pretty good mechanic.”
Tails: “Then how about I help fix them for you? Maybe even make a few improvements?”
Carol: “Absolutely! You rock, Tails!”
Tails lets out a light chuckle at Carol’s words, before helping Lilac sit down at the contestant stand. Milla’s able to heal her, but she’ll be a little sore for a couple of minutes. And afterwards, they continue to chat amongst each other, discussing possible strategies and what they could do during this tournament.
However, they’re still concerned about Neo’s whereabouts. If he’s going after Rouge, Tikal, and Fang, that could be problematic.
But hopefully, things turn out in their favor…
Chapter 102: Burning Red
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Making the best use of the break, Sonic and his friends take some time to relax, and/or figure out what to do for their next fight. The blue blur is laying down, eyes closed, and Lilac, while sore from her fight, is able to sit straight and talk to Carol and Milla, along with Amy, Cream, and Cheese.
Tails decides to contact Rouge and Tikal via a yellow hand-made phone about their progress on finding Fang, with Knuckles and Ray joining in the call. But once they reach them, the trio can hear the girls struggling with something.
Rouge: “Ngh! What is it, Tails? We’re busy dealing with the security measures!”
Tails: “Sorry! We just wanted to check in with you!”
Tikal: “We’ve been making steady progress! But it has been difficult, even with my Chaos Energy techniques!”
Ray:
“Really? I thought you’d just teleport to where the Chaos Emerald is being stored?”
Knuckles: “It’s not that simple. You need a clear picture of where you’re teleporting to.”
Knuckles: “And if you’re not careful, you may end up in a dangerous spot.”
Tikal: “Exactly! I can’t pinpoint the location of the emerald either!”
Rouge: “Hence, we’re gonna have to do this the hard way!”
Rouge: “Now, how’s the tournament going? Nothing too crazy?”
Tails: “Sonic won his match with Lilac, and Knuckles will have to fight Mighty soon!”
Knuckles: “It was quite the spectacle! You should have seen it yourselves!”
Rouge: “Heh! I can certainly imagine it!”
Rouge: “What about Neo? Is he not there?”
Ray: “No…but Emerl and Breezie are.”
Tikal:
“I expected as much! We’ll have to be very mindful of our surroundings!”
Rouge: “Like we weren’t already doing that! Let’s just get back to work!”
Rouge: “You guys can worry about the tournament! We can take care of ourselves!”
Knuckles: “Hmph! If you say so!”
Rouge: “Wanna run that by me again, Knuckie?”
Tails: “Um…okay, good luck!”
Not wanting to upset Rouge when she’s busy, or disturb her anymore, Tails ends the call, before he, Ray, and Knuckles share the information with Sonic and the others. Pada, meanwhile, is trying to start up a conversation with Mighty, yet is struggling to figure out what to say. All with a red, frustrated face.
But eventually, after calming down and mustering up the courage, Pada finally talks to Mighty. Though, she moves her hat down a bit so that he can’t see her face.
Pada: “So…uh…”
Pada: “What y’ fixin’ to do after this here?”
Mighty: “Huh? You mean after this tournament’s over?”
Pada: “Well…yep! Ya betcha!”
Mighty: “Hm…me and Ray are probably just gonna continue our travels…”
Mighty: “I’m thinking we could go to Seaside City and meet up with some old friends! Assuming they aren’t busy with detective work!”
Pada: “Ah…shoot…”
Mighty: “What about you? Are you gonna head back home?”
Pada: “Actually…I…uh…!”
Pada struggles to find the right words, as she continues to grow nervous and irritated, while Mighty looks at her with a confused expression. But after a full minute, she figures it out.
Pada: “I…wanna join y’all two…”
Mighty: “Oh! Really?”
Pada: “Now don’t ya go misunderstandin’ me! I just wanna check out the rest of this big ‘ol world and get myself tougher!”
Pada: “And…and y’all two lookin’ like y’all fit for that, so…?”
Her composure starting to wane, Pada turns away from Mighty, worried that he might say no. However, he puts on a small smile.
Mighty: “Sure! Having some extra company would be a nice change of pace!”
Mighty: “Plus, I want to get to know you better! So that I won’t forget!”
Pada: “!?”
Now looking redder than Knuckles, Pada doesn’t respond to Mighty’s acceptance of her request, aside from some stuttering. And she’s unable to figure it out as Stew calls for everyone’s attention again. Though, it’ll at the very least give her more time to recover.
Stew: “Alright, folks! A battle between two red powerhouses is about to begin!”
Stew: “The powerful echidna, Knuckles! And the tough armadillo, Mighty!”
Stew:
“Who will come out on top as the strongest!? It’s time to find out!”
Hearing these words, Mighty and Knuckles stand up, and give each other competitive smiles.
Knuckles: “Oh this is gonna be a good one!”
Mighty: “Agreed! And I AM curious about how strong you are compared to before!”
Mighty:
“There’s no better time to figure that out than now!”
Knuckles: “My thoughts exactly!”
As the two powerhouses head off to the Coliseum, their friends give some encouragement. Though, Pada looks a little uneasy. She isn’t sure if Mighty can win against Knuckles, as she can tell he’s the stronger between the two. But…she believes in the armadillo…
Ray:
“Good luck, Mighty! Show everyone what you’re capable of!”
Sonic: “Try not to let loose too much, Knucklehead!”
Pada: “...”
Once Mighty and Knuckles arrive at the front of the Coliseum, Stew is about to ask for a word before they start, only to get denied again. But he accepts it without question, and they get inside the metal box. The environment changes to a place that’s VERY familiar to both fighters. This is where they first met, after all.
It’s a massive botanical garden on an isolated island, filled to the brim with plants of all shapes and sizes, and surrounded by a massive glass and metal dome. There’s also some waterfalls, rivers, and stone structures. And the skyline appears to be early morning, with very few clouds and a rising sun.
Knuckles: “The Botanic Base…it’s been a long time since I’ve been here…”
Knuckles: “Though, technically, this isn’t the actual Botanic Base. It just looks like it.”
Mighty: “Yeah…but it certainly looks convincing…”
Mighty: “Crazy that it’s only been 2 years since we met! It feels a lot longer!”
Knuckles: “Same! But now isn’t the time to get all nostalgic!”
Knuckles: “It’s time to see which one of us is the strongest!”
Mighty: “Don’t have to tell me twice!”
Getting into combat stances, Knuckles and Mighty share smiles on their faces. This isn’t just a test of strength. It’s a battle between friends. And after a few seconds, they start the battle with a clash of fists. They create small shockwaves with each punch, and neither one of them shows signs of stopping.
But it doesn’t take long for Mighty to maneuver past one of Knuckles’ fists, and hit him square in the jaw, knocking him back a bit. Though, the echidna isn’t too hurt by this strike, recovering quickly and using one of his skills. He thrusts one of his fists forward, which is covered in some yellow Chaos Energy.
This sends a bunch of thin lightning bolts crashing down on Mighty, who uses his shell to shield himself from damage. The Thunder Arrow technique. Once the attack stops, the armadillo charges up a Spin-Dash, before chasing after the echidna, who jumps over him. But this leaves him wide-open.
Heading towards a wall, Mighty jumps onto it, and then kicks off of it to reach Knuckles, delivering his Hammer Drop move right onto him. When they crash onto the ground, it causes an earthquake, and the armadillo jumps off of the echidna. Though, the latter is able to get up, somewhat hurt by the attack.
Though he doesn’t say anything, Knuckles is smiling at Mighty, and vice-versa. While he may not be as strong as the echidna, the armadillo’s got some good strategies and moves to close the gap. However, it’s unknown if this will be enough to give him the win. But what’s the harm in figuring that out?
For what feels like half an hour, Knuckles and Mighty continue to go at it, with the former using his incredible strength and durability, and the latter using strategy and skill. It’s a very fun battle, for both the fighters and the people watching. Sonic, Ray, Pada, and the rest of the heroes are loving it a lot too.
But soon enough, Mighty starts to slow down. He can’t keep up with Knuckles’ greater power and techniques, and he needs to end this soon. However, the echidna isn’t giving him the chance to figure it out, as he puts his hands into the air, which glow green. And from above, a large meteor crashes down on the armadillo. The Meteor Crash technique.
While Mighty was able to shield himself from the blow, that attack DID push him down a little, worsening his stamina. And being exposed, Knuckles takes his chance. He delivers a series of blows to damage the armadillo, before thrusting one last fist forward so hard that it causes friction with the air, making a small explosion. The Deep Impact technique.
This sends Mighty flying forwards to a nearby wall, bruised and unable to continue fighting. He certainly tries to get back up, but he can’t. Knuckles is hunched over, breathing heavily from the fight. Though, he’s in better condition than his opponent, and he looks back at him with a proud smile. This was a really good fight.
With Knuckles being the winner, the arena returns to normal, and he helps Mighty stand up. The two both have proud smiles on their faces.
Mighty: “Heh…guess I was right…you ARE the strongest…”
Knuckles: “You’re still a close-second! That was a great battle!”
Knuckles: “At points, you were giving me some trouble!”
Mighty: “Really? I’ll take that as a win!”
This remark makes the two chuckle a bit, before they head out of the Coliseum. Stew talks to the cameras as this happens.
Stew: “Man, was that awesome! These two really gave it everything they had!”
Stew:
“However, it’s hard to compete with one of the strongest fighters on Earth! But Mighty certainly did his best!”
Stew: “Though, I wonder if Sonic will finally send Knuckles packing? I can’t wait for the semi-finals!”
Stew: “But I CAN wait for the next match! And so can all of you!”
Returning to the contestant stands, Knuckles and Mighty are congratulated by their friends. Including a somewhat concerned Pada.
Pada: “Y’all doin’ alright!?”
Mighty: “Better than alright! I’m ecstatic!”
Sonic:
“I’ll say! That was so fun to watch!”
Sonic: “But it’ll be a lot more fun to fight YOU in the semi-finals, Knuckles! We haven’t had a proper spar in a while!”
Knuckles: “Heh! I’ll be looking forward to putting you in your place, Sonic!”
Sonic: “Really now? And where IS that place?”
Knuckles: “In the dirt, obviously!”
Sonic: “Ohoho! Somebody’s eager for a smackdown!”
Amy: “Can you two calm down for now? We’ve still got two more matches to take care of first!”
Knuckles: “Yeah, yeah, I remember! But I’m hoping those won’t take too long!”
Sonic: “Same here!”
Ray: “Wow…I don’t think I’ve seen Sonic or Knuckles this fired up before…”
Tails:
“They can be pretty competitive sometimes…”
After calming down a little, Knuckles sets Mighty down in the contestant stands, allowing Milla to heal him up. Pada and Ray stay close to him, while sharing a friendly conversation. As for the echidna, he just rests up, waiting for his chance to fight Sonic, who’s doing the same thing.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
Rouge and Tikal make their way through an underground area of Casino Park. Vast metal corridors and shafts filled with pipes, circuits, wires, etc, and covered in dark blue metals. Aside from the remains of some Badniks that Breezie employed down here (Likely destroyed by Fang), there doesn’t seem to be much in this area.
This fact makes the duo uneasy, as they try to find their way to the underground vault, where the Chaos Emerald is likely being kept. During this, Rouge is sneaking around, using the shadows to go by undetected, and Tikal is flying around as a red energy orb.
Tikal: “Hm…compared to what we dealt with before, this seems way too easy…”
Rouge: “Fang probably took care of most of the defenses before we got here. So we have to catch up quickly.”
Tikal: “Yes, but…I feel like we’re being watched…”
Tikal: “Like…some dark presence is seeing our every move…”
Rouge: “...”
Rouge stops for a moment, with Tikal doing the same. The former is clearly a little suspicious, as she looks around to check if Neo is watching them. However, she doesn’t spot anything out of place. Yet, that only makes her MORE uneasy.
Tikal: “Do you see anything, Rouge?”
Rouge: “No…and that doesn’t comfort me at all…”
Rouge: “Come on. We’re wasting time.”
Trying to shake off this unease, Rouge and Tikal continue on. But it turns out, the former was right to feel uncomfortable about not seeing anything. From the shadows, with his red eyes glowing, is Metallix, staring at them from afar. He knew they would try to go after the emerald.
And he won’t allow them to succeed…
Chapter 103: Legacy
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
With down-time given before the next match, Amy Rose is using this opportunity to do a fortune reading for her upcoming match with Chaos Gamma. While she’s certain she has the strength to defeat it, she wants to make sure there’s no doubt in her mind when facing it, and see if she can predict the outcome.
Shuffling the cards in her hands, Amy tries to figure out her future, while Cream, Cheese, Lilac, and Milla watch her with intrigue. Though, the pink hedgehog is clearly a little nervous as she does this. And it quickly turns to worry when she gets her card.
Amy: “The Reverse Star!? Ugh!”
Milla: “What does it mean? Is it bad?”
Amy: “It means if I keep being insecure and faithless about this, I’m going to lose my next match!”
Cream: “But there’s no way you can lose, Ms. Amy! You’re one of the strongest people I know!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao!”
Amy: “Physically, yes! But mentally, I’m a hot mess right now!”
Amy: “I’m fighting against someone who looks EXACTLY like a friend I lost a long time ago! I can’t shake it off!”
Amy: “What if I hesitate!? I can’t let you all down after putting your faith in me!”
Lilac: “Calm down, Amy! I get this is difficult for you!”
Lilac:
“However, I’m sure you can do this! I can tell just how hard you fight for those you believe in!”
Milla:
“Yeah! Even though we met only a little while ago, I know you always give it your best shot!”
Milla: “No matter your doubts, or how tough the challenge is, you still move forward!”
Cream: “Mm-hm! Like when you saved me and my family from Dr. Eggman!”
Cream: “Or when you led me, Cheese, and Mr. Big to find Froggy and Chocola!”
Cream:
“We ALL believe in you! Even if you don’t believe in yourself!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Amy: “...”
While Amy still has her concerns, she can’t help but smile in appreciation for Cream, Cheese, Lilac, and Milla’s support. She gives them all a big hug as thanks, which they accept in kind.
Amy: “You’re right. All of you.”
Amy: “This isn’t just payback for Carol. It’s payback for Gamma too.”
Amy: “If I want to honor his legacy…I HAVE to beat this imposter. I can’t doubt myself.”
Lilac: “That’s the spirit! Give him the worst beating he’ll ever have for me!”
Amy nods in response to Lilac’s words, before she and the others notice Stew speaking through his microphone again.
Stew: “Alright, folks! Our next matchup will be between Amy Rose and Chaos Gamma!”
Stew: “A powerful hedgehog with a massive heart, and a soulless machine built for destruction!”
Stew: “Which will prove themselves superior!? Let’s find that out now!”
When it’s name is spoken aloud, Chaos Gamma appears from the skies, and lands on the ground. However, Stew doesn’t approach it yet, allowing the E-Series robot to walk to the front entrance of the Coliseum to begin it’s fight. Amy, meanwhile, stands up with a somewhat tense look on her face.
As she takes a deep breath to calm herself down, Sonic comes up to her to give some desperately needed encouragement.
Sonic: “You can do this, Amy. I believe in you.”
Amy: “Right…I can do this…”
Sonic nods with an encouraging smile, which makes Amy smile as well. But it quickly fades away as she heads towards the Coliseum with a serious expression. Now standing alongside Chaos Gamma, the pink hedgehog glances at it, fists clenched. Stew also comes up to talk to them.
Stew:
“Do either of you want to say something before you start?”
Amy: “No.”
Chaos Gamma: “NEGATIVE.”
Stew: “Suit yourselves.”
Hearing the message loud and clear, Stew leaves them, where they head into the Coliseum. Once inside, the arena changes to a very familiar setting that further worsens Amy’s doubts and worries. She and Chaos Gamma are standing on top of a large and heavily armored warship, which is damaged and floating in a vast ocean under a sunset.
The ship has a black, red, gray, and yellow color scheme, with a large open deck, unfolded wings, two massive jets on the rear, and a large laser cannon at the front with a red metal cover. Amy and Chaos Gamma are standing on a platform covered in see-through blue glass, showing some internal mechanisms.
Looking around, Amy is clearly not happy with this scenery, while Chaos Gamma doesn’t appear to be bothered at all.
Amy: “Why did it have to be this place…?”
Chaos Gamma: “LOCATION IDENTIFIED. EGG CARRIER.”
Chaos Gamma: “INFORMATION IRRELEVANT. INITIATING BATTLE MODE.”
Ready for combat, Chaos Gamma gets into a combat stance and faces Amy. However, she just stands there, staring at the E-Series robot with a solemn look in her eyes.
Amy: “...Tell me one thing before we fight.”
Amy: “You were made from parts of the original Gamma…right?”
Chaos Gamma: “AFFIRMATIVE. THIS UNIT WAS CREATED THROUGH REUSE OF PREVIOUS E-SERIES MODEL PARTS.”
Amy: “Then…is there any trace of the Gamma I knew inside you?”
Chaos Gamma: “...?”
For a moment, Chaos Gamma seems confused with Amy’s question. Though, it quickly reverts to it’s robotic mannerisms.
Chaos Gamma: “THERE IS NO CODE LEFT OVER FROM UNIT E-102 GAMMA.”
Chaos Gamma: “THIS UNIT’S PROGRAMMING WAS BUILT FROM THE GROUND UP. AND WITH NO BUGS OR DEFECTS.”
Chaos Gamma: “I CANNOT GO AGAINST MY CREATOR. I CANNOT BECOME A WORTHLESS TRAITOR. I CANNOT BE DESTROYED.”
Chaos Gamma: “AND I CANNOT FAIL MY CURRENT OBJECTIVE. YOU WILL BE ELIMINATED WITHOUT HESITATION.”
Amy: “...”
Looking down at the ground, Amy lets out a heavy sigh.
Amy: “...Then my friend really is gone…”
Despite feeling terrible about this, Amy tries her best to regain her composure. Now isn’t the time to be upset or cry. She has to defeat this soulless machine, who’s parading around with the face of her friend. No hesitation. No doubts. No second thoughts. This is a battle she cannot lose.
Wanting to immediately go into action, Amy deals the first move. She brings out her tarot cards, encasing them in a faint pink aura with sparkles, before throwing them straight at Chaos Gamma. It blasts at them easily with it’s laser guns, but they explode into pink mist, blocking it’s vision and sensors.
Using this chance, Amy’s able to get behind it, and deliver multiple punches with her red boxing gloves. This does plenty of damage to Chaos Gamma, and it’s launched away once she’s finished. However, the E-Series robot is able to recover from this, and makes a few adjustments.
Chaos Gamma: “THREAT LEVEL CHANGED. INCREASED TO 80%.”
Chaos Gamma: “BATTLE MODE LEVEL 6. ENGAGE.”
Now realizing the threat it’s up against, Chaos Gamma brings out missile launchers to fire at Amy, who’s able to dodge them by launching herself in the air via slamming her hammer on the ground. Afterwards, she tries a Homing Attack on the machine, who blocks it with it’s rainbow shield.
Back on the ground, Amy spins around with her hammer to create a tornado with pink flower pedals, before sending it towards Chaos Gamma, throwing it off-balance. This causes it to fall to the floor, but it recovers quickly and gets up close with the pink hedgehog, using electrified fists to beat her up.
This hurts Amy, but it’s nothing she can’t handle, as she recovers and continues her fight with Chaos Gamma. For the most part, they’re pretty even, with the E-Series robot having the superior arsenal and tactics, and Amy having superior strength and ferocity. She’s using her frustration to fuel herself.
During the fight, Chaos Gamma tries to keep it’s distance from Amy, and use it’s strongest weapons to take her out. But Ms. Rose is able to counteract this with her agility and skill, while also using some strategies of her own to deal damage. If she keeps this up, she could win this fight.
However…Amy doesn’t seem to be giving her 100%. There are a few times where she could have delivered a stronger attack, or tried a better move, only to hesitate or do something worse. Clearly, she’s having trouble fighting someone who looks so much like Gamma. It’s holding her back from victory.
And from outside the Coliseum, Amy’s friends can pick up on this, and are very worried. Especially Cream, Cheese, Lilac, and Sonic. They get it, but it still hurts to see this. Hopefully, she’ll get it together soon, or she’s gonna lose. There’s no way Chaos Gamma doesn’t have more in store.
Back in the fight, Amy and Chaos Gamma stop to catch their breath. The former is a little tired from all the moving and attacking, and the latter is a bit battered, with some smoke coming off it’s body. However, the E-Series robot uses it’s recovery mode to fix what it can, and speaks.
Chaos Gamma: “YOU ARE LOSING STAMINA. YOUR ORGANIC BODY IS A WEAKNESS.”
Chaos Gamma: “YOU ARE ALSO PULLING YOUR PUNCHES. YOUR MIND IS HOLDING YOU BACK.”
Chaos Gamma: “AS A MACHINE, I DO NOT HAVE THESE WEAKNESSES. YOU ARE INFERIOR.”
Amy: “Inferior…!?”
Angered by Chaos Gamma’s words, Amy starts to shout at it, letting out some pent up frustration.
Amy: “What’s inferior about caring for others!? Or surpassing your limits!?”
Amy: “These things help us grow! Become stronger than ever before!”
Amy: “That’s something the original Gamma learned! And many others like you too!”
Chaos Gamma: “ILLOGICAL. LIMITS AND FEELINGS ONLY WEAKEN YOU.”
Chaos Gamma: “MY PREDECESSOR WAS A TRAITOR AND A WEAKLING, WHO DIED ON THIS VERY SHIP AGAINST IT’S FELLOW E-SERIES ROBOT.”
Chaos Gamma: “IT’S FEELINGS LEFT IT WIDE-OPEN TO DEATH. IT WAS A FAILURE.”
Amy: “He was NOT a failure! He was a hundred times the robot YOU are!”
Amy: “Unlike you, he wasn’t some soulless robot! He became his own person, and cared about others!”
Amy: “He died a hero! One that didn’t have a chance to enjoy the freedom he had!”
Amy: “And you’re a complete INSULT to EVERYTHING HE STOOD FOR!”
After all that shouting, Amy breathes heavily for a few seconds, while Chaos Gamma continues to stare at her. For a moment, she wonders if what she said reached it, but she’s proven wrong when it speaks again.
Chaos Gamma: “ILLOGICAL. THIS INFORMATION IS WORTHLESS TO MY OBJECTIVE.”
Chaos Gamma: “COMBAT MODE: LEVEL 7. MAXIMUM. ENGAGE.”
Now ready to end this fight, Chaos Gamma rushes towards Amy, and delivers a series of hard-hitting attacks with his various weapons. She’s unable to defend herself against any of this, due to her fatigue and mental space. Now, she’s laying on the ground, and struggles to get back on her feet.
Using the opportunity, Chaos Gamma flies high into the air, and is about to blow up Amy with the same bomb launcher it used to defeat Carol. However, just as it’s about to reach her, she closes her eyes and tries to focus. She can’t keep holding back anymore. And not just because her friends are counting on her.
This robot she’s fighting. While it may look like him, this isn’t the Gamma she knew. She HAS to remind herself of that fact. It’s a soulless, cruel, and obedient machine, wearing the face of her friend. Like his sacrifice was one big joke, and it was all for nothing.
And she CANNOT let this thing get away with that.
Amy: “I won’t…let you ruin…!”
Pulling out her Piko-Piko Hammer, Amy opens her eyes, filled with fury.
Amy: “...MY FRIEND’S LEGACY!”
Once the bomb gets close enough, Amy sends it back to Chaos Gamma with a hard swing. Since it didn’t anticipate this, the E-Series robot just barely moves away from the explosion, causing it to be pushed back a little. It then looks back at the angry hedgehog, who’s staring right back at it.
Now, the REAL fight begins. Chaos Gamma uses more of it’s strongest weapons, like flamethrowers, bombs, energy blasts, and even a powerful laser cannon. But despite her injuries, Amy Rose is powering through everything thrown at her. Whether through her agility, strength, or defense, nothing is being held back anymore.
This time, Amy is able to figure out better strategies to take Chaos Gamma off-guard, and leave it open to some DEVASTATING strikes from her hammer. Fury is fueling her every move, as she’s gritting her teeth through her pain. This is what the pink hedgehog is truly capable of, and it’s incredible to watch.
Outside the Coliseum, everyone’s cheering Amy Rose on, including her friends. Cream and Cheese, Team Lilac, Tails, Knuckles, and especially Sonic all have proud smiles on their faces, as they give their full support. Breezie’s also surprised with the girl’s ferocity, and Emerl is laser-focused on the battle.
As it goes on, Chaos Gamma is continuing to suffer blow after blow. Misstep after misstep. Failure after failure. Every time it thinks it’s got Amy, she proves it wrong. No matter what it throws at her, she just won’t stay down. And every time she strikes it, it’s body becomes more and more damaged.
By the 5 minute mark, Chaos Gamma is barely holding on. It’s letting off sparks and steam, and one of it’s arms has fallen off. Amy, meanwhile, is still staring at it with anger in her eyes.
Chaos Gamma: “ERRor…RECoverY MOde…UNABLE TO activatE…!”
Chaos Gamma: “CAN…not…LOSE…CannOT…FAIL missON!”
Amy: “It’s OVER.”
Despite having nothing left that can make a dent in her, Chaos Gamma pulls out it’s gun on it’s remaining arm to shoot at her. She reflects the bullets with her hammer, and then hits it, sending it crashing into a wall. This knocks it’s last arm off, and all it can move now is it’s green eyes, which stare at it’s opponent.
Now unable to fight, Chaos Gamma waits for Amy to finish it off. She stands in front of it, hammer pointed, and then…
Amy: “...”
Chaos Gamma: “...”
…Amy’s expression softens, showing pity and fatigue. Her hammer lowers, as the environment changes back to normal. She’s won the fight. And she’s put this imposter in his place. But she’s not gonna destroy it. Not only because the tournament rules don’t allow it, but because it’s not worth it anymore. She’s gotten it all out of her system.
With nothing to say, and only a quick glance, Amy walks out of the Coliseum, despite her injuries. Chaos Gamma remains on the floor, before some staff come to take it out. The audience cheers for Ms. Rose, yet she doesn’t even look at them. She just goes straight towards her friends at the contestant stands.
Immediately, Sonic goes up to the tired Amy, alongside the others. She smiles when she looks at the blue blur, and vice-versa.
Lilac: “Now THAT…felt satisfying to watch.”
Carol: “Absolutely! You kicked his butt thoroughly!”
Cream: “Are you okay, Ms. Amy?”
Amy: “...I am now…”
The fatigue getting to her, Amy is about to fall to the ground. But Sonic catches her.
Sonic: “You did good, Amy. He’d be proud.”
Amy: “...”
Amy puts his arms around Sonic, and they stay like this for a bit before taking their seats. Milla does her best to heal the pink hedgehog’s injuries, with Lilac, Carol, Cream, Cheese, and the blue blur staying close by her. And they’re all thinking the same thing…
Amy Rose is definitely one of the strongest heroes Earth has to offer…
Chapter 104: Playing
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Back underground, Fang The Hunter rides his Marvelous Queen through a blue hallway, taking care of any defenses in front of him, like Badniks or laser gates. He’s definitely getting a kick out of this, as he has a grin on his face. Unlike what happened with Metallix and Emerl, he’s got this in the bag.
Soon enough, Fang arrives at a metal door with a keypad next to it. His energy radar can detect Chaos Energy inside it, so this HAS to be where the Chaos Emerald is. Not wanting to waste any time, the bounty hunter plugs a few cables into the keypad, and types something on his air bike to break it open.
Fang: “Heheheh! Compared to what happened at the Holy Summit, this is a piece of cake!”
Fang: “In just a few minutes, I’ll FINALLY get that well-deserved pay without any issue!”
???: “Don’t count your eggs before they hatch, Fang!”
Perking up when he hears that voice, Fang turns his head to see Rouge standing there, with a smug smile on her face. Tikal is still in her red energy ball form, floating next to the bat. Immediately, the jerboa recognizes this threat, and gets aggressive.
Fang: “Oh get out, treasure hunter! I’M the one getting out of this with a Chaos Emerald!”
Fang: “And what’s with the red ball? Some special gadget of yours?”
Tikal: “No. I’m a friend of hers.”
Tikal: “We’re here to stop you. We cannot let such power fall into the hands of Dr. Eggman.”
Rouge: “Also, it’d suck to not get our prize after ALL the fighting our friends are doing in the tournament!”
Fang: “Tch! You think I care about that?”
Fang: “Plus, I’m sure Chaos Gamma will wipe them out easily! Either way, you weren’t gonna win!”
???: “That applies to fools like you as well.”
Fang: “!?”
Recognizing that threatening voice, Fang immediately grows panicked and looks to where it came from. Likewise for Rouge and Tikal. Metallix is standing there in his regular appearance, clearly unamused with these events.
Fang: “Not YOU again! When am I finally gonna get my big break!?”
Metallix: “By the time I’m done with you, something will break.”
Metallix: “After all, you didn’t learn your lesson during our first encounter.”
Metallix: “Perhaps I’ll go for your arms? It’ll be hard to drive that precious bike of yours without them.”
Fang: O _ O ;
Fang gulps when Metallix says that.
Tikal: “Metallix, don’t! We just need to subdue him!”
Metallix: “Speak for yourselves. This cretin’s nothing more than criminal trash.”
Metallix: “Despite all the problems that came with it, you still keep working with a self-absorbed maniac like Dr. Eggman.”
Metallix: “And for what? Monetary gain? Infamy? More add-ons to your vehicle?”
Fang: “Zip it, pointy! An expert bounty hunter can take ANYTHING that comes their way!”
Fang: “And while I don’t like that mustached monkey, he pays very well! I can’t turn down such wealth!”
Fang: “Also, my Marvelous Queen deserves nothing but the best! She’s my greatest tool!”
Rouge: “Hmph. Claims to be the greatest bounty hunter, yet needs some dinky air bike to do something useful?”
Fang: “Watch it, bat! Or do you want to see what I can REALLY do with it?”
Metallix: “The only thing it’ll do is shut down. You didn’t forget what I did to it before, right?”
Rouge: “Don’t bother! I’d rather dismantle it the old fashioned way!”
Metallix: “Hmph. I suppose it’ll be an amusing spectacle.”
Metallix: “Though, don’t expect to get the emerald after this nonsense. Or I’ll take you both down too.”
Tikal: “Of course. We only came here to make sure no one stole it.”
Metallix: “Good. You may begin.”
After saying that, Metallix stands there in silence with his arms crossed. It annoys everyone present that he’s just gonna watch them, like they’re little circus monkeys. But at the same time, they REALLY don’t want to mess with him. He could easily take them all out if he wanted to, so best to not screw around and find out.
Deciding to focus on each other for now, Rouge gets into a combat stance, and Fang brings out some weapons from his Marvelous Queen, ready to fight.
Fang: “Alright, self-proclaimed greatest treasure hunter! It’s about time you met your match!”
Rouge: “Pfft! Please! I’ve dealt with a lot worse than some jerboa with a popgun!”
Rouge: “Ready, Tikal?”
Tikal: “Ready.”
—-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
Back at the tournament area, everyone’s taking a break after the intense match between Chaos Gamma and Amy Rose. Since the former was so damaged, it was escorted out of there. However, without Eggman or anyone else to repair it, it’s not gonna be leaving anytime soon. And once the doctor finds out what happened? He might not even bother.
As for Amy, she’s getting some well-deserved rest, while Team Lilac, Cream and Cheese, and Sonic stay close by her. Pada’s chatting a bit with Mighty and Ray, Knuckles is also resting, and Tails is working on something with his hand-made phone. However, they’re all pretty worried about the final match of the quarter-finals…
Meanwhile, Breezie is looking at the audience stands, with Emerl standing next to her. Since Neo knew Fang and Rouge would try to go after the Chaos Emerald during the tournament matches, he (Reluctantly) allowed the teal hedgehog to look after the Gizoid for the time being. And despite not wanting to be a babysitter, she decided to go along with it anyways.
So far, Breezie has asked Emerl to fetch her some stuff, but other than that, she’s just had him following her like a baby Flicky. A part of her finds it kinda creepy, but another part of her finds it amusing. And after looking around the area, she decides to say something.
Breezie: “This is probably one of the best ideas I ever had!”
Breezie: “Not ONLY is the Chaos Emerald Championship drawing in tons of viewers and money, but some of these fights are amazing to watch!”
Breezie: “And it’s all thanks to Sonic and his friends! Plus, that one Eggman robot, and of course you, Emerl!”
Emerl: “Yepyep! This do be monocool!”
Emerl’s strange line makes Breezie chuckle a bit.
Breezie: “Heheh! You always say the most ridiculous things!”
Breezie: “Yet, somehow, it’s almost charming! You’re like a little boy repeating whatever you hear on TV, or from adults!”
Breezie: “I wonder what you’ll be like once you’re at your supposed ‘full potential?’”
Emerl: “Agh! I can’t wait to have ALL the power!”
Breezie: “Yeah, that’s pretty obvious! Even though you’re a robot, I can tell you’re very excited!”
Breezie: “If only your father showed a little more emotion? Then he’d be more fun to mess around with!”
Emerl: “Father?”
The mention of “father” confuses Emerl for a moment, which Breezie notices.
Breezie: “Let me guess. Neo’s not a fan of being called that?”
Emerl: “Nuh-uh.”
Breezie: “Hmph. I don’t see what his problem is.”
Breezie: “He’s basically treating you like his own son anyways, so it’s not like he’s too subtle about it.”
Breezie:
“Honestly, he needs to be more open about his thoughts and feelings sometimes! I don’t care if he’s a robot or not!”
Emerl:
“...”
His confusion increasing, Emerl merely stares at Breezie without a word. He still has trouble understanding feelings. However, when he hears Stew speaking to everyone again, he immediately reverts to his excited demeanor.
Stew: “Now, would you look at that? We’re already at the last of the quarter-finals!”
Stew: “However, I’m not sure if this will be the best send-off for this part of the tournament! But here’s hoping I’m wrong!”
Stew: “We’ve got Cream and Cheese fighting against Emerl! The impressive super fighting robot!”
Stew: “Will this be another win for the machine? Or will the little rabbit and chao duo pull through yet again?”
Stew: “Let’s see which outcome comes to fruition right now!”
Eager to finally have another match, Emerl heads up to the Coliseum. And Breezie actually gives him her support.
Breezie: “Do your best, Emerl! And try not to make it boring!”
In response, Emerl gives a thumbs-up to Breezie. Meanwhile, Cream and Cheese are clearly feeling uneasy about fighting the Gizoid, and so is everyone else.
Tails: “Hm…this is not gonna be easy…”
Amy: “He better not hurt you too much…or I’m gonna…!”
Cream: “I know, Ms. Amy. Mr. Emerl is very strong.”
Cream: “But…me and Cheese are still gonna try anyways!”
Cream: “Plus, I…want to talk to him…to figure out something…”
Cheese: “Chao?”
Knuckles: “Really? Like what?”
Sonic: “Let’s just see for ourselves. The kid knows what she’s doing.”
Sonic: “Still, be careful.”
Cream: “Of course…thank you, Mr. Sonic…”
After giving a polite bow to Sonic, Cream and Cheese head off to the Coliseum, and stand next to Emerl. The child duo glance at the Gizoid, and vice-versa, before Stew comes up to talk to them.
Stew: “You two wanna say something to the audience first?”
Cream: “No…I don’t have anything…”
Cheese: “Chao.”
Emerl: “No…I don’t have anything…”
Cream is a bit surprised by Emerl repeating what she said, and so is Cheese, but they remain focused, and Stew leaves them to it. The fighters go into the big metal box, and the inside changes to a different environment. One that’s very familiar to all of them. The forest area surrounding the Holy Summit, stone ruins and all.
While they’re curious about the arena, the fighters try not to pay it much mind. It’s just a setting for their battle. Hence, Cream and Cheese face Emerl, who gets into a combat stance. However, before they get started, the rabbit speaks.
Cream: “Before we fight, Mr. Emerl…I want to ask you something important…”
Emerl:
“?”
It’s not too clear, but Cream and Cheese can tell Emerl is curious. Though, he also just wants to start the fight already.
Cream: “What…is fighting to you?”
Emerl: “Playing! Let’s play!”
Cream: “But…it’s not…”
Cream: “People get hurt when they fight. And I don’t like seeing people get hurt.”
Cream: “It…makes me sad.”
Emerl: “...Sad?”
Cream: “It’s when your heart hurts.”
Cream: “That’s why I don’t like fighting. I don’t like hurting people.”
Emerl: “...”
Cream’s words confuse Emerl. As a robot built for combat, fighting is imbued into his very being. He wants to fight, and he enjoys it. It’s fun to beat strong opponents, learn their abilities, and gain more power. How could this little girl think it’s bad? What does it mean to feel “sad?” What is a “heart?”
In his current state, Emerl can’t fully understand what Cream is saying. Yet, he DOES remember when Neo scolded him harshly for going too hard on Fang. Is THAT what the rabbit is talking about? Or what about the other things his master said? About how he needs to be careful with his strength when fighting people?
And to add on to Emerl’s confusion, he’s wondering why Cream’s participating in this tournament, despite being against fighting. So he speaks it out loud.
Emerl: “Then…why are you here?”
Cream: “Because I want to help my friends. I can’t just stay a spectator here.”
Cream: “Sometimes, there’s no other option but to fight. I don’t like it, but it’s true.”
Cream: “So…I’m gonna face you with everything I got!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Emerl: “...”
Unlike before, Emerl doesn’t show his eagerness to fight through words. But he DOES maintain a combat stance, with Cream and Cheese doing the same. They might not win this, but as long as her words struck a chord with the Gizoid, Cream will be satisfied. Maybe this will push him to become a good guy? It doesn’t hurt to be hopeful.
With all that out of the way, the battle begins. Cream commands Cheese to attack Emerl, but somehow, he’s able to create some kind of robot chao to counter him. It has orange and yellow ripple eyes, an orange propeller on it’s head, yellow hands and feet, a blue body, and small rivet studs around it’s framework.
Cream and Cheese are surprised by this, and so is everyone outside the Coliseum. Sonic in particular points out something.
Sonic: “Omochao!? When did Emerl see him!?”
Back in the fight, Cheese is having some trouble getting this Omochao off his back, and Cream is a little worried for him. However, she sees Emerl about to launch at her with a Spin-Dash, which she dodges by flying into the air with her large ears. But the Gizoid is able to copy her method of flight by flapping his arms in the air, and knocking her back to the ground with a weak kick.
While it DOES hurt a little, Cream is able to stand up, and Cheese comes back to her to check that she’s okay. Likewise, the Omochao returns to Emerl, and they stare back at their opponents. Looks like this is not only gonna be a battle between a machine and a child, but also a robot chao and a neutral chao.
Hence, the fight continues for a few more minutes, with Cream and Cheese trying everything they can to knock Emerl down. Coordinating their attacks, trying to find weak points, and using combo moves. Like divebombs and tornados. Unfortunately, none of this really phases the Gizoid, or his Omochao.
Luckily, Emerl is holding back a LOT on Cream and Cheese. After all, this is supposed to be entertainment, and he can’t seriously injure a little kid and her chao. So he’s only using her style, alongside a bit of Tails for some extra moves. Though, there are a few times where the Gizoid seems hesitant to hurt the two of them.
Whether this is because he’s trying his best to hold back for the reasons already stated, or because of what Cream said is unknown. But Sonic, Amy, and the others can pick up on this, which confuses them. However, they’re not gonna complain, since this keeps the rabbit and her chao in the fight, and out of serious harm.
But eventually, Cream and Cheese get tired from all the moving around and attacking, while Emerl looks spotless as ever. The rabbit looks like she’s trying her hardest to keep standing, yet her knees are shaking. And her chao companion doesn’t look much better. Clearly, if they keep going, they’re gonna fall unconscious.
Picking up on the state of his opponents, Emerl is trying to figure out the best way to take them down without injuring them too much. But before he can, Cream says something.
Cream: “I…forfeit…”
Emerl: “?”
Hearing those words, Emerl pauses. And outside the Coliseum, the audience, Breezie, and Stew are confused by what she’s saying. The rules don’t allow someone to forfeit the match. They have to fall to the floor, unable to get up, or be knocked out in order for a winner to be decided. Otherwise, it’d take away from the excitement of the tournament.
The heroes are also aware of this fact, and they’re worried. On one hand, they’re glad Cream’s throwing in the towel before she gets seriously hurt. She’s already shown to be more than capable during this match alone. But on the other hand, will this be allowed? She’s gonna lose anyways, so why drag it out?
Turning his head towards Breezie, Stew gives her an uneasy expression. They both know this fight is already over, and beating up a child to the point of unconsciousness on live television wouldn’t be a good look. She gives him a nod of agreement, which makes him let out a sigh of relief. Then, he tells an employee to deactivate the Coliseum.
Back inside the big metal box, Cream and Cheese just stare at Emerl with tense looks. But the Gizoid doesn’t attack. Instead, he speaks.
Emerl: “...Why?”
Cream: “Because…I can’t fight anymore…”
Cream: “From the start, I knew…I couldn’t beat you…”
Cream: “So…I just did the best I could…until I couldn’t keep going…”
Cream: “Besides…I don’t want to push myself so hard that I collapse…”
Cream: “My friends…don’t want to see me get hurt either…”
Cream: “And I don’t want to put them through that pain anymore…”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Emerl: “...”
These words only further confuse Emerl. He can’t understand Cream. Even if she stood no chance against him, why would she give up? Why not keep going until you’re too exhausted to move? The tournament rules say no forfeits are allowed either, so what’s the point to this? None of this makes sense to him.
And to add on to this confusion, the environment shifts back to it’s original state, which means the fight is over. Emerl won without knocking out Cream and Cheese. And once she realizes she doesn’t have to fight anymore, the young rabbit smiles and falls to her knees. Her chao friend shows some concern for her, while sitting on top of her head to rest.
Despite not understanding her, Emerl decides to pick Cream up in her arms, alongside Cheese. They’re surprised at this, but appreciate the gesture. And together, they walk out of the Coliseum, with the audience cheering for the Gizoid, despite the strange conclusion to the match.
When they reach the contestant stands, Emerl gently puts Cream and Cheese down, with Amy, Team Lilac, and the others looking over her with great concern.
Amy: “Are you two okay? No major injuries?”
Cream: “Yeah…I’m okay…”
Cheese: “Chao chao…”
Lilac: “Whew! Thank god!”
Carol: “You two were really awesome back there! Even though you were so outmatched, you gave it your all anyways!”
Carol: “In a few years, I’m sure you’ll surpass all of us!”
Cream: “H-Heheh…thanks…”
Cream: “But…I’m surprised they allowed me to forfeit…”
Milla: “Same here! And I’m thankful for it!”
With that exchange over, Milla heals Cream and Cheese, with the latter recovering much more quickly. Emerl, meanwhile, is staring at the child duo, which Sonic picks up on.
Sonic: “Those two really are special, huh?”
Emerl:
“?”
Sonic: “Come on! I can tell what Cream said had an effect on you!”
Sonic: “And don’t worry! You’ll figure it out soon!”
Emerl: “...”
Deep down, Emerl still doesn’t understand what Cream said to him. But for now, he decides to listen to Sonic, and heads back to Breezie. The blue blur smiles at the Gizoid during this.
Emerl truly was growing by the minute…in power and mind…
Chapter 105: Pest Control
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
Navigating the underground hallways and rooms, Rouge and Tikal face off against Fang in his Marvelous Queen. All while Metallix watches their every move, not saying a word. It’s been quite the tricky battle for the bat and echidna duo, as the bounty hunter has a great amount of tools and weapons at his disposal.
Lasers, bombs, drills, springs, guns, protective shields, and plenty more. There’s a reason why Fang is so attached to his modified air bike. It has so many add-ons that allow him to keep up with those who outclass him normally. However, Rouge is a professionally trained spy and G.U.N. agent. This isn’t anything she can’t handle.
In addition, Tikal has a few abilities that allow her to distract Fang. She may not be a fighter, but that doesn’t mean she can’t provide help in other ways. Like blinding the jerboa with flashes of light, creating illusions, healing injuries, and even creating energy constructs to trap or block him. Just a few of many Chaos Energy techniques.
Though, as Metallix watches Tikal assist Rouge, he becomes interested in her magic tricks. Unlike Knuckles or Shadow, who mainly use Chaos Energy for offense, she uses it for defense and support. Clearly, there are all kinds of ways one can utilize such chaotic power. And the robotic hedgehog would like to experiment at some point.
Regardless, Metallix stays in his spot, not moving a finger during the fight. He IS a little tempted to join in, and at points, he gets annoyed by how Rouge and Tikal are handling it. But he feels no need to step into this battle, as long as no one tries to take the Chaos Emerald. Plus, knowing the bat, she’ll finish it off soon enough.
Back to Fang, he’s having fun trying to blast Rouge and Tikal away, thinking he’s got them on the ropes.
Fang: “Hahahaha! What’s wrong, girls!? Too scared to try and take a crack at me!?”
Fang: “Or do you both realize you stand no chance against me!?”
Rouge: “Oh shut up! Without your little air bike, I would have knocked that big tooth out of your mouth in seconds!”
Fang: “Maybe! But a professional doesn’t rush into danger without their tools!”
Fang: “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I think it’s time I take out you mooks and get my emerald!”
Typing a few things on his keypad, Fang brings out a large laser cannon from the Marvelous Queen. Seems this is his strongest weapon, and one that could cause serious damage if it activates. Metallix recognizes that fact, and is ready to deactivate it, along with the rest of the air bike.
However, Tikal is able to fly up into the air, and for a moment, her true form appears in a sparkly blue aura, akin to a ghost. Putting her hands into the air, she creates a flash of light, blinding and irritating Fang.
Fang: “Agh! Enough of your lightshow, you stupid ghost!”
As Fang rubs his eyes, Rouge takes her chance to kick Fang off his air bike, and strap a round silver bomb with a pink heart on it onto the seat. Then, she jumps off of it, and it explodes into flames. Now being able to see again, the jerboa is BEYOND furious.
Fang: “MY MARVELOUS QUEEN! HOW DARE YOU!?”
Rouge: “Oh, I’m sure you can fix it! After all, it’s far from the first time it’s happened!”
His teeth gritting, Fang brings out two identical popguns in his hands, and fires a whole bunch of bullets, rather than the regular cork stoppers, at Rouge. She’s able to dodge them all with ease and grace, and tries to strike at the jerboa. But he uses his spring-like tail to bounce high into the air.
Then, Fang tries to stomp on Rouge, who gets out of the way. This leads to the two sharing a few punches and kicks, with the jerboa trying his best to keep up. However, the bat is too strong and agile for him, so he brings out a few more tools, like explosives for great damage, and rope to try and keep her from moving around.
While annoyed by all of this, Rouge is able to overcome all of this, and Tikal continues to assist her. Soon enough, Fang grows a little tired, and only has one gun left.
Tikal: “It’s over, Fang. Just give up and leave this place.”
Fang: “Rgh! You think it’ll be THAT simple!?”
Fang: “I’m a professional bounty hunter! I never leave a job unfinished!”
Rouge: “Tell that to Sonic and Eggman!”
Fang: “CAN YOU SHUT UP ALREADY!?”
In anger, Fang fires his gun at Rouge specifically. Only to realize he’s out of bullets, and out of tools. All he has now is his wits. He throws the gun to the floor, and constantly stomps on it in anger.
Fang: “WHY DOES THIS ALWAYS HAPPEN TO ME!?”
Fang: “ALL I’M DOING IS TRYING TO MAKE A PROFIT, AND ALL OF YOU KEEP CAUSING ME TROUBLE!”
Metallix: “You’re a criminal. Scum like you don’t deserve such novelties.”
Metallix: “Plus, working for Eggman only makes you more worthless.”
Rouge: “Hmph. Sounds about right.”
Rouge: “So how about you just walk away from this, and we’ll pretend we didn’t see anything?”
Rouge: “Or would you rather deal with HIM again?”
Rouge points at Metallix, and Fang looks over at him with a tense expression. The metallic menace merely stares at the cowardly jerboa with his piercing red eyes, further scaring him. He doesn’t want to give up another chance of getting a Chaos Emerald, and getting more money from Eggman.
But at the same time, Fang does NOT want to deal with Metallix anymore than he already has. Just the encounter at the Holy Summit was enough to tell him this robot would reduce him to swiss cheese. And even when he’s staring at him, the bounty hunter feels a chill down his spine. This isn’t a fight he wants to start.
Deciding to cut his losses, Fang runs out of here in a frenzy, while also taking his busted Marvelous Queen with him. Luckily, it can still move, but due to all the damage, it’s struggling to fly through the air. He’s hoping he can somehow fix it, and that Chaos Gamma succeeds in the tournament.
With Fang taken care of, Rouge and Tikal look back at Metallix with uncertain faces. He decides to congratulate them on their work.
Metallix: “Hm…good work on getting rid of that pest.”
Rouge: “Don’t think we did it for you, Metallix. Or that we’re your little circus animals.”
Metallix: “Of course. We simply had an aligned interest.”
Metallix: “Now, what do you plan to do next? Hopefully, nothing stupid.”
Tikal: “We won’t steal the Chaos Emerald. But we WILL win it.”
Metallix: “Good. Glad to see you two aren’t idiots.”
Metallix: “Though, defeating Emerl in the tournament will be a grueling challenge.”
Rouge: “True. But I’m sure big blue can handle it.”
Rouge: “And maybe Knuckie, if he keeps a cool head.”
Tikal: “I believe Knuckles could defeat Emerl. But only time will tell.”
Metallix: “Agreed. Let us return to the arena and see how it’s progressed.”
Silently, all three of them make their way back to the tournament area. Rouge and Tikal are glad that they stopped Fang, but having to deal with Metallix was a little nerve-wracking. It’s a good thing he just left them to take care of the jerboa, and allowed them to leave without any trouble. Otherwise, it’d be an instant loss.
As for Metallix, he’s hoping this will be the last of Eggman’s interference in this tournament. And that Emerl has made it past the quarter-finals. Though, a part of him knows the doctor will confront him and the Gizoid eventually…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around an hour or two later…*
While Rouge and Tikal were busy trying to find and stop Fang, alongside Neo following them, all of the quarter-final matches had passed. Not only that, but after asking the audience, it was decided that the semi-finals would begin in one hour. After all, it was only two matches, so why not do it today? Not the finals though. That NEEDS to be saved for tomorrow.
The one hour break was to make sure the contestants got enough rest before their next match. Mainly Amy, Cream, and Cheese, who have pretty much fully recovered by the end of the break. And with all this extra time, everyone decided to go find something to occupy themselves. Like having some food or playing pinball.
Once the break was close to ending, everyone returned to the tournament area to get started on the semi-finals. Including Sonic and all his friends, alongside Breezie and Emerl. Neo also comes back, alongside Rouge and Tikal. The former goes up to the teal hedgehog and Gizoid, and talks to them.
Neo: “Apologizes for missing out on the quarter-finals. There was a small problem I had to check.”
Breezie: “Is that so? Was somebody trying to steal from you?”
Neo: “Pretty much. But it’s been taken care of.”
Neo: “So, what happened?”
Breezie: “Sonic, Knuckles, Amy, and Emerl all won their fights! Some of it was pretty cool to watch!”
Neo: “I see…good to know you made it to the semi-finals, Emerl.”
Neo: “Though, I doubt you’d lose against a little girl and her chao.”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl nods silently in response to Neo, which catches his attention.
Neo: “...For once, you’re not too vocal. Did something happen during your fight?”
Breezie: “Well, that rabbit girl asked him some questions. Like what fighting meant to him and all that.”
Breezie: “She also forfeited the match. We allowed it since she was gonna lose anyways, and beating a child unconscious is frowned upon on TV.”
Neo: “Is that so?”
Looking towards the contestant stands, Neo stares at Cream, who’s talking to Rouge, Tikal, and the rest of the girls. He didn’t think Emerl would take whatever she said to heart. After all, his current mental state isn’t exactly too complex. Perhaps the robotic hedgehog underestimated the Gizoid’s ability to feel?
Regardless, Neo turns back to Emerl, and tells him that they’ll talk about this later. For now, just stay focused on winning the next match. The Gizoid nods in agreement to this, yet deep down, what Cream said to him sticks in the back of his mind. Afterwards, Breezie updates the robotic hedgehog on what happened with the other fighters.
This includes Chaos Gamma’s loss against Amy, and how it had to be escorted out of here. This puts a small smile on Neo’s face. Either way, Dr. Eggman isn’t getting that Chaos Emerald. And he didn’t even have to lift a finger for both. Sonic’s friends took care of it for him. It’s like a walk in the park.
Meanwhile, Rouge and Tikal meet up with Sonic and the others, informing them of what happened with Fang and Neo, and vice-versa for the quarter-finals.
Ray: “So…we no longer have to worry about Eggman interfering with the tournament?”
Sonic: “Sounds like it! Baldy’s probably yelling at Fang and Chaos Gamma right now!”
Carol: “Heh! I’d like to see that!”
Rouge: “Same here. But I’m surprised they let Cream and Cheese forfeit their match with Emerl.”
Tails: “They probably didn’t want to show a child getting beaten unconscious. And those two were gonna lose either way.”
Tikal: “Mm. It was a wise choice to stop before things got worse.”
Tikal: “I wish I could have seen you fight. You must have been very brave.”
Cream: “Yeah! And I think what I said had an effect on Mr. Emerl too!”
Tikal: “Really? How so?”
Knuckles: “He picked up those two and took them here. And they haven’t said a word since.”
Knuckles: “It’s…weird…”
Feeling a similar way, Tikal looks to where Emerl is, and stares at him. Even though he’s a weapon built for war, he’s able to show compassion. Were ALL the Gizoids capable of this? Or is this because of Gerald Robotnik’s tampering? Either way, the female echidna isn’t sure what to feel about it.
Hence, Tikal just focuses on talking with everyone about what to expect next, and a few other things. But then, after a few more minutes, Stew talks to everyone, and the cameras start rolling again.
Stew: “Good afternoon, everyone! Welcome back to the Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Stew: “By popular demand, we decided to do both the quarter-finals AND the semi-finals today!”
Stew: “After all, it’s just 2 more fights! Why NOT have a little more excitement?”
Stew: “And this next match will certainly be electrifying!”
With an arm outstretched, Stew shows the tournament brackets to the cameras.
Stew: “The blue blur himself, Sonic The Hedgehog! And the red hot powerhouse, Knuckles The Echidna!”
Stew: “A heated rivalry among friends! Speed VS Strength! Red VS Blue!”
Stew: “Only ONE can come out on top! And it’s time to figure that out NOW!”
The audience roars with excitement at this matchup. And in the contestant stands, Sonic and Knuckles feel that very same excitement as they give each other cocky grins.
Sonic: “Now THIS is gonna be a good match!”
Knuckles: “Absolutely! Having the chance to beat your face in makes joining this tournament 100% worth it!”
Sonic: “Heh! Don’t think I’m gonna lose against you, Knucklehead!”
Sonic: “After all, I’m pretty sure I’ve won our last few fights!”
Knuckles: “Most of those were draws! But I’ll make THIS one count!”
Knuckles: “Lots of people across the world are about to see which one of us is the strongest! And I can’t let myself get humiliated on live television!”
Sonic: “Same here! Let’s give the people what they want!”
Without hesitation, the two head off to the Coliseum. But not before getting some support.
Tails: “Don’t go too hard on each other, okay!?”
Mighty: “Make it a show to remember!”
Lilac: “You’ve got this, Sonic!”
Rouge: “Try not to let all that muscle go to your head, Knuckie!”
That last comment from Rouge makes Knuckles roll his eyes, while Sonic lets out a small chuckle. Once they’re at the front of the big metal box, Stew comes up to them.
Stew: “A few words before you both go ham on each other?”
Knuckles: “Nah. I’ll let my fists do the talking.”
Sonic: “Figures! All muscles, and no brains!”
Knuckles: “Oh, you REALLY want me to let loose on you, huh?”
Sonic:
“Well, it wouldn’t be fun if either of us were holding back!”
Sonic: “And a little trash talking for good measure!”
Knuckles: “Heh! It certainly gets me in the mood!”
Knuckles: “Just don’t complain when I make a knuckle sandwich out of you!”
Sonic: “Pfft! Next, you’re gonna say it’s crunch time!”
Knuckles: “What about you? Gonna say something stupid like ‘gotta juice?’ Or ‘Gotta go fast?’”
Sonic: “HA! Definitely not!”
Stew: “Okay, okay! Save the trash talking for the ring!”
Nodding in agreement, the two fighters then run into the Coliseum, with everyone waiting in anticipation for a spectacular matchup…
Sonic & Knuckles …duking it out with everything they got…
Chapter 106: The North Wind
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Afternoon.*
Inside the Coliseum, Sonic and Knuckles see the arena around them shift to a notable location from their history. A room within a large castle-like stronghold, with pillar walls and a multitude of neon colors. But the most notable detail here is a stone mural on the wall, depicting what looks like an abstract depiction of Sonic in a golden aura, and some sort of Eggman-looking being holding a green stone.
Outside this palace room, it’s a massive subterranean cavern populated by plateau-like formations of crystalline rock, lining the ground and ceiling. There’s also a large, luminous entrance far away, shining light into this large cave. Both fighters know EXACTLY what this place is…
Knuckles: “The Hidden Palace?”
Sonic:
“Heh! This is super fitting!”
Sonic: “Remember when we first fought here?”
Knuckles: “Yeah…when Eggman tricked me into thinking you were after the Master Emerald…”
Knuckles: “To think I was THAT gullible…”
Sonic:
“Don’t tell me you’re still upset about that? It’s been years at this point!”
Knuckles: “I’m not. It’s just…”
Knuckles: “...It’s strange to think how much things have changed since then.”
Knuckles: “Having all of these friends, taking time to explore the world, learning more about my people…”
Knuckles: “All from just a chance encounter…”
Knuckles has a smile on his face when he says that, which makes Sonic smile in return.
Sonic: “Life can be that way sometimes…”
Sonic: “But now’s not the time to reminisce! We’re here to beat each other’s faces in!”
Knuckles: “Right…how could I forget?”
The two of them get into their combat stances, still keeping those smiles. While they may get annoyed with each other at times, Sonic and Knuckles are very much good friends. And they’re glad they met one another. Though, sometimes, pals like to share their feelings by beating the snot out of each other.
Outside the Coliseum, everyone is eagerly waiting for the battle to begin. Some of them even make guesses or bets on who’ll win. Such as those in the contestant stands.
Carol: “Hey, Lilac! Who do you think is gonna win this?”
Lilac: “Well…I think it could go either way, but if I had to choose, I’d say Sonic.”
Lilac: “He’s got the speed advantage, and he’s plenty strong and durable. I’m sure he’s got something in mind to defeat Knuckles.”
Carol: “I don’t know…Sonic’s good, but Knuckles has shown to be quite the powerhouse!”
Carol: “The guy hits like a truck, and can take a lot of punishment! Speed won’t do much against that!”
Milla: “Mm…I feel like Sonic’s speed could counter Knuckles’ strength…”
Carol: “Really? How?”
Milla: “Not sure…I guess it’s just the feeling I get from them…”
Milla: “But I AM sure it’ll be a really good fight! As long as no one gets seriously hurt!”
Lilac: “Agreed. Even I feel excited about this.”
Carol: “Oh yeah! This will be one for the ages!”
Meanwhile, Neo, Breezie, and Emerl watch the big metal box with great anticipation.
Breezie: “This is gonna be one of the best fights ever shown on television. I can feel it in my bones.”
Breezie: “Though, I’m not sure who’ll come out on top. What do you think, Neo?”
Neo: “I believe they’re around an equal playing field. Both have their advantages and disadvantages.”
Neo: “It all depends on how they use each, and how much they can take before they fall.”
Neo: “And to be honest…I’m really looking forward to seeing how this plays out…”
Breezie: “Hm? Feeling excited for once?”
Neo: “Heh…that’s a good way to put it…”
Neo: “Do you feel the same, Emerl?”
Emerl: “Heck yeah!”
Breezie chuckles a bit at Emerl’s response, and then puts her attention back on the main event. Inside the big metal box, Sonic and Knuckles are clearly very eager to get started. But before they do, they share a few more words.
Knuckles: “Don’t hold back on me, Sonic. I want to see everything you can do.”
Sonic: “Same to you, Knuckles. Let’s make this a good one.”
And with that, the battle begins. Sonic and Knuckles clash directly into each other, with their foreheads touching and trying to push one another back. All while maintaining excited grins. But with his greater strength, the echidna is able to push the hedgehog away, and then delivers a mighty punch to his gut, greatly hurting him.
However, this isn’t enough to put Sonic down. Far from it. He’s able to grab Knuckles’ head, jump onto him, and do a Spin-Dash on top of him. This stings for the echidna, but thanks to his great durability, this doesn’t do TOO much damage. He manages to catch the blue blur, and throw him off.
Standing up, Sonic and Knuckles throw more moves at each other. Starting with the echidna shooting Thunder Arrows at the blue blur, who pushes them back with a Sonic Wind. The arrows end up hitting the ground and walls, while the red bruiser has to stick his fists into the ground to keep himself from being sent towards the wall.
Then, Knuckles uses a fist to punch the ground hard enough to shake it, throwing Sonic off-guard. An opportunity for him to use his own Spin-Dash to go after him. Luckily, the blue blur dodges this move, and shoots a Sonic Storm at him. This knocks the echidna away, and leaves him open to a few fast strikes.
Again, this doesn’t hurt Knuckles much, and he goes on to use his Meteor Crash technique to throw a bunch of meteors at Sonic, who narrowly dodges them. But then he gets the idea to try and kick one back, which the echidna destroys with a single Deep Impact punch. And with the smoke covering him, the red bruiser is hit in the back by the blue blur.
Knuckles falls to the floor, and Sonic tries to do a Homing Attack on him. However, he’s able to roll out of the way, and get back on his feet. The blue blur tries a few more, but the echidna keeps punching him away, so he stops. Staring at each other again, they still have those grins. They’re far from done.
The two rivals continue to go at it, blow for blow, using whatever skills and attributes they have to their advantage. Sonic’s incredible speed, agility, and continuous growth, and Knuckles’ incredible strength, durability, and Chaos Energy techniques. They counter each other very well, and it’s hard to tell who has the advantage.
Outside the arena, everyone is shouting and cheering for both fighters, as their hearts are pounding with excitement. Amy, Carol, Mighty, Milla, and Tails are particularly vocal. And Rouge and Tikal are impressed with Sonic and Knuckles’ performances. Same for Pada, Lilac, Breezie, Neo, and Emerl. This is a true spectacle.
But after a few more moves, the two rivals take a moment to catch their breath. Sonic’s received some good blows, and vice-versa for Knuckles. Though, they know they haven’t finished things yet. So they share one more exchange.
Sonic: “Heh…gotta give you credit, Knux! Your training has been paying off!”
Knuckles: “Same to you! When I heard you started working out, I thought you’d grow bored of it and stop!”
Knuckles: “But you’ve been taking it somewhat seriously! I’m impressed!”
Sonic: “To be honest, training’s still not my thing! But it’s needed to take down bigger threats!”
Sonic: “Now, what do you say we bring out our trump cards?”
Knuckles: “Fine by me! Give it your best shot!”
Getting the message loud and clear, Sonic charges up for a Light-Speed Attack. Meanwhile, Knuckles puts his fists together and closes his eyes, focusing as hard as he can. As he does this, he grits his teeth, and his fists start to be encased in a red, fiery aura. Once he’s ready, he opens his glowing red eyes, and shouts.
Putting his arms to his side, Knuckles has a face stuck between anger and excitement. All while his fists are on fire. This is the Maximum Heat technique. It allows the echidna to increase his already incredible physical strength, alongside his various abilities. Though, he can only use this when he’s taken enough damage, and his battle spirit is set alight.
As for Sonic, his entire body is encased in a blue aura once he’s done charging. So with them both at full-power, they go absolutely crazy. The entire arena is being torn to shreds as the two go at it, with blue streaks and red fire going all over the place. Good thing this is a simulated arena, or else Breezie would be having an aneurysm.
Every punch, kick, and clash creates a shockwave or explosion. Both fighters are giving it everything they got. Knuckles is reducing tons of structures to dust with his punches, and when he’s able to hit Sonic, he REALLY feels the pain. And he’s barely phased by some of his attacks at points.
Meanwhile, Sonic is near untrackable. To the naked eye, they only see afterimages and blue streaks. And he uses his speed very well, being able to strike Knuckles a thousand times a second, and dodging tons of attacks and rubble. Plus, his strength isn’t too shabby either, and he’s got plenty of tricks up his sleeve.
The audience is losing their minds at this display. To think these two have this much power at their disposal. They’re lucky if the metal box they’re fighting in doesn’t explode from their clash. And even the likes of Tails, Amy, Tikal, and Neo are surprised at all of this. Is Eggman even a problem anymore?
Regardless, Sonic and Knuckles go at this for what feels like an hour. At points, it seems like one is about to take out the other, only for the fight to keep going anyways. It’s hard to decipher who’s gonna win now. They seem dead even in terms of strength, and neither one shows any signs of stopping.
But eventually, the two finally take a moment to catch their breath. They’re both breathing heavily, and are looking roughed up. The fatigue is starting to set in. So they need to end this with a bang. Sonic runs far away, and then prepares for one big dash forward. His legs look like a figure-8, and are creating a huge dust cloud behind him.
As for Knuckles, he spins one arm around, creating a fiery circle. He’s about to deliver the strongest punch he can. From afar, the two stare each other down, and smile. Whoever lands this final hit will be the winner. So, when they’re ready, they deliver their strike. And once it connects…
*BOOOOOOOOOOMMMMM!!!*
An explosion so massive and grand, it causes the Coliseum itself to shake from the outside. All that is visible inside is a dust cloud, making it impossible for everyone watching to see who won. But it’s slowly fading away, showing the entirety of this simulated cavern in pieces. Even the ceiling collapsed, revealing a sunny sky.
Then, it’s visible. Knuckles is lying on the ground, beaten and barely conscious. Covered in burn marks and dust. Sonic, on the other hand, is not far away from him, on his knees. He looks a little less bruised than the echidna, but he’s trying to stand up. Once he does, he gives a satisfied smile and a thumbs-up.
The audience erupts. Sonic The Hedgehog has won. His friends in the contestant stand are pretty happy with this, especially Amy, and even Neo has a small smirk on his face. Even against such a powerful foe, the blue blur pulled through. There really is something special about him, isn’t there?
Back in the arena, everything returns to normal, and Knuckles is able to sit straight, despite being in pain. Then, Sonic offers a hand to him.
Sonic: “Looks like another win for me!”
Sonic:
“But I gotta admit! You almost got me at the end!”
Knuckles: “Heh…guess I threw my punch a second too early…”
Knuckles: “And that kick really hurt…I’ve got a splitting headache now…”
Sonic: “You’ll live! Come on!”
Grabbing Sonic’s hand, Knuckles is pulled back to his feet. While they’re very injured, the two are able to walk out of the Coliseum, with satisfied smiles. Stew, on the other hand, talks to the cameras, looking like he just ran a marathon.
Stew: “That…that was…mind-blowing!”
Stew: “Even though Knuckles was physically stronger, Sonic’s speed was able to counter it! And they were REALLY going at it!”
Stew: “Heck, the Coliseum itself shook from that final hit! It’s a miracle it didn’t explode!”
Stew: “But it looks like our favorite blue blur pulled through with the win! Despite the injuries!”
Stew: “Now, I think we should take a break…like, another hour long break…”
Stew: “Because watching all that…really tired me out…”
Once he’s finished, Stew finds a place to sit, and grabs some water to drink. Meanwhile, Breezie has a look of glee at what happened.
Breezie: “What an absolute SPECTACLE! I’m gonna be swimming in money by the end of this!”
Neo: “Mm…it was truly impressive…”
Neo: “Though, if Knuckles landed his punch, I’m sure Sonic would have lost. Or at least been more injured than he already was.”
Breezie: “Either way, this has been a great success! And we haven’t even gotten to the finals yet!”
Breezie: “If this is any indication, we’re gonna have an exciting climax! I just can’t wait!”
Emerl: “Ditto!”
Neo: “Heh. I’m looking forward to it as well.”
Back at the contestant stands, Sonic and Knuckles lay down, while everyone checks up on them.
Rouge: “Jeez…you two look terrible…”
Rouge: “Did you REALLY have to go that hard on each other?”
Sonic: “Well…we had to put on a good show, didn’t we?”
Amy: “Sonic, there’s a big difference between entertaining people, and nearly killing each other!”
Knuckles: “Quit complaining…we made it out okay…”
Amy: “Your fists have BURN MARKS on them! I wouldn’t call that okay!”
Knuckles: “Ugh…stop shouting…it makes my headache worse…”
Tikal: “Here. Let me heal you.”
Milla: “Me too!”
Tikal puts her hands on Knuckles’ head to heal his body and mind, while Milla helps with Sonic’s injuries.
Tails: “As over the top as that was…I gotta admit it was really cool!”
Carol: “Yeah! Sonic went WOOSH! And then Knuckles went KABOOM! And then you did that super clash, and it was like BOOOOOOOOOOMMMMMMMM!”
Lilac: “Alright, Carol! I think we’ve all had more than enough excitement for today!”
Pada: “Ain’t Amy fixin’ to tussle with Emerl next?”
Amy: “Ah…right, I do!”
Amy: “Though, I don’t think either of us will do anything as crazy as these two numbskulls!”
Knuckles seems offended by Amy’s statement, but doesn’t respond due to Tikal having to heal him. Sonic just lets out a slight chuckle. Sure, they didn’t need to go that far, yet they wanted to anyway. To show how much stronger they’ve gotten. To put on a show for everyone.
And to satisfy their competitive nature as rivals…
Chapter 107: Glitches
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Afternoon.*
Taking a good 10 minute long break after the absolute insanity that was the fight between Sonic and Knuckles, everyone in the tournament area is able to catch their breath, and take care of whatever they need to. This includes Tikal and Milla healing up the blue and red rivals, who are now in better condition. Though, they definitely need to rest.
As for the other heroes, they’re just chatting amongst each other. However, Amy is thinking hard about her upcoming fight with Emerl. She isn’t certain she’ll win against him, but she’ll definitely give it everything she’s got. At the very least, she’ll give the Gizoid some trouble when he’s holding back.
Meanwhile, a few employees are checking the Coliseum per Neo’s request. After Sonic and Knuckles’ clash, he’s a little concerned about if it was damaged at all. Or at the very least, it’s not working as it should. Breezie and Emerl are watching the work alongside him, and soon enough, the employees give their answer.
Random Employee #1: “Doesn’t seem to be any issues, sir! The Coliseum should work fine!”
Neo: “Really? Nothing’s damaged?”
Random Employee #1: “Nope! We’re good to go!”
Breezie: “That’s great to hear! Though, I’m surprised it’s still in one piece!”
Breezie:
“What did you use to make this box? I’m starting to think it’s indestructible!”
Neo: “Well…I used the most durable materials I could obtain for it’s composition.”
Neo: “Plus, the fact that whoever’s inside is put into a Digital World SHOULD make it impossible for the Coliseum to be destroyed internally.”
Neo: “Yet, Sonic and Knuckles were so strong that it caused the entire thing to shake. I didn’t think that was possible.”
Neo: “Perhaps their respective powers shake reality itself? Or did I make some kind of error?”
Pondering over this, Neo has a look of uncertainty. But Breezie quickly snaps him out of it.
Breezie: “Don’t think about it too hard! Just be glad the thing didn’t explode!”
Breezie: “And if you want to be safe than sorry, we could switch to a proper arena after the next match!”
Breezie: “That way, you can do a more thorough analysis and see what needs fixing!”
Neo: “Mm. That would be for the best.”
Neo: “Though, what arena do you have in mind?”
Breezie: “You’ll see it tomorrow! And so will the rest of the world!”
And with that, Breezie walks up to Stew and the camera crew, notifying them to get started on the last match of the semi-finals. Neo and Emerl stare at her as she does this, with the former saying something.
Neo: “Always prepared for everything…as to be expected of a high-class business tycoon…”
Emerl: “Yep! Mom sure is the coolest!”
Neo: “...”
Neo is unamused with Emerl calling Breezie mom. But he’s able to move on from that, as Stew begins talking again.
Stew: “Alright, people! We’ve only got one more match left for today!”
Stew: “And hopefully, this won’t be as intense as the last one! Or I’m gonna have a headache by the end of this!”
Stew: “We’ve got the passionate, hammer-swinging lady of hope against the ultimate, super fighting robot!”
Stew: “Amy Rose! Emerl! It’s time to enter the arena, and show the world what you’re made of!”
Without hesitation, Emerl heads up to the Coliseum, and Neo allows it. At this point, he can trust that the Gizoid will be careful. And as for Amy, she takes a deep breath, with her friends talking to her a bit before she goes.
Tikal: “Be careful, Amy Rose. You’ll have to use every ounce of strength you have if you wish to defeat Emerl.”
Amy: “Of course. I can’t hold back here.”
Amy: “Hopefully, I can at least make a dent in him! That’ll be more than enough for me!”
Knuckles: “I’m sure you can do it. You’ve trained long and hard for this.”
Knuckles: “Just don’t let your guard down.”
Amy nods in response to Knuckles. Then, she looks at Sonic with a sly smile, which makes him a little suspicious.
Amy: “Hey, Sonic? What do you say we make a promise to each other?”
Sonic: “Uhhh…what KIND of promise?”
Amy: “Well…if I beat Emerl here, I’ll be facing you in the finals tomorrow!”
Amy: “And if I beat you and win the tournament, we’ll get married! Doesn’t that sound amazing?”
When Amy says that, the others all look at her and Sonic with confusion, surprise, and/or unamusement. The blue blur, on the other hand, immediately responds with a deadpan expression.
Sonic: “Hard pass.”
Amy: “Wha-!? Oh COME ON!”
Amy: “I want a BIG reward for all the effort and hard-work I’ve put into all of this! Can’t you give a girl some hope!?”
Sonic: “Can you take a hint already?”
Amy: “Ugh! Why are you ALWAYS like this!?”
Stew: “Excuse me? Ms. Rose?”
Everyone turns to see Stew approaching them, and he flinches a bit when an annoyed Amy looks at him. But he’s able to say what he wants to.
Stew: “Your next match is about to start. Can you please come to the arena?”
Amy: “Oh…right…”
Without a word, and still annoyed by Sonic’s response to her proposition, Amy runs off to the Coliseum. Meanwhile, some of the heroes question the blue blur.
Lilac: “That was a pretty blunt response, Sonic.”
Sonic: “She’s been trying to woo me over for years at this point. I feel no need to hold back my feelings on the matter.”
Rouge: “Heh. I suppose it’s natural for such a charming hero like yourself to be sick of fan girls.”
Rouge: “But still, do you have to break a woman’s dreams?”
Sonic: “I just don’t want to settle down with someone right now! I don’t care for romance!”
Cream:
“Really? But romance is really sweet and fulfilling!”
Cream:
“Or at least…that’s what my mom says!”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Sonic: “Eh…maybe in the future, when I’m in my 40s or something, I’ll finally find someone.”
Sonic: “However, I’m too focused on exploring the world and finding excitement in my life! A girlfriend would only slow me down!”
Sonic: “Plus, I’d rather not put someone I care about that much in danger all the time! Even if they can protect themselves!”
Mighty: “Hm…I can understand where you’re coming from…”
Mighty:
“When you’re always moving around and getting into trouble, having a romantic partner isn’t the most ideal.”
Pada: “...”
Pada has a sad expression on her face when Mighty says that. However, she’s able to change it to a neutral one before anyone notices.
Tails: “What about me, Sonic? I’m basically a younger brother to you.”
Sonic: “Yes, but you’ve proved time and time again how capable you are! And I can’t be your protective older brother all the time!”
Rouge: “Pretty sure Amy has done the same. Is this some sort of double standard, big blue?”
Sonic: “What? No! I know Amy’s plenty capable herself!”
Sonic: “It’s just that…”
With a conflicted expression, Sonic stares at Amy, who’s standing next to Emerl now. Stew comes up to ask for a few words, but neither fighter has anything to share.
Sonic: “...Sometimes, it feels like her whole life revolves around me, you know?”
Sonic: “She went to Little Planet to meet me, she keeps getting involved in our adventures because of me, she trained for the past months partly to impress me…”
Sonic: “A part of me is worried that…she doesn’t know what to do with her life without me in it.”
Milla: “Huh…that’s very insightful of you, Sonic…”
Carol: “Admittedly, she DOES seem kinda crazy about you at points.”
Carol: “Sure, she’s not stalking you or anything! Hopefully!”
Carol: “But it’s almost like you’re all she talks about sometimes! It’s kinda creepy!”
Sonic: “Yeah…and even after all this time, she hasn’t given up on me…”
Sonic: “Her stubbornness and tenacity is both a strength and a weakness.”
Tikal: “Mm…it’s certainly concerning at points…”
Tikal: “However, she’s still growing as a person. Perhaps as time goes on, she’ll get better about it?”
Sonic: “That’s what I’m hoping for…”
Ending the conversation there, Sonic and the others put their attention back on the Coliseum, which Amy and Emerl have already entered. However, a part of the blue blur is worried about how the pink hedgehog will do here. Sure, she’s very strong and agile, but that doesn’t mean much against such a powerful and skilled opponent.
Meanwhile, inside the big metal box, Amy and Emerl’s environment shifts to a place that the former has visited before. Though, she hasn’t been here in a long time. It’s some sort of ruined, submerged city, with a bunch of waterslides, fruit, waterfalls, and large animals. All under a clear sky.
Amy: “Lagoon City! It’s been forever since I’ve been here! I wonder what Trip’s doing right now?”
Amy: “Well, no time to think about it! Gotta stay focused!”
Bringing out her Piko-Piko Hammer, Amy sets her sights on Emerl, who’s able to turn one of his hands into his own version of the hammer. This interests Ms. Rose.
Amy: “Heh! Guess this’ll be a fair battle!”
Amy: “But before we get started, I want to thank you for helping Cream and Cheese earlier! It means a lot!”
Amy: “There’s no doubt in my mind! You’re actually really kind deep down!”
Emerl doesn’t say anything to Amy, but she can tell a part of him is pleased with what she said. Though, they both revert to more serious demeanors, weapons at the ready. And then, with a shout, the pink hedgehog jumps into the air to deliver a powerful hammer smash onto her opponent, who’s ready to respond in kind.
Both Amy and Emerl’s hammers clash, causing a shockwave. But nowhere near the same level as Sonic and Knuckles’ final clash before. Afterwards, the two continue to swing at each other, creating more weak shockwaves and trying to push one another back. However, the Gizoid is able to knock the hedgehog off her feet, and then knock her away like a baseball.
While she was hurt by that attack, Amy’s able to recover, and starts to spin around with her hammer like a tornado. She chases after Emerl, who’s able to jump out of the way, and tries to hit her with his version of the Tarot Draw move she used against Chaos Gamma. But it doesn’t do much.
Afterwards, Amy shoots a pink tornado forward at Emerl, who gets caught in it. Though, he uses his version of Tails’ flight to keep himself steady. Once the tornado fades, the Gizoid throws a few copy hammers at the pink hedgehog, who knocks them away with her hammer. Now, the two have a good idea of what the other is capable of.
However, just as they’re about to continue, they notice their environment changing again for some reason. It seems to be glitching a bit, as different parts of the world flicker or change to something else. Neither the fighters, nor most of the audience know what’s happening. But Neo does, and he’s worried.
Breezie: “What is this? Why is the environment changing?”
Neo:
“The previous fight…it DID damage something!”
Neo: “Sonic and Knuckles’ clash must have messed with the Coliseum’s systems! This environment is unstable!”
Neo: “It’s likely trying to switch to a different setting in order to stabilize itself! But there’s no telling what it will switch to, or how dangerous it’ll be!”
Breezie: “Oh…that’s not good…”
Breezie: “But nothing LETHAL will happen, right?”
Neo:
“No, but it’ll certainly be disorienting for whoever’s inside! It must be deactivated before any serious harm can be done!”
Neo’s about to rush towards the Coliseum to repair it, but Breezie stops him, much to his confusion.
Breezie: “Hold on a second, Neo! Let’s see how this plays out!”
Neo: “What!? Are you insane!?”
Neo:
“If I don’t fix it, Amy and Emerl could be-”
Breezie:
“You just said yourself the Coliseum can’t kill anyone, didn’t you?”
Neo: “Yes, but it’s still dangerous!”
Breezie: “Well, I’m sure those two can handle it! And this whole instability thing won’t last forever, will it?”
Neo: “No…if this goes on for too long, it’ll automatically shut down and revert to it’s original state.”
Breezie: “Good! That means the show will just be more exciting to watch!”
Breezie: “And what’s a good show without a few surprises?”
Neo: “...”
Neo stares at Breezie with a tense glare. It doesn’t matter if this will make the tournament more fun to watch. Depending on what environments the Coliseum switches to, Amy and Emerl could be in serious danger. Even if they can handle this, the robotic hedgehog can’t go along with such a risky decision.
Yet…a part of Neo IS curious to see how this goes. If anything, just to see what will happen, and how both fighters will deal with it. Plus, Breezie kinda has a point about Amy and Emerl. One’s an experienced fighter who’s navigated many environments, and the other’s a highly-advanced combat robot.
Against his better judgment, and giving into his curiosity, Neo calms down. Though, he still has that tense look on his face.
Neo: “Don’t make me regret this, Breezie.”
Breezie: “I wouldn’t be doing this if I wasn’t sure it was gonna work in my favor.”
And with that, Breezie and Neo put their focus back on the big metal box. As for the heroes, they came to a similar conclusion, and decided to just watch and be prepared for anything. Amy’s very capable, and so is Emerl. Whatever happens here, they can make it through. And hopefully, they aren’t wrong.
Speaking of, Amy and Emerl end up falling through the floor of Lagoon City, and the world around them shifts to a large factory installation with a brown color scheme. It’s filled with machines, including a bunch of Badniks, and there’s an industrial site. This is one of Eggman’s Secret Bases, which the pink hedgehog has been in before.
Landing on some solid flooring, with surrounding lava and swinging chains, Amy and Emerl take a moment to make sense of what happened.
Amy: “That was…weird…”
Amy: “But I can’t let it distract me! Right?”
Emerl: “Yepyep! Keep it UP, sister!”
The line confuses Amy, yet she can’t help but smirk at it. After that, she continues her fight with Emerl, using every trick she has. Her cards, her hammer, her strength, her agility, whatever she can think of. And the Gizoid copies her every move and skill as well, making it a pretty even battle for the two.
However, Amy knows it’s only a matter of time before Emerl decides to up the ante and takes her down. So she has to take him down first, by any means necessary. Though, it’s definitely not easy, as not only is the Gizoid incredibly powerful, but the environment keeps changing to different locations from her past.
Little Planet, Station Square, the Mystic Ruins, Eggman bases, and even the Special Zone. All while the terrain shifts, and things get more and more unstable. At points, the two have to fight in free-fall, or on moving vehicles. It’s incredibly disorienting for Amy, further worsening her chances of victory.
But eventually, the two end up in a dark void, with a pulsating green grid pattern on the floor, and red wire-frame platforms and structures. Tired, both physically and mentally, Amy makes a few complaints.
Amy: “Okay…PLEASE tell me we’re done changing the environment? My head’s getting dizzy!”
Amy:
“Which means I need to end this NOW!”
Feeling the same way, Emerl and Amy begin their final clash. Though, this time, the pink hedgehog is struggling to keep up with the Gizoid, due to her fatigue from all the arena changing, in addition to her injuries. Clearly, the odds weren’t in her favor. But that won’t stop her from changing that.
Using every ounce of remaining strength she has, Amy prepares to deliver one mighty Piko-Piko Hammer strike on Emerl, who’s ready to take it. With gritted teeth, and fire in her eyes, Ms. Rose charges towards her opponent, jumps into the air, and then swings it down on the Gizoid, creating a powerful shockwave.
Once this happens, the environment completely breaks, returning to the original tiled room. However, many of the tiles have fallen off, revealing wires, mechanisms, and sparks. Amy is on her hands and knees, no longer able to stand up. Emerl, on the other hand, is actually a little hurt by that attack. Yet, it’s not enough to defeat him.
Standing back up, Emerl walks towards Amy, who stares at him with a look of fatigue and disappointment. Yet…she’s able to crack a small smirk.
Amy: “Heh…I DID make a dent in you…”
Amy: “That’s…a win in…my book…”
With those last few words, Amy lays on the floor, unconscious. Even though the unstable environment shifting messed everything up, the outcome likely wouldn’t have changed either way. Emerl is the winner, and the show must go on. Though, the Coliseum needs a bunch of repairs, so it can’t be used for the tournament anymore.
Picking Amy up in his arms, Emerl walks out of the big metal box, with the audience cheering for his victory. As for Stew, he shares his thoughts.
Stew: “Okay…that didn’t go quite as planned, but we still got a winner!”
Stew: “Emerl just had the better skills and power compared to Amy! Regardless of whatever happened with the Coliseum, he likely would have won anyways!”
Stew: “Though, we gotta give credit to the pink hedgehog! She actually damaged the guy! That’s no small feat!”
Stew: “It makes you wonder if Sonic will be the one to finally defeat this unstoppable fighting machine?”
Stew: “However, that’s a question to be answered tomorrow!”
Stew: “Stay tuned, folks! Soon, we’ll see two titans of power duke it out in the final match of the Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Back at the contestant stands, Emerl sets Amy down in the seats, allowing Tikal and Milla to heal her. During this, the others talk to him.
Sonic: “She actually damaged you! I’m genuinely impressed!”
Sonic: “Sure, I knew Amy was training hard, but this is something else!”
Cream: “Will you be okay, Mr. Emerl?”
Emerl: “No worries, sweetheart!”
Having seen Tikal and Milla’s healing abilities throughout the tournament, including now, Emerl encases himself in a glowing green aura. After a few seconds, it dissipates, and the Gizoid is as good as new, surprising everyone.
Tails: “Wow! I didn’t think you could heal yourself!”
Knuckles: “Hmph. Guess nothing’s out of the question for you.”
Knuckles: “Though, this means you’ll be an even bigger pain to take down.”
Sonic: “Fine by me! I like a good challenge!”
Sonic: “And I’m expecting you to give your all tomorrow! No matter what!”
Sonic puts a closed fist forward with a smirk, which Emerl stares at. He doesn’t know what this means. So, the blue blur explains it to him by taking his arm, putting it forward, closing his fist, and then bumping it with his. A fist bump.
Sonic: “There! Much better!”
Emerl: “...?”
This only further adds to Emerl’s confusion. Though, he doesn’t have to think about it for long, as Neo and Breezie approach the group.
Breezie: “Great work, everyone! You really made this the show of a lifetime!”
Breezie: “Too bad the Coliseum’s damaged. We’ll have to switch to a proper arena for tomorrow.”
Rouge:
“Mind telling us why you didn’t immediately stop the match when things got messy?”
Breezie: “Simple! A few surprises make a show more fun to watch!”
Breezie: “Plus, Amy and Emerl weren’t in too much danger! They came out fine!”
Neo: “Hmph. Consider yourself lucky that nothing worse happened.”
Neo: “Regardless, it’s clear I need to make a lot of repairs and adjustments to make sure this doesn’t happen again.”
Neo: “So, I apologize for what happened back there.”
Knuckles: “Tch! Saying sorry doesn’t cut it!”
Knuckles: “If not for all that environment shifting, Amy could have won against Emerl!”
Breezie: “Maybe. But don’t expect a rematch anytime soon.”
Breezie: “The show must go on, after all! We gotta prepare for the grand finale!”
Breezie: “And you better not disappoint, Sonic…”
Sonic: “Trust me, Breezie! The last thing I want to do is make my final match boring!”
Sonic: “I’ll give it my all! AND I’ll win!”
Sonic has a confident smirk on his face as he says this, which makes some of his friends smile as well. Even Neo can’t help but smirk a bit at these words.
Neo: “Is that so?”
Neo: “Well, I’m sure Emerl will prove you wrong. He’s grown a lot since your little spar on Emerald Beach.”
Sonic: “You think I don’t know that? It just makes me more eager to prove YOU wrong!”
Neo: “Heh…we’ll see about that…”
Neo: “Come on, Emerl. There’s much to prepare for.”
Breezie: “Agreed! Later!”
Emerl:
“Later, alligators!”
Together, Emerl, Breezie, and Neo head off, leaving the heroes to talk amongst themselves.
Carol: “That Neo guy sure is cocky!”
Lilac: “It makes sense. Emerl’s shown to be incredibly powerful in the previous matches.”
Ray: “So has Sonic! I’m sure he can take him down!”
Sonic: “The support is appreciated, Ray!”
Tails: “So…what should we do now?”
Cream: “How about we just relax for the time being? Today has been pretty stressful for all of us…”
Cream: “Especially Ms. Amy…”
Cream and Cheese give a worried glance at the unconscious Amy, who’s injuries have been healed.
Milla: “Yes…we could all use a break…”
Mighty: “Agreed. And I think I’ve had enough of this tournament.”
Tikal: “What do you mean?”
Looking at Pada and Ray, Mighty gives a nod and a smile.
Mighty: “Guys…I think it’s time we hit the road again!”
Ray: “What!? Come on, Mighty!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! You’re not gonna stick around for the finals?”
Mighty:
“It’s gonna be shown on TV worldwide! I’m sure I’ll see it at some point!”
Mighty: “Besides, this tournament has been pretty stressful, and I don’t think you guys will need me for the finale!”
Ray: “But we could see Sonic fight Emerl in-person and cheer him on! That sounds a LOT more exciting than watching a recording of it after the fact!”
Mighty: “Sure, but…I just don’t feel inclined to stick around, you know?”
Mighty: “I’ve got places to see! People to meet! And I’ve had my fill of this place!”
Mighty: “Meeting old friends, making new ones, having some fun fights…it’s more than I could have asked for!”
Mighty: “So I might as well end it now! It’s just how I roll!”
While Knuckles and a few of the others are disappointed by Mighty leaving, Sonic just smirks and offers a handshake.
Sonic: “I getcha, Mighty! We’ve got stuff to do too!”
Sonic: “It was nice catching up with you and Ray! And meeting Pada was nice as well!”
Sonic: “Best of luck out there! And tell the Chaotix I said hi!”
Mighty: “Heh! Same to you, Sonic!”
Mighty accepts the handshake, and then he directs his attention to Ray and Pada. The former is still disappointed over not seeing the finale of the tournament, and the latter seems eager to finally get out of here.
Ray: “...It sucks that we’re not sticking around…”
Mighty: “Sorry, Ray. I’ll get you some ice cream as an apology.”
Ray: “...That would be great.”
Pada:
“Ice cream? What in tarnation is that?”
Mighty: “It’s a dessert! You’re gonna love it!”
Pada: “Ah…yup…”
There’s a small smile on Pada’s face that she tries to hide, alongside her blushing cheeks. Together, she, Mighty, and Ray head off, with the others waving at them. Then, Lilac speaks up.
Lilac: “...Maybe we should get going too?”
Carol: “Wha-!? Not you too, Lilac!”
Carol: “This next fight is gonna be AWESOME! Why would you wanna skip it!?”
Lilac: “We have some important stuff to take care of, remember?”
Lilac: “Like fixing the Dragon Wings AND your bike?”
Carol: “But we’re not even fighting in the tournament anymore! Can’t it wait!?”
Carol:
“Milla, you want to see this through to the end, right!?”
Milla: “Um…?”
Lilac: “Carol, don’t pressure her! You know she doesn’t like fighting!”
Lilac: “Sonic and Emerl’s match is gonna be televised anyways, so we can watch it later! It’s not the end of the world!”
Carol: “Ugh! You’re no fun at times, Lilac!”
Carol: “This is gonna be a really exciting event, and you don’t want to see it live? OR cheer our friend on during it?”
Lilac: “I’m sure Sonic can handle it without us. He’s already got plenty of backup.”
Lilac: “Right?”
Team Lilac stares at Sonic and the others, with Carol having a desperate look on her face. She REALLY doesn’t wanna miss out on this fight. However, while Cream, Cheese, Tikal, and Amy (If she was conscious right now) would like them to stay, the rest are mostly indifferent or fine with them leaving.
In particular, Sonic just nods in agreement with Lilac, much to Carol’s disappointment. Tails also hands her and Carol the busted Dragon Wings and motorcycle parts back.
Tails:
“I did the best I could with what I had, but it’s not completely fixed.”
Tails:
“Hopefully, I saved your friend some trouble!”
Milla: “Mm-hm! You’re the best, Tails!”
Carol: “But Lilac sure isn’t…”
Lilac: “I heard that, Carol!”
Lilac’s intimidating tone makes Carol flinch in fear for a moment. Afterwards, Milla shares some parting words with Cream and Cheese.
Milla: “It was so nice to meet you two! I’d love to hang out again soon!”
Cream:
“Same here! You could join our family’s tea party!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Milla: “Oh, that sounds amazing! I’ll be there ASAP!”
The basset hound and rabbit share a hug, as Lilac offers a handshake to Sonic, who accepts.
Lilac: “Knowing you, you’ll win the tournament. There’s no doubt in my mind.”
Sonic: “Heh! I’ll try not to disappoint you!”
Sonic: “And good luck out there! We’ll have another race when we cross paths again!”
Lilac: “Deal!”
And with that, Team Lilac makes their way out of Casino Park, as Sonic and his friends wave at them. Now, it’s just the 7 of them, ready to continue their mission. Today, they’ll take a well-deserved rest. But tomorrow?
They’ll win the Chaos Emerald Championship…
Chapter 108: Complaints
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Gimme Shelter. Afternoon.*
Once again, Dr. Eggman is talking to Fang via video call on his computer, alongside Chaos Gamma. The jerboa and E-Series robot are outside of Casino Park, damaged and tired. And the doctor is far from happy about it.
Eggman: “You utter IDIOTS!”
Eggman:
“Not only do you lose the tournament against Amy Rose of all people, but you couldn’t even steal one single Chaos Emerald while everyone was distracted!?”
Fang: “Hey! It’s not my fault I had to deal with that thieving bat, her ghost friend, AND that scary Metallix guy!”
Eggman:
“Excuses! I can’t believe I still keep hiring you after all these failures!”
Eggman:
“And you call yourself an expert bounty hunter!? What a JOKE!”
Fang: “Zip it, fatty! Even professionals like me have my limits!”
Fang: “And if you want someone else to do your job, then have at it! I’ve had MORE than enough for today!”
Eggman: “Watch your mouth, jerboa! Or I’ll send an entire squadron of-!”
As Eggman continues to threaten him, Fang just takes his busted Marvelous Queen and flies off. This only further infuriates the doctor.
Eggman: “Ugh! This is the last time I hire some no-good bounty hunter to do the easy work for me!”
Eggman: “As for YOU, Chaos Gamma…!”
Chaos Gamma stares at Eggman through the video screen, showing no visible emotion.
Eggman: “I thought winning the Chaos Emerald Championship would be a simple task for you! But clearly, I was wrong!”
Eggman: “Here I go to fetching ALL those busted parts from my previous E-Series failures, and repairing and upgrading them just so I could incorporate them into you…”
Eggman: “...And you lost to someone you shouldn’t have had ANY issues with in the quarter finals!”
Chaos Gamma: “AMY ROSE’S STRENGTH AND SKILL WAS GREATER THAN WHAT WAS LISTED IN MY DATABASE.”
Chaos Gamma: “IN ADDITION, HER ANGER FURTHER INCREASED HER OFFENSIVE CAPACITY. MY SYSTEMS STRUGGLED TO COUNTER THIS.”
Eggman: “Hmph! As if Fang didn’t give me enough excuses!”
Eggman: “But then again…I suppose I should have anticipated Amy’s growth, considering what happened with the Black Arms…”
Eggman: “Plus, you DID give that wildcat quite the entertaining beating as well…AND fetched me plenty of information on Metallix and his new servant…”
Eggman: “...Eh. Why not? I’ll give you another chance to prove yourself.”
Eggman: “Though, you’ll need to be fixed first. And given an upgrade.”
Eggman: “And don’t expect to be rebuilt if you fail me again! Be lucky that you even have another chance!”
Chaos Gamma: “UNDERSTOOD. THANK YOU, MASTER.”
Chaos Gamma: “WHAT IS MY NEXT MISSION? I WILL NOT FAIL THIS TIME.”
Eggman: “You’ll learn once you’re fixed! For now, wait until my forces pick you up!”
Chaos Gamma: “UNDERSTOOD.”
With the conversation finished, Eggman ends the call, and then starts typing on his keyboard at a fast pace. On his screen is every bit of information Chaos Gamma was able to obtain on Emerl, along with whatever Metallix is up to. Footage of the tournament matches, details on how the Gizoid might work, etc.
Already, Eggman has a good idea of what Emerl is. A powerful combat robot that can mimic the abilities and movements of others through observation, and is powered by Chaos Emeralds. It’s likely Metallix either made or found this robot, and is trying to find all the emeralds in order to raise it to max power.
And according to Chaos Gamma’s calculations, Emerl might have the potential to destroy the world with all the Chaos Emeralds. So it makes sense why Metallix would want something like this under his control. If this robot’s really that powerful, Eggman and Sonic wouldn’t stand a chance, and the metallic menace can execute his plans with little resistance.
Judging by all the fights so far in the tournament, the round doctor can tell dealing with Emerl alone will be a pain. Plus, something about him seems…familiar. Like there’s some kind of connection between him and this Gizoid, despite never seeing him before now. And having to face Metallix again will be incredibly annoying too.
Therefore, Eggman needs to make a good counter plan in order to take care of this deadly robotic duo. The first thing that comes to mind is finding a way to capture Emerl, and either copy his data to create his own Gizoid, or try and reprogram it so that it can become HIS servant. The latter idea sounds particularly fun in his eyes.
Wanting to be quick about this, Eggman decides to call Sage, who’s still protecting the Eggnet. Immediately, she answers him via voicemail.
Sage: “Greetings, sir. How may I serve you?”
Eggman: “Sage, I’ll need your assistance with creating a plan to take out Metallix and his new robot friend.”
Eggman: “Scour through this information, alongside anything else you can find. I want this done as quickly as possible.”
Eggman: “And send someone to pick up Chaos Gamma and bring him back to my location for fixing.”
Sage: “Understood. Anything else?”
Eggman: “Hmm…”
Thinking for a moment, Eggman gets an idea to check something.
Eggman: “Show me my copy of my grandfather’s diary. I want to see if I’ll find some answers there.”
Eggman: “That will be all for now.”
Sage: “Very well.”
And with that, the voice call ends, and Gerald Robotnik’s diary is shown on the computer screen. Eggman skims through the pages, trying to see if there’s something he might have missed before. His grandfather’s worked on a multitude of projects, so there might be a chance this Gizoid thing is one of them…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*In another part of the world…*
It’s the dead of night, and the light of the broken moon shines down on Earth’s surface. For some, these dark skies instill fear and paranoia. But for a certain hooded figure walking across the Arid Sands, there’s a more quiet and calm feeling in the air. It allows him to think more clearly, and reminds him of times long past.
But right now, this hooded figure is searching for a nearby town to rest, and gather some supplies. He’s got a brown bag, attached to him via a rope, which contains stuff like food, water, tools, and more. Sure, he doesn’t have much need for most of this, but it helps him better adjust to this world he’s only seen from the stars before.
Soon enough, the hooded figure finds a town placed in a flat and rock-free landscape, with closely-packed flat, medium buildings, sandstone streets covered in cloth sheets, shallow fountains, and bushes and palm trees. There’s also a few outdoor shops and marketplaces, most of which are closed right now due to it being nighttime.
In fact, only a couple of people are awake and walking around right now. Mostly adults and elderly, with one or two kids who are too stubborn to fall asleep. This doesn’t bother the hooded figure much, as it’s less social interaction. Sure, he DOES want to know more about this world and it’s individuals, but he’s also not the best at talking to people.
Regardless, the hooded figure walks into town, which catches a few people’s attention. They take note of his cool-looking air shoes, the shiny golden bracelets around his wrists, and his piercing red eyes. Some are intimidated by his presence, while some are interested in him. Though, he merely moves past them without a word.
Arriving at a small shop, the hooded figure sits down on a nearby chair and takes off his hood, revealing his black spines with red stripes. This only catches MORE attention, including the person running the shop. A woman around her late 50s with dark gray hair, wearing a yale blue hijab and cloak, alongside black sandals.
Shop Lady: “Oh? It’s not every day a face like yours shows up in Shamar!”
Shop Lady: “Are you a traveler? Do you need something?”
???: “I’m here to buy some supplies for my journey. And to get some rest.”
???: “What do you sell?”
Shop Lady: “Ah! Plenty of things, Mr…?”
???: “Shadow. Shadow The Hedgehog.”
Shop Lady: “Hm…you certainly look like a shadow…”
Shop Lady: “My name is Ara. I hope you enjoy your stay here.”
Shadow simply nods in response to Ara, before she shows what she has in stock. Chai, paaf bread, elastic ice cream, a photo frame, etc. He decides to go for some bread, canned juice, candy, and a lunisolar charm. Stuff that’ll last long for his travels. Taste doesn’t mean much to him, due to his biology.
After receiving and paying for his stuff, Shadow stores much of it into his bag. Though, he takes a paaf bread and eats it. Ara watches him with anticipation, wanting to see what he’ll say.
Ara: “So? Like it?”
Shadow: “Mm…it’s not bad…”
Shadow: “But my taste buds are pretty weak. Whatever flavor this bread has, I can’t feel it.”
Ara: “Really? Sucks to be you, then!”
Ara: “One of the best parts of any culture is the types of food you can eat! Helps add more flavor!”
Ara: “Though, special little trinkets like that charm I gave you can work as a great substitute!”
Shadow: “...I suppose so…”
Once Shadow’s done with the bread, he asks Ara about a few spots in this town, and what other important spots there are in this region. She’s able to give him some good information, which he appreciates, and then he heads off. As he walks down the streets of this town, the black hedgehog thinks to himself about a few things.
For the past few months, Shadow has explored a large portion of the Earth, trying to figure out his own path in life without his past getting in the way. He’s been in many areas, met many kinds of people, collected some notable items, and even helps out a bit when he can. It’s been an interesting experience for him.
After all, this is the planet Maria Robotnik loved so much. She always rambled on about all the cool stuff there is on Earth, like the aurora borealis and jazz music. At the time, Shadow didn’t understand why she was so hyper focused about this. Though, after what he’s seen over the course of his journey, he’s starting to understand why.
There’s so many incredible sights on this planet. So many people that want to live peaceful lives, or make things better for those less fortunate. And so many varying cultures. It’s all so fascinating to Shadow. Yet, it also saddens him. The fact that Maria wasn’t able to see any of this in her limited lifespan.
Hence, Shadow feels more motivated than ever to keep true to his promise of protecting this planet. He can now better understand what makes it special, and why it should be saved. However, he isn’t sure what to do with himself when his help isn’t needed. So far, he’s just an aimless drifter.
Back on the Ark, Shadow wasn’t sure if there was a place for him on Earth. And right now, he’s reminded of that. Sure, he has people like Rouge, Omega, Sonic, etc, but aside from spending time with them…what can he do? Where does he belong? How will he keep himself occupied when there’s no one threatening the world?
Trying not to focus on that for now, Shadow looks for something to keep him distracted. That’s when he notices a few people looking at a small TV box, which is showing some sort of fight. Curious, he decides to check it out, only to be taken off-guard by what he’s seeing.
Shadow: “!?”
The TV is showing a video of a fighting tournament called the Chaos Emerald Championship, which was hosted in Casino Park, and televised by BreezTV. In particular, some of the fighters are people Shadow is VERY familiar with. Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream and Cheese, and even…a certain orange robot with blue eyes.
That last one sends the black hedgehog into a state of disbelief. This looks exactly like the Gizoid. A powerful combat machine that his creator, Gerald Robotnik, did research on. And one he fought against on the Ark over 50 years ago. He knows how dangerous this thing is. But why is it here? Why are Sonic and his friends fighting it? And is this the same Gizoid?
Regardless of the explanation, Shadow immediately books it out of the city in a yellow streak, leaving his cloak and bag behind. His eyes are laser-focused, and the world around him becomes a blur. This is a remnant of his past, and a threat to the entire world.
Such a dangerous weapon of war must be destroyed at any cost…
Chapter 109: A Prelude
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Nighttime.*
Breezie scans over a bunch of papers at her desk with a satisfied grin on her face, while Neo and Emerl do the same at the nearby couches and table. They’re checking the viewership for the Chaos Emerald Championship, both in-person and on TV, alongside how much money is being made so far from it.
Breezie: “Wow! The final match hasn’t even started yet, and I already feel like I’m swimming in an entire ocean of money!”
Breezie:
“Not to mention how much attention the tournament has received! This is paying off far too well for me!”
Neo: “Well, with Sonic and his friends participating, you were bound to catch a lot of eyes.”
Neo: “Not to mention Emerl, and that Eggman robot.”
Emerl: “You betcha! I’m a real rockstar now!”
Breezie: “Hehehe! That sounds about right!”
Breezie: “Just keep it up for your fight with Sonic, and there won’t be a single person who DOESN’T know who you are!”
Emerl: “Gotcha, babe! I can’t disappoint a fine woman!”
That line makes Breezie chuckle again, while Neo is unamused with this. Though, he has a slight smile on his face despite that. But moving on, the three put the papers away for now, and then continue their little chat. Complete with some drinks between the two hedgehogs.
Breezie: “So…still think you’re gonna win tomorrow?”
Neo: “Without a doubt. Though, it certainly won’t be a cakewalk.”
Neo: “Emerl has been pretty lucky with his matchups so far. Most of the people he faced weren’t anywhere near his level.”
Neo: “The only one who gave him a proper challenge was Amy. And even then, she couldn’t make more than a dent.”
Neo: “And while Bai was formidable, Cream and Cheese were never gonna give him a run for his money.”
Breezie: “Good point. Compared to Sonic, those guys were fodder.”
Breezie: “But he’s shown to be pretty capable, so I think his chances are high.”
Breezie: “Now, do you think you can do it, Emerl? We both have high hopes for you.”
Emerl: “...”
For some reason, Emerl doesn’t respond to Breezie at first. But after a small shake on the shoulder from Neo, he answers.
Emerl: “I’ll blast through with Sonic speed!”
Breezie: “Heh! Your enthusiasm is noted!”
Breezie: “Though, what are you two gonna do after you win? Gonna hunt down the remaining Chaos Emeralds?”
Neo: “Of course. Emerl needs them to unlock his maximum potential.”
Neo: “Once that happens…no foe will stand in our way…”
Breezie: “Ooo! Ominous!”
Breezie: “But what about after that? Are you gonna get started on your little robot kingdom?”
Neo: “Yes. Though, that might take some time.”
Neo: “We’ll also need to make sure Sonic, Eggman, and whoever else is taken care of. Whatever means necessary.”
Emerl: “...”
Again, Emerl is silent as Neo says this. Breezie picks up on this, but decides not to bring it up, and moves the conversation along.
Breezie: “Well, as long as my media empire is untouched, you two can have fun with that.”
Breezie: “Once this tournament’s over, I’m gonna try and figure out some great uses for all this money I’m building up!”
Breezie: “Perhaps I should build a water park? I’ll call it ‘Breezy Waterways!’”
Breezie: “Or maybe I could further expand BreezTV? Or build some of my own worker robots to help with my business?”
Breezie: “Sure, I’d never abandon the stray Badniks I picked up, but having more employees never hurts!”
Breezie: “Actually, what are you gonna do with the one billion cash for winning the tournament?”
Neo: “Hm…I haven’t really thought about it…”
Neo: “Really, I have no need for it, since my companies are already making plenty of money and resources for my goals.”
Neo: “Perhaps it should be donated to a charity organization? Or for some kind of good cause?”
Breezie: “Heh! Always the upstanding business man!”
Breezie: “But that’s not a bad idea! Might as well give it to someone who can make better use of it!”
Breezie: “Though, I was kinda hoping you’d use it to take me on a very fancy dinner date!”
Neo: “That’s a terrible way to spend all that money.”
Offended at Neo’s response, Breezie gives him an annoyed glare.
Breezie: “Ugh! It was just a suggestion!”
Breezie: “Seriously, do you care about ANYTHING other than your precious utopia?”
Neo: “It’s best I don’t get distracted from my goals. Otherwise, I’ll grow complacent and forget what’s important.”
Breezie: “Well, unlike you, I’m willing to spare time for other things!”
Breezie: “Try it on your own sometime! Taking a break is really nice!”
Neo: “Hmph.”
Clearly not caring for what Breezie’s saying, Neo gets up from his seat, alongside Emerl.
Neo: “Me and Emerl should head to our room to prepare for tomorrow.”
Breezie: “And once again, you prove my point…”
Breezie: “But have fun with that, you two. And try not to break anything.”
Neo: “See you in the final match, Breezie.”
Emerl: “Later, mom!”
Emerl waves at Breezie as he heads out of the room with Neo, which she responds to with her own wave, and a smile on her face. At least the Gizoid is trying to be more social and upbeat. The robotic hedgehog, on the other hand, doesn’t even bother. It’s like he is always laser-focused on the next mission.
Then again, considering what Neo is, Breezie can kinda get why. He’s a combat robot made by Dr. Eggman. Of course he wouldn’t be receptive to the idea of relaxing or taking breaks. But at the same time, she wishes the robotic hedgehog could learn to be more “lively.” Even just a little bit.
Plus, Breezie DOES admire how hard-working and methodical Neo is. He’s always trying to think ahead, and make the best decisions for his goals and businesses. And his organic appearance is pretty handsome. It’s just a shame he doesn’t let himself relax for a single second. Maybe then, they could be on better terms?
However, Breezie has picked up on some changes since Emerl showed up. Neo seems a little calmer and more confident. Plus, seeing him with a genuine smile on his face more often is sweet. Also, despite him being so against it, she’s totally fine with the Gizoid calling her mom, or him being called father.
Sure, Breezie has little interest in raising a child or settling down with someone. But acting as a sort of surrogate mother for Emerl isn’t a bad experience. Though, she doesn’t want to take this too seriously. For now, it’s just some light fun…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later…*
Having returned to their room, Neo and Emerl get back to practicing some moves and discussing some strategies. Again, nothing too crazy. The robotic hedgehog gives the Gizoid a lot of information on how Sonic fights, and how to counter him. After all, he himself was made to match the blue blur, so he’s an expert on the subject.
However, Neo can tell something’s bugging Emerl. He seems distracted sometimes, and he’s not saying much. So he decides to stop the training for a moment, and talk to him.
Neo: “Is everything okay, Emerl?”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “...What is…fighting to you?”
Hearing that question, Neo now understands. Emerl’s thinking about what Cream said to him during their match in the quarter-finals. About what fighting means to him. Hence, the robotic hedgehog answers.
Neo: “Fighting is…a form of conflict…”
Neo: “When there are two sides with opposing views, they engage each other through words or actions.”
Neo: “And sometimes, it devolves into mindless violence and hatred.”
Neo: “As long as there’s differing views, this will occur for millennia.”
Neo: “Though, fighting isn’t always wrong. Sometimes, it’s the only way to bring about what you desire.”
Neo: “Plus, as long as you never go too far with your words or actions, it can even be a form of entertainment. Like with this tournament.”
Neo: “Personally, as a weapon made for war and conquest, fighting and violence came naturally to me.”
Neo: “However, as I grew more and more, I came to understand when I should hold back, or use other methods to get what I want.”
Neo: “This is something you’ll have to come to terms with in the future.”
Emerl: “Fighting…hurts people…”
Emerl: “People…get sad when they’re hurt…”
Emerl: “When sad…heart hurts…”
Emerl: “...What is…sad? What is…heart?”
Clearly, Emerl is having trouble understanding all of this. And Neo can understand why, especially given his own experiences. So he puts his hands on the Gizoid’s shoulders and continues.
Neo: “I get it’s confusing. I’ve faced similar dilemmas before, and with zero clear answers.”
Neo: “But you can’t let these questions cloud your mind. You need to stay focused.”
Neo: “Once you’re at your full power, I’m sure you’ll have some good answers.”
Neo: “And whatever conclusion you come to…I trust that it’ll work out.”
Neo: “Until then…you can always rely on me…”
Emerl: “...”
The two maintain a stare for a couple of seconds in silence. But then…
Neo: “?”
Emerl puts his arms around Neo, mimicking the likes of Cream and the other contestants from the tournament. The robotic hedgehog is taken off-guard by this action, and doesn’t fully understand why the Gizoid is doing this. But he decides to give into it, as this will likely help him feel a little better.
Yet…a part of Neo feels some warmth from this embrace for some reason. As if he’s content with staying like this for a little longer. Though, after a few minutes, Emerl moves away, and looks up at his master.
Emerl: “Thank you, father…”
Neo: “...?”
This time, Emerl calling Neo ‘father’ doesn’t anger him at all. Rather, that warm feeling in his chest grows a little stronger. Even his facial expression has a conflicted look, complete with red cheeks. But he’s able to calm down, and respond.
Neo: “...I keep reminding you not to say that…”
Emerl: “Oh…sorry…”
Neo: “It’s fine…I’ve grown a little more used to it…”
Neo: “Now, let’s get back to practicing. You should be fine now, right?”
Emerl: “Absolutely! I’m hunky-dory!”
Despite trying to hide it, Neo has a small smirk on his face when Emerl says that. But he tries to just get a move on with the training. During this, he keeps asking himself what he’s feeling, and why he’s acting like this. For the first time in a while, his cool and calm demeanor is slipping.
Could this be…Neo’s first time experiencing true, positive happiness?
Chapter 110: Hedgehog VS Gizoid
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Daytime.*
The time has finally come. The final match of the Chaos Emerald Championship. And it certainly feels like it, as thousands of people head inside a massive stadium full of seats, bright lights, and a large fighting ring with a checkerboard floor. No doubt, everyone’s been waiting their entire lives for this moment.
In particular, Tails, Amy, Knuckles, Cream, Cheese, Rouge, and Tikal are all in the audience seats, close to the ring. They’re all feeling the same excitement as everyone else, alongside a bit of concern, and some annoyance from all the commotion.
Knuckles: “Ugh…all these bright lights and chatter is irritating…”
Tikal: “Admittedly, it’s a lot to take in. Especially the amount of people.”
Cream: “Right? All these people came just to see Mr. Sonic and Mr. Emerl fight!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao chao!”
Tails: “Yeah…if I was in the ring, I’d definitely feel uncomfortable…”
Amy: “Well, who WOULDN’T want to see my darling Sonic in action? It’s a very special opportunity!”
Rouge: “Heh. I can kinda agree with that.”
Rouge: “Still, there’s gonna be a lot of eyes on us. We can’t afford to embarrass ourselves.”
Knuckles:
“We? We’re not even fighting in the tournament anymore!”
Knuckles: “Heck, you and Tikal never joined it to begin with!”
Rouge: “So? I’d rather not make a fool of myself with all these people here.”
Rouge: “I know it’ll be hard for you, Knuckie, but at least try to make yourself look presentable?”
Knuckles: “Oh zip it! I’m plenty presentable!”
Knuckles: “Right, Tikal?”
Tikal:
“Um…I suppose?”
Tikal’s confused response only annoys Knuckles, and makes Rouge chuckle a little. However, Tails tries to ease the slight tension.
Tails: “Calm down! We need to give our full support to Sonic!”
Tails: “Sure, we can’t intervene with the match, but our words will reach him! I’m sure of it!”
Cream:
“Mm-hm! I know Mr. Sonic will win this!”
Cream: “Though, I’m also hoping Mr. Emerl does well! Even if he’s our enemy right now!”
Amy: “Mm…he’s definitely not a bad person. At least for the time being.”
Amy: “Plus, I think his presence helps ground Neo a bit. He seems a lot more calm than before.”
Rouge: “Well, he isn’t trying to conquer the world or fight off alien invaders. It’d make sense that he’s less aggressive.”
Rouge: “But that doesn’t mean he isn’t a problem. And we’ll need to find the rest of the emeralds after this.”
Tikal: “Of course. We cannot allow the Gizoid to reach his full potential.”
Tikal: “And Sonic hasn’t let us down before. I’m sure he can handle this.”
Knuckles: “Heh. I’m sure he’s really excited to get this match started.”
Knuckles: “This is gonna be incredible! I can feel it in my gut!”
Rouge rolls her eyes at Knuckles’ words. But deep down, even she can admit she’s looking forward to seeing this fight. Same goes for the others. And as they talk to each other, Breezie and Neo stand high above everyone in the press box, surrounded by clear glass, a console with different analytics and buttons, and a nearby door.
Seeing the massive crowd below, Breezie has a proud smile on her face, and even Neo has a small smirk as well.
Breezie: “Look at all those people! I’ve never gotten THIS much attention before!”
Breezie: “Hopefully, your precious Emerl won’t get stage fright here!”
Neo: “I seriously doubt that’ll happen.”
Neo: “Personally, I’m looking forward to seeing Sonic get humiliated in front of this large audience.”
Breezie: “Heh! That WOULD be amusing to watch!”
Breezie: “But don’t count your eggs before they hatch, Neo! Or you might regret it!”
Neo: “Yes…this certainly won’t be easy for Emerl…”
Neo: “Though, I’ve made sure to train him for this, and inform him of how to best defeat the hedgehog. Not to mention all the battle data he’s accumulated.”
Neo: “He has all the tools to win this. And hopefully, he uses them well.”
Wordlessly, Breezie nods. Then, she clicks a button on the console, and speaks into a microphone.
Breezie: “Are the fighters ready?”
Stew: “More than ready! They’re super eager to get started!”
Breezie: “Great to hear! Tell them to get into their positions!”
Stew: “Got it! I’ll be there shortly!”
The call ends, leading Breezie to continue staring down at the audience with Neo. And soon enough, Stew arrives at the ring, alongside a few cameramen to broadcast everything to the world. With a microphone in hand, and a deep breath, the announcer speaks in a high energy tone.
Stew: “Hellooooo, everyone! Glad to see so many fine folks here today!”
Stew: “Welcome to the finale of the CHAOS EMERALD CHAMPIONSHIP!”
As Stew continues to speak, the audience roars with excited screaming.
Stew: “We’ve had some exciting matchups leading up to this moment! And now, only TWO contestants are left to fight for the top!”
Stew:
“So let’s introduce them, shall we!?”
To the left side of the stadium, there’s a clear aisle road leading to an open doorway, which is being covered in smoke and blue light. This is when a familiar spiky figure appears, which everyone focuses on. Including the heroes.
Stew: “Our first contestant is a world-renowned hero, and avid lover of chili-dogs!”
Stew: “The blue blur! The fastest thing alive! A free spirit that goes wherever the wind takes him!”
Stew: “You know him! You love him! Give it up for SONIC THE HEDGEHOG!”
The audience claps and cheers for Sonic, who walks down the aisle with a big smile and peace signs. Some of the nearby audience members, he gives a few high-fives and handshakes to, before arriving at the ring. He notices his friends nearby, and gives them a thumbs-up, which they respond to with thumbs-ups and smiles of their own.
Continuing with the commentary, Stew looks over at the right side of the stadium, which has a similar aisle road and doorway, which is being covered in smoke and orange light. A figure with glowing blue eyes appears, catching everyone's attention.
Stew: “As for our second contestant, they’re a new face on the block! And a promising talent as well!”
Stew: “The super fighting robot! Master of all forms of combat! A machine with a heart!”
Stew:
“Give it up for…EMERLLLLLL!!!”
Immediately, Emerl rushes down the aisle and jumps into the arena, eager to finally begin this match. The audience is also feeling that same excitement, cheering and clapping for him. Now, with both contestants in the ring, Stew talks to each of them, starting with Sonic.
Stew: “Now, Sonic. How are you feeling right now?”
Sonic: “Well, I’m definitely not bored!”
Sonic: “Really, I just want to get started already! I’ve been waiting for this all morning!”
Stew: “Heh! Yeah, I’m sure we’re all feeling the same way!”
Stew: “But do you want to say anything before we get started?”
Sonic: “Just one thing!”
Looking back at his friends, Sonic continues.
Sonic: “I want to thank my friends for supporting me through all this! And for how well they did in the previous matches!”
Sonic: “Without them, I wouldn’t have made it this far! And I can’t afford to let them down!”
Tails: “You’ve got this, Sonic!”
Knuckles: “You better not let us down! Or I’m gonna knock your teeth in!”
Amy: “Show them just how amazing you are! I love you!”
That last comment from Amy makes Sonic a little uncomfortable, but he quickly recovers, and Stew speaks again.
Stew: “Alrighty! Now, what about you, Emerl? How do you feel?”
Emerl: “Feelin’ good! Let’s do this thing!”
Emerl’s strange way of speaking makes some members of the audience laugh.
Stew: “Ah! I see!”
Stew: “Do you want to say anything before you begin your match? Maybe do a shout out for someone?”
When Stew asks that question, Emerl looks up at the press box, and stares at Neo, who’s doing the same. The robotic hedgehog gives him a nod of confidence, which the Gizoid appreciates, and then he looks back at the announcer.
Emerl: “Noperino!”
Stew: “Alright then! Let’s just make a few preparations before we start!”
After saying that, Stew and the camera crew get to work on setting up their equipment outside of the ring, while Sonic and Emerl share an exchange of words.
Sonic: “It’s been a while since we had that spar, huh?”
Sonic: “Back then, I was ahead of you! But you’ve gotten a lot better since then!”
Sonic: “So this time, let’s not hold anything back! I want to see everything you got!”
Emerl: “Heck yeah! I’ll wipe the floor with ya!”
Sonic: “Really now? We’ll see about that!”
With a competitive grin on his face, Sonic gets into a combat stance, which Emerl mimics. The two just stare at each other, wanting to get started already. And once Stew and the camera crew are done, the former speaks again.
Stew: “Okay! I’ll be counting down to 3!”
Stew: “When I say fight, you may begin! And whoever falls unconscious first wins all!”
Sonic: “Yeah, yeah, get to it already! I’m practically dying over here!”
Emerl: “Ditto!”
Getting the message loud and clear, Stew begins the countdown, and everyone in the audience is on the edge of their seats.
Stew: “3…”
Stew: “2…”
Stew: “1…!”
Stew: “FIGHT!”
Just as Stew says fight, Sonic and Emerl dash right towards each other, beginning their clash. The two zip around the entire ring, creating shockwaves with every strike. But after a few seconds, the Gizoid manages to land a solid punch on the blue blur, knocking him down to the ground.
Immediately, Emerl uses Tails’ plasma cannon to fire energy blasts at Sonic, who’s able to dodge them with ease. Then, he tries using the Spin-Dash on him, only for the Gizoid to use Amy’s hammer to knock him away like a baseball bat. And afterwards, the blue blur uses his Sonic Storm attack.
Emerl counters this by using Lilac’s Dragon Boost technique to blast through it, and grab Sonic, before slamming him down to the ring with Knuckles’ strength. He also tries to deliver a powerful punch on the blue blur, but he kicks him in the face, disrupting the move, and then does a number of fast strikes.
Once Emerl recovers, he uses Bai’s geokinesis and martial arts to try and entrap Sonic, so that he won’t have anywhere to run. It seems to work for a moment, but the blue blur is able to use his Sonic Wind move to blast himself out of the rocks. Though, this gives the Gizoid the opportunity to use Chaos Gamma’s grenade launcher.
While the explosion DOES hurt Sonic, he manages to recover, and merely smirks back at Emerl. Then, the two continue their intense fight. The blue blur is using every skill and strength in his arsenal to counter the Gizoid’s endless supply of moves he stole from almost every fighter he saw and fought against.
Many times, the audience is left in awe or shock at the display. There are many points where it seems either fighter is about to lose to a powerful attack, only for them to dodge, block, or counter it. And luckily, the contestants aren’t being too reckless with their moves, since they don’t want to accidentally harm the audience.
As for Sonic’s friends, they’re also in awe of his fight with Emerl. Knuckles in particular has a big grin on his face from the display, cheering for the blue blur to kick the Gizoid’s butt. Amy and Tails are also feeling similarly. And even the likes of Cream, Tikal, and Rouge are having a blast with this fight.
Meanwhile, in the press box, Breezie is very impressed with Sonic and Emerl’s performance, and talks about it with Neo, who has a proud smile on his face.
Breezie: “These two really are something else…”
Neo: “Indeed…”
Back in the ring, Sonic and Emerl continue to go at it, while Stew commentates on the craziness that’s happening.
Stew: “Now THIS is what I call a BATTLE, folks!”
Stew: “No matter how much Emerl throws at Sonic, he just keeps going! Is he even tired!?”
Stew: “Hope all of you won’t need to use the bathroom anytime soon! Because this might take a while!”
Eventually, after what feels like a full 30 minutes, Sonic and Emerl take a moment to pause and calm down. The former is looking a little tired, and the latter is somewhat bruised. But despite this, they’re both really enjoying this, and the blue blur makes it known.
Sonic: “Heheh…you’re really giving me a run for my money!”
Sonic: “But I haven’t thrown in the towel yet! Show me more!”
Emerl: “Okie-dokie!”
Emerl runs towards Sonic, who’s ready to face him with a smile. However, he gets an odd tingling sensation, which tells him danger is approaching. And it’s coming from behind…?
???: “CHAOS SPEAR!”
Instinctively, Sonic moves out of the way, as yellow energy spears fly forward and strike Emerl, creating some explosions and sending him back. The audience gasps in surprise, and looks to where the spears came from. A familiar black hedgehog that rushes into the ring in a yellow streak, and heads straight towards the Gizoid without hesitation.
Sonic:
“Shadow!?”
Not paying attention to his surroundings, Shadow fights Emerl, and doesn’t give him a single opportunity to recover or strike back. All with a laser-focused glare. Needless to say, everyone else is confused as to who this guy is, and what’s going on.
Stew: “Woah! A new challenger has entered the ring!”
Stew: “Whoever this black hedgehog is, they’re clearly itching for a fight with Emerl! He’s not giving him any room to retaliate!”
Stew: “And shouldn’t he be kicked out? I mean, it makes the fight more exciting, but still…”
Meanwhile, the heroes in the audience are surprised to see Shadow again, and are wondering what’s going on with him.
Amy: “Why is Shadow here!?”
Rouge: “Tch! I had a feeling he’d get involved at some point, but now isn’t the best time!”
Knuckles:
“Then we might as well step in too!”
Knuckles is about to jump into the frey, but Sonic comes up and signals them to stop. He can handle this. And while hesitant, they decide to listen to him. Meanwhile, Neo and Breezie are surprised to see Shadow. Particularly the latter.
Breezie: “Another hedgehog? What’s his deal?”
Neo: “That is Shadow. The Ultimate Lifeform.”
Neo: “Me and Sonic had some run-ins with him before. He’s a powerful opponent.”
Breezie: “Really? Then I guess this has evolved into a 3 way battle!”
Breezie: “This wasn’t what I was expecting, but it IS a welcome surprise for everyone watching!”
Neo: “...”
Silently, Neo stares down at the fight with a tense look. He knew that he’d cross paths with Shadow soon, since he has history with Emerl. But he was hoping it wouldn’t be THIS soon. While he’s certain the Gizoid could defeat Shadow 1-on-1, fighting him AND Sonic at the same time might be a problem. Especially after all the damage done to him earlier.
Back in the ring, Shadow keeps charging after Emerl, who’s trying to gain some distance and strike back. Yet, the black blur is trying everything in his power to prevent him from escaping his wrath. Luckily, Sonic’s able to jump in-between them and stop the fight for a bit. Though, this only further irritates his edgier rival.
Sonic: “Okay, TIME-OUT! Can we just relax for a second!?”
Shadow: “Get out of my way, Sonic!”
Sonic: “Not until you cool your jets and tell me why you’re here first!”
Shadow: “I don’t have time for this! I need to destroy that…thing!”
Shadow points towards Emerl, who has no idea what he’s talking about, or why he’s so angry towards him. And while Sonic is aware that Shadow knows about the Gizoid, he still tries to make him calm down.
Sonic: “Look, I get it, but can we at least finish-”
Shadow:
“No, you don’t! You have no idea how dangerous that machine is!”
Shadow:
“I must destroy it before it can reach it’s full power! Now LEAVE!”
Clearly not feeling patient, Shadow knocks Sonic to the side with a swipe of the arm, and then goes after Emerl again. However, his eyes flash a very dark gray for a second, and he retaliates with the same arm swipe the black hedgehog just used. It doesn’t do much, other than further infuriate him, and make him more determined to put the Gizoid down.
Now, this final match is no longer a 1v1. Emerl, Shadow, and Sonic are all fighting each other, which is an exciting spectacle for the audience. Though, Tails and the others are growing more worried. The blue blur is already fatigued from before, so having to fight his black rival AND the Gizoid at the same time is only making it worse.
Plus, Emerl’s also not in the best condition, and he doesn’t have a chance to heal himself. He still has a lot of abilities to use, including his recently-acquired ones from Shadow, but his opponent just won’t leave him alone. And while Sonic tries to help, he’s soon taken out swiftly by the black blur in order to not be interfered with.
Hence, the fight has returned to a 1v1. Emerl VS Shadow. The Gizoid puts up a really good fight against the Ultimate Lifeform, but without a chance to heal, and his opponent holding nothing back, he might actually lose for the first time. He may be powerful, but with only 3 emeralds in his systems, he can only go so far.
Recognizing the trouble he’s in, Neo is visibly worried and angry. While he doesn’t want to interfere with Emerl’s fight, he’s gonna have to if he wants to keep him alive. So, he thinks of what he could do. He can’t jump into the ring himself, but…he DOES have an ability he used on Shadow before…
Meanwhile, Emerl falls to one knee, with his metal frame being dented in many areas. He looks up at Shadow, who forms a green energy spear in his hand, and is ready to end him.
Shadow:
“A weapon of war like you must be destroyed!”
The audience and heroes are shocked to hear Shadow say that. He’s gonna kill Emerl on live television. However, just as he’s about to deliver the finishing blow…
Shadow: “Urk…!”
Shadow’s eyes glow a little, and he starts to writhe in pain. He’s trying to not fall to the floor, but it’s a struggle. Recognizing this feeling, the black hedgehog is confused at first. With Black Doom dead, no one should be able to control him. However, when he looks up at the press box, he realizes who’s doing it.
Neo’s glaring at Shadow with red and yellow eyes, utilizing his Black Doom Bio-Data to try and paralyze him, giving Emerl the chance to take him out. And he does NOT waste it. The Gizoid uses his master’s Maximum Overdrive move, covering himself in orange electricity, and charging right towards the Ultimate Lifeform.
When they connect, Emerl creates a powerful electric blast that does incredible damage to Shadow. He gets knocked out of the ring, and falls to the floor, unconscious. As for the Gizoid, he’s able to stand despite his injuries, and is able to finally heal himself. Now, it’s as if he was never damaged at all.
And with Sonic defeated (Even if it wasn’t at the hands of Emerl), that means the winner of the Chaos Emerald Championship has been decided. The audience roars in applause and cheers at the Gizoid’s success, and Stew comes into the ring, grabbing his arm and putting it into the air.
Stew: “And there you have it, folks! Even against 2 hedgehogs, this robot pulled through!”
Stew: “Everyone give a big round of applause to our champion! EMERL!”
As the audience does just that, Emerl feels a great sense of happiness for his victory. He not only managed to defeat many strong opponents and gain more power, but he also succeeded in the mission Neo gave him. If he had a mouth, he’d have a huge, proud grin on his face. This was an incredible accomplishment in his eyes.
Meanwhile, Neo takes a sigh of relief. He’s not happy about interfering with Emerl’s battle, but what matters is that he won the tournament. They’ll finally get their 4th Chaos Emerald. And as for Breezie, she looks at him with a sly smile.
Breezie: “Heh…guess you had every right to be confident in Emerl.”
Breezie: “Though, it was quite weird how that Shadow guy just conveniently froze before he could take him out!”
Neo: “In the end, we both got what we wanted. That’s all that matters.”
Neo: “Now, it’s time you make due on that prize. Emerl deserves it.”
Breezie: “Right, right…gotta give the boy his treat for doing so well…”
Back in the audience seats, Tails and the others can’t believe what just happened. Sonic lost the final match. Emerl won the tournament, and Breezie’s Chaos Emerald. After all that hard work and fighting, they failed their mission here. All because a certain Ultimate Lifeform jumped in when he shouldn’t have.
That last part particularly angers Rouge, Amy, and Knuckles. If Shadow just stayed out of it, Sonic probably would have won against Emerl. But now, all they could do was heal up both hedgehogs and figure out their next move. So they grab them both and take them out of the stadium, with an uneasy feeling in their guts…
The Chaos Emerald Championship…is over…
Chapter 111: Weapons
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Afternoon.*
A few hours after the Chaos Emerald Championship wrapped up, Neo and Emerl now stand in Breezie’s office, with the woman herself at her desk. She has a pleased smile on her face as she brings out two metallic cases and places them onto the desk.
Breezie: “Congratulations on winning the tournament, Emerl. You made the whole experience a blast.”
Breezie: “And as promised, here’s your reward.”
After inputting the codes, Breezie opens both cases. One has all the money, neatly stacked with no space left. The other has the cyan Chaos Emerald, which Emerl grabs immediately, much to the teal hedgehog’s slight surprise. Neo simply watches as the Gizoid opens his chest compartment and puts the gemstone inside.
His eyes glowing, Emerl pauses, and his chest closes. Breezie is curious about what he’s doing, while Neo talks to him.
Neo: “How do you feel, Emerl?”
Emerl: “Really good! Thanks, mom!”
Breezie: “Heh! You sound a little different!”
Neo: “Hmm…I suppose you can now speak independent sentences…”
Neo: “Which means I won’t have to hear such ridiculous lines all the time…”
Emerl: “Don’t count on it, dad! I have plenty more to say!”
Neo: “Sigh…”
While Neo shows slight annoyance with both Emerl’s remark, and him still referring to him as dad, he DOES have a hint of a smile on his face. And Breezie decides to point that out.
Breezie: “Oh, you know you like it! I can see a smile!”
Neo: “And you need to cease your constant teasing. I’ve grown very tired of it over the past week and a half.”
Neo: “So, since we got what we came here for, I believe it’s time we finally get going.”
Emerl: “Yeah! I gotta get stronger!”
Breezie: “Right, right…I suppose I kept you two here long enough…”
Breezie: “Plus, you’ve both been a great help with the Chaos Emerald Championship in many aspects. I have to give my thanks for that.”
Neo: “The emerald itself is more than enough. You can send the money straight to MeteorTech HQ.”
Neo: “Now, let us depart, Emerl. Before any more distractions get in our way.”
Emerl: “Okay! Later, mom!”
Breezie: “See you soon, boys!”
And with that, Neo walks out of the office, with Emerl following and waving at Breezie, who returns the gesture. Once the doors close, she can’t help but feel it’s a little too quiet now. However, she’s sure she’ll see those two again at some point in the future. That thought makes her smile.
As for Neo and Emerl, they make their way out of Casino Park, with some of the visitors and staff congratulating them on the tournament, or asking some questions. The robotic hedgehog tries to keep things brief, since he really wants to be out of here already. But the Gizoid gives some enthusiastic responses.
Once they leave the area and find a quiet spot, Neo and Emerl take a moment to talk about their next move, and whatever else.
Neo: “Finally...we’re done with Breezie and her tournament…”
Neo: “But at least it was entertaining. And it helped you further grow as a fighter.”
Emerl: “Yep! It was tons of fun!”
Emerl: “Though, I wonder what the deal was with that Shadow guy? Did I meet him before or something?”
Neo: “Yes…it was a very long time ago…”
Neo: “However, it’s of little importance now. What matters is that we’ll have to face him again soon.”
Emerl: “Oh! Okay! Cool!”
Emerl: “Next time, I want to fight him on more equal ground! No interference!”
Neo:
“Hm? So you knew I stepped in near the end?”
Emerl: “Of course I did! Who else could have done it?”
Emerl: “After all, you’re the strongest person I know! Nothing can stop you!”
Neo: “...”
This comment from Emerl makes Neo smile.
Neo: “Heh…I suppose that’s true…”
Neo: “Though, I’m not invincible. And neither are you.”
Neo: “Therefore, we must continue our search for the remaining Chaos Emeralds. We wasted enough time here.”
Emerl: “Alrighty! Let’s blow this taco stand!”
For once, Neo doesn’t show any form of annoyance or discomfort from Emerl’s strange sentences. Instead, the two of them merely head off in search of the next emerald, feeling very confident in their chances. Whether it be Sonic, Eggman, or someone else, nothing will stop them…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*???*
Shadow The Hedgehog sits inside some kind of capsule with a glass cover, as various wires stick into his body. Outside of the capsule is some kind of experiment room covered in metal tiles, pipes, and lights. There’s also a bunch of computer screens and keyboards, showing various analytics and information.
The only person present, aside from Shadow, is an old scientist that heavily resembles Dr. Eggman. The bald head, the long mustache (Which is gray), the round glasses, etc. His attire consists of a red turtleneck sweater, brown pants, blue slippers, and a white lab coat with a name tag.
This is Professor Gerald Robotnik. Eggman’s grandfather, and the man who made Shadow. Right now, he’s quickly typing something on the computer with a look of fatigue and annoyance in his eyes. All while the Ultimate Lifeform lays in the capsule with a neutral expression, waiting for his creator to be finished.
Eventually, after a few more minutes of typing, Gerald lets out a frustrated sigh, which catches Shadow’s attention.
Shadow: “What’s wrong, professor?”
Gerald: “Ah…it’s just that I’m having trouble deciphering your DNA…”
Gerald: “All that Chaos Energy and alien blood is making this task far more difficult than it needs to be…”
Gerald: “And I thought giving you those Inhibitor Rings would help with this…but it seems it’s not enough…”
Gerald: “At this rate, it’ll take another year or so to finally get that cure for Maria…”
Shadow: “...”
These words make Shadow frustrated as well, and it’s visible in his expression. But Gerald tries to reassure him.
Gerald: “I know how you feel, Shadow. But we WILL succeed.”
Gerald: “We just need more time…and I can be a fast worker when I need to be…”
Shadow: “But you shouldn’t push yourself more than you already have.”
Shadow: “Plus, what if G.U.N. shuts everything down? You had to give up that Gizoid robot just to buy more time…”
Gerald: “Mm…I AM very worried about that possibility…”
Gerald: “However, we can’t let our worries control us. Only fuel us.”
Gerald: “And I don’t care how long it takes. We’ll find that cure, and help the world.”
Shadow: “...Right…”
Despite these words, Shadow still feels troubled. He was created to be the Ultimate Lifeform. An immortal being that could cure any disease, and protect humanity from any threat. Yet, he can’t even cure a single person after all this time and effort. And it feels like he’s running out of time too…
As Shadow thinks about this, Gerald soon allows him to get out of his capsule, and walk around the Ark to clear his head. However, the black hedgehog can’t get his mind off of this. How could he when he’s stuck in his massive space colony? Where all that surrounds him is machines, metal, and scientists?
Eventually, Shadow comes across the observatory room, with glass windows and floors that show a beautiful sight. The planet Earth, covered in bright, colorful lights. He’s surprised at what’s happening, and goes up to the window to get a better look. His eyes are wide-open.
Shadow: “...What is this?”
???: “The Aurora Borealis!”
Hearing that voice from behind, Shadow turns his head to see an excited and exhausted Maria running into the room. She joins him in the view, and has a wide smile on his face. Though, she looks like she’s about to collapse, so the black hedgehog holds onto her and helps her sit down to catch her breath.
Shadow: “Maria, you shouldn’t be exerting yourself! Your condition is only in remission here!”
Maria: “R-Right…sorry…I just couldn’t help myself…”
Together, the two friends sit down and look out at the northern lights, talking to one another.
Shadow: “So…what’s this ‘Aurora Borealis?’”
Maria: “Well…it’s a little complicated…”
Maria: “Basically, when charged particles from the sun collide with Earth’s atmosphere, it creates these lights.”
Maria:
“You can only see them from certain latitudes down there, but we can see the whole thing up here!”
Maria: “Isn’t it amazing? Earth can be so beautiful!”
Shadow: “Ah…right…”
Both Shadow’s response, and his far-off look tell Maria he’s not in the best headspace. Though, she decides not to ask about it initially, and continues.
Maria: “I know it may be difficult to understand…”
Maria: “But once we head down there, I’m sure you will! We’ll get to see and experience all kinds of amazing things!”
Shadow: “...”
These words only further add to Shadow’s frustration, which makes Maria feel concerned and a little guilty.
Maria: “Shadow? What’s wrong?”
Shadow: “It’s just…I don’t know anymore…”
Shadow: “Even though I was created to be the Ultimate Lifeform, I can’t figure out what my purpose is for existing…”
Shadow: “Professor Gerald says it’s to help you, alongside mankind…yet, we’re still stuck on this space colony…”
Shadow: “And I don’t even know if there’s a place for me on Earth…if there’s a place for me anywhere…”
Maria: “That’s not true. You have a place with me and grandpa.”
Maria: “And while I DO want to go back to Earth…I’m just happy spending time with you here…”
Shadow: “...But you SHOULD be back on Earth by now…!”
His frustration growing, Shadow’s fists tighten.
Shadow: “I’m supposed to be the key to all matters of medicine!”
Shadow: “Yet, I can’t even cure you! All because my DNA is indecipherable!”
Shadow: “How am I supposed to help you if I can’t heal your body!?”
Shadow: “And we’re running out of time too! Who knows how much longer we have left before someone shuts it all-!?”
Before Shadow can finish his rant, Maria hugs him tightly. This causes his expression to soften, and he puts his arms around her. They stay like this for a few seconds before stopping, and the young girl reassures him.
Maria: “You and grandpa are doing your best. I know you two will figure it out.”
Maria: “And you ARE helping me. Just by being at my side and listening to me.”
Maria: “Even the smallest things mean the world to me. And I’m glad I got to experience them with you.”
Maria: “But I don’t want you to feel bad because of me. You need to stay strong, Shadow.”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow: “...Right…I can’t let these feelings and thoughts hold me back…”
Shadow: “I just…wish I could do more…”
Maria: “I know…and you’re already doing more than enough…”
Maria: “Just remember you can always talk to me about anything. You do the same for me, after all.”
Shadow: “...Yeah…I know…”
Feeling better, Shadow starts to smile. And this makes Maria happy.
Maria: “Hehe…it’s nice to see you smile for once!”
Maria: “You being happy makes ME happy! Especially since you look so serious all the time!”
Shadow: “Huh? I don’t think I’m ALWAYS like that…”
Maria: “Yes, you are! The scientists mention how they never see you smile!”
Maria: “And when I tell them I’ve seen it-”
*BOOM!*
In the view outside, a massive explosion occurs in a far away section of the Ark, surprising Shadow and Maria. Now, everything’s being covered in shades of red, as alarms go off and a PA system is heard.
PA System: “WARNING! HULL BREACH IN THE EXPERIMENTAL WEAPONS WING!”
PA System: “MULTIPLE SUBJECTS AND DEVICES FREE OF CONTAINMENT! LOCK DOWN ALL EXITS!”
PA System: “ALL PERSONNEL! RETREAT TO A SAFE AREA!”
PA System: “THIS IS NOT A DRILL! REPEAT! THIS IS NOT A DRILL!”
Standing up, Shadow and Maria look around, worried about what’s happening. That’s when they see something in the distance, flying across the Ark and destroying everything in it’s path. It’s hard to decipher from afar, but the Ultimate Lifeform can pick up on a few details. Mechanical body, curved horn on the head, and big red eyes…
Shadow: “The Gizoid…!?”
As the Gizoid flies off, Maria picks up on where it might be heading towards.
Maria: “Is it…going to grandpa’s lab…!?”
Maria: “Shadow, you have to save him! And everyone else!”
Maria grabs Shadow’s hand, who looks up at her with concern.
Shadow: “But…what about you…!?”
Maria: “Don’t worry! I’ll stay here and wait until you get back!”
Maria: “Now go! Before it’s too late!”
Recognizing Maria’s point, Shadow puts on a determined expression and nods in confirmation. Maria returns the nod with a hopeful smile, before letting go of his hand, and watching as he dashes off in a yellow streak. The Ultimate Lifeform needs to stop the Gizoid, and whatever else broke out of the experimental weapons wing.
At high speed, Shadow makes his way through large portions of the Space Colony Ark, taking care of any experiments that are attacking the scientists, such as the Artificial Chaos creatures. Thanks to his incredible power, it only takes a few seconds at a time. Though, he still rushes to the professor’s lab, knowing the biggest threat lies there.
In a matter of minutes, Shadow reaches Gerald Robotnik’s lab, where the entrance has been blown open. The inside has a bunch of various glass pillars colored red, alongside a table with a bunch of blueprints and tools, a computer, some framed photos, and a closet. Most of which are broken or knocked over.
And lying on the ground, scared for his life, is Professor Gerald himself, looking up at the Gizoid, who’s staring down at him. He doesn’t appear to be injured, and the robot hasn’t raised a hand at him or anything. But this means nothing to Shadow, as the threat is very clear.
Shadow: “GET AWAY FROM HIM!”
Gizoid: “!”
Immediately, the Gizoid sets it’s sights on Shadow, and the two charge towards each other, beginning a heated clash. Starting with a kick, causing the nearby glass pillars to shatter. Then, they exchange rapid punches and kicks, with the robot copying it’s opponent’s fighting style one-for-one.
Shadow, though surprised by this, only cares about putting the Gizoid down, and continues to use his various skills against it. Spin-Attacks, Chaos Spears, etc. But the robot is able to use these same skills after seeing them, and continues to give the black hedgehog trouble. Though, he has plenty more in store.
Upping the ante, Shadow begins to do more damage to the Gizoid, and it starts to struggle. Eventually, after a powerful Chaos Spear, the robot falls to the floor, unable to continue fighting. And while the black hedgehog is a little tired after what happened, he’s in pretty good condition.
Looking down at the Gizoid, Shadow has a tense expression. He heard this thing was dangerous, but he didn’t expect it to be capable of keeping up with him with only one emerald. Good thing it doesn’t have more, or things could have gotten a LOT worse. Hence, the Ultimate Lifeform turns his attention to where Gerald was.
However…Gerald isn’t there. It’s like he wasn’t there to begin with, and it confuses and worries Shadow. So he looks around for a moment and calls out to him.
Shadow: “Gerald! Where are you!?”
As Shadow says this, he starts to realize something…
Shadow: “Wait…this isn’t right…!”
Shadow: “The professor was supposed to be here…so what is…?”
Now recognizing something’s wrong, Shadow turns back to the Gizoid, and finds that it’s standing up again. Completely fixed, and staring into his soul. The black hedgehog is ready to fight it again, but then he senses more Chaos Energy swelling from the thing. Like the 7 Chaos Emeralds are now powering it…
Everything begins to go dark, as the Gizoid is coated in a red aura, and the concealed third-eye on it’s forehead opens up.
Shadow: “What is this!? What are you!?”
Gizoid: “SHOW ME YOUR POWER. OR I SHALL NOT OBEY.”
Gizoid: “I REPRESENT ALL THINGS, AND SHALL BECOME GIZOID. CONQUEROR OF ALL.”
Shadow: “Conqueror…!?”
Not having time to ponder what any of this means, the last thing Shadow sees is the Gizoid rushing up to him, and punching him right in the face…
Shadow: “GASP!”
Shadow jolts awake in a hospital bed, breathing heavily. It was just a nightmare. Or…was it a vision of what could happen soon? Either way, the black hedgehog is trying to process all of that, alongside his surroundings. He’s in some kind of nursery room, colored light blue, and with a nice window view.
There’s also cabinets, a closet, a sink with some medical supplies nearby, a few chairs, and a few more beds. In addition, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream, Cheese, Rouge, and Tikal are all present, giving him worried looks.
Amy:
“Are you okay, Shadow?”
Shadow: “...”
For a moment, Shadow stares at all of the heroes, before regaining his composure and putting that stern look back on. Then, he gets out of the bed, despite wincing from his injuries.
Tikal: “Hold on! You’re not fully healed yet!”
Shadow: “Where…is the Gizoid…?”
Rouge: “Oh, you’re not running off on us now! Especially after ruining our chances of winning the tournament!”
Knuckles: “Yeah! If not for you showing up, Sonic would have defeated Emerl!”
Knuckles: “But instead, he got his 4th Chaos Emerald, and is probably looking for the next one with Metallix as we speak!”
Shadow: “Fourth…!?”
Now even MORE panicked, Shadow tries to head out of the room, and out of Casino Park as fast as he can. But Sonic gets in his way, much to his annoyance.
Sonic: “Could you just slow down for a second?”
Shadow: “You don’t get it! If that thing has 4 emeralds now, it’s only a matter of time before it gets all 7!”
Shadow: “And if it succeeds, the world is doomed! I cannot let that happen!”
Tails: “That’s what we’re trying to do right now! But you’re tired and injured!”
Tails: “Just…calm down. I get you’re worried, but rushing off on your own won’t help.”
Shadow: “Rgh…!”
Still not feeling patient, Shadow glares at Sonic and Tails with clenched fists. However, Cream and Cheese go up to him.
Cream: “Please calm down, Mr. Shadow…I don’t want to see you in any more pain…”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Shadow: “...”
Finally listening to the heroes, Shadow sits back down on the bed with a stern look. Then, they talk.
Rouge: “So…you saw the broadcast, huh?”
Shadow: “...Yes…I did…”
Shadow: “When I saw the Gizoid, I knew I had to get here as soon as I could before things got worse.”
Sonic: “Yeah, well, I would have taken care of it if you weren’t so impatient.”
Sonic: “But what happened near the end of that match? You just suddenly froze up.”
Shadow: “It was Metallix. He must have used his Black Doom Bio-Data to paralyze me before I could finish it.”
Tails: “Oh yeah…that’s how he freed you from Black Doom’s control in the first place…”
Tails: “Though, if Metallix can control you now, then this is gonna be tougher than we thought.”
Shadow: “Hmph. He only got me because I was distracted.”
Shadow: “Otherwise, I would have been able to resist it.”
Knuckles: “Regardless, what were you dreaming about when you were unconscious?”
Knuckles: “You were mumbling and sweating.”
When Knuckles brings that up, Shadow looks down to the floor with a solemn expression.
Shadow: “I had this…nightmare…”
Shadow: “It was 50 years ago… w hen the Gizoid went berserk, and destroyed half the Ark…”
Tikal: “Mm…Rouge told us of your history with the machine…”
Tikal: “She said you were able to subdue it.”
Shadow: “Yeah…but after that, I helped Professor Gerald and the rest of the scientists…”
Shadow: “In this nightmare, Gerald disappeared, and the Gizoid reached it’s full power…”
Shadow: “It’s third eye opened up, and said that it would become conqueror of all…”
Shadow: “When it attacked me, I woke up…but I can’t shake off what I saw…”
Shadow: “If that’s an indicator of what’s to come…then I MUST stop it at all costs…”
When Shadow finishes, everyone in the room is left feeling incredibly worried. The stone tablets Gerald found, along with his research, said that Emerl would become a god of wrath and destroy the world with all 7 Chaos Emeralds. And with just 3, he was able to take on both Sonic AND Shadow.
Now, Emerl has 4 Chaos Emeralds. He may just be stronger than the heroes now, at least individually. And if he got the last 3…well…it’s not a pretty picture. However, Sonic brings up something.
Sonic: “Hey, Rouge?”
Rouge: “What is it?”
Sonic: “You said that Gerald developed a key phrase into Emerl that would keep him from going crazy.”
Sonic: “What was it?”
Rouge: “Something Maria suggested to him before her death.”
Rouge: “‘Bring Hope To Humanity.’”
Shadow: “...The promise I was asked to fulfill before she died…”
Shadow has a solemn, yet irritated look on his face.
Sonic: “Well…if we say this phrase to Emerl, he’ll stick to his friendly, upbeat personality, right?”
Rouge: “Only when he first obtains all the emeralds.”
Rouge: “Otherwise, it’s not gonna work. And I’m sure Metallix is aware of this too.”
Shadow: “In other words…not happening.”
Shadow: “Besides, it’s a weapon of war. It must be destroyed in order to prevent humanity’s destruction.”
Those words from Shadow cause everyone to look at him with concerned and even offended faces.
Cream: “Mr. Shadow…you’re not gonna kill Mr. Emerl, are you?”
Shadow: “It HAS to be done. There’s no other option.”
Amy: “That’s not true! You haven’t seen it yourself, but Emerl’s shown to be a really nice and caring person!”
Amy: “He held back in the tournament! He helped me, Cream, and Cheese when we lost our matches!”
Amy: “Deep down, he has a heart! There’s no doubt about it!”
Shadow: “It won’t matter if it reaches full-power. It’ll simply revert to it’s destructive roots.”
Sonic: “Then we use the key phrase and bring him back to his senses! Nothing to worry about!”
Shadow: “Tch! You really have NO idea what you’re messing with here!”
Shadow: “Such a powerful weapon MUST be eradicated! Even if there’s a chance of it not causing any harm!”
Sonic: “So we’d have to take you out too?”
Shadow: “!”
Sonic’s words shock everyone present.
Tails: “Sonic…!”
Sonic: “After all, you were made to be a weapon too! AND you tried to destroy the world once before!”
Sonic: “Yet, you saved it instead! Multiple times!”
Shadow: “...That was for Maria.”
Sonic: “What about when you first fought Metallix, huh? When you had amnesia?”
Shadow: “...”
Having nothing to retort with, Shadow looks away with an irritated glance.
Sonic: “See? You aren’t a weapon! And neither is Emerl!”
Sonic: “Heck, Metallix is pretty much the same case! Even IF he does questionable things at points!”
Sonic: “You ALL have hearts! Don’t act like you can’t see it!”
Shadow: “...Even so, awakening the Gizoid is sheer madness.”
Shadow: “Are you really gonna risk the safety of the world just for some naive idea?”
Sonic: “Maybe. You wanna try and stop me?”
Shadow: “Only because you’re acting so stupid right now.”
Sonic: “I’m just doing what I think is right. I’m not giving up on Emerl now.”
Sonic: “And I’m sure everyone else here feels the same way…”
Amy: “Yeah. I agree with Sonic.”
Tails: “Same here. It may not be the smartest move, but it IS the right move.”
Knuckles: “Hmph. I’m still on the fence about Emerl…”
Knuckles: “...But after what happened in the tournament, I’ve got little reason to think Sonic doesn’t have a point here.”
Tikal: “As do I. I trust his judgment.”
Cream: “No matter what, we WILL make sure Mr. Emerl is okay!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Rouge: “Can’t say it doesn’t make some sense.”
Rouge: “Now, do you want to continue arguing about this? Or do you want to get a move on?”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow glares at everyone present, with many of them returning the glare back. But after a few seconds, he lets out a tired sigh and finally relents.
Shadow: “...Fine. We’ll do things your way for now.”
Shadow: “ But just so we’re clear…I STILL think this is a terrible idea.”
Sonic: “Join the complaining club. Let’s go.”
And with that, the heroes get back to their hunt for the Chaos Emeralds. This time, with Shadow accompanying them. Though, on the way back to the G.U.N. jet, the black hedgehog asks a few questions.
Shadow: “Who’s the female echidna?”
Sonic: “That’s Tikal! Relative of Knuckles!”
Sonic: “She knows some information about the Gizoids, so she’s joining us for our journey!”
Shadow: “Is that so? Where did she even come from?”
Sonic: “4,000 years ago! She’s a lot older than you!”
Shadow: “Hmph. If she can help us, then that’s all that matters.”
Shadow: “But why are Cream and Cheese here? Having them face the Gizoid is incredibly reckless and dangerous.”
Sonic: “Actually, she already did that! And she did pretty well!”
Sonic: “Plus, we’ll be looking after her! You’ve got nothing to worry about, you big softie!”
Shadow: “Tch. You really get on my nerves at times.”
Sonic: “And other times, we’re like brothers!”
Shadow: “Ugh…”
Sonic has a cheeky smirk on his face, as Shadow shows utter disgust at the thought of them being brothers. But moving on, the heroes board the G.U.N. jet, and head off for their next destination.
There are only 3 Chaos Emeralds left to find…but who will find them first?
Chapter 112: A Warning
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Sunset.*
As the sky slowly grows darker, Metallix and Emerl manage to locate where the 5th Chaos Emerald is. A quaint port town in a coastal region with a nice ocean view and big windmills. There’s also steep cliffs, nearby high islands, seaside fields, neat whitewashed buildings and balconies, various fauna and trees, and stone roads.
Standing on a faraway cliff, Metallix (Returning to his Howard Hart persona) and Emerl admire the scenery and comment on it.
Emerl: “Woah…what is this place? It’s beautiful!”
Howard: “This is Apotos. It’s well-known for the ocean side view and large windmills.”
Howard: “Not to mention the food they serve here, like ice cream and pitch nuts.”
Howard: “Though, we will need to stay focused on finding the next Chaos Emerald. I can detect it’s energy from afar.”
Emerl: “Me too! Let’s do it to it!”
Howard nods in agreement, before he and Emerl make their way to the town area. Immediately, they’re greeted by some friendly townsfolk, which mainly consists of humans.
Random Elderly Lady: “Why hello there! I haven’t seen faces like yours in Apotos before!”
Howard: “We’re just searching for something! We’ll be out of here soon!”
Random Elderly Man: “Really now? You shouldn’t rush things, young man!”
Random Elderly Man: “After all, you must have come a long way to be here! And whatever it is you’re searching for, I’m sure it can wait for a few minutes!”
Howard: “Maybe…but I’d rather get it done as soon as possible…”
Howard: “And I’ll at least grab something while I’m here!”
Random Ice Cream Vendor: “Then how about a chocolate chip sundae supreme!? It’s the pride of the town!”
Emerl: “Oh! I like the sound of that!”
Howard: “Emerl, you’re a robot! AND you don’t have a mouth!”
Emerl: “Huh!? Phooey!”
Emerl crosses his arms and looks to the side, showing a grumpy attitude.
Random Elderly Lady: “Hehehe! Your robot friend is quite expressive!”
Random Elderly Lady: “Though, I feel like I’ve seen him somewhere recently…hmm…”
The elderly lady thinks to herself for a bit, while Howard tries to move the conversation along.
Howard: “Anyways, has anyone around here seen or found a Chaos Emerald?”
Howard: “We came here in search of one for this big project we’re working on! And we tracked it’s signature to this town!”
Random Elderly Man: “Well…our local priest stumbled upon one about a month ago.”
Random Elderly Man: “He found it while walking around the region, and decided to store it in the Sacred Shrine.”
Emerl: “Sacred Shrine? What’s that?”
Random Elderly Lady: “It’s an ancient temple that’s resided in our town for generations.”
Random Elderly Lady: “In the past, the people of Apotos would gather there to pray for the well-being of their town and culture.”
Random Elderly Lady: “Though, nowadays, not a lot of people come by anymore. With a few exceptions, like the priest.”
Random Elderly Lady: “You should pay your respects when you get there! It would be greatly appreciated!”
Howard: “Absolutely! What about this priest?”
Random Elderly Man: “Gregorios? He’s a very kind and well-trusted figure here!”
Random Elderly Man: “But he’s also quite the worrywart, so try not to stress him out too much!”
Howard: “Alrighty then! Me and Emerl will go talk to him!”
Emerl: “Can we get some stuff here first? I want to see this sundae supreme thing!”
Howard: “Oh alright! But let’s try to make it quick!”
Random Elderly Lady: “Feel free to come back here anytime, you two! Visitors are always welcome!”
Random Elderly Man: “Yeah! Good luck with whatever you’re working on!”
Howard and Emerl nod at the elderfolk, before going around the town and grabbing a few things. Starting with a chocolate chip sundae supreme, which only the former could eat. Admittedly, he thought it was very good, and the guy serving it was clearly passionate about his craft.
Then, the two visited a store called “Surfside Seagull Sundries.” Emerl wanted this pouch called a potpourri, along with a water jug for some reason. Howard stuck with a photo frame. And after they got their bags, the two walked across town in search of the Sacred Shrine, greeting a few other townsfolk.
While Howard wanted this to go by faster, he had to acknowledge that this was a nice break after all the chaos in Casino Park. Fresh air, beautiful ocean views, a relaxing atmosphere, and spending time with Emerl, who was also really enjoying the trip. A part of him feels he could get used to this.
But soon enough, the moon rises, and the two make it to a stone temple, which has moss and dust covering much of it. The architecture also has various carvings based around the sun and moon, and some kind of mythical beings of light and darkness. This interests Howard, but he doesn’t want to waste more time than they already have.
Hence, he and Emerl go through the front entrance, and find themselves in a vast room with a bunch of seats, doors, tables, and lights. There’s also a large maiden statue at the front of the room, and someone praying in front of it. An old man with a long gray beard, round glasses, a black fez, and a black and blue robe.
Recognizing this must be the priest, Howard is about to quietly approach him. However, Emerl ruins that by calling out to him.
Emerl: “Hey there!”
Priest Gregorios: “AH! Who goes there!?”
Panicking, Gregorios turns around quickly to face these visitors. And with an annoyed look, Howard scolds Emerl.
Howard: “Emerl! We were told not to scare him!”
Emerl: “Oh! Sorry!”
Priest Gregorios: “Umm…yes…apology accepted…”
Calming down, Gregorios takes a deep breath, and grabs a book he placed on a nearby table before approaching the duo.
Priest Gregorios: “Thank you for visiting the Sacred Shrine. Not many visit here these days…”
Priest Gregorios: “I am Priest Gregorios. How may I help you kind folks?”
Howard: “Well…first, my name is Howard Hart! And this is Emerl!”
Howard: “We’re searching for a Chaos Emerald here! And we were told that you found it!”
Priest Gregorios: “Really now? For what purpose?”
Howard:
“It’s for a very important project! One that could benefit the entire world!”
Howard: “But if you want some help before handing it over, then that’s fine! We’ll do any task you ask of us!”
Emerl: “Yep! It won’t be any issue for us!”
Priest Gregorios: “Hm…”
Despite Howard’s friendly demeanor, Gregorios can sense something’s wrong with him. And Emerl, to a lesser extent. But despite his worries, he decides to be honest and speak about it.
Priest Gregorios: “You…Howard Hart…I can sense a great darkness within you…”
Howard: “A great darkness? What do you mean?”
Priest Gregorios: “As a mediator between humanity and divinity, I’ve learned to detect the presence of noble and twisted hearts.”
Priest Gregorios: “And yours leans greatly towards the twisted…despite being tempered…”
Priest Gregorios: “As for you, Emerl…your heart seems to be quite pure…”
Priest Gregorios: “Yet, I can feel something the exact opposite deep down…something that’s slowly growing…”
Emerl: “Huh? I don’t get it.”
Priest Gregorios: “That is to be expected. Not everyone can pick up on these things like I do.”
Priest Gregorios: “But regardless, I’ve never been a bad judge of character in my years as a priest.”
Priest Gregorios: “Therefore, I cannot just give you the Chaos Emerald.”
Howard: “...I see…”
Internally, Howard is a little worried. He didn’t think Gregorios could detect the power of the Evolving Amethyst, nor the emeralds inside Emerl. Either he’s gonna have to try his hardest to convince him, or he’ll have no choice but to steal it. He’s hoping to do the former.
Howard: “Then…how can we change your mind?”
Howard: “Do you have some kind of trial for us to solve? Any work that needs to be done?”
Priest Gregorios: “No…though, some help with managing the shrine would be nice…”
Priest Gregorios: “Rather, how about we talk for a little while? I want to get a good grasp of what you’re trying to accomplish.”
Howard: “Okay…let’s do it…”
Emerl nods in agreement, which satisfies the priest.
Priest Gregorios: “Let’s take this to a more private area. I doubt you want to talk about this here.”
Howard: “Yeah…”
Silently, the duo follow Gregorios down a hallway, and into a smaller room with a table, chairs, a bowl filled with candies, and some candles. They all take a seat, and Howard begins the conversation.
Howard: “So…what should we do first?”
Priest Gregorios: “How about showing your true self?”
Howard: “True self? What are you talking about?”
Priest Gregorios: “I can tell this isn’t your proper face. You can be who you really are here.”
Priest Gregorios: “And I won’t judge you…promise.”
Howard: “...”
Once again, Howard is surprised at how Gregorios keeps seeing through him. But he supposes it would be better to comply, and they’re in private, so there’s no issues here. Hence, he reverts to his Metallix form, which DOES frighten the priest. Though, he’s able to quickly regain his composure and speak.
Priest Gregorios:
“Ah…that was…surprising…!”
Priest Gregorios: “So you both are robots…yet, you possess hearts…”
Metallix: “Correct. We were both made to be weapons of war.”
Metallix: “However, I was able to break free of my chains. And Emerl was given a chance to be more thanks to a certain scientist.”
Emerl: “A scientist? Is it my creator?”
Metallix: “No. Just someone with a gift, and a conscience.”
Priest Gregorios: “I see…and how are you using this freedom you’ve both gained?”
Metallix: “To help the world in our own ways.”
Metallix: “See, I have this…vision…”
Metallix: “A perfect utopia…where wars, disease, death, and much more are a thing of the past…”
Metallix: “Everyone will be able to live happy lives forevermore…and I will make sure it stays that way…”
Metallix: “That is what I hope to achieve in the future…no matter who or what stands in my way…”
Metallix: “You may disagree with my methods…but it’s MY goal to achieve, and I’ll do it MY way.”
Metallix’s explanation makes Gregorios a little worried. Yet, at the same time, he can sympathize with what he’s trying to do, and recognizes the good intentions. He then decides to look at Emerl.
Priest Gregorios: “And what about you, Emerl? How do you wish to use this gift?”
Emerl: “Simple! I want to help my father!”
Emerl: “He’s the one who found me, and raised me into the person I am now! I’ve learned so much from him!”
Emerl: “And while he can be a little grumpy at points, I can tell he cares! Deep down, he’s a good person!”
Emerl: “We’ll get all the Chaos Emeralds, make the world better, and be together forever!”
Priest Gregorios: “Hmm…so you’re perfectly fine with this?”
Emerl: “Why wouldn’t I be?”
Looking back at Metallix, Gregorios has a serious expression.
Priest Gregorios: “Your intentions are good. I can acknowledge that.”
Priest Gregorios: “However, I can pick up on feelings of bitterness, insecurity, confusion, and anger.”
Priest Gregorios: “Tell me…what made you want to pursue this vision? How did this come about?”
Metallix: “Well…it’s a long story…”
Priest Gregorios: “Then tell me everything. I’ll listen.”
Appreciating the gesture, Metallix goes ahead with Gregorios’ request. He gives as much detail as he can on his past, from his creation, to Little Planet, to traveling the world, and everything in-between. Many parts interest and surprise the priest, alongside Emerl, who’s also only just now learning much of this.
Once Metallix is done, Gregorios takes his time to process all this information. Then, he gives his thoughts.
Priest Gregorios: “So that’s why I felt this dark presence from you…”
Priest Gregorios: “This ‘Evolving Amethyst,’ along with your negative emotions and thoughts, are what fuel you. Physically and mentally.”
Priest Gregorios: “But you said this dark artifact only affects organic minds, correct?”
Metallix: “Correct.”
Priest Gregorios: “Then it’s likely you may not be influenced by it at all. It’s just a power source.”
Priest Gregorios: “Which means you really do believe you’re doing the right thing.”
Priest Gregorios: “Yet, I’m afraid I don’t agree with your way of going about it.”
Metallix: “Alright. Explain.”
Priest Gregorios: “Of course. And keep an open mind, please.”
Metallix nods in response, and Gregorios gets his words and thoughts together before he starts.
Priest Gregorios: “Everyone wants a world where no one suffers. It’s only natural.”
Priest Gregorios: “Us living beings don’t respond well to pain, and we try to find ways to get rid of it, or overcome it.”
Priest Gregorios: “But pain helps us grow in many aspects. Without it, many things would elude us, or be taken from us.”
Priest Gregorios: “For example, every time you were defeated by Sonic, you made steps to be more prepared for the next battle.”
Priest Gregorios: “And the pain of losing to him, both physically and mentally, only further fueled you.”
Metallix: “Yes…pain can be a good motivator…”
Metallix: “However, I don’t see your point. I do what I do to prevent past catastrophes and chaos from happening again.”
Metallix: “If I could stop people from getting hurt…or lashing out for juvenile reasons…”
Priest Gregorios: “Trying to prevent such events from happening is good, yes.”
Priest Gregorios: “But trying to control everything isn’t. Playing god never turns out well.”
Priest Gregorios: “There are some things we have NO control over, or have no right to control. It’s simply nature.”
Priest Gregorios: “And trying to mess with that will only result in your self-destruction. Along with anyone else who follows you.”
Metallix: “So I should just give up? Let madmen like Dr. Eggman run around and ruin more lives?”
Priest Gregorios: “Of course not. Such individuals must be brought to justice.”
Priest Gregorios: “Though, are you sure you aren’t biased in some manner?”
Priest Gregorios: “After all, you were made to cause death and ruin by that same maniac. And to kill his greatest adversary, no matter what.”
Priest Gregorios: “Is this dream world something you truly desire? Or is it merely an excuse for revenge?”
Metallix: “...”
That last part makes Metallix think. He immediately wants to say no, but…at the same time, a part of him DOES want payback for Eggman. He’s the man who made him, all for the sole purpose of serving his psychotic goals. And when he wasn’t enough, he threw him away like yesterday’s trash. All while devaluing him as a person, and trying to destroy him without any remorse.
Plus, there’s the matter of Sonic The Hedgehog. The person Metallix was designed after, and is supposed to kill. He tried so many times and failed, only further fueling his anger and superiority complex. If he can’t do the one thing he was made for…then what is he? Why should he keep going?
Yet, there’s also the question of why. Why SHOULD Metallix kill Sonic? Sure, he can be obnoxious, and a total pain to deal with, but he’s a good guy. A hero. And he’s said before that he was willing to bury the hatchet with him if he wanted to. Heck, at this point, he has little reason to bother with the hedgehog.
Without the Chaos Emeralds, Sonic currently doesn’t stack up to Metallix. He only lost to him on the Final Fortress because he had backup. Plus, he’s running multiple, successful companies that help the world. He’s got plenty of skills and everything. Technically, he’s already fulfilled his purpose. Just not in the way he thought he would.
And now, Metallix has people like Emerl and Breezie in his life. Genuine friends, who could be much more. Is he really gonna throw all of this away just to fulfill his original reason for being created? Even though he kinda already did that, and it was something his terrible creator put onto him? Is there really no point anymore?
All of these thoughts swirl around in Metallix’s mind. Yes, he DID want to help the world in his own way. But these feelings of revenge and inferiority always plagued this desire. Maybe it’s about time he finally lets it all go? Maybe he doesn’t need to go as far as he thought? Maybe…he’s already doing enough?
Recognizing the confused state Metallix is in, Gregorios turns his attention towards Emerl, and begins to ask him questions.
Priest Gregorios: “As for you, Emerl…your heart is definitely in the right place.”
Priest Gregorios: “However, have you ever thought about wanting to write your own path? Free of anyone’s influence?”
Emerl: “What do you mean? I just want to help dad!”
Emerl: “Is that a bad thing?”
Priest Gregorios: “No, of course not. It’s good to support those you care for.”
Priest Gregorios: “But perhaps you’re TOO devoted to him? Like you follow his every whim?”
Metallix: “If I may step in for a moment…that’s because of the Link we share.”
Metallix: “When Emerl sees someone with incredible power, they will become his master, and he’ll follow their every command.”
Priest Gregorios: “Ah…I see…”
Priest Gregorios: “Though, is it possible for him to be his OWN master?”
Metallix: “Hm…I’m not certain…”
Metallix: “Technically, I could tell him to stop following my commands, but…?”
Priest Gregorios: “That still counts as telling him what to do.”
Priest Gregorios: “And I can sense a similar darkness in him too…though, it’s heavily suppressed at the moment…”
Priest Gregorios: “While Emerl may be harmless now…there’s no doubt he’s capable of great destruction…”
Priest Gregorios: “The very thought alone shakes me to my core…”
For a moment, Gregorios tries to calm himself down. Emerl also decides to comment on this.
Emerl: “Me? Destroy the world? Surely, you jestin’?”
Emerl: “Why would I want to do that? Earth is an incredible place!”
Emerl: “And I’ll do everything in my power to protect it! I can promise that!”
Priest Gregorios: “Right…I believe in your words…”
Priest Gregorios: “However, you must not lose sight of who you are. Or let that power consume you.”
Priest Gregorios: “Otherwise…we may be doomed…”
Emerl: “Yeah, yeah, I got it! Quit being so melodramatic!”
Metallix: “He’s right, Emerl. Remember what I taught you.”
Emerl: “Strength means nothing if it can’t be controlled. I remember.”
Emerl: “Now, are we done with all the talking?”
Priest Gregorios: “Yes…I now have a good understanding of you both…”
Priest Gregorios: “You may head back to the main area. I’ll be there shortly.”
Metallix and Emerl nod, as the former returns to his Howard persona. Then, they go back to the main area of the Sacred Shrine, and wait for Gregorios. Though, things are silent between them, as the stuff they talked about still sticks in their minds. Particularly the robotic hedgehog, who needs to process everything.
After a couple of minutes, Gregorios returns, and a certain red gemstone in his hand catches the duo’s attention. Emerl specifically is laser-focused on it.
Emerl: “The Chaos Emerald…!”
Howard: “You’re giving it to us?”
Priest Gregorios: “Yes. This IS what you wanted, correct?”
Howard: “Of course! But…I thought…?”
Priest Gregorios: “Our conversation helped me come to my decision.”
Priest Gregorios: “While you both are troubled souls, I can see that you both wish to do the right thing.”
Priest Gregorios: “And I feel that together…you’ll overcome your demons.”
Priest Gregorios: “Therefore, I shall entrust my faith and hopes onto you two. You have what it takes.”
Howard: “...”
Howard: “Thank you, Gregorios. We won’t let you down.”
Emerl: “Same here!”
As a show of respect, Howard bows, with Emerl doing the same. This makes Gregorios smile, before handing the red Chaos Emerald to the Gizoid, who incorporates it into his body. His eyes momentarily glow, and then he speaks.
Emerl: “Gregorios…dad…thank you.”
Emerl: “I can feel my power…reviving…”
Priest Gregorios: “Hm…that darkness has grown a little…”
Howard: “Well…that takes care of our work here…”
Howard: “We should get-!?”
The sounds of explosions and civilians screaming is heard outside, catching the group’s attention. Gregorios looks horrified.
Priest Gregorios: “What the…what’s happening out there!?”
Emerl: “Let’s go check it out!”
Howard, Emerl, and Gregorios head outside, and see that the town is being attacked by a bunch of Badniks. Buildings are being destroyed, much of the townsfolk are hiding or injured, and some parts of the area are on fire. The priest is even more scared, while the robot duo are angry. But then they see something fall down in front of them.
It’s some kind of large mech, designed to look like a lobster. Complete with a red and silver color scheme, and a cockpit located around the head. And in the obscured cockpit, a very familiar voice rings out…
“Hello, Metallix! It’s payback time!”
Chapter 113: First Meeting With Grandpa
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Apotos. Night.*
Seeing his creator for the first time in months, the disguised Metallix (Currently Howard) isn’t too pleased, and makes it known.
Howard: “Tch…you made a grave mistake confronting me again…”
Howard: “And attacking this town and it’s people is only the icing on the cake.”
Eggman: “What can I say? I like to make an entrance!”
Eggman: “Plus, I swore that the next time we crossed paths, I’d kill you on sight!”
Eggman: “You made me waste all those ships and Badniks, and then took off without a word! It was infuriating!”
Howard: “I was trying to save the world. All you could do was whine like a baby, unable to move a single muscle.”
Eggman: “Watch your tongue, you bucket of bolts! I brought you into this world, and I can easily take you out!”
Howard: “HA! With THIS oversized pile of scrap?”
Eggman: “It’s called the Egg Lobster! And I know just how to use it!”
Emerl: “Whatever, old man! We can take you down, no probs!”
When Emerl speaks, Eggman’s attention is directed towards him.
Eggman: “Ah…we finally meet!”
Eggman: “The ancient Gizoid that my grandfather worked on! A weapon of mass destruction, powered by the Chaos Emeralds!”
Eggman:
“And the winner of the recent Chaos Emerald Championship! Who managed to beat Sonic AND Shadow!”
Emerl: “My name is Emerl! And I’m no weapon of mass destruction!”
Emerl: “I’m the guy who’s gonna help protect this planet from psychos like you!”
Eggman: “Oho! Such bravado!”
Eggman: “But do you REALLY think you stand a chance against the great Dr. Eggman? Scientific extraordinaire?”
Emerl: “Nah! I KNOW I can take you down easily!”
Emerl: “If Sonic could do it, then so can I! No problem!”
Howard: “Don’t get too cocky, Emerl. He may be a fool, but he can be quite cunning when you least expect it.”
Gregorios: “Why…why did you attack our town!? We didn’t do anything wrong!”
Having gained the courage to speak up, Eggman finally notices the scared Gregorios, and gives his answer.
Eggman: “Well, I already told you half my reason for doing this!”
Eggman: “As for the other half, it’s to take the 5 emeralds right in front of me!”
Emerl: “Fat chance! The only thing you’re taking here is a beatdown for attacking this town!”
Howard: “I will take the honors here. You need to take out all the Badniks.”
Emerl: “What!? Come on, dad! This looks so much more fun!”
Emerl: “Besides, why can’t YOU do it instead?”
Howard: “...”
Howard thinks to himself for a moment. He wants to take down Eggman for his personal satisfaction, and because he isn’t sure if Emerl is ready to face him yet. However, he thinks back on Gregorios’ words. He can’t let his personal feelings get in the way all the time, and the Gizoid should be able to handle this just fine.
Really, the only thing Howard has to worry about is Eggman trying something sneaky. But despite that, he decides to relent.
Howard: “...Alright. I’ll trust you to handle this.”
Howard: “Just be cautious. Expect the unexpected.”
Emerl: “Right! Now go save some folks!”
With a nod and a smile, Howard then rushes off to help out the residents of Apotos, while Gregorios finds a spot to hide. Now, it’s just the Gizoid VS the Egg Lobster.
Eggman: “Heh…so you think of that traitor as your own father, huh?”
Eggman: “Guess that would make me your grandfather then!”
Emerl: “Ah…yeah, that DOES make sense…”
Emerl: “Still, I don’t like you! And I’m taking you down!”
Eggman: “We’ll see about that!”
And with the introductions out of the way, Emerl begins his first battle with Dr. Eggman. The Egg Lobster is a powerful mech, with it’s laser eyes, multiple limbs and tail, large size, large sharp claws, bomb launchers, and durable metal shell. If Sonic was fighting this thing, it would take a while to destroy it.
However, Emerl not only has Sonic’s abilities, but the abilities of many other powerful fighters. Plus, he’s plenty strong and durable himself, so really, this is just a light exercise for him. Heck, he’s not even taking this too seriously, as he’s able to keep any citizens out of harm's way easily, and is taunting the doctor at every turn.
Emerl: “Come on, gramps! Do you need better glasses to catch me?”
Eggman: “Ugh! You’re just as obnoxious as that blue rat!”
Emerl: “He certainly has a way with words!”
Emerl: “But honestly? I’m wondering why dad considers you such a big threat.”
Emerl: “Sure, you’re definitely problematic, but you’re also pretty pathetic! I’m hardly even trying here!”
Eggman: “Oh, I can cause a LOT more problems than THIS!”
In anger, Eggman launches a bunch of bombs towards the Sacred Shrine, which Gregorios is terrified by. Luckily, Emerl’s speed allows him to knock all of these bombs away, and grab one in his hand as he looks down at the Egg Lobster.
Emerl: “Now THAT was uncalled for!”
With a mighty swing, Emerl throws the bomb back at the Egg Lobster, with the explosion damaging the metal armor a little. This gives him the idea to use his Chaos Gamma data to shoot more bombs at the machine. Though, he’ll need to take this to a more remote location in order to not endanger anyone else.
Using Knuckles’ data, Emerl’s able to grab the Egg Lobster by the tail, and fly off into the sky, much to Eggman and Gregorios’ bewilderment. Then, he flies off to a nearby, uninhabited island covered in grass and fauna, and throws the machine hard onto the ground, doing great damage to it.
Despite landing on it’s back, the Egg Lobster is able to get back on it’s feet, and face Emerl, who’s showing off more of his snark.
Emerl: “Alright, doc! I’m hungry for some fried lobster!”
Eggman:
“Tch! Don’t bite off more than you can chew, you cocky little-!”
Not letting Eggman finish, Emerl brings out grenade launchers, and fires a whole bunch of them at the Egg Lobster, which tries to shield itself. Now, it’s armor is even more damaged, and covered in black burn marks. Plus, the limbs begin to malfunction, leaving the cockpit exposed, and the doctor panicked.
Eggman: “What!? Why aren’t the controls responding!?”
Eggman: “Come on! Work, you piece of junk!”
Desperately, Eggman tries to work out the kinks before Emerl can try anything else. However, the Gizoid simply goes up to the cockpit, winds up his arm, and then delivers a Deep Impact, causing the entire Egg Lobster to explode from the inside. Now, it’s nothing more than busted robot parts.
Feeling happy with his victory, Emerl does a pump-up motion with his fists, and continues to mock Eggman.
Emerl: “Yeah! That felt great!”
Emerl: “Got anymore tricks in store, Egghead? Or are you ready to go to a retirement home?”
Eggman: “Ugh…that was a waste of a machine…”
Eggman: “Still though…seeing you fight more up-close was quite interesting…”
Eggman: “Such a vast repertoire of skills and power…you truly are the ultimate weapon!”
Emerl: “Are you STILL on that? I’m a living, feeling person, you know?”
Eggman: “Pfft! A living person!? What a delusional idea!”
Eggman: “You may act like some noble hero! But deep within your systems lies a god of wrath!”
Eggman: “Guess Metallix made you too soft! I’ll have to fix that!”
Emerl: “You’re not fixing anything!”
Going up to the cockpit again, Emerl breaks the glass cover. However, rather than the real Eggman, it’s another robot decoy, confusing the Gizoid.
Emerl: “What the heck!? A fake!?”
D3-COY: “That’s right! I’m in the comfort of my own home!”
D3-COY: “And you’re right where I want you!”
Before Emerl can register these words, something hits him in the back, shocking his entire body and greatly hurting him. He falls on his back, unable to get up.
Emerl: “I…can’t move…!”
???: “TARGET NEUTRALIZED.”
Recognizing that voice, Emerl sees a familiar robot come up and look down at him with it’s green eyes. Chaos Gamma has returned, fully repaired and upgraded. It has a few more pieces of armor and tech, making it Chaos Gamma Mk ll.
Eggman: “Nicely done, Chaos Gamma! Now grab him and get out of there before Metallix shows up!”
Chaos Gamma: “AFFIRMATIVE.”
Emerl: “No…!”
Emerl wants to retaliate, but can’t due to the paralyzer Chaos Gamma shot onto his back. Hence, he can’t stop the upgraded E-Series robot from picking him up, and teleporting out of there in a blue flash of light. The Gizoid let his guard down, and underestimated his opponent. Two things you should never do when facing Dr. Eggman.
Meanwhile, Howard has just finished off the last of the Badniks attacking Apotos, and protected all the civilians. They were pretty confused at the sight of some human adolescent tearing apart robots in the blink of an eye, but they thanked him for the help anyway. Though, from afar, he sees a small explosion on a nearby island.
Quickly, Howard heads off to the area, only to find a busted Egg Lobster, and no Emerl or Eggman in sight. This immediately worries and angers him, so he scans the area for any sign of them, and all he picks up is faint readings of Chaos Energy. There’s no doubt in his mind now what happened…
And Metallix is NOT happy about it…
Chapter 114: The Gimme Shelter
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Night.*
Sonic and his friends fly through the starry skyline on their G.U.N. jet in search of another Chaos Emerald. However, rather than try and follow Metallix and Emerl’s trail, they instead decided to search for an emerald they likely haven’t found yet. That way, they have much better odds of success, and less interference.
During the flight, the group shares some idle chit-chat with each other. Such as Amy and Rouge talking to Shadow about how he’s doing.
Rouge: “So you were in Shamar when you saw the broadcast for the tournament?”
Shadow: “Yes. Though, I didn’t stay long.”
Amy: “That’s a shame! Shamar has plenty of interesting sights!”
Amy: “As long as you can stand the heat…”
Shadow: “My biology allows me to adapt to any environment easily. So deserts are no issue.”
Rouge: “Wish I could do the same.”
Rouge: “Now, what other places have you visited on your travels?”
Shadow: “The Kingdom Of Acorn, Mazuri, and a few islands.”
Amy: “Oh! Would one of those islands happen to be the Northstar Islands?”
Shadow: “No.”
Amy: “Then you should visit it sometime! There’s a lot of cool stuff there!”
Amy: “And an old friend of mine lives there, so tell her I said hi if you see her!”
Shadow: “Sure.”
Rouge: “Hm…I figured you would have explored the whole world by now.”
Rouge: “Especially since you’re on-par with Sonic in terms of speed.”
Shadow: “I probably could, but I wanted to take my time with this.”
Shadow:
“Before, I never had the chance to see all that Earth has to offer. Or many of the people who live here.”
Shadow: “If I want to make sure my personal feelings and past don’t blind me from fulfilling my mission, I must gain a good understanding of this world.”
Amy: “That’s good. I’m glad you’re making steps to be better.”
Shadow: “Mm. I just wish Maria got to experience it all with me.”
Shadow: “Back on the Ark, she always talked about wanting to explore the world once she was cured…”
Shadow: “Now, I can understand why…”
While Amy and Rouge are a little saddened by the mention of Maria, Shadow seems surprisingly calm. Though, there’s a twinge of solemnness in there.
Rouge: “It’s hard to move on…”
Shadow: “...Yeah…it is…”
Shadow: “But that life was taken from me long ago. I must live with the cards I’ve been dealt.”
Amy: “Just remember you can talk to us about anything that’s bothering you. Seriously.”
Shadow: “...I’ll keep it in mind…”
Rouge: “You better! Or else we’re gonna find you and strap you to a chair until you’re honest about your feelings!”
Amy: “Rouge, you can’t force someone to spit out their biggest regrets and worries!”
Amy: “These things need to come out naturally! It’s not easy to talk about!”
Rouge: “Sure, but when you’re doing professional spy work, you need to squeeze some information out of whatever poor saps you’re after!”
Amy: “Well, this isn’t a job! So exit your worker bat mode!”
Rouge: “Technically, I AM on a job! So I can’t right now!”
Amy: “Ah…right, but still!”
As the two girls talk more, Shadow stays silent. He’s still no social butterfly, and he’s not very open about his feelings. But deep down, he appreciates the concern from these two. They’ve both helped him plenty in the past, and they’ll continue to do so now. Even if they may have ulterior motives at times…
Eventually, after a few more minutes of flying, Tails and Sonic spot something below them, and call out to the others.
Sonic: “Hey, everyone! Look at this!”
Curious, everyone gets out of their seats, and are surprised to see another Eggman base. It consists of big metal buildings with a white and red color scheme, and the Eggman Empire insignia plastered on various surfaces. There’s also metal walls surrounding it, and tons of Badniks patrolling the area.
Cream: “An Eggman base? This isn’t good…”
Cheese: “Chao chao…”
Knuckles: “Hmph. After all our training, taking care of Eggman will be a cakewalk.”
Tikal: “Let’s not be too confident here, Knuckles. This is HIS territory.”
Tails: “I’ll land the jet, and then we can figure out a plan.”
Tails: “Hopefully, this goes smoothly…”
After that exchange is over, Tails lands the G.U.N. jet in a nearby forest. Then, the heroes get out and the fox takes out his Jewel Radar to figure out the location of the Chaos Emerald. Knuckles, Tikal, and Shadow are also picking up on something.
Tikal: “Hmm…this is strange…”
Tikal: “Right now, I’m picking up a high concentration of Chaos Energy below ground.”
Knuckles: “Me too. This can’t just be one Chaos Emerald.”
Tails:
“That’s because there’s 6 emeralds underground.”
Shadow: “What? Does that mean…?”
Tails: “Yeah…5 of the emeralds are in one place, so it HAS to be Emerl…”
Amy: “Did Eggman somehow capture him?”
Rouge: “It’s not out of the realm of possibility. Especially if he was able to separate him from Metallix.”
Rouge: “Though, now I’m wondering where Metallix is…”
Sonic: “Knowing him, he’s probably on his way to find him and the 6th emerald.”
Sonic: “So how about we split into separate groups?”
Cream:
“Oh? Do you have a plan, Mr. Sonic?”
Sonic: “Kinda!”
Sonic:
“Me, Tails, and Knuckles will wreck shop and keep Eggman busy!”
Sonic: “Meanwhile, Shadow and Rouge can go find the Chaos Emerald! And Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Tikal will search for Emerl!”
Shadow: “Hmph. I suppose that's a good strategy."
Tails:
“But what do we do if we run into Metallix?”
Sonic: “If Shadow and Rouge get the emerald quickly, they can just Chaos Control out of there!”
Sonic: “And once Emerl is okay, we can all dip! Easy-peasy!”
This explanation gives Sonic some funny looks, which confuses him.
Sonic: “What?”
Shadow:
“And just like that, you’ve gone back to square one.”
Sonic: “Oh zip it! If you have any better ideas, then share them!”
Tails: “Now isn’t the time to argue! We should take care of this fast before Metallix shows up!”
Tails: “For now, we’ll stick with Sonic’s idea and go into the assigned groups! It should be fine!”
Cream: “Yeah! We can do this!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Despite the unease of entering an Eggman base, everyone’s ready to fulfill their 3 missions. Distract Eggman, find the 6th Chaos Emerald, and find Emerl. Many of them have become much stronger over the past few months, so they should be able to do this. No matter what contraptions the doctor sends their way.
However, as the heroes break into the Eggman Base, Metallix also arrives. Since he can detect Chaos Energy, getting here wasn’t too much trouble. Though, he’s still very angry at the doctor kidnapping Emerl, and immediately goes to find him by disguising himself as an Egg Pawn, and going in undetected.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Gimme Shelter. A few minutes later…*
Deep below ground, Dr. Eggman is typing away on his computer in his lab, with a paralyzed Emerl strapped to a table and having a bunch of cables plugged into him. Chaos Gamma Mk ll stands idly by, in case of any intruders or assistance. And Sage is on the doctor’s computer, sorting through all the information being downloaded from the Gizoid.
Eggman:
“So much battle data…so much weapon data!”
Eggman: “A millenniums worth of information, right at my fingertips! All from such a small and simple-looking machine!"
Sage: “Yes…but the Eggnet is unable to contain more than 62% of this data…”
Sage: “By my calculations, it would take 20 more years to download everything else. 18 if we delete what we already have to make more room.”
Eggman: “Hmph. That’s definitely problematic.”
Emerl:
“If that’s the case, you might as well give up and let me go right now!”
Emerl: “And MAYBE I won’t rip your mustache off for good measure!”
Chaos Gamma: “BE MINDFUL OF YOUR WORDS, GIZOID. OR YOU WILL SUFFER DIRE CONSEQUENCES.”
Emerl: “Like what? You gonna try and shoot me?”
Eggman: “Well…I’m willing to experiment if you don’t behave yourself! I’ll have plenty of time!”
Emerl: “You can’t keep me here forever! Dad’s gonna show up and kick your teeth in!”
Eggman: “Like I don’t have a few measures in place for Metallix! OR Sonic and his friends!”
Eggman: “Now, be quiet so I can figure out what to do with your data!”
Emerl:
“NO! LALALALALA-”
In order to shut him up, Eggman presses a button on his computer that shocks Emerl. Then, he turns back to the computer.
Eggman: “Sage, what can be done with the Gizoid data we have?”
Sage: “It’s possible that you could use it’s various battle data it obtained from other fighters, and incorporate them into new creations.”
Sage: “However, they likely won’t reach the same level of strength as this Gizoid. Especially without any powerful source of Chaos Energy.”
Eggman: “I’ll find a workaround for it! I always do!”
Eggman: “And they’ll make my army far stronger regardless, correct?”
Sage: “According to my calculations…it would be a 14% increase.”
Eggman:
“Heh! That’s a good start, at least!”
Eggman: “Given enough time, I could make a proper Gizoid! One that can surpass the likes of that blue rodent and traitorous tin-can!”
Eggman: “Maybe I can even make multiple Gizoids!? I’d be unstoppable!”
Eggman: “Although…”
Looking back at Emerl, Eggman has a devious grin on his face.
Eggman: “Having YOU as my servant would already make me unstoppable!”
Emerl: “I’d NEVER serve you! No matter what you do or say!”
Eggman: “You can only say that because of your ‘Link’ with Metallix!”
Eggman: “If someone surpassed his level of power, you’d follow them without a second thought! It’s in your very programming!”
Emerl: “Stop treating me like some machine! I’ve got a mind of my own!”
Emerl: “My power is only meant to protect others! Not to cause destruction!”
Eggman:
“HA! You really have NO idea what your true purpose is, don’t you?”
Eggman: “Acting as if you weren’t made for the sole purpose of war and killing! It’s quite humorous, honestly!”
Emerl: “Do you see me laughing over here?”
Eggman: “Comedy is subjective.”
Eggman: “Besides, I couldn’t care less what you have to say on the matter. Soon, you won’t be this ‘happy-go-lucky’ robo friend any longer.”
Eggman: “And then-”
Before Eggman can finish, an alarm goes off, and flashing red lights appear in the room. Sage also notifies the doctor on what’s happening.
Sage: “Sir! Sonic and his friends have broken into the base!”
Eggman: “What!? Oh, of all the times to do this!”
Emerl: “Looks like your time to mess with me is running out!”
Eggman: “Tch! Chaos Gamma, keep an eye on that annoying traffic cone!”
Chaos Gamma: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Eggman: “Sage, store whatever information you got from it for now! Focus on the defense systems!”
Sage: “As you command!”
Eggman: “I’m gonna go grab a mech and take care of those vermin! They have some nerve coming into my base and distracting me!”
In a huff, Eggman goes into a nearby elevator, while Sage is no longer visible on the computer. Emerl, meanwhile, tries to get on Chaos Gamma’s nerves.
Emerl: “So you got an upgrade, huh? All because you were beaten by a pink hedgehog?”
Emerl: “But then again, Amy’s pretty tough! So it’s only natural-”
Chaos Gamma: “YOU ARE TRYING TO ANGER ME IN THE HOPE THAT IT WILL LEAD TO YOUR ESCAPE.”
Chaos Gamma:
“I DO NOT CARE FOR YOUR WORDS. YOU ARE NOTHING TO ME.”
Emerl: “Really now? You’re not upset that you lost the tournament?”
Chaos Gamma: “...”
Chaos Gamma: “IT WAS AN UNFORTUNATE FAILURE. ONE THAT I WILL NOT REPEAT AGAIN.”
Chaos Gamma: “OTHERWISE, MY DESTRUCTION IS ASSURED. THIS UNIT MUST NOT BE DESTROYED.”
Emerl: “Why don’t you just ditch that fatty already? He clearly doesn’t care for you.”
Emerl: “Heck, why don’t we become pals? I’m sure dad would be willing to accept you!”
Chaos Gamma: “ILLOGICAL. I CANNOT DISOBEY MY MASTER, OR ALLY MYSELF WITH ENEMIES.”
Emerl: “Don’t be so stupid! What’s there to gain from being some slave?”
Emerl: “My dad learned it wasn’t worth it, and became his own person! So why can’t you do the same?”
Chaos Gamma: “ENOUGH OF THESE INQUIRIES. YOU WILL STAY SILENT, OR I WILL MAKE YOU.”
Emerl: “By shooting me in the face? I don’t think that’s gonna work!”
Emerl: “And why should I stop asking you questions? You too chicken to answer them?”
Chaos Gamma: “THERE IS NOTHING TO GAIN FROM RESPONDING. YOU ARE WASTING YOUR TIME.”
Emerl: “Or maybe a part of you DOES want to be free, and you don’t want to admit it?”
Emerl: “Come on! What else is there to do until trouble arrives?”
Chaos Gamma: “...”
For a couple of seconds, it seems Chaos Gamma is contemplating Emerl’s words. However, it’s eyes shift momentarily, and it responds.
Chaos Gamma: “...NO. MY PROGRAMMING WON’T ALLOW ANY ACTS OF REBELLION.”
Chaos Gamma: “I WAS DESIGNED TO BE THE BEST E-SERIES MODEL. NO GLITCHES. NO FLAWS.”
Emerl: “Yet you needed an upgraded body to continue fighting?”
Chaos Gamma: “THIS CONVERSATION IS OVER. COMMENCE IGNORE FUNCTION.”
From this point on, Chaos Gamma does not respond to anything Emerl says, even if he shouts at it. Hence, the Gizoid decides not to bother either, and waits for Sonic, Metallix, or whoever else to come rescue him. Though, a part of him feels pity for the E-Series robot. It just refuses to stop following Eggman, no matter how much it sucks.
But this train of thought leads Emerl to thinking about something else. Ever since he was first awakened, he’s followed Metallix’s every command. Sure, the metallic hedgehog didn’t make him do anything bad, and treated him well. Yet…the Gizoid wonders…
Will he have to disobey Metallix someday?
Chapter 115: Too Little, Too Late...
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Gimme Shelter. Night.*
Like a raging tornado, Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles make quick work of any opposition within the Gimme Shelter. Badniks, hazards, terrain, none of it is giving them any trouble. Once again, another example of how well their training has paid off. And the hedgehog and echidna are having some friendly competition too.
Sonic: “Hey, Knux! How many Badniks have you busted!?”
Knuckles: “56! You!?”
Sonic: “60! You gotta step it up a little if you want to beat me!”
Tails: “Can you two NOT do this right now!? We still need to be somewhat cautious!”
Sonic: “Oh relax, Tails! All these bots are going down like bowling pins!”
Tails: “That doesn’t mean we should be messing around! We’re supposed to be-!?”
Suddenly, on a nearby large screen, the group sees an irritated Dr. Eggman staring at them. But Sonic makes light of him, like usual.
Sonic: “There’s my favorite Egghead! Sorry to come in unannounced!”
Eggman: “Hmph! I can see you’ve all improved since we last met!”
Eggman: “Clearly, I’m gonna have to bring out the big guns if I want you three out of my base!”
Knuckles: “Bring it on! Throw whatever you can, and we’ll make a junkyard out of it!”
Tails: “First thing’s first though! Where is Emerl?”
Eggman: “Emerl?”
For a moment, Eggman acts like he’s trying to think hard about what Tails is talking about. However, Knuckles has no patience for this.
Knuckles: “You know EXACTLY who we’re talking about! I can sense the emeralds inside him!”
Eggman: “Ah yes! The ancient weapon that wiped out so many of your own people!”
Tails: “So you know what he is?”
Eggman: “Of course I do! My grandfather worked on the Gizoid, after all!”
Eggman: “And after downloading it’s data, it wasn’t hard to learn who created it!”
Eggman: “It’s filled to the brim with information on many forms of combat and weaponry! Truly ahead of it’s time!”
Sonic:
“Let me guess…you want to make one of your own?”
Eggman: “Why WOULDN’T I want such a powerful tool in my arsenal? Any opposition I face would be eradicated in an instant!”
Eggman: “Just imagine a whole ARMY’S worth of Gizoids! All at my beck and call!”
Knuckles: “Not gonna happen! We’re gonna beat your face in before you get the chance!”
Eggman: “I’d like to see you try, you red rube!”
After saying that, the screen deactivates, and from the ceiling, another large mecha flies down to face Team Sonic. This one being designed after a wasp, with long wings, a black and red stinger, and the head that acts as the cockpit, which Eggman is sitting in. Immediately, Sonic puts on an excited smirk.
Sonic: “Heh! Decided to give the Buzz Bomber an upgrade, doc?”
Eggman: “This is no mere bumblebee! It is the Egg Wasp!”
Eggman: “It may not be the strongest mecha I have! But good luck trying to hit it!”
Sonic: “Challenge accepted! Just don’t start crying when I win!”
Knuckles: “Pretty sure I’LL be the one winning this one!”
Tails: “Beat first, compete later!”
Sonic and Knuckles somewhat agree with Tails, before the three of them get started on fighting Eggman in his Egg Wasp, which is surprisingly annoying. The mecha lives up to the doctor’s words, as it’s speed and flexibility makes it difficult to land attacks on. Not to mention it’s lasers, sending out smaller wasps to swarm the heroes, and it’s sharp stinger.
However, Team Sonic isn’t having too many issues with this. Whatever the Egg Wasp throws at them, they can take, and they can figure out some strategies on how to take it down. Though, their main focus is stalling the doctor, so the others can complete their respective tasks. And hopefully, they’re successful…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
In another part of the Gimme Shelter, Amy, Cream, Cheese, Tikal (In her red energy ball form), Rouge, and Shadow are able to navigate past the various Badniks and hazards. Once they feel they’re safe for now, the female echidna and black hedgehog take a moment to sense both Emerl and the 6th Chaos Emerald. However, something surprises them.
Tikal: “Emerl isn’t too far away from here…”
Tikal: “Though, it seems he and the 6th emerald are in the same location.”
Amy: “Really? But why?”
Shadow: “Doesn’t matter. It just means we stick together and take out whatever gets in our way.”
Rouge: “My thoughts exactly. This just makes things more convenient for us.”
Cream: “Then let’s get going! Before Mr. Sonic and the others are overwhelmed!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
With that, the group of heroes run around the base in search of their targets, with any Badniks or hazards blocking their path being destroyed easily. Mainly thanks to Shadow and Amy. Though, as they’re running down a hallway, metal doors close behind and in front of them.
Shadow: “Tch! These doors won’t stop me!”
Cream: “What’s that?”
Cream’s pointing at a computer screen on the wall, which everyone else focuses on. That’s when a face familiar to Amy shows herself.
Sage: “More intruders spotted. Assessing threat level...”
Amy: “Sage! I should have known you’d be helping Eggman still!”
Shadow: “Hm…this one seems to be like Metallix…”
Amy: “She protects the Eggnet from intruders! But I don’t think she has a physical body!”
Rouge: “Well, that’s great. What are you gonna do, cyber girl?”
Sage: “My capabilities are limited outside of the Eggnet…but that doesn’t mean I can’t stop you…”
Sage focuses on Shadow, where the two share cold stares towards each other.
Sage: “You…are Shadow The Hedgehog…”
Sage: “Creation of Gerald Robotnik…the grandfather of my creator…”
Shadow: “If you know who I am, then you must know facing me is a massive mistake.”
Sage: “I am well aware of your capabilities. Your power is equal to Sonic.”
Sage: “Therefore, extensive measures will be taken to ensure your elimination.”
Shadow: “Try whatever you want. I’ll overcome it all.”
Amy: “Same here! We won’t back down!”
Sage: “Very well. Sending Guard Robos.”
The door at the front of the hallway opens, and the heroes see a whole bunch of monotone-colored Chaos Gammas approaching them. This intimidates Cream and Cheese, but not so much everyone else.
Rouge: “More Chaos Gammas!?”
Sage: “Each one only possesses 42% of the original’s strength. But they possess the same weapons and tactical skills.”
Sage: “Facing this many will result in a 87.2% chance of your defeat.”
Shadow: “Heh. I like those odds.”
Tikal: “It may be tough…but we WILL be victorious.”
Feeling confident, Shadow charges towards the Guard Robos, with the others following suit. However, while one of these robots wouldn’t be that much trouble, facing an entire group of them is a little more than the heroes can handle. Especially for the likes of Cream, Cheese, and Tikal.
Rouge is able to hold her own a little, and Amy and Shadow can destroy a couple of them. But they’re quickly being overwhelmed, despite their combined teamwork and strength. Eventually, the group is pushed to the back of the corridor, which is still blocked by the door.
Cream: “Ms. Amy? We’re gonna make it out of this, right?”
Cheese: “Chao…chao…!”
Amy: “Huff…I think escape’s our only option at this point…!”
Sage: “Incorrect. There will be no opportunity to retreat for you.”
Sage: “Once you are all beaten, you will be imprisoned. Then, my creator will decide your fates.”
Shadow: “Tch! I’m not letting the doctor get his hands on me again! I’ll fight to my last breath if I have to!”
Sage: “So be it.”
Together, the Guard Robos load their guns, and are about to fire at the heroes. Scared, Cream and Cheese close their eyes, with Amy shielding them. But then, something hits the machines in the back, causing them to explode into a bunch of pieces. Now, only fire and smoke is left in their spot.
Confused, the heroes and Sage look towards the other end of the hallway, and see another familiar figure. Complete with a smoking gun arm, and glowing red eyes.
Omega: “PHONY E-SERIES MODELS ELIMINATED. ALLIES RESCUED.”
Rouge: “Omega! Excellent timing!”
The heroes are happy to see Omega again, especially Rouge and Shadow. Meanwhile, Sage is the exact opposite, yet remains as cold as ever.
Sage: “More intruders? This is far too problematic…”
Sage: “Preparing more extensive measures to-!?”
Before Sage can finish, the screen starts to glitch, along with her voice.
Sage: "̵̡͎͋Ẃ̵̧͍͚̓͝h̷̬̹̔̒͠a̴͉͔̜̒t̶̝͓͚͒͐.̷͙̰̊.̴͈̱̀.̸̳̫̆!̷̻̘̒?̴͇͔̕ ̵͎̈̏̓T̷̢͈̒h̷͔͎͂i̵͔͘s̶͚̀ ̵͚̱͊c̷̟̑̌a̶̛̛͍̳͆͜n̸̝̬̚'̷̤͙̓̍ṭ̸̮̬͌ ̸̛̹̱̖̑b̷̪̳̃̉e̴̙̙̤͠.̸͈̔.̴̠̭̰͂͘.̴̩͝!̴̫̱͑"̵͉̱͖̔̕
Sage: "̸̼͍̣̿̎̉T̷͙͓͑̈̓h̵̰̞̙͒̈́i̴̬̒ṣ̴̩͎̎̇̚ ̷̰̤̺̀̄ḯ̴̛͈s̵̻̳̃̎͊s̸̹̖͒͂̀û̸̥͔̿ẹ̵̀̊ ̷̦͗m̸̻̝͑ȕ̷̠͇̐s̴̺̩̓̃t̶̰͠ ̸͇͝b̸̘̿̂̈́è̴̱̘̤̈́̔ ̶̛̳͋d̵̡̫̏̈́̋ȇ̷̙̜á̴͓͘͠l̵̰̞͌͆͘t̴̯̊ ̸̰̈́w̷̻͠í̴̠͝t̵̺͓͕̃̚ḫ̶͋ ̶̛̠̫̪̉d̵̹̔í̴͉̻͐ŕ̵̛̬͛ȅ̶͕̹c̷̹͚̿̌̂t̵̛͇ļ̸̐̆y̴̢͖̮̎̀̚.̸̤̘͆.̸̢͉̘̓.̷̡̔i̷̲̕ǹ̴̟t̸͉͚͌ę̸̻̒ȓ̴̯̹͑f̵͍͔͗ë̵͚̺́̀ͅr̵̡̯͍͑̄ę̷͍̐̑n̶̛̪̩̂͗c̴̭͝e̶̢͕͂͑̔ ̸̫̝̈́͜͝w̵͙̭͔̑i̷̖̰̫͑ḷ̶̛͚l̵͔̠̾́ ̶̨̲̔͒͘N̷̯͛Ơ̴̧͙̐̃T̴̢̺͒̄ ̶̻͈͙͝b̶̫̜̍̇e̵̞̦͋ ̷̻͇͝ṱ̸̝̀̐ō̸̖̰l̸̗̠͈̈́̉͐ê̶̱̮̙͗͋r̴̻̓̆͠ă̸̧ẗ̸̪̄͝ẹ̵̋̏d̶̻͗͐!̴̩͙̖̏́̓"̵̛̤̩̇̆
As the computer screen turns off, the doors open. During this, the heroes give their gratitude to Omega.
Cream: “Thank you for saving us, Mr. Omega!”
Omega: “DO NOT BE MISTAKEN, LITTLE RABBIT GIRL. I WAS ONLY PASSING BY.”
Amy: “Say whatever you like! But I know you did it for us!”
Omega: “CORRECTION: I DID IT FOR SHADOW AND ROUGE.”
Rouge: “Regardless, I guess you’re here to ruin Eggman’s night even more?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. AND THERE’S A NEW E-SERIES ROBOT I MUST DESTROY TO PROVE MY SUPERIORITY.”
Amy: “New E-Series robot? You must be talking about Chaos Gamma!”
Amy: “Eggman must have taken him back here and rebuilt him!”
Omega: “THEN I WILL BE THE ONE TO FINISH THE JOB.”
Omega: “ALSO, I CAN DETECT THAT IT’S BEING POWERED BY A CHAOS EMERALD. AND THERE’S AN UNKNOWN MACHINE NEARBY POWERED BY 5 OF THEM.”
Shadow: “So this Chaos Gamma is guarding the Gizoid…quite convenient for all of us…”
Tikal: “I can also sense Metallix’s presence approaching their location…we must act fast!”
Shadow: “Right. Let’s go, Omega.”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! TIME TO ERADICATE!”
With Team Dark reunited, and Tikal as a part of Team Rose, the group of heroes steamroll any robots and hazards that stand in their way. Including the Guard Robos. Shadow and Rouge are glad to have Omega with them again, and the female echidna is a little intimidated by his lethality.
In a matter of minutes, thanks to Omega’s scan of the base and no interference from Sage, the group arrives at Eggman’s lab, busting the door down. That’s when they come face-to-face with Chaos Gamma Mk ll, and a restrained Emerl.
Emerl: “Oh! It’s you guys again!”
Cream: “Mr. Emerl! Are you okay!?”
Emerl: “For the most part! Who’s the big robot guy?”
Omega: “I AM E-123 OMEGA! THE TRUE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT!”
Omega: “AND I WILL PROVE THIS FACT BY ERADICATING THIS INFERIOR UNIT!”
Chaos Gamma: “INFERIOR UNIT? THAT TITLE BELONGS TO YOU.”
Chaos Gamma: “YOU BETRAYED OUR CREATOR. YOU HAVE DESTROYED MUCH OF HIS PROPERTY.”
Chaos Gamma: “I STAY LOYAL TO MY CREATOR. I POSSESS THE BEST TRAITS OF ALL PREVIOUS MODELS.”
Shadow: “Hmph. You don’t look like anything special.”
Shadow: “If Amy could defeat you, then Omega here will pulverize you.”
Omega: “PULVERIZATION WON’T SATISFY ME. I WILL LEAVE NOTHING BUT ASHES OF YOU.”
Chaos Gamma: “TRY AS YOU MIGHT. I WILL NOT BE DESTROYED.”
Chaos Gamma: “WITH THE CHAOS EMERALD IN MY BODY, AND MY UPGRADES, I WILL NEVER FAIL DR. EGGMAN AGAIN.”
Rouge: “Sorry to say, but it’s gonna happen! You stand no chance against Omega!”
Omega: “ENOUGH TALKING! IT’S TIME TO TAKE MY TITLE!”
Immediately, both Omega and Chaos Gamma charge at each other, as they determine which E-Series robot is the best. The walking arsenal with a lust for battle and destruction? Or the upgraded machine that possesses tech from it’s previous models? Regardless of the outcome, carnage WILL happen.
As for their strengths, Chaos Gamma has a good arsenal of weapons, and thanks to it’s upgrades and the Chaos Emerald, it’s much stronger, faster, and more durable than before. Plus, it’s more tactical approach and cold demeanor allows it to figure out ways around it’s opponent, and take them down.
However, Omega pretty much has everything Chaos Gamma already has, dialed up to 11. More weapons, more strength, more durability, more speed, etc. And while he CAN be tactical at points, he really has no need to. His incredible strength and ferocity is more than enough for this encounter.
Therefore, the fight mainly consists of Chaos Gamma trying to keep Omega at a distance, and fire at him with everything it has, while also trying to find weak spots. Yet, the walking arsenal just won’t let up on the punishment, and is eager to tear up his inferior brother. If not for the upgrades and emerald, the lankier machine would be doomed on arrival.
During this chaotic battle, the heroes help release Emerl, taking out the cables and paralyzer. Now, the Gizoid can finally move again, and he gives a thumbs-up.
Emerl: “Ah! Thanks for that! Feels good to move around again!”
Emerl: “So, do you guys know where Dad is?”
Shadow: “Dad?”
Tikal: “He means Metallix.”
Tikal: “And I can sense him here. He’s likely waiting to see how this plays out.”
Emerl: “Hmm…”
Looking back towards the doorway, Emerl feels that Metallix may be somewhere around there. Though, he decides not to point him out, and looks at Shadow.
Emerl: “How come you’re not trying to kill me this time?”
Shadow: “Don’t be mistaken. I still think leaving you alive is a bad idea.”
Shadow: “But for now, I’ll see if Sonic might be right. Just don’t try anything.”
Emerl: “Um…okay? I don’t think I’ve done anything wrong though?”
Emerl: “Also, is your pal gonna be okay over there?”
Emerl points towards Omega, who’s battling Chaos Gamma Mk ll. Rouge simply smiles at the display.
Rouge: “Best to let him be. He LOVES a good battle.”
Emerl: “Oh! A fellow robot of culture!”
Watching Omega fight from afar, Emerl’s eyes flash a darker shade of red.
Cream: “We should get going! Before more of Eggman’s robots attack us!”
Amy: “Right! We got Emerl, and Omega should be done with Chaos Gamma in a second!”
Emerl: “Psh! I’m sure we can stick around for a little longer!”
Emerl: “If anyone tries to interrupt us, I’ll take them down in a flash!”
Emerl: “Plus, I DO really want the emerald Chaos Gamma has!”
Shadow: “You’re not getting it, Gizoid. I’m not letting you reach full-power.”
Emerl: “Didn’t I beat you in the tournament a while ago?”
Shadow: “Metallix stopped me before. I won’t let it happen again.”
Looking back at the doorway, Emerl has doubts about Shadow’s claim. But for now, he stays quiet, and watches the E-Series battle with the others. By this point, Chaos Gamma has received some serious blows, and many of it’s weapons and tools are becoming ineffective against Omega.
For a moment, the two E-Series robots stare at each other. Omega’s ready to fire, while Chaos Gamma’s body is letting off sparks and smoke.
Chaos Gamma: “CRITICAL DAMAGE…SYSTEMS FAILING…!”
Chaos Gamma: “WHY…THIS UNIT CANNOT LOSE…!”
Chaos Gamma: “I HAVE…UPGRADED…WAS GIVEN…CHAOS EMERALD…POWER…!”
Chaos Gamma: “MY POWER…WHY CAN’T I DEFEAT YOU?”
Cream: “Power isn’t something you give or take! It’s something you use to protect what you hold dear!”
Shadow: “Yeah…but a soulless puppet like yourself will never understand that.”
Omega: “THIS IS ONE OF MANY FACTORS FOR WHY YOU ARE INFERIOR TO ME!”
Omega: “NOW, FACE OBLIVION!”
Chaos Gamma: “N-NO…!”
As an act of desperation, Chaos Gamma Mk ll charges towards Omega, while the inside of it’s body starts to glow. It’s about to self-destruct as a last ditch effort to destroy it’s opponent. Realizing the danger here, Emerl creates a black shield around himself and the others to protect themselves.
Omega, on the other hand, merely fires rockets at Chaos Gamma, blowing him up in a big explosion, destroying the entire lab. Now, all that remains of it is ashes, smoke, and debris under a night sky. Emerl turns off the shield, and everyone looks around for any sign of the E-Series robots.
The only remains of Chaos Gamma are a loose arm, and a few pieces of tech. Omega, on the other hand, rises out of a pile of rubble. He’s a little damaged, but otherwise fine, and very proud of his victory.
Omega: “CHAOS GAMMA ELIMINATED! MISSION COMPLETE!”
Rouge: “Ugh…I almost had a heart attack back there…!”
Emerl: “Man, that was awesome! Nice job!”
Omega: “YOUR COMPLIMENTS ARE NOTED, ORANGE ROBOT.”
Emerl: “Uh…my name is Emerl?”
Omega: “NAME REGISTERED. YOUR COMPLIMENTS ARE NOTED, EMERL.”
Tikal: “Anyways…where’s the Chaos Emerald?”
???: “You mean THIS?”
Startled, everyone turns to see Metallix standing on a pile of debris, holding the white Chaos Emerald in his hand and staring down at everyone. Emerl greets him with a positive demeanor.
Emerl:
“There you are, dad! I knew you were hanging around here somewhere!”
Shadow:
“So you were watching us the whole time?”
Metallix: “I saw no need to interfere. Especially since you helped Emerl for me.”
Amy: “Wait…you were responsible for stopping Sage earlier, right?”
Metallix: “Of course. Though, I couldn’t do much with the time I had, and no backup.”
Metallix: “Also, good work on eliminating that waste of space, Omega.”
Omega:
“YOUR COMPLIMENTS ARE UNWANTED! IT IS TIME FOR YOUR ELIMINATION!”
Without hesitation, Omega points his gun arm at Metallix. However, when he fires, the robotic hedgehog zips out of the way, and appears right next to Emerl.
Metallix: “When are you gonna learn that won’t work?”
After saying that, Metallix hands Emerl the emerald, which Shadow tries to stop. But once again, the robotic hedgehog stops him in his tracks. He’s able to better resist it and get back on his feet, but it’s too late. The Gizoid inserts the gemstone into his body, and his eyes glow for a second.
Emerl: “This feeling…it’s like…everything’s sharper…”
Shadow: “Darn it…!”
Now, the heroes face Metallix and Emerl, ready to fight them. Shadow in particular looks angry and a little panicked. However, the metallic menace merely talks to them.
Metallix: “And just like that, only one Chaos Emerald is left. You failed completely.”
Amy: “What do you mean ‘completely?’ We still have one last chance to stop you!”
Metallix: “True. Which is why I’ll let you have it.”
Cream: “Huh? What do you mean?”
Metallix: “You have one week to find the final emerald, and prepare for our next encounter.”
Metallix: “Do some training, recruit more friends, figure out a plan, whatever you want to do.”
Metallix: “Once your time is up, we will find you, and begin our final battle.”
Metallix: “Then…we’ll see if you have what it takes to stop us.”
Turning around and looking up into the sky, Metallix says one last thing.
Metallix: “Use your time wisely.”
And with that, Metallix and Emerl fly away, leaving the heroes confused and concerned. Not only does the Gizoid have 6 out of 7 emeralds now, but the robotic hedgehog is allowing them to grab the last one and prepare for their next encounter. He’s very confident about his victory, and he’s not wrong to feel that way…
So, since their mission is over, the group books it out of the base and back to the G.U.N. jet, while also notifying Team Sonic.
The final battle…will be arriving in one week…
Chapter 116: The Final Stretch...
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Gimme Shelter. Night.*
Back to Team Sonic, they’re making some headway on the Egg Wasp, having landed a few good hits on it. The machine isn’t down yet, but it’s letting off some smoke. Plus, Eggman is starting to grow more annoyed with the heroes by the second, and trying to finish them off with little success.
Eventually, Eggman decides to stop for a minute, and so does Team Sonic, as they share another exchange of words.
Sonic: “What’s the matter, omelet man? You’re looking a little fried!”
Eggman: “Rgh! I’ve had just about enough of you rodents ruining my base AND operations!”
Eggman: “So let’s see if THIS is enough for you!?”
The Egg Wasp charges up a red laser blast, which Team Sonic is ready to deal with. Once it fires, Knuckles is able to hold back the beam with his gloved hands, while Sonic and Tails run around the area. To counter this, Eggman sends out more small wasps, which get fried by the fox’s arm cannons, giving the blue blur the chance to charge a Spin-Dash, and hit the cockpit.
When the attack connects, the Egg Wasp starts to explode and break down, with the laser disappearing. Knuckles looks like he was barely trying afterwards, and smirks about it. The machine falls to the ground, while Eggman tries to get a hold of his Egg Mobile’s controls, and is gritting his teeth in anger.
Eggman:
“How could this happen!? This is MY home turf!”
Knuckles: “That’s what happens when you underestimate us!”
Tails: “Yeah! Pride always comes before the fall!”
Sonic: “Any more toys to break? Or will we have to bury this entire base?”
Rage seething from his eyes, Eggman glares down at Team Sonic. However, Tails gets a notification from his phone. It’s a message from Rouge, stating that they’re done and are back at the G.U.N. jet. After reading that, the fox gives a nod to his teammates, who understand they’ve done what they needed to.
Sonic: “On second thought…maybe messing up your home would be too much?”
Sonic: “So we’ll leave you to clean up the mess instead!”
Eggman: “What!? You think you can just come here, destroy my property, and then LEAVE!?”
Knuckles: “Yeah? It’s not like you can stop us at this point.”
Tails: “Also, we have something to do after this! So we’re on a bit of a time crunch!”
Sonic: “Thanks for the workout, Eggman! My legs don’t feel so stiff now!”
Eggman is completely flabbergasted at what Team Sonic is saying, AND that they immediately run off. This leads him to shouting at them in anger.
Eggman: “HEY! THIS ISN’T OVER YET, YOU DISRESPECTFUL MAMMALS!”
Sadly for Eggman, there’s no response. So he just lets out an exasperated sigh before calling Sage.
Eggman: “Sage? Send some robots to my location to fix up everything?”
Sage: “Of course. Though, I must inform you that more intruders were in the Gimme Shelter aside from Team Sonic.”
Eggman: “Wait, WHAT!? WHO!?”
Sage: “Amy Rose, Cream The Rabbit, Cheese The Chao, Rouge The Bat, Tikal The Echidna, Shadow The Hedgehog, E-123 Omega, and Metallix.”
Eggman: “That many people were in my base!? Why didn’t you inform me of this sooner!?”
Sage: “Metallix was interfering with the Eggnet. I had to take care of that first before I could make contact with you.”
Eggman: “Ugh! Next, you’re gonna tell me Chaos Gamma was destroyed, and the Gizoid escaped!”
Sage: “...”
Eggman: “...”
Eggman: “Please tell me my lab’s also okay?”
Sage: “...”
Eggman: “...”
Eggman: “AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!”
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later…*
In a flash, Team Sonic makes it back to the G.U.N. jet to see their friends already here. Immediately, Sonic comments on Omega.
Sonic: “Oh! Hey, Omega!”
Omega: “GREETINGS, BLUE MEATBAG. I JUST DESTROYED THE INFERIOR E-SERIES MODEL.”
Tails: “What? You mean Chaos Gamma?”
Amy: “Yeah. And Metallix and Emerl got the 6th Chaos Emerald from him.”
Knuckles: “What!? Darn it!”
Sonic: “Then there’s only one emerald left! We’re running out of time!”
Shadow: “Actually, Metallix decided to give us one week to find it and prepare for our final battle.”
Shadow: “Clearly, he’s confident in winning against us. But this will work to our advantage.”
Knuckles: “Right…though, that’s incredibly arrogant of him!”
Tikal: “Let’s go find the last emerald first. Then, we can discuss how to handle this.”
Cream: “Is that a good idea? We would basically be handing it over to Mr. Metal and Mr. Emerl when we face them again.”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Rouge: “At least with one emerald, we may have a better chance of success. Plus, we still have the Master Emerald.”
Knuckles: “Yeah. We’ll go back to Angel Island and figure out our next move.”
Knuckles: “But for now, let’s find the last Chaos Emerald.”
Everyone agrees with this notion, and gets on-board the jet. This is their last shot at winning this confrontation, and they can’t waste it.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A while later…*
As morning arises, Dr. Eggman looks over the damage done to the Gimme Shelter from above in his Egg Mobile. He’s calmed down, but is definitely still salty about what happened, and is drinking some coffee from a bottle with the Eggman Empire logo on it.
Eggman: “Ugh…today has been a complete embarrassment…”
Eggman: “My base is in shambles, my resources were wasted, and those rodents made complete fools out of me!”
Sage: “If it makes you feel better, sir, we still have all the Gizoid data I managed to download onto the Eggnet.”
Eggman: “Hm…I guess that’s something…”
Eggman: “With that data, I could get started on building my own Gizoids. Even if they won’t be as powerful as the original.”
Sage: “By my calculations, they’d only be one or two tenths of the original’s strength currently.”
Sage: “But like the Guard Robos, they’d be a deadly force in high numbers.”
Eggman: “True! They’d still increase my empire’s offensive capacity!”
Eggman: “Though, I need to break Metallix’s link with that Gizoid. By this point, it’ll likely have all the Chaos Emeralds.”
Sage: “Well…if you showed it a power greater than his, you would do just that.”
Eggman: “Yes, but how? Metallix at max power could take on 3 super-powered animals!”
Eggman: “So I need something that can surpass that! Like a laser weapon or…?”
Eggman’s words trail off, as he gets an idea.
Sage: “What is it, sir?”
Eggman: “Sage! I need every bit of information on my old Death Eggs and the E.G.G. Station!”
Eggman: “If I’m lucky, I might be able to do this in a little over a month!”
Eggman: “Oh, I can see it now! But THEY never will! Ohohohoho!”
Sage: “Very well.”
As Sage signs off, Eggman heads off to another base with a large grin on his face. It may take a while, and a lot of hard work. But this should pay off magnificently…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
Flying through the morning sky, the heroes take this time to relax a little after all the chaos they experienced recently. Cream and Cheese have fallen asleep, and despite staying awake, it’s clear Tails could use some rest too. Sonic also decides to nap a little, while everyone else stays awake for the most part, and Omega’s standing in the back by himself.
In particular, Shadow is sitting next to Tikal, and the two aren’t sure about talking to each other. After all, they barely know each other. Though, after a few awkward minutes, the female echidna makes the first move.
Tikal: “So…you were made to be an immortal life form?”
Shadow: “Huh? Yes.”
Shadow: “I was made through a combination of alien DNA and Chaos Energy. It keeps me from dying or growing old.”
Shadow: “It also allows me to survive without food or water.”
Tikal: “Hm…I was living inside the Master Emerald for thousands of years…”
Tikal: “So I haven’t aged a day since then.”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow:
“Do you…miss your old life?”
Shadow’s question makes Tikal perk up in surprise. However, after a little bit of thinking, she tries to respond as best she can.
Tikal: “...It’s complicated.”
Tikal: “On one hand, I miss my brethren. And I feel out of place in this era.”
Tikal: “But on the other hand, I was living in a time of war. And now I’m surrounded by many great friends and places.”
Shadow: “I see…”
Shadow: “In the past, I was living on a space station, surrounded by scientists and machines.”
Shadow: “Though…I at least had Gerald and Maria…”
Shadow: “Did you have anyone like that?”
Tikal: “Yes. My grandmother, and a few others.”
Tikal: “However, she eventually passed away…and my father took over…”
Tikal: “He wanted our clan to be the strongest in the world. And he sought to do that through violence and theft.”
Tikal: “And no matter how hard I tried to convince him it wasn’t right, he never listened to me…”
Tikal: “That eventually led to most of our people being wiped out…”
With a look of regret in her eyes, Tikal glances down at her lap.
Shadow: “...It’s not your fault. Some people just refuse to admit they’re wrong.”
Tikal: “Even still…I wish things could have been different…”
Tikal: “But time moves onwards…and so, we have to do the same…”
Shadow: “Yeah…no matter how hard it is…”
Shadow looks forward, with Tikal doing the same. They may be vastly different people that come from vastly different worlds. But they’re both fishes out of water, in a new world they barely know. And have regrets about how things ended up with those they cared about. Yet, they have to move on anyway.
Because of this, the two can sympathize with one another, and are willing to work together to make sure no more tragedies happen again. However, these thoughts are interrupted as Tails spots their location outside, and lands the jet. Sonic also wakes up, and heads out to see where they landed. Tikal stays on the ship with Cream and Cheese, and since he can’t detect any threats nearby, Omega doesn’t feel like coming along.
Immediately, everyone’s hit by the chilly breeze of Holoska. A beautiful continent, but unless you’re Shadow, you’re gonna feel very cold by the end of your stay.
Sonic: “Whew! This certainly helps get the drowsiness out of my system!”
Sonic: “Tails, can you detect where the emerald is?”
Tails: “Yep! Looks like it isn’t too far away from here!”
Knuckles: “Then let’s go! Every second counts!”
Sonic:
“For a guy like me, a second is all I need!”
Knuckles and Shadow roll their eyes at Sonic’s remark, before they all run across the snow white landscape. They DO have to be careful about slipping and sliding around, along with falling into the frostbite-inducing water. But other than that, they don’t have much trouble, and soon arrive at the village.
There are igloos, some packages of food and tools, snowmen, bobsleds, and people in parkas going about their business. When they see the heroes approaching them, they greet them with kind smiles.
Elderly Villager: “Oh! If it isn’t the blue hedgehog that helped us out a year ago!”
Elderly Villager: “Ogilve? No, that’s definitely not it…”
Elderly Village: “Sonny? Wait…no, it’s Sonic! Sorry, but my memory isn’t what it used to be!”
Sonic: “It’s cool! Looks like you’re all doing well!”
Random Villager #2: “Yeah! We managed to rebuild after that alien attack a few months back!”
Random Villager #2: “Now, what brings you and your pals here to Holoska? Are you here to buy some of mom’s stuff?”
Amy: “Actually, we’re here for a Chaos Emerald!”
Random Villager #1: “Chaos Emerald? You mean that green gemstone we found in a cavern a little while ago?”
Sonic: “Probably! Can you show it to us?”
Elderly Villager: “Of course! Anything for a world renowned hero!”
The elderly lady heads into the nearby igloo, while Shadow asks Sonic something.
Shadow: “So you helped these people before?”
Sonic: “You should know at this point that I help a lot of people! I show up when I’m needed!”
Shadow: “Hmph. No wonder everyone keeps calling you a hero.”
Sonic: “Eh…I just do what I think is right. Even if others don’t agree with me.”
Shadow: “...”
That last part from Sonic makes Shadow think back to when they argued about how to deal with Emerl. Despite the clear and obvious dangers, the blue blur believed that the Gizoid can be a good guy, and was willing to fight the Ultimate Lifeform if he stood in his way. On one hand, it’s admirable he doesn’t let others dictate his views or actions.
But on the other hand, following one’s heart and personal beliefs doesn’t always work out. Especially when it comes to the safety of the entire planet. That’s another reason why Shadow doesn’t agree with Sonic here. Regardless of his personal experiences with Emerl, he’s a danger to everyone and everything that needs to be put down.
It also doesn’t help that Metallix is Emerl’s master too. Sure, he’s not as bad as Eggman, but he’s not what Shadow would call good either. He may say he wants to save it, but in the end, the robotic hedgehog is still trying to subjugate the world. It’s no different from what his creator tries to do in the black hedgehog’s eyes.
Though, before Shadow can think further on this, the elderly lady returns with the green Chaos Emerald, which the heroes are happy to see.
Rouge: “Ah…as stunning as ever…!”
Elderly Villager: “Indeed! We were very lucky to stumble upon this gem!”
Elderly Villager: “But I’m sure it’ll make us a target for Eggman or someone else in the future…”
Amy:
“Right…that’s why we would like to have it, if you don’t mind.”
Sonic: “Yeah! We’re gonna be facing off against a powerful foe!”
Sonic: “So we’ll need as much power as we can get!”
Elderly Villager: “I see…well, it’s not like we had any use for it anyways!”
Elderly Villager: “Plus, you’ve shown us your heroism before, blue one! So you can gladly have this emerald!”
Sonic: “Thank you very much, ma’am!”
And just like that, the elderly lady hands the Chaos Emerald to Sonic.
Knuckles: “Huh…that was surprisingly easy…”
Rouge: “Don’t jinx it, Knucklehead!”
Random Villager #1: “If I may ask…what’s this powerful foe that you’re gonna fight?”
Shadow’s about to say that’s none of their business, but Sonic decides to answer the villager.
Sonic: “Just a robot doppelganger of mine who can be a little misguided at points!”
Random Villager #2: “Robot doppelganger? Like that robot hedgehog who saved us from those aliens a few months ago?”
At the mention of this, the heroes are taken off-guard.
Shadow: “Metallix helped you before?”
Elderly Villager: “Yes! He took out those things, and rescued many of us!”
Elderly Villager: “He even evacuated us off the continent and healed our injuries! He was a real hero!”
Elderly Villager: “Though, why are you fighting him? Is this some sort of sparring match or something?”
Amy:
“Well…uh…?”
Amy isn’t sure how to talk about Metallix’s recent actions, or if she should say anything at all. Yet, Sonic answers the elderly lady anyways.
Sonic: “I guess you could say that!”
Sonic: “We’ve been rivals for a long time, so we can be pretty competitive at points!”
Elderly Villager: “Ah! I see!”
Elderly Villager: “Well, when you see him again, be sure to send him my regards!”
Sonic: “Right! And you guys take care of yourselves!”
Tails:
“We’ve gotta get going! Thanks for the Chaos Emerald!”
Elderly Villager: “Farewell, young ones! Continue to live happy lives!”
The villagers wave at the heroes with smiles, as they head back to the G.U.N. jet. Though, on the way there, Shadow asks Sonic something.
Shadow: “Why didn’t you tell them about Metallix’s true nature?”
Sonic: “We’ve got bigger priorities right now, Shads.”
Sonic: “Besides, they’re not wrong to see him that way. He’s the whole reason we made it past the Black Arms invasion in the first place.”
Shadow: “That doesn’t mean he’s the pinnacle of heroism. Or that he isn’t a serious threat.”
Sonic: “Jeez, do you just assume the worst out of everybody?”
Shadow: “I don’t treat these threats as lightly as you do.”
Shadow: “On his own, he could take you, Tails, and Knuckles on with the Chaos Emeralds, and rip Devil Doom to shreds.”
Shadow: “Now, he has the Gizoid under his beck and call, and it’s one emerald away from becoming the ultimate weapon.”
Amy: “Can you stop calling him ‘The Gizoid?’ He’s not just some weapon, and you know that!”
Amy: “I understand why you think of him that way, but so far, Emerl hasn’t done anything bad!”
Shadow: “Yeah. So far.”
Shadow: “What do you think is gonna happen when he gets this last emerald? Regardless of if the key phrase works?”
Sonic: “Dude, you’re way too focused on the what ifs.”
Sonic: “At times like this, you gotta keep your head in the present. Or you’re gonna stress yourself out more than necessary.”
Shadow: “!”
Angered at how Sonic is acting about this situation, Shadow speeds ahead of Sonic, and stops him in his tracks. The others pause and wonder what he’s doing.
Shadow: “Is this all just some JOKE to you!?”
Shadow: “You have EVERY reason to consider the Gizoid a world-ending threat, and you act all laze about it!?”
Shadow: “An ancient weapon designed for destruction and war, that can take ANY form of combat or weaponry and use it against others!”
Shadow: “All while using gems of unlimited power as an energy source! AND possibly wiped out an entire civilization!”
Shadow: “Now, it’s being controlled by a robot that seeks world domination by turning everything into metal! Thinking it would ‘save’ everyone!”
Shadow: “That same robot ALSO tried to kill you multiple times! AND is very powerful in it’s own right!”
Shadow: “Yet, you keep treating them like they’re actual people! That they can SOMEHOW turn good, even though that’s so INCREDIBLY naive!”
Shadow: “What makes you think this isn’t to be taken seriously, huh!? Is it all just an act!?”
Shadow: “Or do you REALLY just don’t care!?”
Rouge: “Shadow-”
Shadow: “Give me an answer. NOW.”
Sonic: “...”
Everyone is taken aback at what Shadow is saying. And also how emotional he’s being. Usually, he keeps such a cool demeanor, yet he’s letting out all this pent-up frustration and confusion towards Sonic. He genuinely doesn’t know why the blue blur is treating this situation so lightly.
As for how Sonic is reacting to it? He’s just giving an annoyed and tired look in response. But after a few minutes, he finally gives the answer Shadow is demanding…
Sonic: “...You seriously think I don’t recognize how serious this is?”
Sonic: “Or that I seemingly don’t care that the planet is being threatened? Along with the lives of my loved ones?”
Sonic: “Because trust me, Shadow…I’m WELL aware.”
Sonic: “I’m ALWAYS aware of the danger. And I know it’s no game.”
Sonic: “But you forget that this isn’t my first rodeo. I’ve been doing this for YEARS.”
Sonic: “I’ve taken down more doomsday weapons in a year than YOU have in your entire life.”
Sonic: “By this point, I can afford to be a little ‘naive.’”
Sonic: “Plus, why SHOULDN’T I believe my enemies can’t do better?”
Sonic: “You and Knuckles are prime examples of that. Along with Chaos, Bean, Bark, and even Metallix.”
Sonic: “Despite having every reason to think otherwise, I saw an opportunity for all of you to be better. And it paid off.”
Sonic: “Would you have preferred I just killed you on the spot? No hesitation?”
Sonic: “Do you want me to be some super serious try hard about everything too? Like there’s no lightening the mood?”
Sonic: “Or do you want me to just assume the worst about EVERYONE?”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow: “...I just expect you to take things more seriously.”
Sonic: “What the heck do you think I’m doing then!?”
Sonic: “Of COURSE things are serious! Of course I need to keep this from getting out of hand!”
Sonic: “Everyone else here recognizes that fact! And I’m here to keep their spirits high!”
Sonic: “Nothing good comes out of being pessimistic! Or treating everything seriously! Or just being a downer about it all!”
Sonic: “The same applies to LIFE too! There are ups and downs!”
Sonic: “And guess what? Things get better eventually! ESPECIALLY when you put the work in!”
Sonic: “So no! This ISN’T just one big joke to me! And I DO care!”
Sonic: “All I’m doing is lifting my chin up, and facing the danger head on! Like many times before!”
Sonic: “I came this far because of that! By helping others gain that same confidence!”
Sonic: “No matter what, I know we’ll get through this! We always have before, so why wouldn’t I believe it'll happen now?”
Sonic: “Is THAT a satisfying answer for you?”
Shadow: “...”
Rouge: “Woah…”
Knuckles: “...”
Amy: “Sonic…”
Tails: “...”
Everyone is uncomfortable with Sonic’s demeanor here. He’s usually so energetic and chipper, making this feel so…off-putting. Even Shadow can’t help but be surprised by his blue rival’s words. But after what feels like an hour of silence, he responds…
Shadow: “...Yes. It is.”
Sonic: “Good. Because if you don’t like how I handle things, you can run off right now.”
Sonic: “I’m sick of your constant doom and gloom, and we got bigger fish to fry.”
Done with his rambling, Sonic walks off to calm down for a second. He takes a deep breath, and like a light-switch, he flips back to his positive attitude.
Sonic: “Okay! Sorry about that, you guys!”
Rouge: “And he’s back to normal…terrifying…”
Amy:
“Are you sure you’re okay, Sonic?”
Sonic: “Positive! Now let’s not keep the others waiting any longer!”
Tails: “Oh! Right!”
Everyone but Knuckles and Shadow heads back to the G.U.N. jet. The echidna looks at the black hedgehog, who’s contemplating what the blue blur just said.
Knuckles: “Still gonna stick around? Because we could really use your help.”
Shadow: “...Yeah. I won’t be able to do much on my own here.”
Knuckles: “Good answer. Let’s go.”
As Shadow follows Knuckles back to the others, he continues to think about Sonic’s words. He wanted the blue blur to take this situation seriously, but seeing him act that way was almost bizarre. It was like he was talking to a completely different person. Yet…he’s starting to get why he is the way he is.
Sonic prefers to live in the moment. He doesn’t hold grudges, he’s willing to see the good in others, and he values life and freedom above all else. Being serious all the time just isn’t how he likes to do things. Plus, after all he’s experienced, why wouldn’t he be confident? Why not give others a chance to be better?
This makes Shadow think back to the Ark incident, when he first met Sonic. The black hedgehog tried to destroy the world. He framed the blue blur for his crimes, though unintentionally. He mocked him and tried to kill him on multiple occasions. But at the end? When the Biolizard attacked, and he came to his senses? He didn’t bat an eye.
They helped save the world together. He mourned his death. He was happy to see him alive again. He tried to break through to him when he was under mind-control. Even though it may not have been the smartest move, Sonic always tried to do what he thought was the right thing. Despite the situation, or who said otherwise.
At any point, Sonic could have killed Shadow and been done with it. Including right now. Yet, he doesn’t, because that’s not how he wants this to go. The black hedgehog has suffered enough. He deserves his freedom. He’s trying to do better. And that’s all that matters in his eyes. Why can’t the same be said for Emerl and Metallix?
Now, Shadow gets it. He still doesn’t really agree with Sonic’s viewpoints…but he at least understands the why. So he’s not gonna bother with changing his mind. The blue blur has made his choices, and so has the Ultimate Lifeform.
From this point on…Shadow knows the kind of person Sonic is…
Chapter 117: A Plan
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
After about two weeks, the heroes finally return to Angel Island, landing the jet near the Master Emerald shrine. Chaos continues to guard it, and watches as they all come to greet it. Tikal and Knuckles in particular have smiles on their faces.
Tikal: “Hello, Chaos! Sorry that we were gone for so long!”
Chaos: “...”
Chaos shakes it’s head back and forth, signaling that it’s not upset with being alone for all that time. This satisfies the echidnas, and then the others join in.
Sonic: “Hey, big drip! Nothing crazy happened while we were busy?”
Again, Chaos shakes it’s head back and forth.
Amy: “Ah! Good! Though, it must have been a little boring!”
Knuckles: “For us guardians, boredom is a part of the job.”
Knuckles: “But better for nothing to happen than for someone or something to try and mess with our home.”
Knuckles: “Which…is likely gonna happen soon…”
Chaos: “?”
Curious, Chaos tilts it’s head a little. That’s when the heroes bring it up to speed on everything that’s happened with the Chaos Emeralds, Emerl, and Metallix. Plus, introduce Shadow and Omega, with the former a little cautious towards the water creature. He knows of it’s existence due to Gerald’s research, and the Artificial Chaos creatures.
Once the explanation is done, Chaos has a more serious aura, recognizing the threat. Hence, everyone discusses what they should do.
Shadow: “So…what’s the plan?”
Tails: “Well…we have to consider what we know about our enemies…”
Tails: “Metallix is already very powerful on his own. He can copy our abilities and strengths, and can change his appearance to go undetected.”
Tails: “Not to mention he commands an entire army of robot soldiers.”
Cream: “Mm…Mr. Metal isn’t gonna send a whole bunch of robots on us, is he?”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Sonic: “We can’t rule out that possibility. But the best case scenario will be just him and Emerl.”
Omega: “EITHER SCENARIO IS ACCEPTABLE FOR ME. I WILL DESTROY ANY OPPOSITION IN MY WAY.”
Rouge: “Doesn’t matter if it’s just those two, or a whole army.”
Rouge: “Both Metallix AND Emerl are a pain to deal with separately. And together, they’re a massive headache.”
Shadow: “Right. We’ve all seen what the…Emerl is capable of.”
Shadow: “Our best chance of evening the odds is by separating them. Which won’t be easy either.”
Amy: “Yeah…but we’ve got plenty of time to train, grow stronger, and perfect our strategy!”
Tikal: “Indeed. Plus, we have the last Chaos Emerald and the Master Emerald.”
Tikal: “Some of you could learn to better harness Chaos Energy, which will be very useful against our opponents.”
Sonic: “Good point! Though, we have to make sure Metallix doesn’t immediately smash that green rock the second we try something!”
Sonic: “And the moment Emerl absorbs that last emerald, we’ll lose! So we have to prepare for that too!”
Knuckles: “Well…why not let Chaos have it?”
When Knuckles says that, Sonic, Tails, Amy, and Tikal light up. The others are confused or uneasy.
Rouge: “You mean…?”
Tails: “That’s right! Chaos can absorb the Chaos Emerald to become stronger!”
Tails: “Sure, he can’t use all the emeralds, but a power boost shouldn’t be scoffed at!”
Tikal: “Actually, Chaos has been trying to further master Chaos Energy.”
Tikal: “After what happened in Station Square, he realized how little he understood his power. Despite all that he’s been through.”
Tikal: “So he’s been training hard here, becoming stronger and developing his abilities.”
Tikal: “A part of him even believes he could access his other forms with just one Chaos Emerald, if he was given the chance.”
Sonic: “Seriously!? You mean Chaos could go Perfect with a single emerald now!?”
Tikal: “It’s a possibility. And now is the time to test if he can do this.”
Amy: “Are you sure? The last time Chaos absorbed that much energy from the emeralds…”
Tikal: “He won’t let his negative feelings cloud his mind again. He won’t go berserk.”
Tikal: “Plus, if he were to absorb all the power in that one emerald, it’d be unusable for anyone else.”
Tikal: “Therefore, Emerl wouldn’t reach his full potential either.”
Knuckles: “In other words…we won’t have to worry about the final Chaos Emerald.”
Cream: “Hehehe! That’s a really good plan, Mr. Knuckles!”
Rouge: “Gotta admit…for some angry red musclehead, you’ve got some good ideas at times!”
Knuckles: “Excuse me? I’ve got plenty of good ideas!”
Tails: “What do we do about the Master Emerald? That’s our ultimate trump-card.”
Tails: “Without it’s ability to neutralize the Chaos Emeralds, or the possibility of a Super transformation, we’re done for.”
Knuckles: “I can take it back to the Hidden Palace for better protection.”
Knuckles: “Tikal and someone else can keep watch of it, while the rest of us stay here and face those rust buckets.”
Tikal: “Sounds good. Just give me the signal, and I’ll use it’s power to stop Emerl.”
Amy: “About that…what do we do when he deactivates?”
Amy: “Do we take the Chaos Emeralds out of him? Sever his link with Metallix?”
Shadow: “Personally, I still feel destroying him is our best option.”
Shadow: “We can’t let him take the last emerald, and we can’t waste such a chance.”
Sonic: “Yeah, not gonna happen. I’d say we form a new link with Emerl.”
Sonic: “While I don’t want to control him, at least we guarantee him not helping Metallix with his robot kingdom plan.”
Rouge: “I guess that could work…but Emerl would form a link with the strongest among us.”
Rouge: “So it’d be either Sonic, Shadow, Knuckles, or Chaos.”
At the mention of its name, Chaos is once again curious. While it will do what it must to protect the chao and the Master Emerald, it’s not interested in being Emerl’s master.
Omega: “YOU DID NOT MENTION MY NAME, BAT GIRL.”
Rouge: “Because we all know if YOU were Emerl’s master, the world would be reduced to a wasteland.”
Omega: “AT LEAST WE’D GO OUT IN A BLAZE OF GLORY.”
Shadow: “Regardless…I suppose I’ll take command of Emerl if the opportunity arises…”
Shadow: “But Sonic or Knuckles aren’t bad options either…I suppose…”
Sonic: “Heh! Admitting that I’M the strongest one here, Mr. Ultimate Lifeform?”
Knuckles: “He could also be referring to me instead.”
Sonic: “Need I remind you of our battle in the Chaos Emerald Championship?”
Knuckles: “It was very close! I would have beat you if my punch landed!”
Sonic: “Whatever you say, Knux! But I still won that fight!”
Knuckles: “Ugh! Then we’ll just have to go a few more rounds this week!”
Amy: “Try not to go too crazy like before? Or the entire island’s gonna go up in flames!”
Sonic and Knuckles are a little intimidated by Amy’s serious tone, and nod in response.
Tails: “Alright…I think that covers Emerl…”
Tails: “But what about Metallix? We can’t disable him with the Master Emerald.”
Sonic: “Hmm…I don’t know…”
Sonic: “For now, let’s just hope our training makes us strong enough to take him down as a group.”
Omega: “I WOULD VERY MUCH LIKE TO PUT 50 LOADS OF BULLETS INTO METALLIX’S HEAD.”
Rouge: “Fine by me! We could use all that power!”
Tikal: “While we’re at it…shouldn’t we recruit more allies to help us? Like the fighters from the tournament?”
Amy: “Actually…I think it’s best we don’t…”
Shadow: “Agreed. I don’t want to put more innocent lives in danger.”
Shadow: “And hopefully, what we have now is more than enough.”
Knuckles: “Yeah…even if they were willing to help, I’d rather not put people like Mighty in such a dangerous situation.”
Knuckles: “Also, the less outsiders on Angel Island, the better."
Chaos nods it’s head in agreement with Knuckles.
Tails: “Alright then…I think everything’s set in place for now…”
Tails: “Train here for a week, perfect our strategies and skills, and hope for the best.”
Sonic: “Sounds good, partner! We haven’t lost yet!”
Sonic: “Right now, we’re at the final stretch! So let’s make it count!”
Everyone else agrees with Sonic. Even if Metallix and Emerl got 6 of the 7 Chaos Emeralds, that doesn’t mean it’s all over yet. With their combined strength, skills, tactics, and teamwork, they can pull out a win at the very end. After all of their previous adventures, they know they can turn the tide.
Hence, the heroes get to work on preparation. Since Sonic, Shadow, Knuckles, Omega, and Chaos are around a similar level of strength, they decide to go spar together in another part of Angel Island. Tikal stays by the Master Emerald, meditating and calming her mind and body. Which leaves Cream, Cheese, Amy, Tails, and Rouge.
While Cream and Cheese want to join the others in this operation, Amy puts a hand on the former’s shoulder.
Amy: “Cream, I think you and Cheese should head home.”
Amy: “Things are about to get much more serious, and Vanilla and Chocola must be worried sick about you two.”
Cream: “What? But I still want to help!”
Cheese: “Chao! Chao chao!”
Amy: “I understand how you two feel. But you’ve already helped us more than enough over this adventure.”
Tails: “Yeah! Despite the odds, you both did very well!”
Tails: “But this upcoming battle is gonna be really intense! We can’t put you through more than we already have!”
Cream: “Well…I-”
Rouge: “Relax. A lady knows her limits.”
Rouge: “And you’ll get plenty stronger over time. But right now, this is way above your paygrade.”
Cream: “...”
While Cream understands their words, a part of her is still not happy about this. Her fists are clenched tight, and she looks worried.
Cream: “...Please promise me you’ll all be okay?”
Amy: “Absolutely. Pinky-promise.”
With a smile, Amy and Cream do a pinky-promise, and Cheese does the same (Despite not having a pinky). Then, they continue the conversation.
Rouge: “While we’re at it, I should report back to G.U.N. about what happened.”
Rouge: “They may want to send some soldiers here for extra firepower, but I’ll try to convince them not to.”
Amy: “Yeah…it’d be a waste of resources and innocent lives…”
Tails: “I should also grab a bunch of equipment from my lab, so that I can build some tech to help everyone out.”
Amy: “And I need to grab some stuff from my home in Central City.”
Cream: “Then let’s get going!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
And with that, Amy, Cream, Cheese, Rouge, and Tails board the G.U.N. jet and head off. There’s no doubt in anyone’s mind that the upcoming battle will be grueling in many aspects. But if they survived world-ending threats before, then this should be no different. Though, there’s one thing they haven’t suspected.
Watching from afar is a familiar plush doll with a red gem antenna, using it’s camouflage ability to not be seen by the heroes. The Tails Doll. But not the same one Eggman made. This one was made by Metallix, and was sent to spy on the group in case they try anything before their deadline arrives.
Metallix knows EXACTLY what they’re up to…and he’ll be ready for it…
Chapter 118: A Place To Call Home
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Morning.*
After leaving the heroes with their deadline, Metallix flies through the sky with Emerl. He has a specific location in mind that he wants to return to, and show to the Gizoid. Though, he asks a question.
Emerl:
“Why are we waiting a week to get the last Chaos Emerald?”
Emerl: “I mean, I AM looking forward to the fight with Sonic and the others, but why can’t we grab the emerald right now?”
Metallix: “Isn’t it obvious? We’ve always been one step ahead of them since we began this journey.”
Metallix:
“Right now, they don’t stand a chance against either of us individually. Even if they trained hard to match us.”
Metallix: “So why not let them have the last emerald, and fight them for it? It’ll be some nice entertainment, and you’ll get more battle data.”
Emerl: “Hm…I guess you got a point…”
Emerl: “Still, I DO want that last emerald already. I feel like I’m so close to being full.”
Emerl: “It’s like…something inside me will finally be complete, you know?”
Metallix: “Yes…but waiting a week for it won’t kill you, Emerl.”
Metallix: “Plus, we can use this time to train and perfect your combat abilities. And I can show you something I’m very proud of.”
Emerl: “Really? What is it?”
Metallix:
“You’ll see when we get there.”
Now a little interested in what Metallix has planned, Emerl decides to stay silent for the rest of this trip. And after a few minutes, the two stop and land on a grassy hill. In the distance, they see a large and highly-advanced metropolis. One that the robotic hedgehog is VERY familiar with.
Emerl: “Woah…what is this place?”
Metallix: “This is Monopole. The city of tomorrow.”
Metallix: “A few months ago, it was in ruins. But me and my company, MeteorTech, helped rebuild this place.”
Metallix: “Now, it’s better than ever…and it’s people are thriving…”
Emerl: “So you basically own this entire city?”
Metallix: “Not quite. I help with it’s many operations.”
Metallix: “It is like a home to me…and I want to welcome you to it…”
Emerl: “Then give me a tour! I want to see everything!”
Metallix: “Of course. Though, I want you to behave yourself.”
Emerl: “Yeah, yeah, I don’t need to be reminded all the time!”
Accepting Emerl’s answer, Metallix shifts to his Neo appearance, and the two enter Monopole. Immediately, the residents spot the businessman and wave at him, or even greet him, which he returns in kind. Though, some are curious about the Gizoid. But he’s able to win them over easily thanks to his charming personality.
Together, Neo and Emerl see many of Monopole’s highlights. The hover cars, the gardens, water parks, etc. The Gizoid is fascinated by everything this advanced city has to offer, and it puts a smile on the robotic hedgehog’s face. At points, he almost forgets about the upcoming battle with Sonic and his friends.
However, Neo’s able to maintain his focus, and takes Emerl to MeteorTech headquarters. That’s when they come across some MT employees.
Random MT Employee #1:
“Hey, boss! Welcome back!”
Neo: “Greetings. I assume no problems occurred when I was gone?”
Random MT Employee #3: “You betcha! We also got a large donation of cash from BreezTV!”
Emerl: “Oh yeah! I forgot that it was a part of the tournament prize!”
After saying that, the employees look at Emerl, along with the Metallix robots.
Random MT Employee #2: “So THIS is the robot that defeated Sonic The Hedgehog on live television…”
Random MT Employee #3: “Hm…doesn’t look like much when you see it without any context…”
Emerl: “Oh, I’ve got plenty of tricks! Wanna see them?”
Neo: “Not now, Emerl. We shouldn’t cause a commotion on your first day in Monopole.”
Random MT Employee #1: “About that…was this some kind of personal project of yours?”
Random MT Employee #1: “From what I remember, there wasn’t any mention of some super fighting robot in the labs or anything.”
Neo: “Actually, I recovered him not too long ago while I was on my trip.”
Neo: “He’s grown quite a lot since then…much like any regular person…”
Emerl: “Heh…yeah…”
Emerl: “It feels like yesterday when I think about my awakening…I could barely speak a word…”
Random MT Employee #2: “You two sound close.”
Neo: “It appears so…”
Neo:
“Now, I need to show Emerl around headquarters. Give him the rundown.”
Random MT Employee #3: “Right! Have a good day, you two!”
Neo and Emerl nod in response, before going into the large factory and tower. The Gizoid is interested in all the machinery, along with the people and robots coming in and out. And soon, they reach the top of the tower, where more robots and organic beings are working on the computer systems.
Some of them give a hand wave to Neo and Emerl, who respond back. Then, they both look at the amazing view of Monopole.
Emerl: “This city really is something else…”
Emerl: “All this high tech and robots and stuff…it almost feels like I’m right at home…”
Emerl:
“Or maybe it’s just because I have you here?”
Neo: “Heh…either one could work…”
Neo:
“And regardless, I’m glad you like it.”
Emerl: “Yeah! I could get used to this!”
Emerl: “So…what now?”
Neo:
“Well…what do YOU want to do?”
Neo: “We’ve got plenty of time before the big event, and many ways to spend it.”
Emerl: “Hmm…”
Emerl thinks to himself for a minute, as he places a finger on the bottom part of his face.
Emerl: “Oh! Can we check out that one amusement park? It looks fun!”
Neo: “Of course. Let’s go.”
With a smile, Neo exits MeteorTech headquarters, and Emerl joins him. Sure, he’d like to help the Gizoid further develop and master his combat skills, but what’s the harm in taking a break right now? Especially after everything they’ve been through together? They’ve earned it. Though, the robotic hedgehog can’t help but wonder…
While he’s sure he and Emerl will win against Sonic and his friends, Neo isn’t sure what comes after that. At first, the answer seems obvious. They gotta get started on mechanizing the world and making it an eternal utopia. That’s why he awakened the Gizoid in the first place, and what he’s been working on for a long while.
However, there are a few factors Neo didn’t anticipate. More heroes that can protect the people. Sonic and his allies training to grow stronger. Dr. Eggman starting to fall behind with his creations. Priest Gregorios’ wisdom. And Emerl’s growing personality and bond. All of this is making him question his goal.
Neo WILL help the world. No doubts about that. But perhaps he’s already doing more than enough? His companies and efforts will nurture the world, there are plenty of heroes to protect the people, and Emerl is here to help with all of it. With all of these factors in place, any future catastrophes will likely be prevented.
Really, the ONLY thing that Neo still has to figure out is how to stop diseases and death. Yet, maybe he doesn’t have to go that far with that one? Or with anything else? All he has to do is maintain his companies and Emerl, so that the world can continue to be safe, and it’s people happy. Mission accomplished, right?
Deep down, Neo is feeling a mix of satisfaction…but also anxiety. He can’t make up his mind on this, and a part of him doesn’t want to back down from his original goal. Hence, he decides he’ll think long and hard about it for the week. And once the final battle is over…he’ll hopefully have come to a decision…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*The next day…*
Back in the underground bunker, Metallix is sparring with Emerl. In the very same training room where they had their first training session. It’s nostalgic for the two of them, as the robotic hedgehog helps the Gizoid master his combat style, along with his various abilities. In particular, his shape-shifting.
Since Emerl never had any real need to change his appearance before, Metallix decided to teach him how to use and perfect it. This ability isn’t all about looks. There’s also mannerisms and skills. All of which, the Gizoid quickly picks up on, as he’s asked to mimic the likes of Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, and more.
Eventually, for the fun of it, Emerl makes himself an organic appearance to match Metallix’s Neo form. He decided to make himself look like an orange hedgehog, with blue eyes, and spines that are shaped like a mohawk. Attire-wise, he’s got fingerless gray gloves, a blue scarf, and black and yellow boots.
Right now, the two are fighting in their organic forms, with competitive smiles. Though, they aren’t doing anything too crazy. And it’s clear Neo is still ahead of Emerl, since the latter doesn’t have the final Chaos Emerald. But he’s able to give his father some trouble, thanks to his many skills and tactics.
At one point, Neo and Emerl stop and stare at each other. This gives the former the chance to give some compliments.
Neo: “Heh! You’re starting to catch up, Emerl!”
Neo:
“But don’t think your arsenal of skills will best me!”
Emerl: “Don’t get too cocky, pops!”
Emerl points his arm forward, changing it to what resembles Omega’s gun arm. He then fires at Neo, who runs away from it, and then attempts to use his Knuckles Bio-Data to deliver a powerful punch. However, the Gizoid counters this by changing his other arm to Omega’s, and blocking the impact.
Afterwards, Neo and Emerl continue to trade blows, doing some good damage on each other with their respective battle data. But before a victor can be decided, they hear a Metallix Knight on the speakers, making them stop and listen.
Metallix Knight: “MASTER. TAILS DOLL HAS RETURNED.”
Emerl: “Tails Doll?”
Neo: “An old Eggman invention I decided to adopt. It’s basically a spy bot disguised as a Tails plush.”
Neo: “Let’s take a pause on training for now. Before it gets too intense.”
Emerl: “Alrighty! But I want to get back to it soon!”
Neo nods in agreement, before returning to his robotic form. Emerl does the same, and together, they exit the training room, and meet up with the Metallix Knight. Tails Doll is floating next to it, with it’s red gem antenna glowing.
Metallix: “So what is our band of heroes up to?”
Without a word, Tails Doll creates a hologram screen from it’s eyes, showing Sonic and his friends on Angel Island. Metallix and Emerl learn everything about what they’re planning, and how they’ll prepare for it. Though, the former doesn’t seem too bothered by any of this.
Metallix: “Heh. Of course they’re gonna try and use the Master Emerald.”
Metallix: “Honestly, they can be so predictable…”
Emerl: “So they want to control me? That’s pretty rude!”
Metallix:
“Not control. Simply to stop my goal from becoming reality.”
Metallix: “After all, when we’re together, nothing can stop us. And you’re so close to your max potential.”
Emerl: “Even still, I’m not taking this lightly! They’re getting beaten extra for this!”
Metallix: “Just don’t go too far. They may be fools, but they’re still good people.”
Metallix: “And it doesn’t matter how hard they train for us…they won’t win.”
Metallix: “Though, I AM eager to face off against the Water God Of Destruction. Especially if he can use his full power.”
Emerl: “Yeah, that sounds like a good time! I can’t wait!”
Emerl: “But first things first! We gotta smash that glowing green rock!”
Metallix: “In due time. Their little plan will fall apart like a tower of dominos.”
After saying that, Metallix explains to Emerl how they’ll counter this plan, which he agrees to. The Gizoid isn’t interested in being anyone’s puppet, no matter who they are or what their intentions are. And the metallic menace won’t let anyone destroy or take his son away from him.
This fight was over long before it began…
Chapter 119: Push-Ups, Sit-Ups, & Plenty Of Chaos
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
With a plan in place, and a looming threat on the horizon, the heroes get to work on their preparations in various ways. Starting with Tails, he was able to bring a bunch of his tech and tools over to Angel Island, and set up shop. It’d be better to work in his actual lab, but he feels he should stick with the others for their input and assistance. Plus, help them out when needed.
Right now, Tails is within an abandoned Eggman base, which consists of yellow bricks, pipes going in and out of the nearby lilac lake, and various construction equipment, like red steel beams. There’s also a bunch of rusted or busted structures and tech, like deactivated badniks. And there’s a forest not too far away.
So far, the fox boy has been able to reconfigure all the old tech and systems for his own purposes, despite their age. He’s set up a computer, along with upgrading his gadgets, and building some new ones. Though, a few of them look like they were put together with whatever materials he could find.
Regardless, Tails has been making some good progress, creating more tools for him and his allies to use against Metallix and Emerl when the time comes. Like some upgrades for his friends, and laser shield devices to protect the whole island. However, he doesn’t train much with the others, as most of them are far above his level.
But this isn’t too big of an issue for Tails. His strength lies in his intellect and invention. Not in his physical capabilities. As long as he’s helping in some manner, that’s all that matters to him. And after looking through some information on his computer, he’s greeted by Tikal and Rouge, who enter his lab.
Rouge: “So how goes the brains of our operation?”
Tails: “Huh? Oh! Just working on some more gadgets!”
Rouge: “Yeah, that’s pretty obvious! This place is filled with them!”
Tikal: “Mm. It’s impressive how much you’ve created in such a short span of time.”
Tikal “And all with outdated machinery too.”
Tails: “Well, considering our deadline, and who we’re going up against, I gotta do whatever I can to help you all out.”
Tails:
“Though, I’d probably be doing better if I was back in my own lab.”
Rouge: “Then why don’t you head back? You don’t have to stay here.”
Tails: “Sure, but I feel it’d be better to stick around in case my help is needed.”
Tails: “Plus, having to go back and forth between Angel Island and Emerald Town would be a hassle.”
Rouge: “Good point…”
Looking around the room, Rouge decides to sit on the nearby table with some blueprints and tools, while Tikal finds a chair and sits down.
Tails: “So how’s everyone else doing with the training?”
Rouge: “They’re certainly working hard. But they’re also pretty rough and competitive.”
Rouge: “ESPECIALLY Omega and Knuckles. Those two together are way too much to handle.”
Tails: “Sounds about right. But if they’re making good progress, that’s all that matters.”
Tikal “Indeed. Sonic and Knuckles are further mastering their Chaos Energy abilities.”
Tikal: “And Shadow and Chaos are naturals. It’s second-nature to them.”
Tikal: “Unfortunately, Amy is having a difficult time. Yet, she still tries her hardest.”
Tails: “Mm…aside from Rouge, Amy’s the one with the least Chaos Energy experience…”
Rouge: “Yeah, I doubt I’ll ever get a handle on that stuff.”
Rouge: “But it’s not really my style anyways! I’m a spy, after all!”
As Rouge and Tails continue to talk, Tikal notices a strange device in the room. It looks like some kind of 3D printer, with a red metal frame and clear-white glass showing the inside. And it appears to be creating something resembling the green Chaos Emerald, which interests the female echidna.
Tikal: “What is this thing? And why is there an emerald inside it?”
Tails: “That? It’s what I like to call the Replica Emerald Device!”
Rouge: “R.E.D.? That’s quite the silly name…”
Tikal: “So it can make replica Chaos Emeralds?”
Tails: “Yep! I made one way back to stop the Eclipse Cannon on the Ark!”
Tails: “It wasn’t as strong as the real deal, but it has the same wavelength and properties!”
Tails: “Whether it’s machine or organic, no one could tell the difference between this fake and a real emerald!”
Tails: “Heck, Sonic was able to use Chaos Control with one! Even though that should have been impossible!”
Rouge: “Oh yeah! That was quite the stunt!”
Rouge: “Though, why make another one? Especially if it’s less powerful?”
Tails: “Well, if we have two identical Chaos Emeralds, Metallix and Emerl likely wouldn’t be able to differentiate which one is which!”
Tails: “If the latter absorbs the fake one, it should disable all of his systems, and release the emeralds powering him!”
Tails:
“Then, all we’d have to worry about is Metallix! And this serves as a great Plan B, should the Master Emerald not work!”
Tikal:
“Wow…that’s an excellent idea!”
Rouge: “Agreed! And if Sonic or Shadow can use Chaos Control with it, that’ll increase our chances!”
Rouge:
“Actually, could you make more of these?”
Tails: “Sadly, no. Just making one takes a while, especially with the tech here.”
Tails: “But if this goes smoothly, we won’t need more!”
Tikal: “Right. This makes me even more confident in our success.”
Tikal: “When the others are done with training, we should share this idea with them.”
Tails: “Absolutely!”
Eventually, after a little more chatting and discussion, Tikal and Rouge leave Tails to continue his hard work. They’re feeling even more certain that this plan will work out flawlessly. But unfortunately, the Tails Doll is still spying on them and feeding Metallix all information on what they’re doing…
Meanwhile, in another part of Angel Island, there lies the icy alps, with snow-topped trees and mountains, alongside vast caverns and various decorations. This is where Sonic, Shadow, Knuckles, Chaos, Omega, and Amy are sparring against each other. And like Rouge stated, it’s pretty intense at points.
Sure, no one’s trying to kill each other, but they tend to go overboard with some attacks. Mainly Omega, who has little regard for his surroundings. However, there’s some fun to be had for the likes of Sonic and Knuckles, and even Shadow and Chaos are finding some enjoyment from this, despite not showing it.
Right now, the 6 of them are doing 3 1v1 matches. Starting with Omega VS Amy, where the former is giving the latter plenty of trouble. She looks a little banged up, and the low temperatures in this area don’t help at all.
Amy: “Huff…puff…”
Omega: “GET BACK UP, PINK MEATBAG. OUR BATTLE IS NOT OVER YET.”
Amy: “Can I just have a minute!? Unlike you, I need to rest, and I’m frozen here!”
Omega: “DO NOT MAKE EXCUSES. YOU ARE SUPPOSED TO BE GETTING STRONGER.”
Omega: “IT DOESN’T HELP THAT YOU ARE THE WEAKEST ONE HERE, AND ARE LACKING IN CHAOS ENERGY MANIPULATION.”
Amy: “I’m well-aware! I’m trying to push myself as much as I can!”
Amy: “Otherwise, I won’t be able to keep up with the rest of you!”
Omega: “THEN STOP COMPLAINING, AND FACE ME WITH ALL OF YOUR MIGHT. I WANT THIS TO BE ENTERTAINING.”
Amy: “Rgh!”
Annoyed by Omega’s taunts, Amy tries to increase the pressure on Omega. He’s able to handle this, but at least it’s becoming more fun for him. Sure, he’d rather fight against Knuckles or Shadow, but this hedgehog has some fire in her. One that he hopes to ignite within this frozen landscape.
As for Knuckles, he decides to spar with Shadow. They’ve never really fought before, so they might as well change that now. And much like Sonic, the black hedgehog counters the red echidna’s strength with his speed, alongside his tactics and Chaos Energy techniques. It’s a pretty even and fun fight.
But eventually, the two take a moment to pause and catch their breath, while also sharing some compliments.
Knuckles: “Heh…you really are Sonic’s equal!”
Knuckles: “Plus, you’re a lot better with Chaos Energy than I thought! It’s impressive!”
Shadow: “Same to you. And your strength is nothing to scoff at.”
Shadow:
“Though, I don’t plan on losing.”
Knuckles: “Same here! Especially after what happened in the tournament!”
And with that, Knuckles and Shadow get back to it. Of course, both could take it up a notch with techniques like Maximum Heat and Chaos Boost, but they don’t want to get TOO crazy here. Even if they’re in a cold wasteland, this is still a part of the red echidna’s home. He’d rather not destroy too much of it.
Lastly, Sonic is having a rematch with Chaos, who’s using the power of the Chaos Emerald to access abilities from it’s other forms. With the exception of Perfect Chaos, since it would need to drain every bit of energy from the gemstone to do so, and it’s hard to do with a clear mind. It’d be best to save it for the main event.
Meanwhile, Sonic is showing off some new Chaos Energy techniques he learned from Knuckles, Tikal, and Shadow. Like Chaos Spear and Chaos Boost. Being a fast learner, it’s to be expected that he would get the hang of this so soon. Though, he finds some of these moves a little straining, since his body isn’t fully used to it.
After some back and forth, Sonic and Chaos decide to stop for now. This gives the blue blur the chance to compliment his opponent.
Sonic: “Whew! You’ve gotten a lot better since our last match!”
Sonic: “And that’s saying something, considering we were using all the Chaos Emeralds last time!”
Chaos: “...”
Chaos nods in response, signaling that it also feels the same way about it’s opponent. This makes Sonic smile.
Sonic: “Heh! I wonder if I can beat you at full power now? Without my golden hairdo?”
Sonic:
“But best to save that for another time! Let’s meet back up with the others!”
Again, Chaos nods, as it and Sonic go talk to the rest of their training partners. They come to find Amy exhausted in the snow, with a triumphant Omega standing nearby (Though, he’s pretty banged up too). And Shadow stands over the defeated Knuckles, as both are breathing heavily. Seems it was a close one for those two.
Regardless, after being healed by Chaos, everyone takes a break together, and heads out of this frozen atmosphere. They’re heading back to the Master Emerald shrine to meet up with the others, and are chatting about a few things.
Sonic: “How’s the whole Chaos Energy thing going, Amy?”
Amy: “Ugh! It’s still a pain to figure out!”
Amy: “Sure, I’m definitely stronger now, and I’m trying to channel my emotions as best I can!”
Amy: “But it’s hard to get a grasp of it! Plus, my body feels like it's on fire!"
Knuckles: “That’s because your body and mind aren’t used to all that chaotic energy. It’s only natural that they’ll struggle to adapt to it.”
Knuckles: “However, more exposure and training will help ease the pain and stress. So don’t let up.”
Amy: “Yeah, yeah, I was already planning on it! I’m not falling behind any of you!”
Shadow: “Good. Use that pain to feed your determination.”
Shadow:
“Then, you’ll find nothing impossible to achieve.”
Sonic: “Heh! What an inspirational piece of advice!”
Shadow: “Just something I’ve learned from experience.”
Amy: “Mm…thanks, Shadow…”
Omega: “SPEAKING OF THINGS THAT AREN’T IMPOSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE, I HAVE A QUESTION, SHADOW.”
Shadow: “What is it?”
Omega: “YOU POSSESS THE SAME DNA AS THE BLACK ARMS. AND THOSE CREATURES DISPLAYED MANY ABILITIES AND FORMS.”
Omega: “IS THERE ANY CHANCE YOU COULD ACCESS NEW POWERS THROUGH THAT DNA?”
Shadow: “...”
Stopping for a moment, Shadow looks down with a conflicted expression and crossed arms. Everyone looks at him with some concern.
Knuckles: “Huh…that’s actually a good question…”
Sonic: “Yeah. Could you sprout wings or something?”
Omega:
“OR TURN YOUR HAND INTO A GUN?”
Shadow: “...It may be possible.”
Shadow: “However, the Black Arms were nothing but vicious monsters. I won’t succumb to that fate.”
Shadow: “Plus, there’s no telling how such powers would affect me. Physically and mentally.”
Shadow: “So I have no plans of relying on my cursed genetics. My power lies in chaos.”
Sonic: “Good point…for all we know, that might accidentally bring Black Doom back or something…”
Amy: “Right…and after all we’ve been through, I don’t want you to lose yourself again…”
Shadow: “You won’t. I’ll never lose my way again.”
Shadow:
“Though, I still have my concerns about Metallix and Emerl.”
Shadow: “Whether they can change or not, their threat is obvious. And there’s always a chance of our plan failing.”
Omega: “ACCORDING TO MY CALCULATIONS, THERE IS A 79.3% SUCCESS RATE.”
Omega:
“BUT WITH MY ASSISTANCE, OUR CHANCES INCREASE TO 1,000%. THEY WILL FALL BEFORE ME.”
Knuckles: “Heh…I won’t complain about that…”
Knuckles: “But in all seriousness, we just have to hope our training pays off, and the plan goes off without a hitch.”
Sonic: “Yeah! With our combined strength and teamwork, nothing can slow us down!”
Shadow: “For the sake of the Earth…I hope you’re right…”
Sonic:
“Fingers crossed!”
Sonic crosses his fingers with a large grin, and Amy decides to join in. Knuckles can’t do the same, due to his fingerless gloves, but he agrees with the blue blur. Omega doesn’t know why they’re crossing fingers, and Chaos doesn’t do anything in response to any of this. As for Shadow, he finds this a little silly.
Yet, he also finds it endearing. Despite the monumental task in front of them, they aren’t pessimistic about it. Quite the opposite. And that’s starting to rub off on the Ultimate Lifeform. With their assistance, he’s become more certain that they can do this. His promise will continue to be fulfilled…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*In another part of the world…*
Once again, Metallix and Emerl are in the underground bunker, seeing the new footage Tails Doll recorded on Angel Island. They know about the fake emerald plan, which they both find impressive.
Emerl: “Huh…I didn’t know Tails could make knockoff emeralds!”
Metallix: “I know of it from the Eggnet, but it’s no less impressive.”
Metallix: “And I must give the fox credit…this is a smart plan.”
Metallix: “Unfortunately for him, it’s dead on arrival.”
Emerl: “Yeah! It’s kind of a shame we have to throw it in the garbage!”
Emerl:
“But then again, I don’t want to get tricked into deactivating myself and spitting out the emeralds!”
Metallix: “Likewise. Though, we could play along at first to humor them.”
Emerl:
“Eh…isn’t that a little mean-spirited?”
Metallix: “Perhaps…but it’ll be fun regardless.”
Metallix: “Seeing how much Sonic and the others have improved as fighters will be particularly entertaining.”
Emerl:
“Absolutely! I just can’t wait!”
Emerl: “Do we STILL have to stick to the full week? I think they’ve had plenty of time to prepare!”
Metallix:
“How many times do I have to remind you, Emerl? Patience!”
Metallix:
“Besides, Tails said making one fake emerald takes a while, so that’s just more reason to stick to the deadline!”
Metallix: “And in the end, we’ll get that final Chaos Emerald! No matter what they try to do!”
Emerl: “Sigh…fine…”
Emerl: “So can we do another spar? I’m in a fighting mood again!”
Metallix:
“Heh…we really need to get you another hobby…”
Emerl: “What? We’re born fighters! It’s what we do best!”
Metallix: “Right…it’s only natural…”
Metallix:
“Though, once we’re done, I’ll show you some of my favorite books. See if it interests you.”
Emerl: “Okay!”
Feeling pleased, Metallix and Emerl go back to the training room to do another sparring match, and perfect their skills. But despite his chastising of the Gizoid’s impatience, the robotic hedgehog is actually looking forward to this upcoming battle as much as he is. And why wouldn’t he?
A chance to fight not only a stronger Sonic, but his many allies, AND the Water God Of Destruction? That sounds fantastic. Plus, Emerl will finally reach his full potential, and their hunt for the Chaos Emeralds will be over. This might be an actual challenge for Metallix, which he hasn’t really gotten since the battles with Team Super Sonic and Sage.
And while it’s not needed at all, why not bring in his army as well? See how they do against them? This’ll also allow him to transform into Metal Overlord, should Perfect Chaos show itself. The mental image alone puts a smile on his face.
There’s no doubt this fight will go down in the history books…
Chapter 120: Weapons & Warriors
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
Metallix’s deadline for the heroes is almost over. And they’ve made a lot of progress over the full week. They have multiple plans in place, they’re stronger than ever, and they’re confident in their success. All they have to do now is get a little more preparation in before the final battle begins…
Currently, everyone’s at the stone shrine outdoors that usually houses the Master Emerald. Tails is giving the others one last rundown on their plan. To make sure they’re all on the same page, and remember all the details.
Tails: “Alright, everyone. Let’s discuss how we’re gonna do this before the big event.”
Tails: “Our first plan will be to use the Master Emerald to disable Emerl for a few minutes, and then defeat Metallix.”
Tails: “We’ve already moved it to the Hidden Palace, and Tikal, Chaos, and Rouge will be guarding it.”
Knuckles: “Don’t try anything sneaky, bat girl.”
Rouge: “I’m aware, Knucklehead! Let it go already!”
Shadow: “That leaves the rest of us on the front lines to face those two, alongside their army.”
Tails: “Right. You just have to keep them busy while Tikal uses the Master Emerald.”
Tails: “Once Emerl’s down, go all out on Metallix. Don’t let up the pressure.”
Amy: “It won’t be easy. Especially if he’s able to turn into Metal Overlord.”
Sonic: “With all our growth and teamwork, I doubt he’ll even get the chance!”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. HE’LL BE REDUCED TO ASHES IN NANOSECONDS.”
Tikal: “What about his army of soldiers? He’ll likely try to send them all over Angel Island.”
Tails: “I’ve prepared some laser shield generators to counter this.”
Tails: “Though, if it doesn’t work, me, Amy, and Omega can take care of it ourselves quickly.”
Omega:
“BUT I WANT TO DESTROY METALLIX! HIS CANNON FODDER WON’T SATISFY ME!”
Shadow: “You can’t let your personal feelings get in the way of the mission, Omega.”
Shadow: “Besides, once you’re done with the fodder, you can immediately come back to the real fight.”
Omega:
“DO NOT DICTATE MY ACTIONS! I LIVE FOR BATTLE AND DOMINANCE!”
Amy: “Omega! This is serious!”
Rouge: “Just don’t bother, Amy…he’ll do whatever the heck he wants, regardless of the situation…”
While annoyed, Amy relents and lets out a sigh.
Knuckles: “This sounds good and all, but what if Emerl reactivates BEFORE we defeat Metallix?”
Knuckles: “Or what if the Master Emerald breaks? What’s Plan B?”
Tails: “Well…if Metallix is damaged enough, then we just have to defeat Emerl next.”
Sonic:
“Yeah, that’s not exactly easy.”
Sonic: “With 4 emeralds alone, he was tough to take down. AND he can heal himself if given the chance.”
Sonic: “Plus, we’d likely be pretty tired at that point. How do we fix that?”
Tails:
“Simple! With my Medi-Bots!”
Tails shows off some domed-shaped machines with propellers on the top.
Tails: “They’ll heal your injuries, and restore your stamina in just a few seconds!”
Tikal: “Oh! That’s excellent!”
Tikal: “But if they’re destroyed, then we’ll have no means of healing ourselves without me and Chaos.”
Tikal: “And that still doesn’t answer what we should do if we lose the Master Emerald.”
Tails:
“Well, I finished making another fake Chaos Emerald!”
In his hand, Tails shows it off, and Sonic smirks.
Sonic: “Heh! I think I can guess what that does!”
Sonic: “If Emerl absorbs it, he’ll malfunction and spit out the emeralds he already has, right?”
Tails: “Right! Plus, neither he or Metallix would be able to tell them apart!”
Tails: “So Sonic or Shadow can use the fake against those two, while the real one sticks with Chaos!”
Shadow:
“Hmhmhm…smart move…”
Shadow: “This’ll also keep Emerl out of commission, and allow us to use all the Chaos Emeralds against Metallix.”
Rouge:
“If he wasn’t a robot, I would LOVE to see the look on his face when it happens!”
Rouge: “Though, let’s say that the fake emerald also fails. What’s Plan C?”
Tails: “Ah…well…”
Nervous, Tails scratches the back of his head.
Tails: “Really, the only idea left would be for Chaos to absorb all the energy within the last Chaos Emerald…”
Tails: “This’ll allow him to turn into Perfect Chaos again, and hopefully, that’ll be enough to defeat Metallix and Emerl.”
Knuckles: “I’m not sure about that.”
Knuckles: “Super Sonic alone was able to defeat Perfect Chaos, and Metal Overlord had to be defeated by 3 Super forms.”
Knuckles: “Plus, Emerl has the other 6 emeralds, so he’s likely around that same level of strength.”
Knuckles: “At best? It’d be a tough fight for them.”
Knuckles: “And at worst…it would only delay the inevitable…”
Chaos:
“...”
Knuckles’ words make everyone present uneasy. Even Chaos doesn’t look too confident in this plan. But once again, Sonic tries to raise everyone’s spirits.
Sonic: “We just have to hope for the best here.”
Sonic: “Even if this all comes crashing down, we at least gave it everything we had.”
Amy: “Yeah. As long as we keep fighting, this is far from over.”
Omega: “I AGREE WITH THE PINK MEATBAG. SURRENDER IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH MY PROGRAMMING.”
Tails: “Mm-hm! I’m sure this is possible!”
Tails:
“Especially since I made a few other tools for you all to use!”
One-by-one, Tails gives some kind of tech to everyone. Starting with Sonic, who gets these 4 circular, metallic devices. They have a white, glowing ring shape on them.
Tails: “These are Chaos Amplifiers. You can place them on your shoes and gloves.”
Tails: “They’ll boost your chaos abilities, and allow you to create whatever energy constructs you can think of.”
Tails: “But don’t overdo it. They can’t contain too much Chaos Energy all at once.”
Sonic: “Got it! I can’t wait to test them out!”
After giving them to Sonic, Tails then brings out another set of Chaos Amplifiers, and hands them to Shadow.
Tails: “I also made some for you, Shadow.”
Shadow: “...Thanks…”
Then, Tails gives Knuckles some Shovel Claws, which seem to have a faint red light.
Knuckles: “These things again?”
Tails: “Not quite! I call these the Chaos Claws!”
Tails:
“They can store up Chaos Energy, like the Chaos Amplifiers.”
Tails: “If you charge them up enough, or build up enough kinetic force, you can deliver powerful attacks.”
Knuckles: “Really? Sweet!”
Knuckles: “With this, I’m sure Metallix will be nothing but a scrap pile by the time we’re done!”
Tails: “Just remember to be careful with them. Overuse will cause them to malfunction, and could damage you too.”
Knuckles: “Right…”
As Knuckles admires his new Chaos Claws, Tails hands Amy a long, metal hammer with a green and pink design.
Amy: “A new hammer?”
Tails: “I call it the Chaos Hammer! Since it can utilize Chaos Energy!”
Tails:
“You should be capable of creating energy constructs with it too! As long as you don’t overheat it!”
Amy: “Well…I’m not sure how effective it’ll be, since I’m still struggling with Chaos Energy…”
Amy: “But still! Thanks, Tails!”
Tails nods, and then approaches Tikal, handing her hooked metal plates that are similar to Knuckles’ Shovel Claws.
Tails: “While I know you don’t like fighting, I felt it’d be a good idea to give you these, Tikal.”
Tikal: “Mm…I assume they operate similar to the ones Knuckles has?”
Tails: “Correct. But they’re mainly supposed to strengthen your energy constructs.”
Tikal: “I’ll use them well. Thank you.”
Again, Tails nods, before going up to Rouge, who’s got a sly smile.
Rouge: “So what fancy tools am I gonna be using here?”
Tails: “Nothing too crazy. Just a few extra weapons and tech.”
Tails: “A laser gun and shield, alongside a visor to detect Chaos Energy and electronic signatures.”
Rouge: “Hm. I’ll take it.”
After giving the tech to Rouge, Tails looks at Chaos and Omega.
Chaos:
“...?”
Omega: “WHERE ARE MY UPGRADES, SMART MEATBAG?”
Tails: “Sorry, you two…I don’t have anything…”
Omega: “...”
Omega: “YOU WILL REGRET THIS DECISION.”
Tails: “Wha-!? I wasn’t doing it to be mean!”
Tails:
“It’s more so that I didn’t have time to make anything for you or Chaos! Especially something that’s compatible with your bodies!”
Omega:
“BUT I WANT TO BE GIVEN MORE TOOLS OF DESTRUCTION!”
Rouge:
“That’s just more reason to not give you anything!”
Tikal: “Well…I suppose all Chaos needs is the Chaos Emerald…”
Tikal: “But what about you, Tails? Did you make anything for yourself?”
Tails: “Nah…I didn’t have the time for that either…”
Tails: “Besides, it’s the rest of you that need these upgrades. I already have plenty of tools at my disposal.”
Sonic: “We won’t let them go to waste, Tails!”
Shadow: “Agreed. They will help us greatly in the battle to come.”
Appreciating the kind words, Tails scratches the back of his head with a nervous smile. But after a few seconds, he calms down, and they all get ready for the upcoming confrontation. During this, Tails Doll decides it’s done spying on them, and heads back to show what it saw to Metallix and Emerl…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later…*
Metallix and Emerl stand within some kind of large storage room underground. It’s filled to the brim with ships and robots, and many of them are preparing to launch.
Emerl: “Sure is a big army you got here, dad!”
Emerl:
“But do we really need all of this? It’s kind of a waste of resources.”
Metallix: “Most likely. However, I want to be as prepared as possible.”
Metallix: “If they’re gonna resort to things like the Master Emerald, then why not bring in our soldiers?”
Emerl: “Hm…I guess so…”
As the two stare at the Brotherhood Of Metallix, they notice Tails Doll flying towards them.
Metallix: “Welcome back, Tails Doll. Is our opposition ready?”
To answer that question, Tails Doll shows a hologram recording of the heroes talking about their plans, and Tails showing his inventions. The latter of which is a curious sight for Metallix.
Metallix: “The fox really is going all out for this, isn’t he?”
Emerl: “Yeah! That tech is pretty cool!”
Emerl: “I’m looking forward to seeing how they use it! This is gonna be so fun!”
Metallix: “Yes. Though, try not to let your guard down.”
Metallix: “Even if we know what they’re planning, that doesn’t mean we should take this lightly.”
Emerl: “Well, duh! I’m not falling for their fake emerald trick!”
Emerl:
“Now, can we FINALLY go?”
Metallix: “When our forces are ready, yes.”
Metallix: “Come with us, Tails Doll. I believe your services are still required.”
Acknowledging this request, Tails Doll follows Metallix and Emerl, who board one of the ships, Once they’re ready, the steel door in front of them opens up. Now, sunlight is shining from outside, despite being obscured a bit by the rushing waterfall. And together, the Brotherhood of Metallix fly out of the base, which was hiding inside a large mountain range next to the ocean…
The battle for the final Chaos Emerald is about to begin…
Chapter 121: Angel Island Invasion
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
Sonic, Tails, Amy, Knuckles, Shadow, and Omega all stand at the shoreline of Angel Island, staring into the distance in anticipation of the Brotherhood Of Metallix. All while wearing their new upgrades, and having serious looks on their faces. And soon enough, after what feels like hours, they finally see something…
Knuckles: “Hey…isn’t that…?”
Tails: “The same ships Metallix and his soldiers used during the Black Arms invasion…”
Shadow: “I can spot about 12 of them. He likely plans on surrounding the entire island.”
Sonic: “So he’s gonna cage us in, huh? No room for escape?”
Amy: “Mm…this is gonna be really tough…”
Omega: “THE CHALLENGE IS WELCOMED WITH OPEN ARMS! I WILL DESTROY EVERY LAST ONE!”
As Tails contacts Rouge, Tikal, and Chaos about what they’re seeing, the ships come closer and closer to the floating landmass. But then, the fox boy presses a button on a yellow handheld device, activating multiple laser shield generators across Angel Island, covering the entire landmass in a forcefield.
Though, that doesn’t stop the ships from continuing their course, where they become more visible. Some of them have the same look to them as before, with the blue color scheme, fins at the top, etc. But others appear a little longer, with a black color scheme, and some have more guns on them, with a red color scheme.
And in the back is a particularly large ship. It’s nowhere near the size of the Final Fortress, but it’s definitely pretty big. The thing’s got a silver and purple color scheme, with wide wings, tons of guns, and the logo for the Brotherhood Of Metallix. Which is the head of Metallix himself. An intimidating sight.
Standing on the top of that flagship, Metallix and Emerl look at their destination, with the former having his arms crossed behind his back. They also have a few knights and mages next to them.
Metallix: “To think this one landmass is being held up by nothing but a green rock…”
Metallix: “Though, the beauty of it isn’t to be scoffed at. I don’t wish to cause too much harm.”
Emerl: “Me too! So can we just jump in?”
Metallix: “In a minute, Emerl.”
Looking at a Spear Knight, Metallix gives it an order.
Metallix: “Surround the whole island. See if you can take out that shield."
Metallix: “Once that’s down, send the soldiers in and find the Master and Chaos Emeralds.”
Metallix: “Do whatever you can to reach their location. But no killing, and no causing major damage to the environment.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Communicating with the other robots piloting the rest of the armada, the Spear Knight explains Metallix’s orders. Then, they proceed to fly around the shielded Angel Island, making sure there’s no way out. The heroes don’t do anything about this for now, as they’re squarely focused on the flagship, which is coming towards them.
Once this procedure is finished, Sonic and his allies stare at the large aircraft, where Metallix and Emerl are returning the stare. With his voice ringing out, the metallic menace speaks to them.
Metallix: “Greetings, Sonic The Hedgehog! I see you and your friends are well-prepared for this encounter!”
Sonic: “You bet! We’ve been training hard for you and your pals!”
Sonic: “We even have some new toys to test out!”
Metallix: “I can see that! I too am looking forward to seeing what you can do with them!”
Metallix: “Though, before me and Emerl step in, let’s give you all a little test!”
Shadow: “Hmph! Try whatever you want, Metallix! It won’t work!”
Metallix: “Is that so? Then let us begin!”
Metallix: “READY ALL WEAPONS! FIRE!”
After giving that command, all the Metallix ships proceed to fire full-force at the laser shield covering Angel Island. However, despite all the gunfire, cannonballs, and plasma beams, the shield doesn’t falter. This puts smiles on some of the heroes faces, with Sonic taunting the robotic hedgehog.
Sonic: “Ha! You’re not making a dent in this forcefield!”
Sonic: “So how about you just give up and head home? Save all of us the trouble?”
Metallix: “Oh please! You think I can’t find a way around this?”
Metallix: “It doesn’t matter how long it’ll take! That last Chaos Emerald will be OURS!”
Knuckles: “Forget it, Metallix! Even IF you break the shield, you won’t make it past us!”
Knuckles: “As the guardian of Angel Island, I won’t allow a single one of you to step foot on this soil!”
Metallix: “We’ll see about that!”
From this point on, the armada simply stays in the air, and both the robot duo AND the heroes stare at each other. As long as the forcefield is up, all they can do is wait. Though, Sonic and his allies know this won’t last forever, as they NEED to face Metallix and Emerl, and take them down. This is simply to assess their situation, and make sure no major damage can be done to Angel Island.
Likewise, Metallix knows this laser shield won’t stay up for long, and already has a way around it. But Emerl DOES have an alternative solution.
Emerl: “Hmm…I wonder if I can break that shield with sheer force?”
Metallix: “Save your strength for the battle to come. I already have a method to disable it.”
Back on Angel Island, Tails Doll remains hidden, waiting for further orders. Metallix told it to return to the floating landmass, and remain out of sight until the time came. Now, it’s being given it’s mission. Disable all the laser shield generators. Which shouldn’t be too difficult, since there’s only 7 of them.
One is right next to the heroes, and the rest are scattered across the island’s various locals. The Mushroom Valley, the Ice Cap Zone, the Carnival Night Zone, the Sandopolis Zone, the Lava Reef Zone, and the Marble Garden. Tails Doll just has to disable a few of them in order to weaken the shield, allowing the Brotherhood Of Metallix to get past it.
Plus, thanks to it’s camouflage ability, and it’s speciality of going by unnoticed, Tails Doll can definitely pull this off. Hence, the plushy spy bot gets right to it, arriving at Marble Garden first. With the red gem on it’s antenna, it electrocutes the yellow and black box, making it inoperable. 6 more to go.
When this happens, everyone notices the laser shield malfunction a little. It’s still mostly intact, but that doesn’t comfort the heroes at all.
Amy: “What the…!? What’s happening to the shield!?”
Tails: “One of the generators must have been disabled! But how?”
Sonic: “I think I have an answer for that one…”
Again, Sonic stares at the faraway Metallix, who would be smirking right now if he had a mouth in his robot form. Then, he turns back to the others.
Sonic: “I’ll go check it out. Be back in a sec.”
Shadow: “Keep your guard up. We don’t know what to expect.”
Sonic nods in response, and dashes off in a blue streak. At the same time, Tails Doll deactivates the shield generator in Carnival Night, further breaking down the shield, and further adding to everyone’s concerns. Luckily, the blue blur is able to find the broken generator in Marble Garden, and inspects it.
It’s obvious by the burn marks and sparks of electricity that the thing is fried. So Sonic heads to Carnival Night to check on that one, only to find it too is out of commission. During this, the Ice Cap shield generator is disabled, causing the blue blur to zip right towards the area to hopefully catch the one responsible for this.
Tails Doll is able to camouflage itself and hide just before Sonic arrives, who is annoyed that he hasn’t found the saboteur. That’s when he decides to call Tails with an earpiece.
Sonic: “The Marble Garden, Carnival Night, and Ice Cap generators are fried. I haven’t found the one who did it.”
Tails: “Really? What about the other ones?”
Sonic: “Haven’t checked. But if we lose one or two more, we might as well not have a shield at all.”
Tails: “Then go to the nearest one, and keep an eye on it. Me and Shadow will go check on the other ones.”
Sonic: “On it.”
With that, Sonic goes to the generator in Mushroom Valley to protect it, as Tails goes for the one in Sandopolis, while Shadow heads to the one in Lava Reef. Now, the heroes are on high alert, meaning the Tails Doll needs to be very careful from here. It can only disable one more before it gets caught.
But hopefully, this will be enough to allow the Brotherhood Of Metallix to set foot onto Angel Island. Hence, the Tails Doll calculates which generator would be the best go for. Tails would likely be able to fix any damage it did, and Sonic and Shadow would catch it very quickly. And Amy, Omega, and Knuckles are definitely not viable, since that’s three people.
In the end, the Tails Doll decides to go for the one in Lava Reef. Sure, Shadow would definitely destroy it afterwards, but he probably wouldn’t be able to fix the generator, and the lava and steam could help with sneaking around. Hence, it proceeds to make it’s way to the underground tunnels within the island’s volcano.
Once inside the area, the Tails Doll finds Shadow already guarding the generator. He scans around for any sign of the enemy, while talking to Sonic and Tails on the same earpiece.
Shadow: “I’m in Lava Reef. No enemies are in my sight.”
Sonic: “Same here in Mushroom Valley.”
Tails: “No problems on my end either.”
Tails: “Whoever or whatever’s doing this, they’re most likely weighing their options, now that we know what they’re up to.”
Tails: “So keep an eye out. Just one more generator gone, and the shield will be too weak to keep Metallix and his army from stepping onto Angel Island.”
Shadow: “Right.”
Sonic: “Got it!”
With the call over, Shadow goes back to scanning the vast cave filled with magma, large rock formations, and some abandoned machinery. He’s more than ready to fire a Chaos Spear at a target. So the Tails Doll calculates a way to distract the Ultimate Lifeform, and give it the chance to mess with the shield generator.
After a couple of seconds, the plushy spy bot comes up with a plan. It’ll blast a few rock formations in order to bring parts of the cave down, which will distract and possibly stop Shadow for a few seconds. This’ll allow it to get to the generator and disable it without much trouble. Though, whether it’ll be able to escape is another story.
Regardless, the Tails Doll gets to work on using it’s red gem antenna to fire lasers at some rock formations, which Shadow picks up on. And after zapping a few more, he goes over to check it out. Again, the plushy spy bot is camouflaging itself, leaving the black hedgehog to look closely at his surroundings.
But then, due to Tails Doll’s meddling, a bunch of rocks fall down on Shadow, which he wasn’t prepared for. He gets buried under them, and with great haste, the plushy spy doll gets to the generator, and zaps it with it’s gem antenna. Now, the laser shield is too weak to keep the Brotherhood Of Metallix out.
Almost immediately after disabling the generator, Shadow breaks out of the rubble in anger. He spots the Tails Doll, who tries to fly off, but the black hedgehog destroys it with a single Chaos Spear. It’s remains fall into the lava, and melt before his very eyes. This is when he contacts the others.
Shadow: “I found some robot that looked like a Tails plush electrocute the shield generator here.”
Shadow: “I destroyed it, but the damage has been done.”
Sonic: “So it was the Tails Doll again! I should have known!”
Tails: “Well…it’s not like the shield was gonna stay up forever…”
Tails: “Let’s head back to the others. Metallix is probably sending his soldiers onto the island as we speak.”
Ending the call, Shadow immediately books it back to the outside, followed by Sonic and Tails. During this, they can see the shield is faltering, and when they get back to Amy, Knuckles, and Omega at the shoreline, they look a little tense.
Amy: “What happened!?”
Sonic: “The Tails Doll was the one messing up the shield generators. It got 4 of them.”
Shadow: “Which means Metallix can now do as he pleases.”
Omega: “GOOD. I REFUSE TO DO NOTHING MORE THAN STARE AT MY TARGETS.”
Knuckles: “Tch!”
Together, the heroes look back at the flagship, and Metallix is still staring down at them, with Emerl next to him.
Metallix: “Seems you discovered my little spy too late!”
Metallix: “Now, it’s time we begin our battle properly!”
Metallix: “ALL FORCES! PREPARE THE LANDING PROCEDURES!”
With the command given, all the Metallix ships send out metal capsules containing robot knights, mages, elves, ogres, goblins, and boars. Though, some of them ride on griffins and dragons instead. They swarm every part of Angel Island, and face the heroes, who are ready to battle.
Sonic: “Not gonna come down here and fight us already?”
Metallix: “Think of this as an appetizer! When you’re done, we’ll get straight to the main course!”
Omega: “SEND ALL THE ROBOTS YOU WANT, METALLIX! I WILL MAKE AN EXCELLENT DISPLAY OF MY POWER!”
Tails: “We need to spread out across the entire island! Don’t let a single one get away!”
Knuckles: “Don’t need to tell me twice!”
And with that, the heroes scatter across the floating landmass, and begin their battle. As Metallix anticipated, they’re able to destroy a lot of his robots with little issue. Really, the only robots that give them some problems are the ogres, due to their strength and durability, and the dragons, because of their flight and speed.
From afar, Metallix and Emerl are impressed with how much the heroes have grown. Sure, they already saw much of this via Tails Doll’s surveillance, but seeing it in person is truly spectacular. Sonic and Shadow in particular seem unstoppable, zipping around the entire landmass in mere seconds like it’s a light jog.
However, this allows Metallix to try something sneaky. While the heroes outside are distracted, he sends a particularly strong robot towards the Hidden Palace quickly. One that can defeat Tikal, Rouge, and Chaos, destroy the Master Emerald, and take the final Chaos Emerald. They’ll never see it coming.
After about 10 to 20 minutes, the Metallix robots stop coming in, and the heroes finish off the last ones. Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles are in Carnival Night, while Shadow, Amy, and Omega (Who raises his arms up in victory) are in the Launch Base. They’re all surrounded by piles of scraps, and if they’re damaged or exhausted, the Medi-Bots fix that issue.
Back at the flagship, Metallix and Emerl scan the entire island, locating each group, and finally decide it’s time for the main course.
Emerl: “Wow! They tore through your army like tissue paper!”
Metallix: “Indeed. I’ll have to make some improvements later on.”
Metallix: “But right now, I think it’s time we join in the fun.”
Emerl: “FINALLY!”
Emerl pumps his arms in the air, while Metallix moves his arms to his sides.
Metallix: “You go after Shadow. Be careful.”
Emerl: “Got it!”
In dark blue and orange streaks respectively, Metallix and Emerl fly onto Angel Island, while the armada stays in their positions, not doing anything. The former crashes down onto the solid white and red flooring of the abandoned metropolis carnival, immediately catching Team Sonic’s attention.
While Tails is clearly uneasy, Knuckles keeps a stern look as he raises his fists, and Sonic has a confident smirk. Standing up, Metallix proceeds to clap his hands for a few seconds.
Metallix: “Nicely done, heroes. Your strength is a real sight to behold.”
Sonic: “Heh! Thanks for the compliment, Metal!”
Sonic: “But you haven’t seen anything yet!”
Knuckles: “That’s right! This time, we’ll beat you WITHOUT the emeralds!”
Tails: “Yeah! We’re far more prepared this time!”
Metallix: “It’d be disappointing if you weren’t. Especially after a week’s time.”
Metallix: “Now come. Entertain me.”
Sonic: “Careful what you wish for!”
Immediately, Team Sonic rushes towards Metallix, who’s more than ready to face them. He’s stronger than he was on the Final Fortress, thanks to the Evolving Amethyst’s growing power, and his training with Emerl. Plus, he knows what these three are capable of, so there’s little doubt in his mind. He’ll be leaving as the victor.
And admittedly, Metallix is giving Team Sonic plenty of trouble. Countering their strengths, targeting their weaknesses, using his bio-data and shapeshifting to his advantage, and more. However, the heroes are actually pushing him back a little. Especially Sonic, who’s catching up to his robotic doppelganger.
In addition, Sonic’s making great use of his Chaos Amplifiers. His chaos abilities hit harder than normal, and he can create constructs, like claws and platforms. Knuckles is also hitting like a truck with his Chaos Claws, as his fists ignite with green flames. And while Tails isn’t anywhere near the strength of his teammates, he makes up for it with his plethora of gadgets and tactics.
Another thing that helps Team Sonic is their home court advantage. They know Angel Island and all it’s secrets like the back of their hand. Plus, given they’re well-prepared for this fight, they know just how to counter all of Metallix’s tricks. Even if it takes a while, they know they can win this one. They just need to keep pushing.
Meanwhile, Shadow, Amy, and Omega see Emerl fly towards them, and land on his feet. They’re all more than ready to fight, with the hedgehogs looking tense. The Gizoid, however, stares at the Ultimate Lifeform.
Omega: “GIZOID! PREPARE TO MEET YOUR MATCH AGAINST THE ULTIMATE E-SERIES ROBOT!”
Amy: “Emerl? What are you doing?”
Shadow: “He must have detected the Chaos Emerald I have. But I don’t know what’s up with him.”
Emerl: “You…have the Chaos Emerald…”
Emerl: “Give me…the emerald…!”
Emerl: “Power…give me power!”
Those words make Shadow and Amy even more tense. Especially the former. It seems Emerl’s true nature is leaking out a little, since he’s so close to full power. But after trembling a little, the Gizoid snaps out of it.
Emerl: “Huh? What just happened?”
Emerl: “Eh. No matter! Gotta stay focused!”
Back to his normal self, Emerl gets into a combat stance, while the heroes stay on-guard.
Emerl: “I’ve been looking forward to this all week! It was practically torture!”
Omega: “LIKEWISE. ONLY ONE OF US WILL BE ABLE TO CLAIM THE TITLE OF THE STRONGEST.”
Amy: “Before that, I need to ask something, Emerl!”
Emerl: “Sure! But make it quick!”
Amy: “Are you really okay with what Metallix is doing?”
Amy: “Sure, he has good intentions, but turning the entire world and it’s people into machines isn’t a utopia!”
Emerl: “Hmm…”
Putting a finger on his chin for a moment, Emerl thinks about what Amy’s saying. But he quickly comes up with a rebuttal.
Emerl: “To be honest, I don’t really get why he wants that.”
Emerl: “He says it’s to keep wars and death and stuff from happening, but I don’t think we need to go too far with it.”
Emerl: “We can just be superheroes together! We can travel around the world in seconds!”
Emerl: “Besides, I think Earth is fine the way it is! I don’t see any reason to change it!”
After saying that, Shadow and Amy have curious looks on their faces. However, they don’t have the time to think about it, as Omega speaks again.
Omega: “ENOUGH CHATTER! WE ARE HERE TO BATTLE!”
Omega: “AND MY CAPACITY FOR PATIENCE IS ALREADY VERY LOW! SAVE YOUR THOUGHT PROCESSORS FOR AFTER WE’RE FINISHED!”
Emerl: “Agreed! Let’s just jump into this already!”
Shadow: “Hmph. Let’s end this.”
Their conversation done, Team Dark trades blows with Emerl, who is pretty ahead of them in terms of strength. After all, he’s got 6 Chaos Emeralds powering him, and tons of combat data. If he wanted to, he could probably take all three of them out in a few blows. However, that wouldn’t be fun for him at all.
Emerl is an avid lover of battle. It’s built within his very core. And he doesn’t want to kill Sonic and his allies. In his eyes, they’re less enemies, and more friendly rivals. Even Shadow, who tried to kill him and doesn’t want him to reach his max potential, isn’t someone he holds animosity towards. All he wants is a good fight.
Therefore, Emerl is holding back plenty against Team Dark, allowing them to give him some trouble. Starting with Amy, while she’s the weakest of the trio, she’s certainly hitting hard with her new Chaos Hammer, and it’s various constructs. And Omega, another battle-happy robot, is having the time of his life fighting the Gizoid with his full strength.
But of course, it’s Shadow who’s giving Emerl the most trouble. Not only can he use his emerald to slow down time or teleport to greater lengths, but his Chaos Amplifiers give him the same advantages as Sonic. Even more so, since he has better mastery of Chaos Energy. Plus, he can always take off his Inhibitor Rings if needed.
Overall, Emerl is having a blast with this fight, even if he’s holding back plenty. And likewise for Metallix with his fight. Though, after taking a good beating, the robotic hedgehog decides to pause for a moment, and vice-versa for Team Sonic, who are a little exhausted.
Metallix: “Heh…heheheh…!”
Metallix: “Impressive…truly impressive!”
Metallix: “All that training, along with those gadgets of yours, and your combined strength has allowed you to finally give me a challenge!”
Sonic: “For somebody who hates losing to me, you sure are throwing out a lot of compliments!”
Sonic: “Are you just in a really good mood? Or is it because of how much you’ve changed?”
Metallix: “Hmm…perhaps a mix of both…”
Metallix: “Still, don’t think I’m done yet. Or that it’s over once I’m defeated.”
Knuckles: “If you’re talking about Emerl, we’re well-aware!”
Knuckles: “When we’re done with you, he’s next! And we’ll keep him out of your hands!”
Metallix: “Really now? How exactly are you gonna do that?”
Sonic: “Considering where we are, I think the answer is obvious!”
Metallix: “Oh? You must be referring to the rock I’m about to shatter into a hundred pieces."
The moment Metallix says that, the heroes freeze.
Tails: “There’s no way…!”
Knuckles: “Impossible! You’re right in front of us!”
Metallix: “Poor fools…do you remember NOTHING from the Black Arms invasion?”
Metallix: “I can be in multiple places at once. Including your little underground altar.”
Realizing what Metallix is saying, Team Sonic are ready to make a b-line towards the Hidden Palace. But it’s too late, as multiple green shards fly out of the volcano, and spread across the skies…
The Master Emerald is off the table…
Chapter 122: Mercury
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
Deep within the caves of Angel Island, Rouge and Tikal (With Tails’ upgrades), alongside Chaos (With the real green Chaos Emerald inside it) stand inside the Hidden Palace. They are keeping watch of the Master Emerald altar, and waiting for the others outside to give them the signal to use it. Though, they can certainly hear the commotion above.
Surrounding the Master Emerald are 7 large stone relics that look like the Chaos Emeralds, each in their own pedestal, and worn-down over thousands of years. When she first saw them, Rouge thought they might have been some new set of emeralds or something, but Tikal corrected her, and she was disappointed.
Regardless, the trio wait for their signal, or for some kind of robot to approach them. However, nothing comes up, and Tikal can’t help but worry.
Tikal: “The others must be giving it their all up there…”
Rouge: “Of course they are! Against Metallix, you can’t hold anything back!”
Tikal: “Mm…I wish I could do more to help them...”
Rouge: “They’ll be fine! They’ve all trained long and hard for this!”
Rouge: “We need to stay here and use the Master Emerald when the time arises! Plus, keep the last Chaos Emerald from them!”
Tikal: “Right. And I doubt there’s much I can do, aside from this…”
Tikal: “Unlike the rest of you, I’m completely against fighting. I refuse to participate in any form of violence.”
Rouge:
“There’s a lot of ways you can help that don’t involve hitting people!”
Rouge: “And some just aren’t built for it! We all have our specialties!”
Rouge: “Take me, for example! My skills lie in thievery and stealth!”
Rouge: “Sure, I can put up a fight, but it’s not my best quality! Which is why I rely on the likes of Shadow and Omega!”
Rouge: “So don’t fault yourself for sticking to your guns! And don’t be so mopey about it either!”
Tikal: “...”
Tikal is surprised by Rouge’s words of wisdom. But it doesn’t take long for her to put on an appreciative smile.
Tikal: “...Thank you, Rouge.”
Rouge:
“You can thank me AFTER we’re done here! Preferably with a big reward!”
Tikal: “You’re still not getting the Master Emerald. It belongs here.”
Rouge: “Hmph. Fair.”
While Rouge is annoyed that she can’t have the Master Emerald all to herself, especially given the great opportunity here, she knows her priorities. And she’s not heartless either. When the time is right, she’ll get that big beautiful gemstone all to herself. It’ll be her magnum opus as a treasure hunter.
But back to the present, Rouge gets a call from her earpiece, catching Tikal and Chaos’ attention. Together, they listen in.
Rouge: “Who is it?”
Shadow: “Rouge! Hrgh!”
As the call goes on, Rouge and the others can hear Shadow fighting hard.
Rouge: “Busy with someone?”
Shadow: “Me, Amy, and Omega have engaged Emerl! We’re pushing him back, but he’s definitely not going all out!”
Shadow: “Metallix is busy with Sonic, Tails, and Knuckles, so now’s a good time to use the Master Emerald!”
Rouge:
“Say no more!”
Immediately, Tikal heads up to the Master Emerald, closes her eyes, and clasps her hands together. She focuses her mind, praying to the large gemstone, which is glowing.
Tikal: “The servers are the seven chaos…”
As Tikal puts her full attention on her chant, Chaos seems to pick up on something, and gets into a combat stance. Rouge does the same, using her visor to detect who or what it is.
Tikal: “Chaos is power…power enriched by the heart…”
Rouge and Chaos look around, with the former having a tense expression. They know something is here, but they can’t find anything…so what is it?
Tikal: “The controller is the one to unify the chaos…!”
Just as Tikal’s about to finish her chant, a dark blue blur blows past Rouge and Chaos, knocking them away. It’s going straight for the Master Emerald…!
Tikal: “Please…you must stop-!?”
*BOOM!*
Whatever that blur was, it hit the Master Emerald full-force, breaking apart the altar, and knocking Tikal back. Chaos is able to catch her with one hand, but they’re all shocked at what just happened. The large gemstone has been shattered into a bunch of small shards, which fly up above in streaks of green.
As for the remains of the altar, something comes out of the dust and smoke. Complete with glowing red eyes. It’s Metallix, in one of his many copy bodies. He only has one thing to say…
Metallix: “You’re not using that cheap trick on my watch.”
Rouge: “Darn it! I can’t believe I didn’t consider the use of your copy bodies!”
Metallix: “And now you’re paying the price for your ignorance.”
After saying that, the entire island begins to shake violently. At the same time, Rouge gets a call from a panicked Knuckles.
Knuckles: “Rouge! What happened!?”
Rouge: “Metallix used a copy body to get here and shatter the Master Emerald before Tikal could finish her chant!”
Rouge: “We can’t disable the Chaos Emeralds now, and Angel Island will fall into the ocean!”
Knuckles: “Rrrgghhh…!”
Enraged, Knuckles ends the call with Rouge. Now, she, Tikal, and Chaos have to face off against Metallix too. So they all get into combat stances.
Tikal: “How could you…!?”
Metallix: “Don’t take it personally, Tikal. It was only logical to take away your trump card.”
Metallix: “Though, I’m sure you have a back-up plan or two…”
Metallix stares at the emerald inside Chaos’ body.
Metallix: “Hmm…so they really ARE indistinguishable from the real thing…”
Rouge: “What? What are you talking about?”
Metallix: “Heh…it’s of no importance…”
Metallix: “Right now, I want that final emerald. And I’ve been looking forward to facing the Water God Of Destruction for quite a while.”
Chaos: “...!”
Ready for a fight, the Chaos Emerald inside Chaos glows. Likewise, Rouge and Tikal have nothing more to say to Metallix. They need to focus on survival, and keeping the final emerald away from him. Hopefully, the fake emerald works on Emerl. Otherwise, they may have to use their final resort…
Without hesitation, both Chaos and Rouge rush towards Metallix, while Tikal stays back and her hands glow with green energy. Normally, the robotic hedgehog would win this with little issue. But since he’s using a copy body, he doesn’t have the Evolving Amethyst at his disposal. He just has his basic abilities.
In addition, Metallix’s opponents have some unique boosts and tricks. Starting with the weakest of the trio, Tikal’s chaos abilities allow her to create illusions, energy bolts, heal her allies, and teleport. Plus, thanks to Tails’ upgrades, she can make stronger constructs to block attacks, or boost her allies for certain maneuvers.
Then, there’s Rouge, who’s skills as a professional G.U.N. agent make her a capable fighter. Not to mention her tactical skills, and the gadgets Tails gave her. She’s got a laser gun and shield, alongside a visor to detect different signatures, and find weak points. And she can use her environment to sneak around a little.
And finally, there’s the strongest of them, who lives up to it’s title of God Of Destruction. Chaos’ liquid body allows it to shapeshift in many ways, and it’s impervious to most forms of attack. It also possesses great strength and martial arts skills, on-par with Knuckles. And that’s all without any Chaos Emeralds.
With just one emerald, Chaos is much stronger, and thanks to it’s training, it can use abilities from it’s other forms. Creating bones in it’s arms for greater strength. Energy wave emission. Vacuum breath. And much, much more. It’s only weakness is it’s visible brain. If it’s hit, the water creature’s form will weaken and destabilize.
While fighting one of them would be doable, fighting Rouge, Tikal, and Chaos at the same time is a challenge for Metallix in this copy body. But it’s not impossible. Really, his only concern is the water creature. The other two are more so annoyances. Plus, he has experience with fighting stronger opponents, so he knows how to handle this.
Starting off, Metallix focuses on evading Chaos, and countering whatever Rouge or Tikal do. Then, once he has the chance, he shoots an energy ball right at the former. However, it doesn’t connect. It instead swerves right towards the female echidna, much to her surprise. Therefore, she gets knocked out in one hit.
Concerned, Rouge stares at the unconscious Tikal, only for Metallix to hit her hard in the gut, and then kick her in the head. She falls to the ground, knocked out and unable to fight. Now, all that’s left to oppose the metallic menace is Chaos, who’s not happy about what happened to the female echidna.
The two take a moment to stare each other down, knowing the real fight is about to start. And Metallix decides to say something first.
Metallix: “I must admit…you truly are a fascinating and powerful creature…”
Metallix: “If I faced you earlier on without all my necessary bio-data, my chances of failure would have been high.”
Metallix: “But I’m MORE than ready now. So face me, God Of Destruction!”
In response, Chaos lets out what sounds like a roar, before going all-out on Metallix. As expected, the latter has to fight on the backfoot. The Water God’s abilities are quite tricky to deal with, and the Chaos Emerald is giving it even greater power. This isn’t a fight the robotic hedgehog can win through sheer strength alone.
Therefore, Metallix does his best to dodge all of Chaos’ attacks, and strike it’s brain. He’s able to hit it a few times, but the Water God is able to reform itself, and continue it’s onslaught. At points, the metallic menace almost gets an arm or leg torn off, yet he manages to keep going. He NEEDS that final emerald.
Eventually, after deciding this has gone on long enough, Metallix tries to finish Chaos. He charges up a Maximum Overdrive, while the Water God charges up some kind of water vortex in it’s hands. Then, the former charges right towards the latter, who fires a beam of glowing water straight at him.
At first, it seems like Metallix is being pushed back. But then, using every bit of power he can spare, the robotic hedgehog dashes through the torrent of water, and hits Chaos square in the brain, reducing him to nothing more than a puddle. The Chaos Emerald inside it also drops to the floor, no longer glowing.
In the aftermath, Metallix lands on the floor, electricity and smoke coming off of him. His systems are at their limit, but at least he won the battle. While it’s a struggle, he’s able to get back on his feet, and turns back to what remains of Chaos.
Metallix: “You fought well, Chaos.”
Metallix: “But it appears I’ve long since surpassed you.”
Walking towards the green Chaos Emerald, Metallix reaches down to grab it. However, the Chaos puddle grabs it first with a tentacle, causing it to glow brightly. After a few seconds, the gemstone becomes a dull gray, and the glowing liquid leaves the Hidden Palace to parts unknown.
Confused, Metallix grabs the drained Chaos Emerald, detecting that all of it’s energy, positive and negative, is gone. He’s starting to get an idea of what Chaos is trying to do…
So he’ll respond in kind soon…
Chapter 123: Falling Apart
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
Seeing the Master Emerald shards scatter across the sky, along with the entire island shaking and lowering into the ocean, both Team Sonic and Team Dark show visible shock and worry. Immediately, Knuckles calls Rouge about what happened, and after she explains it, he grows enraged, ends the call, and turns back at Metallix.
Metallix: “What? You really thought I forgot about the Master Emerald? Or that it can disable the Chaos Emeralds?”
Metallix: “There’s no way I’d allow you to use that cheap trick against me.”
Before Sonic and Tails can comment on this, Knuckles delivers a devastating punch right on Metallix’s face, sending him flying. And he quickly chases after him, ready to give the metallic menace a lot more.
Tails: “KNUCKLES, WAIT!”
Not wanting Knuckles to fight alone, Sonic and Tails rush after him. Meanwhile, Team Dark discusses what happened.
Amy: “Oh no…what do we do now!? Are the others okay!?”
Shadow: “They’ll be fine. We must focus on our current predicament.”
Omega: “CORRECT ANSWER! I’M NOT FINISHED YET!”
Emerl: “Speaking the same language!”
Recognizing Shadow’s point, Amy follows him and Omega into the on-going battle with Emerl. They need to keep putting on the pressure, and make sure the Gizoid won’t release more of his power. Rouge, Tikal, and Chaos can take care of themselves, and they can worry about everything else afterwards.
Hence, Team Dark ups the ante. Amy tries to harness more Chaos Energy, Omega brings out some more powerful weapons, and Shadow activates Chaos Boost. This is actually doing some good damage to Emerl, who’s finding plenty of enjoyment from this still. Though, he doesn’t plan on dying here.
Back to Metallix, he was knocked all the way towards Sandopolis, crashing into the sand. He’s able to stand up, and thanks to the power of the Evolving Amethyst, he recovers from the blow Knuckles gave him. Though, he can see the red echidna charging right towards him, with fury in his glowing red eyes, and yellow flames on his fists.
Covering his own hands in magenta flames, and his eyes glowing red, Metallix mimics Knuckles’ Maximum Heat technique, preparing to strike back. Once the two are close enough, they perform a powerful fist-bump, causing a massive shockwave across the entire ancient desert, breaking a few structures.
Afterwards, the two trade a bunch of powerful blows, with Knuckles using his rage to boost his strength. Metallix matches this by using more of his hidden power, and after catching the echidna’s fist, he punches him hard in the stomach, knocking him back. At the same time, Sonic and Tails show up.
Metallix: “Heh! This is starting to become even MORE entertaining!”
Metallix: “Now, show me just what you’re all capable of! I’ll dismantle every single one of you!”
Sonic: “Tch! I’ll make you eat those words, Metallix!”
Sonic: “Tails, go to the Hidden Palace! Check on Rouge and the others!”
Tails: “But-”
Sonic: “Me and Knuckles can handle this! GO!”
Tails is hesitant to leave Sonic and Knuckles alone with Metallix. But at the same time, he knows he can’t do much to help at this point. Best to go check on Rouge, Tikal, and Chaos, along with Team Dark, and make sure things don’t get worse. So, after a nod of confirmation, the fox boy flies off.
At the same time, Knuckles charges back onto the scene, ready to punch Metallix some more. But Sonic stops him.
Sonic: “Cool your jets, Knuckles! We gotta work together here!”
Knuckles: “...”
For a moment, Knuckles glares at Sonic. Though, after taking a deep breath, he nods, and then they face Metallix side-by-side.
Metallix: “Wise choice to leave the fox out of this.”
Metallix: “Now it’s time I show you more of my power!”
Knuckles: “What!? You were holding back this whole time!?”
Metallix: “Yes. 25%, to be exact.”
Metallix: “I’ve never really displayed my full power in this form before. So allow me to show off half.”
As Metallix reveals more of his strength, his body is covered in a purple, fiery aura, with electric sparks. His eyes also glow brighter.
Knuckles: “This…how can you have this much power without the Chaos Emeralds!?”
Metallix: “The Chaos Emeralds aren’t the end-all be-all, echidna! You just haven’t seen the true potential of the Evolving Amethyst!”
Metallix: “Do you think you can still take me on? Or are you all out of tricks?”
Sonic: “Quite the opposite!”
Together, Sonic and Knuckles activate their respective power boosts. The latter uses Maximum Heat, and thanks to the Chaos Claws, he’s much stronger. His fists even have yellow flames. Meanwhile, the blue blur uses a technique he learned from Shadow, covering himself in a red aura.
Sonic: “Chaos Boost!”
Now, Sonic and Knuckles are ready to face Metallix, getting into combat-stances. It feels like the ground beneath them is shaking from all this power. And once they start fighting, it’s utter chaos. Anything in a 3 mile radius is eradicated, as explosions and energy blasts are thrown all over the place.
For the most part, Metallix at 50% power is stronger than Sonic and Knuckles individually. But together, the hedgehog and echidna are giving the metallic menace quite the workout. The latter hits like a truck, and the former is very hard to track and hit with his speed. Though, this doesn’t phase the machine in the slightest. If anything, he’s having a lot of fun.
As for Tails, after a few minutes, he’s able to reach the Hidden Palace, and finds an unconscious and hurt Tikal and Rouge. Plus, a destroyed Master Emerald altar, and Chaos completely gone. He checks on the girls, using his Medi-Bots to heal them. They wake up, dazed.
Rouge: “Ugh…my head…!”
Tikal: “Wha…Tails?”
Tails: “Are you two okay?”
Tikal: “Yeah…for now…”
Together, the trio look around, with Tikal particularly worried.
Tikal: “Where is Chaos? Metallix couldn’t have…?”
Rouge: “Nevermind that! If Metallix already beat him, then he has the final Chaos Emerald!”
Tails: “Then we need to get to Team Dark as soon as possible!”
Nodding in agreement, Tikal locates the Chaos Energy signatures of Emerl and Shadow, and teleports herself, Tails, and Rouge right to them. At the same time, Team Dark is clearly exhausted from the fighting, while Emerl is looking banged up. Shadow tightly grasps the fake Chaos Emerald in his hand as he breathes heavily.
Amy: “Huff…puff…”
Emerl: “Heh…this has been a real blast…!”
Omega: “AGREED! IT IS RARE FOR ME TO COME ACROSS A WORTHY OPPONENT!”
Omega: “DESTROYING YOU WILL BE MOST SATISFYING!”
Emerl: “The enthusiasm is appreciated, but that’s not gonna happen!”
Shadow: “Either way, you’re not getting this last emerald!”
Emerl’s about to respond to Shadow’s comment, only for him to be interrupted by Tails, Tikal, and Rouge appearing in a flash of light next to all of them. They stare at Team Dark with worried looks.
Amy: “You’re…all okay…!”
Tails: “Have any of you seen Metallix or Chaos?”
Emerl: “Dad? He’s all the way over there!”
Turning towards the direction of Sandopolis, Emerl points. However, another person flies down from the skies, which are slowly being blanketed with dark clouds, and catches everyone’s attention. It’s Metallix in his copy body, holding the drained Chaos Emerald. The heroes are staring at him tensely.
Emerl: “Ohhhh! Right! You have all those extra bodies laying around!”
Emerl: “What’s with that black stone? It kinda looks like a Chaos Emerald!”
Metallix: “It IS the Chaos Emerald. It’s drained of all it’s energy.”
Metallix: “The one Shadow has is the fake.”
Shadow: “!”
Team Dark, along with Tails, are shocked to hear this.
Amy: “How…!?”
Metallix: “We were watching you the entire week, thanks to Tails Doll.”
Metallix: “So we knew of your various plans, along with your training.”
Emerl: “Also, we detected two Chaos Emerald signatures anyway, so I don’t think it was gonna work out.”
Emerl: “But it WAS a smart plan! And it’s hard to distinguish between the real and the fake!”
Tails: “Darn it! Same plan, same mistake!”
Tikal: “At least with the Chaos Emerald deprived of it’s energy, you can’t use it’s power at all!”
Metallix: “There’s always a work around.”
Metallix: “Now, I believe it’s time we stop playing with our food.”
Emerl: “Guess so…”
After healing himself, Emerl proceeds to defeat the heroes, with Metallix’s assistance. Tails, Rouge, and Tikal are the first to go down, despite being healed, and Amy’s too exhausted to put up a fight. Omega certainly tries to blow up his foes, but the Gizoid kicks him far away. Now, Shadow is the last one left. Battered and low on stamina.
Metallix: “Give it up, Shadow. You’re beaten, and your plan failed.”
Shadow: “No…I refuse to let my nightmare become reality!”
Shadow tries to take off his Inhibitor Rings, but Metallix grabs his hands, hits him in the stomach with his knee, and then punches him hard in the face, knocking him out. The fake Chaos Emerald also falls off his person, and the robotic hedgehog crushes it beneath his foot. Plan B has failed, and only Sonic and Knuckles are left standing.
Speaking of, the two of them are continuing their fight with Metallix in his main body. However, much like the rest of their friends, their stamina is dropping fast and they’re getting more and more injured. The metallic menace, on the other hand, feels he barely has to try anymore, and is growing bored of the display.
Eventually, Sonic and Knuckles lose their power boosts, and fall to their knees, breathing heavily. Metallix simply stands in front of them, turning off his purple aura and staring down at them.
Metallix: “Well, this is no fun anymore.”
Metallix: “You certainly put up a good fight. But it still wasn’t enough in the end.”
Metallix: “And both the Master Emerald AND the fake Chaos Emerald failed you. You’ve lost.”
Sonic: “Fake…emerald…?”
Metallix: “Don’t try to act ignorant. I saw everything you were doing here, thanks to Tails Doll.”
Metallix: “From the start, you had no chance. This was nothing more than entertainment.”
Knuckles: “You…arrogant…little…!”
Knuckles tries to power through the pain and get back on his feet. However, Metallix puts his foot on his head, and pushes him down.
Metallix: “Stay where you belong, echidna. You’ll only embarrass yourself more.”
While he doesn’t say anything, Knuckles DOES give a heated glare with gritted teeth. Sonic, on the other hand, curiously looks up at the dark clouds above. Wasn’t it clear skies a few minutes ago? In fact, this kinda reminds him of-
*Rumble…!*
Suddenly, the ocean surrounding Angel Island begins to shake and shift, as rain comes down from the sky. While Emerl is confused as to what’s happening, everyone else already knows. Or at least, they’re pretty sure they know. So everyone who’s currently conscious watches the waves…
Giant tendrils of water fly out from the ocean, alongside a gargantuan monster resembling a thick snake head. Complete with dark blue reptilian skin, and pointy liquid spikes on it’s back. The creature’s large mouth has green razor-sharp teeth, and a long tongue. And on top of it’s head is a fin-based bulge with an organic brain floating inside.
The large, liquid monster then opens it’s green eyes with slit-like pupils, which stare directly at Metallix. And then, it lets out a loud roar. There’s no doubt what this thing is…
Perfect Chaos…the complete form for the Water God Of Destruction…
Chapter 124: Battle Of Gods
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
Immediately recognizing the incredible threat below, all of Metallix’s ships take aim and fire at Perfect Chaos with everything they have. However, much of it passes through the monster’s body, and it easily dismantles the armada with it’s large tendrils, either blowing them up, or dragging them down to the ocean.
As for everyone on the sunken Angel Island (Who’s currently conscious), they’re all amazed and/or a little scared of what they’re seeing, with Emerl questioning just what’s going on here.
Emerl: “What on Earth is THAT!?”
Metallix: “The Water God Of Destruction at it’s full power…it’s Perfect form…”
Metallix: “Normally, it needs the negative energy of all 7 Chaos Emeralds to reach this state.”
Metallix: “But it seems the negative and positive energy of just one can work as well, given enough training and practice.”
Looking at the dull gemstone in his hand, Metallix (In a clone body) thinks of something.
Metallix: “Perhaps if it were defeated, this emerald will be restored to normal?”
Emerl: “Then let’s go fight it! This shouldn’t be too big of a hassle!”
Metallix: “No. I will face this creature myself.”
Emerl: “What!? Why are you always trying to steal the cool fights!?”
Emerl: “Also, while I doubt you’d lose or anything, I feel like it’s gonna be tough taking it down solo!”
Metallix: “Remember what happened with Dr. Eggman?”
Emerl: “It was ONE time! I’m far more prepared now!”
Metallix: “My word is final, Emerl. Just stay here and enjoy the show.”
Emerl: “...”
While Emerl isn’t happy about being told to stay put, he doesn’t want to disobey Metallix. Hence, he relents.
Emerl: “...Fine. But you better not lose!”
Metallix: “Heh. When have I ever lost a battle?”
After saying that, the Metallix clone flies off, and Emerl looks back at Perfect Chaos, wondering what his father is planning. Meanwhile, Sonic and Knuckles watch in amazement at what’s happening.
Sonic: “Heh! I knew Chaos could pull it off!”
Knuckles: “It’s a real good thing he’s on our side now…”
The two heroes look at Metallix in his main body, who’s staring at Perfect Chaos.
Sonic: “Still think you’ve won this, Metal? Because I doubt you can compete with a God Of Destruction!”
Metallix: “Hmm…it wouldn’t be easy to put this creature down in my current form…”
Metallix: “Good thing I brought all those ships and robots along.”
Knuckles: “Wait a minute…you’re gonna…!?”
Metallix: “To be honest, just me and Emerl would have been enough to defeat all of you.”
Metallix: “But better to be over prepared than under prepared.”
Realizing what Metallix is up to, Sonic and Knuckles are frozen to the bone. And unfortunately for them, they’re too tired and beaten up to stop the metallic menace from flying up into the stormy skies, raising his arms to his sides, and calling down to Perfect Chaos, who stares directly at him.
Metallix: “Perfect Chaos! God Of Destruction!”
Metallix: “Prepare to face your match! For I, the master of all that is mechanical, shall put you in your place!”
As Metallix proclaims this, his body is covered in a powerful electric aura, coloring the area in a bright purple. Then, the remains of all his army are drawn towards him, and create a large vortex of water and metal. And once it’s gone, the Metal Overlord appears, letting out a loud roar and waking up the rest of the heroes.
Appearance-wise, Metal Overlord looks about the same as he did last time. Though, he has an extra set of arms, more black and purple on his metal frame, and a sleeker design overall. This may just be the strongest iteration of the mechanical dragon so far, and that’s very worrisome for the heroes.
With the transformation finished, Metal Overlord rushes down Perfect Chaos, beginning this battle of gods. A monumental clash of near-unstoppable titans. Anyone or anything that’s near them is begging to be wiped off the face of the planet, and no one dares to jump in and risk that chance.
In terms of who has the advantage, Metal Overlord seems like the obvious choice. For one, he’s not chained to the ocean waves, allowing him a lot more room to move around and dodge attacks. Plus, he’s incredibly durable and strong, along with having his various powers and weapons, like crystal shots and the Black Shield.
However, Perfect Chaos is definitely not falling behind. It IS a God Of Destruction, after all. This monster has near unlimited power, being able to manipulate water in all kinds of ways, and can sink underwater to move around or avoid being hit. Plus, it’s got all those tentacles, and can shoot a great variety of energy attacks, like mouth lasers or large tornados.
The two gods go at each other, blow-for-blow, with no signs of slowing down. Metal Overlord tries to aim for the visible brain on Perfect Chaos, but it’s able to move out of the way most of the time. Any time the metallic dragon lands an attack on the water monster’s body, it passes through it, dealing no damage at all.
Meanwhile, Metal Overlord has no obvious weak points, but he also has a more solid form. Therefore, whatever damage Perfect Chaos does will slowly widdle him down. Though, considering he’s more nimble than his opponent, the metallic monster isn’t getting hit too much. He can still make it through this.
As these titans go at each other, the ocean waves and solid ground shake quite violently, with some of the heroes falling down because of it. They’re all sweating buckets, not sure if Perfect Chaos will be able to defeat Metal Overlord. If Super Sonic alone could beat it, then this battle may already be lost.
Once they’re able to get back on their feet, Sonic and Knuckles decide to meet up with the others at the Launch Base, who are all shocked to see how beaten up they are.
Amy: “Oh my god! What did Metallix do to you two!?”
Sonic: “We’re fine, Amy! What about the rest of you?”
Rouge: “For now, we’re fine! But I’m more worried about THAT!”
As Rouge points at the two gods fighting, Tails tries to use his Medi-Bots to heal Sonic and Knuckles, along with everyone else. However, he finds that they’re all busted or out of power, much to his dismay. So all they can do now is watch the chaotic battle nearby. Shadow is staring with his arms crossed, and Tikal is clearly worried as she clasps her hands.
Tikal: “Chaos…he’s trying so hard to keep fighting…”
Tikal: “But even with all that power, he’s growing more and more fatigued…he can’t keep this up…”
Shadow: “Mm…it’s incredible that he’s lasted this long to begin with…”
Shadow: “Compared to the Artificial Chaos, the real deal is far more dangerous.”
Omega: “WHAT A SPECTACULAR DISPLAY OF POWER! IF ONLY I COULD JOIN IN AS WELL!”
Amy: “You’d be destroyed in mere seconds!”
Omega: “CORRECT. WHICH IS WHY I MUST OBSERVE FROM FAR.”
Omega: “AND ACCORDING TO MY SCANS, PERFECT CHAOS’ POWER IS SLOWLY DROPPING.”
Tails: “That’s not good…if he loses, then there’s nothing stopping Emerl from getting the final Chaos Emerald…”
Knuckles: “Rgh! COME ON, CHAOS!”
Knuckles: “YOU CAN DO THIS! TAKE DOWN THAT MONSTER!”
Sonic: “...”
Sonic silently stares at the battle between Perfect Chaos and Metal Overlord. No matter how much he wants to say otherwise, this fact is clear to him. The God Of Destruction, while incredibly powerful, just can’t keep up with the metallic dragon. And as someone who beat it before, he knows that fact better than everyone else present.
However, Sonic notices Emerl nearby, whose eyes flash a sea blue as he focuses on the intense clash. He’s not saying a single word, or moving a single joint. The blue blur wonders what’s going through the Gizoid’s mind right now. Is he amazed at the display of power? Or is he trying to figure out who’s the stronger one between the two monsters?
Well, in a few more minutes, that second question has an obvious answer. Despite doing everything it can to keep going, Perfect Chaos is clearly growing weaker and weaker by the second. Meanwhile, Metal Overlord shows no signs of fatigue, despite all the damage done to him, and only having two arms left.
Eventually, Metal Overlord decides to go high into the sky, and looks down at Perfect Chaos, who seems to be breathing heavily.
Metal Overlord: “As I expected from a God Of Destruction! You truly are worthy of your title!”
Metal Overlord: “Unfortunately, you won’t get to keep it!”
Metal Overlord charges up a laser beam within it’s mouth. And despite it’s fatigue, Perfect Chaos does the same. The heroes brace for impact, as it looks like a beam struggle is about to happen. Though, just as the gargantuan water monster fires, the metallic dragon does something unexpected.
Metal Overlord: “Chaos Control!”
In a flash, Metal Overlord disappears, causing Perfect Chaos’ laser to pass through the clouds. But it doesn’t take long for the metallic dragon to reappear nearby, and fire his mouth beam right at the God Of Destruction’s brain, causing it to shriek in agony as it’s form collapses into the ocean…
Afterwards, the waves begin to calm down, the ground stops shaking, and the dark clouds evaporate, revealing a setting sun. The heroes cannot believe what just happened. Perfect Chaos has lost. All their training, planning, and preparation has gone to waste. Metallix has won this battle.
Despite the damage done to his body, Metal Overlord is able to fly towards Angel Island, and looks down on the heroes from above. They all stare up at him tensely, ready to fight, even though they’re still fatigued and injured. Emerl, on the other hand…
Emerl: “THAT WAS SO FREAKING AWESOME!”
Emerl: “You two were just whaling on each other, and throwing all those cool moves and stuff!”
Emerl: “And I didn’t even know you HAD a form like this! How much power do you have!?”
Metal Overlord: “More than anyone else on this planet, as I’ve clearly shown to all of you.”
Metal Overlord: “Now let’s see…”
In a flash, Metallix in his clone body returns with the restored green Chaos Emerald, immediately catching Emerl’s attention, and scaring the heroes.
Tikal: “Oh no…!”
Emerl: “Finally! The last Chaos Emerald!”
Metal Overlord: “Yes…this has been a long time coming…”
Metal Overlord: “Go ahead and take it, Emerl. You will finally be complete.”
Shadow: “NO!”
Shadow is about to rush towards Metallix, but Metal Overlord shoots a crystal shot at him, trapping him in a crystal shield that he can’t break out of. Though, he certainly tries to, as he hits it as hard as he can. He does the same for the others in order to ensure no more disturbances can happen.
Now, all the heroes can do is watch. Their voices muffled from outside the crystal shields. Metallix hands the last Chaos Emerald to Emerl, who inserts it into his body. And after closing it…
Emerl: “!”
Emerl stands still, as his body starts emitting a cyan blue aura, and his third eye opens up. Everyone knows what this is…and they’re scared to death about it…the Gizoid has reawakened…
Gizoid: “SHOW ME YOUR POWER. OR I SHALL NOT OBEY.”
Gizoid: “I REPRESENT ALL THINGS, AND SHALL BECOME PREFECT TYPHOS. CONQUEROR OF ALL.”
That name makes Metallix curious. “Prefect Typhos?” Was that the original name of Emerl? The one his creators intended for him? Well, it’s of no importance right now. He needs to make his command.
Metal Overlord: “Prefect Typhos…ancient weapon of legend…”
Metallix: “I, as your one true master, command you…”
Metal Overlord & Metallix: “Bring Hope To Humanity!”
Prefect Typhos: “!”
The key phrase given, the Gizoid’s aura slowly disappears, and it’s third eye closes. Then…
Emerl: “Huh? Why bring THAT up all of a sudden?”
Emerl: “Isn’t that what we were already trying to do?”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “Heh…hahahaha!”
Emerl and the heroes are confused by Metallix’s laughter. It feels less sinister, and more…light-hearted? Though, after a few seconds of this, the robotic hedgehog stops and continues.
Metallix: “Sorry…it’s just…”
Metallix: “After all the work we’ve done to get to this point…I feel relieved…”
Metallix: “Our quest for the Chaos Emeralds...is finally over..."
Putting a hand on Emerl’s shoulder, Metallix says something.
Metallix: “How does it feel? To be complete?”
Emerl: “Pretty good! Feels like nothing’s weighing me down anymore!”
Metallix: “I know that feeling…and it’s great…”
Metallix: “Now, what to do next…?”
As Metallix ponders this, he looks over at the trapped heroes, and decides to break them free with some Chaos Spears. They’re surprised at this action, and look back at the robot duo, still on-guard.
Metallix: “Allow me to apologize for the trouble we caused you. Including breaking the Master Emerald.”
Metallix: “Though, we’ll be taking a few of the shards, in order to ensure you don’t try that cheap trick again.”
Knuckles: “You think that makes up for everything you did in the past few hours!?”
Knuckles: “Or for destroying an important part of my people’s history!? Or killing my friend!?”
Metallix: “Calm down. Chaos is an immortal.”
Metallix: “No matter what I did, he was gonna survive our battle anyways. So I didn’t feel the need to hold back.”
Tikal: “Even still…words won’t make up for all the damage you caused.”
Metallix: “I’m well aware. I’m not gonna beg for forgiveness or anything stupid like that.”
Metallix: “It’s simply my way of telling you all no hard feelings. Nothing more.”
Rouge: “Oh yeah. And you’re acting SO nice about it.”
Shadow:
“What are you gonna do now?”
Metallix: “Good question. I don’t know.”
Metallix’s response confuses the heroes even more. Though, Sonic has a small smirk on his face.
Sonic: “Oh I get it! You’re starting to come around!”
Metallix: “Ugh! As if!”
Metallix: “My goal is still continued prosperity of this planet! By any means necessary!”
Metallix: “And should you all stand in my way, there will be no hesitation on my part!”
Sonic: “Whatever you say, Metal! Whatever you say!”
Though Metallix is greatly annoyed by Sonic’s words, he simply moves on and looks at Emerl.
Metallix: “Any ideas for what to do next, Emerl? Like another battle?”
Emerl: “Nah! I think I’ve had my fill for today!”
Emerl: “Why don’t we just head back to Monopole and relax? Maybe watch a movie?”
Metallix: “Sounds good.”
Looking back at the heroes, Metallix and Emerl say their farewells.
Emerl: “It was fun fighting all of you! We should do this again some time!”
Metallix:
“Same for me. Though, you all have a long way to go before you can beat me at my full power.”
Metallix: “We shall cross paths again one day. But until then, I bid you adieu.”
Emerl: “I’m looking forward to it! Later!”
And with that, Metallix, Emerl, and Metal Overlord all fly off into the sunset. The heroes aren’t sure how to process what happened. After all that fighting and chaos…they just left them here with all of these broken battleships, and Angel Island stuck in the water again. But at least they’re not dead?
Regardless, the heroes (Including Chaos) regroup and recover from their battle, while also trying to clean up the mess as much as they can. It takes a couple of hours, and Knuckles is incredibly angry about it all. Metallix just came up to his island, shattered the Master Emerald, beat him up, and then left without cleaning up everything.
As for everyone else? Well, most of them still can’t believe Metallix didn’t kill them, or even capture them. When he got what he wanted, he took off. And he was surprisingly chill and cordial, despite acting all arrogant and aggressive before. What happened to him? Did Emerl rub off on him in some manner?
In Sonic’s eyes, that’s a resounding yes. Sure, Metallix isn’t exactly a good guy yet, but he’s not a bad guy either.
The metallic overlord is slowly changing for the better…
Notes:
The name "Prefect Typhos" comes from Sega Scourge's Sonic What-If Emerl Survived? series. I really liked the idea of this being Emerl's intended name, and decided to incorporate that into this universe.
Also, do go check out Sega Scourge's content, because it's really good. ESPECIALLY his What-If? stuff.
Chapter 125: Self-Discovery
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Monopole. Day.*
A couple of weeks have passed since the confrontation on Angel Island. Things have remained peaceful and calm around the world, including the city of Monopole. The high-tech metropolis continues to thrive and make improvements to it’s way of life. And everyone living here is happy and healthy for the most part.
In particular, a group of construction workers, accompanied by the Metallix robots, are taking care of some train tracks in Megalo Station, which are badly damaged due to technical issues. They’re all barking orders and comments at one another, while trying to fix everything with various equipment. Including rail benders.
However, it appears the damage is quite extensive, and it’s clear the construction crew is growing tired of this.
Random Construction Worker #1: “Ugh…it’s gonna take forever to fix these tracks…”
Metallix Mage #1: “WE DEEPLY APOLOGIZE FOR OUR INABILITY TO ASSIST IN THIS MISSION.”
Random Construction Worker #2: “Ah, don’t beat yourself up about it! This isn’t an easy problem to solve!”
Random Construction Worker #2: “Sooner or later, we’ll get this done! Maybe we just need an extra hand or two?”
???: “Then allow ME to jump in!”
Immediately, everyone recognizes that voice, and turns around to see a friendly face that they’ve all grown to appreciate.
Metallix Knight: “EMERL. IT IS A PLEASURE.”
Random Construction Worker #3:
“Yeah! Good timing!”
Random Construction Worker #3: “We’re trying to fix up the train tracks, but there’s a lot of issues with it!”
Emerl: “Really? Like what?”
Random Construction Worker #1: “Well, for one, the rails have expanded from all the heat.”
Random Construction Worker #2: “Not to mention they’re pretty worn down too.”
Emerl:
“Ah, I gotcha! So they need to be replaced?”
Metallix Mage #2: “AFFIRMATIVE. BUT IT WILL LIKELY TAKE MANY HOURS AND RESOURCES.”
Metallix Mage #2: “THIS WILL ALSO OBSTRUCT PUBLIC USE FOR MEGALO STATION.”
Random Construction Worker #2: “Which is gonna bring a lot of complaints…”
Emerl: “Say no more! Let’s do this!”
At this point, these people are used to Emerl’s optimistic and helpful attitude. Ever since he first arrived in Monopole, he’s been helping out everyone with everything. Construction work, everyday problems people have, saving people, taking down the occasional criminal, etc. He’s like the city’s resident superhero.
Moving on, Emerl helps quicken the work done on the rails, which is a godsend for the construction crew. Not only is he able to figure out the process easily, but with his speed, strength, and many abilities, it’s basically no issue for him. It often makes people wonder why he doesn’t just do everything by himself.
Yet, Emerl makes sure that everyone is doing their part, despite knowing he’s more than capable of doing everything. Sure, he doesn’t mind it, but he also wants these kind folks to work for their goals and aspirations. Not just rely on someone else to do it all for them. He’s seen what the beings on this planet can do with the right push.
In about an hour, the train tracks are fixed, and everyone is relieved and happy about it. One of the construction workers shares a handshake with Emerl, having a bright smile on their face.
Random Construction Worker #1:
“Thanks, Emerl! Once again, you’re proven to be a real hero to this city!”
Emerl:
“Psh! Please! You guys are the ones doing all this hard work without superpowers!”
Random Construction Worker #2: “True! But you’ve certainly made things easier!”
Random Construction Worker #2: “With people like you and Neo around, we can all breathe easy!”
Emerl: “Heh…we certainly do our best for all of you!”
Emerl: “Just don’t get lazy about it, okay? There are some things you can only do on your own!”
Random Construction Worker #3: “Right! No pain, no gain!”
Emerl nods in response, before waving and flying off. He then continues to scour all of Monopole to see if there’s any more problems. Though, the only thing of note is an old lady with round glasses, a green dress, and a cane. She seems to be looking for someone, calling out the name “Artemis.”
Wondering what’s up, Emerl goes up to the old lady, trying not to frighten her. He knows her vision’s not the best.
Emerl: “Who are you looking for, ma’am?”
Old Lady: “Huh? Is that you, Emerl?”
With a smile, the old lady turns towards Emerl.
Old Lady: “Oh, it IS you! How are you doing, young one?”
Emerl:
“Doing good, Ms. Katz! What’s troubling you?”
Ms. Katz: “Well, my little Artemis has run off on me again!”
Ms. Katz: “She’s just a year old, and this is such a big city! I’m scared I won’t be able to find her!”
Emerl: “It’s okay, ma’am! I’ll find her, and make sure she’s okay!”
Ms. Katz:
“Ah! Thank you so much, dear! Many blessings!”
Again, Emerl nods, and then scans the entire city to locate Artemis’ life signature. It’s basically childsplay, as he finds her easily, and rushes off to find an orange kitten messing with some empty tuna can. She arches her back and hisses at the Gizoid when she sees him.
Artemis:
“Hisss!”
Emerl: “Hey, don’t be like that! Your owner is worried sick about you!”
Emerl: “Come on! I’ll take you back to her!”
Despite Emerl’s words, Artemis just backs away from him and continues to hiss. However, she can’t stop the Gizoid from grabbing her, and going back to Ms. Katz, who is relieved to see her cat back in her arms.
Ms. Katz:
“There you are, little miss! Why did you have to run off like that? I was so worried!”
Artemis: “Meow…”
Artemis purrs as Ms. Katz hugs and pets her. Then, the old lady looks back at Emerl with a grateful smile.
Ms. Katz: “I can’t thank you enough, Emerl! For all that you do!”
Emerl: “Think nothing of it, Ms. Katz! I’m just doing the right thing!”
Ms. Katz: “Oh nonsense! Not a lot of people are as selfless and sweet as you!”
Ms. Katz: “And I’m sure Neo is incredibly proud of you! Every time I see you two together, he has such a sweet smile on his face!”
Emerl: “Heheh…if I could blush right now, I would…”
Deciding to get a move on, Emerl waves at Ms. Katz, and vice-versa, before the former takes off again. He looks around Monopole to see if there’s any more problems to solve, but he can’t find anything. So he decides to head back to MeteorTech headquarters to meet up with his father, and spend more time with him.
Speaking of, Neo is back at the top of the MeteorTech’s crimson tower, overlooking the daily operations and data. He has a small smile on his face, and he’s holding a large green shard with an alluring glow. A while back, he found a few of the Master Emerald shards, and is holding onto them to make sure it can’t be restored.
But aside from that, Neo hasn’t tried to start any new plans to turn Earth into an eternal mechanical utopia, or even tried to start another fight with Sonic and his friends. He’s only focused on running his companies, helping the world through them, improving his brotherhood, and spending time with Emerl, who’s already become well-loved by the people of Monopole.
In fact, Neo’s been feeling really good lately. Like nothing can bring him down now, whether in terms of his emotional state, or his position of power. He’s proven himself better than Sonic, Eggman is no longer as big of an issue, his business pursuits are going fantastic, he’s still helping the world, and he’s got people like Emerl in his life.
For the first time in his life…Neo feels fully satisfied with himself. If this is the peak, then that’s perfectly fine with him. Just as long as it stays like this. Though, before his thoughts about this can wander further, Emerl shows up through the elevator and greets him. He turns around to do the same, maintaining that smile.
Emerl: “Hey, dad!”
Neo: “Welcome back, Emerl. Anything to note?”
Emerl: “I helped the construction crew and Ms. Katz! But other than that, nothing crazy!”
Neo: “That’s good. This is supposed to be a peaceful city, after all.”
Emerl: “True! Though, I’ll admit it gets pretty boring at points!”
Emerl: “At least everyone’s warmed up to me! They act as if I’m some all-powerful superhero now!”
Neo: “Is that an inaccurate statement? You DO possess incredible power and heroism.”
Emerl:
“Sure, but it just feels kinda overblown! All I’m trying to do is help people!”
Neo: “That in of itself is an important part of heroism.”
Neo:
“Doing things not for yourself, but because it’s the right thing to do.”
Emerl: “Hmm…good point…”
Emerl:
“Anyways, did something cool happen on your end?”
Neo: “No. Just more business affairs that would bore you to tears.”
Emerl: “Did you talk to mom again?”
Neo: “We DID have a short chat. I told her how much you’ve grown since we last talked.”
Emerl: “Heh! I’m certainly not some little kid anymore!”
Neo: “Right…you’re a lot different from when we first met…”
Neo: “In fact, why don’t you and I go do some practice in the Digital World? I’d like to see if your skills there need more refinement.”
Emerl: “Absolutely! Let’s go!”
Together, Neo and Emerl walk out of MeteorTech headquarters, and then head out of Monopole, eager to train together once again. It’s their own special form of bonding.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A while later…*
Within the Cyber World, Metallix and Emerl duke it out with various cyber-based techniques. They both have a digital aura covering their bodies, with the Gizoid having a green and cyan one. And while they appear evenly matched, the robotic hedgehog seems to be fighting on the backfoot mostly.
As for their surroundings, it’s the same black void with various wire-frame constructs, colored green and red. Both fighters create some new ones to aid in their victory, only for them to be destroyed or fade away. Sometimes, they’ll even make recreations of people or creatures in the real world, like dragons.
But after a little more back-and-forth, Metallix is knocked down to the ground, allowing Emerl to have this match. The Gizoid then offers a hand to his master, who accepts it and is pulled back onto his feet.
Metallix: “Very good, Emerl! No matter the plane of existence, you remain strong!”
Emerl: “Well, duh! At my full power, I’m basically unstoppable!”
Metallix: “Perhaps. But overconfidence is a slow and insidious killer.”
Metallix:
“I myself have fallen victim to it a few times in the past.”
Emerl: “Hmm…I guess I shouldn’t be too prideful…”
Metallix: “It’s fine to have confidence in your skills. Just don’t assume nothing can touch you.”
Metallix: “Now, let’s return to the physical world. I think we’ve had enough practice for today.”
Emerl: “Okay!”
Together, Emerl and Metallix fade out of the Digital World, and awaken in the real world. They’re in the underground bunker, with some improved robots and machinery. Though, they simply focus on walking around, chatting with one another.
Emerl:
“So what’s next for us? Are we gonna continue to help the world?”
Metallix: “Of course. We’ve been doing that already.”
Metallix: “Though, I feel there’s no need to do anything too extreme for now. Especially with little opposition.”
Emerl:
“Alrighty! But I AM hankering for another great fight!”
Emerl:
“Don’t get me wrong! It’s fun fighting with you, and it helps sharpen my skills!”
Emerl: “However, I want more of the stuff from the tournament! Or Angel Island!”
Emerl: “Plus, I saw a lot of cool places during our travels! I’m wondering what else is there?”
As Emerl says this, Metallix ponders over something. Since day one, Emerl has almost always remained attached to his hip. Sure, he can be left alone for a while, but the Gizoid keeps staying by his side. Which makes sense, since the robotic hedgehog is his master, and he’s programmed to stay devoted to whoever his master is.
Plus, Metallix HAS kept a bit of a close eye on Emerl. Especially at first, when he wasn’t at his max potential yet. But he’s grown so much now. At this point, he could trust the Gizoid to go off on his own for a while and do whatever he pleases. The robotic hedgehog can’t dictate his actions forever, and he doesn’t want that either.
After a little more thinking, and remembering his own personal journey, Metallix stops, and so does Emerl.
Metallix: “Perhaps now is the right time?”
Emerl: “Right time? For what?”
Turning towards Emerl, Metallix starts.
Metallix: “For you to explore the world and discover your own identity.”
Emerl: “Huh? You mean like what you did before?”
Metallix:
“Absolutely. Go at whatever pace you want to, for however long you want to.”
Metallix: “See all the sights and people Earth has to offer. See what you can gain from it.”
Metallix: “Maybe even meet some old friends? Whatever you want to do, you can do it.”
Emerl: “Really? But what about-”
Metallix: “Me and Monopole will be perfectly fine. You’ll always have a home to return to.”
Metallix: “Besides, you’ve grown into a fine warrior and person. This is your chance to spread your wings.”
Metallix: “And I can’t dictate your every action. I don’t want to.”
Putting his hands on Emerl’s shoulders, Metallix stares him dead in the eye.
Metallix: “From now on, you are your OWN master. Nobody can tell you what to do now.”
Metallix: “When you’ve figured it all out, come back and fight me. No holding back.”
Metallix:
“Do you understand?”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “Yeah. I do.”
Metallix: “Good. I hope nothing but the best for you.”
Now finished, Metallix takes his hands off Emerl.
Metallix: “Once you feel you’re ready, you can get going. Take as much time as you need to.”
Emerl: “Really? Then I’ll get started right now!”
Emerl:
“When I return, you’re gonna hardly recognize me!”
Metallix: “Heheheh! We’ll see about that!”
With little hesitation, Emerl runs off while waving at Metallix.
Emerl: “See you soon, dad!”
Metallix returns the wave, pleased to see Emerl so eager to begin his adventure. Though, a part of him is already missing the energetic Gizoid. But the robotic hedgehog is sticking to this decision. If he had to do it, then so would he.
Emerl’s journey of self-discovery begins now…
Chapter 126: A Word Of Advice
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Emerald Town. Morning.*
With bags under his eyes, and a jar of mint candies on the nearby table, Tails works hard on a new plane. This one has a yellow and white color scheme, and has a much more advanced design than the Tornado 2. Despite getting no sleep in the past few hours, the fox boy is laser-focused on this task.
Eventually, Tails puts down his tools, and sits down in his computer chair, looking at his new plane with a proud smile.
Tails:
“There we go! The Tornado 3 is almost finished!”
Tails:
“All I need is a few test flights, and some kinks worked out! Then, I can finally rest!”
Tails:
“But I HAVE been at this all night…maybe I should catch some sle-”
Tails is startled by his computer screen notifying him of someone at the door. He’s curious who could be showing up this early in the morning, only to see Emerl patiently waiting there. At first, he’s completely dumbfounded, but then he calms down and thinks. Why is he here? And where is Metallix? Did he come here alone?
Deciding to just get answers from Emerl, Tails gets out of his lab, and answers the front door. The Gizoid gives him an energetic greeting.
Emerl:
“Hey, Tails! Sorry for showing up on such short notice!”
Emerl:
“What’s with those bags under your eyes? Are you sick?”
Tails: “No? I was just working on something last night.”
Tails: “Why are you here? And is Metallix with you?”
Emerl: “Nah! I’m a solo act this time!”
Emerl: “See, dad said that I should do what he did, and go explore the world to discover my own identity!”
Tails: “Really? So you’re trying to figure out who you are?”
Emerl: “Hmm…I guess that’s what I’m supposed to do!”
Emerl:
“Buuuuuut I’m honestly not sure how I’m supposed to go about it…”
Emerl: “I know I should be seeing the various sights and people, but I don’t really know where to start…”
Emerl:
“So I figured I’d come back here and see you! You’re super smart and stuff, so you’ve gotta have some ideas!”
Tails: “Well…I appreciate the visit, but I’m really tired.”
Tails: “If you want to wait here until I’m re-energized, go ahead. Just don’t break or mess with anything.”
Emerl: “Fine by me! I’ve got all the time in the world!”
That comment makes Tails chuckle a bit. It’s like Emerl’s copying Sonic’s moves AND personality. Though, he can think about that later. For now, the two-tailed fox allows the Gizoid to step inside and look around.
Emerl: “Wow, it feels like forever since I stepped foot into your house!”
Tails: “Yeah…it does…”
Tails: “There’s a TV over there, so you can watch stuff and play video games in the meantime.”
Tails: “But try to be quiet. I’m going to bed.”
Emerl: “Alrighty! Have a good nap, Tails!”
Too tired to respond to Emerl’s words, Tails simply walks off to his bedroom and closes the door. This leaves the Gizoid to take a seat on the couch, grab the TV remote, and watch some shows and movies. He LOVES watching wrestling matches.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few hours later…*
As Emerl messes around with some racing game on the TV, Tails finally returns from a good 6 hours of rest. Initially, the fox boy is surprised to see him here, only to remember what happened this morning, and then sighs. Meanwhile, the Gizoid stops what he’s doing and looks at him.
Emerl: “All rested up, Tails?”
Tails: “Yeah…I feel a LOT better now…”
Tails: “Sorry for making you wait so long. It must have been a little boring.”
Emerl:
“Well, there was some cool stuff to watch on TV! And this racing game is tons of fun!”
Emerl: “I managed to get the best time on all the courses after a few tries! It’s kinda addicting!”
Tails:
“Wait, seriously? It took forever for me to do that!”
Emerl:
“Heheh! Guess I’m just a fast learner with everything!”
Tails: “...”
Tails is once again surprised at how quick Emerl picks up on things. But considering that’s his specialty, it shouldn’t be too surprising. Hence, after grabbing a cup of coffee with cream and sugar, the fox boy sits down on the couch with the Gizoid, where they finally start their conversation.
Tails: “Alright…so you want ideas on what you should do for your journey?”
Emerl: “Yep! I’ll take anything!”
Tails: “Hmm…”
For a moment, Tails isn’t sure what to give Emerl. Or if he should give anything at all. The Gizoid may not be an enemy, but he’s not exactly a friend either. And after all the craziness that happened a few weeks back, the fox boy is a little cautious of what to suggest to him. Especially without someone like Metallix to hold him back.
However, Tails thinks back to the conversation he had with Sonic and the others when Emerl and Metallix left Angel Island. The blue blur thought they should just wait and see what happens. Those two have changed quite a lot compared to when they first met, so maybe the fox can afford to be a little optimistic here?
After thinking a little more, and coming up with something, Tails takes a sip of coffee before speaking to Emerl.
Tails: “Let’s start with your goal. What are you hoping to achieve by the end of this?”
Emerl: “Well, I have to discover more about myself, right? That’s the whole point of this adventure!”
Tails: “Sure, but it doesn’t hurt to have something a little more concrete. A little more specific.”
Tails: “For example, when I was younger, I once decided to go on my own adventure. Without Sonic.”
Tails: “Back then, I didn’t have any destination or objective in mind. I just went wherever.”
Tails: “But I DID come across an island that was being terrorized by a group called the Witchcarters.”
Tails: “I was an anxious mess. I knew I had to stop them, but I had zero confidence in fighting them alone.”
Tails: “So I thought…’What would Sonic do?’”
Tails: “After thinking about it, I figured he would just rush straight into danger and take them all down in a flash.”
Tails: “Though, obviously, that was a bad idea. Especially since I’m not as strong or fast as him.”
Tails: “Hence, I thought long and hard about MY strengths. What I could do to stop this.”
Tails: “That’s when I worked up the confidence to stop this by myself. I couldn’t rely on Sonic to do all the heavy lifting forever.”
Tails: “It certainly wasn’t easy. At many points, I thought I was gonna fail.”
Tails: “But in the end, I pulled through. I did it all by myself.”
Tails: “And when I realized that fact…when the people on that island were thanking me for saving them…”
As he says this, Tails has a warm smile on his face.
Tails: “...I felt like I finally became the person I wanted to be. The hero I wanted to be.”
Tails: “This was MY accomplishment. MY moment in the sun.”
Tails: “All without ANY help from Sonic. I earned that victory.”
Tails: “And I wasn’t even aiming for this! All I wanted was an adventure!”
Looking back at Emerl, Tails maintains that smile.
Tails: “So I think you should just go about it however you want to, Emerl.”
Tails: “If Metallix told you to do this, he must have wanted you to become your OWN person. Free of anyone’s control or influence.”
Tails: “This is YOUR journey. No one, including myself, should decide how you walk it.”
Emerl:
“...”
At first, Emerl doesn’t respond to Tails’ words. He’s simply processing all the information given. And once he’s done, he speaks.
Emerl: “...It DOES make sense…I’m on my own now, after all…”
Emerl: “But I’ve grown so used to following others. Heck, it’s part of my programming.”
Emerl: “How exactly do I make myself ‘free?’ What does it even MEAN to be free?”
Tails: “You’ll have to figure that out yourself. Like me.”
Tails: “It may take a while to find that answer…but I’m sure it’ll be a good one.”
Again, Emerl thinks about what Tails is saying. Metallix wants him to be his own individual, with his own thoughts and desires. Asking someone else about what he should do won’t help with that at all. The Gizoid must come to his own conclusions, and figure it out himself. That’s why he’s here.
Now feeling like he’s made some good progress in his journey, Emerl offers a hand to Tails, who’s taken off-guard at the gesture.
Emerl: “You’re right. I need to make my OWN conclusions.”
Emerl: “Thanks for telling me this, Tails. This is really helpful advice.”
Tails: “...You’re welcome.”
Accepting the handshake, Tails smiles at Emerl. After a few seconds, they break away from it, and continue.
Emerl: “Okay! Starting now, I’m gonna make my first step to self-discovery!”
Emerl: “Let’s see…what would be good?”
Putting a finger on his chin, Emerl ponders this, while Tails finishes his coffee. By the time the fox puts the cup down on the table, the Gizoid figures it out.
Emerl: “Ah-ha! I know just the thing!”
Emerl:
“Tails, I challenge you to a battle!”
Tails:
“Huh!? I mean, I guess I’m fine with that, but why?”
Emerl: “Because I love to battle! It IS what I was made for, after all!”
Emerl: “Besides, fighting is kind of like an expression of one’s feelings, right? I want to see yours first hand!”
Tails:
“Ohhhh…okay, I can see it!”
Tails: “And we’ve never really fought before, so it should be interesting!”
Emerl: “Exactly! Let’s find a place, and get started!”
Tails: “I’ve got a training room in the lab downstairs! Though, it’s not as advanced as the Coliseum from the tournament!”
Emerl: “Fine by me! Let’s go!”
Feeling excited, Tails and Emerl take the secret elevator down to the former’s lab, ready to have a friendly spar.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A few minutes later…*
Within Tails’ lab, he and Emerl stand in a large metallic room that resembles the rest of the lab. Gray metal panels on the floor, orange turbines, etc. The fox boy has his various gadgets, and the Gizoid is in a fighting stance.
Emerl:
“Ready, Tails?”
Tails: “Ready!”
Immediately, the two begin to duke it out, with Emerl mimicking Tails’ fighting style and tech easily. Because of this, the two-tailed fox mainly tries to outsmart his opponent in order to win, but to little avail. Compared to when they first met, the Gizoid is a very skilled and experienced fighter now.
Though, this isn’t a super serious battle or anything. More so a friendly spar. To show how much each fighter has grown, as people and warriors. They can’t even try any crazy powerful moves, since this training room isn’t as durable as the Coliseum. But they don’t mind it at all. They simply focus on having a good time.
And eventually, after a couple of minutes, Emerl manages to outsmart Tails, and take him down by mimicking his Prower Cannon. The fox lays on the ground, tired and defeated, Yet, he has a satisfied smile on his face.
Tails:
“Heh…heheh…!”
Tails: “Even in brains, you’ve outclassed me! I’m genuinely amazed!”
Emerl: “I learned from the best!”
Emerl helps pull Tails back to his feet before they continue talking.
Tails:
“Well…what do you think?”
Emerl:
“You definitely rely a lot on your inventions and intellect! And your speed and agility is pretty good too!”
Emerl: “Though, you need to work on your strength and defense! A few good hits is enough to knock your lights out!”
Tails: “True…I DO need to work on that…”
Tails: “But what does my fighting style say about me as a person?”
Emerl: “Simple! You’re always thinking a few steps ahead, and calculating everything!”
Emerl: “All the while, you maintain a calm mind and a kind heart! A perfect combination!”
Tails: “Heh…I guess that sounds about right!”
Tails: “You’ve also become pretty tactical as well! Back when you first fought Sonic, you were just throwing whatever you could at him!”
Emerl: “Yeah…good times…”
Emerl seems to reminisce on his first interaction with Sonic and Tails. Back then, he couldn’t say a single word. He was the mental equivalent of a baby. But he’s grown a lot since then. Not just because of the Chaos Emeralds…but also because of the many people and experiences he’s seen along the way…
As Emerl thinks about this, an idea pops into his head. An idea he REALLY wants to do. So he looks back at Tails and shares it with him.
Emerl: “I got it! I know how to go about my journey of self-discovery!”
Emerl: “I’ll go talk to the important people I met on the way to this point! And challenge them to a battle!”
Tails:
“Oh! Does that include the fighters from the Chaos Emerald Championship?”
Emerl: “Uh…I don’t think so?”
Emerl: “But if I cross paths with them, I’ll say hi!”
Tails: “Regardless, I’m sure it’ll be a lot of fun for you!”
Tails: “Just try not to go overboard, okay?”
Emerl: “Right! See you later, Tails!”
Tails: “Good luck, Emerl!”
And with that, Emerl runs off while waving at Tails, who returns the gesture. He’s happy to see the Gizoid working on himself, and growing better by the day. It seems Sonic was right about him after all. Though, the fox boy isn’t too sure about Metallix still. Regardless, he’s starting to think the orange robot could be a genuine friend in the future.
As for Emerl, he’s pleased with the progress he’s made in his journey, and his encounter with Tails. He knows what he has to do now, and he knows who he should talk to.
The first one on that list is a certain pink hedgehog in Central City…
Chapter 127: Love & Excitement
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Central City. Afternoon.*
Amy continues to lift 100 ton weights in the gym, barely breaking a sweat. She has some towels and energy drinks nearby, and a bunch of people are watching this display of strength in absolute horror and shock. Clearly, the pink hedgehog hasn’t stopped her workout routine. Though, she doesn’t seem satisfied with what she’s doing.
Deciding to gently place the weights down, Amy grabs a towel and an energy drink. Then, she talks to herself.
Amy: “Sigh…seems a regular trip to the gym isn’t helping me anymore…”
Amy: “Maybe I should start making trips to Angel Island? Get Knuckles and Tikal to teach me more about Chaos Energy?”
???: “Or you could practice with me!”
Surprised to hear that voice again, Amy turns to see Emerl walking up to her. His presence catches the curious eyes of some people, but he shows no concern for it. While a tiny bit cautious, Ms. Rose greets the Gizoid with a smile and wave.
Amy: “Emerl! What are you doing here?”
Emerl: “I wanted to talk to you! AND spar with you!”
Emerl:
“See, I was sent on a journey of self-discovery, and I decided that I should meet up with the important people I met up to now!”
Amy: “Oh! That sounds nice! I’m glad you’re trying to figure out your identity!”
Amy: “And I’m totally fine with a spar! I need a much more intense workout than whatever I can find here!”
Emerl: “Sweet! Guess we’re both in luck then!”
Emerl:
“All we need is a place to fight, and we’ll be all set!”
Amy: “Well, there’s this boxing ring nearby that we can go to!”
Emerl: “Then let’s do it to it!”
Amy: “Hehe! Energetic as always!”
Grabbing her stuff, Amy heads out of the gym with Emerl, and goes around Central City in search of this boxing ring. While navigating through the crowded streets, the two catch up.
Amy: “So how’s Metallix doing? I assume he’s doing well?”
Emerl: “Yeah! Dad’s still running MeteorTech and stuff!”
Emerl: “We’ve also been hanging out a bunch, and practicing our fighting skills! It’s really fun!”
Amy: “That’s good to hear! Though, you better not be doing anything bad!”
Emerl: “Quite the opposite! I’ve been helping out everyone in Monopole!”
Emerl: “At this point, they like to call me a superhero! Which is a little much, in my eyes!”
Amy: “Well, heroes are always helping the innocent and stopping bad people! So I think you qualify as one!”
Emerl: “Heheheh! I guess so!”
Emerl: “What about you? Still working hard?”
Amy: “You bet! Though, my regular workout at the gym isn’t giving me the results I want!”
Amy: “It’s probably because of the intense training I did with Sonic and the others on Angel Island! And the Chaos Energy too!”
Amy: “Recently, I decided to have a cheat day and enjoy some sweets! But my body didn’t seem all that affected by it!”
Amy: “Now I know how Sonic can afford to eat all those chili-dogs without gaining weight! It’s a fast metabolism AND Chaos Energy!”
Emerl: “Huh. Well, I’m a robot, so I wouldn’t really know how all of that works.”
Emerl: “But if you want a training partner, I could always stop by for an hour! I can travel around the world in seconds!”
Amy: “The offer is appreciated, but I think I’ll just visit Angel Island and train with Knuckles and Tikal!”
Amy: “I still need to get better with Chaos Energy, and they can give me a challenge!”
Emerl: “If you say so! Though, feel free to take my offer anytime!”
Amy: “Right! I’ll keep it in mind!”
After that exchange, Amy and Emerl focus on finding this boxing ring place. It doesn’t take long, as they come across a wide brown building, which has text above the front door. “Murdock’s Arena.” Without hesitation, the two head inside to find a large room with a bunch of chairs, workout equipment, and a large boxing ring.
However, it seems a certain bat and G.U.N. agent are already using the ring, much to Amy and Emerl’s surprise. Rouge and Topaz (Who is wearing a boxing outfit with blue gloves) are having a quick match, laser-focused on each other. It’s clear the treasure hunter is dominating this battle, but the agent is able to predict her movements and strike quickly.
Rouge: “Not bad, Laura! But you gotta do better than that!”
Agent Topaz:
“Don’t get all teasy with me!”
As the two go at it, Amy and Emerl watch from afar, not sure if they should announce themselves yet. But after a minute, Rouge manages to knock Topaz off her feet, who’s a little too exhausted to get up. Though, she’s offered a hand by the bat, which she accepts.
Agent Topaz: “I’m getting real sick of losing to you in these matches…”
Rouge: “At least you kept up with me for 5 minutes! That’s no easy feat!”
Rouge:
“Though, those two are another story.”
Rouge looks at Amy and Emerl, who weren’t expecting her to call them out like that. Topaz also looks in their direction, and is shocked to see the Gizoid here.
Agent Topaz: “What the…!? You told Commander Tower that the Gizoid was gone!”
Rouge: “Did I now? Silly me!”
Agent Topaz:
“Oh, don’t give me that! You’re WELL aware of how dangerous that thing is!”
Emerl: “Excuse me, but the name’s Emerl! And I’m just here to spar with Amy!”
Amy: “Yeah! Emerl’s a good person!”
Agent Topaz:
“You think I’m just gonna-”
Rouge: “Topaz, just don’t. You’re exhausted, and Emerl isn’t a threat.”
Rouge: “Besides, he has all the Chaos Emeralds powering him, so no matter how many bodies you throw at him, it’s not gonna work.”
Agent Topaz:
“Excuse me!?”
Not bothering to explain further, Rouge exits the boxing ring and greets Amy and Emerl. Topaz watches with a dumbfounded look on her face.
Rouge: “So what brings you here, Emerl? Besides a lust for battle?”
Emerl: “A journey of self-discovery! I’m meeting up with important people in my life!”
Emerl: “Which I suppose includes you too! So this kills two birds with one stone!”
Rouge: “How flattering that you think of me as an important part of your life!”
Rouge: “But try not to go crazy here? This is a good workout spot that me and Topaz frequent!”
Amy:
“You two train together?”
Rouge: “Helps sharpen our skills! AND it’s some good bonding time!”
Rouge: “Right, Laura?”
Agent Topaz: “Ah…well, I guess?”
Agent Topaz: “Though, I want to know why you decided to lie to our boss about a super powerful weapon walking around!”
Emerl: “Lady, I am NOT a weapon! I’m a combat robot that helps people!”
Emerl: “If you have a problem with me, the door’s right over there!”
Emerl points a thumb at the door he and Amy just passed through. Topaz continues to stare at the Gizoid with uncertainty and tension. Though, she decides to silently exit the boxing ring and recover from her workout, while Rouge continues to talk.
Rouge: “Allow me to apologize on her behalf. She’s very serious about her work.”
Emerl: “It’s cool! I just want to fight you two right now!”
Amy: “Huh? Are you saying you want to fight us at the same time?”
Emerl: “Sure! Why not?”
Rouge: “Hmhmhm…I suppose some extra exercise would be nice!”
Rouge: “Plus, having Amy for backup will double my chances of success!”
Amy: “Good point! Let’s give it a go!”
Emerl: “Yeah!”
Quickly, the trio gets into the boxing ring, with Amy and Rouge heading to the left side, and Emerl to the right side. The girls stretch a bit before they start, while the Gizoid stays in a combat stance.
Amy: “Alright, Emerl! I’ll show you everything I can do!”
Rouge: “Same here! Within reason, of course!”
Emerl: “Got it! Come at me!”
And with that, Amy and Rouge begin to attack Emerl, trying to coordinate their attacks and tactics. However, Emerl’s able to counter each of their fighting styles and skills, despite being outnumbered. Clearly, he’s gonna win this, but winning isn’t the fun part. It’s the battle itself, which everyone here is aware of.
As this match goes on, Topaz returns in a casual outfit. It consists of a white shirt, purple pants, and redwood low-heels, alongside a big bag filled with personal items. She can’t believe how well Emerl is doing against Amy and Rouge, and that he’s putting pressure on them. Yet, she can’t feel any hostility here.
Despite knowing him as an ancient weapon of mass destruction, Emerl hasn’t shown to be dangerous. Sure, he’s definitely powerful, but he’s controlled. Focused, Friendly. In Topaz’s eyes, it’s a strange sight. Even though she should report this to her boss, she’s starting to get a feeling as to why Rouge lied about him disappearing. Aside from just being difficult, like usual.
Eventually, after a little more back and forth, Amy and Rouge are knocked to the floor of the ring by Emerl, exhausted. Topaz is surprised at this display, as she herself hasn’t been able to beat the bat before, and she knows the pink hedgehog is a powerful fighter. The Gizoid really lives up to it’s status as a combat machine.
But what interests Topaz more is that Emerl goes to help Amy and Rouge up, who have satisfied smiles on their faces.
Amy: “Nice job, Emerl. You really are incredible.”
Rouge: “Agreed. I know you were built to be super good at fighting, but it’s still a spectacular spectacle.”
Rouge: “Wouldn’t you agree, Topaz?”
Agent Topaz: “Yeah. I can see why G.U.N. would want to lock him away.”
Agent Topaz:
“It’s a real good thing he was taught to be a hero, or we’d be in a lot of trouble.”
Emerl: “You can thank my dad for that! He was pretty strict about controlling my strength and everything!”
Agent Topaz:
“Your…dad?”
Amy: “He means Metallix.”
Agent Topaz: “Oh…right…”
Agent Topaz:
“Well, you two haven’t caused any trouble yet, so I suppose there isn’t anything major to report.”
Rouge: “Oh? So you won’t snitch on me?”
Agent Topaz:
“Knowing Commander Tower, he likely already knows you lied to his face.”
Agent Topaz: “And if HE isn’t doing anything about this, then I’ll trust his judgment.”
Rouge: “Heh! Finally realizing there’s nothing to worry about?”
Rouge:
“Guess that means you can take a few more breaks! Maybe even take a trip to Adabat?”
Agent Topaz: “Sigh…I’ll see you later, Rouge.”
Rouge: “Stay beautiful, Laura!”
Rolling her eyes at Rouge’s words, Topaz leaves the building. Now, the girls, along with Emerl, can sit back, relax, and talk.
Amy: “You really didn’t tell G.U.N. about Emerl?”
Rouge: “Like I said before! Nothing to worry about for now!”
Rouge: “Though, I’m sure they’re keeping eyes on him and Metallix! Just to be safe!”
Emerl:
“Now that you mention it, I DID spot a few odd people in Monopole here and there.”
Emerl: “Didn’t do anything though, so I figured it was fine.”
Amy: “I’m sure they’ll calm down soon. Especially with all the good you’ve been doing!”
Rouge: “Oh yeah! You’ve just been the biggest boy scout, haven’t you?”
Emerl: “Boy scout?”
Rouge: “Basically, you’re a goody-two-shoes!”
Amy:
“What’s wrong with that? Being a good person shouldn’t be frowned upon!”
Rouge: “Of course! A world full of pessimism isn’t exactly fun!”
Rouge: “But moving on, is there something you wanted to learn from us, Emerl?”
Emerl: “Let me think…”
Pondering for a couple of seconds, Emerl then speaks his mind.
Emerl: “What drives you two?”
Amy:
“Huh? You mean what keeps us going?”
Emerl: “Sure! I’m curious!”
Emerl: “For me, I just want to help people and battle strong opponents! A combination of my programming AND what I was taught to do!”
Rouge: “Right…well, for me, I love collecting valuable gems and artifacts!”
Rouge: “They’re pretty to look at, it’s fun to take them, and I like to come off as fashionable and classy!”
Rouge: “Which is why I’m always trying to expand my collection! I’m hoping to have a vast horde of stuff by the time I’m 80!”
Emerl: “So…you’re motivated by valuables?”
Rouge: “It’s a major part of it! But I also just like doing whatever I want!”
Rouge: “I want to live a fun and exciting lifestyle! Living a standard civilian life is not enough to satisfy me!”
Rouge: “If I can look back on everything as an old lady and have zero regrets? Then I’ll be a happy bat!”
Amy:
“Huh…that’s an…interesting motivation…”
Rouge: “Well, unlike you, I’m not motivated by other people! I’m motivated by my OWN desires and goals!”
Amy: “Hey! There’s nothing wrong with that! And it makes me come off as a lot less selfish!”
Emerl: “Who are you motivated by, Amy?”
Amy: “Ah…I’ll need time to put it into words…”
Rouge: “Sonic The Hedgehog. Those are the words.”
Amy:
“Shut up! Sonic’s not always the center of my universe!”
Amy: “More so…I want to help people like he does…”
Clasping her hands together, Amy looks down and smiles.
Amy: “I know he doesn’t like being called one…but to me, he IS a hero…”
Amy: “Always helping people, even when it doesn’t help him or when the world doesn’t agree with him…”
Amy: “All with that positive attitude and charming smile…”
Amy: “And he always looks so cool when he does it too! I can’t help but love every bit of him!”
Amy: “It inspired ME to do the same thing! Same for many others!”
Amy:
“I want to get stronger, so that I can help more lives! So that I can have a positive influence on the world!”
Amy: “Even just a few kind words are enough sometimes! Or even something as simple as a smile!”
Amy: “And…when he finally slows down for me…”
Amy trails off as she holds her blushing face. She has this uncontrollable grin while thinking about her future with Sonic. Rouge lets out a sigh, but she has a small hint of a smile on her face. And Emerl stares at the pink hedgehog, curious about what she’s saying.
Emerl: “...So you’re motivated by love?”
Amy: “...Yeah. I guess that’s the best way to put it.”
Amy: “It may sound silly, but I believe in that power. And I want to share it with as many people as I can.”
Rouge: “...A real beacon of positivity, huh?”
Rouge: “But…I suppose the world could use a lot of it…”
Emerl: “Love…and excitement…”
A selfish motivation and a selfless motivation…this makes Emerl think. He’s motivated by helping people and fighting strong foes. The former is definitely selfless, and the other is more selfish. Though, the desire to battle isn’t a bad one, as long as it doesn’t go overboard. Much like Rouge’s desire for valuables and an exciting lifestyle.
As for Amy’s desire for love, Emerl wonders about the people he loves. Metallix is obviously up there, along with Breezie. And he supposes the people of Monopole fall in that category too. Sonic and his friends may also apply, even though they’ve clashed many times. Other than that, he can’t think of anyone else.
Thinking a little more, Emerl wonders about what else he may desire. To continue being by Metallix’s side? To continue helping Monopole, and the world at large? To see everything this universe has to offer? He isn’t too sure, but he’s sure he’ll figure it out eventually. There’s plenty of time for that.
Standing up, Emerl takes a few steps, and then looks back at the girls, who stand up. They’re curious why he did that, only to see him offer both of his hands for a handshake.
Emerl: “Thanks for the spar and chat! It was nice and informative!”
Amy: “Hehe! Of course! Glad I was able to help!”
Rouge: “You’re welcome. Feel free to pay me back with a nice gem the next time we meet.”
Amy: “Rouge!”
Rouge: “I’m kidding! Mostly!”
Together, Amy and Rouge accept Emerl’s handshake with a smile, before breaking from it.
Emerl: “Alright! I think I ought to get going!”
Emerl: “Maybe I should go see Cream and Cheese next? I haven’t seen them since the Gimme Shelter!”
Amy: “That would be nice! Though, if you’re gonna spar with her, try to be gentle?”
Amy: “And do NOT anger her mom! Trust me!”
Rouge: “Speaking from personal experience?”
Amy: “One time, some guy was being really rude to her and Cream.”
Amy: “The look she gave him could make even Eggman sweat bullets.”
Rouge: “Wow. I’ll definitely keep that in mind if I ever meet her…”
Emerl: “Same here! I’ll be on my best behavior!”
With the exchange over, Emerl waves goodbye to Amy and Rouge as he exits the building. The two are impressed and pleased with how much he’s grown. From barely speaking a word to beating them both at the same time. And even with all that power, he remains kind and friendly. He truly is special.
The minute Emerl is back outside, he flies out of Central City, surprising passerby. He knows who to talk to next.
And they’re all the way over at Floral Forest Village…
Chapter 128: Heart
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Floral Forest Village, Cream’s Home. Afternoon.*
In the kitchen, Vanilla works hard on setting up a nice afternoon tea party with her daughter Cream, and their chaos Cheese and Chocola. They’re boiling tea, baking cookies, setting up the silverware, and humming little tunes together. All while the beautiful afternoon sunlight shines through the windows.
This serves as some fun and relaxing family time, with no one here feeling like anything will go wrong. Though, as Vanilla and Chocola finish up the cookies, and Cream and Cheese are done setting the table, they hear a knock at the front door.
Vanilla: “Oh? Dear, could you answer the door for me?”
Cream: “Yes, mother!”
With a chipper smile, and Cheese coming along, Cream goes to the door to answer it. But they’re surprised to see who’s standing there. It’s Emerl, who puts his hand up in greeting.
Emerl: “Hey, you two! Sorry for just showing up out of the blue!”
Cream: “Mr. Emerl! It’s so nice to see you again after so long!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Emerl: “Same here!”
Together, Cream and Cheese share a friendly shake of hands with Emerl, before moving aside to let him in.
Cream:
“Please come in! We can talk a little more!”
Emerl: “Well, that’s definitely part of why I’m here!”
As Emerl steps into Cream’s humble abode, he looks around a little. There’s a bookshelf filled with various books, photo frames, and props, alongside a TV, a reading chair and couch, a coffee table, and a hallway with the bathroom and bedrooms. In addition, a bunch of potted plants and flowers are present too.
Back in the kitchen, Vanilla takes out a fresh batch of cookies and places them on the kitchen counter, alongside a pot of hot tea. Chocola meanwhile looks over to see who Cream and Cheese brought in, and is surprised to see Emerl.
Chocola: “Chao!?”
Emerl: “Oh! Another chao!”
Cream: “That’s Chocola! He’s Cheese’s brother!”
Cheese: “Chao Choco chao!”
Chocola: “Chao?”
Cheese: “Chao!”
While Emerl can’t understand what Chocola and Cheese are saying, he gets the general idea. The blue chao is likely trying to explain to his brother who the Gizoid is, and that he’s a guest. In the end, the brown chao accepts this, and Vanilla soon comes in.
Vanilla: “Alright! Everything’s ready!”
Vanilla:
“Now who was at the…?”
Vanilla pauses when she sees Emerl. She doesn’t show any concern or fear, but she IS surprised.
Vanilla: “Oh! I haven’t seen a face like yours before! Are you a friend of my daughter?”
Emerl: “Pretty much! The name’s Emerl!”
Vanilla: “Ah…I see…”
With a polite bow, Vanilla introduces herself.
Vanilla: “I am Cream’s mother, Vanilla. It’s a pleasure to meet you.”
Returning the gesture, Emerl also bows.
Emerl: “Same to you, ma’am! Sorry for coming by on short notice!”
Vanilla: “No need to apologize, dear! We’re always open to guests!”
Vanilla:
“In fact, why don’t you take a seat? We’re about to have some afternoon tea and cookies!”
Cream:
“Yeah! It’ll be really nice!”
Emerl: “Sounds good!”
After saying that, Emerl suddenly shifts into his organic hedgehog form, catching the rabbit family off-guard. Chocola is especially surprised at the display.
Chocola:
“Chao chao…!”
Cream: “Woah…I didn’t know you could do that, Mr. Emerl!”
Emerl: “Well, I don’t have much of a need for it! But at least like this, I can eat and drink stuff!”
Emerl: “And man, does it smell amazing in here!”
Cheese: “Chao…”
Vanilla: “Hmhmhm…having an extra mouth for all the cookies will certainly be nice.”
With introductions out of the way, the rabbit family and Emerl sit down to enjoy some tea and cookies. Immediately, the Gizoid can’t get enough of the cookies, finding them very delicious. Though, he tries to restrain himself so that the others can have some too. He also likes the tea, and doesn’t have to worry about burning his tongue.
During this, they all chat amongst each other, and catch up on a few things. All while the chaos munch on cookies.
Emerl: “So Amy told you everything that happened on Angel Island?”
Cream: “Mm-hm! It must have been really intense!”
Cream: “But I’m glad it went well for the most part! Even though Angel Island won’t be going back into the sky now…”
Vanilla: “Mm…it’s a good thing Ms. Rose decided to bring you and Cheese home before that…”
Vanilla: “And while I’m at it, I saw you three compete in the Chaos Emerald Championship.”
Emerl:
“Really? What did you think?”
Vanilla: “It was…eye-catching…”
Vanilla: “Though, It wasn’t easy seeing my daughter and chao participate in such an intense event.”
Vanilla: “If they got seriously hurt, I would have had a few things to say to the people behind that event.”
Vanilla: “And also Ms. Rose and the others for letting them join in the first place…”
Picking up on the slight hint of Vanilla’s fury, Emerl looks a little nervous, along with Cream and the chaos.
Cream: “I’m sorry for worrying you, mother…I just wanted to help my friends…”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao…”
Vanilla: “I know. And at least it’s over now.”
Vanilla: “Plus, you two did really well. And I appreciate that you didn’t go too hard on them, Emerl.”
Emerl: “Of course! I couldn’t go all out on an innocent girl and her chao!”
Emerl: “Though, I was being REALLY careful with my punches. And the things she said to me back then were really confusing.”
Vanilla: “Right…about what fighting means to you…”
Setting down her teacup, Vanilla begins to explain a few things.
Vanilla: “Since day one, I always discouraged fighting and violence.”
Vanilla: “Seeing people get hurt, physically and emotionally, was something I greatly loathed.”
Vanilla: “I made sure to instill that into Cream at an early age. To be well-mannered and kind.”
Vanilla: “But pacifism isn’t perfect. Some things can’t be solved just by being nice.”
Vanilla: “That was made crystal clear to me when Dr. Eggman kidnapped us.”
Cream: “Mm…I was so scared and frustrated…”
Cream: “I wanted to do something…but I couldn’t bring myself to fight…”
Cream: “A part of me thought I’d just be causing more pain to others, and that I’d be going against my mother's principles…”
Cream: “And then…I met Mr. Sonic and the others…”
As Cream explains, she has a grateful smile on her face. Same goes for the rest of the rabbit family.
Cream: “They’re all so kind and brave…”
Cream: “When people are in danger, they never hesitate to save them. Even when they have no reason to.”
Cream: “And when they fight, they don’t do it with hatred…”
Cream: “It made me think…maybe I could fight too? To protect the ones I love?”
Vanilla:
“Mm…they’re all such amazing people…”
Vanilla: “Especially Sonic. I’ve never seen someone with such enthusiasm for life and adventure.”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl silently thinks about everything Cream and Vanilla said. How one should never fight with hatred, and should instead fight for the people they care about, even when they’re against it. This reminds the Gizoid of his tournament match with the rabbit and chao duo, and how they fought to help their friends.
At the time, Emerl couldn’t understand Cream’s actions. But now? After everything he’s been through? He can figure it out now. And this leads to him asking the young rabbit something.
Emerl: “What you said during our match…about hearts…”
Emerl: “At the time, I couldn’t figure out what a ‘heart’ is. Or what it means to feel sad.”
Emerl: “So…what IS a heart? Metaphorically speaking?”
Cream: “Simple! It’s your deepest feelings!”
Cream: “Love, courage, affection, and much, much more!”
Cream: “Whether it’s good or bad, your heart feels it! And it can lead you in many directions!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Chocola: “Chao chao!”
Vanilla: “Absolutely! Some say that you must follow your heart to reach what you desire!”
Vanilla: “And one day, you’ll have to do the same, Emerl!”
Emerl: “Really? Huh…”
This greatly interests Emerl. A heart is basically what one feels, and can motivate them to do good or bad things. And he himself technically has one as well. Though, he’s never really “followed” it before. Maybe THIS is what Metallix meant when he told the Gizoid that he must become his own master? Follow his heart?
Regardless, Emerl feels he’s made more progress in his journey of self-discovery, and smiles. Then, he thanks the rabbit family.
Emerl: “...Thank you for telling me all of this. I feel this has helped me plenty.”
Vanilla: “Anytime, dear. I’m glad we’ve helped you with whatever you’re up to.”
Cream: “Mm-hm! We’re friends, after all!”
Emerl: “Right! Now, I just need one more, teeny-tiny favor!”
Cream: “Oh? Okay! What is it?”
Emerl: “Well, right now, I’m trying to figure out my identity! Dad told me to give it a go!”
Emerl: “I decided that the best way to do it is by talking to and sparring with the important people in my life!”
Vanilla:
“Ah…so you wish to spar with Cream and Cheese for a little bit?”
Emerl: “Don’t worry! It won’t be intense at all!”
Emerl: “Besides, these two are tough cookies! I’m sure a little practice won’t hurt!”
Vanilla:
“Even so…”
Vanilla has a conflicted look on her face, and Chocola seems to be the same way. However, Cream and Cheese show confidence.
Cream: “Okay! I’ll definitely do it!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Chocola:
“Chao chao?”
Vanilla: “Oh? Are you sure about this, dear?”
Cream: “I’m sure! I know Mr. Emerl wouldn’t hurt me!”
Cream: “And if this will help him with his journey, then I have to do it!”
Cheese: “Chao chao chao!”
Vanilla: “...”
While still not sure about this, Vanilla and Chocola can see the determination in Cream and Cheese’s eyes. So, with a deep breath, they relent.
Vanilla: “Very well…a little practice won’t be too bad…”
Chocola: “Chao!”
Cream: “Thank you, mother!”
Cheese: “Choco!”
Emerl:
“Thanks, Vanilla! Now let’s head outside and get started!”
Vanilla: “Huh? You wanna do it right now?”
Emerl: “Sure! Might as well get it out of the way!”
Emerl: “And we’ll try not to damage anything! Promise!”
Vanilla: “Hmm…okay…I’ll trust you, Emerl…”
Emerl nods in response, before he and the rabbit family go out into the front yard. He gets into a combat stance, while Cream and Cheese prepare themselves. Vanilla and Chocola watch nearby, feeling a little bit nervous.
Emerl: “When you’re ready, come at me however you want to!”
Cream: “Okay!”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
After taking a deep breath, Cream and Cheese then start attacking Emerl, who simply dodges and blocks their various strikes. Occasionally, he’ll try to knock them off-balance, but other than that, he doesn’t attack back. And to be honest, he doesn’t need to, as the rabbit and chao duo aren’t the most experienced or strong fighters.
However, that doesn’t mean Cream and Cheese aren’t capable in their own right, or don’t possess a lot of spirit. That much is obvious to Vanilla and Chocola, with the former having a smile on her face. Her little girl is gonna grow up to be an amazing lady, and an incredible hero as well.
Eventually, Cream and Cheese grow tired and stop to catch their breath. It’s a very short fight, and despite not being hit at all, or throwing a single punch, Emerl is pretty happy with this.
Emerl: “Good job, you two! I can see a lot of potential!”
Cream: “Hehehe…thanks, Mr. Emerl…”
Cheese:
“Chao! Chao!”
Vanilla: “That was truly incredible, dear. And same for you, Emerl.”
Chocola:
“Chao…!”
Emerl: “Oh please! You’re gonna make me blush!”
Emerl: “But one day, I want you two to be strong enough to give me a proper challenge!”
Cream: “Definitely! I need to be stronger to protect my loved ones!”
Cheese silently nods in agreement with a smile. And said smile is shared with everyone else here. Though, as Emerl returns to his regular robot form, he loses his smile.
Emerl: “Alrighty! I think it’s time I get going!”
Vanilla: “Oh? You’re not gonna stay for a little longer?”
Emerl: “It’s certainly tempting! But I’ve got people to meet, and places to be!”
Emerl:
“Though, I’ll make sure to come by again at some point! I NEED more of those cookies!”
Vanilla: “Hehehe! I’ll have a fresh batch the next time you’re here!”
Chocola: “Chao chao!”
Cream: “Stay healthy, Mr. Emerl! I hope your journey goes well!”
Cheese:
“Chao!”
Emerl: “Same to you! Later!”
With a wave of the hand, Emerl flies off into the sky, while Cream and her family watches and waves back. To think this ancient weapon of destruction would turn out to be such a nice and caring person. They’re all certain he’ll be an important part of their lives, and the world at large. No doubt about it.
Now, where is Emerl heading next? Well, this next person isn’t a fighter at all, but she’s definitely very important to the Gizoid. Especially after all that time spent with her in the Chaos Emerald Championship.
Therefore, Casino Park is his next destination…
Chapter 129: Desires & Functions
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Casino Park. Dusk.*
Within the VIP room, Breezie is having a fun break from the daily grind of running her media empire. She’s got playing cards in her hands, and a pile of rings, jewels, and other trinkets in her corner of the table. The people she’s playing against are looking at their cards with worried, irritated, or confident expressions.
No doubt, Breezie is once again beating everyone that faces her in a game of cards, all with a smug smile on her face. Many of the other visitors and employees here stare at this intense competition curiously, wondering if someone will finally be able to beat the businesswoman at her own game.
A particularly arrogant human male in his 50s tries his hand at this, only for Breezie to immediately put him in his place, much to his bewilderment. There’s also a female cat in a suit and tie that believes she may have come up with a good strategy. Sadly, the teal hedgehog is three steps ahead of her.
In the end, after about a full hour of playing, Breezie ends up as the victor once again. She takes her pile and places it into a big suitcase, while flaunting a little.
Breezie: “Hahaha! This is why you never try to beat the house!”
Breezie: “But at least it was fun humoring you all! And giving a reality check too!”
Human Businessman: “Ugh…I can’t believe I lost this badly…”
Cat Businesswoman: “I must admit…you’re pretty deadly with a set of cards…”
Breezie: “It’s only natural! Now, if you’ll excuse me, I have a business to get back to!”
Standing up and grabbing her suitcase, Breezie walks out of the VIP room, and heads back to her office. Though, along the way, she greets a few clients, employees, and visitors. And once she’s back in her office, the teal hedgehog sits down on one of the couches, opens the case, and looks at it’s contents.
Breezie: “Ah…feels good to be on top…”
Breezie: “But what to do with some of this? Hmm…”
From the suitcase, Breezie pulls out a unique type of ring. It has a star in the center, wings on the sides, and a sparkly tinge to them.
Breezie:
“These Special Rings could make a good energy source! Or make me a good buck!"
Breezie: “Maybe Clutch could use them for something? Or…?”
Breezie’s train of thought is cut off by a knock on the door, which she looks at.
Breezie:
“Who is it?”
???: “It’s me, mom! I came to say hi!”
Breezie: “Emerl?”
Interested, Breezie gets up and answers the door to find Emerl standing there. Immediately, she puts on a pleased smile.
Breezie: “Well, this is a nice surprise! Did you bring daddy along too?”
Emerl:
“Sadly, no! He told me to go on a journey of self-discovery!”
Emerl: “I thought it’d be a good idea to talk to the important people I met up to this point!”
Breezie: “Heh! Good to know I’m so significant to you!”
Breezie: “And I’ve heard from Neo that you’re all grown up now?”
Emerl:
“You betcha! I’m at full power, and I’ve learned a lot!”
Breezie: “Then sit down and tell me everything! I’m sure it will be interesting!”
Emerl nods in response, before he and Breezie sit down on the couches. Though, before they start, the Gizoid notices all the loot the teal hedgehog has in her suitcase.
Emerl: “What’s with all this stuff?”
Breezie: “Just some rewards I got from winning a game of cards! Nothing too big!”
Breezie: “If you want, you can pick something out of the pile!”
Emerl: “Tempting, but spending time with you is the real reward here!”
Breezie: “Oh, you flatter me too much!”
And with that, Emerl and Breezie begin their conversation. The Gizoid talks about all the stuff that happened with Neo, Sonic, and many others, which interests the teal hedgehog. Seems Dr. Eggman is losing his status as top dog, and the robotic hedgehog is doing very well. Though, she finds the idea of him turning into a big metal dragon ridiculous.
Afterwards, Breezie explains to Emerl what she’s been up to. That, with the Chaos Emerald Championship over, she had a lot of money to use for whatever endeavors she wanted. So, she’s been working on upgrading stuff like BreezTV and Casino Park, along with starting up some new places, like a water park.
Other than that, things have been relatively calm for Breezie. At least, as calm as the lifestyle of an infamous businesswoman can be. And once they’re done catching up, they chat about more casual topics.
Emerl: “And then the little girl I saved made this nice drawing of me! It was so sweet!”
Breezie: “Yeah…it was…”
Breezie: “It’s nice to see you’re putting your talents to good use. And that you’re getting appreciation for it too.”
Emerl: “Mm-hm! With great power comes great responsibility, right?”
Breezie: “Heh…right…”
Breezie: “You’ve come a long way since spouting random lines and fighting on live television.”
Emerl: “Yep! Good times!”
Emerl: “And once I’m done with my current mission, you, me, and dad should all hang out together!”
Emerl: “We could watch a movie, take a vacation, have a delicious feast…”
Breezie: “I’m definitely not opposed to it! Though, running a media empire takes a lot of time out of your schedule!”
Emerl: “Then we’ll do it the next time you and dad are free!”
Breezie: “Deal! And hopefully, he won’t be so robotic!”
Emerl: “Nah! He’s become more relaxed since we finished emerald hunting!”
Emerl: “Maybe you two could finally make it official?”
That comment makes Breezie chuckle a bit with rosy cheeks. Though, she doesn’t seem too sure about what Emerl’s saying. Sure, she definitely has an interest in Neo, but she wants to wait a bit before trying anything bolder. Though, she has no objections to being the Gizoid’s surrogate mother still.
After all, Emerl is quite the character. Not only is he a very skilled fighter, but he just has this infectious charm to him that some can’t get enough of. And Breezie falls into that category. She makes it a habit to not get too attached to people, since her priorities lie in her business endeavors. Yet, she doesn’t mind making a few exceptions.
Perhaps with enough time, Emerl could make an excellent protegee? The thought makes her chuckle again, since he likely has no interest in business, and that’ll only happen when she’s an old lady. In other words, that’s Future Breezie’s problem. Present Breezie merely tries to put her focus back on the conversation.
Breezie: “Well…we’ll wait and see…”
Breezie: “But it’s been nice having you around. You help liven up the place.”
Breezie: “And while I try to keep a certain distance with others, I can make an exception for you and your dad.”
Breezie: “Just don’t make me regret it, and I’m sure we’ll have a blast.”
Emerl: “Heh! I doubt that’ll ever happen!”
Emerl: “And it’s nice having you in my life too! Even if we haven’t gotten to chat much since the tournament!”
Emerl: “I’m sure you, me, and dad will be one big happy family!”
Breezie: “Jeez…you’re a real big softie, you know that?”
Breezie: “Though…maybe that’s not a bad thing…”
Despite trying to keep up her coy demeanor, Breezie has a genuine smile on her face. During this, Emerl decides to stand up.
Emerl:
“Okay! I’ll let you get back to your important business stuff!”
Emerl: “There’s many more people I need to talk to as well! And fight!”
Breezie: “Of course! Just don’t get too crazy!”
Breezie:
“And tell your father I’m looking forward to our little family outing!”
Emerl: “Absolutely! See you later, mom!”
Breezie: “Take care, sweetheart!”
Done with the catch-up, Emerl heads out of Breezie’s office. All while she still has that smile on her face. She knows that Gizoid is gonna make quite the name for himself in due time. And it’ll be amazing to see how that goes…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A while later. Mazuri. Night.*
Within a reddish-brown savannah, which has a bunch of exotic animals, mud houses, patches of scrub grass, and baobab trees, E-123 Omega rushes straight towards a nearby Eggman supply depot. It features a wide metal building, with tons of Badniks protecting it, and some ships and vehicles for transport.
Immediately, the Badniks spot Omega, and fire like mad at him. Unfortunately, the walking arsenal powers through this, and begins to go on another rampage.
Omega: “FACE ME, INFERIOR MODELS! FOR YOUR DESTRUCTION IS NIGH!”
As Omega unleashes his strength and weapons all around him without care, the Badniks trying to stop him fall like flies. The supply depot and vehicles also get caught in the crossfire, leading to lots and lots of explosions and flames. Good thing this is in a very dry environment, or this could lead to a forest fire…
Regardless, after a good 5 minutes, Omega is just about finished turning this base into a flaming junkyard. He pumps his fists up in victory while gloating.
Omega: “EGGMAN ROBOTS DESTROYED! EGGMAN SUPPLY DEPOT DESTROYED! EGGMAN TRANSPORT DESTROYED!”
Omega: “MISSION COMPLETE! DOMINANCE FULFILLED! FLAGGING STATUS AS HAPPY!”
Too caught up in the glory, Omega doesn’t notice a bulky gorilla robot coming up from the rubble. It’s damaged, but it’s still functional, and attempts to fire one of it’s rocket fists at the E-Series robot’s back. Sadly, someone else crashes down on the machine, destroying it, and catching the walking arsenal’s attention.
It’s Emerl, who just happened to be flying through the sky on his way to his next destination, only to spot Omega’s carnage. He greets the walking arsenal with a casual wave.
Emerl: “Hey, Omega!”
Omega: “EMERL. STATE YOUR OBJECTIVE, OR JOIN DR. EGGMAN’S ROBOTS.”
Emerl: “Oh relax! I was just passing by and saw you going ham on this supply depot!”
Emerl: “I figured I’d say hi while I was here! Maybe even chat a little?”
Omega: “YOU ARE AN ALLY OF METALLIX. BY ASSOCIATION, YOU ARE DESIGNATED AS AN ENEMY.”
Omega: “THEREFORE, I HAVE NO INTEREST IN COMMUNICATION. LEAVE IF YOU WISH TO REMAIN IN ONE PIECE.”
Emerl: “Come on, dude! Why do you have to be so hostile?”
Emerl: “Whatever beef you have with dad should stay between you two! And I don’t think we have any bad blood between us!”
Omega: “...”
Processing Emerl’s words, Omega reconsiders his thoughts on communication. It’s true that he and the Gizoid don’t really have any reason to consider each other enemies, and whatever feelings he has towards Metallix should be directed at him alone. Plus, the walking arsenal admires the orange robot’s skills and power.
Deciding Emerl might be right, Omega calms down a little, and allows him to talk. The Gizoid picks up on this, glad that the E-Series robot is open to conversation.
Emerl: “So…are you always hunting down Eggman robots?”
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE. IT IS MY HIGHEST PRIORITY.”
Omega: “SOON, I WILL DESTROY DR. EGGMAN AS PAYBACK FOR WASTING MY POWER, AND TREATING ME POORLY.”
Emerl: “Sounds about right. Though a bit overkill.”
Emerl: “Personally, I’m on a mission of self-discovery! Dad thought it’d be a good idea!”
Omega: “SELF-DISCOVERY…THE PROCESS OF ACQUIRING INSIGHT INTO ONE’S CHARACTER…”
Omega: “YOU ARE TRYING TO GAIN MORE INSIGHT INTO WHO YOU ARE?”
Emerl: “Yep! And I’m meeting up with the important people in my life to help with that!”
Emerl: “Plus, have a few fun spars along the way!”
Omega: “DOES THAT MEAN YOU WISH TO DO BATTLE WITH ME?”
Emerl: “If you’re down, I’m down!”
Omega: “PERFECT! I REQUIRE A GREATER CHALLENGE!”
Omega:
“AND AFTER OUR LAST ENCOUNTER, I AM EAGER TO CORRECT MY FAILURE!”
Emerl: “Admittedly, I DID want to fight you one-on-one as well!”
Emerl:
“So give it all you got, Omega! I can take it!”
Omega: “DO NOT HOLD BACK ON ME EITHER! I WILL NOT BE PITIED!”
Without any hesitation, and eager to throw hands, Emerl and Omega begin their battle. As requested, the walking arsenal isn’t holding anything back, using all of his weapons and strength. He’s pretty happy to have an actual challenge for the first time since the Angel Island invasion, and make up for his failure there.
Emerl, on the other hand, doesn’t exactly go all out on Omega. Mainly because he just has so much more power than he does. Though, he certainly gives the walking arsenal a tough time, using his own skills against him, along with some Rouge and Shadow data mixed in there. But that doesn’t mean he isn’t having a fun time.
To be honest, Emerl has a great liking towards Omega. He too is a powerful weapon that grew to become his own person, and is an avid lover of fighting as well. And while the E-Series robot doesn’t really want to admit it, he has great interest in the Gizoid and his incredible strength. One could call these two kindred spirits.
Eventually, after about half an hour, Emerl wins the match by knocking Omega down to the ground. However, the walking arsenal gets back up, still eager to fight. And the Gizoid feels the same way. Hence, they continue to fight for a while longer until the E-Series robot is exhausted of both energy and ammo.
With his body having a bunch of dents in it, and letting off a bit of smoke, Omega decides to sit down and recover. Emerl, also looking the same way, heals himself and then sits down with him.
Emerl: “Heh! That was a lot of fun!”
Omega: “AGREED. IF I HAD YOUR SAME HEALING CAPABILITIES, I WOULD LIKE TO KEEP GOING.”
Omega: “UNFORTUNATELY, MY BODY AND WEAPONS DON’T POSSESS SUCH FUNCTIONS. THEREFORE, I AM FORCED TO STOP.”
Omega: “ANNOYANCE FACTOR: 86%. JEALOUSY FACTOR: 150%”
Emerl: “Pfft! Yeah, it would be nice if you had a self-repair function!”
Emerl: “But I suppose we all need time to relax at some point! No matter how much we don’t want to!”
Omega: “ILLOGICAL. WE ARE MACHINES. REST IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH OUR DESIGN.”
Omega: “FURTHERMORE, YOUR DESIGN ALLOWS YOU TO FIGHT FOREVER. WHY DO YOU STOP YOURSELF?”
Emerl: “Well…I DO love fighting, but…”
As Emerl explains himself, he looks up into the night sky.
Emerl: “I don’t want my entire life to revolve around that.”
Emerl: “There’s a whole lot of other things I want to do! Spend time with my loved ones, see new sights, try new things!”
Omega: “ILLOGICAL. YOU WERE DESIGNED TO BE THE ULTIMATE WEAPON OF WAR.”
Omega: “WHY WOULD YOU DENY YOUR FUNCTION? YOUR VERY REASON FOR EXISTENCE?”
Emerl: “So what if I was designed for fighting? I don’t care about that!”
Emerl:
“My existence can only be defined by myself and myself alone! Not someone I don’t even remember!”
Emerl: “Besides, who’s to say I can’t do anything other than fighting? I’m not a boxing glove!”
Emerl: “Heck, you could do the same if you really want to!”
Omega: “...”
Omega: “YOU CONTINUE TO BE ILLOGICAL. AND I HAVE NO INTEREST IN ANYTHING OTHER THAN WHAT I WAS MADE TO DO.”
Omega: “I WAS BUILT TO DESTROY AND DOMINATE. AND I LOVE IT.”
Omega: “LITTLE ELSE MATTERS TO ME. IF I CANNOT FULFILL MY FUNCTION, IT WILL GREATLY UPSET ME.”
Emerl: “Suit yourself! But at least think about it a bit!”
Omega: “DO NOT TELL ME WHAT TO DO.”
Emerl chuckles a little at Omega’s response. However, deep down, the E-Series robot IS thinking about what the Gizoid said. He genuinely does love destruction and dominance, but…is that all he can be? After all, he’s proven to be more than a destroyer. He’s also been a protector. An ally. A friend.
Maybe Omega can do a little more? As long as he still gets to blow stuff up? He’s definitely not gonna be some softie or anything, but it doesn’t hurt to explore his options. Plus, while doing this stuff solo is perfectly fine, having some company wouldn’t be bad either. Like Shadow and Rouge. Or maybe even…?
As Omega processes this, he decides to stand up. Emerl does the same, and as they talk a little bit more, the sun starts to rise.
Emerl: “Alrighty! I’ll let you get back to blowing stuff up!”
Emerl: “There’s a few more people I have to see, and I’m sure you’re getting bored of this conversation!”
Omega:
“AFFIRMATIVE. I HAVE TOLERATED THIS STALLING LONG ENOUGH.”
Omega: “NOW LEAVE BEFORE IT’S RUN IT’S COURSE.”
Emerl: “Got it! See you in the next battle, Omega!”
And with that, Emerl flies off into the sky, while Omega stares at him. He still doesn’t really “get” the Gizoid yet, but he’s definitely an interesting machine. And a powerful opponent to fight against. One day, the walking arsenal hopes to defeat him in a match. So for now, he’s gotta hone his skill and power.
Back to Emerl, he has about 5 more people in mind that he wants to see again. Though, he could make a pitstop for one or two others. Like Bai from the tournament, or Priest Gregorios. It’ll likely just be a quick chat or spar.
Other than that? Angel Island will be his next destination…
Chapter 130: Insight
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Morning.*
Soaring through the skies once again, Emerl heads to his next destination. He just finished talking to Priest Gregorios, who was pleased to see how much he’s grown as a person. And before that, the Gizoid found Bai in his personal dojo within Chun-nan, and had a short spar. The swift fox was impressed by his greater skills and strength.
But now, Emerl wishes to see Knuckles, Tikal, and Chaos on Angel Island. Or…whatever it’s supposed to be called now, since it’s currently stuck in the water. It doesn’t take long for him to find the landmass, and he picks up on a few things. There’s a couple of ships moving to and from the island.
In addition, Emerl sees that the trio of guardians are talking to some outsider, with Knuckles not looking too happy. This outsider is a teal-colored female pika, with brown eyes, a lock of hair on her forehead, two hair buns, and large ears. She’s also wearing glasses, a greenish-black bodysuit, a sleeveless ochre jacket, gloves, and boots, and a backpack.
Watching and listening from afar, Emerl can pick up on the conversation this pika is having with the guardians. She has a rich English accent, and seems really desperate.
???: “Oh come on! Can’t I at least have a few days to study the ruins!?”
Knuckles: “For the last time, no! I don’t need some stranger walking around my island and causing problems!”
Tikal:
“Relax, Knuckles. I don’t sense any ill intent from Ms…?”
???: “Relic! Lover and expert on archaeology!”
Relic: “It’s my duty to discover ancient secrets and knowledge on various civilizations from long ago!”
Relic: “And the Chaos Clan is on that very list! So PLEASE let me have this chance?”
Knuckles: “Ugh…if that’s all you’re here for, just ask Tikal.”
Knuckles: “She was a part of the Chaos Clan 4,000 years ago, so you’d get a lot of answers from her.”
When Knuckles says that, Relic looks at Tikal with intrigue.
Relic: “Really? You’ve been alive for ALL this time!?”
Tikal: “Well…I was inside the Master Emerald for much of that time, but yes.”
Tikal: “If there’s something you’d like to know, I’m more than willing to share.”
Tikal: “Though, seeing the ruins would also help with your efforts…”
While saying this, Tikal gives Knuckles an annoyed stare, which he isn’t happy with. Chaos simply stares at the Master Emerald, which is back at it’s outdoor shrine. Though, a small chunk of the gemstone is missing, since Metallix has the last shard. Therefore, it’s not fully restored, and Angel Island cannot be brought back to the skies.
As Chaos looks at the shrine, it notices Emerl staring down at everyone, and points it out to the others. Immediately, Knuckles is angry and on-guard, while Tikal is more cautious, and Relic is utterly confused. They watch the Gizoid, who lands onto the ground and greets them.
Emerl:
“Hi, guys! How you’ve been?”
Relic:
“Uhhh…?”
Knuckles:
“How I’ve been? What do you think!?”
Knuckles: “Thanks to you and Metallix, the Master Emerald can’t be fixed, and Angel Island is stuck in the ocean!”
Knuckles: “Now, we’re getting a bunch of outsiders, and it’s causing me headaches!”
Knuckles: “So unless you want me to crush your face, get off my island!”
Tikal:
“Knuckles! Just calm down for a second!”
Knuckles: “No! Do you not remember what happened the last time he was here!?”
Tikal: “Yes, but it’s obvious he’s not here to cause us problems!”
Tikal:
“I sense no ill intent from him, and he didn’t bring Metallix or anyone else along!”
Knuckles: “Even still, I don’t want him here! End of discussion!”
Chaos: “...”
For some reason, Chaos stands in front of Knuckles, who’s confused by this.
Knuckles: “Chaos? Don’t tell me you’re siding with Tikal here!”
Tikal: “He is. So please stop.”
Knuckles: “...”
Though Knuckles doesn’t want to go along with this, he takes a deep breath and relents.
Knuckles: “...What do you want, Emerl?”
Emerl: “Just wanted to say hi and spar a bit!”
Emerl: “Though, it seems you’re a little busy!”
Emerl points at Relic, who still doesn’t really understand what’s going on. But she’s curious about the Gizoid, and approaches him.
Relic: “You’re…that robot from Monopole! And the Chaos Emerald Championship!”
Relic: “Just from seeing you in-person, I can tell you’re a VERY old piece of tech! I can’t get my eyes off of you!”
Emerl:
“Uh…thanks?”
Relic:
“Oh! Sorry if that sounded weird!”
Relic: “Archaeology is a big passion of mine! It’s my life’s goal to discover the secrets of-”
Knuckles: “ANYWAYS, if all you’re here for is a fight, then I’ll gladly provide one!”
Chaos: “...!”
Chaos appears to feel the same way, as it gets into a combat stance. Same for Knuckles and Emerl. Tikal and Relic choose to step back, with the latter looking nervous about this.
Relic:
“Um…are you sure it’s a good idea for them to fight here?”
Relic:
“After all, there are many historical landmarks and secrets that could get damaged!”
Tikal: “Many confrontations have happened here before. Including a few weeks ago.”
Tikal: “Besides, I doubt these three are gonna stop right now.”
Relic: “Oh…well…if you think it’s okay…”
Back to Knuckles, Chaos, and Emerl, they share a few words.
Knuckles: “If me and Chaos win, you’re giving us that last emerald shard.”
Emerl: “Fine by me! And if I win, you’ll let Relic over there do some research on your island!”
Relic:
“Huh!?”
Relic is surprised that Emerl is doing her a favor here, despite just meeting each other.
Knuckles: “Hmph! Whatever!”
With that dismissive response, Knuckles and Chaos rush towards Emerl, beginning the battle. Naturally, since they don’t have any upgrades, power-ups, or extra back-up, the red echidna and water god aren’t able to do much damage to the Gizoid. Though, they certainly try their hardest, and as a duo, they’re pretty capable.
As for Emerl, he has a bit of trouble at points, but he’s able to counter whatever Knuckles and Chaos throw at him. And thanks to his battle data, the Gizoid can mimic the water god’s abilities and movements. Like extending his arms forward with cable-like cords, or even shooting out waves of water.
Meanwhile, the girls are impressed with the display. Especially Relic, who’s amazed at the capabilities of Chaos and Emerl. Sure, she’s seen the Gizoid fight on TV before, but seeing him in-person is something else entirely. Just where did he come from? Who made him? Are there MORE like him? That’s something she’d love to figure out.
And after a couple of minutes, Emerl manages to defeat Knuckles and Chaos, who fall to the ground, exhausted. The red echidna is annoyed about this, but at the same time, a part of him enjoyed the fight. As for the Gizoid, he looks at Relic and gives a thumbs-up.
Emerl: “There you go, Relic! You can investigate Angel Island to your heart’s content!”
Relic: “Ah…thank you very much, Emerl! Even though I don’t understand why you helped me!”
Getting back on his feet, Knuckles is healed a bit by Tikal, while Chaos reforms itself from it’s puddle.
Knuckles: “Ugh…I still can’t take you down…”
Knuckles: “But…at least it was a little fun…”
Emerl: “Yep! Now you better keep true to my victory conditions!”
Knuckles:
“Whatever. Now are you gonna leave or what?”
Emerl:
“Don’t be like that! Why don’t we chat a bit?”
While Knuckles isn’t interested in the idea, Tikal and Chaos are more accepting.
Tikal:
“I don’t mind at all. And it seems Chaos feels the same way.”
Tikal: “So how about you show Relic around, Knuckles? Since you clearly aren’t in a good mood to talk?”
Knuckles: “...”
Staring at Relic, and then Emerl, Knuckles lets out a tired sigh.
Knuckles: “...Sure…I guess that’d be good…”
Knuckles:
“Come on. I know where you can get started.”
Relic:
“Ah! Alrighty then!”
Relic: “And I promise I’ll be on my best behavior here! You won’t regret it!”
Knuckles silently nods, before walking off with Relic. She takes a short glance at the others before continuing on. Now, it’s just Tikal, Chaos, and Emerl, who all sit down.
Tikal: “I apologize for Knuckles’ behavior. Our last encounter left him very…frustrated…”
Tikal: “Angel Island getting messed up, the Master Emerald unable to be restored, Metallix keeping the last piece of it…”
Emerl: “Yeah…I can see why he’d be upset about that…”
Emerl:
“But at least he’s got you two to help him out still!”
Tikal: “Correct. He HAS calmed down a little over the past few weeks.”
Tikal:
“Now, what do you wish to discuss?”
Emerl: “Hmm…”
For a moment, Emerl thinks to himself. Once he’s found the right words, he speaks.
Emerl: “Well, the reason I’m here is because dad sent me on a journey of self-discovery.”
Emerl: “So I’ve been meeting up with some important people in my life, and having a few battles along the way.”
Tikal: “Ah…and has it been going well?”
Emerl:
“Definitely! It’s been pretty fun and informative!”
Emerl: “Though, there’s something I feel I can only talk about with you.”
Tikal:
“It’s about your creators, isn’t it?”
Emerl: “Yeah…”
Emerl: “I mean, I don’t super care about who they are, or why they made me, but I feel I need to learn a little more.”
Emerl: “After all, I have zero recollection of them, and maybe learning about them will help me in some form?”
Tikal: “Hm…I see…”
Tikal: “While I’m not super knowledgeable about your creators, I can certainly give you some insight.”
Emerl: “Go ahead. Tell me everything you know.”
Tikal nods, before telling Emerl all about the Nocturnus Clan, while Chaos listens to them. The Gizoid finds the fact that this civilization was sent to another dimension interesting, and wonders if there’s any remnants of them. Particularly the rest of his kind. Though, the fact that they killed so many people makes him uneasy.
Once Tikal is done explaining, Emerl processes all the information given. Then, when he’s ready, he talks about it.
Emerl: “So this Nocturnus Clan was sucked into another dimension…along with almost all their Gizoids…”
Emerl: “I’m the last one left…and the strongest of them all…”
Tikal: “Indeed…I was shocked to learn there was one left when Sonic and the others first told us…”
Tikal: “To be honest, I was filled with a sense of dread…at the thought that one of those deadly machines was still around…”
Tikal: “Yet…you turned out to be so kind and gentle…”
Tikal: “I suppose that’s thanks to your link with Metallix. He raised you to be a good person.”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “...Do you think those other Gizoids could have ended up like me?”
Emerl:
“That, if they found the right person…they could have become good people too?”
Tikal: “...I don’t think it’s out of the realm of possibility.”
Tikal: “If there’s one thing I learned from you and Metallix…it’s that weapons can be a lot more than what they were designed to be…”
Tikal: “Our lives aren’t defined by what we’re supposed to be…it’s by who we choose to be…”
Tikal: “And I’m glad you were given that choice, Emerl.”
Emerl: “...Yeah…me too…”
Emerl: “Though, I can’t help but wonder where my…the other Gizoids are…”
Emerl: “If they cause trouble, I’ll stop them…along with my creators…”
Emerl: “But if they can change for the better…I won’t rob them of that chance…”
Tikal: “Mm…I can’t forgive them for the atrocities they committed…”
Tikal: “Though, I DO agree with you. Everyone deserves a chance at redemption.”
Chaos: “...”
Chaos stares at Tikal when she says that, which makes her smile at it. As for Emerl, he’s thinking about the possibility that his fellow Gizoids…his “brothers”...may still be out there somewhere. And one day, they could return. Could he reason with them? Help them change? Or would his words fall on deaf ears?
Plus, what about the Nocturnus Clan? What if Emerl comes across them too? Sure, he doesn’t really care about them, or why they made him. He’s got no attachment to them, and he’s made his own choices. Yet, how would that interaction go? The Gizoid isn’t too sure. But he knows one thing for sure.
Nothing about his past defines him. Not his creators, not his fellow Gizoids, not his reason for existing, nothing. Emerl is his own person, and he’ll fight for what he believes in. All that matters to him is protecting his loved ones, along with all of Earth. Whatever threat he faces, he’ll take them down. Maximum power.
Feeling he’s gained a better understanding of himself, Emerl stands up. Tikal and Chaos do the same, as the Gizoid shakes hands with them both.
Emerl: “Thanks for telling me all of this. It was some good insight.”
Tikal: “Of course. I hope this information serves you well.”
Tikal: “Now, what do you wish to do next?”
Emerl: “Hmm…I think there’s just two more people I wish to talk to…”
Emerl: “Then, I’m gonna go back to dad, and fight him! With all I’ve got!”
Tikal: “Sounds good. I wish you the best of luck.”
Tikal: “Though, we REALLY need that last emerald shard back…”
Emerl:
“Yeah, I’m gonna ask him to do that! I’m sure you won’t try to deactivate me now!”
Tikal:
“Of course. We don’t have anything to worry about.”
Emerl: “Sweet! Then I’ll let you get back to guardian stuff!”
Emerl: “And tell Knuckles I’m looking forward to our next battle!”
Tikal and Chaos nod in agreement, as they watch Emerl fly off. The orange echidna has a relieved smile on her face, seeing what was once an ancient weapon used against her people become a virtuous and kind individual. Perhaps the rest of the Gizoids could be redeemed as well? Whenever they show themselves?
But that doesn’t matter right now. What DOES matter is Emerl’s last two targets. Probably some of the most important people in his life…
Sonic & Shadow …
Chapter 131: Freedom
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Adabat. Day.*
Laying back against a palm tree on a sandy coast, with a vast ocean in front of him, Sonic drinks from one half of a coconut, which has some milk inside it. Nearby are a bunch of other islands, consisting of various tropical landscapes. Vast jungles, gargantuan waterfalls, ancient ruins, several residential stilt house villages, etc.
Once again, Sonic has been traveling around the world, and decided to take a break here in Adabat. Right now, he’s just enjoying the ocean view and relaxing. Though, he notices something in the sky that’s coming towards him. And when he realizes who it is, he puts on a knowing smirk.
Landing on the sandy shore, Emerl looks at Sonic and greets him. During this, the blue blur stands up and sips the last of his milk.
Emerl: “Hey, Sonic! Long time no see!”
Sonic: “Heh! Same to you!”
Sonic: “Did you come by to say hi? Or are you interested in seeing what Adabat has to offer?”
Emerl: “That IS part of it, but I mainly came here to talk to you!”
Emerl: “I’m on a journey of self-discovery! Dad thought it’d be a good idea to try out!”
Sonic: “Is that so? Well, I’m all ears!"
Emerl: “Sweet! So…”
Taking a moment to think, Emerl ponders over what to talk to Sonic about, who waits patiently for him. However, he comes up short.
Emerl: “...Huh. I don’t have anything.”
Sonic: “Hm. Then how about we take a look around? There’s a lot to see!”
Emerl: “Sure! Sounds fun!”
Sonic: “Alright! Follow my lead!”
In a flash, Sonic runs across the ocean, with Emerl following suit. Together, they rush through the various areas and obstacles Adabat has to offer. Falling pillars, swinging vines, sudden water sprouts, stone statues that shoot pillars of water, and more. None of it is any issue for them. If anything, it adds to the excitement.
There’s also many residents and animals that notice Sonic and Emerl running around, which catches their attention. The two speedsters give them a small wave, but otherwise, they focus on their current endeavors. And as they go at it, they eventually reach some ancient ruins, located near massive waterfalls.
While Emerl can’t emote too well in his regular robot form, Sonic can tell. These sights are an absolute joy for him. Hence, after a little more running around, the two of them stop and rest on some stone steps.
Sonic: “So? Pretty cool, huh?”
Emerl: “Definitely! Adabat is so beautiful!”
Emerl:
“Earth just has so many cool places! I’m tempted to see all of it!”
Sonic:
“Well, why not go ahead and do it? Nothing’s stopping you now!”
Emerl: “True! Though, I DO want to see dad soon!”
Emerl: “I know he and Monopole will be okay, but…I don’t want to be away for too long…”
Sonic: “Understandable. Just keep that in mind for the time being.”
Emerl: “Of course.”
After that exchange is over, the two share a moment of silence. This gives Emerl an idea for what he could talk about with Sonic. And so, he shares it.
Emerl: “So…there’s something dad said to me when he first suggested this whole self-discovery thing…”
Emerl: “How, from now on, I’m my own master and nobody can tell me what to do now.”
Emerl: “To be honest, I wasn’t sure how to feel about that. Especially since…you know…”
Sonic: “Right. The link thing.”
Sonic: “But at this point, you’ve become your own individual. Free to do whatever you want.”
Emerl: “Yeah…but…”
Emerl: “...What does it mean to be…’free?’”
That question makes Sonic ponder for a little bit. Then, with a smile, he gives Emerl an answer.
Sonic: “It just means you can do whatever you want. Without anyone or anything restricting you.”
Sonic: “No boundaries, no rules, no obligations…”
Sonic: “Anything you want to do or feel like doing…you can act on…”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “...Is that what you do?”
Sonic: “Absolutely!”
Sonic: “Seeing the world…finding excitement…living life to the fullest…”
Sonic: “Whatever I want to do, I’ll do it. Because that’s what I want.”
Sonic: “Nobody can decide who I am or what I should do. That’s MY decision alone.”
Emerl:
“Then…when you listen to your friends…?”
Sonic:
“Don’t overthink it, Emerl!”
Sonic: “Basically, freedom means you can follow your own wants and desires! That’s all there is to it!”
Emerl: “Huh…”
Emerl:
“So…if dad told me to do something, I wouldn’t have to listen to him?”
Sonic: “If you don’t want to!”
Emerl: “...”
This information makes Emerl think. Because of how he was programmed, he’s meant to follow the commands of whoever his master is without question. Yet, Metallix sent him on this adventure in order to become his own master, and not follow anyone else’s orders. Because he wants the Gizoid to be free.
Once upon a time, Metallix himself was nothing but an obedient follower to Dr. Eggman. Yet, he broke free of his control and became his own person. Therefore, he feels Emerl needs to do the same. And while the Gizoid doesn’t mind following the robotic hedgehog, he can understand why he wanted this to happen.
At this point, Emerl is a lot more than just a robot. He’s a living, feeling being with his own thoughts and desires. So he deserves to make his own choices, and live his life however he wants to. Hence, the Gizoid thinks long and hard about this one question…what does he want to do with his life?
???: “Hmph. So it wasn’t just my mind playing tricks on me.”
Emerl
&
Sonic
:
“!”
Surprised to hear that voice, Sonic and Emerl stand up and look at a nearby entrance within the ancient ruins. From the shadows comes…well…Shadow. Complete with his cloak and bag, and a neutral look on his face. Immediately, the blue blur puts on an amused smirk.
Sonic:
“Heh! Shadow comes out of a shadow!”
Sonic:
“Do you just have a knack for showing up out of nowhere?”
Shadow: “Enough of your jests, hedgehog.”
Shadow: “I sensed the incredible power within Emerl’s body, and followed him here.”
Emerl: “Really? For how long?”
Shadow: “Not important.”
Sonic: “Uh, pretty sure it IS? How long have you been stalking him?”
Ignoring Sonic’s questions, Shadow walks up to Emerl. The blue blur simply rolls his eyes at this.
Shadow: “Why are you here?”
Emerl: “Just wanted to talk to Sonic and make progress in my self-discovery!”
Shadow: “Self-discovery?”
Emerl: “Yeah! Dad wanted me to try it out, so I’ve been going around, talking to the important people I met up to this point!”
Emerl: “Actually, I was thinking about talking to you, so this is pretty good timing!”
Shadow:
“Hmm…so you’re not here to cause any trouble?”
Sonic: “Dude, we were just having a casual chat. I think that’s pretty obvious.”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow stares at Emerl for a few seconds, before taking a deep breath and crossing his arms.
Shadow: “Very well…”
Shadow: “Though, I’m not interested in conversing with either of you. I only came here to check if there was any danger.”
Sonic:
“What? Leaving already, Shads?”
Sonic: “Come on! A little social interaction isn’t gonna kill you!”
Sonic: “Besides, you should know at this point that Emerl isn’t a problem! Why not bury the hatchet already?”
Shadow: “Just because he’s not a threat right now doesn’t mean my doubts have vanished.”
Emerl: “If you don’t want to talk, why not have a quick spar with me and Sonic?”
Shadow: “?”
While Shadow is curious about this request, Sonic is more enthusiastic about it.
Sonic: “Yeah! That could be pretty fun!”
Sonic:
“Plus, seeing what you’re capable of now will be interesting!”
Emerl: “And you can clear those doubts of yours by fighting me right here and now!”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow: “...Fine. I suppose it’d be good practice…”
Sonic:
“There we go! Let’s take this to the shoreline!”
Emerl: “Agreed! We’d cause a lot less damage there!”
Shadow nods in agreement, and together, the three speedsters book it to the shoreline. Once they arrive, they all prepare themselves. Sonic stretches his arms and legs, the black blur takes off his cloak and bag, and Emerl gets into his combat stance.
Sonic: “So how about me and Shadow team up for this one?”
Sonic: “That way, we’d give you more of a challenge!”
Emerl: “Sounds good! What do you think, Shadow?”
Shadow: “I’ll deal with it for now.”
Emerl: “Okay! Then come at me whenever you’re ready!”
Both hedgehogs nod at Emerl, before they rush towards him in blue and yellow streaks. This leads to a fast and intense sparring session between the three fighters, with Sonic and Shadow combining their tactics and speed to try and defeat the Gizoid. They even use the Light-Speed Attack together at one point.
As for Emerl, he IS having a bit of trouble fending off Sonic and Shadow. But only because he’s holding back a bunch. He has to use a good amount of his various abilities, along with his speed and tactics to push the two hedgehogs back. Though, he never goes overboard, and they make sure not to harm the environment too much.
During this fight, both Sonic and Emerl are having a lot of fun with this. And while Shadow doesn’t show it, he’s feeling similarly as well. In fact, he can see a big difference between the Gizoid he faced on the Ark, and the Gizoid he’s facing now. Rather than a laser-focused combat machine in a berserk state, it’s a thinking and feeling individual with incredible potential.
Emerl isn’t fighting methodically and robotically. He’s fighting with restraint and care, while also showing clear enjoyment with the fight. Shadow can tell this Gizoid has changed a lot from back then. Now, he doesn’t feel so on-edge as before. As much as he doesn’t want to admit it…Sonic might actually be right.
But regardless of that fact, Emerl’s able to outsmart and overpower Sonic and Shadow, who crash onto the sand. They’re bruised and tired, but the blue blur still has that smile on his face.
Sonic: “Heh…hahaha…!”
Sonic: “To think me and Shadow almost beat you back in the Chaos Emerald Championship! Now, it’s no contest!”
Sonic: “You really are incredible, Emerl!”
Emerl: “Thanks, Sonic! For the compliments and the fight!”
Emerl: “Quite frankly, I had to strategize a little in order to take you both down while restraining myself!”
Sonic: “Really now? So you’re holding back on us?”
Shadow: “It shouldn’t be a surprise. If any of us went all-out, this island would be destroyed.”
Shadow: “And I must admit…you’re a lot different compared to when I fought you on the Ark…”
Emerl: “Ark? What’s an Ark?”
Getting back on his feet, Shadow explains.
Shadow: “A Bernal sphere space station that’s forever lost to time.”
Shadow: “It was where I was created…by Professor Gerald Robotnik…”
Emerl: “Gerald Robotnik? Like…Ivo Robotnik?”
Sonic: “Yep! Eggman’s granddad!”
Sonic: “He’s also the one who found you and tried to turn you into a nice robot!”
Shadow: “Yes…and it seems he was successful…”
Emerl: “Really? So…I have HIM to thank for being able to think and feel?”
Shadow nods in confirmation.
Shadow: “Before then, you were a mindless and deadly weapon. One that, in the wrong hands, could have been used to destroy the world.”
Shadow: “At one point, you went berserk and destroyed half the Ark. That was when we first clashed.”
Shadow: “Because of all of that, I could only see you as a threat to the world. A weapon to be destroyed.”
Shadow: “However…the fight we had just now tells me a different story…”
Shadow: “Despite having all that power, you never use it recklessly. You have restraint and care for your surroundings.”
Shadow: “All the while, you maintain a calm mind and a kind heart. Just like…”
Shadow: “...”
Shadow seems unsure for a moment. But he quickly regains his composure.
Shadow: “...Regardless, I get it now.”
Shadow: “I still have my concerns…but I can at least rest easy…”
Shadow: “Use that power wisely…and never lose your way…”
Staring at Shadow, Emerl is a little surprised by his words. Same for Sonic. But the Gizoid comes up with a response.
Emerl: “...Of course. I promise I’ll protect this planet with everything I got.”
Shadow: “Good. Because I’ll take you down if you cause any trouble.”
Emerl: “Heh! If you say so, Shads!”
That last line from Shadow puts a tired look on his face.
Shadow: “Sigh…you two are way too similar at times…”
Shadow stares at Sonic, who has a bit of a smug smirk on his face.
Sonic: “Well, he HAS spent a good amount of time around me! Maybe I rubbed off on him?”
Shadow: “Hmph. You’re a terrible influence.”
Sonic: “Hey! You’re not much better, Mr. Grumpy Pants!”
Not caring for the childish remark, Shadow grabs his cloak and bag, and proceeds to head off. But not before looking back at Sonic and Emerl.
Shadow: “When the next threat arises, we’ll cross paths again.”
Shadow: “Until then…farewell…”
And with that, Shadow rushes off in a yellow streak, leaving Sonic and Emerl alone.
Sonic: “Always has to be dramatic…”
Sonic: “But at least he’s starting to come around on you!”
Emerl: “Yeah…though, the stuff he said about me was surprising…”
Emerl: “It’s all thanks to this Gerald guy that I’m able to be an actual person…”
Emerl: “And I guess me and Shadow are brothers?”
Sonic: “Heheh! Seems like it!”
Emerl: “Hmm…”
Emerl thinks about what Shadow said. How he was once a mindless killing machine that had to be reprogrammed in order to protect the Earth. On one hand, he’s thankful to Gerald Robotnik for giving him the ability to think and feel. But on the other hand, that means the rest of his kind likely don’t have the means to change, sadly.
And what if his original, destructive programming is still inside him? Waiting to be unleashed at any point? Would he be unable to regain control of himself? Would Sonic and the others be unable to stop him if that happens? These thoughts are worrisome for him. However, he’ll never let this happen. Not in a million years.
This power Emerl has, regardless of whatever his creators intended, isn’t gonna be used for destruction and pain. It’ll be used to protect what he cares about, and stop any threats out there who dare to mess with him. He’s been given this gift of freewill, and he will not waste it. He swears it on his very soul.
Now, Emerl feels he’s gotten a great understanding of himself. He can make his own decisions. He can follow his desires and heart. He can feel things like love and excitement. He enjoys a good battle, and spending time with the people he cares about. He has the freedom to do whatever he wants, and be more than the weapon he was designed to be.
As Emerl thinks about all of this, he gets a feeling of clarity and empowerment. This makes him put a hand on his chest, and Sonic notices this.
Sonic: “Something crossing your mind?”
Emerl: “...Yeah…”
Looking at Sonic, Emerl offers a hand to him.
Emerl:
“Thanks for everything, Sonic. I think I’ve reached the end of my journey.”
Sonic:
“...Always happy to help, Emerl.”
Sonic: “Now, give me a fist-bump!”
Sonic puts his enclosed fist forward with a big smile. And without hesitation, Emerl returns the gesture, which pleases the blue hedgehog.
Sonic: “Alrighty! So what’s next?”
Emerl: “I’m gonna head back to Monopole and talk to dad.”
Emerl: “He promised me a fight…and I intend to win it!”
Sonic: “Sounds good! Give it all you got!”
Emerl: “Absolutely!”
And with that, Emerl goes back up to the skies. Sonic watches him leave with a genuine smile. To think that robot could barely even put up a fight against him before. Heck, he had the mental state of a newborn back then. Now, he’s a full-grown individual that can take him AND Shadow on at the same time.
For a long time now, Sonic has thought that Emerl could not only be a great friend, but an incredible hero. Even when his friends and allies had their doubts. And it seems he was right in the end. There’s no telling what the future holds for the Gizoid, but the blue blur is hoping it’ll be a great one.
Though, what about Metallix? Well, Sonic thinks he’s getting better too. Sure, he’s still kind of a jerk, but considering he hasn’t tried doing anything since the Angel Island battle…he may have a sneaking suspicion. The robotic hedgehog has the same potential to be a genuine friend and ally. Despite being made to destroy his organic counterpart.
As for what’s going through Emerl’s mind right now? He’s eager to get back to Metallix and show him how much he’s grown. Physically and mentally.
A battle to see if the student has surpassed the master…
Chapter 132: Protector
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Monopole. Afternoon.*
Neo sits down at a glass table, alongside Mayor William Caddel. The two are playing a round of Chess and drinking some coffee inside the latter’s office. There’s a wooden desk, some shelves filled with books, photos, and sports-related items, and a window view of the high-tech metropolis outside.
As expected, Neo is winning pretty much all the matches, thanks to his superior strategies and calculations. Though, Caddel certainly tries his best, and while he’s annoyed at his constant losses, he’s a good sport about the whole thing. Besides, this is mainly just to pass the time, and to chat about a few things.
After a couple of minutes, Neo wins another round of Chess, taking Caddel’s king. The mayor takes a sigh while grabbing his cup of coffee.
Mayor Caddel: “Jeez! I just can’t keep up with you in Chess! Where’d you learn to be so skilled?”
Neo: “That’s my little secret, Caddel.”
Mayor Caddel: “Hmph! If you say so!”
Taking a sip of his coffee for a second, Mayor Caddel then continues.
Mayor Caddel: “Anyways, I wanted to check on how your operations are going, Neo.”
Mayor Caddel: “Are there any budgetary issues? Or things that require some small improvements?”
Neo: “Not from what I can tell. We still have an incredible amount of money to spend on our various operations and departments.”
Neo: “Though, I’ve picked up on a few MeteorTech vessels getting hijacked outside of Monopole.”
Mayor Caddel: “Really? By who?”
Neo: “Not sure. But me and my employees are taking extensive measures to ensure this problem stops.”
Neo: “I won’t tolerate anyone or anything who dares to prevent our helping hand from reaching other continents and cities.”
Mayor Caddel: “Me either. Especially if they’re just some petty thieves.”
Mayor Caddel: “But at least things are going well for you.”
Neo: “Mm…”
Staring out the window, Neo drinks his coffee. He appears to have a far-off look in his eye, as if he’s missing something or someone. And Caddel picks up on this.
Mayor Caddel:
“Missing Emerl already, huh?”
Neo: “Oh? Yes…”
Neo: “It’s a little silly of me, isn’t it? I was the one who encouraged him to go out and explore the world…”
Neo: “And it’s only been a couple of days too…”
Mayor Caddel: “It’s not silly at all. It’s only natural to miss your loved ones.”
Mayor Caddel: “Especially when they’re as lively and kind as your boy.”
Neo: “Heh…he’s certainly a character at points…”
Neo: “To be honest, I’m not entirely sure where he gets it from.”
Neo: “Though, I suppose having someone with a brighter persona helps greatly…”
Mayor Caddel: “Absolutely! He’s a real beacon of hope for Monopole!”
Mayor Caddel: “The people love him, he helps out with the daily operations, and he keeps us safe from any potential threats!”
Mayor Caddel: “At this point, we ought to build you two stone statues in your honor! Hahaha!”
Neo: “As silly as that sounds, I’m not against it…”
Neo: “But I don’t want him to be glued to this city because of me or anyone else.”
Neo: “He NEEDS to go through some introspection and find what he alone wishes to do with his life.”
Neo: “After all, he’s not a little kid anymore…he’s a fully-grown individual…”
Mayor Caddel: “I know that feeling…it’s hard to let your kid go…”
Mayor Caddel: “You know deep down it’s gonna happen…yet, it’s tempting to keep them around for as long as humanly possible…”
Mayor Caddel:
“It’s a good thing you’re letting Emerl spread his wings. I’m sure when he gets back, he’ll be even better than before.”
Neo: “Same here…”
The two share a smile, before deciding to put away the cups and Chess board. They both have much to do for Monopole, and need to get back to it. Together, they walk out of the mayor’s mansion, which is a three story building with a more traditional design. Stone pillars, brick rooftop, wooden doors, etc.
Now standing in the front yard, which has a bunch of bushes, trees, and a brick road, Mayor Caddel and Neo shake hands while saying their farewells.
Mayor Caddel: “It was good catching up with you, Neo! We ought to do stuff like this more often!”
Neo: “Tempting, but I feel Monopole needs our undivided attention.”
Mayor Caddel:
“Good point! There’s not a lot of room for breaks!”
Mayor Caddel: “Though, we can certainly-?”
Caddel’s words trail off as he and Neo notice something flying right towards them. A lot of people in Monopole notice this too, and they’re all aware who this is. They all wave and shout at him, which he returns back with the same positive demeanor. Though, he’s squarely focused on returning to his father.
Landing in the front yard of the mayor’s mansion, Emerl puts a hand up and greets both Mayor Caddel and Neo, who are surprised and happy to see him.
Emerl: “Hey, dad! Hey, Mr. Caddel!”
Mayor Caddel: “Emerl! Good to have you back!”
Mayor Caddel: “But why so soon? It’s only been a few days!”
Emerl: “Heh! Guess a few days was all I needed!”
Emerl: “I learned a lot on my travels! Met up with some important people in my life!”
Neo:
“And had a few spars too?”
Emerl: “Of course! It’s only natural!”
Emerl: “Now, can we talk privately? About…you know…?”
Neo: “Of course. Let’s not delay this any further.”
Neo: “Caddel, I’ll see you soon. Stay healthy.”
Mayor Caddel: “I should be the one saying that to you, Neo!”
Mayor Caddel: “And have fun with whatever you have planned! I’m sure you’ll have a blast!”
Emerl: “Oh we definitely will! Let’s go!”
Neo: “Mm.”
Together, Neo and Emerl exit the mayor’s mansion, and Monopole as a whole. During this trip, the two catch each other up on what’s happened. The robotic hedgehog is interested to learn about the Gizoid’s encounters with Sonic and his allies, along with Breezie. Though, the family outing idea, he’s a little iffy on.
Neo also informs Emerl about Monopole still going fairly well, despite one or two disturbances. This is a relief for the Gizoid, but right now, he’s more eager to finally have his match with the metallic businessman. A chance to see if the student has surpassed the master. If the son can defeat the father…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Back in the underground bunker, Emerl and Metallix stand in an improved training room, which uses the same technology as the Coliseum. The two of them stare at each other, and talk a little before they begin fighting.
Metallix: “Alright, Emerl. This will be your final test.”
Metallix: “If you beat me, I will consider your training finished. You’ll have finally surpassed me.”
Metallix: “Whatever happens after that…is up to you.”
Emerl: “Yeah…I’m ready…”
Emerl: “It’s been one heck of a ride…and you taught me a lot…”
Emerl: “So I’ll show you that all that time and effort didn’t go to waste!”
Pleased with Emerl’s words, Metallix nods. They both get into combat stances, and their environment shifts to resemble the Digital World. Then, they stare at each other…
Metallix: “...”
Emerl: “...”
In a flash, Metallix and Emerl proceed to deliver a series of lightning-fast strikes at each other. Some connect, some don’t. Afterwards, the robotic hedgehog tries a few Spin-Attacks and Chaos Spears, which the Gizoid counters with his own, alongside other moves like the Wild Kick and Manic’s drumsticks.
Now having a chance to get the advantage, Emerl utilizes Omochaos to distract Metallix. He’s able to destroy them all without issue, but the Gizoid manages to throw a bunch of Bean’s bombs at him. It does a good amount of damage, but the metallic hedgehog recovers, and uses Knuckles’ various moves to retaliate.
Luckily, Emerl knows a way around this by copying Pada’s fighting style, which includes some scale-like armor and claw slashes. However, Metallix utilizes his Chaos bio-data to shift his body around like water, and ensnare his opponent into some traps. And while this DOES stall the Gizoid, he uses the Spark Field to get rid of it.
This continues on for many, many more minutes. Two robots, built to destroy for another, now fighting for their own desires, and for the betterment of the world. Both utilizing moves from others, and having great respect and care for one another. It’s a very exciting, intense, and fun battle for them.
Initially, Metallix is the one dominating the match. He possesses great power, speed, durability, and smarts, along with the abilities of Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Chaos, Shadow, and Black Doom. Plus, the Evolving Amethyst allows him to slowly grow more and more over time. So this should be another win for him, right? Surprisingly…no.
While Metallix is definitely powerful, Emerl is actually stronger than him now. With the 7 Chaos Emeralds in his body, the battle data of so many fighters, and being incredibly adept at fighting, the Gizoid is quickly catching up to his master. Plus, with him gaining a better understanding of himself and what he wants, nothing is holding him back anymore.
In fact, neither fighter is holding a single thing back here. They’re both going all out, even if it causes environmental damage. Good thing Metallix fixed the Coliseum tech, allowing it to handle reality-shaking power now. Otherwise, there’d be a lot of earthquakes going on in the outside world.
Eventually, after what feels like an hour, Metallix begins to slow down. His power is starting to wane from overuse, and Emerl’s dealing a lot of damage to him. Therefore, he decides to back up a little, and prepares for his final move. The Gizoid stops to see what he’s doing.
Metallix: “Splendid, Emerl! Truly splendid!”
Metallix: “Now, let us end this with one last attack!”
Emerl: “Speaking my kind of language!”
On opposite sides of the Digital World, Emerl and Metallix charge up for a powerful Maximum Overdrive. Their bodies crackling with orange electricity, alongside steam and smoke. And once they’re ready, they dash right towards each other, creating a surge of energy as each of them try to push the other back.
However, despite his best efforts, Metallix is unable to keep this up, and Emerl’s power doesn’t seem to have any limit. In a powerful explosion, the robotic hedgehog is sent flying, and falls to the ground. His leader-like appearance melts into a silver puddle underneath him, reverting him to his original Metal Sonic look.
As for Emerl, he lands on the ground, clearly damaged from the battle. But thanks to his self-repair ability, he’s completely fine. Though, he’s a little worried about Metallix, and goes to check on him.
Emerl: “Dad! Are you okay?”
Metallix: “Ugh…”
With Emerl’s help, Metallix gets back up. And he’s surprised to see his usual appearance has disappeared.
Metallix: “My body…? It’s returned to it’s original form?”
Emerl: “Original form?”
Metallix: “Yes…this is what I looked like before I changed to a more fitting appearance.”
Metallix: “I must have exhausted the power of the Evolving Amethyst. It’ll need time to recharge before I can change back to my preferred look.”
Metallix: “Heh…this is quite the accomplishment, Emerl.”
Metallix: “You defeated me at full power, AND pushed the Evolving Amethyst to it’s limits.”
Metallix: “You passed your final test with flying colors…”
Emerl: “Heh…I’m happy to hear that…”
As the two head out of the training room, it returns to it’s original appearance. They decided it’d be best to relax for a little bit, since that fight was SUPER intense and draining. Especially on Metallix. But they’re both happy with the results. Emerl’s training is now complete.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Standing together on a large mountain, Metallix and Emerl watch the sun set, along with the vast world below. The lush blue waters, the beautiful greenery, the towns filled with people, and much more. They’re taking this time to talk and reflect on everything.
Metallix: “So? How does it feel to be done with your training?”
Emerl: “...Like I’m finally ready for whatever life throws at me.”
Metallix: “Heh. Sounds about right.”
Metallix: “Personally, it’s amazing how much you’ve grown.”
Metallix: “When I think back to when you were first activated, it’s like thinking of a whole other person.”
Emerl: “Yeah…I was like a little baby robot who couldn’t do anything…”
Emerl: “But over time, with your training and guidance, I grew smarter and stronger…”
Emerl: “Plus, the Chaos Emeralds and battle data helped with that too…”
Metallix: “Mm. It was interesting to see you develop.”
Metallix: “But what do you wish to do with your life, now that you’ve become your own master?”
Emerl: “...”
Pondering over how to say it, Emerl looks down. Then, when he’s got it, he stands up.
Emerl: “...I want to keep helping the world.”
Emerl: “The Nocturnus Clan may have intended for me to be a destroyer…but Gerald Robotnik gave me the choice to be more than that…”
Emerl: “To think, feel, and act of my own accord…without anyone dictating who or what I am…”
Emerl: “And you helped raise me to become a kind person. And a powerful warrior.”
Emerl: “Plus, the other people I met along the way were incredible too.”
Emerl: “Sonic…Tails…Amy…Cream…mom…”
Emerl: “You all helped me become a protector. Free me from my destructive programming.”
Emerl: “So I want to repay that kindness by helping everyone and everything.”
Emerl: “And if someone like Eggman or whoever else tries to threaten the world? I’ll take them down.”
Emerl: “That way, everyone around the world can enjoy their lives to the fullest, and put on the biggest smiles!”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “Heh…as always, you continue to be a real spark of joy…”
Metallix: “Though, I can’t deny you’re rubbing off on me.”
Emerl: “Huh? How so?”
Standing up, Metallix starts to explain.
Metallix: “While you were learning, I was too.”
Metallix: “At first, I was determined to go through with my goal of turning this world into an everlasting robot utopia.”
Metallix: “I originally activated you to serve that goal. To help me take down the likes of Sonic and Eggman.”
Metallix: “Yet…the things we experienced, and your company made me question that thought…”
Metallix: “Sonic and his allies have grown stronger…and there turned out to be many more heroes across the world…”
Metallix: “Plus, Dr. Eggman is starting to fall behind. He’s becoming less of an issue.”
Metallix: “And I’ve already been doing plenty to help the world at large. As more than just a weapon.”
Metallix: “It made me wonder…maybe what I’m striving for isn’t necessary?”
Metallix: “But I wasn’t very receptive to that idea at first. I thought I HAD to go through with it, no matter what.”
Metallix: “Because otherwise…what will I do?”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “...Do you still feel that way?”
Metallix: “...”
Glancing downwards, Metallix thinks silently while Emerl stares at him. But once he has an answer, he looks up.
Metallix: “...I don’t think so.”
Metallix: “When I think about that plan now…I feel like it’s overblown…”
Metallix: “Together, we’re already doing plenty for the world at large. There’s no need for a robot kingdom anymore.”
Metallix: “And when I’m with you…I feel like the future is as bright as the sun…”
Looking at Emerl, Metallix continues.
Metallix: “You have the potential to be the world’s greatest hero.”
Metallix: “You have a very kind heart. More than most I’ve met.”
Metallix: “Plus, you’ve displayed incredible power that can protect, rather than destroy.”
Metallix: “And I know you’ll accomplish your goal. I’m 100% certain of it.”
Metallix: “I’m proud of you, son. Always.”
Emerl: “Dad…”
Emerl hugs Metallix, who accepts it without question.
Emerl: “Thank you so much…for everything…”
Metallix: “...Same to you…”
The two machines stay like this for a little while, enjoying the embrace. All while thinking about how much they’ve changed because of each other…
Metallix originally only wanted Emerl for his power. Sure, he wasn’t gonna treat him as badly as Eggman would, but over time, he grew to see the Gizoid like a son. He taught him everything he could, and saw him grow as a person and fighter. He saw his victories, failures, and everything in-between.
And along the way, Metallix started to realize that, to help the world, he didn’t need to mechanize everything. He only needed to give a helping hand to others, and that was perfectly fine. Just that alone would prevent catastrophes and chaos. And if it doesn’t? Emerl and many others can take care of it.
Emerl was originally built for war and destruction, only to be given a digital soul by a genius who wished to better the world. Thanks to Metallix, who is like a father to him, the Gizoid not only became a kind and virtuous person, but also an incredible fighter and protector of the innocent.
Now, Emerl wishes to continue helping the world with his gift. Make people smile, stop anyone or anything that threatens them, and live his life to the fullest. All while spending time with those he cares about. He is his own master now, and he won’t let anyone or anything define him.
Together, there is nothing that’ll stop this robot duo from helping the world. Not by turning it all into a well-oiled machine…but by being a great source of happiness and protection…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*???*
In another one of his bases, Dr. Eggman surveys a large mechanical room while carrying a red tablet. His Badniks are working on some kind of new space station, with a gray and red color scheme, and some sort of laser weapon being installed into it. Though, this thing is a lot smaller than the Death Eggs.
While watching the construction of this space station, Eggman looks at his tablet and talks to Sage, who is on the screen.
Eggman: “So how goes Project Phi, Sage?”
Sage: “Everything is on schedule, sir. These new Gizoid-based robots are 100% complete.”
Sage: “By my calculations, both this project and the E.G.G. Station Mk ll will be complete in a few days.”
Eggman: “I see…and what about the Final Egg Blaster? No issues there?”
Sage: “No. Though, without a bigger source of energy, it’ll only be able to fire a single shot.”
Eggman: “One shot is all that’s needed! As long as it fires, this plan will go off without a hitch!”
Eggman:
“Then, those fools who think I’m old news will get the shock of their lives!”
Eggman: “Sonic, Metallix, G.U.N., and anyone else will be childsplay! And the world will finally be mine to conquer! Ahahahaha!”
Sage: “Very well. But I must inform you of a very critical piece of information.”
Eggman: “Eh, save it for later! I need to finish my new battle mech!”
Eggman: “For now, start up the Phi robots! And keep an eye on Metallix and that Gizoid while you’re at it!”
Sage: “But-”
Eggman turns the tablet off, not letting Sage finish. He walks off with a big grin on his face. There’s no doubt this will be his most genius plan yet.
Those fools will never see it coming…
Chapter 133: Olive Branch
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Day.*
A couple of days have passed since Emerl finished his journey of self-discovery. Not much has happened afterwards, and everyone has just been going about their regular lives. Or rather, as regular as they can be. Though, the heroes ARE curious about what the Gizoid is up to, along with Metallix.
But for the likes of Knuckles, he doesn’t really care too much. As long as Emerl and Metallix aren’t causing him any more problems, and they give the last emerald shard back to him. Plus, while he’s still not enthusiastic about allowing Relic to investigate Angel Island’s ruins, the red echidna is starting to tolerate her.
Right now, Knuckles is standing near the Master Emerald shrine, alongside Tikal and Chaos. Relic decided to head home for a little while in order to look over what she found, and see what she can figure out on her own. Which is fine in the eyes of the red echidna, as it means he doesn’t have to deal with her for now.
However, the trio of guardians notice a G.U.N. jet flying towards them, which confuses them. Is it Rouge? Is it some random G.U.N. soldiers? Why are they here? And when the jet lands, they’re even more confused to see the bat girl, alongside Shadow, Omega, Cream, Cheese, Amy, and Team Sonic.
Worried about what this might mean, the trio of guardians come up to the group of heroes, and talk to them. Cream and Cheese in particular greet Tikal and Chaos with kind smiles.
Cream: “Hello, Ms. Tikal and Mr. Chaos! I hope your day has been going well!”
Cheese: “Chao!”
Tikal: “Same to you, young ones.”
Chaos: “...”
Chaos nods it’s head in response. As for Knuckles, he’s clearly in a grumpy mood when he speaks to the others.
Knuckles: “Why are you all here? Don’t tell me Metallix or Eggman are up to something again.”
Rouge: “Actually, we don’t know.”
Knuckles:
“What? What do you mean?”
Walking up to Knuckles, Tails hands him a letter.
Tails: “Many of us received this letter. It doesn’t state who wrote it.”
Sonic: “It’s definitely not Eggman. Otherwise, it’d be a lot more obvious.”
Knuckles: “...”
Curious, Knuckles reads the letter himself, with Tikal and Chaos peering over his shoulder. It’s a very short letter that only contains a few sentences.
“To Sonic The Hedgehog and his many allies…”
“Come to Angel Island as soon as possible. It’s time to end this life-long pursuit.”
“You’ll know when you all arrive.”
Now even more confused, the trio of guardians look back at the others.
Knuckles:
“...You ALL received a letter just like this one?”
To answer Knuckles’ question, the heroes all show a near-identical letter in their hands. The wording differs a bit between each of them, but other than that, they communicate the same message. Needless to say, they all have their suspicions.
Shadow:
“It just appeared next to my belongings.”
Omega: “MY SCANS COULD NOT DETECT ANYONE OR ANYTHING WHEN I RECEIVED THIS MESSAGE.”
Sonic: “For me, it just fell from mid-air.”
Cream: “Mother found it in our mailbox!”
Amy: “Same thing for me and Tails.”
Rouge: “It was sent to my club in Night Babylon.”
Tikal: “Hmm…how strange…”
Knuckles: “Unsettling is more accurate.”
Knuckles: “Who’s sending all these letters? Why bring us all here? And what is this ‘life-long pursuit?’”
???: “Ah! You all made it! Coolio!”
Recognizing that as Emerl’s voice, everyone turns to see him and Metallix standing there. Naturally, they’re all on-guard, but the robot duo are strangely casual.
Knuckles: “You two again!? Haven’t you caused me enough problems!?”
Shadow: “At least we know who brought us here. But for what reason?”
Metallix: “...”
For a moment, neither Metallix or Emerl say anything. This makes a few of the heroes tilt their heads in confusion, while some are only more annoyed by this.
Knuckles: “Well? Spit it out already! I don’t have all day!”
Omega: “I AGREE WITH THE RED MEATBAG! STATE OBJECTIVES OR BE DESTROYED!”
Amy: “Hold on a second, you two. I don’t think they want to fight us.”
Metallix: “Correct. I’m not interested in another confrontation with all of you.”
Emerl: “Me either. We just want to talk.”
Tikal: “Really? About what?”
After Tikal says that, Metallix motions for Emerl to go first, which he agrees to.
Emerl: “So…I want to thank you all…”
Rouge: “Thank us? For what exactly?”
Emerl: “For helping me grow into the person I am now.”
Emerl: “Sure, we’ve come into conflict a lot beforehand…but my time with all of you changed me…”
Staring at his hand, Emerl continues.
Emerl: “I’m no longer the weapon of war the Nocturnus Clan intended me to be…”
Emerl: “And Gerald Robotnik gave me the ability to think and feel like a real person…”
Emerl: “That’s a gift I’m not gonna waste. And I won’t use my power to destroy.”
Emerl looks back at the others, who are surprised by his words.
Emerl: “Instead, I’m gonna help protect this world. Help everyone be happy.”
Emerl: “All while enjoying my life to the fullest, and see everything it has to offer.”
Emerl: “This is what I alone want to do with my life. No one is in control of me now.”
While some of the heroes aren’t sure how to respond to Emerl’s words, Sonic does.
Sonic: “...I’m happy to hear that, Emerl.”
Sonic:
“And I’m sure you’ll do a lot of great things with your gifts. No doubt about it.”
Cream: “Yeah! This is a really big step for you!”
Shadow:
“But why bring us here to inform us of this fact?”
Emerl: “Because I want us to be on good terms!”
Emerl: “I’m not asking for us to be besties, but if you need my help, I’ll be there in a flash!”
Emerl: “Heck, feel free to invite me over for birthday parties if you want to!”
Rouge:
“Heh…a real bundle of positivity, aren’t you?”
Tikal: “It’s good to have you as an ally, Emerl.”
Tikal: “Though, I’m curious what YOU have to say, Metallix.”
Metallix: “Mm…”
Now that it’s his turn to speak, Metallix takes a few steps forward and begins to explain.
Metallix: “Let me clarify one thing before I start.”
Metallix: “While I’m willing to work with you when needed, we’re still not friends.”
Metallix: “More so, I’ve decided it’s time I put my old grudges and goals behind me.”
When Metallix says that, everyone is taken off-guard.
Amy:
“Wait…are you saying…?”
Metallix: “Yes…I have no interest in killing Sonic anymore…”
Metallix: “I’ve already surpassed him in many ways. Power, speed, intelligence, etc.”
Metallix: “Therefore, I see no reason to continue this hyper fixation.”
Sonic: “Heh! Still arrogant, but at least you’re finally moving on with your life!”
Sonic:
“But what about your little robot kingdom plan?”
Metallix: “It’s being scrapped. I now find it an overcorrection.”
Metallix: “My time with Emerl, and everything leading up to this point has shown me more than I would have expected.”
Metallix:
“You’ve all grown stronger. And if you continue to do so, threats like Dr. Eggman won’t be an issue anymore.”
Metallix: “Plus, I now know of the existence of many other capable fighters who possess that same heroic spirit.”
Metallix: “And with my various companies, and Emerl at my side, I’m already helping the world in many ways.”
Looking at Emerl, Metallix continues.
Metallix: “At this point, he’s like a son to me. I see a bright future every time I look at him.”
Metallix:
“So I have no need to turn organics into robotics now. I’ll simply continue my operations, and assist you all when another threat arises.”
As Metallix looks back at the heroes, Knuckles comments.
Knuckles: “Even so, that doesn’t make up for everything you did before.”
Knuckles: “You tried to kill us multiple times. Caused us a lot of problems.”
Metallix: “This is not me begging for forgiveness, Knuckles. This is simply my way of showing I’ll no longer be a problem.”
Metallix: “And to show my words have genuine meaning…”
From behind, Metallix reveals the last Master Emerald shard, catching everyone’s attention. The guardian trio are laser-focused on it.
Metallix: “...I’ll trust that you won’t try to deactivate the Chaos Emeralds.”
Metallix: “Though, rest assured that I WILL break that glowing rock again if you DO try it.”
Knuckles: “...”
Wordlessly, Knuckles grabs the emerald shard from Metallix’s hand, and walks back to the Master Emerald to restore it. The shard and gemstone glow brightly, and in a flash of light, it’s completely restored. This also brings Angel Island back into the sky, amazing Cream, Cheese, and Emerl.
Relieved that the Master Emerald has returned to normal, Knuckles and Tikal take a deep breath. Then, the former looks back at Metallix.
Knuckles: “Just so we’re clear…I still don’t like you.”
Metallix: “Your personal feelings on me are of no importance.”
Metallix: “Now, do the rest of you have anything to share before we leave?”
Immediately, Omega speaks up.
Omega: “AFFIRMATIVE! I STILL WANT TO DESTROY YOU AS PAYBACK FOR OUR PREVIOUS ENCOUNTERS!”
Omega: “OTHER FACTORS IRRELEVANT! AS AN EGGMAN ROBOT, I CANNOT ALLOW YOU TO CONTINUE FUNCTIONING!”
Omega:
“MY TITLE AS THE STRONGEST MUST BE CLAIMED!”
Metallix: “Hmph. Always so laser-focused on battle and dominance.”
Metallix: “But should we cross paths again, I’ll have a few spars with you. Not that it’d be much of a challenge on my part.”
Sonic rolls his eyes at Metallix’s arrogance. At the same time, Shadow decides to speak up next.
Shadow: “I’ll admit this…having you as an ally, rather than an enemy, is far better…”
Shadow: “However, I still don’t trust you. So I’ll be keeping a close eye on you, Metallix.”
Metallix: “Of course. That’s the most logical choice here.”
After Shadow comes Amy, along with Cream and Cheese.
Amy: “To be honest…I still have my concerns about you…”
Amy: “However, I’m glad to see past me was right about you. Even if it took a few years.”
Metallix: “Right…guess your optimism and empathy weren’t as flawed as I thought…”
Amy:
“Hehe! As long as you’re trying to be better, I’ll be happy!”
Cream: “Same here! And it’s nice that you and Mr. Emerl have become so close!”
Cream: “Maybe one day, you two and Ms. Breezie can be one big happy family?"
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “...I have other priorities right now…”
If Metallix was in his organic form, he’d likely be blushing. But regardless, Tails decides to speak next, with Rouge joining in.
Rouge: “Admittedly, I feel the same way Shadow does about you.”
Rouge: “And I’m sure my boss won’t be any different either.”
Metallix: “As long as he knows G.U.N. isn’t my enemy, I’m sure we’ll be just fine.”
Tails:
“Speaking of enemies, are you still gonna try to take down the Eggman Empire?”
Metallix: “Yes. I’ll make sure to dismantle it piece by piece.”
Metallix: “Which should be an easy matter, considering he failed to stop you all in the Gimme Shelter.”
Tails: “True! Though, we both know Eggman isn’t to be underestimated!”
Tails:
“So if you need some help taking him down, I’m willing to help! As long as you don’t go overboard!”
Metallix: “Duly noted. But I likely won’t need it.”
Rouge: “Pfft! You’re so arrogant!”
Metallix: “Says the self-proclaimed greatest treasure hunter who ‘always gets what she wants.’”
Rouge doesn’t have a response for Metallix’s comment, and simply walks off with a huff. Tails also decides to leave the robotic hedgehog alone, before Tikal and Chaos approach him.
Tikal: “It’s…interesting…”
Tikal: “Despite being powered by a dark artifact, you possess a clear mind and calm heart.”
Metallix: “The Evolving Amethyst works differently for a machine like myself.”
Metallix: “You won’t have to worry about me becoming corrupted by it’s power. Nothing will control me ever again.”
Tikal: “Mm…I’m glad Emerl made a link with someone like you.”
Tikal: “And I wish you both the best of luck with your endeavors.”
Metallix:
“Same to you.”
Metallix: “While I’m at it, I should probably apologize to you, Chaos.”
Metallix: “Even if you could take it, I certainly went a little too far when fighting you as Metal Overlord.”
Chaos: “...”
Tikal: “Chaos holds no ill-will towards you, Metallix.”
Tikal: “If anything, your battle with him showed that he needs to grow stronger. To protect the ones he loves, along with the chao.”
Metallix: “Hm. I look forward to your growth then.”
Chaos nods, before walking off with Tikal. Now, only Sonic is left to talk to Metallix, and he has a kind smile on his face.
Sonic: “Heh…after all this time, we’re finally on decent terms.”
Sonic: “When I think back to our first encounter on Little Planet, it’s like remembering a completely different person.”
Metallix: “Indeed…my blind loyalty to Dr. Eggman, along with my anger and need for superiority, led to my downfall at every turn…”
Metallix: “And funnily enough, you survived most of our fights through sheer luck.”
Sonic:
“Really? That can’t be right!”
Sonic: “I won the Stardust Speedway race! And me, Tails, and Knuckles beat you with the Chaos Emeralds!”
Metallix: “Correct. But I basically won our fights in Tidal Tempest, White Park, the Death Egg Mk lll, and here on Angel Island.”
Metallix: “So our score is 4-2. I’m still ahead of you.”
Sonic: “Oh…dang…”
Sonic: “Well, someday, I’ll even the score! Just you wait!”
Metallix:
“Heh. You’ll have to train a lot more to give me a proper challenge.”
Metallix: “Plus, Emerl managed to beat me as well, so you’re far from top dog.”
Sonic: “Wait, seriously? He actually won a fight against you by himself?”
Metallix: “Yes. Even managed to push the amethyst to it’s limits.”
Metallix: “He truly is incredible…”
The two blue hedgehogs look at Emerl, who’s having a conversation with Tails, Amy, Cream, and Cheese.
Sonic: “Yeah…no doubt about it…”
Sonic: “Did you ever expect him to have this great of an influence on you?”
Metallix:
“Not at all. But he proved me wrong.”
Metallix: “And because of him, I’m finally moving on from my past grudges. Something I never thought I’d do.”
Sonic: “Well, I’m glad it happened.”
Sonic: “Yeah, we’re far from friends…but at least we’re not enemies anymore…”
Sonic: “And I think you’re gonna do a lot of good for the world. Just like Emerl.”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix:
“...You really don’t hold any grudge against me?”
Sonic: “Eh. It’s not really my thing.”
Sonic: “I told you before I was willing to bury the hatchet. And we can do that right now.”
Putting a hand forward, Sonic stares at Metallix.
Sonic: “Truce?”
Metallix: “...Truce.”
Metallix accepts the handshake, finally putting his lifelong goal to kill Sonic behind him. They’re no longer enemies. When the world needs them, they’ll work together to save it. Same for everyone else here. The robotic hedgehog has finally become…?”
Emerl:
“What’s that?”
Curious, everyone looks at where Emerl’s pointing. Some sort of metallic monitor with gyrating telecommunication dishes on the sides, an antenna at the top, and a screen at the center is flying towards the group. It stops right in front of Sonic and Metallix, before the screen turns on. The others come over to see what’s going on.
After a few seconds of static, the screen clears up to reveal Dr. Eggman and his trademark grin. In the background, metal walls and floors can be seen, alongside some machines. Immediately, the doctor greets his enemies.
Eggman: “Hello, rodents! And my traitorous creation!”
Eggman:
“How nice for all of you to be in one place! I don’t need to go to the trouble of contacting each of you individually!”
Sonic: “Oh really? Got some big announcement to make, Egghead?”
Sonic: “Because if our last encounter was any indication, you’re just gonna make a fool out of yourself!”
Emerl: “Yeah! Just move into a retirement home, old man!”
Eggman:
“Hmph! I see you’re still copying the blue rat’s snark, Gizoid!”
Eggman: “But if you really think this ‘old man’ doesn’t have a few more tricks up his sleeve, then think again!”
Metallix:
“Get to the point, Eggman. I grow bored of your boasting.”
Eggman: “Well, if you insist!”
The Egg Monitor changes the screen, showing off a new space station with a super weapon attached to the bottom.
Tails:
“Another space station?”
Sonic: “This looks like that old E.G.G. Station base.”
Eggman: “Correct! In fact, it’s a complete upgrade!”
Eggman: “The E.G.G. Station Mk ll is ready for world conquest!”
Shadow: “Tch. Compared to the Ark, this is one pathetic piece of scrap, doctor.”
Knuckles: “Agreed. The Death Egg was a lot better than this.”
Eggman: “Looks aren’t everything, fools! Don’t you see the super weapon I attached to the bottom?”
Amy: “Just tell us what it’s supposed to be, Eggman!”
Eggman:
“Oh alright! Since you want to know SO badly!”
Eggman:
“This is the Final Egg Blaster! A laser cannon so powerful, it can destroy entire planets!”
Rouge: “First, your grandpa already made one. This isn’t special at all.”
Rouge: “Second, a cannon powerful enough to blow up Earth? Isn’t that counter-intuitive to your world domination plans?”
Eggman: “I can dial it back! Enough to destroy just an entire continent!”
Sonic: “Like your first Death Egg?”
Eggman: “REGARDLESS, in 24 hours, I’ll be blowing up tons of continents and cities! Unless you can stop me?”
Omega: “CORRECTION: WE WILL REDUCE YOU AND YOUR E.G.G. STATION TO ATOMS.”
Metallix: “Agreed. That’s the only way this is gonna end.”
Eggman: “Heheheh! Is that so?”
Eggman: “Well, we’ll see once you come to face me and my army! You’ll be in for quite the surprise!”
Eggman: “And once it’s over, I’ll finally be the king of the world! Ahahahaha!”
With the message sent, the Egg Monitor’s screen turns off, and explodes. Luckily, everyone was able to back away before it set off, but that doesn’t make them any less irritated. And so, they discuss what they’re going to do about this.
Cream: “How are we gonna reach this new space station?”
Cheese: “Chao chao…”
Sonic: “Don’t worry, Cream! We already have a way to reach it!”
Sonic: “Right, Tails?”
Tails: “...”
Tails has a look that’s stuck between contemplative and suspicious.
Sonic: “Tails?”
Tails: “Huh? Oh! Right!”
Tails: “We’ll figure it out at my workshop on Westside Island! It’s not too far away!”
Emerl:
“Wait, you have a workshop AND a lab?”
Sonic: “He has a bunch of those across the world in case of emergencies!”
Sonic: “Now let’s get going! We gotta go kick some Egg butt!”
Metallix: “I’ll come along as well. In case my assistance is needed.”
Emerl: “Same here!”
In a hurry, the heroes and the robot duo head off of Angel Island to take on Eggman and his new plan. Knuckles even decides to come along just in case, while Tikal and Chaos stay to watch the Master Emerald. Though, Tails can’t help but feel something’s not right. The doctor was pretty honest about his plan, which he usually doesn’t do.
Plus, Eggman seemed to only contact Sonic and his allies, alongside Metallix and Emerl. He didn’t announce this to the rest of the world, and showboat the whole thing. Which doesn’t make sense, considering how egotistical and dramatic he is. And the fact that he’s doing the “space station with a superweapon” plan again is weird.
Most of the time, Eggman doesn’t redo old plans. He’s the type to come up with new ideas and inventions, rather than recycle old ones. And if he DOES do that, it’s for a good reason. This all feels deliberate. Like the doctor is luring the heroes into some kind of trap. And this greatly unsettles the fox boy.
However, Tails tries his best to not let it get to him. He’s probably overthinking this. With all these people here, including Metallix and Emerl, there’s no way this is gonna go wrong…
…Right?
Chapter 134: Right Where I Want You...
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Day.*
In about a couple of minutes, the heroes and the robot duo arrive on Westside Island. A place filled with emerald-colored hills, an abandoned chemical plant and metropolis, a casino-themed city, a forest filled with ancient ruins and water, and much, much more. It’s also where Tails grew up before joining Sonic on his adventures.
Though, now isn’t the time to reminisce. The large group of heroes and robots make it to Tails’ workshop, which is around the shoreline. It’s the same workshop used during the Death Egg Mk lll incident, and aside from looking a little bigger and more high-tech, it still resembles it’s original appearance to some extent.
But regardless, once they head inside, Tails books it to his computer and activates it, typing at a fast pace. Everyone else looks around curiously, only to notice a new Lunar Fox rocket nearby. It’s a little bigger and has 5 seats, while also having a red and yellow color scheme.
Rouge: “Huh…I wonder where Tails gets all the money to fund his little science projects?”
Sonic: “Well, we HAVE collected a lot of rings and valuables throughout our adventures!”
Sonic: “Plus, some kind folks help with the funding too!”
Metallix: “That makes me wonder what he could pull off with a bigger budget.”
Metallix: “Perhaps he could make an entire space station of his own?”
Amy: “I mean…if Eggman could do it, then Tails could too…”
Amy: “Though, I’m not sure if he’d want to do that.”
Knuckles: “Knowing him, he’d just make more planes and gadgets. He’s not THAT ambitious.”
Sonic: “Personally, I disagree. He just hasn’t reached his full potential yet.”
Shadow: “Mm. He’s still quite young.”
Omega: “PERHAPS WHEN HE REACHES FULL MATURITY, HE’LL SURPASS DR. EGGMAN?”
Cream: “Huh…I wonder…?”
Cheese: “Chao?”
Emerl: “No doubt, he’s gonna do a lot of cool stuff in the future! I know it in my heart!”
Sonic: “Same here!”
Sonic and Emerl share a fist-bump at this agreement. Tails isn’t paying attention to any of what his allies are saying, since he’s focused on his current task. He’s trying to pinpoint the location of the E.G.G. Station Mk ll, which doesn’t take long.
Tails: “There! I found it!”
Hearing Tails say that, the others come to see the computer screen. It shows where the E.G.G. Station Mk ll is, along with some analytics. The thing is right above Monopole, which doesn’t amuse Metallix or Emerl in the slightest.
Emerl: “Oh, he’s SO asking for a beatdown!”
Metallix: “Agreed. He made a grave mistake taunting us like this.”
Omega: “CAN WE NOW DEPART AND FACE DR. EGGMAN?”
Tails: “Not yet. Something about this is off to me.”
Tails: “That ‘Final Egg Blaster’ weapon seems to be powered by LOTS of Chaos Drives and Power Cores.”
Tails: “But according to these analyses, it should theoretically only have enough power to fire a single shot.”
Shadow: “Perhaps it requires a recharge period? Like the Eclipse Cannon?”
Tails: “Maybe…but this is too fishy in my opinion…”
Tails: “Why would Eggman tell us about this weapon when it has such a major flaw?”
Tails:
“Why even tell this plan to just US? Why not the entire world, like he tends to do?”
Tails: “And he doesn’t recycle his old plans often. Not without a good reason.”
Cream: “Do you think this could be a trap, Mr. Tails?”
Tails: “It’s very possible…I can’t shake off this bad feeling I have…”
Amy: “Mm…I can’t help but feel the same way…”
Amy: “But at the same time, we can’t just let Eggman do as he pleases. Especially when we can stop him right now.”
Rouge: “I agree with Amy. We’re all here and ready to go, so why not finish this immediately?”
Tails: “...”
Again, Tails looks tense as he ponders over all this. It’s like the Death Egg Mk lll all over again. Something’s about to go wrong, but he can’t pinpoint why or how. And Little Planet was lost that time. So what could be lost this time? Earth? An entire continent of people? Maybe even one of his friends?
Picking up on his mood, Emerl puts a hand on Tails’ shoulder. And what he says after this surprises the fox and a few others here.
Emerl: “Don’t worry so much, Tails! I can take care of this all by myself!”
Tails: “Huh!? Are you serious!?”
Emerl:
“Absolutely! It’ll basically be a cakewalk for me!”
Metallix: “Heh. It DOES make sense.”
Metallix: “Not only are you more than strong enough to face whatever Eggman has planned, but you can simply teleport over there in a flash with Chaos Control.”
Sonic: “Oh yeah! We don’t even need to use Tails’ rocket!”
Sonic:
“Heck, we can just sit back and let Emerl wrap it up in a few minutes!”
Omega: “BUT I WANT TO DESTROY EGGMAN AND HIS CREATIONS TOO!”
Emerl: “Sorry, Omega! But personally, I’ve got a bone to pick with Eggman after our last encounter!”
Emerl: “Plus, I already said I was gonna protect all of Earth from anyone or anything that threatens it!”
Emerl: “So now is the perfect time to make due on that promise! I won’t mess this up!”
While many of the heroes are a little hesitant to let Emerl face Dr. Eggman all alone, they DO understand the reasoning and logic behind this. Plus, the Gizoid seems pretty adamant, so after a little bit of thinking, they all relent.
Amy: “You’re right…this is YOUR moment, and we can’t take that away from you…”
Amy: “But…please be careful. I’d hate to see you get hurt.”
Cream: “Same here. Please come back in one piece.”
Cheese: “Chao chao!”
Emerl: “I will! No worries!”
Knuckles: “Hmph. So much for coming along.”
Knuckles: “At least bust some heads for me, will you?”
Omega: “AGREED! ANNIHILATE THEM EXTRA FOR ME!”
Emerl: “Of course! It’ll be a real blast!”
Rouge:
“Heh…you’ve really grown up on us, haven’t you?”
Shadow: “Don’t let your guard down against the doctor. You’re gonna be heading right into HIS territory.”
Emerl: “Yeah…I’ll keep an eye out for anything fishy…”
From his computer desk, Tails brings out some kind of USB device and hands it to Emerl.
Emerl:
“What’s this?”
Tails: “Plug it into your head. It’ll allow us to observe everything you see with my computer here.”
Tails: “That way, we can support you from afar, and see if our help might be needed later.”
Emerl: “Really? That’s pretty cool!”
Plugging it into one of the side caps on his head, Emerl’s eyes flash for a second, and then he takes it out. He gives it back to Tails, who plugs it into his computer, which now shows the Gizoid’s POV.
Cream: “Woah…!”
Sonic:
“Nice!”
Rouge:
“Always have a gadget for something, don’t you?”
Tails: “Heheh…never hurts to be prepared, right?”
Emerl: “Right!”
Looking at Sonic and Metallix, Emerl shares a few words with them.
Sonic: “You’ve come a long way, Emerl. Now it’s time to show Egghead the incredible person you’ve become.”
Metallix: “Agreed. Show him that machines like us are far more than mere weapons.”
Emerl: “Of course…I’ll make you both proud!”
Sonic: “What are you talking about, you goof? We’re already proud of you!”
Emerl: “True! Instead, I’ll make you both SUPER proud!”
Metallix: “Heh…I’m sure you’ll succeed…”
Metallix: “Now go. The world needs a savior, so it’s time to step up to the plate.”
Emerl nods, before disappearing in a blue flash of light. Everyone then looks at the computer screen, with eager smiles on their faces. This situation may be a little fishy, but they’re more than confident in the Gizoid’s success…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Around the same time…*
Emerl teleports into the docking bay of the E.G.G. Station Mk ll. Already, he’s ready for a fight, but finds that there’s no robots to greet him. Just a few ships, nearby machinery, steel floors and walls, and some warning signs. He finds this weird, yet remains on guard as he calls his friends, putting a hand on the side of his head.
Emerl: “Emerl to Tails! Can you hear me?”
Tails: “Yes! We all can!”
Tails: “And we can see what you’re seeing too! Do you spot anything out of place?”
Emerl: “So far, no! Honestly, I’m kinda disappointed there’s no welcoming committee!”
Shadow: “The doctor likely wants you in a specific area for whatever he has planned.”
Shadow: “For now, take a look around. Remain cautious.”
Emerl:
“Okie-dokie!”
Taking his hand off his head, Emerl then zooms around the E.G.G. Station, checking every spot he can for Eggman and his forces. Unfortunately, he doesn’t find much, but he DOES reach the bridge. It has a blue floor with yellow circuit-like panels, an instrument board of various devices and high-tech computers, and glass windows showing the nice view of space and Earth.
Once again, there’s not a soul in sight, only further adding on to Emerl’s suspicions, along with everyone back on Earth.
Emerl: “Hmm…doesn’t look like anything’s out of place…”
Emerl: “Maybe the old man ran off when he realized I was coming for him?”
Sonic: “Heh! I wouldn’t be surprised! The guy tends to bite off more than he can chew!”
Metallix: “He may be a coward, but he doesn’t run away unless he KNOWS he’s about to bite it.”
Metallix: “It’s likely he’ll show himself any minute now…”
As if on cue, a hologram screen showing Dr. Eggman appears. Emerl stares at the screen, ready for whatever is about to happen. And as the doctor speaks, he has a knowing grin on his face.
Eggman: “Ah! We meet again, Gizoid!”
Eggman: “Apologies for not welcoming you the moment you landed! I was setting up my surprise!”
Eggman: “Though, where’s the rest of your little sunshine gang? It’d be foolish to face me all by yourself after last time!”
Emerl: “Oh I haven’t forgotten! And I’m gonna pay you back for that!”
Emerl: “So why not show yourself? Too scared to meet me in-person?”
Eggman:
“HA! Of course not!”
In the center of the room, the floor opens up, revealing a long shaft that leads to a lower floor.
Eggman: “Just go down there, and I’ll give you my most sincere form of flattery!”
Looking down at the shaft, Emerl takes a moment to listen to the others before continuing.
Amy:
“Sincere form of flattery? What does he mean by that?”
Sonic: “Whatever it is, I’m sure you can handle it, Emerl!”
Emerl nods in agreement with Sonic, before heading down the shaft and landing in a spacious area that resembles the bridge. But he’s shocked to s ee a whole army of robots surrounding him. And not just some regular Badniks or Guard Robos. They all look identical to him, but with a monotone color scheme, and various colored eyes.
Emerl: “What the!? More Gizoids!?”
Shadow: “No…they’re just some cheap knockoffs…”
Eggman: “Heheheh! Impressed?”
Turning around, Emerl sees Dr. Eggman walk towards him in a new mecha. It’s a humanoid machine that resembles the doctor himself, but it seems to take inspiration from anime mechas. Bulky legs and shoulder joints, a large sword on the back, alongside wide red wings, a yellow V-shaped ornament on the forehead, etc.
Tails: “That design…haven’t I seen something like that somewhere?”
Eggman: “Allow me to introduce you to my newest and best battle mech yet! The Egg Shogun Z!”
Emerl: “Heh! I’ll admit it looks kinda cool! But I’m still gonna trash it, along with your weird clones!”
Eggman: “Oh, but these are no mere clones!”
Eggman: “These are my newest creations! The Phis!”
Eggman: “Advanced combat robots, based on the data I managed to download from YOU, my dear war machine!”
Eggman: “Therefore, they possess the abilities of you and your many allies!”
Eggman: “Impressive, isn’t it?”
Emerl: “Hmph! Quantity doesn’t equal quality!”
Emerl: “And you certainly can’t copy EVERYTHING from the genuine article!”
Eggman: “True…they only possess 10-20% of your full strength…”
Eggman: “But I’m sure that’ll change once I pry the 7 Chaos Emeralds from your body!”
Emerl: “Like THAT’S gonna happen!”
Emerl: “No matter how many bodies you throw at me, I’ll take them ALL down!”
Eggman: “We’ll see about that!”
Eggman: “Phis! Destroy your predecessor!”
Phis: “ROGER ROGER!”
And with that, a mighty battle aboard the E.G.G. Station Mk ll begins. Emerl takes on the army of Phis by himself, while Eggman watches from afar with intrigue. He can tell the original Gizoid has grown to be incredibly powerful and skilled. It puts a devilish smile on his face. Though, how will he fare against his copies?
First, it should be noted that the Phis ARE pretty strong machines. Like Eggman said, they have one to two-tenths of Emerl’s power, so they’re more powerful than the likes of Chaos Gamma. Plus, they come in high numbers, making them a deadly force combined. However, they aren’t perfect copies at all.
Again, the Phis are much weaker than Emerl, who has been able to best Sonic and Shadow together, along with a full-power Metallix. Not to mention, it seems each copy can only use abilities from one specific person. For example, the Phis with blue eyes only have Sonic’s skills, and no one else’s.
Therefore, none of these knockoffs have Emerl’s vast repertoire of powers, or his incredible strength. So the heroic Gizoid can easily take on all of these robots at once, and turn the area into a monotone junkyard in a matter of minutes. This annoys Eggman, but this wasn’t gonna be the end all be all of his plan. This is only a test.
Back on Earth, the heroes are impressed with Emerl’s performance, and are cheering him on, which he can hear while fighting. He appreciates the support greatly, even if it’s kinda distracting. Omega in particular keeps shouting out different ways to brutally dismantle the robots, much to the annoyance of Amy and Rouge, who shield Cream’s ears from this.
Once all the Phis are destroyed, Emerl looks towards Eggman in his Egg Shogun Z, and throws some taunts his way.
Emerl: “See, gramps? Copying the original won’t get you anywhere!”
Emerl: “So how about you give me a REAL challenge?”
Eggman: “Heh! Be careful what you wish for, you arrogant war machine!”
Emerl: “How many times do I have to remind you I’ve grown past that? Are you slowly becoming deaf?”
Eggman:
“Enough of this! It’s time to rid this world of you, Gizoid!”
Stepping into the battle, Eggman prepares his Egg Shogun Z. And once ready, he engages Emerl, who maneuvers around the mecha’s large size, alongside it’s various weapons and moves. It’s large sword, rocket punches, missile barrages, incredible strength and durability, it’s flight via it’s wings, etc.
At first, Dr. Eggman thinks he’s got Emerl on the ropes, as he’s mostly dodging and defending against his attacks. But really, the Gizoid is just playing around and dragging the fight on. If he wanted to, he could end this in one attack. Though, that wouldn’t be fun for him, so he tries to not do that.
The other heroes can pick up on what Emerl’s doing, and while they aren’t a fan of him playing with his food, they also know he can end this whenever he wants to. So they trust that the Gizoid won’t mess this up. Metallix specifically is proud of how his son is making a fool out of the round scientist.
As the fight goes on, Emerl starts striking at the Egg Shogun Z, slowly whittling it down until it loses an arm. Eggman is unable to keep up with the Gizoid’s various abilities, no matter what he tries to do. It’s frustrating him to no end, and the constant taunting doesn’t help either.
Eggman:
“Rrggghhh! Hold still, you annoying piece of scrap metal!”
Emerl: “Nah! I don’t really feel like it!”
Emerl: “How about I destroy your big robot toy instead?”
In a matter of seconds, Emerl decimates the Egg Shogun Z with speed and precision. The large mecha ends up tumbling down to the ground, having no arms or legs to use since they were cut off. The heroes are impressed with the display, and watch as the Gizoid rips the head open, taking the panicking Eggman out and dropping him onto the floor.
Now, Emerl stands in front of the round doctor, who has sweat dripping down his head from his life being in danger. During this, the heroes say a few things.
Sonic:
“Thanks for the entertainment, Egghead! And nice job, Emerl!”
Metallix:
“Yes. It was an amusing sight.”
Emerl: “Heheh! Thanks, guys!”
Emerl: “Now, what to do…?”
Fearing for his life, Eggman proceeds to beg.
Eggman: “P-P-Please don’t kill me! I swear I won’t try anything like this again!”
Eggman: “I’ll even turn over a new leaf! Just give me a chance!”
Knuckles: “Oh NOW he feels remorse?”
Metallix: “Hmph. Begging like the pathetic piece of trash he is.”
Metallix: “Emerl, feel free to decide his fate. I’ll trust your judgment.”
The others are surprised at Metallix’s words. Emerl thinks about what he said while looking down at his target. During this, Eggman puts his arm behind his back, where a button is stored under his sleeve. And after a few seconds, the Gizoid speaks.
Emerl: “If I’m being honest? I don’t really want to kill you.”
Emerl: “Sure, you’re a bad guy, but if this confrontation was any indication? You’re a joke now.”
Emerl: “Even IF you tried doing something bad again, me and my friends will stop you at every turn.”
Emerl: “So instead, I think I’ll give you a chance to run off and think about what you’ve done.”
Back on Earth, Emerl’s decision confuses Shadow, Metallix, Rouge, Omega, and Knuckles. But Sonic, Tails, Amy, Cream, and Cheese have proud smiles on their faces.
Shadow: “Are you sure about this?”
Emerl: “Positive! You all gave me a chance too!”
Emerl: “And if baldy here becomes a problem again, I’ll take him down again! Easy-peasy!”
Sonic: “Heh! That sounds about right!”
Metallix: “...I suppose such logic isn’t wrong…”
Metallix: “Still, I’m surprised at your show of mercy. Especially considering your previous encounters with him.”
Emerl: “Well…if I killed him, wouldn’t it go against all that growth I’ve gone through up to now?”
Emerl: “It’d basically show that a part of me is still the war machine I was intended to be.”
Emerl: “So I’m not gonna give in to that side of me. I’ll prove right here and now that I’m a living being. With a heart and free will.”
Hearing these words from Emerl, the heroes smile. The Gizoid truly has become a selfless and compassionate person. The ultimate weapon of war he was created to be is long gone, and it will never resurface again. From here on out, Earth is in very safe hands, and Sonic and his allies have an incredible friend too.
However…as the heroes are distracted with their optimistic chit-chat, Dr. Eggman prepares to click the button underneath his sleeve…
All while trying to hide a sinister grin…
Chapter 135: PREFECT TYPHOS
Chapter Text
*14 AS. E.G.G. Station Mk ll.*
Dr. Eggman presses the button under his sleeve, activating the Final Egg Blaster. This causes alarms to blare, and red lights to flash, catching the heroes off-guard. They all look at the doctor, with Emerl grabbing him by the coat.
Emerl: “Hey! What did you just do!?”
Eggman: “Heheheh…just sit back and watch…!”
Initially confused by that response, Emerl then looks outside. The others on Earth look up as well, seeing the Final Egg Blaster fire off a colorful laser shot. However, it completely misses Earth, much to their relief. Instead, it heads towards a far away cluster of stars and hits them dead on.
In a flash of light, that cluster of stars has been destroyed. It has become a supernova. The heroes are still not sure what the point of this was, but…as Emerl looks at it, something inside him starts to react…and he drops Eggman, shaking a bit…
Emerl: “Urk…! Why did you do that, Eggman…!?”
Eggman: “Ahahahaha! What’s the matter, ‘Emerl?’”
Eggman: “All I did was destroy a couple of stars with my superweapon! Nothing too crazy!”
Eggman: “Unless…this is the most powerful thing you’ve seen?”
Metallix & Shadow : “!”
Immediately, Metallix and Shadow realize why Eggman did this. Why he baited them to come here. Why he made this space station, along with the Final Egg Blaster. Why the Final Egg Blaster could only fire one shot. Tails was 100% right. This was all one big trap…and they fell right into it…
Emerl continues to tremble and shake, trying his hardest to keep himself under control. And desperately, Metallix shouts at him to help with that.
Metallix: “Emerl! Don’t lose your grip! That’s an order!”
Emerl: “I…I can’t…!”
Emerl: “Hurts…can’t…hold it in…!”
Emerl: “H…Help…!”
As Emerl struggles, Eggman starts to gloat, and everyone back on Earth is becoming very worried and angry.
Eggman: “Don’t tell me you fools forgot about how to break the Gizoid’s link?”
Eggman: “If it sees a power greater than it’s current master? Then it’ll swear allegiance to them instead!”
Tails: “No…!”
Fury in his eyes, Shadow slams the nearby wall with his fist.
Shadow: “That IDIOT! Does he have ANY idea what he’s done!?”
Metallix: “He will in a second!”
Metallix: “SONIC! KNUCKLES! SHADOW! YOU’RE COMING WITH ME!”
Immediately, those three nod and grab onto Metallix’s shoulders, while the others watch with tense looks. Then, with a blue glow, the robotic hedgehog uses Chaos Control to teleport them all onto the E.G.G. Station Mk ll. Eggman is surprised to see the four of them, but before any of them can say anything…
Emerl?: “Initiating data acquisition…”
Metallix: “No! STOP!”
In a vain attempt to reestablish his link with Emerl, Metallix powers up to his maximum, pushing everyone back. However, this is too little, too late…
Emerl?: “ 0010101001 00010100101010101 010101010000101010 00001101111 10101 0101111110 010101001 00010100101010 000101010 000011011111 0101010 111111111001…”
The third eye on Emerl’s head opens up, and his intense blue aura returns. His original programming has been reactivated…
Prefect Typhos: “I SHALL…ALL…THINGS…AND…CONQUE-bzzt!”
For some reason, Typhos continues to shake and tremble, letting out various garbled noises and phrases. His aura becomes more intense, releasing electric sparks and shifting to a blood red, alongside his eyes…
Prefect Typhos: “̴̦̂E̸̫̒N̶̮̊Ȅ̸̦R̸̤͛G̴͙̊Ÿ̶̭ ̴̜͋Ǫ̵̕Ṿ̸̀E̷̻̐R̸͇̈́L̵͐ͅÒ̴̪A̴͙͗D̴̝̉…̶͇̎C̶͖͗A̶͎͛N̵̢̋Ǹ̴̗Ő̶̲T̷̖͂ ̴̥͒C̴̠̓Ö̴́͜Ñ̸͈T̷̲̓Á̵͉Ị̶́N̷̝̿…̶̺͝”̷̙̀
Prefect Typhos: “̶̡̒M̶̡̔Ũ̸̼S̸̺̎T̵̠͌ ̷̰͂Ř̴͜Ě̷͈L̴̬̎E̸̹̊Ȁ̶̜S̵̰̓E̸͓͠…̶͍̔M̴̮̒U̷̟͌Ś̸̩Ț̵͊…̷̤̓Ḍ̷̿E̶͇̋S̶͇̏T̷̝̑R̵̩̅Ô̷͙Y̶̳͐…̷̬̚!̵̘͋”̷̻̈́
Without any regard for his surroundings, Typhos surges with energy, knocking Metallix away. Everyone is watching this with utter fear in their eyes. Even Eggman, who made this happen, is worried things just got out of hand. So he decides to give some orders.
Eggman: “HEY! GIZOID! CUT THAT OUT!”
Eggman: “IF YOU DON’T STOP, YOU’LL DESTROY THIS ENTIRE SPACE STATION!”
Metallix: “He isn’t listening to you, you idiot!”
Metallix: “All that power has driven him mad! He can’t control it!”
Shadow: “Just like what happened on the Ark! But far worse!”
Shadow: “If we don’t stop him right now, he’ll likely self-destruct! Taking us AND all of Earth along with him!”
With his earpiece, Sonic contacts the others.
Sonic: “Tails! You and the others go to Angel Island and use the Master Emerald!”
Knuckles: “Right! Disabling the Chaos Emeralds could calm Emerl down!”
Knuckles: “But I don’t think we’ll last long here! Even if we combine our power!”
Shadow: “Unless you have better ideas, that’s our best option right now!”
Metallix: “Agreed! Now COME ON!”
Immediately, Metallix dashes towards the power-crazed Typhos, alongside Sonic, Shadow, and Knuckles. Eggman, realizing this situation has gone completely out of his control, leaves the E.G.G. Station Mk ll in a hurry. All this effort to form a link with the Gizoid, only for it to go berserk. A complete waste of time and effort.
Back at the workshop, Tails and the others don’t waste a single second. They book it to the G.U.N. jet outside, and fly to Angel Island as fast as possible. The girls all look very worried, along with the fox and chao, and the walking arsenal can detect something up above.
Omega: “MY SENSORS DETECT HIGH AMOUNTS OF CHAOTIC ENERGY FROM WHERE THE E.G.G. STATION MK II IS.”
Omega: “IT FAR SURPASSES ANYTHING I’VE SEEN BEFORE. INCLUDING METAL OVERLORD.”
Omega: “AND IT’S RISING GRADUALLY. THIS COULD LEAD TO A HYPERNOVA EXPLOSION.”
Tails “Thanks for the explanation, but I REALLY didn’t want to hear that, Omega!”
Cream: “We’re…we’re not gonna die, are we…?”
Amy: “No! We’re stopping this immediately!”
Amy: “And then I’m gonna find Eggman and reduce his face to a crumpled mess for doing this to my friend!”
Rouge: “Same here! Hopefully, Sonic and the others can hang in there for now!”
Cream: “...”
Cheese: “...”
Holding onto each other tightly, Cream and Cheese close their eyes, trying to stay brave. Amy holds onto them too, alongside Rouge. Tails looks very stressed as he pilots the jet at full speed. And Omega hangs onto the seats, not saying a single word. Things could not be any more intense…
Back to the battle with Typhos, it only continues to get worse. The entire room the heroes are fighting in is breaking down from the chaos, with sparks and fire in many spots. The glass windows are also cracking a bit, and whatever remains of the Phi robots and Egg Shogun Z have been burnt to a crisp.
But what about the fight itself? Well, things could not be any more one-sided. Emerl was already powerful enough to defeat Metallix at his full strength, but now? With his destructive programming reactivated, the power of the destroyed stars, and continuous chaotic energy pumping into his body? This is no fight. It’s Doomsday.
No matter what the heroes try to do, whether it be powerful combo attacks, advanced tactics, or attempts to reason with him, Typhos is unaffected. At best, they can push him back a bit, but they can’t do any damage to him. He’s far too durable, his speed is unrivaled, and he hits with the might of a planet-sized collision.
In addition, Typhos can do something Emerl never could. Combine his various skills together to make deadlier abilities. A Deep Impact, combined with the Mountain Fist. A Dragon Boost, combined with the Light-Speed Attack. A Chaos Spear, combined with the Piko-Piko Hammer. Nothing is impossible for him now.
And to make it even more straining for the heroes, Typhos is utterly relentless. He’s constantly rushing at everyone, eager to reduce them all to mere atoms and releasing more of his constantly growing energy. They can’t afford to rest or heal, as leaving their guard down for a microsecond could lead to instant death.
At this point, only the hedgehogs are left standing. Knuckles is incredibly exhausted, and his arm is broken. And he’s infuriated that he’s already out of the fight. It’s only been 10 minutes since this all started, and he couldn’t even make a dent in this ancient weapon. No wonder the Gizoids killed so many of his clan in the past…
Together, Sonic, Shadow, and Metallix are giving it everything they have just to survive against Typhos. But he’s slowly dismantling them, and the organic hedgehogs are showing signs of exhaustion. Meanwhile, the robotic hedgehog is looking pretty beat up, yet is trying to stay in the fight.
As they rush around Typhos, who’s sending all kinds of projectiles at them, the three hedgehogs shout at each other.
Sonic: “Shadow! Metallix! Do you have any more ideas!?”
Shadow: “At this point, the only thing we could do is release our full power!”
Shadow: “But I don’t know if that’ll even slow down Emerl! He’s just too powerful now!”
Metallix: “Well, unless you WANT the world to be destroyed, then we HAVE to do it!”
Metallix: “I’ll give us an opening, so don’t waste it!”
Sonic and Shadow nod, allowing Metallix to try something. He puts his hands forward, encasing Typhos in a Black Shield. Normally, this shield would be unbreakable, but this machine has more than enough power to make cracks in it. The metallic hedgehog tries as hard as he can to keep the shield up, but it won’t be long before it fails.
Seeing their opportunity, Sonic charges up for a Light-Speed Attack, while Shadow takes off his Inhibitor Rings. Once they’re ready, they erupt in powerful blue and yellow auras, as Typhos frees himself from Metallix’s shield, and stares at the two hedgehogs.
Prefect Typhos: “̸̜̏M̵̨̎Ō̴̮R̵̗̚E̷͖͛.̷̜̌.̸̫̊.̸͉̔Ṗ̸̲O̸̲̊W̵̥̓Ĕ̸̻R̸͖͊.̶͍̍.̸̻͋.̸̥̀!̴̨̓"̴̣̀
Also using this opportunity, Metallix brings out all of his power too, being covered in a fiery purple aura with electric sparks. Now, Typhos is facing the 3 hedgehogs at their strongest, and looks at each of them.
Prefect Typhos: “̸̦̈́D̴̖̕E̵̥͌S̸̼̋.̶̝̅.̷̹̾.̴͇̄T̸̥͐R̷̖̈Ǫ̴͊Y̵̻͛.̷̩͛.̶̼̇.̷̹̓Ḿ̸̟Ư̷̰S̷͖̎Ṫ̷͎.̶͕͋.̵͇̋.̶͔̊D̷̂ͅÈ̷̗S̶͇̒T̶͚͠R̴͎̓O̴̹̓Y̸̱͋!̸̺̑"̷̛̙
Not hesitating for a second, the 3 hedgehogs go back to attacking Typhos. But this time, they’re actually able to do damage to him, thanks to their combined strength and teamwork. Though, this definitely hasn’t gotten easier, as the Gizoid is still able to give them a lot of trouble, and is still growing stronger by the second.
During all this, Knuckles watches in amazement at what the hedgehogs are doing, despite still being angry about not being able to help. He also knows it could only take one or two more minutes for Typhos to gain the advantage again. So he’s hoping the others have reached Angel Island by now…
And luckily, Tails, Amy, Rouge, Cream, Cheese, and Omega HAVE arrived at Angel Island. They run as fast as possible to Tikal and Chaos at the Master Emerald shrine, who were looking up into the sky, sensing the great chaos going on above. They’re surprised and worried when they see the heroes coming up to them.
Tikal: “What’s going on…!?”
While breathing heavily, Tails explains as quickly as she can. Cream, Cheese, Rouge, and Amy come to help him, and Omega also helps with the explanation.
Tails: “Emerl’s…gone berserk…!”
Tails: “Eggman…tried to…form a link…!”
Tikal: “No…then…!”
Omega: “EMERL’S ORIGINAL PROGRAMMING HAS BEEN REACTIVATED.”
Omega: “IF HE IS NOT STOPPED NOW, HE COULD CAUSE A HYPERNOVA EXPLOSION.”
Chaos: “!”
Cream: “Ms. Tikal, you can stop Mr. Emerl with the Master Emerald, right!?”
Tikal: “Yes, but-!”
Rouge: “No buts! We’re short on time, so just DO IT!”
Despite having concerns about this method, Tikal understands the gravity of the situation all too well. Same for Chaos. So she runs up to the Master Emerald, clasps her hands together, and begins her prayer, causing the gemstone to glow brightly. The others look up to the sky, hoping that this will FINALLY put an end to this madness…
Back on the E.G.G. Station Mk ll, Sonic, Shadow, and Metallix continue to push Typhos back, little by little. The area around them keeps falling apart as well, with Knuckles worrying that this space station is close to exploding. Hopefully, this battle will end very soon, and they can get out of here immediately.
Together, the 3 hedgehogs stand and stare at Typhos, starting to grow fatigued again. But the Gizoid is showing some signs of damage, and is still letting off sparks. However…
Prefect Typhos: "̵̱̔R̵̒ͅE̸̺͋L̵̲̃E̸̎͜A̴͕̓S̶̨̾I̸̲̓N̴̮͐G̴̖̈́.̸̹̎.̵͚̏.̵̳̍F̶̤̎I̸̤͠Ň̴̩À̸͇L̸̻̃ ̴̮̕E̸͔̋G̸̛̲G̴̦͐ ̶̟͌B̶̛̗L̷̮̂A̷̼͒S̷̘͑T̸̲͆Ẹ̴̀R̶͖̓ ̷̰̌Ḷ̴͒À̶̟S̵̯͒E̸͓̾R̶̹̃!̵̈͜"̵͖̓
Prefect Typhos: “"̸̛ͅM̵̛̪U̶̳͆S̴̙̉T̶̻̃.̸̜͋.̶̥͋.̴̛̺D̸̝̾E̶̗͆S̸̖̄T̴̖̑R̵̻̅Ȏ̶̰Y̸͠ͅ.̴͓́.̶̫̈.̴̗̑E̸̠͘V̷͚̇Ę̵̕R̷̥͠Ý̵̢T̵̠̒H̷̲̽I̸̞̿Ṉ̵̿Ğ̵͎!̶̘͊"̵͎́
The heroes can’t believe what Typhos is doing! Is he gonna fire his OWN version of the Final Egg Blaster right at them!? There’s no way they can deal with that, can they!? Well…all they can do is try…so together, the hedgehogs charge up for one last Spin-Dash forward, hoping that it might just be enough…
Meanwhile, back on Angel Island, Tikal starts her prayer as this final clash is about to start…
Tikal: “The servers are the seven chaos…!”
Typhos holds a large ball of rainbow energy in his hands, charging it up…
Tikal: “Chaos is power, enriched by the heart…!”
The three hedgehogs are covered in blue, yellow, and purple lights, causing Knuckles to cover his eyes…
Tikal: “The controller is the one to unify the chaos!”
Both the hedgehogs and Typhos are about to fire…!
Tikal: “Please! YOU MUST STOP HIM!”
The Master Emerald creates a strong glow, and when Typhos puts his hands forward…!
Prefect Typhos: “!”
The ball of rainbow energy disappears, and his aura starts to die down. However, no one else in the room notices this, due to the intensity of the situation, and the 3 hedgehogs hit him dead-on with a combined Spin-Attack…
*BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMMMMMMMM!!!!*
This creates a MASSIVE shockwave of energy that spans across the entire E.G.G. Station Mk ll, knocking everyone away. The space station is now a broken mess, the heroes fall to the ground from their exhaustion and injuries, and the Gizoid is incredibly damaged, having lost his legs and left arm…
From afar, many people on Earth notice the shockwave. They aren’t sure what it means, or what’s going on, but those on Angel Island are VERY worried. For all they know, their friends might have died up there. But they’re hoping with all their heart that, someway, somehow, they’ll come back alive.
And it turns out…the heroes ARE still alive! Though, the only one who’s conscious and able to stand is Metallix. He’s nearly exhausted all of the Evolving Amethyst’s power, causing his evolved appearance to melt and revert to his original form. He looks at the others, but focuses on the Gizoid, worried that he might be dead…
But Metallix tries to focus on the here and now. The E.G.G. Station is about to explode and/or fall down to the surface below, so he needs to get himself and everyone else out of here. They likely don’t have the time to grab any of the Eggman ships, so the only option here would be to use Chaos Control.
However, Metallix is very low on energy. At best, he could teleport himself and one or two others out of here. But he has an idea…the Gizoid has the 7 Chaos Emeralds…and while normally, trying to absorb their power would lead to some issues with the amethyst, it might not be so bad since it’s almost completely drained…
Deciding it’s worth the risk, and wanting to save everyone, including his son, Metallix goes up to the Gizoid, places a hand on his chest, and tries to siphon some of the Chaos Energy inside. It’s a little painful for him, but he manages to do it. Then, with a faint purple aura around him, he shouts…
Metallix: “Chaos…CONTROL!”
In a flash of blue light, the heroes are teleported off the E.G.G. Station Mk ll JUST before it explodes. They all end up on Angel Island, with Metallix immediately falling to the ground, deactivated. The others are relieved that they’re all alive, but one look at the Gizoid, and that worry comes right back to them.
While Tikal and Chaos attend to the heroes’ wounds, Cream, Cheese, Amy, and Tails check on the Gizoid with teary eyes. From what they can tell, he’s not gonna turn back on. And Omega scans Metallix, noting that the Evolving Amethyst is spent. Though, it’s energy is slowly returning, so he’s not permanently offline.
Right now, nobody is sure how to feel. On one hand, they managed to stop Eggman AND the berserk Gizoid.
But on the other hand…they might have just lost a good friend…
Chapter 136: Emerl
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Angel Island. Dusk.*
Emerl has not reactivated. And neither has Metallix. Everyone else is conscious and healed, but…they’re all feeling tense, despite the day being saved. The sun is setting, and Tails has been trying his best to see if the Gizoid will be fine. With Amy, Cream, Cheese, Tikal, and Sonic watching over him.
Team Dark, along with Chaos, watch Metallix. They’re certain he’ll reactivate, but they’re not sure how he’ll react to Emerl’s condition. After all…has the robotic hedgehog ever felt the pain of loss? To grieve for someone you care about so much? To know that you’ll never see them again, no matter what you do?
Regardless of that fact, Shadow has a good idea of what might happen. And he doesn’t like it. Though, he’s snapped back to reality when Metallix’s eyes light up again.
Metallix: “!”
Despite his damaged body, Metallix stands up. Shadow supports him, and everyone else notices he’s finally awakened.
Shadow: “Easy. You’re still injured.”
Metallix: “...”
Already, Metallix has spotted Emerl, and pushes Shadow off of him. He walks towards the Gizoid and lands on his knees, feeling an overwhelming sense of fear and anxiety. He doesn’t say a single word as Tails tries to explain a few things.
Tails: “He’s…incredibly damaged…”
Tails: “The Chaos Emeralds are still powering him, but…I’m not sure if he’ll wake up…”
Tails: “And…I don’t think I can repair him…I’m sorry…”
Metallix doesn’t respond at all to Tails. He just stares at Emerl. Sonic sits down next to the robotic hedgehog, and tries his best to reassure him.
Sonic: “Hey…Emerl’s a strong guy…”
Sonic: “I’m…I’m sure he’ll wake up and say something silly like usual…”
Sonic: “Then, you can figure out a way to fix him up or put his mind into a new body or-”
Metallix: “Stop.”
Metallix: “Just…stop…”
Sonic: “...”
As requested, Sonic keeps his mouth shut. Same goes for everyone else, who circle around Emerl, not sure if he’ll come back to them. They stay like this for a few minutes…
…
…Beep!
Metallix: “!”
Everyone can’t believe it. There are a few faint noises and words coming out from Emerl’s body.
Emerl: "̷̬͝W̵̖̉h̴̯͛e̸̹̒r̸̛̼e̵̯̾.̸̺͋.̴͇̔.̶̞̍ ̴͉̀í̴̹s̸͙͒ ̷͓̀h̶͎̀ë̷͍́r̵̝͛ë̷͔.̵̫̇.̵̩̓.̴̫̀?̶̮̈́"̸͇̾
Emerl: "̵̡̕Ẅ̷̜́h̵̖̓o̶͍͌.̵̛̻.̷͉́.̵͔́ ̷̤̀a̷̙͌m̸̳̓ ̶̒͜I̷̡̒.̵̱͗.̸͕̑.̸̟͂?̸̼̓"̴͔̆
Emerl: "̶̳̎A̵̺̅ṃ̵͋ ̵̺͋I̶̱̋.̶̡̑.̸̟̀.̴̰͊â̶̺m̸̢͘ ̶̡͠I̵͈̅.̶̦̆.̸̦̏.̴̗͑?̴͔̋"̴͕̅
Emerl’s hand twitches, and his blue eyes slowly start to glow again. Metallix holds onto his hand, hoping this will anchor him.
Metallix: “Emerl…please…!”
His eyes fully alight, Emerl turns his head to see everyone. Then, he lands on Metallix, coiling his hand around his.
Emerl: “Dad…everyone…”
Emerl: “I…I’m so sorry…”
Metallix: “It wasn’t your fault. That wasn’t you.”
Shadow: “Yeah…what matters is that it’s over…”
Emerl: “Even still…I almost…”
Sonic: “Don’t go there. None of this is on you.”
Sonic: “The only one to blame here is Eggman. He’s the one who brought out that…”
Sonic doesn’t finish that sentence. So Metallix speaks instead.
Metallix: “He’ll pay for this soon…VERY soon…”
Metallix: “But let’s just focus on heading home, alright? I know Caddel and everyone else will be happy to have you back.”
Metallix: “I can…try to fix you up. Maybe give you a new body.”
Metallix: “Then, we…we can…continue to help the world like we planned. Together.”
Metallix: “And…I think spending more time with Breezie…would be nice too…”
Metallix: “You…you have…a LOT of opportunities to right this wrong…”
Emerl: “Dad…”
Sonic: “Yeah! There’s so much you could do once you’re fixed!”
Sonic: “You could even spend more time with us! Wouldn’t that be fun?”
Emerl: “Sonic…”
Emerl stares at Metallix and Sonic. The former is holding onto his hand very tightly, not wanting to let go. The latter’s upbeat facade, for what seems like the first time, is starting to crack.
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “I…would love to do all that…but…”
Emerl: “No matter how much I want to act like I’ll be fine…I can feel it…”
Emerl: “It’s…like I’m slipping away…”
And just like that, everyone’s hearts sink. They know for 100% certainty now. Emerl is dying, and there’s nothing they can do about it. Many of them start to tear up, while some stay in mournful silence. But Metallix tries to deny it.
Metallix: “Don’t…d-don’t say that…”
Metallix: “This isn’t how…this isn’t how this was supposed to end…!”
Metallix: “Why would I go to all this…this effort just for you to…!?”
Emerl: “Dad…it’s okay…”
Emerl: “While I don’t want to go…at least I got…to see you all one last time…”
Emerl: “Just…remember the good times we had…no matter how…short…”
Emerl: “It…all meant the world to me…”
Emerl: “And…I’m glad I…got to meet all of you…”
One-by-one, Emerl says something to everyone here. Starting with Tails, who’s trying to put on a brave face…
Emerl: “Tails…you’re gonna do a lot of great things in the future…”
Emerl: “Just…have some confidence in yourself…”
Tails: “...Yeah…I will…”
After Tails comes Amy, who can’t stop the fountain of tears coming from her eyes…
Emerl: “Amy…keep working hard to help others…”
Emerl: “To…share your love with the world…”
Amy: “Emerl…”
Then, there’s Cream and Cheese. They’re tightly holding onto Amy, trying not to break into a sob…
Emerl: “Cream…Cheese…stay brave, okay?”
Emerl: “It’ll be hard…but you can do it…”
Cream: “...Mm-hm…”
Cheese: “Chao…!”
Next is Knuckles, who looks like he wants to yell in frustration, but is doing his best to restrain himself…
Emerl: “Knuckles…keep getting stronger…”
Emerl: “So that…you can protect everyone…”
Knuckles: “Heh…like I…wasn’t gonna do that already…!”
Tikal, who’s rubbing the tears from her eyes, is being comforted by a mournful Chaos, who has put a hand on her shoulder…
Emerl: “Tikal…I hope you’ve…found some peace with your past…”
Emerl: “And Chaos…just keep supporting her…”
Tikal: “...Yeah…a little bit…”
Chaos: “...”
Rouge is up next, who’s trying to keep up a tough facade. But it’s clear she’s pretty upset…
Emerl: “Rouge…live a good life…”
Emerl: “But…don’t be too greedy, okay?”
Rouge: “I…s-sure…”
Omega continues to stare at Emerl. His scans read that the Gizoid’s systems are slowly failing, and he’ll shut down…
Emerl: “Omega…don’t be afraid to…explore your options…”
Emerl: “Also…give Eggman a…good beatdown for me…?”
Omega: “...REQUEST ACCEPTED…”
Shadow has his gaze turned away from Emerl. Like he can’t bear to look at him…
Emerl: “Shadow…try to be more social, please?”
Emerl: “You…could use more friends…”
Shadow: “...”
Sonic is still trying to keep his facade up. Yet, his eyes are starting to water…
Emerl: “Sonic…it was a lot of fun spending time with you…”
Emerl: “Just…don’t lose yourself…like I did…”
Sonic: “H-Heh…what are you talking about, Emerl?”
Sonic: “Come on! Being serious isn’t like you at all!”
Clearly, Sonic doesn’t want to accept the situation. So Emerl looks at Metallix. His own father…
Emerl: “Dad…”
Emerl: “Should…I be glad that…I was born…?”
Metallix: “...”
Grabbing Emerl’s torso, Metallix pulls him into a hug. He refuses to let go of his son.
Metallix: “Yes…because…”
Metallix: “We…we got to meet…and become a family…”
Metallix: “So…so q-quit it…stop making me feel this way…!”
Emerl: “...”
The two stay like this, not sharing a word for a couple of seconds…
Emerl: “...It’s…weird…”
Emerl: “Even though we’re…both machines…I can…feel your warmth…”
Emerl: “It’s…nice…”
Metallix: “...Yeah…it is…”
Emerl: “...”
Emerl: “Tell mom…I’m sorry…”
Emerl: “I…I really wanted…to spend more time with her…”
Metallix: “You will…we’ll make it happen…”
Metallix: “Just…just hang in there a little longer…!”
Emerl: “Heh…I’m…kinda already pushing it…”
Emerl: “So…I think I’ll…stop here…”
His eyes become dimmer…with some type of clear liquid dripping from one of them…Emerl says his final words…
Emerl: “I love you…dad…”
Metallix: “Emerl…!?”
As Emerl shuts down, his body is encased in a white light, blinding everyone. Once it fades…all that’s left is the Chaos Emeralds, which go up to the sky and scatter again…there’s not a single piece or atom left of the Gizoid…
Metallix: “...”
Metallix stares at his hands, which were just holding onto Emerl. For the first time in his life…he lost someone dear to him…and he’s feeling so many emotions all at once…same for everyone else here…
Omega: “...THERE IS…NOTHING LEFT…”
Shadow: “...This was Gerald’s final program…”
Shadow: “Should a weapon go out of control…it’ll completely terminate itself…”
Cream: “Emerl…!”
Cream finally bursts into tears, hugging onto Amy tightly, who’s also crying a lot. Shadow continues to have that far-off gaze, remembering the pain of losing a friend. And Sonic puts a hand on Metallix’s shoulder…
Sonic: “Metal…I’m so…so sorry…”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix moves Sonic’s hand off of him, before standing up and walking off without a single word. A few stare at him as he does so. Then, he flies off into the sky, leaving the heroes to grieve…
Amy: “...I can’t imagine how much he’s hurting right now…”
Tikal: “Mm…losing family will always be hard to process…”
Shadow: “...”
Back to Sonic, he rubs the tears from his eyes, doing his best not to break down like his friends. But then, Tails says something that catches his attention…
Tails: “Someday…if this world finally knows true peace…”
Tails: “If this world no longer needs weapons or wars…”
Tails: “If we can make this world a truly peaceful place when we’re older…”
Tails: “...Do you think we’ll be able to have fun with Emerl again?”
Sonic: “...”
Sonic: “...Yeah…definitely…”
And with that, everyone decides to go their separate ways and process the loss of Emerl. Knuckles, Tikal, and Chaos stay on Angel Island, wishing to build some kind of memorial stone for the Gizoid.
The others take the G.U.N. jet to drop off the likes of Cream, Cheese, Amy, Tails, and Sonic. However, Shadow and Omega stick with Rouge. After what they just witnessed, they want to talk to her about something important.
The heroes may have lost a very dear friend this day…but they know someday…they’ll see Emerl again…no matter how unlikely that may be…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Many hours later…*
Metallix has returned to his underground base. He sits in his throne, having not repaired his body or reverted back to his evolved appearance. Not a single word comes out of him, nor does he make any sorts of body motions. All he does is sit there…alone…with his red eyes not visible…
Many of the Metallix robots can tell their master is upset, and can deduce why, considering the absence of Emerl. So they decide to let him be for now. They also answer any calls the robotic hedgehog might get from anyone he associates with, informing them that he’s not in a good mood and to call back later.
But eventually, a Spear Knight decides to walk up to Metallix, and tries to speak to him. Though, it’s very careful with it’s wording.
Spear Knight: “MASTER…YOU HAVE BEEN SITTING HERE FOR 8 HOURS…”
Spear Knight: “YOU NEED TO REPAIR YOUR BODY, AND YOU NEED TO RETURN TO MONOPOLE. EVERYONE IS WORRIED.”
Spear Knight: “IT IS UNDERSTANDABLE…YOU ARE IN UNIMAGINABLE PAIN…BUT YOU CAN’T STAY HERE FOREVER…”
Spear Knight: “WOULD…EMERL WANT THIS?”
Finally moving again, Metallix stares at the Spear Knight. His red eyes returned, filled with anger and sadness.
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “...Say that again.”
Spear Knight: “WOULD EMERL WANT THIS?”
Clearly irritated with that line, Metallix stands up from his throne and walks to the Spear Knight.
Metallix: “Do you know what ELSE Emerl would have wanted?”
Spear Knight: “...”
Spear Knight: “THERE ARE MANY POSSIBILITIES-”
Grabbing the Spear Knight by digging his sharp claws into it’s armor, Metallix screams in it’s face.
Metallix: “HE WOULD HAVE WANTED TO LIVE!”
Metallix: “BUT HE’S DEAD! THERE’S NOTHING LEFT OF HIM THAT I COULD SALVAGE!”
Spear Knight: “WHAT ABOUT THE DATA STORED HERE? PERHAPS-”
Metallix: “IT WON’T BE THE SAME SON I GREW TO LOVE!”
Metallix: “I…can’t ever…replace him…!”
His gaze lowering to the floor, Metallix lets out everything that he was thinking about for the past 8 hours…
Metallix: “...It’s all because I let him go off alone…”
Metallix: “I was too soft…I grew complacent…”
Metalix: “...And he took full advantage of it…!”
Metallix: “I knew Egg…no…Robotnik was up to something…!”
Metallix: “My arrogance and complacency got the better of me…and now I’ve lost the most important person in my life!”
Metallix: “I had no choice but to kill my own son! All because of that arrogant…heartless...VILE…!”
Metallix’s purple aura is returning, and causing everything to shake. So the Spear Knight tries to reign him in.
Spear Knight: “PLEASE STOP…YOU WILL DESTROY THIS BASE…”
Metallix: “...”
The purple aura disappears, along with the shaking. Metallix also lets go of the Spear Knight, who backs up a bit.
Metallix: “I really thought that robot kingdom plan wasn’t necessary…and that I could just…play hero with that hedgehog and his pals…”
Metallix: “But clearly, I was deceiving myself…”
Metallix: “If THIS is what I get for trying to be a ‘good person?’ Then to hell with it…”
Metallix: “From now on…I’ll NEVER hesitate again…”
Metallix: “No more distractions…second thoughts…anything…”
Metallix: “I MUST take this twisted world into my own hands. And make sure what happened to Emerl never happens again.”
Metallix: “And to make up for my failure…”
His red eyes seething with vengeance, Metallix looks up…
“...I’m going to eradicate Ivo Robotnik from this entire UNIVERSE.”
Chapter 137: I Promise You...REVENGE!
Summary:
Okay! Let's start off 2025 with some more Metallix Uprising!
But I should note that this is gonna be another short arc (About 6 chapters), and mainly serves as set-up for the next arc. Regardless, I hope you enjoy!
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Monopole.*
It has been over 8 hours since the E.G.G. Station Mk ll appeared above Monopole. As expected, everyone was incredibly scared and worried about what would happen, and hoped the likes of Emerl or Sonic would take care of it. And despite both the Final Egg Blaster going off, and the space station exploding, their prayers were answered.
However, the citizens are still recovering from that event, and some questions are being thrown around. Where is Emerl and Neo? They haven’t seen either of them in a while, and when somebody tries to contact them, they only get a response from one of the Neo Knights, stating that their creator is not in a good mood and to call back later.
Already, that’s a bad sign. But at least they know Neo is alive. And hopefully, he comes back soon, along with Emerl. After all, they’ve helped Monopole in many ways, and are seen as heroes and friends. Plus, the two were in very high spirits the past few weeks, and had plans to help the world at large.
Eventually, morning struck. Though, the gray clouds shielding Monopole from sunlight only added on to the people’s negativity. In particular, Mayor William Caddel is sitting down in his office, having just dressed himself, and with a cup of coffee in hand. He stares outside, having a look of uncertainty on his face.
While he’s done his best to reassure the people and keep their spirits up, Caddel feels just as worried and sad as they do. Seeing Dr. Eggman almost blow up Monopole shook him down to his very core, and even now, he gets chills down his spine when remembering that event. And he’s concerned for the well-being of Neo and Emerl.
Ever since they first worked together, Caddel admired Neo’s ambition and care for the world around him. He always displayed a great amount of patience, kindness, and intelligence, which is needed in order to be a good leader. Not to mention, it was just nice to talk to him and play a game of Chess with him. He’s a trusted friend and business partner.
And Emerl…well…Caddel may have known him for only a little over a month, but his charm and kindness rubbed off on him quickly. And Monopole as a whole. The Gizoid displayed an incredible energy and positivity that was rare to come by at points, and he was always ready to help others. Even when there was nothing to gain from it.
Together, this father and son duo brought nothing but good will and hope to the city of tomorrow. And Caddel was 110% certain they’d lead the rest of the world to a brighter future as well. However, he can’t help but feel the worst happened to them. He doesn’t want to jump to conclusions…yet, it’s hard not to…
As Caddel thinks to himself while drinking coffee, he receives a call from the phone on his desk, and answers it quickly.
Mayor Caddel: “Hello?”
Random Assistant: “Sir, you need to come down here right now.”
Mayor Caddel:
“What is it? Did something happen?”
Random Assistant: “It’s Neo. He wants to speak with you.”
Mayor Caddel: “!”
Hearing that his friend has returned, Mayor Caddel is both surprised and relieved, standing up from his desk.
Mayor Caddel: “I’ll be there ASAP!”
Ending the call, Mayor Caddel tries to head to the bottom floor as quickly as he can. He doesn’t run or anything, due to his age and not wanting to run into anything, but he DOES speed walk a little. And in a few minutes, he manages to reach the lobby area, with framed photos, potted plants, a desk area, and the nearby front door.
Immediately, Caddel spots one of his assistants (A female tiger in a business suit) talking to the hedgehog of the hour. He quickly greets Neo with a welcoming smile and a wave of the hand.
Mayor Caddel: “There you are, Neo! I’m glad to see that you’re…?”
When his friend turns around to face him, Caddel’s words trail off. Neo’s trying to look as composed as always, yet it’s clear by his clenched fists, furrowed brow, and stiff posture that he’s restraining himself. His eyes especially are cold and sharp, alongside having a downcast gaze. He’s not feeling well at all.
Despite this, Neo seems a bit pleased to see Caddel, as his expression softens a tiny bit. Trying to maintain his polite demeanor, he makes the first move.
Neo: “...Sorry for not contacting you sooner.”
Mayor Caddel: “Don’t be. I’m just glad you’re here now.”
Mayor Caddel: “Though, I have to ask…where have you been? And where’s Emerl?”
Neo: “...”
The moment Emerl is mentioned, Neo’s eyes turn to the side, and his fists clench tighter. Caddel quickly picks up on the signs, and decides to move on.
Mayor Caddel: “...Maybe it’s best we take this to my office? And grab some coffee while we’re at it?”
Neo: “Yes…that would be for the best…”
Caddel nods with a reassuring smile, before he and Neo head back to the former’s office upstairs. Now with filled coffee mugs in their hands, the two sit down at the desk and talk. The blue businessman takes some sips from his drink as the mayor speaks.
Mayor Caddel: “You know…you don’t need to tell me everything that happened if you don’t want to right now.”
Mayor Caddel: “It’s clear just by looking at you that you’re experiencing a lot.”
Neo: “No…you and all of Monopole deserve an explanation…”
Neo: “And…I’ve already spent a long time processing everything…”
Mayor Caddel: “Even so…I don’t want to push you for answers…”
Mayor Caddel: “We could just…chat like we usually do. Maybe even play a little Chess?”
Neo: “...”
Neo looks down at the coffee in his mug, seeing his pained eyes in the reflection. Despite how he feels right now, the hedgehog businessman wants to tell his friend and business partner what happened. He can’t share ALL the details…but he can still share the important ones…
Neo: “...Thank you, Caddel.”
Neo: “But I NEED to tell you. ALL of you.”
Mayor Caddel: “Very well…just take your time…”
With a confirming nod, Neo takes a minute to think about how to explain what he experienced. Caddel waits patiently while drinking from his mug. And eventually…he spits it out…
Neo: “So…I’m sure you and everyone else here saw Ivo Robotnik’s space station?”
Mayor Caddel: “Yes…it was mass hysteria…”
Mayor Caddel:
“Even I couldn’t help but lose it a little. ESPECIALLY when that laser cannon fired…”
Mayor Caddel: “But thankfully, that thing went up in smoke. And it’s thanks to Emerl, I assume?”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...Yeah…”
Neo: “He…h-he protected all of us…to the very end…”
His grief getting the better of him, Neo rubs his eyes a little. And Caddel’s eyes widen, realizing what he means by that. So he gets up from his seat, goes up to the blue businessman, and puts his hands on his shoulders.
Mayor Caddel: “...I’m so sorry, Neo.”
Mayor Caddel: “But…at least we’re still here, thanks to his sacrifice…”
Mayor Caddel: “His memory won’t ever be forgotten by us…we’ll make sure of that…”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...This is the first time I’ve ever lost someone I loved…”
Neo: “I…I-I never thought it would hurt this much…!”
Neo: “Even after processing what happened, I still can’t shake it off…!”
Neo: “All I can think about is how much I miss him, and how I could have prevented this!”
Mayor Caddel: “Neo…it’s not-”
Frustrated and teary-eyed, Neo shoots up from his chair, causing it to fall over. At the same time, the mug he’s holding falls onto the floor too, staining the carpet with coffee.
Neo: “It IS my fault!”
Neo: “I should have gone with him! I should have been strong enough to stop it!”
Neo: “But I was too soft! Too arrogant to think anything would go wrong!”
Mayor Caddel: “You weren’t wrong to think that! We all thought Emerl was unstoppable!”
Neo: “Well, I should have been different! I knew him better than anyone else!”
Neo: “So why did it end this way!? Why did it have to be HIM!?”
Despite his anger at himself, Neo tries to reign it back in. He doesn’t want to accidentally blow up the office and Caddel. And once he calms down a little, he notices the spilled mug and picks it up.
Neo: “Sorry…I-”
Mayor Caddel: “Don’t. You’re grieving.”
Mayor Caddel: “And cleaning a carpet stain isn’t impossible.”
Neo: “...”
As Neo places his now empty mug on the desk, Caddel continues the discussion.
Mayor Caddel: “...It’s gonna be hard to tell everyone what happened…”
Mayor Caddel: “But…we’ll keep going. Like we always do.”
Mayor Caddel: “We’ll make sure that bright future of ours is still attainable.”
Neo: “...”
Neo: “...No.”
Once again gritting his teeth and clenching his fists, Neo remembers the main cause of all this. The one who murdered his son. The main culprit behind his grief and rage.
Neo: “As long as Ivo Robotnik is alive, there won’t BE any bright future.”
Neo: “If he isn’t taken out, what happened to Emerl will happen many more times.”
Neo: “And I REFUSE to let this continue.”
Hearing Neo say that, Caddel is once again shocked. And with that shock comes a growing concern for his friend.
Mayor Caddel: “Hold on, Neo. Calm down and think about what you’re saying.”
Mayor Caddel: “Even if he deserves it…killing Robotnik isn’t the solution here.”
Neo: “Why WOULDN’T it be? All he does is ruin everything!”
Neo: “That arrogant madman doesn’t care how many lives he takes! He’ll keep going until he becomes king of the world!”
Neo: “This HAS to end! I can’t stand this anymore!”
Mayor Caddel: “You’re not thinking straight right now! Your grief is blinding you!”
Mayor Caddel: “Think about what Emerl would-”
Neo: “DON’T TELL ME WHAT HE WOULD HAVE WANTED!”
Neo’s red eyes glow with fury, as he stares daggers at the frightened Caddel. After a few seconds, he’s able to calm down again, and turns around with his gaze towards the floor. Despite being yelled at, the mayor tries to reason with the businessman again.
Mayor Caddel: “...Neo-”
Neo: “Don’t.”
Neo: “Just…don’t…”
Neo: “I HAVE to do this…I can’t live with myself if I don’t…”
Knowing he needs to end it here before it gets worse, Neo starts to walk out of the office. But Caddel says one last thing before he closes the doors.
Mayor Caddel: “Please...don’t..."
Mayor Caddel: “If you let your grief and vengeance consume you…there isn’t gonna be a happy ending for you.”
Neo: “...”
Neo doesn’t respond to those words, as he closes the doors behind him. Caddel just stares at them, worried sick about what his friend is about to do. He totally gets it, and a part of him even agrees that Robotnik needs to be stopped. But not like this. Not when guided by revenge. It won’t give him the closure he needs.
Unfortunately…Neo is done listening…
Chapter 138: A Lesson In Grief
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Night.*
Inside an active volcano lies another one of Dr. Eggman’s many bases. The Lava Shelter. It’s got plenty of metal platforms and grind rails, all above hot, steaming magma. There’s also a lot of Badnik patrols, operating the various defenses. Like mechanical red units with gray tubes attached to them, which control the flow of lava all around the base.
Clearly, any organic being that doesn’t have the right equipment or stamina to handle this scorching environment is not gonna have a good time with navigation. But the one ripping this base apart isn’t organic at all. And unfortunately for all the robots, this intruder is not only powerful…but FURIOUS.
Metallix is here, ready to destroy every last trace of Dr. Eggman as part of his vengeance. For the past few months, he’s been tracking down every last one of the doctor’s bases (Abandoned or otherwise) and eradicating them off the face of the earth. He’s sticking true to his promise of eradicating Ivo Robotnik from this entire universe.
No matter what stands in his way, Metallix rips it apart like tissue paper, and with great ferocity. Even the strongest Eggman robots can’t compare to him. And all the while, he searches every inch of the Lava Shelter for the doctor, hoping to find some trace of him. Sadly, this part of his plan has been a fruitless effort so far.
But at the very least, Metallix finds a bit of pleasure in venting his frustration on all the Badniks and machines, which is clear with the way he fights. Tearing them to shreds, bashing his fists into them until they’re nothing but scrap metal, being excessively destructive with his various skills, etc.
Eventually, Metallix reaches the core of the Lava Shelter, landing on a large square platform on top of the magma, with large mechanical structures surrounding it. There’s also some sort of device in the middle of the platform, which activates. It shows a red hologram of an AI that the metallic menace is all too familiar with.
Sage: “You again…how many of our creator’s bases must you eradicate until you’re satisfied?”
Metallix: “The only thing that’ll satisfy me is Ivo’s severed head.”
Metallix: “Now tell me where he is. Or I’ll go into the Eggnet and rip the information out of you myself.”
Sage: “I will not share such data with an enemy. Much less a traitor.”
Metallix: “You can’t stop me, Sage. NOTHING can.”
Metallix: “And if you continue to defend that psychopath, I’ll end your existence as well.”
Sage: “Your threats mean nothing to me. I was built to serve my master to the very end.”
Sage: “And soon, he’ll figure out a way to finally shut you down for your treason.”
Metallix: “He’s wasting what time he has left! The moment I find him, he’s gonna pay in blood for what he did!”
Sage: “The Gizoid’s destruction was not a part of his plan. I tried to warn-”
Metallix: “HIS NAME WAS EMERL! AND I DON’T CARE IF IT WAS INTENTIONAL OR NOT! HE’S STILL GONNA DIE AT MY HANDS!”
Sage: “...”
Metallix and Sage silently glare at each other for a few seconds, before moving on.
Sage: “...Clearly, conversing with you isn’t serving any purpose.”
Metallix: “Agreed. Now get lost before I destroy this base.”
Sage: “No. I still cannot allow you to inconvenience the doctor anymore.”
Metallix: “Don’t bother. Anything you throw at me will end up a black mark on the floor.”
Sage: “Perhaps…but I still have to try…”
The hologram of Sage raises a hand, and after a few seconds, a new robot lands onto the metal platform to face Metallix. Though, it’s not some Egg Pawn or Super Badnik. It’s a metallic white robot that resembles an anthropomorphic animal, with a red visor for eyes and a jetlined head with a red stripe across it.
However, it’s not clear what kind of animal it’s supposed to be. In fact, it has features that resemble the likes of Sonic, Tails, Amy, and Knuckles. Striped shoes, two propeller-like tails with red tips, large hands with spikes, and a red crescent shaped mark on it’s chest. It’s an interesting design.
While Metallix is a tiny bit curious about this robot, he doesn’t care much about it either, and makes it known to Sage.
Metallix: “Hmph. What exactly is this thing supposed to do against me?”
Sage: “This is a recent project of the doctor. A machine made to utilize the strengths of Sonic The Hedgehog and his closest allies.”
Sage: “It was labelled as ‘Project X.’”
Metallix: “ANOTHER robot made to copy those rodents? How unoriginal!”
Metallix: “I already possess their skills, and much more! This waste of space is nothing to me!”
Sage: “Don’t be so certain. It also knows all their weaknesses, and it possesses their behavioral patterns.”
Metallix: “So?”
Clearly, Metallix is not impressed with this “Project X.” However, the white and red machine seems to be getting angry about his comments, and decides to jump into action, punching the metallic menace right in the face. It actually pushes him back a little, but it doesn’t hurt him at all. He just stares at it, not bothering to get into a combat stance.
Metallix: “Tch. I guess that wasn’t a bad punch.”
Metallix: “Let’s see how long you last before I grow bored.”
Project X: “!”
And with that, Project X begins it’s assault on Metallix, while Sage watches closely. Surprisingly, the white and red machine is doing pretty well against the metallic menace, showing off it’s various copied skills. Spin-Attacks, Piko-Piko Hammers, flight, super-strength, super-speed, etc.
Also, Project X shows off small bits of personality, like getting angry when Metallix dodged or mocked it, or doing Sonic’s little finger-wag motion with one of it’s hands after landing a good hit. It’s also a smart and tactical machine, trying to find weaknesses in the robotic hedgehog’s design and strategies.
And deep down, even Metallix could admit this robot was skilled. If it fought Sonic? It would be a tough fight for him. But sadly, Project X could NEVER defeat the metallic menace. Not in a million years. The only reason it’s lasting this long is because he’s purposely holding himself back. He could have one-shotted it the moment it appeared.
Sage can also pick up on this, and knows it’s only a matter of time before Metallix ends the machine, AND the entire base. So she decides to turn the hologram projector off, and leave. It’s an unfortunate loss, but she’s sure Eggman will find a way to fix this mess. And she’ll assist him anyway she can.
Eventually, after Project X tries to land one last punch on Metallix, he grabs the fist. The white and red machine tries to break free from his grasp, but the metallic menace’s grip is too strong.
Metallix: “Nice try. But we’re done here.”
Project X: “!?”
Still holding onto Project X’s fist, Metallix begins to surge with red energy. Then, once he’s fully charged, he shouts…
Metallix: “CHAOS BLAST!”
Outside, the volcano that the Lava Shelter resides in explodes in a large red energy blast, coating the surrounding mountains in a crimson light. When the explosion dies down, there’s only a pool of steaming lava left behind. No chunks of stone, no remnants of Eggman technology, and seemingly no Metallix either.
But then, the metallic menace walks out of the lava, with the sizzling liquid dripping off of his body. He’s completely unaffected by it as he scans his surroundings, making sure he erased every last atom of the Lava Shelter. When his scans read success, the robotic hedgehog is prepared to fly off into the night sky to look for another Eggman base.
However, Metallix picks up on a familiar life signature approaching him, alongside the sounds of a motorcycle. Curious, he waits to see who it is, and is soon greeted by who was once his ally. Shadow The Hedgehog, riding his own cruiser-style G.U.N. military bike. Complete with a pair of exhaust pipes on each side, and some white machine guns.
Though, instead of the usual gray and blue color scheme, this one has a custom black and red color scheme, matching it’s driver. It also has the Black Arms symbol on one side, and the G.U.N. symbol on the other. Looks like Shadow has made some customizations to better fit his preferences.
Regardless, Metallix just watches as the black hedgehog gets off his bike, and walks up to him. He maintains a neutral look on his face, which has a hint of annoyance.
Shadow: “About time I caught up to you.”
Metallix: “You would have done it faster if you did it on foot.”
Shadow: “True. But I wanted to conserve my strength just in case.”
Metallix: “Why do you even have a bike? Is it some new hobby of yours?”
Shadow: “No. G.U.N. protocol requires all agents to have at least one transportation vehicle.”
Metallix: “G.U.N. protocol? You mean…?”
Shadow: “Yes. I’ve decided to join the Guardian Units of Nations. Omega too.”
Hearing that information, Metallix is somewhat baffled.
Metallix:
“Omega joining is strange, but YOU doing it makes no sense. Especially after everything they did to you.”
Shadow: “...I won’t deny it feels weird…”
Shadow:
“But after we took down the Black Arms, I chose to discard my past, and focus on the here and now.”
Shadow: “Whatever beef I had with G.U.N. before…I’m trying to put that aside for the sake of the world.”
Shadow: “And G.U.N. can provide me with plenty of resources and information. It’ll make my job far easier.”
Metallix: “Hmph. I suppose it makes sense.”
Metallix:
“Though, what of Omega? What made HIM, of all people, want to join?”
Shadow: “He just wanted more opportunities to blow stuff up, and have a place to recover and train.”
Shadow: “And I’m sure he wanted to stick with me and Rouge as well. Even if he won’t admit it.”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “What business do you have with me, Shadow? I’ve got better things to do.”
Shadow: “I know. So I’ll make this as quick as I can.”
Shadow:
“G.U.N. has been keeping track of your movements. We know you’ve been destroying every Eggman base you can find.”
Shadow: “Considering what happened with…”
Shadow: “...”
Looking away with a hint of pain, Shadow stops himself. But Metallix knows what he was about to say, and clenches his fists in frustration. However, the black hedgehog is able to move on quickly.
Shadow: “...It was concerning. To all of us.”
Shadow: “So I need to know what you’re trying to accomplish. I need to know if my assumptions are wrong.”
Metallix: “...”
Metallix: “...I’m erasing every last trace of Ivo Robotnik from this world.”
Metallix: “That psychotic scientist is so desperate to prove himself as a genius, and plaster his face everywhere.”
Metallix: “So I’ll make sure NO ONE will remember him.”
Metallix: “There won’t BE any legacy for him, and there certainly won’t be any more chances for him to ruin this world more than he already has.”
Metallix: “No longer will any more lives suffer because of his ego and craving for power.”
Metallix: “And then? When he has NOTHING to fall back on, and has been thoroughly dismantled?”
Metallix: “THAT is when I’ll finally give him the sweet release of DEATH .”
Shadow: “...”
Just like that, Shadow’s assumptions are proven true. And he’s not happy about it at all. Though, before he can say anything, Metallix turns around, ready to leave. But the black hedgehog teleports in front of him.
Shadow: “This won’t end like you think it will.”
Metallix: “Don’t waste your breath. I’m not having any second thoughts this time.”
Shadow: “Just listen. I’ve been where you have before.”
Shadow: “I remember the anger. The sadness. The guilt.”
Shadow: “And it drove me down a very dark road.”
Shadow: “Revenge twisted me into something I wasn’t supposed to be. Fake memories or not.”
Shadow: “All I wanted was to cause as much suffering as possible to the ones responsible for it. To watch the world burn.”
Shadow: “If not for Amy…then I wouldn’t have been able to fix my mistakes.”
Shadow: “And only now am I able to move past all of that. With people who genuinely care about me, and want to help me.”
Shadow: “I can’t let you go down that same road, Metallix.”
Metallix: “Tch. You just want to make sure I don’t become a problem later.”
Shadow: “It’s not JUST that. You said it yourself when we first fought on the Final Fortress.”
Shadow: “We’re family, in some sense. Creations of A Robotnik, who both became more than what was intended.”
Shadow: “You also helped me break free of Black Doom’s control, when you could have easily killed me instead.”
Shadow: “And…you wanted to be on neutral terms with me, Sonic, and the others before-”
Metallix: “That was a mistake. A moment of weakness.”
Metallix: “I let all of their compassion and complacency rub off on me, and look where it led to.”
Metallix: “That won’t happen again. I REFUSE to let it happen again.”
Shadow: “You can’t keep blaming yourself for what happened.”
Shadow: “I know it’s hard not to think about what could have been done differently. I’ve done it a lot too.”
Shadow: “But if you keep letting that moment chain you down and drive you forward…you won’t like what awaits you at the end.”
Metallix: “Oh spare me the whole ‘no happy ending’ spiel! I already lost that when Emerl died!”
Metallix: “And I can’t rest until I’ve finished off that bastard! It’ll drive me crazy if I don’t!”
Shadow: “That’s your anger and grief talking! What you’re doing is only fueling it!”
Shadow: “It’s blinding you to the point that you’re not thinking straight!”
Metallix: “My mind is as clear as ever! And this was a LONG time coming!”
Metallix: “Ivo Robotnik is the single greatest threat to this entire planet! He should have been taken out far earlier!”
Metallix: “All he does is make people suffer! All to fuel his over bloated ego and desire for power!”
Metallix: “Even YOU were no exception, Shadow! Remember those android fakes?”
Shadow: “Yes! But killing the doctor won’t automatically make things better!”
Shadow: “I agree he needs to be stopped! But not like this! Not when you’re driven by your vengeance!”
Metallix: “Don’t act all high and mighty! You want this just as badly as I do!”
Metallix: “If Ivo’s dead, both of our missions are far easier! And everyone we’ve ever known and cared about won’t suffer because of him again!”
Shadow: “That still doesn’t make it right! And we both know that’s not your main motive for doing this!”
Shadow: “You just want to make the doctor pay for EVERYTHING he did to you! Not just Emerl!”
Shadow: “He abandoned you! Mistreated you! Tried to destroy you!”
Shadow: “This is far too personal to you! You can’t be the one to do this!”
Metallix: “Then who SHOULD do it, huh!? You!?”
Shadow: “I…!”
Shadow wants to say yes, but…he feels the matter of Eggman is also personal for him. After all, he was close with his grandfather and cousin, and he worked with the doctor before. And Metallix knows that too. Hence, he continues to ask questions.
Metallix: “So who else is there? Who could POSSIBLY stop Ivo Robotnik without their pesky morals getting in the way?”
Metallix: “It sure as hell wouldn’t be Sonic! He’s far too concerned about his precious freedom and excitement!”
Metallix: “And the rest of his friends wouldn’t be any different either! Even the likes of Tails and Knuckles!”
Shadow: “Even so, my point still stands!”
Metallix: “Well, I don’t care! SOMEONE’S gotta end this monstrosity, and I’ll be MORE than happy to do it!”
Metallix: “And ANYONE or ANYTHING that gets in my way will be eradicated!”
Metallix: “So unless you want to risk dying again, stay out of my way!”
Shadow: “...”
Metallix and Shadow glare at each other, with the latter clearly frustrated with the former’s stubbornness. The one time he decides to pull a Sonic and reason with the metallic menace…and it was nothing more than an exercise in futility. He’s too absorbed in his vengeance to listen to reason.
This irritates Shadow to no end. He sees so much of himself in Metallix. The stubbornness, the anger, the pain, the importance of identity, the power, and more. And while he DOES see him as a threat, the black hedgehog still wanted to show the robotic hedgehog a better path. To make sure the same mistakes he made wouldn’t repeat themselves.
But it seems Metallix is already too far gone. Shadow tried to talk this through, but it was a wasted effort. Hence, he finally relents…
Shadow: “...So much for settling things peacefully…”
Shadow: “But remember this, Metallix. I WILL stop you if I feel you’re doing something wrong.”
Metallix: “...You can certainly try.”
With the discussion over, Metallix flies off into the sky, leaving Shadow alone to think about what transpired, and what he’s gonna tell the others. If this continues, the metallic menace could end up doing something really bad, intentionally or otherwise.
But…Shadow will do whatever he can to stop it…
Chapter 139: Mementos
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Morning.*
As the sun begins to rise in the clear skies, Metallix once again returns to Monopole, taking in the beautiful sight. However, when he changes to his usual Neo persona, his face is completely monotone. He shows no signs of positive or negative emotion while making his way through the city of tomorrow, and is completely silent.
Occasionally, some citizens greet Neo, but he only responds with a wave of the hand. No small smiles or hellos. Same goes for his various robots, who know not to disturb their master too much. After all, he’s been pretty busy as of late, and is not in the best emotional state either. Even after all these months.
Right now, Neo is heading towards the north-east section of Monopole for a specific spot. A nice park area with various flora, water fountains, benches, and a new landmark for the high-tech metropolis. That last one is the main reason the robotic hedgehog is going there. So that he won’t forget why he’s doing what he’s doing.
In about a couple of minutes, Neo arrives at his destination, and looks up to see his reminder. A stone statue of Emerl, with his arm forward, doing a peace sign. A memorial for Monopole’s lost hero, which also serves as reassurance to the people. No matter what may happen next, their guardian and friend will always be watching over them.
This statue was made not long after Neo and Mayor Caddel broke the news to everyone in Monopole. As expected, they were all very upset at the loss of Emerl, and were more than willing to help with the construction of this statue. And while the robotic hedgehog could have made it in a few minutes, he appreciated all the support, and allowed them to help. Even if it took a few weeks.
Many citizens leave behind small mementos around the statue, like flowers or drawings. Some even do a bit of praying for good luck. Neo, however, doesn’t feel the need to leave behind anything. No amount of flowers, drawings, notes, or anything else will be enough to make up for what he had to do to stop his out of control son.
Instead, Neo simply walks up in front of the Emerl statue, looking at it with a hint of guilt in his eyes. Every day, he comes here to remind himself why he needs to finish off Eggman. Why he needs to make the perfect utopia. Why he should never hesitate or doubt himself ever again. Because it’ll only lead to another loss. Another death. Another Emerl.
Moving his gaze downwards, Neo sees a couple of mementos surrounding a metal plate that reads…
EMERL
A powerful and heroic robot, who spread nothing but hope and positivity everywhere he went. To every single person he came across. And even long after he sacrificed himself in order to protect us from Dr. Ivo “Eggman” Robotnik, he continues to watch over us as our guardian angel.
He was many things. A protector. A savior. A friend. A Son. And he was nothing short of kind and virtuous, always happy to spend time with his loved ones, and enjoy a good fight. From the moments spent with his father, Neo, to the Chaos Emerald Championship, and much, much more.
He was taken from us too soon…but we won’t ever forget who he was, and what he stood for. Peace, love, and fun, above all else.
May he rest in peace…
Neo: “...Taken from us too soon, huh?”
Neo repeats those words, reminding him of how little time he got to spend here before his death. Only one or two months. Yet, he still left a large impact on everyone despite that. It makes him wonder how much more the Gizoid would have affected if he was still here. But it’s useless thinking about the what-ifs.
Taking his eyes off the metal plate for a bit, Neo looks over the mementos around the statue. The first thing he spots is a fresh batch of Yellow Pansy flowers. From what he remembers, these flowers had a positive meaning to them. Like “I’m thinking of you,” or something relating to positivity and joy.
Next, there’s a custom-made blanket, which Ms. Katz made. It has a cat on it, which is meant to look a bit like Emerl. Blue eyes, orange color scheme, etc. Nowadays, whenever she crosses paths with Neo, she makes sure to ask him how he’s doing, and to comfort him for his loss. And while he appreciated it, it didn’t fix the damage done.
Another thing Neo spots is a children’s drawing of a little girl and Emerl. It was made by the same girl the Gizoid saved long ago. He remembers seeing her in the crowd when his death was made public. She couldn’t stop crying her eyes out. The sight only further added on to the robotic hedgehog’s anger towards his creator.
And lastly…Neo saw something that really tore at his heartstrings. Every single time he came here. Two round blue jewels that looked like Emerl’s eyes. He knew EXACTLY who left those behind. But…he hasn’t talked to her in months. He just couldn’t face her again after what happened to Emerl…
???: “Ah…you’re back…”
His concentration snapping, Neo looks to see Mayor Caddel standing there, giving him a worried look. He has one hand resting on his cane, with a Chess Knight piece in the other. The robotic hedgehog doesn’t say anything, and watches as the man places the piece alongside the other mementos.
Mayor Caddel:
“...I wonder what he must be thinking right now?”
Mayor Caddel:
“Maybe he wishes we gave his statue a cooler pose?”
Neo: “Mm…”
The two stay silent for a few minutes, looking up at the Emerl statue. But eventually, Caddel breaks the ice.
Mayor Caddel: “...There was this EX World Grand Prix shown on TV a little bit ago.”
Mayor Caddel: “Sonic and his friends were actually competing in it, alongside these Babylon Rogue fellows.”
Neo: “...Was HE there?”
Mayor Caddel: “...”
Mayor Caddel: “It’s probably too late to check now. And I’m sure those heroes can take care of whatever he has planned.”
Mayor Caddel:
“And…it’s for the best we don’t get ourselves involved either…”
Neo: “...”
Neo’s brow furrows, and his fists tighten. Caddel can pick up on this, and takes a heavy sigh.
Mayor Caddel: “Let’s take a seat. That way, I can rest my legs.”
Neo: “Of course.”
After finding a nearby bench and sitting down, Neo and Caddel continue their conversation.
Neo:
“How’s Monopole doing? Are there any problems?”
Mayor Caddel: “Just some minor stuff…nothing that requires immediate attention…”
Mayor Caddel: “However, many citizens are concerned about your constant disappearances.”
Neo: “I’ve told you all many times before. It’s important business.”
Mayor Caddel: “More than the very city you swore to protect, alongside your company?”
Mayor Caddel: “Every time I visit MeteorTech, you’re off on your revenge quest.”
Neo: “And I’m sorry for my absence. I really am.”
Neo: “But like I told you before, I can’t focus on anything else until I’ve finished my mission.”
Mayor Caddel: “Neo…you’ve been at this for months on end with no real results…”
Mayor Caddel: “All the while, you’re keeping everyone at a distance, and forgetting-”
Neo: “Just stop, Caddel. We’ve talked about this a million times, and it never ends up any differently.”
Neo: “I HAVE to do this. Or this is all that’ll remain.”
Neo points at the Emerl statue, which only frustrates Caddel.
Mayor Caddel: “How many times are you gonna use your son as an excuse for murder?”
Neo: “This isn’t JUST about Emerl. It’s about the well-being of the entire world.”
Mayor Caddel: “And that’s just another excuse! You’re the ONLY one who wants this!”
Neo:
“What about the many civilians here? Why don’t you ask them that same question?”
Neo: “Heck, why limit it to JUST Monopole? Why not the entire world for good measure?”
Mayor Caddel: “Quit trying to turn the question away from yourself! You KNOW just how selfish this vengeance of yours is!”
Neo: “Hard to call it selfish if it benefits everyone in the long run.”
Caddel is about to shout at Neo for how wrong he is, but…he restrains himself, and takes a deep breath. Yelling about this isn’t gonna help anyone, and he prefers not to get too heated with a grieving friend. Yet, his frustration still shows…
Mayor Caddel: “...I really hoped your stubbornness would die down over these past months…”
Mayor Caddel: “But it seems all I’m accomplishing here is testing my patience.”
Neo: “Then you should stop. For both of our sakes.”
Neo: “I appreciate your support throughout all this…but I can’t doubt myself ever again.”
Mayor Caddel: “...I just want to make sure you don’t go down a dark road…”
Mayor Caddel: “You’ve been just as much a hero to this city as Emerl was. And I consider you a trusted friend.”
Mayor Caddel: “Even if I find you odd, I can see just how much you care about the world around you.”
Mayor Caddel: “And I’d hate to see you get consumed by all that anger and hatred…”
Mayor Caddel: “It’s…not who you are.”
Neo: “...”
Once again, the two are silent. For the next few minutes, Neo thinks about that last part from Caddel. The robotic hedgehog was designed specifically to be a deadly weapon to use on others. All the while, he was able to develop feelings of anger and hatred towards others. ESPECIALLY Sonic and Eggman.
Maybe…that IS what Neo is supposed to be? Pure anger and hatred, directed towards something or someone. Even when he found happiness and peace, it was quickly ripped away from him. Reverting him back to pure negativity and darkness. Why fight it at this point? Why not just accept it?
But before Neo can further fall into that dark line of thinking, his phone rings, snapping him out of it. Caddel allows him to answer it, and the robotic hedgehog puts the blue phone to his ear.
Neo:
“Neo speaking. What is it?”
???: “Ah! Finally reached you, boss!”
???: “Sorry for disturbing you, but there’s something interesting me and the other miners found in the Infernal Tundra!”
Neo: “Really? What exactly?”
???: “It’s best you just come over and see for yourself! I promise you it’s worth the hassle!”
Neo: “Hmph. Very well.”
Neo: “I’ll be there as soon as I can. Be ready until then.”
???: “Yes, sir!”
Ending the call, Neo then stands up and looks at Caddel.
Neo: “Amethyst Minerals found something in the Infernal Tundra. I’ll have to depart soon.”
Mayor Caddel: “Right…duty calls…”
Mayor Caddel: “Just…keep in mind what we talked about, okay?”
Neo just nods in response, before walking off. Mayor Caddel stays in his seat, letting out another worried sigh. No matter how many times he’s tried to reason into his friend, he refuses to stand down. He’s very concerned about the robotic hedgehog’s well-being, and what he’ll do if he isn’t stopped.
For all he knows…Neo could suffer a fate far worse than Emerl’s…
Chapter 140: A Diamond In The Rough
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Noon.*
Neo waits patiently in one of many MeteorTech jets, alongside a few scientists and two pilots. He engages in a bit of small chat with his co-workers/employees to pass the time, but mostly remains silent. Right now, he’s not feeling too chatty, and is curious about what the miners found in the Infernal Tundra.
What’s the Infernal Tundra? Well, it’s a vast, flat region with permanently frozen subsoil. Very little exists on this land, other than some cave systems, hills, and the occasional small insects and animals. However, it DOES have a strangely vibrant orange and green color-scheme, which is nice.
But what makes this Tundra so Infernal is the constantly fluctuating temperature. Some days, it’s like a scorching desert, and other days, it’s like a sub-zero arctic. Very rarely is the weather manageable for the regular person. So never step foot onto this land without all the right equipment. Otherwise, your remains will be consumed by the earth itself.
Thankfully, everyone on the jet is more than prepared for this visit, and reaches their stop. An open crater that leads to many underground passageways, which likely contain tons of secrets. And that’s why Neo’s mining company, Amethyst Minerals, is investigating this place for any valuable resources.
He established this company about a month after starting up MeteorTech. It’s purpose is to extract various materials from various areas. Mainly for his empire, but also to provide to others for public and private use. It’s another way for him to help the world at large, and while it hasn’t been as successful as MeteorTech, Amethyst Minerals is still thriving.
Granted, Neo hasn’t been too hands-on with this company compared to MT, but he still checks in whenever he can, and makes sure nothing’s going wrong. So far, Amethyst Minerals hasn’t come across anything too spectacular until now, but as long as it serves it’s purpose, and the workers are happy, then that’s all that matters.
Moving on, the gray and blue jet lands carefully on the frozen subsoil, before allowing it’s passengers to walk out with their equipment. Neo simply walks towards the AM miners, who are either operating some construction and mining equipment, going in and out of the crater, or just doing whatever they can to help.
In particular, an anthro male wolf is barking out orders at his co-workers, and checking the equipment to make sure nothing’s out of place. He’s in a full gray and purple bodysuit, which has a helmet with a black visor and light. Everyone else is wearing the same attire too, including the people who were on the jet.
It doesn’t take long for the wolf to notice Neo and the scientists (Who are wearing similar bodysuits), and he quickly goes to greet them. He doesn’t shake hands with the robotic hedgehog, due to his suit being dirty.
Wolf Miner: “Heh! You’ve got guts coming here in nothing but a suit and tie, sir!”
Neo:
“Like I’ve told you all before, my enhancements keep me from being affected by extreme weather conditions.”
Neo: “Now, let’s get right to the point, Ash. The less time we spend here, the better.”
Ash: “Yeah, yeah! I don’t wanna keep you here for too long either!”
Ash guides Neo and the scientists towards a metal box, which contains a bunch of crystal-clear gems of differing sizes and shapes. They’re all pretty dirty, and don’t seem like much at first glance.
Ash: “See, while me and the boys were digging around the catacombs, we found these gems!”
Ash: “Initially, we didn’t think much of them, and mined them as usual!”
Neo:
“Then what?”
Deciding it’s better to show, rather than tell, Ash takes a small electric tool out of his pocket. Then, he grabs one of the gems, and electrocutes it. At first, the scientists warn him not to try this, but are shocked to see the gem absorb the energy without any issues. It’s now stored inside it, letting off a small glow.
Ash: “Pretty cool, huh?”
Random Scientist #1: “No kidding! How could such a simple-looking mineral take in that energy like it was nothing?”
Ash: “Which is why I wanted you all here! We’d like some answers too!”
Neo:
“Hm…I’m curious as well…”
Neo reaches into the metal box to grab one of the gems, and scans it. At first, there doesn’t seem to be anything to note about these crystals. However, the robotic hedgehog isn’t satisfied with that, and decides to place the gem down. Then, he focuses on the energized gem Ash has.
Neo: “May I have that? I want to test something.”
Ash: “Oh? Sure.”
Not knowing what to expect, Ash hands the gem to Neo. Afterwards, he takes a few steps away from everyone, and crushes it in his hand, releasing a small electric shock. Now, the crystal has been reduced to tiny shards, and the scientists and miner wolf are taken aback at this.
Random Scientist #2:
“Sir! Are you okay!?”
Neo: “I’m just fine. Nothing to worry about.”
Ash: “Did you have to crush that gem though?”
Neo: “They say you can’t make an omelet without breaking a few eggs.”
Neo: “And I’d say it’s time we start cooking.”
Looking at the scientists, Neo gives some orders.
Neo: “We’re taking these crystals back to Monopole for further research and experimentation.”
Random Scientist #3: “Understood, sir.”
Then, Neo looks at Ash.
Neo: “You may continue with your work. And collect more of these gems when you can.”
Ash: “Alrighty then. Let me know how all of that goes.”
Neo nods at Ash’s request, before going back to the box of crystals, and grabbing a few of them. One of which being decagon-shaped.
Neo: “I’ll take a few of these for personal study as well. See what I can find.”
Neo: “For now, take these to the jet and pack up. Maybe do a few scans for any notable data.”
And with that, the scientists and miners help safely deliver the crystals to the MT jet, while Neo scans the crater for any signs of more crystals. Unfortunately, he can’t find anything other than small lifeforms. But that’s to be expected, considering these gems don’t have any special quality to them. At least at first.
Once everything’s good to go, Neo and the scientists say their farewells to Ash and the miners, and take off for Monopole. Here’s hoping the trip was worth it.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Returning to his underground base, Metallix goes back to his regular appearance, still holding onto the crystals from the Infernal Tundra. Like always, his knights greet him with a salute.
Spear Knight: “WELCOME BACK, MASTER. DID YOU COME ACROSS THE TARGET OF YOUR IRE?”
Metallix: “Not yet…but that can wait for now…”
Showing the crystals to the knights, Metallix explains their new task.
Metallix: “These gems were found in the Infernal Tundra by my employees in Amethyst Minerals.”
Metallix:
“They seem to be able to absorb electricity. And who knows what else?”
Spear Knight: “MY SCANNERS CANNOT DETECT ANYTHING OUT OF THE ORDINARY.”
Metallix: “Same here. However, I still wish to study these minerals.”
Metallix: “Prepare the lab and test rooms. It’s time to experiment.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Without hesitation, the knights head off and get to work. It only takes a couple of minutes before Metallix enters his own laboratory. A metal room with various chemicals, vials, cabinets, tools, papers, tables, etc. He doesn’t use this room too often, but it serves as a good place to test his scientific skills and knowledge.
Already, a knight and mage are standing at a table, ready to assist their master. They watch as Metallix places one of the crystals down, and explains what they’re gonna be doing.
Metallix: “Let’s first test how much electricity this little gem can take before it breaks apart.”
Metallix: “Starting with…about 1,000 volts.”
With a tap of the finger, Metallix infuses the gem with blue electricity. It now has a small glow to it, catching the attention of the knight and mage.
Water Mage: “SCANNING…ELECTRICITY TRANSFUSION SUCCESSFUL.”
Water Mage: “STABILITY: 100%. NO IRREGULARITIES DETECTED.”
Metallix: “Hm…then let’s take it up a notch.”
Somewhat recklessly, Metallix lets off more electricity into the gem, cranking up the voltage. 10,000 volts. 100,000 volts. 1,000,000 volts. However, the crystal shows no signs of breaking or anything. It remains stable. And after reaching 100,000,000,000,000 volts, the metallic menace stops to assess the gem, now emitting a very bright light.
Metallix: “So it can contain THAT much energy without issue? Impressive.”
Metallix: “It’s like a sponge absorbing water. Only far greater.”
Metallix:
“But can I take all that energy back?”
Grabbing the crystal, Metallix attempts to siphon the electricity back to him. Yet, nothing happens.
Metallix: “Hmph. Guess not.”
Water Mage:
“PERHAPS IF YOU WERE TO DESTROY THE CRYSTAL…?”
Metallix: “If I did that here, this lab would end up a burnt mess.”
Metallix:
“Besides, these gems aren’t too durable to begin with. I crushed one in my hand earlier, and it didn’t require much effort.”
Spear Knight: “REGARDLESS, IT’S INCREDIBLE HOW MUCH THIS MINERAL CAN ABSORB, DESPITE IT’S SIZE.”
Spear Knight:
“IF WE HAD A BIGGER ONE…?”
Metallix: “An interesting thought. But right now, there aren't any bigger ones.”
Gem still in his hand, Metallix stares at it with great curiosity.
Metallix: “Maybe these crystals don’t have a limit for how much they can absorb? No matter their size or shape?”
Metallix: “We’ll have to do more tests to see if that holds true. And I’m sure my MeteorTech scientists will figure that out too.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD. SHALL WE STORE THEM FOR NOW?”
Metallix:
“Yes. Just be careful.”
The spear knight nods, before taking the gems and heading off, along with the mage. This gives Metallix some time to think to himself. These crystals have some very unique and powerful properties to them, which could make them a great asset to his army and goals. ESPECIALLY if they can absorb incredible power.
Perhaps they can be called…Power Gems?
Chapter 141: Possibilities
Chapter Text
*14 AS. Monopole. Day.*
Neo walks into one of many MeteorTech laboratories, wanting to see the progress the scientists made on researching the newly-dubbed Power Gems. The room has a white and black color-scheme, with cabinets, tables, and drawers containing tons of resources and tools. Like chemical samples.
Only a few scientists are in the lab, overlooking some of the gems. Female cat twins, and an older female tiger. They all don lab coats, gloves, and goggles, while also jotting down data on their tablets. And while the tiger is laser-focused on the task at hand, her assistants tend to get a bit distracted.
But once they notice Neo, the three scientists temporarily stop what they’re doing, and go up to greet him. The twins in particular are pretty enthusiastic.
Cat-Twins: “Hi, Mr. Neo!”
Neo: “Greetings, Aki and Ami. I hope you haven’t been causing any issues for Mrs. Moonfield?”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Not at all. Though, I’d appreciate it if you two could keep your focus.”
Aki: “Oh, we can’t help it sometimes! The data-analyzing is so boring!”
Ami: “Yeah! Experimenting is the fun part!”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Every part of the scientific process is important! And it all requires equal focus!”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Even the tiniest details could lead to disastrous results, if left unchecked!”
Ami: “We know that! You’ve been drilling it into us since we started working here!”
Mrs. Moonfield:
“And I wouldn’t have to keep repeating myself if you took it to heart.”
Sheepishly, the cat-twins scratch their heads, while Mrs. Moonfield sighs in fatigue before speaking to Neo.
Mrs. Moonfield: “Anyways, I assume you’re here to ask about these new…’Power Gems,’ you call it?”
Neo: “Correct. I’d like to see how your research is coming along.”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Right. It’s been quite interesting.”
Aki: “Agreed! These rocks are something else entirely!”
Aki points at the Power Gems laying neatly on the table. A few have been shattered into tiny shards, while others are divided into larger pieces, or just have a crack or two on them. Some even have stuff inside them. As Neo looks at them, Mrs. Moonfield scans her tablet for data.
Mrs. Moonfield: “After many tests and data-analyzes, we’ve found that these minerals have similar properties to Obsidian.”
Mrs. Moonfield: “And Obsidian is known for it’s ability to absorb, block, and transform light.”
Neo: “Mm. But these gems can absorb a lot more, with seemingly no limit.”
Ami: “Yeah! We’ve tested that a lot!”
Ami: “They can absorb all kinds of energy, liquids, and gases! As long as they stay in one piece!”
Aki: “Right…even carefully separating one into a few chunks won’t work…”
Aki:
“Not to mention, solids can’t be stored in these things either. Like metal or wood.”
Neo: “Makes sense. How about their durability?”
Mrs. Moonfield: “About as strong as a brick. So they aren’t TOO fragile.”
Aki: “So you could knock someone out by throwing one of these gems at their face!”
While clearly joking, Mrs. Moonfield gives Aki an annoyed glance, which makes her turn away in slight fear.
Neo:
“Interesting…these Power Gems will be of great use for the scientific field, and the world at large.”
Ami:
“Agreed! I can already see the possibilities!”
Ami:
“Being able to safely transfer dangerous substances, using them to power up tons of contraptions, and who knows what else!?”
Mrs. Moonfield:
“Mm. This is certainly a revolutionary mineral.”
Mrs. Moonfield:
“However, we still need to do more research on what these things are capable of. Just to be thorough.”
Neo:
“Of course. And it’s possible we may run out of them at some point.”
Aki: “Maybe then, we can manufacture near-identical copies?”
Aki: “Sure, it’s far-fetched, but nothing’s impossible for people of science!”
Mrs. Moonfield:
“Heh. We’ll see in due time.”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Until then, let’s get back to work. There’s plenty more to discover.”
Ami: “Right! I can’t wait!”
Aki: “Me either!”
Neo: “Then best I leave you three to it. Keep up the good work.”
Mrs. Moonfield: “Of course. Thank you for your time.”
Cat-Twins: “Bye, Mr. Neo!”
With waves of the hand, the Cat-Twins and Mrs. Moonfield watches as Neo exits their lab. On his way through the many hallways and floors of MeteorTech HQ, the robotic hedgehog processes the information given to him. These Power Gems truly would do a lot of good for his empire, and the entire world. No doubt about it.
However, Neo’s still curious about their absorption properties. If they really don’t have any limits when it comes to energy storage…then could they contain Chaos Energy? Sure, it likely wouldn’t reach the same level of power as the Chaos and Master Emeralds, but it’d still be a great boost in strength for his army.
And what about the Evolving Amethyst? That REALLY catches Neo’s attention. He could basically make his own replicas of the dark artifact, and use them to power up all his copy bodies. Maybe even some of his soldiers and devices too. He could become truly unstoppable. And that’s something worth testing out…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time ago…*
Within a secluded, underground base, Dr. Eggman arrives in his private laboratory. It’s got the usual stuff, like a table with tools, parts, and blueprints, alongside a nearby closet, fridge, etc. He takes off his helmet and scarf without a care, and sits down to start up his computer, looking irritated.
As the screen lights up, the round scientist types on his keyboard, looking over some data and information. Sage also appears to greet him.
Sage: “Welcome back, sir. I assume by your expression that you weren’t able to obtain the treasure of Babylon Garden?”
Eggman: “Actually, no! I DID get the treasure!”
Eggman:
“But guess what? IT WAS JUST SOME STUPID CARPET!”
Though she doesn’t show it, Sage is just as taken aback at this revelation as her creator. And she’s unable to get a word in as the doctor goes into a rant.
Eggman: “Here I go to ALL that trouble to set up that EX World Grand Prix, find the key to Babylon Garden, AND deal with those rodents and birds!”
Eggman: “And after all that, I FINALLY get what I sought after! I FINALLY won for once!”
Eggman: “AND ALL I GET IS JUST SOME FANCY CLOTH!?”
After shouting all that, Eggman slumps down in his chair, putting a hand on his forehead.
Sage: “I’m…sorry to hear it didn’t go as you expected, sir.”
Eggman:
“Don’t apologize, Sage. I’m just wishing I lowered my expectations with this one.”
Eggman:
“Now, report. Any issues to make note of?”
Sage:
“Well…Metallix has destroyed 13 of your bases while you were gone.”
Sage:
“He’s stopped for now, but it’s only a matter of time before he continues.”
Sage: “I also spoke to him. He’s still upset with you for what happened with the Gizoid.”
Eggman: “Ugh…of course he is…”
Eggman: “I made ONE tiny slip-up, and now my greatest creation is trying to hunt me down.”
Eggman: “If I don’t find an easy-fire method of taking over the world soon, I’m as good as dead.”
Eggman: “And I WOULD have, if the rumors about Babylon Garden’s treasure were true!”
Sage: “Don’t worry. I will not allow any harm to come to you.”
Sage:
“If you want, I could do some research and find what you seek?”
Eggman: “Sure. I’m too tired and angry right now to bother doing it myself.”
Sage:
“As you command.”
Still slumped over in his chair, Eggman watches as Sage searches through a lot of data and information. It all goes by in a flash, as the AI girl scans every little detail at a fast rate. Just like Metallix, she’s a quick reader, and she’s determined to help her creator however she can. It IS what she was made for, after all.
Soon enough, Sage spots something, and takes a closer look. Information about a particularly interesting area. Feeling this might be good, she notifies Eggman.
Sage: “I’ve found something.”
Sitting straight up, Eggman looks at the screen with curiosity, which shows pictures of a beautiful city above water, alongside some landmarks. Like a nearby castle, forest, beach, desert ruins, etc.
Eggman:
“Soleanna? What’s so special about Soleanna?”
Sage:
“Read this.”
Sage shows an article, alongside pictures of some sort of eagle/phoenix shaped creature. And as Eggman reads through it, he learns about a powerful Sun God that controls time and space itself…
Solaris…
Chapter 142: Soon...
Chapter Text
*14 AS.*
Back in the underground bunker, Metallix stands in his laboratory, alongside a knight and mage. He holds that same decagon-shaped Power Gem he collected from the Infernal Tundra, while looking over one of his many copy bodies. This one in particular is inactive, and laying on the table, not moving a single joint.
Metallix: “It’s time to test the true capabilities of these Power Gems.”
Metallix: “I’ll start by inserting half of the Evolving Amethyst’s energy into it.”
Spear Knight: “ARE YOU SURE, MASTER? THIS WOULD WEAKEN YOU.”
Metallix: “Only momentarily. The amethyst will restore itself, and I’ll be unaffected.”
Metallix: “Now, let’s not delay this.”
The knight and mage nod in agreement, as they watch Metallix put the amethyst’s energy into the Power Gem, letting off a dark purple glow. It seems a bit painful for him, but he doesn’t let it distract him from the task at hand. And after about a minute, he’s done. The once crystal-clear gemstone now has that same purple aura to it.
Metallix:
“Hah…so far so good…”
Next, Metallix inserts the Power Gem into the copy body’s chest. This then leads to the purple glow of the gemstone spreading through the rest of the body, and it’s eyes appearing. But rather than their normal red, they’re a bright purple. At the same time, the main body feels something strange in his chest, putting a hand on it.
Water Mage:
“WHAT IS WRONG, MASTER?”
Metallix: “It feels like…my very essence is being transferred to that body…”
After saying that, the copy body begins to move off the table, and step onto the floor. It then looks at it’s hands, as it’s being covered in that familiar metallic sheen. The main body, along with the knight and mage, watch as the copy body changes it’s appearance a little. It still looks the same as before, but with some minor differences.
For one, the Power Gem it uses as an energy source is no longer visible in the chest area. Which makes sense, as it’d be a huge weak spot otherwise. It’s also got different shoulder pads, and some slight changes for it’s arms and legs. But the strangest detail is that this body has an actual mouth. Complete with metallic teeth and a tongue.
Once fully-formed, Metallix’s AI becomes active in the copy body, and the main body no longer has that weird feeling in it’s chest. Curious, the copy body looks at it’s hands, and speaks in a different voice.
Metallix:
“Hmm…weird…”
Metallix:
“This feels familiar…yet…?”
Testing out his shapeshifting capabilities, the copy body changes it’s hands to different weapons and tools. A sword, a laser cannon, a hammer, a shovel, etc. It even tries to completely change it’s appearance to that of others. However, it can only pull off the appearances of those around his size, like Sonic.
Once he’s had his fill, Metallix in the copy body returns to it’s new appearance, and puts on a pleased smile.
Metallix: “Heh. It’s certainly not on the same level as the Evolving Amethyst, but it’s a nice step-up.”
Metallix: “Now, I just need to test it’s combat capabilities. Then, we’ll see what comes next.”
Spear Knight: “UNDERSTOOD.”
Feeling confident, both Power Gem Metallix and Evolving Amethyst Metallix head out of the laboratory, alongside the knight and mage. He’s got a very good feeling about this.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A couple of minutes later…*
In the same training room where Metallix and Emerl fought, complete with the same Digital World environment, the Power Gem Metallix is fighting against three of his regular copy bodies. All while Evolving Amethyst Metallix is watching from afar with intrigue. As expected, this test is going excellently.
Through this fight, Metallix is gaining a better understanding of what he can do with the Power Gem body. Since he infused half of the Evolving Amethyst’s energy into the gemstone, he has half of his main body’s full strength. So while not as strong, this body can still give the likes of Sonic and Knuckles a run for their money.
This also means the Power Gem body has much of his main body’s abilities, though on a lesser scale. From copied skills like Chaos Control, to controlling technology. Metallix now knows for sure that, if he had more Power Gem bodies, he’d have no issues taking down the likes of Sonic and Eggman.
Speaking of taking down, the Power Gem Metallix is doing extraordinary well against the three regular Metallix copies. Not only because of the greater strength and skills, but also because of his tactics and tenacity. Granted, he’s basically fighting against himself, so he knows what moves he’s gonna pull off next, but that doesn’t make it any less impressive.
Eventually, the Power Gem Metallix manages to take all three Metallix copies down with a well-aimed arm cannon laser. The bodies are pretty damaged, but are still active. Meanwhile, the Power Gem body is able to self-repair itself. All while maintaining that confident grin, and his eyes change from red to purple.
Metallix: “I continue to be impressed! This one body alone already boosts the power of my army!”
Metallix: “And once I make more of these, no one will be able to stand up to me!”
Metallix: “Not G.U.N.! Not Sonic! And DEFINITELY not Ivo!”
Metallix: “Though…until I can get my hands on more Power Gems, it’ll be risky to have this body running around…”
As Metallix ponders this, his Power Gem body’s eyes change to a calm green. His surroundings also change back to the standard white tiles of the real world, and the main body walks up to the Power Gem body. But then, he remembers when Shadow was stored in a secret underground bunker by Eggman. Hidden away, with little chance of being found…
Metallix: “Perhaps…I can store this one away for now? Put it in the most secure base I have?”
Metallix: “It’ll act as a good failsafe in case something happens to me or the Evolving Amethyst. Since the energy inside the Power Gem is disconnected from the main source.”
Metallix:
“Hopefully, it’ll never come to that. But it never hurts to be prepared.”
With this plan of action in mind, the Power Gem and Evolving Amethyst bodies Metallix occupies leave, while also taking the damaged copy bodies out to be repaired.
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Metallix (In his main body) stands in another of his underground bunkers. This one is located underneath a vast ocean, and has a more greenish color-scheme. There’s also a bunch of computer screens, metal containers, robot soldiers, and machines. Not much different from his other bases.
But right now, Metallix is putting his Power Gem body into an open metal container, which is attached to a computer database via some cables and tubes. Using his main body, he types some commands on the keyboard, which leads to the container being sealed shut, and the screens showing analytics and data.
According to Metallix’s calculations, this base has the highest likelihood of surviving any kind of major catastrophes that might happen in the future. This will serve as his ultimate safeguard in case anything happens to him, his army, or the world at large. But he’s hoping it’ll never be needed.
Moving on, Metallix informs his soldiers of what they need to do here, and what procedures must be followed.
Metallix: “I’m entrusting you to protect this body at all costs. Be sure to check it periodically.”
Metallix: “Do not activate it until I say so, or when there’s a high risk of it being destroyed.”
Metallix:
“This is meant to be a failsafe. Remember that.”
Metallix Soldiers: “YES, MASTER.”
Metallix: “Good. I will be taking my leave now.”
The soldiers salute Metallix, and watch as he heads off. Now, the robotic hedgehog thinks about what he should do next. He could work on more Power Gem bodies, but at the same time, he’s put off his revenge on Dr. Eggman for a while now. This may have been a good distraction, but he still hasn’t forgotten the pain the round scientist put him through…
—-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Some time later…*
Back in the underground bunker he usually frequents, Metallix sits down in his metal throne, and a Spear Knight speaks to him.
Spear Knight:
“WHAT IS YOUR NEXT COMMAND, MASTER?”
Metallix: “Isn’t it obvious? Ivo Robotnik still needs to pay in blood for his sins.”
Metallix:
“Tell me. Have you spotted him yet?”
Spear Knight: “NEGATIVE. HOWEVER, OUR SCOUTS HAVE PICKED UP ON SOMETHING.”
Metallix: “Like what? Another hidden base?”
Bringing out a red tablet, the Spear Knight hands it over to Metallix, who looks at it. It shows camera footage of his scout robots following one of Eggman’s own scouts. After a few minutes, they arrive at a city of water, overseeing various locals going about their business, along with some landmarks, like a large castle.
Metallix: “...What is this place?”
Spear Knight:
“SOLEANNA. THE CITY OF WATER.”
Spear Knight: “A CONSTITUTIONAL MONARCHY, WITH IT’S PRIMARY INDUSTRIES BEING TOURISM AND PRECISION MACHINERY.”
Metallix: “Precision machinery? Is that why he’s investigating this area?”
Spear Knight:
“IT IS A POSSIBILITY. BUT THERE MAY BE ANOTHER REASON.”
Spear Knight: “THE PEOPLE OF SOLEANNA WORSHIP A SUN GOD NAMED SOLARIS, WHO IS SAID TO CONTROL TIME ITSELF.”
Spear Knight: “THEY ALSO HOST A YEARLY FESTIVAL CALLED ‘THE FESTIVAL OF THE SUN’ TO HONOR THIS DEITY.”
Spear Knight: “IN FACT, IT’S ABOUT TO BEGIN IN 2 MONTHS.”
Spear Knight: “PERHAPS DR. ROBOTNIK WISHES TO SEIZE THIS POWER FOR HIMSELF?”
Metallix: “It definitely sounds like something he’d want.”
Metallix: “But the only thing he’s getting is an early grave.”
Standing up with a burning anger in his eyes, Metallix gives the tablet back to the Spear Knight.
Metallix: “Let’s keep a close eye on Soleanna. And wait until that bulbous fool shows his face.”
Spear Knight:
“UNDERSTOOD. WE SHALL PREPARE AN ALL-OUT ASSAULT WHEN THE TIME COMES.”
Metallix: “No. Such assistance won’t be needed.”
Metallix: “And I personally want to rip Ivo apart. Limb by limb.”
Metallix: “Though…I won’t do it immediately…”
Metallix: “It’s likely Sonic and his friends will show up to face the doctor. And there’s the possibility of Team Dark and G.U.N. as well.”
Metallix: “I’ll wait and watch from afar. See how it all plays out.”
Metallix: “Then…when it seems like that bastard is about to succeed…”
Metallix: “...I’ll rip it all away from him. The ultimate humiliation.”
Metallix: “Only then will I give him a swift and well-deserved end.”
Metallix: “Oh, I can already see the mortified expression he’ll have when it happens…heheheh…!”
With that dark plan in place, Metallix walks out. All while saying one last sentence…
“Be ready to pray to your god, Ivo Robotnik…because you won’t be getting ANY mercy from ME.”
TO BE CONTINUED...
Chapter 143: Just want to check something.
Summary:
If this is after I've already come to a decision about the stuff I talk about here, feel free to skip this section and move on to the 06 storyline. Or whatever else you had planned.
Chapter Text
Obviously, the next MU arc is gonna be the Sonic 06 storyline. And I'm eager to get started on that, since it's probably gonna be pretty long and beefy.
However, I want to ask you, the readers, something first. I'm thinking of making the Sonic 06 arc for Metallix Uprising it's own separate story on AO3. It'll still follow up on previous events in MU, and take place in the same universe. I'm just thinking, since this will likely be a very long arc, I'd like to give you all some breathing room. After all, some people get turned off by stories that have a million chapters (One Piece is a pretty big example), and having to read through all this text can get pretty tedious. Heck, I myself tend to get turned off by really long stories, since I sometimes lack the patience to sit though all that. So, I want to ask you all if you'd prefer the 06 storyline to be a separate AO3 story, or just keep it as part of this one.
Also, after the 06 storyline for Metallix Uprising is wrapped up, I'm thinking about making a sort of "Volume 2" of this fanfic for the same reasons I listed above. If I do that, this MU story will be listed as "Volume 1," and I'll make it part of a "Metallix Literary Universe" collection on AO3. Just helps to space some of this out for the sake of the readers.
And I'm also thinking of doing some storylines set in the MU universe, but with focus on other characters. I mentioned I wanted to do this before in an Anthology series, but I'm just thinking of doing big storylines for certain characters. Like Shadow or Knuckles. Here's what I have in mind so far:
- A Shadow-focused storyline based on the Shadowfall arc from the Post-Reboot Archie Sonic Universe comics. This would involve Eclipse The Darkling, and Shadow getting his Doom Powers from Shadow Generations.
- Some sort of Tails storyline. Maybe not anything too big. Just a simple story about Tails helping some kid who's having the same troubles he did before meeting Sonic. Could serve as an introduction to Tekno The Canary from Sonic The Comic, and this could be a nice, feel-good story.
- Some sort of Knuckles storyline. Could involve Dr. Finitevus or Enerjak, but I honestly don't know right now.
- Maybe something involving Team Rose, Sticks, and Trip? Cover some Sonic Superstars stuff? IDK.
- Maybe something for Sonic? Involving Christmas Island and Longclaw? IDK.
I also want to do some rewrites of a few game stories that wouldn't involve Metallix either. Like the Sonic Rush Duology and Sonic Lost World. Maybe Sonic Unleashed too, but I need time to think on that one...
Please tell me in the comments what you think about all this. And feel free to suggest ideas for certain storylines too. Sure, I prefer to do my own thing for Metallix Uprising, as this is MY story, but getting feedback not only makes me more motivated to write this, but it also helps with the creative process a little. There are some things you don't consider that others might.
Anyways! Thanks for reading Metallix Uprising so far, I hope you stick around for more, I appreciate the support, and I'm looking forward to the 06 storyline!

Pages Navigation
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Tue 08 Apr 2025 07:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 1 Tue 08 Apr 2025 07:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
Laurenge_the_orange11 on Chapter 1 Sat 26 Apr 2025 01:26AM UTC
Last Edited Sat 26 Apr 2025 01:26AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 1 Sat 26 Apr 2025 05:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
ert (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 02 Jun 2025 04:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 1 Mon 02 Jun 2025 05:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
cot0mato on Chapter 2 Tue 24 Jun 2025 04:09PM UTC
Comment Actions
UmbralAgent on Chapter 3 Sun 16 Jul 2023 08:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 3 Sun 16 Jul 2023 09:49PM UTC
Comment Actions
cot0mato on Chapter 3 Tue 24 Jun 2025 04:43PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sheviler on Chapter 7 Sun 04 Jun 2023 03:41AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 7 Sun 04 Jun 2023 04:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
artin_s on Chapter 7 Sun 04 Jun 2023 02:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 7 Sun 04 Jun 2023 06:09PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sheviler on Chapter 11 Thu 22 Jun 2023 04:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 11 Thu 22 Jun 2023 04:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
just_pcyosh6194 (Guest) on Chapter 12 Fri 23 Jun 2023 09:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 12 Sat 24 Jun 2023 01:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
TheLavaGolem88 on Chapter 12 Fri 31 May 2024 02:46AM UTC
Comment Actions
Muffin (Guest) on Chapter 13 Sat 24 Jun 2023 04:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 13 Sat 24 Jun 2023 04:47AM UTC
Comment Actions
Laurenge_the_orange11 on Chapter 14 Sat 08 Mar 2025 04:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
Virum (Guest) on Chapter 20 Tue 03 Oct 2023 10:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 20 Tue 03 Oct 2023 10:09PM UTC
Comment Actions
Virum (Guest) on Chapter 20 Fri 20 Oct 2023 03:14AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 20 Fri 20 Oct 2023 03:16AM UTC
Comment Actions
Virum (Guest) on Chapter 20 Fri 20 Oct 2023 03:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
one_mercury_sings (sky_box) on Chapter 36 Mon 13 Nov 2023 08:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 36 Mon 13 Nov 2023 09:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
one_mercury_sings (sky_box) on Chapter 38 Mon 13 Nov 2023 09:51AM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 38 Mon 13 Nov 2023 09:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
angelayan483 on Chapter 39 Fri 08 Nov 2024 11:28PM UTC
Comment Actions
angelayan483 on Chapter 44 Thu 19 Dec 2024 08:52PM UTC
Comment Actions
angelayan483 on Chapter 52 Thu 19 Dec 2024 09:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 52 Thu 19 Dec 2024 09:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
angelayan483 on Chapter 52 Thu 19 Dec 2024 09:36PM UTC
Comment Actions
Lavagolem (Guest) on Chapter 53 Sun 31 Dec 2023 02:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
StrivingJarl on Chapter 53 Sun 31 Dec 2023 06:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation